diff --git a/.github/workflows/build.yml b/.github/workflows/build.yml index bb451c0b3af410..ce22976a3a7a99 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/build.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/build.yml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -name: deploy +name: build on: pull_request: @@ -9,8 +9,7 @@ on: - '!main' jobs: + workflow-check: + uses: ./.github/workflows/workflow-syntax-check.yml workflow-build: - uses: ./.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml - concurrency: - group: ${{ github.workflow }}-${{ github.event.pull_request.number || github.ref }} - cancel-in-progress: true \ No newline at end of file + uses: ./.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/.github/workflows/deploy.yml b/.github/workflows/deploy.yml index 0b5b09b361ff01..e1c38c8db09b18 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/deploy.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/deploy.yml @@ -5,11 +5,13 @@ on: branches: [main] jobs: + workflow-check: + uses: ./.github/workflows/workflow-syntax-check.yml workflow-build: uses: ./.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml gh-release: - needs: workflow-build + needs: [workflow-build] name: 'Deploy website' runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: diff --git a/.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml b/.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml index b17a7378e5c5b4..6f5669db7e61ed 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/workflow-build.yml @@ -36,7 +36,6 @@ jobs: else npm i fi - export NODE_OPTIONS="--max-old-space-size=14336" npm run build - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 with: diff --git a/.github/workflows/workflow-syntax-check.yml b/.github/workflows/workflow-syntax-check.yml new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..dce78f5872f8cc --- /dev/null +++ b/.github/workflows/workflow-syntax-check.yml @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +name: Check documentation + +on: + workflow_call: + +jobs: + check: + runs-on: ubuntu-latest + steps: + - uses: actions-rust-lang/setup-rust-toolchain@v1 + - name: Install tools + run: | + cargo install --git https://github.com/doc4d/doc_tools.git diff_images + cargo install --git https://github.com/doc4d/doc_tools.git syntax_checker + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 + - uses: actions/setup-node@v4 + with: + node-version: '20.x' + - name: Diff images + env: + CLICOLOR_FORCE: 1 + COLORTERM: truecolor + run: | + diff_images -f --paths "docs/" "i18n/*/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/*" + - name: Syntax check + env: + CLICOLOR_FORCE: 1 + COLORTERM: truecolor + run: | + syntax_checker --paths "docs/**/*.md" \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/commandList.json b/commandList.json deleted file mode 100644 index db99df041c18b3..00000000000000 --- a/commandList.json +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2961 +0,0 @@ -{ - "18": { - "commands": {}, - "classes": {} - }, - "19": { - "commands": { - "new collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "new shared collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "ds": "API/DataStoreClass", - "open datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "mail convert from mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "mail convert from_mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "mail convert to mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "create entity selection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "formula": "API/FunctionClass", - "formula from string": "API/FunctionClass", - "imap new transporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mail new attachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "pop3 new transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "new signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtp new transporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "web server": "API/WebServerClass", - "web server list": "API/WebServerClass", - "zip create archive": "API/ZipArchiveClass", - "zip read archive": "API/ZipArchiveClass" - }, - "classes": { - "class": "API/ClassClass", - "collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "cryptokey": "API/CryptoKeyClass", - "dataclass": "API/DataClassClass", - "datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "directory": "API/Directory", - "document": "API/Document", - "emailobjectclass": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "entity": "API/EntityClass", - "entityselection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "formula": "API/FunctionClass", - "imaptransporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mailattachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "pop3transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtptransporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "transporter": "API/Transporter", - "webserver": "API/WebServerClass", - "ziparchive": "API/ZipArchiveClass" - } - }, - "20": { - "commands": { - "new collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "new shared collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "ds": "API/DataStoreClass", - "open datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "mail convert from mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "mail convert to mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "create entity selection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "use entity selection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "formula": "API/FunctionClass", - "formula from string": "API/FunctionClass", - "imap new transporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mail new attachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "pop3 new transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "new signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtp new transporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "web server": "API/WebServerClass", - "web server list": "API/WebServerClass", - "zip create archive": "API/ZipArchiveClass", - "zip read archive": "API/ZipArchiveClass", - "cs": "Concepts/classes", - "4d": "Concepts/classes", - "super": "Concepts/classes", - "this": "Concepts/classes" - }, - "classes": { - "blob": "API/BlobClass", - "class": "API/ClassClass", - "collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "cryptokey": "API/CryptoKeyClass", - "dataclass": "API/DataClassClass", - "datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "directory": "API/Directory", - "document": "API/Document", - "emailobjectclass": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "entity": "API/EntityClass", - "entityselection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "filehandle": "API/FileHandleClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "function": "API/FunctionClass", - "httprequest": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "imaptransporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mailattachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "pop3transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtptransporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "systemworker": "API/SystemWorkerClass", - "transporter": "API/Transporter", - "webserver": "API/WebServerClass", - "websocketconnection": "API/WebSocketConnectionClass", - "websocketserver": "API/WebSocketServerClass", - "ziparchive": "API/ZipArchiveClass" - } - }, - "20R7": { - "commands": { - "web form": "API/WebFormClass", - "web event": "API/WebFormClass", - "create entity selection": "commands/create-entity-selection", - "ds": "commands/ds", - "file": "commands/file", - "folder": "commands/folder", - "formula from string": "commands/formula-from-string", - "formula": "commands/formula", - "imap new transporter": "commands/imap-new-transporter", - "license info": "commands/license-info", - "mail convert from mime": "commands/mail-convert-from-mime", - "mail convert to mime": "commands/mail-convert-to-mime", - "mail new attachment": "commands/mail-new-attachment", - "new collection": "commands/new-collection", - "new shared collection": "commands/new-shared-collection", - "new signal": "commands/new-signal", - "open datastore": "commands/open-datastore", - "pop3 new transporter": "commands/pop3-new-transporter", - "process activity": "commands/process-activity", - "process info": "commands/process-info", - "process number": "commands/process-number", - "session info": "commands/session-info", - "session": "commands/session", - "set allowed methods": "commands/set-allowed-methods", - "set window document icon": "commands/set-window-document-icon", - "smtp new transporter": "commands/smtp-new-transporter", - "super": "commands/super", - "this": "commands/this", - "use entity selection": "commands/use-entity-selection", - "web server list": "commands/web-server-list", - "web server": "commands/web-server", - "zip create archive": "commands/zip-create-archive", - "zip read archive": "commands/zip-read-archive", - "abort process by id": "commands/abort-process-by-id", - "abort": "commands/abort", - "abs": "commands/abs", - "accept": "commands/accept", - "accumulate": "commands/accumulate", - "action info": "commands/action-info", - "activated": "commands/activated", - "active transaction": "commands/active-transaction", - "activity snapshot": "commands/activity-snapshot", - "add record": "commands/add-record", - "add to date": "commands/add-to-date", - "add to set": "commands/add-to-set", - "adjust blobs cache priority": "commands/adjust-blobs-cache-priority", - "adjust index cache priority": "commands/adjust-index-cache-priority", - "adjust table cache priority": "commands/adjust-table-cache-priority", - "after": "commands/after", - "alert": "commands/alert", - "all records": "commands/all-records", - "append data to pasteboard": "commands/append-data-to-pasteboard", - "append document": "commands/append-document", - "append menu item": "commands/append-menu-item", - "append to array": "commands/append-to-array", - "append to list": "commands/append-to-list", - "application file": "commands/application-file", - "application info": "commands/application-info", - "application type": "commands/application-type", - "application version": "commands/application-version", - "apply to selection": "commands/apply-to-selection", - "arctan": "commands/arctan", - "array blob": "commands/array-blob", - "array boolean": "commands/array-boolean", - "array date": "commands/array-date", - "array integer": "commands/array-integer", - "array longint": "commands/array-longint", - "array object": "commands/array-object", - "array picture": "commands/array-picture", - "array pointer": "commands/array-pointer", - "array real": "commands/array-real", - "array text": "commands/array-text", - "array time": "commands/array-time", - "array to collection": "commands/array-to-collection", - "array to list": "commands/array-to-list", - "array to selection": "commands/array-to-selection", - "assert": "commands/assert", - "asserted": "commands/asserted", - "average": "commands/average", - "backup info": "commands/backup-info", - "backup": "commands/backup", - "base64 decode": "commands/base64-decode", - "base64 encode": "commands/base64-encode", - "beep": "commands/beep", - "before selection": "commands/before-selection", - "before": "commands/before", - "begin sql": "commands/begin-sql", - "blob properties": "commands/blob-properties", - "blob size": "commands/blob-size", - "blob to document": "commands/blob-to-document", - "blob to integer": "commands/blob-to-integer", - "blob to list": "commands/blob-to-list", - "blob to longint": "commands/blob-to-longint", - "blob to picture": "commands/blob-to-picture", - "blob to print settings": "commands/blob-to-print-settings", - "blob to real": "commands/blob-to-real", - "blob to text": "commands/blob-to-text", - "blob to users": "commands/blob-to-users", - "blob to variable": "commands/blob-to-variable", - "bool": "commands/bool", - "boolean array from set": "commands/boolean-array-from-set", - "break level": "commands/break-level", - "bring to front": "commands/bring-to-front", - "build application": "commands/build-application", - "cache info": "commands/cache-info", - "call chain": "commands/call-chain", - "call form": "commands/call-form", - "call subform container": "commands/call-subform-container", - "call worker": "commands/call-worker", - "cancel transaction": "commands/cancel-transaction", - "cancel": "commands/cancel", - "caps lock down": "commands/caps-lock-down", - "change current user": "commands/change-current-user", - "change licenses": "commands/change-licenses", - "change password": "commands/change-password", - "change string": "commands/change-string", - "char": "commands/char", - "character code": "commands/character-code", - "check log file": "commands/check-log-file", - "choose": "commands/choose", - "clear list": "commands/clear-list", - "clear named selection": "commands/clear-named-selection", - "clear pasteboard": "commands/clear-pasteboard", - "clear semaphore": "commands/clear-semaphore", - "clear set": "commands/clear-set", - "clear variable": "commands/clear-variable", - "clickcount": "commands/clickcount", - "close document": "commands/close-document", - "close printing job": "commands/close-printing-job", - "close resource file": "commands/close-resource-file", - "close window": "commands/close-window", - "collection to array": "commands/collection-to-array", - "combine pictures": "commands/combine-pictures", - "command name": "commands/command-name", - "compact data file": "commands/compact-data-file", - "compare strings": "commands/compare-strings", - "compile project": "commands/compile-project", - "component list": "commands/component-list", - "compress blob": "commands/compress-blob", - "confirm": "commands/confirm", - "contextual click": "commands/contextual-click", - "convert coordinates": "commands/convert-coordinates", - "convert from text": "commands/convert-from-text", - "convert path posix to system": "commands/convert-path-posix-to-system", - "convert path system to posix": "commands/convert-path-system-to-posix", - "convert picture": "commands/convert-picture", - "convert to text": "commands/convert-to-text", - "copy array": "commands/copy-array", - "copy blob": "commands/copy-blob", - "copy document": "commands/copy-document", - "copy list": "commands/copy-list", - "copy named selection": "commands/copy-named-selection", - "copy parameters": "commands/copy-parameters", - "copy set": "commands/copy-set", - "cos": "commands/cos", - "count in array": "commands/count-in-array", - "count list items": "commands/count-list-items", - "count menu items": "commands/count-menu-items", - "count menus": "commands/count-menus", - "count parameters": "commands/count-parameters", - "count screens": "commands/count-screens", - "count tasks": "commands/count-tasks", - "count user processes": "commands/count-user-processes", - "count users": "commands/count-users", - "create alias": "commands/create-alias", - "create data file": "commands/create-data-file", - "create deployment license": "commands/create-deployment-license", - "create document": "commands/create-document", - "create empty set": "commands/create-empty-set", - "create folder": "commands/create-folder", - "create index": "commands/create-index", - "create menu": "commands/create-menu", - "create record": "commands/create-record", - "create related one": "commands/create-related-one", - "create selection from array": "commands/create-selection-from-array", - "create set from array": "commands/create-set-from-array", - "create set": "commands/create-set", - "create thumbnail": "commands/create-thumbnail", - "current client authentication": "commands/current-client-authentication", - "current date": "commands/current-date", - "current default table": "commands/current-default-table", - "current form name": "commands/current-form-name", - "current form table": "commands/current-form-table", - "current form window": "commands/current-form-window", - "current machine": "commands/current-machine", - "current method name": "commands/current-method-name", - "current method path": "commands/current-method-path", - "current process name": "commands/current-process-name", - "current process": "commands/current-process", - "current system user": "commands/current-system-user", - "current time": "commands/current-time", - "current user": "commands/current-user", - "cut named selection": "commands/cut-named-selection", - "data file encryption status": "commands/data-file-encryption-status", - "data file": "commands/data-file", - "database measures": "commands/database-measures", - "date": "commands/date", - "day number": "commands/day-number", - "day of": "commands/day-of", - "deactivated": "commands/deactivated", - "dec": "commands/dec", - "decrypt blob": "commands/decrypt-blob", - "decrypt data blob": "commands/decrypt-data-blob", - "default table": "commands/default-table", - "delay process": "commands/delay-process", - "delete document": "commands/delete-document", - "delete folder": "commands/delete-folder", - "delete from array": "commands/delete-from-array", - "delete from blob": "commands/delete-from-blob", - "delete from list": "commands/delete-from-list", - "delete index": "commands/delete-index", - "delete menu item": "commands/delete-menu-item", - "delete record": "commands/delete-record", - "delete selection": "commands/delete-selection", - "delete string": "commands/delete-string", - "delete user": "commands/delete-user", - "describe query execution": "commands/describe-query-execution", - "dialog": "commands/dialog", - "difference": "commands/difference", - "disable menu item": "commands/disable-menu-item", - "discover data key": "commands/discover-data-key", - "display notification": "commands/display-notification", - "display record": "commands/display-record", - "display selection": "commands/display-selection", - "displayed line number": "commands/displayed-line-number", - "distinct attribute paths": "commands/distinct-attribute-paths", - "distinct attribute values": "commands/distinct-attribute-values", - "distinct values": "commands/distinct-values", - "document list": "commands/document-list", - "document to blob": "commands/document-to-blob", - "document to text": "commands/document-to-text", - "dom append xml child node": "commands/dom-append-xml-child-node", - "dom append xml element": "commands/dom-append-xml-element", - "dom close xml": "commands/dom-close-xml", - "dom count xml attributes": "commands/dom-count-xml-attributes", - "dom count xml elements": "commands/dom-count-xml-elements", - "dom create xml element arrays": "commands/dom-create-xml-element-arrays", - "dom create xml element": "commands/dom-create-xml-element", - "dom create xml ref": "commands/dom-create-xml-ref", - "dom export to file": "commands/dom-export-to-file", - "dom export to var": "commands/dom-export-to-var", - "dom find xml element by id": "commands/dom-find-xml-element-by-id", - "dom find xml element": "commands/dom-find-xml-element", - "dom get first child xml element": "commands/dom-get-first-child-xml-element", - "dom get last child xml element": "commands/dom-get-last-child-xml-element", - "dom get next sibling xml element": "commands/dom-get-next-sibling-xml-element", - "dom get parent xml element": "commands/dom-get-parent-xml-element", - "dom get previous sibling xml element": "commands/dom-get-previous-sibling-xml-element", - "dom get root xml element": "commands/dom-get-root-xml-element", - "dom get xml attribute by index": "commands/dom-get-xml-attribute-by-index", - "dom get xml attribute by name": "commands/dom-get-xml-attribute-by-name", - "dom get xml child nodes": "commands/dom-get-xml-child-nodes", - "dom get xml document ref": "commands/dom-get-xml-document-ref", - "dom get xml element name": "commands/dom-get-xml-element-name", - "dom get xml element value": "commands/dom-get-xml-element-value", - "dom get xml element": "commands/dom-get-xml-element", - "dom get xml information": "commands/dom-get-xml-information", - "dom insert xml element": "commands/dom-insert-xml-element", - "dom parse xml source": "commands/dom-parse-xml-source", - "dom parse xml variable": "commands/dom-parse-xml-variable", - "dom remove xml attribute": "commands/dom-remove-xml-attribute", - "dom remove xml element": "commands/dom-remove-xml-element", - "dom set xml attribute": "commands/dom-set-xml-attribute", - "dom set xml declaration": "commands/dom-set-xml-declaration", - "dom set xml element name": "commands/dom-set-xml-element-name", - "dom set xml element value": "commands/dom-set-xml-element-value", - "drag window": "commands/drag-window", - "drop position": "commands/drop-position", - "drop remote user": "commands/drop-remote-user", - "duplicate record": "commands/duplicate-record", - "dynamic pop up menu": "commands/dynamic-pop-up-menu", - "edit access": "commands/edit-access", - "edit formula": "commands/edit-formula", - "edit item": "commands/edit-item", - "enable menu item": "commands/enable-menu-item", - "encrypt blob": "commands/encrypt-blob", - "encrypt data blob": "commands/encrypt-data-blob", - "encrypt data file": "commands/encrypt-data-file", - "end selection": "commands/end-selection", - "end sql": "commands/end-sql", - "equal pictures": "commands/equal-pictures", - "erase window": "commands/erase-window", - "euro converter": "commands/euro-converter", - "execute formula": "commands/execute-formula", - "execute method in subform": "commands/execute-method-in-subform", - "execute method": "commands/execute-method", - "execute on client": "commands/execute-on-client", - "execute on server": "commands/execute-on-server", - "exp": "commands/exp", - "expand blob": "commands/expand-blob", - "export data": "commands/export-data", - "export dif": "commands/export-dif", - "export structure file": "commands/export-structure-file", - "export structure": "commands/export-structure", - "export sylk": "commands/export-sylk", - "export text": "commands/export-text", - "false": "commands/false", - "field name": "commands/field-name", - "field": "commands/field", - "filter event": "commands/filter-event", - "filter keystroke": "commands/filter-keystroke", - "find in array": "commands/find-in-array", - "find in field": "commands/find-in-field", - "find in list": "commands/find-in-list", - "find in sorted array": "commands/find-in-sorted-array", - "find window": "commands/find-window", - "first record": "commands/first-record", - "flush cache": "commands/flush-cache", - "focus object": "commands/focus-object", - "folder list": "commands/folder-list", - "font file": "commands/font-file", - "font list": "commands/font-list", - "font style list": "commands/font-style-list", - "form convert to dynamic": "commands/form-convert-to-dynamic", - "form edit": "commands/form-edit", - "form event code": "commands/form-event-code", - "form event": "commands/form-event", - "form first page": "commands/form-first-page", - "form get color scheme": "commands/form-get-color-scheme", - "form get current page": "commands/form-get-current-page", - "form get entry order": "commands/form-get-entry-order", - "form get horizontal resizing": "commands/form-get-horizontal-resizing", - "form get names": "commands/form-get-names", - "form get objects": "commands/form-get-objects", - "form get properties": "commands/form-get-properties", - "form get vertical resizing": "commands/form-get-vertical-resizing", - "form goto page": "commands/form-goto-page", - "form last page": "commands/form-last-page", - "form load": "commands/form-load", - "form next page": "commands/form-next-page", - "form previous page": "commands/form-previous-page", - "form screenshot": "commands/form-screenshot", - "form set entry order": "commands/form-set-entry-order", - "form set horizontal resizing": "commands/form-set-horizontal-resizing", - "form set input": "commands/form-set-input", - "form set output": "commands/form-set-output", - "form set size": "commands/form-set-size", - "form set vertical resizing": "commands/form-set-vertical-resizing", - "form unload": "commands/form-unload", - "form": "commands/form", - "frontmost process": "commands/frontmost-process", - "frontmost window": "commands/frontmost-window", - "generate certificate request": "commands/generate-certificate-request", - "generate digest": "commands/generate-digest", - "generate encryption keypair": "commands/generate-encryption-keypair", - "generate password hash": "commands/generate-password-hash", - "generate uuid": "commands/generate-uuid", - "get 4d file": "commands/get-4d-file", - "get 4d folder": "commands/get-4d-folder", - "get adjusted blobs cache priority": "commands/get-adjusted-blobs-cache-priority", - "get adjusted index cache priority": "commands/get-adjusted-index-cache-priority", - "get adjusted table cache priority": "commands/get-adjusted-table-cache-priority", - "get allowed methods": "commands/get-allowed-methods", - "get application color scheme": "commands/get-application-color-scheme", - "get assert enabled": "commands/get-assert-enabled", - "get automatic relations": "commands/get-automatic-relations", - "get cache size": "commands/get-cache-size", - "get current printer": "commands/get-current-printer", - "get database localization": "commands/get-database-localization", - "get database parameter": "commands/get-database-parameter", - "get default user": "commands/get-default-user", - "get document icon": "commands/get-document-icon", - "get document position": "commands/get-document-position", - "get document properties": "commands/get-document-properties", - "get document size": "commands/get-document-size", - "get edited text": "commands/get-edited-text", - "get external data path": "commands/get-external-data-path", - "get field entry properties": "commands/get-field-entry-properties", - "get field properties": "commands/get-field-properties", - "get field relation": "commands/get-field-relation", - "get field titles": "commands/get-field-titles", - "get file from pasteboard": "commands/get-file-from-pasteboard", - "get group access": "commands/get-group-access", - "get group list": "commands/get-group-list", - "get group properties": "commands/get-group-properties", - "get highlight": "commands/get-highlight", - "get highlighted records": "commands/get-highlighted-records", - "get indexed string": "commands/get-indexed-string", - "get last update log path": "commands/get-last-update-log-path", - "get list item font": "commands/get-list-item-font", - "get list item icon": "commands/get-list-item-icon", - "get list item parameter arrays": "commands/get-list-item-parameter-arrays", - "get list item parameter": "commands/get-list-item-parameter", - "get list item properties": "commands/get-list-item-properties", - "get list item": "commands/get-list-item", - "get list properties": "commands/get-list-properties", - "get macro parameter": "commands/get-macro-parameter", - "get menu bar reference": "commands/get-menu-bar-reference", - "get menu item icon": "commands/get-menu-item-icon", - "get menu item key": "commands/get-menu-item-key", - "get menu item mark": "commands/get-menu-item-mark", - "get menu item method": "commands/get-menu-item-method", - "get menu item modifiers": "commands/get-menu-item-modifiers", - "get menu item parameter": "commands/get-menu-item-parameter", - "get menu item property": "commands/get-menu-item-property", - "get menu item style": "commands/get-menu-item-style", - "get menu item": "commands/get-menu-item", - "get menu items": "commands/get-menu-items", - "get menu title": "commands/get-menu-title", - "get missing table names": "commands/get-missing-table-names", - "get pasteboard data type": "commands/get-pasteboard-data-type", - "get pasteboard data": "commands/get-pasteboard-data", - "get picture file name": "commands/get-picture-file-name", - "get picture formats": "commands/get-picture-formats", - "get picture from library": "commands/get-picture-from-library", - "get picture from pasteboard": "commands/get-picture-from-pasteboard", - "get picture keywords": "commands/get-picture-keywords", - "get picture metadata": "commands/get-picture-metadata", - "get picture resource": "commands/get-picture-resource", - "get plugin access": "commands/get-plugin-access", - "get pointer": "commands/get-pointer", - "get print marker": "commands/get-print-marker", - "get print option": "commands/get-print-option", - "get print preview": "commands/get-print-preview", - "get printable area": "commands/get-printable-area", - "get printable margin": "commands/get-printable-margin", - "get printed height": "commands/get-printed-height", - "get process variable": "commands/get-process-variable", - "get query destination": "commands/get-query-destination", - "get query limit": "commands/get-query-limit", - "get registered clients": "commands/get-registered-clients", - "get relation properties": "commands/get-relation-properties", - "get resource name": "commands/get-resource-name", - "get resource properties": "commands/get-resource-properties", - "get resource": "commands/get-resource", - "get selected menu item parameter": "commands/get-selected-menu-item-parameter", - "get serial port mapping": "commands/get-serial-port-mapping", - "get string resource": "commands/get-string-resource", - "get style sheet info": "commands/get-style-sheet-info", - "get subrecord key": "commands/get-subrecord-key", - "get system format": "commands/get-system-format", - "get table properties": "commands/get-table-properties", - "get table titles": "commands/get-table-titles", - "get text from pasteboard": "commands/get-text-from-pasteboard", - "get text keywords": "commands/get-text-keywords", - "get text resource": "commands/get-text-resource", - "get user list": "commands/get-user-list", - "get user properties": "commands/get-user-properties", - "get window rect": "commands/get-window-rect", - "get window title": "commands/get-window-title", - "goto object": "commands/goto-object", - "goto record": "commands/goto-record", - "goto selected record": "commands/goto-selected-record", - "goto xy": "commands/goto-xy", - "graph settings": "commands/graph-settings", - "graph": "commands/graph", - "hide menu bar": "commands/hide-menu-bar", - "hide process": "commands/hide-process", - "hide tool bar": "commands/hide-tool-bar", - "hide window": "commands/hide-window", - "highlight records": "commands/highlight-records", - "highlight text": "commands/highlight-text", - "http authenticate": "commands/http-authenticate", - "http get certificates folder": "commands/http-get-certificates-folder", - "http get option": "commands/http-get-option", - "http get": "commands/http-get", - "http parse message": "commands/http-parse-message", - "http request": "commands/http-request", - "http set certificates folder": "commands/http-set-certificates-folder", - "http set option": "commands/http-set-option", - "idle": "commands/idle", - "import data": "commands/import-data", - "import dif": "commands/import-dif", - "import structure": "commands/import-structure", - "import sylk": "commands/import-sylk", - "import text": "commands/import-text", - "in break": "commands/in-break", - "in footer": "commands/in-footer", - "in header": "commands/in-header", - "in transaction": "commands/in-transaction", - "insert in array": "commands/insert-in-array", - "insert in blob": "commands/insert-in-blob", - "insert in list": "commands/insert-in-list", - "insert menu item": "commands/insert-menu-item", - "insert string": "commands/insert-string", - "int": "commands/int", - "integer to blob": "commands/integer-to-blob", - "integrate mirror log file": "commands/integrate-mirror-log-file", - "intersection": "commands/intersection", - "invoke action": "commands/invoke-action", - "is a list": "commands/is-a-list", - "is a variable": "commands/is-a-variable", - "is compiled mode": "commands/is-compiled-mode", - "is data file locked": "commands/is-data-file-locked", - "is editing text": "commands/is-editing-text", - "is field number valid": "commands/is-field-number-valid", - "is field value null": "commands/is-field-value-null", - "is in print preview": "commands/is-in-print-preview", - "is in set": "commands/is-in-set", - "is license available": "commands/is-license-available", - "is macos": "commands/is-macos", - "is new record": "commands/is-new-record", - "is nil pointer": "commands/is-nil-pointer", - "is picture file": "commands/is-picture-file", - "is record loaded": "commands/is-record-loaded", - "is table number valid": "commands/is-table-number-valid", - "is user deleted": "commands/is-user-deleted", - "is waiting mouse up": "commands/is-waiting-mouse-up", - "is window maximized": "commands/is-window-maximized", - "is window reduced": "commands/is-window-reduced", - "is windows": "commands/is-windows", - "json parse array": "commands/json-parse-array", - "json parse": "commands/json-parse", - "json resolve pointers": "commands/json-resolve-pointers", - "json stringify array": "commands/json-stringify-array", - "json stringify": "commands/json-stringify", - "json to selection": "commands/json-to-selection", - "json validate": "commands/json-validate", - "keystroke": "commands/keystroke", - "kill worker": "commands/kill-worker", - "last errors": "commands/last-errors", - "last field number": "commands/last-field-number", - "last query path": "commands/last-query-path", - "last query plan": "commands/last-query-plan", - "last record": "commands/last-record", - "last table number": "commands/last-table-number", - "launch external process": "commands/launch-external-process", - "ldap login": "commands/ldap-login", - "ldap logout": "commands/ldap-logout", - "ldap search all": "commands/ldap-search-all", - "ldap search": "commands/ldap-search", - "length": "commands/length", - "level": "commands/level", - "license usage": "commands/license-usage", - "list item parent": "commands/list-item-parent", - "list item position": "commands/list-item-position", - "list of choice lists": "commands/list-of-choice-lists", - "list of style sheets": "commands/list-of-style-sheets", - "list to array": "commands/list-to-array", - "list to blob": "commands/list-to-blob", - "listbox collapse": "commands/listbox-collapse", - "listbox delete column": "commands/listbox-delete-column", - "listbox delete rows": "commands/listbox-delete-rows", - "listbox duplicate column": "commands/listbox-duplicate-column", - "listbox expand": "commands/listbox-expand", - "listbox get array": "commands/listbox-get-array", - "listbox get arrays": "commands/listbox-get-arrays", - "listbox get auto row height": "commands/listbox-get-auto-row-height", - "listbox get cell coordinates": "commands/listbox-get-cell-coordinates", - "listbox get cell position": "commands/listbox-get-cell-position", - "listbox get column formula": "commands/listbox-get-column-formula", - "listbox get column width": "commands/listbox-get-column-width", - "listbox get footer calculation": "commands/listbox-get-footer-calculation", - "listbox get footers height": "commands/listbox-get-footers-height", - "listbox get grid colors": "commands/listbox-get-grid-colors", - "listbox get grid": "commands/listbox-get-grid", - "listbox get headers height": "commands/listbox-get-headers-height", - "listbox get hierarchy": "commands/listbox-get-hierarchy", - "listbox get locked columns": "commands/listbox-get-locked-columns", - "listbox get number of columns": "commands/listbox-get-number-of-columns", - "listbox get number of rows": "commands/listbox-get-number-of-rows", - "listbox get objects": "commands/listbox-get-objects", - "listbox get print information": "commands/listbox-get-print-information", - "listbox get property": "commands/listbox-get-property", - "listbox get row color as number": "commands/listbox-get-row-color-as-number", - "listbox get row color": "commands/listbox-get-row-color", - "listbox get row font style": "commands/listbox-get-row-font-style", - "listbox get row height": "commands/listbox-get-row-height", - "listbox get rows height": "commands/listbox-get-rows-height", - "listbox get static columns": "commands/listbox-get-static-columns", - "listbox get table source": "commands/listbox-get-table-source", - "listbox insert column formula": "commands/listbox-insert-column-formula", - "listbox insert column": "commands/listbox-insert-column", - "listbox insert rows": "commands/listbox-insert-rows", - "listbox move column": "commands/listbox-move-column", - "listbox moved column number": "commands/listbox-moved-column-number", - "listbox moved row number": "commands/listbox-moved-row-number", - "listbox select break": "commands/listbox-select-break", - "listbox select row": "commands/listbox-select-row", - "listbox select rows": "commands/listbox-select-rows", - "listbox set array": "commands/listbox-set-array", - "listbox set auto row height": "commands/listbox-set-auto-row-height", - "listbox set column formula": "commands/listbox-set-column-formula", - "listbox set column width": "commands/listbox-set-column-width", - "listbox set footer calculation": "commands/listbox-set-footer-calculation", - "listbox set footers height": "commands/listbox-set-footers-height", - "listbox set grid color": "commands/listbox-set-grid-color", - "listbox set grid": "commands/listbox-set-grid", - "listbox set headers height": "commands/listbox-set-headers-height", - "listbox set hierarchy": "commands/listbox-set-hierarchy", - "listbox set locked columns": "commands/listbox-set-locked-columns", - "listbox set property": "commands/listbox-set-property", - "listbox set row color": "commands/listbox-set-row-color", - "listbox set row font style": "commands/listbox-set-row-font-style", - "listbox set row height": "commands/listbox-set-row-height", - "listbox set rows height": "commands/listbox-set-rows-height", - "listbox set static columns": "commands/listbox-set-static-columns", - "listbox set table source": "commands/listbox-set-table-source", - "listbox sort columns": "commands/listbox-sort-columns", - "load 4d view document": "commands/load-4d-view-document", - "load list": "commands/load-list", - "load record": "commands/load-record", - "load set": "commands/load-set", - "load variables": "commands/load-variables", - "localized document path": "commands/localized-document-path", - "localized string": "commands/localized-string", - "locked by": "commands/locked-by", - "locked records info": "commands/locked-records-info", - "locked": "commands/locked", - "log event": "commands/log-event", - "log file to json": "commands/log-file-to-json", - "log file": "commands/log-file", - "log": "commands/log", - "longint array from selection": "commands/longint-array-from-selection", - "longint to blob": "commands/longint-to-blob", - "lowercase": "commands/lowercase", - "macintosh command down": "commands/macintosh-command-down", - "macintosh control down": "commands/macintosh-control-down", - "macintosh option down": "commands/macintosh-option-down", - "match regex": "commands/match-regex", - "max": "commands/max", - "maximize window": "commands/maximize-window", - "memory statistics": "commands/memory-statistics", - "menu bar height": "commands/menu-bar-height", - "menu bar screen": "commands/menu-bar-screen", - "menu selected": "commands/menu-selected", - "message": "commands/message", - "messages off": "commands/messages-off", - "messages on": "commands/messages-on", - "method called on error": "commands/method-called-on-error", - "method called on event": "commands/method-called-on-event", - "method get attribute": "commands/method-get-attribute", - "method get attributes": "commands/method-get-attributes", - "method get code": "commands/method-get-code", - "method get comments": "commands/method-get-comments", - "method get folders": "commands/method-get-folders", - "method get modification date": "commands/method-get-modification-date", - "method get names": "commands/method-get-names", - "method get path": "commands/method-get-path", - "method get paths form": "commands/method-get-paths-form", - "method get paths": "commands/method-get-paths", - "method open path": "commands/method-open-path", - "method resolve path": "commands/method-resolve-path", - "method set access mode": "commands/method-set-access-mode", - "method set attribute": "commands/method-set-attribute", - "method set attributes": "commands/method-set-attributes", - "method set code": "commands/method-set-code", - "method set comments": "commands/method-set-comments", - "milliseconds": "commands/milliseconds", - "min": "commands/min", - "minimize window": "commands/minimize-window", - "mobile app refresh sessions": "commands/mobile-app-refresh-sessions", - "mod": "commands/mod", - "modified record": "commands/modified-record", - "modified": "commands/modified", - "modify record": "commands/modify-record", - "modify selection": "commands/modify-selection", - "monitored activity": "commands/monitored-activity", - "month of": "commands/month-of", - "mouse position": "commands/mouse-position", - "move document": "commands/move-document", - "multi sort array": "commands/multi-sort-array", - "new data key": "commands/new-data-key", - "new list": "commands/new-list", - "new log file": "commands/new-log-file", - "new object": "commands/new-object", - "new process": "commands/new-process", - "new shared object": "commands/new-shared-object", - "next record": "commands/next-record", - "next window": "commands/next-window", - "no default table": "commands/no-default-table", - "not": "commands/not", - "notify resources folder modification": "commands/notify-resources-folder-modification", - "null": "commands/null", - "num": "commands/num", - "ob class": "commands/ob-class", - "ob copy": "commands/ob-copy", - "ob entries": "commands/ob-entries", - "ob get array": "commands/ob-get-array", - "ob get property names": "commands/ob-get-property-names", - "ob get type": "commands/ob-get-type", - "ob get": "commands/ob-get", - "ob instance of": "commands/ob-instance-of", - "ob is defined": "commands/ob-is-defined", - "ob is empty": "commands/ob-is-empty", - "ob is shared": "commands/ob-is-shared", - "ob keys": "commands/ob-keys", - "ob remove": "commands/ob-remove", - "ob set array": "commands/ob-set-array", - "ob set null": "commands/ob-set-null", - "ob set": "commands/ob-set", - "ob values": "commands/ob-values", - "object duplicate": "commands/object-duplicate", - "object get action": "commands/object-get-action", - "object get auto spellcheck": "commands/object-get-auto-spellcheck", - "object get best size": "commands/object-get-best-size", - "object get border style": "commands/object-get-border-style", - "object get context menu": "commands/object-get-context-menu", - "object get coordinates": "commands/object-get-coordinates", - "object get corner radius": "commands/object-get-corner-radius", - "object get data source": "commands/object-get-data-source", - "object get drag and drop options": "commands/object-get-drag-and-drop-options", - "object get enabled": "commands/object-get-enabled", - "object get enterable": "commands/object-get-enterable", - "object get events": "commands/object-get-events", - "object get filter": "commands/object-get-filter", - "object get focus rectangle invisible": "commands/object-get-focus-rectangle-invisible", - "object get font size": "commands/object-get-font-size", - "object get font style": "commands/object-get-font-style", - "object get font": "commands/object-get-font", - "object get format": "commands/object-get-format", - "object get help tip": "commands/object-get-help-tip", - "object get horizontal alignment": "commands/object-get-horizontal-alignment", - "object get indicator type": "commands/object-get-indicator-type", - "object get keyboard layout": "commands/object-get-keyboard-layout", - "object get list name": "commands/object-get-list-name", - "object get list reference": "commands/object-get-list-reference", - "object get maximum value": "commands/object-get-maximum-value", - "object get minimum value": "commands/object-get-minimum-value", - "object get multiline": "commands/object-get-multiline", - "object get name": "commands/object-get-name", - "object get placeholder": "commands/object-get-placeholder", - "object get pointer": "commands/object-get-pointer", - "object get print variable frame": "commands/object-get-print-variable-frame", - "object get resizing options": "commands/object-get-resizing-options", - "object get rgb colors": "commands/object-get-rgb-colors", - "object get scroll position": "commands/object-get-scroll-position", - "object get scrollbar": "commands/object-get-scrollbar", - "object get shortcut": "commands/object-get-shortcut", - "object get style sheet": "commands/object-get-style-sheet", - "object get subform container size": "commands/object-get-subform-container-size", - "object get subform container value": "commands/object-get-subform-container-value", - "object get subform": "commands/object-get-subform", - "object get text orientation": "commands/object-get-text-orientation", - "object get three states checkbox": "commands/object-get-three-states-checkbox", - "object get title": "commands/object-get-title", - "object get type": "commands/object-get-type", - "object get value": "commands/object-get-value", - "object get vertical alignment": "commands/object-get-vertical-alignment", - "object get visible": "commands/object-get-visible", - "object is styled text": "commands/object-is-styled-text", - "object move": "commands/object-move", - "object set action": "commands/object-set-action", - "object set auto spellcheck": "commands/object-set-auto-spellcheck", - "object set border style": "commands/object-set-border-style", - "object set context menu": "commands/object-set-context-menu", - "object set coordinates": "commands/object-set-coordinates", - "object set corner radius": "commands/object-set-corner-radius", - "object set data source": "commands/object-set-data-source", - "object set drag and drop options": "commands/object-set-drag-and-drop-options", - "object set enabled": "commands/object-set-enabled", - "object set enterable": "commands/object-set-enterable", - "object set events": "commands/object-set-events", - "object set filter": "commands/object-set-filter", - "object set focus rectangle invisible": "commands/object-set-focus-rectangle-invisible", - "object set font size": "commands/object-set-font-size", - "object set font style": "commands/object-set-font-style", - "object set font": "commands/object-set-font", - "object set format": "commands/object-set-format", - "object set help tip": "commands/object-set-help-tip", - "object set horizontal alignment": "commands/object-set-horizontal-alignment", - "object set indicator type": "commands/object-set-indicator-type", - "object set keyboard layout": "commands/object-set-keyboard-layout", - "object set list by name": "commands/object-set-list-by-name", - "object set list by reference": "commands/object-set-list-by-reference", - "object set maximum value": "commands/object-set-maximum-value", - "object set minimum value": "commands/object-set-minimum-value", - "object set multiline": "commands/object-set-multiline", - "object set placeholder": "commands/object-set-placeholder", - "object set print variable frame": "commands/object-set-print-variable-frame", - "object set resizing options": "commands/object-set-resizing-options", - "object set rgb colors": "commands/object-set-rgb-colors", - "object set scroll position": "commands/object-set-scroll-position", - "object set scrollbar": "commands/object-set-scrollbar", - "object set shortcut": "commands/object-set-shortcut", - "object set style sheet": "commands/object-set-style-sheet", - "object set subform container value": "commands/object-set-subform-container-value", - "object set subform": "commands/object-set-subform", - "object set text orientation": "commands/object-set-text-orientation", - "object set three states checkbox": "commands/object-set-three-states-checkbox", - "object set title": "commands/object-set-title", - "object set value": "commands/object-set-value", - "object set vertical alignment": "commands/object-set-vertical-alignment", - "object set visible": "commands/object-set-visible", - "object to path": "commands/object-to-path", - "old related many": "commands/old-related-many", - "old related one": "commands/old-related-one", - "old": "commands/old", - "on backup shutdown database method": "commands/on-backup-shutdown-database-method", - "on backup startup database method": "commands/on-backup-startup-database-method", - "on drop database method": "commands/on-drop-database-method", - "on err call": "commands/on-err-call", - "on event call": "commands/on-event-call", - "on exit database method": "commands/on-exit-database-method", - "on host database event database method": "commands/on-host-database-event-database-method", - "on mobile app action database method": "commands/on-mobile-app-action-database-method", - "on mobile app authentication database method": "commands/on-mobile-app-authentication-database-method", - "on rest authentication database method": "commands/on-rest-authentication-database-method", - "on server close connection database method": "commands/on-server-close-connection-database-method", - "on server open connection database method": "commands/on-server-open-connection-database-method", - "on server shutdown database method": "commands/on-server-shutdown-database-method", - "on server startup database method": "commands/on-server-startup-database-method", - "on sql authentication database method": "commands/on-sql-authentication-database-method", - "on startup database method": "commands/on-startup-database-method", - "on system event database method": "commands/on-system-event-database-method", - "on web authentication database method": "commands/on-web-authentication-database-method", - "on web connection database method": "commands/on-web-connection-database-method", - "on web legacy close session database method": "commands/on-web-legacy-close-session-database-method", - "one record select": "commands/one-record-select", - "open administration window": "commands/open-administration-window", - "open color picker": "commands/open-color-picker", - "open data file": "commands/open-data-file", - "open database": "commands/open-database", - "open document": "commands/open-document", - "open font picker": "commands/open-font-picker", - "open form window": "commands/open-form-window", - "open printing job": "commands/open-printing-job", - "open resource file": "commands/open-resource-file", - "open runtime explorer": "commands/open-runtime-explorer", - "open security center": "commands/open-security-center", - "open settings window": "commands/open-settings-window", - "open url": "commands/open-url", - "open window": "commands/open-window", - "order by attribute": "commands/order-by-attribute", - "order by formula": "commands/order-by-formula", - "order by": "commands/order-by", - "outside call": "commands/outside-call", - "page break": "commands/page-break", - "parse formula": "commands/parse-formula", - "pasteboard data size": "commands/pasteboard-data-size", - "path to object": "commands/path-to-object", - "pause indexes": "commands/pause-indexes", - "pause process": "commands/pause-process", - "php execute": "commands/php-execute", - "php get full response": "commands/php-get-full-response", - "php get option": "commands/php-get-option", - "php set option": "commands/php-set-option", - "picture codec list": "commands/picture-codec-list", - "picture library list": "commands/picture-library-list", - "picture properties": "commands/picture-properties", - "picture size": "commands/picture-size", - "picture to blob": "commands/picture-to-blob", - "play": "commands/play", - "plugin list": "commands/plugin-list", - "pop record": "commands/pop-record", - "pop up menu": "commands/pop-up-menu", - "position": "commands/position", - "post click": "commands/post-click", - "post event": "commands/post-event", - "post key": "commands/post-key", - "post outside call": "commands/post-outside-call", - "previous record": "commands/previous-record", - "print form": "commands/print-form", - "print label": "commands/print-label", - "print object": "commands/print-object", - "print option values": "commands/print-option-values", - "print record": "commands/print-record", - "print selection": "commands/print-selection", - "print settings to blob": "commands/print-settings-to-blob", - "print settings": "commands/print-settings", - "printers list": "commands/printers-list", - "printing page": "commands/printing-page", - "process 4d tags": "commands/process-4d-tags", - "process aborted": "commands/process-aborted", - "process state": "commands/process-state", - "push record": "commands/push-record", - "qr blob to report": "commands/qr-blob-to-report", - "qr count columns": "commands/qr-count-columns", - "qr delete column": "commands/qr-delete-column", - "qr delete offscreen area": "commands/qr-delete-offscreen-area", - "qr execute command": "commands/qr-execute-command", - "qr find column": "commands/qr-find-column", - "qr get area property": "commands/qr-get-area-property", - "qr get borders": "commands/qr-get-borders", - "qr get command status": "commands/qr-get-command-status", - "qr get destination": "commands/qr-get-destination", - "qr get document property": "commands/qr-get-document-property", - "qr get drop column": "commands/qr-get-drop-column", - "qr get header and footer": "commands/qr-get-header-and-footer", - "qr get html template": "commands/qr-get-html-template", - "qr get info column": "commands/qr-get-info-column", - "qr get info row": "commands/qr-get-info-row", - "qr get report kind": "commands/qr-get-report-kind", - "qr get report table": "commands/qr-get-report-table", - "qr get selection": "commands/qr-get-selection", - "qr get sorts": "commands/qr-get-sorts", - "qr get text property": "commands/qr-get-text-property", - "qr get totals data": "commands/qr-get-totals-data", - "qr get totals spacing": "commands/qr-get-totals-spacing", - "qr insert column": "commands/qr-insert-column", - "qr move column": "commands/qr-move-column", - "qr new area": "commands/qr-new-area", - "qr new offscreen area": "commands/qr-new-offscreen-area", - "qr on command": "commands/qr-on-command", - "qr report to blob": "commands/qr-report-to-blob", - "qr report": "commands/qr-report", - "qr run": "commands/qr-run", - "qr set area property": "commands/qr-set-area-property", - "qr set borders": "commands/qr-set-borders", - "qr set destination": "commands/qr-set-destination", - "qr set document property": "commands/qr-set-document-property", - "qr set header and footer": "commands/qr-set-header-and-footer", - "qr set html template": "commands/qr-set-html-template", - "qr set info column": "commands/qr-set-info-column", - "qr set info row": "commands/qr-set-info-row", - "qr set report kind": "commands/qr-set-report-kind", - "qr set report table": "commands/qr-set-report-table", - "qr set selection": "commands/qr-set-selection", - "qr set sorts": "commands/qr-set-sorts", - "qr set text property": "commands/qr-set-text-property", - "qr set totals data": "commands/qr-set-totals-data", - "qr set totals spacing": "commands/qr-set-totals-spacing", - "query by attribute": "commands/query-by-attribute", - "query by example": "commands/query-by-example", - "query by formula": "commands/query-by-formula", - "query by sql": "commands/query-by-sql", - "query selection by attribute": "commands/query-selection-by-attribute", - "query selection by formula": "commands/query-selection-by-formula", - "query selection with array": "commands/query-selection-with-array", - "query selection": "commands/query-selection", - "query with array": "commands/query-with-array", - "query": "commands/query", - "quit 4d": "commands/quit-4d", - "random": "commands/random", - "read only state": "commands/read-only-state", - "read only": "commands/read-only", - "read picture file": "commands/read-picture-file", - "read write": "commands/read-write", - "real to blob": "commands/real-to-blob", - "receive buffer": "commands/receive-buffer", - "receive packet": "commands/receive-packet", - "receive record": "commands/receive-record", - "receive variable": "commands/receive-variable", - "record number": "commands/record-number", - "records in selection": "commands/records-in-selection", - "records in set": "commands/records-in-set", - "records in table": "commands/records-in-table", - "redraw window": "commands/redraw-window", - "redraw": "commands/redraw", - "reduce restore window": "commands/reduce-restore-window", - "reduce selection": "commands/reduce-selection", - "refresh license": "commands/refresh-license", - "regenerate missing table": "commands/regenerate-missing-table", - "register client": "commands/register-client", - "register data key": "commands/register-data-key", - "reject new remote connections": "commands/reject-new-remote-connections", - "reject": "commands/reject", - "relate many selection": "commands/relate-many-selection", - "relate many": "commands/relate-many", - "relate one selection": "commands/relate-one-selection", - "relate one": "commands/relate-one", - "release menu": "commands/release-menu", - "reload external data": "commands/reload-external-data", - "reload project": "commands/reload-project", - "remove from set": "commands/remove-from-set", - "remove picture from library": "commands/remove-picture-from-library", - "replace string": "commands/replace-string", - "request": "commands/request", - "resize form window": "commands/resize-form-window", - "resolve alias": "commands/resolve-alias", - "resolve pointer": "commands/resolve-pointer", - "resource list": "commands/resource-list", - "resource type list": "commands/resource-type-list", - "restart 4d": "commands/restart-4d", - "restore info": "commands/restore-info", - "restore": "commands/restore", - "resume indexes": "commands/resume-indexes", - "resume process": "commands/resume-process", - "resume transaction": "commands/resume-transaction", - "right click": "commands/right-click", - "round": "commands/round", - "save list": "commands/save-list", - "save record": "commands/save-record", - "save related one": "commands/save-related-one", - "save set": "commands/save-set", - "save variables": "commands/save-variables", - "sax add processing instruction": "commands/sax-add-processing-instruction", - "sax add xml cdata": "commands/sax-add-xml-cdata", - "sax add xml comment": "commands/sax-add-xml-comment", - "sax add xml doctype": "commands/sax-add-xml-doctype", - "sax add xml element value": "commands/sax-add-xml-element-value", - "sax close xml element": "commands/sax-close-xml-element", - "sax get xml cdata": "commands/sax-get-xml-cdata", - "sax get xml comment": "commands/sax-get-xml-comment", - "sax get xml document values": "commands/sax-get-xml-document-values", - "sax get xml element value": "commands/sax-get-xml-element-value", - "sax get xml element": "commands/sax-get-xml-element", - "sax get xml entity": "commands/sax-get-xml-entity", - "sax get xml node": "commands/sax-get-xml-node", - "sax get xml processing instruction": "commands/sax-get-xml-processing-instruction", - "sax open xml element arrays": "commands/sax-open-xml-element-arrays", - "sax open xml element": "commands/sax-open-xml-element", - "sax set xml declaration": "commands/sax-set-xml-declaration", - "scan index": "commands/scan-index", - "screen coordinates": "commands/screen-coordinates", - "screen depth": "commands/screen-depth", - "screen height": "commands/screen-height", - "screen width": "commands/screen-width", - "select document": "commands/select-document", - "select folder": "commands/select-folder", - "select list items by position": "commands/select-list-items-by-position", - "select list items by reference": "commands/select-list-items-by-reference", - "select log file": "commands/select-log-file", - "select rgb color": "commands/select-rgb-color", - "selected list items": "commands/selected-list-items", - "selected record number": "commands/selected-record-number", - "selection range to array": "commands/selection-range-to-array", - "selection to array": "commands/selection-to-array", - "selection to json": "commands/selection-to-json", - "self": "commands/self", - "semaphore": "commands/semaphore", - "send message to remote user": "commands/send-message-to-remote-user", - "send packet": "commands/send-packet", - "send record": "commands/send-record", - "send variable": "commands/send-variable", - "sequence number": "commands/sequence-number", - "session storage": "commands/session-storage", - "set about": "commands/set-about", - "set application color scheme": "commands/set-application-color-scheme", - "set assert enabled": "commands/set-assert-enabled", - "set automatic relations": "commands/set-automatic-relations", - "set blob size": "commands/set-blob-size", - "set blobs cache priority": "commands/set-blobs-cache-priority", - "set cache size": "commands/set-cache-size", - "set channel": "commands/set-channel", - "set current printer": "commands/set-current-printer", - "set cursor": "commands/set-cursor", - "set database localization": "commands/set-database-localization", - "set database parameter": "commands/set-database-parameter", - "set default century": "commands/set-default-century", - "set document position": "commands/set-document-position", - "set document properties": "commands/set-document-properties", - "set document size": "commands/set-document-size", - "set drag icon": "commands/set-drag-icon", - "set environment variable": "commands/set-environment-variable", - "set external data path": "commands/set-external-data-path", - "set field relation": "commands/set-field-relation", - "set field titles": "commands/set-field-titles", - "set field value null": "commands/set-field-value-null", - "set file to pasteboard": "commands/set-file-to-pasteboard", - "set group access": "commands/set-group-access", - "set group properties": "commands/set-group-properties", - "set help menu": "commands/set-help-menu", - "set index cache priority": "commands/set-index-cache-priority", - "set index": "commands/set-index", - "set list item font": "commands/set-list-item-font", - "set list item icon": "commands/set-list-item-icon", - "set list item parameter": "commands/set-list-item-parameter", - "set list item properties": "commands/set-list-item-properties", - "set list item": "commands/set-list-item", - "set list properties": "commands/set-list-properties", - "set macro parameter": "commands/set-macro-parameter", - "set menu bar": "commands/set-menu-bar", - "set menu item icon": "commands/set-menu-item-icon", - "set menu item mark": "commands/set-menu-item-mark", - "set menu item method": "commands/set-menu-item-method", - "set menu item parameter": "commands/set-menu-item-parameter", - "set menu item property": "commands/set-menu-item-property", - "set menu item shortcut": "commands/set-menu-item-shortcut", - "set menu item style": "commands/set-menu-item-style", - "set menu item": "commands/set-menu-item", - "set picture file name": "commands/set-picture-file-name", - "set picture metadata": "commands/set-picture-metadata", - "set picture to library": "commands/set-picture-to-library", - "set picture to pasteboard": "commands/set-picture-to-pasteboard", - "set plugin access": "commands/set-plugin-access", - "set print marker": "commands/set-print-marker", - "set print option": "commands/set-print-option", - "set print preview": "commands/set-print-preview", - "set printable margin": "commands/set-printable-margin", - "set process variable": "commands/set-process-variable", - "set query and lock": "commands/set-query-and-lock", - "set query destination": "commands/set-query-destination", - "set query limit": "commands/set-query-limit", - "set real comparison level": "commands/set-real-comparison-level", - "set recent fonts": "commands/set-recent-fonts", - "set table cache priority": "commands/set-table-cache-priority", - "set table titles": "commands/set-table-titles", - "set text to pasteboard": "commands/set-text-to-pasteboard", - "set timeout": "commands/set-timeout", - "set timer": "commands/set-timer", - "set update folder": "commands/set-update-folder", - "set user alias": "commands/set-user-alias", - "set user properties": "commands/set-user-properties", - "set window rect": "commands/set-window-rect", - "set window title": "commands/set-window-title", - "shift down": "commands/shift-down", - "show menu bar": "commands/show-menu-bar", - "show on disk": "commands/show-on-disk", - "show process": "commands/show-process", - "show tool bar": "commands/show-tool-bar", - "show window": "commands/show-window", - "sin": "commands/sin", - "size of array": "commands/size-of-array", - "soap declaration": "commands/soap-declaration", - "soap get info": "commands/soap-get-info", - "soap reject new requests": "commands/soap-reject-new-requests", - "soap request": "commands/soap-request", - "soap send fault": "commands/soap-send-fault", - "sort array": "commands/sort-array", - "sort list": "commands/sort-list", - "spell add to user dictionary": "commands/spell-add-to-user-dictionary", - "spell check text": "commands/spell-check-text", - "spell checking": "commands/spell-checking", - "spell get current dictionary": "commands/spell-get-current-dictionary", - "spell get dictionary list": "commands/spell-get-dictionary-list", - "spell set current dictionary": "commands/spell-set-current-dictionary", - "split string": "commands/split-string", - "sql cancel load": "commands/sql-cancel-load", - "sql end selection": "commands/sql-end-selection", - "sql execute script": "commands/sql-execute-script", - "sql execute": "commands/sql-execute", - "sql export database": "commands/sql-export-database", - "sql export selection": "commands/sql-export-selection", - "sql get current data source": "commands/sql-get-current-data-source", - "sql get data source list": "commands/sql-get-data-source-list", - "sql get last error": "commands/sql-get-last-error", - "sql get option": "commands/sql-get-option", - "sql load record": "commands/sql-load-record", - "sql login": "commands/sql-login", - "sql logout": "commands/sql-logout", - "sql set option": "commands/sql-set-option", - "sql set parameter": "commands/sql-set-parameter", - "square root": "commands/square-root", - "st compute expressions": "commands/st-compute-expressions", - "st freeze expressions": "commands/st-freeze-expressions", - "st get attributes": "commands/st-get-attributes", - "st get content type": "commands/st-get-content-type", - "st get expression": "commands/st-get-expression", - "st get options": "commands/st-get-options", - "st get plain text": "commands/st-get-plain-text", - "st get text": "commands/st-get-text", - "st get url": "commands/st-get-url", - "st insert expression": "commands/st-insert-expression", - "st insert url": "commands/st-insert-url", - "st set attributes": "commands/st-set-attributes", - "st set options": "commands/st-set-options", - "st set plain text": "commands/st-set-plain-text", - "st set text": "commands/st-set-text", - "start monitoring activity": "commands/start-monitoring-activity", - "start sql server": "commands/start-sql-server", - "start transaction": "commands/start-transaction", - "std deviation": "commands/std-deviation", - "stop monitoring activity": "commands/stop-monitoring-activity", - "stop sql server": "commands/stop-sql-server", - "storage": "commands/storage", - "string list to array": "commands/string-list-to-array", - "string": "commands/string", - "structure file": "commands/structure-file", - "substring": "commands/substring", - "subtotal": "commands/subtotal", - "sum squares": "commands/sum-squares", - "sum": "commands/sum", - "suspend transaction": "commands/suspend-transaction", - "svg export to picture": "commands/svg-export-to-picture", - "svg find element id by coordinates": "commands/svg-find-element-id-by-coordinates", - "svg find element ids by rect": "commands/svg-find-element-ids-by-rect", - "svg get attribute": "commands/svg-get-attribute", - "svg set attribute": "commands/svg-set-attribute", - "svg show element": "commands/svg-show-element", - "system folder": "commands/system-folder", - "system info": "commands/system-info", - "table fragmentation": "commands/table-fragmentation", - "table name": "commands/table-name", - "table": "commands/table", - "tan": "commands/tan", - "temporary folder": "commands/temporary-folder", - "test path name": "commands/test-path-name", - "test semaphore": "commands/test-semaphore", - "text to array": "commands/text-to-array", - "text to blob": "commands/text-to-blob", - "text to document": "commands/text-to-document", - "throw": "commands/throw", - "tickcount": "commands/tickcount", - "time string": "commands/time-string", - "time": "commands/time", - "timestamp": "commands/timestamp", - "tool bar height": "commands/tool-bar-height", - "trace": "commands/trace", - "transaction level": "commands/transaction-level", - "transform picture": "commands/transform-picture", - "trigger event": "commands/trigger-event", - "trigger level": "commands/trigger-level", - "trigger properties": "commands/trigger-properties", - "true": "commands/true", - "trunc": "commands/trunc", - "truncate table": "commands/truncate-table", - "type": "commands/type", - "undefined": "commands/undefined", - "union": "commands/union", - "unload record": "commands/unload-record", - "unregister client": "commands/unregister-client", - "uppercase": "commands/uppercase", - "use character set": "commands/use-character-set", - "use named selection": "commands/use-named-selection", - "use set": "commands/use-set", - "user in group": "commands/user-in-group", - "users to blob": "commands/users-to-blob", - "validate password": "commands/validate-password", - "validate transaction": "commands/validate-transaction", - "value type": "commands/value-type", - "variable to blob": "commands/variable-to-blob", - "variable to variable": "commands/variable-to-variable", - "variance": "commands/variance", - "verify current data file": "commands/verify-current-data-file", - "verify data file": "commands/verify-data-file", - "verify password hash": "commands/verify-password-hash", - "version type": "commands/version-type", - "volume attributes": "commands/volume-attributes", - "volume list": "commands/volume-list", - "wa back url available": "commands/wa-back-url-available", - "wa create url history menu": "commands/wa-create-url-history-menu", - "wa evaluate javascript": "commands/wa-evaluate-javascript", - "wa execute javascript function": "commands/wa-execute-javascript-function", - "wa forward url available": "commands/wa-forward-url-available", - "wa get current url": "commands/wa-get-current-url", - "wa get external links filters": "commands/wa-get-external-links-filters", - "wa get last filtered url": "commands/wa-get-last-filtered-url", - "wa get last url error": "commands/wa-get-last-url-error", - "wa get page content": "commands/wa-get-page-content", - "wa get page title": "commands/wa-get-page-title", - "wa get preference": "commands/wa-get-preference", - "wa get url filters": "commands/wa-get-url-filters", - "wa get url history": "commands/wa-get-url-history", - "wa open back url": "commands/wa-open-back-url", - "wa open forward url": "commands/wa-open-forward-url", - "wa open url": "commands/wa-open-url", - "wa open web inspector": "commands/wa-open-web-inspector", - "wa refresh current url": "commands/wa-refresh-current-url", - "wa run offscreen area": "commands/wa-run-offscreen-area", - "wa set external links filters": "commands/wa-set-external-links-filters", - "wa set page content": "commands/wa-set-page-content", - "wa set preference": "commands/wa-set-preference", - "wa set url filters": "commands/wa-set-url-filters", - "wa stop loading url": "commands/wa-stop-loading-url", - "wa zoom in": "commands/wa-zoom-in", - "wa zoom out": "commands/wa-zoom-out", - "web get body part count": "commands/web-get-body-part-count", - "web get body part": "commands/web-get-body-part", - "web get current session id": "commands/web-get-current-session-id", - "web get http body": "commands/web-get-http-body", - "web get http header": "commands/web-get-http-header", - "web get option": "commands/web-get-option", - "web get server info": "commands/web-get-server-info", - "web get statistics": "commands/web-get-statistics", - "web get variables": "commands/web-get-variables", - "web is secured connection": "commands/web-is-secured-connection", - "web is server running": "commands/web-is-server-running", - "web legacy close session": "commands/web-legacy-close-session", - "web legacy get session expiration": "commands/web-legacy-get-session-expiration", - "web send blob": "commands/web-send-blob", - "web send file": "commands/web-send-file", - "web send http redirect": "commands/web-send-http-redirect", - "web send raw data": "commands/web-send-raw-data", - "web send text": "commands/web-send-text", - "web service authenticate": "commands/web-service-authenticate", - "web service call": "commands/web-service-call", - "web service get info": "commands/web-service-get-info", - "web service get result": "commands/web-service-get-result", - "web service set option": "commands/web-service-set-option", - "web service set parameter": "commands/web-service-set-parameter", - "web set home page": "commands/web-set-home-page", - "web set http header": "commands/web-set-http-header", - "web set option": "commands/web-set-option", - "web set root folder": "commands/web-set-root-folder", - "web start server": "commands/web-start-server", - "web stop server": "commands/web-stop-server", - "web validate digest": "commands/web-validate-digest", - "window kind": "commands/window-kind", - "window list": "commands/window-list", - "window process": "commands/window-process", - "windows alt down": "commands/windows-alt-down", - "windows ctrl down": "commands/windows-ctrl-down", - "write picture file": "commands/write-picture-file", - "xml decode": "commands/xml-decode", - "xml get error": "commands/xml-get-error", - "xml get options": "commands/xml-get-options", - "xml set options": "commands/xml-set-options", - "year of": "commands/year-of", - "cs": "Concepts/classes", - "4d": "Concepts/classes", - "wp delete section": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-section", - "wp delete subsection": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection", - "wp reset attributes": "WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes", - "wp add picture": "WritePro/commands/wp-add-picture", - "wp bookmark range": "WritePro/commands/wp-bookmark-range", - "wp compute formulas": "WritePro/commands/wp-compute-formulas", - "wp delete bookmark": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-bookmark", - "wp delete footer": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-footer", - "wp delete header": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-header", - "wp delete picture": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-picture", - "wp delete style sheet": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-style-sheet", - "wp delete text box": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-text-box", - "wp export document": "WritePro/commands/wp-export-document", - "wp export variable": "WritePro/commands/wp-export-variable", - "wp find all": "WritePro/commands/wp-find-all", - "wp find next": "WritePro/commands/wp-find-next", - "wp find previous": "WritePro/commands/wp-find-previous", - "wp freeze formulas": "WritePro/commands/wp-freeze-formulas", - "wp get attributes": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-attributes", - "wp get body": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-body", - "wp get bookmarks": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-bookmarks", - "wp get breaks": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-breaks", - "wp get data context": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-data-context", - "wp get element by id": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-element-by-id", - "wp get elements": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-elements", - "wp get footer": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-footer", - "wp get formulas": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-formulas", - "wp get frame": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-frame", - "wp get header": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-header", - "wp get links": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-links", - "wp get page count": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-page-count", - "wp get position": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-position", - "wp get section": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-section", - "wp get sections": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-sections", - "wp get style sheet": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-style-sheet", - "wp get style sheets": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-style-sheets", - "wp get subsection": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-subsection", - "wp get text": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-text", - "wp get view properties": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-view-properties", - "wp import document": "WritePro/commands/wp-import-document", - "wp import style sheets": "WritePro/commands/wp-import-style-sheets", - "wp insert break": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-break", - "wp insert document": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-document", - "wp insert formula": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-formula", - "wp insert picture": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-picture", - "wp insert table": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-table", - "wp is font style supported": "WritePro/commands/wp-is-font-style-supported", - "wp new bookmark": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-bookmark", - "wp new footer": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-footer", - "wp new header": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-header", - "wp new style sheet": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-style-sheet", - "wp new subsection": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-subsection", - "wp new text box": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-text-box", - "wp new": "WritePro/commands/wp-new", - "wp paragraph range": "WritePro/commands/wp-paragraph-range", - "wp picture range": "WritePro/commands/wp-picture-range", - "wp print": "WritePro/commands/wp-print", - "wp select": "WritePro/commands/wp-select", - "wp selection range": "WritePro/commands/wp-selection-range", - "wp set attributes": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-attributes", - "wp set data context": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-data-context", - "wp set frame": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-frame", - "wp set link": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-link", - "wp set text": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-text", - "wp set view properties": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-view-properties", - "wp table append row": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-append-row", - "wp table delete columns": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-delete-columns", - "wp table delete rows": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-delete-rows", - "wp table get cells": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-get-cells", - "wp table get columns": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-get-columns", - "wp table get rows": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-get-rows", - "wp table insert columns": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-insert-columns", - "wp table insert rows": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-insert-rows", - "wp table merge cells": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-merge-cells", - "wp table range": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-range", - "wp table split cells": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-split-cells", - "wp text range": "WritePro/commands/wp-text-range", - "wp use page setup": "WritePro/commands/wp-use-page-setup" - }, - "classes": { - "blob": "API/BlobClass", - "class": "API/ClassClass", - "collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "cryptokey": "API/CryptoKeyClass", - "dataclass": "API/DataClassClass", - "datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "directory": "API/Directory", - "document": "API/Document", - "email": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "entity": "API/EntityClass", - "entityselection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "filehandle": "API/FileHandleClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "function": "API/FunctionClass", - "httpagentclass": "API/HTTPAgentClass", - "http parse message": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "httprequest": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "imaptransporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mailattachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "outgoingmessageclass": "API/OutGoingMessageClass", - "pop3transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtptransporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "systemworker": "API/SystemWorkerClass", - "transporter": "API/Transporter", - "webform": "API/WebFormClass", - "webformitem": "API/WebFormItemClass", - "webserver": "API/WebServerClass", - "websocket": "API/WebSocketClass", - "websocketconnection": "API/WebSocketConnectionClass", - "websocketserver": "API/WebSocketServerClass", - "ziparchive": "API/ZipArchiveClass" - } - }, - "20R6": { - "commands": { - "new collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "new shared collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "ds": "API/DataStoreClass", - "open datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "mail convert from mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "mail convert to mime": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "create entity selection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "use entity selection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "formula": "API/FunctionClass", - "formula from string": "API/FunctionClass", - "imap new transporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mail new attachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "pop3 new transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "new signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtp new transporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "web form": "API/WebFormClass", - "web event": "API/WebFormClass", - "web server": "API/WebServerClass", - "web server list": "API/WebServerClass", - "zip create archive": "API/ZipArchiveClass", - "zip read archive": "API/ZipArchiveClass", - "cs": "Concepts/classes", - "4d": "Concepts/classes", - "super": "Concepts/classes", - "this": "Concepts/classes" - }, - "classes": { - "blob": "API/BlobClass", - "class": "API/ClassClass", - "collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "cryptokey": "API/CryptoKeyClass", - "dataclass": "API/DataClassClass", - "datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "directory": "API/Directory", - "document": "API/Document", - "email": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "entity": "API/EntityClass", - "entityselection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "filehandle": "API/FileHandleClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "function": "API/FunctionClass", - "httpagentclass": "API/HTTPAgentClass", - "http parse message": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "httprequest": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "imaptransporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mailattachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "pop3transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtptransporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "systemworker": "API/SystemWorkerClass", - "transporter": "API/Transporter", - "webform": "API/WebFormClass", - "webformitem": "API/WebFormItemClass", - "webserver": "API/WebServerClass", - "websocket": "API/WebSocketClass", - "websocketconnection": "API/WebSocketConnectionClass", - "websocketserver": "API/WebSocketServerClass", - "ziparchive": "API/ZipArchiveClass" - } - }, - "": { - "commands": { - "web form": "API/WebFormClass", - "web event": "API/WebFormClass", - "create entity selection": "commands/create-entity-selection", - "ds": "commands/ds", - "file": "commands/file", - "folder": "commands/folder", - "formula from string": "commands/formula-from-string", - "formula": "commands/formula", - "imap new transporter": "commands/imap-new-transporter", - "license info": "commands/license-info", - "mail convert from mime": "commands/mail-convert-from-mime", - "mail convert to mime": "commands/mail-convert-to-mime", - "mail new attachment": "commands/mail-new-attachment", - "new collection": "commands/new-collection", - "new shared collection": "commands/new-shared-collection", - "new signal": "commands/new-signal", - "open datastore": "commands/open-datastore", - "pop3 new transporter": "commands/pop3-new-transporter", - "process activity": "commands/process-activity", - "process info": "commands/process-info", - "process number": "commands/process-number", - "session info": "commands/session-info", - "session": "commands/session", - "set allowed methods": "commands/set-allowed-methods", - "set window document icon": "commands/set-window-document-icon", - "smtp new transporter": "commands/smtp-new-transporter", - "super": "commands/super", - "this": "commands/this", - "use entity selection": "commands/use-entity-selection", - "web server list": "commands/web-server-list", - "web server": "commands/web-server", - "zip create archive": "commands/zip-create-archive", - "zip read archive": "commands/zip-read-archive", - "abort process by id": "commands/abort-process-by-id", - "abort": "commands/abort", - "abs": "commands/abs", - "accept": "commands/accept", - "accumulate": "commands/accumulate", - "action info": "commands/action-info", - "activated": "commands/activated", - "active transaction": "commands/active-transaction", - "activity snapshot": "commands/activity-snapshot", - "add record": "commands/add-record", - "add to date": "commands/add-to-date", - "add to set": "commands/add-to-set", - "adjust blobs cache priority": "commands/adjust-blobs-cache-priority", - "adjust index cache priority": "commands/adjust-index-cache-priority", - "adjust table cache priority": "commands/adjust-table-cache-priority", - "after": "commands/after", - "alert": "commands/alert", - "all records": "commands/all-records", - "append data to pasteboard": "commands/append-data-to-pasteboard", - "append document": "commands/append-document", - "append menu item": "commands/append-menu-item", - "append to array": "commands/append-to-array", - "append to list": "commands/append-to-list", - "application file": "commands/application-file", - "application info": "commands/application-info", - "application type": "commands/application-type", - "application version": "commands/application-version", - "apply to selection": "commands/apply-to-selection", - "arctan": "commands/arctan", - "array blob": "commands/array-blob", - "array boolean": "commands/array-boolean", - "array date": "commands/array-date", - "array integer": "commands/array-integer", - "array longint": "commands/array-longint", - "array object": "commands/array-object", - "array picture": "commands/array-picture", - "array pointer": "commands/array-pointer", - "array real": "commands/array-real", - "array text": "commands/array-text", - "array time": "commands/array-time", - "array to collection": "commands/array-to-collection", - "array to list": "commands/array-to-list", - "array to selection": "commands/array-to-selection", - "assert": "commands/assert", - "asserted": "commands/asserted", - "average": "commands/average", - "backup info": "commands/backup-info", - "backup": "commands/backup", - "base64 decode": "commands/base64-decode", - "base64 encode": "commands/base64-encode", - "beep": "commands/beep", - "before selection": "commands/before-selection", - "before": "commands/before", - "begin sql": "commands/begin-sql", - "blob properties": "commands/blob-properties", - "blob size": "commands/blob-size", - "blob to document": "commands/blob-to-document", - "blob to integer": "commands/blob-to-integer", - "blob to list": "commands/blob-to-list", - "blob to longint": "commands/blob-to-longint", - "blob to picture": "commands/blob-to-picture", - "blob to print settings": "commands/blob-to-print-settings", - "blob to real": "commands/blob-to-real", - "blob to text": "commands/blob-to-text", - "blob to users": "commands/blob-to-users", - "blob to variable": "commands/blob-to-variable", - "bool": "commands/bool", - "boolean array from set": "commands/boolean-array-from-set", - "break level": "commands/break-level", - "bring to front": "commands/bring-to-front", - "build application": "commands/build-application", - "cache info": "commands/cache-info", - "call chain": "commands/call-chain", - "call form": "commands/call-form", - "call subform container": "commands/call-subform-container", - "call worker": "commands/call-worker", - "cancel transaction": "commands/cancel-transaction", - "cancel": "commands/cancel", - "caps lock down": "commands/caps-lock-down", - "change current user": "commands/change-current-user", - "change licenses": "commands/change-licenses", - "change password": "commands/change-password", - "change string": "commands/change-string", - "char": "commands/char", - "character code": "commands/character-code", - "check log file": "commands/check-log-file", - "choose": "commands/choose", - "clear list": "commands/clear-list", - "clear named selection": "commands/clear-named-selection", - "clear pasteboard": "commands/clear-pasteboard", - "clear semaphore": "commands/clear-semaphore", - "clear set": "commands/clear-set", - "clear variable": "commands/clear-variable", - "clickcount": "commands/clickcount", - "close document": "commands/close-document", - "close printing job": "commands/close-printing-job", - "close resource file": "commands/close-resource-file", - "close window": "commands/close-window", - "collection to array": "commands/collection-to-array", - "combine pictures": "commands/combine-pictures", - "command name": "commands/command-name", - "compact data file": "commands/compact-data-file", - "compare strings": "commands/compare-strings", - "compile project": "commands/compile-project", - "component list": "commands/component-list", - "compress blob": "commands/compress-blob", - "confirm": "commands/confirm", - "contextual click": "commands/contextual-click", - "convert coordinates": "commands/convert-coordinates", - "convert from text": "commands/convert-from-text", - "convert path posix to system": "commands/convert-path-posix-to-system", - "convert path system to posix": "commands/convert-path-system-to-posix", - "convert picture": "commands/convert-picture", - "convert to text": "commands/convert-to-text", - "copy array": "commands/copy-array", - "copy blob": "commands/copy-blob", - "copy document": "commands/copy-document", - "copy list": "commands/copy-list", - "copy named selection": "commands/copy-named-selection", - "copy parameters": "commands/copy-parameters", - "copy set": "commands/copy-set", - "cos": "commands/cos", - "count in array": "commands/count-in-array", - "count list items": "commands/count-list-items", - "count menu items": "commands/count-menu-items", - "count menus": "commands/count-menus", - "count parameters": "commands/count-parameters", - "count screens": "commands/count-screens", - "count tasks": "commands/count-tasks", - "count user processes": "commands/count-user-processes", - "count users": "commands/count-users", - "create alias": "commands/create-alias", - "create data file": "commands/create-data-file", - "create deployment license": "commands/create-deployment-license", - "create document": "commands/create-document", - "create empty set": "commands/create-empty-set", - "create folder": "commands/create-folder", - "create index": "commands/create-index", - "create menu": "commands/create-menu", - "create record": "commands/create-record", - "create related one": "commands/create-related-one", - "create selection from array": "commands/create-selection-from-array", - "create set from array": "commands/create-set-from-array", - "create set": "commands/create-set", - "create thumbnail": "commands/create-thumbnail", - "current client authentication": "commands/current-client-authentication", - "current date": "commands/current-date", - "current default table": "commands/current-default-table", - "current form name": "commands/current-form-name", - "current form table": "commands/current-form-table", - "current form window": "commands/current-form-window", - "current machine": "commands/current-machine", - "current method name": "commands/current-method-name", - "current method path": "commands/current-method-path", - "current process name": "commands/current-process-name", - "current process": "commands/current-process", - "current system user": "commands/current-system-user", - "current time": "commands/current-time", - "current user": "commands/current-user", - "cut named selection": "commands/cut-named-selection", - "data file encryption status": "commands/data-file-encryption-status", - "data file": "commands/data-file", - "database measures": "commands/database-measures", - "date": "commands/date", - "day number": "commands/day-number", - "day of": "commands/day-of", - "deactivated": "commands/deactivated", - "dec": "commands/dec", - "decrypt blob": "commands/decrypt-blob", - "decrypt data blob": "commands/decrypt-data-blob", - "default table": "commands/default-table", - "delay process": "commands/delay-process", - "delete document": "commands/delete-document", - "delete folder": "commands/delete-folder", - "delete from array": "commands/delete-from-array", - "delete from blob": "commands/delete-from-blob", - "delete from list": "commands/delete-from-list", - "delete index": "commands/delete-index", - "delete menu item": "commands/delete-menu-item", - "delete record": "commands/delete-record", - "delete selection": "commands/delete-selection", - "delete string": "commands/delete-string", - "delete user": "commands/delete-user", - "describe query execution": "commands/describe-query-execution", - "dialog": "commands/dialog", - "difference": "commands/difference", - "disable menu item": "commands/disable-menu-item", - "discover data key": "commands/discover-data-key", - "display notification": "commands/display-notification", - "display record": "commands/display-record", - "display selection": "commands/display-selection", - "displayed line number": "commands/displayed-line-number", - "distinct attribute paths": "commands/distinct-attribute-paths", - "distinct attribute values": "commands/distinct-attribute-values", - "distinct values": "commands/distinct-values", - "document list": "commands/document-list", - "document to blob": "commands/document-to-blob", - "document to text": "commands/document-to-text", - "dom append xml child node": "commands/dom-append-xml-child-node", - "dom append xml element": "commands/dom-append-xml-element", - "dom close xml": "commands/dom-close-xml", - "dom count xml attributes": "commands/dom-count-xml-attributes", - "dom count xml elements": "commands/dom-count-xml-elements", - "dom create xml element arrays": "commands/dom-create-xml-element-arrays", - "dom create xml element": "commands/dom-create-xml-element", - "dom create xml ref": "commands/dom-create-xml-ref", - "dom export to file": "commands/dom-export-to-file", - "dom export to var": "commands/dom-export-to-var", - "dom find xml element by id": "commands/dom-find-xml-element-by-id", - "dom find xml element": "commands/dom-find-xml-element", - "dom get first child xml element": "commands/dom-get-first-child-xml-element", - "dom get last child xml element": "commands/dom-get-last-child-xml-element", - "dom get next sibling xml element": "commands/dom-get-next-sibling-xml-element", - "dom get parent xml element": "commands/dom-get-parent-xml-element", - "dom get previous sibling xml element": "commands/dom-get-previous-sibling-xml-element", - "dom get root xml element": "commands/dom-get-root-xml-element", - "dom get xml attribute by index": "commands/dom-get-xml-attribute-by-index", - "dom get xml attribute by name": "commands/dom-get-xml-attribute-by-name", - "dom get xml child nodes": "commands/dom-get-xml-child-nodes", - "dom get xml document ref": "commands/dom-get-xml-document-ref", - "dom get xml element name": "commands/dom-get-xml-element-name", - "dom get xml element value": "commands/dom-get-xml-element-value", - "dom get xml element": "commands/dom-get-xml-element", - "dom get xml information": "commands/dom-get-xml-information", - "dom insert xml element": "commands/dom-insert-xml-element", - "dom parse xml source": "commands/dom-parse-xml-source", - "dom parse xml variable": "commands/dom-parse-xml-variable", - "dom remove xml attribute": "commands/dom-remove-xml-attribute", - "dom remove xml element": "commands/dom-remove-xml-element", - "dom set xml attribute": "commands/dom-set-xml-attribute", - "dom set xml declaration": "commands/dom-set-xml-declaration", - "dom set xml element name": "commands/dom-set-xml-element-name", - "dom set xml element value": "commands/dom-set-xml-element-value", - "drag window": "commands/drag-window", - "drop position": "commands/drop-position", - "drop remote user": "commands/drop-remote-user", - "duplicate record": "commands/duplicate-record", - "dynamic pop up menu": "commands/dynamic-pop-up-menu", - "edit access": "commands/edit-access", - "edit formula": "commands/edit-formula", - "edit item": "commands/edit-item", - "enable menu item": "commands/enable-menu-item", - "encrypt blob": "commands/encrypt-blob", - "encrypt data blob": "commands/encrypt-data-blob", - "encrypt data file": "commands/encrypt-data-file", - "end selection": "commands/end-selection", - "end sql": "commands/end-sql", - "equal pictures": "commands/equal-pictures", - "erase window": "commands/erase-window", - "euro converter": "commands/euro-converter", - "execute formula": "commands/execute-formula", - "execute method in subform": "commands/execute-method-in-subform", - "execute method": "commands/execute-method", - "execute on client": "commands/execute-on-client", - "execute on server": "commands/execute-on-server", - "exp": "commands/exp", - "expand blob": "commands/expand-blob", - "export data": "commands/export-data", - "export dif": "commands/export-dif", - "export structure file": "commands/export-structure-file", - "export structure": "commands/export-structure", - "export sylk": "commands/export-sylk", - "export text": "commands/export-text", - "false": "commands/false", - "field name": "commands/field-name", - "field": "commands/field", - "filter event": "commands/filter-event", - "filter keystroke": "commands/filter-keystroke", - "find in array": "commands/find-in-array", - "find in field": "commands/find-in-field", - "find in list": "commands/find-in-list", - "find in sorted array": "commands/find-in-sorted-array", - "find window": "commands/find-window", - "first record": "commands/first-record", - "flush cache": "commands/flush-cache", - "focus object": "commands/focus-object", - "folder list": "commands/folder-list", - "font file": "commands/font-file", - "font list": "commands/font-list", - "font style list": "commands/font-style-list", - "form convert to dynamic": "commands/form-convert-to-dynamic", - "form edit": "commands/form-edit", - "form event code": "commands/form-event-code", - "form event": "commands/form-event", - "form first page": "commands/form-first-page", - "form get color scheme": "commands/form-get-color-scheme", - "form get current page": "commands/form-get-current-page", - "form get entry order": "commands/form-get-entry-order", - "form get horizontal resizing": "commands/form-get-horizontal-resizing", - "form get names": "commands/form-get-names", - "form get objects": "commands/form-get-objects", - "form get properties": "commands/form-get-properties", - "form get vertical resizing": "commands/form-get-vertical-resizing", - "form goto page": "commands/form-goto-page", - "form last page": "commands/form-last-page", - "form load": "commands/form-load", - "form next page": "commands/form-next-page", - "form previous page": "commands/form-previous-page", - "form screenshot": "commands/form-screenshot", - "form set entry order": "commands/form-set-entry-order", - "form set horizontal resizing": "commands/form-set-horizontal-resizing", - "form set input": "commands/form-set-input", - "form set output": "commands/form-set-output", - "form set size": "commands/form-set-size", - "form set vertical resizing": "commands/form-set-vertical-resizing", - "form unload": "commands/form-unload", - "form": "commands/form", - "frontmost process": "commands/frontmost-process", - "frontmost window": "commands/frontmost-window", - "generate certificate request": "commands/generate-certificate-request", - "generate digest": "commands/generate-digest", - "generate encryption keypair": "commands/generate-encryption-keypair", - "generate password hash": "commands/generate-password-hash", - "generate uuid": "commands/generate-uuid", - "get 4d file": "commands/get-4d-file", - "get 4d folder": "commands/get-4d-folder", - "get adjusted blobs cache priority": "commands/get-adjusted-blobs-cache-priority", - "get adjusted index cache priority": "commands/get-adjusted-index-cache-priority", - "get adjusted table cache priority": "commands/get-adjusted-table-cache-priority", - "get allowed methods": "commands/get-allowed-methods", - "get application color scheme": "commands/get-application-color-scheme", - "get assert enabled": "commands/get-assert-enabled", - "get automatic relations": "commands/get-automatic-relations", - "get cache size": "commands/get-cache-size", - "get current printer": "commands/get-current-printer", - "get database localization": "commands/get-database-localization", - "get database parameter": "commands/get-database-parameter", - "get default user": "commands/get-default-user", - "get document icon": "commands/get-document-icon", - "get document position": "commands/get-document-position", - "get document properties": "commands/get-document-properties", - "get document size": "commands/get-document-size", - "get edited text": "commands/get-edited-text", - "get external data path": "commands/get-external-data-path", - "get field entry properties": "commands/get-field-entry-properties", - "get field properties": "commands/get-field-properties", - "get field relation": "commands/get-field-relation", - "get field titles": "commands/get-field-titles", - "get file from pasteboard": "commands/get-file-from-pasteboard", - "get group access": "commands/get-group-access", - "get group list": "commands/get-group-list", - "get group properties": "commands/get-group-properties", - "get highlight": "commands/get-highlight", - "get highlighted records": "commands/get-highlighted-records", - "get indexed string": "commands/get-indexed-string", - "get last update log path": "commands/get-last-update-log-path", - "get list item font": "commands/get-list-item-font", - "get list item icon": "commands/get-list-item-icon", - "get list item parameter arrays": "commands/get-list-item-parameter-arrays", - "get list item parameter": "commands/get-list-item-parameter", - "get list item properties": "commands/get-list-item-properties", - "get list item": "commands/get-list-item", - "get list properties": "commands/get-list-properties", - "get macro parameter": "commands/get-macro-parameter", - "get menu bar reference": "commands/get-menu-bar-reference", - "get menu item icon": "commands/get-menu-item-icon", - "get menu item key": "commands/get-menu-item-key", - "get menu item mark": "commands/get-menu-item-mark", - "get menu item method": "commands/get-menu-item-method", - "get menu item modifiers": "commands/get-menu-item-modifiers", - "get menu item parameter": "commands/get-menu-item-parameter", - "get menu item property": "commands/get-menu-item-property", - "get menu item style": "commands/get-menu-item-style", - "get menu item": "commands/get-menu-item", - "get menu items": "commands/get-menu-items", - "get menu title": "commands/get-menu-title", - "get missing table names": "commands/get-missing-table-names", - "get pasteboard data type": "commands/get-pasteboard-data-type", - "get pasteboard data": "commands/get-pasteboard-data", - "get picture file name": "commands/get-picture-file-name", - "get picture formats": "commands/get-picture-formats", - "get picture from library": "commands/get-picture-from-library", - "get picture from pasteboard": "commands/get-picture-from-pasteboard", - "get picture keywords": "commands/get-picture-keywords", - "get picture metadata": "commands/get-picture-metadata", - "get picture resource": "commands/get-picture-resource", - "get plugin access": "commands/get-plugin-access", - "get pointer": "commands/get-pointer", - "get print marker": "commands/get-print-marker", - "get print option": "commands/get-print-option", - "get print preview": "commands/get-print-preview", - "get printable area": "commands/get-printable-area", - "get printable margin": "commands/get-printable-margin", - "get printed height": "commands/get-printed-height", - "get process variable": "commands/get-process-variable", - "get query destination": "commands/get-query-destination", - "get query limit": "commands/get-query-limit", - "get registered clients": "commands/get-registered-clients", - "get relation properties": "commands/get-relation-properties", - "get resource name": "commands/get-resource-name", - "get resource properties": "commands/get-resource-properties", - "get resource": "commands/get-resource", - "get selected menu item parameter": "commands/get-selected-menu-item-parameter", - "get serial port mapping": "commands/get-serial-port-mapping", - "get string resource": "commands/get-string-resource", - "get style sheet info": "commands/get-style-sheet-info", - "get subrecord key": "commands/get-subrecord-key", - "get system format": "commands/get-system-format", - "get table properties": "commands/get-table-properties", - "get table titles": "commands/get-table-titles", - "get text from pasteboard": "commands/get-text-from-pasteboard", - "get text keywords": "commands/get-text-keywords", - "get text resource": "commands/get-text-resource", - "get user list": "commands/get-user-list", - "get user properties": "commands/get-user-properties", - "get window rect": "commands/get-window-rect", - "get window title": "commands/get-window-title", - "goto object": "commands/goto-object", - "goto record": "commands/goto-record", - "goto selected record": "commands/goto-selected-record", - "goto xy": "commands/goto-xy", - "graph settings": "commands/graph-settings", - "graph": "commands/graph", - "hide menu bar": "commands/hide-menu-bar", - "hide process": "commands/hide-process", - "hide tool bar": "commands/hide-tool-bar", - "hide window": "commands/hide-window", - "highlight records": "commands/highlight-records", - "highlight text": "commands/highlight-text", - "http authenticate": "commands/http-authenticate", - "http get certificates folder": "commands/http-get-certificates-folder", - "http get option": "commands/http-get-option", - "http get": "commands/http-get", - "http parse message": "commands/http-parse-message", - "http request": "commands/http-request", - "http set certificates folder": "commands/http-set-certificates-folder", - "http set option": "commands/http-set-option", - "idle": "commands/idle", - "import data": "commands/import-data", - "import dif": "commands/import-dif", - "import structure": "commands/import-structure", - "import sylk": "commands/import-sylk", - "import text": "commands/import-text", - "in break": "commands/in-break", - "in footer": "commands/in-footer", - "in header": "commands/in-header", - "in transaction": "commands/in-transaction", - "insert in array": "commands/insert-in-array", - "insert in blob": "commands/insert-in-blob", - "insert in list": "commands/insert-in-list", - "insert menu item": "commands/insert-menu-item", - "insert string": "commands/insert-string", - "int": "commands/int", - "integer to blob": "commands/integer-to-blob", - "integrate mirror log file": "commands/integrate-mirror-log-file", - "intersection": "commands/intersection", - "invoke action": "commands/invoke-action", - "is a list": "commands/is-a-list", - "is a variable": "commands/is-a-variable", - "is compiled mode": "commands/is-compiled-mode", - "is data file locked": "commands/is-data-file-locked", - "is editing text": "commands/is-editing-text", - "is field number valid": "commands/is-field-number-valid", - "is field value null": "commands/is-field-value-null", - "is in print preview": "commands/is-in-print-preview", - "is in set": "commands/is-in-set", - "is license available": "commands/is-license-available", - "is macos": "commands/is-macos", - "is new record": "commands/is-new-record", - "is nil pointer": "commands/is-nil-pointer", - "is picture file": "commands/is-picture-file", - "is record loaded": "commands/is-record-loaded", - "is table number valid": "commands/is-table-number-valid", - "is user deleted": "commands/is-user-deleted", - "is waiting mouse up": "commands/is-waiting-mouse-up", - "is window maximized": "commands/is-window-maximized", - "is window reduced": "commands/is-window-reduced", - "is windows": "commands/is-windows", - "json parse array": "commands/json-parse-array", - "json parse": "commands/json-parse", - "json resolve pointers": "commands/json-resolve-pointers", - "json stringify array": "commands/json-stringify-array", - "json stringify": "commands/json-stringify", - "json to selection": "commands/json-to-selection", - "json validate": "commands/json-validate", - "keystroke": "commands/keystroke", - "kill worker": "commands/kill-worker", - "last errors": "commands/last-errors", - "last field number": "commands/last-field-number", - "last query path": "commands/last-query-path", - "last query plan": "commands/last-query-plan", - "last record": "commands/last-record", - "last table number": "commands/last-table-number", - "launch external process": "commands/launch-external-process", - "ldap login": "commands/ldap-login", - "ldap logout": "commands/ldap-logout", - "ldap search all": "commands/ldap-search-all", - "ldap search": "commands/ldap-search", - "length": "commands/length", - "level": "commands/level", - "license usage": "commands/license-usage", - "list item parent": "commands/list-item-parent", - "list item position": "commands/list-item-position", - "list of choice lists": "commands/list-of-choice-lists", - "list of style sheets": "commands/list-of-style-sheets", - "list to array": "commands/list-to-array", - "list to blob": "commands/list-to-blob", - "listbox collapse": "commands/listbox-collapse", - "listbox delete column": "commands/listbox-delete-column", - "listbox delete rows": "commands/listbox-delete-rows", - "listbox duplicate column": "commands/listbox-duplicate-column", - "listbox expand": "commands/listbox-expand", - "listbox get array": "commands/listbox-get-array", - "listbox get arrays": "commands/listbox-get-arrays", - "listbox get auto row height": "commands/listbox-get-auto-row-height", - "listbox get cell coordinates": "commands/listbox-get-cell-coordinates", - "listbox get cell position": "commands/listbox-get-cell-position", - "listbox get column formula": "commands/listbox-get-column-formula", - "listbox get column width": "commands/listbox-get-column-width", - "listbox get footer calculation": "commands/listbox-get-footer-calculation", - "listbox get footers height": "commands/listbox-get-footers-height", - "listbox get grid colors": "commands/listbox-get-grid-colors", - "listbox get grid": "commands/listbox-get-grid", - "listbox get headers height": "commands/listbox-get-headers-height", - "listbox get hierarchy": "commands/listbox-get-hierarchy", - "listbox get locked columns": "commands/listbox-get-locked-columns", - "listbox get number of columns": "commands/listbox-get-number-of-columns", - "listbox get number of rows": "commands/listbox-get-number-of-rows", - "listbox get objects": "commands/listbox-get-objects", - "listbox get print information": "commands/listbox-get-print-information", - "listbox get property": "commands/listbox-get-property", - "listbox get row color as number": "commands/listbox-get-row-color-as-number", - "listbox get row color": "commands/listbox-get-row-color", - "listbox get row font style": "commands/listbox-get-row-font-style", - "listbox get row height": "commands/listbox-get-row-height", - "listbox get rows height": "commands/listbox-get-rows-height", - "listbox get static columns": "commands/listbox-get-static-columns", - "listbox get table source": "commands/listbox-get-table-source", - "listbox insert column formula": "commands/listbox-insert-column-formula", - "listbox insert column": "commands/listbox-insert-column", - "listbox insert rows": "commands/listbox-insert-rows", - "listbox move column": "commands/listbox-move-column", - "listbox moved column number": "commands/listbox-moved-column-number", - "listbox moved row number": "commands/listbox-moved-row-number", - "listbox select break": "commands/listbox-select-break", - "listbox select row": "commands/listbox-select-row", - "listbox select rows": "commands/listbox-select-rows", - "listbox set array": "commands/listbox-set-array", - "listbox set auto row height": "commands/listbox-set-auto-row-height", - "listbox set column formula": "commands/listbox-set-column-formula", - "listbox set column width": "commands/listbox-set-column-width", - "listbox set footer calculation": "commands/listbox-set-footer-calculation", - "listbox set footers height": "commands/listbox-set-footers-height", - "listbox set grid color": "commands/listbox-set-grid-color", - "listbox set grid": "commands/listbox-set-grid", - "listbox set headers height": "commands/listbox-set-headers-height", - "listbox set hierarchy": "commands/listbox-set-hierarchy", - "listbox set locked columns": "commands/listbox-set-locked-columns", - "listbox set property": "commands/listbox-set-property", - "listbox set row color": "commands/listbox-set-row-color", - "listbox set row font style": "commands/listbox-set-row-font-style", - "listbox set row height": "commands/listbox-set-row-height", - "listbox set rows height": "commands/listbox-set-rows-height", - "listbox set static columns": "commands/listbox-set-static-columns", - "listbox set table source": "commands/listbox-set-table-source", - "listbox sort columns": "commands/listbox-sort-columns", - "load 4d view document": "commands/load-4d-view-document", - "load list": "commands/load-list", - "load record": "commands/load-record", - "load set": "commands/load-set", - "load variables": "commands/load-variables", - "localized document path": "commands/localized-document-path", - "localized string": "commands/localized-string", - "locked by": "commands/locked-by", - "locked records info": "commands/locked-records-info", - "locked": "commands/locked", - "log event": "commands/log-event", - "log file to json": "commands/log-file-to-json", - "log file": "commands/log-file", - "log": "commands/log", - "longint array from selection": "commands/longint-array-from-selection", - "longint to blob": "commands/longint-to-blob", - "lowercase": "commands/lowercase", - "macintosh command down": "commands/macintosh-command-down", - "macintosh control down": "commands/macintosh-control-down", - "macintosh option down": "commands/macintosh-option-down", - "match regex": "commands/match-regex", - "max": "commands/max", - "maximize window": "commands/maximize-window", - "memory statistics": "commands/memory-statistics", - "menu bar height": "commands/menu-bar-height", - "menu bar screen": "commands/menu-bar-screen", - "menu selected": "commands/menu-selected", - "message": "commands/message", - "messages off": "commands/messages-off", - "messages on": "commands/messages-on", - "method called on error": "commands/method-called-on-error", - "method called on event": "commands/method-called-on-event", - "method get attribute": "commands/method-get-attribute", - "method get attributes": "commands/method-get-attributes", - "method get code": "commands/method-get-code", - "method get comments": "commands/method-get-comments", - "method get folders": "commands/method-get-folders", - "method get modification date": "commands/method-get-modification-date", - "method get names": "commands/method-get-names", - "method get path": "commands/method-get-path", - "method get paths form": "commands/method-get-paths-form", - "method get paths": "commands/method-get-paths", - "method open path": "commands/method-open-path", - "method resolve path": "commands/method-resolve-path", - "method set access mode": "commands/method-set-access-mode", - "method set attribute": "commands/method-set-attribute", - "method set attributes": "commands/method-set-attributes", - "method set code": "commands/method-set-code", - "method set comments": "commands/method-set-comments", - "milliseconds": "commands/milliseconds", - "min": "commands/min", - "minimize window": "commands/minimize-window", - "mobile app refresh sessions": "commands/mobile-app-refresh-sessions", - "mod": "commands/mod", - "modified record": "commands/modified-record", - "modified": "commands/modified", - "modify record": "commands/modify-record", - "modify selection": "commands/modify-selection", - "monitored activity": "commands/monitored-activity", - "month of": "commands/month-of", - "mouse position": "commands/mouse-position", - "move document": "commands/move-document", - "multi sort array": "commands/multi-sort-array", - "new data key": "commands/new-data-key", - "new list": "commands/new-list", - "new log file": "commands/new-log-file", - "new object": "commands/new-object", - "new process": "commands/new-process", - "new shared object": "commands/new-shared-object", - "next record": "commands/next-record", - "next window": "commands/next-window", - "no default table": "commands/no-default-table", - "not": "commands/not", - "notify resources folder modification": "commands/notify-resources-folder-modification", - "null": "commands/null", - "num": "commands/num", - "ob class": "commands/ob-class", - "ob copy": "commands/ob-copy", - "ob entries": "commands/ob-entries", - "ob get array": "commands/ob-get-array", - "ob get property names": "commands/ob-get-property-names", - "ob get type": "commands/ob-get-type", - "ob get": "commands/ob-get", - "ob instance of": "commands/ob-instance-of", - "ob is defined": "commands/ob-is-defined", - "ob is empty": "commands/ob-is-empty", - "ob is shared": "commands/ob-is-shared", - "ob keys": "commands/ob-keys", - "ob remove": "commands/ob-remove", - "ob set array": "commands/ob-set-array", - "ob set null": "commands/ob-set-null", - "ob set": "commands/ob-set", - "ob values": "commands/ob-values", - "object duplicate": "commands/object-duplicate", - "object get action": "commands/object-get-action", - "object get auto spellcheck": "commands/object-get-auto-spellcheck", - "object get best size": "commands/object-get-best-size", - "object get border style": "commands/object-get-border-style", - "object get context menu": "commands/object-get-context-menu", - "object get coordinates": "commands/object-get-coordinates", - "object get corner radius": "commands/object-get-corner-radius", - "object get data source": "commands/object-get-data-source", - "object get drag and drop options": "commands/object-get-drag-and-drop-options", - "object get enabled": "commands/object-get-enabled", - "object get enterable": "commands/object-get-enterable", - "object get events": "commands/object-get-events", - "object get filter": "commands/object-get-filter", - "object get focus rectangle invisible": "commands/object-get-focus-rectangle-invisible", - "object get font size": "commands/object-get-font-size", - "object get font style": "commands/object-get-font-style", - "object get font": "commands/object-get-font", - "object get format": "commands/object-get-format", - "object get help tip": "commands/object-get-help-tip", - "object get horizontal alignment": "commands/object-get-horizontal-alignment", - "object get indicator type": "commands/object-get-indicator-type", - "object get keyboard layout": "commands/object-get-keyboard-layout", - "object get list name": "commands/object-get-list-name", - "object get list reference": "commands/object-get-list-reference", - "object get maximum value": "commands/object-get-maximum-value", - "object get minimum value": "commands/object-get-minimum-value", - "object get multiline": "commands/object-get-multiline", - "object get name": "commands/object-get-name", - "object get placeholder": "commands/object-get-placeholder", - "object get pointer": "commands/object-get-pointer", - "object get print variable frame": "commands/object-get-print-variable-frame", - "object get resizing options": "commands/object-get-resizing-options", - "object get rgb colors": "commands/object-get-rgb-colors", - "object get scroll position": "commands/object-get-scroll-position", - "object get scrollbar": "commands/object-get-scrollbar", - "object get shortcut": "commands/object-get-shortcut", - "object get style sheet": "commands/object-get-style-sheet", - "object get subform container size": "commands/object-get-subform-container-size", - "object get subform container value": "commands/object-get-subform-container-value", - "object get subform": "commands/object-get-subform", - "object get text orientation": "commands/object-get-text-orientation", - "object get three states checkbox": "commands/object-get-three-states-checkbox", - "object get title": "commands/object-get-title", - "object get type": "commands/object-get-type", - "object get value": "commands/object-get-value", - "object get vertical alignment": "commands/object-get-vertical-alignment", - "object get visible": "commands/object-get-visible", - "object is styled text": "commands/object-is-styled-text", - "object move": "commands/object-move", - "object set action": "commands/object-set-action", - "object set auto spellcheck": "commands/object-set-auto-spellcheck", - "object set border style": "commands/object-set-border-style", - "object set context menu": "commands/object-set-context-menu", - "object set coordinates": "commands/object-set-coordinates", - "object set corner radius": "commands/object-set-corner-radius", - "object set data source": "commands/object-set-data-source", - "object set drag and drop options": "commands/object-set-drag-and-drop-options", - "object set enabled": "commands/object-set-enabled", - "object set enterable": "commands/object-set-enterable", - "object set events": "commands/object-set-events", - "object set filter": "commands/object-set-filter", - "object set focus rectangle invisible": "commands/object-set-focus-rectangle-invisible", - "object set font size": "commands/object-set-font-size", - "object set font style": "commands/object-set-font-style", - "object set font": "commands/object-set-font", - "object set format": "commands/object-set-format", - "object set help tip": "commands/object-set-help-tip", - "object set horizontal alignment": "commands/object-set-horizontal-alignment", - "object set indicator type": "commands/object-set-indicator-type", - "object set keyboard layout": "commands/object-set-keyboard-layout", - "object set list by name": "commands/object-set-list-by-name", - "object set list by reference": "commands/object-set-list-by-reference", - "object set maximum value": "commands/object-set-maximum-value", - "object set minimum value": "commands/object-set-minimum-value", - "object set multiline": "commands/object-set-multiline", - "object set placeholder": "commands/object-set-placeholder", - "object set print variable frame": "commands/object-set-print-variable-frame", - "object set resizing options": "commands/object-set-resizing-options", - "object set rgb colors": "commands/object-set-rgb-colors", - "object set scroll position": "commands/object-set-scroll-position", - "object set scrollbar": "commands/object-set-scrollbar", - "object set shortcut": "commands/object-set-shortcut", - "object set style sheet": "commands/object-set-style-sheet", - "object set subform container value": "commands/object-set-subform-container-value", - "object set subform": "commands/object-set-subform", - "object set text orientation": "commands/object-set-text-orientation", - "object set three states checkbox": "commands/object-set-three-states-checkbox", - "object set title": "commands/object-set-title", - "object set value": "commands/object-set-value", - "object set vertical alignment": "commands/object-set-vertical-alignment", - "object set visible": "commands/object-set-visible", - "object to path": "commands/object-to-path", - "old related many": "commands/old-related-many", - "old related one": "commands/old-related-one", - "old": "commands/old", - "on backup shutdown database method": "commands/on-backup-shutdown-database-method", - "on backup startup database method": "commands/on-backup-startup-database-method", - "on drop database method": "commands/on-drop-database-method", - "on err call": "commands/on-err-call", - "on event call": "commands/on-event-call", - "on exit database method": "commands/on-exit-database-method", - "on host database event database method": "commands/on-host-database-event-database-method", - "on mobile app action database method": "commands/on-mobile-app-action-database-method", - "on mobile app authentication database method": "commands/on-mobile-app-authentication-database-method", - "on rest authentication database method": "commands/on-rest-authentication-database-method", - "on server close connection database method": "commands/on-server-close-connection-database-method", - "on server open connection database method": "commands/on-server-open-connection-database-method", - "on server shutdown database method": "commands/on-server-shutdown-database-method", - "on server startup database method": "commands/on-server-startup-database-method", - "on sql authentication database method": "commands/on-sql-authentication-database-method", - "on startup database method": "commands/on-startup-database-method", - "on system event database method": "commands/on-system-event-database-method", - "on web authentication database method": "commands/on-web-authentication-database-method", - "on web connection database method": "commands/on-web-connection-database-method", - "on web legacy close session database method": "commands/on-web-legacy-close-session-database-method", - "one record select": "commands/one-record-select", - "open administration window": "commands/open-administration-window", - "open color picker": "commands/open-color-picker", - "open data file": "commands/open-data-file", - "open database": "commands/open-database", - "open document": "commands/open-document", - "open font picker": "commands/open-font-picker", - "open form window": "commands/open-form-window", - "open printing job": "commands/open-printing-job", - "open resource file": "commands/open-resource-file", - "open runtime explorer": "commands/open-runtime-explorer", - "open security center": "commands/open-security-center", - "open settings window": "commands/open-settings-window", - "open url": "commands/open-url", - "open window": "commands/open-window", - "order by attribute": "commands/order-by-attribute", - "order by formula": "commands/order-by-formula", - "order by": "commands/order-by", - "outside call": "commands/outside-call", - "page break": "commands/page-break", - "parse formula": "commands/parse-formula", - "pasteboard data size": "commands/pasteboard-data-size", - "path to object": "commands/path-to-object", - "pause indexes": "commands/pause-indexes", - "pause process": "commands/pause-process", - "php execute": "commands/php-execute", - "php get full response": "commands/php-get-full-response", - "php get option": "commands/php-get-option", - "php set option": "commands/php-set-option", - "picture codec list": "commands/picture-codec-list", - "picture library list": "commands/picture-library-list", - "picture properties": "commands/picture-properties", - "picture size": "commands/picture-size", - "picture to blob": "commands/picture-to-blob", - "play": "commands/play", - "plugin list": "commands/plugin-list", - "pop record": "commands/pop-record", - "pop up menu": "commands/pop-up-menu", - "position": "commands/position", - "post click": "commands/post-click", - "post event": "commands/post-event", - "post key": "commands/post-key", - "post outside call": "commands/post-outside-call", - "previous record": "commands/previous-record", - "print form": "commands/print-form", - "print label": "commands/print-label", - "print object": "commands/print-object", - "print option values": "commands/print-option-values", - "print record": "commands/print-record", - "print selection": "commands/print-selection", - "print settings to blob": "commands/print-settings-to-blob", - "print settings": "commands/print-settings", - "printers list": "commands/printers-list", - "printing page": "commands/printing-page", - "process 4d tags": "commands/process-4d-tags", - "process aborted": "commands/process-aborted", - "process state": "commands/process-state", - "push record": "commands/push-record", - "qr blob to report": "commands/qr-blob-to-report", - "qr count columns": "commands/qr-count-columns", - "qr delete column": "commands/qr-delete-column", - "qr delete offscreen area": "commands/qr-delete-offscreen-area", - "qr execute command": "commands/qr-execute-command", - "qr find column": "commands/qr-find-column", - "qr get area property": "commands/qr-get-area-property", - "qr get borders": "commands/qr-get-borders", - "qr get command status": "commands/qr-get-command-status", - "qr get destination": "commands/qr-get-destination", - "qr get document property": "commands/qr-get-document-property", - "qr get drop column": "commands/qr-get-drop-column", - "qr get header and footer": "commands/qr-get-header-and-footer", - "qr get html template": "commands/qr-get-html-template", - "qr get info column": "commands/qr-get-info-column", - "qr get info row": "commands/qr-get-info-row", - "qr get report kind": "commands/qr-get-report-kind", - "qr get report table": "commands/qr-get-report-table", - "qr get selection": "commands/qr-get-selection", - "qr get sorts": "commands/qr-get-sorts", - "qr get text property": "commands/qr-get-text-property", - "qr get totals data": "commands/qr-get-totals-data", - "qr get totals spacing": "commands/qr-get-totals-spacing", - "qr insert column": "commands/qr-insert-column", - "qr move column": "commands/qr-move-column", - "qr new area": "commands/qr-new-area", - "qr new offscreen area": "commands/qr-new-offscreen-area", - "qr on command": "commands/qr-on-command", - "qr report to blob": "commands/qr-report-to-blob", - "qr report": "commands/qr-report", - "qr run": "commands/qr-run", - "qr set area property": "commands/qr-set-area-property", - "qr set borders": "commands/qr-set-borders", - "qr set destination": "commands/qr-set-destination", - "qr set document property": "commands/qr-set-document-property", - "qr set header and footer": "commands/qr-set-header-and-footer", - "qr set html template": "commands/qr-set-html-template", - "qr set info column": "commands/qr-set-info-column", - "qr set info row": "commands/qr-set-info-row", - "qr set report kind": "commands/qr-set-report-kind", - "qr set report table": "commands/qr-set-report-table", - "qr set selection": "commands/qr-set-selection", - "qr set sorts": "commands/qr-set-sorts", - "qr set text property": "commands/qr-set-text-property", - "qr set totals data": "commands/qr-set-totals-data", - "qr set totals spacing": "commands/qr-set-totals-spacing", - "query by attribute": "commands/query-by-attribute", - "query by example": "commands/query-by-example", - "query by formula": "commands/query-by-formula", - "query by sql": "commands/query-by-sql", - "query selection by attribute": "commands/query-selection-by-attribute", - "query selection by formula": "commands/query-selection-by-formula", - "query selection with array": "commands/query-selection-with-array", - "query selection": "commands/query-selection", - "query with array": "commands/query-with-array", - "query": "commands/query", - "quit 4d": "commands/quit-4d", - "random": "commands/random", - "read only state": "commands/read-only-state", - "read only": "commands/read-only", - "read picture file": "commands/read-picture-file", - "read write": "commands/read-write", - "real to blob": "commands/real-to-blob", - "receive buffer": "commands/receive-buffer", - "receive packet": "commands/receive-packet", - "receive record": "commands/receive-record", - "receive variable": "commands/receive-variable", - "record number": "commands/record-number", - "records in selection": "commands/records-in-selection", - "records in set": "commands/records-in-set", - "records in table": "commands/records-in-table", - "redraw window": "commands/redraw-window", - "redraw": "commands/redraw", - "reduce restore window": "commands/reduce-restore-window", - "reduce selection": "commands/reduce-selection", - "refresh license": "commands/refresh-license", - "regenerate missing table": "commands/regenerate-missing-table", - "register client": "commands/register-client", - "register data key": "commands/register-data-key", - "reject new remote connections": "commands/reject-new-remote-connections", - "reject": "commands/reject", - "relate many selection": "commands/relate-many-selection", - "relate many": "commands/relate-many", - "relate one selection": "commands/relate-one-selection", - "relate one": "commands/relate-one", - "release menu": "commands/release-menu", - "reload external data": "commands/reload-external-data", - "reload project": "commands/reload-project", - "remove from set": "commands/remove-from-set", - "remove picture from library": "commands/remove-picture-from-library", - "replace string": "commands/replace-string", - "request": "commands/request", - "resize form window": "commands/resize-form-window", - "resolve alias": "commands/resolve-alias", - "resolve pointer": "commands/resolve-pointer", - "resource list": "commands/resource-list", - "resource type list": "commands/resource-type-list", - "restart 4d": "commands/restart-4d", - "restore info": "commands/restore-info", - "restore": "commands/restore", - "resume indexes": "commands/resume-indexes", - "resume process": "commands/resume-process", - "resume transaction": "commands/resume-transaction", - "right click": "commands/right-click", - "round": "commands/round", - "save list": "commands/save-list", - "save record": "commands/save-record", - "save related one": "commands/save-related-one", - "save set": "commands/save-set", - "save variables": "commands/save-variables", - "sax add processing instruction": "commands/sax-add-processing-instruction", - "sax add xml cdata": "commands/sax-add-xml-cdata", - "sax add xml comment": "commands/sax-add-xml-comment", - "sax add xml doctype": "commands/sax-add-xml-doctype", - "sax add xml element value": "commands/sax-add-xml-element-value", - "sax close xml element": "commands/sax-close-xml-element", - "sax get xml cdata": "commands/sax-get-xml-cdata", - "sax get xml comment": "commands/sax-get-xml-comment", - "sax get xml document values": "commands/sax-get-xml-document-values", - "sax get xml element value": "commands/sax-get-xml-element-value", - "sax get xml element": "commands/sax-get-xml-element", - "sax get xml entity": "commands/sax-get-xml-entity", - "sax get xml node": "commands/sax-get-xml-node", - "sax get xml processing instruction": "commands/sax-get-xml-processing-instruction", - "sax open xml element arrays": "commands/sax-open-xml-element-arrays", - "sax open xml element": "commands/sax-open-xml-element", - "sax set xml declaration": "commands/sax-set-xml-declaration", - "scan index": "commands/scan-index", - "screen coordinates": "commands/screen-coordinates", - "screen depth": "commands/screen-depth", - "screen height": "commands/screen-height", - "screen width": "commands/screen-width", - "select document": "commands/select-document", - "select folder": "commands/select-folder", - "select list items by position": "commands/select-list-items-by-position", - "select list items by reference": "commands/select-list-items-by-reference", - "select log file": "commands/select-log-file", - "select rgb color": "commands/select-rgb-color", - "selected list items": "commands/selected-list-items", - "selected record number": "commands/selected-record-number", - "selection range to array": "commands/selection-range-to-array", - "selection to array": "commands/selection-to-array", - "selection to json": "commands/selection-to-json", - "self": "commands/self", - "semaphore": "commands/semaphore", - "send message to remote user": "commands/send-message-to-remote-user", - "send packet": "commands/send-packet", - "send record": "commands/send-record", - "send variable": "commands/send-variable", - "sequence number": "commands/sequence-number", - "session storage": "commands/session-storage", - "set about": "commands/set-about", - "set application color scheme": "commands/set-application-color-scheme", - "set assert enabled": "commands/set-assert-enabled", - "set automatic relations": "commands/set-automatic-relations", - "set blob size": "commands/set-blob-size", - "set blobs cache priority": "commands/set-blobs-cache-priority", - "set cache size": "commands/set-cache-size", - "set channel": "commands/set-channel", - "set current printer": "commands/set-current-printer", - "set cursor": "commands/set-cursor", - "set database localization": "commands/set-database-localization", - "set database parameter": "commands/set-database-parameter", - "set default century": "commands/set-default-century", - "set document position": "commands/set-document-position", - "set document properties": "commands/set-document-properties", - "set document size": "commands/set-document-size", - "set drag icon": "commands/set-drag-icon", - "set environment variable": "commands/set-environment-variable", - "set external data path": "commands/set-external-data-path", - "set field relation": "commands/set-field-relation", - "set field titles": "commands/set-field-titles", - "set field value null": "commands/set-field-value-null", - "set file to pasteboard": "commands/set-file-to-pasteboard", - "set group access": "commands/set-group-access", - "set group properties": "commands/set-group-properties", - "set help menu": "commands/set-help-menu", - "set index cache priority": "commands/set-index-cache-priority", - "set index": "commands/set-index", - "set list item font": "commands/set-list-item-font", - "set list item icon": "commands/set-list-item-icon", - "set list item parameter": "commands/set-list-item-parameter", - "set list item properties": "commands/set-list-item-properties", - "set list item": "commands/set-list-item", - "set list properties": "commands/set-list-properties", - "set macro parameter": "commands/set-macro-parameter", - "set menu bar": "commands/set-menu-bar", - "set menu item icon": "commands/set-menu-item-icon", - "set menu item mark": "commands/set-menu-item-mark", - "set menu item method": "commands/set-menu-item-method", - "set menu item parameter": "commands/set-menu-item-parameter", - "set menu item property": "commands/set-menu-item-property", - "set menu item shortcut": "commands/set-menu-item-shortcut", - "set menu item style": "commands/set-menu-item-style", - "set menu item": "commands/set-menu-item", - "set picture file name": "commands/set-picture-file-name", - "set picture metadata": "commands/set-picture-metadata", - "set picture to library": "commands/set-picture-to-library", - "set picture to pasteboard": "commands/set-picture-to-pasteboard", - "set plugin access": "commands/set-plugin-access", - "set print marker": "commands/set-print-marker", - "set print option": "commands/set-print-option", - "set print preview": "commands/set-print-preview", - "set printable margin": "commands/set-printable-margin", - "set process variable": "commands/set-process-variable", - "set query and lock": "commands/set-query-and-lock", - "set query destination": "commands/set-query-destination", - "set query limit": "commands/set-query-limit", - "set real comparison level": "commands/set-real-comparison-level", - "set recent fonts": "commands/set-recent-fonts", - "set table cache priority": "commands/set-table-cache-priority", - "set table titles": "commands/set-table-titles", - "set text to pasteboard": "commands/set-text-to-pasteboard", - "set timeout": "commands/set-timeout", - "set timer": "commands/set-timer", - "set update folder": "commands/set-update-folder", - "set user alias": "commands/set-user-alias", - "set user properties": "commands/set-user-properties", - "set window rect": "commands/set-window-rect", - "set window title": "commands/set-window-title", - "shift down": "commands/shift-down", - "show menu bar": "commands/show-menu-bar", - "show on disk": "commands/show-on-disk", - "show process": "commands/show-process", - "show tool bar": "commands/show-tool-bar", - "show window": "commands/show-window", - "sin": "commands/sin", - "size of array": "commands/size-of-array", - "soap declaration": "commands/soap-declaration", - "soap get info": "commands/soap-get-info", - "soap reject new requests": "commands/soap-reject-new-requests", - "soap request": "commands/soap-request", - "soap send fault": "commands/soap-send-fault", - "sort array": "commands/sort-array", - "sort list": "commands/sort-list", - "spell add to user dictionary": "commands/spell-add-to-user-dictionary", - "spell check text": "commands/spell-check-text", - "spell checking": "commands/spell-checking", - "spell get current dictionary": "commands/spell-get-current-dictionary", - "spell get dictionary list": "commands/spell-get-dictionary-list", - "spell set current dictionary": "commands/spell-set-current-dictionary", - "split string": "commands/split-string", - "sql cancel load": "commands/sql-cancel-load", - "sql end selection": "commands/sql-end-selection", - "sql execute script": "commands/sql-execute-script", - "sql execute": "commands/sql-execute", - "sql export database": "commands/sql-export-database", - "sql export selection": "commands/sql-export-selection", - "sql get current data source": "commands/sql-get-current-data-source", - "sql get data source list": "commands/sql-get-data-source-list", - "sql get last error": "commands/sql-get-last-error", - "sql get option": "commands/sql-get-option", - "sql load record": "commands/sql-load-record", - "sql login": "commands/sql-login", - "sql logout": "commands/sql-logout", - "sql set option": "commands/sql-set-option", - "sql set parameter": "commands/sql-set-parameter", - "square root": "commands/square-root", - "st compute expressions": "commands/st-compute-expressions", - "st freeze expressions": "commands/st-freeze-expressions", - "st get attributes": "commands/st-get-attributes", - "st get content type": "commands/st-get-content-type", - "st get expression": "commands/st-get-expression", - "st get options": "commands/st-get-options", - "st get plain text": "commands/st-get-plain-text", - "st get text": "commands/st-get-text", - "st get url": "commands/st-get-url", - "st insert expression": "commands/st-insert-expression", - "st insert url": "commands/st-insert-url", - "st set attributes": "commands/st-set-attributes", - "st set options": "commands/st-set-options", - "st set plain text": "commands/st-set-plain-text", - "st set text": "commands/st-set-text", - "start monitoring activity": "commands/start-monitoring-activity", - "start sql server": "commands/start-sql-server", - "start transaction": "commands/start-transaction", - "std deviation": "commands/std-deviation", - "stop monitoring activity": "commands/stop-monitoring-activity", - "stop sql server": "commands/stop-sql-server", - "storage": "commands/storage", - "string list to array": "commands/string-list-to-array", - "string": "commands/string", - "structure file": "commands/structure-file", - "substring": "commands/substring", - "subtotal": "commands/subtotal", - "sum squares": "commands/sum-squares", - "sum": "commands/sum", - "suspend transaction": "commands/suspend-transaction", - "svg export to picture": "commands/svg-export-to-picture", - "svg find element id by coordinates": "commands/svg-find-element-id-by-coordinates", - "svg find element ids by rect": "commands/svg-find-element-ids-by-rect", - "svg get attribute": "commands/svg-get-attribute", - "svg set attribute": "commands/svg-set-attribute", - "svg show element": "commands/svg-show-element", - "system folder": "commands/system-folder", - "system info": "commands/system-info", - "table fragmentation": "commands/table-fragmentation", - "table name": "commands/table-name", - "table": "commands/table", - "tan": "commands/tan", - "temporary folder": "commands/temporary-folder", - "test path name": "commands/test-path-name", - "test semaphore": "commands/test-semaphore", - "text to array": "commands/text-to-array", - "text to blob": "commands/text-to-blob", - "text to document": "commands/text-to-document", - "throw": "commands/throw", - "tickcount": "commands/tickcount", - "time string": "commands/time-string", - "time": "commands/time", - "timestamp": "commands/timestamp", - "tool bar height": "commands/tool-bar-height", - "trace": "commands/trace", - "transaction level": "commands/transaction-level", - "transform picture": "commands/transform-picture", - "trigger event": "commands/trigger-event", - "trigger level": "commands/trigger-level", - "trigger properties": "commands/trigger-properties", - "true": "commands/true", - "trunc": "commands/trunc", - "truncate table": "commands/truncate-table", - "type": "commands/type", - "undefined": "commands/undefined", - "union": "commands/union", - "unload record": "commands/unload-record", - "unregister client": "commands/unregister-client", - "uppercase": "commands/uppercase", - "use character set": "commands/use-character-set", - "use named selection": "commands/use-named-selection", - "use set": "commands/use-set", - "user in group": "commands/user-in-group", - "users to blob": "commands/users-to-blob", - "validate password": "commands/validate-password", - "validate transaction": "commands/validate-transaction", - "value type": "commands/value-type", - "variable to blob": "commands/variable-to-blob", - "variable to variable": "commands/variable-to-variable", - "variance": "commands/variance", - "verify current data file": "commands/verify-current-data-file", - "verify data file": "commands/verify-data-file", - "verify password hash": "commands/verify-password-hash", - "version type": "commands/version-type", - "volume attributes": "commands/volume-attributes", - "volume list": "commands/volume-list", - "wa back url available": "commands/wa-back-url-available", - "wa create url history menu": "commands/wa-create-url-history-menu", - "wa evaluate javascript": "commands/wa-evaluate-javascript", - "wa execute javascript function": "commands/wa-execute-javascript-function", - "wa forward url available": "commands/wa-forward-url-available", - "wa get current url": "commands/wa-get-current-url", - "wa get external links filters": "commands/wa-get-external-links-filters", - "wa get last filtered url": "commands/wa-get-last-filtered-url", - "wa get last url error": "commands/wa-get-last-url-error", - "wa get page content": "commands/wa-get-page-content", - "wa get page title": "commands/wa-get-page-title", - "wa get preference": "commands/wa-get-preference", - "wa get url filters": "commands/wa-get-url-filters", - "wa get url history": "commands/wa-get-url-history", - "wa open back url": "commands/wa-open-back-url", - "wa open forward url": "commands/wa-open-forward-url", - "wa open url": "commands/wa-open-url", - "wa open web inspector": "commands/wa-open-web-inspector", - "wa refresh current url": "commands/wa-refresh-current-url", - "wa run offscreen area": "commands/wa-run-offscreen-area", - "wa set external links filters": "commands/wa-set-external-links-filters", - "wa set page content": "commands/wa-set-page-content", - "wa set preference": "commands/wa-set-preference", - "wa set url filters": "commands/wa-set-url-filters", - "wa stop loading url": "commands/wa-stop-loading-url", - "wa zoom in": "commands/wa-zoom-in", - "wa zoom out": "commands/wa-zoom-out", - "web get body part count": "commands/web-get-body-part-count", - "web get body part": "commands/web-get-body-part", - "web get current session id": "commands/web-get-current-session-id", - "web get http body": "commands/web-get-http-body", - "web get http header": "commands/web-get-http-header", - "web get option": "commands/web-get-option", - "web get server info": "commands/web-get-server-info", - "web get statistics": "commands/web-get-statistics", - "web get variables": "commands/web-get-variables", - "web is secured connection": "commands/web-is-secured-connection", - "web is server running": "commands/web-is-server-running", - "web legacy close session": "commands/web-legacy-close-session", - "web legacy get session expiration": "commands/web-legacy-get-session-expiration", - "web send blob": "commands/web-send-blob", - "web send file": "commands/web-send-file", - "web send http redirect": "commands/web-send-http-redirect", - "web send raw data": "commands/web-send-raw-data", - "web send text": "commands/web-send-text", - "web service authenticate": "commands/web-service-authenticate", - "web service call": "commands/web-service-call", - "web service get info": "commands/web-service-get-info", - "web service get result": "commands/web-service-get-result", - "web service set option": "commands/web-service-set-option", - "web service set parameter": "commands/web-service-set-parameter", - "web set home page": "commands/web-set-home-page", - "web set http header": "commands/web-set-http-header", - "web set option": "commands/web-set-option", - "web set root folder": "commands/web-set-root-folder", - "web start server": "commands/web-start-server", - "web stop server": "commands/web-stop-server", - "web validate digest": "commands/web-validate-digest", - "window kind": "commands/window-kind", - "window list": "commands/window-list", - "window process": "commands/window-process", - "windows alt down": "commands/windows-alt-down", - "windows ctrl down": "commands/windows-ctrl-down", - "write picture file": "commands/write-picture-file", - "xml decode": "commands/xml-decode", - "xml get error": "commands/xml-get-error", - "xml get options": "commands/xml-get-options", - "xml set options": "commands/xml-set-options", - "year of": "commands/year-of", - "cs": "Concepts/classes", - "4d": "Concepts/classes", - "wp delete section": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-section", - "wp delete subsection": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection", - "wp reset attributes": "WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes", - "wp add picture": "WritePro/commands/wp-add-picture", - "wp bookmark range": "WritePro/commands/wp-bookmark-range", - "wp compute formulas": "WritePro/commands/wp-compute-formulas", - "wp delete bookmark": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-bookmark", - "wp delete footer": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-footer", - "wp delete header": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-header", - "wp delete picture": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-picture", - "wp delete style sheet": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-style-sheet", - "wp delete text box": "WritePro/commands/wp-delete-text-box", - "wp export document": "WritePro/commands/wp-export-document", - "wp export variable": "WritePro/commands/wp-export-variable", - "wp find all": "WritePro/commands/wp-find-all", - "wp find next": "WritePro/commands/wp-find-next", - "wp find previous": "WritePro/commands/wp-find-previous", - "wp freeze formulas": "WritePro/commands/wp-freeze-formulas", - "wp get attributes": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-attributes", - "wp get body": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-body", - "wp get bookmarks": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-bookmarks", - "wp get breaks": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-breaks", - "wp get data context": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-data-context", - "wp get element by id": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-element-by-id", - "wp get elements": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-elements", - "wp get footer": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-footer", - "wp get formulas": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-formulas", - "wp get frame": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-frame", - "wp get header": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-header", - "wp get links": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-links", - "wp get page count": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-page-count", - "wp get position": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-position", - "wp get section": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-section", - "wp get sections": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-sections", - "wp get style sheet": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-style-sheet", - "wp get style sheets": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-style-sheets", - "wp get subsection": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-subsection", - "wp get text": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-text", - "wp get view properties": "WritePro/commands/wp-get-view-properties", - "wp import document": "WritePro/commands/wp-import-document", - "wp import style sheets": "WritePro/commands/wp-import-style-sheets", - "wp insert break": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-break", - "wp insert document": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-document", - "wp insert formula": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-formula", - "wp insert picture": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-picture", - "wp insert table": "WritePro/commands/wp-insert-table", - "wp is font style supported": "WritePro/commands/wp-is-font-style-supported", - "wp new bookmark": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-bookmark", - "wp new footer": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-footer", - "wp new header": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-header", - "wp new style sheet": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-style-sheet", - "wp new subsection": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-subsection", - "wp new text box": "WritePro/commands/wp-new-text-box", - "wp new": "WritePro/commands/wp-new", - "wp paragraph range": "WritePro/commands/wp-paragraph-range", - "wp picture range": "WritePro/commands/wp-picture-range", - "wp print": "WritePro/commands/wp-print", - "wp select": "WritePro/commands/wp-select", - "wp selection range": "WritePro/commands/wp-selection-range", - "wp set attributes": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-attributes", - "wp set data context": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-data-context", - "wp set frame": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-frame", - "wp set link": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-link", - "wp set text": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-text", - "wp set view properties": "WritePro/commands/wp-set-view-properties", - "wp table append row": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-append-row", - "wp table delete columns": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-delete-columns", - "wp table delete rows": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-delete-rows", - "wp table get cells": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-get-cells", - "wp table get columns": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-get-columns", - "wp table get rows": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-get-rows", - "wp table insert columns": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-insert-columns", - "wp table insert rows": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-insert-rows", - "wp table merge cells": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-merge-cells", - "wp table range": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-range", - "wp table split cells": "WritePro/commands/wp-table-split-cells", - "wp text range": "WritePro/commands/wp-text-range", - "wp use page setup": "WritePro/commands/wp-use-page-setup" - }, - "classes": { - "blob": "API/BlobClass", - "class": "API/ClassClass", - "collection": "API/CollectionClass", - "cryptokey": "API/CryptoKeyClass", - "dataclass": "API/DataClassClass", - "datastore": "API/DataStoreClass", - "directory": "API/Directory", - "document": "API/Document", - "email": "API/EmailObjectClass", - "entity": "API/EntityClass", - "entityselection": "API/EntitySelectionClass", - "file": "API/FileClass", - "filehandle": "API/FileHandleClass", - "folder": "API/FolderClass", - "function": "API/FunctionClass", - "httpagentclass": "API/HTTPAgentClass", - "http parse message": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "httprequest": "API/HTTPRequestClass", - "imaptransporter": "API/IMAPTransporterClass", - "mailattachment": "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "outgoingmessageclass": "API/OutGoingMessageClass", - "pop3transporter": "API/POP3TransporterClass", - "session": "API/SessionClass", - "signal": "API/SignalClass", - "smtptransporter": "API/SMTPTransporterClass", - "systemworker": "API/SystemWorkerClass", - "transporter": "API/Transporter", - "webform": "API/WebFormClass", - "webformitem": "API/WebFormItemClass", - "webserver": "API/WebServerClass", - "websocket": "API/WebSocketClass", - "websocketconnection": "API/WebSocketConnectionClass", - "websocketserver": "API/WebSocketServerClass", - "ziparchive": "API/ZipArchiveClass" - } - } -} \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/docs/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 4027bdeaa2bc6d..0eb1dee8a91e28 100644 --- a/docs/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/docs/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|---|----|---| |settings|Object|->|Settings to generate or load a key pair| -|result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| +|Result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. diff --git a/docs/API/DataClassClass.md b/docs/API/DataClassClass.md index 03921df7d77457..1d387856fa459b 100644 --- a/docs/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/docs/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ where: |Included in| IN |Gets data equal to at least one of the values in a collection or in a set of values, supports the wildcard (@)| |Contains keyword| %| Keywords can be used in attributes of string or picture type| -* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. +* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. Note that, in case of type mismatch with scalar types (text, date, number...), 4D will try to convert the **value** type to the attribute data type whenever possible, for an easier handling of values coming from the Internet. For example, if the string "v20" is entered as **value** to compare with an integer attribute, it will be converted to 20. When using a constant value, the following rules must be respected: * **text** type constant can be passed with or without simple quotes (see **Using quotes** below). To query a string within a string (a "contains" query), use the wildcard symbol (@) in value to isolate the string to be searched for as shown in this example: "@Smith@". The following keywords are forbidden for text constants: true, false. * **boolean** type constants: **true** or **false** (case sensitive). diff --git a/docs/API/FileHandleClass.md b/docs/API/FileHandleClass.md index 8ca2f55ed5dc13..816d8d8973e5d9 100644 --- a/docs/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/docs/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() |19 R7|Added -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/docs/API/HTTPRequestClass.md b/docs/API/HTTPRequestClass.md index a9f85158ae42a8..01013c630eaa5a 100644 --- a/docs/API/HTTPRequestClass.md +++ b/docs/API/HTTPRequestClass.md @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ The `.url` property contains the URL o ## .wait() -**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : HTTPRequestClass +**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : 4D.HTTPRequest diff --git a/docs/API/IncomingMessageClass.md b/docs/API/IncomingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..cc9edf95a3b1ad --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/API/IncomingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +--- +id: IncomingMessageClass +title: IncomingMessage +--- + + +The `4D.IncomingMessage` class allows you to handle the object received by a custom [**HTTP request handler**](../WebServer/http-request-handler.md). HTTP requests and their properties are automatically received as an instance of the `4D.IncomingMessage` class. Parameters given directly in the request with GET verb are handled by the [`.urlQuery`](#urlquery) property, while parameters passed in the body of the request are available through functions such as [`.getBlob()`](#getblob) or [`getText()`](#gettext). + +The HTTP request handler can return any value (or nothing). It usually returns an instance of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. + +All properties of this class are read-only. They are automatically filled by the request handler. + + +
History + +|Release|Changes| +|---|---| +|20 R8|Class added| + +
+ +### Example + +The following [**HTTPHandlers.json** file](../WebServer/http-request-handler.md) has been defined: + +```json +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "gettingStarted", + "pattern": "start", + "verbs": "get, post" + } +] +``` + + +The `http://127.0.0.1/start/example?param=demo&name=4D` request is run with a `GET` verb in a browser. It is handled by the *gettingStarted* function of the following *GeneralHandling* singleton class: + +```4d +shared singleton Class constructor() + +Function gettingStarted($request : 4D.IncomingMessage) : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $body : Text + + $body:="Called URL: "+$request.url+"\n" + + $body+="The parameters are received as an object: \n"+JSON Stringify($request.urlQuery; *)+"\n" + + $body+="The verb is: "+$request.verb+"\n" + + $body+="There are "+String($request.urlPath.length)+" url parts - Url parts are: "\ + +$request.urlPath.join(" - ")+"\n\n" + + + $result.setBody($body) + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "text/plain") + + return $result + +``` + +The request is received on the server as *$request*, an object instance of the [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md). + +Here is the response: + +```json +Called URL: /start/example? param=demo&name=4D +The parameters are received as an object: +{ + "param": "demo", + "name": "4D" +} +The verb is: GET +There are 2 url parts - Url parts are: start - example +``` + + +### IncomingMessage Object + + +4D.IncomingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +|| +|---| +|[](#getblob)
| +|[](#getheader)
| +|[](#getjson)
| +|[](#getpicture)
| +|[](#gettext)
| +|[](#headers)
| +|[](#url)
| +|[](#urlPath)
| +|[](#urlQuery)
| +|[](#verb)
| + +:::note + +A 4D.IncomingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .getBlob() + +**.getBlob**() : Blob + + +|Parameter|Type||Description| +|---|--- |---|------| +|Result|Blob|<-|Body of the request as a Blob| + + +#### Description + +The `.getBlob()` function returns the body of the request as a Blob. + +If the body has not been given as a binary content, the function tries to convert the value but it can give unexpected results. + + + + + + +## .getHeader() + +**.getHeader**( *key* : Text ) : Text + + +|Parameter|Type||Description| +|---|--- |---|------| +|key|Text|->|Header property to get| +|Result|Text|<-|Value of the header property| + + +#### Description + +The `.getHeader()` function returns the value of the *key* header. + +:::note + +The *key* parameter is not case sensitive. + +::: + +#### Example + +```4d +var $value : Text +var $request : 4D.IncomingMessage +$value := $request.getHeader("content-type") +``` + + + + + +## .getJSON() + +**.getJSON**() : Variant + + +|Parameter|Type||Description| +|---|--- |---|------| +|Result|Variant|<-|JSON resolution of the body of the request| + + +#### Description + +The `.getJSON()` function returns the body of the request as a JSON resolution. + +If the body has not been given as JSON valid content, an error is raised. + + + + + +## .getPicture() + +**.getPicture**() : Picture + + +|Parameter|Type||Description| +|---|--- |---|------| +|Result|Picture|<-|Body of the request as picture| + + +#### Description + +The `.getPicture()` function returns the body of the request as a picture (in case of a body sent as a picture). + +The content-type must be given in the headers to indicate that the body is a picture. + +:::note + +If the request is built using the [`HTTPRequest` class](HTTPRequestClass.md), the picture must be sent in the body as a Blob with the appropriate content-type. + +::: + +If the body is not received as a valid picture, the function returns null. + + + + + + + +## .getText() + +**.getText**() : Text + + +|Parameter|Type||Description| +|---|--- |---|------| +|Result|Text|<-|Body of the request as text| + + +#### Description + +The `.getText()` function returns the body of the request as a text value. + +If the body has not been given as a string value, the function tries to convert the value but it can give unexpected results. + + + + + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Description + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the incoming message as key/value pairs (strings). + +The `.headers` property is read-only. + +Header names (keys) are lowercased. Note header names are case sensitive. + + + + + + + +## .url + +**url** : Text + +#### Description + +The `.url` property contains the URL of the request without the *IP:port* part and as a string. + +For example, if the request is addressed to: "http://127.0.0.1:80/docs/invoices/today", the `.url` property is "/docs/invoices/today". + +The `.url` property is read-only. + +:::note + +The "host" part of the request (*IP:port*) is provided by the [`host` header](#headers). + +::: + + + + +## .urlPath + +**urlPath** : Collection + +#### Description + +The `.urlPath` property contains the URL of the request without the *IP:port* part and as a collection of strings. + +For example, if the request is addressed to: "http://127.0.0.1:80/docs/invoices/today", the `.urlPath` property is ["docs", "invoices" ,"today"]. + +The `.urlPath` property is read-only. + + + + + + +## .urlQuery + +**urlQuery** : Object + +#### Description + +The `.urlQuery` property contains the parameters of the request when they have been given in the URL as key/value pairs. + +The `.urlQuery` property is read-only. + + +Parameters can be passed in the URL of requests **directly** or **as JSON contents**. + +#### Direct parameters + +Example: `http://127.0.0.1:8044/myCall?firstname=Marie&id=2&isWoman=true` + +In this case, parameters are received as stringified values in the `urlQuery` property: `urlQuery = {"firstname":"Marie" ,"id":"2" ,"isWoman":"true"}` + + +#### JSON contents parameters + +Example: `http://127.0.0.1:8044/myCall/?myparams='[{"firstname": "Marie","isWoman": true,"id": 3}]'`. + +Parameters are passed in JSON format and enclosed within a collection. + +In this case, parameters are received as JSON text in the `urlQuery` property and can be parsed using [`JSON Parse`](../commands-legacy/json-parse.md). + +```4d +//urlQuery.myparams: "[{"firstname": "Marie","isWoman": true,"id": 3}]" +$test:=Value type(JSON Parse($r.urlQuery.myparams))=Is collection) //true +``` + +Special characters such as simple quotes or carriage returns must be escaped. + +Example: `http://127.0.0.1:8044/syntax/?mdcode=%60%60%604d` + +```4d +//urlQuery.mdcode = ```4d +$test:=Length($r.urlQuery.mdcode) //5 +``` + +:::note + +Parameters given in the body of the request using POST or PUT verbs are handled through dedicated functions: [`getText()`](#gettext), [`getPicture()`](#getpicture), [`getBlob()`](#getblob), [`getJSON()`](#getjson). + +::: + + + + + + +## .verb + +**verb** : Text + +#### Description + +The `.verb` property contains the verb used by the request. + +HTTP and HTTPS request verbs include for example "get", "post", "put", etc. + +The `.verb` property is read-only. + + + diff --git a/docs/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/docs/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md similarity index 59% rename from docs/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md rename to docs/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md index 2a416123c55a64..dd3efc63f624c3 100644 --- a/docs/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/docs/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. -Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. +Typically, this class can be used in custom [HTTP request handler functions](../WebServer/http-request-handler.md#function-configuration) or in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). @@ -38,23 +38,23 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage Object +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: || |---| -|[](#body)
| -|[](#headers)
| -|[](#setbody)
| -|[](#setheader)
| -|[](#setstatus)
| -|[](#status)
| +|[](#body)
| +|[](#headers)
| +|[](#setbody)
| +|[](#setheader)
| +|[](#setstatus)
| +|[](#status)
| :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: @@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Description -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -83,27 +83,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Description -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|--- |---|------| |body|any |->|Body of the outgoing message| @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### Description -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|--- |---|------| |key|Text|->|Header property to set| @@ -147,9 +147,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Description -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|--- |---|------| |status|Integer|->|Status to set| @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Description -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Description -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/docs/Concepts/classes.md b/docs/Concepts/classes.md index 3e716c368996a6..ed9abba8eb482c 100644 --- a/docs/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/docs/Concepts/classes.md @@ -199,6 +199,12 @@ Specific 4D keywords can be used in class definitions: // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Class functions are specific properties of the class. They are objects of the [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md) class. In the class definition file, function declarations use the `Function` keyword followed by the function name. If the function is declared in a [shared class](#shared-classes), you can use the `shared` keyword so that the function could be called without [`Use...End use` structure](shared.md#useend-use). For more information, refer to the [Shared functions](#shared-functions) paragraph below. @@ -286,6 +292,8 @@ Function add($x : Variant; $y : Integer): Integer return $x+$y ``` + + #### Example 1 ```4d @@ -336,6 +344,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + A class constructor function accepts optional [parameters](#parameters) and can be used to create and initialize objects of the user class. When you call the [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) function, the class constructor is called with the parameters optionally passed to the `new()` function. diff --git a/docs/Events/overview.md b/docs/Events/overview.md index ec84bc82a193eb..932c1e4d635099 100644 --- a/docs/Events/overview.md +++ b/docs/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Form Events Form events are events that can lead to the execution of the form method and/or form object method(s). Form events allow you to control the flow of your application and to write code that is executed only when a specific event occurs. -In your code, you control the events using the `FORM Event` command, that returns the triggered event. For example: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. For example: ```4d //code of a button @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ End if ## Event object -Each event is returned as an object by the `FORM Event` command. By default, it contains the following properties: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. By default, it contains the following properties: |Property|Type|Description| |---|---|---| diff --git a/docs/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/docs/FormEditor/formEditor.md index 1ec6d6c84176cd..d0047cb6b41d35 100644 --- a/docs/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/docs/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -101,6 +101,8 @@ You can click twice on the button so that it remains selected even after you hav ### Property List +![](../assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png) + Both forms and form objects have properties that control access to the form, the appearance of the form, and the behavior of the form when it is used. Form properties include, for example, the form’s name, its menu bar, and its size. Object Properties include, for example, an object’s name, its dimensions, its background color, and its font. You can display and modify form and object properties using the Property List. It displays either form or objects properties depending on what you select in the editor window. diff --git a/docs/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/docs/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index 801b47e6e8ba0b..80bd28612c3786 100644 --- a/docs/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/docs/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Form Properties >Color scheme property is only applied on macOS. -This property defines the color scheme for the form. By default when the property is not set, the value for a color scheme is **inherited** (the form uses the scheme defined at the [application level](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1762.html)). This can be changed for the form to one of the following two options: +This property defines the color scheme for the form. By default when the property is not set, the value for a color scheme is **inherited** (the form uses the scheme defined at the [application level](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)). This can be changed for the form to one of the following two options: * dark - light text on a dark background * light - dark text on a light background @@ -40,25 +40,41 @@ A CSS file defined at the form level will override default style sheet(s). For m --- -## Pages -Each form has is made of at least two pages: -- a page 0 (background page) -- a page 1 (main page) +## Form Class -For more information, please refer to [Form pages](forms.md#form-pages). +Name of an existing [user class](../Concepts/classes.md#class-definition) to associate to the form . The user class can belong to the host project or to a [component](../Extensions/develop-components.md#sharing-of-classes), in which case the formal syntax is "[*componentNameSpace*](../settings/general.md#component-namespace-in-the-class-store).className". + +Associating a class to the form provides the following benefits: + +- When you work in the [Form editor](../FormEditor/formEditor.md), the associated class is used for accurate syntax checking of expressions such as `Form.myProperty` in all areas of the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) that support [expressions](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) (e.g. **Variable or Expression**, **Font color expression**...). Errors are displayed in red and warnings are displayed in yellow in the left column of the Property list and you can hover it to get explanations: + +![](../assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png) + +- The detection of errors in the code of form object expressions by the [compiler](../Project/compiler.md) is improved. + +- You can also to benefit from [autocompletion features](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#autocomplete-functions) in the code editor. +- When the form is executed, 4D automatically instantiates a user class object for the form, which is returned by the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) object. Your code can directly access class functions defined in the user class through the `Form` command (e.g. `Form.message()`) without having to pass a *formData* object as parameter to the [`DIALOG`](../commands/dialog.md), [`Print form`](../commands/print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](../commands/form-load.md) commands. + +:::note + +See [this blog post](http://blog.4d.com/empower-your-development-process-with-your-forms) for an illustration of this feature. + +::: #### JSON Grammar |Name|Data Type|Possible Values| |---|---|---| -|pages |collection |Collection of pages (each page is an object, page 0 is the first element| +|formClass |string |name of an existing user class ("*className*" or "*componentNameSpace*.*className*")| --- + + ## Form Name This property is the name of the form itself and is used to refer to the form by name using the 4D language. The form name must comply with the [rules specified for identifiers](Concepts/identifiers.md) in 4D. @@ -76,6 +92,7 @@ The form type, *i.e.* its destination, defines the features that will be availab Each table in a database generally has at least two table forms. One for listing records on-screen and the other for displaying one record at a time (used for data entry and modifications): + - Output form - the *output form* or *list form* displays a list of records, with a single line per record. The results of queries are shown in an output form and users can double-click a line to display the input form for that record. ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/formOutput.png) @@ -137,6 +154,24 @@ Set to `\` in the Property List (or " " in JSON) to inherited from a proje |inheritedFormTable|string or number |table name or table number| +--- + +## Pages + +Each form has is made of at least two pages: + +- a page 0 (background page) +- a page 1 (main page) + +For more information, please refer to [Form pages](forms.md#form-pages). + + +#### JSON Grammar + +|Name|Data Type|Possible Values| +|---|---|---| +|pages |collection |Collection of pages (each page is an object, page 0 is the first element| + --- ## Published as Subform diff --git a/docs/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/docs/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 007e90d4cc9381..fea55717292ca5 100644 --- a/docs/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/docs/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Each active form object is associated with an object name. Each object name must >Object names are limited to a size of 255 bytes. -When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (for more information about this, refer to [Object Properties](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) in the 4D Language Reference manual). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). For more information about naming rules for form objects, refer to [Identifiers](Concepts/identifiers.md) section. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ However, this property has a typing function in the following specific cases: - **[Dynamic variables](#dynamic-variables)**: you can use this property to declare the type of dynamic variables. - **[List Box Columns](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: this property is used to associate a display format with the column data. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. The Text type does not have specific display formats. Any existing custom formats are also available. -- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. +- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). #### JSON Grammar diff --git a/docs/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/docs/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index ac61ef6400a23a..4290cc90694de3 100644 --- a/docs/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/docs/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Web areas can display various types of web content within your forms: HTML pages It is possible to create several web areas in the same form. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). -Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. ## Specific properties @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-re For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` ->JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named $4d (with a lowercase "d"). +>JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). The syntax of calls to 4D methods is as follows: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, arr - `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. This "callback" function is called synchronously once the 4D method finishes executing. It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method, returned in the "$0" expression. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). You can use the `C_OBJECT` command to return the objects. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). > By default, 4D works in UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and ret 4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` In the web area, the 4D method can be called with the following syntax: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ In the web area, the 4D method can be called with the following syntax: $4d.today() ``` -The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the value of $0 to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. We want to display the date in the HTML page that is loaded by the web area. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. We want to display the date in the HTML page that is loaded by the web area. Here is the code of the HTML page: @@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ Here is the code of the HTML page: @@ -106,14 +106,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Example 2 -The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns their sum in `$0`: +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: 4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // receives n REAL type parameters - C_REAL($0) // returns a Real - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -123,16 +124,16 @@ The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns thei The JavaScript code run in the web area is: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // result is 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` ## Standard actions -Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. These actions can be associated with buttons or menu commands and allow quick implementation of basic web interfaces. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. These actions can be associated with buttons or menu commands and allow quick implementation of basic web interfaces. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## Form events @@ -162,9 +163,9 @@ In addition, web areas support the following generic form events: When the form is executed, standard browser interface functions are available to the user in the web area, which permit interaction with other form areas: - **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. -- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. - **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. -For security reasons, changing the contents of a web area by means of dragging and dropping a file or URL is not allowed by default. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +For security reasons, changing the contents of a web area by means of dragging and dropping a file or URL is not allowed by default. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. > Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). @@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` > With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -For more information, refer to the description of the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. When you select this option, the web inspector window is displayed. diff --git a/docs/Notes/updates.md b/docs/Notes/updates.md index 8e72ee8294c51c..17fe7d8e6dd3d3 100644 --- a/docs/Notes/updates.md +++ b/docs/Notes/updates.md @@ -10,7 +10,12 @@ Read [**What’s new in 4D 20 R8**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R #### Highlights +- Implement your own [**HTTP request handlers**](../WebServer/http-request-handler.md) using the new [`4D.IncomingMessage`](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md) class. +- Expressions used in [form object properties](../FormObjects/properties_Reference.md) now benefit from syntax checking in the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) and in the [Compiler](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax). +- You can [associate a class to a form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class) to enable code type-ahead and automatic instantiation of form data when using the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) command. - Support of [standalone sessions](../API/SessionClass.md) to simplify local coding for client/server applications. +- 4D Language: + - Modified commands: [`FORM EDIT`](../commands/form-edit.md) - [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R8): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R8. @@ -26,7 +31,7 @@ Read [**What’s new in 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R - New [**direct typing mode**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) in which you declare all variables and parameters in your code using `var` and `#DECLARE`/`Function` keywords (only mode supported in new projects). [Syntax checking feature](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) has been enhanced accordingly. - Support of [Session singletons](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) and new [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) Class property. - New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio: You can now [attach the Qodly debugger to 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). - New Build Application keys for remote 4D applications to validate the server certificate authority [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) and/or [domain](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). - 4D Language: diff --git a/docs/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/docs/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 439ab198e67abd..929ee4744dc14c 100644 --- a/docs/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/docs/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // Error "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (sa :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: diff --git a/docs/Project/architecture.md b/docs/Project/architecture.md index 7364b435860384..8ba48441746984 100644 --- a/docs/Project/architecture.md +++ b/docs/Project/architecture.md @@ -65,6 +65,7 @@ tips.json|Defined tips|JSON lists.json|Defined lists|JSON filters.json|Defined filters|JSON dependencies.json|Names of [components to load](components.md) in the project|JSON| +HTTPHandlers.json|Custom [HTTP request handlers](../WebServer/http-request-handler.md) defined for the web server|JSON| styleSheets.css|CSS style sheets|CSS styleSheets_mac.css|Mac css style sheets (from converted binary database)|CSS styleSheets_windows.css|Windows css style sheets (from converted binary database)|CSS diff --git a/docs/Project/compiler.md b/docs/Project/compiler.md index 546ebc637dc6a1..5cc2210083781f 100644 --- a/docs/Project/compiler.md +++ b/docs/Project/compiler.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ In addition to the [**Compile** button](#compile), the Compiler window provides ### Check Syntax -The **Check Syntax** button starts the execution of the syntax-checking phase. At the end of the checking process, any errors detected are listed in the information area. You can double–click on an error line in order to display the corresponding method. +The **Check Syntax** button starts the execution of the syntax-checking phase. At the end of the checking process, any errors detected are listed in the information area. You can double–click on an error line in order to display the corresponding method or form object. Syntax checking can also be launched directly using the **Check Syntax** command associated with the **Compiler** toolbar button. This option is the only one available if you do not have a suitable license to allow the compilation of applications. diff --git a/docs/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/docs/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 4cf0755968e465..70f9bae0d4c012 100644 --- a/docs/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/docs/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/docs/ViewPro/commands.md b/docs/ViewPro/commands.md index a33bf2785879a7..042004d1f1015e 100644 --- a/docs/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/docs/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -14,91 +14,91 @@ title: Commands A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
-[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
-[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
-[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
-[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
-[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
+[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
+[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
+[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
+[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
+[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
+[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
[VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
-[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
-[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
-[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
-[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
-[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
-[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
-[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
+[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
+[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
+[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
+[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
+[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
+[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
+[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
+[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
[VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
+[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
[VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
-[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
+[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
+[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
[VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
-[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
-[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
+[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
+[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
+[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
[VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
-[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
-[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
-[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
-[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
-[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
-[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
-[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
-[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
-[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
-[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
-[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
-[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
-[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
-[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
-[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
-[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
-[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
-[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
-[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
-[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
-[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
-[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
-[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
-[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
-[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
-[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
-[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
-[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
-[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
-[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
-[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
-[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
+[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
+[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
+[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
+[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
+[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
+[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
+[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
+[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
+[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
+[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
+[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
+[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
+[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
+[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
+[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
+[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
+[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
+[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
+[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
+[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
+[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
+[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
+[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
+[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
+[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
+[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
+[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
+[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
+[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
+[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
+[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
+[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
+[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
[VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
-[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
-[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
-[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
-[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
-[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
+[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
+[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
+[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
+[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
+[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
+[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
[VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ title: Commands N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
+[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
[VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -116,61 +116,61 @@ title: Commands P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
+[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
[VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
-[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
-[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
-[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
-[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
-[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
-[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
-[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
-[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
-[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
-[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
-[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
-[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
+[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
+[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
+[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
+[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
+[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
+[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
+[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
+[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
+[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
+[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
+[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
+[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
+[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
[VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
-[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
-[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
-[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
-[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
-[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
-[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
-[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
-[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
-[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
-[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
-[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
-[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
-[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
-[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
-[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
-[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
-[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
-[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
-[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
-[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
-[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
-[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
-[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
-[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
-[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
-[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
-[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
-[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
-[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
-[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
-[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
-[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
-[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
-[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
-[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
+[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
+[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
+[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
+[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
+[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
+[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
+[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
+[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
+[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
+[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
+[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
+[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
+[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
+[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
+[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
+[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
+[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
+[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
+[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
+[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
+[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
+[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
+[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
+[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
+[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
+[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
+[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
+[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
+[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
+[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
+[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
+[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
+[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
+[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
+[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
+[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
diff --git a/docs/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/docs/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 731af72376bd1b..e357a77dd17c24 100644 --- a/docs/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/docs/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ title: VP Get table theme |---|---|---|---| |vpAreaName |Text|->|4D View Pro area form object name| |tableName|Text|->|Table name| +|sheet |Integer|->|Sheet index (current sheet if omitted)| |Result|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|<-|Current table theme property values| @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ The `VP Get table theme` command -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME |---|---|---|---| |vpAreaName |Text|->|4D View Pro area form object name| |tableName|Text|->|Table name| -|options|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|->|Table theme properties to modify| +|options|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|->|Table theme properties to modify| +|sheet |Integer|->|Sheet index (current sheet if omitted)| + #### Description @@ -31,6 +33,7 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +In *sheet*, pass the index of the target sheet. If no index is specified or if you pass -1, the command applies to the current sheet. #### Example 1 diff --git a/docs/WebServer/authentication.md b/docs/WebServer/authentication.md index 811be3d6fb5caa..9013b6ce49609b 100644 --- a/docs/WebServer/authentication.md +++ b/docs/WebServer/authentication.md @@ -83,13 +83,14 @@ The `On Web Authentication` database method is therefore called: - when the web server receives a URL requesting a resource that does not exist - when the web server receives a URL beginning with `4DACTION/`, `4DCGI/`... -- when the web server receives a root access URL and no home page has been set in the Settings or by means of the `WEB SET HOME PAGE` command +- when the web server receives a root access URL and no home page has been set in the Settings or by means of the [`WEB SET HOME PAGE`](../commands-legacy/web-set-home-page.md) command - when the web server processes a tag executing code (e.g `4DSCRIPT`) in a semi-dynamic page. The `On Web Authentication` database method is NOT called: - when the web server receives a URL requesting a valid static page. - when the web server receives a URL beginning with `rest/` and the REST server is launched (in this case, the authentication is handled through the [`ds.authentify` function](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) or (deprecated) the [`On REST Authentication` database method](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) or [Structure settings](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). +- when the web server receives a URL with a pattern triggering a [custom HTTP Request Handler](http-request-handler.md). ### Syntax diff --git a/docs/WebServer/http-request-handler.md b/docs/WebServer/http-request-handler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..7e102d0db404b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/WebServer/http-request-handler.md @@ -0,0 +1,337 @@ +--- +id: http-request-handler +title: HTTP Request handler +--- + +By default, HTTP requests received by the 4D web server are handled through [built-in processing features](httpRequests.md) or the [REST server](../REST/REST_requests.md). + +In addition, 4D supports the implementation of **custom HTTP Request handlers**, allowing you to intercept specific incoming HTTP requests and process them using your own code. + +When a custom HTTP request handler intercepts a request, it is processed directly and no other processing features (e.g. [On Web authentication](./authentication.md#on-web-authentication) or [On Web connection](./httpRequests.md#on-web-connection) database methods) are called. + +Custom HTTP request handlers meet various needs, including: + +- using a given URL as a resource provider or a file-uploading box (to download or upload various files), +- redirecting on specific pages according to a context (user authenticated, privileges granted...), +- handle an authentication via oAuth 2.0. + + +## Requirements + +Custom HTTP Request handlers are supported: + +- when [scalable sessions](./sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions) are enabled, +- with the main Web Server only (HTTP Request handlers that may have been defined in [Web Servers of components](../WebServer/webServerObject.md) are ignored). + + + +## HTTPHandlers.json File + +You define your custom HTTP Request handlers in a configuration file named **HTTPHandlers.json** stored in the [`Project/Sources`](../Project/architecture.md#sources) folder. + +This file contains all listened URL patterns, the handled verbs, and the code to be called. Handlers are provided as a collection in JSON format. + +At runtime, the first pattern matching the URL is executed, the others are ignored. + +Here is an example of a *HTTPHandlers.json* file contents: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "gettingStarted", + "pattern": "start", + "verbs": "get, post" + } +] +``` + +This handler declaration can be read as: when any request starting by `/start/` with a `GET` or `POST` verb is received by the server, the `gettingStarted` function of the `GeneralHandling` singleton is executed. + + +:::note + +You must restart the Web server so that modifications made in this file are taken into account. + +::: + + +## Handler definition + +A handler is defined by: + +- a listened URL pattern +- a function and its class where the code is implemented to handle the listened URL pattern +- the verbs with which the URL can be called to trigger the handler + +The handler identifier is the couple [pattern + a verb among the verbs list]. + + +### URL patterns + +URL patterns can be given as **prefixes** or using **regular expressions**. + +- To declare a prefix pattern, use the "pattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Prefixes are considered as regular expressions already containing starting and ending `/`. +Ex: `"pattern" : "docs"` or `"pattern" : "docs/invoices"` + +- To declare a regular expression pattern, use the "regexPattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Regular expressions patterns are handled directly. +Ex: `"regexPattern" : "/docs/**/index.html"` + +"Pattern" and "regexPattern" properties cannot be used in the same handler definition (in this case, only the "regexPattern" property is taken into account). + +#### Pattern matching + +URL patterns are triggered in the given order: + +- the first matching pattern is executed +- the following patterns are not executed even if they match the URL + +As a consequence, you need to apply a accurate strategy when writing your handlers: the most detailed patterns must be written before the more general patterns. + +```json +[ + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleUnauthorizedVerbs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all verbs except GET (handled above)" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all the verbs" + } +] + +``` + + +#### Forbidden patterns + +URL patterns matching 4D built-in HTTP processing features are not allowed in custom HTTP handlers. For example, the following patterns cannot be handled: + +- `/4DACTION` +- `/rest` +- `/$lib/renderer` +- `/$shared` + +### Class and method + +You declare the code to be executed when a defined URL pattern is intercepted using the "class" and "method" properties. + +- "class": class name without `cs.`, e.g. "UsersHandling" for the `cs.UsersHandling` user class. It must be a [**shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) and [**singleton**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) class. +- "method": class function belonging to the class. + +[See below](#request-handler-code) for information about the request handler code. + +### Verbs + +You can use the "verbs" property in the handler definition to declare HTTP verbs that are supported in incoming requests for this handler. A request that uses a verb that is not explicitely allowed is automatically rejected by the server. + +You can declare several verbs, separated by a comma. Verb names are not case sensitive. + +Ex: `"verbs" : "PUT, POST"` + +:::note + +No control is done on verb names. All names can be used. + +::: + +By default, if the "verbs" property is not used for a handler, **all** HTTP verbs are supported in incoming requests for this handler (except those possibly used beforehand in a more detailed pattern, as shown in the example above). + +:::note + +The HTTP verb can also be evaluated [using the `.verb` property within the request handler code](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#verb) to be accepted or rejected. + +::: + +## Example + +Here is a detailed example of a HTTPHandlers.json file: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "handle", + "pattern": "info", //URL prefix + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "UsersHandling", + "method": "manageAccount", + "pattern": "userAccount/update", //URL prefix + "verbs": "PUT,POST" + }, + { + "class": "FinancialHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/(past|today)", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/myPage.html", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", // The most specific URL first + "verbs": "GET,POST" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleDetails", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details", // The general URLs after + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", // The general URLs after + "pattern": "docs/invoices", + "verbs": "GET" + } +] + +``` + +In this example, you must implement the following functions: + +- *handle function* in the *GeneralHandling* class +- *manageAccount* in the *UsersHandling* class +- *handleInvoices* in the *FinancialHandling* class +- *handleDocs* in the *DocsHandling* class +- *handleTheInvoice* / *handleDetails* / *handleInvoices* in the *InvoicesHandling* class + + +Examples of URLs triggering the handlers: + +`IP:port/info/` with a GET verb +`IP:port/info/general` with a GET verb + +`IP:port/userAccount/update/` with a POST verb +`IP:port/userAccount/update/profile` with a POST verb + +`IP:port/docs/invoices/past` with a GET verb +`IP:port/docs/invoices/today/latest` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/myPage.html` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/invoices/` with a GET verb, calls *handleInvoices* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/` with a GET verb, calls *handleDetails* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/theInvoice/xxxxxx` with a GET verb, calls *handleTheInvoice* function (*InvoiceslHandling* class) + + +## Request handler code + + +### Function configuration + +The HTTP Request handler code must be implemented in a function of a [**Shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) [**singleton class**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). + +If the singleton is missing or not shared, an error "Cannot find singleton" is returned by the server. If the class or the function [defined as handler](#handler-definition) in the HTTPHandlers.json file is not found, an error "Cannot find singleton function" is returned by the server. + +Request handler functions are not necessarily shared, unless some request handler properties are updated by the functions. In this case, you need to declare its functions with the [`shared` keyword](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-functions). + +:::note + +It is **not recommended** to expose request handler functions to external REST calls using [`exposed`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) or [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keywords. + +::: + + +### Input: an instance of the 4D.IncomingMessage class + +When a request has been intercepted by the handler, it is received on the server as an instance of the [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md). + +All necessary information about the request are available in this object, including the request url, verb, headers, and, if any, parameters (put in the URL) and body. + +Then, the request handler can use this information to trigger appropriate business logic. + +### Output: an instance of the 4D.OutgoingMessage class + +The request handler can return an object instance of the [4D.OutGoingMessage class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md), i.e. some full web content ready for a browser to handle, such as a file content. + + +### Example + + +The [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md) provides functions to get the [headers](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#headers) and the [body](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#gettext) of the request. + +Here is a simple example to upload a file on the server. + +The **HTTPHandlers.json** file: + +```json +[ + { + "class": "UploadFile", + "method": "uploadFile", + "regexPattern": "/putFile", + "verbs": "POST" + } +] +``` + +The called URL is: http://127.0.0.1:8044/putFile?fileName=testFile + +The binary content of the file is put in the body of the request and a POST verb is used. The file name is given as parameter (*fileName*) in the URL. It is received in the [`urlQuery`](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#urlquery) object in the request. + + +```4d + //UploadFile class + +shared singleton Class constructor() + + +Function uploadFile($request : 4D.IncomingMessage) : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $response:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + + var $body:="Not supported file" + var $fileName; $fileType : Text + var $file : 4D.File + var $picture : Picture + var $created : Boolean + + $fileName:=$request.urlQuery.fileName + $fileType:=$request.getHeader("Content-Type") + + Case of + : ($fileType="application/pdf") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".pdf") + $created:=$file.create() + $file.setContent($request.getBlob()) + $body:="Upload OK - File size: "+String($file.size) + + : ($fileType="image/jpeg") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".jpg") + $picture:=$request.getPicture() + WRITE PICTURE FILE($file.platformPath; $picture) + $body:="Upload OK - Image size: "+String($file.size) + + End case + + $response.setBody($body) + $response.setHeader("Content-Type"; "text/plain") + + return $response + +``` + + +## See also + +[Perfect mastery of your back end business logic thanks to HTTP requests handlers](https://blog.4d.com/perfect-mastery-of-your-back-end-business-logic-thanks-to-HTTP-requests-handlers) (blog post) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/WebServer/httpRequests.md b/docs/WebServer/httpRequests.md index dc0291c945245c..fc704686bbb16e 100644 --- a/docs/WebServer/httpRequests.md +++ b/docs/WebServer/httpRequests.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: httpRequests title: Processing HTTP requests --- -The 4D web server provides several features to handle HTTP requests: +The 4D web server provides several built-in features to handle HTTP requests: - the `On Web Connection` database method, a router for your web application, - the `/4DACTION` URL to call server-side code @@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ The 4D web server provides several features to handle HTTP requests: - other commands such as `WEB GET HTTP BODY`, `WEB GET HTTP HEADER`, or `WEB GET BODY PART` allow to customize the request processing, including cookies. - the *COMPILER_WEB* project method, to declare your variables. +:::info + +You can also implement your own HTTP request handlers for a customized control over incoming requests and outgoing responses. When a custom HTTP request handler is triggered, no database method is called. See [**HTTP Request Handler**](http-request-handler.md) section. + +::: ## On Web Connection @@ -18,7 +23,9 @@ The `On Web Connection` database method can be used as the entry point for the 4 ### Database method calls -The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a path to an existing page on the server. The database method is called with the URL. +The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a valid path to an existing page on the server (and is not a URL with a pattern triggering a [custom HTTP Request Handler](http-request-handler.md)). + +The database method is called with the URL. For example, the URL "*a/b/c*" will call the database method, but "*a/b/c.html*" will not call the database method if the page "c.html" exists in the "a/b" subfolder of the [WebFolder](webServerConfig.md#root-folder). @@ -26,29 +33,19 @@ For example, the URL "*a/b/c*" will call the database method, but "*a/b/c.html*" ### Syntax -**On Web Connection**( *$1* : Text ; *$2* : Text ; *$3* : Text ; *$4* : Text ; *$5* : Text ; *$6* : Text ) +**On Web Connection**( *$url* : Text; *$header* : Text; *$BrowserIP* : Text; *$ServerIP* : Text; *$user* : Text; *$password* : Text ) |Parameters|Type||Description| |---|---|:---:|---| -|$1|Text|<-|URL | -|$2|Text|<-|HTTP headers + HTTP body (up to 32 kb limit) | -|$3|Text|<-|IP address of the web client (browser) | -|$4|Text|<-|IP address of the server | -|$5|Text|<-|User name | -|$6|Text|<-|Password | - - -You must declare these parameters as shown below: +|$url|Text|<-|URL | +|$header|Text|<-|HTTP headers + HTTP body (up to 32 kb limit) | +|$BrowserIP|Text|<-|IP address of the web client (browser) | +|$ServerIP|Text|<-|IP address of the server | +|$user|Text|<-|User name | +|$password|Text|<-|Password | -```4d -//On Web Connection database method - - C_TEXT($1;$2;$3;$4;$5;$6) - -//Code for the method -``` -Alternatively, you can use the [named parameters](Concepts/parameters.md#named-parameters) syntax: +You must declare these parameters: ```4d // On Web Connection database method @@ -62,13 +59,13 @@ Alternatively, you can use the [named parameters](Concepts/parameters.md#named-p > Calling a 4D command that displays an interface element (`DIALOG`, `ALERT`, etc.) is not allowed and ends the method processing. -### $1 - URL extra data +### $url - URL extra data -The first parameter ($1) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. +The first parameter ($url) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. -Let’s use an intranet connection as an example. Suppose that the IP address of your 4D Web Server machine is 123.4.567.89. The following table shows the values of $1 depending on the URL entered in the web browser: +Let’s use an intranet connection as an example. Suppose that the IP address of your 4D Web Server machine is 123.4.567.89. The following table shows the values of $url depending on the URL entered in the web browser: -|URL entered in web browser|Value of parameter $1| +|URL entered in web browser|Value of parameter $url| |---|---| |123.4.567.89|/ | |http://123.45.67.89|/ | @@ -79,30 +76,30 @@ Let’s use an intranet connection as an example. Suppose that the IP address of Note that you are free to use this parameter at your convenience. 4D simply ignores the value passed beyond the host part of the URL. For example, you can establish a convention where the value "*/Customers/Add*" means “go directly to add a new record in the `[Customers]` table.” By supplying the web users with a list of possible values and/or default bookmarks, you can provide shortcuts to different parts of your application. This way, web users can quickly access resources of your website without going through the entire navigation path each time they make a new connection. -### $2 - Header and Body of the HTTP request +### $header - Header and Body of the HTTP request -The second parameter ($2) is the header and the body of the HTTP request sent by the web browser. Note that this information is passed to your `On Web Connection` database method "as is". Its contents will vary depending on the nature of the web browser attempting the connection. +The second parameter ($header) is the header and the body of the HTTP request sent by the web browser. Note that this information is passed to your `On Web Connection` database method "as is". Its contents will vary depending on the nature of the web browser attempting the connection. If your application uses this information, it is up to you to parse the header and the body. You can use the `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` and the `WEB GET HTTP BODY` commands. ->For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $2 parameter must not exceed 32 KB. Beyond this size, they are truncated by the 4D HTTP server. +>For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $header parameter must not exceed 32 KB. Beyond this size, they are truncated by the 4D HTTP server. -### $3 - Web client IP address +### $BrowserIP - Web client IP address -The $3 parameter receives the IP address of the browser’s machine. This information can allow you to distinguish between intranet and internet connections. +The $BrowserIP parameter receives the IP address of the browser’s machine. This information can allow you to distinguish between intranet and internet connections. >4D returns IPv4 addresses in a hybrid IPv6/IPv4 format written with a 96-bit prefix, for example ::ffff:192.168.2.34 for the IPv4 address 192.168.2.34. For more information, refer to the [IPv6 Support](webServerConfig.md#about-ipv6-support) section. -### $4 - Server IP address +### $ServerIP - Server IP address -The $4 parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D allows for multi-homing, which allows you to use machines with more than one IP address. For more information, please refer to the [Configuration page](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). +The $ServerIP parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D allows for multi-homing, which allows you to use machines with more than one IP address. For more information, please refer to the [Configuration page](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). -### $5 and $6 - User Name and Password +### $user and $password - User Name and Password -The $5 and $6 parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser, if applicable (see the [authentication page](authentication.md)). +The $user and $password parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser, if applicable (see the [authentication page](authentication.md)). ->If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $6 parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. +>If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. @@ -119,7 +116,7 @@ The $5 and $6 parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user **Usage:** URL or Form action. -This URL allows you to call the *MethodName* 4D project method with an optional *Param* text parameter. The method will receive this parameter in *$1*. +This URL allows you to call the *MethodName* 4D project method with an optional *Param* text parameter. The method will receive this parameter. - The 4D project method must have been [allowed for web requests](allowProject.md): the “Available through 4D tags and URLs (4DACTION...)” attribute value must have been checked in the properties of the method. If the attribute is not checked, the web request is rejected. - When 4D receives a `/4DACTION/MethodName/Param` request, the `On Web Authentication` database method (if it exists) is called. @@ -145,13 +142,13 @@ This example describes the association of the `/4DACTION` URL with an HTML pictu The `getPhoto` method is as follows: ```4d -C_TEXT($1) // This parameter must always be declared +#DECLARE ($url : Text) // This parameter must always be declared var $path : Text var $PictVar : Picture var $BlobVar : Blob //find the picture in the Images folder within the Resources folder -$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$1+".psd" +$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$url+".psd" READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) //put the picture in the picture variable PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") //convert the picture to ".png" format @@ -201,9 +198,9 @@ OK="Search" 4D calls the `On Web Authentication` database method (if it exists), then the `processForm` project method is called, which is as follows: ```4d - C_TEXT($1) //mandatory for compiled mode - C_LONGINT($vName) - C_TEXT(vName;vLIST) + #DECLARE ($url : Text) //mandatory for compiled mode + var $vName : Integer + var vName;vLIST : Text ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrVals;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //we retrieve all the variables of the form @@ -233,9 +230,9 @@ End if 4D's Web server lets you recover data sent through POST or GET requests, using Web forms or URLs. -When the Web server receives a request with data in the header or in the URL, 4D can retrieve the values of any HTML objects it contains. This principle can be implemented in the case of a Web form, sent for example using `WEB SEND FILE` or `WEB SEND BLOB`, where the user enters or modifies values, then clicks on the validation button. +When the Web server receives a request with data in the header or in the URL, 4D can retrieve the values of any HTML objects it contains. This principle can be implemented in the case of a Web form, sent for example using [`WEB SEND FILE`](../commands-legacy/web-send-file.md) or [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md), where the user enters or modifies values, then clicks on the validation button. -In this case, 4D can retrieve the values of the HTML objects found in the request using the `WEB GET VARIABLES` command. The `WEB GET VARIABLES` command retrieves the values as text. +In this case, 4D can retrieve the values of the HTML objects found in the request using the [`WEB GET VARIABLES`](../commands-legacy/web-get-variables.md) command. The `WEB GET VARIABLES` command retrieves the values as text. Consider the following HTML page source code: @@ -300,7 +297,7 @@ Let’s examine the 4D method `WWW_STD_FORM_POST` that is called when the user c ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrValues;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrValues) - C_LONGINT($user) + var $user : Integer Case of @@ -340,15 +337,15 @@ Keep in main that with HTML, all objects are text objects. If you use a SELECT o The 4D web server provides several low-level web commands allowing you to develop custom processing of requests: -- the `WEB GET HTTP BODY` command returns the body as raw text, allowing any parsing you may need -- the `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` command return the headers of the request. It is useful to handle custom cookies, for example (along with the `WEB SET HTTP HEADER` command). -- the `WEB GET BODY PART` and `WEB Get body part count` commands to parse the body part of a multi-part request and retrieve text values, but also files posted, using BLOBs. +- the [`WEB GET HTTP BODY`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-body.md) command returns the body as raw text, allowing any parsing you may need +- the [`WEB GET HTTP HEADER`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-header.md) command return the headers of the request. It is useful to handle custom cookies, for example (along with the `WEB SET HTTP HEADER` command). +- the [`WEB GET BODY PART`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part.md) and [`WEB Get body part count`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part-count.md) commands to parse the body part of a multi-part request and retrieve text values, but also files posted, using BLOBs. These commands are summarized in the following graphic: ![](../assets/en/WebServer/httpCommands.png) -The 4D web server supports files uploaded in chunked transfer encoding from any Web client. Chunked transfer encoding is a data transfer mechanism specified in HTTP/1.1. It allows data to be transferred in a series of "chunks" (parts) without knowing the final data size. The 4D Web Server also supports chunked transfer encoding from the server to Web clients (using `WEB SEND RAW DATA`). +The 4D web server supports files uploaded in chunked transfer encoding from any Web client. Chunked transfer encoding is a data transfer mechanism specified in HTTP/1.1. It allows data to be transferred in a series of "chunks" (parts) without knowing the final data size. The 4D Web Server also supports chunked transfer encoding from the server to Web clients (using [`WEB SEND RAW DATA`](../commands-legacy/web-send-raw-data.md)). ## COMPILER_WEB Project Method diff --git a/docs/assets/en/API/dataclassAttribute3.png b/docs/assets/en/API/dataclassAttribute3.png deleted file mode 100644 index f5420acae4d852..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/API/dataclassAttribute3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png b/docs/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5b08f033b16ad3 Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png b/docs/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png b/docs/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..7ff28f568b8a3d Binary files /dev/null and b/docs/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index d82887b7730e80..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index e3d2f1f663ebd9..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5f652b3e5a2356..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0dd231ca19dd39..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png deleted file mode 100644 index 994c3ff9e73ce7..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index f16b70a03bae3c..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4967a05a3c2377..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 300f99aa414aea..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png b/docs/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6f07a37ffc4012..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png b/docs/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png deleted file mode 100644 index b48502b3f72f32..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/REST/login.png b/docs/assets/en/REST/login.png deleted file mode 100644 index d6468df5305aca..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/REST/login.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png b/docs/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8488c59b164cca..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/code-editor/find-dialog.png b/docs/assets/en/code-editor/find-dialog.png deleted file mode 100644 index c963072f3702fe..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/code-editor/find-dialog.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/code-editor/find-replace-1.png b/docs/assets/en/code-editor/find-replace-1.png deleted file mode 100644 index cd3cc41b58e64a..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/code-editor/find-replace-1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/code-editor/replace-dialog.png b/docs/assets/en/code-editor/replace-dialog.png deleted file mode 100644 index 9b240df3f7037a..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/code-editor/replace-dialog.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png b/docs/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png deleted file mode 100644 index 947cd8585f81e2..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png b/docs/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65afe8beb35b7a..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png b/docs/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/docs/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/accept.md b/docs/commands-legacy/accept.md index 5b8ddece96b0bc..e15e5f00f22cbe 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/accept.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/accept.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **ACCEPT** command is used in form or object methods (or in subroutines) to: * accept a new or modified record, for which data entry has been initiated using [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md). -* accept a form displayed with the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command. +* accept a form displayed with the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command. * exit a form displaying a selection of records, using [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). **ACCEPT** performs the same action as if a user had pressed the Enter key. After the form is accepted, the OK system variable is set to 1. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/activated.md b/docs/commands-legacy/activated.md index cd82ef1479214c..13aa0eb4b3502a 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/activated.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/activated.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **Activated** command (obsolete) returns **True** in a form method when the window containing the form becomes the frontmost window of the frontmost process. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Activate event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Activate event. **WARNING:** Do not place a command such as [TRACE](trace.md) or [ALERT](alert.md)in the **Activated** phase of the form, as this will cause an endless loop. @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### See also [Deactivated](deactivated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/add-record.md b/docs/commands-legacy/add-record.md index cd96373218bd72..9bc808ab56adcb 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/add-record.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/add-record.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Compatibility -*This command was implemented in 4D's early releases and is still useful for prototyping or basic developments. However, to build customized and modern interfaces, it is now recommended to use generic forms based upon the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command which provide advanced features and better control over the data flow.* +*This command was implemented in 4D's early releases and is still useful for prototyping or basic developments. However, to build customized and modern interfaces, it is now recommended to use generic forms based upon the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command which provide advanced features and better control over the data flow.* #### Description diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/after.md b/docs/commands-legacy/after.md index db9d459e536400..e21c2e6f13fc34 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/after.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/after.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **After** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Validate event property for the form and/or the objects has been selected in the Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Validate event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Validate event. #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/before-selection.md b/docs/commands-legacy/before-selection.md index 426928ba00ba42..08f0371dc1aa3f 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/before-selection.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/before-selection.md @@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ This form method is used during the printing of a report. It sets a variable, *v [End selection](end-selection.md) [FIRST RECORD](first-record.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PREVIOUS RECORD](previous-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/before.md b/docs/commands-legacy/before.md index 5df855eb2c5424..94a080a68f6b82 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/before.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/before.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **Before** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Load event property for the form and/or the objects has been selected in the Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Load event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Load event. #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md b/docs/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md index 1561fc2ba74608..f640e6ac6aca27 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ The *params* parameter allows you to define how to handle the basic "number of c * If you pass 0 or omit this parameter, the values stored in the BLOB are restored, * If you pass 1, the values are reset to default: the number of copies is set to 1 and the page range is set to "all pages". -The parameters are applied to the [current 4D printing settings](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/) as long as no command such as *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) or [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) without the > parameter modifies them. The parameters set are used more particularly by the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) and [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) commands, as well as by the menu commands of 4D, including those of the Design environment. +The parameters are applied to the [current 4D printing settings](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/) as long as no command such as *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) or [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) without the > parameter modifies them. The parameters set are used more particularly by the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) and [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) commands, as well as by the menu commands of 4D, including those of the Design environment. The [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands must be called with the *\>* parameter (if applicable) in order for the settings defined by **BLOB to print settings** to be kept. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/build-application.md b/docs/commands-legacy/build-application.md index 9e67f5f1a744ef..b0a58b0b2b31f9 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/build-application.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/build-application.md @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ If the command fails, an error is generated that you can intercept using the [ON #### See also -[Compile project](compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Compile project](../commands/compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/call-form.md b/docs/commands-legacy/call-form.md index bd6d392adbf95a..9d508c3eeda16a 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/call-form.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/call-form.md @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ You can then add other messages by executing the **CALL FORM** command again: [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md b/docs/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md index ec7cd9c58d2aa1..20cfa403a186a4 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ In *event*, you can pass any predefined form event of 4D (you can use the consta #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GOTO OBJECT](goto-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/call-worker.md b/docs/commands-legacy/call-worker.md index 47434398e0028c..36cf79e4b801dd 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/call-worker.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/call-worker.md @@ -73,6 +73,6 @@ The code of *workerMethod* is: #### See also *About workers* -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) +[CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md) [Current process name](current-process-name.md) [KILL WORKER](kill-worker.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/cancel.md b/docs/commands-legacy/cancel.md index 8aacfac5fb3449..4532020ebffc33 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/cancel.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/cancel.md @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **CANCEL** command is used in form or object methods (or in a subroutine) to: * cancel a new or modified record, for which data entry has been initiated using [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md). -* cancel a form displayed with the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command. +* cancel a form displayed with the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command. * exit a form displaying a selection of records, using [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* cancel the printing of a form that is about to be printed using the [Print form](print-form.md) command (see below). +* cancel the printing of a form that is about to be printed using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command (see below). In the context of data entry, **CANCEL** performs the same action as if the user had pressed the cancel key (**Esc**). @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ It is also often used in the optional close box method for the [Open window](ope **CANCEL** cannot be queued up. Executing two **CANCEL** commands in a row from within a method in response to an event would have the same effect as executing only one. -Finally, this command can be used in the On Printing Detail form event, when using the [Print form](print-form.md) command. In this context, the **CANCEL** command suspends the printing of the form that is about to be printed, then resumes it on the next page. This mechanism can be used to manage form printing when there is a lack of space or if a page break is required. +Finally, this command can be used in the On Printing Detail form event, when using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. In this context, the **CANCEL** command suspends the printing of the form that is about to be printed, then resumes it on the next page. This mechanism can be used to manage form printing when there is a lack of space or if a page break is required. **Note:** This operation differs from that of the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md)(\*) command that cancels ALL the forms waiting to be printed. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ When the [CANCEL](cancel.md) command is executed (form or printing cancelled), t [ACCEPT](accept.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/compile-project.md b/docs/commands-legacy/compile-project.md deleted file mode 100644 index 02a8a965459d7e..00000000000000 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/compile-project.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: compile-project -title: Compile project -slug: /commands/compile-project -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object - -| Parameter | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| projectFile | 4D.File | → | .4DProject file to compile | -| options | Object | → | Object that specifies compilation options | -| Function result | Object | ← | Object containing information on the compilation status | - - - -*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* - - -#### Description - -**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, check the [Compilation page](../Project/compiler.md). - -By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Settings. You can override them by passing an *options* parameter. The following syntaxes are supported: - -* **Compile project**(): compiles the opened project using the options defined in the Structure Settings -* **Compile project**(*options*): compiles the opened project. The *options* defined override the Structure Settings -* **Compile project**(*projectFile*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject using the options defined in the Structure Settings -* **Compile project**(*projectFile*; *options*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject and the *options* defined override the Structure Settings - -**Note:** Binary databases cannot be compiled using this command. - -Unlike the Compiler window, this command requires that you explicitly designate the component(s) to compile. When compiling a project with **Compile project**, you need to declare its components using the *components* property of the *options* parameter. Keep in mind that the components must already be compiled (binary components are supported). - -The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the [build application](../Desktop/building.md) feature. - -If you pass an empty collection in *targets*, **Compile project** will execute a syntax check without compiling. - -Compilation errors, if any, are returned as objects in the *errors* collection. - -**Note:** You cannot call this command when another compilation is running (for example, a compilation launched from the Compilation window). - -##### options Parameter - -The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options: - -| **Property** || **Type**| **Description** | -| ------------- |--| ---------- | ------------------------- | -| components || Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | -| defaultTypeForButtons || Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | -| defaultTypeForNumerics || Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | -| generateSymbols || Boolean | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | -| generateSyntaxFile | |Boolean | True to generate a [syntax file for code completion](../settings/general.md).md#generate-syntax-file-for-code-completion-when-compiled) in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | -| generateTypingMethods || Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | -| plugins || 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | -| targets || Collection of strings | Possible values: "x86_64_generic", "arm64_macOS_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | -| typeInference || Text | "all": The compiler deduces the types of all variables not explicitly declared, "locals": The compiler deduces the types of local variables not explicitly declared, "none": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code (legacy mode), "direct": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code ([direct typing](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing)). | -| warnings || Collection of objects | Defines the warnings state | -|| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | -|| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | -|| \[\].enabled | Boolean | Warning activation state | - -**Note:** When the *warnings* attribute is not defined in the *options* object, the **Compile project** command uses the default warning generation statuses defined in the settings. - -##### Function result - -The object returned by **Compile project** has up to three properties: - -| **Property** ||| **Type** | **Description** | -| ------------ |--|--| -------- |---------------- | -| success ||| Boolean | True if the save action is successful, False otherwise. | -| **Available only in case of error or warning:** ||||| -| errors ||| Collection of objects | collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | -|| isError || Boolean | Error if True, warning otherwise | -|| message || Text | Error message | -|| code || Object | [code object](#code-object) | -|| line || Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | -|| lineInFile || Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | -| **Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** ||| -| symbols ||| Object || -|| interprocessVariables || Object | List of all interprocess variables | -||| variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | -||| size | Number | | -|| processVariables || Object | List of all process variables | -||| variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | -||| size | Number | | -|| localVariables || Collection of objects | List of local variables per method | -||| code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | -||| variables | Collection | Collection of *variable objects* | -|| methods || Collection of objects | List of methods | -||| code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | -||| callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | -||| params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | -||| threadSafe | Boolean | Indicates if this method is thread safe | - -For more information, see [Compilation tools](../Project/compiler.md#compilation-tools). - -###### variable objects - -interprocessVariables.variables and processVariables.variables contain objects with the following structure: - -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| -------------- | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | Text | Name of the variable | -| type | number | Type of the variable (like Value type command) | -| arrayDimension | number | For arrays only: 1 for mono dimension arrays, 2 for two-dimension arrays | -| code | Object | For process and interprocess variables: descriptor of where the variable has been defined | - -###### code object - -The *code* property in **methods\[ \].code** and **errors\[ \].code** is an object with the following properties: - -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| --------------------------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formmethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*.), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or the evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document.); "class", "classFunction"| -| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | -| file | 4D.File | Method file | -| **Returned depending on the value of the type property:** | | | -| methodName | Text | Project method | -| table | Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | -| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | -| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | -| className | Text | Class name | -| functionName | Text | Class function name | -| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | - -#### Examples - -To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $options:={} - $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: - -```4d - var $status : Object - $status:=Compile project -``` - -On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $options:={} - $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compile a project other than the current project: - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $projectFile: 4D.File - $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") - $status:=Compile project($projectFile) -``` - -Compile a project and declare its component: - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $component : 4D.File - var $options:={} - $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") - $options.components:=New collection($component) - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: - -```4d -var $options:={} -$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) -var $result:=Compile project($options) -``` - -#### See also - -[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md b/docs/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md index c94ec53f5cc168..41b4837788c22b 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ This method, combined with a scrollable area, enables you to change the value of #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Right click](right-click.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md b/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md index 8cf8f29d416bb9..164383f961bc60 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **Current form name** command returns the name of the current form defined for the process. The current form can be a project form or a table form. -By default, if you have not called the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command in the current process, the current form is the one being displayed or printed. If you have called the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command in the process, the current form is the one set by this command and it remains so until you call [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (or [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). +By default, if you have not called the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command in the current process, the current form is the one being displayed or printed. If you have called the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command in the process, the current form is the one set by this command and it remains so until you call [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (or [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). The command returns: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ You want to get the current form if it is a project form: #### See also -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md b/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md index 203e09f8ca07d4..919729abdff168 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ To do so, use the object method to create the variable *vsCurrentRecord*, then c #### See also -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md) [FORM SET OUTPUT](form-set-output.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/deactivated.md b/docs/commands-legacy/deactivated.md index 9cebd9a3a2502a..1eee6e088af26b 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/deactivated.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/deactivated.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **Deactivated** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Deactivate event property of the form and/or the objects has been selected in Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Deactivate event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Deactivate event. #### See also [Activated](activated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/default-table.md b/docs/commands-legacy/default-table.md index c61e082aee1a70..a50ac431740acc 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/default-table.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/default-table.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -**Tip:** Although using **DEFAULT TABLE** and omitting the table name may make the code easier to read, many programmers find that using this command actually causes more problems and confusion than it is worth. In particular, note that [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) takes priority when you use, for example, the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command with a project form and there is a default table form with the same name. +**Tip:** Although using **DEFAULT TABLE** and omitting the table name may make the code easier to read, many programmers find that using this command actually causes more problems and confusion than it is worth. In particular, note that [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) takes priority when you use, for example, the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command with a project form and there is a default table form with the same name. **DEFAULT TABLE** sets *aTable* as the default table for the current process. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/dialog.md b/docs/commands-legacy/dialog.md deleted file mode 100644 index 0aab5891e4dab6..00000000000000 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/dialog.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,170 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: dialog -title: DIALOG -slug: /commands/dialog -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| Parameter | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| aTable | Table | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | -| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of table or project form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, oran object describing the form | -| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | -| * | Operator | → | Use the same process | - - - -*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* - - -#### Description - -The **DIALOG** command presents the *form* to the user, along with *formData* parameter(s) (optional). - -This command is designed to work with customized and advanced user interfaces based on forms. You can use it to display information coming from the database or other locations, or to provide data entry features. Unlike [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), **DIALOG** gives you full control over the form, its contents and the navigation and validation buttons. - -This command is typically called along with the [Open form window](open-form-window.md) to display sophisticated forms, as shown in the following example: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) - -The **DIALOG** command can also be used instead of [ALERT](alert.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md) or [Request](request.md) when the information to be presented or gathered is more complex than those commands can manage. - -**Note:** In converted databases, it's possible to prohibit data entry in dialog boxes (thus limiting data entry to variables only) using an option in the 4D Database Settings (Compatibility page). This restriction corresponds to the operation of former versions of 4D. - -In the *form* parameter, you can pass: - -* the name of a form (project form or table form) to use; -* the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use. See *Form file path*; -* an object containing a description of the form to use. - -Optionally, you can pass parameter(s) to the *form* using the *formData* object. Any properties of the *formData* object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you pass an object containing {"version","12"} in *formData*, you will be able to get the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" -``` - -Using a local variable for *formData*, this feature allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. Moreover, since objects are passed by reference, if the user modifies a property value in the form, it will automatically be saved in the object itself. -By combining the *formData* object and the [Form](form.md) command, you can send parameters to the form or read parameters from the form at any moment with clean and safe code. - -**Note:** If you do not pass the *formData* parameter or if you pass an undefined object, **DIALOG** automatically creates a new empty object bound to the *form*, available through the [Form](form.md) command. - -The dialog is closed by the user either with an "accept" action (triggered by the ak accept standard action, the Enter key, or the [ACCEPT](accept.md) command), or with a "cancel" action (triggered by the ak cancel standard action, the Escape key, or the [CANCEL](cancel.md) command). An accept action will set the OK system variable to 1, while a cancel action will set OK to 0\. - -Keep in mind that validation does not equal saving: if the dialog includes fields, you must explicitly call the [SAVE RECORD](save-record.md) command to save any data that has been modified. - -If you pass the optional *\** parameter, the form is loaded and displayed in the last open window of the current process and the command finishes its execution while leaving the active form on the screen. -This form then reacts “normally” to user actions and is closed using a standard action or when 4D code related to the form (object method or form method) calls the [CANCEL](cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](accept.md) command. If the current process terminates, the forms created in this way are automatically closed in the same way as if a [CANCEL](cancel.md) command had been called. This opening mode is particularly useful for displaying a floating palette with a document, without necessarily requiring another process. - -**Notes:** - -* You can combine the use of the **DIALOG**(form;\*) syntax with the [CALL FORM](call-form.md) command to establish communication between the forms. -* You must create a window before calling the **DIALOG**(form;\*) statement. It is not possible to use the current dialog window in the process nor the window created by default for each process. Otherwise, error -9909 is generated. -* When the *\** parameter is used, the window is closed automatically following a standard action or a call to the [CANCEL](cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](accept.md) command. You do not have to manage the closing of the window itself. - -#### Example 1 - -The following example can be used to create a tool palette: - -```4d -  //Display tool palette - $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) - DIALOG("tools";*) //Give back the control immediately -  //Display main document windowl - $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) - DIALOG("doc") -``` - -#### Example 2 - -In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. - -In the verification form, you have assigned some [Form](form.md) object properties to variables: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -Here is the code for the "Check children" button: - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection - $save:=False //initialize the save variable -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //for each child -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values -       If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("No child to check.") - End if -``` - -**Note:** This example requires that object notation be enabled in the database (see *Compatibility page*). - -The form displays information for each child: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). - -#### Example 3 - -The following example uses the path to a .json form to display the records in an employee list: - -```4d - Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) - ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) - DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) -``` - -which displays: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) - -#### Example 4 - -The following example uses a .json file as an object and modifies a few properties: - -```4d - var $form : Object - $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) - $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" - $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" - $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" - Open form window($form;Plain form window) - DIALOG($form;*) -``` - -The altered form is displayed with the title, logo and border modified: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) - -#### System variables and sets - -After a call to **DIALOG**, if the dialog is accepted, OK is set to 1; if it is canceled, OK is set to 0. - -#### See also - -[ACCEPT](accept.md) -[ADD RECORD](add-record.md) -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Form](form.md) -[Open window](open-window.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/display-selection.md b/docs/commands-legacy/display-selection.md index 221797aaea0ef0..a4b00a25266c15 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/display-selection.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/display-selection.md @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The following example selects all the records in the \[People\] table. It then u #### Example 2 -See example #6 for the [Form event code](form-event-code.md) command. This example shows all the tests you may need to check in order to fully monitor the events that occur during a DISPLAY SELECTION. +See example #6 for the [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) command. This example shows all the tests you may need to check in order to fully monitor the events that occur during a DISPLAY SELECTION. #### Example 3 @@ -93,6 +93,6 @@ You can also use other commands, such as [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) *Sets* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md b/docs/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md index 07c67328dea515..5da170cd6017b0 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md @@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ This example lets you apply an alternating color to a list form displayed on scr #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Selected record number](selected-record-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/end-selection.md b/docs/commands-legacy/end-selection.md index 67e9e843f57f38..f9f901f1686db4 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/end-selection.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/end-selection.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This form method is used during the printing of a report. It sets the variable * #### See also [Before selection](before-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LAST RECORD](last-record.md) [NEXT RECORD](next-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md b/docs/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md index 50c72c1eb950b0..92ab14642e22f8 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs If you pass an empty string, the keystroke is cancelled and ignored. -Usually, you will call **FILTER KEYSTROKE** within a form or object method while handling an On Before Keystroke form event. To detect keystroke events, use the command [Form event code](form-event-code.md). To obtain the actual keystroke, use the commands [Keystroke](keystroke.md) or [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md). +Usually, you will call **FILTER KEYSTROKE** within a form or object method while handling an On Before Keystroke form event. To detect keystroke events, use the command [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). To obtain the actual keystroke, use the commands [Keystroke](keystroke.md) or [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md). **IMPORTANT NOTE:** The command **FILTER KEYSTROKE** allows you to cancel or replace the character entered by the user with another character. On the other hand, if you want to insert more than one character for a specific keystroke, remember that the text you see on the screen is NOT YET the value of the data source field or variable for the area being edited. The data source field or variable is assigned the entered value after the data entry for the area is validated. It is therefore up to you to “shadow” the data entry into a variable and then to work with this shadow value and reassign the enterable area (see the example in this section). You can also use the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) command. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ The Get highlighted text method is listed here: #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) [Keystroke](keystroke.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md index 90aa0e9128788c..0d8e9b0db2b09e 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs If you want to convert a table form, pass the form table in the *aTable* parameter and then pass its name as a string in *formName*. For a project form, pass the form name directly in *formName*. -In order to be able to run the form directly by passing the resulting object to the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command, **FORM Convert to dynamic** applies specific rules when converting the form: +In order to be able to run the form directly by passing the resulting object to the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command, **FORM Convert to dynamic** applies specific rules when converting the form: * References to lists are exported by name instead of a JSON pointer referencing the lists.json file. * References to named filters and named display formats (using the '|' prefix character) are exported by value instead of a JSON pointer referencing the filters.json file. @@ -62,5 +62,5 @@ If you execute the code: #### See also -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [Export structure file](export-structure-file.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5fa0ff26d67626..00000000000000 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,845 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event-code -title: Form event code -slug: /commands/form-event-code -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form event code** : Integer - -| Parameter | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Function result | Integer | ← | Form event number | - - - -*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* - - -#### Compatibility - -**Form event code** was named **Form event** in previous versions of 4D. It was renamed for clarity when the [FORM Event](form-event.md) command, returning an object, was added. - -#### Description - -**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. - -4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. - -Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. - -| Constant | Type | Value | Comment | -| ------------------------ | ------- | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Load | Integer | 1 | The form is about to be displayed or printed | -| On Mouse Up | Integer | 2 | (*Pictures only*) The user has just released the left mouse button in a Picture object | -| On Validate | Integer | 3 | The record data entry has been validated | -| On Clicked | Integer | 4 | A click occurred on an object | -| On Header | Integer | 5 | The form’s header area is about to be printed or displayed | -| On Printing Break | Integer | 6 | One of the form’s break areas is about to be printed | -| On Printing Footer | Integer | 7 | The form’s footer area is about to be printed | -| On Display Detail | Integer | 8 | A record is about to be displayed in a list or a row is about to be displayed in a list box. | -| On VP Ready | Integer | 9 | (*4D View Pro areas only*) The loading of the 4D View Pro area is complete | -| On Outside Call | Integer | 10 | The form received a [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) call | -| On Activate | Integer | 11 | The form’s window becomes the frontmost window | -| On Deactivate | Integer | 12 | The form’s window ceases to be the frontmost window | -| On Double Clicked | Integer | 13 | A double click occurred on an object | -| On Losing Focus | Integer | 14 | A form object is losing the focus | -| On Getting Focus | Integer | 15 | A form object is getting the focus | -| On Drop | Integer | 16 | Data has been dropped onto an object | -| On Before Keystroke | Integer | 17 | A character is about to be entered in the object that has the focus. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) returns the object's text without this character. | -| On Menu Selected | Integer | 18 | A menu item has been chosen | -| On Plug in Area | Integer | 19 | An external object requested its object method to be executed | -| On Data Change | Integer | 20 | Object data has been modified | -| On Drag Over | Integer | 21 | Data could be dropped onto an object | -| On Close Box | Integer | 22 | The window’s close box has been clicked | -| On Printing Detail | Integer | 23 | The form’s detail area is about to be printed | -| On Unload | Integer | 24 | The form is about to be exited and released | -| On Open Detail | Integer | 25 | The detail form associated with the output form or with the listbox is about to be opened | -| On Close Detail | Integer | 26 | You left the detail form and are going back to the output form | -| On Timer | Integer | 27 | The number of ticks defined by the [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) command has passed | -| On After Keystroke | Integer | 28 | A character is about to be entered in the object that has the focus. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) returns the object's text including this character. | -| On Resize | Integer | 29 | The form window is resized or the subform object is resized (in this case the event is generated in the form method of the subform) | -| On After Sort | Integer | 30 | (*List box only*) A standard sort has just been carried out in a list box column | -| On Selection Change | Integer | 31 | *List box & 4D View Pro*: The current selection of rows or columns is modified *Records in list*: The current record or the current selection of rows is modified in a list form or subform *Hierarchical list*: The selection in the list is modified following a click or a keystroke *Enterable field or variable*: The text selection or the position of the cursor in the area is modified following a click or a keystroke | -| On Column Moved | Integer | 32 | (*List box only*) A list box column is moved by the user via drag and drop | -| On Column Resize | Integer | 33 | (*List box and 4D View Pro*) The width of a column is modified by a user with the mouse | -| On Row Moved | Integer | 34 | (*List box only*) A list box row is moved by the user via drag and drop | -| On Mouse Enter | Integer | 35 | The mouse cursor enters the graphic area of an object | -| On Mouse Leave | Integer | 36 | The mouse cursor leaves the graphic area of an object | -| On Mouse Move | Integer | 37 | The mouse cursor moves at least one pixel OR a modifier key (Shift, Alt, Shift Lock) was pressed. If the event is checked for an object only, it is generated only when the cursor is within the graphic area of the object | -| On Alternative Click | Integer | 38 | *3D buttons*: The “arrow” area of a 3D button is clicked*List boxes*: In a column of an object array, an ellipsis button ("alternateButton" attribute) is clicked
**Note**: Ellipsis buttons are only available for versions v15 or higher. | -| On Long Click | Integer | 39 | (*3D buttons only*) A 3D button is clicked and the mouse button remains pushed for a certain lapse of time | -| On Load Record | Integer | 40 | During entry in list, a record is loaded during modification (the user clicks on a record line and a field changes to editing mode) | -| On Before Data Entry | Integer | 41 | (*List box only*) A list box cell is about to change to editing mode | -| On Header Click | Integer | 42 | (*List box and 4D View Pro*) A click occurs in a column header | -| On Expand | Integer | 43 | (Hierarchical lists and hierarchical list boxes) An element of the hierarchical list or hierarchical list box has been expanded using a click or a keystroke | -| On Collapse | Integer | 44 | (Hierarchical lists and hierarchical list boxes) An element of the hierarchical list or hierarchical list box has been collapsed using a click or a keystroke | -| On After Edit | Integer | 45 | The contents of the enterable object that has the focus has just been modified | -| On Begin Drag Over | Integer | 46 | An object is being dragged | -| On Begin URL Loading | Integer | 47 | (*Web areas only*) A new URL is loaded in the Web area | -| On URL Resource Loading | Integer | 48 | (*Web areas only*) A new resource is loaded in the Web area | -| On End URL Loading | Integer | 49 | (*Web areas only*) All the resources of the URL have been loaded | -| On URL Loading Error | Integer | 50 | (*Web areas only*) An error occurred when the URL was loading | -| On URL Filtering | Integer | 51 | (*Web areas only*) A URL was blocked by the Web area | -| On Open External Link | Integer | 52 | (*Web areas only*) An external URL has been opened in the browser | -| On Window Opening Denied | Integer | 53 | (*Web areas only*) A pop-up window has been blocked | -| On bound variable change | Integer | 54 | The variable bound to a subform is modified. | -| On Page Change | Integer | 56 | The current page of the form is changed | -| On Footer Click | Integer | 57 | (*List boxes only*) A click occurs in the footer of a list box or a list box column | -| On Delete Action | Integer | 58 | (Hierarchical lists and List boxes) The user attempts to delete an item | -| On Scroll | Integer | 59 | The user scrolls the contents of a picture field or variable using the mouse or keyboard. | -| On Row Resize | Integer | 60 | *(4D View Pro only)* The height of a row is modified by a user with the mouse | -| On VP Range Changed | Integer | 61 | The 4D View Pro cell range has changed (e.g., a formula calculation, value removed from a cell, etc.) | - -**Note:** The events specific to output forms cannot be used with **project forms**. This includes: On Display Detail, On Open Detail, On Close Detail, On Load Record, On Header, On Printing Detail, On Printing Break, On Printing Footer. - -#### Events and Methods - -When a form event occurs, 4D performs the following actions: - -* First, it browses the objects of the form and calls the object method for any object (involved in the event) whose corresponding object event property has been selected. -* Second, it calls the form method if the corresponding form event property has been selected. - -Do not assume that the object methods, if any, will be called in a particular order. The rule of thumb is that the object methods are always called before the form method. If an object is a subform, the object methods of the subform’s list form are called, then the form method of the list form is called. 4D then continues to call the object methods of the parent form. In other words, when an object is a subform, 4D uses the same rule of thumb for the object and form methods within the subform object. - -Except for the On Load and On Unload events, if the form event property is not selected for a given event, this does not prevent calls to object methods for the objects whose same event property is selected. In other words, enabling or disabling an event at the form level has no effect on the object event properties. - -The number of objects involved in an event depends on the nature of the event: - -* On Load event - All the objects of the form (from any page) whose On Load object event property is selected will have their object method called. Then, if the On Load form event property is selected, the form will have its form method called. -* On Activate or On Resize event - No object method will be called, because this event applies to the form as a whole and not to a particular object. Consequently, if the On Activate form event property is selected, only the form will have its form method called. -* On Timer event - This event is generated only if the form method contains a previous call to the [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) command. If the On Timer form event property is selected, only the form method will receive the event, no object method will be called. -* On Drag Over event - Only the droppable object involved in the event will have its object method called if the "Droppable" event property is selected for it. The form method will not be called. -* Conversely, for the On Begin Drag Over event, the object method or form method of the object being dragged will be called (if the "Draggable" event property is selected for the it). - -**WARNING:** Unlike all other events, during a On Begin Drag Over event, the method called is executed in the context of the process of the drag and drop source object, not in that of the drag and drop destination object. For more information, see the *Drag and Drop* section. - -* If the On Mouse Enter, On Mouse Move and On Mouse Leave events have been checked for the form, they are generated for each form object. If they are checked for an object, they are generated only for that object. When there are superimposed objects, the event is generated by the first object capable of managing it that is found going in order from top level to bottom. Objects that are made invisible using the [OBJECT SET VISIBLE](object-set-visible.md) command do not generate these events. During object entry, other objects may receive these type of events depending on the position of the mouse. -Note that the On Mouse Move event is generated not only when the mouse cursor is moved but also when the user presses a modifier key such as **Shift**, **Shift Lock**, **Ctrl** or **Option** (this makes it possible to manage copy- or move-type drag-and-drop operations). -* Records in list: The sequence of calls to methods and form events in the list forms displayed via [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) and [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) and the subforms is as follows: - -| For each object in the header area: | -| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Object method with On Header event Form method with On Header event For each record: For each object in the detail area: Object method with On Display Detail event Form method with On Display Detail event | -* Calling a 4D command that displays a dialog box from the On Display Detail and On Header events is not allowed and will cause a syntax error to occur. More particularly, the commands concerned are: [ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md), [Request](request.md), [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) and [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* On Page Change: This event is only available at the form level (it is called in the form method). It is generated each time the current page of the form changes (following a call to the [FORM GOTO PAGE](form-goto-page.md) command or a standard navigation action). Note that it is generated after the page is fully loaded, i.e. once all the objects it contains are initialized (including Web areas). This event is useful for executing code that requires all objects to be initialized beforehand. You can also use it to optimize the application by executing code (for example, a search) only after a specific page of the form is displayed and not just as soon as page 1 is loaded. If the user does not go to this page, the code is not executed . - -The following table summarizes how object and form methods are called for each event type: - -| **Event** | **Object Methods** | **Form Method** | **Which Objects** | -| ------------------------ | ------------------------------------ | --------------- | ---------------------- | -| On Load | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Unload | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Validate | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Clicked | Yes (if clickable or enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Double Clicked | Yes (if clickable or enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Before Keystroke | Yes (if enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On After Keystroke | Yes (if enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On After Edit | Yes (if enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Getting Focus | Yes (if tabbable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Losing Focus | Yes (if tabbable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Activate | Never | Yes | None | -| On Deactivate | Never | Yes | None | -| On Outside Call | Never | Yes | None | -| On Page Change | Never | Yes | None | -| On Begin Drag Over | Yes (if draggable) (\*\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Drop | Yes (if droppable) (\*\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Drag Over | Yes (if droppable) (\*\*) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Mouse Enter | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Mouse Move | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Mouse Leave | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Mouse Up | Yes | Never | Involved object only | -| On Menu Selected | Never | Yes | None | -| On Bound variable change | Never | Yes | None | -| On Data Change | Yes (if modifiable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Plug in Area | Yes | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Header | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Printing Detail | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Printing Break | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Printing Footer | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Close Box | Never | Yes | None | -| On Display Detail | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Open Detail | No, except for List boxes | Yes | None except List boxes | -| On Close Detail | No, except for List boxes | Yes | None except List boxes | -| On Resize | Never | Yes | None | -| On Selection Change | Yes (\*\*\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Load Record | Never | Yes | None | -| On Timer | Never | Yes | None | -| On Scroll | Yes | Never | Involved object only | -| On Before Data Entry | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Column Moved | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Row Moved | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Column Resize | Yes (List box and 4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Header Click | Yes (List box and 4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Footer Click | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On After Sort | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Long Click | Yes (3D button) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Alternative Click | Yes (3D button and List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Expand | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Collapse | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Delete Action | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On URL Resource Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Begin URL Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On URL Loading Error | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On URL Filtering | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On End URL Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Open External Link | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Window Opening Denied | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On VP Ready | Yes (4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Row Resize | Yes (4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | - - -(\*) For more infomation, see the "Events, Objects and Properties" section below. -(\*\*) Refer to the "*Drag and Drop*" chapter for more information. -(\*\*\*) Only list box, hierarchical list and subform type objects support this event. - -**IMPORTANT:** Always keep in mind that, for any event, the method of a form or an object is called if the corresponding event property is selected for the form or objects. The benefit of disabling events in the Design environment (using the Property List of the Form editor) is that you can greatly reduce the number of calls to methods and therefore significantly optimize the execution speed of your forms. - -**WARNING:** The On Load and On Unload events are generated for objects if they are enabled for both the objects and the form to which the objects belong. If the events are enabled for objects only, they will not occur; these two events must also be enabled at the form level. - -#### Events, Objects and Properties - -An object method is called if the event can actually occur for the object, depending on its nature and properties. The following section details the events you will generally use to handle the various types of objects. -Keep in mind that the Property List of the Form editor only displays the events compatible with the selected object or the form. - -##### Clickable Objects - -Clickable objects are mainly handled using the mouse. They include: - -* Boolean enterable fields or variables -* Buttons, default buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, button grids -* 3D Buttons, 3D radio buttons, 3D check boxes -* Pop-up menus, hierarchical pop-up menus, picture menus -* Drop-down lists, menus/drop-down lists -* Scrollable areas, hierarchical lists, list boxes and list box columns -* Invisible buttons, highlight buttons, radio pictures -* Thermometers, rulers, dials (also known as slider objects) -* Tab controls -* Splitters. - -After the On Clicked or On Double Clicked object event property is selected for one of these objects, you can detect and handle the clicks within or on the object, using the [Form event](form-event.md "Form event") command that returns On Clicked or On Double Clicked, depending on the case. - -**Note:** Starting with 4D v14, enterable fields and variables containing text (of the text, date, time, or number type) also generate the On Clicked and On Double Clicked events. - -If both events are selected for an object, the On Clicked and then the On Double Clicked events will be generated when the user double-clicks the object. - -For all these objects, the On Clicked event occurs once the mouse button is released. However, there are several exceptions: - -* Invisible buttons - The On Clicked event occurs as soon as the click is made and does not wait for the mouse button to be released. -* Slider objects (thermometers, rulers, and dials) - If the display format indicates that the object method must be called while you are sliding the control, the On Clicked event occurs as soon as the click is made. - -In the context of an On Clicked event, you can test the number of clicks made by the user by means of the [Clickcount](clickcount.md) command. - -**Note:** Some of these objects can be activated with the keyboard. For example, once a check box gets the focus, it can be entered using the space bar. In such a case, an On Clicked event is still generated. - -**WARNING:** Combo boxes are not considered to be clickable objects. A combo box must be treated as an enterable text area whose associated drop-down list provides default values. Consequently, you handle data entry within a combo box through the On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke and On Data Change events. - -**Note**: Starting with 4D v13, pop-up menu/drop-down list and hierarchical pop-up menus can generate the On Data Change event. This allows you to detect the activation of the object when a value different from the current value is selected. - -##### Keyboard Enterable Objects - -Keyboard enterable objects are objects into which you enter data using the keyboard and for which you may filter the data entry at the lowest level by detecting On After Edit, On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke and On Selection Change events. You can take advantage of these events using the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) command. -Keyboard enterable objects and data types include: - -* All enterable field objects of the alpha, text, date, time, number or (On After Edit only) picture type -* All enterable variables of the alpha, text, date, time, number or (On After Edit only) picture type -* Combo boxes (except On Selection Change) -* List boxes. - -**Note:** Starting with 4D v14, enterable fields and variables containing text (of the text, date, time, or number type) also generate the On Clicked and On Double Clicked events. - -**Note:** Even though they are “enterable” objects, hierarchical lists do not manage the On After Edit, On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke form events (see also the “Hierarchical lists” paragraph below). - -* On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke -**Note:** The On After Keystroke event can generally be replaced by the On After Edit event (see below). -After the On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke event properties are selected for an object, you can detect and handle the keystrokes within the object, using the Form event code command that will return On Before Keystroke and then On After Keystroke (for more information, please refer to the description of the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) command). These events are also activated by language commands that simulate a user action like [POST KEY](post-key.md). -Keep in mind that user modifications that are not carried out using the keyboard (paste, drag-drop, etc.) are not taken into account. To process these events, you must use On After Edit. -**Note:** The On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke events are not generated when using an input method. An input method (or IME, Input Method Editor) is a program or a system component that can be used to enter complex characters or symbols (for example, Japanese or Chinese) using a Western keyboard. - -* On After Edit -When it is used, this event is generated after each change made to the contents of an enterable object, regardless of the action that caused the change, i.e.: -\- Standard editing actions which modify content like paste, cut, delete or cancel; -\- Dropping a value (action similar to paste); -\- Any keyboard entry made by the user; in this case, the On After Edit event is generated after the On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke events, if they are used. -\- Any modification made using a language command that simulates a user action (i.e., [POST KEY](post-key.md)). - -Be aware that the following actions do NOT trigger this event: -\- Editing actions that do not modify the contents of the area like copy or select all; or dragging a value (action similar to copy); however, these actions do modify the location of the cursor and thus trigger the On Selection Change event. -\- Any modifications made to the contents by programming, except for the commands simulating a user action. -This event can be used to control user actions in order, for example, to prevent the pasting in of text that is too long, to block certain characters or to prevent a password field from being cut. -* On Selection Change -When it is applied to a text field or variable (enterable or not), this event is triggered each time the position of the cursor changes. This happens, for instance, as soon as the user selects text using the mouse or keyboard arrow keys, or when the user enters text. This lets you call, for example, commands such as [GET HIGHLIGHT](get-highlight.md). - -##### Modifiable Objects - -Modifiable objects have a data source whose value can be changed using the mouse or the keyboard; they are not truly considered as user interface controls handled through the On Clicked event. They include: - -* All enterable field objects (except BLOBs) -* All enterable variables (except BLOBs, pointers, and arrays) -* Combo boxes -* External objects (for which full data entry is accepted by the plug-in) -* Hierarchical lists -* List boxes and list box columns. - -These objects receive On Data Change events. After the On Data Change object event property is selected for one of these objects, you can detect and handle the change of the data source value, using the **Form event code** command that will return On Data Change. The event is generated as soon as the variable associated with the object is updated internally by 4D (i.e., in general, when the entry area of the object loses the focus). - -##### Tabbable Objects - -Tabbable objects get the focus when you use the Tab key to reach them and/or click on them. The object having the focus receives the characters (typed on the keyboard) that are not modifiers to a menu item or to an object such as a button. - -All objects are tabbable, EXCEPT the following: - -* Non-enterable fields or variables -* Button grids -* 3D buttons, 3D radio buttons, 3D check boxes -* Pop-up menus, hierarchical pop-up menus -* Menus/drop-down lists -* Picture menus -* Scrollable areas -* Invisible buttons, highlight buttons, radio picture buttons -* Graphs -* External objects (for which full data entry is accepted by the 4D plug-in) -* Tab controls -* Splitters. - -After the On Getting Focus and/or On losing Focus object event properties are selected for a tabbable object, you can detect and handle the change of focus, using the Form event code command that will return On Getting Focus or On losing Focus, depending on the case. - -##### 3D buttons - -3D buttons let you set up advanced graphic interfaces (for a description of 3D buttons, refer to the Design Reference manual). In addition to generic events, two specific events can be used to manage these buttons: - -* On Long Click: This event is generated when a 3D button receives a click and the mouse button is held for a certain length of time. In theory, the length of time for which this event is generated is equal to the maximum length of time separating a double-click, as defined in the system preferences. -This event can be generated for all styles of 3D buttons, 3D radio buttons and 3D check boxes, with the exception of “previous generation” 3D buttons (i.e. background offset style) and arrow areas of 3D buttons with a pop-up menu (see below). -This event is generally used to display pop-up menus in case of long button clicks. The On Clicked event, if enabled, is generated if the user releases the mouse button before the “long click” time limit. -* On Alternative Click: Some 3D button styles can be linked to a pop-up menu and display an arrow. Clicking on this arrow causes a selection pop-up to appear that provides a set of alternative actions in relation to the primary button action. -4D allows you to manage this type of button using the On Alternative Click event. This event is generated when the user clicks on the “arrow” (as soon as the mouse button is held down): -\- If the pop-up menu is “separated,” the event is only generated when a click occurs on the portion of the button with the arrow. -\- If the pop-up menu is “linked,” the event is generated when a click occurs on any part of the button. Please note that the On Long Click event cannot be generated with this type of button. - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png) - -The following 3D button, 3D radio button and 3D check box styles accept the “With pop-up menu” property: None, Toolbar button, Bevel, Rounded bevel and Office XP. - -##### List boxes - -Several form events can be used to manage various specific features of list boxes: - -* On Before Data Entry: This event is generated just before a cell in the list box is edited (before the entry cursor is displayed). This event allows the developer, for example, to display a different text depending on whether the user is in the display or edit mode. -* On Selection Change: This event is generated each time the current selection of rows or columns of the list box is modified. This event is also generated for lists of records and hierarchical lists. -* On Column Moved: This event is generated when a column of the list box is moved by the user using drag and drop. It is not generated if the column is dragged and then dropped in its initial location. The [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) command returns the new position of the column. -* On Row Moved: This event is generated when a row of the list box is moved by the user using drag and drop. It is not generated if the row is dragged and then dropped in its initial location. -* On Column Resize: This event is generated when the width of a column in the list box is modified by a user. Starting with 4D v16, the event is triggered "live," i.e., sent continuously during the event, for as long as the list box or column concerned is being resized. This resizing is performed manually by a user, or may occur as a result of the list box and its column(s) being resized along with the form window itself (whether the form is resized manually or using the [RESIZE FORM WINDOW](resize-form-window.md) command). -**Note:** The On Column Resize event is not triggered when a "fake" column is resized (for more information on fake columns, please refer to *Resizing Options theme*). -* On Expand and On Collapse: These events are generated when a row of the hierarchical list box is expanded or collapsed. -* On Header Click: This event is generated when a click occurs on the header of a column in the list box. In this case, the [Self](self.md) command lets you find out the header of the column that was clicked. The On Clicked event is generated when a right click (Windows) or Ctrl+click (Mac OS) occurs on a column or column header. You can test the number of clicks made by the user by means of the [Clickcount](clickcount.md) command. -If the **Sortable** property was checked in the list box, you can decide whether or not to authorize a standard sort of the column by passing the value 0 or -1 in the $0 variable: -\- If $0 equals 0, a standard sort is performed. -\- If $0 equals -1, a standard sort is not performed and the header does not display the sort arrow. The developer can still generate a column sort based on customized sort criteria using the 4D array management commands. -If the **Sortable** property is not selected for the list box, the $0 variable is not used. -* On Footer Click: This event is available for a list box or list box column object. It is generated when a click occurs in the footer of a list box or a list box column. In this case, the [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) command returns a pointer to the variable of the footer that is clicked. The event is generated for both left and right clicks. -You can test the number of clicks made by the user by means of the [Clickcount](clickcount.md) command. -* On After Sort: This event is generated just after a standard sort is performed (i.e. it is not generated if $0 returns -1 in the On Header Click event). This mechanism is useful for storing the directions of the last sort performed by the user. In this event, the [Self](self.md) command returns a pointer to the variable of the sorted column header. -* On Delete Action: This event is generated each time a user attempts to delete the selected item(s) by pressing a deletion key (**Delete** or **Backspace**) or selecting a menu item whose associated standard action is 'Clear' (such as the **Clear** command in the **Edit** menu). This event is only available at the level of the list box object. Note that generating the event is the only action carried out by 4D: the program does not delete any items. It is up to the developer to handle the deletion and any prior warning messages that are displayed. -* On Scroll (new in v15): This event is generated as soon as a user scrolls the rows or columns of the list box. The event is only generated when the scroll is the result of a user action: using the scroll bars and/or cursors, using the mouse wheel or the keyboard. It is not generated when scrolling is due to the execution of the [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md) command. -This event is triggered after any other user event related to the scrolling action (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). The event is only generated in the object method (not in the form method). Refer to example 15. -* On Alternative Click (new in v15): This event is generated in columns of object array type list boxes, when the user clicks on a widget ellipsis button ("alternateButton" attribute). For more information, refer to the *Using object arrays in columns* section. - -Two generic events can also be used in the context of "selection" type list boxes: - -* On Open Detail: This event is generated when a record is about to be displayed in the detail form associated with a "selection" type list box (and before this form is opened). -* On Close Detail: This event is generated when a record displayed in the detail form associated with a "selection" type list box is about to be closed (regardless of whether or not the record was modified). - -##### Hierarchical lists - -In addition to generic events, several specific events can be used to handle user actions performed on hierarchical lists: - -* On Selection Change: This event is generated every time the selection in the hierarchical list is modified after a mouse click or keystroke. -This event is also generated in list box objects and record lists. -* On Expand: This event is generated every time an element of the hierarchical list is expanded with a mouse click or keystroke. -* On Collapse: This event is generated every time an element of the hierarchical list is collapsed with a mouse click or keystroke. -* On Delete Action: This event is generated each time a user attempts to delete the selected item(s) by pressing a deletion key (**Delete** or **Backspace**) or selecting the **Delete** command from the **Edit** menu. Note that generating the event is the only action carried out by 4D: the program does not delete any items. It is up to the developer to handle the deletion and any prior warning messages that are displayed (see the example). - -These events are not mutually exclusive. They can be generated one after another for a hierarchical list: -\- Following a keystroke (in order): - -| **Event** | **Context** | -| ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | Element was edited | -| | On Expand/On Collapse | Opening/Closing of a sublist using the -> or <- arrow keys | -| On Selection Change | Selection of a new element | -| On Clicked | Activation of the list using keyboard | - -\- Following a mouse click (in order): - -| **Event** | **Context** | -| ------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | Element was edited | -| On Expand/On Collapse | Opening/Closing of a sublist using the expand/collapse icons or | -| Double-click on non-editable sublist | | -| On Selection Change | Selection of a new element | -| On Clicked / On Double Clicked | Activation of the list using click or double-click | - - -##### Picture fields and variables - -* The On Scroll form event is generated as soon as a user scrolls a picture within the area (field or variable) that contains it. You can scroll the contents of a picture area when the size of the area is smaller than its contents and the display format is "**Truncated (non Centered)**". For more information about this, refer to *Picture formats*. -The event is generated when the scroll is the result of a user action: using the scroll bars and/or cursors, using the mouse wheel or the keyboard (for more information about scrolling using the keyboard, refer to *Scroll bars*). It is not generated when the object is scrolled due to the execution of the [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md) command. This event is triggered after any other user event related to the scrolling action (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). It is generated in the object method (not in the form method). Refer to example 14. -* (New in v16) The On Mouse Up event is generated when the user has just released the left mouse button while dragging in a picture area (field or variable). This event is useful, for example, when you want the user to be able to move, resize or draw objects in a SVG area. -When the On Mouse Up event is generated, you can get the local coordinates where the mouse button was released. These coordinates are returned in the **MouseX** and **MouseY** *System Variables*. The coordinates are expressed in pixels with respect to the top left corner of the picture (0,0). -When using this event, you must also use the [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) command to handle cases where the "state manager" of the form is desynchronized, i.e. when the On Mouse Up event is not received after a click. This is the case for example when an alert dialog box is displayed above the form while the mouse button has not been released. For more information and an example of use of the On Mouse Up event, please refer to the description of the [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) command. - -**Note:** If the "Draggable" option is checked for the picture object, the On Mouse Up event is never generated. - -##### Subforms - -A subform container object (object included in the parent form, which contains one subform instance) supports the following events: - -* On Load and On Unload: respectively opening and closing of the subform (these events must also have been activated at the parent form level in order to be taken into account). Note that these events are generated before those of the parent form. Also note that, in accordance with the operating principles of form events, if the subform is placed on a page other than page 0 or 1, these events will only be generated when that page is displayed/closed (and not when the form is displayed/closed. -* On Validate: validation of data entry in the subform. -* On Data Change: the value of the variable of the subform object has been modified. -* On Getting Focus and On Losing Focus: subform container just got or lost the focus. These events are generated in the method of the subform object when they are checked. They are sent to the form method of the subform, which means, for example, that you can manage the display of navigation buttons in the subform according to the focus. -Note that subform objects can themselves have the focus. -* On Bound Variable Change: This specific event is generated in the context of the form method of the subform as soon as a value is assigned to the variable bound with the subform in the parent form (even if the same value is reassigned) and if the subform belongs to the current form page or to page 0\. For more information about managing subforms, please refer to the *Design Reference* manual. - -**Note:** It is possible to specify any custom event type that could be generated in a subform via the [CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) command. This command lets you call the container object method and to pass an event code to it. - -The following events are also received in the form method of the subform: - -* On Clicked and On Double Clicked \- these events generated in the subform are received first by the form method of the subform and then by the form method of the host form. -* On Resize \- this event is sent to the subform form method when the size of the subform object in the parent form has changed. - -##### Web Areas - -Seven form events are available specifically for Web areas: - -* On Begin URL Loading: This event is generated at the start of loading a new URL in the Web area. The "URL" variable associated with the Web area can be used to find out the URL being loaded. -**Note:** The URL being loaded is different from the current URL (refer to the description of the [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md) command). -* On URL Resource Loading: This event is generated each time a new resource (picture, frame, etc.) is loaded on the current Web page. -The "Progression" variable associated with the area lets you find out the current state of the loading. -* On End URL Loading: This event is generated when all the resources of the current URL have been loaded. -You can call the [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md) command in order to find out the URL that was loaded. -* On URL Loading Error: This event is generated when an error is detected during the loading of a URL. -You can call the [WA GET LAST URL ERROR](wa-get-last-url-error.md) command in order to get information about the error. -* On URL Filtering: This event is generated when the loading of a URL is blocked by the Web area because of a filter set up using the [WA SET URL FILTERS](wa-set-url-filters.md) command. -You can find out the blocked URL using the [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md) command. -* On Open External Link: This event is generated when the loading of a URL was blocked by the Web area and the URL was opened with the current system browser, because of a filter set up via the [WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md) command. -You can find out the blocked URL using the [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md) command. -* On Window Opening Denied: This event is generated when the opening of a pop-up window is blocked by the Web area. 4D Web areas do not allow the opening of pop-up windows. -You can find out the blocked URL using the [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md) command. - -##### 4D View Pro areas - -The following events are available for 4D View Pro areas. - -* On After Edit: This event is generated after an edit has been made in the 4D View Pro area. -* On Clicked: This event is generated when a click occurs in the viewport of 4D View Pro area (outside of headers, scrollbars or toolbar) -* On Column Resize: This event is generated when the width of a column is modified by a user. -* On Double Clicked: This event is generated when a double click occurs in the 4D View Pro area. -* On Header Click:This event is generated when a click occurs in a column or row header. -* On Row Resize: This event is generated when the height of a row is modified by a user. -* On Selection Change: This event is generated when the current selection of rows or columns is modified. -* On VP ReadyThis event is generated when the 4D View Pro area loading is complete. You need to use this event to write initialization code for the area. - -For more information about these events, please refer to the *On VP Ready form event* section. - -#### Example 1 - -This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: - -```4d -  //Method of a form - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Validate) -       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date - End case -``` - -#### Example 2 - -In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: - -```4d -  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asBurgerSize#0) -          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) - End case -``` - -#### Example 3 - -This example shows how, in an object method, to accept and later handle a drag and drop operation for a field object that only accepts picture values. - -```4d -  //[aTable]aPicture enterable picture field object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Drag Over) -  //A drag-and-drop operation has started and the mouse is currently over the field -  //Get the information about the source object -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -  //Note that we do not need to test the source process ID number -  //for the object method executed since it is in the same process -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -  //Is the source data a picture (field, variable or array)? -       If(($vlDataType=Is picture)|($vlDataType=Picture array)) -  //If so, accept the drag. -          $0:=0 -       Else -  //If so, refuse the drag -          $0:=-1 -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Drop) -  //The source data has been dropped on the object, we therefore need to copy it -  //into the object -  //Get the information about the source object -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -       Case of -  //The source object is Picture field or variable -          :($vlDataType=Is picture) -  //Is the source object from the same process (thus from the same window and form)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //If so, just copy the source value -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject-> -             Else -  //If not, is the source object a variable? -                If(Is a variable($vpSrcObject)) -  //If so, get the value from the source process -                   GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->;$vgDraggedPict) -                   [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -                Else -  //If not, use CALL PROCESS to get the field value from the source process -                End if -             End if -  //The source object is an array of pictures -          :($vlDataType=Picture array) -  //Is the source object from the same process (thus from the same window and form)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //If so, just copy the source value -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement} -             Else -  //If not, get the value from the source process -                GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement};$vgDraggedPict) -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -             End if -       End case - End case -``` - -**Note:** For other examples showing how to handle On Drag Over and On Drop events, see the examples of the *\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* command. - -#### Example 4 - -This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: - -```4d -  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Header) -  //A header area is about to be printed -       Case of -          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //Code for the first break header goes here -          :(Level=1) -  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here -          :(Level=2) -  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -  //A record is about to be printed -  //Code for each record goes here -    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) -  //A break area is about to be printed -       Case of -          :(Level=0) -  //Code for a break level 0 goes here -          :(Level=1) -  //Code for a break level 1 goes here -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) -       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //Code for the last footer goes here -       Else -  //Code for a footer goes here -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Example 5 - -This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. - -```4d -  //A form method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" -    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" -    :(Form event code=On Header") -       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" -    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" -    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" -    :(Form event code=On Activate) -       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" -    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) -       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" -    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) -       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" -    Else -       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) - End case - SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) -``` - -#### Example 6 - -For examples on how to handle On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. - -#### Example 7 - -This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: - -```4d -  //asChoices scrollable area object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  //... -       asChoices:=0 -    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //An item has been clicked, do something here -  //... -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 8 - -This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: - -```4d -  //asChoices scrollable area object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  // ... -       asChoices:=0 -       asChoices{0}:="0" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) -  //A new item has been clicked, do something here -  //... -  //Save the new selected element for the next time -             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) -          End if -       Else -          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Example 9 - -This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the On Getting Focus and On Losing Focus events: - -```4d -  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       var vtStatusArea : Text -       vtStatusArea:="" -    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) -       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) -       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) -          Case of -             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field -                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" -  //... -             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field -                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" -  //... -          End case -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) -       vtStatusArea:="" -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 10 - -This example shows how to respond to a close window event with a form used for record data entry: - -```4d -  //Method for an input form - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Close Box) -       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) -          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") -          If(OK=1) -             ACCEPT -          Else -             CANCEL -          End if -       Else -          CANCEL -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 11 - -This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: - -```4d -  //[Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 12 - -This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: - -```4d -  //[Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 13 - -The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: - -```4d - ... //method of hierarchical list -:(Form event code=On Delete Action) - ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) - $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) - $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) -  - Case of -    :($n=0) -       ALERT("No item selected") -       OK:=0 -    :($n=1) -       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") -    :($n>1) -       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") - End case -  - If(OK=1) -    For($i;1;$n) -       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) -    End for - End if -``` - -#### Example 14 - -In this example, the On Scroll form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): - -```4d - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -  // we take the position of the left picture -       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) -  // and we apply it to the right picture -       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) - End case -``` - -Result: - -#### Example 15 - -You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: - -```4d - Case of -  -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -  -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) -       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it -       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box -  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers -  //but we should handle horizontal clipping -  //as well as scroll bars -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) -          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       Else -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) -       End if -  - End case -``` - -As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) - -#### See also - -*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* -[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) -[Current form table](current-form-table.md) -[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[FORM Event](form-event.md) -[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) -[Keystroke](keystroke.md) -[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) -[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md index b0018d98fa5350..549a2e829722a3 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -FORM FIRST PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the first form page. If no form is being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command, or if the first form page is already displayed, FORM FIRST PAGE does nothing. +FORM FIRST PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the first form page. If no form is being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command, or if the first form page is already displayed, FORM FIRST PAGE does nothing. #### Example diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md index dc87ba568f6be5..c2be04a24cfd5a 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The **FORM Get current page** command returns the number of the currently displayed form page or of the current form loaded by the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command. +The **FORM Get current page** command returns the number of the currently displayed form page or of the current form loaded by the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command. The *\** parameter is useful when the command is called in the context of a page type subform containing several pages. In this case, when you pass this parameter, the command changes the page of the current subform (the one that called the command). By default, when the *\** parameter is omitted, the command is always applied to the parent form. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md index db69f228762361..97615769b016b8 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ Examples of typical use: #### See also *Forms* -[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](../commands/method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md index 710459498bcfd7..c1cd5cd7830cde 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **FORM GOTO PAGE** changes the currently displayed form page to the form page specified by *pageNumber*. -If no form is displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command, or if *pageNumber* corresponds to the current page of the form, **FORM GOTO PAGE** does nothing. If *pageNumber* is greater than the number of pages, the last page is displayed. If *pageNumber* is less than one, the first page is displayed. +If no form is displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command, or if *pageNumber* corresponds to the current page of the form, **FORM GOTO PAGE** does nothing. If *pageNumber* is greater than the number of pages, the last page is displayed. If *pageNumber* is less than one, the first page is displayed. The *\** parameter is useful when the command is called in the context of a page type subform containing several pages. In this case, when you pass this parameter, the command changes the page of the current subform (the one that called the command). By default, when the *\** parameter is omitted, the command is always applied to the parent form. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Automatic action buttons perform the same tasks as the [FORM FIRST PAGE](form-fi Page commands can be used with input forms or with forms displayed in dialogs. Output forms use only the first page. A form always has at least one page—the first page. Remember that regardless of the number of pages a form has, only one form method exists for each form. * Use the [FORM Get current page](form-get-current-page.md) command to find out which page is being displayed. -* Use the On Page Change [Form event code](form-event-code.md) that is generated each time the current page of the form changes. +* Use the On Page Change [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) that is generated each time the current page of the form changes. **Note:** When **designing** a form, you can work with pages 1 through X, as well as with page 0, in which you put objects that will appear in all of the pages. When **using** a form, and therefore when calling page commands, you work with pages 1 through X; page 0 is automatically combined with the page being displayed. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md index 7ae424aee2d696..5a8f60ca90fa9b 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -FORM LAST PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the last form page. If a form is not being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command, or if the last form page is already displayed, FORM LAST PAGE does nothing. +FORM LAST PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the last form page. If a form is not being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command, or if the last form page is already displayed, FORM LAST PAGE does nothing. #### Example diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md index 08bb8ff2883dc5..e482ed93033934 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -FORM NEXT PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the next form page. If no form is being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command, or if the last form page is already displayed, FORM NEXT PAGE does nothing. +FORM NEXT PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the next form page. If no form is being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command, or if the last form page is already displayed, FORM NEXT PAGE does nothing. #### Example diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md index 941ad12e570011..0a4650a77ed4d9 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -FORM PREVIOUS PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the previous form page. If no form is being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command, or if the first form page is already displayed, FORM PREVIOUS PAGE does nothing. +FORM PREVIOUS PAGE changes the currently displayed form page to the previous form page. If no form is being displayed or loaded by the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command, or if the first form page is already displayed, FORM PREVIOUS PAGE does nothing. #### Example diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md index ee5f173603503d..ce802c3dd42066 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The FORM SCREENSHOT command returns a form as a picture. This command accepts two different syntaxes: depending on the syntax used, you get either a picture of an executed form, or a picture of the form in the Form editor. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( formPict ) -This syntax gets a screenshot of the current page of the form being executed or loaded by means of the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command: the picture returned in the *formPict* parameter contains all the form's visible objects with the current field and variable values of the form, subform, and so on. The form is returned in full, without taking the size of the window that contains it into account. +This syntax gets a screenshot of the current page of the form being executed or loaded by means of the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command: the picture returned in the *formPict* parameter contains all the form's visible objects with the current field and variable values of the form, subform, and so on. The form is returned in full, without taking the size of the window that contains it into account. Note that this syntax only works with input forms. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( {*aTable* ;} formName; formPict{; *pageNum*} ) This syntax gets a screenshot of a form "template" as it is displayed in the Form editor. All visible objects are drawn like they are in the editor; the command takes inherited forms and objects placed on page 0 into account. @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ By default, the command returns a screenshot of page 1 of the form. If you only #### See also -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-unload.md b/docs/commands-legacy/form-unload.md index 264464027f6721..81090383e198a5 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-unload.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/form-unload.md @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The **FORM UNLOAD** command releases from memory the current form designated using the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command. +The **FORM UNLOAD** command releases from memory the current form designated using the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command. -Calling this command is necessary when you use the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command outside of the printing context (in the case of printing, the current form is automatically closed again when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) command is called). +Calling this command is necessary when you use the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command outside of the printing context (in the case of printing, the current form is automatically closed again when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) command is called). #### See also -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md b/docs/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md index c502e3d86cc9e1..0ecaa05679d703 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The **Get edited text** command is mainly to be used with the On After Edit form event to retrieve the text as it is being entered. It can also be used with the On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke form events. For more information about those form events, please refer to the description of the command [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +The **Get edited text** command is mainly to be used with the On After Edit form event to retrieve the text as it is being entered. It can also be used with the On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke form events. For more information about those form events, please refer to the description of the command [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). The combination of this command with On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke form events works as follows: @@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ Here is an example of how to process on the fly characters entered in a text fie #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md b/docs/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md index 6cbd108913dc67..b08faaf9b316df 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs This command can be used in two contexts: * During the On Header form event, in the context of [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands. -* During the On Printing Detail form event, in the context of the [Print form](print-form.md) command. +* During the On Printing Detail form event, in the context of the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. The coordinates are returned in pixels (1 pixel = 1/72 inch). diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md b/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md index 68520d4e73aa61..829182e0773231 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ To know the total size of the page, you can: #### See also [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md b/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md index 58afaa7c94e582..7b001b8c96c863 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The GET PRINTABLE MARGIN command returns the current values of the different margins defined using the [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands. +The GET PRINTABLE MARGIN command returns the current values of the different margins defined using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands. The values are returned in pixels with respect to the paper edges. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ It is possible to obtain the paper size as well as to calculate the printable ar By default, the printing calculation in 4D is based on “printable margins”. The advantage of this system is that the forms adapt themselves automatically to the new printers (since they are positioned in the printable area). On the other hand, in the case of pre-printed forms, it was not possible to position the elements to be printed precisely because changing the printer can modify the printable margins. -It is possible to base the form printing carried out using the [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands on a fixed margin which is identical on each printer: the paper margins, i.e. the physical limits of the sheet. To do this, simply use the [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) and [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) commands. +It is possible to base the form printing carried out using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands on a fixed margin which is identical on each printer: the paper margins, i.e. the physical limits of the sheet. To do this, simply use the [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) and [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) commands. #### About Printing Terminology @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ It is possible to base the form printing carried out using the [Print form](prin #### See also [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md b/docs/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md index 1aa442fd5ee108..d11f2fb8d8e19f 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The **Get printed height** command returns the overall height (in pixels) of the section printed using the [Print form](print-form.md) command. +The **Get printed height** command returns the overall height (in pixels) of the section printed using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. The value returned will be included between 0 (the top edge of the page) and the overall height returned by the [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) command (the maximum size of the printable area). -If you print a new section using the [Print form](print-form.md) command, the height of the new section is added to this value. If the printable area available is insufficient to contain this section, a new page is generated and the value returned is 0. +If you print a new section using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command, the height of the new section is added to this value. If the printable area available is insufficient to contain this section, a new page is generated and the value returned is 0. The right and left printable margins, unlike the top and bottom margins (which may be defined using the [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) command), do not influence the value returned. @@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ The right and left printable margins, unlike the top and bottom margins (which m #### See also [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/in-break.md b/docs/commands-legacy/in-break.md index b0f51d1e2728b7..27d64bd4d44059 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/in-break.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/in-break.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **In break** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Printing Break event property for the form and/or the objects has been selected in the Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Printing Break event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Printing Break event. #### See also diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/in-footer.md b/docs/commands-legacy/in-footer.md index e0bf3b21fc266c..7753b2379745bb 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/in-footer.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/in-footer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **In footer** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Printing Footer event property for the form and/or the objects has been selected in the Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Printing Footer event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Printing Footer event. #### See also diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/in-header.md b/docs/commands-legacy/in-header.md index b68b7beb210f14..c0c44d18dbbaa9 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/in-header.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/in-header.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **In header** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Header event property for the form and/or the objects has been selected in the Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Header event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Header event. #### See also diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md b/docs/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md index 780cde1376018a..609385d4ffde16 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ The following code can be used to manage a mouse tracking feature in a picture o #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/keystroke.md b/docs/commands-legacy/keystroke.md index 0b5b9b3acce34a..7df9fe0ba18d9c 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/keystroke.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/keystroke.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Keystroke** returns the character entered by the user into a field or an enterable area. -Usually, you will call **Keystroke** within a form or object method while handling an On Before Keystroke or On After Keystroke form event. To detect keystroke events, use the command [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +Usually, you will call **Keystroke** within a form or object method while handling an On Before Keystroke or On After Keystroke form event. To detect keystroke events, use the command [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). To replace the character actually entered by the user with another character, use the command [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md). @@ -169,5 +169,5 @@ Using the interprocess communication capabilities of 4D, you can similarily buil #### See also [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/level.md b/docs/commands-legacy/level.md index 4cac4f5e1172f6..d53ae5f4a1af13 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/level.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/level.md @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible even [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md) [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md b/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md index 91ad63f3f535c5..7b593b8f690447 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ In *arrObjectNames*, you pass a text array that is automatically filled in by th The array returns the object names for all the columns (including column footers), regardless of whether or not they are visible. -This command is useful in the context of the parsing of a form using the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) commands. You can use it, when needed, to obtain the names of list box sub-objects. +This command is useful in the context of the parsing of a form using the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) commands. You can use it, when needed, to obtain the names of list box sub-objects. #### Example @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ You want to load a form and get a list of all the objects of list boxes that it #### See also -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md b/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md index 40c43ad1fb3e6c..f02edb291196ef 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs If you pass the optional *\** parameter, you indicate that the *object* parameter is an object name (string). If you do not pass this parameter, you indicate that the *object* parameter is a variable. In this case, you pass a variable reference instead of a string. For more information about object names, refer to the *Object Properties* section. -This command must be used with the form event On Column Moved (see the [Form event code](form-event-code.md) command). +This command must be used with the form event On Column Moved (see the [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) command). **Note:** This command takes invisible columns into account. #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED ROW NUMBER](listbox-moved-row-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md b/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md index 2d48812e786f29..31aec02ce91630 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs If you pass the optional *\** parameter, you indicate that the *object* parameter is an object name (string). If you do not pass this parameter, you indicate that the *object* parameter is a variable. In this case, you pass a variable reference instead of a string. For more information about object names, refer to the *Object Properties* section. -This command must be used with the form event On Row Moved (see the [Form event code](form-event-code.md) command). +This command must be used with the form event On Row Moved (see the [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) command). **Note:** This command does not take into account any hidden/displayed states of list box rows. #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/docs/commands-legacy/log-event.md index 2314063c512c29..edbb81f146d632 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ The optional *outputType* parameter specifies the output channel taken by the *m If you do not pass the *outputType* parameter, the value 0 (Into Windows log events) is used by default. -If you have defined the *outputType* parameter as Into Windows log events, you can attribute a level of importance to *message*, via the optional *importance* parameter which helps you to read and understand the log events. There are three levels of importance: Information, Warning, and Error. -4D provides you with the following predefined constants, placed in the “*Log Events*” category: +You can attribute a level of importance to *message*, via the optional *importance* parameter which helps you to read and understand the log events. There are three levels of importance: Information, Warning, and Error. 4D provides you with the following predefined constants: | Constant | Type | Value | | ------------------- | ------- | ----- | @@ -45,6 +44,13 @@ If you have defined the *outputType* parameter as Into Windows log events, you c If you don’t pass anything in *importance* or pass an incorrect value, the default value (0) is used. +:::note + +The *importance* parameter is only used with *outputType* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log`, and `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: + + #### Example If you want to have keep track of when your database is opened under Windows, you could write the following line of code in the [On Startup database method](on-startup-database-method.md): diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/modified.md b/docs/commands-legacy/modified.md index 5de3aaa83c28cb..8624604692c00c 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/modified.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/modified.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ In all cases, use the [Old](old.md) command to detect whether the field value ha **Note:** Although **Modified** can be applied to any type of field, if you use it in combination with the [Old](old.md) command, be aware of the restrictions that apply to the [Old](old.md) command. For details, see the description of the [Old](old.md) command. -During data entry, it is usually easier to perform operations in object methods using the [Form event code](form-event-code.md) command than to use **Modified** in form methods. Since an object method is sent an On Data Change event whenever a field is modified, the use of an object method is equivalent to using **Modified** in a form method. +During data entry, it is usually easier to perform operations in object methods using the [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) command than to use **Modified** in form methods. Since an object method is sent an On Data Change event whenever a field is modified, the use of an object method is equivalent to using **Modified** in a form method. **Note:** To operate properly, the **Modified** command is to be used only in a form method or in a method called by a form method. @@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ You select a record for the table *\[anyTable\]*, then you call multiple subrout #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Old](old.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md b/docs/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md index 9162222be92c6f..cdd1a32f101374 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md @@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### See also [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) *Sets* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md b/docs/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md index fce45b3ad20d49..0b04f066259bfa 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **NO DEFAULT TABLE** command is used to cancel the effect of the [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) command. After this command is executed, there is no longer any default table defined for the process. This command will have no effect if the [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) command has not been called beforehand. -This command concerns the use of project forms (forms not linked with tables): most of the commands related to forms (apart from user forms) accept an optional *aTable* parameter as their first parameter. For example, this is the case with the *\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md) or [DIALOG](dialog.md) commands. Since a project form and table form can have the same name, this parameter can be used to determine the form to be used: pass the *aTable* parameter when you want to target the table form and omit it in the case of a project form. +This command concerns the use of project forms (forms not linked with tables): most of the commands related to forms (apart from user forms) accept an optional *aTable* parameter as their first parameter. For example, this is the case with the *\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md) or [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) commands. Since a project form and table form can have the same name, this parameter can be used to determine the form to be used: pass the *aTable* parameter when you want to target the table form and omit it in the case of a project form. In a database containing a project form named “TheForm” and a table form with the same name for the \[Table1\] table: diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md index e771ba2e2ad652..b5ef5d24a3258d 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ The On Resize event is generated in the subform form method if the subform objec #### See also -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md index 710c1add1c0389..abc2288046830c 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md @@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ As a result, at runtime, updating the value of the main form's Input object also #### See also -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) [OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE](object-set-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md index dde1d255d303a8..464081c177cc80 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ If there is no list form, an empty string is returned in the *listSubform* param #### See also [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md index 20235a6a9ba997..289c4c3d15e41d 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md @@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ You want to load a form and get a list of all the objects of list boxes that it #### See also -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-move.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-move.md index f9bdfc1368b085..4100710370919f 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-move.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-move.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ By default, the values *moveH*, *moveV*, *resizeH* and *resizeV* modify the coor This command works in the following contexts: * Data entering in Input forms, -* Forms displayed using the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command, +* Forms displayed using the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command, * Headers and footers of Output forms displayed with [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) or [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) commands, * Form printing events. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md index da55713364aa89..cd7a365d54a0c1 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ You can also pass absolute coordinate values in the *right* and *bottom* paramet This command only functions in the following contexts: * Input forms in entry mode, -* Forms displayed using the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command, +* Forms displayed using the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command, * Headers and footers of output forms displayed by the [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) or [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) command, * Forms being printed. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md index 7cac3074cedd6e..19d7e837670491 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ A detailed example is available in the [OBJECT Get subform container value](obje #### See also -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get subform container value](object-get-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md b/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md index b855b5f8536d46..c99f60e263de3d 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ When you modify a page subform, the command can be executed at any time; current #### See also -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md b/docs/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md index 553e2852e2a631..c2240de4fa59d3 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ If **Ctrl+period** has been pressed, the event-handling method sets *◊vbWeStop  End if ``` -Note that this example uses **ON EVENT CALL** because it performs a special printing report using the *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](print-form.md) and [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) commands with a [ARRAY TO LIST](array-to-list.md) loop. +Note that this example uses **ON EVENT CALL** because it performs a special printing report using the *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) and [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) commands with a [ARRAY TO LIST](array-to-list.md) loop. If you print a report using [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), you do NOT need to handle events that let the user interrupt the printing; this command does that for you. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md b/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md index 2e4f59c76c35bb..7cfb9f5a0293e8 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ The [On Web Connection database method](on-web-connection-database-method.md) is **Notes :** -* Do not call any interface elements in the **On Web Authentication database method** ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), etc.) because otherwise its execution will be interrupted and the connection refused. The same thing will happen if an error occurs during its processing. +* Do not call any interface elements in the **On Web Authentication database method** ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), etc.) because otherwise its execution will be interrupted and the connection refused. The same thing will happen if an error occurs during its processing. * It is possible to prevent execution by *4DACTION* or *4DSCRIPT* for each project method via the “Available through 4D HTML tags and URLs (4DACTION...)” option in the Method properties dialog box. For more information about this point, please refer to the *Connection Security* section. #### On Web Authentication Database Method calls diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md b/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md index d6675ccf430956..97d6008588f859 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ The *$5* and *$6* parameters receive the user name and password entered by the u The **On Web Connection database method** can be used as the entry point for the 4D Web server, either using the special *4DCGI* URL, or using customized command URLs. -**Warning:** Calling a 4D command that displays an interface element ([DIALOG](dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md), etc.) ends the method processing. +**Warning:** Calling a 4D command that displays an interface element ([DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md), etc.) ends the method processing. The **On Web Connection database method** is therefore called in the following cases: diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md b/docs/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md index 860f2d12176359..43212505a7083b 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Notes:** -* This command works on the same principle as a call to [DIALOG](dialog.md) with the *\** parameter: the MSC is displayed in a window and the command immediately returns control to the 4D code. If the current process finishes, the window is automatically closed by simulating a [CANCEL](cancel.md). So you need to manage its display through the code of the process being executed. +* This command works on the same principle as a call to [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) with the *\** parameter: the MSC is displayed in a window and the command immediately returns control to the 4D code. If the current process finishes, the window is automatically closed by simulating a [CANCEL](cancel.md). So you need to manage its display through the code of the process being executed. * This command cannot be executed on a remote 4D application. #### See also diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/open-window.md b/docs/commands-legacy/open-window.md index e44ca79856715d..5ee6fbdce08501 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/open-window.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/open-window.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ If you pass an empty string ("") in *title,* you instruct 4D to use the Window T * The *controlMenuBox* parameter is the optional Control-menu box method for the window. If this parameter is specified, a Control-menu box (Windows) or a Close Box (Macintosh) is added to the window. When the user double-clicks the Control-menu box (Windows) or clicks on the Close Box (Macintosh), the method passed in *controlMenuBox* is called. -**Note:** You can also manage the closing of the window from within the form method of the form displayed in the window when an On Close Box event occurs. For more information, see the command [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +**Note:** You can also manage the closing of the window from within the form method of the form displayed in the window when an On Close Box event occurs. For more information, see the command [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). If more than one window is open for a process, the last window opened is the active (frontmost) window for that process. Only information within the active window can be modified. Any other windows can be viewed. When the user types, the active window will always come to the front, if it is not already there. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/outside-call.md b/docs/commands-legacy/outside-call.md index 0aa695c880e3b5..5c2661bc04e37e 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/outside-call.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/outside-call.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In order for the **Outside call** execution cycle to be generated, make sure that the On Outside Call event property for the form and/or the objects has been selected in the Design environment. -**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Outside Call event. +**Note:** This command is equivalent to using [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and testing whether it returns the On Outside Call event. #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/page-break.md b/docs/commands-legacy/page-break.md index 0d84f698c7aa44..4e3817c6e4fe47 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/page-break.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/page-break.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -**PAGE BREAK** triggers the printing of the data that has been sent to the printer and ejects the page. **PAGE BREAK** is used with [Print form](print-form.md) (in the context of the On Printing Detail form event) to force page breaks and to print the last page created in memory. Do not use **PAGE BREAK** with the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) command. Instead, use [Subtotal](subtotal.md) or [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) with the optional parameter to generate page breaks. +**PAGE BREAK** triggers the printing of the data that has been sent to the printer and ejects the page. **PAGE BREAK** is used with [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) (in the context of the On Printing Detail form event) to force page breaks and to print the last page created in memory. Do not use **PAGE BREAK** with the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) command. Instead, use [Subtotal](subtotal.md) or [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) with the optional parameter to generate page breaks. The *\** and *\>* parameters are both optional. -The *\** parameter allows you to cancel a print job started with the [Print form](print-form.md) command. Executing this command immediately stops the print job in progress. +The *\** parameter allows you to cancel a print job started with the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. Executing this command immediately stops the print job in progress. **Note:** Under Windows, this mechanism can be disrupted by the spooling properties of the print server. If the printer is configured to start printing immediately, cancelling will not be effective. For the **PAGE BREAK**(\*) command to operate correctly, it is preferable to choose the "Start printing after last page is spooled" property for the printer. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ The second option is particularly useful when used with a spooled print job. The #### Example 1 -See example for the [Print form](print-form.md) command. +See example for the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. #### Example 2 @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md) command. #### See also [CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md b/docs/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md index cc56fb8e723f8f..23db8a7147c413 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md @@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ See example for [Semaphore](semaphore.md). #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GET PROCESS VARIABLE](get-process-variable.md) [SET PROCESS VARIABLE](set-process-variable.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/print-object.md b/docs/commands-legacy/print-object.md index 3ef255f1b03cc6..8fb3e2e96e758a 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/print-object.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/print-object.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **Print object** command lets you print the form object(s) designated by the *object* and *\** parameters, at the location set by the *posX* and *posY* parameters. -Before calling the **Print object** command, you must designate the table or project form containing the objects to be printed, using the [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) command. +Before calling the **Print object** command, you must designate the table or project form containing the objects to be printed, using the [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) command. If you pass the optional *\** parameter, you indicate that the object parameter is an object name (character string). If you do not pass the *\** parameter, you indicate that object is a variable. In this case, you pass a variable reference (object type only) instead of a string. @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ Example of printing a complete list box: #### See also -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/print-record.md b/docs/commands-legacy/print-record.md index 936e83d0fe6abd..001b87856a2049 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/print-record.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/print-record.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **PRINT RECORD** prints the current record of *aTable*, without modifying the current selection. The current output form is used for printing. If there is no current record for *aTable*, **PRINT RECORD** does nothing. -You can print subforms with the **PRINT RECORD** command. This is not possible with [Print form](print-form.md). +You can print subforms with the **PRINT RECORD** command. This is not possible with [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). **Note:** If there are modifications to the record that have not been saved, this command prints the modified field values, not the field values located on disk. @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ By default, **PRINT RECORD** displays the Print job dialog box before printing. * Make sure that no dialog box appears on the server machine (except for a specific requirement). To do this, it is necessary to call the command with the *\** or *\>* parameter. * In the case of a problem concerning the printer (out of paper, printer disconnected, etc.), no error message is generated. -**Warning:** Do not use the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command with **PRINT RECORD**. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) is exclusively reserved for use in combination with the [Print form](print-form.md) command. +**Warning:** Do not use the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command with **PRINT RECORD**. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) is exclusively reserved for use in combination with the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. #### Example 1 @@ -64,4 +64,4 @@ The following example prints the same current record in two different forms. The #### See also -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/print-selection.md b/docs/commands-legacy/print-selection.md index ab80d9690bfd34..17dd3e145369ca 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/print-selection.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/print-selection.md @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ During printing, the output form method and/or the form’s object methods are e * An On Printing Break event is generated just before a break area is printed. * An On Printing Footer event is generated just before a footer is printed. -You can check whether **PRINT SELECTION** is printing the first header by testing [Before selection](before-selection.md) during an On Header event. You can also check for the last footer, by testing [End selection](end-selection.md) during an On Printing Footer event. For more information, see the description of these commands, as well as those of [Form event code](form-event-code.md) and [Level](level.md). +You can check whether **PRINT SELECTION** is printing the first header by testing [Before selection](before-selection.md) during an On Header event. You can also check for the last footer, by testing [End selection](end-selection.md) during an On Printing Footer event. For more information, see the description of these commands, as well as those of [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) and [Level](level.md). To print a sorted selection with subtotals or breaks using **PRINT SELECTION**, you must first sort the selection. Then, in each Break area of the report, include a variable with an object method that assigns the subtotal to the variable. You can also use statistical and arithmetical functions like [Sum](sum.md) and [Average](average.md) to assign values to variables. For more information, see the descriptions of [Subtotal](subtotal.md), [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) and [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md). -**Warning:** Do not use the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command with the **PRINT SELECTION** command. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) is to be used with the [Print form](print-form.md) command. +**Warning:** Do not use the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command with the **PRINT SELECTION** command. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) is to be used with the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. After a call to **PRINT SELECTION**, the OK variable is set to 1 if the printing has been completed. If the printing was interrupted, the OK variable is set to 0 (zero) (i.e., the user clicked Cancel in the printing dialog box). diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/print-settings.md b/docs/commands-legacy/print-settings.md index 826c2807118985..568bbe17f9b284 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/print-settings.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/print-settings.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -**PRINT SETTINGS** displays a printing dialog box. This command must be called before a series of [Print form](print-form.md) commands or the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) command. +**PRINT SETTINGS** displays a printing dialog box. This command must be called before a series of [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) commands or the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) command. The optional *dialType* parameter can be used to configure the display of the printing dialog box. You can use one of the following constants from the *Print Options* theme: @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The optional *dialType* parameter can be used to configure the display of the pr #### Example -See example for the command [Print form](print-form.md). +See example for the command [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). #### System variables and sets @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ If the user clicks OK in both dialog boxes, the OK system variable is set to 1\. [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINT PREVIEW](set-print-preview.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/request.md b/docs/commands-legacy/request.md index dae7e0b0a8f77a..bea7c1df06e583 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/request.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/request.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The user can enter text into the text input area. To specify a default value, pa **Tip:** Do not call the **Request** command from the section of a form or object method that handles the On Activate or On Deactivate form event; this will cause an endless loop. -**Tip:** If you need to get several pieces of information from the user, design a form and present it with [DIALOG](dialog.md), rather than presenting a succession of **Request** dialog boxes. +**Tip:** If you need to get several pieces of information from the user, design a form and present it with [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), rather than presenting a succession of **Request** dialog boxes. #### Example 1 diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/right-click.md b/docs/commands-legacy/right-click.md index f954c8861150ba..0eb2e19c0b4e99 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/right-click.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/right-click.md @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ This command should be used only in the context of the On Clicked form event. It #### See also [Contextual click](contextual-click.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md index 07d1a60b360fab..2c81d3a4755f39 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ You can also designate the generic PDF printer automatically, regardless of the The **SET CURRENT PRINTER** command must be called before [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md), so that the options available correspond to the selected printer. On the other hand, **SET CURRENT PRINTER** must be called after *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, otherwise the print settings are lost. -This command can be used with the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md), and [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) commands, and is applied to all 4D printing, including that in Design mode. +This command can be used with the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), and [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) commands, and is applied to all 4D printing, including that in Design mode. It is imperative for print commands to be called with the *\>* parameter (where applicable) so that the specified settings are not lost. #### System variables and sets diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md index a0d034e0bd3a37..fcc136e2af889b 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The SET CURSOR command changes the mouse cursor to the system cursor whose ID number you pass in *cursor*. -This command must be called in the context of the On Mouse Move [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +This command must be called in the context of the On Mouse Move [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). To restore the standard mouse cursor, call the command without any parameter. diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md index 0a936fb665cf86..a36f98d11cb3bb 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **SET DRAG ICON** command associates the icon picture with the cursor during drag and drop operations that are managed by programming. -This command can only be called in the context of the On Begin Drag Over form event (see the [Form event code](form-event-code.md) command). +This command can only be called in the context of the On Begin Drag Over form event (see the [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) command). In the *icon* parameter, pass the picture to use. Its maximum size is 256x256 pixels. If one of its dimensions exceeds 256 pixels, it is automatically resized. @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Note that you can modify the position of the cursor with respect to the picture: #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md index 25405ed0140158..50b805e4a3cfd6 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ In *menuCol*, pass a collection of menu objects defining all items of the custom | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | title | Text | Menu item name | | method | Text \| [4D.Function](https://developer.4d.com/docs/API/FunctionClass#about-4dfunction-objects) | Project method name or 4D formula object to execute when the menu item is selected. When this property is used, the "action" property should not be passed (otherwise "method" is ignored). | -| worker | Text \| Number | Name of the worker or Number of the process to handle the "method" code execution. Several configurations are supported, depending on the the "worker" property value:
if it is a worker name (Text), 4D uses or creates this worker to execute the "method" (equivalent to [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) if it is a process number, 4D uses this process if it exists, otherwise it does nothing (equivalent to [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) if it is undefined and the application displays a current dialog (frontmost dialog), 4D uses the process of this dialog (equivalent to [CALL FORM](call-form.md)) if it is undefined and the application does not display a current dialog, 4D calls and uses the worker 1 (4D remote/single-user) or the worker *4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server) | +| worker | Text \| Number | Name of the worker or Number of the process to handle the "method" code execution. Several configurations are supported, depending on the the "worker" property value:
if it is a worker name (Text), 4D uses or creates this worker to execute the "method" (equivalent to [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) if it is a process number, 4D uses this process if it exists, otherwise it does nothing (equivalent to [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) if it is undefined and the application displays a current dialog (frontmost dialog), 4D uses the process of this dialog (equivalent to [CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md)) if it is undefined and the application does not display a current dialog, 4D calls and uses the worker 1 (4D remote/single-user) or the worker *4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server) | | action | Text | *Standard Action* to execute when the menu item is selected. When this property is used, the "method" property is ignored if passed. | | shortcutKey | Text | Shortcut key of the item (to call with Ctrl/Command key) | | shortcutShift | Boolean | True to add the **Shift** key to the item shortcut | diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md index 5fe7486acf71bc..8513cfad12a0ca 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The **SET PRINT MARKER** command enables the definition of the marker position during printing. Combined with the [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md), [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) or [Print form](print-form.md) commands, this command allows you to adjust the size of the print areas. +The **SET PRINT MARKER** command enables the definition of the marker position during printing. Combined with the [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md), [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) or [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) commands, this command allows you to adjust the size of the print areas. **SET PRINT MARKER** can be used in two contexts: * during the On Header form event, in the context of [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands. -* during the On Printing Detail form event, in the context of the [Print form](print-form.md) command. This operation facilitates the printing of customized reports (see example). +* during the On Printing Detail form event, in the context of the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command. This operation facilitates the printing of customized reports (see example). The effect of the command is limited to printing; no modification appears on the screen. The modifications made to the forms are not saved. Pass one of the constants of the *Form Area* theme in the *markNum* parameter: @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ The output form used for printing is as follows: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28725.en.png) -The On Printing Detail form event was selected for the form (keep in mind that no matter what area is printed, the [Print form](print-form.md) command only generates this type of form event). +The On Printing Detail form event was selected for the form (keep in mind that no matter what area is printed, the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) command only generates this type of form event). For each record, the row height must be adapted according to the contents of the "Actors" or "Summary" column (column having the most content). Here is the desired result: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28726.en.png) @@ -179,6 +179,6 @@ The Print\_List3 form method is as follows: [OBJECT GET COORDINATES](object-get-coordinates.md) [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md index 69c6f33576d6d4..cbe066d83d4a09 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The *option* parameter allows you to indicate the option to be modified. You can | Legacy printing layer option | 16 | (Windows only) *value1* only: 1=select the GDI-based legacy printing layer for the subsequent printing jobs. 0=select the D2D printing layer (default). This selector is mainly intended to allow legacy plug-ins to print inside 4D jobs in 4D applications on Windows. | | Print preview option | 18 | (Windows only) *value1*: Format to use for print previews on Windows. Available values: kp preview automatic (default): Use XPS printer and viewer if available, otherwise use PDF printer or viewer if available, otherwise generate an error. kp preview XPS: Use XPS printer and viewer if available, otherwise generate an error. kp preview PDF: Use PDF printer and viewer if available, otherwise generate an error. *value2* (can be used with [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) only): Print preview format actually used on Windows (can differ from *value1* depending on the configuration). Available values: kp preview none: No format available. kp preview XPS: XPS printer and viewer used. kp preview PDF: PDF printer and viewer used. | -Once set using this command, a print option is kept throughout the duration of the session for the entire 4D application. It will be used by the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md), [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) and [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md) commands, as well as for all 4D printing, including that in Design mode. +Once set using this command, a print option is kept throughout the duration of the session for the entire 4D application. It will be used by the [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) and [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md) commands, as well as for all 4D printing, including that in Design mode. **Notes:** @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ If the value passed for an *option* is invalid or if it is not available on the #### See also [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT OPTION VALUES](print-option-values.md) *Print Options* [SET CURRENT PRINTER](set-current-printer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md index d696ef045d879f..5de07814b6f96a 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -The **SET PRINTABLE MARGIN** command sets the values of various printing margins by using the [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands. +The **SET PRINTABLE MARGIN** command sets the values of various printing margins by using the [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) and [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) commands. You can pass one of the following values in the *left*, *top*, *right* and *bottom* parameters: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ The following example gets the paper size: [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/set-timer.md b/docs/commands-legacy/set-timer.md index 31820220e6b9b0..ea3029f05de26c 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/set-timer.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/set-timer.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **SET TIMER** command activates the On Timer form event and sets, for the current form and process, the number of ticks elapsed between each On Timer form event. -**Note:** For more information about this form event, please refer to the description of the command [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +**Note:** For more information about this form event, please refer to the description of the command [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). If this command is called in a context in which it is not displaying a form, it will have no effect. @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ Let’s imagine that you want, when a form is displayed on screen, the computer #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [REDRAW](redraw.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/subtotal.md b/docs/commands-legacy/subtotal.md index 21ade7c171b928..c74d1eace14360 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/subtotal.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/subtotal.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The second, optional, argument to **Subtotal** is used to cause page breaks during printing. If *pageBreak* is 0, **Subtotal** does not issue a page break. If *pageBreak* equals 1, **Subtotal** issues a page break for each level 1 break. If *pageBreak* equals 2, **Subtotal** issues a page break for each level 1 and level 2 break, and so on. -**Tip:** If you execute **Subtotal** from within an output form displayed at the screen, an error will be generated, triggering an infinite loop of updates between the form and the error window. To get out of this loop, press Alt+Shift (Windows) or Option-Shift (Macintosh) when you click on the Abort button in the Error window (you may have to do so several times). This temporarily stops the updates for the form’s window. Select another form as the output form so the error will occur again. Go back to the Design Environment and isolate the call to **Subtotal** into a test [Form event code](form-event-code.md)\= On Printing Break if you use the form both for display and printing. +**Tip:** If you execute **Subtotal** from within an output form displayed at the screen, an error will be generated, triggering an infinite loop of updates between the form and the error window. To get out of this loop, press Alt+Shift (Windows) or Option-Shift (Macintosh) when you click on the Abort button in the Error window (you may have to do so several times). This temporarily stops the updates for the form’s window. Select another form as the output form so the error will occur again. Go back to the Design Environment and isolate the call to **Subtotal** into a test [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)\= On Printing Break if you use the form both for display and printing. #### Example diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/docs/commands-legacy/system-info.md index f9afce810ea53f..07f9c2d7a77d4e 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The command returns the following information: -| **Property** | **Subproperty** | **Type** | **Description** | **Example** | -| ----------------- | ------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | string | The name of the account for the current user. Typically used to identify an account in the directory. | "msmith" | | -| cores | number | Total number of cores. In the case of virtual machines, the total number of cores allotted to it. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | number | Total number of threads. | 8 | | -| machineName | string | The name of the machine as set in the network parameters of the operating system. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | boolean | True if 4D is emulated through Rosetta on macOS, False otherwise (not emulated or on Windows). | True | | -| model | string | Name of the computer model. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | collection | Physical and active network addresses only | | | -| ipAddresses | collection | | | | -| ip | string | The address of the network interface | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | string | The type of the network interface | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | string | The name of the interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | string | The type of interface (note that "ethernet" type is provided for bluetooth interfaces). | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | string | The operating system version and build number(\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | | -| osLanguage | string | Language set by the current user of the system. Expressed in the standard defined by the RFC 3066\. See *Language codes* in the Design Reference manual for a complete list. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | number | The volume of memory storage (in kilobytes) available on the machine. | 16777216 | | -| processor | string | The name, type, and speed of the processor. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | number | The total time (in seconds) since the machine was started. | 3600 | | -| userName | string | The current user on the machine. Typically used as the display name (i.e., when logging into your computer). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | number | The remaining space that can be used. | 524288 | | -| capacity | number | The total volume (in kilobytes) possible. | 1048576 | | -| disk | object \| collection (Mac only) | | | | -| description | string | A brief summary describing the disk. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | string | ID of disk(s) (UUID on Mac and physical drive on Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | number | The total capacity (in kilobytes) of the disk | 104857600 | | -| interface | string | The type of interface on the machine. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | string | The file system used by the operating system for storing and retrieving files on the hard disk. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | string | The directory in the currently accessible file system on which an additional file system is mounted (*i.e.*, logically attached). Note that this is in POSIX format for Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | string | only on Mac - name of the volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Property | | | Type | Description | Example | +|-------------------|-------------|-------------|---------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | string | The name of the account for the current user. Typically used to identify an account in the directory. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | number | Total number of cores. In the case of virtual machines, the total number of cores allotted to it. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | number | Total number of threads. | 8 | +| machineName | | | string | The name of the machine as set in the network parameters of the operating system. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | boolean | True if 4D is emulated through Rosetta on macOS, False otherwise (not emulated or on Windows). | True | +| model | | | string | Name of the computer model. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | collection | Physical and active network addresses only | | +| | ipAddresses | | collection | | | +| | | ip | string | The address of the network interface | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | string | The type of the network interface | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | string | The name of the interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | string | The type of interface (note that "ethernet" type is provided for bluetooth interfaces). | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | string | The operating system version and build number(\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | +| osLanguage | | | string | Language set by the current user of the system. Expressed in the standard defined by the RFC 3066. See Language codes in the Design Reference manual for a complete list. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | number | The volume of memory storage (in kilobytes) available on the machine. | 16777216 | +| processor | | | string | The name, type, and speed of the processor. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | number | The total time (in seconds) since the machine was started. | 3600 | +| userName | | | string | The current user on the machine. Typically used as the display name (i.e., when logging into your computer). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | number | The remaining space that can be used. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | number | The total volume (in kilobytes) possible. | 1048576 | +| | disk | | object \| collection (Mac only) | | | +| | | description | string | A brief summary describing the disk. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | string | ID of disk(s) (UUID on Mac and physical drive on Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | number | The total capacity (in kilobytes) of the disk | 104857600 | +| | | interface | string | The type of interface on the machine. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | string | The file system used by the operating system for storing and retrieving files on the hard disk. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | string | The directory in the currently accessible file system on which an additional file system is mounted (i.e., logically attached). Note that this is in POSIX format for Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | string | only on Mac - name of the volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | + (\*) To determine only the platform being used, there are two commands available: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) and [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -67,12 +68,80 @@ The following code on a Windows machine: returns an object that contains, for example, the following information: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":False,        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### See also -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md b/docs/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md index 1e8001ded1fffa..d33509c8acf6ff 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md @@ -37,4 +37,4 @@ It is recommended to call this command within the framework of the On URL Loadin #### See also -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md b/docs/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md index e2758338f67eca..e6a0c5bdaf7ad8 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/docs/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ The OK system variable is set to 0 if the timeout has been reached or the [CANCE #### See also -[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[FORM Event](../commands/form-event.md) *Programmed management of Web Areas* [WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR](wa-open-web-inspector.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands/command-index.md b/docs/commands/command-index.md index 3a8d1506398702..8bb281779dceab 100644 --- a/docs/commands/command-index.md +++ b/docs/commands/command-index.md @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ title: Index [`Cache info`](../commands-legacy/cache-info.md)
[`Call chain`](../commands-legacy/call-chain.md)
-[`CALL FORM`](../commands-legacy/call-form.md)
+[`CALL FORM`](call-form.md)
[`CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER`](../commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md)
[`CALL WORKER`](../commands-legacy/call-worker.md)
[`CANCEL`](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ title: Index [`Command name`](../commands-legacy/command-name.md)
[`Compact data file`](../commands-legacy/compact-data-file.md)
[`Compare strings`](../commands-legacy/compare-strings.md)
-[`Compile project`](../commands-legacy/compile-project.md)
+[`Compile project`](compile-project.md)
[`COMPONENT LIST`](../commands-legacy/component-list.md)
[`COMPRESS BLOB`](../commands-legacy/compress-blob.md)
[`CONFIRM`](../commands-legacy/confirm.md)
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ title: Index [`Delete string`](../commands-legacy/delete-string.md)
[`DELETE USER`](../commands-legacy/delete-user.md)
[`DESCRIBE QUERY EXECUTION`](../commands-legacy/describe-query-execution.md)
-[`DIALOG`](../commands-legacy/dialog.md)
+[`DIALOG`](dialog.md)
[`DIFFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/difference.md)
[`DISABLE MENU ITEM`](../commands-legacy/disable-menu-item.md)
[`Discover data key`](../commands-legacy/discover-data-key.md)
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ title: Index [`Euro converter`](../commands-legacy/euro-converter.md)
[`EXECUTE FORMULA`](../commands-legacy/execute-formula.md)
[`EXECUTE METHOD`](../commands-legacy/execute-method.md)
-[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/execute-method-in-subform.md)
+[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](execute-method-in-subform.md)
[`EXECUTE ON CLIENT`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-client.md)
[`Execute on server`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-server.md)
[`Exp`](../commands-legacy/exp.md)
@@ -313,11 +313,11 @@ title: Index [`Font file`](../commands-legacy/font-file.md)
[`FONT LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-list.md)
[`FONT STYLE LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-style-list.md)
-[`Form`](../commands-legacy/form.md)
+[`Form`](form.md)
[`FORM Convert to dynamic`](../commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md)
-[`FORM EDIT`](../commands-legacy/form-edit.md)
-[`FORM Event`](../commands-legacy/form-event.md)
-[`Form event code`](../commands-legacy/form-event-code.md)
+[`FORM EDIT`](form-edit.md)
+[`FORM Event`](form-event.md)
+[`Form event code`](form-event-code.md)
[`FORM FIRST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-first-page.md)
[`FORM Get color scheme`](../commands-legacy/form-get-color-scheme.md)
[`FORM Get current page`](../commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md)
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ title: Index [`FORM GET VERTICAL RESIZING`](../commands-legacy/form-get-vertical-resizing.md)
[`FORM GOTO PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md)
[`FORM LAST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-last-page.md)
-[`FORM LOAD`](../commands-legacy/form-load.md)
+[`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md)
[`FORM NEXT PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-next-page.md)
[`FORM PREVIOUS PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md)
[`FORM SCREENSHOT`](../commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md)
@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ title: Index [`METHOD GET NAMES`](../commands-legacy/method-get-names.md)
[`METHOD Get path`](../commands-legacy/method-get-path.md)
[`METHOD GET PATHS`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths.md)
-[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths-form.md)
+[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](method-get-paths-form.md)
[`METHOD OPEN PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-open-path.md)
[`METHOD RESOLVE PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-resolve-path.md)
[`METHOD SET ACCESS MODE`](../commands-legacy/method-set-access-mode.md)
@@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ title: Index [`OBJECT GET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-get-scrollbar.md)
[`OBJECT GET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-get-shortcut.md)
[`OBJECT Get style sheet`](../commands-legacy/object-get-style-sheet.md)
-[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md)
+[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](object-get-subform.md)
[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md)
[`OBJECT Get subform container value`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md)
[`OBJECT Get text orientation`](../commands-legacy/object-get-text-orientation.md)
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@ title: Index [`OBJECT SET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-set-scrollbar.md)
[`OBJECT SET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-set-shortcut.md)
[`OBJECT SET STYLE SHEET`](../commands-legacy/object-set-style-sheet.md)
-[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md)
+[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](object-set-subform.md)
[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md)
[`OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`](../commands-legacy/object-set-text-orientation.md)
[`OBJECT SET THREE STATES CHECKBOX`](../commands-legacy/object-set-three-states-checkbox.md)
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ title: Index [`POST KEY`](../commands-legacy/post-key.md)
[`POST OUTSIDE CALL`](../commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md)
[`PREVIOUS RECORD`](../commands-legacy/previous-record.md)
-[`Print form`](../commands-legacy/print-form.md)
+[`Print form`](print-form.md)
[`PRINT LABEL`](../commands-legacy/print-label.md)
[`Print object`](../commands-legacy/print-object.md)
[`PRINT OPTION VALUES`](../commands-legacy/print-option-values.md)
diff --git a/docs/commands/compile-project.md b/docs/commands/compile-project.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..f829fd80c62a16 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/commands/compile-project.md @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +--- +id: compile-project +title: Compile project +slug: /commands/compile-project +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object + +| Parameter | Type | | Description | +| --- | --- | --- | --- | +| projectFile | 4D.File | → | .4DProject file to compile | +| options | Object | → | Object that specifies compilation options | +| Function result | Object | ← | Object containing information on the compilation status | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + + +
History + +|Release|Changes| +|---|---| +|20 R8|Support of `type` "formObjectExpression"| + +
+ + +#### Description + +**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, check the [Compilation page](../Project/compiler.md). + +By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Settings. You can override them by passing an *options* parameter. The following syntaxes are supported: + +* **Compile project**(): compiles the opened project using the options defined in the Structure Settings +* **Compile project**(*options*): compiles the opened project. The *options* defined override the Structure Settings +* **Compile project**(*projectFile*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject using the options defined in the Structure Settings +* **Compile project**(*projectFile*; *options*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject and the *options* defined override the Structure Settings + +**Note:** Binary databases cannot be compiled using this command. + +Unlike the Compiler window, this command requires that you explicitly designate the component(s) to compile. When compiling a project with **Compile project**, you need to declare its components using the *components* property of the *options* parameter. Keep in mind that the components must already be compiled (binary components are supported). + +The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the [build application](../Desktop/building.md) feature. + +If you pass an empty collection in *targets*, **Compile project** will execute a syntax check without compiling. + +Compilation errors, if any, are returned as objects in the *errors* collection. + +**Note:** You cannot call this command when another compilation is running (for example, a compilation launched from the Compilation window). + +##### options Parameter + +The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options: + +| **Property** | **Type**| **Description** | +| --------------| ---------- | ------------------------- | +| components | Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | +| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| generateSymbols | Boolean | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | +| generateSyntaxFile |Boolean | True to generate a [syntax file for code completion](../settings/general.md).md#generate-syntax-file-for-code-completion-when-compiled) in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | +| generateTypingMethods | Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | +| plugins | 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | +| targets | Collection of strings | Possible values: "x86_64_generic", "arm64_macOS_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | +| typeInference | Text | "all": The compiler deduces the types of all variables not explicitly declared, "locals": The compiler deduces the types of local variables not explicitly declared, "none": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code (legacy mode), "direct": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code ([direct typing](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing)). | +| warnings | Collection of objects | Defines the warnings state | +| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | +| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | +| \[\].enabled | Boolean | Warning activation state | + +**Note:** When the *warnings* attribute is not defined in the *options* object, the **Compile project** command uses the default warning generation statuses defined in the settings. + +##### Function result + +The object returned by **Compile project** has up to three properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ |-------- |---------------- | +| success | Boolean | True if the save action is successful, False otherwise. | +| errors | Collection of objects | **Available only in case of error or warning**. Collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | +| \[\].isError | Boolean | Error if True, warning otherwise | +| \[\].message | Text | Error message | +| \[\].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +| \[\].line | Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | +| \[\].lineInFile | Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | +| symbols | Object |**Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** | +|symbols.interprocessVariables | Object | List of all interprocess variables | +|symbols.interprocessVariables.variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +|symbols.interprocessVariables.size | Number | | +|symbols.processVariables | Object | List of all process variables | +|symbols.processVariables.variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +|symbols.processVariables.size | Number | | +|symbols.localVariables | Collection of objects | List of local variables per method | +|symbols.localVariables[].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +|symbols.localVariables[].variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +|symbols.methods | Collection of objects | List of methods | +|symbols.methods\[\].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +|symbols.methods\[\].callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | +|symbols.methods\[\].params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | +|symbols.methods\[\]. threadSafe | Boolean | Indicates if this method is thread safe | + +For more information, see [Compilation tools](../Project/compiler.md#compilation-tools). + +###### variable objects + +`interprocessVariables.variables` and `processVariables.variables` contain objects with the following structure: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | -------- | --------------- | +| name | Text | Name of the variable | +| type | number | Type of the variable (like Value type command) | +| arrayDimension | number | For arrays only: 1 for mono dimension arrays, 2 for two-dimension arrays | +| code | Object | For process and interprocess variables: descriptor of where the variable has been defined | + +###### code object + +The `code` property in `methods.code` and `errors.code` is an object with the following properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------------- | -------- | ---- | +| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formMethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document), "class", "classFunction", "formObjectExpression" (for errors occuring in expressions associated to form objects)| +| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | +| file | 4D.File | Method file | +|| | **Returned depending on the value of the `type` property:** | +| methodName | Text | Project method | +|table| Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | +| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | +| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | +| propertyName | Text | Form object property name (returned for a form object expression) | +| className | Text | Class name | +| functionName | Text | Class function name | +| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | + +#### Examples + +To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + $status:=Compile project +``` + +On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile a project other than the current project: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $projectFile: 4D.File + $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") + $status:=Compile project($projectFile) +``` + +Compile a project and declare its component: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $component : 4D.File + var $options:={} + $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") + $options.components:=New collection($component) + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: + +```4d +var $options:={} +$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) +$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) +var $result:=Compile project($options) +``` + +#### See also + +[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands/dialog.md b/docs/commands/dialog.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..f1d4db5f104d2d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/commands/dialog.md @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +--- +id: dialog +title: DIALOG +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + +| Parameter | Type | | Description | +| --- | --- | --- | --- | +| aTable | Table | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of table or project form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| * | Operator | → | Use the same process | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + + +#### Description + +The **DIALOG** command presents the *form* to the user, along with *formData* parameter(s) (optional). + +This command is designed to work with customized and advanced user interfaces based on forms. You can use it to display information coming from the database or other locations, or to provide data entry features. Unlike [ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](../commands-legacy/modify-record.md), **DIALOG** gives you full control over the form, its contents and the navigation and validation buttons. + +This command is typically called along with the [Open form window](../commands-legacy/open-form-window.md) to display sophisticated forms, as shown in the following example: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) + +The **DIALOG** command can also be used instead of [ALERT](../commands-legacy/alert.md), [CONFIRM](../commands-legacy/confirm.md) or [Request](../commands-legacy/request.md) when the information to be presented or gathered is more complex than those commands can manage. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +* the name of a form (project form or table form) to use; +* the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use; +* an object containing a description of the form to use. + +Optionally, you can pass parameter(s) to the *form* using a "form data" object. Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you use a form data object containing {"version";"12"}, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: + +```4d + $v:=Form.version //"12" + Form.version:=13 +``` + +To fill the "form data" object, you have two possibilities: + +- use the *formData* parameter. Using a local variable for *formData* allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. Moreover, since objects are passed by reference, if the user modifies a property value in the form, it will automatically be saved in the object itself. + +- [associate a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), in which case 4D will automatically instantiate an object of this class when the form will be loaded. The object properties and functions will be automatically available through the object returned by [Form](form.md). You could write for example `Form.myFunction()`. + +:::note + +- The *formData* parameter has priority over a form class (the class object is not instantiated if a *formData* parameter is passed). +- If you do not pass the *formData* parameter (or if you pass an undefined object) and no user class is associated to the form, **DIALOG** creates a new empty object bound to the *form*. + +::: + +The dialog is closed by the user either with an "accept" action (triggered by the ak accept standard action, the Enter key, or the [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command), or with a "cancel" action (triggered by the ak cancel standard action, the Escape key, or the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command). An accept action will set the OK system variable to 1, while a cancel action will set OK to 0\. + +Keep in mind that validation does not equal saving: if the dialog includes fields, you must explicitly call the [SAVE RECORD](../commands-legacy/save-record.md) command to save any data that has been modified. + +If you pass the optional *\** parameter, the form is loaded and displayed in the last open window of the current process and the command finishes its execution while leaving the active form on the screen. +This form then reacts “normally” to user actions and is closed using a standard action or when 4D code related to the form (object method or form method) calls the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. If the current process terminates, the forms created in this way are automatically closed in the same way as if a [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command had been called. This opening mode is particularly useful for displaying a floating palette with a document, without necessarily requiring another process. + +**Notes:** + +* You can combine the use of the **DIALOG**(form;\*) syntax with the [CALL FORM](call-form.md) command to establish communication between the forms. +* You must create a window before calling the **DIALOG**(form;\*) statement. It is not possible to use the current dialog window in the process nor the window created by default for each process. Otherwise, error -9909 is generated. +* When the *\** parameter is used, the window is closed automatically following a standard action or a call to the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. You do not have to manage the closing of the window itself. + +#### Example 1 + +The following example can be used to create a tool palette: + +```4d + //Display tool palette + $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) + DIALOG("tools";*) //Give back the control immediately + //Display main document windowl + $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) + DIALOG("doc") +``` + +#### Example 2 + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some [Form](form.md) object properties to variables: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Example 3 + +The following example uses the path to a .json form to display the records in an employee list: + +```4d + Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) + ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) + DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) +``` + +which displays: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) + +#### Example 4 + +The following example uses a .json file as an object and modifies a few properties: + +```4d + var $form : Object + $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) + $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" + $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" + $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" + Open form window($form;Plain form window) + DIALOG($form;*) +``` + +The altered form is displayed with the title, logo and border modified: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) + +#### System variables and sets + +After a call to **DIALOG**, if the dialog is accepted, OK is set to 1; if it is canceled, OK is set to 0. + +#### See also + +[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) +[ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md) +[CALL FORM](call-form.md) +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) +[Form](form.md) +[Open window](../commands-legacy/open-window.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-edit.md b/docs/commands/form-edit.md similarity index 53% rename from docs/commands-legacy/form-edit.md rename to docs/commands/form-edit.md index 0d69777f9b80e2..9a8169356ab25f 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-edit.md +++ b/docs/commands/form-edit.md @@ -1,25 +1,33 @@ --- id: form-edit title: FORM EDIT -slug: /commands/form-edit displayed_sidebar: docs --- -**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ) +**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* )
**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ; *object* ) | Parameter | Type | | Description | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | aTable | Table | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | | form | Text | → | Form name | +| object | Text | → | Form object name or group name | *This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* +
History + +|Release|Changes| +|---|---| +|20 R8|Support of *object* parameter| + +
+ #### Description -The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor. Note that you must have access to the Design environment, otherwise the error -9804 ("Cannot open form") is generated. +The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected. Note that you must have access to the Design environment, otherwise the error -9804 ("Cannot open form") is generated. The command is asynchronous: it returns immediately to the calling method and does not wait for the form to be open. @@ -27,7 +35,14 @@ If you pass the optional *aTable* parameter, you indicate the table associated w In the *form* parameter, pass the name of the form to open in the 4D Form editor. If you pass a name that does not exist, the error 81 is generated ("Form not found"). -#### Example +Optionnally, you can pass in *object* the name of a form object or of a group to select automatically in the 4D Form editor. This feature allows you, for example, to save time when debugging a form based upon expression errors returned by [`Compile project`](compile-project.md). + +If *object* is not found in *form*, the form is opened and no error is returned. + +Pass an empty string in *object* to deselect all objects in the open *form*. + + +#### Examples To open the *Contacts* table *Address* form: @@ -41,6 +56,13 @@ To open the *ContactList* project form:  FORM EDIT("ContactList") ``` +To open the *ContactPage* project form with "name-input" object selected: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList"; "name-input") +``` + + #### See also *Design Object Access Commands* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands/form-event-code.md b/docs/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5cef0cfa1cb920 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + +| Parameter | Type | | Description | +| --- | --- | --- | --- | +| Function result | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + + + +#### Description + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + + +#### Example 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Example 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Example 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Example 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Example 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Example 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Example 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 9 + +This example shows how to respond to a close window event with a form used for record data entry: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### See also + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) +[Current form table](current-form-table.md) +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) +[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) +[Keystroke](keystroke.md) +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/form-event.md b/docs/commands/form-event.md similarity index 86% rename from versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/form-event.md rename to docs/commands/form-event.md index 0c82c39969b680..b87dd0fef2c487 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/form-event.md +++ b/docs/commands/form-event.md @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Each returned object includes the following main properties: -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ------------ | -------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------- | | objectName | text | Name of the object triggering the event - Not included if the event is triggered by the form | -| code | longint | Numeric value of the form event. See [Form event code](form-event-code.md) | -| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). | +| code | integer | Numeric value of the form event. | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section.| For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: @@ -96,4 +96,5 @@ The resulting list box when rows are selected: #### See also +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) [Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-load.md b/docs/commands/form-load.md similarity index 67% rename from docs/commands-legacy/form-load.md rename to docs/commands/form-load.md index 6c94775d94c7d4..29357356e4d81b 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-load.md +++ b/docs/commands/form-load.md @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ --- id: form-load title: FORM LOAD -slug: /commands/form-load displayed_sidebar: docs --- @@ -26,47 +25,39 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs In the *form* parameter, you can pass: * the name of a form, or -* the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use (see *Form file path*), or +* the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use, or * an object containing a description of the form. When the command is executed from a component, it loads the component forms by default. If you pass the *\** parameter, the method loads the host database forms. -##### formData +##### formData -Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using the *formData* object. Any properties of the *formData* object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you pass an object containing {"version","12"} in *formData*, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. +The form data object is available in the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md). -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -The *formData* object is available in the On Load form event. - -*formData* allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. - -**Note:** If you do not pass the *formData* parameter or if you pass an undefined object, **FORM LOAD** automatically creates a new empty object bound to the *form*, available through the [Form](form.md) command. +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. ##### Printing data -In order to be able to execute this command, a print job must be opened beforehand using the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) command. The [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) command makes an implicit call to the [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) command, so in this context it is necessary to execute [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). Once loaded, this *form* becomes the current printing form. All the object management commands, and in particular the [Print object](print-object.md) command, work with this form. +In order to be able to execute this command, a print job must be opened beforehand using the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command. The [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command makes an implicit call to the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command, so in this context it is necessary to execute **FORM LOAD**. Once loaded, this *form* becomes the current printing form. All the object management commands, and in particular the [Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) command, work with this form. If a printing form has already been loaded beforehand (via a previous call to the **FORM LOAD** command), it is closed and replaced by *form*. You can open and close several project forms in the same print session. Changing the printing form via the **FORM LOAD** command does not generate page breaks. It is up to the developer to manage page breaks. -Only the On Load form event is executed during the opening of the project form, as well as any object methods of the form. Other form events are ignored. The On Unload form event is executed at the end of printing. +Only the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md) is executed during the opening of the project form, as well as any object methods of the form. Other form events are ignored. The [`On Unload` form event](../Events/onUnload.md) is executed at the end of printing. To preserve the graphic consistency of forms, it is recommended to apply the "Printing" appearance property regardless of the platform. -The current printing form is automatically closed when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) command is called. +The current printing form is automatically closed when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command is called. ##### Parsing form contents This consists in loading an off-screen form for parsing purposes. To do this, just call **FORM LOAD** outside the context of a print job. In this case, form events are not executed. -**FORM LOAD** can be used with the [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) commands in order to perform any type of processing on the form contents. You must then call the [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) command in order to release the form from memory. +**FORM LOAD** can be used with the [FORM GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md) commands in order to perform any type of processing on the form contents. You must then call the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command in order to release the form from memory. -Note that in all cases, the form on screen remains loaded (it is not affected by the **FORM LOAD** command) so it is not necessary to reload it after calling [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md). +Note that in all cases, the form on screen remains loaded (it is not affected by the **FORM LOAD** command) so it is not necessary to reload it after calling [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md). -**Reminder:** In the off-screen context, do not forget to call [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) to avoid any risk of memory overflow. +**Reminder:** In the off-screen context, do not forget to call [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) to avoid any risk of memory overflow. #### Example 1 @@ -166,8 +157,8 @@ You want to print a form containing a list box. During the *on load* event, you #### See also -[Current form name](current-form-name.md) -[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) -[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) -[OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) -[Print object](print-object.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Current form name](../commands-legacy/current-form-name.md) +[FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) +[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md) +[OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md) +[Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form.md b/docs/commands/form.md similarity index 54% rename from docs/commands-legacy/form.md rename to docs/commands/form.md index 6939481610ced3..c4647e6c385da0 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form.md +++ b/docs/commands/form.md @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ --- id: form title: Form -slug: /commands/form displayed_sidebar: docs --- @@ -9,24 +8,35 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Parameter | Type | | Description | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Function result | Object | ← | Form data associated to the current form | +| Function result | Object | ← | Form data of the current form | *This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* +
History + +|Release|Changes| +|---|---| +|20 R8|Form class support| + +
#### Description -The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form, if any. 4D automatically associates an object to the current form in the following cases: +The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor). 4D automatically associates an object to the current form in the following cases: -* the current form has been displayed by the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command, +* the current form has been loaded by one of the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, * the current form is a subform, * a table form is currently displayed on screen. -##### DIALOG form +##### Commands (DIALOG...) + +If the current form is being displayed or loaded by a call to the [DIALOG](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, **Form** returns either: -If the current form is being displayed by a call to the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command, **Form** returns either an empty object, or the *formData* object passed as parameter to this command, if any. +- the *formData* object passed as parameter to this command, if any, +- or, an instantiated object of the [user class associated to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), if any, +- or, an empty object. ##### Subform @@ -35,7 +45,7 @@ If the current form is a subform, the returned object depends on the parent cont * If the variable associated to the parent container has been typed as an object, **Form** returns the value of this variable. In this case, the object returned by **Form** is the same as the one returned by the following expression: ```4d - (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> + (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> ``` * If the variable associated to the parent container has not been typed as an object, **Form** returns an empty object, maintained by 4D in the subform context. @@ -57,40 +67,38 @@ In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a d **Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. -In the verification form, you have assigned some [Form](form.md) object properties to variables: +In the verification form, you have assigned some Form object properties to inputs: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) Here is the code for the "Check children" button: ```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection - $save:=False //initialize the save variable -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //for each child -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values -       If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("No child to check.") - End if + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if ``` -**Note:** This example requires that object notation be enabled in the database (see *Compatibility page*). - The form displays information for each child: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) @@ -99,4 +107,5 @@ If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the par #### See also + [DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/print-form.md b/docs/commands/print-form.md similarity index 69% rename from docs/commands-legacy/print-form.md rename to docs/commands/print-form.md index fd62039ec90646..47608a6563355f 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/print-form.md +++ b/docs/commands/print-form.md @@ -1,7 +1,6 @@ --- id: print-form title: Print form -slug: /commands/print-form displayed_sidebar: docs --- @@ -31,7 +30,7 @@ In the *form* parameter, you can pass: * the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use (see *Form file path*), or * an object containing a description of the form. -Since **Print form** does not issue a page break after printing the form, it is easy to combine different forms on the same page. Thus, **Print form** is perfect for complex printing tasks that involve different tables and different forms. To force a page break between forms, use the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command. In order to carry printing over to the next page for a form whose height is greater than the available space, call the [CANCEL](cancel.md) command before the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command. +Since **Print form** does not issue a page break after printing the form, it is easy to combine different forms on the same page. Thus, **Print form** is perfect for complex printing tasks that involve different tables and different forms. To force a page break between forms, use the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. In order to carry printing over to the next page for a form whose height is greater than the available space, call the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command before the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. Three different syntaxes may be used: @@ -93,35 +92,29 @@ In this case, the command will print the section included between the *areaStart **formData** -Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using the *formData* object. Any properties of the *formData* object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you pass an object containing {"version","12"} in *formData*, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. The form data object is available in the [`On Printing Detail` form event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md). -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -The *formData* object is available in the On Printing Detail form event. *formData* allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. -**Note:** If you do not pass the *formData* parameter or if you pass an undefined object, **Print form** automatically creates a new empty object bound to the *form*, available through the [Form](form.md) command. **Return value** -The value returned by **Print form** indicates the height of the printable area. This value will be automatically taken into account by the [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) command. +The value returned by **Print form** indicates the height of the printable area. This value will be automatically taken into account by the [Get printed height](../commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md) command. The printer dialog boxes do not appear when you use **Print form**. The report does not use the print settings that were assigned to the form in the Design environment. There are two ways to specify the print settings before issuing a series of calls to **Print form**: -* Call [PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md). In this case, you let the user choose the settings. -* Call [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) and [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md). In this case, print settings are specified programmatically. +* Call [PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md). In this case, you let the user choose the settings. +* Call [SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) and [GET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/get-print-option.md). In this case, print settings are specified programmatically. -**Print form** builds each printed page in memory. Each page is printed when the page in memory is full or when you call [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). To ensure the printing of the last page after any use of **Print form**, you must conclude with the [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) command (except in the context of an [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md), see note). Otherwise, if the last page is not full, it stays in memory and is not printed. +**Print form** builds each printed page in memory. Each page is printed when the page in memory is full or when you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md). To ensure the printing of the last page after any use of **Print form**, you must conclude with the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command (except in the context of an [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), see note). Otherwise, if the last page is not full, it stays in memory and is not printed. -**Warning:** If the command is called in the context of a printing job opened with [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md), you must NOT call [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) for the last page because it is automatically printed by the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) command. If you call [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) in this case, a blank page is printed. +**Warning:** If the command is called in the context of a printing job opened with [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), you must NOT call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) for the last page because it is automatically printed by the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command. If you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) in this case, a blank page is printed. This command prints external areas and objects (for example, 4D Write or 4D View areas). The area is reset for each execution of the command. -**Warning:** Subforms are not printed with **Print form**. To print only one form with such objects, use [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) instead. +**Warning:** Subforms are not printed with **Print form**. To print only one form with such objects, use [PRINT RECORD](../commands-legacy/print-record.md) instead. -**Print form** generates only one On Printing Detail event for the form method. +**Print form** generates only one [`On Printing Detail` event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md) for the form method. **4D Server:** This command can be executed on 4D Server within the framework of a stored procedure. In this context: @@ -130,7 +123,7 @@ This command prints external areas and objects (for example, 4D Write or 4D View #### Example 1 -The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) command would. However, the report uses one of two different forms, depending on whether the record is for a check or a deposit: +The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](../commands-legacy/print-selection.md) command would. However, the report uses one of two different forms, depending on whether the record is for a check or a deposit: ```4d  QUERY([Register]) // Select the records @@ -155,7 +148,7 @@ The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) comman #### Example 2 -Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md) command. +Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](../commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md) command. #### Example 3 @@ -187,7 +180,7 @@ The code that calls the dialog then prints its body: #### See also -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md) -[SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) \ No newline at end of file +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) +[PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) +[PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md) +[SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/preprocessing.conf b/docs/preprocessing.conf index 7391746be70957..201e10088e45ac 100644 --- a/docs/preprocessing.conf +++ b/docs/preprocessing.conf @@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ DataStore Class WebServer +HTTPAgent HTTPRequest FileHandle WebSocket @@ -30,6 +31,8 @@ WebSocketConnection WebForm WebFormItem +IncomingMessage +OutgoingMessage diff --git a/docusaurus.config.js b/docusaurus.config.js index 5512396ecc9c9c..66ba99f1c4e1e6 100644 --- a/docusaurus.config.js +++ b/docusaurus.config.js @@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ module.exports = { organizationName: "4D", projectName: "docs", favicon: "img/favicon/4d.gif", + trailingSlash: false, onBrokenLinks: "ignore", onBrokenMarkdownLinks: "warn", noIndex: isProduction ? false : true, diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json index 2f2b55cd5c7e35..08994ed28a2101 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ "message": "Entorno de desarrollo", "description": "The label for category Development Environment in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "Lenguaje", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "Lenguaje 4D", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Concepts": { @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ "description": "The label for category Data Security in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Database Methods": { - "message": "Database Methods", + "message": "Métodos base", "description": "The label for category Database Methods in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Date and Time": { @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ "description": "The label for category Record Locking in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Records": { - "message": "Records", + "message": "Registros", "description": "The label for category Records in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Relations": { diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 213be0840611cf..b97fcabe54080c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Para obtener una visión general de esta clase, consulte la entrada del blog [** | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | settings | Object | -> | Parámetros para generar o cargar un par de llaves | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | +| Result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 75947e511f36b7..7dd3591ba80374 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection Una entity selection es un objeto que contiene una o más referencias a [entidades](ORDA/dsMapping.md#entity) pertenecientes a la misma [Dataclass](ORDA/dsMapping.md#dataclass). Una entity selection puede contener 0, 1 o X entidades de la dataclass -- donde X puede representar el número total de entidades contenidas en la dataclass. -Las entity selections pueden crearse a partir de selecciones existentes utilizando varias funciones de la clase [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) o [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), o funciones de la propia clase `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) u [`orderBy()`](#orderby). También puede crear entity selections vacías utilizando la función [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) o el comando [`Create new selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md). +Las entity selections pueden crearse a partir de selecciones existentes utilizando varias funciones de la clase [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) o [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), o funciones de la propia clase `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) u [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### Resumen @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ Las entity selections pueden crearse a partir de selecciones existentes utilizan | [](#sum)
| | [](#tocollection)
| +#### Ver también + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## [*index*] diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md index ef826c026062f1..99353e3d3978ba 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Esta propiedad es **lectura-escritura**. :::caution -Cuando se crea un file handle, el valor `.offset` es un número de bytes. Sin embargo, la unidad de medida del offset difiere según la función de lectura: con [`readBlob()`](#readblob), `.offset` es un número de bytes, mientras que con [`readText()`](#readtext)/[`readLine()`](#readline) es un número de caracteres. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Por lo tanto, si comienza a leer con `readBlob()` y luego llama a `readText()`, la lectura de texto comenzará en una posición inconsistente. Por lo tanto, es esencial que establezca usted mismo la propiedad `.offset` si pasa de leer/escribir blob a leer/escribir texto en el mismo filehandle. Por ejemplo: +Cuando se crea un file handle, el valor `.offset` es un número de bytes. Sin embargo, la unidad de medida del offset difiere según la función de lectura: con [`readBlob()`](#readblob), `.offset` es un número de bytes, mientras que con [`readText()`](#readtext)/[`readLine()`](#readline) es un número de caracteres. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Por lo tanto, si comienza a leer con `readBlob()` y luego llama a `readText()`, la lectura de texto comenzará en una posición inconsistente. Por ejemplo: ```4d // Abrir un fichero de texto europeo con codificación utf-16 (dos bytes por caracter) @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index 956cbee01c6b7f..4ff1cc8e2e3d29 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### Objeto OutGoingMessage +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
| -| [](#headers)
| -| [](#setbody)
| -| [](#setheader)
| -| [](#setstatus)
| -| [](#status)
| +| [](#body)
| +| [](#headers)
| +| [](#setbody)
| +| [](#setheader)
| +| [](#setstatus)
| +| [](#status)
| :::note -Un objeto 4D.OutGoingMessage es un objeto [no compartible](../Concepts/shared.md). +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Descripción -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -74,27 +74,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Descripción -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. La propiedad `.headers` es de sólo lectura. Para definir un encabezado, use la función [`setHeader()`](#setheader). - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ La propiedad `.headers` es de sólo lectura. Para definir un encabezado, use la #### Descripción -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ------------------------------------ | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Descripción -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ------- | -- | ---------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Descripción -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Descripción -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..4ff1cc8e2e3d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. + +An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). + +
Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | -------------- | +| 20 R7 | Clase añadida | + +
+ +### Ejemplo + +In this example, a `getFile()` function is implemented in the [Datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) and [can be called](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) by a REST request. The purpose is to return a **testFile.pdf** file as a response to the request: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // This is binary content + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
| +| [](#headers)
| +| [](#setbody)
| +| [](#setheader)
| +| [](#setstatus)
| +| [](#status)
| + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### Descripción + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +La propiedad `.body` es de lectura-escritura. + +You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Descripción + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +La propiedad `.headers` es de sólo lectura. Para definir un encabezado, use la función [`setHeader()`](#setheader). + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### Descripción + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- Blob +- Object +- Imagen + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ------------------------------------ | +| key | Text | -> | Propiedad de encabezado a definir | +| value | Text | -> | Valor de la propiedad del encabezado | + + + +#### Descripción + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------- | -- | ---------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Estado a definir | + + + +#### Descripción + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### Descripción + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md index 0a4a7b56b9a45b..3a5b1f072f34d3 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md @@ -7,11 +7,12 @@ Session objects are returned by the [`Session`](../commands/session.md) command. ### Tipos de sesiones -Esta clase admite tres tipos de sesiones: +The following types of sessions are supported by this class: - [**Sesiones usuario web**](WebServer/sessions.md): las sesiones usuario web están disponibles cuando [las sesiones escalables están activas en su proyecto](WebServer/sessions.md#enabling-sessions). Se utilizan para conexiones Web y REST, y se les pueden asignar privilegios. - [Sesiones usuario cliente remoto\*\*](../Desktop/clientServer.md#remote-user-sessions): en las aplicaciones cliente/servidor, los usuarios remotos tienen sus propias sesiones gestionadas en el servidor. - [**Sesión de procedimientos almacenados**](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.en.html): todos los procedimientos almacenados ejecutados en el servidor comparten la misma sesión usuario virtual. +- [**Standalone session**](../Project/overview.md#development): Local session object returned in single-user application (useful in development and test phases of client/server applications). :::note @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ La disponibilidad de las propiedades y funciones del objeto `Session` depende de :::note -This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client and stored procedure sessions. +This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ $expiration:=Session.expirationDate //eg "2021-11-05T17:10:42Z" La función `.getPrivileges()` devuelve una colección de todos los nombres de privilegios asociados a la sesión. -Con sesiones de cliente remoto y procedimiento almacenado, esta función devuelve una colección que sólo contiene "WebAdmin". +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function returns a collection only containing "WebAdmin". :::info @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ $privileges := Session.getPrivileges() La función `.hasPrivilege()` devuelve True si *privilege* está asociado a la sesión, y False en caso contrario. -Con sesiones de cliente remoto y de procedimientos almacenados, esta función siempre devuelve True, sea cual sea el *privilege*. +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function always returns True, whatever the *privilege*. #### Ejemplo @@ -270,11 +271,11 @@ End if #### Descripción -La propiedad `.id` contiene el identificador único (UUID) de la sesión en el servidor. Esta cadena única es asignada automáticamente por el servidor para cada sesión y permite identificar sus procesos. +The `.id` property contains the unique identifier (UUID) of the user session. With 4D Server, this unique string is automatically assigned by the server for each session and allows you to identify its processes. :::tip -You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) command. +You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -346,28 +347,33 @@ End if :::note -Esta propiedad sólo está disponible con sesiones de cliente remoto y procedimientos almacenados. +This property is only available with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: -La propiedad `.info` describe la sesión del cliente remoto o del procedimiento almacenado en el servidor. +The `.info` property describes the remote client or stored procedure session on the server, or the standalone session. -The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) command for remote client and stored procedure sessions. +:::note + +- El objeto `.info` es el mismo objeto que el devuelto en la propiedad "session" por el comando [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) para sesiones de cliente remoto y procedimientos almacenados. +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Session info`](../commands/session-info.md) command for a standalone session. + +::: El objeto `.info` contiene las siguientes propiedades: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| ---------------- | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text | Tipo de sesión: "remote" o "storedProcedure" | -| userName | Text | Nombre de usuario 4D (mismo valor que [`.userName`](#username)) | -| machineName | Text | Sesiones remotas: nombre de la máquina remota. Sesión de procedimientos almacenados: nombre del equipo servidor | -| systemUserName | Text | Sesiones remotas: nombre de la sesión del sistema abierta en la máquina remota. | -| IPAddress | Text | Dirección IP de la máquina remota | -| hostType | Text | Tipo de host: "windows" o "mac" | -| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Fecha y hora de creación de la sesión | -| state | Text | Estado de la sesión: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | UUID de sesión (el mismo valor que [`.id`](#id)) | -| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Tipo de sesión: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | Nombre de usuario 4D (mismo valor que [`.userName`](#username)) | +| machineName | Text | Sesiones remotas: nombre de la máquina remota. Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | Sesiones remotas: nombre de la sesión del sistema abierta en la máquina remota. | +| IPAddress | Text | Dirección IP de la máquina remota | +| hostType | Text | Tipo de host: "windows" o "mac" | +| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | Estado de la sesión: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | +| ID | Text | UUID de sesión (el mismo valor que [`.id`](#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | :::note @@ -403,7 +409,7 @@ Dado que `.info` es una propiedad calculada, se recomienda llamarla una vez y lu :::note -Esta función siempre devuelve **False** con sesiones de cliente remoto y procedimientos almacenados. +This function always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -451,7 +457,7 @@ End if :::note -Esta función no hace nada y siempre devuelve **False** con las sesiones de clientes remotos y de los procedimientos almacenados. +This function does nothing and always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -532,7 +538,7 @@ Esta propiedad es **sólo lectura** en sí misma pero devuelve un objeto de lect :::tip -You can get the `.storage` property of a session using the [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) command. +Puede obtener la propiedad `.storage` de una sesión utilizando el comando [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md). ::: @@ -580,7 +586,8 @@ End use La propiedad `.userName` contiene el nombre de usuario asociado a la sesión. Puede utilizarlo para identificar al usuario dentro de su código. - Con las sesiones web, esta propiedad es una cadena vacía por defecto. Puede definirse mediante la propiedad `privileges` de la función [`setPrivileges()`](#setprivileges). -- With remote and stored procedure sessions, this property returns the same user name as the [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md) command. +- Con sesiones remotas y de procedimientos almacenados, esta propiedad devuelve el mismo nombre de usuario que el comando [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md). +- Con sesiones independientes, esta propiedad contiene "diseñador" o el nombre definido con el comando [`SET USER ALIAS`](../commands-legacy/set-user-alias.md). Esta propiedad es **solo lectura**. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SignalClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SignalClass.md index b8526edc4a57fc..0e579eed98cfa9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SignalClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SignalClass.md @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ Un objeto `4D.Signal` contiene los siguientes métodos y propiedades integrados: - [`.signaled`](#signaled) - [`.description`](#description). -Todo worker/proceso que llame al método `.wait()` suspenderá su ejecución hasta que la propiedad `.signaled` sea true. Mientras espera una señal, el proceso que llama no utiliza ninguna CPU. Esto puede ser muy interesante para el rendimiento en aplicaciones multiproceso. La propiedad `.signaled` se convierte en true cuando cualquier worker/proceso llama al método `.trigger()`. +Lanzamiento Mientras espera una señal, el proceso que llama no utiliza ninguna CPU. Esto puede ser muy interesante para el rendimiento en aplicaciones multiproceso. Lanzamiento Tenga en cuenta que para evitar situaciones de bloqueo, el método `.wait()` también puede regresar después de que se haya alcanzado un tiempo de espera definido. -Signal objects are created with the [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md) command. +Los objetos señal se crean con el comando [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md). ### Trabajar con señales -In 4D, you create a new signal object by calling the [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md) command. Una vez creada, esta señal debe pasarse como parámetro a los comandos `New process` o `CALL WORKER` para que puedan modificarla cuando hayan terminado la tarea que se quiere esperar. +En 4D, se crea un nuevo objeto señal llamando al comando [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md). Una vez creada, esta señal debe pasarse como parámetro a los comandos `New process` o `CALL WORKER` para que puedan modificarla cuando hayan terminado la tarea que se quiere esperar. - `signal.wait()` debe ser llamado desde el worker/proceso que necesita que otro worker/proceso termine una tarea para poder continuar. - `signal.trigger()` debe llamarse desde el worker/proceso que terminó su ejecución para liberar a todos los demás. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Esta propiedad está en **lectura-escritura**. #### Descripción -La propiedad `.signaled` contiene el estado actual del objeto `Signal`. Cuando se crea la señal, `.signaled` es **False**. Se convierte en **True** cuando la función `.trigger( )` se llama en el objeto. +Lanzamiento Cuando se crea la señal, `.signaled` es **False**. La propiedad `.signaled` se convierte en true cuando cualquier worker/proceso llama al método `.trigger()`. Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. La función `.trigger( )` define la propiedad `signaled` del objeto signal como **true** y despierta a todos los workers o procesos que esperan esta signal. -Si la señal ya está en el estado de señalización (es decir, la propiedad signaled\` ya es **true**), la función no hace nada. +Si la señal ya está en el estado de señalización (es decir, la propiedad signaled\\` ya es **true**), la función no hace nada. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebFormClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebFormClass.md index 60e0b6da338791..10464b6e36ed02 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebFormClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebFormClass.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Esta función no hace nada si: Si [activa](#enablestate) o desactiva varios estados en la misma función usuario, todas las modificaciones se envían al mismo tiempo al cliente una vez finalizada la función. -For more information on web form states, please refer to [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). +Para más información sobre los estados de los formularios web, consulte [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). ### .enableState() @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Esta función no hace nada si: Si activa o [desactiva](#disablestate) varios estados dentro de la misma función usuario, todas las modificaciones se envían al mismo tiempo al cliente una vez que la función termina. -For more information on web form states, please refer to [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). +Para más información sobre los estados de los formularios web, consulte [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ZipArchiveClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ZipArchiveClass.md index 13a628467a306c..87dcd8ab81c048 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ZipArchiveClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ZipArchiveClass.md @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ title: ZIPArchive Un archivo ZIP 4D es un objeto `File` o `Folder` que contiene uno o más archivos o carpetas, que se comprimen para ser más pequeños que su tamaño original. Estos archivos se crean con una extensión ".zip" y pueden utilizarse para ahorrar espacio en el disco o transferir archivos a través de medios que pueden tener limitaciones de tamaño (por ejemplo, el correo electrónico o la red). -- You create a 4D ZIP archive with the [`ZIP Create archive`](../commands/zip-create-archive.md) command. -- 4D [`ZIPFile`](ZipFileClass.md) and [`ZIPFolder`](ZipFolderClass.md) instances are available through the [`root`](#root) property (`ZIPFolder`) of the object returned by [`ZIP Read archive`](../commands/zip-read-archive.md) command. +- Puede crear un archivo ZIP 4D con el comando [`ZIP Create archive`](../commands/zip-create-archive.md). +- Las instancias 4D [`ZIPFile`](ZipFileClass.md) y [`ZIPFolder`](ZipFolderClass.md) están disponibles a través de la propiedad [`root`](#root) (`ZIPFolder`) del objeto devuelto por el comando [`ZIP Read archive`](../commands/zip-read-archive.md). ### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/cli.md index 2b615b9777059b..e36d64c75a5ae8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/cli.md @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ Sintaxis: | `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Llave de acceso para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Estado del lanzamiento automático del [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Almacena la llave de acceso y los parámetros de inicio automático en el archivo de parámetros actualmente utilizado (es decir, el archivo [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) por defecto o un archivo personalizado designado con el parámetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilice el argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para guardar esta configuración si es necesario. No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--utility` | | Sólo disponible con 4D Server. Lanza [4D Server en modo utilitario](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | +| `--utility` | | Sólo disponible con 4D Server. Sólo disponible con 4D Server. | | `--skip-onstartup` | | Lanza el proyecto sin ejecutar ningún método "automático", incluyendo los métodos base `On Startup` y `On Exit` | | `--startup-method` | Nombre del método proyecto (cadena) | Método de proyecto a ejecutar inmediatamente después del método base `On Startup` (si no se omite con `--skip-onstartup`). | -(\*) Algunos diálogos se muestran antes de abrir la base de datos, por lo que es imposible escribir en el [archivo de registro de diagnóstico](Debugging/debugLogFiles. d#4ddiagnosticlogtxt) (alerta de licencia, diálogo de conversión, selección de bases de datos, selección de archivos de datos). En este caso, se +(\*) Algunos diálogos se muestran antes de abrir la base de datos, por lo que es imposible escribir en el [archivo de registro de diagnóstico](Debugging/debugLogFiles.md#4ddiagnosticlogtxt) (alerta de licencia, diálogo de conversión, selección de bases de datos, selección de archivos de datos). En este caso, se lanza un mensaje de error tanto en el flujo stderr como en el registro de eventos sistema, y luego la aplicación se cierra. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/settings.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/settings.md index dab009a0c6b034..9c244b5fa06a66 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/settings.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/settings.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Las opciones que se encuentran en esta pestaña le permiten establecer y configu - **Nunca**: la función de copia de seguridad programada está inactiva. - **Cada hora**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada hora, a partir de la hora siguiente. -- **Cada día**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada día. A continuación, puede introducir la hora a la que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. +- Backups periódicos A continuación, puede introducir la hora a la que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Todas las semanas**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada semana. Dos áreas de entrada adicionales le permiten indicar el día y la hora en que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Todos los meses**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada mes. Dos áreas de entrada adicionales le permiten indicar el día del mes y la hora en que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Personalizado**: sirve para configurar las copias de seguridad automáticas "a medida". Al seleccionar esta opción, aparecen varias áreas de entrada adicionales: @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Esta área le permite determinar qué archivos y/o carpetas deben copiarse duran - **Archivo de estructura usuario (sólo para bases binaria)**: _funcionalidad obsoleta_ - **Adjuntos**: esta área permite especificar un conjunto de archivos y/o carpetas que se respaldarán al mismo tiempo que la aplicación. Estos archivos pueden ser de cualquier tipo (documentos o plantillas de plug-ins, etiquetas, informes, imágenes, etc.). Puede definir archivos individuales o carpetas cuyo contenido se respaldará completamente. Cada elemento adjunto aparece con su ruta de acceso completa en el área "Adjuntos ". - **Eliminar**: retira el archivo seleccionado de la lista de archivos adjuntos. - - **Añadir carpeta...**: muestra una caja de diálogo que permite seleccionar una carpeta para añadirla a la copia de seguridad. En el caso de una restitución, la carpeta se recuperará con su estructura interna. Puede seleccionar toda carpeta o volumen conectado a la máquina, a excepción de la carpeta que contiene los archivos de la aplicación. + - Gestión del archivo de historial En el caso de una restitución, la carpeta se recuperará con su estructura interna. Puede seleccionar toda carpeta o volumen conectado a la máquina, a excepción de la carpeta que contiene los archivos de la aplicación. - **Añadir archivo...**: muestra una caja de diálogo que permite seleccionar un archivo para añadirlo a la copia de seguridad. ### Carpeta de destino del archivo de copia de seguridad @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Estas opciones se aplican a los archivos de copia de seguridad principales y a l #### Restaurar la última copia de seguridad si la base de datos está dañada -When this option is checked, the program automatically starts the restore of the data file of the last valid backup of the application, if an anomaly is detected (corrupted file, for example) during application launch. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. +Cuando se marca esta opción, el programa inicia automáticamente la restauración del archivo de datos de la última copia de seguridad válida de la aplicación, si se detecta una anomalía (archivo dañado, por ejemplo) durante el lanzamiento de la aplicación. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. #### Integrar los últimos registros si la base de datos está incompleta diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md index 8074584a923cf9..c3aa79e3a3f4a4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Clases El lenguaje 4D soporta el concepto de **clases**. En un lenguaje de programación, el uso de una clase permite definir el comportamiento de un objeto con propiedades y funciones asociadas. -Cada objeto es una instancia de su clase. Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una clase puede [`extend`](#class-extends-classname) otra clase, y luego hereda sus [funciones](#function) y propiedades ([declaradas](#property) y [calculadas](#function-get-and-function-set)). +Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una clase puede [`extend`](#class-extends-classname) otra clase, y luego hereda sus [funciones](#function) y propiedades ([declaradas](#property) y [calculadas](#function-get-and-function-set)). > El modelo de clases en 4D es similar al de las clases en JavaScript, y se basa en una cadena de prototipos. @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ En las diferentes ventanas 4D (editor de código, compilador, depurador, explora Las clases disponibles son accesibles desde sus class stores. Hay dos class stores disponibles: -- [`cs`](../commands/cs.md) for user class store -- [`4D`](../commands/4d.md) for built-in class store +- [`cs`](../commands/cs.md) para el almacén de clases de usuario +- [`4D`](../commands/4d.md) para el almacén de clases integrado ### `cs` @@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ Las clases disponibles son accesibles desde sus class stores. Hay dos class stor -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| classStore | Object | &larr; | Class store usuario para el proyecto o componente | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------ | -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| classStore | Object | &amp;amp;larr; | Class store usuario para el proyecto o componente | | El comando `cs` devuelve el almacén de clases de usuario para el proyecto o componente actual. Devuelve todas las clases de usuario [definidas](#class-definition) en el proyecto o componente abierto. Por defecto, sólo las [clases ORDA](ORDA/ordaClasses.md) están disponibles. @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ $instance:=cs.myClass.new() -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | -------------- | ---------------- | -| classStore | Object | &larr; | Class store 4D | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------- | ---------------- | +| classStore | Object | &amp;amp;larr; | Class store 4D | | El comando `4D` devuelve el almacén de clases para las clases 4D integradas. Ofrece acceso a las APIs específicas como [CryptoKey](API/CryptoKeyClass.md). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ En las definiciones de clase se pueden utilizar palabras claves específicas de - `property` para definir propiedades estáticas de los objetos con un tipo. - `Function get ` y `Function set ` para definir las propiedades calculadas de los objetos. - `Class extends ` para definir la herencia. -- `This` and `Super` are commands that have special +- `This` y `Super` son comandos que tienen funciones especiales ### `Function` @@ -191,9 +191,15 @@ En las definiciones de clase se pueden utilizar palabras claves específicas de // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Las funciones de clase son propiedades específicas de la clase. Son objetos de la clase [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). En el archivo de definición de clase, las declaraciones de función utilizan la palabra clave `Function` seguida del nombre de la función. -Si la función se declara en una [clase compartida](#clases-compartidas), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` para que la función pueda ser llamada sin la estructura `Use...End use`. Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. +Si las funciones se declaran en una [clase compartida](#shared-class-constructor), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` con ellas para que puedan ser llamadas sin la estructura [`Use...End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. El nombre de la función debe ser compatible con las [reglas de nomenclatura de objetos](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -325,11 +331,17 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // código ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Una función constructora de clase acepta [parámetros](#parameters) opcionales y puede ser utilizada para crear e inicializar objetos de la clase del usuario. Cuando llama a la función [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), el constructor de clase es llamado con los parámetros opcionalmente pasados a la función `new()`. -Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). Un constructor puede utilizar la palabra clave [`Super`](#super) para llamar al constructor de la superclase. +Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. Puede crear y escribir propiedades de instancia dentro del constructor (ver ejemplo). Alternativamente, si los valores de las propiedades de instancia no dependen de los parámetros pasados al constructor, puede definirlos utilizando la palabra clave [`property`](#property). @@ -365,7 +377,7 @@ La palabra clave`property` se puede utilizar para declarar una propiedad dentro La declaración de propiedades de clase mejora las sugerencias del editor de código, las funciones de tecleo predictivo y la detección de errores. -Las propiedades se declaran para nuevos objetos cuando llama a [`new()`](API/ClassClass. d#new), sin embargo, no se añaden automáticamente a los objetos (sólo se añaden cuando se les asigna un valor). +Las propiedades se declaran para nuevos objetos cuando llama a [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), sin embargo, no se añaden automáticamente a los objetos (sólo se añaden cuando se les asigna un valor). :::note @@ -491,15 +503,15 @@ $o.age:="Smith" //error con la sintaxis de verificación Si no se accede a la propiedad, el código nunca se ejecuta. -Las propiedades calculadas están diseñadas para manejar datos que no necesitan ser guardados en memoria. Generalmente se basan en propiedades persistentes. For example, if a class object contains as persistent property the _gross price_ and the _VAT rate_, the _net price_ could be handled by a computed property.

In the class definition file, computed property +Las propiedades calculadas están diseñadas para manejar datos que no necesitan ser guardados en memoria. Generalmente se basan en propiedades persistentes. For example, if a class object contains as persistent property the _gross price_ and the _VAT rate_, the _net price_ could be handled by a computed property.

In the class definition file, computed property En el archivo de definición de la clase, las declaraciones de propiedades calculadas utilizan las palabras claves `Function get` (_getter_) y `Function set` (_setter_) seguido por el nombre de la propiedad. El nombre debe cumplir con las [reglas de nomenclatura de las propiedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). `Función get` devuelve un valor del tipo de la propiedad y `Function set` toma un parámetro del tipo de la propiedad. Ambos argumentos deben cumplir con los [parámetros de función](#parameters) estándar. -Cuando ambas funciones están definidas, la propiedad calculada es **read-write**. Si solo se define una `Function get`, la propiedad calculada es **de solo lectura**. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. Si solo se define una `Función set`, 4D devuelve _undefined_ cuando se lee la propiedad. +Cuando ambas funciones están definidas, la propiedad calculada es **read-write**. Si solo se define una `Function get`, la propiedad calculada es **de solo lectura**. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. -Si las funciones se declaran en una [clase compartida](#shared-class-constructor), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` con ellas para que puedan ser llamadas sin la estructura [`Use...End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. +Si la función se declara en una [clase compartida](#clases-compartidas), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` para que la función pueda ser llamada sin la estructura `Use...End use`. Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. El tipo de la propiedad calculada es definido por la declaración de tipo `$return` del \*getter \*. Puede ser de cualquier [tipo de propiedad válido](dt_object.md). @@ -600,7 +612,7 @@ The following commands have specific features when they are used within class fu ### `Super` -The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. It can be called in the [class constructor](#class-constructor) or in a class function code. +The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). For more details, see the [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command description. @@ -617,7 +629,7 @@ Function f() : Integer return This.a+This.b ``` -Then you can write in a method: +A continuación, puede escribir en un método: ```4d $o:=cs.ob.new() diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/dt_number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/dt_number.md index 12c3645e23570a..c67d2b97a2a70b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/dt_number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/dt_number.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ title: Number (Real, Integer) Número es un término genérico que significa: - Los campos, variables o expresiones de tipo real. El rango del tipo Real es ±1,7e±308 (13 dígitos significativos). -- Integer variable or expression. The range for the Integer data type is -2^31..(2^31)-1 (4-byte Integer, aka *Long* or *Longint*). +- Variable o expresión entera. The range for the Integer data type is -2^31..(2^31)-1 (4-byte Integer, aka *Long* or *Longint*). :::info Compatibilidad @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ Los números negativos se especifican con el signo menos (-). Por ejemplo: | | | | 10 = 11 | False | | Desigualdad | Número # Número | Boolean | 10 #11 | True | | | | | 10 # 10 | False | -| Mayor que | Number > Number | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | +| Mayor que | Número > Número | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | | | | | 10 > 11 | False | -| Menor que | Number < Number | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | +| Menor que | Número < Número | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | | | | | 11 < 10 | False | -| Mayor o igual que | Number >= Number | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | +| Mayor o igual que | Número >= Número | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | | | | | 10 >= 11 | False | -| Menor o igual que | Number <= Number | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | +| Menor o igual que | Número <= Número | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | | | | | 11 <= 10 | False | ### Módulo @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ El operador modulo % divide el primer número entre el segundo y devuelve un res :::warning -El operador modulo % devuelve valores significativos con números que están en el rango de los enteros largos (de –2^31 hasta 2^31 menos 1). To calculate the modulo with numbers outside of this range, use the [`Mod`](../commands-legacy/mod.md) command. +El operador modulo % devuelve valores significativos con números que están en el rango de los enteros largos (de –2^31 hasta 2^31 menos 1). Para calcular el módulo con números fuera de este rango, utilice el comando [`Mod`](../commands-legacy/mod.md). ::: @@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ El operador de división entero largo \ devuelve valores significativos sólo co ### Comparación real -To compare two reals for equality, the 4D language actually compares the absolute value of the difference with *epsilon*. See the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md) command. +Para comparar dos reales por igualdad, el lenguaje 4D realmente compara el valor absoluto de la diferencia con el *épsilon*. Ver el comando [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md). :::note -For consistency, the 4D database engine always compares database fields of the real type using a 10^-6 value for *epsilon* and does not take the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md) setting into account. +Por coherencia, el motor de base de datos 4D siempre compara los campos de base de datos de tipo real utilizando un valor de 10^-6 para *epsilon* y no tiene en cuenta el ajuste [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md). ::: @@ -143,16 +143,16 @@ An expression that uses a bitwise operator returns a Long value, except for the La siguiente tabla lista los operadores a nivel de bits y sus efectos: -| Operación | Descripción | -| -------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Y | Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. Here is the logical AND table:

  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if the two operand bits are 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | -| O (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \| 1 --> 1
  • 0 \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if at least one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | -| O (exclusivo) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \| 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if only one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | -| Left Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la izquierda el número de posiciones indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la izquierda se pierden y los nuevos bits de la derecha se ponen en 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | -| Right Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la derecha el número de posición indicado por el segundo operando. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | -| Bit Set | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 1. Los demás bits no se modifican. | -| Poner el bit en 0 | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 0. Los demás bits no se modifican. | -| Probar bit | Devuelve True si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 1. Devuelve False si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 0. | +| Operación | Descripción | +| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Y | Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. | +| O (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \\ | +| O (exclusivo) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \\ | +| Left Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la izquierda el número de posiciones indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la izquierda se pierden y los nuevos bits de la derecha se ponen en 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | +| Right Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la derecha el número de posición indicado por el segundo operando. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | +| Bit Set | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 1. Los demás bits no se modifican. | +| Poner el bit en 0 | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 0. Los demás bits no se modifican. | +| Probar bit | Devuelve True si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 1. Devuelve False si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 0. | ### Ejemplos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/error-handling.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/error-handling.md index 575253bc2fa694..b8107e582914ce 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/error-handling.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/error-handling.md @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ Dentro de un método de gestión de errores personalizado, tiene acceso a varios 4D mantiene automáticamente una serie de variables denominadas [**variables sistema**](variables.md#system-variables), que responden a diferentes necesidades. ::: -- el comando [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1799.html) que devuelve una colección de la pila actual de errores ocurridos en la aplicación 4D. You can also use the [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1015.html) command that returns the same information as arrays. -- the `Call chain` command that returns a collection of objects describing each step of the method call chain within the current process. +- el comando [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1799.html) que devuelve una colección de la pila actual de errores ocurridos en la aplicación 4D. el comando [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1799.html) que devuelve una colección de la pila actual de errores ocurridos en la aplicación 4D. +- el comando `Call chain` que devuelve una colección de objetos que describen cada paso de la cadena de llamadas a métodos dentro del proceso actual. #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md index 8c716ac5aebede..8dc486dbeeae10 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Eventos formulario Los eventos formulario son eventos que pueden llevar a la ejecución del método de formulario y/o del o de los métodos objeto de formulario. Los eventos de formulario le permiten controlar el flujo de su aplicación y escribir código que se ejecuta sólo cuando ocurre un evento específico. -En su código, se controlan los eventos mediante el comando `FORM Event`, que devuelve el evento disparado. Por ejemplo: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. Por ejemplo: ```4d //code of a button @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## Objeto evento -Cada evento es devuelto como un objeto por el comando `FORM Event`. Por defecto, contiene las siguientes propiedades: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. Por defecto, contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cuando se produce un evento formulario, 4D realiza las siguientes acciones: No asuma que los métodos objeto, si los hay, serán llamados en un orden particular. La regla general es que los métodos objeto siempre se llaman antes que el método formulario. Si un objeto es un subformulario, se llaman los métodos objeto del formulario lista del subformulario, y luego se llama al método formulario del formulario listado. 4D continúa llamando a los métodos objeto del formulario padre. En otras palabras, cuando un objeto es un subformulario, 4D utiliza la misma regla general para los métodos objeto y formulario dentro del objeto subformulario. -Excepto en los eventos [En carga](onLoad.md) y [En descarga](onUnload.md) (ver más abajo), si la propiedad del evento formulario no está seleccionada para un evento determinado, esto no impide las llamadas a los métodos objetos cuya misma propiedad de eve En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. +ATENCIÓN: los eventos [On Load](onLoad.md) y [On Unload](onUnload.md) se generan para los objetos si están activados a la vez para los objetos y para el formulario al que pertenecen los objetos. En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. El número de objetos asociados a un evento depende de la naturaleza del mismo. @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ El número de objetos asociados a un evento depende de la naturaleza del mismo. Tenga siempre en cuenta que, para todo evento, se llama al método de un formulario o de un objeto si se selecciona la correspondiente propiedad del evento para el formulario o los objetos. La ventaja de desactivar los eventos en el entorno de diseño (utilizando la lista de propiedades del editor de formularios) es que puede reducir el número de llamadas a los métodos y, por tanto, optimizar significativamente la velocidad de ejecución de sus formularios. -> ATENCIÓN: los eventos [On Load](onLoad.md) y [On Unload](onUnload.md) se generan para los objetos si están activados a la vez para los objetos y para el formulario al que pertenecen los objetos. Si los eventos están activados sólo para los objetos, no se producirán; estos dos eventos también deben estar activados a nivel del formulario. +> Excepto en los eventos [En carga](onLoad.md) y [En descarga](onUnload.md) (ver más abajo), si la propiedad del evento formulario no está seleccionada para un evento determinado, esto no impide las llamadas a los métodos objetos cuya misma propiedad de eve En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. Si los eventos están activados sólo para los objetos, no se producirán; estos dos eventos también deben estar activados a nivel del formulario. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md index b8914e618d9dde..1d7a1d37c80183 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ La barra de objetos contiene todos los objetos activos e inactivos que se pueden | ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/splitter.png) | [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) / [Control de pestañas](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | D | | ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/plugin.png) | [Área de plug-in ](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md) / [Subformulario](FormObjects/subform_overview.md) / [Área Web](FormObjects/webArea_overview.md) / [4D Write Pro](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md) / [4D View Pro](FormObjects/viewProArea_overview | X | -Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Después de crear un objeto, puede modificar su tipo utilizando la lista de propiedades. Mantenga presionada la tecla **Mayúsculas** mientras dibuja para restringir el objeto a una forma regular. Las líneas se limitan a horizontales, 45° o verticales, los rectángulos se limitan a cuadrados y los óvalos se limitan a círculos. +Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Después de crear un objeto, puede modificar su tipo utilizando la lista de propiedades. Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Las líneas se limitan a horizontales, 45° o verticales, los rectángulos se limitan a cuadrados y los óvalos se limitan a círculos. La variante actual del tema es el objeto que se insertará en el formulario. Al hacer clic en la parte derecha de un botón, se accede al menú de variantes: @@ -100,6 +100,8 @@ Puede presionar dos veces el botón para que permanezca seleccionado incluso des ### Lista de propiedades +![](../assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png) + Tanto los formularios como los objetos de formulario tienen propiedades que controlan el acceso al formulario, la apariencia del mismo y el comportamiento del formulario cuando se utiliza. Las propiedades del formulario incluyen, por ejemplo, el nombre del formulario, su barra de menú y su tamaño. Las propiedades de los objetos incluyen, por ejemplo, su nombre, sus dimensiones, su color de fondo y su fuente. Puede visualizar y modificar las propiedades de los objetos y formularios utilizando la lista de propiedades. Muestra las propiedades del formulario o de los objetos en función de lo que se seleccione en la ventana del editor. @@ -134,7 +136,7 @@ Una vez insertado el objeto en el formulario, puede modificar sus característic Puede trabajar con dos tipos de objetos en sus formularios: -- **Objetos estáticos** (líneas, marcos, imágenes de fondo, etc.): estos objetos se utilizan generalmente para definir la apariencia del formulario y sus etiquetas, así como para la interfaz gráfica. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. También puede definir sus atributos gráficos (tamaño, color, fuente, etc.) y sus propiedades de redimensionamiento utilizando la Lista de Propiedades. Los objetos estáticos no tienen variables asociadas como los objetos activos. Sin embargo, se pueden insertar objetos dinámicos en objetos estáticos. +- **Objetos estáticos** (líneas, marcos, imágenes de fondo, etc.): estos objetos se utilizan generalmente para definir la apariencia del formulario y sus etiquetas, así como para la interfaz gráfica. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Los objetos estáticos no tienen variables asociadas como los objetos activos. Sin embargo, se pueden insertar objetos dinámicos en objetos estáticos. - **Objetos activos**: estos objetos realizan tareas o funciones en la interfaz y pueden adoptar muchas formas: campos, botones, listas desplazables, etc. Cada objeto activo está asociado a un campo o a una variable. @@ -333,7 +335,7 @@ Puede previsualizar el resultado real de sus parámetros haciendo clic en el bot ### Gestionar los planos de los objetos -A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Por ejemplo, puede tener un gráfico que desee que aparezca detrás de los campos en un formulario. 4D ofrece cuatro elementos de menú, **Mover hacia atrás**, **Mover hacia delante**, **Subir un nivel** y **Bajar un nivel** que le permiten organizar los planos de los objetos en el formulario. Estas capas también determinan el orden de entrada por defecto (ver Modificación del orden de entrada de datos). La figura siguiente muestra objetos delante y detrás de otros objetos: +A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Por ejemplo, puede tener un gráfico que desee que aparezca detrás de los campos en un formulario. A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Estas capas también determinan el orden de entrada por defecto (ver Modificación del orden de entrada de datos). La figura siguiente muestra objetos delante y detrás de otros objetos: ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/layering.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index a50d758f93afc7..6377f8b8157879 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Propiedades de los formularios > La propiedad de esquema de color sólo se aplica en macOS. -Esta propiedad define el esquema de colores para el formulario. This property defines the color scheme for the form. Esto se puede cambiar para el formulario a una de las dos opciones siguientes: +Esta propiedad define el esquema de colores para el formulario. Esta propiedad define el esquema de colores para el formulario. Esto se puede cambiar para el formulario a una de las dos opciones siguientes: - dark -- texto claro sobre fondo oscuro - light - dark text on a light background @@ -33,32 +33,45 @@ Un archivo CSS definido a nivel de formulario anulará la(s) hoja(s) de estilo p #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------ | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| css | cadena o colección | CSS file path(s) provided as:
  • a string (a file for both platforms)
  • a collection of strings (a list of files for both platform)
  • a collection of {"path":string;"media":"mac" \| "win"} objects
    • | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------ | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| css | cadena o colección | CSS file path(s) provided as:
  • a string (a file for both platforms)
  • a collection of strings (a list of files for both platform)
  • a collection of {"path":string;"media":"mac" \\ | --- -## Pages +## Form Class -Cada formulario consta de al menos dos páginas: +Name of an existing [user class](../Concepts/classes.md#class-definition) to associate to the form . The user class can belong to the host project or to a [component](../Extensions/develop-components.md#sharing-of-classes), in which case the formal syntax is "[_componentNameSpace_](../settings/general.md#component-namespace-in-the-class-store).className". -- una página 0 (página de fondo) -- una página 1 (página principal) +Associating a class to the form provides the following benefits: -Para más información, consulte [Páginas formulario](forms.md#form-pages). +- When you work in the [Form editor](../FormEditor/formEditor.md), the associated class is used for accurate syntax checking of expressions such as `Form.myProperty` in all areas of the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) that support [expressions](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) (e.g. **Variable or Expression**, **Font color expression**...). Errors are displayed in red and warnings are displayed in yellow in the left column of the Property list and you can hover it to get explanations: + +![](../assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png) + +- The detection of errors in the code of form object expressions by the [compiler](../Project/compiler.md) is improved. + +- You can also to benefit from [autocompletion features](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#autocomplete-functions) in the code editor. + +- When the form is executed, 4D automatically instantiates a user class object for the form, which is returned by the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) object. Your code can directly access class functions defined in the user class through the `Form` command (e.g. `Form.message()`) without having to pass a _formData_ object as parameter to the [`DIALOG`](../commands/dialog.md), [`Print form`](../commands/print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](../commands/form-load.md) commands. + +:::note + +See [this blog post](http://blog.4d.com/empower-your-development-process-with-your-forms) for an illustration of this feature. + +::: #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------ | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| pages | collection | Colección de páginas (cada página es un objeto, la página 0 es el primer elemento | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| --------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| formClass | string | name of an existing user class ("_className_" or "_componentNameSpace_._className_") | --- ## Nombre del formulario -Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. El nombre del formulario debe cumplir con las [reglas especificadas para los identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md) en 4D. +Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. #### Gramática JSON @@ -126,6 +139,23 @@ Define `\` en la lista de propiedades (o " " en JSON) para heredar un form --- +## Pages + +Cada formulario consta de al menos dos páginas: + +- una página 0 (página de fondo) +- una página 1 (página principal) + +Para más información, consulte [Páginas formulario](forms.md#form-pages). + +#### Gramática JSON + +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------ | -------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| pages | collection | Colección de páginas (cada página es un objeto, la página 0 es el primer elemento | + +--- + ## Publicado como Subformulario Para que un formulario componente sea seleccionado como [subformulario](FormObjects/subform_overview.md) en una aplicación anfitriona, debe haber sido compartido explícitamente. Cuando se selecciona esta propiedad, el formulario se publicará en la aplicación local. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/button_overview.md index 07c6c83f3d6aa5..8d3ebd7c54b88d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -332,5 +332,5 @@ Todos los botones comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) - Plano, Regular: [Botón por defecto](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index fde9abdd9ba43c..91f6ee46d7606d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del El estilo del botón Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar propiedades específicas: -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) +- [Ruta de acceso al fondo de pantalla](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) -- [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) and [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) y [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) -It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), that can be used in conjunction with a [4-state](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) [background picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname). +Generalmente está asociado con una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), que puede ser usada en conjunto con una [imagen de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) [4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -394,5 +394,5 @@ Todas las casillas de selección comparten un mismo conjunto de propiedades bás Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) - Plana, Regular: [Tres Estados](properties_Display.md#three-states) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md index 94f58b51b298b7..85eac4dfb5c5ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ Los objetos de tipo combo box aceptan dos opciones específicas: - [Inserción automática](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion): permite añadir automáticamente un valor a la fuente de datos cuando un usuario introduce un valor que no se encuentra en la lista asociada al combo box. - [Exclusión](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) (lista de valores excluidos): permite establecer una lista cuyos valores no pueden introducirse en el combo box. Si se introduce un valor excluido, no se acepta y se muestra un mensaje de error. -> > Associating a [list of required values](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) is not available for combo boxes. En una interfaz, si un objeto debe proponer una lista finita de valores requeridos, entonces debe utilizar un objeto [lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md#overview). +> Asociar una [lista de valores obligatorios](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) no está disponible para combo boxes. En una interfaz, si un objeto debe proponer una lista finita de valores requeridos, entonces debe utilizar un objeto [lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md#overview). ## Propiedades soportadas -[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Consejo de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Formato de hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 0615822e87edac..82038734f97b30 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Los usuarios pueden introducir y mostrar el texto en varias líneas dentro de un En las celdas se pueden mostrar booleanos e imágenes, así como fechas, horas o números. Es posible ordenar los valores de las columnas haciendo clic en un encabezado ([ordenación estándar](#managing-sorts)). Todas las columnas se sincronizan automáticamente. -También es posible cambiar el tamaño de cada columna, y el usuario puede modificar el orden de las [columnas](properties_ListBox.md#locked-columns-and-static-columns) y [líneas](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) moviéndolas con el ratón, si esta acción e Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). +También es posible cambiar el tamaño de cada columna, y el usuario puede modificar el orden de las [columnas](properties_ListBox.md#locked-columns-and-static-columns) y [líneas](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) moviéndolas con el ratón, si esta acción e Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). El usuario puede seleccionar una o varias líneas utilizando los atajos estándar: **Mayúsculas+clic** para una selección adyacente y **Ctrl+clic** (Windows) o **Comando+clic** (macOS) para una selección no adyacente. @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ El método objeto de columna obtiene los eventos que se producen en su [encabeza ### Tipos de list box -Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. El tipo de list box depende de su [propiedad Fuente de datos](properties_Object.md#data-source): +Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. - **Arrays**: cada columna está ligada a un array 4D. Los list boxes basados en arrays pueden mostrarse como [list boxes jerárquicos](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). - **Selección** (**Selección actual** o **Selección con nombre**): cada columna está vinculada a una expresión (por ejemplo, un campo) que se evalúa para cada registro de la selección. - **Collection o Entity selection**: cada columna está ligada a una expresión que se evalúa para cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad de la selección de entidades. -> No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. +> \> > No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. ### Gestión de list boxes @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ LIST TO ARRAY("ListName";varCol) ### List box de tipo selección -En este tipo de list box, cada columna puede estar asociada a un campo (por ejemplo `[Employees]LastName)` o a una expresión. La expresión puede basarse en uno o más campos (por ejemplo, `[Employees]FirstName+" "[Employees]LastName`) o puede ser simplemente una fórmula (por ejemplo `String(Milliseconds)`). La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. +En este tipo de list box, cada columna puede estar asociada a un campo (por ejemplo `[Employees]LastName)` o a una expresión. La expresión puede basarse en uno o más campos (por ejemplo, `[Employees]FirstName+" "[Employees]LastName`) o puede ser simplemente una fórmula (por ejemplo `String(Milliseconds)`). La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. A continuación, el contenido de cada línea se evalúa en función de una selección de registros: la **selección actual** de una tabla o una **selección temporal**. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ En el caso de un list box basado en la selección actual de una tabla, cualquier En este tipo de list box, cada columna debe estar asociada a una expresión. El contenido de cada línea se evalúa entonces por elemento de la colección o por entidad de la selección de entidades. -Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al que se puede acceder a través de la palabra clave [This](../Concepts/classes.md#this). Una expresión de columna puede ser una ruta de propiedad, un método de proyecto, una variable o cualquier fórmula, accediendo a cada entidad u objeto elemento de colección a través de `This`, por ejemplo `This.` (o `This.value` en el caso de Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. +Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al que se puede acceder a través de la palabra clave [This](../Concepts/classes.md#this). Una expresión de columna puede ser una ruta de propiedad, un método de proyecto, una variable o cualquier fórmula, accediendo a cada entidad u objeto elemento de colección a través de `This`, por ejemplo `This.` (o `This.value` en el caso de Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. Cuando la fuente de datos es una entity selection, cualquier modificación realizada del lado del list box se guarda automáticamente en la base de datos. Por otro lado, las modificaciones realizadas en la base de datos son visibles en el list box después de que se hayan recargado las entidades modificadas. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Cuando se eliminan entidades, sus referencias permanecen en la selección de ent ::: -Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por otra parte, si se realizan las modificaciones en la colección utilizando, por ejemplo, las diferentes funciones de la [clase Collection](../API/CollectionClass.md), será necesario notificar explícitamente a 4D reasignando la variable de la colección a sí misma, para que se actualice el contenido del list box. Por ejemplo: +Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por ejemplo: ```4d myCol:=myCol.push("new value") //mostrar el nuevo valor en el list box @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | X | X | X | | [Fuente](properties_Text.md#fuente) | X | X | X | | [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) | X | X | X | -| [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-color-de-fuente) | | X | X | +| [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) | | X | X | | [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) | X | X | X | | [Altura (list box)](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) | X | X | X | | [Altura (encabezados)](properties_Headers.md#height) | X | X | X | @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) | X | X | X | | [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#izquierda) | X | X | X | | [Tabla maestra](properties_DataSource.md#master-table) | | X | | -| [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | | X | +| [Expresión info Meta](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | | X | | [Método](properties_Action.md#method) | X | X | X | | [Líneas móviles](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) | X | | | -| [Named Selection](properties_DataSource.md#selection-name) | | X | | +| [Selección temporal](properties_DataSource.md#selection-name) | | X | | | [Número de columnas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-columns) | X | X | X | | [Número de columnas bloqueadas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-locked-columns) | X | X | X | | [Número de columnas estáticas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | X | X | X | @@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Edición con un solo clic](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | X | X | X | | [Ordenable](properties_Action.md#sortable) | X | X | X | | [Acción estándar](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | X | | | -| [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-estilo) | | X | X | +| [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) | | X | X | | [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) | X | X | X | | [Transparente](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) | X | X | X | | [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) | X | X | X | | [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) | X | X | X | | [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) | X | X | | -| [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#alineación-vertical) | X | X | X | +| [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) | X | X | X | | [Color de línea vertical](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | X | X | X | | [Relleno vertical](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#vertical-padding) | X | X | X | | [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | X | X | X | @@ -197,40 +197,40 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. ### Eventos formulario soportados -| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | -| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On After Edit |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)_ | -| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | -| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Close Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | _List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente_ | -| On Collapse |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _List box jerárquicos únicamente_ | -| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Data Change |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Delete Action |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Display Detail |
  • [isRowSelected](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drop |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Expand |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _List box jerárquicos únicamente_ | -| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente_ | -| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda_ | -| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Load | | | -| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa_ | -| On Mouse Enter |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Mouse Leave | | | -| On Mouse Move |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Open Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | _List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente_ | -| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | -| On Selection Change | | | -| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Unload | | | +| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | +| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| On After Edit |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)_ | +| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | +| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Close Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | _List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente_ | +| On Collapse |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box jerárquicos únicamente_ | +| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Data Change |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Delete Action |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | +| On Display Detail |
  • [isRowSelected](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drop |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Expand |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box jerárquicos únicamente_ | +| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [footerName](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente_ | +| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda_ | +| On Header Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [headerName](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Load | | | +| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa_ | +| On Mouse Enter |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Mouse Leave | | | +| On Mouse Move |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Open Detail |
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente_ | +| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | +| On Selection Change | | | +| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Unload | | | #### Propiedades adicionales @@ -271,30 +271,30 @@ Puede definir propiedades estándar (texto, color de fondo, etc.) para cada colu ### Eventos formulario soportados -| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | -| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On After Edit |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)_ | -| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | -| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Data Change |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drop |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente_ | -| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda_ | -| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Load | | | -| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa_ | -| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | -| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Unload | | | +| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | +| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| On After Edit |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | _Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)_ | +| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | +| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [newSize](#additional-properties)
  • [oldSize](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Data Change |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drop |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [footerName](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente_ | +| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda_ | +| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Load | | | +| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | _Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa_ | +| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | _List box array únicamente_ | +| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Unload | | | ## Encabezados de list box @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en - **List box de tipo colección/selección de entidades**: las selecciones se gestionan a través de las propiedades del list box dedicado: - [Elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) es un objeto que recibirá el elemento/la entidad seleccionado(a) - - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es una colección de elementos seleccionados + - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es un objeto colección/selección de entidades de elementos seleccionados - [Posición del elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devuelve la posición del elemento o de la entidad seleccionada. - **List box de tipo array**: el comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` puede utilizarse para seleccionar una o más líneas del list box por programación. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en ### Personalizar la apariencia de las líneas seleccionadas -Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#cacher-surlignage-selection) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: +Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: - En el caso de los list box de tipo array, debe analizar la variable array booleana asociada al list box para determinar qué líneas están seleccionadas o no. - Para los list box de tipo selección, hay que comprobar si el registro actual (línea) pertenece al conjunto especificado en la propiedad [Conjunto resaltado](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) del list box. @@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ Puede activar o desactivar la ordenación usuario estándar desactivando la prop El soporte de ordenación estándar depende del tipo de list box: -| Tipo de list box | Soporte de ordenación estándar | Comentarios | -| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| Colección de objetos | Sí |
    • Las columnas "This.a" o "This.a.b" son ordenables.
    • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
    | -| Colección de valores escalares | No | Utilice la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderBy()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#orderby) | -| Entity selection | Sí |
  • The [list box source property](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) must be an [assignable expression](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
  • Supported: sorts on object attribute properties (e.g. "This.data.city" when "data" is an object attribute)
  • Supported: sorts on related attributes (e.g. "This.company.name")
  • Not supported: sorts on object attribute properties through related attributes (e.g. "This.company.data.city"). Para ello, debe utilizar la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderByFormula()`](../API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula) (ver el siguiente ejemplo)
    • | -| Selección actual | Sí | Sólo se pueden ordenar las expresiones simples (por ejemplo, `[Table_1]Campo_2`) | -| Selección temporal | No | | -| Arrays | Sí | Las columnas vinculadas a arrays de imágenes y punteros no se pueden ordenar | +| Tipo de list box | Soporte de ordenación estándar | Comentarios | +| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| Colección de objetos | Sí |
    • Las columnas "This.a" o "This.a.b" son ordenables.
    • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
    | +| Colección de valores escalares | No | Utilice la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderBy()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#orderby) | +| Entity selection | Sí |
  • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
  • Soportado: ordenaciones en propiedades de atributos de objeto (p. ej. "This.data.city")
  • No soportado: ordenaciones en propiedades de atributos de objeto a través de atributos relacionados (p. ej. "This.company.data.city"). Para ello, debe utilizar la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderByFormula()`](../API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula) (ver el siguiente ejemplo)
    • | +| Selección actual | Sí | Sólo se pueden ordenar las expresiones simples (por ejemplo, `[Table_1]Campo_2`) | +| Selección temporal | No | | +| Arrays | Sí | Las columnas vinculadas a arrays de imágenes y punteros no se pueden ordenar | ### Ordenación personalizada @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ Resultado: Puede optimizar la visualización y gestión de los list box jerárquicos utilizando los eventos formulario `On Expand` y `On Collapse`. -Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. Esto dificulta la generación de list box jerárquicos de gran tamaño basados en arrays generados a partir de datos (a través del comando `SELECTION TO ARRAY`), no sólo por la velocidad de visualización sino también por la memoria utilizada. +Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. El uso de los eventos de formulario `On Expand` y `On Collapse` puede superar estas limitaciones: por ejemplo, puede mostrar sólo una parte de la jerarquía y cargar/descargar los arrays sobre la marcha, basándose en las acciones del usuario. En el contexto de estos eventos, el comando `LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION` devuelve la celda en la que el usuario hizo clic para desplegar o contraer una línea. @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ Ejemplo: Puede utilizar atributos específicos para añadir unidades asociadas a los valores de las celdas (\*por ejemplo, \*: "10 cm", "20 píxeles", etc.). Para definir la lista de unidades, puede utilizar uno de los siguientes atributos: - "unitsList": un array que contiene los elementos x utilizados para definir las unidades disponibles (por ejemplo: "cm", "pulgadas", "km", "millas", etc.). Utilice este atributo para definir las unidades dentro del objeto. -- "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. Utilice este atributo para definir unidades con una lista 4D creada con el comando [New list](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv15/4D/15.6/New-list.301-3818474.en.html). +- "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. - "unitsListName": un nombre de una lista 4D basada en el diseño que contiene unidades disponibles. Utilice este atributo para definir las unidades con una lista 4D creada en la caja de herramientas. Independientemente de la forma en que se defina la lista de unidades, puede asociarse con el siguiente atributo: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md index c0d9a7c13d466c..c16b304f703f9c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ Si está interesado en diseñar sus propios plug-ins, puede recibir amplia infor ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Advanced Properties](properties_Plugins.md) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Draggable](properties_Action.md#draggable) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Plug-in Kind](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Propiedades avanzadas](properties_Plugins.md) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Arrastrable](properties_Action.md#draggable) - [Soltable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Con enfoque](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Tipo de complemento](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md index 8a8ddc88290600..fdeedccf273059 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Coordenadas inferiores del objeto en el formulario. #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Esta propiedad designa el tamaño horizontal de un objeto. #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Establece un relleno horizontal para las celdas. El valor se establece en píxel #### Ver también -[Vertical Padding](#vertical-padding) +[Relleno vertical](#vertical-padding) --- @@ -320,4 +320,4 @@ Establece un relleno vertical para las celdas. El valor se establece en píxeles #### Ver también -[Horizontal Padding](#horizontal-padding) +[Relleno horizontal](#horizontal-padding) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index c4f8ce32d25979..be27f73452b890 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ La utilización de la opción **Referencia del elemento seleccionado** requiere ## Valores por defecto (lista de) -Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Estos valores están disponibles automáticamente en la [variable array](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) asociada a esta columna cuando se ejecuta el formulario. Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. +Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. > No confunda esta propiedad con la propiedad "[valor por defecto](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-list-of-values)" que permite definir un valor de campo en los nuevos registros. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Debe introducir una lista de valores. En el editor de formularios, un diálogo e #### Objetos soportados -[List Box Column (array type only)](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) +[Columna List Box (sólo tipo array)](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) --- @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Una expresión 4D que se asociará a una columna. Puede introducir: - Boolean\ Puede utilizar campos de la tabla maestra o de otras tablas. -- Una **expresión 4D** (expresión simple, fórmula o método 4D). La expresión debe devolver un valor. El valor se evaluará en los eventos `On Display Detail` y `On Data Change`. El resultado de la expresión se mostrará automáticamente cuando cambie al modo Aplicación. La expresión se evaluará para cada registro de la selección (actual o temporal) de la tabla maestra (para list boxes de tipo selección), cada elemento de la colección (para list boxes de tipo colección) o cada entidad de la selección (para list boxes selección de entidades). Si está vacía, la columna no mostrará ningún resultado. +- Una **expresión 4D** (expresión simple, fórmula o método 4D). La expresión debe devolver un valor. La expresión debe devolver un valor. El resultado de la expresión se mostrará automáticamente cuando cambie al modo Aplicación. La expresión se evaluará para cada registro de la selección (actual o temporal) de la tabla maestra (para list boxes de tipo selección), cada elemento de la colección (para list boxes de tipo colección) o cada entidad de la selección (para list boxes selección de entidades). Si está vacía, la columna no mostrará ningún resultado. Se soportan los siguientes tipos de expresiones: - String - Numeric @@ -215,6 +215,8 @@ Una expresión 4D que se asociará a una columna. Puede introducir: - Boolean Para los list boxes colección/entity selection, Null o tipos no soportados se muestran como cadenas vacías.\ +Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html).\ +Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html).\ Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html). `This` es un comando 4D dedicado que devuelve una referencia al elemento actualmente procesado. Por ejemplo, puede utilizar `This.\` donde `\` es la ruta de una propiedad en la colección o una ruta de atributo de entidad para acceder al valor actual de cada elemento/entidad. Si utiliza una colección de valores escalares, 4D creará un objeto para cada elemento de la colección con una única propiedad (llamada "valor"), llenada con el valor del elemento. En este caso, utilizará `This.value` como expresión. @@ -298,9 +300,9 @@ Especifica una variable o expresión a la que se asignarán los elementos o enti #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -| selectedItemsSource | string | Assignable collection or object expression | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| selectedItemsSource | string | Colección asignable o expresión de objeto | #### Objetos soportados diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Display.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Display.md index ab5ce5ff9613ae..5697fdafeb5968 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Display.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Display.md @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ En cada uno de los formatos de visualización de números, el signo número (#), (1) El signo de intercalación (^) genera un caracter de espacio que ocupa el mismo ancho que un dígito en la mayoría de los tipos de fuente. -Por ejemplo, si desea mostrar números de tres digitos, puede utilizar el formato ###. Si el usuario introduce más dígitos de los que permite el formato, 4D muestra <<< en el campo para indicar que se han introducido más dígitos de los especificados en el formato de visualización. +Por ejemplo, si desea mostrar números de tres digitos, puede utilizar el formato ###. Si el usuario introduce más caracteres de los que permite el formato, 4D muestra los últimos caracteres. Si el usuario introduce un número negativo, el caracter situado más a la izquierda se muestra como un signo menos (a menos que se haya especificado un formato de visualización negativo). Si ##0 es el formato, menos 26 se muestra como -26 y menos 260 se muestra como <<< porque el signo menos ocupa un marcador de posición y sólo hay tres marcadores de posición. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Utilizado para asociar un formato de visualización con los datos de la columna. Las columnas booleanas y numéricas (números o enteros) pueden mostrarse como casillas de verificación. En este caso, se puede definir la propiedad [Título](#title). -Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. In this case, the [Text when False and Text when True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true) properties must be defined. +Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. En este caso, deben definirse las propiedades [Text cuando False y Text cuando True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true). #### Gramática JSON @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ La propiedad Truncar con elipsis puede aplicarse a columnas de tipo booleano; si #### Objetos soportados -[List Box Column](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [List Box Footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) +[Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Pie List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) --- diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md index 58b1bbcb1a0135..f5467a6014f934 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Jerarquía `List boxes de tipo array` -Esta propiedad especifica que el list box debe mostrarse en forma jerárquica. In the JSON form, this feature is triggered [when the _dataSource_ property value is an array](properties_Object.md#array-list-box), i.e. a collection. +Esta propiedad especifica que el list box debe mostrarse en forma jerárquica. En el formulario JSON, esta función se activa [cuando el valor de la propiedad _dataSource_ es un array](properties_Object.md#array-list-box), es decir, una colección. Las opciones adicionales (**Variable 1...10**) están disponibles cuando se selecciona la opción _List box jerárquico_, correspondiente a cada elemento del array _dataSource_ a utilizar como columna de ruptura. Cada vez que se introduce un valor en un campo, se añade una nueva línea. Se pueden especificar hasta 10 variables. Estas variables definen los niveles jerárquicos a mostrar en la primera columna. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index ec715ca1ba885b..5aa9f9485320fa 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cada objeto de formulario activo está asociado a un nombre de objeto. Cada nomb > Los nombres de objetos están limitados a un tamaño de 255 bytes. -Cuando utilice el lenguaje 4D, puede referirse a un objeto de formulario activo por su nombre de objeto (para más información sobre esto, consulte [Propiedades Objeto](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) en el manual de Referencia del Lenguaje 4D). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). Para más información sobre las reglas de denominación de los objetos de formulario, consulte la sección [Identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md). @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Esta es la lista de objetos cuyo valor se puede guardar: | [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) | Valor de la variable asociada (0, 1, 2) | | [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) | Número de línea seleccionada | | [Botón de radio](radio_overview.md) | Valor de la variable asociada (1, 0, True o False para los botones de acuerdo a su tipo) | -| [Tab control](tabControl.md) | Número de pestaña seleccionada | +| [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) | Número de pestaña seleccionada | #### Gramática JSON @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Sin embargo, esta propiedad tiene una función tipográfica en los siguientes ca - **[Variables dinámicas](#dynamic-variables)**: puede utilizar esta propiedad para declarar el tipo de variables dinámicas. - **[Columnas List Box ](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: esta propiedad se utiliza para asociar un formato de visualización a los datos de la columna. Los formatos suministrados dependerán del tipo de variable (list box de tipo array) o del tipo dato/campo (list boxes de tipo selección y colección). Los formatos 4D estándar que pueden utilizarse son: Alfa, Numérico, Fecha, Hora, Imagen y Booleano. El tipo Texto no tiene formatos de visualización específicos. Todos los formatos personalizados existentes también están disponibles. -- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Mecanismos nativos específicos rigen la visualización de variables de imagen en los formularios. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Para hacer esto, necesitas que la instrucción `C_PICTURE(varName)` se haya ejecutado antes de cargar el formulario (normalmente, en el método que llama al comando `DIALOG`), o que la variable se haya digitado a nivel de formulario utilizando la propiedad tipo de expresión. +- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Mecanismos nativos específicos rigen la visualización de variables de imagen en los formularios. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. De lo contrario, la variable imagen no se mostrará correctamente (sólo en modo interpretado). #### Gramática JSON @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Puede forzar un retorno de carro en la etiqueta utilizando el caracter \ (barra Para insertar un \ en la etiqueta, ingrese "\\". -Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. When the object also contains an icon, you can modify the relative location of these two elements using the [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) property. +Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. Cuando el objeto también contiene un icono, puede modificar la ubicación relativa de estos dos elementos utilizando la propiedad [Posición Título/imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position). Para la traducción de la aplicación, puede introducir una referencia XLIFF en el área del título de un botón (ver [Apéndice B: arquitectura XLIFF](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Appendix-B-XLIFF-architecture.300-4163748.en.html)). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 7b279789c8d9c2..c13ecdf4f6eb6e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [`right`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona un objeto a la derecha. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Un array 4D que define las líneas del list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define el número de líneas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | +| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (list box array)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box selección o colección) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define la altura de las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa la mayor altura permitida para las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto). mínimo: 0 | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md index 85d64efa3f2747..e5aa3dd05719a2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Muestra/Oculta las graduaciones junto a las etiquetas. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Medición de la visualización de la escala. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Especifica la ubicación del texto mostrado de un objeto. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Valor máximo de un indicador. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) --- @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Valor mínimo de un indicador. Para los steppers numéricos, esta propiedad repr #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) --- @@ -118,4 +118,4 @@ Intervalo mínimo aceptado entre los valores durante el uso. Para los steppers n #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Text.md index fa6ea043d0f47b..69fb9a0604a2c3 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Text.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Esta propiedad también puede ser manejada por los comandos [OBJECT Get vertical ## Meta Info expression -`Collection or entity selection type list boxes` +`List boxes de tipo Collection o entity selection` Indica una expresión o una variable que se evaluará para cada línea mostrada. Permite definir todo un conjunto de atributos texto de las líneas. Debe pasar una **variable objeto** o una **expresión que devuelva un objeto**. Se soportan las siguientes propiedades: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index f21935fe44a5e1..3b7364ac24ff4d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Consulte la descripción del evento [`On Alternative Click`](../Events/onAlterna ### Gestión del menú emergente -Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el aspecto gráfico del botón. La visualización del menú emergente y sus valores deben ser manejados enteramente por el desarrollador, más particularmente utilizando los comandos`form events` y [`Dynamic pop menu`](https://doc. d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page1006.html) y [`Menú emergente`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page542.html). +Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el aspecto gráfico del botón. La visualización del menú emergente y sus valores deben ser manejados enteramente por el desarrollador, más particularmente utilizando los comandos`form events` y [`Dynamic pop menu`](https://doc.md.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page1006.html) y [`Menú emergente`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page542.html). #### Gramática JSON @@ -260,4 +260,4 @@ Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el #### Objetos soportados -[Toolbar Button](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Bevel Button](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Rounded Bevel Button](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [OS X Gradient Button](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [OS X Textured Button](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Office XP Button](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Circle Button](button_overview.md#circle) - [Custom](button_overview.md#custom) +[Botón de barra de herramientas](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Botón biselado](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Botón biselado redondeado](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [Botón de degradado OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [Botón con textura OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Botón Office XP](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Botón circular](button_overview.md#circle) - [Personalizado](button_overview.md#custom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md index febf31bfdff91e..be829dd0005164 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Área Web Puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde el código JavaScript ejecutado en un área web y recibir valores a cambio. Para poder llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web, debe activar la propiedad de accesibilidad de los métodos 4D ("todos"). -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad sólo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial llamado `$4d`en el área web, que puede [utilizar para gestionar las llamadas a los métodos proyecto de 4D](webArea_overview.md#4d-object). @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial Nombre de una variable de tipo Longint. Esta variable recibirá un valor entre 0 y 100, que representa el porcentaje de finalización de la carga de la página en el área web. Actualizado automáticamente por 4D, no puede ser modificado manualmente. -> As of 4D v19 R5, this variable is only updated on Windows if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> A partir de 4D v19 R5, esta variable solo se actualiza en Windows si el área Web [utiliza el motor de renderizado Web anidado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/radio_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/radio_overview.md index c96afa995e20ca..907fd66034efa9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/radio_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/radio_overview.md @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del ### Personalizado -The Custom radio button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows managing additional parameters such as [icon offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) and [margins](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). +El estilo de botón radio Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar parámetros adicionales como [desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) y las [márgenes](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). ## Propiedades soportadas @@ -152,4 +152,4 @@ Todos los botones radio comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Propiedades específicas adicionales están disponibles en función del [estilo de botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/splitters.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/splitters.md index b78e0bb085a089..762d6adfeb0ea4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/splitters.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/splitters.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Algunas de las características generales del separador: - Los topes de los separadores se calculan para que los objetos desplazados permanezcan totalmente visibles en el formulario o no pasen por debajo/al lado de otro separador. Cuando la propiedad [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) está asociada a un separador, su movimiento hacia la derecha o hacia abajo no encuentra ningún tope. - Si se redimensiona un formulario mediante un separador, las nuevas dimensiones del formulario se guardan sólo mientras se muestra el formulario. Una vez que se cierra un formulario, se restablecen las dimensiones iniciales. -Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [border style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) to obtain a thinner line or [change its color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). +Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. Puede modificar su [estilo de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) para obtener una línea más fina o [cambiar su color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [bor ### Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Fondo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Color de línea](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#nombre_objeto) - [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#empujador) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#derecha) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#arriba) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Interacción con las propiedades de los objetos vecinos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/stepper.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/stepper.md index 958394e8ee688b..bf51be6eae5fa1 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/stepper.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/stepper.md @@ -30,4 +30,4 @@ Para más información, consulte [Uso de indicadores](progressIndicator.md#using ## Ver también - [indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) -- [rulers](ruler.md) +- [reglas](ruler.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 824b864888a8cf..bb4a085e937f40 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,75 +3,77 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Área Web --- +Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, JavaScript, etc. The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, JavaScript, etc. El motor de renderizado del área web depende de la plataforma de ejecución de la aplicación y de [la opción motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) seleccionada. - -Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Tenga en cuenta, sin embargo, que el uso de las áreas web debe seguir [varias reglas](#web-area-rules). - -Varias [acciones estándar](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de lenguaje](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) así como también [eventos formulario](#form-events) genéricos y específicos, permiten al desarrollador controlar el funcionamiento de las áreas web. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. +Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. ## Propiedades específicas ### Variables asociadas Se pueden asociar dos variables específicas a cada área web: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar la URL que muestra el área web -- [`Progresión`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar el porcentaje de carga de la página mostrada en el área web. -> A partir de 4D v19 R5, la variable Progression ya no se actualiza en las Áreas Web que utilizan el [motor de renderizado del sistema Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --to control the URL displayed by the web area +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. + +> As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Motor de renderización web -Puede elegir entre [dos motores de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para el área web, dependiendo de las particularidades de su aplicación. +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. Seleccionar el motor de renderizado web anidado permite llamar a los métodos de 4D desde el área web y asegurarse de que las funcionalidades en macOS y Windows sean similares. Se recomienda seleccionar el motor de renderizado del sistema cuando el área web está conectada a Internet porque siempre se beneficia de las últimas actualizaciones de seguridad. ### Acceder a los métodos 4D -Cuando se selecciona la propiedad [Acceder a los métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), se puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área web. +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note Notas -- Esta propiedad sólo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - Por razones de seguridad, ya que permite ejecutar código 4D, esta opción solo debe habilitarse para páginas de confianza, como las páginas generadas por la aplicación. ::: ### Objeto $4d +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. -El [motor de renderizado web integrado 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) suministra al área un objeto JavaScript llamado $4d que puede asociar a cualquier método proyecto 4D utilizando la notación objeto ".". +For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -Por ejemplo, para llamar al método `HelloWorld` de 4D, basta con ejecutar la siguiente declaración: - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript es sensible a las mayúsculas y minúsculas, por lo que es importante tener en cuenta que el objeto se llama $4d (con "d" minúscula). + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). La sintaxis de las llamadas a los métodos 4D es la siguiente: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: Puede pasar tantos parámetros como necesite al método 4D. Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). -- `function(result)`: Función a pasar como último argumento. Esta función "callback" se llama de forma sincrónica una vez que el método 4D termina de ejecutarse. Recibe el parámetro `result`. +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. Esta función "callback" se llama de forma sincrónica una vez que el método 4D termina de ejecutarse. It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: resultado de la ejecución del método 4D, devuelto en la expresión "$0". Este resultado puede ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). Puede utilizar el comando `C_OBJECT` para devolver los objetos. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. Este resultado puede ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). -> Por defecto, 4D trabaja en UTF-8. Cuando devuelva un texto que contenga caracteres extendidos, por ejemplo, caracteres con acentos, asegúrese de que la codificación de la página mostrada en el área web esté declarada como UTF-8, ya que de lo contrario los caracteres podrían representarse incorrectamente. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Por defecto, 4D trabaja en UTF-8. Cuando devuelva un texto que contenga caracteres extendidos, por ejemplo, caracteres con acentos, asegúrese de que la codificación de la página mostrada en el área web esté declarada como UTF-8, ya que de lo contrario los caracteres podrían representarse incorrectamente. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### Ejemplo 1 -Dado un método proyecto 4D llamado `today` que no recibe parámetros y devuelve la fecha actual como una cadena. +Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -Código 4D del método `today`: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` En el área web, el método 4D puede ser llamado con la siguiente sintaxis: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ En el área web, el método 4D puede ser llamado con la siguiente sintaxis: $4d.today() ``` -El método 4D no recibe ningún parámetro pero devuelve el valor $0 a la función callback llamada por 4D tras la ejecución del método. Queremos mostrar la fecha en la página HTML que es cargada por el área web. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar la fecha en la página HTML que es cargada por el área web. Aquí está el código de la página HTML: @@ -89,9 +91,9 @@ Aquí está el código de la página HTML: @@ -103,14 +105,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Ejemplo 2 -El método proyecto 4D `calcSum` recibe los parámetros (`$1...$n`) y devuelve su suma en `$0`: +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: -Código 4D del método `calcSum`: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // recibe n parámetros de tipo REAL - C_REAL($0) // devuelve un Real - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ Código 4D del método `calcSum`: El código JavaScript que se ejecuta en el área web es el siguiente: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // el resultado es 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## Acciones estándar -Hay cuatro acciones estándar específicas para gestionar las áreas web de forma automática: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` y `Stop Loading URL`. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. Estas acciones se describen en [Acciones estándar](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. ## Eventos formulario @@ -151,19 +152,18 @@ Además, las áreas web soportan los siguientes eventos de formulario genéricos - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Reglas de las áreas web ### Interfaz de usuario Cuando se ejecuta el formulario, las funciones estándar de la interfaz del navegador están disponibles para el usuario en el área web, lo que permite la interacción con otras áreas del formulario: -- **Comandos menú Edición**: cuando el área web tiene el foco, los comandos del menú **Edición** pueden utilizarse para realizar acciones como copiar, pegar, seleccionar todo, etc., según la selección. -- **El menú contextual**: es posible utilizar el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) estándar del sistema con el área web. La visualización del menú contextual se puede controlar con el comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -- **Arrastrar y soltar**: el usuario puede arrastrar y soltar texto, imágenes y documentos dentro del área web o entre un área web y los objetos de los formularios 4D, según las propiedades de los objetos 4D. Por razones de seguridad, no se permite por defecto cambiar el contenido de un área web mediante la acción de arrastrar y soltar un archivo o una URL. En este caso, el cursor muestra un icono "prohibido" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Tiene que utilizar la instrucción `WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` para mostrar un icono "soltar" y generar el evento [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). En este evento, se puede llamar al comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) o establecer la variable [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en respuesta a una caída del usuario. - -> Las funciones de arrastrar y soltar descritas anteriormente no son compatibles con las áreas web que utilizan el motor de renderización del sistema [de macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + Por razones de seguridad, no se permite por defecto cambiar el contenido de un área web mediante la acción de arrastrar y soltar un archivo o una URL. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Subformularios @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Por razones relacionadas con los mecanismos de redibujado de ventanas, la inserc > No se soporta la superposición de un área web sobre o debajo de otros objetos formulario. - ### Conflicto entre el área web y el servidor web (Windows) En Windows, no se recomienda acceder, a través de un área web, al servidor web de la aplicación 4D que contiene el área, ya que esta configuración podría provocar un conflicto que paralice la aplicación. Por supuesto, un 4D remoto puede acceder al servidor web de 4D Server, pero no a su propio servidor web. @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ En Windows, no se recomienda acceder, a través de un área web, al servidor web Las URLs manejadas por programación en áreas web bajo macOS deben comenzar con el protocolo. Por ejemplo, debe pasar la cadena "http://www.mysite.com" y no sólo "www.mysite.com". - ## Acceso al inspector web Puede visualizar y utilizar un inspector web dentro de las áreas web de sus formularios o en las áreas web fuera de la pantalla. El inspector web es un depurador que permite analizar el código y el flujo de información de las páginas web. -Para mostrar el inspector Web, puede ejecutar el comando `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` o utilizar el menú contextual del área web. +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) del área web está activado - - el uso del inspector está expresamente autorizado en el área mediante la siguiente declaración: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) del área web está activado + - el uso del inspector está expresamente autorizado en el área mediante la siguiente declaración: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> Con [Motor de renderizado del sistema Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), un cambio en esta preferencia requiere que se tenga en cuenta una acción de navegación en el área (por ejemplo, una actualización de la página). +> With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -Para más información, consulte la descripción del comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. -Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces tendrá nuevas opciones como **Inspeccionar elemento** en el menú contextual del área. Al seleccionar esta opción, se muestra la ventana del inspector web. +When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. Al seleccionar esta opción, se muestra la ventana del inspector web. > Para una descripción detallada de las funcionalidades de este depurador, consulte la documentación que ofrece el motor de renderizado web. +## Propiedades soportadas + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## Propiedades soportadas +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[BEstilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar el motor de renderizado Web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### Ejemplos + +#### Archivo por defecto + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Ver también +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md index a1fc1e6b4e3379..d97db9d816d756 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md @@ -3,6 +3,19 @@ id: updates title: Notas del lanzamiento --- +## 4D 20 R8 + +Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R8**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R8/), la entrada del blog que muestra todas las nuevas funcionalidades y mejoras en 4D 20 R8. + +#### Lo más destacado + +- Las expresiones utilizadas en [propiedades de objetos de formulario](../FormObjects/properties_Reference.md) ahora se benefician de la comprobación de sintaxis en la [Lista de propiedades](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) y en el [Compilador](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax). +- Puede [asociar una clase a un formulario](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class) para habilitar la anticipación del tipo de código y la instanciación automática de los datos del formulario cuando utilice el comando [`Form`](../commands/form.md). +- Soporte de [sesiones autónomas](../API/SessionClass.md) para simplificar la codificación local de aplicaciones cliente/servidor. +- Lenguaje 4D: + - Comandos modificados: [`FORM EDIT`](../commands/form-edit.md) +- [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R8): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R8. + ## 4D 20 R7 Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R7/), la entrada del blog que muestra todas las nuevas funcionalidades y mejoras en 4D 20 R7. @@ -10,28 +23,27 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R7/), #### Lo más destacado - Las columnas de los list box y de los encabezados de tipo hora ahora soportan la opción ["blankIfNull"](../FormObjects/properties_Display.md#time-format). -- New properties in [`.getBoxInfo()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxinfo) and [`.getBoxList()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxlist). +- Nuevas propiedades en [`.getBoxInfo()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxinfo) y [`.getBoxList()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxlist). - Ahora puede [añadir y eliminar componentes utilizando la interfaz del gestor de componentes](../Project/components.md#adding-and-removing-dependencies). -- New [**direct typing mode**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) in which you declare all variables and parameters in your code using `var` and `#DECLARE`/`Function` keywords (only mode supported in new projects). [Syntax checking feature](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) has been enhanced accordingly. -- Support of [Session singletons](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) and new [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) Class property. -- New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. -- Qodly Studio: You can now [attach the Qodly debugger to 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). -- New Build Application keys for remote 4D applications to validate the server certificate authority [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) and/or [domain](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). -- 4D Language: - - New commands: [Process info](../commands/process-info.md), [Session info](../commands/session-info.md), [SET WINDOW DOCUMENT ICON](../commands/set-window-document-icon.md) +- Nuevo [**modo de tipado directo**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) en el que declara todas las variables y parámetros en su código usando las palabras clave `var` y `#DECLARE`/`Function` (sólo modo soportado en nuevos proyectos). [La función de verificación de sintaxis](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) se ha mejorado en consecuencia. +- Soporte de [singletones de sesión](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) y nueva propiedad de clase [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton). +- Nueva palabra clave de función [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) para definir funciones singleton u ORDA que pueden ser llamadas a través de [peticiones HTTP REST GET](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). +- Nueva clase [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) para que el servidor REST devuelva cualquier contenido web. +- Qodly Studio: ahora puede [adjuntar el depurador Qodly a 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). +- Nuevas llaves Build Application para que las aplicaciones 4D remotas validen las [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) y/o los [dominios](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). +- Lenguaje 4D: + - Nuevos comandos: [Process info](../commands/process-info.md), [Session info](../commands/session-info.md), [SET WINDOW DOCUMENT ICON](../commands/set-window-document-icon.md) - Comandos modificados: [Process activity](../commands/process-activity.md), [Process number](../commands/process-number.md) - 4D Write Pro: - Nuevo comando: [WP DELETE SECTION](../WritePro/commands/wp-delete-section.md) - - Modified commands: [WP DELETE SUBSECTION](../WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md) and [WP RESET ATTRIBUTES](../WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md) - - [What's new page](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/What-s-new.901-7239607.en.html) in 4D Write Pro Reference. -- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R7): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R7. + - Comandos modificados: [WP DELETE SUBSECTION](../WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md) y [WP RESET ATTRIBUTES](../WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md) + - [Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/What-s-new.901-7239607.en.html) en 4D Write Pro Reference. +- [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R7): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R7. #### Cambios de comportamiento -- Documentations for [4D Language](../commands/command-index.md) and [4D Write Pro Language](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) are now fully available on developer.4d.com. Find out about all the new features and changes concerning these documentations in this release note. -- Compiler directive commands (`C_XXX`) are now deprecated and have been renamed `_O_C_XXX` (for example, `C_TEXT` has been renamed `_O_C_TEXT`). -- The [`File`](../commands/file.md) command (as well as [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew)) is stricter when it comes to checking the syntax of the _path_ supplied as a parameter. +- La documentación del [Lenguaje 4D](../commands/command-index.md) y del [Lenguaje 4D Write Pro](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) ya está disponible en developer.4d.com. Descubra todas las novedades y cambios relativos a estas documentaciones en esta nota de la versión. +- El comando [`File`](../commands/file.md) (así como [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew)) es más estricto a la hora de comprobar la sintaxis de la _ruta_ suministrada como parámetro. ## 4D 20 R6 @@ -47,14 +59,14 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R6**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-20-R6/), - Nuevo archivo [4DCEFParameters.json](../FormObjects/webArea_overview.md#4dcefparametersjson) para personalizar las áreas web anidadas de 4D. - Nueva clase [HTTPAgent](../API/HTTPAgentClass.md) y nueva propiedad [`agent`](../API/HTTPRequestClass.md#options-parameter) para la clase HTTPRequest. - Nuevas funciones [`enableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) y [`disableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) para controlar los estados de las páginas Qodly desde el servidor. -- Nueva [\` API$singleton](../REST/$singleton.md) para llamar las funciones singleton expuestas desde REST y nuevos [privilegios asociados](../ORDA/privileges.md). +- Nueva [\\\\\` API$singleton](../REST/$singleton.md) para llamar las funciones singleton expuestas desde REST y nuevos [privilegios asociados](../ORDA/privileges.md). - Un [nuevo botón de parámetros](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) le ayuda a actualizar su proyecto para utilizar el modo REST "conexión forzada" (el método base `On REST Authentication` es ahora obsoleto). - Una [nueva pestaña de parámetros](../Project/compiler.md#warnings) permite definir la generación de advertencias de forma global. - Varios comandos, principalmente del tema "Entorno 4D", ahora son hilo seguro ([ver la lista completa](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/Preemptive_6957385.999-2878208.en.html)), así como algunos selectores de los comandos [`SET DATABASE PARAMETER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page642.html)/[`Get database parameter`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page643.html). - Nuevo [componente 4D-QPDF](https://github.com/4d/4D-QPDF) que ofrece el comando `PDF Get attachments` para extraer los archivos adjuntos de un documento PDF/A3. - Comandos del lenguaje 4D: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/20-R6/What-s-new.901-6957482.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - 4D Write Pro: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/20-R6/What-s-new.901-6993921.en.html) en doc.4d.com. -- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R6): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R6. +- [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R6): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R6. #### Cambios de comportamiento @@ -73,9 +85,9 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R5**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-20-R5/), - Soporte de [selecciones de entidades restringidas](../ORDA/entities.md#restricting-entity-selections). - Soporte de [clases compartidas](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-classes) y de [clases singleton](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). Nuevas propiedades de clase: [`isShared`](../API/ClassClass.md#isshared), [`isSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#isingleton), [`me`](../API/ClassClass.md#me). - Soporte para [inicializar una propiedad de clase en su línea de declaración](../Concepts/classes.md/#initializing-the-property-in-the-declaration-line). -- Nuevo modo [forzar login para peticiones REST](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) con un [soporte específico en Qodly Studio para 4D](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login). +- Nuevo modo [forzar login para peticiones REST](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) con un [soporte específico en Qodly Studio for 4D](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login). - Nuevo parámetro REST [$format](../REST/$format.md). -- [`Session`](../commands/session.md) object is now available in remote user sessions and stored procedures session. +- El objeto [`Session`](../commands/session.md) está ahora disponible en sesiones de usuario remotas y en sesiones de procedimientos almacenados. - Comandos del lenguaje 4D: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/What-s-new.901-6817247.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - 4D Write Pro: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/What-s-new.901-6851780.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R5): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R5. @@ -91,7 +103,7 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R4**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R4/), #### Lo más destacado -- Soporte de [formato de cifrado ECDSA\`](../Admin/tls.md#encryption) para certificados TLS. +- Soporte de [formato de cifrado ECDSA\\\\\`](../Admin/tls.md#encryption) para certificados TLS. - Las conexiones TLS cliente/servidor y servidor SQL ahora se [configuran dinámicamente](../Admin/tls.md#enabling-tls-with-the-other-servers) (no se requieren archivos de certificado). - Formato HTML directo para [exportaciones de definición de estructura](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R4/4D/20-R4/Exporting-and-importing-structure-definitions.300-6654851.en.html). - Nuevo [Code Live Checker](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#warnings-and-errors) que mejora el control del código durante los pasos de declaración, comprobación de sintaxis y compilación para evitar errores de ejecución. @@ -110,7 +122,7 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R4**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R4/), - El uso de una sintaxis heredada para declarar parámetros (por ejemplo, `C_TEXT($1)` o `var $1 : Text`) es obsoleto y genera advertencias en los pasos de escritura de código, verificación de sintaxis y compilación. - La coherencia de las selecciones ahora se mantiene después de que se hayan eliminado algunos registros y se hayan creado otros (ver [esta entrada de blog](https://blog.4d.com/4d-keeps-your-selections-of-records-consistent-regarding-deletion-of-records/)). - En la actualización de [la librería OpenSSL](#library-table), el nivel de seguridad SSL/TLS por defecto se ha cambiado de 1 a 2. Las llaves RSA, DSA y DH de 1024 bits o más y menos de 2048 bits, así como las llaves ECC de 160 bits o más y menos de 224 bits, ya no están permitidas. Por defecto, la compresión TLS ya estaba desactivada en versiones anteriores de OpenSSL. En el nivel de seguridad 2 no se puede activar. -- In order to allow password verification when the [4D user directory uses the bcrypt algorithm](https://blog.4d.com/bcrypt-support-for-passwords/), the "password" value in the _connectionInfo_ parameter of the [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md) command is now sent in clear form by default. Asegúrese de que su método base "On REST authentication" puede manejar contraseñas en claro (el tercer parámetro es entonces **False**) y que `Open datastore` encripta su conexión pasando la opción "tls" a **True** en _connectionInfo_. In specific cases, a new "passwordAlgorithm" option can also be used for compatibility (see [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md) command). +- In order to allow password verification when the [4D user directory uses the bcrypt algorithm](https://blog.4d.com/bcrypt-support-for-passwords/), the "password" value in the _connectionInfo_ parameter of the [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md) command is now sent in clear form by default. Asegúrese de que su método base "On REST authentication" puede manejar contraseñas en claro (el tercer parámetro es entonces **False**) y que `Open datastore` encripta su conexión pasando la opción "tls" a **True** en _connectionInfo_. En casos concretos, también se puede utilizar una nueva opción "passwordAlgorithm" por compatibilidad (ver el comando [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md)). ## 4D 20 R3 @@ -180,6 +192,6 @@ Ver [**Notas de lanzamiento para LTS 4D 20.x**](../../versioned_docs/version-20/ | OpenSSL | 3.3.2 | **20 R7** | Se ha actualizado el nivel de seguridad TLS/SSL por defecto. Ver [Cambios de comportamiento](#cambios-de-comportamiento) para la versión 20 R4 | | PDFWriter | 4.3 | 20 | Dependencia FreeType en 12.2.1 | | PHP | 8.2.4 | 20 | | -| SpreadJS | 17.1.0 | **20 R7** | See [this blog post](https://blog.4d.com/4d-view-pro-whats-new-in-4d-20-r7/) for an overview of the new features | +| SpreadJS | 17.1.0 | **20 R7** | Consulte [esta entrada de blog](https://blog.4d.com/4d-view-pro-whats-new-in-4d-20-r7/) para obtener una visión general de las nuevas funciones | | webKit | WKWebView | 19 | | | Zlib | 1.2.13 | 20 | | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index b587f58e54c2a3..1a96e30fbb11d7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Gracias a esta funcionalidad, toda la lógica de negocio de su aplicación 4D pu - Si la estructura física evoluciona, basta con adaptar el código de las funciones y las aplicaciones cliente seguirán llamándolas de forma transparente. -- Por defecto, todas las funciones de clase de su modelo de datos (incluidas las [funciones de atributo calculado](#computed-attributes-1)) y los [atributos alias](#alias-attributes-1) **no se exponen** a aplicaciones remotas y no se pueden llamar desde sol Debe declarar explícitamente cada función pública y alias con la palabra clave [`exposed`](#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions). +- Los atributos alias de ORDA por defecto son **no expuestos**. Debe añadir la palabra clave [`exposed`](#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) antes de la palabra clave `Alias` si desea que el alias esté disponible para peticiones remotas. ![](../assets/en/ORDA/api.png) @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ ORDA ofrece **clases genéricas** expuestas a través del [class store](Concepts Todas las clases de modelo de datos ORDA se exponen como propiedades del class store **`cs`**. Las clases ORDA siguientes están disponibles: -| Class | Nombre del ejemplo | Instanciado por | -| ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| cs.DataStore | cs.DataStore | Comando [`ds`](comandos/ds.md) | -| cs._DataClassName_ | cs.Employee | [`dataStore.DataClassName`](API/DataStoreClass.md#dataclassname), `dataStore["DataClassName"]` | +| Class | Nombre del ejemplo | Instanciado por | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| cs.DataStore | cs.DataStore | Comando [`ds`](comandos/ds.md) | +| cs._DataClassName_ | cs.Employee | [`dataStore.DataClassName`](API/DataStoreClass.md#dataclassname), `dataStore["DataClassName"]` | | cs._DataClassName_Entity | cs.EmployeeEntity | [`dataClass.get()`](API/DataClassClass.md#get), [`dataClass.new()`](API/DataClassClass.md#new), [`entitySelection.first()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#first), [`entitySelection.last()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#last), [`entity.previous()`](API/EntityClass.md#previous), [`entity.next()`](API/EntityClass.md#next), [`entity.first()`](API/EntityClass.md#first), [`entity.last()`](API/EntityClass.md#last), [`entity.clone()`](API/EntityClass.md#clone) | | cs._DataClassName_Selection | cs.EmployeeSelection | [`dataClass.query()`](API/DataClassClass.md#query), [`entitySelection.query()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#query), [`dataClass.all()`](API/DataClassClass.md#all), [`dataClass.fromCollection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#fromcollection), [`dataClass.newSelection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#newselection), [`entitySelection.drop()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#drop), [`entity.getSelection()`](API/EntityClass.md#getselection), [`entitySelection.and()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#and), [`entitySelection.minus()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#minus), [`entitySelection.or()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderBy()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderByFormula()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula), [`entitySelection.slice()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#slice), `Create entity selection` | @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Un atributo calculado también puede implementar una función `set`, que se ejec Al igual que los atributos de almacenamiento, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **búsquedas**. Por defecto, cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una búsqueda ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. En algunos casos esto es suficiente. Sin embargo, para un mejor rendimiento, especialmente en cliente/servidor, los atributos calculados pueden implementar una función `query` que se basa en los atributos reales de la clase de datos y se beneficia de sus índices. -Del mismo modo, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **ordenaciones**. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. Al igual que en las búsquedas, los atributos calculados pueden implementar una función `orderBy` que sustituya a otros atributos durante la ordenación, aumentando así el rendimiento. +Del mismo modo, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **ordenaciones**. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. ### Cómo definir los atributos calculados @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // Error "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (sa :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ End if ### Archivos de clase (class files) -Una clase usuario ORDA del modelo de datos se define añadiendo, en la [misma ubicación que los archivos de clase usuarles](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (_es decir_ en la carpeta `/Sources/Classes` de la carpeta proyecto), un archivo .4dm con el nombre Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. +Una clase usuario ORDA del modelo de datos se define añadiendo, en la [misma ubicación que los archivos de clase usuarles](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (_es decir_ en la carpeta `/Sources/Classes` de la carpeta proyecto), un archivo .4dm con el nombre Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. ### Crear las clases @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ Las clases de usuarios ORDA tienen un icono diferente de las otras clases. Las c ![](../assets/en/ORDA/classORDA2.png) -Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. 4D crea el archivo de clase y añade el código `extends`. Por ejemplo, para una clase Entity: +Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. Por ejemplo, para una clase Entity: ``` Class extends Entity diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/privileges.md index 123a9407ae4974..f30ce87b8ef723 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Las acciones disponibles están relacionadas con el recurso de destino. - Se puede acceder a un atributo calculado aunque no haya permisos en los atributos sobre los que se crea. - Puede asignar una acción de permiso a una clase singleton (tipo `singleton`), en cuyo caso se aplicará a todas sus funciones expuestas, o a una función singleton (tipo `singletonMethod`). - Valores por defecto: en la implementación actual, solo _Null_ está disponible como valor por defecto. -- En REST [modo force login](../REST/authUsers.md/#force-login-mode), la [función `Systfy()`](../REST/authUsers.md#function-ěfy) es siempre ejecutable por usuarios invitados, cualquiera que sea la configuración de permisos. +- En modo REST [force login](../REST/authUsers.md/#force-login-mode), la función [`authentify()`](../REST/authUsers.md#function-authentify) es siempre ejecutable por usuarios invitados, cualquiera que sea la configuración de permisos. La definición de permisos requiere ser coherente, en particular: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md index f3c58e1c7a1273..4332a450c745bf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Además del [botón **Compilar**](#compile), la ventana Compilador ofrece otras ### Verificar la sintaxis -El botón **Verificar la sintaxis** lanza la ejecución de la fase de verificación de la sintaxis. Al final del proceso de verificación, los errores detectados se listan en el área de información. Puede hacer doble clic en una línea de error para mostrar el método correspondiente. +El botón **Verificar la sintaxis** lanza la ejecución de la fase de verificación de la sintaxis. Al final del proceso de verificación, los errores detectados se listan en el área de información. You can double–click on an error line in order to display the corresponding method or form object. El control sintáctico también puede lanzarse directamente con el comando **Verificar sintaxis** asociado al botón de la barra de herramientas **Compilador**. Esta opción es la única disponible si no dispone de una licencia adecuada para permitir la compilación de aplicaciones. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md index d30c4fd2069220..d6c56cb3d05207 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ All functions allowed to be called directly from HTTP REST requests (`POST` or ` exposed Function getSomeInfo() : 4D.OutgoingMessage ``` -See [Exposed vs non-exposed functions](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) section. +Ver la sección [Funciones expuestas vs. no expuestas](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions). ### `onHttpGet` @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ exposed onHttpGet Function getSomeInfo() : 4D.OutgoingMessage ### Hilo seguro -Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo-seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [_Utilizar proceso apropiativo_](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). +Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [_Utilizar proceso apropiativo_](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). :::info -You can restrict calls to specific ORDA functions by configuring appropriate privileges in the [**roles.json**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) file. +Puede restringir las llamadas a funciones ORDA específicas configurando los privilegios apropiados en el archivo [**roles.json**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file). ::: @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ For example, with a dataclass function `getCities()` receiving text parameters: ### Parámetro de entidad -Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a través de su llave (_es decir,_ propiedad __KEY). If the key parameter is omitted in a request, a new entity is loaded in memory on the server. +Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a través de su llave (_es decir,_ propiedad __KEY). Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a través de su llave (_es decir,_ propiedad __KEY). También puede pasar valores para todos los atributos de la entidad. Estos valores se utilizarán automáticamente para la entidad manejada en el servidor. > Si la petición envía los valores de atributo modificados para una entidad existente en el servidor, la función de modelo de datos ORDA llamada se ejecutará automáticamente en el servidor con los valores modificados. Esta funcionalidad le permite, por ejemplo, verificar el resultado de una operación en una entidad, tras aplicar todas las reglas de negocio, desde la aplicación cliente. A continuación, puede decidir guardar o no la entidad en el servidor. @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md index beae6d81545469..d042a365ee7017 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md @@ -25,9 +25,11 @@ El modo de inicio de sesión heredado basado en el método base `On REST Authent La secuencia de inicio de sesión del usuario es la siguiente: 1. En la primera llamada REST (para una llamada a página Qodly, por ejemplo), se crea una sesión usuario web "invitado". No tiene privilegios, no tiene derechos para ejecutar solicitudes que no sean [peticiones REST descriptivas](#descriptive-rest-requests), no tiene consumo de licencia.\ + Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia.\ + Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia.\ Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia. En este caso, son procesados a través de sesiones "invitado". -2. Usted llamas a [función `authentify()`](#authentify) (creada de antemano), en la que revisa las credenciales de usuario y llama a [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) con los privilegios apropiados. `authentify()` debe ser una [función datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class). +2. Usted llama a su [función `authentify()`](#authentify) (creada previamente), en la que revisa las credenciales de usuario y llama a [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) con los privilegios apropiados. `authentify()` debe ser una [función datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class). 3. La petición `/rest/$catalog/authentify` se envía al servidor junto con las credenciales del usuario. Este paso sólo requiere un formulario de inicio de sesión básico que no tenga acceso a datos; puede ser una [página Qodly](. /WebServer/qodly-studio.md) (llamada a través de la solicitud `/rest/$getWebForm`). @@ -37,7 +39,7 @@ La secuencia de inicio de sesión del usuario es la siguiente: En la fase de inicio de sesión del usuario, el uso de la licencia está desconectado de las sesiones de usuario web. Sólo se requiere una licencia cuando se ejecuta el comando [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges), lo que permite controlar el número de licencias utilizadas. -Todas las demás peticiones REST (manejando datos o ejecutando una función) sólo serán procesadas si son ejecutadas dentro de una sesión web con privilegios apropiados, de lo contrario devuelven un error. Para asignar privilegios a una sesión web, debe ejecutar la función [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) para la sesión. Ejecutar esta función activa el consumo de la licencia 4D. +Todas las demás peticiones REST (manejando datos o ejecutando una función) sólo serán procesadas si son ejecutadas dentro de una sesión web con privilegios apropiados, de lo contrario devuelven un error. Sintaxis Sintaxis Sintaxis Sintaxis Ejecutar esta función activa el consumo de la licencia 4D. ### Peticiones REST descriptivas diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/configuration.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/configuration.md index 8d4ed01adb816f..3e60f0219f05e2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/configuration.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/configuration.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ El mensaje de advertencia "Atención, verifique los privilegios de acceso" apare Por defecto, los accesos REST están abiertos a todos los usuarios, lo que obviamente no es recomendable por razones de seguridad, y también para controlar el uso de las licencias de los clientes. -As of 4D 20 R6, you configure REST accesses by enabling the [**force login** mode](authUsers.md#force-login-mode) and create an [`authentify()`](authUsers.md#authentify) datastore class function to authenticate users and assign privileges to their web session. +A partir de 4D 20 R6, los accesos REST se configuran activando el modo [**force login**](authUsers.md#force-login-mode) y creando una función de clase datastore [`authentify()`](authUsers.md#authentify) para autenticar usuarios y asignar privilegios a su sesión web. :::note Compatibilidad @@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ Para eliminar la exposición REST de un campo: En 4D Server, las peticiones REST se gestionan automáticamente a través de procesos apropiativos, **incluso en modo interpretado**. Debe asegurarse de que su código es [compatible con una ejecución apropiativa](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#writing-thread-safe-web-server-code). -> Para depurar el código web interpretado en la máquina del servidor, asegúrese de que el depurador está [adjuntado al servidor](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md) o [a una máquina remota](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md#attaching-the-debugger-to-a-remote-4 Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. +> Para depurar el código web interpretado en la máquina del servidor, asegúrese de que el depurador está [adjuntado al servidor](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md) o [a una máquina remota](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md#attaching-the-debugger-to-a-remote-4 Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. Con 4D monopuesto, el código interpretado siempre se ejecuta en modo cooperativo. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md index 88868ef5153b4e..eae3b7928ff501 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ Los comandos de 4D View Pro no son hilo seguro. A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Los comandos de 4D View Pro no son hilo seguro. N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ Los comandos de 4D View Pro no son hilo seguro. P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md index aba47d131cb6f5..79ee24a4104ae7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Export to object #### Descripción -El comando `VP Export to object` devuelve el objeto 4D View Pro adjunto al área 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Puede utilizar este comando, por ejemplo, para almacenar el área 4D View Pro en un campo objeto de la base de datos 4D. +El comando `VP Export to object` devuelve el objeto 4D View Pro adjunto al área 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Puede utilizar este comando, por ejemplo, para almacenar el área 4D View Pro en un campo objeto de la base de datos 4D. En *vpAreaName*, pase el nombre del área 4D View Pro. Si pasa un nombre que no existe, se devuelve un error. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index 36704fc4bc899a..e4db82de410a64 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja para obtener el contexto de datos | | -| Result | Object \| Collection | <- | Contexto de datos | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja para obtener el contexto de datos | | +| Result | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index f2620d8a7e698a..2c538d7dbb01ab 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | -| Result | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propiedad del tema de la tabla actual | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | +| Result | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propiedad del tema de la tabla actual | | #### Descripción @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ El comando `VP Get table theme` -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | -------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propiedades del tema de la tabla a modificar | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propiedades del tema de la tabla a modificar | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | + + #### Descripción @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ En *vpAreaName*, pase el nombre del área 4D View Pro y en *tableName*, el nombr En el parámetro *options*, pase un objeto de la [clase`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme`](../classes.md#tabletheme) que contenga las propiedades del tema a modificar. +En *sheet*, pase el índice de la hoja objetivo. Si no se especifica ningún índice o si pasa -1, el comando se aplica a la hoja actual. + #### Ejemplo 1 Desea definir un tema predefinido en una tabla: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/authentication.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/authentication.md index d8574a4894a323..853de52248ea07 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/authentication.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/authentication.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Básicamente, en este modo, depende del desarrollador definir cómo autenticar a Este modo de autenticación es el más flexible porque permite: - o bien, delegar la autenticación del usuario a una aplicación de terceros (por ejemplo, una red social, SSO); -- o bien, ofrecer una interfaz al usuario (por ejemplo, un formulario web) para que pueda crear su cuenta en su base de datos clientes; luego, puede autenticar a los usuarios con cualquier algoritmo personalizado (ver [este ejemplo](sessions.md#example) del Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: +- o bien, ofrecer una interfaz al usuario (por ejemplo, un formulario web) para que pueda crear su cuenta en su base de datos clientes; luego, puede autenticar a los usuarios con cualquier algoritmo personalizado (ver [este ejemplo](sessions.md#example) del Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: ```4d //... creación de cuenta de usuario @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Por tanto, se llama al método base `On Web Authentication`: Por tanto, NO se llama al método base `On Web Authentication`: - cuando el servidor web recibe una URL que solicita una página estática válida. -- when the web server receives a URL beginning with `rest/` and the REST server is launched (in this case, the authentication is handled through the [`ds.authentify` function](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) or (deprecated) the [`On REST Authentication` database method](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) or [Structure settings](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). +- cuando el servidor web recibe una URL que comienza con `rest/` y se ejecuta el servidor REST (en este caso, la autenticación es manejada a través de [`ds. función uthentify`](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) o el [método base `On REST Authentication`](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) (obsoleto) o los [parámetros de estructura](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). ### Sintaxis @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ The `$IPServer` parameter receives the IP address used to call the web server. 4 #### $user and $password - User Name and Password -The `$user` and `$password` parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser. Esta caja de diálogo aparece para cada conexión, si se selecciona la autenticación [basic](#basic-protocol) o [digest](#digest-protocol). +Generalidades Generalidades Generalidades Generalidades Esta caja de diálogo aparece para cada conexión, si se selecciona la autenticación [basic](#basic-protocol) o [digest](#digest-protocol). > If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..2b2aa08ae1cbaf --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +--- +id: http-request-handler +title: HTTP Request handler +--- + +By default, HTTP requests received by the 4D web server are handled through [built-in processing features](httpRequests.md) or the [REST server](../REST/REST_requests.md). + +In addition, 4D supports the implementation of **custom HTTP Request handlers**, allowing you to intercept specific incoming HTTP requests and process them using your own code. + +When a custom HTTP request handler intercepts a request, it is processed directly and no other processing features (e.g. [On Web authentication](./authentication.md#on-web-authentication) or [On Web connection](./httpRequests.md#on-web-connection) database methods) are called. + +Custom HTTP request handlers meet various needs, including: + +- using a given URL as a resource provider or a file-uploading box (to download or upload various files), +- redirecting on specific pages according to a context (user authenticated, privileges granted...), +- handle an authentication via oAuth 2.0. + +## Requisitos + +Custom HTTP Request handlers are supported: + +- when [scalable sessions](./sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions) are enabled, +- with the main Web Server only (HTTP Request handlers that may have been defined in [Web Servers of components](../WebServer/webServerObject.md) are ignored). + +## HTTPHandlers.json File + +You define your custom HTTP Request handlers in a configuration file named **HTTPHandlers.json** stored in the [`Project/Sources`](../Project/architecture.md#sources) folder. + +This file contains all listened URL patterns, the handled verbs, and the code to be called. Handlers are provided as a collection in JSON format. + +At runtime, the first pattern matching the URL is executed, the others are ignored. + +Here is an example of a *HTTPHandlers.json* file contents: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "gettingStarted", + "pattern": "start", + "verbs": "get, post" + } +] +``` + +This handler declaration can be read as: when any request starting by `/start/` with a `GET` or `POST` verb is received by the server, the `gettingStarted` function of the `GeneralHandling` singleton is executed. + +:::note + +You must restart the Web server so that modifications made in this file are taken into account. + +::: + +## Handler definition + +A handler is defined by: + +- a listened URL pattern +- a function and its class where the code is implemented to handle the listened URL pattern +- the verbs with which the URL can be called to trigger the handler + +The handler identifier is the couple [pattern + a verb among the verbs list]. + +### URL patterns + +URL patterns can be given as **prefixes** or using **regular expressions**. + +- To declare a prefix pattern, use the "pattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Prefixes are considered as regular expressions already containing starting and ending `/`.\ + Ex: `"pattern" : "docs"` or `"pattern" : "docs/invoices"` + +- To declare a regular expression pattern, use the "regexPattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Regular expressions patterns are handled directly. + Ex: `"regexPattern" : "/docs/**/index.html"` + +"Pattern" and "regexPattern" properties cannot be used in the same handler definition (in this case, only the "regexPattern" property is taken into account). + +#### Pattern matching + +URL patterns are triggered in the given order: + +- the first matching pattern is executed +- the following patterns are not executed even if they match the URL + +As a consequence, you need to apply a accurate strategy when writing your handlers: the most detailed patterns must be written before the more general patterns. + +```json +[ + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleUnauthorizedVerbs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all verbs except GET (handled above)" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all the verbs" + } +] + +``` + +#### Forbidden patterns + +URL patterns matching 4D built-in HTTP processing features are not allowed in custom HTTP handlers. For example, the following patterns cannot be handled: + +- `/4DACTION` +- `/rest` +- `/$lib/renderer` +- `/$shared` + +### Class and method + +You declare the code to be executed when a defined URL pattern is intercepted using the "class" and "method" properties. + +- "class": class name without `cs.`, e.g. "UsersHandling" for the `cs.UsersHandling` user class. It must be a [**shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) and [**singleton**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) class. +- "method": class function belonging to the class. + +[See below](#request-handler-code) for information about the request handler code. + +### Verbs + +You can use the "verbs" property in the handler definition to declare HTTP verbs that are supported in incoming requests for this handler. A request that uses a verb that is not explicitely allowed is automatically rejected by the server. + +You can declare several verbs, separated by a comma. Verb names are not case sensitive. + +Ex: `"verbs" : "PUT, POST"` + +:::note + +No control is done on verb names. All names can be used. + +::: + +By default, if the "verbs" property is not used for a handler, **all** HTTP verbs are supported in incoming requests for this handler (except those possibly used beforehand in a more detailed pattern, as shown in the example above). + +:::note + +The HTTP verb can also be evaluated [using the `.verb` property within the request handler code](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#verb) to be accepted or rejected. + +::: + +## Ejemplo + +Here is a detailed example of a HTTPHandlers.json file: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "handle", + "pattern": "info", //URL prefix + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "UsersHandling", + "method": "manageAccount", + "pattern": "userAccount/update", //URL prefix + "verbs": "PUT,POST" + }, + { + "class": "FinancialHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/(past|today)", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/myPage.html", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", // The most specific URL first + "verbs": "GET,POST" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleDetails", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details", // The general URLs after + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", // The general URLs after + "pattern": "docs/invoices", + "verbs": "GET" + } +] + +``` + +In this example, you must implement the following functions: + +- *handle function* in the *GeneralHandling* class +- *manageAccount* in the *UsersHandling* class +- *handleInvoices* in the *FinancialHandling* class +- *handleDocs* in the *DocsHandling* class +- *handleTheInvoice* / *handleDetails* / *handleInvoices* in the *InvoicesHandling* class + +Examples of URLs triggering the handlers: + +`IP:port/info/` with a GET verb +`IP:port/info/general` with a GET verb + +`IP:port/userAccount/update/` with a POST verb +`IP:port/userAccount/update/profile` with a POST verb + +`IP:port/docs/invoices/past` with a GET verb +`IP:port/docs/invoices/today/latest` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/myPage.html` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/invoices/` with a GET verb, calls *handleInvoices* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/` with a GET verb, calls *handleDetails* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/theInvoice/xxxxxx` with a GET verb, calls *handleTheInvoice* function (*InvoiceslHandling* class) + +## Request handler code + +### Function configuration + +The HTTP Request handler code must be implemented in a function of a [**Shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) [**singleton class**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). + +If the singleton is missing or not shared, an error "Cannot find singleton" is returned by the server. If the class or the function [defined as handler](#handler-definition) in the HTTPHandlers.json file is not found, an error "Cannot find singleton function" is returned by the server. + +Request handler functions are not necessarily shared, unless some request handler properties are updated by the functions. In this case, you need to declare its functions with the [`shared` keyword](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-functions). + +:::note + +It is **not recommended** to expose request handler functions to external REST calls using [`exposed`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) or [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keywords. + +::: + +### Input: an instance of the 4D.IncomingMessage class + +When a request has been intercepted by the handler, it is received on the server as an instance of the [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md). + +All necessary information about the request are available in this object, including the request url, verb, headers, and, if any, parameters (put in the URL) and body. + +Then, the request handler can use this information to trigger appropriate business logic. + +### Output: an instance of the 4D.OutgoingMessage class + +The request handler can return an object instance of the [4D.OutGoingMessage class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md), i.e. some full web content ready for a browser to handle, such as a file content. + +### Ejemplo + +The [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md) provides functions to get the [headers](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#headers) and the [body](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#gettext) of the request. + +Here is a simple example to upload a file on the server. + +The **HTTPHandlers.json** file: + +```json +[ + { + "class": "UploadFile", + "method": "uploadFile", + "regexPattern": "/putFile", + "verbs": "POST" + } +] +``` + +The called URL is: http://127.0.0.1:8044/putFile?fileName=testFile + +The binary content of the file is put in the body of the request and a POST verb is used. The file name is given as parameter (*fileName*) in the URL. It is received in the [`urlQuery`](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#urlquery) object in the request. + +```4d + //UploadFile class + +shared singleton Class constructor() + + +Function uploadFile($request : 4D.IncomingMessage) : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $response:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + + var $body:="Not supported file" + var $fileName; $fileType : Text + var $file : 4D.File + var $picture : Picture + var $created : Boolean + + $fileName:=$request.urlQuery.fileName + $fileType:=$request.getHeader("Content-Type") + + Case of + : ($fileType="application/pdf") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".pdf") + $created:=$file.create() + $file.setContent($request.getBlob()) + $body:="Upload OK - File size: "+String($file.size) + + : ($fileType="image/jpeg") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".jpg") + $picture:=$request.getPicture() + WRITE PICTURE FILE($file.platformPath; $picture) + $body:="Upload OK - Image size: "+String($file.size) + + End case + + $response.setBody($body) + $response.setHeader("Content-Type"; "text/plain") + + return $response + +``` + +## Ver también + +[Perfect mastery of your back end business logic thanks to HTTP requests handlers](https://blog.4d.com/perfect-mastery-of-your-back-end-business-logic-thanks-to-HTTP-requests-handlers) (blog post) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md index 78010114e82cb4..5a017d316bc5f4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: httpRequests title: Procesamiento de peticiones HTTP --- -El servidor web de 4D ofrece varias funcionalidades para gestionar las peticiones HTTP: +The 4D web server provides several built-in features to handle HTTP requests: - el método base `On Web Connection`, un enrutador para su aplicación web, - la URL `/4DACTION` para llamar al código del lado del servidor @@ -11,13 +11,21 @@ El servidor web de 4D ofrece varias funcionalidades para gestionar las peticione - otros comandos como `WEB GET HTTP BODY`, `WEB GET HTTP HEADER`, o `WEB GET BODY PART` permiten personalizar el procesamiento de la petición, incluyendo las cookies. - el método proyecto _COMPILER_WEB_, para declarar sus variables. +:::info + +You can also implement your own HTTP request handlers for a customized control over incoming requests and outgoing responses. When a custom HTTP request handler is triggered, no database method is called. See [**HTTP Request Handler**](http-request-handler.md) section. + +::: + ## On Web Connection El método base `On Web Connection` puede utilizarse como punto de entrada al servidor web de 4D. ### Llamadas a métodos base -El método base `On Web Connection` se llama automáticamente cuando el servidor recibe cualquier URL que no sea una ruta a una página existente en el servidor. Se llama al método de la base de datos con la URL. +The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a valid path to an existing page on the server (and is not a URL with a pattern triggering a [custom HTTP Request Handler](http-request-handler.md)). + +Se llama al método de la base de datos con la URL. Por ejemplo, la URL "_a/b/c_" llamará al método base, pero "_a/b/c.html_" no llamará al método base si la página "c.html" existe en la subcarpeta "a/b" del [WebFolder](webServerConfig.md#root-folder). @@ -25,28 +33,18 @@ Por ejemplo, la URL "_a/b/c_" llamará al método base, pero "_a/b/c.html_" no l ### Sintaxis -**On Web Connection**( _$1_ : Text ; _$2_ : Text ; _$3_ : Text ; _$4_ : Text ; _$5_ : Text ; _$6_ : Text ) +**On Web Connection**( _$url_ : Text; _$header_ : Text; _$BrowserIP_ : Text; _$ServerIP_ : Text; _$user_ : Text; _$password_ : Text ) | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---- | :-------------------------: | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $1 | Text | <- | URL | -| $2 | Text | <- | Encabezados HTTP + cuerpo HTTP (hasta un límite de 32 kb) | -| $3 | Text | <- | Dirección IP del cliente web (navegador) | -| $4 | Text | <- | Dirección IP del servidor | -| $5 | Text | <- | Nombre de usuario | -| $6 | Text | <- | Contraseña | - -Debe declarar estos parámetros de la siguiente manera: - -```4d -//Método base On Web Connection - - C_TEXT($1;$2;$3;$4;$5;$6) - -//Código para el métodod -``` +| $url | Text | <- | URL | +| $header | Text | <- | Encabezados HTTP + cuerpo HTTP (hasta un límite de 32 kb) | +| $BrowserIP | Text | <- | Dirección IP del cliente web (navegador) | +| $ServerIP | Text | <- | Dirección IP del servidor | +| $user | Text | <- | Nombre de usuario | +| $password | Text | <- | Contraseña | -Como alternativa, puede utilizar la sintaxis [parámetros nombrados](Concepts/parameters.md#named-parameters): +You must declare these parameters: ```4d // Método base On Web Connection @@ -58,13 +56,13 @@ Como alternativa, puede utilizar la sintaxis [parámetros nombrados](Concepts/pa > Llamando a un comando 4D que muestra un elemento de interfaz (`DIALOG`, `ALERT`, etc.) no está permitido y finaliza el procesamiento del método. -### $1 - Datos adicionales de la URL +### $url - URL extra data -El primer parámetro ($1) es la URL introducida por los usuarios en el área de direcciones de su navegador web, sin la dirección local. +The first parameter ($url) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. -Utilicemos como ejemplo una conexión de intranet. Supongamos que la dirección IP de su máquina 4D Web Server es 123.4.567.89. La siguiente tabla muestra los valores de $1 en función de la URL introducida en el navegador web: +Utilicemos como ejemplo una conexión de intranet. Supongamos que la dirección IP de su máquina 4D Web Server es 123.4.567.89. The following table shows the values of $url depending on the URL entered in the web browser: -| URL introducida en el navegador web | Valor del parámetro $1 | +| URL introducida en el navegador web | Value of parameter $url | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 123.4.567.89 | / | | http://123.45.67.89 | / | @@ -74,29 +72,29 @@ Utilicemos como ejemplo una conexión de intranet. Supongamos que la dirección Tenga en cuenta que es libre de utilizar este parámetro a su conveniencia. 4D simplemente ignora el valor pasado más allá de la parte del host de la URL. Por ejemplo, puede establecer una convención en la que el valor "_/Customers/Add_" significa "ir directamente a añadir un nuevo registro en la tabla `[Customers]`.” Al proporcionar a los usuarios de la web una lista de posibles valores y/o marcadores por defecto, puede dar accesos directos a diferentes partes de su aplicación. De este modo, los usuarios de la web pueden acceder rápidamente a los recursos de su sitio web sin tener que recorrer toda la ruta de navegación cada vez que realicen una nueva conexión. -### $2 - Encabezado y cuerpo de la petición HTTP +### $header - Header and Body of the HTTP request -El segundo parámetro ($2) es el encabezado y el cuerpo de la petición HTTP enviada por el navegador web. Tenga en cuenta que esta información se pasa a su método base `On Web Connection` "tal cual". Su contenido variará en función de la naturaleza del navegador web que intenta la conexión. +The second parameter ($header) is the header and the body of the HTTP request sent by the web browser. Tenga en cuenta que esta información se pasa a su método base `On Web Connection` "tal cual". Su contenido variará en función de la naturaleza del navegador web que intenta la conexión. Si su aplicación utiliza esta información, deberá analizar el encabezado y el cuerpo. Puede utilizar los comandos `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` y `WEB GET HTTP BODY`. -> Por razones de rendimiento, el tamaño de los datos que pasan por el parámetro $2 no debe superar los 32 KB. Más allá de este tamaño, son truncados por el servidor HTTP de 4D. +> For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $header parameter must not exceed 32 KB. Más allá de este tamaño, son truncados por el servidor HTTP de 4D. -### $3 - Dirección IP del cliente web +### $BrowserIP - Web client IP address -El parámetro $3 recibe la dirección IP de la máquina del navegador. Esta información puede permitirle distinguir entre las conexiones a la intranet y a Internet. +The $BrowserIP parameter receives the IP address of the browser’s machine. Esta información puede permitirle distinguir entre las conexiones a la intranet y a Internet. > 4D devuelve las direcciones IPv4 en un formato híbrido IPv6/IPv4 escrito con un prefijo de 96 bits, por ejemplo ::ffff:192.168.2.34 para la dirección IPv4 192.168.2.34. Para más información, consulte la sección [Soporte IPv6](webServerConfig.md#about-ipv6-support). -### $4 - Dirección IP del servidor +### $ServerIP - Server IP address -El parámetro $4 recibe la dirección IP solicitada por el servidor web 4D. 4D permite el multi-homing, que permite utilizar máquinas con más de una dirección IP. Para más información, consulte la [página Configuración](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). +The $ServerIP parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D permite el multi-homing, que permite utilizar máquinas con más de una dirección IP. Para más información, consulte la [página Configuración](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). -### $5 y $6 - Nombre de usuario y contraseña +### $user and $password - User Name and Password -Los parámetros $5 y $6 reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introducidos por el usuario en el cuadro de diálogo de identificación estándar que muestra el navegador, si procede (ver la página [autenticación](authentication.md)). +The $user and $password parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser, if applicable (see the [authentication page](authentication.md)). -> Si el nombre de usuario enviado por el navegador existe en 4D, el parámetro $6 (la contraseña del usuario) no se devuelve por razones de seguridad. +> If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. ## /4DACTION @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ Los parámetros $5 y $6 reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introducid **Uso:** URL o acción del formulario. -Esta URL permite llamar al método proyecto 4D _MethodName_ con un parámetro texto opcional _Param_. El método recibirá este parámetro en _$1_. +Esta URL permite llamar al método proyecto 4D _MethodName_ con un parámetro texto opcional _Param_. The method will receive this parameter. - El método proyecto 4D debe haber sido [permitido para peticiones web](allowProject.md): el valor del atributo "Disponible a través de etiquetas y URLs 4D (4DACTION...)" debe haber sido marcado en las propiedades del método. Si no se comprueba el atributo, se rechaza la solicitud web. - Cuando 4D recibes una petición `/4DACTION/MethodName/Param`, se llama el método base `On Web Authentication` (si existe). @@ -136,16 +134,17 @@ Este ejemplo describe la asociación de la URL `/4DACTION` con un objeto imagen El método `getPhoto` es el siguiente: ```4d -C_TEXT($1) // Este parámetro debe declararse siempre +#DECLARE ($url : Text) // This parameter must always be declared var $path : Text var $PictVar : Picture var $BlobVar : Blob - //busca la imagen en la carpeta Imágenes dentro de la carpeta Resources -$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$1+".psd" + //find the picture in the Images folder within the Resources folder +$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$url+".psd" -READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) //pone la imagen en la variable imagen -PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") //convierte la imagen en formato ".png". WEB SEND BLOB($BLOB;"image/png") +READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) //put the picture in the picture variable +PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") //convert the picture to ".png" format +WEB SEND BLOB($BLOB;"image/png") ``` ### 4DACCIÓN para publicar formularios @@ -192,15 +191,15 @@ OK="Search" 4D llama al método base `` (si existe), luego se llama al método proyecto `processForm`, que es el siguiente: ```4d - C_TEXT($1) //obligatorio para el modo compilado - C_LONGINT($vName) - C_TEXT(vName;vLIST) + #DECLARE ($url : Text) //mandatory for compiled mode + var $vName : Integer + var vName;vLIST : Text ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrVals;0) - WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //recuperamos todas las variables del formulario + WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //we retrieve all the variables of the form $vName:=Find in array($arrNames;"vName") vName:=$arrVals{$vName} - If(Find in array($arrNames;"vExact")=-1) //Si la opción no ha sido marcada + If(Find in array($arrNames;"vExact")=-1) //If the option has not been checked vName:=vName+"@" End if QUERY([Jockeys];[Jockeys]Name=vName) @@ -209,9 +208,9 @@ OK="Search" vLIST:=vLIST+[Jockeys]Name+" "+[Jockeys]Tel+"
    " NEXT RECORD([Jockeys]) End while - WEB SEND FILE("results.htm") //Enviar la lista al formulario results.htm - //que contiene una referencia a la variable vLIST, - //por ejemplo + WEB SEND FILE("results.htm") //Send the list to the results.htm form + //which contains a reference to the variable vLIST, + //for example //... End if ``` @@ -220,9 +219,9 @@ End if El servidor web de 4D le permite recuperar datos enviados a través de peticiones POST o GET, utilizando formularios web o URLs. -Cuando el servidor web recibe una petición con datos en el encabezado o en la URL, 4D puede recuperar los valores de cualquier objeto HTML que contenga. Este principio puede implementarse en el caso de un formulario web, enviado por ejemplo utilizando `WEB SEND FILE` o `WEB SEND BLOB`, en el que el usuario introduce o modifica valores y luego hace clic en el botón de validación. +Cuando el servidor web recibe una petición con datos en el encabezado o en la URL, 4D puede recuperar los valores de cualquier objeto HTML que contenga. This principle can be implemented in the case of a Web form, sent for example using [`WEB SEND FILE`](../commands-legacy/web-send-file.md) or [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md), where the user enters or modifies values, then clicks on the validation button. -En este caso, 4D puede recuperar los valores de los objetos HTML encontrados en la petición utilizando el comando `WEB GET VARIABLES`. El comando `WEB GET VARIABLES` recupera los valores como texto. +In this case, 4D can retrieve the values of the HTML objects found in the request using the [`WEB GET VARIABLES`](../commands-legacy/web-get-variables.md) command. El comando `WEB GET VARIABLES` recupera los valores como texto. Considere el siguiente código fuente de la página HTML: @@ -283,33 +282,33 @@ Las principales características de esta página son: Examinemos el método 4D `WWW_STD_FORM_POST` que se llama cuando el usuario hace clic en uno de los botones del formulario HTML. ```4d - // Recuperación del valor de las variables + // Retrieval of value of variables ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrValues;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrValues) - C_LONGINT($user) + var $user : Integer Case of - // Se ha presionado el botón Log On + // The Log On button was clicked :(Find in array($arrNames;"vsbLogOn")#-1) $user :=Find in array($arrNames;"vtUserName") QUERY([WWW Users];[WWW Users]UserName=$arrValues{$user}) $0:=(Records in selection([WWW Users])>0) If($0) WWW POST EVENT("Log On";WWW Log information) - // El método WWW POST EVENT guarda la información en una tabla de la base + // The WWW POST EVENT method saves the information in a database table Else $0:=WWW Register - // El método WWW Register permite que un nuevo usuario de la Web se registre + // The WWW Register method lets a new Web user register End if - // Se ha presionado el botón Register + // The Register button was clicked :(Find in array($arrNames;"vsbRegister")#-1) $0:=WWW Register - // Se ha presionado el botón de información + // The Information button was clicked :(Find in array($arrNames;"vsbInformation")#-1) WEB SEND FILE("userinfos.html") End case @@ -326,15 +325,15 @@ Tenga en cuenta que con HTML, todos los objetos son objetos de texto. Si se util El servidor web de 4D ofrece varios comandos web de bajo nivel que le permiten desarrollar un procesamiento personalizado de las solicitudes: -- el comando `WEB GET HTTP BODY` devuelve el cuerpo como texto sin procesar, permitiendo cualquier análisis que pueda necesitar -- el comando `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` devuelve los encabezados de la petición. Es útil para manejar cookies personalizadas, por ejemplo (junto con el comando `WEB SET HTTP HEADER`). -- los comandos `WEB GET BODY PART` y `WEB Get body part count` para analizar la parte del cuerpo de una petición de varias partes y recuperar los valores de texto, pero también los archivos publicados, utilizando BLOBs. +- the [`WEB GET HTTP BODY`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-body.md) command returns the body as raw text, allowing any parsing you may need +- the [`WEB GET HTTP HEADER`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-header.md) command return the headers of the request. Es útil para manejar cookies personalizadas, por ejemplo (junto con el comando `WEB SET HTTP HEADER`). +- the [`WEB GET BODY PART`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part.md) and [`WEB Get body part count`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part-count.md) commands to parse the body part of a multi-part request and retrieve text values, but also files posted, using BLOBs. Estos comandos se resumen en el siguiente gráfico: ![](../assets/en/WebServer/httpCommands.png) -El servidor web de 4D ahora soporta archivos cargados con codificación chunked desde cualquier cliente web. La codificación de transferencia en trozos es un mecanismo de transferencia de datos especificado en HTTP/1.1. Permite transferir datos en una serie de "trozos" (partes) sin conocer el tamaño final de los datos. El servidor web de 4D también soporta la codificación de transferencia en trozos desde el servidor a los clientes web (utilizando `WEB SEND RAW DATA`). +El servidor web de 4D ahora soporta archivos cargados con codificación chunked desde cualquier cliente web. La codificación de transferencia en trozos es un mecanismo de transferencia de datos especificado en HTTP/1.1. Permite transferir datos en una serie de "trozos" (partes) sin conocer el tamaño final de los datos. The 4D Web Server also supports chunked transfer encoding from the server to Web clients (using [`WEB SEND RAW DATA`](../commands-legacy/web-send-raw-data.md)). ## Método proyecto COMPILER_WEB diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md index 729960946048e5..1d77cc1b26c71a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ La resolución recomendada es 1920x1080. - Desarrollo: 4D v20 R2 o superior - Despliegue: 4D Server v20 R2 o superior - Qodly Studio solo funciona con proyectos 4D (no soporta bases de datos binarias). -- Las sesiones web (_aka_ Scalable sessions) deben [estar activadas](sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions). +- Las sesiones web (_igualmente llamadas sesiones escalables_) deben [estar activadas](sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions). - El código 4D llamado por los formularios Qodly debe ser [hilo seguro](preemptiveWeb.md). ### Acceso a Qodly Studio @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Después de cualquier cambio en esta configuración, debe [reiniciar el servidor #### A nivel del proyecto -Después de haber habilitado el acceso a Qodly Studio en el nivel 4D, es necesario designar explícitamente cada proyecto al que se puede acceder. La opción **Habilitar el acceso a Qodly Studio** debe estar habilitada en la [página de funcionalidades web de los parámetros de la aplicación 4D](../settings/web.md#enable-access-to-qodly-studio). +Después de haber habilitado el acceso a Qodly Studio en el nivel 4D, es necesario designar explícitamente cada proyecto al que se puede acceder. La opción **Activar el acceso a Qodly Studio** debe estar habilitada en la [página de funcionalidades web de los parámetros de la aplicación 4D](../settings/web.md#enable-access-to-qodly-studio). Tenga en cuenta que los [parámetros usuario](../settings/overview.md) pueden definirse en varios niveles, y que se aplican prioridades. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The Qodly Studio documentation is available on the [Qodly documentation website] You can rely on this documentation and its associated resources for developing web applications powered by Qodly pages. Sin embargo, dependiendo de la etapa de implementación, los desarrolladores 4D utilizarán Qodly Studio o 4D IDE (ver [Comparación de funcionalidades](#comparación-de-funcionalidades)). -Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. Para más información, consulte la página [De QodlyScript a Lenguaje 4D](from-qodlyscript-to-4d.md). +Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. :::info @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ No existe compatibilidad directa entre las aplicaciones implementadas con 4D y l | Debugger | 4D IDE debugger
    _4D Server only_: Qodly Studio debugger (see [this paragraph](#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server)) | Qodly Studio debugger | | Roles y privilegios REST/Web | Edición directa de roles.json/Editor de roles y permisos Qodly Studio | Editor de roles y privilegios de Qodly Studio | -(1) The **Model** item is disabled in Qodly Studio.
    -(2) In 4D Server, opening 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor is supported **for testing and debugging purposes** (see [this paragraph](#development-and-deployment)). Note that in 4D single-user, if you open some 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor, syntax coloring is not available and a "Lsp not loaded" warning is displayed. +Note that in 4D single-user, if you open some 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor, syntax coloring is not available and a "Lsp not loaded" warning is displayed. (1) The **Model** item is disabled in Qodly Studio.
    +(2) In 4D Server, opening 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor is supported **for testing and debugging purposes** (see [this paragraph](#development-and-deployment)). ### Lenguaje @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Con Qodly Studio for 4D, el modo ["forzar login"](../REST/authUsers.md#force-log ### Configuración -Make sure the ["force login" mode](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) is enabled for your 4D application in the [Roles and Privileges page](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/roles/rolesPrivilegesOverview), using the **Force login** option: +Asegúrese de que el [modo "force login"](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) esté habilitado para su aplicación 4D en la [página Roles y privilegios](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/roles/rolesPrivilegesOverview), usando la opción **Force login**: ![alt-text](../assets/en/WebServer/forcelogin.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServer.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServer.md index c724c51ad0d993..de8c3013336c2f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServer.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ La seguridad de los datos está presente en todas las etapas de las implementaci - Soporte extendido del [**Protocolo TLS (HTTPS)**](../Admin/tls.md), -- **Autenticación**: flexible y personalizable [funcionalidades de autenticación](authentication.md) basado en configuraciones creadas así como en métodos base de reserva ([`On Web Authentication`](autentication. d#on-web-authation) para el servidor web y [`On REST Authentication`](../REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) para el servidor REST), +- **Autenticación**: flexible y personalizable [funcionalidades de autenticación](authentication.md) basado en configuraciones creadas así como en métodos base de reserva ([`On Web Authentication`](authentication.md#on-web-authentication) para el servidor web y [`On REST Authentication`](../REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) para el servidor REST), - **Control de los contenidos expuestos**: sólo los elementos que exponga explícitamente pueden estar disponibles desde peticiones web directaso peticiones REST. Debe declarar: - [Los métodos proyecto](templates.md#allowing-project-methods) expuestos a través de peticiones HTTP diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServerConfig.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServerConfig.md index 9d22914a8fd923..09b6e680b6d7ef 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServerConfig.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/webServerConfig.md @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Este parámetro permite seleccionar el formato de este archivo. Valores disponib | `WEB SET OPTION` | `Web max concurrent processes` | | | Caja de diálogo de parámetros | Página [Opciones (I)/Máximo de procesos web simultáneos](../settings/web.md#maximum-concurrent-web-processes) | | -Límite estrictamente superior de procesos web concurrentes que pueden estar abiertos simultáneamente en el servidor cuando **no sessions** o **legacy sessions** están siendo utilizados (**scalable sessions** soporta un [número ilimitado](sessions.md) de p Este parámetro permite evitar la saturación del servidor como resultado de un número masivo de peticiones. Cuando se alcanza el número máximo de procesos web concurrentes (menos uno), 4D deja de crear nuevos procesos y envía el estado HTTP `503 - Servicio no disponible` a todas las nuevas peticiones. +Strictly high limit of concurrent web processes that can be simultaneously open on the server when **no sessions** or **legacy sessions** are used (**scalable sessions** support an [unlimited number](sessions.md) of preemptive processes). Este parámetro permite evitar la saturación del servidor como resultado de un número masivo de peticiones. Cuando se alcanza el número máximo de procesos web concurrentes (menos uno), 4D deja de crear nuevos procesos y envía el estado HTTP `503 - Servicio no disponible` a todas las nuevas peticiones. Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. Tamaño máximo (en bytes) de las peticiones HTTP entrantes (POST) que el servidor web está autorizado a procesar. Por defecto, el valor es de 2 000 000, es decir, algo menos de 2 MB. Pasar el valor máximo (2 147 483 648) significa que, en la práctica, no se define ningún límite. -Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. This limit is used to avoid web server saturation due to incoming requests that are too large. +Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. Cuando una petición alcanza este límite, el servidor web 4D la rechaza. Valores posibles: 500 000 a 2 147 483 648. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5b08f033b16ad3 Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..7ff28f568b8a3d Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index d82887b7730e80..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index e3d2f1f663ebd9..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5f652b3e5a2356..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0dd231ca19dd39..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png deleted file mode 100644 index 994c3ff9e73ce7..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index f16b70a03bae3c..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4967a05a3c2377..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 300f99aa414aea..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6f07a37ffc4012..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png deleted file mode 100644 index b48502b3f72f32..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png deleted file mode 100644 index d6468df5305aca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8488c59b164cca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png deleted file mode 100644 index 947cd8585f81e2..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict3515147.en.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict3515147.en.png deleted file mode 100644 index db7cd11f8fca35..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict3515147.en.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65afe8beb35b7a..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md index 0e72b4e75e0f21..e621ec93ff5e72 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **ACCEPT** se utiliza en métodos de objeto o de formulario (o en subrutinas) para: * validar un registro o subregistro creado o modificado, para el cual la entrada de datos ha sido inicializada utilizando [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), *\_o\_ADD SUBRECORD* o *\_o\_MODIFY SUBRECORD*. -* validar un formulario mostrado por el comando [DIALOG](dialog.md). +* validar un formulario mostrado por el comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). * salir de un formulario que muestra una selección de registros, utilizando [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) o [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). **ACCEPT** efectúa la misma acción que si un usuario hubiera presionado la tecla **Intro**. Después de que el formulario es aceptado, la variable sistema OK toma el valor 1. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md index 595a971c418de7..6d0d1ef9dd833f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **Activated** (obsoleto) devuelve **True** en un método formulario cuando la ventana que contiene el formulario se convierte en la ventana del primer plano del proceso del primer plano. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a usar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Activate. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a usar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Activate. **ATENCIÓN:** no ubique un comando como [TRACE](trace.md) o [ALERT](alert.md)en la fase **Activated** del formulario, ya que esto produce un bucle infinito. @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Ver también [Deactivated](deactivated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md index 6119f6b3568b06..f387d5db7f023d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Compatibilidad -**Este comando se implementó en las primeras versiones de 4D y sigue siendo útil para la creación de prototipos o desarrollos básicos. Sin embargo, para construir interfaces personalizadas y modernas, ahora se recomienda utilizar formularios genéricos basados en el comando [DIALOG](dialog.md) que ofrecen funciones avanzadas y un mejor control sobre el flujo de datos.* +**Este comando se implementó en las primeras versiones de 4D y sigue siendo útil para la creación de prototipos o desarrollos básicos. Sin embargo, para construir interfaces personalizadas y modernas, ahora se recomienda utilizar formularios genéricos basados en el comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) que ofrecen funciones avanzadas y un mejor control sobre el flujo de datos.* #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md index aba04c5b276609..18c050a13b5579 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que el ciclo de ejecución **After** se genere, asegúrese de que la propiedad del evento On Validate ara el formulario y/o los objetos se haya seleccionado en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a usar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Validate. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a usar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Validate. #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md index 74d575f5c60c33..e065f5a5d87fb9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md @@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ Este método de formulario se utiliza durante la impresión de un informe. Defin [End selection](end-selection.md) [FIRST RECORD](first-record.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PREVIOUS RECORD](previous-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md index 3810170e5a335c..d84ac895a11997 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que el ciclo de ejecución **Before** se genere, asegúrese de que la propiedad de evento On Load para el formulario y/o los objetos se haya seleccionado en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a usar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Load. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a usar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Load. #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md index 5fbad1108819eb..f7fee913c98cd2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ El parámetro *params* le permite definir cómo manejar los parámetros básicos * Si pasa 0 u omite este parámetro, los valores almacenados en el BLOB se utilizan para la impresión. * Si pasa 1, los valores se restablecen a los valores predeterminados: el número de copias se establece en 1 y el intervalo de páginas se establece en "todas las páginas". -Los parámetros se aplican a los [parámetros actuales de impresión 4D](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/) siempre y cuando ningún comando como *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) o [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) sin el parámetro > los modifique. Los parámetros definidos se utiliza particularmente para los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) y [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), así como también para los comandos de impresión en los menú de 4D, incluyendo los del entorno Diseño. +Los parámetros se aplican a los [parámetros actuales de impresión 4D](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/) siempre y cuando ningún comando como *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) o [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) sin el parámetro > los modifique. Los parámetros definidos se utiliza particularmente para los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) y [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), así como también para los comandos de impresión en los menú de 4D, incluyendo los del entorno Diseño. Los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) deben ser llamados con el parámetro *\>* (si aplica) para que los parámetros definidos por **BLOB to print settings** se mantengan. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md index 775268ec2313a1..3a8cdbb376ced5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ Si el comando falla, se genera un error que puede interceptar con la ayuda del c #### Ver también -[Compile project ](compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Compile project ](../commands/compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md index dbaeda31137699..b55967a703cd2e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Luego puede añadir otros mensajes ejecutando el comando **CALL FORM** nuevament [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md index 3e2af74ff226c8..61479fcd882a7e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ En *evento*, puede pasar todo evento de formulario predefinido de 4D (puede util #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GOTO OBJECT](goto-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md index 02d4d94f1fd0c1..9597996f00c65b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ El código de *workerMethod* es: #### Ver también -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) +[CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md) [Current process name](current-process-name.md) [KILL WORKER](kill-worker.md) *Sobre workers* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md index 2a7c0838fec3a7..9759528f0ab074 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **CANCEL** se utiliza en métodos de objeto o de formulario (o en una subrutina) para: * cancelar un registro nuevo o modificado, para el cual la entrada de datos ha sido inicializada utilizando [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) o [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md). -* cancelar un formulario mostrado por intermedio del comando [DIALOG](dialog.md). +* cancelar un formulario mostrado por intermedio del comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). * salir de un formulario que muestra una selección de registros, utilizando [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) o [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* cancelar la impresión de un formulario que está a punto de ser impreso utilizando el comando [Print form](print-form.md) (ver a continuación). +* cancelar la impresión de un formulario que está a punto de ser impreso utilizando el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) (ver a continuación). En el contexto de entrada de datos, **CANCEL** efectúa la misma acción que si el usuario hubiera presionado la tecla de cancelación (**Esc**). @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Este comando también se usa en el metódo de la caja de cierre opcional para el **CANCEL** no puede estar en la cola. Ejecutar dos comandos **CANCEL** en una fila desde dentro de un método en respuesta a un evento tendría el mismo efecto que ejecutar sólo uno. -Finalmente, este comando puede ser utilizado en el evento de formulario On Printing Detail, cuando se utiliza el comando [Print form](print-form.md). En este contexto, el comando **CANCEL** suspende la impresión del formulario que está a punto de imprimirse, luego retoma en la siguiente página. Este mecanismo puede utilizarse para administrar la impresión de formularios cuando no hay suficiente espacio o en caso de que sea necesaria una ruptura de página. +Finalmente, este comando puede ser utilizado en el evento de formulario On Printing Detail, cuando se utiliza el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). En este contexto, el comando **CANCEL** suspende la impresión del formulario que está a punto de imprimirse, luego retoma en la siguiente página. Este mecanismo puede utilizarse para administrar la impresión de formularios cuando no hay suficiente espacio o en caso de que sea necesaria una ruptura de página. **Nota:** esta operación es diferente de la del comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md)(\*) que cancela TODOS los formularios que están en espera de impresión. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ Cuando el comando CANCEL se ejecuta (anulación de formulario o de impresión), [ACCEPT](accept.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8d4e55d1da9f80..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,189 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: compile-project -title: Compile project -slug: /commands/compile-project -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Compile project** {( {*archivoProyecto*}{;}{*opciones*} )} : Object - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| archivoProyecto | 4D.File | → | Archivo .4DProject a compilar | -| opciones | Object | → | Objeto que especifica las opciones de compilación | -| Resultado | Object | ← | Objeto que contiene información sobre el estado de la compilación | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Descripción - -**Compile project** permite compilar el proyecto local actual o el proyecto especificado en el parámetro *archivoProyecto*. Para más información sobre la compilación, consulte la *página de compilación en developer.4d.com*. - -Por defecto, el comando utiliza las opciones del compilador definidas en los Parámetros de estructura. Puede anularlas pasando un parámetro *opciones*. Se admiten las siguientes sintaxis: - -* **Compile project** (): compila el proyecto abierto utilizando las opciones definidas en los parámetros de estructura -* **Compile project** (*opciones*): compila el proyecto abierto. Las *opciones* definidas reemplazan los parámetros de estructura -* **Compile project** (*archivoProyecto*): compila el 4DProject *archivoProyecto* utilizando las opciones definidas en los parámetros de estructura -* **Compile project** (*archivoProyecto*; *opciones*): compila el 4DProject *archivoProyecto* y las *opciones* definidas anulan los parámetros de estructura - -**Nota:** las bases de datos binarias no pueden compilarse con este comando. - -A diferencia de la ventana del Compilador, este comando requiere que se designe explícitamente el componente o componentes a compilar. Cuando se compila un proyecto con **Compile project** , es necesario declarar sus componentes utilizando la propiedad *components* del parámetro *opciones*. Tenga en cuenta que los componentes deben estar ya compilados (se admiten componentes binarios). - -El código compilado resultante se almacenará en la carpeta DerivedData o Librerias del proyecto, dependiendo de la propiedad *targets* del parámetro *opciones*. Si desea crear archivos .4dz, deberá comprimir manualmente el proyecto compilado o utilizar la funcionalidad *Generar la aplicación*. - -Si pasa una colección vacía en *targets*, **Compile project** ejecutará una comprobación de sintaxis sin compilar. - -Los errores de compilación, si los hay, se devuelven como objetos en la colección *errores*. - -**Nota:** no puede llamar a este comando cuando se está ejecutando otra compilación (por ejemplo, una compilación lanzada desde la ventana Compilación). - -##### Parámetro opciones - -El parámetro *opciones* es un objeto. Estas son las opciones de compilación disponibles: - -| **Propiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | -| ---------------------- | -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| components | Colección | Colección de objetos 4D.File para componentes dependientes (deben estar compilados) | -| targets | colección de cadenas | valores posibles: "x86\_64\_generic", "arm64\_macOS\_lib". Pase una colección vacía para ejecutar sólo una verificación de sintaxis | -| typeInference | Cadena | "all": digite todas las variables, "locals": se digitan las proceso e interproceso, "none": se digitan todas las variables | -| defaultTypeForButtons | Entero | Valor posible: Is real o Is longint | -| defaultTypeForNumerics | Entero | Valor posible: Is real o Is longint | -| defaultTypeForButtons | Entero | Valor posible: Is real o Is longint | -| generateSymbols | Booleano | True para generar información de símbolos en el objeto devuelto .symbols | -| generateSyntaxFile | Booleano | True para generar un *archivo de sintaxis para completar código* en la carpeta \\Resources\\en.lproj del proyecto | -| generateTypingMethods | Cadena | "reset" o "append" para generar métodos de digitación. Si el valor es "append", las declaraciones de variables existentes no se modificarán (comportamiento de la ventana del compilador). Si el valor es "reset" las declaraciones de variables existentes se eliminan de antemano. | -| plugins | objeto 4D.Folder | Carpeta plug-ins a utilizar en lugar de la [carpeta Plugins del proyecto actual](https://developer.4d.com/docs/Project/architecture#plugins). Esta propiedad sólo está disponible con la sintaxis *projectFile*. | -| targets | Colección de cadenas | Valores posibles: "x86\_64\_generic", "arm64\_macOS\_lib". Pase una colección vacía para ejecutar sólo la comprobación de sintaxis | -| typeInference | Cadena | "all": digita todas las variables, "locals": se digitan las variables de proceso e interproceso, "none": se digitan todas las variables | -| warnings | Colección de objetos | Define el estado de las warnings | -| \[\].major | Número | Número principal del warning, antes del punto | -| \[\].minor | Número | Segundo número del warning, después del punto | -| \[\].enabled | Booleano | Estado de activación del aviso | - -##### Resultado de la función - -El objeto devuelto por **Compile project** tiene hasta tres propiedades: - -| **Propiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | -| ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | Booleano | True si la acción de guardar tiene éxito, False en caso contrario. | -| ***Disponible sólo en caso de error o advertencia:*** | | | -| errors | Colección de objetos | colección de objetos que describen los errores o advertencias de compilación | -| isError | Booleano | Error si es True, advertencia en caso contrario | -| message | Cadena | Mensaje de error | -| code | Objeto | *Objeto code* | -| line | Número | Número de línea del error en el código. Para los métodos de clase, el número de línea en la función | -| lineInFile | Número | Número de línea en el archivo (diferente de "línea" para los métodos de clase, y tiene en cuenta la línea del prefijo %attributes) | -| **Disponible sólo si la opción generateSymbols está definida en True:** | | | -| symbols | Objeto | | -| interprocessVariables | Objeto | Lista de todas las variables interproceso | -| variables | Colección | Colección de *Objetos variable* | -| size | Número | | -| processVariables | Object | Lista de todas las variables proceso | -| variables | Colección | Colección de *Objetos variable* | -| size | Número | | -| localVariables | Colección de objetos | Lista de variables locales por método | -| code | Objeto | *Objeto code* | -| variables | Colección | Colección de *Objetos variable* | -| methods | Colección de objetos | Lista de métodos | -| code | Objeto | *Objeto code* | -| callCount | Número | Número de veces que se ha llamado a este método | -| params | Colección | Colección de tipos de parámetros (códigos numéricos de tipo de valor) | -| threadSafe | Booleano | Indica si este método es hilo seguro | - -Para más información, consulte *Herramientas de compilación*. - -###### Objetos variable - -interprocessVariables.variables y processVariables.variables contienen objetos con la siguiente estructura: - -| **Propiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | -| -------------- | -------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | Cadena | Nombre de la variable | -| type | número | Tipo de la variable (como el comando Value type) | -| arrayDimension | número | Sólo para arrays: 1 para arrays de una dimensión, 2 para arrays de dos dimensiones | -| code | Objeto | Para las variables proceso e interproceso: descriptor de la ubicación de definición de la variable | - -###### Objeto code - -La propiedad *code* en **methods\[ \].code** y **errors\[ \].code** es un objeto con las siguientes propiedades: - -| **Propiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | -| ----------------------------------------------------------- | -------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Cadena | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formmethod","databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (cuando se llama a un método del proyecto con el *Atributo Ejecutar en servidor*.), "executeFormula" (cuando se ejecuta una fórmula a través de [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) o la evaluación de una fórmula en un documento de 4D Write Pro.), "class", "classFunction"| -| path | Cadena | Ruta del método (mismo formato que [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | -| file | 4D.File | Archivo método | -| **Se devuelve en función del valor de propiedad del tipo:** | | | -| methodName | Cadena | Método proyecto | -| table | Número | Número de tabla (devuelto para un trigger, un método formulario de tabla o un método objeto formulario) | -| formName | Cadena | Nombre de formulario (devuelto para un método formulario) | -| objectName | Cadena | Nombre del objeto formulario (devuelto para un método objeto) | -| className | Cadena | Nombre de clase | -| functionName | Cadena | Nombre de función de clase | -| databaseMethod | Número | Índice del método base | - -#### Advertencia - -Para realizar una comprobación de sintaxis solamente, pase una colección vacía al parámetro targets: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection //Colección vacía para la verificación de sintaxis - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compila el proyecto actual utilizando únicamente las opciones del compilador de los Parámetros de estructura: - -```4d - var $status : Object - $status:=Compile project -``` - -En un Silicon Mac, compila el proyecto actual sólo en ARM: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compila un proyecto distinto al actual: - - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $projectFile: 4D.File - $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") - $status:=Compile project($projectFile) -``` - -Compila un proyecto y declara su componente: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - var $component : 4D.File - $options:=New object - $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") - $options.components:=New collection($component) - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Desactiva las advertencias 518.1 y 518.2 al compilar su proyecto: - -```4d -var $options:={} -$options.warnings:=[] -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) -var $result:=Compile project($options) -``` - -#### Ver también - -[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md index dfc3c4772030fd..08375546c89d1a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Este método, combinado con un área desplegable, le permite cambiar el valor de #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Right click](right-click.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md index d8709a5c1cce64..c0b818db637de8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **Current form name** devuelve el nombre del formulario actual definido para el proceso. El formulario actual puede ser un formulario proyecto o un formulario tabla. -Por defecto, si no se ha llamado al comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) en el proceso actual, el formulario actual es el que está siendo visualizado o impreso. Si ha llamado al comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) en el proceso, el formulario actual es el definido para este comando y permanece así hasta que llame a [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (o [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). +Por defecto, si no se ha llamado al comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) en el proceso actual, el formulario actual es el que está siendo visualizado o impreso. Si ha llamado al comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) en el proceso, el formulario actual es el definido para este comando y permanece así hasta que llame a [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (o [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). El comando devuelve: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Usted quiere obtener el formulario actual si éste es un formulario proyecto: #### Ver también -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md index f1127680788f1a..292d29af12eda5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Para esto, utilice el método de objeto para crear la variable *vsCurrentRecord* #### Ver también -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md) [FORM SET OUTPUT](form-set-output.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md index f2885892ed0f01..71bd23d780da34 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que se genere el ciclo de ejecución **Deactivated**, asegúrese de que la propiedad del evento On Deactivate para el formulario y/o los objetos haya sido seleccionada en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Deactivate. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Deactivate. #### Ver también [Activated](activated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md index aca2f8c1492b48..a55a14a3600803 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -**Tip:** aunque utilizar **DEFAULT TABLE** y omitir el nombre de la tabla pueden hacer el código más fácil de leer, muchos programadores consideran que la utilización de este comando en realidad trae más inconvenientes que ventajas. En particular, note que [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) es prioritario cuando utiliza por ejemplo el comando [DIALOG](dialog.md) con un formulario proyecto y hay un formulario de la tabla por defecto con el mismo nombre. +**Tip:** aunque utilizar **DEFAULT TABLE** y omitir el nombre de la tabla pueden hacer el código más fácil de leer, muchos programadores consideran que la utilización de este comando en realidad trae más inconvenientes que ventajas. En particular, note que [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) es prioritario cuando utiliza por ejemplo el comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) con un formulario proyecto y hay un formulario de la tabla por defecto con el mismo nombre. **DEFAULT TABLE** define *tabla* como la tabla por defecto para el proceso actual. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md deleted file mode 100644 index 11b13e1cafe9d3..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: dialog -title: DIALOG -slug: /commands/dialog -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**DIALOG** ( {*tabla* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| tabla | Table | → | Tabla a la cual pertenece el formulario o Si se omite: tabla por defecto o uso del formulario de proyecto | -| form | Text, Object | → | Nombre de tabla o formulario de proyecto a mostrar como diálogo | -| formData | Object | → | Datos para asociar al formulario | -| * | Operador | → | Utilizar el mismo proceso | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Descripción - -El comando **DIALOG** presenta el *formulario* al usuario junto con los parámetros *formData* (opcional). Este comando se designa para trabajar con interfaces de usuario avanzadas y personalizadas basadas en formularios. Puede utilizarlo para mostrar información de la base o de otras ubicaciones, o para ofrecer funcionalidades de entrada de datos. A diferencia de [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) o [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), **DIALOG** le da control total sobre el formulario, su contenido y los bontones de navegación y validación. - -Este comando por lo general se llama junto con [Open form window](open-form-window.md) para mostrar formularios sofisticados, como se muestra en el siguiente ejemplo: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) - -Utilice **DIALOG** en lugar de [ALERT](alert.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md) o [Request](request.md) cuando la información qie sea presentada o reunida sea más compleja de lo que estos comandos pueden manejar. - -**Nota:** en bases convertidas, es posible prohibir la entrada de datos en cajas de diálogo (y limitar la entrada de datos a variables únicamente) utilizando una opción en las Preferencias de 4D (página Compatibilidad). Esta restricción corresponde al funcionamiento de versiones anteriores de 4D. - -En el parámetro *formulario,* puede pasar: - -* el nombre de un formulario (formulario proyecto o formulario tabla) a utilizar; -* la ruta (en sintaxis POSIX) a un archivo .json válido que contiene una descripción del formulario a utilizar. Ver *Ruta de archivo del formulario*; -* un objeto que contiene una descripción del formulario a utilizar. - -Opcionalmente, puede pasar parámetros al *form* mediante el objeto *formData*. Toda propiedad del objeto *formData* estará disponible desde el contexto del formulario mediante el comando [Form](form.md). Por ejemplo, si pasa un objeto que contiene {"version","12"} en *formData*, podrá obtener el valor de la propiedad "Version" en el formulario llamando: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" -``` - -Utilizando una variable local para *formData*, esta funcionalidad le permite pasar parámetros de manera segura a sus formularios, cualquiera que sea el contexto de la llamada. En particular, si el mismo formulario se llama desde diferentes lugares en el mismo proceso, siempre podrá acceder a sus valores específicos simplemente llamando a [Form](form.md).myProperty. Además, dado que los objetos se pasan por referencia, si el usuario modifica un valor de propiedad en el formulario, éste se guardará automáticamente en el mismo objeto. -Al combinar el objeto *formData* y el comando [Form](form.md), puede enviar parámetros al formulario o leer los parámetros en cualquier momento con código limpio y seguro. - -**Nota:** si no pasa el parámetro *formData* o si pasa un objeto indefinido, **DIALOG** crea automáticamente un nuevo objeto vacío vinculado al *form* y disponible a través del comando [Form](form.md). - -El diálogo es cerrado por el usuario con una acción Aceptar (disparada por la acción estándar ak accept, la tecla Intro o el comando [ACCEPT](accept.md)). Una acción aceptar definirá la variable sistema OK en 1, mientra una acción cancelar definirá OK en 0\. -Recuerde que validar no es igual a guardar: si el diálogo incluye campos, debe llamar explícitamente al comando [SAVE RECORD](save-record.md) para guardar los datos que hayan sido modificados. -El diálogo se cancela si el usuario hace clic en el botón Cancelar (**Escape** en Windows, **Esc** en Macintosh) o si se ejecuta el comando [CANCEL](cancel.md). - -Si pasa el parámetro opcional \*, el formulario se carga y muestra en la última ventana del proceso actual y el comando termina su ejecución mientras deja el formulario activo en pantalla. Este formulario luego reacciona "normalmente" a las acciones del usuario y se cierra vía una acción estándar o cuando el código 4D relacionado con el formulario (método objeto o método formulario) llama al comando [CANCEL](cancel.md) o [ACCEPT](accept.md). Si el proceso actual termina, los formularios creados de esta forma se cierran automáticamente de la misma forma que si se hubiera llamado el comando [CANCEL](cancel.md). Este modo de apertura es particularmente útil para mostrar una paleta flotante con un documento, sin necesidad de otro proceso. - -**Notas:** - -* Puede combinar el uso de la sintaxis **DIALOG**(form;\*) con el comando [CALL FORM](call-form.md) para establecer la comunicación entre los formularios. -* debe crear una ventana antes de llamar la instrucción **DIALOG**(form;\*); si no es posible utilizar la ventana de diálogo actual en el proceso ni la ventana creada por defecto para cada proceso. De lo contrario, se genera el error -9909. -* cuando se utiliza el parámetro *\**, la ventana se cierra automáticamente después de una acción estándar o una llamada al comando [CANCEL](cancel.md) o [ACCEPT](accept.md). No tiene que gestionar el cierre de la propia ventana. - -#### Ejemplo 1 - -El siguiente ejemplo puede usarse para crear una paleta de herramientas - -```4d -  //Muestra la paleta de herramientas - $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) - DIALOG("tools";*) //Give back the control immediately -  //Muestra ventana del documento principal - $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Standard form window) - DIALOG("doc") -``` - -#### Ejemplo 2 - -En un formulario, usted asignó algunas propiedades de objeto [Form](form.md) a variables: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515147.en.png) - -Luego, puede ejecutarlas desde cualquier lugar de la aplicación: - -```4d - var $win : Integer - $win:=Open form window("Edit_Address";Movable form dialog box;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) - DIALOG("Edit_Address";New object("firstName";"Mike";"age";12)) - CLOSE WINDOW($win) -``` - -El formulario muestra los valores que ha pasado: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -**Nota:** este ejemplo requiere que la notación de objeto esté habilitada en la base de datos (ver *Página Compatibilidad*). - -#### Ejemplo 3 - -El siguiente ejemplo usa la ruta a un formulario .json para mostrar los registros en una lista de empleados: - -```4d - Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) - ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) - DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) -``` - -que devuelve: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) - -#### Ejemplo 4 - -El siguiente ejemplo utiliza un archivo .json como un objeto y modifica algunas propiedades: - -```4d - var $form : Object - $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) - $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" - $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" - $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" - Open form window($form;Plain form window) - DIALOG($form;*) -``` - -El formulario modificado se devuelve con el título, el logotipo y el borde modificados: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) - -#### Variables y conjuntos del sistema - -Después de llamar a DIALOG, si se acepta el diálogo, la variable sistema OK toma el valor 1; si se cancela toma el valor 0. - -#### Ver también - -[ACCEPT](accept.md) -[ADD RECORD](add-record.md) -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Form](form.md) -[Open window](open-window.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md index 2d345077dcaa3d..f9096bea895198 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ El siguiente ejemplo selecciona todos los registros en la tabla \[Personas\]. El #### Ejemplo 2 -Ver el ejemplo #6 del comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). Este ejemplo muestra todas las pruebas que puede necesitar para efectuar monitoreo total de los eventos que ocurren durante la ejecución del comando DISPLAY SELECTION. +Ver el ejemplo #6 del comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Este ejemplo muestra todas las pruebas que puede necesitar para efectuar monitoreo total de los eventos que ocurren durante la ejecución del comando DISPLAY SELECTION. #### Ejemplo 3 @@ -103,5 +103,5 @@ También puede utilizar otros comandos, tales como [PRINT SELECTION](print-selec #### Ver también *Conjuntos* -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md index 929160716b9110..9f75b4aea96c41 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md @@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ Este ejemplo le permite aplicar un color alterno en un formulario listado mostra #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Selected record number](selected-record-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md index 6b1df41d5a2d62..bc0c85b4336383 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Este método de formulario se utiliza durante la impresión de un informe. Se de #### Ver también [Before selection](before-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LAST RECORD](last-record.md) [NEXT RECORD](next-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md index 14215e6f75f7b0..fd99791b809d9a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si pasa una cadena vacía, el filtrado se cancela y se ignora. -Generalmente, FILTER KEYSTROKE se llama en un método de formulario o de objeto cuando se gestiona el evento de formulario On Before Keystroke. Para detectar los eventos de tecleo, utilice el comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). Para obtener el carácter tecleado, utilice el comando [Keystroke](keystroke.md "Keystroke"). +Generalmente, FILTER KEYSTROKE se llama en un método de formulario o de objeto cuando se gestiona el evento de formulario On Before Keystroke. Para detectar los eventos de tecleo, utilice el comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Para obtener el carácter tecleado, utilice el comando [Keystroke](keystroke.md "Keystroke"). **IMPORTANTE:** el comando FILTER KEYSTROKE le permite cancelar o reemplazar el carácter introducido por el usuario con otro carácter. Por otra parte, si quiere insertar más de un carácter para un keystroke especifico, recuerde que el texto que ve en la pantalla aún NO es el valor de la variable o campo fuente de datos para el área que está siendo editada. El valor del campo o de la variable fuente de datos se asigna después de que se valida la entrada de datos para el área. Por lo tanto depende de usted el colocar los datos introducidos en una variable y luego trabajar con el valor de la variable y reasignar el área de entrada (ver el ejemplo en esta sección). @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ El método ObtenerTextoSeleccionado es el siguiente: #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) [Keystroke](keystroke.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md index 6cdd7caea44651..e71f874a97a351 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Los *formularios clásicos* son formularios 4D almacenados dentro del archivo de Si desea convertir un formulario de tabla, pase la tabla de formulario en el parámetro *tabla* y luego pase su nombre como una cadena en *nomFormulario*. Para un formulario de proyecto, pase el nombre del formulario directamente en *nomFormulario*. -Para poder ejecutar el formulario directamente pasando el objeto resultante al comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), **FORM Convert to dynamic** aplica reglas específicas al convertir el formulario: +Para poder ejecutar el formulario directamente pasando el objeto resultante al comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), **FORM Convert to dynamic** aplica reglas específicas al convertir el formulario: * Las referencias a listas se exportan por nombre en lugar de un puntero JSON que hace referencia al archivo lists.json. * Las referencias a los filtros con nombre y a los formatos de visualización con nombre (utilizando el carácter prefijo '|') se exportan por valor en lugar de un puntero JSON que hace referencia al archivo filters.json. @@ -58,5 +58,5 @@ Si ejecuta el código: #### Ver también -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [Export structure file](export-structure-file.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md deleted file mode 100644 index 681edce526c0b0..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-edit -title: FORM EDIT -slug: /commands/form-edit -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM EDIT** ( {*tabla* ;} *form* ) - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| tabla | Table | → | Tabla dueña del formulario o Si se omite: tabla predeterminada o uso del formulario proyecto | -| form | Text | → | Nombre del formulario | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Descripción - -El comando **FORM EDIT** abre el *form* asociado a *tabla* en el editor de formularios 4D. Tenga en cuenta que debe tener acceso al entorno Diseño; de lo contrario, se genera el error -9804 ("No se puede abrir el formulario"). - -El comando es asíncrono: vuelve inmediatamente al método de llamada y no espera a que se abra el formulario. - -Si pasa el parámetro opcional *tabla*, indica la tabla asociada con el *form*. Si omite este parámetro, indica que el *form* es un formulario proyecto. - -En el parámetro *form*, pase el nombre del formulario para abrir en el editor de formularios 4D. Si pasa un nombre que no existe, se genera el error 81 ("Formulario no encontrado"). - -#### Ejemplo - -Para abrir el formulario *Contacts* table *Address*: - -```4d - FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") -``` - -Para abrir el formulario proyecto *ContactList*: - -```4d - FORM EDIT("ContactList") -``` - -#### Ver también - -*Comandos del tema Acceso objetos diseño* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md deleted file mode 100644 index 30d207b0c2bd81..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,846 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event-code -title: Form event code -slug: /commands/form-event-code -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form event code** : Integer - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Integer | ← | Número del evento de formulario | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Compatibilidad - -**Form event code** se llamaba **Form event** en versiones anteriores de 4D. Se renombró para mayor claridad cuando se agregó el comando [FORM Event](form-event.md), que devuelve un objeto. - -#### Descripción - -**Form event code** devuelve un valor numérico que identifica el tipo de evento de formulario que acaba de ocurrir. Generalmente, **Form event code** se utiliza en un método formulario o en un método objeto. - -4D ofrece constantes predefinidas (ubicadas en el tema *Eventos formulario*) para comparar los valores devueltos por el comando **Form event code**. - -Ciertos eventos son genéricos (generados por todo tipo de objeto) y otros son específicos a un tipo de objeto particular. - -| Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | -| ------------------------ | ------------ | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Load | Entero largo | 1 | El formulario se muestra o se imprime | -| On Mouse Up | Entero largo | 2 | *(Sólo imágenes)* El usuario acaba de liberar el botón izquierdo del ratón en un objeto Imagen | -| On Validate | Entero largo | 3 | Se ha valido la entrada de datos en el registro | -| On Clicked | Entero largo | 4 | Ocurre un clic sobre un objeto | -| On Header | Entero largo | 5 | El encabezado del formulario se va a imprimir o a mostrar | -| On Printing Break | Entero largo | 6 | Se va a imprimir una de las áreas de ruptura del formulario | -| On Printing Footer | Entero largo | 7 | Se va a imprimir el área de pie de página del formulario | -| On Display Detail | Entero largo | 8 | Un registro se va a mostrar en una lista o una línea se va a mostrar en un list box. | -| On VP Ready | Entero largo | 9 | (*Áreas 4D View Pro únicamente*) La carga del área 4D View Pro está completa | -| On Outside Call | Entero largo | 10 | El formulario recibe una llamada [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) | -| On Activate | Entero largo | 11 | La ventana del formulario se convierte en la ventana del primer plano | -| On Deactivate | Entero largo | 12 | La ventana del formulario deja de ser la ventana del primer plano | -| On Double Clicked | Entero largo | 13 | Un objeto ha recibido un doble clic | -| On Losing Focus | Entero largo | 14 | Un objeto de formulario está perdiendo el foco | -| On Getting Focus | Entero largo | 15 | Un objeto de formulario toma el foco | -| On Drop | Entero largo | 16 | Se han soltado datos en un objeto | -| On Before Keystroke | Entero largo | 17 | Un carácter está a punto de introducirse en el objeto que tiene el foco. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) devuelve el texto del objeto sin este carácter. | -| On Menu Selected | Entero largo | 18 | Se ha seleccionado un comando de menú | -| On Plug in Area | Entero largo | 19 | Un objeto externo solicitó que se ejecute su método de objeto | -| On Data Change | Entero largo | 20 | Se han modificado los datos de un objeto | -| On Drag Over | Entero largo | 21 | Los datos pueden soltarse en un objeto | -| On Close Box | Entero largo | 22 | Se ha hecho clic en la casilla de cerrar la ventana | -| On Printing Detail | Entero largo | 23 | Se va a imprimir el área de detalle del formulario | -| On Unload | Entero largo | 24 | El formulario se cierra y libera | -| On Open Detail | Entero largo | 25 | El formulario detallado asociado con el formulario de salida o con el listbox está apunto de ser abierto | -| On Close Detail | Entero largo | 26 | Se cierra el formulario de entrada y regresa al formulario de salida | -| On Timer | Entero largo | 27 | El número de tics definido por el comando [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) se ha pasado | -| On After Keystroke | Entero largo | 28 | Un carácter está apunto de introducirse en el objeto que tiene el foco. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) devuelve el contenido incluyendo este carácter | -| On Resize | Entero largo | 29 | La ventana del formulario se redimensiona | -| On After Sort | Entero largo | 30 | (*List box únicamente*) Se acaba de efectuar una ordenación estándar en una columna del list box | -| On Selection Change | Entero largo | 31 | *List box*: se modifica la selección actual de líneas o columnas*Registros en lista:* se modifica el registro actual o la selección actual de líneas en un formulario listado o en un subformulario*Lista jerárquica*: la selección en la lista se modifica luego de un clic o de presionar una tecla*Variable o campo editable*: la selección de texto o la posición del cursor en el área se modifica al hacer clic o presionar una tecla. | -| On Column Moved | Entero largo | 32 | (*List box únicamente*) El usuario mueve una columna de list box vía arrastrar y soltar | -| On Column Resize | Entero largo | 33 | (*List box únicamente*) El ancho de una columna de list box es modificado por un usuario con el ratón | -| On Row Moved | Entero largo | 34 | (*List box únicamente*) El usuario mueve una fila de un list box vía arrastrar y soltar | -| On Mouse Enter | Entero largo | 35 | El cursor del ratón entra al área gráfica de un objeto | -| On Mouse Leave | Entero largo | 36 | El cursor del ratón sale del área gráfica de un objeto | -| On Mouse Move | Entero largo | 37 | El cursor del ratón se mueve al menos un píxel O cuando se presiona una tecla de modificación (Ctrl, Alt, Bloq mayús). Si el evento está seleccionado para un objeto únicamente, se genera sólo cuando el cursor se encuentra dentro del área gráfica del objeto | -| On Alternative Click | Entero largo | 38 | *Botones 3D*: el área “flecha” de un botón 3D recibe un clic*List boxes*: en una columna de un array objeto, un botón de puntos suspensivos (atributo "alternateButton") recibe un clic
    **Nota**: los botones de elipses están disponibles sólo para versiones v15 o superiores. | -| On Long Click | Entero largo | 39 | (*Botones 3D únicamente*) Se hace clic en un botón 3D y el botón del ratón permanece presionado por un cierto tiempo | -| On Load Record | Entero largo | 40 | En modo entrada en lista, se carga un registro durante modificación (el usuario hace clic en una línea del registro y un campo pasa a modo edición) | -| On Before Data Entry | Entero largo | 41 | (*List box únicamente*) Una celda de list box está a punto de pasar a modo edición | -| On Header Click | Entero largo | 42 | (*List box únicamente*) Ocurre un clic en un encabezado de columna del list box | -| On Expand | Entero largo | 43 | (Listas jerárquicas únicamente) Se ha expandido un elemento de la lista jerárquica utilizando un clic o una tecla | -| On Collapse | Entero largo | 44 | (Listas jerárquicas únicamente) Un elemento de la lista jerárquica se ha contraído vía un clic o una tecla | -| On After Edit | Entero largo | 45 | El contenido del objeto editable que tiene el foco acaba de ser modificado | -| On Begin Drag Over | Entero largo | 46 | Se va a arrastrar un objeto | -| On Begin URL Loading | Entero largo | 47 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Un nuevo URL se carga en el área web | -| On URL Resource Loading | Entero largo | 48 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Se carga un nuevo recurso en el área web | -| On End URL Loading | Entero largo | 49 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Se han cargado todos los recursos del URL | -| On URL Loading Error | Entero largo | 50 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Ocurrió un error cuando se cargaba el URL | -| On URL Filtering | Entero largo | 51 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Un URL fue bloqueado por el área web | -| On Open External Link | Entero largo | 52 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Se ha abierto un URL externo en el navegador | -| On Window Opening Denied | Entero largo | 53 | (*Áreas web únicamente*) Se ha bloqueado una ventana pop-up | -| On bound variable change | Entero largo | 54 | Se modifica la variable relacionada a un subformulario. | -| On Page Change | Entero largo | 56 | Al cambiar de página actual en el formulario | -| On Footer Click | Entero largo | 57 | (*List box únicamente)* Un clic en el pie de un list box o de una columna de list box | -| On Delete Action | Entero largo | 58 | *(Listas jerárquicas y list box únicamente)*. El usuario solicita borrar un elemento. | -| On Scroll | Entero largo | 59 | El usuario desplaza el contenido de un campo o de una variable imagen utilzando el ratón o una tecla. | -| On Row Resize | Entero largo | 60 | (*4D View Pro únicamente*) La altura de una línea es modificada por un usuario con el ratón | -| On VP Range Changed | Entero largo | 61 | El rango de celdas 4D View Pro ha cambiado (por ejemplo, el cálculo de una fórmula, el valor eliminado de una celda, etc.) | - -**Nota:** los eventos específicos de formularios de salida no pueden utilizarse en **formularios proyecto**. Estos son: On Display Detail, On Open Detail, On Close Detail, On Load Record, On Header, On Printing Detail, On Printing Break, On Printing Footer. - -#### Eventos y métodos - -Cuando ocurre un evento de formulario, 4D efectúa las siguientes acciones: - -* Primero, examina los objetos del formulario y llama al método de objeto para todos los objetos (involucrados en el evento) cuya propiedad de evento de objeto correspondiente ha sido seleccionada. -* Segundo, llama al método de formulario si la propiedad de evento de formulario correspondiente ha sido seleccionada. - -No asuma que los métodos de objeto, si los hay, se llamarán en un orden particular. La regla es que los métodos de objeto siempre se llaman antes que los métodos de formulario. Si un objeto es un subformulario, se llama primero a los métodos de objeto del formulario de salida del subformulario, luego el método de formulario del formulario de salida. 4D luego continúa llamando a los métodos del formulario padre. En otras palabras, cuando un objeto está en un subformulario, 4D utiliza la misma regla que para los métodos de objeto y formulario en subformularios. - -Excepto para los eventos On Load y On Unload, si la propiedad de evento de formulario no está seleccionada para un evento dado, esto no evita las llamadas a los métodos de objeto para los objetos cuya propiedad de evento está seleccionada. Es decir, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel del formulario no tiene efecto en las propiedades del evento de los objetos. - -El número de objetos involucrados en un evento depende de la naturaleza del evento: - -* Evento On Load, los métodos de objeto de todos los objetos del formulario (de todas las páginas) que tengan seleccionada la propiedad de evento On Load serán llamados. Luego, si la propiedad de evento de formulario On Load está seleccionada, el método de formulario será llamado. -* Eventos On Activate u On Resize, ningún método de objeto será llamado, porque este evento aplica al formulario como un todo y no como un objeto en particular. Por lo tanto, si el evento de formulario On Activate está seleccionado, sólo se llamará al método de formulario. -* Evento On Timer, este evento se genera únicamente si el método de formulario contiene una llamada previa al comando [SET TIMER](set-timer.md). Si la propiedad de evento de formulario On Timer está seleccionada, sólo el método de formulario recibirá el evento, no se llamará al método de formulario. -* Evento On Drag Over, sólo se llamará el método del objeto soltable involucrado en el evento (si la propiedad de evento "Soltable" está seleccionada para el objeto). No se llamará el método de formulario. -* Por el contrario, para el evento On Begin Drag over, se llamará el método del objeto o el método del formulario del objeto arrastrado (Si la propiedad de evento "Arrastrable" está seleccionada para el objeto). - -**Advertencia:** a diferencia de otros eventos, durante un evento On Begin Drag over, el método llamado se ejecuta en el contexto del proceso de arrastrar y soltar del objeto fuente, no en el del proceso de arrastrar y soltar el objeto de destino. Para mayor información, consulte la sección *Arrastrar y soltar*. - -* Si los eventos On Mouse Enter, On Mouse Move y On Mouse Leave han sido seleccionados para el formulario, se generan para cada objeto del formulario. Si están seleccionados para un objeto, son generados sólo para el objeto. En caso de superposición de objetos, el evento se genera por el primer objeto capaz de administrarlo que se encuentre del nivel superior al inferior. Los objetos que se hicieron invisibles utilizando el comando [OBJECT SET VISIBLE](object-set-visible.md) no generan estos eventos. Durante la entrada de datos, otros objetos pueden recibir este tipo de eventos dependiendo de la posición del ratón. -Note que el evento On Mouse Move se genera cuando el cursor del ratón se mueve pero también cuando el usuario presiona una tecla de modificación como **Mayús**, **Bloq Mayús**, **Ctrl** u **Opción** (esto permite manejar las operaciones de arrastrar y soltar de tipo copia o desplazamiento). -* Registros en lista: la secuencia de llamadas a métodos y eventos de formularios en formularios listados visualizados a través de [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) / [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) y los subformularios es la siguiente: - -| Para cada objeto del área de encabezado: | -| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Método objeto con evento On Header Método formulario con evento On Header Para cada registro: Para cada objeto en el área de detalle: Método de objeto con evento On Display Detail Método de formulario con evento On Display Detail | -* No se permite llamar un comando 4D que muestre una caja de diálogo desde los eventos On Display Detail y On Header y provoca un error de sintaxis. -Más particularmente, los comandos relacionados son: [ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md), [Request](request.md), [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) y [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* On Page Change: este evento sólo está disponible a nivel de los formularios (se llama en el método formulario). Se genera cada vez que cambia la página actual del formulario (seguido de una llamada al comando [FORM GOTO PAGE](form-goto-page.md) o de una acción estándar de navegación). Note que el evento se genera luego de la carga completa de la página, es decir una vez todos los objetos que contiene se inicializan (incluyendo las áreas web). Este evento es útil para ejecutar código que necesite que todos los objetos se inicialicen de antemano. También puede utilizarlo para optimizar la aplicación al ejecutar código (por ejemplo una búsqueda) sólo después de la visualización de una página específica del formulario y no tan pronto como se carga la página 1\. Si el usuario no accede a esta página, el código no se ejecuta. - -La siguiente tabla resume cómo se llaman los métodos de formulario y objetos para cada tipo de evento: - -| **Evento** | **Métodos de objeto** | **Método de formulario** | **Qué objetos** | -| ------------------------ | ---------------------------------- | ------------------------ | ----------------------------- | -| On Load | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Unload | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Validate | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Clicked | Sí (si cliqueable o editable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Double Clicked | Sí (si cliqueable o editable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Before Keystroke | Sí (si editable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On After Keystroke | Sí (si editable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On After Edit | Sí (si editable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Getting Focus | Sí (si tabulable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Losing Focus | Sí (si tabulable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Activate | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Deactivate | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Outside Call | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Begin drag over | Sí (si arrastrable) (\*\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Drop | Sí (si soltable) (\*\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Drag Over | Sí (si soltable) (\*\*) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Mouse Enter | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Mouse Move | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Mouse Leave | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Mouse Up | Sí | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Menu Selected | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On bound variable change | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Data Change | Sí (si modificable) (\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Plug in Area | Sí | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Header | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Printing Detail | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Printing Break | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Printing Footer | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Close Box | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Display Detail | Sí | Sí | Todos | -| On Open Detail | No, excepto para List boxes | Sí | Ninguno excepto List box | -| On Close Detail | No, excepto para List boxes | Sí | Ninguno excepto List box | -| On Resize | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Selection Change | Sí (\*\*\*) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Load Record | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Timer | Nunca | Sí | Ninguno | -| On Scroll | Sí | Nunca | Objeto involucrado únicamente | -| On Picture Scroll | Sí | Sí | Objeto involucrado únicamente | -| On Before Data Entry | Sí (List box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Column Moved | Sí (List box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Row Moved | Sí (List box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Column Resize | Sí (List box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Header Click | Sí (List box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On After Sort | Sí (List box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Long Click | Sí (Botón 3D) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Alternative Click | Sí (Botón 3D y list box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Expand | Sí (Lista jerárq.) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Collapse | Sí (Lista jerárq.) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Delete Action | Sí (Lista jerárq. y list box) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On URL Resource Loading | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Begin URL Loading | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On URL Loading Error | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On URL Filtering | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On End URL Loading | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Open External Link | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On Window Opening Denied | Sí (Web Area) | Nunca | Sólo el objeto implicado | -| On VP Ready | Sí (Área 4D View Pro) | Sí | Sólo el objeto implicado | - -(\*) Para mayor información, ver la sección "Eventos, objetos y propiedades" a continuación. -(\*\*) Consulte la sección "*Arrastrar y soltar*" para mayor información. -(\*\*\*) Sólo los objetos de tipo list box, lista jerárquica y subformulario soportan este evento. - -**IMPORTANTE:** siempre tenga en cuenta que, para cualquier evento, el método de un formulario o de un objeto se llama si el evento correspondiente es seleccionado para el formulario u objeto. El beneficio de desactivar eventos en el entorno Diseño (utilizando la Lista de propiedades del editor de formularios) es que usted puede reducir de manera importante el número de llamadas a métodos y por lo tanto optimizar de manera significativa la velocidad de ejecución de sus formularios. - -**Advertencia:** los eventos On Load y On Unload son generados por objetos si están activados para el objeto y el formulario al cual pertenece el objeto. Si los eventos están activados para el objeto únicamente, no ocurrirán; estos dos eventos también deben activarse a nivel del formulario. - -#### Eventos, objetos y propiedades - -Un método de objeto es llamado si el evento puede realmente ocurrir para el objeto, dependiendo de su naturaleza y propiedades. La siguiente sección detalla los eventos que usted utilizará generalmente para manejar los diferentes tipos de objetos. - -Recuerde que la Lista de propiedades del editor de formularios sólo muestra los eventos compatibles con el objeto seleccionado o el formulario. - -##### Objetos cliqueables - -Los objetos cliqueables son administrables principalmente con el ratón. Son los siguientes: - -* Variables o campos editables de tipo Booleano -* Botones, botones por defecto, botones de opción, casillas de selección, rejillas de botones -* Botones 3D, Botones de opción 3D, Casillas de selección 3D -* Menús desplegables, menús jerárquicos desplegables, menús imagen -* Listas desplegables, menús -* Áreas de desplazamiento, listas jerárquicas, list boxes y columnas de list box -* Botones invisibles, botones inversos, botones opción imagen -* Termómetros, reglas, dials (también conocidos como objetos deslizables) -* Pestañas -* Separadores. - -Cuando el evento On Clicked u On Double Clicked se selecciona para uno de estos objetos, puede detectar y administrar los clics en el objeto, utilizando el comando Form event code que devuelve On Clicked u On Double Clicked, dependiendo del caso. -Si ambos eventos están seleccionados para un objeto, los eventos On Clicked y On Double Clicked serán generados cuando el usuario haga doble clic en el objeto. - -**Nota:** a partir de 4D v14, los campos y variables editables que contienen texto (tipo texto, fecha, hora o número) también generan los eventos On Clicked y On Double Clicked. - -Para todos estos objetos, el evento On Clicked ocurre una vez se libera el botón del ratón. Sin embargo, hay varias excepciones: - -* Botones invisibles - El evento On Clicked ocurre tan pronto como se hace clic y no espera a que se libere el botón del mouse. -* Objetos deslizables (termómetros, reglas, y dials) - Si el formato de salida indica que el método de objeto debe llamarse mientras usted desliza el control, el evento On Clicked ocurre tan pronto como se hace clic. - -En el contexto del evento On Clicked, puede probar el número de clics efectuados por el usuario con la ayuda del comando [Clickcount](clickcount.md). - -**Nota:** algunos de estos objetos pueden activarse con el teclado. Por ejemplo, una vez que una casilla de selección obtiene el foco, puede seleccionarse utilizando la barra espaciadora. En tal caso, se genera un evento On Clicked. - -**Advertencia:** los combo boxes no se consideran objetos cliqueables. Un combo box debe tratarse como un área de texto editable cuya lista desplegable asociada ofrece valores por defecto. Por lo tanto, usted puede manejar entrada de datos en un combo box con la ayuda de los eventos On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke y On Data Change. - -**Nota**: a partir de 4D v13, los objetos de tipo pop up/lista desplegable y menú desplegable jerárquico pueden generar el evento On Data Change. Esto le permite detectar la activación del objeto cuando se selecciona un valor diferente del valor actual. - -##### Objetos editables por teclado - -Los objetos editables por teclado son objetos en los cuales usted introduce datos utilizando el teclado y para los cuales puede filtrar los datos de entrada al menor nivel detectando los eventos On After Edit, On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke y On Selection Change. - -Los objetos y tipos de datos editables son los siguientes: - -* Todos los campos editables de tipo alfa, texto, fecha, hora, numérico u (On After Edit únicamente) imagen -* Todas las variables editables de tipo alfa, texto, fecha, hora, numérico u (On After Edit únicamente) imagen -* Combo boxes (excepto On Selection Change) -* List boxes. - -**Nota**: a partir de 4D v14, los campos y variables editables que contienen texto (tipo texto, fecha, hora o número) también generan los eventos On Clicked y On Double Clicked. - -**Nota:** aunque son objetos “editables”, las listas jerárquicas no manejan los eventos formulario On After Edit, On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke (Ver también el párrafo “Listas jerárquicas” a continuación). - -* On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke - -**Nota:** a partir de la versión 2004.2 de 4D, el evento On After Keystroke puede generalmente ser reemplazado por el evento On After Edit (ver a continuación). - -Una vez los eventos On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke hayan sido seleccionados para un objeto, puede detectar y administrar las pulsaciones de teclas en el objeto, utilizando el comando **Form event code** que devolverá On Before Keystroke y luego On After Keystroke (para mayor información, consulte la descripción del comando [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)). Estos eventos también son activados por comandos de lenguaje que simulan la acción del usuario, tales como [POST KEY](post-key.md). - -Recuerde que las modificaciones del usuario que no se llevan a cabo utilizando el teclado (pegar, arrastrar-soltar, etc.) no se tienen en cuenta. Para procesar estos eventos, debe utilizar On After Edit. - -**Nota:** los eventos On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke no se generan durante la utilización de un método de entrada. Un método de entrada (o IME, Input Method Editor) es un programa o un componente sistema que puede utilizarse para introducir caracteres complejos o símbolos (por ejemplo, japoneses o chinos) utilizando un teclado occidental. - -* On After Edit -Cuando se utiliza, este evento se genera después de cada cambio realizado al contenido de un objeto editable, sin importar la acción que originó el cambio, es decir: -\- Las acciones de edición estándar que modifican el contenido tales como pegar, cortar, borrar o cancelar; -\- Soltar un valor (acción similar a pegar); -\- Toda entrada de teclado realizada por el usuario; en este caso, el evento On After Edit se genera después de los eventos On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke, si se utilizan. -\- Toda modificación realizada utilizando un comando de lenguaje que estimula una acción de usuario (por ejemplo [POST KEY](post-key.md)). -Atención, las siguientes acciones NO activan este evento: -\- Las acciones de edición que no modifican el contenido del área, como copiar o seleccionar todo, o arrastrar un valor (acción similar a copiar); sin embargo, estas acciones modifican la ubicación del cursor y desencadenan el evento On Selection Change. -\- Las modificaciones a los contenidos por programación, excepto para los comandos que simulan una acción de usuario. -Este evento puede utilizarse para controlar acciones de usuario con el fin de prevenir que peguen un texto muy largo, bloquear ciertos caracteres o evitar que se corte un campo de contraseña. -* On Selection Change: cuando se aplica a un campo o variable de texto dinámico (editable o no), este evento se dispara cada vez que la posición del cursor cambia. Esto sucede, por ejemplo, tan pronto como el usuario selecciona el texto utilizando el ratón o las teclas de flecha, o cuando el usuario introduce texto. Esto le permite llamar, por ejemplo, comandos como [GET HIGHLIGHT](get-highlight.md). - -##### Objetos modificables - -Los objetos modificables tienen una fuente de datos cuyos valores pueden modificarse utilizando el ratón o el teclado; no son considerados verdaderamente como controles de interfaz de usuario manejados a través del evento On Clicked. Estos objetos son los siguientes: - -* Todos los campos editables (excepto BLOBs) -* Todas las variables editables (excepto BLOBs, punteros, y arrays) -* Combo boxes -* Objetos externos (para los cuales la entrada de datos es validada por el plug-in) -* Listas jerárquicas -* List boxes y columnas de list box. - -Estos objetos reciben eventos On Data Change. Cuando el evento On Data Change está seleccionado para uno de estos objetos, usted puede detectar y administrar el cambio de los valores de la fuente de datos, utilizando el comando **Form event code** que devolverá On Data Change. El evento es generado tan pronto como la variable asociada con el objeto sea actualizada internamente por 4D (por lo general, cuando el área de entrada del objeto pierde el foco). - -##### Objetos tabulables - -Los objetos tabulables obtienen el foco cuando utiliza la tecla Tab para alcanzarlos y/o cuando hace clic en ellos. El objeto que tiene el foco recibe los caracteres (digitados en el teclado) que no son modificadores de un comando de menú o de un objeto tal como un botón. - -Todos los objetos son tabulables, EXCEPTO los siguientes: - -* Variables o campos no editables -* Rejillas de botones -* Botones 3D, botones opción 3D, casillas de selección 3D -* Menús desplegables, menús jerárquicos desplegables -* Menús/listas desplegables -* Menús imagen -* Áreas de desplazamiento -* Botones invisibles, botones inversos, botones opción imágenes -* Gráficos -* Objetos externos (para los cuales la entrada de datos es aceptada por el plug-in 4D) -* Pestañas -* Separadores. - -Cuando los eventos On Getting Focus y/o On losing Focus son seleccionados para un objeto tabulable, usted puede detectar y administrar el cambio de foco, utilizando el comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event") que devolverá On Getting Focus u On losing Focus, dependiendo del caso. - -##### Botones 3D - -Los botones 3D le permiten establecer interfaces gráficas avanzadas (para una descripción de los botones 3D, consulte el Manual de Diseño). Además de los eventos genéricos, dos eventos específicos pueden utilizarse para administrar estos botones: - -* On Long Click: este evento se genera cuando un botón 3D recibe un clic y el botón del ratón se mantiene presionado por un cierto periodo de tiempo. En teoría, el periodo de tiempo para el cual este evento se genera es igual a la longitud máxima de tiempo que separa un doble clic, como está definido en las preferencias del sistema. -Este evento puede ser generado para todos los estilos de botones 3D, botones de opción 3D y casillas de selección 3D, con excepción de los botones 3D de “antigua generación” (estilo offset de fondo) y las áreas de flechas de botones 3D con menús desplegables (ver abajo). - -Este evento se utiliza generalmente para mostrar menús desplegables en caso de clics largos en los botones. El evento On Clicked, si está seleccionado, se genera si el usuario libera el botón del ratón antes del tiempo límite de “clic largo”. - -* On Alternative Click: algunos estilos de botones 3D pueden estar asociados a un menú desplegable y mostrar una flecha. Hacer clic en esta flecha hace que aparezca una caja de selección que ofrece un conjunto de acciones alternativas en relación con la acción principal del botón. -4D le permite administrar este tipo de botón utilizando el evento On Alternative Click. Este evento se genera cuando el usuario hace clic en la “flecha” (tan pronto como el botón del ratón sea presionado): -\- Si el menú desplegable es de tipo “separado,” el evento sólo se genera cuando un clic ocurre en la parte del botón con la flecha. -\- Si el menú desplegable es de tipo “enlazado,” el evento se genera cuando ocurre un clic en cualquier parte del botón. Por favor tenga en cuenta que el evento On Long Click no puede generarse con este tipo de botón. - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png) - -Los estilos de botones 3D, botones de opción 3D y casillas de selección 3D que aceptan la propiedad “Con menú desplegable” son: Ninguno, Botón de barra de herramientas, Bevel, Bevel redondeado y Office XP. - -##### List box - -Varios eventos formulario pueden utilizarse para administrar las diferentes características específicas de los list box: - -* On Before Data Entry: este evento se genera justo antes de que una celda de list box sea editada (antes de que el cursor de entrada aparezca). Este evento permite al desarrollador, por ejemplo, mostrar un texto diferente dependiendo de que el usuario esté en modo visualización o en modo edición. -* On Selection Change: este evento se genera cada vez que la selección actual de filas o de columnas del list box se modifica. Este evento también se genera para las listas de registros y listas jerárquicas. -* On Column Moved: este evento se genera cuando una columna del list box es movida por el usuario utilizando arrastrar y soltar. No se genera si la columna se arrastra y suelta en su ubicación inicial. El comando [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) devuelve la nueva posición de la columna. -* On Row Moved: este evento se genera cuando una fila del list box es movida por el usuario utilizando arrastrar y soltar. No se genera si la fila es arrastrada y soltada en su ubicación inicial. -* On Column Resize: este evento se genera cuando el largo de una columna del list box es modificado por el usuario. A partir de 4D v16, el evento se activa "en vivo", es decir, se envía de forma continua durante el evento, durante el tiempo que el list box o la columna en cuestión estén siendo redimensionados. Este redimensionamiento se realiza manualmente por un usuario, o puede ocurrir como resultado del redimensionamiento del list box y su columna junto con la propia ventana del formulario (si el formulario se redimensiona manualmente o utilizando el comando [RESIZE FORM WINDOW](resize-form-window.md)). -Nota: el evento On Column Resize no se dispara cuando se cambia el tamaño de una columna "falsa" (para más información sobre columnas falsas, consulte *Tema Opciones de redimensionamiento*). -* On Expand y On Collapse: estos eventos se generan cuando una línea de list box jerárquico se despliega o contrae. -* On Header Click: este evento se genera cuando ocurre un clic en el encabezado de una columna en el list box. En este caso, el comando [Self](self.md) le permite conocer el encabezado de la columna en la que se hizo clic. El evento On Clicked se genera cuando un clic derecho (Windows) o Ctrl+clic (Mac OS) ocurre en una columna o en un encabezado de columna. Puede probar el número de clics realizados por el usuario utilizando el comando [Clickcount](clickcount.md). -Si la propiedad **Ordenable** fue seleccionada para el list box, usted puede decidir si permite o no una ordenación estándar de la columna pasando el valor 0 ó -1 en la variable $0: -\- Si $0 es igual a 0, se efectúa la ordenación estándar. -\- Si $0 es igual a -1, no se efectúa la ordenación estándar y el encabezado no muestra la flecha de ordenación. El desarrollador puede aún generar una ordenación de las columnas basada en criterios de ordenación personalizados utilizando los comandos de gestión de arrays de 4D. -Si la propiedad **Ordenable** no está seleccionada para el list box, la variable $0 no se utiliza. -* On Footer Click: este evento está disponible para el objeto list box o columna de list box. Se genera cuando ocurre un clic en el pie de un list box o de una columna de list box. En este caso, el comando [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) devuelve un puntero a la variable del pie donde se hizo clic. El evento se genera para clic izquierdo y derecho. - Puede probar el número de clics realizados por el usuario utilizando el comando [Clickcount](clickcount.md). -* On After Sort: este evento se genera justo después de que se efectúe una ordenación estándar (por ejemplo, no se genera si $0 devuelve -1 en el evento On Header Click). Este mecanismo es útil para conservar los sentidos de las últimas ordenaciones efectuadas por el usuario. En este evento, el comando [Self](self.md) devuelve un puntero a la variable del encabezado de la columna ordenada. -* On Delete Action: este evento se genera cada vez que el usuario intenta borrar los elementos seleccionados presionando la tecla suprimir (**Supr** o **Retroceder**) o seleccionando el comando **Eliminar** del menú **Edición**. Este evento sólo está disponible a nivel del objeto list box. Note que generar el evento es la única acción realizada por 4D: el programa no borra los elementos. El desarrollador debe manejar la eliminación y los mensajes de advertencia previos que se muestren. -* On Scroll (nuevo en v15): este evento se genera tan pronto como el usuario desplaza las filas o columnas de la lista. El evento sólo se genera cuando el desplazamiento es el resultado de una acción del usuario: utilizando barras y/o cursores de desplazamiento, la rueda del ratón o el teclado. No se genera cuando el desplazamiento es debido a la ejecución del comando [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION ](object-set-scroll-position.md). -Este evento se dispara después de cualquier otro evento de usuario relacionado con la acción de desplazamiento (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). El evento sólo se genera en el método objeto (no en el método formulario). Consulte el ejemplo 15. -* On Alternative Click (nuevo en v15): este evento se genera en las columnas de list box de tipo array de objetos, cuando el usuario hace clic en un botón de puntos suspensivos de widget (atributo "alternateButton"). Para más información, consulte la sección *Utilizar arrays objetos en columnas*. - -Dos eventos genéricos también pueden utilizarse en el contexto de un list box de tipo "selección": - -* On Open Detail: este evento se genera cuando un registro está apunto de ser mostrado en el formulario detallado asociado al list box de tipo "selección" (y antes de que este formulario se abra). -* On Close Detail: este evento se genera cuando un registro mostrado en el formulario detallado asociado al list box está a punto de cerrarse (sin importarle si el registro fue modificado o no). - -##### Listas jerárquicas - -Además de los eventos genéricos, varios eventos específicos pueden utilizarse para administrar las acciones que los usuarios en las listas jerárquicas: - -* On Selection Change: este evento se genera cada vez que la selección en la lista jerárquica se modifica después de un clic o de que se presione una tecla. -Este evento también es generado en los objetos list box y listas de registros. -* On Expand: este evento se genera cada vez que un elemento de la lista jerárquica se despliega con un clic o al presionar una tecla. -* On Collapse: este evento se genera cada vez que un elemento de la lista jerárquica se contrae con un clic o al presionar una tecla. -* On Delete Action: este evento se genera cada vez que el usuario intenta borrar los elementos seleccionados presionando una tecla de supresión (**Supr** o **Retroceso**) o seleccionando el comando **Eliminar** del menú **Edición**. Note que la generación del evento es la única acción efectuada por 4D: el programa no borra ningún elemento. El desarrollador debe encargarse de la eliminación y de todos los mensajes de alerta que aparezcan (ver el ejemplo). - -Estos eventos no son mutuamente exclusivos. Pueden generarse uno después del otro para una lista jerárquica: - -\- En respuesta a presionar una tecla (en orden): - -| **Evento** | **Contexto** | -| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| On Data Change | Un elemento estaba en edición | -| On Expand/On Collapse | Apertura/cierre de una sublista utilizando las teclas de flechas -> o <- | -| On Selection Change | Selección de un nuevo elemento | -| On Clicked | Activación de la lista utilizando el teclado | - - -\- En respuesta a un clic (en orden): - -| **Evento** | **Contexto** | -| -------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | Un elemento estaba en edición | -| On Expand/On Collapse | Apertura/cierre de una sublista utilizando los iconos de despliegue/contracción o | -| Doble-clic en una sublista no editable | | -| On Selection Change | Selección de un nuevo elemento | -| On Clicked / On Double Clicked | Activación de la lista por un clic o un doble clic | - -##### Variables y campos imagen - -* El evento formulario On Scroll se genera tan pronto como el usuario desplaza una imagen dentro del área (campo o variable) que lo contiene. Puede desplazar el contenido de una área imagen cuando el tamaño del área es menor a su contenido y el formato de visualización es **"Truncado (no centrado)"**. Para mayor información, consulte *Formatos imagen*. -El evento se genera cuando el desplazamiento es el resultado de una acción del usuario: utilizando los cursores o las barras de desplazamiento, utilizando la rueda del ratón o las teclas de desplazamiento del teclado (para mayor información sobre el desplazamiento utilizando el teclado, consulte *Barras de desplazamiento*). Este evento no se genera cuando el objeto se desplaza por la ejecución del comando [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION ](object-set-scroll-position.md). Este evento se dispara luego de que un evento de usuario relacionado con la acción de desplazamiento (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). Se genera en el método objeto (no en el método formulario). Consulte el ejemplo 14. -* (Nuevo en v16) El evento On Mouse Up se genera cuando el usuario acaba de liberar el botón izquierdo del ratón mientras se arrastra en un área de imagen (campo o variable). Este evento es útil, por ejemplo, cuando se desea que el usuario pueda mover, redimensionar o dibujar objetos en un área SVG. -Cuando se genera el evento On Mouse Up, puede obtener las coordenadas locales donde se soltó el botón del ratón. Estas coordenadas se devuelven en el **MouseX** y **MouseY** *Variables sistema*. Las coordenadas se expresan en píxeles con respecto a la esquina superior izquierda de la imagen (0,0). -Al utilizar este evento, debe llamar al comando [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) para manejar los casos en que el gestor de estado del formulario podría estar desincronizado. Este es el caso, por ejemplo, cuando un cuadro de diálogo de alerta se muestra sobre el formulario, mientras que el botón del ratón no se ha liberado. Para más información y un ejemplo de uso del evento On Mouse Up, por favor consulte la descripción del comando [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md). - -**Nota:** si la opción "Arrastrable" se marca para el objeto imagen, el evento On Mouse Up nunca se genera. - -##### Subformularios - -Un objeto contenedor de subformulario (objeto incluido en el formulario padre, contiene una instancia de subformulario) soporta los siguientes eventos: - -* On Load y On Unload: respectivamente apertura y cierre del subformulario (estos eventos también deben activarse a nivel de formulario padre para que sean tenidos en cuenta). Note que estos eventos se generan antes que los del formulario padre. Note también, que de acuerdo con los principios de funcionamiento de los eventos de formulario, si el subformulario se ubica en una página diferente a la página 0 ó 1, estos eventos sólo se generarán cuando la página se muestre/cierre (y no cuando el formulario se muestre/cierre). -* On Validate: validación de la entrada de datos en el subformulario. -* On Data Change: el valor de la variable del objeto contenedor del subformulario ha sido modificado. -* On Getting Focus y On Losing Focus: el contenedor del subformulario obtiene o pierde el foco. Estos eventos son generados en el método del objeto de subformulario cuando se seleccionan. Se envían al método de formulario del subformulario, lo que significa, por ejemplo, que puede administrar la visualización de los botones de navegación en el subformulario en función del foco. -Note que los objetos de subformulario pueden ellos mismos tener el foco. -* On bound variable change: este evento específico se genera en el contexto del método de formulario del subformulario tan pronto como un valor se asigna a la variable asociada al subformulario en el formulario padre (incluso si el mismo valor es reasignado) y si el subformulario pertenece a la página del formulario actual o a la página 0\. Para mayor información sobre la gestión de subformularios, consulte el manual de *Diseño*. - -**Nota:** es posible definir todo tipo de evento personalizado que puede ser generado en un subformulario vía el comando [CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md). Este comando le permite llamar al método del objeto contenedor y pasarle un código de evento. - -Los siguientes eventos también son recibidos en el método formulario del subformulario: - -* On Clicked y On Double Clicked \- estos eventos generados en el subformulario son recibidos en primer lugar por el método formulario del subformulario y luego por el método formulario del formulario local. -* On Resize \- este evento se envía al método formulario del subformulario cuando el tamaño del objeto subformulario del formulario padre se ha modificado. - -##### Areas web - -Hay siete eventos de formularios específicamente disponibles para las áreas web: - -* On Begin URL Loading: este evento se genera al inicio de la carga de un nuevo URL en el área Web. La variable "URL" asociada con el área web permite conocer el URL que se está cargando. -**Nota:** el URL que se está cargando es diferente del URL actual (consulte la descripción del comando [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md "WA Get current URL")). -* On URL Resource Loading: este evento se genera cada vez que se carga un nuevo recurso (imagen, marco, etc.) en la página web actual. La variable "Progression" asociada al área le permite buscar el estado actual de la carga. -* On End URL Loading: este evento se genera cuando se cargan todos los recursos del URL actual. Puede llamar el comando [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md "WA Get current URL") para conocer el URL cargado. -* On URL Loading Error: este evento se genera cuando se detecta un error durante la carga de un URL. Puede llamar el comando [WA GET LAST URL ERROR](wa-get-last-url-error.md "WA GET LAST URL ERROR") para obtener información sobre el error. -* On URL Filtering: este evento se genera cuando la carga de un URL es bloqueada por el área web debido a un filtro definido utilizando el comando [WA SET URL FILTERS](wa-set-url-filters.md "WA SET URL FILTERS"). Puede conocer el URL bloqueado utilizando el comando [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL"). -* On Open External Link: este evento se genera cuando la carga de un URL es bloqueada por el área Web y el URL se abre con el navegador del sistema actual, debido a un filtro definido utilizando el comando [WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md "WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS"). Puede conocer el URL bloqueado utilizando el comando [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL"). -* On Window Opening Denied: este evento se genera cuando al abrir una ventana pop-up ha sido bloqueada para el área Web. Las áreas web 4D no permiten la apertura de ventanas pop-up. Puede conocer el URL bloqueado utilizando el comando [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL"). - -##### Áreas 4D View Pro - -Los siguientes eventos están disponibles para las áreas 4D View Pro. - -* On After Edit: este evento se genera después de que se haya realizado una edición en el área 4D View Pro. -* On Clicked: este evento se genera cuando se produce un clic en la ventana gráfica del área 4D View Pro (fuera de los encabezados, barras de desplazamiento o barra de herramientas) -* On Column Resize: este evento se genera cuando un usuario modifica el ancho de una columna. -* On Double Clicked: este evento se genera cuando se produce un doble clic en el área 4D View Pro. -* On Header Click:este evento se genera cuando se produce un clic en el encabezado de una columna o fila. -* On Row Resize: este evento se genera cuando un usuario modifica la altura de una fila. -* On Selection Change: este evento se genera cuando se modifica la selección actual de filas o columnas. -* On VP Readyeste evento se genera cuando se completa la carga del área 4D View Pro. Debe usar este evento para escribir el código de inicialización para el área. - -Para más información sobre estos eventos, consulte la sección *Evento formulario On VP Ready*. - -#### Ejemplo 1 - -Este ejemplo muestra el evento On Validate utilizado para asignar automáticamente (a un campo) la fecha cuando el registro es modificado: - -```4d -  //Método de un formulario - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Validate) -       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date - End case -``` - -`` - -#### Ejemplo 2 - -En este ejemplo, la gestión completa de un menú desplegable, (inicialización, clics del usuario y liberación de objeto) está encapsulada en el método del objeto: - -```4d -  //Método de objeto del menú desplegable asBurgerSize - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asBurgerSize#0) -          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 3 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo aceptar y administrar una operación de arrastrar y soltar para un objeto de campo que sólo acepta valores de imágenes. - -```4d -  //Método de objeto de campo Imagen editable [aTable] - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Drag Over) -  //Ha comenzado una operación arrastrar y soltar y el ratón está sobre el campo -  //Obtener la información sobre el objeto fuente -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -  //Note que no necesitamos probar el número de proceso fuente -  //para el método de objeto ejecutado ya que es el mismo proceso -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -  //¿Los datos fuente son una imagen (campo, variable o array)? -       If(($vlDataType=Is picture)|($vlDataType=Picture array)) -  //Si es así, acepte el arrastrar. -          $0:=0 -       Else -  //De lo contrario, rechace el arrastrar -          $0:=-1 -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Drop) -  //Los datos fuente han sido soltados sobre el objeto, por lo tanto necesitamos copiarlos -  //en el objeto -  //Obtener la información sobre el objeto fuente -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -       Case of -  //El objeto fuente es un campo o una variable tipo imagen -          :($vlDataType=Is picture) -  //¿El objeto fuente es del mismo proceso (de la misma ventana y formulario)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //Si es así, copiar el valor fuente -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject-> -             Else -  //Si no, ¿el objeto fuente es una variable? -                If(Is a variable($vpSrcObject)) -  //Si es así, obtener el valor del proceso fuente -                   GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->;$vgDraggedPict) -                   [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -                Else -  //Si no, utilice CALL PROCESS para obtener el valor del campo del proceso fuente -                End if -             End if -  //El objeto fuente es un array de imágenes -          :($vlDataType=Picture array) -  //¿Está el objeto fuente en el mismo proceso (en la misma ventana y formulario)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //Si es así, copiar el valor fuente -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement} -             Else -  //Si no, obtener el valor del proceso fuente -                GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement};$vgDraggedPict) -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -             End if -       End case - End case -``` - -**Nota:** para más ejemplos sobre gestión de los eventos On Drag Over y On Drop, consulte los ejemplos del comando *\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES*. - -#### Ejemplo 4 - -Este ejemplo es una plantilla para un método de formulario. Muestra cada uno de los posibles eventos que pueden ocurrir cuando un informe utiliza un formulario como formulario de salida: - -```4d -  //Método de un formulario utilizado como formulario de salida de un informe - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Header) -  //Un área de encabezado está apunto de imprimirse -       Case of -          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //El código para la primera ruptura de encabezado debe estar aquí -          :(Level=1) -  //El código para la ruptura de encabezado de nivel 1 debe estar aquí -          :(Level=2) -  //El código para la ruptura de encabezado de nivel 2 debe estar aquí -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -  //Se va a imprimir un registro -  //El código para cada registro debe ir aquí -    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) -  //Un área de ruptura está a punto de imprimirse -       Case of -          :(Level=0) -  //El código para la ruptura 0 debe estar aquí -          :(Level=1) -  //El código para la ruptura 1 debe estar aquí -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) -       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //El código para el último pie de página va aquí -       Else -  //El código para el pie de página debe ir aquí -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 5 - -Este ejemplo muestra la plantilla de un método de formulario que administra los eventos que pueden ocurrir en un formulario mostrado utilizando los comandos [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) o [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). Por propósitos didácticos, muestra la naturaleza del evento en la barra de título de la ventana del formulario. - -```4d -  //Un método de formulario - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       $vsTheEvent:="El formulario va a ser visualizado" -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       $vsTheEvent:="El formulario de salida ha sido cerrado y va a desaparecer de la pantalla" -    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:=""Mostrando el registro#"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]) -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="Un comando de menú ha sido seleccionado" -    :(Form event code=On Header") -       $vsTheEvent:="El área de encabezado está a punto de ser dibujada" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="Se ha hecho clic en un registro" -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="Se ha hecho doble clic en un registro" -    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Al registro #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" se le hizo doble clic" -    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Regreso al formulario de salida" -    :(Form event code=On Activate) -       $vsTheEvent:="La ventana de formulario pasa al primer plano" -    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) -       $vsTheEvent:="La ventana del formulario ya no es más la ventana del primer plano" -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="Se ha seleccionado un elemento del menú" -    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) -       $vsTheEvent:="Se ha recibido otra llamada" -    Else -       $vsTheEvent:="¿Qué pasa? El evento #"+String(Form event) - End case - SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) -``` - -#### Ejemplo 6 - -Para los ejemplos sobre gestión de los eventos On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke, ver los ejemplos de los comandos [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) y [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md). - -#### Ejemplo 7 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo tratar de la misma forma los clics y doble clic en un área de desplazamiento: - -```4d -  //Método de objeto para el área de desplazamiento asChoices - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  //... -       asChoices:=0 -    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //Se ha hecho clic en un elemento, hacer algo aquí -  //... -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 8 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo tratar los clics y doble clics utilizando una respuesta diferente. Note el uso del elemento cero para conservar el valor del elemento seleccionado: - -```4d -  //Método de objeto para el área de desplazamiento asChoices - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  // ... -       asChoices:=0 -       asChoices{0}:="0" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) -  //Se ha hecho clic en un nuevo elemento, hacer algo aquí -  //... -  //Guardar el nuevo elemento seleccionado para la próxima vez -             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) -          End if -       Else -          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //Se ha hecho doble clic sobre un elemento, hacer algo diferente aquí -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 9 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo mantener un área de texto a partir de un método desde un método de formulario, utilizando los eventos On Getting Focus y On Losing Focus: - -```4d -  // [Contacts];Método de formulario "Data Entry" - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       var vtStatusArea : Text -       vtStatusArea:="" -    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) -       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) -       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) -          Case of -             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Campo nombre -                vtStatusArea:="Introduzca el nombre del contacto; se pasará automáticamente a mayúsculas" -  //... -             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field -                vtStatusArea:="Introduzca un código postal; será verificado y validado automáticamente" -  //... -          End case -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) -       vtStatusArea:="" -  //... - End case -``` - - -#### Ejemplo 10 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo responder al evento de cierre de una ventana con un formulario utilizado para la entrada de datos: - -```4d -  // Método para un formulario de entrada - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Close Box) -       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) -          CONFIRM("Este registro ha sido modificado. ¿Quiere guardar los cambios?") -          If(OK=1) -             ACCEPT -          Else -             CANCEL -          End if -       Else -          CANCEL -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 11 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo pasar a mayúsculas un campo de tipo texto o alfanumérico cada vez que el valor se modifique: - -```4d -  //Método de objeto [Contacts]First Name - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 12 - -Este ejemplo muestra cómo pasar a mayúsculas un campo de tipo texto o alfanumérico cada vez que el valor se modifique: - -```4d -  //Método de objeto [Contacts]First Name - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 13 - -El siguiente ejemplo ilustra cómo manejar una acción de eliminación en una lista jerárquica: - -```4d - ... //método de la lista jerárquica -:(Form event code=On Delete Action) - ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) - $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) - $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) -  - Case of -    :($n=0) -       ALERT("Ningún elemento seleccionado") -       OK:=0 -    :($n=1) -       CONFIRM("¿Quiere eliminar este elemento?") -    :($n>1) -       CONFIRM("¿Quiere eliminar estos elementos?") - End case -  - If(OK=1) -    For($i;1;$n) -       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) -    End for - End if -``` - -#### Ejemplo 14 - -En este ejemplo, el evento formulario On Scroll permite sincronizar la visualización de dos imágenes en un formulario. El siguiente código se añade en el método del objeto "satélite" (campo imagen o variable image): - -```4d - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -  // tomamos la posición de la imagen de la izquierda -       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) -  // y la aplicamos a la imagen de la derecha -       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) - End case -``` - -Resultado: - -#### Ejemplo 15 - -Usted desea dibujar un rectángulo rojo alrededor de la celda seleccionada de un list box y desea que el rectángulo se mueva junto con el list box si es desplazado verticalmente por el usuario. En el método objeto del list box, puede escribir: - -```4d - Case of -  -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //inicializa un rectángulo rojo -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -  -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) -       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //tener en cuenta la altura del encabezado para que no lo sobrepase -       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //si estamos dentro del list box -  //para simplificar, sólo manejamos encabezados -  //pero debemos manejar clipping horizontal -  //así como también las barras de desplazamiento -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) -          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       Else -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) -       End if -  - End case -``` - -Como resultado, el rectángulo rojo sigue el desplazamiento del list box: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) - -#### Ver también - -*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* -[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) -[Current form table](current-form-table.md) -[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[FORM Event](form-event.md) -[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) -[Keystroke](keystroke.md) -[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) -[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1e09c5017838e3..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event -title: FORM Event -slug: /commands/form-event -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM Event** : Object - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Object | ← | Objeto evento | - - - -#### Descripción - -**FORM Event** devuelve un objeto que contiene información sobre el evento de formulario que acaba de ocurrir. Por lo general, usará **FORM Event** desde un formulario o método de objeto. - -**Objeto devuelto** - -Cada objeto devuelto incluye las siguientes propiedades principales: - -| **Propiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | -| ------------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| objectName | texto | Nombre del objeto que desencadena el evento: no se incluye si el evento es desencadenado por el formulario | -| code | entero largo | Valor numérico del evento de formulario. Ver [Form event code](form-event-code.md) | -| description | texto | Nombre del evento del formulario (por ejemplo, "On After Edit"). | - -Por ejemplo, en el caso de hacer clic en un botón, el objeto contiene las siguientes propiedades: - -```json -{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} -``` - -El objeto evento puede contener propiedades adicionales, dependiendo del objeto para el cual ocurre el evento. Por ejemplo, los objetos *eventObj* generados en: - -* objetos list box o columnas, ver la *documentación de list box en developer.4d.com*. -* áreas 4D View Pro, ver *Evento formulario On VP Ready*. - -**Nota:** si no hay un evento actual, **FORM Event** devuelve un objeto nulo. - -#### Ejemplo 1 - -Desea manejar el evento On Clicked en un botón: - -```4d - If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) -    ... - End if -``` - -#### Ejemplo 2 - -Si establece el nombre del objeto columna con un nombre de atributo real de una clase de datos como esta: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) - -Puede ordenar la columna utilizando el evento On Header Click: - -```4d - Form.event:=FORM Event - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Header Click) -       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") -          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Ejemplo 3 - -Desea manejar On Display Details en un objeto list box con un método definido en la propiedad *Meta info expression*: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) - -El método *setColor*: - -```4d - var $event;$0;$meta : Object - $event:=[#current_title_incod] - $meta:=New object -  - Case of -    :($event.code=On Display Detail) -       If($event.isRowSelected) -          $meta.fill:="lightblue" -       End if - End case - $0:=$meta -``` - -El list box resultante cuando se seleccionan las líneas: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) - -#### Ver también - -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md index 1b244a93503ace..d9dfde992ff73e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -FORM FIRST PAGE cambia la página actual del formulario por la primera página del formulario.Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), o si la primera página del formulario ya se muestra, FORM FIRST PAGE no hace nada. +FORM FIRST PAGE cambia la página actual del formulario por la primera página del formulario.Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), o si la primera página del formulario ya se muestra, FORM FIRST PAGE no hace nada. #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md index f9ef838ff7a8c7..f659be6c3c3d40 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando **FORM Get current page** devuelve el número de la página actual del formulario mostrada actualmente o del formulario actual cargado vía el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +El comando **FORM Get current page** devuelve el número de la página actual del formulario mostrada actualmente o del formulario actual cargado vía el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). El parámetro *\** es útil cuando el comando se llama en el contexto de un subformulario en página que contiene varias páginas. En este caso, cuando pase este parámetro, el comando cambia la página del subformulario actual (la que llamó al comando). Por defecto, cuando se omite el parámetro *\**, el comando se aplica siempre al formulario padre. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md index b8dcc0f0283999..34d908ec4b3ec9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md @@ -69,4 +69,4 @@ Ejemplos de uso típicos: #### Ver también *Formularios* -[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](../commands/method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md index 3eefcb4e76706a..59d75e8d44072f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **FORM GOTO PAGE** cambia la página actual de un formulario para mostrar la página especificada por *numPag*. -Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) o si *numPag* corresponde a la página actual del formulario, **FORM GOTO PAGE** no hace nada. Si *numPag* es superior que el número de páginas del formulario, se muestra la última página. Si *numPag* es menor que uno, se muestra la primera página. +Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) o si *numPag* corresponde a la página actual del formulario, **FORM GOTO PAGE** no hace nada. Si *numPag* es superior que el número de páginas del formulario, se muestra la última página. Si *numPag* es menor que uno, se muestra la primera página. El parámetro *\** es útil cuando el comando se llama en el contexto de un subformulario en página que contiene varias páginas. En este caso, cuando pase este parámetro, el comando cambia la página del subformulario actual (el que llamó al comando). Por defecto, si se omite el parámetro *\**, el comando se aplica siempre al formulario padre. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Los botones de acción automática realizan las mismas tareas que los comandos [ Los comandos de gestión de página pueden utilizarse con formularios de entrada o con formularios de salida en cajas de diálogo. Los formularios de salida utilizan sólo la primera página. Un formulario siempre tiene por lo menos una página, la primera página. Recuerde que sin importar el número de páginas que tenga un formulario, sólo existe un método de formulario para cada formulario. * Utilice el comando [FORM Get current page](form-get-current-page.md) para saber que página se está mostrando. -* Utilice [Form event code](form-event-code.md) On Page Change que se genera cada vez que la página actual del formulario cambia. +* Utilice [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) On Page Change que se genera cada vez que la página actual del formulario cambia. **Nota:** cuando diseñaun formulario, puede trabajar con las páginas de la 1 a la X, como también con la página 0, en la cual pone los objetos que aparecen en todas las páginas. Cuando **utiliza** un formulario, y llama los comandos de página, usted trabaja con las páginas de la 1 a la X; la página 0 se combina automáticamente con la página que está siendo mostrada. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md index d88f08f5e695b2..dc1bd0e3e677ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -FORM LAST PAGE cambia la página actual de un formulario para mostrar la última página del formulario. Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), o si ya se muestra la última página del formulario, FORM LAST PAGE no hace nada. +FORM LAST PAGE cambia la página actual de un formulario para mostrar la última página del formulario. Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), o si ya se muestra la última página del formulario, FORM LAST PAGE no hace nada. #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md deleted file mode 100644 index dd41922879f33d..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-load -title: FORM LOAD -slug: /commands/form-load -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM LOAD** ( {*aTabla* ;} *formulario* {; *dataForm*}{; *} ) - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| aTable | Table | → | Tabla del formulario a cargar (si se omite, carga un formulario proyecto) | -| formulario | Text, Object | → | Nombre del formulario proyecto a abrir para la impresión o Cadena vacía para cerrar el formulario proyecto actual | -| dataForm | Object | → | Datos a asociar al formulario | -| * | Operador | → | Si se pasa = el comando se aplica a la base local cuando se ejecuta desde un componente (parámetro ignorado fuera de este contexto) | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Descripción - -El comando **FORM LOAD** se utiliza para cargar el *formulario* en memoria en el proceso actual junto con *dataForm* (opcional) con el fin de imprimir sus datos o analizar sus contenidos. Sólo puede haber un formulario actual por proceso. - -En el parámetro *formulario*, puede pasar: - -* el nombre de un formulario, o -* la ruta (en sintaxis POSIX) a un archivo .json válido que contiene una descripción del formulario a usar (ver *Ruta de archivo del formulario*), o -* un objeto que contiene una descripción del formulario. - -Cuando el comando se ejecuta desde un componente, carga los formularios del componente por defecto. Si se pasa el parámetro *\**, el método carga los formularios de la base local. - -##### dataForm - -Opcionalmente, puede pasar parámetros al *formulario* utilizando el objeto *dataForm*. Toda propiedad del objeto *dataForm* estará disponible desde el contexto del formulario a través del comando [Form](form.md). Por ejemplo, si pasa un objeto que contiene {"version", "12"} en *dataForm*, podrá obtener o definir el valor de la propiedad "version" en el formulario llamando: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -El objeto *dataForm* está disponible en el evento formulario On Load. - -*dataForm* le permite pasar parámetros de forma segura a sus formularios, sea cual sea el contexto de llamada. En particular, si el mismo formulario es llamado desde diferentes lugares en el mismo proceso, siempre podrá acceder a sus valores específicos simplemente llamando a [Form](form.md).myProperty. - -**Nota:** si no pasa el parámetro *dataForm* o si pasa un objeto indefinido, **FORM LOAD** crea automáticamente un nuevo objeto vacío vinculado al *formulario*, disponible a través del comando [Form](form.md). - -##### Impresión de datos - -Para que este comando pueda ejecutarse, una tarea de impresión debe haberse abierto de antemano usando el comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). El comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) hace un llamado implícito al comando [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md), por lo que en este contexto es necesario ejecutar [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). Una vez cargado, el *formulario* se convierte en el formulario de impresión actual. Todos los comandos de gestión de objetos, y en particular, el comando [Print object](print-object.md), trabajan con este formulario. - -Si un formulario de impresión ya se ha cargado previamente (a través de una llamada anterior al comando **FORM LOAD**), se cierra y se sustituye por *formulario*. Puede abrir y cerrar varios formularios proyecto en la misma sesión de impresión. Cambiar de formulario de impresión vía el comando **FORM LOAD** no genera saltos de página. Es responsabilidad del desarrollador gestionar los saltos de página. - -Sólo el evento formulario On Load se ejecuta durante la apertura del formulario, así como los métodos de los objetos del formulario. Se ignoran los otros eventos formulario. El evento de formulario On Unload se ejecuta al final de la impresión. - -Para mantener la coherencia gráfica de los formularios, se recomienda aplicar la propiedad de apariencia "Impresión ", independientemente de la plataforma. - -El formulario de impresión actual se cierra automáticamente cuando se llama el comando [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md). - -##### Análisis del contenido del formulario - -Esta posibilidad consiste en cargar un formulario fuera de pantalla para análisis. Para efectuar esta acción, basta con llamar a **FORM LOAD** fuera del contexto de un trabajo de impresión. En este caso, los eventos de formulario no se ejecutan. - -**FORM LOAD**\] se puede utilizar con los comandos [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) y [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) para llevar a cabo cualquier tipo de procesamiento en el contenido del formulario. A continuación, es imperativo llamar al comando [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) para descargar el formulario de la memoria. - -Tenga en cuenta que en todos los casos, el formulario en la pantalla permanece cargado (no se ve afectado por el comando **FORM LOAD** por lo que no es necesario volver a cargarlo después de llamar a [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md). - -**Recordatorio:** en el contexto fuera de pantalla, no olvide llamar [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) para evitar todo riesgo de saturación de la memoria. - -#### Ejemplo 1 - -Llamar un formulario proyecto en un trabajo de impresión: - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD("print_form") -  // ejecución de eventos y métodos objeto -``` - -#### Ejemplo 2 - -Llamar un formulario tabla en un trabajo de impresión: - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") -  // ejecución de eventos y métodos de objeto -``` - -#### Ejemplo 3 - -Análisis del contenido de un formulario para efectuar un procesamiento en las áreas de entrada de texto: - -```4d - FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") -  // selección del formulario sin ejecución de los eventos ni de los métodos - FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) - For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) -    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) -  //… procesamiento -    End if - End for - FORM UNLOAD //no olvidar descargar el formulario -``` - -#### Ejemplo 4 - -El siguiente ejemplo devuelve el número de objetos de un formulario JSON: - -```4d - ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //ordena los elementos del formulario en arrays - ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) - ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) -  - FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //carga el formulario - FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) -  - ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //devuelve el conteo de objetos -``` - -el resultado mostrado es: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) - -#### Ejemplo 5 - -Desea imprimir un formulario que contiene un list box. Durante el evento *on load*, desea modificar el contenido del list box a modificar. - -1\. En el método de impresión, escribe: - -```4d - var $formData : Object - -var $over Boolean - var $full : Boolean -  - OPEN PRINTING JOB - $formData:=New object - $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() - ... //llena la colección de datos -  - FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //guarda la colección en $formData - $over:=False - Repeat -    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // la datasource de este listbox "LB" es Form.LBcollection -    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) -    If(Not($over)) -       PAGE BREAK -    End if - Until($over) - FORM UNLOAD - CLOSE PRINTING JOB - - -``` - -2\. En el método formulario, puede escribir: - -```4d - var $o : Object - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection está disponible -          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) -       End for each - End case -``` - -#### Ver también - -[Current form name](current-form-name.md) -[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) -[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) -[OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) -[Print object](print-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md index 10a3550c76bf6a..c959b059d4f6c2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -FORM NEXT PAGE cambia la página actual del formulario para mostrar la página siguiente.Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), o si ya se muestra la última página del formulario, FORM NEXT PAGE no hace nada. +FORM NEXT PAGE cambia la página actual del formulario para mostrar la página siguiente.Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), o si ya se muestra la última página del formulario, FORM NEXT PAGE no hace nada. #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md index e9273020c6c3e4..7ebefcc00fa57d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -FORM PREVIOUS PAGE cambia la página actual de un formulario para mostrar la página anterior. Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) o si ya se muestra la primera página del formulario, FORM PREVIOUS PAGE no hace nada. +FORM PREVIOUS PAGE cambia la página actual de un formulario para mostrar la página anterior. Si ningún formulario es mostrado o cargado por el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) o si ya se muestra la primera página del formulario, FORM PREVIOUS PAGE no hace nada. #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md index 172cd954aabd85..e2d5940ddba439 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **FORM SCREENSHOT** devuelve un formulario en forma de imagen. Este comando admite dos sintaxis diferentes: en función de la sintaxis utilizada, puede obtener la imagen de un formulario ejecutado, o la imagen del formulario en el editor de formularios. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( *imagF* *orm* ) -Esta sintaxis permite obtener una captura de pantalla de la página actual del formulario en ejecución o cargado vía el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md): la imagen devuelta en el parámetro *imagenForm* contiene todos los objetos visibles del formulario con los valores actuales de los campos y de las variables del formulario, subformulario, etc. El formulario es devuelto en su totalidad, sin tener en cuenta el tamaño de la ventana que lo contiene. +Esta sintaxis permite obtener una captura de pantalla de la página actual del formulario en ejecución o cargado vía el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md): la imagen devuelta en el parámetro *imagenForm* contiene todos los objetos visibles del formulario con los valores actuales de los campos y de las variables del formulario, subformulario, etc. El formulario es devuelto en su totalidad, sin tener en cuenta el tamaño de la ventana que lo contiene. Tenga en cuenta que esta sintaxis sólo funciona con formularios de entrada. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( {*tabla* ;} nomForm; *imagForm*{; *pagNum*} ) Esta sintaxis permite obtener una captura de pantalla de una "plantilla" de formulario como la que se muestra en el editor de formularios. Todos los objetos visibles se dibujan como en el editor, el comando tiene en cuenta los formularios heredados y los objetos ubicados en la página 0. @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ Por defecto, el comando devuelve una captura de pantalla de la página 1 del for #### Ver también -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md index bb30492d5415c4..abcc1e6e493e0e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando **FORM UNLOAD** libera de la memoria el formulario actual designado utilizando el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +El comando **FORM UNLOAD** libera de la memoria el formulario actual designado utilizando el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). -Llamar este comando es necesario cuando se utiliza el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) fuera del contexto de impresión (en el caso de la impresión, el formulario actual se cierra de nuevo automáticamente cuando se llama el comando [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). +Llamar este comando es necesario cuando se utiliza el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) fuera del contexto de impresión (en el caso de la impresión, el formulario actual se cierra de nuevo automáticamente cuando se llama el comando [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). #### Ver también -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 21b59b60eec01d..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form -title: Form -slug: /commands/form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form** : Object - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Object | ← | Datos del formulario asociados al formulario actual | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Descripción - -El comando **Form** devuelve el objeto asociado con el formulario actual, si lo hay. 4D asocia automáticamente un objeto al formulario actual en los siguientes casos: - -* el formulario actual ha sido mostrado por el comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), -* el formulario actual es un subformulario, -* actualmente se muestra un formulario tabla en la pantalla. - -##### Formulario DIALOG - -Si el formulario actual se muestra mediante una llamada al comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), **Form** devuelve un objeto vacío, o el objeto *formData* pasado como parámetro a este comando, si existe. - -##### Subformulario - -Si el formulario actual es un subformulario, el objeto devuelto depende de la variable del contenedor padre: - -* Si la variable asociada al contenedor principal se ha escrito como un objeto ([C\_OBJECT](c-object.md)), **Form** devuelve el valor de esta variable. -En este caso, el objeto devuelto por **Form** es el mismo que el devuelto por la siguiente expresión: -```4d - (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> -``` -* Si la variable asociada al contenedor padre no se ha escrito como un objeto, **Form** devuelve un objeto vacío, mantenido por 4D en el contexto del subformulario. - -Para más información, consulte la sección *Subformularios en página*. - -##### Formulario Tabla - -**Form** devuelve el objeto asociado al formulario tabla que se muestra en la pantalla. En el contexto de un formulario de entrada que se muestra desde un formulario de salida (es decir, después de hacer doble clic en un registro), el objeto devuelto contiene la siguiente propiedad: - -| **Propiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | -| ------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------------- | -| parentForm | objeto | **Form** objeto del formulario de salida padre | - -#### Ejemplo - -En un formulario, usted asignó algunas propiedades de objeto [Form](form.md) a variables: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515147.en.png) - -Luego, puede ejecutarlas desde cualquier lugar de la aplicación: - -```4d - var $win : Integer - $win:=Open form window("Edit_Address";Movable form dialog box;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) - DIALOG("Edit_Address";New object("firstName";"Mike";"age";12)) - CLOSE WINDOW($win) -``` - -El formulario muestra los valores que ha pasado: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -**Nota:** este ejemplo requiere que la notación de objeto esté habilitada en la base de datos (ver *Página Compatibilidad*). - -#### Ver también - -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md index 1cfa4673b9e128..7684ea7f099cf8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando **Get edited text** se utiliza principalmente con el evento formulario On After Edit para recuperar el texto a medida que es introducido. También puede utilizarse con los eventos formulario On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke. Para mayor información sobre estos eventos formulario, por favor consulte la descripción del comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +El comando **Get edited text** se utiliza principalmente con el evento formulario On After Edit para recuperar el texto a medida que es introducido. También puede utilizarse con los eventos formulario On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke. Para mayor información sobre estos eventos formulario, por favor consulte la descripción del comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). La combinación de este comando con los eventos formulario On Before Keystroke y On After Keystroke funciona de la siguiente manera: @@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ Este es un ejemplo de cómo procesar inmediatamente los caracteres introducidos #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md index 70c9ecb4470a8b..45eadfb2c04a55 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Este comando puede utilizarse en dos contextos: * Durante el evento de formulario On Header, en el contexto de los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION") y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md "PRINT RECORD"). -* Durante el evento de formulario On Printing Detail, en el contexto del comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). +* Durante el evento de formulario On Printing Detail, en el contexto del comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). Se devuelven las coordenadas en píxeles (1 píxel = 1/72 pulgadas). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md index ec56d61a44aaef..fb1b194723269a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ Para saber el tamaño total de la página, puede: #### Ver también [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md index 7b20e9e464de0a..9635ef063ed641 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando GET PRINTABLE MARGIN devuelve los valores actuales de los diferentes márgenes definidos utilizando los comandos [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). +El comando GET PRINTABLE MARGIN devuelve los valores actuales de los diferentes márgenes definidos utilizando los comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). Los valores son devueltos en píxeles con respecto al borde del papel. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Es posible obtener el tamaño del papel como también calcular el área imprimib Por defecto, en 4D el cálculo de las impresiones se efectúa sobre la base de los “márgenes de la impresora”. La ventaja de este sistema es que los formularios se adaptan automáticamente a las nuevas impresoras (ya que están situados en el área imprimible). Por otra parte, en el caso de los formularios pre-impresos, no era posible posicionar los elementos a imprimir de manera precisa porque un cambio de impresora podía modificar los márgenes de la impresora. -Es posible basar la impresión de los formularios efectuados utilizando los comandos [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) sobre un margen fijo el cual es idéntico en cada impresora: los márgenes del papel, es decir, los límites físicos de la hoja. Para hacer esto, simplemente utilice los comandos [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) y [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md). +Es posible basar la impresión de los formularios efectuados utilizando los comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) sobre un margen fijo el cual es idéntico en cada impresora: los márgenes del papel, es decir, los límites físicos de la hoja. Para hacer esto, simplemente utilice los comandos [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) y [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md). #### Terminología de impresión @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ Es posible basar la impresión de los formularios efectuados utilizando los coma #### Ver también [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md index 144b5383acbaac..0c63df8ec925a8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando Get printed height devuelve la altura global (en píxeles) de la sección impresa por el comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). +El comando Get printed height devuelve la altura global (en píxeles) de la sección impresa por el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). El valor devuelto estará entre 0 (el borde superior de la página) y la altura total devuelta por el comando [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md "GET PRINTABLE AREA") (el tamaño máximo del área de impresión). -Si imprime una nueva sección utilizando el comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"), la altura de la nueva sección se añade a este valor. Si el área de impresión disponible es insuficiente para contener esta sección, se genera una nueva página y el valor devuelto es 0. +Si imprime una nueva sección utilizando el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"), la altura de la nueva sección se añade a este valor. Si el área de impresión disponible es insuficiente para contener esta sección, se genera una nueva página y el valor devuelto es 0. Los márgenes de impresión derecha e izquierda no influyen en el valor devuelto, a diferencia de las márgenes inferior y superior (las cuales pueden definirse utilizando el comando [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md "SET PRINTABLE MARGIN")). @@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ Los márgenes de impresión derecha e izquierda no influyen en el valor devuelto #### Ver también [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md index 8cf365d5bc7623..e8b43637191b0c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que se genere el ciclo de ejecución **In break** asegúrese de que la propiedad del evento On Printing Break para el formulario y/o los objetos haya sido seleccionada en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Printing Break. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Printing Break. #### Ver también diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md index a068fbfddf81ec..7b657ab6ab6b60 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que se genere el ciclo de ejecución **In footer** asegúrese de que la propiedad del evento On Printing footer para el formulario y/o los objetos haya sido seleccionada en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Printing footer. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Printing footer. #### Ver también diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md index 2473ac54e16fb2..dd9658d8a596ed 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que se genere el ciclo de ejecución **In header**, asegúrese de que la propiedad del evento On Header para el formulario y/o los objetos haya sido seleccionada en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Header. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Header. #### Ver también diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md index c5b2d9f2a5ca4c..bda1a7b0e9a8d2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ End case #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md index b11ede0fa0eed4..66090896286658 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Keystroke devuelve el carácter introducido por el usuario en un campo o en un área editable. -Generalmente, Keystroke se llama en un método de formulario o de objeto durante la gestión del evento de formulario On Before Keystroke. Para detectar eventos de tecleo, utilice el comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). +Generalmente, Keystroke se llama en un método de formulario o de objeto durante la gestión del evento de formulario On Before Keystroke. Para detectar eventos de tecleo, utilice el comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Para reemplazar el carácter introducido por el usuario con otro carácter, utilice el comando [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md "FILTER KEYSTROKE"). @@ -169,5 +169,5 @@ Utilizando las habilidades de la comunicación interproceso de 4D, puede constru #### Ver también [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md index 633a322b16f48e..e00687e430669e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ Este ejemplo es una plantilla para un método de formulario. Muestra cada evento [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md) [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md index d519b0ee34fb4f..9161f15978b133 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ En *arrayNomObjeto*, pase un array texto que es llenado automáticamente por el El array devuelve los nombres de los objetos de todas las columnas (incluyendo los pies de columna), independientemente de si son o no visibles. -Este comando es útil en el contexto del análisis de un formulario utilizando los comandos [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) y [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md). Se puede utilizar, cuando sea necesario, para obtener los nombres de los sub objetos de los list box. +Este comando es útil en el contexto del análisis de un formulario utilizando los comandos [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) y [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md). Se puede utilizar, cuando sea necesario, para obtener los nombres de los sub objetos de los list box. #### Ejemplo @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ Usted quiere cargar un formulario y obtener la lista de todos los objetos de los #### Ver también -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md index 0e1d87168fd0c5..d88128c67a580c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si pasa el parámetro opcional \*, indica que el parámetro *objeto* es un nombre de objeto (cadena). Si omite este parámetro, indica que el parámetro *objeto* es una variable. En ese caso, no pasa una cadena, sino una referencia de variable. Para mayor información sobre nombres de objetos, consulte la sección . -Este comando debe utilizarse con el evento de formulario On column moved (ver el comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event")). +Este comando debe utilizarse con el evento de formulario On column moved (ver el comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event")). **Nota:** este comando tiene en cuenta las columnas invisibles. #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED ROW NUMBER](listbox-moved-row-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md index 374dfa43d9c105..5e6cc1cae15ea9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si pasa el parámetro opcional *\**, indica que el parámetro *objeto* es un nombre de objeto (cadena). Si omite este parámetro, indica que el parámetro *objeto* es una variable. En ese caso, no pasa una cadena, sino una referencia de variable. Para mayor información sobre nombres de objetos, consulte la sección *Propiedades de los objetos*. -Este comando debe utilizarse con el evento de formulario On row moved (ver el comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Este comando debe utilizarse con el evento de formulario On row moved (ver el comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). **Nota:** este comando no tiene en cuenta el estado oculto/mostrado de las líneas del list box. #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md index 7c53be7d6e16f6..19a9f248d1861f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -26,15 +26,15 @@ El parámetro opcional *tipoSalida* permite precisar el canal de salida tomado p | Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | | ---------------------------- | ------------ | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Into 4D commands log | Entero largo | 3 | Indica a 4D grabar el *mensaje* en el archivo de historial de los comandos de 4D, si este archivo se ha activado. *El archivo de historial de comandos de 4D puede activarse utilizando el comando [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (selector 34*).
    **Nota:** los archivos de historial de 4D se agrupan en la carpeta **Logs** (ver el comando *[Get 4D folder](get-4d-folder.md)*). | -| Into 4D debug message | Entero largo | 1 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* al entorno de depuración del sistema. El resultado depende de la plataforma:
    Bajo Mac OS: el comando envía el mensaje a la ConsolaBajo Windows: el comando envía el mensaje como un mensaje de depuración. Para poder leer este mensaje, debe tener Microsoft Visual Studio o DebugView para Windows () | +| Into 4D debug message | Entero largo | 1 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* al entorno de depuración del sistema. El resultado depende de la plataforma:
    En macOS: el comando envía el mensaje a la ConsolaBajo Windows: el comando envía el mensaje como un mensaje de depuración. Para poder leer este mensaje, debe tener Microsoft Visual Studio o DebugView para Windows () | | Into 4D diagnostic log | Entero largo | 5 | Le indica a 4D poner el mensaje en el archivo de diagnóstico de 4D, si este archivo está activo.
    El archivo de diagnóstico puede activarse con ayuda del comando [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (*selector 79*). | | Into 4D request log | Entero largo | 2 | Indica a 4D grabar el *mensaje* en el archivo de historial de peticiones de 4D, si este archivo ha sido activado | | Into system standard outputs | Entero largo | 6 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* a un flujo de salida estándar. El mensaje se envía a: **stdout** si *importance* \= Information message o Warning message **stderr** si *importance* \= Error message | -| Into Windows log events | Entero largo | 0 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* “Log events” de Windows. Este historial recibe y almacena los mensajes que vienen de las aplicaciones en ejecución. En este caso, puede definir el nivel de importancia del *mensaje* vía el parámetro opcional *importancia* (ver a continuación).**
    Notas:**
    Para que esta funcionalidad esté disponible, el servicio Log Events de Windows debe estar en ejecución.Bajo Mac OS, el comando no hace nada con este tipo de salida | +| Into Windows log events | Entero largo | 0 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* “Log events” de Windows. Este historial recibe y almacena los mensajes que vienen de las aplicaciones en ejecución. En este caso, puede definir el nivel de importancia del *mensaje* vía el parámetro opcional *importancia* (ver a continuación).**
    Notas:**
    para que esta funcionalidad esté disponible, el servicio Log Events de Windows debe estar en ejecución. Bajo macOS, el comando no hace nada con este tipo de salida | Si omite el parámetro *tipoSalida,* el valor 0 se utiliza por defecto (Into Windows Log Events). -Si ha definido un *tipoSalida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, puede atribuir al mensaje un nivel de importancia vía el parámetro opcional *importancia* con el fin de facilitar la lectura del historial de eventos. Hay tres niveles de importancia: Información, Advertencia y Error. 4D ofrece las siguientes constantes predefinidas, ubicadas en el tema *Historial de eventos*: +Puede atribuir un nivel de importancia a *mensaje*, mediante el parámetro opcional *importancia*, que le ayuda a leer y comprender los eventos de registro. Hay tres niveles de importancia: Información, Advertencia y Error. 4D le suministra las siguientes constantes predefinidas: | Constante | Tipo | Valor | | ------------------- | ------------ | ----- | @@ -42,7 +42,13 @@ Si ha definido un *tipoSalida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, puede atribuir a | Information message | Entero largo | 0 | | Warning message | Entero largo | 1 | -Si no pasa nada en el el parámetro *importancia* o si pasa un valor invalido, se utiliza el valor por defecto (0). +Si no pasa nada en el parámetro *importancia* o si pasa un valor invalido, se utiliza el valor por defecto (0). + +:::note + +El parámetro *importancia* sólo se utiliza con *tipoSalida* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log`, y `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: #### Ejemplo @@ -56,4 +62,4 @@ Cada vez que se abre la base, esta información se escribirá en el visor de eve #### Ver también -[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) \ No newline at end of file +[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-authentication.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-authentication.md index 29103183a7ddf1..8323ab1c3ad1fb 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-authentication.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-authentication.md @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ El [Método base On Web Connection](metodo-base-on-web-connection.md) sólo se e **Notas:** -* No llame elementos de interfaz en el Método base On Web Authentication ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), etc.) porque de lo contrario su ejecución se interrumpirá y la conexión será rechazada. Lo mismo sucede si se presenta un error durante su proceso. +* No llame elementos de interfaz en el Método base On Web Authentication ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), etc.) porque de lo contrario su ejecución se interrumpirá y la conexión será rechazada. Lo mismo sucede si se presenta un error durante su proceso. * Es posible evitar la ejecución por *4DACTION* o *4DSCRIPT* de cada método de proyecto con la ayuda de la opción “Disponible vía las etiquetas HTML y URLs (4DACTION...) en la caja de diálogo de las Propiedades de los métodos. Para mayor información sobre este punto, consulte la sección *Seguridad de las conexiones*. #### Llamadas del método base On Web Authentication diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-connection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-connection.md index dbae6f8295a2a6..01d3ba72effab3 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-connection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/metodo-base-on-web-connection.md @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Los parámetros *$5* y *$6* reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introd El Método base On Web Connection puede utilizarse como punto de entrada para el servidor web 4D, bien sea utilizando la URL especial *4DCGI*, o utilizando las URLs de comando personalizadas. -**Advertencia:** la llamada de un comando 4D que muestra un elemento de interfaz ([DIALOG](dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md)...) termina el procesamiento del método. +**Advertencia:** la llamada de un comando 4D que muestra un elemento de interfaz ([DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md)...) termina el procesamiento del método. El Método base On Web Connection se llama en los siguientes casos: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md index e29e6921b6ead0..c39d8209a2740e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ En todos los casos, utilice el comando [Old](old.md) apara detectar si el valor **Nota:** aunque **Modified** puede aplicarse a todo tipo de campo, si lo utiliza con el comando [Old](old.md), debe tener en cuenta las restricciones que aplican al comando [Old](old.md). Para más detalles, ver la descripción del comando [Old](old.md). -Durante la entrada de datos, generalmente es más fácil realizar operaciones en métodos objeto con ayuda del comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md) que utilizar la función **Modified** en los métodos formulario. Como un método de objeto recibe el evento On Data Change cuando se modifica un campo, el uso de un método de objeto es equivalente a utilizar **Modified** en un método de formulario. +Durante la entrada de datos, generalmente es más fácil realizar operaciones en métodos objeto con ayuda del comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) que utilizar la función **Modified** en los métodos formulario. Como un método de objeto recibe el evento On Data Change cuando se modifica un campo, el uso de un método de objeto es equivalente a utilizar **Modified** en un método de formulario. **Nota:** para funcionar correctamente, el comando **Modified** debe utilizarse únicamente en un método de formulario o en un método llamado por un método de formulario. @@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ Selecciona un registro para la tabla *\[unaTabla\]*, luego llama múltiples subr #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Old](old.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md index 38121e837e2378..08498f74f0ce59 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md @@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs *Conjuntos* [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md index 4cd99fd000ff1f..6e6de0074af546 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Este comando no tendrá efecto si el comando [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md "DEFAULT TABLE") no ha sido llamado de antemano. -Este comando está relacionado con el uso de formularios de proyecto (formularios no asociados a tablas): la mayoría de los comandos relacionados a los formularios (aparte de los formularios de usuario) aceptan un parámetro opcional de tipo tabla como primer parámetro. Por ejemplo, este es el caso de los comandos *FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md "Open form window") o [DIALOG](dialog.md "DIALOG"). Como un formulario de proyecto y un formulario de tabla pueden tener el mismo nombre, este parámetro puede utilizarse para determinar el formulario a utilizar: pase el parámetro cuando quiera apuntar a un formulario tabla y omítalo en el caso de un formulario de proyecto. +Este comando está relacionado con el uso de formularios de proyecto (formularios no asociados a tablas): la mayoría de los comandos relacionados a los formularios (aparte de los formularios de usuario) aceptan un parámetro opcional de tipo tabla como primer parámetro. Por ejemplo, este es el caso de los comandos *FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md "Open form window") o [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md "DIALOG"). Como un formulario de proyecto y un formulario de tabla pueden tener el mismo nombre, este parámetro puede utilizarse para determinar el formulario a utilizar: pase el parámetro cuando quiera apuntar a un formulario tabla y omítalo en el caso de un formulario de proyecto. En una base que contiene un formulario de proyecto llamado “ElFormulario” y un formulario de tabla con el mismo nombre para la tabla \[Tabla1\]: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md index 26bdcd2c713c25..ce0f25804a0ffe 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ El evento On Resize se genera en el método formulario del subformulario si el o #### Ver también -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md index 0a1362e3c7be9b..6fd07b7c1f38ac 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md @@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ As a result, at runtime, updating the value of the main form's Input object also #### Ver también -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) [OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE](object-set-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md index 43bc5c4dfc45f6..318a0196d8072d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ Si no hay formulario listado, se devuelve una cadena vacía en el parámetro *su #### Ver también [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md index f1583b18dfb356..93bf256faa6bbf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md @@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ Usted quiere cargar un formulario y obtener la lista de todos los objetos de los #### Ver también -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md index 8a0f3753d9ffd9..7d24327aa7eb09 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Por defecto, los valores *moveH*, *moveV*, *redimH* y *redimV* modifican las coo Este comando funciona en los siguientes contextos: * Formularios de entrada en modo entrada de datos, -* Formularios mostrados utilizando el comando [DIALOG](dialog.md "DIALOG"), +* Formularios mostrados utilizando el comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md "DIALOG"), * Encabezados y pies de página de formularios de salida mostrados por los comandos [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md "MODIFY SELECTION") o [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md "DISPLAY SELECTION"), * Formularios en curso de impresión. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md index ea03b7845c82bb..ea1dbfc7bf5329 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ También puede pasar los valores de coordenadas absolutas en los parámetros *de Este comando sólo funciona en los siguientes contextos: * Los formularios de entrada en el modo entrada, -* Formulario mostrados usando el comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), +* Formulario mostrados usando el comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), * Encabezados y pies de página de formularios de salida mostrados por el comando [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) o [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md), * Los formularios en impresión. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md index f44b3f3bb4bdf8..1f8b03f5f01aca 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ A detailed example is available in the [OBJECT Get subform container value](obje #### Ver también -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get subform container value](object-get-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md index 034baf51e98a87..e5eb812c689034 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ Cuando modifica un subformulario página, el comando puede ejecutarse en cualqui #### Ver también -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md index 157c7e659ed4fb..2d40ca87c0604f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Si se ha presionado la combinación Ctrl+punto, el método de gestión de evento  End if ``` -Note que este ejemplo utiliza ON EVENT CALL porque realiza un informe especial de impresión utilizando los comandos *PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](print-form.md "Print form") y [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md "PAGE BREAK") en una estructura de tipo bucle *For...End for*. +Note que este ejemplo utiliza ON EVENT CALL porque realiza un informe especial de impresión utilizando los comandos *PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") y [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md "PAGE BREAK") en una estructura de tipo bucle *For...End for*. Si imprime un informe utilizando [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION"), NO necesita administrar los eventos que permiten al usuario interrumpir la impresión; [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION") hace esto por usted. #### Ver también diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md index dcc6fd99aabd2a..bcd68579caaea3 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Dependiendo de los privilegios de acceso del usuario actual, ciertas funciones d **Notas:** -* Este comando funciona con el mismo principio que una llamada a [DIALOG](dialog.md) con el parámetro *\**: el CSM se muestra en una ventana y el comando devuelve inmediatamente el control al código 4D. Si el proceso actual termina, la ventana se cierra automáticamente mediante la simulación de un [CANCEL](cancel.md). Por lo que debe gestionar su visualización a través del código del proceso en ejecución. +* Este comando funciona con el mismo principio que una llamada a [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) con el parámetro *\**: el CSM se muestra en una ventana y el comando devuelve inmediatamente el control al código 4D. Si el proceso actual termina, la ventana se cierra automáticamente mediante la simulación de un [CANCEL](cancel.md). Por lo que debe gestionar su visualización a través del código del proceso en ejecución. * Este comando no se puede ejecutar en una aplicación 4D remota. #### Ver también diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md index b4919ba28f99f8..549d5584b98d5b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Si pasa una cadena vacía ("") en *titulo,* le indica a 4D que utilice los valor * El parámetro *casillaCerrar* es opcional y designa el método para cerrar la ventana. Si se especifica este parámetro, la casilla del menú Control (Windows) o la casilla Cerrar (Macintosh) se añade a la ventana. Cuando el usuario hace doble clic en la casilla de menú Control (Windows) o clic en la Casilla cerrar (Macintosh), se llama al método pasado en *casillaCerrar*. -**Nota:** también puede administrar el cierre de la ventana desde el método del formulario mostrado en la ventana cuando ocurre un evento On Close Box. Para mayor información, consulte el comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +**Nota:** también puede administrar el cierre de la ventana desde el método del formulario mostrado en la ventana cuando ocurre un evento On Close Box. Para mayor información, consulte el comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). Si se abre más de una ventana para un proceso, la última ventana abierta es la ventana activa (del primer plano) para ese proceso. Sólo puede modificarse la información dentro de la ventana activa. Todas las demás ventanas pueden ser visualizadas. Cuando el usuario digita, la ventana activa siempre pasará al primer plano, si aún no está ahí. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md index dab87419f84c15..1d9bc1faac4399 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que se genere el ciclo de ejecución **Outside call**, asegúrese de que la propiedad del evento On Outside call del formulario y/o los objetos se haya seleccionado en el entorno Diseño. -**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Outside call. +**Nota:** este comando es equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y probar si devuelve el evento On Outside call. #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md index f978296a16faef..d5884481169106 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Los parámetros *\** y *\>* son opcionales. -El parámetro *\** le permite cancelar un trabajo de impresión iniciado por el comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). La ejecución de este comando detiene inmediatamente los trabajos de impresión en progreso. +El parámetro *\** le permite cancelar un trabajo de impresión iniciado por el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). La ejecución de este comando detiene inmediatamente los trabajos de impresión en progreso. **Nota:** bajo Windows, este mecanismo puede ser trastornado por las propiedades de cola de espera del servidor de impresión. Si la impresora se configura para comenzar la impresión de inmediatamente, la cancelación no será efectiva. Para que el comando PAGE BREAK(\*) funcione correctamente, es preferible elegir la propiedad "Iniciar impresión cuando la última página haya entrado en la cola" de la impresora. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ La segunda opción es particularmente útil cuando se utiliza con un trabajo de #### Ejemplo 1 -Ver el ejemplo del comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). +Ver el ejemplo del comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). #### Ejemplo 2 @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ Consulte el ejemplo del comando [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md "SET PRIN #### Ver también [CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md index 4e537873796203..a576cf7a3e889b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md @@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ Ver el ejemplo de [On Exit Database Method](metodo-base-on-exit.md "On Exit Data #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GET PROCESS VARIABLE](get-process-variable.md) [SET PROCESS VARIABLE](set-process-variable.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 043140975fddfd..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: print-form -title: Print form -slug: /commands/print-form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Print form** ( {*tabla* ;} *formulario* {; *dataForm*} {; *area1*{; *area2*}} ) : Integer - -| Parámetro | Tipo | | Descripción | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| tabla | Table | → | Tabla a imprimir, o Tabla por defecto, si se omite | -| formulario | Text, Object | → | Formulario a imprimir | -| dataForm | Object | → | Datos a asociar al formulario | -| area1 | Integer | → | Marcador de impresión, o Área de inicio (si area2 se especifica) | -| area2 | Integer | → | Área de fin (si área1 se especifica) | -| Resultado | Integer | ← | Altura de la sección impresa | - - - -*Este comando no es hilo seguro, no puede ser utilizado en código apropiativo.* - - -#### Descripción - -Print form simplemente imprime *formulario* con los valores actuales de los campos y variables. Generalmente este comando se utiliza para imprimir informes muy complejos que necesiten un control total del proceso de impresión. Print form no procesa registros, ni rupturas o saltos de páginas. Estas operaciones son su responsabilidad. Print form imprime campos y variables en un marco de tamaño fijo únicamente. - -En el parámetro *formulario*, puede pasar: - -* el nombre de un formulario, o -* la ruta (en sintaxis POSIX) a un archivo .json válido que contiene una descripción del formulario a usar (ver *Ruta de archivo del formulario*), o -* un objeto que contiene una descripción del formulario. - -Como Print form no genera un salto de página después de imprimir el formulario, es fácil combinar diferentes formularios en la misma página. Entonces, Print form es ideal para efectuar tareas de impresión complejas que involucren diferentes tablas y diferentes formularios. Para forzar un salto de página entre formularios, utilice el comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Para pasar a la siguiente página de un formulario cuya altura es mayor que el espacio disponible, llame el comando [CANCEL](cancel.md "CANCEL") antes del comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). - -Se pueden utilizar tres sintaxis diferentes: - -* **Impresión del área de detalle** - -Sintaxis: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm) -``` - -En este caso, Print form sólo imprime el área de detalle (el área entre la línea encabezado y la línea detalle) del formulario. - -* **Impresión del área del formulario** - -Sintaxis: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;marker) -``` - -En este caso, el comando imprimirá la sección designada por el *marcador*. Pase en el parámetro *marcador* una de las constantes del tema *Área de formulario* : - -| Constante | Tipo | Valor | -| ------------- | ------------ | ----- | -| Form break0 | Entero largo | 300 | -| Form break1 | Entero largo | 301 | -| Form break2 | Entero largo | 302 | -| Form break3 | Entero largo | 303 | -| Form break4 | Entero largo | 304 | -| Form break5 | Entero largo | 305 | -| Form break6 | Entero largo | 306 | -| Form break7 | Entero largo | 307 | -| Form break8 | Entero largo | 308 | -| Form break9 | Entero largo | 309 | -| Form detail | Entero largo | 0 | -| Form footer | Entero largo | 100 | -| Form header | Entero largo | 200 | -| Form header1 | Entero largo | 201 | -| Form header10 | Entero largo | 210 | -| Form header2 | Entero largo | 202 | -| Form header3 | Entero largo | 203 | -| Form header4 | Entero largo | 204 | -| Form header5 | Entero largo | 205 | -| Form header6 | Entero largo | 206 | -| Form header7 | Entero largo | 207 | -| Form header8 | Entero largo | 208 | -| Form header9 | Entero largo | 209 | - -**• Impresión de sección** - -Sintaxis: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) -``` - -En este caso, el comando imprimirá la sección incluida entre los parámetros *areaInicio* y *areaFin* Parámetros. Los valores introducidos deben expresarse en píxeles. - -El valor devuelto por Print form indica la altura del área de impresión. Este valor será tomado en cuenta automáticamente por el comando [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md). - -Las cajas de diálogo de impresión no aparecen cuando utiliza Print form. El informe no utiliza los parámetros de impresión definidos para el formulario en el entorno Diseño. Hay dos formas de especificar los parámetros de impresión antes de efectuar una serie de llamadas a Print form: - -* Llamar [PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md). En este caso, usted le permite al usuario elegir los parámetros. -* Llamar [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) y [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md). En este caso, los parámetros de impresión se especifican por programación. - -Print form crea cada página impresa en memoria. Cada página se imprime cuando la página en memoria está llena o cuando usted llama a [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Para asegurar la impresión de la última página después de utilizar Print form, debe concluir con el comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) (excepto en el contexto de un [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md), ver nota). De lo contrario, si la última página no está llena, permanece en memoria y no se imprime. - -**Atención:** si el comando se llama en el contexto de un trabajo de impresión abierto con [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md), NO debe llamar a [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) para la última página porque se imprime automáticamente por el comando [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md). Si llama [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) en este caso, se imprime una página vacía. - -Este comando imprime las áreas y objetos externos (por ejemplo, las áreas 4D Write o 4D View). El área se reinicializa para cada ejecución del comando. - -**Atención:** Print form no imprime subformularios. Para imprimir sólo un formulario con tales objetos, utilice mejor [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). - -Print form genera sólo un evento On Printing Detail para el método formulario. - -**4D Server:** este comando puede ejecutarse en 4D Server dentro del framework de un procedimiento almacenado. En este contexto: - -* Asegúrese de que no aparezca ninguna caja de diálogo en el equipo servidor (excepto para un requerimiento específico). -* En el caso de un problema relacionado con la impresora (sin papel, impresora desconectada, etc.), no se genera un mensaje de error. - -#### Ejemplo 1 - -Print form no imprime subformularios. Para imprimir sólo un formulario con tales objetos, utilice mejor [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md "PRINT RECORD"). - -Print form genera únicamente un evento On Printing Detail por método de formulario. - -**4D Server:** este comando puede ejecutarse en 4D Server en el marco de un procedimiento almacenado. En este contexto: - -* Asegúrese de que no aparezca ninguna caja de diálogo en el equipo servidor (excepto para una necesidad específica). -* En el caso de un problema relacionado con la impresora (sin papel, impresora desconectada, etc.), no se genera un mensaje de error. - -#### Ejemplo 2 - -El siguiente ejemplo funciona como lo haría un comando [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION"). Sin embargo, el informe utiliza uno de los dos formularios diferentes, dependiendo de si el registro es para un cheque o para un depósito: - -```4d - QUERY([Registro]) // Select the records - If(OK=1) -    ORDER BY([Registro]) // Ordenar los registros -    If(OK=1) -       PRINT SETTINGS // Mostrar las cajas de diálogo de impresión -       If(OK=1) -          For($vlRegistro;1;Records in selection([Registro])) -             If([Registro]Tipo ="Cheque") -                Print form([Registro];"SalidaCheque") // Utilice un formulario de cheques -             Else -                Print form([Registro];"SalidaDeposito") // Utilizar otro formulario de depósitos -             End if -             NEXT RECORD([Registro]) -          End for -          PAGE BREAK // Asegúrese de que la última página se imprima -       End if -    End if - End if -``` - -#### Ejemplo 3 - -Este formulario se utiliza como diálogo y luego se imprime con modificaciones: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) - -El método formulario: - -```4d - If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) -    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) -    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) - End if -``` - -El código que llama al diálogo luego imprime su cuerpo: - -```4d - $formData:=New object - $formData.lastname:="Smith" - $formData.firstname:="john" - $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" - $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) - DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) - $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) -``` - -#### Ver también - -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md) -[SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md index e4e794b6b8403b..99f9938af71e05 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **Print object** permite imprimir el o los objetos de formulario designado(s) por los parámetros *objeto* y *\**, en la ubicación definida por los parámetros *posX* y *posY*. -Antes de llamar el comando **Print object**, debe designar el formulario tabla o proyecto que contiene los objetos a imprimir, utilizando el comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +Antes de llamar el comando **Print object**, debe designar el formulario tabla o proyecto que contiene los objetos a imprimir, utilizando el comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). Si pasa el parámetro opcional *\**, indica que el parámetro *objeto* es un nombre de objeto (cadena de caracteres). Si no pasa el parámetro *\**, está indicando que *objeto* es una variable. En este caso, se pasa una referencia de variable (tipo de objeto únicamente) en lugar de una cadena. @@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ Ejemplo de impresión de un list box completo: #### Ver también -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md index 4388941ad84b6b..b1584a46a5734d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **PRINT RECORD** imprime el registro actual de *tabla*, sin modificar la selección actual. El formulario de salida actual se utiliza para la impresión. Si no hay registro actual para *tabla*, **PRINT RECORD** no hace nada. -Puede imprimir subformularios y objetos externos con el comando **PRINT RECORD**. Esto no es posible con [Print form](print-form.md). +Puede imprimir subformularios y objetos externos con el comando **PRINT RECORD**. Esto no es posible con [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). **Nota:** si hay modificaciones en el registro que no han sido guardadas, este comando imprime los valores de los campos modificados, no los valores en disco. @@ -63,4 +63,4 @@ El siguiente ejemplo imprime el mismo registro actual en dos formularios diferen #### Ver también -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md index c61874931a3824..4572e8d3a2bd51 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ Durante la impresión, el método de formulario de salida y los métodos de obje * Un evento On Printing Break se genera justo antes que un área de ruptura se imprima. * Un evento On Printing Footer se genera justo antes que un pie de página se imprima. -Puede saber si PRINT SELECTION está imprimiendo el primer encabezado probando [Before selection](before-selection.md) durante un evento On Header. Igualmente puede verificar el último pie de página, probando [End selection](end-selection.md) durante un evento On Printing Footer. Para mayor información, consulte la descripción de estos comandos, como también de los comandos [Form event code](form-event-code.md) y [Level](level.md). +Puede saber si PRINT SELECTION está imprimiendo el primer encabezado probando [Before selection](before-selection.md) durante un evento On Header. Igualmente puede verificar el último pie de página, probando [End selection](end-selection.md) durante un evento On Printing Footer. Para mayor información, consulte la descripción de estos comandos, como también de los comandos [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) y [Level](level.md). Para imprimir una selección ordenada con subtotales o rupturas utilizando PRINT SELECTION, debe primero ordenar la selección. Luego, en cada área de ruptura del informe, incluir una variable con un método de objeto que asigne el subtotal a la variable. Igualmente puede utilizar funciones estadísticas y aritméticas como [Sum](sum.md) y [Average](average.md) para asignar valores a las variables. Para mayor información, consulte las descripciones de [Subtotal](subtotal.md), [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) y [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md). -**Advertencia:** no utilice el comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) con el comando PRINT SELECTION. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) está reservado para ser utilizado con el comando [Print form](print-form.md). +**Advertencia:** no utilice el comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) con el comando PRINT SELECTION. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) está reservado para ser utilizado con el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Después de un llamado a PRINT SELECTION, la variable OK toma el valor 1 si la impresión se ha completado. Si la impresión fue interrumpida, la variable OK toma el valor 0 (cero) (por ejemplo si el usuario hizo clic en Cancelar en la caja de diálogo de impresión). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md index 2d2707dde8b14a..3febd0ca9b499d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -PRINT SETTINGS muestra una caja de diálogo de impresión. Este comando debe llamarse antes de una serie de comandos [Print form](print-form.md) o el comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). +PRINT SETTINGS muestra una caja de diálogo de impresión. Este comando debe llamarse antes de una serie de comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) o el comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). El parámetro opcional *tipoDial* permite configurar la visualización de las caja de diálogo de impresión. Puede utilizar una de las siguientes constantes del tema *Opciones de impresión*. Las cajas de diálogo de impresión que aparecen dependerán de la versión de 4D, como se muestra en la siguiente tabla: @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ El parámetro opcional *tipoDial* permite configurar la visualización de las ca #### Ejemplo -Ver ejemplo para el comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). +Ver ejemplo para el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). #### Variables y conjuntos del sistema @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Si el usuario hace clic en OK en ambas cajas de diálogo, la variable sistema OK [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINT PREVIEW](set-print-preview.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md index a99a8f72e17ffa..dbe821d437ffa6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ El usuario puede introducir texto en el área de entrada de texto. Para especifi **Nota:** no llame el comando **Request** desde un método de formulario o de objeto que maneje los eventos de formulario On Activate o On Deactivate; esto provocará un bucle infinito. -**Consejo:** si necesita obtener varias piezas de información del usuario, diseñe un formulario y preséntelo con [DIALOG](dialog.md), en lugar de presentar una sucesión de cajas de diálogo de tipo **Request**. +**Consejo:** si necesita obtener varias piezas de información del usuario, diseñe un formulario y preséntelo con [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), en lugar de presentar una sucesión de cajas de diálogo de tipo **Request**. #### Ejemplo 1 diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md index 366f9eee7d6052..7a78cf6a73e340 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ Este comando debe utilizarse únicamente en el contexto del evento de formulario #### Ver también [Contextual click](contextual-click.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md index 8fb3b1e8224622..9bb9aa6548beaf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ También puede designar la impresora PDF genérica automáticamente, independien El comando **SET CURRENT PRINTER** debe llamarse antes de [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md), de manera que las opciones disponibles correspondan a la impresora seleccionada. Por otra parte, **SET CURRENT PRINTER** debe llamarse después de *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, de lo contrario los parámetros de la impresora se pierden. -Este comando puede utilizarse con los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) y [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), y se aplica a todas las impresiones de 4D, incluyendo en el modo Diseño. +Este comando puede utilizarse con los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) y [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), y se aplica a todas las impresiones de 4D, incluyendo en el modo Diseño. Los comandos de impresión deben llamarse obligatoriamente con el parámetro *\>* (donde sea pertinente) de manera que los parámetros especificados no se pierdan. #### Variables y conjuntos del sistema diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md index 3e07d8ab614a19..b1c2a6f3c9179a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando SET CURSOR cambia el puntero (gráfico) del ratón por el del sistema cuyo número de identificación se pasa en *cursor*. -Este comando debe llamarse en el contexto del [Form event code](form-event-code.md) On Mouse Move. +Este comando debe llamarse en el contexto del [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) On Mouse Move. Para restablecer el cursor de ratón estándar, llame el comando sin parámetro. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md index 6dd0849d24842b..4ebd721ba1289f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando **SET DRAG ICON** asocia la imagen de icono al cursor durante las operaciones de arrastrar y soltar que se manejan por programación. -Este comando sólo se puede llamar en el contexto del evento formulario On Begin Drag Over (ver el comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Este comando sólo se puede llamar en el contexto del evento formulario On Begin Drag Over (ver el comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). En el parámetro *icono*, pase la imagen que desea utilizar. Su tamaño máximo es de 256x256 píxeles. Si una de sus dimensiones excede los 256 píxeles, se redimensiona automáticamente. @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Note que puede modificar la posición del cursor con respecto a la imagen: #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md index bc69dd288e9eb1..16be7537181c9d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ En *menuCol*, pase una colección de objetos de menú que definan todos los elem | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | title | Text | Nombre del elemento de menú | | method | Text \| [4D.Function](https://developer.4d.com/docs/API/FunctionClass#about-4dfunction-objects) | Nombre del método proyecto u objeto fórmula 4D a ejecutar cuando se selecciona el elemento de menú. Cuando se utiliza esta propiedad, no se debe pasar la propiedad "action" (de lo contrario se ignora "method"). | -| worker | Text \| Number | Nombre del worker o Número del proceso que se encargará de la ejecución del código del "método". Se soportan varias configuraciones, dependiendo del valor de la propiedad "worker":
    si es un nombre de worker (Text), 4D utiliza o crea este worker para ejecutar el "método" (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) si es un número de proceso, 4D utiliza este proceso si existe, en caso contrario no hace nada (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) si no está definido y la aplicación muestra un diálogo actual (frontmost dialog), 4D utiliza el proceso de este diálogo (equivalente a [CALL FORM](call-form.md)) si no está definido y la aplicación no muestra un diálogo actual, 4D llama y utiliza el worker1 (4D remoto/mono usuario) o el worker *4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server) | +| worker | Text \| Number | Nombre del worker o Número del proceso que se encargará de la ejecución del código del "método". Se soportan varias configuraciones, dependiendo del valor de la propiedad "worker":
    si es un nombre de worker (Text), 4D utiliza o crea este worker para ejecutar el "método" (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) si es un número de proceso, 4D utiliza este proceso si existe, en caso contrario no hace nada (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) si no está definido y la aplicación muestra un diálogo actual (frontmost dialog), 4D utiliza el proceso de este diálogo (equivalente a [CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md)) si no está definido y la aplicación no muestra un diálogo actual, 4D llama y utiliza el worker1 (4D remoto/mono usuario) o el worker *4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server) | | action | Text | *Acción estándar* a ejecutar cuando el elemento de menú es seleccionado. Cuando se utiliza esta propiedad, la propiedad "method" se ignora si se pasa. | | shortcutKey | Text | Tecla de acceso directo del elemento (para llamar con la tecla Ctrl/Comando) | | shortcutShift | Boolean | True para añadir la tecla **Mayús** al acceso directo del elemento | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md index bcbd3e00312015..6477b13b2dd5c2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando SET PRINT MARKER permite definir la posición de un marcador durante la impresión. Combinado con los comandos [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md "Get print marker"), [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md "OBJECT MOVE") o [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"), este comando le permite ajustar el tamaño de las áreas de impresión. +El comando SET PRINT MARKER permite definir la posición de un marcador durante la impresión. Combinado con los comandos [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md "Get print marker"), [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md "OBJECT MOVE") o [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"), este comando le permite ajustar el tamaño de las áreas de impresión. SET PRINT MARKER puede utilizarse en dos contextos: * durante el evento de formulario On header, en el contexto de los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION") y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md "PRINT RECORD"). -* durante el evento de formulario On Printing Detail, en el contexto del comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). Esta operación facilita la impresión de informes personalizados (ver ejemplo). +* durante el evento de formulario On Printing Detail, en el contexto del comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). Esta operación facilita la impresión de informes personalizados (ver ejemplo). El efecto del comando está limitado a la impresión; ninguna modificación aparece en la pantalla. Las modificaciones realizadas a los formularios no se guardan. Pase en el parámetro *markNum* una de las constantes del tema : @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ El formulario de salida utilizado para la impresión es el siguiente: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28725.es.png) -El evento de formulario On Printing Detail fue seleccionado para el formulario (recuerde que sin importar en que área se imprima, el comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form") sólo genera este tipo de evento de formulario). +El evento de formulario On Printing Detail fue seleccionado para el formulario (recuerde que sin importar en que área se imprima, el comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") sólo genera este tipo de evento de formulario). Para cada registro, la altura de la línea debe estar adaptada de acuerdo a los contenidos de la columna "Actores" o "Resumen" (columna tiene la mayoría del contenido). Este es el resultado deseado: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28726.es.png) @@ -181,6 +181,6 @@ El método de formulario List\_Imp3 es el siguiente: [OBJECT GET COORDINATES](object-get-coordinates.md) [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md index 0f3111be316a5e..44c2ff0520945a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Pase en los parámetros *valor1* y *valor2* (opcionalmente) los nuevos valores d | Legacy printing layer option | 16 | (Windows únicamente) *valor1* únicamente: 1=seleccionar la antigua capa de impresión GDI para todos los trabajos de impresión subsiguientes. 0=seleccionar la capa de impresión D2D (por defecto). Este selector está destinado principalmente para permitir plug-ins de antigua generación imprimir dentro de tareas de impresión 4D en aplicaciones 4D en Windows. | | Print preview option | 18 | (sólo Windows) *valor1*: formato a utilizar para las vistas previas de impresión en Windows. Valores disponibles: kp preview automatic (por defecto): utiliza la impresora y el visor XPS si están disponibles, en caso contrario utiliza la impresora y el visor PDF si están disponibles, en caso contrario generar un error. kp preview XPS: utiliza la impresora y el visor XPS si están disponibles, en caso contrario generar un error. kp preview PDF: utiliza la impresora y el visor PDF si están disponibles; de lo contrario, se generará un error. *valor2* (sólo se puede utilizar con [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md)): formato de vista previa de impresión utilizado realmente en Windows (puede diferir del *valor1* dependiendo de la configuración). Valores disponibles: kp preview none: ningún formato disponible. kp preview XPS: impresora y visor XPS utilizados. kp preview PDF: impresora y visor PDF utilizados. | -Una vez fijado utilizando este comando, una opción de impresión se conservará durante toda la sesión para toda la aplicación 4D. Será utilizada por los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) y [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) y [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md), así como también para todas las impresiones 4D, incluyendo en modo Diseño. +Una vez fijado utilizando este comando, una opción de impresión se conservará durante toda la sesión para toda la aplicación 4D. Será utilizada por los comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) y [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) y [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md), así como también para todas las impresiones 4D, incluyendo en modo Diseño. **Notas:** @@ -79,6 +79,6 @@ Si el valor pasado por una *opción* es incorrecto o si no está disponible en l [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) *Opciones de impresión* -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT OPTION VALUES](print-option-values.md) [SET CURRENT PRINTER](set-current-printer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md index 67f6d7b46cf23f..ce798205e1aed7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descripción -El comando SET PRINTABLE MARGIN \[#descv\]permite asignar los valores de varias márgenes de impresión utilizando los comandos [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). +El comando SET PRINTABLE MARGIN \[#descv\]permite asignar los valores de varias márgenes de impresión utilizando los comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) y [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). Puede pasar uno de los siguientes valores en los parámetros *izquierda*, *superior*, *derecha* e *inferior*: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ El siguiente ejemplo le permite obtener el tamaño del papel: [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md index 869f077b92bfb6..f3b540e32c0f0b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando SET TIMER permite activar el evento de formulario On Timer y fijar, para el proceso y formulario actual, el número de tics (1 tic = 1/60 de segundo) entre cada evento de formulario On Timer. -**Nota:** para mayor información sobre este evento de formulario, consulte la descripción del comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). +**Nota:** para mayor información sobre este evento de formulario, consulte la descripción del comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Este comando no tendrá efecto si se llama en un contexto en el que no muestra un formulario. @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ Imaginemos que usted quiere, cuando un formulario aparece en pantalla, que el or #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [REDRAW](redraw.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md index aadfefdae0028a..dc122b2e6f9880 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando devuelve la siguiente información: -| **Propiedad** | **Subpropiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | **Ejemplo** | -| ----------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | cadena | El nombre de la cuenta para el usuario actual. Normalmente se usa para identificar una cuenta en el directorio. | "msmith" | | -| cores | número | Número total de núcleos. En el caso de máquinas virtuales, la cantidad total de núcleos asignados. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | número | Número total de hilos. | 8 | | -| machineName | cadena | El nombre de la máquina como se define en los parámetros de red del sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | booleano | Truesi 4D está emulado a través de Rosetta en macOS, False en caso contrario (no emulado o en Windows). | True | | -| model | cadena | Nombre del modelo del ordenador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | colección | Direcciones de red físicas y activas únicamente | | | -| ipAddresses | colección | | | | -| ip | cadena | La dirección de la interfaz de red | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | cadena | El tipo de la interfaz de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | cadena | El nombre de la interfaz. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | cadena | El tipo de interfaz (note que el tipo "ethernet" se ofrece para interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | cadena | La versión del sistema operativo y el número de compilación (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | | -| osLanguage | cadena | Idioma establecido por el usuario actual del sistema. Expresado en el estándar definido por el RFC 3066\. Ver *Códigos del lenguaje* en el manual de Diseño para obtener una lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | número | El volumen de almacenamiento de memoria (en kilobytes) disponible en la máquina. | 16777216 | | -| processor | cadena | El nombre, tipo y velocidad del procesador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | número | El tiempo total (en segundos) desde que se inició la máquina. | 3600 | | -| userName | cadena | El usuario actual en la máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como el nombre a mostrar (es decir, al iniciar sesión en su ordenador). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | número | El espacio restante que se puede usar. | 524288 | | -| capacity | número | Volumen total posible (en kilobytes). | 1048576 | | -| disk | objeto \| colección (Mac únicamente) | | | | -| description | cadena | Un breve resumen que describe el disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID en Mac y disco físico en Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | número | La capacidad total (en kilobytes) del disco | 104857600 | | -| interface | cadena | El tipo de interfaz en la máquina. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI", etc. | | -| fileSystem | cadena | El sistema de archivos utilizado por el sistema operativo para almacenar y recuperar archivos en el disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | cadena | El directorio en el sistema de archivos actualmente accesible en el que está montado un sistema de archivos adicional (es decir, conectado lógicamente). Tenga en cuenta que esto está en formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | cadena | solo en Mac - nombre del volumen | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Propiedad | | | Tipo | Descripción | Ejemplo | +|-------------------|--------------|-------------|--------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | cadena | El nombre de la cuenta para el usuario actual. Normalmente se usa para identificar una cuenta en el directorio. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | número | Número total de núcleos. En el caso de máquinas virtuales, la cantidad total de núcleos asignados. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | número | Número total de hilos. | 8 | +| machineName | | | cadena | El nombre de la máquina como se define en los parámetros de red del sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | booleano | Truesi 4D está emulado a través de Rosetta en macOS, False en caso contrario (no emulado o en Windows). | True | +| model | | | cadena | Nombre del modelo del ordenador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | colección | Direcciones de red físicas y activas únicamente | | +| | ipAddresses | | colección | | | +| | | ip | cadena | La dirección de la interfaz de red | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | cadena | El tipo de la interfaz de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | cadena | El nombre de la interfaz. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | cadena | El tipo de interfaz (note que el tipo "ethernet" se ofrece para interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | cadena | La versión del sistema operativo y el número de compilación (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | +| osLanguage | | | cadena | Idioma establecido por el usuario actual del sistema. Expresado en el estándar definido por el RFC 3066. Ver Códigos del lenguaje en el manual de Diseño para obtener una lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | número | El volumen de almacenamiento de memoria (en kilobytes) disponible en la máquina. | 16777216 | +| processor | | | cadena | El nombre, tipo y velocidad del procesador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | número | El tiempo total (en segundos) desde que se inició la máquina. | 3600 | +| userName | | | cadena | El usuario actual en la máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como el nombre a mostrar (es decir, al iniciar sesión en su ordenador). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | número | El espacio restante que se puede usar. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | número | Volumen total posible (en kilobytes). | 1048576 | +| | disk | | objeto \| colección (Mac únicamente) | | | +| | | description | cadena | Un breve resumen que describe el disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID en Mac y disco físico en Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | número | La capacidad total (en kilobytes) del disco | 104857600 | +| | | interface | cadena | El tipo de interfaz en la máquina. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI", etc. | +| | fileSystem | | cadena | El sistema de archivos utilizado por el sistema operativo para almacenar y recuperar archivos en el disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | cadena | El directorio en el sistema de archivos actualmente accesible en el que está montado un sistema de archivos adicional (es decir, conectado lógicamente). Tenga en cuenta que esto está en formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | cadena | solo en Mac - nombre del volumen | "iMac-27-Program6" | + (\*) Para determinar solo la plataforma que se utiliza, hay dos comandos disponibles: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) y [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -67,12 +68,80 @@ El siguiente código en una máquina Windows: devuelve un objeto que contiene la siguiente información: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":False,        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### Ver también -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md index 1bad13293cf0ee..ff10e81b3f987c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ Es recomendable llamar este comando dentro del marco del evento de formulario On #### Ver también -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md index 5319bb305785ba..6831c7ce07fdf7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ La variable del sistema OK se define en 0 si se ha alcanzado el tiempo de espera #### Ver también -[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[FORM Event](../commands/form-event.md) *Gestión programada de áreas web* [WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR](wa-open-web-inspector.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md index 438827bd9167b7..a1c846914ce3b8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ title: Índice [`Cache info`](../commands-legacy/cache-info.md)
    [`Call chain`](../commands-legacy/call-chain.md)
    -[`CALL FORM`](../commands-legacy/call-form.md)
    +[`CALL FORM`](call-form.md)
    [`CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER`](../commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md)
    [`CALL WORKER`](../commands-legacy/call-worker.md)
    [`CANCEL`](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)
    @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ title: Índice [`Command name`](../commands-legacy/command-name.md)
    [`Compact data file`](../commands-legacy/compact-data-file.md)
    [`Compare strings`](../commands-legacy/compare-strings.md)
    -[`Compile project`](../commands-legacy/compile-project.md)
    +[`Compile project`](compile-project.md)
    [`COMPONENT LIST`](../commands-legacy/component-list.md)
    [`COMPRESS BLOB`](../commands-legacy/compress-blob.md)
    [`CONFIRM`](../commands-legacy/confirm.md)
    @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ title: Índice [`Delete string`](../commands-legacy/delete-string.md)
    [`DELETE USER`](../commands-legacy/delete-user.md)
    [`DESCRIBE QUERY EXECUTION`](../commands-legacy/describe-query-execution.md)
    -[`DIALOG`](../commands-legacy/dialog.md)
    +[`DIALOG`](dialog.md)
    [`DIFFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/difference.md)
    [`DISABLE MENU ITEM`](../commands-legacy/disable-menu-item.md)
    [`Discover data key`](../commands-legacy/discover-data-key.md)
    @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ title: Índice [`Euro converter`](../commands-legacy/euro-converter.md)
    [`EXECUTE FORMULA`](../commands-legacy/execute-formula.md)
    [`EXECUTE METHOD`](../commands-legacy/execute-method.md)
    -[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/execute-method-in-subform.md)
    +[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](execute-method-in-subform.md)
    [`EXECUTE ON CLIENT`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-client.md)
    [`Execute on server`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-server.md)
    [`Exp`](../commands-legacy/exp.md)
    @@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ title: Índice [`Font file`](../commands-legacy/font-file.md)
    [`FONT LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-list.md)
    [`FONT STYLE LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-style-list.md)
    -[`Form`](../commands-legacy/form.md)
    +[`Form`](form.md)
    [`FORM Convert to dynamic`](../commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md)
    -[`FORM EDIT`](../commands-legacy/form-edit.md)
    -[`FORM Event`](../commands-legacy/form-event.md)
    -[`Form event code`](../commands-legacy/form-event-code.md)
    +[`FORM EDIT`](form-edit.md)
    +[`FORM Event`](form-event.md)
    +[`Form event code`](form-event-code.md)
    [`FORM FIRST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-first-page.md)
    [`FORM Get color scheme`](../commands-legacy/form-get-color-scheme.md)
    [`FORM Get current page`](../commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md)
    @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ title: Índice [`FORM GET VERTICAL RESIZING`](../commands-legacy/form-get-vertical-resizing.md)
    [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md)
    [`FORM LAST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-last-page.md)
    -[`FORM LOAD`](../commands-legacy/form-load.md)
    +[`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md)
    [`FORM NEXT PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-next-page.md)
    [`FORM PREVIOUS PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md)
    [`FORM SCREENSHOT`](../commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md)
    @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ title: Índice [`METHOD GET NAMES`](../commands-legacy/method-get-names.md)
    [`METHOD Get path`](../commands-legacy/method-get-path.md)
    [`METHOD GET PATHS`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths.md)
    -[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths-form.md)
    +[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](method-get-paths-form.md)
    [`METHOD OPEN PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-open-path.md)
    [`METHOD RESOLVE PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-resolve-path.md)
    [`METHOD SET ACCESS MODE`](../commands-legacy/method-set-access-mode.md)
    @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ title: Índice [`OBJECT GET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-get-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-get-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT Get style sheet`](../commands-legacy/object-get-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](object-get-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md)
    [`OBJECT Get subform container value`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT Get text orientation`](../commands-legacy/object-get-text-orientation.md)
    @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ title: Índice [`OBJECT SET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-set-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-set-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT SET STYLE SHEET`](../commands-legacy/object-set-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](object-set-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`](../commands-legacy/object-set-text-orientation.md)
    [`OBJECT SET THREE STATES CHECKBOX`](../commands-legacy/object-set-three-states-checkbox.md)
    @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ title: Índice [`POST KEY`](../commands-legacy/post-key.md)
    [`POST OUTSIDE CALL`](../commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md)
    [`PREVIOUS RECORD`](../commands-legacy/previous-record.md)
    -[`Print form`](../commands-legacy/print-form.md)
    +[`Print form`](print-form.md)
    [`PRINT LABEL`](../commands-legacy/print-label.md)
    [`Print object`](../commands-legacy/print-object.md)
    [`PRINT OPTION VALUES`](../commands-legacy/print-option-values.md)
    @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ title: Índice [`Sequence number`](../commands-legacy/sequence-number.md)
    [`Session`](session.md)
    [`Session info`](session-info.md) - **new 4D 20 R7**
    -[`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)
    +[`Session storage`](session-storage.md)
    [`SET ABOUT`](../commands-legacy/set-about.md)
    [`SET ALLOWED METHODS`](../commands/set-allowed-methods.md)
    [`SET APPLICATION COLOR SCHEME`](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..c30de2e84fd991 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +--- +id: compile-project +title: Compile project +slug: /commands/compile-project +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ----------- | ----------------------- | - | ------------------------------------------------------- | +| projectFile | 4D.File | → | .4DProject file to compile | +| options | Object | → | Object that specifies compilation options | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Object containing information on the compilation status | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | ---------------------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of `type` "formObjectExpression" | + +
    + +#### Descripción + +**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, check the [Compilation page](../Project/compiler.md). + +By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Settings. You can override them by passing an *options* parameter. Se soportan las siguientes sintaxis: + +- **Compile project**(): compiles the opened project using the options defined in the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*options*): compiles the opened project. The *options* defined override the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject using the options defined in the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*; *options*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject and the *options* defined override the Structure Settings + +**Note:** Binary databases cannot be compiled using this command. + +Unlike the Compiler window, this command requires that you explicitly designate the component(s) to compile. When compiling a project with **Compile project**, you need to declare its components using the *components* property of the *options* parameter. Keep in mind that the components must already be compiled (binary components are supported). + +The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the [build application](../Desktop/building.md) feature. + +If you pass an empty collection in *targets*, **Compile project** will execute a syntax check without compiling. + +Compilation errors, if any, are returned as objects in the *errors* collection. + +**Note:** You cannot call this command when another compilation is running (for example, a compilation launched from the Compilation window). + +##### options Parameter + +The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| components | Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | +| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| generateSymbols | Boolean | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | +| generateSyntaxFile | Boolean | True to generate a [syntax file for code completion](../settings/general.md).md#generate-syntax-file-for-code-completion-when-compiled) in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | +| generateTypingMethods | Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | +| plugins | 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | +| targets | Colección de cadenas | Possible values: "x86_64_generic", "arm64_macOS_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | +| typeInference | Text | "all": The compiler deduces the types of all variables not explicitly declared, "locals": The compiler deduces the types of local variables not explicitly declared, "none": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code (legacy mode), "direct": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code ([direct typing](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing)). | +| warnings | Colección de objetos | Defines the warnings state | +| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | +| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | +| \[\].enabled | Boolean | Warning activation state | + +**Note:** When the *warnings* attribute is not defined in the *options* object, the **Compile project** command uses the default warning generation statuses defined in the settings. + +##### Resultado + +The object returned by **Compile project** has up to three properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | Boolean | True si la acción guardar tiene éxito, false en caso contrario. | +| errors | Colección de objetos | **Available only in case of error or warning**. Collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | +| \[\].isError | Boolean | Error if True, warning otherwise | +| \[\].message | Text | Mensaje de error | +| \[\].code | Object | [objeto código](#code-object) | +| \[\].line | Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | +| \[\].lineInFile | Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | +| symbols | Object | **Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** | +| symbols.interprocessVariables | Object | List of all interprocess variables | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.variables | Collection | Colección de [objetos variables](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.processVariables | Object | List of all process variables | +| symbols.processVariables.variables | Collection | Colección de [objetos variables](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.processVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.localVariables | Colección de objetos | List of local variables per method | +| symbols.localVariables[].code | Object | [objeto código](#code-object) | +| symbols.localVariables[].variables | Collection | Colección de [objetos variables](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.methods | Colección de objetos | List of methods | +| symbols.methods\[\].code | Object | [objeto código](#code-object) | +| symbols.methods\[\].callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | +| symbols.methods\[\].params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | +| symbols.methods\[\]. threadSafe | Boolean | Indicates if this method is thread safe | + +For more information, see [Compilation tools](../Project/compiler.md#compilation-tools). + +###### variable objects + +`interprocessVariables.variables` and `processVariables.variables` contain objects with the following structure: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Name of the variable | +| type | number | Type of the variable (like Value type command) | +| arrayDimension | number | For arrays only: 1 for mono dimension arrays, 2 for two-dimension arrays | +| code | Object | For process and interprocess variables: descriptor of where the variable has been defined | + +###### code object + +The `code` property in `methods.code` and `errors.code` is an object with the following properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formMethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document), "class", "classFunction", "formObjectExpression" (for errors occuring in expressions associated to form objects) | +| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | +| file | 4D.File | Method file | +| | | **Returned depending on the value of the `type` property:** | +| methodName | Text | Métodos proyecto | +| tabla | Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | +| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | +| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | +| propertyName | Text | Form object property name (returned for a form object expression) | +| className | Text | Class name | +| functionName | Text | Nombre de la función de clase | +| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | + +#### Ejemplos + +To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + $status:=Compile project +``` + +On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile a project other than the current project: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $projectFile: 4D.File + $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") + $status:=Compile project($projectFile) +``` + +Compile a project and declare its component: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $component : 4D.File + var $options:={} + $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") + $options.components:=New collection($component) + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: + +```4d +var $options:={} +$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) +$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) +var $result:=Compile project($options) +``` + +#### Ver también + +[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..a6e1282b01a124 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +--- +id: dialog +title: DIALOG +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------------ | - | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Tabla | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of table or project form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| \* | Operador | → | Use the same process | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descripción + +The **DIALOG** command presents the *form* to the user, along with *formData* parameter(s) (optional). + +This command is designed to work with customized and advanced user interfaces based on forms. You can use it to display information coming from the database or other locations, or to provide data entry features. Unlike [ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](../commands-legacy/modify-record.md), **DIALOG** gives you full control over the form, its contents and the navigation and validation buttons. + +This command is typically called along with the [Open form window](../commands-legacy/open-form-window.md) to display sophisticated forms, as shown in the following example: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) + +The **DIALOG** command can also be used instead of [ALERT](../commands-legacy/alert.md), [CONFIRM](../commands-legacy/confirm.md) or [Request](../commands-legacy/request.md) when the information to be presented or gathered is more complex than those commands can manage. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form (project form or table form) to use; +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use; +- an object containing a description of the form to use. + +Optionally, you can pass parameter(s) to the *form* using a "form data" object. Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you use a form data object containing {"version";"12"}, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: + +```4d + $v:=Form.version //"12" + Form.version:=13 +``` + +To fill the "form data" object, you have two possibilities: + +- use the *formData* parameter. Using a local variable for *formData* allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. Moreover, since objects are passed by reference, if the user modifies a property value in the form, it will automatically be saved in the object itself. + +- [associate a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), in which case 4D will automatically instantiate an object of this class when the form will be loaded. The object properties and functions will be automatically available through the object returned by [Form](form.md). You could write for example `Form.myFunction()`. + +:::note + +- The *formData* parameter has priority over a form class (the class object is not instantiated if a *formData* parameter is passed). +- If you do not pass the *formData* parameter (or if you pass an undefined object) and no user class is associated to the form, **DIALOG** creates a new empty object bound to the *form*. + +::: + +The dialog is closed by the user either with an "accept" action (triggered by the ak accept standard action, the Enter key, or the [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command), or with a "cancel" action (triggered by the ak cancel standard action, the Escape key, or the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command). An accept action will set the OK system variable to 1, while a cancel action will set OK to 0\. + +Keep in mind that validation does not equal saving: if the dialog includes fields, you must explicitly call the [SAVE RECORD](../commands-legacy/save-record.md) command to save any data that has been modified. + +If you pass the optional *\** parameter, the form is loaded and displayed in the last open window of the current process and the command finishes its execution while leaving the active form on the screen.\ +This form then reacts “normally” to user actions and is closed using a standard action or when 4D code related to the form (object method or form method) calls the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. If the current process terminates, the forms created in this way are automatically closed in the same way as if a [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command had been called. This opening mode is particularly useful for displaying a floating palette with a document, without necessarily requiring another process. + +**Notas:** + +- You can combine the use of the **DIALOG**(form;\*) syntax with the [CALL FORM](call-form.md) command to establish communication between the forms. +- You must create a window before calling the **DIALOG**(form;\*) statement. It is not possible to use the current dialog window in the process nor the window created by default for each process. Otherwise, error -9909 is generated. +- When the *\** parameter is used, the window is closed automatically following a standard action or a call to the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. You do not have to manage the closing of the window itself. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +The following example can be used to create a tool palette: + +```4d + //Display tool palette + $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) + DIALOG("tools";*) //Give back the control immediately + //Display main document windowl + $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) + DIALOG("doc") +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some [Form](form.md) object properties to variables: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +The following example uses the path to a .json form to display the records in an employee list: + +```4d + Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) + ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) + DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) +``` + +which displays: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) + +#### Ejemplo 4 + +The following example uses a .json file as an object and modifies a few properties: + +```4d + var $form : Object + $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) + $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" + $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" + $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" + Open form window($form;Plain form window) + DIALOG($form;*) +``` + +The altered form is displayed with the title, logo and border modified: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) + +#### System variables and sets + +After a call to **DIALOG**, if the dialog is accepted, OK is set to 1; if it is canceled, OK is set to 0. + +#### Ver también + +[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md)\ +[ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md)\ +[CALL FORM](call-form.md)\ +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[Form](form.md)\ +[Open window](../commands-legacy/open-window.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..bfa7e6c8757b0c --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +id: form-edit +title: FORM EDIT +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* )
    **FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ; *object* ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ----- | - | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Tabla | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text | → | Form name | +| object | Text | → | Form object name or group name | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | ----------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of *object* parameter | + +
    + +#### Descripción + +The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected.The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected.The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected.The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected. Note that you must have access to the Design environment, otherwise the error -9804 ("Cannot open form") is generated. + +The command is asynchronous: it returns immediately to the calling method and does not wait for the form to be open. + +If you pass the optional *aTable* parameter, you indicate the table associated with *form*. If you omit this parameter, you indicate that *form* is a project form. + +In the *form* parameter, pass the name of the form to open in the 4D Form editor. If you pass a name that does not exist, the error 81 is generated ("Form not found"). + +Optionnally, you can pass in *object* the name of a form object or of a group to select automatically in the 4D Form editor. This feature allows you, for example, to save time when debugging a form based upon expression errors returned by [`Compile project`](compile-project.md). + +If *object* is not found in *form*, the form is opened and no error is returned. + +Pass an empty string in *object* to deselect all objects in the open *form*. + +#### Ejemplos + +To open the *Contacts* table *Address* form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") +``` + +To open the *ContactList* project form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList") +``` + +To open the *ContactPage* project form with "name-input" object selected: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList"; "name-input") +``` + +#### Ver también + +*Design Object Access Commands* diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..9a5260850bf18c --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descripción + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Ejemplo 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Ejemplo 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 9 + +Este ejemplo muestra cómo responder a un evento de cierre de ventana con un formulario utilizado para la entrada de datos de registro: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Ejemplo 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Ejemplo 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### Ver también + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..b48a1c75f55fbc --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------ | - | ------------- | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Objeto evento | + + + +#### Descripción + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**Objeto devuelto** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | Nombre del objeto que desencadena el evento - No se incluye si el evento lo desencadena el formulario | +| code | integer | Valor numérico del evento de formulario. | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### Ver también + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..e24039e0c73698 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +--- +id: form-load +title: FORM LOAD +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM LOAD** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------------ | - | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| aTable | Tabla | → | Table form to load (if omitted, load a project form) | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of form (project or table), ora POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to open | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| \* | Operador | → | If passed = command applies to host database when it is executed from a component (parameter ignored outside of this context) | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descripción + +The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents.The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents.The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents.The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents. There can only be one current form per process. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use, or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +When the command is executed from a component, it loads the component forms by default. If you pass the *\** parameter, the method loads the host database forms. + +##### formData + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. +Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +##### Printing data + +In order to be able to execute this command, a print job must be opened beforehand using the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command. The [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command makes an implicit call to the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command, so in this context it is necessary to execute **FORM LOAD**. Once loaded, this *form* becomes the current printing form. All the object management commands, and in particular the [Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) command, work with this form. + +If a printing form has already been loaded beforehand (via a previous call to the **FORM LOAD** command), it is closed and replaced by *form*. You can open and close several project forms in the same print session. Changing the printing form via the **FORM LOAD** command does not generate page breaks. It is up to the developer to manage page breaks. + +Only the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md) is executed during the opening of the project form, as well as any object methods of the form. Other form events are ignored. The [`On Unload` form event](../Events/onUnload.md) is executed at the end of printing. + +To preserve the graphic consistency of forms, it is recommended to apply the "Printing" appearance property regardless of the platform. + +The current printing form is automatically closed when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command is called. + +##### Parsing form contents + +This consists in loading an off-screen form for parsing purposes. To do this, just call **FORM LOAD** outside the context of a print job. In this case, form events are not executed. + +**FORM LOAD** can be used with the [FORM GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md) commands in order to perform any type of processing on the form contents. You must then call the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command in order to release the form from memory. + +Note that in all cases, the form on screen remains loaded (it is not affected by the **FORM LOAD** command) so it is not necessary to reload it after calling [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md). + +**Reminder:** In the off-screen context, do not forget to call [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) to avoid any risk of memory overflow. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +Calling a project form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD("print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +Calling a table form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +Parsing of form contents to carry out processing on text input areas: + +```4d + FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") +  // selection of form without execution of events or methods + FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) + For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) +    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) +  //… processing +    End if + End for + FORM UNLOAD //do not forget to unload the form +``` + +#### Ejemplo 4 + +The following example returns the number of objects on a JSON form: + +```4d + ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //sort form items into arrays + ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) + ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) +  + FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //load the form + FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) +  + ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //return the object count +``` + +the result shown is: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) + +#### Ejemplo 5 + +You want to print a form containing a list box. During the *on load* event, you want the contents of the list box to be modified. + +1\. In the printing method, you write: + +```4d + var $formData : Object + var $over : Boolean + var $full : Boolean +  + OPEN PRINTING JOB + $formData:=New object + $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() + ... //fill the collection with data +  + FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //store the collection in $formData + $over:=False + Repeat +    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // the datasource of this "LB" listbox is Form.LBcollection +    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) +    If(Not($over)) +       PAGE BREAK +    End if + Until($over) + FORM UNLOAD + CLOSE PRINTING JOB +``` + +2\. In the form method, you can write: + +```4d + var $o : Object + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection is available +          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) +       End for each + End case +``` + +#### Ver también + +[Current form name](../commands-legacy/current-form-name.md)\ +[FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md)\ +[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md)\ +[OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md)\ +[Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..be64ba1f759f40 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +--- +id: form +title: Formulario +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form** : Object + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------ | - | ----------------------------- | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Form data of the current form | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | ------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Form class support | + +
    + +#### Descripción + +The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor).The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor).The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor).The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor). 4D automatically associates an object to the current form in the following cases: + +- the current form has been loaded by one of the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, +- the current form is a subform, +- a table form is currently displayed on screen. + +##### Commands (DIALOG...) + +If the current form is being displayed or loaded by a call to the [DIALOG](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, **Form** returns either: + +- the *formData* object passed as parameter to this command, if any, +- or, an instantiated object of the [user class associated to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), if any, +- or, an empty object. + +##### Subformulario + +If the current form is a subform, the returned object depends on the parent container variable: + +- **Form** returns the object associated with the table form displayed on screen.\ + In the context of an input form displayed from an output form (i.e. after a double-click on a record), the returned object contains the following property: + +```4d + (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> +``` + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has not been typed as an object, **Form** returns an empty object, maintained by 4D in the subform context. + +For more information, please refer to the *Page subforms* section. + +##### Table form + +**Form** returns the object associated with the table form displayed on screen. **Form** returns the object associated with the table form displayed on screen.\ +In the context of an input form displayed from an output form (i.e. after a double-click on a record), the returned object contains the following property: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| parentForm | object | **Form** object of the parent output form | + +#### Ejemplo + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some Form object properties to inputs: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Ver también + +[DIALOG](dialog.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md index a93bd6d532dcd3..df2b6773ac2fc5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Si la fórmula se crea en un componente, puede considerar utilizar el parámetro | Constante | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (por defecto) La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto en el que se creó | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto de la base de datos local | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (por defecto) La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto en el que se creó | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto de la base de datos local | #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md index bb5f4646cfb7c4..37e7e4cd2c1e1f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ El comando admite los siguientes almacenes de datos remotos: | Tipo de almacén de datos | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Aplicación 4D remota | Una aplicación 4D disponible como datastore remoto, es decir
  • : su servidor web se ejecuta con http y/o https activados,
  • su datastore está expuesto a REST (opción [**Exponer como servidor REST**](REST/configuration.md#starting-the-rest-server) activada).
    • Puede exigirse una licencia (ver nota) | +| Aplicación 4D remota | Una aplicación 4D disponible como datastore remoto, es decir:
  • su servidor web se ejecuta con http y/o https activados,
  • su datastore está expuesto a REST (opción [**Exponer como servidor REST**](REST/configuration.md#starting-the-rest-server) activada).
    • Puede exigirse una licencia (ver nota) | | [Aplicación Qodly](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/cloud/getStarted) | Una aplicación Qodly Server que le proporcionó un **api endpoint** y una **api key** válida asociada a un rol definido. Debe pasar la llave api en la propiedad `api-key` del objeto *connectionInfo*. A continuación, podrá trabajar con el objeto datastore devuelto, con todos los privilegios concedidos al rol asociado. | :::note @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Pase en *connectionInfo* un objeto que describa el almacén de datos remoto al q | hostname | Text | Nombre o dirección IP de la base de datos remota + ":" + número de puerto (el número de puerto es obligatorio) | API Endpoint de la instancia Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nombre de usuario | - (ignorado) | | contraseña | Text | Contraseña del usuario | - (ignorado) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | - (ignorado) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | - (ignorado) | | tls | Boolean | True para utilizar una conexión segura(1). Si se omite, es false por defecto. Se recomienda utilizar una conexión segura siempre que sea posible. | True para usar conexión segura. Si se omite, es false por defecto | | type | Text | debe ser "4D Server" | - (ignorado) | | api-key | Text | - (ignorado) | API key de la instancia Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..d80a38363d0121 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +--- +id: print-form +title: Print form +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Print form** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*} {; *areaStart*{; *areaEnd*}} ) : Integer + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Tabla | → | Table owning the form, or Default table, if omitted | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of the form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to print | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| areaStart | Integer | → | Print marker, or Beginning area (if areaEnd is specified) | +| areaEnd | Integer | → | Ending area (if areaStart specified) | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Height of printed section | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descripción + +**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*.**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*.**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*.**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*. It is usually used to print very complex reports that require complete control over the printing process. **Print form** does not do any record processing, break processing or page breaks. These operations are your responsibility. **Print form** prints fields and variables in a fixed size frame only. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use (see *Form file path*), or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +Since **Print form** does not issue a page break after printing the form, it is easy to combine different forms on the same page. Thus, **Print form** is perfect for complex printing tasks that involve different tables and different forms. To force a page break between forms, use the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. In order to carry printing over to the next page for a form whose height is greater than the available space, call the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command before the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. + +Three different syntaxes may be used: + +- **Detail area printing** + +Sintaxis: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm) +``` + +In this case, **Print form** only prints the Detail area (the area between the Header line and the Detail line) of the form. + +- **Form area printing** + +Sintaxis: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;marker) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section designated by the *marker*. Pass one of the constants of the *Form Area* theme in the marker parameter: + +| Constante | Tipo | Valor | +| ------------- | ------- | ----- | +| Form break0 | Integer | 300 | +| Form break1 | Integer | 301 | +| Form break2 | Integer | 302 | +| Form break3 | Integer | 303 | +| Form break4 | Integer | 304 | +| Form break5 | Integer | 305 | +| Form break6 | Integer | 306 | +| Form break7 | Integer | 307 | +| Form break8 | Integer | 308 | +| Form break9 | Integer | 309 | +| Form detail | Integer | 0 | +| Form footer | Integer | 100 | +| Form header | Integer | 200 | +| Form header1 | Integer | 201 | +| Form header10 | Integer | 210 | +| Form header2 | Integer | 202 | +| Form header3 | Integer | 203 | +| Form header4 | Integer | 204 | +| Form header5 | Integer | 205 | +| Form header6 | Integer | 206 | +| Form header7 | Integer | 207 | +| Form header8 | Integer | 208 | +| Form header9 | Integer | 209 | + +- **Section printing** + +Sintaxis: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section included between the *areaStart* and *areaEnd* parameters. The values entered must be expressed in pixels. + +**formData** + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +**Return value** + +The value returned by **Print form** indicates the height of the printable area. This value will be automatically taken into account by the [Get printed height](../commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md) command. + +The printer dialog boxes do not appear when you use **Print form**. The report does not use the print settings that were assigned to the form in the Design environment. There are two ways to specify the print settings before issuing a series of calls to **Print form**: + +- Call [PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md). In this case, you let the user choose the settings. +- Call [SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) and [GET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/get-print-option.md). In this case, print settings are specified programmatically. + +**Print form** builds each printed page in memory. Each page is printed when the page in memory is full or when you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md). To ensure the printing of the last page after any use of **Print form**, you must conclude with the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command (except in the context of an [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), see note). Otherwise, if the last page is not full, it stays in memory and is not printed. + +**Warning:** If the command is called in the context of a printing job opened with [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), you must NOT call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) for the last page because it is automatically printed by the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command. If you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) in this case, a blank page is printed. + +This command prints external areas and objects (for example, 4D Write or 4D View areas). The area is reset for each execution of the command. + +**Warning:** Subforms are not printed with **Print form**. To print only one form with such objects, use [PRINT RECORD](../commands-legacy/print-record.md) instead. + +**Print form** generates only one [`On Printing Detail` event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md) for the form method. + +**4D Server:** This command can be executed on 4D Server within the framework of a stored procedure. In this context: + +- Make sure that no dialog box appears on the server machine (except for a specific requirement). +- In the case of a problem concerning the printer (out of paper, printer disconnected, etc.), no error message is generated. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](../commands-legacy/print-selection.md) command would. However, the report uses one of two different forms, depending on whether the record is for a check or a deposit: + +```4d + QUERY([Register]) // Select the records + If(OK=1) +    ORDER BY([Register]) // Sort the records +    If(OK=1) +       PRINT SETTINGS // Display Printing dialog boxes +       If(OK=1) +          For($vlRecord;1;Records in selection([Register])) +             If([Register]Type ="Check") +                Print form([Register];"Check Out") // Use one form for checks +             Else +                Print form([Register];"Deposit Out") // Use another form for deposits +             End if +             NEXT RECORD([Register]) +          End for +          PAGE BREAK // Make sure the last page is printed +       End if +    End if + End if +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](../commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md) command. + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +This form is used as dialog, then printed with modifications: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) + +The form method: + +```4d + If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) +    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) +    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) + End if +``` + +The code that calls the dialog then prints its body: + +```4d + $formData:=New object + $formData.lastname:="Smith" + $formData.firstname:="john" + $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" + $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) + DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) + $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) +``` + +#### Ver también + +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md)\ +[PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md)\ +[SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md index 2093579ebf00d1..b545380389a0b5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs
    Historia -| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | -| ----------- | ------------------------------ | -| 20 R7 | Support of sessionID parameter | +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | -------------------------------- | +| 20 R7 | Support of *sessionID* parameter |
    @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ When executed on 4D in remote or local mode, `Process activity` always returns t The "sessions" property contains a collection of objects describing all running sessions on the server. For a description of session object properties, please refer to the [`Session info`](session-info.md) command. -:::note Notes +:::note Notas - You can get the object of a session using the [Session](session.md) command. - `Process activity` returns remote client sessions, stored procedure session and rest sessions but not Web sessions (limitation). @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ You want to get the collection of all user sessions:    var $o : Object  var $i : Integer - vat $processName;$userName : Text + var $processName;$userName : Text   $o:=Process activity //Get process & session info @@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ You want to get all processes related to the current session: #### Ver también -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [WEB Get server info](../commands-legacy/web-get-server-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md index e4ed13835c5647..c09bf3b894a7a7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Process info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    Historia - -| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | -| ----------- | -------------- | -| 20 R7 | Añadidos | - -
    - **Process info** ( *processNumber* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,6 +15,14 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | -------------- | +| 20 R7 | Añadidos | + +
    + #### Descripción El comando `Process info` devuelve un objeto que da información detallada sobre el proceso cuyo número se pasa en *processNumber*. Si pasa un número de proceso incorrecto, el comando devuelve un objeto null. @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ El objeto devuelto contiene las siguientes propiedades: | cpuTime | Real | Tiempo en ejecución (segundos) | | cpuUsage | Real | Porcentaje de tiempo dedicado a este proceso (entre 0 y 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Fecha y hora de creación del proceso | -| ID | Longint | ID único del proceso | +| ID | Integer | ID único del proceso | | name | Text | Nombre del proceso | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | apropiativo | Boolean | True si se ejecuta de forma apropiativa, false en caso contrario | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Estado actual. Valores posibles: ver abajo | +| state | Integer | Estado actual. Valores posibles: ver abajo | | systemID | Text | ID del proceso de usuario, proceso 4D o proceso de reserva | -| type | Longint | Tipo de proceso en ejecución. Valores posibles: ver abajo | +| type | Integer | Tipo de proceso en ejecución. Valores posibles: ver abajo | | visible | Boolean | True si es visible, false en caso contrario | - Valores posibles para "state": diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md index 9858efe703c7f4..b07449195e0223 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Nombre del proceso del que se desea obtener el número de proceso | | id | Text | → | ID del proceso del que se desea obtener el número de proceso | | \* | Operador | → | Devuelve el número de proceso del servidor | -| Resultado | Longint | ← | Process number | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md index 6e2399d3c3df47..87204e95a716fa 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Session info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    Historia - -| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | -| ----------- | -------------- | -| 20 R7 | Añadidos | - -
    - **Session info** ( *sessionId* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,24 +15,33 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R7 | Añadidos | + +
    + #### Descripción The `Session info` command returns an object describing the session whose ID you pass in the *sessionID* parameter.. If you pass an invalid *sessionID*, the command returns a null object. El objeto devuelto contiene las siguientes propiedades: -| Nombre de propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| ------------------- | --------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text (enum) | Session type. Possible values: "remote", "storedProcedure", "rest" | -| userName | Text | Nombre de usuario | -| machineName | Text | Name of the remote machine | -| systemUserName | Text | Name of the system session opened on the remote machine | -| IPAddress | Text | Dirección IP de la máquina remota | -| hostType | Text (enum) | Host type. Possible values: "windows", "mac", "browser" | -| creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of connection of the remote machine | -| state | Text (enum) | Session state. Possible values: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | Session UUID | -| persistentID | Text | ID persistente de la sesión | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Tipo de sesión: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`Session.userName`](../API/SessionClass.md#username)) | +| machineName | Text | Sesiones remotas: nombre de la máquina remota. Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | Sesiones remotas: nombre de la sesión del sistema abierta en la máquina remota. | +| IPAddress | Text | Dirección IP de la máquina remota | +| hostType | Text | Tipo de host: "windows" o "mac" | +| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | Estado de la sesión: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | +| ID | Text | Session UUID (same value as [`Session.id`](../API/SessionClass.md#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | :::note @@ -79,5 +80,7 @@ He aquí un ejemplo de objeto de salida: #### Ver también -[Session](../API/SessionClass.md) +[`Session` class](../API/SessionClass.md) +[Session](session.md) +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Process info](process-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..2af659218ad5e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +--- +id: session-storage +title: Session storage +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Session storage** ( *id* ) : Object + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| id | Text | → | Unique identifier (UUID) of the session | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Storage object of the session | + + + +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R6 | Añadidos | + +
    + +#### Descripción + +The **Session storage** command returns the storage object of the session whose unique identifier you passed in the *id* parameter. + +In *id*, pass the UUID of the session for which you want to get the storage. It is automatically assigned by 4D (4D Server or, for standalone sessions, 4D single-user) and is stored in the [**.id**](../API/SessionClass.md#id) property of the [session object](../API/SessionClass.md). If the session does not exist, the command returns **Null**. + +**Note:** You can get the session identifiers using the [Process activity](process-activity.md) command. + +The returned object is the [**.storage**](../API/SessionClass.md#storage) property of the session. It is a shared object used to store information available to all processes of the session. + +#### Ejemplo + +This method modifies the value of a "settings" property stored in the storage object of a specific session: + +```4d +  //Set storage for a session +  //The "Execute On Server" method property is set +  + #DECLARE($id : Text; $text : Text) + var $obj : Object +  + $obj:=Session storage($id) +  + If($obj.settings=Null) +    Use($obj) +       $obj.settings:=New shared object("text";$text) +    End use + Else +    Use($obj.settings) +       $obj.settings.text:=$text +    End use + End if +``` + +#### Ver también + +[Process activity](process-activity.md)\ +[Session](../API/SessionClass.md#session) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md index 09bc044af1c492..0a96f60c3b424a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | | 20 R5 | Soporte de cliente remoto y sesiones de procedimientos almacenados | | 18 R6 | Añadidos | @@ -31,11 +32,12 @@ Dependiendo del proceso desde el que se llame al comando, la sesión de usuario - una sesión web (cuando las [sesiones escalables están activadas](WebServer/sessions.md#enabling-sessions)), - una sesión de cliente remoto, -- la sesión de procedimientos almacenados. +- the stored procedures session, +- the *designer* session in a standalone application. -For more information, see the [Session types](../command/session.md-types) paragraph. +For more information, see the [Session types](../API/SessionClass.md#session-types) paragraph. -Si el comando se llama desde un contexto no soportado (aplicación monousuario, sesiones escalables desactivadas...), devuelve *Null*. +If the command is called from a non supported context (e.g. scalable sessions disabled), it returns *Null*. #### Sesiones web @@ -68,6 +70,10 @@ Todos los procesos de procedimientos almacenados comparten la misma sesión virt Para obtener información sobre la sesión de usuario virtual de los procedimientos almacenados, consulte la página [4D Server y lenguaje 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.en.html). +#### Standalone session + +The `Session` object is available from any process in standalone (single-user) applications so that you can write and test your client/server code using the `Session` object in your 4D development environment. + #### Ejemplo Ha definido el método `action_Session` con el atributo "Disponible a través de etiquetas 4D y URLs". Se llama al método introduciendo la siguiente URL en el navegador: @@ -92,6 +98,6 @@ IP:port/4DACTION/action_Session ### Ver también -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Session API](../API/SessionClass.md)\ [Web server user sessions](../WebServer/sessions.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/settings/web.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/settings/web.md index 4fafc128d30d5b..027214f4c5eb83 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/settings/web.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/settings/web.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Inicia y detiene el servidor REST. Ver [Configuración del servidor REST](../RES :::info Obsoleto -**Esta sección está obsoleta** a partir de 4D 20 R6. Si la configuración actual del proyecto es obsoleta y debe actualizarse, se mostrará esta sección, incluido el botón **Activar la autenticación REST mediante la función ds.authentify()** (ver más abajo). If your project is already compatible with the [Force login](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) mode, the section is missing and you can ignore this paragraph. +**Esta sección está obsoleta** a partir de 4D 20 R6. Si la configuración actual del proyecto es obsoleta y debe actualizarse, se mostrará esta sección, incluido el botón **Activar la autenticación REST mediante la función ds.authentify()** (ver más abajo). Si su proyecto ya es compatible con el modo [Force login](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode), la sección falta y puede ignorar este párrafo. ::: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md index 1d8b560760dd6d..b8c12c278c2d13 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ La siguiente tabla ilustra estos valores por defecto: | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------- | | Booleano | False | True | True (varía) | | Fecha | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (varía) | +| Integer | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (varía) | | Hora | 00:00:00 | 533161:41:59 | 249345:34:24 (varía) | | Picture | picture size=0 | picture size=0 | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | 1.250753659382e+243 | 1.972748538022e-217 (varía) | @@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ La siguiente tabla lista los tipos de datos básicos, los tipos de datos a los q | Tipos a convertir | en Cadena | en Número | en Fecha | en Hora | en Booleano | | ----------------- | --------- | --------- | -------- | ------- | ----------- | | String (1) | | Num | Fecha | Hora | Bool | -| Número (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Fecha | String | | | | Bool | -| Hora | String | | | | Bool | +| Número (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Fecha | Text | | | | Bool | +| Hora | Text | | | | Bool | | Boolean | | Num | | | | (1) Las cadenas formateadas en JSON pueden convertirse en datos escalares, objetos o colecciones, utilizando el comando `JSON Parse`. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md index 59132be1ba1b30..c64557c9c0d0ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Las siguientes secuencias de escape pueden utilizarse dentro de las cadenas: | Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | | ---------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetición | Cadena * Número | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetición | Cadena * Número | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | Cadena = Cadena | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdad | Cadena # Cadena | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 30a3e7e7bde016..645ad1aa96486d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Los mismos símbolos se utilizan a menudo para diferentes operaciones, dependien | Tipos de datos | Operación | Ejemplo | | -------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adición | 1 + 2 suma los números y da como resultado 3 | -| String | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | +| Text | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | | Fecha y Número | Adición de fecha | !1989-01-01! !1989-01-01! + 20 adds 20 days to the date January 1, 1989, and results in the date January 21, 1989 | ## Expresiones @@ -225,10 +225,10 @@ Se hace referencia a una expresión por el tipo de datos que devuelve. Hay vario | Expression | Tipo | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | +| “Hello” | Text | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | | 4 | Number | Se trata de una constante numérica, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Dos números, 4 y 2, se multiplican utilizando el operador de multiplicación (*). El resultado es el número 8. | | myButton | Number | Es una variable asociada a un botón. Devuelve el valor actual del botón: 1 si se ha hecho clic, 0 si no. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md index 961cf02ccb7d49..47de2bf4791639 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Puede asociar el `gotoPage` [acción estándar](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17 ## Propiedades soportadas -[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columnas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Consejo de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Filas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Acción estándar](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) +[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columnas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Soltable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Filas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Acción estándar](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md index d3d6f23a18d4d7..7f38265240055f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -329,6 +329,6 @@ Todos los botones comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) +- [Nombre de la ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (personalizado) - [Botón por defecto](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) (Plano, Clásico) - [Posición Título/Imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) - [Con menú emergente](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) (Barra de herramientas, Bisel, Bisel redondeado, OS X Degradado, OS X Texturizado, Office XP, Círculo, Personalizado) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index a66104b3ab00ac..436e469ff42a28 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Ejemplo con estados seleccionado / no seleccionado / subrayado: ### Bevel -The Bevel check box style combines the appearance of the [Regular](#regular) (*i.e.*, a rectangle with a descriptive title) style with the [Toolbar](#toolbar-button) style's behavior. +El estilo de casilla de selección Bevel combina la apariencia del estilo [Clásico ](#regular) (*es decir*, un rectángulo con un título descriptivo) con el comportamiento del estilo [Barra de herramientas](#toolbar-button). El estilo Bevel tiene un fondo gris claro con un título. Suele estar asociado a una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Ejemplo con estados seleccionado / no seleccionado / subrayado: ### Bevel redondeado -El estilo de casilla de selección Bevel redondeado es casi idéntico al estilo [Bevel](#bevel), excepto que, dependiendo del sistema operativo, las esquinas del botón pueden ser redondeadas. As with the Bevel style, the Rounded Bevel style combines the appearance of the [Regular](#regular) style with the [Toolbar](#toolbar-button) style's behavior. +El estilo de casilla de selección Bevel redondeado es casi idéntico al estilo [Bevel](#bevel), excepto que, dependiendo del sistema operativo, las esquinas del botón pueden ser redondeadas. Al igual que el estilo Bevel, el estilo Bevel redondeado combina la apariencia del estilo [Clásico](#regular) con el comportamiento del estilo [Barra de herramientas](#toolbar-button). El estilo Bevel redondeado tiene un fondo gris claro con un título. Suele estar asociado a una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Ejemplo en macOS: ### OS X Gradient -El estilo de casilla de selección OS X Gradient es casi idéntico al estilo [Bevel](#bevel), excepto que, dependiendo del sistema operativo, puede tener una apariencia de dos tonos. As with the Bevel style, the OS X Gradient style combines the appearance of the [Regular](#regular) style with the [Toolbar](#toolbar-button) style's behavior. +El estilo de casilla de selección OS X Gradient es casi idéntico al estilo [Bevel](#bevel), excepto que, dependiendo del sistema operativo, puede tener una apariencia de dos tonos. Al igual que el estilo Bevel, el estilo OS X Gradient combina la apariencia del estilo [Clásico](#regular) con el comportamiento del estilo [Barra de herramientas](#toolbar-button). El estilo Gradient OS X tiene un fondo gris claro con un título y se muestra como un botón de sistema de dos tonos en macOS. Suele estar asociado a una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ El estilo Gradient OS X tiene un fondo gris claro con un título y se muestra co ### OS X Texturizado -El estilo de casilla de selección OS X Textured es similar al estilo [Bevel](#bevel), excepto que, dependiendo del sistema operativo, puede tener una apariencia diferente. As with the Bevel style, the OS X Textured style combines the appearance of the [Regular](#regular) style with the [Toolbar](#toolbar-button) style's behavior. +El estilo de casilla de selección OS X Textured es similar al estilo [Bevel](#bevel), excepto que, dependiendo del sistema operativo, puede tener una apariencia diferente. Al igual que el estilo Bevel, el estilo OS X Textured combina la apariencia del estilo [Clásico](#regular) con el comportamiento del estilo [Barra de herramientas](#toolbar-button). Por defecto, el estilo OS X Textured aparece como: @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Por defecto, el estilo OS X Textured aparece como: ### Office XP -The Office XP check box style combines the appearance of the [Regular](#regular) style with the [Toolbar](#toolbar-button) style's behavior. +El estilo de casilla de selección Office XP combina la apariencia del estilo [Clásico](#regular) con el comportamiento del estilo [Barra de herramientas](#toolbar-button). Los colores (resaltado y fondo) de un botón con el estilo Office XP se basan en los colores del sistema. La apariencia del botón puede ser diferente cuando el cursor pasa por encima de él dependiendo del sistema operativo: @@ -348,9 +348,9 @@ El estilo de casilla de selección personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo pers - [Ruta de acceso fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Desplazamiento icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) -- [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) and [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) y [margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) -It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), that can be used in conjunction with a [4-state](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) [background picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname). +Suele asociarse a una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), que puede utilizarse junto con una [imagen de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) de [4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). #### Ejemplo JSON @@ -378,8 +378,8 @@ Todas las casillas de selección comparten un mismo conjunto de propiedades bás [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo de botón](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Cursiva](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Acceso directo](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Acción estándar](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) -Additional specific properties are available, depending on the [button style](#check-box-button-styles): +Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo de botón](#check-box-button-styles): -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) +- [Nombre de la ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (personalizado) - [Tres estados](properties_Display.md#three-states) (Plano, Clásico) - [Número de estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) - [Nombre de ruta de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) - [Título/Posición de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) (Botón de la barra de herramientas, Bisel, Bisel redondeado, OS X Degradado, OS X Texturizado, Office XP, Personalizado) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index fc62b3c2cb29b6..912abea3aa51a1 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades espe * **Arrays**: cada columna está ligada a un array 4D. Los list boxes basados en arrays pueden mostrarse como [cajas de lista jerárquicas](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). * **Selección** (**Selección actual** o **Selección con nombre**): cada columna está vinculada a una expresión (por ejemplo, un campo) que se evalúa para cada registro de la selección. * **Collection o Entity selection**: cada columna está ligada a una expresión que se evalúa para cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad de la selección de entidades. -> No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. +> > > No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. ### Gestión de list boxes @@ -190,15 +190,15 @@ Un list box está formado por uno o varios objetos columna que tienen propiedade ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/listbox_column.png) Puede definir para cada columna de list box de las propiedades estándar (texto, color de fondo, etc.); estas propiedades tienen prioridad sobre las del objeto list box. -> Puede definir el [tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) para las columnas de list box de tipo array (cadena, texto, número, fecha, hora, imagen, booleano u objeto). The use of object arrays requires a 4D View Pro licence (see [Object arrays in columns (4D View Pro)](#object-arrays-in-columns-4d-view-pro)). +> Puede definir el [tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) para las columnas de list box de tipo array (cadena, texto, número, fecha, hora, imagen, booleano u objeto). El uso de array de objetos requiere una licencia 4D View Pro (ver [Arrays de objetos en columnas (4D View Pro)](#object-arrays-in-columns-4d-view-pro)). ### Propiedades específicas de la columna -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternate Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Automatic Row Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Background Color Expression](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Choice List](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Data Type (selection and collection list box column)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Default Values](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Display Type](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Enterable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Entry Filter](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Excluded List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expression](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Expression Type (array list box column)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Footer](#list-box-footers) - [Header](#list-box-headers) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Maximum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Minimum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multi-style](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Number Format](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture Format](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Resizable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Required List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Row Background Color Array](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Row Font Color Array](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Row Style Array](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Save as](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Style Expression](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Text when False/Text when True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncate with ellipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Alignment](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) +[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternar color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Altura de fila automática](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Expresión del color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Tipo de datos (columna del list box de selección y colección)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Formato Fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Valores por defecto](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Tipo de pantalla](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Editable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Filtro de entrada](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Lista de excluidos](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expresión](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Tipo de expresión (columna array list box)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Footer](#list-box-footers) - [Encabezado](#list-box-headers) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho máximo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Ancho mínimo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multiestilo](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Formato numérico](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Formato de imagen](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Redimensionable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Lista obligatoria](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Array color de fondo de fila](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Array estilo de fila](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Guardar como](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Texto cuando False/Texto cuando True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncar con elipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Subraye](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Ajuste de texto](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) ## Encabezados de list box -> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los pies de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar pies](properties_Footers.md#display-footers). +> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los encabezados de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) del list box. Cuando se muestran los encabezados, puede seleccionar un encabezado en el editor de formularios haciendo clic en él cuando el objeto List box esté seleccionado: @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ Cuando el comando `OBJECT SET VISIBLE` se utiliza con un encabezado, se aplica a #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------ | -------------- | ---------------------------- | -| header | object | header properties and values | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------ | -------------- | ----------------------------------- | +| header | object | Propiedades y valores de encabezado | ### Propiedades específicas de los encabezados @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Cuando el comando `OBJECT SET VISIBLE` se utiliza con un encabezado, se aplica a [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Clase Css](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Icon Location](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-location) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Ruta de acceso](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Pies de list box -> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los encabezados de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) del list box. +> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los pies de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar pies](properties_Footers.md#display-footers). Los List box pueden contener "pies de página" no editables, que muestren información adicional. En el caso de los datos mostrados en forma de tabla, los pies de página suelen utilizarse para mostrar cálculos como los totales o los promedios. @@ -242,14 +242,14 @@ Cuando el comando `OBJECT SET VISIBLE` se utiliza con un pie de página, se apli #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------ | -------------- | ---------------------------- | -| footer | object | Footer properties and values | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------ | -------------- | --------------------------------------- | +| footer | object | Propiedades y valores del pie de página | ### Propiedades específicas de los pies -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Number Format](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture Format](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncate with ellipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable Calculation](properties_Object.md#variable-calculation) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Alignment](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) +[Formato alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato Fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Formato numérico](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Formato Imagen](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncar con elipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Subrayar](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Cálculo de variables](properties_Object.md#variable-calculation) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Ajustar palabras](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) ## Gestión de entrada @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en * **List box de tipo colección/selección de entidades**: las selecciones se gestionan a través de las propiedades del list box dedicado: * [Elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) es un objeto que recibirá el elemento/la entidad seleccionado(a) - * [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es una colección de elementos seleccionados + * [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es un objeto colección/selección de entidades de elementos seleccionados * [Posición del elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devuelve la posición del elemento o de la entidad seleccionada. * **List box de tipo array**: el comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` puede utilizarse para seleccionar una o más líneas del list box por programación. La [variable asociada al objeto List box](propiedades_Objeto.md#variable-o-expresión) se utiliza para obtener, definir o almacenar las selecciones de líneas en el objeto. Esta variable corresponde a un array de booleanos que es creado y mantenido automáticamente por 4D. El tamaño de este array viene determinado por el tamaño del list box: contiene el mismo número de elementos que el array más pequeño asociado a las columnas. Cada elemento de este array contiene `True` si se selecciona la línea correspondiente y `False` en caso contrario. 4D actualiza el contenido de este array en función de las acciones del usuario. Por el contrario, puede cambiar el valor de los elementos del array para cambiar la selección en el list box. Por otra parte, no se pueden insertar ni borrar líneas en este array; tampoco se pueden reescribir las líneas. El comando `Count in array` puede utilizarse para averiguar el número de líneas seleccionadas. Por ejemplo, este método permite invertir la selección de la primera línea del list box (tipo array): @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en ### Personalizar la apariencia de las líneas seleccionadas -Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#cacher-surlignage-selection) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: +Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: * En el caso de los list box de tipo array, debe analizar la variable array booleana asociada al list box para determinar qué líneas están seleccionadas o no. * Para los list box de tipo selección, hay que comprobar si el registro actual (línea) pertenece al conjunto especificado en la propiedad [Conjunto resaltado](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) del list box. @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ Si este list box se muestra en forma jerárquica (los tres primeros arrays está Los arrays no se ordenan antes de construir la jerarquía. Si, por ejemplo, un array contiene los datos AAABBAACC, la jerarquía obtenida será: - > > A B A C + > > > > A B A C Para desplegar o contraer un "nodo" jerárquico, basta con hacer clic en él. Si hace **Alt+clic** (Windows) o **Opción+clic** (macOS) en el nodo, todos sus subelementos se desplegarán o contraerán también. Estas operaciones también pueden realizarse por programación utilizando los comandos `LISTBOX EXPAND` y `LISTBOX COLLAPSE`. @@ -724,6 +724,8 @@ ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //column array OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") //defines the value type (mandatory) OB SET($ob;"value";"Hello World!") //defines the value APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) ``` @@ -819,6 +821,48 @@ Los valores de las celdas se almacenan en el atributo "value". Este atributo se OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + OB SET($ob1;"valueType";"text") + OB SET($ob1;"value";$entry) // si el usuario introduce un nuevo valor, $entry contendrá el valor editado + C_OBJECT($ob2) + OB SET($ob2;"valueType";"real") + OB SET($ob2;"value";2/3) + C_OBJECT($ob3) + OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") + OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + OB SET($ob1;"valueType";"text") + OB SET($ob1;"value";$entry) // si el usuario introduce un nuevo valor, $entry contendrá el valor editado + C_OBJECT($ob2) + OB SET($ob2;"valueType";"real") + OB SET($ob2;"value";2/3) + C_OBJECT($ob3) + OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") + OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) @@ -1048,6 +1092,16 @@ $entry:="Hello world!" OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) +C_OBJECT($ob1) +$entry:="Hello world!" +OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") +OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) +OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) +C_OBJECT($ob1) +$entry:="Hello world!" +OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") +OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) +OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) ``` ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/listbox_column_objectArray_alternateButton.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/progressIndicator.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/progressIndicator.md index 7ffda32d280243..c725cd16f1dd30 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/progressIndicator.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/progressIndicator.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Dispone de múltiples opciones gráficas: valores mínimos/máximos, graduacione ### Propiedades soportadas -[Barber shop](properties_Scale.md#barber-shop) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) -\[Abajo\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Graduación de la pantalla](properties_Scale.md#display-graduation) - \[Enterable\](properties_Entry. md#enterable) - [Ejecutar método objeto](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (sólo "entero", "número", "fecha" o "hora") - \[Altura\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#height) - [Paso de graduación](properties_Scale.md#graduation-step) -[Consejo de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - \[Tamaño horizontal\](properties_ResizingOptions. md#horizontal-sizing) - [Lugar de la etiqueta](properties_Scale.md#label-location) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - \[Máximo\](properties_Scale. md#maximum) - [Mínimo](properties_Scale.md#minimum) - [Formato numérico](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - \[Derecha\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#right) - [Paso](properties_Scale.md#step) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - \[Variable o expresión\](properties_Object. md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Barber shop](properties_Scale.md#barber-shop) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) [-Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Graduación de visualización](properties_Scale.md#display-graduation) - [Entrable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Ejecutar método de objeto](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (sólo "entero", "número", "fecha" u "hora") - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Paso de graduación](properties_Scale.md#graduation-step) - [-Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionado horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Ubicación de etiqueta](properties_Scale.md#label-location) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Máximo](properties_Scale.md#maximum) - [Mínimo](properties_Scale.md#minimum) - [Formato de número](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Paso](properties_Scale.md#step) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionado vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Barber shop diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Action.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Action.md index d04c3ea11fdeef..b0e6f16f25fea4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Action.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Action.md @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Se soportan varios tipos de referencias de métodos: #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de selección](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Input](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente de imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de plugins](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón radio](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Spinner](spinner.md) - [Splitter](splitters.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de selección](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente de imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de plugins](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón radio](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Spinner](spinner.md) - [Splitter](splitters.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md index da12aded2b58f7..37fc72bb8f5fb5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Puede obtener el mismo resultado utilizando los comandos `LISTBOX SET ROW FONT S ## Transparente -Define el fondo del list box como "Transparent". When set, any [alternate background color](#alternate-background-color) or [background color](#background-color--fill-color) defined for the column is ignored. +Define el fondo del list box como "Transparent". Cuando se define, se ignora cualquier [color de fondo alternativo](#alternate-background-color) o [color de fondo](#background-color--fill-color) definido para la columna. #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index 9839a17d9f0672..14546ad46cc3b4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Consulte la sección [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type). Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Estos valores están disponibles automáticamente en la [variable array](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) asociada a esta columna cuando se ejecuta el formulario. Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. -> Do not make confusion between this property and the "[default value](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-value)" property that allows to define a field value in new records. +> No confunda esta propiedad con la propiedad "[valor por defecto](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-value)" que permite definir un valor de campo en los nuevos registros. Debe introducir una lista de valores. En el editor de formularios, un diálogo específico permite introducir valores separados por retornos de carro: @@ -249,9 +249,9 @@ Especifica una variable o expresión a la que se asignarán los elementos o enti #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -| selectedItemsSource | string | Assignable collection or object expression | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| selectedItemsSource | string | Colección asignable o expresión de objeto | #### Objetos soportados diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Display.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Display.md index 9b73e8ed3094c5..81b7d500bd4c43 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Display.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Display.md @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Utilizado para asociar un formato de visualización con los datos de la columna. Las columnas booleanas y numéricas (números o enteros) pueden mostrarse como casillas de verificación. En este caso, se puede definir la propiedad [Título](#title). -Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. In this case, the [Text when False and Text when True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true) properties must be defined. +Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. En este caso, deben definirse las propiedades [Text cuando False y Text cuando True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 2bfe6a2c4fa1cf..ecb256d1abd4c5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Para un list box array, la propiedad **Variable o Expresión** normalmente conti ## Tipo de expresión -> This property is called **Data Type** in the Property List for Selection and collection type list box columns. +> Esta propiedad se denomina **Tipo de datos** en la Lista de propiedades de las columnas del list box de tipo Selección y colección. Especifique el tipo de datos para la expresión o variable asociada al objeto. Tenga en cuenta que el objetivo principal de este ajuste es configurar las opciones (como los formatos de visualización) disponibles para el tipo de datos. En realidad, no escribe la variable en sí. En vista de la compilación de una base de datos, debe utilizar los comandos del lenguaje 4D del tema `Compilador`. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Puede forzar un retorno de carro en la etiqueta utilizando el caracter \ (barra Para insertar un \ en la etiqueta, ingrese "\\". -Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. When the object also contains an icon, you can modify the relative location of these two elements using the [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) property. +Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. Cuando el objeto también contiene un icono, puede modificar la ubicación relativa de estos dos elementos utilizando la propiedad [Posición Título/imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position). Para la traducción de la base de datos, puede introducir una referencia XLIFF en el área del título de un botón (ver [Apéndice B: arquitectura XLIFF](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Appendix-B-XLIFF-architecture.300-4163748.en.html)). @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de cálculos disponibles. La tabla siguiente muestra los cálcu | Mínimo | X | | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Máximo | X | | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Suma | X | | X | | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | -| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Promedio | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desviación estándar(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Varianza(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index e9018bbe80364a..4a637b41991583 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -63,14 +63,14 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [fontStyle](properties_Text.md#italic) | Hace que el texto seleccionado se incline ligeramente hacia la derecha. | "normal", "italic" | | [fontTheme](properties_Text.md#font-theme) | Establece el estilo automático | "normal", "main", "additional" | | [fontWeight](properties_Text.md#bold) | Ajusta el texto seleccionado para que aparezca más oscuro y pesado. | "normal", "bold" | -| [footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) | Defines the footer of a list box column | Object with properties | -| [footerHeight](properties_Footers.md#height) | Sirve para fijar la altura de la línea | pattern (\\d+)(p|em)?$ (positive decimal + px/em ) | +| [footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) | Define el pie de una columna list box | Objeto con propiedades | +| [footerHeight](properties_Footers.md#height) | Sirve para fijar la altura de la línea | patrón (\d+)(p|em)?$ (decimal positivo + px/em ) | | [frameDelay](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) | Permite recorrer el contenido del botón de imagen a la velocidad especificada (en ticks). | mínimo: 0 | | **g** | | | | [graduationStep](properties_Scale.md#graduation-step) | Medición de la visualización de la escala. | mínimo: 0 | | **h** | | | -| [header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) | Define el encabezado de una columna list box | Object with properties | -| [headerHeight](properties_Headers.md#height) | Sirve para fijar la altura de la línea | pattern ^(\\d+)(px|em)?$ (positive decimal + px/em ) | +| [header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) | Define el encabezado de una columna list box | Objeto con propiedades | +| [headerHeight](properties_Headers.md#height) | Sirve para fijar la altura de la línea | patrón ^(\\d+)(px|em)?$ (decimal positivo + px/em ) | | [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) | Designa el tamaño vertical de un objeto | mínimo: 0 | | [hideExtraBlankRows](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#hide-extra-blank-rows) | Desactiva la visibilidad de las líneas vacías adicionales. | true, false | | [hideFocusRing](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) | Oculta el rectángulo de selección cuando el objeto tiene el foco. | true, false | @@ -85,10 +85,10 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [keyboardDialect](properties_Entry.md#keyboard-layout) | Para asociar una disposición de teclado específica a una entrada. | Una cadena de código de teclado, por ejemplo, "ar-ma" | | **l** | | | | [labels](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) | Una lista de valores que se utilizarán como etiquetas de control de pestañas | ej.: "a", "b, "c", ... | -| [labelsPlacement](properties_Scale.md#label-location) (objects)
    [labelsPlacement](properties_Appearance.md#tab-control-direction) (splitter / tab control) | Especifica la ubicación del texto mostrado de un objeto. | "none", "top", "bottom", "left", "right" | +| [labelsPlacement](properties_Scale.md#label-location) (objetos)
    [labelsPlacement](properties_Appearance.md#tab-control-direction) (separador / control de tabulación) | Especifica la ubicación del texto mostrado de un objeto. | "none", "top", "bottom", "left", "right" | | [layoutMode](properties_Appearance.md#view-mode) | Modo de visualización del documento 4D Write Pro en el área del formulario. | "page", "draft", "embedded" | | [left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) | Posiciona un objeto a la izquierda. | mínimo: 0 | -| list, see [choiceList](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) | Una lista de opciones asociada a una lista jerárquica | Una lista de selección | +| lista, ver [choiceList](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) | Una lista de opciones asociada a una lista jerárquica | Una lista de selección | | [listboxType](properties_Object.md#data-source) | La fuente de datos del list box. | "array", "currentSelection", "namedSelection", "collection" | | [listForm](properties_Subform.md#list-form) | Formulario listado a utilizar en el subformulario. | Nombre (cadena) de la tabla o formulario proyecto, una ruta POSIX (cadena) a un archivo .json que describa el formulario, o un objeto que describa el formulario | | [lockedColumnCount](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-locked-columns) | Número de columnas que deben permanecer permanentemente en la parte izquierda de un list box. | mínimo: 0 | @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [numberFormat](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla la forma en que aparecen los campos alfanuméricos y las variables cuando se muestran o imprimen. | Números (incluyendo un punto decimal o un signo menos si es necesario) | | **p** | | | | [picture](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | El nombre de la ruta de la imagen para los botones de imagen, los menús emergentes de imagen o las imágenes estáticas | Ruta relativa o filesystem en sintaxis POSIX. | -| [pictureFormat](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [pictureFormat](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla la apariencia de las imágenes al mostrarlas o imprimirlas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluyendo imágenes estáticas), "proportionalCenter"(excluyendo imágenes estáticas) | +| [pictureFormat](properties_Picture.md#display) (entrada, columna list box o pie de página)
    [pictureFormat](properties_Picture.md#display) (imagen estática) | Controla la apariencia de las imágenes al mostrarlas o imprimirlas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluyendo imágenes estáticas), "proportionalCenter"(excluyendo imágenes estáticas) | | [placeholder](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Desenfoca el texto cuando el valor de la fuente de datos está vacío. | Texto que debe estar en gris. | | [pluginAreaKind](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Describe el tipo de plug-in. | El tipo de plug-in. | | [popupPlacement](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite mostrar un símbolo que aparece como un triángulo en el botón, que indica que hay un menú emergente adjunto. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | @@ -122,13 +122,13 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona un objeto a la derecha. | mínimo: 0 | | [rowControlSource](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Un array 4D que define las líneas del list box. | Array | | [rowCount](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define el número de líneas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | +| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (list box array)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box selection o collection) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | | [rowHeight](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define la altura de las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto) | | [rowHeightAuto](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [rowHeightAutoMax](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa la mayor altura permitida para las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto). mínimo: 0 | | [rowHeightAutoMin](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) | Designa la menor altura permitida para las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto). mínimo: 0 | | [rowHeightSource](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height-array) | Un array que define diferentes alturas para las líneas de un list box. | Nombre de una variable array 4D. | -| [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Un array o expresión para gestionar los colores de las líneas. | Nombre del array o expresión. | +| [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (list box array)
    [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (selección o colección/list box entity selection) | Un array o expresión para gestionar los colores de las líneas. | Nombre del array o expresión. | | [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Un array o expresión para gestionar los estilos de las líneas. | Nombre del array o expresión. | | **s** | | | | [scrollbarHorizontal](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Una herramienta que permite al usuario desplazar el área de visualización hacia la izquierda o la derecha. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Text.md index 2119e1ee9464a5..3341c138c0f662 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Text.md @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Permite definir el tamaño de la fuente del objeto en puntos. Designa el color de la fuente. -> This property also sets the [color of object's border](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) (if any) when "plain" or "dotted" style is used. +> Esta propiedad también define el [color del borde del objeto](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) (si existe) cuando se utiliza el estilo "plano" o "punteado". El color puede ser especificado por: @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Indica una expresión o una variable que se evaluará para cada línea mostrada. | disabled | boolean | Desactiva la línea correspondiente. Las áreas editables ya no son accesibles si esta opción está activada. El texto y los controles (casillas de selección, listas, etc.) aparecen atenuados o en gris. Valores por defecto: False. | | cell.`\` | object | Permite aplicar la propiedad a una sola columna. Pase en `\` el nombre del objeto de la columna list box. **Nota**: las propiedades "no seleccionable" y "desactivada" sólo pueden definirse a nivel de la línea. Se ignoran si se pasan en el objeto "celda" | -> Style settings made with this property are ignored if other style settings are already defined through expressions (*i.e.*, [Style Expression](#style-expression), [Font Color Expression](#font-color-expression), [Background Color Expression](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression)). +> Los parámetros de estilo definidos con esta propiedad se ignoran si ya se han definido otros parámetros de estilo mediante expresiones (*es decir*, [Style Expression](#style-expression), [Font Color Expression](#font-color-expression), [Background Color Expression](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression)). **Ejemplo** diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index b6f27a62c0e254..2814fd47ee77fd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -224,4 +224,4 @@ Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el #### Objetos soportados -[Toolbar Button](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Bevel Button](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Rounded Bevel Button](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [OS X Gradient Button](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [OS X Textured Button](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Office XP Button](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Circle Button](button_overview.md#circle) - [Custom](button_overview.md#custom) +[Botón de la barra de herramientas](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Botón Bisel](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Botón Bisel redondeado](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [Botón Gradiente OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [Botón Texturizado OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Botón Office XP](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Botón Círculo](button_overview.md#circle) - [Personalizado](button_overview.md#custom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md index afcd08dbb0cd53..9ce21ab8963ec5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ title: Área Web Puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde el código JavaScript ejecutado en un área web y recibir valores a cambio. Para poder llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web, debe activar la propiedad de accesibilidad de los métodos 4D ("todos"). -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad solo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial llamado `$4d`en el área web, que puede [utilizar para gestionar las llamadas a los métodos proyecto de 4D](webArea_overview.md#4d-object). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/radio_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/radio_overview.md index c588b9559015e6..a5b1b741b34eb4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/radio_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/radio_overview.md @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ El estilo de botón radio de divulgación muestra el botón radio como un botón ### Personalizado -The Custom radio button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows managing additional parameters such as [icon offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) and [margins](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). +El estilo de botón de opción Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar parámetros adicionales como el [desplazamiento](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) y los [márgenes](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) del icono. ## Propiedades soportadas @@ -137,5 +137,5 @@ Todos los botones radio comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Propiedades específicas adicionales están disponibles en función del [estilo de botón](#button-styles): -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) +- [Nombre de la ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (personalizado) - [Número de estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) - [Nombre de ruta de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) - [Título/Posición de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) (Botón de la barra de herramientas, Bisel, Bisel redondeado, OS X Degradado, OS X Texturizado, Office XP, Personalizado) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/splitters.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/splitters.md index 5302cc94b1ad7c..597477f9cf3b99 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/splitters.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/splitters.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Algunas de las características generales del separador: * Los topes de los separadores se calculan para que los objetos desplazados permanezcan totalmente visibles en el formulario o no pasen por debajo/al lado de otro separador. Cuando la propiedad [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) está asociada a un separador, su movimiento hacia la derecha o hacia abajo no encuentra ningún tope. * Si se redimensiona un formulario mediante un separador, las nuevas dimensiones del formulario se guardan sólo mientras se muestra el formulario. Una vez que se cierra un formulario, se restablecen las dimensiones iniciales. -Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [border style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) to obtain a thinner line or [change its color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). +Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. Puede modificar su [estilo de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) para obtener una línea más fina o [cambiar su color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). #### Ejemplo JSON @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [bor ### Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) -[Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Cursiva](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Color de línea](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Interacción con las propiedades de los objetos vecinos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md index b6b9eb3c279fa0..a4fe115b0e1186 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Puede asignar la variable asociada al objeto a un área introducible (campo o va Se puede asociar un stepper directamente a una variable numérica, hora o fecha. * Para los valores de tipo hora, las propiedades Mínimo, Máximo y Paso representan segundos. Por ejemplo, para programar un paso de 8:00 a 18:00 con pasos de 10 minutos: - * [minimum](properties_Scale.md#minimum) = 28 800 (8*60*60) + * [mínimo](properties_Scale.md#minimum) = 28 800 (8*60*60) * [máximo](properties_Scale.md#maximum) = 64 800 (18*60*60) * [paso](properties_Scale.md#step) = 600 (10*60) * Para los valores de tipo fecha, el valor introducido en la propiedad [paso](properties_Scale.md#step) representa días. Las propiedades Mínimo y Máximo se ignoran. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/subform_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/subform_overview.md index f59870c2f67dc6..7ceb4cb5c64d0f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/subform_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/subform_overview.md @@ -148,4 +148,4 @@ El comando `GOTO OBJECT` busca el objeto de destino en el formulario padre aunqu ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Detail Form](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) - [Double click on empty row](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) - [Double click on row](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) - [Enterable in list](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Hide focus rectangle](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Horizontal Scroll Bar](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [List Form](properties_Subform.md#list-form) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Print Frame](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Selection mode](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) - [Source](properties_Subform.md#source) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Scroll Bar](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formulario detallado](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) - [Doble clic en fila vacía](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) - [Doble clic en fila](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) - [Introducción en lista](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ocultar rectángulo de enfoque](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Barra de desplazamiento horizontal](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Formulario lista](properties_Subform.md#list-form) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Marco de impresión](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Modo de selección](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) - [Fuente](properties_Subform.md#source) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md index c585c1de799da9..9adc2e7f1469f8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ Una vez que un texto está rotado, puede seguir cambiando su tamaño o posición ## Propiedades soportadas -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Fill Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Line Width](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Color de relleno](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Cursiva](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Color de línea](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Ancho de línea](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Orientación](properties_Text.md#orientation) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md index ab80350a5c6b4c..f1cc0bc2cc7c02 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ Las áreas 4D View Pro están documentadas en el manual [4D View Pro](https://do ## Propiedades soportadas -[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - \[Altura\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - \[Nombre del objeto\](properties_Object. md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Mostrar barra de formulario](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - \[Interfaz usuario\](properties_Appearance. md#user-interface) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Mostrar barra de formulario](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Interfaz usuario ](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 7cfe75401744d7..0b380308239746 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Área Web Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: Páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, Javascript, etc. El motor de renderizado del área web depende de la plataforma de ejecución de la aplicación y de [la opción motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) seleccionada. -Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Note, however, that the use of Web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). +Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Tenga en cuenta, sin embargo, que el uso de las áreas web debe seguir [varias reglas](#web-area-rules). Varias [acciones estándar](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de lenguaje](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) así como también [eventos formulario](#form-events) genéricos y específicos, permiten al desarrollador controlar el funcionamiento de las áreas web. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. > No se recomienda el uso de plugins web ni de applets de Java en las áreas web porque pueden provocar inestabilidad en el funcionamiento de 4D, especialmente a nivel de gestión de eventos. @@ -31,22 +31,22 @@ La selección del motor de renderizado web anidado le permite llamar a los méto Cuando se selecciona la propiedad [Acceder a los métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), se puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web. -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad solo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Objeto $4d -The [4D embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. +El [motor de renderizado web incrustado de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) suministra al área un objeto JavaScript llamado $4d que puede asociar a cualquier método proyecto 4D utilizando la notación objeto ".". Por ejemplo, para llamar al método `HelloWorld` de 4D, basta con ejecutar la siguiente declaración: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript es sensible a las mayúsculas y minúsculas, por lo que es importante tener en cuenta que el objeto se llama $4d (con "d" minúscula). La sintaxis de las llamadas a los métodos 4D es la siguiente: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` @@ -199,4 +199,4 @@ Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces te ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md index 996743c5493126..5c39acd3056306 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md @@ -13,4 +13,4 @@ Las áreas 4D Write Pro están documentadas en el manual [4D Write Pro](https:// ## Propiedades soportadas -[Revisión ortográfica automática](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) - \[Estilo del borde\](properties_BackgroundAndBorder. md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - \[Menú contextual\](properties_Entry. md#context-menu) - [Editable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - \[Altura\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#height) - [Ocultar rectángulo de enfoque](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - \[Barra de desplazamiento horizontal\](properties_Appearance. md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - \[Disposición del teclado\](properties_Entry. md#keyboard-layout) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - \[Nombre del objeto\](properties_Object. md#object-name) - [Imprimir marco variable](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Resolución](properties_Appearance.md#resolution) - \[Derecha\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#right) - [Selección siempre visible](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) - \[Mostrar fondo\](properties_Appearance. md#show-background) - [Mostrar pies de página](properties_Appearance.md#Show-footers) - [Mostrar barra de fórmulas](properties_Appearance.md#Show-formula-bar) - [Mostrar cabeceras](properties_Appearance.md#show-headers) - \[Mostrar caracteres ocultos\](properties_Appearance. md#show-hidden-characters) - [Mostrar regla horizontal](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) - \[Mostrar HTML WYSIWYG\](properties_Appearance. md#show-html-wysiwyg) - [Mostrar marco de página](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) - \[Mostrar referencias\](properties_Appearance. md#show-references) - [Mostrar regla vertical](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) - \[Tipo\](properties_Object. md#type) - [Interfaz de usuario](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - \[Barra de desplazamiento vertical\](properties_Appearance. md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Modo de visualización](properties_Appearance.md#view-mode) - \[Visibilidad\](properties_Display. md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Zoom](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) +[Autocorrección ortográfica](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) - [Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Introducir](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ocultar rectángulo de enfoque](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Barra de desplazamiento horizontal](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Disposición del teclado](properties_Entry.md#keyboard-layout) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Imprimir marco variable](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Resolución](properties_Appearance.md#resolution) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Selección siempre visible](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) - [Mostrar fondo](properties_Appearance.md#show-background) - [Mostrar pies de página](properties_Appearance.md#show-footers) - [Mostrar barra de fórmulas](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Appearance.md#show-headers) - [Mostrar caracteres ocultos](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) - [Mostrar regla horizontal](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) - [Mostrar HTML WYSIWYG](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) - [Mostrar marco de página](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) - [Mostrar referencias](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) - [Mostrar regla vertical](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Interfaz de usuario](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) - [Dimensionado vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Modo de visualización](properties_Appearance.md#view-mode) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Zoom](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/architecture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/architecture.md index 9f2619af8f0877..41d0125483d98a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/architecture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/architecture.md @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ La carpeta Trash contiene los métodos y formularios que se han eliminado del pr - Formularios - TableForms -Dentro de estas carpetas, los nombres de los elementos eliminados van entre paréntesis, por ejemplo "(myMethod).4dm". The folder organization is identical to the [Sources](#sources-folder) folder. +Dentro de estas carpetas, los nombres de los elementos eliminados van entre paréntesis, por ejemplo "(myMethod).4dm". La organización de las carpetas es idéntica a la carpeta [Sources](#sources-folder). ### Carpeta DerivedData diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/building.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/building.md index d8d154f1487012..149a2a0a44a334 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/building.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Project/building.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ El generador de aplicaciones le permite: Generar un paquete de proyecto puede realizarse utilizando: * el comando [BUILD APPLICATION](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/BUILD-APPLICATION.301-4311300.en.html), -* or the Build Application window. +* o la ventana Crear aplicación. Para mostrar la caja de diálogo Generar la aplicación, seleccione **Diseño** > **Generar la aplicación...** en la barra de menús. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ En Windows, esta función crea un archivo ejecutable (.exe). En macOS, se encarg El principio consiste en fusionar un archivo de estructura compilado con 4D Volume Desktop. Las funcionalidades ofrecidas por el archivo 4D Volume Desktop están relacionadas con la oferta de productos a la que se ha suscrito. Las funcionalidades ofrecidas por el archivo 4D Volume Desktop están relacionadas con la oferta de productos a la que se ha suscrito. -You can define a default data file or allow users to create and use their own data file (see the [Data file management](#management-of-data-files) section). +Puede definir un archivo de datos por defecto o permitir que los usuarios creen y utilicen su propio archivo de datos (consulte la sección [Gestión de archivos de datos](#management-of-data-files)). Es posible automatizar la actualización de las aplicaciones monopuesto fusionadas mediante una secuencia de comandos de lenguaje (ver [Actualización automática de aplicaciones servidor o monopuesto](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Automatic-updating-of-server-or-single-user-applications.300-4354721.en.html). @@ -146,15 +146,15 @@ Si ha especificado "MyProject" como nombre de la aplicación, encontrará los si * *Windows* * MyProject.exe - Su ejecutable y un MyProject.rsr (los recursos de la aplicación) * Las carpetas 4D Extensions y Resources, varias librerías (DLL), la carpeta Native Components y SASL Plugins - Archivos necesarios para el funcionamiento de la aplicación - * Una carpeta Database - Incluye una carpeta Resources y un archivo MyProject.4DZ. Database folder - Includes a Resources folder and MyProject.4DZ file. **Note**: This folder also contains the *Default Data* folder, if it has been defined (see [Data file management](#management-of-data-files). - * (Opcional) Carpeta de componentes y/o carpeta Plugins - Contiene todos los componentes y/o archivos de plugins incluidos en la base. For more information about this, refer to the [Plugins and components page](#plugins--components-page) section. + * Una carpeta Database - Incluye una carpeta Resources y un archivo MyProject.4DZ. Database folder - Includes a Resources folder and MyProject.4DZ file. **Nota**: esta carpeta también contiene la carpeta *Datos por defecto*, si se ha definido (ver [Gestión de archivos de datos](#management-of-data-files). + * (Opcional) Carpeta de componentes y/o carpeta Plugins - Contiene todos los componentes y/o archivos de plugins incluidos en la base. Para más información al respecto, consulte la sección [de la página Plugins y componentes](#plugins--components-page). * Carpeta Licenses - Un archivo XML de números de licencia integrados en la aplicación. Para obtener más información sobre este punto, consulte la sección [Licencias y certificados](#licenses-and-certificate). * Elementos adicionales añadidos a la carpeta 4D Volume Desktop, si los hay (ver [Personalizar la carpeta 4D Volume Desktop](#customizing-4d-volume-desktop-folder)). Todos estos elementos deben estar en la misma carpeta para que el ejecutable funcione. * *macOS* - * Un paquete de software llamado MyProject.app que contiene su aplicación y todos los elementos necesarios para su funcionamiento, incluyendo los plug-ins, componentes y licencias. For more information about integrating plug-ins and components, refer to the [Plugins and components](#plugins--components-page) section. Para obtener más información sobre la integración de licencias, consulte la sección [Licencias y certificados](#licenses-and-certificate). **Nota**: en macOS, el comando [Archivo aplicación](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Application-file.301-4311297.en.html) del lenguaje 4D devuelve la ruta del archivo NombreApplication (situado en la carpeta Contents:macOS del paquete de software) y no la del archivo .comp (carpeta Contents: + * Un paquete de software llamado MyProject.app que contiene su aplicación y todos los elementos necesarios para su funcionamiento, incluyendo los plug-ins, componentes y licencias. Para más información sobre la integración de plug-ins y componentes, consulte la sección [Plugins y componentes](#plugins--components-page). Para obtener más información sobre la integración de licencias, consulte la sección [Licencias y certificados](#licenses-and-certificate). **Nota**: en macOS, el comando [Archivo aplicación](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Application-file.301-4311297.en.html) del lenguaje 4D devuelve la ruta del archivo NombreApplication (situado en la carpeta Contents:macOS del paquete de software) y no la del archivo .comp (carpeta Contents: #### Personalizar la carpeta 4D Volume Desktop @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Hay muchas causas posibles para este error. Cuando reciba este mensaje, es acons ### Archivos generados Una vez creada la aplicación cliente/servidor, encontrará una nueva carpeta en la carpeta de destino llamada **Client Server executable**. Esta carpeta contiene dos subcarpetas, `\<ApplicationName>Client` y `\<ApplicationName>Server`. -> Estas carpetas no se generan si ocurre un error. In this case, open the [log file](#log-file) in order to find out the cause of the error. +> Estas carpetas no se generan si ocurre un error. En este caso, abra el [archivo de historial](#log-file) para averiguar la causa del error. La carpeta `<ApplicationName>Client` contiene la parte cliente de la aplicación correspondiente a la plataforma de ejecución del generador de aplicaciones. Esta carpeta debe instalarse en cada máquina cliente. La carpeta `\<ApplicationName>Server` contiene la parte del servidor de la aplicación. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md index 8662d70a5d5838..cf9c0b1ab310b5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ En esta lista sólo se muestran las clases de datos expuestas para el almacén d A continuación se describen las propiedades devueltas para cada clase de datos en el almacén de datos de su proyecto: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la |clase de datos y sus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la |clase de datos y sus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | ### Ejemplo @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Devuelve información sobre todas las clases de datos del proyecto y sus atribut Llamando `$catalog/$all` puede recibir información detallada sobre los atributos de cada una de las clases de datos del modelo activo del proyecto. -For more information about what is returned for each dataclass and its attributes, use [`$catalog/\{dataClass\}`](#catalogdataclass). +Para más información sobre lo que se devuelve para cada clase de datos y sus atributos, utilice [`$catalog/\{dataClass\}`](#catalogdataclass). ### Ejemplo @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ Las siguientes propiedades se devuelven para una clase de datos expuesta: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | | tableNumber | Number | Número de tabla en la base 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | ### Atributo(s) @@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ Aquí están las propiedades de cada atributo expuesto que se devuelven: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | El nombre del atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | +| name | Text | El nombre del atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | | fieldPos | Number | Posición del campo en la tabla de la base). | -| scope | String | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Boolean | Esta propiedad devuelve True si el atributo es la llave primaria. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| path | String | Nombre de la relación de un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | - foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| +| path | Text | Nombre de la relación de un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | + foreignKey|Text |Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado.| inverseName |Text |Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities.| ### Método(s) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md index 7c8922b94e555d..beba5fcbcacd0b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Después de crear un conjunto de entidades, el ID del conjunto de entidades se d Cree otro conjunto de entidades basado en conjuntos de entidades creados anteriormente -| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | -| ---------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID del conjunto de entidades | +| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID del conjunto de entidades | ### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md index c7300495f16f52..639d67e9c0eafa 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Para cada selección de entidad almacenada actualmente en la caché de 4D Server | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades en la selección de entidades. | | sorted | Boolean | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Fecha | Cuando se creó el conjunto de entidades o la última vez que se utilizó. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | -| userName | String | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | +| userName | Text | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | | lifeTime | Number | La duración de una sesión usuario en segundos (3600 por defecto). | | expiration | Fecha | La fecha y la hora actuales de caducidad de la sesión de usuario. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md index 65c05285d4a080..7bbdc37102ae27 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ En la colección de pasos, hay un objeto con las siguientes propiedades que defi | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | +| description | Text | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | | time | Number | Número de milisegundos necesarios para ejecutar la petición | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registros encontrados | | steps | Collection | Una colección con un objeto que define el siguiente paso de la ruta de la petición | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md index 5956227bdb33c8..e0b7610fa7b45d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (*por ejemplo, *, `$queryp ## Descripción $queryplan devuelve el plan de la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server. -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petición ejecutada | -| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petición ejecutada | +| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md index 7dd1a745688eec..07020269304f0f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ A continuación se describen los datos devueltos: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades en la clase de datos. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas por la petición REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidad en la que comienza la selección. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Cada entidad contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __KEY | String | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | | __TIMESTAMP | Fecha | Marca de tiempo de la última modificación de la entidad | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Users/handling_users_groups.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Users/handling_users_groups.md index 9984a1116da0f8..f40b0792e8e1d8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Users/handling_users_groups.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Users/handling_users_groups.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ El administrador no puede: - modificar el usuario Diseñador - por defecto, acceder a las partes protegidas de la base. En particular, el administrador no puede acceder al modo Diseño si está restringido. El Administrador debe formar parte de uno o varios grupos para tener privilegios de acceso en la base de datos. El administrador se coloca en todos los grupos nuevos, pero puede eliminar el nombre del administrador de cualquier grupo. -Tanto el Diseñador como el Administrador están disponibles por defecto en todas las bases. In the [user management dialog box](#users-editor), the icons of the Designer and Administrator are displayed in red and green respectively: +Tanto el Diseñador como el Administrador están disponibles por defecto en todas las bases. En la [caja de diálogo de gestión de usuarios](#users-editor), los iconos del Diseñador y del Administrador se muestran en rojo y verde respectivamente: - Icono Diseñador: ![](../assets/en/Users/iconDesigner.png) - Icono del Administrador: ![](../assets/en/Users/iconAdmin.png) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ La lista de usuarios muestra todos los usuarios, incluyendo el [Diseñador y el 5. Defina el grupo o los grupos a los que pertenece el usuario mediante la tabla "Miembro de los grupos". Puede añadir o eliminar el usuario seleccionado a un grupo marcando la opción correspondiente en la columna Miembro. -The membership of users to different groups can also be set by group on the [Groups page](#configuring-groups). +La pertenencia de los usuarios a los distintos grupos también puede definirse por grupos en la página [Grupos](#configuring-groups). ### Eliminar un usuario diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md index 1a0d466edfa1bb..6ccd06934028ff 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -1709,8 +1709,8 @@ También puede pasar un parámetro de criterios para definir cómo deben ordenar | Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | Esta sintaxis sólo ordena los valores escalares de la colección (otros tipos de elementos, como objetos o colecciones, se devuelven con un orden interno). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 0d01c019f018a8..1a1e06d4c91183 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Para obtener una visión general de esta clase, consulte la página [**CryptoKey | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------- | | settings | Object | -> | Parámetros para generar o cargar un par de llaves | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | +| Result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | La función `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crea un nuevo objeto `4D.CryptoKey` que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado, basado en el parámetro objeto *settings*. Permite generar una nueva llave RSA o ECDSA, o cargar un par de llaves existente desde una definición PEM. @@ -385,8 +385,7 @@ Contiene el nombre del tipo de llave - "RSA" | 18 R4 | Añadidos | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object - +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md index 3160c556a72097..c1b73924c46980 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Pase en *connectionInfo* un objeto que describa el almacén de datos remoto al q | hostname | Text | Nombre o dirección IP de la base de datos remota + ":" + número de puerto (el número de puerto es obligatorio) | | user | Text | Nombre de usuario | | contraseña | Text | Contraseña del usuario | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | | tls | Boolean | Utilice una conexión segura(*). Si se omite, es false por defecto. Se recomienda utilizar una conexión segura siempre que sea posible. | | type | Text | Debe ser "4D Server" | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/Document.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/Document.md index 5c89d8b0602d62..0ff769f87d17e4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/Document.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/Document.md @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Esta propiedad es **de sólo lectura**. #### Descripción -La propiedad `.extension` devuelve la extensión del nombre del archivo (si la hay). Una extensión siempre comienza por ".". The property returns an empty string if the file name does not have an extension. +La propiedad `.extension` devuelve la extensión del nombre del archivo (si la hay). Una extensión siempre comienza por ".". La propiedad devuelve una cadena vacía si el nombre del archivo no tiene extensión. Esta propiedad es **de sólo lectura**. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md index b5f10b86537e15..a1110c6dace068 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Las diferencias se devuelven como una colección de objetos cuyas propiedades so | Nombre de propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nombre del atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nombre del atributo | | value | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en la entidad | | otherValue | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index d21ae7b4339eb2..d3600d319cde4a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ El parámetro *begin* permite indicar el índice de inicio de las entidades a ex El parámetro *howMany* permite especificar el número de entidades a extraer, empezando por la especificada en *begin*. Las entidades descartadas no se devuelven pero se tienen en cuenta en *howMany*. Por ejemplo, si *howMany*= 3 y hay 1 entidad descartada, sólo se extraen 2 entidades. -If *howMany* > length of the entity selection, the method returns (length - *begin*) objects. +Si *howMany* > longitud de la entity selection, el método devuelve (length - *begin*) objetos. Si *howMany* > longitud de la entity selection, el método devuelve (length - *begin*) objetos. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md index ade57f085d4d5e..7126a240bfce86 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Sintaxis: | ` --webadmin-settings-file` | Ruta del archivo | Ruta del archivo WebAdmin `.4DSettings` personalizado para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | ` - --webadmin-access-key` | String | Llave de acceso al [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | + --webadmin-access-key` | Text | Llave de acceso al [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | ` --webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Estado del inicio automático del [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | ` diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md index a7e040fd59cb75..ce9e0f740036c0 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md @@ -170,6 +170,13 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Las funciones de clase son propiedades específicas de la clase. Son objetos de la clase [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md#about-4dfunction-objects). En el archivo de definición de clase, las declaraciones de función utilizan la palabra clave `Function`, y el nombre de la función. El nombre de la función debe cumplir con las [reglas de nomenclatura de las propiedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -274,6 +281,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Una función class constructor, que puede aceptar los [parámetros](#parameters), puede ser utilizada para definir una clase usuario. En ese caso, cuando se llama a la función [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), el class constructor es llamado con los parámetros opcionalmente pasados a la función `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md index e418cd12475204..a5a9482db1b58b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ El valor por defecto depende del tipo de variable: | ---------- | ----------------- | | Booleano | False | | Fecha | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ La siguiente tabla lista los tipos de datos básicos, los tipos de datos a los q | Tipos a convertir | en Cadena | en Número | en Fecha | en Hora | en Booleano | | ----------------- | --------- | --------- | -------- | ------- | ----------- | | String (1) | | Num | Fecha | Hora | Bool | -| Número (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Fecha | String | | | | Bool | -| Hora | String | | | | Bool | +| Número (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Fecha | Text | | | | Bool | +| Hora | Text | | | | Bool | | Boolean | | Num | | | | (1) Las cadenas formateadas en JSON pueden convertirse en datos escalares, objetos o colecciones, utilizando el comando `JSON Parse`. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md index 76c094ecf43d3f..14672435649671 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Las siguientes secuencias de escape pueden utilizarse dentro de las cadenas: | Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | | ---------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetición | Cadena * Número | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetición | Cadena * Número | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | Cadena = Cadena | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdad | Cadena # Cadena | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 70847787196840..e3e04fbc6bee30 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Los mismos símbolos se utilizan a menudo para diferentes operaciones, dependien | Tipos de datos | Operación | Ejemplo | | -------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adición | 1 + 2 suma los números y da como resultado 3 | -| String | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | +| Text | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | | Fecha y Número | Adición de fecha | !1989-01-01! !1989-01-01! + 20 adds 20 days to the date January 1, 1989, and results in the date January 21, 1989 | @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@ Se hace referencia a una expresión por el tipo de datos que devuelve. Hay vario | Expression | Tipo | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | +| “Hello” | Text | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | | 4 | Number | Se trata de una constante numérica, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Dos números, 4 y 2, se multiplican utilizando el operador de multiplicación (*). El resultado es el número 8. | | myButton | Number | Es una variable asociada a un botón. Devuelve el valor actual del botón: 1 si se ha hecho clic, 0 si no. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md index e86273f70beaad..4f63150c3fe251 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ Las variables del sistema son utilizadas por los comandos 4D. Consulte el párra | Nombre de la variable del sistema | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | +| `OK` | Integer | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | | `Document` | Text | Contiene el "nombre largo" (ruta completa+nombre) del último archivo abierto o creado mediante comandos como [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) o [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contienen los códigos de caracteres que se utilizarán respectivamente como separador de campos (por defecto es **Tabulación** (9)) y separador de registros (por defecto es **retorno de carro** (13)) al importar o exportar texto. Para utilizar un separador diferente, asigne un nuevo valor a la variable del sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Utilizado en un método de captura de errores instalado por el comando [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html). Ver [Gestión de errores dentro del método](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | :::note diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/forms.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/forms.md index f84e69eafa2356..70c03c695c8ebf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/forms.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/forms.md @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ Para dejar de heredar un formulario, seleccione `\<None>` en la lista ## Propiedades soportadas -[Associated Menu Bar](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Fixed Height](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Fixed Width](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-width) - [Form Break](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Form Header](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Form Name](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Form Type](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Inherited Form Name](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Inherited Form Table](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-table) - [Maximum Height](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Maximum Width](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Minimum Height](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Minimum Width](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Pages](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Print Settings](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Published as Subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Save Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Window Title](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) +[Barra de menú asociada](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Altura fija](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Ancho fijo](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-width) - [Salto de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Detalle de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Pie de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Encabezado de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nombre de formulario](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de formulario](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nombre de formulario heredado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabla de formulario heredado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-table) - [Altura máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Anchura máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Ancho mínimo](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Páginas](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configuración de impresión](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subformulario](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Guardar geometría](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título de ventana](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md index e2805818f9a188..44cdbd16786035 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades devueltas en el parámetro *$editor*: | -------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | Formulario completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File del archivo de formularios | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nombre del formulario | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nombre del formulario | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número de tabla del formulario, 0 para el formulario proyecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | El número de la página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | La página actual, que contiene todos los objetos de formulario y el orden de entrada de la página | @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades que puede pasar en el objeto `$result` si quiere que e | formProperties | Object | formProperties si es modificado por la macro | | editor.groups | Object | información de grupo, si los grupos son modificados por la macro | | editor.views | Object | ver información, si las vistas son modificadas por la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nombres de vistas activos | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nombres de vistas activos | Por ejemplo, si los objetos de la página actual y de los grupos han sido modificados, puede escribir: @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Cuando se maneja el atributo `method` de los objetos de formulario, se puede def | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | --------- | ---- | ----------- | | | | | - source|Cadena|Código del método| + fuente|Texto|código del método| 4D creará un archivo con el nombre del objeto en la carpeta "objectMethods" con el contenido del atributo `source`. Esta función solo está disponible para el código macro. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md index f11d82781e29d8..268633e3fe5edd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -330,6 +330,6 @@ Todos los botones comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) +- [Nombre de la ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (personalizado) - [Botón por defecto](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) (Plano, Clásico) - [Con menú emergente](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) (Barra de herramientas, Bisel, Bisel redondeado, OS X Gradient, OS X Textured, Office XP, Círculo, Personalizado) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index 11cad8ef2646dc..1552360f355acd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -346,9 +346,9 @@ El estilo del botón Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y pe - [Ruta de acceso fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Desplazamiento icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) -- [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) and [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) y [margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) -It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), that can be used in conjunction with a [4-state](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) [background picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname). +Suele asociarse a una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), que puede utilizarse junto con una [imagen de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) de [4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). #### Ejemplo JSON @@ -378,6 +378,6 @@ Todas las casillas de selección comparten un mismo conjunto de propiedades bás Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) +- [Nombre de la ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (personalizado) - [Tres estados](properties_Display.md#three-states) (Plano, Clásico) - [Número de estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) - [Nombre de ruta de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) - [Título/Posición de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) (Botón de la barra de herramientas, Bisel, Bisel redondeado, OS X Degradado, OS X Texturizado, Office XP, Personalizado) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index c198996b116bbc..1732992ac4fb3b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades espe * **Arrays**: cada columna está ligada a un array 4D. Los list boxes basados en arrays pueden mostrarse como [cajas de lista jerárquicas](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). * **Selección** (**Selección actual** o **Selección con nombre**): cada columna está vinculada a una expresión (por ejemplo, un campo) que se evalúa para cada registro de la selección. * **Collection o Entity selection**: cada columna está ligada a una expresión que se evalúa para cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad de la selección de entidades. -> No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. +> > > No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. ### Gestión de list boxes @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al Cuando la fuente de datos es una entity selection, cualquier modificación realizada del lado del list box se guarda automáticamente en la base de datos. Por otro lado, las modificaciones realizadas en la base de datos son visibles en el list box después de que se hayan recargado las entidades modificadas. -Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por otra parte, si se realizan las modificaciones en la colección utilizando, por ejemplo, las diferentes funciones de la clase [Collection](../API/CollectionClass.md), será necesario notificar explícitamente a 4D reasignando la variable de la colección a sí misma, para que se actualice el contenido del list box. Por ejemplo: +Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por ejemplo: ```4d myCol:=myCol.push("new value") //mostrar el nuevo valor en el list box @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Puede definir para cada columna de list box de las propiedades estándar (texto, ### Propiedades específicas de la columna -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternate Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Automatic Row Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Background Color](properties_Text.md#background-color) - [Background Color Expression](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Choice List](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Data Type (selection and collection list box column)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Default Values](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Display Type](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Enterable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Entry Filter](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Excluded List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expression](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Expression Type (array list box column)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Maximum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Minimum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multi-style](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Number Format](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture Format](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Resizable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Required List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Row Background Color Array](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Row Font Color Array](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Row Style Array](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Save as](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Style Expression](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Text when False/Text when True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncate with ellipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Alignment](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) +[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternar color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Altura de fila automática](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Background Color](properties_Text.md#background-color) - [Expresión del color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Tipo de datos (columna del list box de selección y colección)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Formato Fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Valores por defecto](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Tipo de pantalla](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Editable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Filtro de entrada](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Lista de excluidos](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expresión](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Tipo de expresión (columna array list box)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho máximo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Ancho mínimo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multiestilo](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Formato numérico](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Formato de imagen](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Redimensionable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Lista obligatoria](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Array color de fondo de fila](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Array estilo de fila](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Guardar como](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Texto cuando False/Texto cuando True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncar con elipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Subraye](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Ajuste de texto](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) ### Eventos formulario soportados @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Puede definir para cada columna de list box de las propiedades estándar (texto, ## Encabezados de list box -> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los pies de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar pies](properties_Footers.md#display-footers). +> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los encabezados de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) del list box. Cuando se muestran los encabezados, puede seleccionar un encabezado en el editor de formularios haciendo clic en él cuando el objeto List box esté seleccionado: @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Cuando el comando `OBJECT SET VISIBLE` se utiliza con un encabezado, se aplica a [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Clase Css](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Icon Location](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-location) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Ruta de acceso](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Pies de list box -> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los encabezados de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) del list box. +> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los pies de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar pies](properties_Footers.md#display-footers). Los List box pueden contener "pies de página" no editables, que muestren información adicional. En el caso de los datos mostrados en forma de tabla, los pies de página suelen utilizarse para mostrar cálculos como los totales o los promedios. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Cuando el comando `OBJECT SET VISIBLE` se utiliza con un pie de página, se apli ### Propiedades específicas de los pies -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Number Format](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture Format](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncate with ellipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable Calculation](properties_Object.md#variable-calculation) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Alignment](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) +[Formato alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato Fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Formato numérico](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Formato Imagen](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncar con elipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Subrayar](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Cálculo de variables](properties_Object.md#variable-calculation) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Ajustar palabras](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) ## Gestión de entrada @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en * **List box de tipo colección/selección de entidades**: las selecciones se gestionan a través de las propiedades del list box dedicado: * [Elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) es un objeto que recibirá el elemento/la entidad seleccionado(a) - * [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es una colección de elementos seleccionados + * [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es un objeto colección/selección de entidades de elementos seleccionados * [Posición del elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devuelve la posición del elemento o de la entidad seleccionada. * **List box de tipo array**: el comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` puede utilizarse para seleccionar una o más líneas del list box por programación. La [variable asociada al objeto List box](propiedades_Objeto.md#variable-o-expresión) se utiliza para obtener, definir o almacenar las selecciones de líneas en el objeto. Esta variable corresponde a un array de booleanos que es creado y mantenido automáticamente por 4D. El tamaño de este array viene determinado por el tamaño del list box: contiene el mismo número de elementos que el array más pequeño asociado a las columnas. Cada elemento de este array contiene `True` si se selecciona la línea correspondiente y `False` en caso contrario. 4D actualiza el contenido de este array en función de las acciones del usuario. Por el contrario, puede cambiar el valor de los elementos del array para cambiar la selección en el list box. Por otra parte, no se pueden insertar ni borrar líneas en este array; tampoco se pueden reescribir las líneas. El comando `Count in array` puede utilizarse para averiguar el número de líneas seleccionadas. Por ejemplo, este método permite invertir la selección de la primera línea del list box (tipo array): @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en ### Personalizar la apariencia de las líneas seleccionadas -Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#cacher-surlignage-selection) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: +Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: * En el caso de los list box de tipo array, debe analizar la variable array booleana asociada al list box para determinar qué líneas están seleccionadas o no. * Para los list box de tipo selección, hay que comprobar si el registro actual (línea) pertenece al conjunto especificado en la propiedad [Conjunto resaltado](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) del list box. @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ Si este list box se muestra en forma jerárquica (los tres primeros arrays está Los arrays no se ordenan antes de construir la jerarquía. Si, por ejemplo, un array contiene los datos AAABBAACC, la jerarquía obtenida será: - > > A B A C + > > > > A B A C Para desplegar o contraer un "nodo" jerárquico, basta con hacer clic en él. Si hace **Alt+clic** (Windows) o **Opción+clic** (macOS) en el nodo, todos sus subelementos se desplegarán o contraerán también. Estas operaciones también pueden realizarse por programación utilizando los comandos `LISTBOX EXPAND` y `LISTBOX COLLAPSE`. @@ -840,6 +840,8 @@ ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //column array OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") //defines the value type (mandatory) OB SET($ob;"value";"Hello World!") //defines the value APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) ``` @@ -935,6 +937,48 @@ Los valores de las celdas se almacenan en el atributo "value". Este atributo se OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + OB SET($ob1;"valueType";"text") + OB SET($ob1;"value";$entry) // si el usuario introduce un nuevo valor, $entry contendrá el valor editado + C_OBJECT($ob2) + OB SET($ob2;"valueType";"real") + OB SET($ob2;"value";2/3) + C_OBJECT($ob3) + OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") + OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + OB SET($ob1;"valueType";"text") + OB SET($ob1;"value";$entry) // si el usuario introduce un nuevo valor, $entry contendrá el valor editado + C_OBJECT($ob2) + OB SET($ob2;"valueType";"real") + OB SET($ob2;"value";2/3) + C_OBJECT($ob3) + OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") + OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) @@ -1167,6 +1211,16 @@ $entry:="Hello world!" OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) +C_OBJECT($ob1) +$entry:="Hello world!" +OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") +OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) +OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) +C_OBJECT($ob1) +$entry:="Hello world!" +OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") +OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) +OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) ``` ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/listbox_column_objectArray_alternateButton.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md index cdf64247dbbb23..0714244f31b813 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Puede obtener el mismo resultado utilizando los comandos [`LISTBOX SET ROW FONT ## Transparente -Define el fondo del list box como "Transparent". When set, any [alternate background color](#alternate-background-color) or [background color](#background-color--fill-color) defined for the column is ignored. +Define el fondo del list box como "Transparent". Cuando se define, se ignora cualquier [color de fondo alternativo](#alternate-background-color) o [color de fondo](#background-color--fill-color) definido para la columna. #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index 8e29ac9293fbc1..b17144f509b96a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -293,9 +293,9 @@ Especifica una variable o expresión a la que se asignarán los elementos o enti #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -| selectedItemsSource | string | Assignable collection or object expression | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| selectedItemsSource | string | Colección asignable o expresión de objeto | #### Objetos soportados diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Display.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Display.md index 2210af5c5dad7a..574db29f7cbc35 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Display.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Display.md @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Utilizado para asociar un formato de visualización con los datos de la columna. Las columnas booleanas y numéricas (números o enteros) pueden mostrarse como casillas de verificación. En este caso, se puede definir la propiedad [Título](#title). -Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. In this case, the [Text when False and Text when True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true) properties must be defined. +Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. En este caso, deben definirse las propiedades [Text cuando False y Text cuando True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 423d60f52416f7..2dda5724b0e3cf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Puede forzar un retorno de carro en la etiqueta utilizando el caracter \ (barra Para insertar un \ en la etiqueta, ingrese "\\". -Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. When the object also contains an icon, you can modify the relative location of these two elements using the [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) property. +Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. Cuando el objeto también contiene un icono, puede modificar la ubicación relativa de estos dos elementos utilizando la propiedad [Posición Título/imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position). Para la traducción de la aplicación, puede introducir una referencia XLIFF en el área del título de un botón (ver [Apéndice B: arquitectura XLIFF](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Appendix-B-XLIFF-architecture.300-4163748.en.html)). @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de cálculos disponibles. La tabla siguiente muestra los cálcu | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Suma | X | | | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | -| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Promedio | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desviación estándar(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Varianza(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index b7ac26fab4ad7b..1654439c9433ec 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -223,4 +223,4 @@ Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el #### Objetos soportados -[Toolbar Button](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Bevel Button](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Rounded Bevel Button](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [OS X Gradient Button](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [OS X Textured Button](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Office XP Button](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Circle Button](button_overview.md#circle) - [Custom](button_overview.md#custom) +[Botón de la barra de herramientas](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Botón Bisel](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Botón Bisel redondeado](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [Botón Gradiente OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [Botón Texturizado OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Botón Office XP](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Botón Círculo](button_overview.md#circle) - [Personalizado](button_overview.md#custom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md index a7d925c4d6dcd5..ef87ff194f9ebb 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ title: Área Web Puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde el código JavaScript ejecutado en un área web y recibir valores a cambio. Para poder llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web, debe activar la propiedad de accesibilidad de los métodos 4D ("todos"). -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad solo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial llamado `$4d`en el área web, que puede [utilizar para gestionar las llamadas a los métodos proyecto de 4D](webArea_overview.md#4d-object). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/radio_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/radio_overview.md index 42b58c9a582767..52e49ccd80bbef 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/radio_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/radio_overview.md @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ El estilo de botón radio de divulgación muestra el botón radio como un botón ### Personalizado -The Custom radio button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows managing additional parameters such as [icon offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) and [margins](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). +El estilo de botón de opción Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar parámetros adicionales como el [desplazamiento](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) y los [márgenes](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) del icono. ## Propiedades soportadas @@ -135,5 +135,5 @@ Todos los botones radio comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Propiedades específicas adicionales están disponibles en función del [estilo de botón](#button-styles): -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) +- [Nombre de la ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (personalizado) - [Número de estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) - [Nombre de ruta de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) - [Título/Posición de la imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) (Botón de la barra de herramientas, Bisel, Bisel redondeado, OS X Degradado, OS X Texturizado, Office XP, Personalizado) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/splitters.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/splitters.md index 5aaa318e0e7692..c31ec425829f80 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/splitters.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/splitters.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Algunas de las características generales del separador: * Los topes de los separadores se calculan para que los objetos desplazados permanezcan totalmente visibles en el formulario o no pasen por debajo/al lado de otro separador. Cuando la propiedad [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) está asociada a un separador, su movimiento hacia la derecha o hacia abajo no encuentra ningún tope. * Si se redimensiona un formulario mediante un separador, las nuevas dimensiones del formulario se guardan sólo mientras se muestra el formulario. Una vez que se cierra un formulario, se restablecen las dimensiones iniciales. -Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [border style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) to obtain a thinner line or [change its color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). +Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. Puede modificar su [estilo de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) para obtener una línea más fina o [cambiar su color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). #### Ejemplo JSON @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [bor ### Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Línea Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Interacción con las propiedades de los objetos vecinos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/subform_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/subform_overview.md index eba97a9fa592e5..4c06656246d6dd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/subform_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/subform_overview.md @@ -147,4 +147,4 @@ El comando `GOTO OBJECT` busca el objeto de destino en el formulario padre aunqu ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Detail Form](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) - [Double click on empty row](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) - [Double click on row](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) - [Enterable in list](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Hide focus rectangle](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Horizontal Scroll Bar](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [List Form](properties_Subform.md#list-form) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Print Frame](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Selection mode](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) - [Source](properties_Subform.md#source) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Scroll Bar](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formulario detallado](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) - [Doble clic en fila vacía](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) - [Doble clic en fila](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) - [Introducción en lista](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ocultar rectángulo de enfoque](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Barra de desplazamiento horizontal](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Formulario lista](properties_Subform.md#list-form) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Marco de impresión](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Modo de selección](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) - [Fuente](properties_Subform.md#source) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md index 58895086aa8b4a..97c7839cd1e98b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ Una vez que un texto está rotado, puede seguir cambiando su tamaño o posición ## Propiedades soportadas -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Fill Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Font Size](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Color de relleno](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Cursiva](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Orientación](properties_Text.md#orientation) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md index ab80350a5c6b4c..f1cc0bc2cc7c02 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md @@ -15,4 +15,4 @@ Las áreas 4D View Pro están documentadas en el manual [4D View Pro](https://do ## Propiedades soportadas -[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - \[Altura\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - \[Nombre del objeto\](properties_Object. md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Mostrar barra de formulario](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - \[Interfaz usuario\](properties_Appearance. md#user-interface) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Mostrar barra de formulario](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Interfaz usuario ](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 6392579ae17976..2ec4735422d472 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ El [motor de renderizado web integrado 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-we Por ejemplo, para llamar al método `HelloWorld` de 4D, basta con ejecutar la siguiente declaración: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript es sensible a las mayúsculas y minúsculas, por lo que es importante tener en cuenta que el objeto se llama $4d (con "d" minúscula). La sintaxis de las llamadas a los métodos 4D es la siguiente: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` @@ -204,4 +204,4 @@ Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces te ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md index 8035e96407e546..7d9c584d0a5416 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ $txt:="Hello world!" ``` | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - La etiqueta del enlace es soportada: @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md index 1a7cc2891b27c6..aa42585028cbdf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ En esta lista sólo se muestran las clases de datos expuestas para el almacén d A continuación se describen las propiedades devueltas para cada clase de datos en el almacén de datos de su proyecto: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | ### Ejemplo @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ Las siguientes propiedades se devuelven para una clase de datos expuesta: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | | tableNumber | Number | Número de tabla en la base 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | ### Atributo(s) @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ Aquí están las propiedades de cada atributo expuesto que se devuelven: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | El nombre del atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | +| name | Text | El nombre del atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | | fieldPos | Number | Posición del campo en la tabla de la base). | -| scope | String | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Boolean | Esta propiedad devuelve True si el atributo es la llave primaria. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| path | String | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | -| inverseName | String | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | +| path | Text | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | +| inverseName | Text | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | ### Llave primaria diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md index 54293b6ff1a531..d18bc2ef25fc6a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Después de crear un conjunto de entidades, el ID del conjunto de entidades se d Cree otro conjunto de entidades basado en conjuntos de entidades creados anteriormente -| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | -| ---------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID del conjunto de entidades | +| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID del conjunto de entidades | ### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md index 0bce4d96532747..d1ddef99349334 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Para cada selección de entidad almacenada actualmente en la caché de 4D Server | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades en la selección de entidades. | | sorted | Boolean | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Fecha | Cuando se creó el conjunto de entidades o la última vez que se utilizó. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | -| userName | String | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | +| userName | Text | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | | lifeTime | Number | La duración de una sesión usuario en segundos (3600 por defecto). | | expiration | Fecha | La fecha y la hora actuales de caducidad de la sesión de usuario. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md index afbd7cd3f232f5..898d76c26f8477 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ En la colección de pasos, hay un objeto con las siguientes propiedades que defi | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | +| description | Text | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | | time | Number | Número de milisegundos necesarios para ejecutar la petición | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registros encontrados | | steps | Collection | Una colección con un objeto que define el siguiente paso de la ruta de la petición | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md index ffb87bf72e45a6..42b45f2dadc3ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (*por ejemplo, *, `$queryp ## Descripción $queryplan devuelve el plan de la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server. -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petición ejecutada | -| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petición ejecutada | +| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 7af551a855cbc9..83c56ecb43ce8b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a trav | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una entidad | | __KEY | mixto (mismo tipo que la llave primaria) | Opcional - llave primaria de la entidad | @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ La selección de entidades debe haber sido definida previamente utilizando [$met | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una selección de entidades | Ver ejemplo para [recibir una selección de entidades](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md index 2d1a770704338d..536743ef48c57a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ A continuación se describen los datos devueltos: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades en la clase de datos. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas por la petición REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidad en la que comienza la selección. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Cada entidad contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __KEY | String | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | | __TIMESTAMP | Fecha | Marca de tiempo de la última modificación de la entidad | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/WebServer/webServerConfig.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/WebServer/webServerConfig.md index 768fba19a13aca..3495485973a8c5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/WebServer/webServerConfig.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/WebServer/webServerConfig.md @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. Tamaño máximo (en bytes) de las peticiones HTTP entrantes (POST) que el servidor web está autorizado a procesar. Por defecto, el valor es de 2 000 000, es decir, algo menos de 2 MB. Pasar el valor máximo (2 147 483 648) significa que, en la práctica, no se define ningún límite. -Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. This limit is used to avoid web server saturation due to incoming requests that are too large. +Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. Cuando una petición alcanza este límite, el servidor web 4D la rechaza. Valores posibles: 500 000 a 2 147 483 648. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md index 7f61d55c335fac..f08a9070860150 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2247,8 +2247,8 @@ También puede pasar un parámetro de criterios para definir cómo deben ordenar | Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | Esta sintaxis sólo ordena los valores escalares de la colección (otros tipos de elementos, como objetos o colecciones, se devuelven desordenados). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index bfa92e2bc60429..2f6f85b9ef4536 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Para obtener una visión general de esta clase, consulte la entrada del blog [** | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | settings | Object | -> | Parámetros para generar o cargar un par de llaves | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | +| Result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Contiene el nombre del tipo de llave - "RSA" -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md index 50cdd79b7717f5..e29440c0f70cd2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -735,9 +735,9 @@ El objeto `data` de cada entrada contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Llave primaria de la entidad | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp de la entidad en la base de datos | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Timestamp de la entidad en la base de datos (el formato es YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Llave primaria de la entidad | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp de la entidad en la base de datos | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Timestamp de la entidad en la base de datos (el formato es YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | Si hay datos en la caché para un atributo de dataclass, se devuelven en una propiedad con el mismo tipo que en la base de datos. | Los datos relativos a las entidades relacionadas se almacenan en la caché del objeto de datos. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md index de2db911225525..7e6a81f6756672 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ El comando admite los siguientes almacenes de datos remotos: | Tipo de almacén de datos | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Aplicación 4D remota | Una aplicación 4D disponible como datastore remoto, es decir
  • : su servidor web se ejecuta con http y/o https activados,
  • su datastore está expuesto a REST (opción [**Exponer como servidor REST**](REST/configuration.md#starting-the-rest-server) activada).
    • Puede exigirse una licencia (ver nota) | +| Aplicación 4D remota | Una aplicación 4D disponible como datastore remoto, es decir:
  • su servidor web se ejecuta con http y/o https activados,
  • su datastore está expuesto a REST (opción [**Exponer como servidor REST**](REST/configuration.md#starting-the-rest-server) activada).
    • Puede exigirse una licencia (ver nota) | | [Aplicación Qodly](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/cloud/getStarted) | Una aplicación Qodly Server que le proporcionó un **api endpoint** y una **api key** válida asociada a un rol definido. Debe pasar la llave api en la propiedad `api-key` del objeto *connectionInfo*. A continuación, podrá trabajar con el objeto datastore devuelto, con todos los privilegios concedidos al rol asociado. | :::note @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Pase en *connectionInfo* un objeto que describa el almacén de datos remoto al q | hostname | Text | Nombre o dirección IP de la base de datos remota + ":" + número de puerto (el número de puerto es obligatorio) | API Endpoint de la instancia Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nombre de usuario | - (ignorado) | | contraseña | Text | Contraseña del usuario | - (ignorado) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | - (ignorado) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | - (ignorado) | | tls | Boolean | True para utilizar una conexión segura(1). Si se omite, es false por defecto. Se recomienda utilizar una conexión segura siempre que sea posible. | True para usar conexión segura. Si se omite, es false por defecto | | type | Text | debe ser "4D Server" | - (ignorado) | | api-key | Text | - (ignorado) | API key de la instancia Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/Document.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/Document.md index 95694633934757..2abf4d9c0e5c71 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/Document.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/Document.md @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. #### Descripción -La propiedad `.extension` devuelve la extensión del nombre del archivo (si lo hay). Una extensión siempre comienza por ".". The property returns an empty string if the file name does not have an extension. +La propiedad `.extension` devuelve la extensión del nombre del archivo (si lo hay). Una extensión siempre comienza por ".". La propiedad devuelve una cadena vacía si el nombre del archivo no tiene extensión. Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md index ec7c938170bbf4..39e17b3ea7e069 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Las diferencias se devuelven como una colección de objetos cuyas propiedades so | Nombre de propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nombre del atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nombre del atributo | | value | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en la entidad | | otherValue | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md index ef826c026062f1..85f7fc68f1333b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Esta propiedad es **lectura-escritura**. :::caution -Cuando se crea un file handle, el valor `.offset` es un número de bytes. Sin embargo, la unidad de medida del offset difiere según la función de lectura: con [`readBlob()`](#readblob), `.offset` es un número de bytes, mientras que con [`readText()`](#readtext)/[`readLine()`](#readline) es un número de caracteres. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Por lo tanto, si comienza a leer con `readBlob()` y luego llama a `readText()`, la lectura de texto comenzará en una posición inconsistente. Por lo tanto, es esencial que establezca usted mismo la propiedad `.offset` si pasa de leer/escribir blob a leer/escribir texto en el mismo filehandle. Por ejemplo: +Cuando se crea un file handle, el valor `.offset` es un número de bytes. Sin embargo, la unidad de medida del offset difiere según la función de lectura: con [`readBlob()`](#readblob), `.offset` es un número de bytes, mientras que con [`readText()`](#readtext)/[`readLine()`](#readline) es un número de caracteres. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Por lo tanto, si comienza a leer con `readBlob()` y luego llama a `readText()`, la lectura de texto comenzará en una posición inconsistente. Por ejemplo: ```4d // Abrir un fichero de texto europeo con codificación utf-16 (dos bytes por caracter) @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md index c35b915581dbc2..de454686708809 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ Si la fórmula se crea en un componente, puede considerar utilizar el parámetro | Constante | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (por defecto) La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto en el que se creó | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto de la base de datos local | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (por defecto) La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto en el que se creó | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto de la base de datos local | #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SignalClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SignalClass.md index 6d30e7dadc4a21..4206d6de65715f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SignalClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SignalClass.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Un objeto `4D.Signal` contiene los siguientes métodos y propiedades integrados: - [`.signaled`](#signaled) - [`.description`](#description). -Todo worker/proceso que llame al método `.wait()` suspenderá su ejecución hasta que la propiedad `.signaled` sea true. Mientras espera una señal, el proceso que llama no utiliza ninguna CPU. Esto puede ser muy interesante para el rendimiento en aplicaciones multiproceso. La propiedad `.signaled` se convierte en true cuando cualquier worker/proceso llama al método `.trigger()`. +Lanzamiento Mientras espera una señal, el proceso que llama no utiliza ninguna CPU. Esto puede ser muy interesante para el rendimiento en aplicaciones multiproceso. Lanzamiento Tenga en cuenta que para evitar situaciones de bloqueo, el método `.wait()` también puede regresar después de que se haya alcanzado un tiempo de espera definido. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Esta propiedad está en **lectura-escritura**. #### Descripción -La propiedad `.signaled` contiene el estado actual del objeto `Signal`. Cuando se crea la señal, `.signaled` es **False**. Se convierte en **True** cuando la función `.trigger( )` se llama en el objeto. +Lanzamiento Cuando se crea la señal, `.signaled` es **False**. La propiedad `.signaled` se convierte en true cuando cualquier worker/proceso llama al método `.trigger()`. Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. La función `.trigger( )` define la propiedad `signaled` del objeto signal como **true** y despierta a todos los workers o procesos que esperan esta signal. -Si la señal ya está en el estado de señalización (es decir, la propiedad signaled\` ya es **true**), la función no hace nada. +Si la señal ya está en el estado de señalización (es decir, la propiedad signaled\\` ya es **true**), la función no hace nada. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebFormClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebFormClass.md index d232b31c39f26c..bf3f405c497853 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebFormClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebFormClass.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Esta función no hace nada si: Si [activa](#enablestate) o desactiva varios estados en la misma función usuario, todas las modificaciones se envían al mismo tiempo al cliente una vez finalizada la función. -For more information on web form states, please refer to [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). +Para más información sobre los estados de los formularios web, consulte [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). ### .enableState() @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Esta función no hace nada si: Si activa o [desactiva](#disablestate) varios estados dentro de la misma función usuario, todas las modificaciones se envían al mismo tiempo al cliente una vez que la función termina. -For more information on web form states, please refer to [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). +Para más información sobre los estados de los formularios web, consulte [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md index 33551fb69c3b63..e36d64c75a5ae8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ Sintaxis: | `--headless` | | Lanza 4D, 4D Server o la aplicación fusionada sin interfaz (modo headless). En este modo:
  • El modo Diseño no está disponible, la base de datos se inicia en modo Aplicación
  • No se muestra la barra de herramientas, la barra de menú, la ventana MDI ni la pantalla de presentación
  • No se muestra ningún icono en el dock o la barra de tareas
  • La base de datos abierta no se registra en el menú "Bases de datos recientes"
  • Se inicia automáticamente el registro de diagnóstico (ver [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), selector 79)
  • Se intercepta cada llamada a una caja de diálogo y se suministra una respuesta automática (por ejemplo, OK para el comando [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html), Abort para un diálogo de error...). Todos los comandos interceptados(\*) se registran en el historial de diagnóstico.

    • Para las necesidades de mantenimiento, puede enviar cualquier texto a los flujos de salida estándar utilizando el comando [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page667.html). Tenga en cuenta que las aplicaciones 4D sin interfaz sólo pueden cerrarse mediante una llamada a [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) o utilizando el administrador de tareas del sistema operativo. | | `--dataless` | | Lanza 4D, 4D Server, la aplicación fusionada o tool4d en modo sin datos. El modo sin datos es útil cuando 4D ejecuta tareas sin necesidad de datos (compilación de proyectos, por ejemplo). En este modo:
  • No se abre ningún archivo que contenga datos, aunque se especifique en la línea de comandos o en el archivo `.4DLink`, o cuando se utilicen los comandos `CREATE DATA FILE` y `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Los comandos que manipulen datos generarán un error. Por ejemplo, `CREATE RECORD` muestra el mensaje “no hay tabla a la cual aplicar el comando”.

    • **Nota**:
  • si se pasa en la línea de comandos, el modo dataless se aplica a todas las bases de datos abiertas en 4D, siempre y cuando la aplicación no se cierre.
  • Si se pasa utilizando el archivo `.4DLink`, el modo dataless solo se aplica a la base de datos especificada en el archivo `.4DLink`. Para más información sobre los archivos `.4DLink`, ver [Atajos para abrir proyectos](../GettingStarted/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Ruta del archivo | Ruta del archivo `.4DSettings` personalizado para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Llave de acceso para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Llave de acceso para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Estado del lanzamiento automático del [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Almacena la llave de acceso y los parámetros de inicio automático en el archivo de parámetros actualmente utilizado (es decir, el archivo [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) por defecto o un archivo personalizado designado con el parámetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilice el argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para guardar esta configuración si es necesario. No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--utility` | | Sólo disponible con 4D Server. Lanza [4D Server en modo utilitario](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | +| `--utility` | | Sólo disponible con 4D Server. Sólo disponible con 4D Server. | | `--skip-onstartup` | | Lanza el proyecto sin ejecutar ningún método "automático", incluyendo los métodos base `On Startup` y `On Exit` | | `--startup-method` | Nombre del método proyecto (cadena) | Método de proyecto a ejecutar inmediatamente después del método base `On Startup` (si no se omite con `--skip-onstartup`). | -(\*) Algunos diálogos se muestran antes de abrir la base de datos, por lo que es imposible escribir en el [archivo de registro de diagnóstico](Debugging/debugLogFiles. d#4ddiagnosticlogtxt) (alerta de licencia, diálogo de conversión, selección de bases de datos, selección de archivos de datos). En este caso, se +(\*) Algunos diálogos se muestran antes de abrir la base de datos, por lo que es imposible escribir en el [archivo de registro de diagnóstico](Debugging/debugLogFiles.md#4ddiagnosticlogtxt) (alerta de licencia, diálogo de conversión, selección de bases de datos, selección de archivos de datos). En este caso, se lanza un mensaje de error tanto en el flujo stderr como en el registro de eventos sistema, y luego la aplicación se cierra. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/settings.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/settings.md index 38ea4912f721ec..d82db3806f62e1 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/settings.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/settings.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Las opciones que se encuentran en esta pestaña le permiten establecer y configu - **Nunca**: la función de copia de seguridad programada está inactiva. - **Cada hora**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada hora, a partir de la hora siguiente. -- **Cada día**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada día. A continuación, puede introducir la hora a la que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. +- Backups periódicos A continuación, puede introducir la hora a la que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Todas las semanas**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada semana. Dos áreas de entrada adicionales le permiten indicar el día y la hora en que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Todos los meses**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada mes. Dos áreas de entrada adicionales le permiten indicar el día del mes y la hora en que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Personalizado**: sirve para configurar las copias de seguridad automáticas "a medida". Al seleccionar esta opción, aparecen varias áreas de entrada adicionales: @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Esta área le permite determinar qué archivos y/o carpetas deben copiarse duran - **Archivo de estructura usuario (sólo para bases binaria)**: *funcionalidad obsoleta* - **Adjuntos**: esta área permite especificar un conjunto de archivos y/o carpetas que se respaldarán al mismo tiempo que la aplicación. Estos archivos pueden ser de cualquier tipo (documentos o plantillas de plug-ins, etiquetas, informes, imágenes, etc.). Puede definir archivos individuales o carpetas cuyo contenido se respaldará completamente. Cada elemento adjunto aparece con su ruta de acceso completa en el área "Adjuntos ". - **Eliminar**: retira el archivo seleccionado de la lista de archivos adjuntos. - - **Añadir carpeta...**: muestra una caja de diálogo que permite seleccionar una carpeta para añadirla a la copia de seguridad. En el caso de una restitución, la carpeta se recuperará con su estructura interna. Puede seleccionar toda carpeta o volumen conectado a la máquina, a excepción de la carpeta que contiene los archivos de la aplicación. + - Gestión del archivo de historial En el caso de una restitución, la carpeta se recuperará con su estructura interna. Puede seleccionar toda carpeta o volumen conectado a la máquina, a excepción de la carpeta que contiene los archivos de la aplicación. - **Añadir archivo...**: muestra una caja de diálogo que permite seleccionar un archivo para añadirlo a la copia de seguridad. ### Carpeta de destino del archivo de copia de seguridad @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Estas opciones se aplican a los archivos de copia de seguridad principales y a l #### Restaurar la última copia de seguridad si la base de datos está dañada -When this option is checked, the program automatically starts the restore of the data file of the last valid backup of the application, if an anomaly is detected (corrupted file, for example) during application launch. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. +Cuando se marca esta opción, el programa inicia automáticamente la restauración del archivo de datos de la última copia de seguridad válida de la aplicación, si se detecta una anomalía (archivo dañado, por ejemplo) durante el lanzamiento de la aplicación. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. #### Integrar los últimos registros si la base de datos está incompleta diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md index 499da412323dec..018045b9957b41 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Clases El lenguaje 4D soporta el concepto de **clases**. En un lenguaje de programación, el uso de una clase permite definir el comportamiento de un objeto con propiedades y funciones asociadas. -Cada objeto es una instancia de su clase. Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una clase puede [`extend`](#class-extends-classname) otra clase, y luego hereda sus [funciones](#function) y propiedades ([declaradas](#property) y [calculadas](#function-get-and-function-set)). +Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una clase puede [`extend`](#class-extends-classname) otra clase, y luego hereda sus [funciones](#function) y propiedades ([declaradas](#property) y [calculadas](#function-get-and-function-set)). > El modelo de clases en 4D es similar al de las clases en JavaScript, y se basa en una cadena de prototipos. @@ -181,9 +181,15 @@ En las definiciones de clase se pueden utilizar palabras claves específicas de // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Las funciones de clase son propiedades específicas de la clase. Son objetos de la clase [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). En el archivo de definición de clase, las declaraciones de función utilizan la palabra clave `Function` seguida del nombre de la función. -Si la función se declara en una [clase compartida](#clases-compartidas), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` para que la función pueda ser llamada sin la estructura `Use...End use`. Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. +Si las funciones se declaran en una [clase compartida](#shared-class-constructor), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` con ellas para que puedan ser llamadas sin la estructura [`Use...End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. El nombre de la función debe ser compatible con las [reglas de nomenclatura de objetos](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -315,11 +321,17 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Una función constructora de clase acepta [parámetros](#parameters) opcionales y puede ser utilizada para crear e inicializar objetos de la clase del usuario. Cuando llama a la función [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), el constructor de clase es llamado con los parámetros opcionalmente pasados a la función `new()`. -Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). Un constructor puede utilizar la palabra clave [`Super`](#super) para llamar al constructor de la superclase. +Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. Puede crear y escribir propiedades de instancia dentro del constructor (ver ejemplo). Alternativamente, si los valores de las propiedades de instancia no dependen de los parámetros pasados al constructor, puede definirlos utilizando la palabra clave [`property`](#property). @@ -355,7 +367,7 @@ La palabra clave`property` se puede utilizar para declarar una propiedad dentro La declaración de propiedades de clase mejora las sugerencias del editor de código, las funciones de tecleo predictivo y la detección de errores. -Las propiedades se declaran para nuevos objetos cuando llama a [`new()`](API/ClassClass. d#new), sin embargo, no se añaden automáticamente a los objetos (sólo se añaden cuando se les asigna un valor). +Las propiedades se declaran para nuevos objetos cuando llama a [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), sin embargo, no se añaden automáticamente a los objetos (sólo se añaden cuando se les asigna un valor). :::note @@ -481,15 +493,15 @@ $o.age:="Smith" //error con la sintaxis de verificación Si no se accede a la propiedad, el código nunca se ejecuta. -Las propiedades calculadas están diseñadas para manejar datos que no necesitan ser guardados en memoria. Generalmente se basan en propiedades persistentes. For example, if a class object contains as persistent property the *gross price* and the *VAT rate*, the *net price* could be handled by a computed property.

    In the class definition file, computed property +Las propiedades calculadas están diseñadas para manejar datos que no necesitan ser guardados en memoria. Generalmente se basan en propiedades persistentes. For example, if a class object contains as persistent property the *gross price* and the *VAT rate*, the *net price* could be handled by a computed property.

    In the class definition file, computed property En el archivo de definición de la clase, las declaraciones de propiedades calculadas utilizan las palabras claves `Function get` (*getter*) y `Function set` (*setter*) seguido por el nombre de la propiedad. El nombre debe cumplir con las [reglas de nomenclatura de las propiedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). `Función get` devuelve un valor del tipo de la propiedad y `Function set` toma un parámetro del tipo de la propiedad. Ambos argumentos deben cumplir con los [parámetros de función](#parameters) estándar. -Cuando ambas funciones están definidas, la propiedad calculada es **read-write**. Si solo se define una `Function get`, la propiedad calculada es **de solo lectura**. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. Si solo se define una `Función set`, 4D devuelve *undefined* cuando se lee la propiedad. +Cuando ambas funciones están definidas, la propiedad calculada es **read-write**. Si solo se define una `Function get`, la propiedad calculada es **de solo lectura**. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. -Si las funciones se declaran en una [clase compartida](#shared-class-constructor), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` con ellas para que puedan ser llamadas sin la estructura [`Use...End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. +Si la función se declara en una [clase compartida](#clases-compartidas), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` para que la función pueda ser llamada sin la estructura `Use...End use`. Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. El tipo de la propiedad calculada es definido por la declaración de tipo `$return` del \*getter \*. Puede ser de cualquier [tipo de propiedad válido](dt_object.md). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md index 9753d13676a584..c47a3870123115 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ El valor por defecto depende del tipo de variable: | ---------- | ---------------------------------------- | | Booleano | False | | Fecha | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md index e5e77d2e3270c8..f5cc66f15d491f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ Número es un término genérico que significa: - Los campos, variables o expresiones de tipo Entero largo. El rango para el tipo de datos Entero largo (4 bytes) es -2^31..(2^31)-1. - Los campos, variables o expresiones de tipo Entero. El rango para el tipo de datos Entero (2 bytes) es -32.768..32.767 (2^15..(2^15)-1). -**Nota:** los valores de los campos enteros se convierten automáticamente en enteros largos cuando se utilizan en el lenguaje 4D. +**Note:** Integer field values are automatically converted in Long integers when used in the 4D Language. Puede asignar cualquier tipo de dato numérico a otro; 4D realiza la conversión, truncando o redondeando si es necesario. Sin embargo, cuando los valores están fuera del rango, la conversión no devolverá un valor válido. Se pueden mezclar los tipos de datos numéricos en las expresiones. -**Nota:** en el manual de referencia del lenguaje 4D, sin importar el tipo de datos real, los parámetros de tipo Real, Entero y Entero largo en las descripciones de los comandos se indican como número, salvo que se indique lo contrario. +**Note:** In the 4D Language Reference manual, no matter the actual data type, the Real, Integer, and Long Integer parameters in command descriptions are denoted as number, except when marked otherwise. ## Constantes literales numéricas @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ Los números negativos se especifican con el signo menos (-). Por ejemplo: ## Operadores numéricos -| Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | -| ----------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ---------- | ----- | -| Adición | Número + Número | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | -| Resta | Número - Número | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | -| Multiplicación | Número * Número | Number | 5 * 2 | 10 | -| División | Número / Número | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | -| División entera | Número \ Número | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | -| Módulo | Número % Número | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | -| Exponenciación | Número ^ Número | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | -| Igual | Número = Número | Boolean | 10 = 10 | True | -| | | | 10 = 11 | False | -| Desigualdad | Número # Número | Boolean | 10 #11 | True | -| | | | 10 # 10 | False | -| Mayor que | Número > Número | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | -| | | | 10 > 11 | False | -| Menor que | Número < Número | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | -| | | | 11 < 10 | False | -| Mayor o igual que | Número >= Número | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | -| | | | 10 >= 11 | False | -| Menor o igual que | Número <= Número | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | -| | | | 11 <= 10 | False | +| Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | +| ----------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| Adición | Número + Número | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | +| Resta | Número - Número | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | +| Multiplicación | Número \* Número | Number | 5 \* 2 | 10 | +| División | Número / Número | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | +| División entera | Número \ Número | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | +| Módulo | Número % Número | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | +| Exponenciación | Número ^ Número | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | +| Igual | Número = Número | Boolean | 10 = 10 | True | +| | | | 10 = 11 | False | +| Desigualdad | Número # Número | Boolean | 10 #11 | True | +| | | | 10 # 10 | False | +| Mayor que | Número > Número | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | +| | | | 10 > 11 | False | +| Menor que | Número < Número | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | +| | | | 11 < 10 | False | +| Mayor o igual que | Número >= Número | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | +| | | | 10 >= 11 | False | +| Menor o igual que | Número <= Número | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | +| | | | 11 <= 10 | False | ### Módulo @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ El operador modulo % divide el primer número entre el segundo y devuelve un res :::warning -El operador modulo % devuelve valores significativos con números que están en el rango de los enteros largos (de –2^31 hasta 2^31 menos 1). Para calcular el módulo con números fuera de este rango, utilice el comando [`Mod`(https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page98.html)]. +El operador modulo % devuelve valores significativos con números que están en el rango de los enteros largos (de –2^31 hasta 2^31 menos 1). To calculate the modulo with numbers outside of this range, use the [`Mod`(https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page98.html)] command. ::: @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ El operador de división entero largo \ devuelve valores significativos sólo co ### Comparación real -Para comparar dos reales por igualdad, el lenguaje 4D realmente compara el valor absoluto de la diferencia con el *épsilon*. Ver el comando [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page623.html). +Para comparar dos reales por igualdad, el lenguaje 4D realmente compara el valor absoluto de la diferencia con el *épsilon*. See the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page623.html) command. :::note -Por coherencia, el motor de base de datos 4D siempre compara los campos de base de datos de tipo real utilizando un valor de 10^-6 para *épsilon* y no tiene en cuenta el parámetro `SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`. +For consistency, the 4D database engine always compares database fields of the real type using a 10^-6 value for *epsilon* and does not take the `SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL` setting into account. ::: @@ -103,60 +103,60 @@ Para anular la precedencia de izquierda a derecha, DEBE utilizar paréntesis. Po 3+(4*5) ``` -devuelve 23 porque la expresión (4 * 5) se evalúa primero, debido a los paréntesis. El resultado es 20, que se suma a 3 para el resultado final de 23. +devuelve 23 porque la expresión (4 \* 5) se evalúa primero, debido a los paréntesis. El resultado es 20, que se suma a 3 para el resultado final de 23. Los paréntesis pueden anidarse dentro de otros conjuntos de paréntesis. Asegúrese de que cada paréntesis de la izquierda tenga un paréntesis de la derecha que coincida para garantizar la evaluación correcta de las expresiones. La falta o el uso incorrecto de los paréntesis puede provocar resultados inesperados o expresiones no válidas. Además, si pretende compilar sus aplicaciones, debe tener paréntesis coincidentes: el compilador detecta la falta de paréntesis como un error de sintaxis. ## Operadores de bits -Los operadores de bits operan sobre expresiones o valores **Entero largo**. +The bitwise operators operates on **Long Integer** expressions or values. > Si se pasa un valor de tipo Entero o Real a un operador de tipo bit, 4D evalúa el valor como un valor de tipo Entero Largo antes de calcular el resultado de la expresión. Cuando se utilizan los operadores de bits, hay que pensar en un valor de tipo Entero largo como un array de 32 bits. Los bits están numerados de 0 a 31, de derecha a izquierda. -Dado que cada bit puede ser igual a 0 o 1, también se puede pensar en un valor Entero largo como un valor en el que se pueden almacenar 32 valores booleanos. Un bit igual a 1 significa **Verdadero** y un bit igual a 0 significa **Falso**. +Dado que cada bit puede ser igual a 0 o 1, también se puede pensar en un valor Entero largo como un valor en el que se pueden almacenar 32 valores booleanos. A bit equal to 1 means **True** and a bit equal to 0 means **False**. Una expresión que utiliza un operador bitwise devuelve un valor Entero largo, excepto para el operador Bit Test, donde la expresión devuelve un valor Booleano. La siguiente tabla lista los operadores a nivel de bits y su sintaxis: -| Operación | Operador | Sintaxis | Devuelve | -| ----------------- | ------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------- | -| Y | & | Long & Long | Long | -| O (inclusive) | | | Long | Long | Long | -| O (exclusivo) | ^ | | Long ^ | Long | Long | -| Left Bit Shift | << | Long << Long | Long (ver nota 1) | -| Right Bit Shift | >> | Long >> Long | Long (ver nota 1) | -| Bit Set | ?+ | Long ?+ Long | Long (ver nota 2) | -| Poner el bit en 0 | ?- | Long ?- Long | Long (ver nota 2) | -| Probar bit | ?? | Long ?? Long Long | Boolean (ver nota 2) | +| Operación | Operador | Sintaxis | Devuelve | +| -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | +| Y | & | Long & Long | Long | +| O (inclusive) | | | Long \| Long | Long | +| O (exclusivo) | ^ | | Long ^ \| Long | Long | +| Left Bit Shift | << | Long << Long | Long (ver nota 1) | +| Right Bit Shift | > > | Long >> Long | Long (ver nota 1) | +| Bit Set | ?+ | Long ?+ Long | Long (ver nota 2) | +| Poner el bit en 0 | ?- | Long ?- Long | Long (ver nota 2) | +| Probar bit | ?? | Long ?? Long Long | Boolean (ver nota 2) | #### Notas -1. Para las operaciones `Left Bit Shift` and `Right Bit Shift`, el segundo operando indica el número de posiciones en que se desplazarán los bits del primer operando en el valor resultante. Por lo tanto, este segundo operando debe estar entre 0 y 31. Tenga en cuenta, sin embargo, que el desplazamiento de 0 devuelve un valor sin cambios y el desplazamiento de más de 31 bits devuelve 0x00000000 porque todos los bits se pierden. Si se pasa otro valor como segundo operando, el resultado no es significativo. -2. En las operaciones `Bit Set`, `Bit Clear` y `Bit Test` , el segundo operando indica el número del bit sobre el que hay que actuar. Por lo tanto, este segundo operando debe estar entre 0 y 31; de lo contrario, el resultado de la expresión no es significativo. +1. For the `Left Bit Shift` and `Right Bit Shift` operations, the second operand indicates the number of positions by which the bits of the first operand will be shifted in the resulting value. Por lo tanto, este segundo operando debe estar entre 0 y 31. Tenga en cuenta, sin embargo, que el desplazamiento de 0 devuelve un valor sin cambios y el desplazamiento de más de 31 bits devuelve 0x00000000 porque todos los bits se pierden. Si se pasa otro valor como segundo operando, el resultado no es significativo. +2. For the `Bit Set`, `Bit Clear` and `Bit Test` operations , the second operand indicates the number of the bit on which to act. Por lo tanto, este segundo operando debe estar entre 0 y 31; de lo contrario, el resultado de la expresión no es significativo. La siguiente tabla lista los operadores a nivel de bits y sus efectos: -| Operación | Descripción | -| ----------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Y | Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. Aquí está la tabla del AND lógico:

  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • Es decir, el bit resultante es 1 si los dos bits del operando son 1; en caso contrario, el bit resultante es 0. | -| O (inclusive) | Cada bit resultante es la OR lógica de los bits de los dos operandos. Aquí está la tabla OR lógica:
  • 1 | 1 --> 1
  • 0 | 1 --> 1
  • 1 | 0 --> 1
  • 0 | 0 --> 0
    • Es decir, el bit resultante es 1 si al menos uno de los dos bits del operando es 1; en caso contrario, el bit resultante es 0. | -| O (exclusivo) | Cada bit resultante es el XOR lógico de los bits de los dos operandos. Aquí está la tabla XOR lógica:
  • 1 ^ | 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ | 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ | 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ | 0 --> 0
    • Es decir, el bit resultante es 1 si solo uno de los dos bits del operando es 1; en caso contrario, el bit resultante es 0. | -| Left Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la izquierda el número de posiciones indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la izquierda se pierden y los nuevos bits de la derecha se ponen en 0. The bits on the left are lost and the new bits on the right are set to 0. | -| Right Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la derecha el número de posición indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la derecha se pierden y los nuevos bits de la izquierda se ponen en 0.**Nota:** Teniendo en cuenta sólo los valores positivos, desplazar a la derecha N bits es lo mismo que dividir por 2^N. | -| Bit Set | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 1. Los demás bits no se modifican. | -| Poner el bit en 0 | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 0. Los demás bits no se modifican. | -| Probar bit | Devuelve True si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 1. Devuelve False si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 0. | +| Operación | Descripción | +| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Y | Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. | +| O (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \\ | +| O (exclusivo) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \\ | +| Left Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la izquierda el número de posiciones indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la izquierda se pierden y los nuevos bits de la derecha se ponen en 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | +| Right Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la derecha el número de posición indicado por el segundo operando. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | +| Bit Set | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 1. Los demás bits no se modifican. | +| Poner el bit en 0 | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 0. Los demás bits no se modifican. | +| Probar bit | Devuelve True si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 1. Devuelve False si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 0. | ### Ejemplos -| Operación | Ejemplo | Result | -| ----------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------- | -| Y | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | -| O (inclusive) | 0x0000FFFF | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | -| O (exclusivo) | 0x0000FFFF ^ | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | -| Left Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | -| Right Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | -| Bit Set | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | -| Poner el bit en 0 | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | -| Probar bit | 0x00010000 ?? 16 16 | True | +| Operación | Ejemplo | Result | +| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | +| Y | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | +| O (inclusive) | 0x0000FFFF \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | +| O (exclusivo) | 0x0000FFFF ^ \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | +| Left Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | +| Right Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | +| Bit Set | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | +| Poner el bit en 0 | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | +| Probar bit | 0x00010000 ?? 16 16 | True | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md index 1a77a8a0d4c436..d15df1087a9359 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Las siguientes secuencias de escape pueden utilizarse dentro de las cadenas: | Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | | ---------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetición | Cadena \* Número | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetición | Cadena \* Número | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | Cadena = Cadena | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdad | Cadena # Cadena | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 9bd2cbb2e76ad7..f9863f3d6bebb8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Los mismos símbolos se utilizan a menudo para diferentes operaciones, dependien | Tipos de datos | Operación | Ejemplo | | -------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adición | 1 + 2 suma los números y da como resultado 3 | -| String | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | +| Text | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | | Fecha y Número | Adición de fecha | !1989-01-01! !1989-01-01! + 20 adds 20 days to the date January 1, 1989, and results in the date January 21, 1989 | ## Expresiones @@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ Se hace referencia a una expresión por el tipo de datos que devuelve. Hay vario | Expression | Tipo | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | +| “Hello” | Text | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | | 4 | Number | Se trata de una constante numérica, 4. | | 4 \* 2 | Number | Dos números, 4 y 2, se multiplican utilizando el operador de multiplicación (\*). El resultado es el número 8. | | myButton | Number | Es una variable asociada a un botón. Devuelve el valor actual del botón: 1 si se ha hecho clic, 0 si no. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md index f294ab135ccf0c..8e6d7ee54866ac 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md @@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ Las variables del sistema son utilizadas por los [comandos 4D](commands.md). Con | Nombre de la variable del sistema | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | +| `OK` | Integer | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | | `Document` | Text | Contiene el "nombre largo" (ruta completa+nombre) del último archivo abierto o creado utilizando comandos como [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) o [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contienen los códigos de caracteres que se utilizarán respectivamente como separador de campos (por defecto es **Tab** (9)) y separador de registros (por defecto es **retorno de carro** (13)) al importar o exportar texto. Para utilizar un separador diferente, asigne un nuevo valor a la variable del sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Utilizado en un método de captura de errores instalado por el comando [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html). Ver [Gestión de errores en el método](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | :::note diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/overview.md index 8c716ac5aebede..86bee26231e968 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/overview.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cuando se produce un evento formulario, 4D realiza las siguientes acciones: No asuma que los métodos objeto, si los hay, serán llamados en un orden particular. La regla general es que los métodos objeto siempre se llaman antes que el método formulario. Si un objeto es un subformulario, se llaman los métodos objeto del formulario lista del subformulario, y luego se llama al método formulario del formulario listado. 4D continúa llamando a los métodos objeto del formulario padre. En otras palabras, cuando un objeto es un subformulario, 4D utiliza la misma regla general para los métodos objeto y formulario dentro del objeto subformulario. -Excepto en los eventos [En carga](onLoad.md) y [En descarga](onUnload.md) (ver más abajo), si la propiedad del evento formulario no está seleccionada para un evento determinado, esto no impide las llamadas a los métodos objetos cuya misma propiedad de eve En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. +ATENCIÓN: los eventos [On Load](onLoad.md) y [On Unload](onUnload.md) se generan para los objetos si están activados a la vez para los objetos y para el formulario al que pertenecen los objetos. En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. El número de objetos asociados a un evento depende de la naturaleza del mismo. @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ El número de objetos asociados a un evento depende de la naturaleza del mismo. Tenga siempre en cuenta que, para todo evento, se llama al método de un formulario o de un objeto si se selecciona la correspondiente propiedad del evento para el formulario o los objetos. La ventaja de desactivar los eventos en el entorno de diseño (utilizando la lista de propiedades del editor de formularios) es que puede reducir el número de llamadas a los métodos y, por tanto, optimizar significativamente la velocidad de ejecución de sus formularios. -> ATENCIÓN: los eventos [On Load](onLoad.md) y [On Unload](onUnload.md) se generan para los objetos si están activados a la vez para los objetos y para el formulario al que pertenecen los objetos. Si los eventos están activados sólo para los objetos, no se producirán; estos dos eventos también deben estar activados a nivel del formulario. +> Excepto en los eventos [En carga](onLoad.md) y [En descarga](onUnload.md) (ver más abajo), si la propiedad del evento formulario no está seleccionada para un evento determinado, esto no impide las llamadas a los métodos objetos cuya misma propiedad de eve En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. Si los eventos están activados sólo para los objetos, no se producirán; estos dos eventos también deben estar activados a nivel del formulario. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/formEditor.md index 22e86fed2681d4..382f47725cec5e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ La barra de objetos contiene todos los objetos activos e inactivos que se pueden | ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/splitter.png) | [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) / [Control de pestañas](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | D | | ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/plugin.png) | [Área de plug-in ](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md) / [Subformulario](FormObjects/subform_overview.md) / [Área Web](FormObjects/webArea_overview.md) / [4D Write Pro](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md) / [4D View Pro](FormObjects/viewProArea_overview | X | -Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Después de crear un objeto, puede modificar su tipo utilizando la lista de propiedades. Mantenga presionada la tecla **Mayúsculas** mientras dibuja para restringir el objeto a una forma regular. Las líneas se limitan a horizontales, 45° o verticales, los rectángulos se limitan a cuadrados y los óvalos se limitan a círculos. +Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Después de crear un objeto, puede modificar su tipo utilizando la lista de propiedades. Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Las líneas se limitan a horizontales, 45° o verticales, los rectángulos se limitan a cuadrados y los óvalos se limitan a círculos. La variante actual del tema es el objeto que se insertará en el formulario. Al hacer clic en la parte derecha de un botón, se accede al menú de variantes: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Una vez insertado el objeto en el formulario, puede modificar sus característic Puede trabajar con dos tipos de objetos en sus formularios: -- **Objetos estáticos** (líneas, marcos, imágenes de fondo, etc.): estos objetos se utilizan generalmente para definir la apariencia del formulario y sus etiquetas, así como para la interfaz gráfica. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. También puede definir sus atributos gráficos (tamaño, color, fuente, etc.) y sus propiedades de redimensionamiento utilizando la Lista de Propiedades. Los objetos estáticos no tienen variables asociadas como los objetos activos. Sin embargo, se pueden insertar objetos dinámicos en objetos estáticos. +- **Objetos estáticos** (líneas, marcos, imágenes de fondo, etc.): estos objetos se utilizan generalmente para definir la apariencia del formulario y sus etiquetas, así como para la interfaz gráfica. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Los objetos estáticos no tienen variables asociadas como los objetos activos. Sin embargo, se pueden insertar objetos dinámicos en objetos estáticos. - **Objetos activos**: estos objetos realizan tareas o funciones en la interfaz y pueden adoptar muchas formas: campos, botones, listas desplazables, etc. Cada objeto activo está asociado a un campo o a una variable. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Puede previsualizar el resultado real de sus parámetros haciendo clic en el bot ### Gestionar los planos de los objetos -A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Por ejemplo, puede tener un gráfico que desee que aparezca detrás de los campos en un formulario. 4D ofrece cuatro elementos de menú, **Mover hacia atrás**, **Mover hacia delante**, **Subir un nivel** y **Bajar un nivel** que le permiten organizar los planos de los objetos en el formulario. Estas capas también determinan el orden de entrada por defecto (ver Modificación del orden de entrada de datos). La figura siguiente muestra objetos delante y detrás de otros objetos: +A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Por ejemplo, puede tener un gráfico que desee que aparezca detrás de los campos en un formulario. A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Estas capas también determinan el orden de entrada por defecto (ver Modificación del orden de entrada de datos). La figura siguiente muestra objetos delante y detrás de otros objetos: ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/layering.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md index 684eb2523bab67..f8b0685ad0084e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades devueltas en el parámetro *$editor*: | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | Formulario completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File del archivo de formularios | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nombre del formulario | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nombre del formulario | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número de tabla del formulario, 0 para el formulario proyecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | El número de la página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | La página actual, que contiene todos los objetos de formulario y el orden de entrada de la página | @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades que puede pasar en el objeto `$result` si quiere que e | formProperties | Object | formProperties si es modificado por la macro | | editor.groups | Object | información de grupo, si los grupos son modificados por la macro | | editor.views | Object | ver información, si las vistas son modificadas por la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nombres de vistas activos | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nombres de vistas activos | Por ejemplo, si los objetos de la página actual y de los grupos han sido modificados, puede escribir: @@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ Cuando se maneja el atributo `method` de los objetos de formulario, se puede def - Utilizando un objeto con la siguiente estructura: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------- | -| source | String | código del método | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | ----------------- | +| source | Text | código del método | 4D creará un archivo con el nombre del objeto en la carpeta "objectMethods" con el contenido del atributo `source`. Esta función solo está disponible para el código macro. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index ff49fbbd855012..4774c54a838efd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ Un archivo CSS definido a nivel de formulario anulará la(s) hoja(s) de estilo p #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------ | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| css | cadena o colección | CSS file path(s) provided as:
  • a string (a file for both platforms)
  • a collection of strings (a list of files for both platform)
  • a collection of {"path":string;"media":"mac" \| "win"} objects
    • | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------ | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| css | cadena o colección | CSS file path(s) provided as:
  • a string (a file for both platforms)
  • a collection of strings (a list of files for both platform)
  • a collection of {"path":string;"media":"mac" \\ | --- @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Para más información, consulte [Páginas formulario](forms.md#form-pages). ## Nombre del formulario -Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. El nombre del formulario debe cumplir con las [reglas especificadas para los identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md) en 4D. +Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/button_overview.md index 99812f41f990f0..97851ea054d431 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -332,5 +332,5 @@ Todos los botones comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) - Plano, Regular: [Botón por defecto](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index 8604a3fd7e252f..59da23c6e39dd2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del El estilo del botón Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar propiedades específicas: -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) +- [Ruta de acceso al fondo de pantalla](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) -- [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) and [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) y [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) -It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), that can be used in conjunction with a [4-state](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) [background picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname). +Generalmente está asociado con una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), que puede ser usada en conjunto con una [imagen de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) [4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -394,5 +394,5 @@ Todas las casillas de selección comparten un mismo conjunto de propiedades bás Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) - Plana, Regular: [Tres Estados](properties_Display.md#three-states) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md index 94f58b51b298b7..85eac4dfb5c5ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ Los objetos de tipo combo box aceptan dos opciones específicas: - [Inserción automática](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion): permite añadir automáticamente un valor a la fuente de datos cuando un usuario introduce un valor que no se encuentra en la lista asociada al combo box. - [Exclusión](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) (lista de valores excluidos): permite establecer una lista cuyos valores no pueden introducirse en el combo box. Si se introduce un valor excluido, no se acepta y se muestra un mensaje de error. -> > Associating a [list of required values](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) is not available for combo boxes. En una interfaz, si un objeto debe proponer una lista finita de valores requeridos, entonces debe utilizar un objeto [lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md#overview). +> Asociar una [lista de valores obligatorios](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) no está disponible para combo boxes. En una interfaz, si un objeto debe proponer una lista finita de valores requeridos, entonces debe utilizar un objeto [lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md#overview). ## Propiedades soportadas -[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Consejo de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Formato de hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index dd9d41693cea8a..d350dcb233df71 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Los usuarios pueden introducir y mostrar el texto en varias líneas dentro de un En las celdas se pueden mostrar booleanos e imágenes, así como fechas, horas o números. Es posible ordenar los valores de las columnas haciendo clic en un encabezado ([ordenación estándar](#managing-sorts)). Todas las columnas se sincronizan automáticamente. -También es posible cambiar el tamaño de cada columna, y el usuario puede modificar el orden de las [columnas](properties_ListBox.md#locked-columns-and-static-columns) y [líneas](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) moviéndolas con el ratón, si esta acción e Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). +También es posible cambiar el tamaño de cada columna, y el usuario puede modificar el orden de las [columnas](properties_ListBox.md#locked-columns-and-static-columns) y [líneas](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) moviéndolas con el ratón, si esta acción e Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). El usuario puede seleccionar una o varias líneas utilizando los atajos estándar: **Mayúsculas+clic** para una selección adyacente y **Ctrl+clic** (Windows) o **Comando+clic** (macOS) para una selección no adyacente. @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ El método objeto de columna obtiene los eventos que se producen en su [encabeza ### Tipos de list box -Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. El tipo de list box depende de su [propiedad Fuente de datos](properties_Object.md#data-source): +Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. - **Arrays**: cada columna está ligada a un array 4D. Los list boxes basados en arrays pueden mostrarse como [list boxes jerárquicos](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). - **Selección** (**Selección actual** o **Selección con nombre**): cada columna está vinculada a una expresión (por ejemplo, un campo) que se evalúa para cada registro de la selección. - **Collection o Entity selection**: cada columna está ligada a una expresión que se evalúa para cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad de la selección de entidades. -> No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. +> \> > No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. ### Gestión de list boxes @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ LIST TO ARRAY("ListName";varCol) ### List box de tipo selección -En este tipo de list box, cada columna puede estar asociada a un campo (por ejemplo `[Employees]LastName)` o a una expresión. La expresión puede basarse en uno o más campos (por ejemplo, `[Employees]FirstName+" "[Employees]LastName`) o puede ser simplemente una fórmula (por ejemplo `String(Milliseconds)`). La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. +En este tipo de list box, cada columna puede estar asociada a un campo (por ejemplo `[Employees]LastName)` o a una expresión. La expresión puede basarse en uno o más campos (por ejemplo, `[Employees]FirstName+" "[Employees]LastName`) o puede ser simplemente una fórmula (por ejemplo `String(Milliseconds)`). La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. A continuación, el contenido de cada línea se evalúa en función de una selección de registros: la **selección actual** de una tabla o una **selección temporal**. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ En el caso de un list box basado en la selección actual de una tabla, cualquier En este tipo de list box, cada columna debe estar asociada a una expresión. El contenido de cada línea se evalúa entonces por elemento de la colección o por entidad de la selección de entidades. -Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al que se puede acceder a través de la palabra clave [This](../Concepts/classes.md#this). Una expresión de columna puede ser una ruta de propiedad, un método de proyecto, una variable o cualquier fórmula, accediendo a cada entidad u objeto elemento de colección a través de `This`, por ejemplo `This.` (o `This.value` en el caso de Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. +Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al que se puede acceder a través de la palabra clave [This](../Concepts/classes.md#this). Una expresión de columna puede ser una ruta de propiedad, un método de proyecto, una variable o cualquier fórmula, accediendo a cada entidad u objeto elemento de colección a través de `This`, por ejemplo `This.` (o `This.value` en el caso de Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. Cuando la fuente de datos es una entity selection, cualquier modificación realizada del lado del list box se guarda automáticamente en la base de datos. Por otro lado, las modificaciones realizadas en la base de datos son visibles en el list box después de que se hayan recargado las entidades modificadas. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Cuando se eliminan entidades, sus referencias permanecen en la selección de ent ::: -Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por otra parte, si se realizan las modificaciones en la colección utilizando, por ejemplo, las diferentes funciones de la [clase Collection](../API/CollectionClass.md), será necesario notificar explícitamente a 4D reasignando la variable de la colección a sí misma, para que se actualice el contenido del list box. Por ejemplo: +Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por ejemplo: ```4d myCol:=myCol.push("new value") //mostrar el nuevo valor en el list box @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | X | X | X | | [Fuente](properties_Text.md#fuente) | X | X | X | | [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) | X | X | X | -| [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-color-de-fuente) | | X | X | +| [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) | | X | X | | [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) | X | X | X | | [Altura (list box)](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) | X | X | X | | [Altura (encabezados)](properties_Headers.md#height) | X | X | X | @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) | X | X | X | | [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#izquierda) | X | X | X | | [Tabla maestra](properties_DataSource.md#master-table) | | X | | -| [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | | X | +| [Expresión info Meta](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | | X | | [Método](properties_Action.md#method) | X | X | X | | [Líneas móviles](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) | X | | | -| [Named Selection](properties_DataSource.md#selection-name) | | X | | +| [Selección temporal](properties_DataSource.md#selection-name) | | X | | | [Número de columnas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-columns) | X | X | X | | [Número de columnas bloqueadas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-locked-columns) | X | X | X | | [Número de columnas estáticas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | X | X | X | @@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Edición con un solo clic](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | X | X | X | | [Ordenable](properties_Action.md#sortable) | X | X | X | | [Acción estándar](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | X | | | -| [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-estilo) | | X | X | +| [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) | | X | X | | [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) | X | X | X | | [Transparente](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) | X | X | X | | [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) | X | X | X | | [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) | X | X | X | | [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) | X | X | | -| [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#alineación-vertical) | X | X | X | +| [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) | X | X | X | | [Color de línea vertical](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | X | X | X | | [Relleno vertical](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#vertical-padding) | X | X | X | | [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | X | X | X | @@ -197,40 +197,40 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. ### Eventos formulario soportados -| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | -| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On After Edit |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | -| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Close Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Collapse |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | -| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Data Change |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Delete Action |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Display Detail |
  • [isRowSelected](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drop |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Expand |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | -| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | -| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Load | | | -| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | -| On Mouse Enter |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Mouse Leave | | | -| On Mouse Move |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Open Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Selection Change | | | -| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Unload | | | +| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | +| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| On After Edit |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | +| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Close Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Collapse |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | +| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Data Change |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Delete Action |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | +| On Display Detail |
  • [isRowSelected](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drop |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Expand |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | +| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [footerName](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | +| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Load | | | +| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | +| On Mouse Enter |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Mouse Leave | | | +| On Mouse Move |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Open Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Selection Change | | | +| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Unload | | | #### Propiedades adicionales @@ -271,30 +271,30 @@ Puede definir propiedades estándar (texto, color de fondo, etc.) para cada colu ### Eventos formulario soportados -| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | -| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On After Edit |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | -| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Data Change |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drop |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | -| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Load | | | -| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | -| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Unload | | | +| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | +| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| On After Edit |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | +| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Data Change |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drop |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [footerName](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | +| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Load | | | +| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | +| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Unload | | | ## Encabezados de list box @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en - **List box de tipo colección/selección de entidades**: las selecciones se gestionan a través de las propiedades del list box dedicado: - [Elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) es un objeto que recibirá el elemento/la entidad seleccionado(a) - - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es una colección de elementos seleccionados + - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es un objeto colección/selección de entidades de elementos seleccionados - [Posición del elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devuelve la posición del elemento o de la entidad seleccionada. - **List box de tipo array**: el comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` puede utilizarse para seleccionar una o más líneas del list box por programación. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en ### Personalizar la apariencia de las líneas seleccionadas -Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#cacher-surlignage-selection) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: +Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: - En el caso de los list box de tipo array, debe analizar la variable array booleana asociada al list box para determinar qué líneas están seleccionadas o no. - Para los list box de tipo selección, hay que comprobar si el registro actual (línea) pertenece al conjunto especificado en la propiedad [Conjunto resaltado](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) del list box. @@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ Puede activar o desactivar la ordenación usuario estándar desactivando la prop El soporte de ordenación estándar depende del tipo de list box: -| Tipo de list box | Soporte de ordenación estándar | Comentarios | -| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| Colección de objetos | Sí |
    • Las columnas "This.a" o "This.a.b" son ordenables.
    • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
    | -| Colección de valores escalares | No | Utilice la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderBy()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#orderby) | -| Entity selection | Sí |
  • The [list box source property](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) must be an [assignable expression](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
  • Supported: sorts on object attribute properties (e.g. "This.data.city" when "data" is an object attribute)
  • Supported: sorts on related attributes (e.g. "This.company.name")
  • Not supported: sorts on object attribute properties through related attributes (e.g. "This.company.data.city"). Para ello, debe utilizar la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderByFormula()`](../API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula) (ver el siguiente ejemplo)
    • | -| Selección actual | Sí | Sólo se pueden ordenar las expresiones simples (por ejemplo, `[Table_1]Campo_2`) | -| Selección temporal | No | | -| Arrays | Sí | Las columnas vinculadas a arrays de imágenes y punteros no se pueden ordenar | +| Tipo de list box | Soporte de ordenación estándar | Comentarios | +| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| Colección de objetos | Sí |
    • Las columnas "This.a" o "This.a.b" son ordenables.
    • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
    | +| Colección de valores escalares | No | Utilice la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderBy()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#orderby) | +| Entity selection | Sí |
  • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
  • Soportado: ordenaciones en propiedades de atributos de objeto (p. ej. "This.data.city")
  • No soportado: ordenaciones en propiedades de atributos de objeto a través de atributos relacionados (p. ej. "This.company.data.city"). Para ello, debe utilizar la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderByFormula()`](../API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula) (ver el siguiente ejemplo)
    • | +| Selección actual | Sí | Sólo se pueden ordenar las expresiones simples (por ejemplo, `[Table_1]Campo_2`) | +| Selección temporal | No | | +| Arrays | Sí | Las columnas vinculadas a arrays de imágenes y punteros no se pueden ordenar | ### Ordenación personalizada @@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ Según el tipo de list box, puede utilizar diferentes propiedades para personali | Propiedad | List box array | List box selección | List box colección o entity selection | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Color de fondo | [Array de colores de fondo de fila](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) | [Expresión del color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) | [Expresión color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) o [Meta info expresión](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | -| Color de fuente | [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) | [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-color-de-fuente) | [Expresión color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) o [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | -| Estilo de fuente | [Array de estilo de línea](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-estilo) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) o [Expresión meta info](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | +| Color de fuente | [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) | [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) | [Expresión color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) o [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | +| Estilo de fuente | [Array de estilo de línea](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) o [Expresión meta info](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | Visualización | [Array de control de filas](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | - | - | ## Imprimir list boxes @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ Resultado: Puede optimizar la visualización y gestión de los list box jerárquicos utilizando los eventos formulario `On Expand` y `On Collapse`. -Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. Esto dificulta la generación de list box jerárquicos de gran tamaño basados en arrays generados a partir de datos (a través del comando `SELECTION TO ARRAY`), no sólo por la velocidad de visualización sino también por la memoria utilizada. +Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. El uso de los eventos de formulario `On Expand` y `On Collapse` puede superar estas limitaciones: por ejemplo, puede mostrar sólo una parte de la jerarquía y cargar/descargar los arrays sobre la marcha, basándose en las acciones del usuario. En el contexto de estos eventos, el comando `LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION` devuelve la celda en la que el usuario hizo clic para desplegar o contraer una línea. @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ Ejemplo: Puede utilizar atributos específicos para añadir unidades asociadas a los valores de las celdas (\*por ejemplo, \*: "10 cm", "20 píxeles", etc.). Para definir la lista de unidades, puede utilizar uno de los siguientes atributos: - "unitsList": un array que contiene los elementos x utilizados para definir las unidades disponibles (por ejemplo: "cm", "pulgadas", "km", "millas", etc.). Utilice este atributo para definir las unidades dentro del objeto. -- "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. Utilice este atributo para definir unidades con una lista 4D creada con el comando [New list](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv15/4D/15.6/New-list.301-3818474.en.html). +- "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. - "unitsListName": un nombre de una lista 4D basada en el diseño que contiene unidades disponibles. Utilice este atributo para definir las unidades con una lista 4D creada en la caja de herramientas. Independientemente de la forma en que se defina la lista de unidades, puede asociarse con el siguiente atributo: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md index c0d9a7c13d466c..c16b304f703f9c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ Si está interesado en diseñar sus propios plug-ins, puede recibir amplia infor ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Advanced Properties](properties_Plugins.md) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Draggable](properties_Action.md#draggable) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Plug-in Kind](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Propiedades avanzadas](properties_Plugins.md) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Arrastrable](properties_Action.md#draggable) - [Soltable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Con enfoque](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Tipo de complemento](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md index 8a8ddc88290600..fdeedccf273059 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Coordenadas inferiores del objeto en el formulario. #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Esta propiedad designa el tamaño horizontal de un objeto. #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Establece un relleno horizontal para las celdas. El valor se establece en píxel #### Ver también -[Vertical Padding](#vertical-padding) +[Relleno vertical](#vertical-padding) --- @@ -320,4 +320,4 @@ Establece un relleno vertical para las celdas. El valor se establece en píxeles #### Ver también -[Horizontal Padding](#horizontal-padding) +[Relleno horizontal](#horizontal-padding) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index ae92810d6be751..4f2addadfc5a0d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ La utilización de la opción **Referencia del elemento seleccionado** requiere ## Valores por defecto (lista de) -Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Estos valores están disponibles automáticamente en la [variable array](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) asociada a esta columna cuando se ejecuta el formulario. Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. +Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. > No confunda esta propiedad con la propiedad "[valor por defecto](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-list-of-values)" que permite definir un valor de campo en los nuevos registros. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Debe introducir una lista de valores. En el editor de formularios, un diálogo e #### Objetos soportados -[List Box Column (array type only)](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) +[Columna List Box (sólo tipo array)](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) --- @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Una expresión 4D que se asociará a una columna. Puede introducir: - Boolean\ Puede utilizar campos de la tabla maestra o de otras tablas. -- Una **expresión 4D** (expresión simple, fórmula o método 4D). La expresión debe devolver un valor. El valor se evaluará en los eventos `On Display Detail` y `On Data Change`. El resultado de la expresión se mostrará automáticamente cuando cambie al modo Aplicación. La expresión se evaluará para cada registro de la selección (actual o temporal) de la tabla maestra (para list boxes de tipo selección), cada elemento de la colección (para list boxes de tipo colección) o cada entidad de la selección (para list boxes selección de entidades). Si está vacía, la columna no mostrará ningún resultado. +- Una **expresión 4D** (expresión simple, fórmula o método 4D). La expresión debe devolver un valor. La expresión debe devolver un valor. El resultado de la expresión se mostrará automáticamente cuando cambie al modo Aplicación. La expresión se evaluará para cada registro de la selección (actual o temporal) de la tabla maestra (para list boxes de tipo selección), cada elemento de la colección (para list boxes de tipo colección) o cada entidad de la selección (para list boxes selección de entidades). Si está vacía, la columna no mostrará ningún resultado. Se soportan los siguientes tipos de expresiones: - String - Numeric @@ -215,6 +215,8 @@ Una expresión 4D que se asociará a una columna. Puede introducir: - Boolean Para los list boxes colección/entity selection, Null o tipos no soportados se muestran como cadenas vacías.\ +Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html).\ +Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html).\ Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html). `This` es un comando 4D dedicado que devuelve una referencia al elemento actualmente procesado. Por ejemplo, puede utilizar `This.\` donde `\` es la ruta de una propiedad en la colección o una ruta de atributo de entidad para acceder al valor actual de cada elemento/entidad. Si utiliza una colección de valores escalares, 4D creará un objeto para cada elemento de la colección con una única propiedad (llamada "valor"), llenada con el valor del elemento. En este caso, utilizará `This.value` como expresión. @@ -298,9 +300,9 @@ Especifica una variable o expresión a la que se asignarán los elementos o enti #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -| selectedItemsSource | string | Assignable collection or object expression | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| selectedItemsSource | string | Colección asignable o expresión de objeto | #### Objetos soportados diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Display.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Display.md index b07e9e3c430067..18e349f2c3e63d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Display.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Display.md @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ En cada uno de los formatos de visualización de números, el signo número (#), (1) El signo de intercalación (^) genera un caracter de espacio que ocupa el mismo ancho que un dígito en la mayoría de los tipos de fuente. -Por ejemplo, si desea mostrar números de tres digitos, puede utilizar el formato ###. Si el usuario introduce más dígitos de los que permite el formato, 4D muestra <<< en el campo para indicar que se han introducido más dígitos de los especificados en el formato de visualización. +Por ejemplo, si desea mostrar números de tres digitos, puede utilizar el formato ###. Si el usuario introduce más caracteres de los que permite el formato, 4D muestra los últimos caracteres. Si el usuario introduce un número negativo, el caracter situado más a la izquierda se muestra como un signo menos (a menos que se haya especificado un formato de visualización negativo). Si ##0 es el formato, menos 26 se muestra como -26 y menos 260 se muestra como <<< porque el signo menos ocupa un marcador de posición y sólo hay tres marcadores de posición. @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Utilizado para asociar un formato de visualización con los datos de la columna. Las columnas booleanas y numéricas (números o enteros) pueden mostrarse como casillas de verificación. En este caso, se puede definir la propiedad [Título](#title). -Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. In this case, the [Text when False and Text when True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true) properties must be defined. +Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. En este caso, deben definirse las propiedades [Text cuando False y Text cuando True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true). #### Gramática JSON @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ La propiedad Truncar con elipsis puede aplicarse a columnas de tipo booleano; si #### Objetos soportados -[List Box Column](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [List Box Footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) +[Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Pie List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) --- diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md index d9f9594829e5a2..f76dbcfe526727 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Jerarquía `List boxes de tipo array` -Esta propiedad especifica que el list box debe mostrarse en forma jerárquica. In the JSON form, this feature is triggered [when the *dataSource* property value is an array](properties_Object.md#array-list-box), i.e. a collection. +Esta propiedad especifica que el list box debe mostrarse en forma jerárquica. En el formulario JSON, esta función se activa [cuando el valor de la propiedad *dataSource* es un array](properties_Object.md#array-list-box), es decir, una colección. Las opciones adicionales (**Variable 1...10**) están disponibles cuando se selecciona la opción *List box jerárquico*, correspondiente a cada elemento del array *dataSource* a utilizar como columna de ruptura. Cada vez que se introduce un valor en un campo, se añade una nueva línea. Se pueden especificar hasta 10 variables. Estas variables definen los niveles jerárquicos a mostrar en la primera columna. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 36c9a4829a1550..13b15a01210aa9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Esta es la lista de objetos cuyo valor se puede guardar: | [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) | Valor de la variable asociada (0, 1, 2) | | [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) | Número de línea seleccionada | | [Botón de radio](radio_overview.md) | Valor de la variable asociada (1, 0, True o False para los botones de acuerdo a su tipo) | -| [Tab control](tabControl.md) | Número de pestaña seleccionada | +| [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) | Número de pestaña seleccionada | #### Gramática JSON @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Sin embargo, esta propiedad tiene una función tipográfica en los siguientes ca - **[Variables dinámicas](#dynamic-variables)**: puede utilizar esta propiedad para declarar el tipo de variables dinámicas. - **[Columnas List Box ](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: esta propiedad se utiliza para asociar un formato de visualización a los datos de la columna. Los formatos suministrados dependerán del tipo de variable (list box de tipo array) o del tipo dato/campo (list boxes de tipo selección y colección). Los formatos 4D estándar que pueden utilizarse son: Alfa, Numérico, Fecha, Hora, Imagen y Booleano. El tipo Texto no tiene formatos de visualización específicos. Todos los formatos personalizados existentes también están disponibles. -- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Mecanismos nativos específicos rigen la visualización de variables de imagen en los formularios. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Para hacer esto, necesitas que la instrucción `C_PICTURE(varName)` se haya ejecutado antes de cargar el formulario (normalmente, en el método que llama al comando `DIALOG`), o que la variable se haya digitado a nivel de formulario utilizando la propiedad tipo de expresión. +- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Mecanismos nativos específicos rigen la visualización de variables de imagen en los formularios. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Para hacer esto, necesitas que la instrucción `C_PICTURE(varName)` se haya ejecutado antes de cargar el formulario (normalmente, en el método que llama al comando `DIALOG`), o que la variable se haya digitado a nivel de formulario utilizando la propiedad tipo de expresión. De lo contrario, la variable imagen no se mostrará correctamente (sólo en modo interpretado). #### Gramática JSON @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Puede forzar un retorno de carro en la etiqueta utilizando el caracter \ (barra Para insertar un \ en la etiqueta, ingrese "\\". -Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. When the object also contains an icon, you can modify the relative location of these two elements using the [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) property. +Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. Cuando el objeto también contiene un icono, puede modificar la ubicación relativa de estos dos elementos utilizando la propiedad [Posición Título/imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position). Para la traducción de la aplicación, puede introducir una referencia XLIFF en el área del título de un botón (ver [Apéndice B: arquitectura XLIFF](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Appendix-B-XLIFF-architecture.300-4163748.en.html)). @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de cálculos disponibles. La tabla siguiente muestra los cálcu | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Suma | X | | | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | -| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Promedio | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desviación estándar(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Varianza(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 464019d7752b77..d5151b02607aa2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [`right`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona un objeto a la derecha. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Un array 4D que define las líneas del list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define el número de líneas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | +| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (list box array)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box selección o colección) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define la altura de las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa la mayor altura permitida para las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto). mínimo: 0 | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md index 85d64efa3f2747..e5aa3dd05719a2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Muestra/Oculta las graduaciones junto a las etiquetas. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Medición de la visualización de la escala. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Especifica la ubicación del texto mostrado de un objeto. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Valor máximo de un indicador. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) --- @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Valor mínimo de un indicador. Para los steppers numéricos, esta propiedad repr #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) --- @@ -118,4 +118,4 @@ Intervalo mínimo aceptado entre los valores durante el uso. Para los steppers n #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Text.md index 641fb8c3e28d23..27b57c06991bcc 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Text.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Esta propiedad también puede ser manejada por los comandos [OBJECT Get vertical ## Meta Info expression -`Collection or entity selection type list boxes` +`List boxes de tipo Collection o entity selection` Indica una expresión o una variable que se evaluará para cada línea mostrada. Permite definir todo un conjunto de atributos texto de las líneas. Debe pasar una **variable objeto** o una **expresión que devuelva un objeto**. Se soportan las siguientes propiedades: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index f21935fe44a5e1..3b7364ac24ff4d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Consulte la descripción del evento [`On Alternative Click`](../Events/onAlterna ### Gestión del menú emergente -Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el aspecto gráfico del botón. La visualización del menú emergente y sus valores deben ser manejados enteramente por el desarrollador, más particularmente utilizando los comandos`form events` y [`Dynamic pop menu`](https://doc. d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page1006.html) y [`Menú emergente`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page542.html). +Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el aspecto gráfico del botón. La visualización del menú emergente y sus valores deben ser manejados enteramente por el desarrollador, más particularmente utilizando los comandos`form events` y [`Dynamic pop menu`](https://doc.md.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page1006.html) y [`Menú emergente`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page542.html). #### Gramática JSON @@ -260,4 +260,4 @@ Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el #### Objetos soportados -[Toolbar Button](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Bevel Button](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Rounded Bevel Button](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [OS X Gradient Button](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [OS X Textured Button](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Office XP Button](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Circle Button](button_overview.md#circle) - [Custom](button_overview.md#custom) +[Botón de barra de herramientas](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Botón biselado](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Botón biselado redondeado](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [Botón de degradado OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [Botón con textura OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Botón Office XP](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Botón circular](button_overview.md#circle) - [Personalizado](button_overview.md#custom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md index 706f2262ec2a63..c5dfe46390312a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Área Web Puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde el código JavaScript ejecutado en un área web y recibir valores a cambio. Para poder llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web, debe activar la propiedad de accesibilidad de los métodos 4D ("todos"). -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad sólo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial llamado `$4d`en el área web, que puede [utilizar para gestionar las llamadas a los métodos proyecto de 4D](webArea_overview.md#4d-object). @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial Nombre de una variable de tipo Longint. Esta variable recibirá un valor entre 0 y 100, que representa el porcentaje de finalización de la carga de la página en el área web. Actualizado automáticamente por 4D, no puede ser modificado manualmente. -> As of 4D v19 R5, this variable is only updated on Windows if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> A partir de 4D v19 R5, esta variable solo se actualiza en Windows si el área Web [utiliza el motor de renderizado Web anidado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/radio_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/radio_overview.md index 815284bca4d21f..0a8af30a376026 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/radio_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/radio_overview.md @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del ### Personalizado -The Custom radio button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows managing additional parameters such as [icon offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) and [margins](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). +El estilo de botón radio Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar parámetros adicionales como [desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) y las [márgenes](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). ## Propiedades soportadas @@ -152,4 +152,4 @@ Todos los botones radio comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Propiedades específicas adicionales están disponibles en función del [estilo de botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/splitters.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/splitters.md index 4fcbf360e5c7ea..c8d55955a12827 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/splitters.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/splitters.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Algunas de las características generales del separador: - Los topes de los separadores se calculan para que los objetos desplazados permanezcan totalmente visibles en el formulario o no pasen por debajo/al lado de otro separador. Cuando la propiedad [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) está asociada a un separador, su movimiento hacia la derecha o hacia abajo no encuentra ningún tope. - Si se redimensiona un formulario mediante un separador, las nuevas dimensiones del formulario se guardan sólo mientras se muestra el formulario. Una vez que se cierra un formulario, se restablecen las dimensiones iniciales. -Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [border style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) to obtain a thinner line or [change its color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). +Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. Puede modificar su [estilo de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) para obtener una línea más fina o [cambiar su color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [bor ### Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Fondo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Color de línea](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#nombre_objeto) - [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#empujador) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#derecha) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#arriba) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Interacción con las propiedades de los objetos vecinos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 824b864888a8cf..a19fa619637a11 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,33 +3,32 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Área Web --- - -Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, JavaScript, etc. El motor de renderizado del área web depende de la plataforma de ejecución de la aplicación y de [la opción motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) seleccionada. +Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, JavaScript, etc. El motor de renderizado del área web depende de la plataforma de ejecución de la aplicación y de la [opción motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) seleccionada. Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Tenga en cuenta, sin embargo, que el uso de las áreas web debe seguir [varias reglas](#web-area-rules). -Varias [acciones estándar](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de lenguaje](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) así como también [eventos formulario](#form-events) genéricos y específicos, permiten al desarrollador controlar el funcionamiento de las áreas web. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. - +Varias [acciones estándar](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de lenguaje](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) así como [eventos de formulario](#form-events) genéricos y específicos permiten al desarrollador controlar el funcionamiento de las áreas web. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. ## Propiedades específicas ### Variables asociadas Se pueden asociar dos variables específicas a cada área web: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar la URL que muestra el área web -- [`Progresión`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar el porcentaje de carga de la página mostrada en el área web. + +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar la URL mostrada por el área web +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar el porcentaje de carga de la página mostrada en el área web. > A partir de 4D v19 R5, la variable Progression ya no se actualiza en las Áreas Web que utilizan el [motor de renderizado del sistema Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Motor de renderización web -Puede elegir entre [dos motores de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para el área web, dependiendo de las particularidades de su aplicación. +Puede elegir entre [dos motores de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para el área web, dependiendo de las especificaciones de su aplicación. Seleccionar el motor de renderizado web anidado permite llamar a los métodos de 4D desde el área web y asegurarse de que las funcionalidades en macOS y Windows sean similares. Se recomienda seleccionar el motor de renderizado del sistema cuando el área web está conectada a Internet porque siempre se beneficia de las últimas actualizaciones de seguridad. ### Acceder a los métodos 4D -Cuando se selecciona la propiedad [Acceder a los métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), se puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área web. +Cuando la propiedad [Acceso a métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) está seleccionada, puede llamar a métodos 4D desde un área web. :::note Notas @@ -40,32 +39,35 @@ Cuando se selecciona la propiedad [Acceder a los métodos 4D](properties_WebArea ### Objeto $4d - -El [motor de renderizado web integrado 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) suministra al área un objeto JavaScript llamado $4d que puede asociar a cualquier método proyecto 4D utilizando la notación objeto ".". +El [motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) suministra el área con un objeto JavaScript llamado $4d que puede asociar con cualquier método de proyecto 4D usando la notación de objeto ".". Por ejemplo, para llamar al método `HelloWorld` de 4D, basta con ejecutar la siguiente declaración: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` + > JavaScript es sensible a las mayúsculas y minúsculas, por lo que es importante tener en cuenta que el objeto se llama $4d (con "d" minúscula). La sintaxis de las llamadas a los métodos 4D es la siguiente: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: Puede pasar tantos parámetros como necesite al método 4D. Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). -- `function(result)`: Función a pasar como último argumento. Esta función "callback" se llama de forma sincrónica una vez que el método 4D termina de ejecutarse. Recibe el parámetro `result`. +- `param1...paramN`: puede pasar tantos parámetros como necesite al método 4D. + Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). + +- `function(result)`: función a pasar como último argumento. Esta función "callback" se llama de forma sincrónica una vez que el método 4D termina de ejecutarse. Recibe el parámetro `result`. -- `result`: resultado de la ejecución del método 4D, devuelto en la expresión "$0". Este resultado puede ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). Puede utilizar el comando `C_OBJECT` para devolver los objetos. +- `result`: resultado de ejecución del método 4D, devuelto en la expresión "$0". Este resultado puede ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). Puede utilizar el comando `C_OBJECT` para devolver los objetos. -> Por defecto, 4D trabaja en UTF-8. Cuando devuelva un texto que contenga caracteres extendidos, por ejemplo, caracteres con acentos, asegúrese de que la codificación de la página mostrada en el área web esté declarada como UTF-8, ya que de lo contrario los caracteres podrían representarse incorrectamente. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Por defecto, 4D trabaja en UTF-8. Cuando devuelva un texto que contenga caracteres extendidos, por ejemplo, caracteres con acentos, asegúrese de que la codificación de la página mostrada en el área web esté declarada como UTF-8, ya que de lo contrario los caracteres podrían representarse incorrectamente. En este caso, añada la siguiente línea en la página HTML para declarar la codificación: +> `` #### Ejemplo 1 -Dado un método proyecto 4D llamado `today` que no recibe parámetros y devuelve la fecha actual como una cadena. +Dado un método proyecto 4D llamado `today`que no recibe parámetros y devuelve la fecha actual como una cadena. Código 4D del método `today`: @@ -103,7 +105,7 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Ejemplo 2 -El método proyecto 4D `calcSum` recibe los parámetros (`$1...$n`) y devuelve su suma en `$0`: +El método proyecto 4D `calcSum` recibe parámetros (`$1...$n`) y devuelve su suma en `$0`: Código 4D del método `calcSum`: @@ -126,11 +128,9 @@ $4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) }); ``` - ## Acciones estándar -Hay cuatro acciones estándar específicas para gestionar las áreas web de forma automática: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` y `Stop Loading URL`. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. Estas acciones se describen en [Acciones estándar](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Existen cuatro acciones estándar específicas para gestionar automáticamente las áreas web: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` y `Stop Loading URL`. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. Estas acciones se describen en [Acciones estándar](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). ## Eventos formulario @@ -151,7 +151,6 @@ Además, las áreas web soportan los siguientes eventos de formulario genéricos - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Reglas de las áreas web ### Interfaz de usuario @@ -159,11 +158,11 @@ Además, las áreas web soportan los siguientes eventos de formulario genéricos Cuando se ejecuta el formulario, las funciones estándar de la interfaz del navegador están disponibles para el usuario en el área web, lo que permite la interacción con otras áreas del formulario: - **Comandos menú Edición**: cuando el área web tiene el foco, los comandos del menú **Edición** pueden utilizarse para realizar acciones como copiar, pegar, seleccionar todo, etc., según la selección. -- **El menú contextual**: es posible utilizar el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) estándar del sistema con el área web. La visualización del menú contextual se puede controlar con el comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -- **Arrastrar y soltar**: el usuario puede arrastrar y soltar texto, imágenes y documentos dentro del área web o entre un área web y los objetos de los formularios 4D, según las propiedades de los objetos 4D. Por razones de seguridad, no se permite por defecto cambiar el contenido de un área web mediante la acción de arrastrar y soltar un archivo o una URL. En este caso, el cursor muestra un icono "prohibido" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Tiene que utilizar la instrucción `WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` para mostrar un icono "soltar" y generar el evento [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). En este evento, se puede llamar al comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) o establecer la variable [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en respuesta a una caída del usuario. - -> Las funciones de arrastrar y soltar descritas anteriormente no son compatibles con las áreas web que utilizan el motor de renderización del sistema [de macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- **Menú contextual**: es posible utilizar el [menú contextual] estándar (properties_Entry.md#context-menu) del sistema con el área web. La visualización del menú contextual se puede controlar con el comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +- **Arrastrar y soltar**: el usuario puede arrastrar y soltar texto, imágenes y documentos dentro del área web o entre un área web y los objetos de los formularios 4D, según las propiedades de los objetos 4D. + Por razones de seguridad, no se permite por defecto cambiar el contenido de un área web mediante la acción de arrastrar y soltar un archivo o una URL. En este caso, el cursor muestra un icono de "prohibido" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Tiene que usar la instrucción `WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` para mostrar un icono "drop" y generar el evento [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). En este evento, puede llamar al comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) o definir la [variable URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en respuesta a un soltar del usuario. +> Las funciones de arrastrar y soltar descritas anteriormente no son compatibles con las áreas web que utilizan el [motor de renderizado del sistema macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Subformularios @@ -174,7 +173,6 @@ Por razones relacionadas con los mecanismos de redibujado de ventanas, la inserc > No se soporta la superposición de un área web sobre o debajo de otros objetos formulario. - ### Conflicto entre el área web y el servidor web (Windows) En Windows, no se recomienda acceder, a través de un área web, al servidor web de la aplicación 4D que contiene el área, ya que esta configuración podría provocar un conflicto que paralice la aplicación. Por supuesto, un 4D remoto puede acceder al servidor web de 4D Server, pero no a su propio servidor web. @@ -183,38 +181,136 @@ En Windows, no se recomienda acceder, a través de un área web, al servidor web Las URLs manejadas por programación en áreas web bajo macOS deben comenzar con el protocolo. Por ejemplo, debe pasar la cadena "http://www.mysite.com" y no sólo "www.mysite.com". - ## Acceso al inspector web Puede visualizar y utilizar un inspector web dentro de las áreas web de sus formularios o en las áreas web fuera de la pantalla. El inspector web es un depurador que permite analizar el código y el flujo de información de las páginas web. Para mostrar el inspector Web, puede ejecutar el comando `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` o utilizar el menú contextual del área web. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Ejecutar el comando `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`**
    + Este comando se puede utilizar directamente con áreas web en pantalla (objeto formulario) y fuera de pantalla. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) del área web está activado - - el uso del inspector está expresamente autorizado en el área mediante la siguiente declaración: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Utilizar el menú contextual del área web**
    + Esta función solo puede utilizarse con áreas web en pantalla y requiere que se cumplan las siguientes condiciones: + - el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) para el área web está activado + - el uso del inspector está expresamente autorizado en el área mediante la siguiente declaración: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> Con [Motor de renderizado del sistema Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), un cambio en esta preferencia requiere que se tenga en cuenta una acción de navegación en el área (por ejemplo, una actualización de la página). +> Con el [motor de renderizado del sistema de Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), un cambio en esta preferencia requiere que se tenga en cuenta una acción de navegación en el área (por ejemplo, una actualización de la página). Para más información, consulte la descripción del comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces tendrá nuevas opciones como **Inspeccionar elemento** en el menú contextual del área. Al seleccionar esta opción, se muestra la ventana del inspector web. +Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces tendrá nuevas opciones como **Inspeccionar el elemento** en el menú contextual del área. Al seleccionar esta opción, se muestra la ventana del inspector web. > Para una descripción detallada de las funcionalidades de este depurador, consulte la documentación que ofrece el motor de renderizado web. +## Propiedades soportadas + +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Fondo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#nombre-del-objeto) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Usar motor de renderizado web incrustado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +El 4DCEFParameters.json es un archivo de configuración que permite la personalización de los parámetros CEF para gestionar el comportamiento de las áreas web dentro de las aplicaciones 4D. -## Propiedades soportadas +Se suministran [interruptores predeterminados](#default-file), pero puede reemplazarlos usando un archivo 4DCEFParameters.json personalizado. + +En la fase de desarrollo (utilizando la aplicación 4D), cree un archivo 4DCEFParameters.json en la siguiente ubicación: -[BEstilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar el motor de renderizado Web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Antes de generar la aplicación final, añada el archivo personalizado 4DCEFParameters.json a la carpeta Resources del proyecto. +:::warning +Añadir un archivo 4DCEFParameters.json personalizado puede afectar fundamentalmente a todas las áreas web integradas de 4D, incluyendo las [áreas 4D View Pro](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). Es responsabilidad del desarrollador asegurarse de que los interruptores personalizados no desestabilizan la aplicación 4D. + +::: + +El formato del archivo 4DCEFParameters.json es el siguiente: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +La estructura del archivo 4DCEFParameters.json contiene: + +- **switches**: una lista de switches CEF y sus correspondientes valores aplicados tanto para macOS como para Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: conmutadores CEF específicos de macOS. +- **windows.switches**: interruptores CEF específicos para Windows. + +Los interruptores del archivo personalizado tienen prioridad. En caso de duplicación de interruptores dentro del mismo archivo, los interruptores definidos en la subsección específica de la plataforma ("macOS.switches" o "windows.switches") tienen prioridad y son usadas para la configuración. + +:::note + +La lista de conmutadores compatibles evoluciona constantemente y está gestionada por el equipo de desarrollo de CEF. Para obtener información sobre los conmutadores disponibles, debe consultar la comunidad de desarrolladores de CEF. + +::: + +### Ejemplos + +#### Archivo por defecto + +El archivo 4DCEFParameters.json por defecto contiene los siguientes cambios: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Ejemplo de desactivación del interruptor por defecto + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Ejemplo para Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Ver también +[Especifique sus propios parámetros para inicializar el área web integrada (entrada de blog)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Notes/updates.md index 0380ad33819e27..0ab81c9d912119 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Notes/updates.md @@ -17,14 +17,14 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R6**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-20-R6/), - Nuevo archivo [4DCEFParameters.json](../FormObjects/webArea_overview.md#4dcefparametersjson) para personalizar las áreas web anidadas de 4D. - Nueva clase [HTTPAgent](../API/HTTPAgentClass.md) y nueva propiedad [`agent`](../API/HTTPRequestClass.md#options-parameter) para la clase HTTPRequest. - Nuevas funciones [`enableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) y [`disableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) para controlar los estados de las páginas Qodly desde el servidor. -- Nueva [\` API$singleton](../REST/$singleton.md) para llamar las funciones singleton expuestas desde REST y nuevos [privilegios asociados](../ORDA/privileges.md). +- Nueva [\\\\\` API$singleton](../REST/$singleton.md) para llamar las funciones singleton expuestas desde REST y nuevos [privilegios asociados](../ORDA/privileges.md). - Un [nuevo botón de parámetros](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) le ayuda a actualizar su proyecto para utilizar el modo REST "conexión forzada" (el método base `On REST Authentication` es ahora obsoleto). - Una [nueva pestaña de parámetros](../Project/compiler.md#warnings) permite definir la generación de advertencias de forma global. - Varios comandos, principalmente del tema "Entorno 4D", ahora son hilo seguro ([ver la lista completa](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/Preemptive_6957385.999-2878208.en.html)), así como algunos selectores de los comandos [`SET DATABASE PARAMETER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page642.html)/[`Get database parameter`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page643.html). - Nuevo [componente 4D-QPDF](https://github.com/4d/4D-QPDF) que ofrece el comando `PDF Get attachments` para extraer los archivos adjuntos de un documento PDF/A3. - Comandos del lenguaje 4D: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/20-R6/What-s-new.901-6957482.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - 4D Write Pro: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/20-R6/What-s-new.901-6993921.en.html) en doc.4d.com. -- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R6): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R6. +- [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R6): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R6. #### Cambios de comportamiento @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R5**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-20-R5/), - Soporte de [selecciones de entidades restringidas](../ORDA/entities.md#restricting-entity-selections). - Soporte de [clases compartidas](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-classes) y de [clases singleton](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). Nuevas propiedades de clase: [`isShared`](../API/ClassClass.md#isshared), [`isSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#isingleton), [`me`](../API/ClassClass.md#me). - Soporte para [inicializar una propiedad de clase en su línea de declaración](../Concepts/classes.md/#initializing-the-property-in-the-declaration-line). -- Nuevo modo [forzar login para peticiones REST](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) con un [soporte específico en Qodly Studio para 4D](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login). +- Nuevo modo [forzar login para peticiones REST](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) con un [soporte específico en Qodly Studio for 4D](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login). - Nuevo parámetro REST [$format](../REST/$format.md). - El objeto [`Session`](../API/SessionClass.md#session) está ahora disponible en sesiones de usuario remotas y en sesiones de procedimientos almacenados. - Comandos del lenguaje 4D: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/What-s-new.901-6817247.en.html) en doc.4d.com. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R4**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R4/), #### Lo más destacado -- Soporte de [formato de cifrado ECDSA\`](../Admin/tls.md#encryption) para certificados TLS. +- Soporte de [formato de cifrado ECDSA\\\\\`](../Admin/tls.md#encryption) para certificados TLS. - Las conexiones TLS cliente/servidor y servidor SQL ahora se [configuran dinámicamente](../Admin/tls.md#enabling-tls-with-the-other-servers) (no se requieren archivos de certificado). - Formato HTML directo para [exportaciones de definición de estructura](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R4/4D/20-R4/Exporting-and-importing-structure-definitions.300-6654851.en.html). - Nuevo [Code Live Checker](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#warnings-and-errors) que mejora el control del código durante los pasos de declaración, comprobación de sintaxis y compilación para evitar errores de ejecución. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 7f42ad8613b54b..bb5de011c6bcef 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Gracias a esta funcionalidad, toda la lógica de negocio de su aplicación 4D pu - Si la estructura física evoluciona, basta con adaptar el código de las funciones y las aplicaciones cliente seguirán llamándolas de forma transparente. -- Por defecto, todas las funciones de clase de su modelo de datos (incluidas las [funciones de atributo calculado](#computed-attributes-1)) y los [atributos alias](#alias-attributes-1) **no se exponen** a aplicaciones remotas y no se pueden llamar desde sol Debe declarar explícitamente cada función pública y alias con la palabra clave [`exposed`](#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions). +- Los atributos alias de ORDA por defecto son **no expuestos**. Debe añadir la palabra clave [`exposed`](#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) antes de la palabra clave `Alias` si desea que el alias esté disponible para peticiones remotas. ![](../assets/en/ORDA/api.png) @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ ORDA ofrece **clases genéricas** expuestas a través del [class store](Concepts Todas las clases de modelo de datos ORDA se exponen como propiedades del class store **`cs`**. Las clases ORDA siguientes están disponibles: -| Class | Nombre del ejemplo | Instanciado por | -| ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| cs.DataStore | cs.DataStore | comando [`ds`](API/DataStoreClass.md#ds) | -| cs.*DataClassName* | cs.Employee | [`dataStore.DataClassName`](API/DataStoreClass.md#dataclassname), `dataStore["DataClassName"]` | -| cs.*DataClassName*Entity | cs.EmployeeEntity | [`dataClass.get()`](API/DataClassClass.md#get), [`dataClass.new()`](API/DataClassClass.md#new), [`entitySelection.first()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#first), [`entitySelection.last()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#last), [`entity.previous()`](API/EntityClass.md#previous), [`entity.next()`](API/EntityClass.md#next), [`entity.first()`](API/EntityClass.md#first), [`entity.last()`](API/EntityClass.md#last), [`entity.clone()`](API/EntityClass.md#clone) | -| cs.*DataClassName*Selection | cs.EmployeeSelection | [`dataClass.query()`](API/DataClassClass.md#query), [`entitySelection.query()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#query), [`dataClass.all()`](API/DataClassClass.md#all), [`dataClass.fromCollection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#fromcollection), [`dataClass.newSelection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#newselection), [`entitySelection.drop()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#drop), [`entity.getSelection()`](API/EntityClass.md#getselection), [`entitySelection.and()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#and), [`entitySelection.minus()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#minus), [`entitySelection.or()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderBy()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderByFormula()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula), [`entitySelection.slice()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#slice), `Create entity selection` | +| Class | Nombre del ejemplo | Instanciado por | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| cs.DataStore | cs.DataStore | comando [`ds`](API/DataStoreClass.md#ds) | +| cs.*DataClassName* | cs.Employee | [`dataStore.DataClassName`](API/DataStoreClass.md#dataclassname), `dataStore["DataClassName"]` | +| cs._DataClassName_Entity | cs.EmployeeEntity | [`dataClass.get()`](API/DataClassClass.md#get), [`dataClass.new()`](API/DataClassClass.md#new), [`entitySelection.first()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#first), [`entitySelection.last()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#last), [`entity.previous()`](API/EntityClass.md#previous), [`entity.next()`](API/EntityClass.md#next), [`entity.first()`](API/EntityClass.md#first), [`entity.last()`](API/EntityClass.md#last), [`entity.clone()`](API/EntityClass.md#clone) | +| cs._DataClassName_Selection | cs.EmployeeSelection | [`dataClass.query()`](API/DataClassClass.md#query), [`entitySelection.query()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#query), [`dataClass.all()`](API/DataClassClass.md#all), [`dataClass.fromCollection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#fromcollection), [`dataClass.newSelection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#newselection), [`entitySelection.drop()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#drop), [`entity.getSelection()`](API/EntityClass.md#getselection), [`entitySelection.and()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#and), [`entitySelection.minus()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#minus), [`entitySelection.or()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderBy()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderByFormula()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula), [`entitySelection.slice()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#slice), `Create entity selection` | > Las clases usuario ORDA se almacenan como archivos de clase estándar (.4dm) en la subcarpeta Classes del proyecto [(ver más abajo)](#class-files). @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Form.comp.city:=$cityManager.City.getCityName(Form.comp.zipcode) Cada tabla expuesta con ORDA ofrece una clase EntitySelection en el class store `cs`. - **Extends**: 4D.EntitySelection -- **Nombre de clase**: *DataClassName*Selection (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) +- **Nombre de clase**: _DataClassName_Selection (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) - **Ejemplo**: cs.EmployeeSelection #### Ejemplo @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ $moreThanAvg:=ds.Company.all().employees.withSalaryGreaterThanAverage() Cada tabla expuesta con ORDA ofrece una clase Entity en el class store `cs`. - **Extends**: 4D.Entity -- **Nombre de clase**: *DataClassName*Entity (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) +- **Nombre de clase**: _DataClassName_Entity (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) - **Ejemplo**: cs.CityEntity #### Atributos calculados @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Un atributo calculado también puede implementar una función `set`, que se ejec Al igual que los atributos de almacenamiento, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **búsquedas**. Por defecto, cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una búsqueda ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. En algunos casos esto es suficiente. Sin embargo, para un mejor rendimiento, especialmente en cliente/servidor, los atributos calculados pueden implementar una función `query` que se basa en los atributos reales de la clase de datos y se beneficia de sus índices. -Del mismo modo, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **ordenaciones**. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. Al igual que en las búsquedas, los atributos calculados pueden implementar una función `orderBy` que sustituya a otros atributos durante la ordenación, aumentando así el rendimiento. +Del mismo modo, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **ordenaciones**. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. ### Cómo definir los atributos calculados @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ El atributo alias [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) es "alias". Un atributo alias hereda su propiedad de [`type`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo: - si el [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo es "storage", el tipo de datos del alias es del mismo tipo, -- si el [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo es "relatedEntity" o "relatedEntities", el tipo de datos del alias es de tipo `4D.Entity` o `4D.EntitySelection` ("*classname*Entity" o "*classname*Selection"). +- si el [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo es "relatedEntity" o "relatedEntities", el tipo de datos del alias es de tipo `4D.Entity` o `4D.EntitySelection` ("_classname_Entity" o "_classname_Selection"). Los atributos alias basados en relaciones tienen una propiedad específica [`path`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename), que contiene la ruta de sus atributos objetivos. Los atributos de alias basados en atributos de la misma clase de datos tienen las mismas propiedades que sus atributos de destino (y ninguna propiedad `path`). @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ End if ### Archivos de clase (class files) -Una clase usuario ORDA del modelo de datos se define añadiendo, en la [misma ubicación que los archivos de clase usuarles](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (*es decir* en la carpeta `/Sources/Classes` de la carpeta proyecto), un archivo .4dm con el nombre Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. +Una clase usuario ORDA del modelo de datos se define añadiendo, en la [misma ubicación que los archivos de clase usuarles](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (*es decir* en la carpeta `/Sources/Classes` de la carpeta proyecto), un archivo .4dm con el nombre Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. ### Crear las clases @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ Las clases de usuarios ORDA tienen un icono diferente de las otras clases. Las c ![](../assets/en/ORDA/classORDA2.png) -Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. 4D crea el archivo de clase y añade el código `extends`. Por ejemplo, para una clase Entity: +Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. Por ejemplo, para una clase Entity: ``` Class extends Entity diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md index 355d969e062c71..91418b1df1697d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Las acciones disponibles están relacionadas con el recurso de destino. - Se puede acceder a un atributo calculado aunque no haya permisos en los atributos sobre los que se crea. - Puede asignar una acción de permiso a una clase singleton (tipo `singleton`), en cuyo caso se aplicará a todas sus funciones expuestas, o a una función singleton (tipo `singletonMethod`). - Valores por defecto: en la implementación actual, solo *Null* está disponible como valor por defecto. -- En REST [modo force login](../REST/authUsers.md/#force-login-mode), la [función `Systfy()`](../REST/authUsers.md#function-ěfy) es siempre ejecutable por usuarios invitados, cualquiera que sea la configuración de permisos. +- En modo REST [force login](../REST/authUsers.md/#force-login-mode), la función [`authentify()`](../REST/authUsers.md#function-authentify) es siempre ejecutable por usuarios invitados, cualquiera que sea la configuración de permisos. La definición de permisos requiere ser coherente, en particular: @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ La sintaxis del archivo `roles.json` es la siguiente: | Nombre de propiedad | | | Tipo | Obligatorio | Descripción | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | privileges | | | Colección de objetos `privilege` | X | Lista de privilegios definidos | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nombre del privilegio | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nombre del privilegio | | | \[].includes | | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de nombres de privilegios incluidos | | roles | | | Colección de objetos `role` | | Lista de roles definidos | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nombre del rol | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nombre del rol | | | \[].privileges | | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de nombres de privilegios incluidos | | permissions | | | Object | X | Lista de acciones permitidas | | | allowed | | Colección de objetos `permission` | | Lista de permisos permitidos | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | -| | | \[].type | String | X | Tipo de [recurso](#resources): "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | Tipo de [recurso](#resources): "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | | | | \[].create | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | | | | \[].update | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md index cf6173670c7755..56bf06eb732926 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ _italic_ ```md | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - La etiqueta del enlace es soportada: @@ -196,30 +196,30 @@ The [documentation](https://doc.4d.com) of the command .... En el archivo `WP SwitchToolbar.md`, puede escribir: ````md - + GetLogo (size) -> logo -| Parámetro | Tipo | Entrada/Salida | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | -------------- | ----------- | -| size | Longint | Entrada | Selector de estilo de logo (1 a 5) | -| logo | Picture | Salida | Logo seleccionado | +| Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | +| --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | -## Descripción +## Description -Este método devuelve un logo de un tamaño específico, dependiendo del valor del parámetro *size*. -1 = tamaño más pequeño, 5 = tamaño más grande. +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. +1 = smallest size, 5 = largest size. -## Ejemplo +## Example ```4d C_PICTURE($logo) C_LONGINT($size) -//Obtener el logo más grande +//Get the largest logo $logo:=GetLogo(5) ``` ```` diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md index 40f9863ee1e847..30373c372355e3 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ En esta lista sólo se muestran las clases de datos expuestas para el almacén d A continuación se describen las propiedades devueltas para cada clase de datos en el almacén de datos de su proyecto: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | ### Ejemplo @@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ Las siguientes propiedades se devuelven para una clase de datos expuesta: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | | tableNumber | Number | Número de tabla en la base 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | ### Atributo(s) @@ -207,16 +207,16 @@ Aquí están las propiedades de cada atributo expuesto que se devuelven: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | El nombre del atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | +| name | Text | El nombre del atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | | fieldPos | Number | Posición del campo en la tabla de la base). | -| scope | String | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Boolean | Esta propiedad devuelve True si el atributo es la llave primaria. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| path | String | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | -| inverseName | String | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | +| path | Text | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | +| inverseName | Text | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | ### Llave primaria diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md index e9f74971c34c5b..ac2d7bd77dceb6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Después de crear un conjunto de entidades, el ID del conjunto de entidades se d Cree otro conjunto de entidades basado en conjuntos de entidades creados anteriormente -| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | -| ---------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID del conjunto de entidades | +| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID del conjunto de entidades | ### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md index a890fba662f9be..0f50203cbe7536 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Para cada selección de entidad almacenada actualmente en la caché de 4D Server | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades en la selección de entidades. | | sorted | Boolean | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Fecha | Cuando se creó el conjunto de entidades o la última vez que se utilizó. | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | -| userName | String | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | +| userName | Text | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | | lifeTime | Number | La duración de una sesión usuario en segundos (3600 por defecto). | | expiration | Fecha | La fecha y la hora actuales de caducidad de la sesión de usuario. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md index aa536fb20c94e3..af975d7687e9ed 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ En la colección de pasos, hay un objeto con las siguientes propiedades que defi | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | +| description | Text | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | | time | Number | Número de milisegundos necesarios para ejecutar la petición | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registros encontrados | | steps | Collection | Una colección con un objeto que define el siguiente paso de la ruta de la petición | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md index 7b59a0b3bfa0ae..6e405c46d77cf5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (\*por ejemplo, \*, `$quer $queryplan devuelve el plan de la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server. -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| item | String | Petición ejecutada | -| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| item | Text | Petición ejecutada | +| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$singleton.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$singleton.md index 90807b03d627a1..c3269ef0260b81 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$singleton.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$singleton.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Las funciones Singleton deben llamarse siempre utilizando peticiones REST **POST `/rest/$singleton/SingletonClass/SingletonClassFunction` -> Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo-seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). +> Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). :::info diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md index c66de9a5633ebc..e897eef129dbdf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Las funciones son llamadas en el objeto correspondiente en el almacén de datos > `/rest/\{dataClass\}/Function` puede utilizarse para llamar a una función de dataclass o de entity selection (`/rest/\{dataClass\}` devuelve todas las entidades de la dataClass como una selección de entidades).\ > La función se busca primero en la clase de selección de entidades. Si no se encuentra, se busca en la dataclass. En otras palabras, si una función con el mismo nombre se define tanto en la clase DataClass como en la clase EntitySelection, la función de clase de DataClass nunca se ejecutará. -> Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo-seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). +> Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). ## Parámetros @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ También puede pasar valores para todos los atributos de la entidad. Estos valor | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una entidad | | __KEY | mixto (mismo tipo que la llave primaria) | Opcional - llave primaria de la entidad | @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ La selección de entidades debe haber sido definida previamente utilizando [$met | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una selección de entidades | Ver ejemplo para [recibir una selección de entidades](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md index beae6d81545469..d042a365ee7017 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md @@ -25,9 +25,11 @@ El modo de inicio de sesión heredado basado en el método base `On REST Authent La secuencia de inicio de sesión del usuario es la siguiente: 1. En la primera llamada REST (para una llamada a página Qodly, por ejemplo), se crea una sesión usuario web "invitado". No tiene privilegios, no tiene derechos para ejecutar solicitudes que no sean [peticiones REST descriptivas](#descriptive-rest-requests), no tiene consumo de licencia.\ + Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia.\ + Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia.\ Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia. En este caso, son procesados a través de sesiones "invitado". -2. Usted llamas a [función `authentify()`](#authentify) (creada de antemano), en la que revisa las credenciales de usuario y llama a [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) con los privilegios apropiados. `authentify()` debe ser una [función datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class). +2. Usted llama a su [función `authentify()`](#authentify) (creada previamente), en la que revisa las credenciales de usuario y llama a [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) con los privilegios apropiados. `authentify()` debe ser una [función datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class). 3. La petición `/rest/$catalog/authentify` se envía al servidor junto con las credenciales del usuario. Este paso sólo requiere un formulario de inicio de sesión básico que no tenga acceso a datos; puede ser una [página Qodly](. /WebServer/qodly-studio.md) (llamada a través de la solicitud `/rest/$getWebForm`). @@ -37,7 +39,7 @@ La secuencia de inicio de sesión del usuario es la siguiente: En la fase de inicio de sesión del usuario, el uso de la licencia está desconectado de las sesiones de usuario web. Sólo se requiere una licencia cuando se ejecuta el comando [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges), lo que permite controlar el número de licencias utilizadas. -Todas las demás peticiones REST (manejando datos o ejecutando una función) sólo serán procesadas si son ejecutadas dentro de una sesión web con privilegios apropiados, de lo contrario devuelven un error. Para asignar privilegios a una sesión web, debe ejecutar la función [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) para la sesión. Ejecutar esta función activa el consumo de la licencia 4D. +Todas las demás peticiones REST (manejando datos o ejecutando una función) sólo serán procesadas si son ejecutadas dentro de una sesión web con privilegios apropiados, de lo contrario devuelven un error. Sintaxis Sintaxis Sintaxis Sintaxis Ejecutar esta función activa el consumo de la licencia 4D. ### Peticiones REST descriptivas diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/configuration.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/configuration.md index a9ef0c2d9a1292..a5e57651a7eb1e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/configuration.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/configuration.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ El mensaje de advertencia "Atención, verifique los privilegios de acceso" apare Por defecto, los accesos REST están abiertos a todos los usuarios, lo que obviamente no es recomendable por razones de seguridad, y también para controlar el uso de las licencias de los clientes. -As of 4D 20 R6, you configure REST accesses by enabling the [**force login** mode](authUsers.md#force-login-mode) and create an [`authentify()`](authUsers.md#authentify) datastore class function to authenticate users and assign privileges to their web session. +A partir de 4D 20 R6, los accesos REST se configuran activando el modo [**force login**](authUsers.md#force-login-mode) y creando una función de clase datastore [`authentify()`](authUsers.md#authentify) para autenticar usuarios y asignar privilegios a su sesión web. :::note Compatibilidad @@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ Para eliminar la exposición REST de un campo: En 4D Server, las peticiones REST se gestionan automáticamente a través de procesos apropiativos, **incluso en modo interpretado**. Debe asegurarse de que su código es [compatible con una ejecución apropiativa](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#writing-thread-safe-web-server-code). -> Para depurar el código web interpretado en la máquina del servidor, asegúrese de que el depurador está [adjuntado al servidor](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md) o [a una máquina remota](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md#attaching-the-debugger-to-a-remote-4 Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. +> Para depurar el código web interpretado en la máquina del servidor, asegúrese de que el depurador está [adjuntado al servidor](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md) o [a una máquina remota](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md#attaching-the-debugger-to-a-remote-4 Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. Con 4D monopuesto, el código interpretado siempre se ejecuta en modo cooperativo. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md index bb16b3e3c7065f..e67fd01cfc89b7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ A continuación se describen los datos devueltos: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades en la clase de datos. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas por la petición REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidad en la que comienza la selección. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cada entidad contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | | __TIMESTAMP | Fecha | Marca de tiempo de la última modificación de la entidad | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index a570fe5df6c7bc..c4fd5d604e1f11 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | -| column | Longint | -> | Índice de la columna | -| row | Longint | -> | Índice de la línea | +| column | Integer | -> | Índice de la columna | +| row | Integer | -> | Índice de la línea | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | Result | Object | <- | Objeto rango de una sola celda | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index f31338dcedd1e9..5b057095df50be 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Puede pasar un parámetro opcional *options* con las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | *True* (por defecto) para mantener los valores, el formato y las fórmulas copiados después de la ejecución del comando. *False* para eliminarlos. | -| copyOptions | Longint | Especifica lo que se copia o mueve. Valores posibles:

    ValorDescripción
    `vk clipboard options all` (por defecto)Copia todos los objetos de datos, incluidos los valores, el formato y las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia sólo el formato.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia sólo las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia las fórmulas y el formato.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia sólo los valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia los valores y el formato.

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | Especifica lo que se copia o mueve. Valores posibles:

    ValorDescripción
    `vk clipboard options all` (por defecto)Copia todos los objetos de datos, incluidos los valores, el formato y las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia sólo el formato.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia sólo las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia las fórmulas y el formato.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia sólo los valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia los valores y el formato.

    | Se tienen en cuenta las opciones de pegado definidas en las [opciones del libro de trabajo](vp-set-workbook-options.md). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md index aba47d131cb6f5..79ee24a4104ae7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Export to object #### Descripción -El comando `VP Export to object` devuelve el objeto 4D View Pro adjunto al área 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Puede utilizar este comando, por ejemplo, para almacenar el área 4D View Pro en un campo objeto de la base de datos 4D. +El comando `VP Export to object` devuelve el objeto 4D View Pro adjunto al área 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Puede utilizar este comando, por ejemplo, para almacenar el área 4D View Pro en un campo objeto de la base de datos 4D. En *vpAreaName*, pase el nombre del área 4D View Pro. Si pasa un nombre que no existe, se devuelve un error. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index 36704fc4bc899a..e4db82de410a64 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja para obtener el contexto de datos | | -| Result | Object \| Collection | <- | Contexto de datos | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja para obtener el contexto de datos | | +| Result | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index f2620d8a7e698a..2c538d7dbb01ab 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | -| Result | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propiedad del tema de la tabla actual | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | +| Result | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propiedad del tema de la tabla actual | | #### Descripción @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ El comando `VP Get table theme` | +| options | Integer | -> | Especifica lo que se pega | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 223be4d17b430f..5de40822497153 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | -------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propiedades del tema de la tabla a modificar | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propiedades del tema de la tabla a modificar | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | + + #### Descripción @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ En *vpAreaName*, pase el nombre del área 4D View Pro y en *tableName*, el nombr En el parámetro *options*, pase un objeto de la [clase`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme`](../classes.md#tabletheme) que contenga las propiedades del tema a modificar. +En *sheet*, pase el índice de la hoja objetivo. Si no se especifica ningún índice o si pasa -1, el comando se aplica a la hoja actual. + #### Ejemplo 1 Desea definir un tema predefinido en una tabla: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md index fcfc2a373b0481..8bd86830f034ce 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo de valor | Descripción | | ------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | -| version | Longint | Versión del componente interno | +| version | Integer | Versión del componente interno | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Fecha de creación | | dateModified | Timestamp | Fecha última modificación | | meta | Object | Contenido gratuito, reservado para el desarrollador 4D | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/authentication.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/authentication.md index 65d12e330929c3..b2682aae87aa67 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/authentication.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/authentication.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Básicamente, en este modo, depende del desarrollador definir cómo autenticar a Este modo de autenticación es el más flexible porque permite: - o bien, delegar la autenticación del usuario a una aplicación de terceros (por ejemplo, una red social, SSO); -- o bien, ofrecer una interfaz al usuario (por ejemplo, un formulario web) para que pueda crear su cuenta en su base de datos clientes; luego, puede autenticar a los usuarios con cualquier algoritmo personalizado (ver [este ejemplo](sessions.md#example) del Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: +- o bien, ofrecer una interfaz al usuario (por ejemplo, un formulario web) para que pueda crear su cuenta en su base de datos clientes; luego, puede autenticar a los usuarios con cualquier algoritmo personalizado (ver [este ejemplo](sessions.md#example) del Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: ```4d //... creación de cuenta de usuario @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Por tanto, se llama al método base `On Web Authentication`: Por tanto, NO se llama al método base `On Web Authentication`: - cuando el servidor web recibe una URL que solicita una página estática válida. -- when the web server receives a URL beginning with `rest/` and the REST server is launched (in this case, the authentication is handled through the [`ds.authentify` function](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) or (deprecated) the [`On REST Authentication` database method](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) or [Structure settings](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). +- cuando el servidor web recibe una URL que comienza con `rest/` y se ejecuta el servidor REST (en este caso, la autenticación es manejada a través de [`ds. función uthentify`](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) o el [método base `On REST Authentication`](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) (obsoleto) o los [parámetros de estructura](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). ### Sintaxis @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ El parámetro `$4` recibe la dirección IP utilizada para llamar al servidor web #### $5 y $6 - Nombre de usuario y contraseña -Los parámetros `$5` y `$6` reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introducidos por el usuario en la caja de diálogo de identificación estándar que muestra el navegador. Esta caja de diálogo aparece para cada conexión, si se selecciona la autenticación [basic](#basic-protocol) o [digest](#digest-protocol). +Los parámetros `$5` y `$6` reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introducidos por el usuario en la caja de diálogo de identificación estándar que muestra el navegador. Generalidades Generalidades Generalidades Esta caja de diálogo aparece para cada conexión, si se selecciona la autenticación [basic](#basic-protocol) o [digest](#digest-protocol). > Si el nombre de usuario enviado por el navegador existe en 4D, el parámetro $6 (la contraseña del usuario) no se devuelve por razones de seguridad. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md index c64755eed6232e..de8d4804dcb600 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ La resolución recomendada es 1920x1080. - Desarrollo: 4D v20 R2 o superior - Despliegue: 4D Server v20 R2 o superior - Qodly Studio solo funciona con proyectos 4D (no soporta bases de datos binarias). -- Las sesiones web (*aka* Scalable sessions) deben [estar activadas](sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions). +- Las sesiones web (*igualmente llamadas sesiones escalables*) deben [estar activadas](sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions). - El código 4D llamado por los formularios Qodly debe ser [hilo seguro](preemptiveWeb.md). ### Acceso a Qodly Studio @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Después de cualquier cambio en esta configuración, debe [reiniciar el servidor #### A nivel del proyecto -Después de haber habilitado el acceso a Qodly Studio en el nivel 4D, es necesario designar explícitamente cada proyecto al que se puede acceder. La opción **Habilitar el acceso a Qodly Studio** debe estar habilitada en la [página de funcionalidades web de los parámetros de la aplicación 4D](../settings/web.md#enable-access-to-qodly-studio). +Después de haber habilitado el acceso a Qodly Studio en el nivel 4D, es necesario designar explícitamente cada proyecto al que se puede acceder. La opción **Activar el acceso a Qodly Studio** debe estar habilitada en la [página de funcionalidades web de los parámetros de la aplicación 4D](../settings/web.md#enable-access-to-qodly-studio). Tenga en cuenta que los [parámetros usuario](../settings/overview.md) pueden definirse en varios niveles, y que se aplican prioridades. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ La documentación oficial de Qodly Studio está disponible en el [sitio web de d Puede confiar en esta documentación y sus recursos asociados para desarrollar aplicaciones web basadas en formularios Qodly. Sin embargo, dependiendo de la etapa de implementación, los desarrolladores 4D utilizarán Qodly Studio o 4D IDE (ver [Comparación de funcionalidades](#comparación-de-funcionalidades)). -Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. Para más información, consulte la página [De QodlyScript a Lenguaje 4D](from-qodlyscript-to-4d.md). +Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. :::info @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Con Qodly Studio for 4D, el modo ["forzar login"](../REST/authUsers.md#force-log ### Configuración -Make sure the ["force login" mode](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) is enabled for your 4D application in the [Roles and Privileges page](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/roles/rolesPrivilegesOverview), using the **Force login** option: +Asegúrese de que el [modo "force login"](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) esté habilitado para su aplicación 4D en la [página Roles y privilegios](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/roles/rolesPrivilegesOverview), usando la opción **Force login**: ![alt-text](../assets/en/WebServer/forcelogin.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServer.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServer.md index c724c51ad0d993..de8c3013336c2f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServer.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ La seguridad de los datos está presente en todas las etapas de las implementaci - Soporte extendido del [**Protocolo TLS (HTTPS)**](../Admin/tls.md), -- **Autenticación**: flexible y personalizable [funcionalidades de autenticación](authentication.md) basado en configuraciones creadas así como en métodos base de reserva ([`On Web Authentication`](autentication. d#on-web-authation) para el servidor web y [`On REST Authentication`](../REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) para el servidor REST), +- **Autenticación**: flexible y personalizable [funcionalidades de autenticación](authentication.md) basado en configuraciones creadas así como en métodos base de reserva ([`On Web Authentication`](authentication.md#on-web-authentication) para el servidor web y [`On REST Authentication`](../REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) para el servidor REST), - **Control de los contenidos expuestos**: sólo los elementos que exponga explícitamente pueden estar disponibles desde peticiones web directaso peticiones REST. Debe declarar: - [Los métodos proyecto](templates.md#allowing-project-methods) expuestos a través de peticiones HTTP diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServerConfig.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServerConfig.md index 284af85f47e821..64508e676fec4e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServerConfig.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/webServerConfig.md @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Este parámetro permite seleccionar el formato de este archivo. Valores disponib | `WEB SET OPTION` | `Web max concurrent processes` | | | Caja de diálogo de parámetros | Página [Opciones (I)/Máximo de procesos web simultáneos](../settings/web.md#maximum-concurrent-web-processes) | | -Límite estrictamente superior de procesos web concurrentes que pueden estar abiertos simultáneamente en el servidor cuando **no sessions** o **legacy sessions** están siendo utilizados (**scalable sessions** soporta un [número ilimitado](sessions.md) de p Este parámetro permite evitar la saturación del servidor como resultado de un número masivo de peticiones. Cuando se alcanza el número máximo de procesos web concurrentes (menos uno), 4D deja de crear nuevos procesos y envía el estado HTTP `503 - Servicio no disponible` a todas las nuevas peticiones. +Límite estrictamente alto de procesos web concurrentes que pueden estar abiertos simultáneamente en el servidor cuando se utilizan **sin sesiones** o **sesiones heredadas** (las **sesiones escalables** admiten un [número ilimitado](sessions.md) de procesos apropiativos). Este parámetro permite evitar la saturación del servidor como resultado de un número masivo de peticiones. Cuando se alcanza el número máximo de procesos web concurrentes (menos uno), 4D deja de crear nuevos procesos y envía el estado HTTP `503 - Servicio no disponible` a todas las nuevas peticiones. Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. Tamaño máximo (en bytes) de las peticiones HTTP entrantes (POST) que el servidor web está autorizado a procesar. Por defecto, el valor es de 2 000 000, es decir, algo menos de 2 MB. Pasar el valor máximo (2 147 483 648) significa que, en la práctica, no se define ningún límite. -Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. This limit is used to avoid web server saturation due to incoming requests that are too large. +Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. Cuando una petición alcanza este límite, el servidor web 4D la rechaza. Valores posibles: 500 000 a 2 147 483 648. @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Versión de la librería OpenSSL utilizada. | ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------- | | objeto webServer | [`perfectForwardSecrecy`](API/WebServerClass.md#perfectforwardsecrecy) | Booleano, de sólo lectura | -Verdadero si PFS está disponible en el servidor web (ver la sección [TLS](Admin/tls.md#perfect-forward-secrecy-pfs)). +True si PFS está disponible en el servidor web (ver la sección [TLS](Admin/tls.md#perfect-forward-secrecy-pfs)). ## Reutilizar los contextos temporales (en modo remoto) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/settings/web.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/settings/web.md index 901b0cdf84ffa4..610dbd92cc9fd7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/settings/web.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/settings/web.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Inicia y detiene el servidor REST. Ver [Configuración del servidor REST](../RES :::info Obsoleto -**Esta sección está obsoleta** a partir de 4D 20 R6. Si la configuración actual del proyecto es obsoleta y debe actualizarse, se mostrará esta sección, incluido el botón **Activar la autenticación REST mediante la función ds.authentify()** (ver más abajo). If your project is already compatible with the [Force login](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) mode, the section is missing and you can ignore this paragraph. +**Esta sección está obsoleta** a partir de 4D 20 R6. Si la configuración actual del proyecto es obsoleta y debe actualizarse, se mostrará esta sección, incluido el botón **Activar la autenticación REST mediante la función ds.authentify()** (ver más abajo). Si su proyecto ya es compatible con el modo [Force login](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode), la sección falta y puede ignorar este párrafo. ::: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json index c9f63153d20914..f04fa04bfdd02e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ "message": "Preferencias", "description": "The label for category Preferences in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "Lenguaje", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "Lenguaje 4D", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Language.link.generated-index.title": { @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ "description": "The label for category Data Security in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Database Methods": { - "message": "Database Methods", + "message": "Métodos base", "description": "The label for category Database Methods in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Date and Time": { @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ "description": "The label for category Record Locking in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Records": { - "message": "Records", + "message": "Registros", "description": "The label for category Records in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Relations": { diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md index 1f400179b08e70..aa1769b059c160 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2099,8 +2099,8 @@ También puede pasar un parámetro de criterios para definir cómo deben ordenar | Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | Esta sintaxis sólo ordena los valores escalares de la colección (otros tipos de elementos, como objetos o colecciones, se devuelven desordenados). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index bfa92e2bc60429..2f6f85b9ef4536 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Para obtener una visión general de esta clase, consulte la entrada del blog [** | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | | settings | Object | -> | Parámetros para generar o cargar un par de llaves | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | +| Result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Contiene el nombre del tipo de llave - "RSA" -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md index 3927e61fd6bcbc..53110713cc0b47 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -735,9 +735,9 @@ El objeto `data` de cada entrada contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Llave primaria de la entidad | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp de la entidad en la base de datos | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Timestamp de la entidad en la base de datos (el formato es YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Llave primaria de la entidad | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp de la entidad en la base de datos | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Timestamp de la entidad en la base de datos (el formato es YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | Si hay datos en la caché para un atributo de dataclass, se devuelven en una propiedad con el mismo tipo que en la base de datos. | Los datos relativos a las entidades relacionadas se almacenan en la caché del objeto de datos. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/Document.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/Document.md index 95694633934757..2abf4d9c0e5c71 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/Document.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/Document.md @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. #### Descripción -La propiedad `.extension` devuelve la extensión del nombre del archivo (si lo hay). Una extensión siempre comienza por ".". The property returns an empty string if the file name does not have an extension. +La propiedad `.extension` devuelve la extensión del nombre del archivo (si lo hay). Una extensión siempre comienza por ".". La propiedad devuelve una cadena vacía si el nombre del archivo no tiene extensión. Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md index ec7c938170bbf4..39e17b3ea7e069 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Las diferencias se devuelven como una colección de objetos cuyas propiedades so | Nombre de propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nombre del atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nombre del atributo | | value | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en la entidad | | otherValue | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index cff96c29d35b12..fa6bc2d58a1956 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection Una entity selection es un objeto que contiene una o más referencias a [entidades](ORDA/dsMapping.md#entity) pertenecientes a la misma [Dataclass](ORDA/dsMapping.md#dataclass). Una entity selection puede contener 0, 1 o X entidades de la dataclass -- donde X puede representar el número total de entidades contenidas en la dataclass. -Las entity selections pueden crearse a partir de selecciones existentes utilizando varias funciones de la clase [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) o [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), o funciones de la propia clase `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) u [`orderBy()`](#orderby). También puede crear entity selections vacías utilizando la función [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) o el comando [`Create new selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md). +Las entity selections pueden crearse a partir de selecciones existentes utilizando varias funciones de la clase [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) o [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), o funciones de la propia clase `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) u [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### Resumen @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ Las entity selections pueden crearse a partir de selecciones existentes utilizan | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### Ver también + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## [*index*] diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md index ef826c026062f1..85f7fc68f1333b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Esta propiedad es **lectura-escritura**. :::caution -Cuando se crea un file handle, el valor `.offset` es un número de bytes. Sin embargo, la unidad de medida del offset difiere según la función de lectura: con [`readBlob()`](#readblob), `.offset` es un número de bytes, mientras que con [`readText()`](#readtext)/[`readLine()`](#readline) es un número de caracteres. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Por lo tanto, si comienza a leer con `readBlob()` y luego llama a `readText()`, la lectura de texto comenzará en una posición inconsistente. Por lo tanto, es esencial que establezca usted mismo la propiedad `.offset` si pasa de leer/escribir blob a leer/escribir texto en el mismo filehandle. Por ejemplo: +Cuando se crea un file handle, el valor `.offset` es un número de bytes. Sin embargo, la unidad de medida del offset difiere según la función de lectura: con [`readBlob()`](#readblob), `.offset` es un número de bytes, mientras que con [`readText()`](#readtext)/[`readLine()`](#readline) es un número de caracteres. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Según el conjunto de caracteres del archivo, un caracter corresponde a uno o varios bytes. Por lo tanto, si comienza a leer con `readBlob()` y luego llama a `readText()`, la lectura de texto comenzará en una posición inconsistente. Por ejemplo: ```4d // Abrir un fichero de texto europeo con codificación utf-16 (dos bytes por caracter) @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index 956cbee01c6b7f..4ff1cc8e2e3d29 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### Objeto OutGoingMessage +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -Un objeto 4D.OutGoingMessage es un objeto [no compartible](../Concepts/shared.md). +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Descripción -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -74,27 +74,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Descripción -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. La propiedad `.headers` es de sólo lectura. Para definir un encabezado, use la función [`setHeader()`](#setheader). - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ La propiedad `.headers` es de sólo lectura. Para definir un encabezado, use la #### Descripción -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ------------------------------------ | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Descripción -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ------- | -- | ---------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Descripción -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Descripción -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..4ff1cc8e2e3d29 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. + +An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). + +
    Historia + +| Lanzamiento | Modificaciones | +| ----------- | -------------- | +| 20 R7 | Clase añadida | + +
    + +### Ejemplo + +In this example, a `getFile()` function is implemented in the [Datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) and [can be called](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) by a REST request. The purpose is to return a **testFile.pdf** file as a response to the request: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // This is binary content + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### Descripción + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +La propiedad `.body` es de lectura-escritura. + +You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Descripción + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +La propiedad `.headers` es de sólo lectura. Para definir un encabezado, use la función [`setHeader()`](#setheader). + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### Descripción + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- Blob +- Object +- Imagen + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ------------------------------------ | +| key | Text | -> | Propiedad de encabezado a definir | +| value | Text | -> | Valor de la propiedad del encabezado | + + + +#### Descripción + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------- | -- | ---------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Estado a definir | + + + +#### Descripción + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### Descripción + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md index 0a4a7b56b9a45b..ec179205ac5b09 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ End use La propiedad `.userName` contiene el nombre de usuario asociado a la sesión. Puede utilizarlo para identificar al usuario dentro de su código. - Con las sesiones web, esta propiedad es una cadena vacía por defecto. Puede definirse mediante la propiedad `privileges` de la función [`setPrivileges()`](#setprivileges). -- With remote and stored procedure sessions, this property returns the same user name as the [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md) command. +- Con sesiones remotas y de procedimientos almacenados, esta propiedad devuelve el mismo nombre de usuario que el comando [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md). Esta propiedad es **solo lectura**. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SignalClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SignalClass.md index b8526edc4a57fc..0e579eed98cfa9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SignalClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SignalClass.md @@ -18,15 +18,15 @@ Un objeto `4D.Signal` contiene los siguientes métodos y propiedades integrados: - [`.signaled`](#signaled) - [`.description`](#description). -Todo worker/proceso que llame al método `.wait()` suspenderá su ejecución hasta que la propiedad `.signaled` sea true. Mientras espera una señal, el proceso que llama no utiliza ninguna CPU. Esto puede ser muy interesante para el rendimiento en aplicaciones multiproceso. La propiedad `.signaled` se convierte en true cuando cualquier worker/proceso llama al método `.trigger()`. +Lanzamiento Mientras espera una señal, el proceso que llama no utiliza ninguna CPU. Esto puede ser muy interesante para el rendimiento en aplicaciones multiproceso. Lanzamiento Tenga en cuenta que para evitar situaciones de bloqueo, el método `.wait()` también puede regresar después de que se haya alcanzado un tiempo de espera definido. -Signal objects are created with the [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md) command. +Los objetos señal se crean con el comando [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md). ### Trabajar con señales -In 4D, you create a new signal object by calling the [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md) command. Una vez creada, esta señal debe pasarse como parámetro a los comandos `New process` o `CALL WORKER` para que puedan modificarla cuando hayan terminado la tarea que se quiere esperar. +En 4D, se crea un nuevo objeto señal llamando al comando [`New signal`](../commands/new-signal.md). Una vez creada, esta señal debe pasarse como parámetro a los comandos `New process` o `CALL WORKER` para que puedan modificarla cuando hayan terminado la tarea que se quiere esperar. - `signal.wait()` debe ser llamado desde el worker/proceso que necesita que otro worker/proceso termine una tarea para poder continuar. - `signal.trigger()` debe llamarse desde el worker/proceso que terminó su ejecución para liberar a todos los demás. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Esta propiedad está en **lectura-escritura**. #### Descripción -La propiedad `.signaled` contiene el estado actual del objeto `Signal`. Cuando se crea la señal, `.signaled` es **False**. Se convierte en **True** cuando la función `.trigger( )` se llama en el objeto. +Lanzamiento Cuando se crea la señal, `.signaled` es **False**. La propiedad `.signaled` se convierte en true cuando cualquier worker/proceso llama al método `.trigger()`. Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Esta propiedad es de **solo lectura**. La función `.trigger( )` define la propiedad `signaled` del objeto signal como **true** y despierta a todos los workers o procesos que esperan esta signal. -Si la señal ya está en el estado de señalización (es decir, la propiedad signaled\` ya es **true**), la función no hace nada. +Si la señal ya está en el estado de señalización (es decir, la propiedad signaled\\` ya es **true**), la función no hace nada. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebFormClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebFormClass.md index d232b31c39f26c..bf3f405c497853 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebFormClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebFormClass.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Esta función no hace nada si: Si [activa](#enablestate) o desactiva varios estados en la misma función usuario, todas las modificaciones se envían al mismo tiempo al cliente una vez finalizada la función. -For more information on web form states, please refer to [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). +Para más información sobre los estados de los formularios web, consulte [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). ### .enableState() @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Esta función no hace nada si: Si activa o [desactiva](#disablestate) varios estados dentro de la misma función usuario, todas las modificaciones se envían al mismo tiempo al cliente una vez que la función termina. -For more information on web form states, please refer to [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). +Para más información sobre los estados de los formularios web, consulte [developer.qodly.com](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/pageLoaders/states). #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ZipArchiveClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ZipArchiveClass.md index 13a628467a306c..87dcd8ab81c048 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ZipArchiveClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ZipArchiveClass.md @@ -5,8 +5,8 @@ title: ZIPArchive Un archivo ZIP 4D es un objeto `File` o `Folder` que contiene uno o más archivos o carpetas, que se comprimen para ser más pequeños que su tamaño original. Estos archivos se crean con una extensión ".zip" y pueden utilizarse para ahorrar espacio en el disco o transferir archivos a través de medios que pueden tener limitaciones de tamaño (por ejemplo, el correo electrónico o la red). -- You create a 4D ZIP archive with the [`ZIP Create archive`](../commands/zip-create-archive.md) command. -- 4D [`ZIPFile`](ZipFileClass.md) and [`ZIPFolder`](ZipFolderClass.md) instances are available through the [`root`](#root) property (`ZIPFolder`) of the object returned by [`ZIP Read archive`](../commands/zip-read-archive.md) command. +- Puede crear un archivo ZIP 4D con el comando [`ZIP Create archive`](../commands/zip-create-archive.md). +- Las instancias 4D [`ZIPFile`](ZipFileClass.md) y [`ZIPFolder`](ZipFolderClass.md) están disponibles a través de la propiedad [`root`](#root) (`ZIPFolder`) del objeto devuelto por el comando [`ZIP Read archive`](../commands/zip-read-archive.md). ### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md index 33551fb69c3b63..e36d64c75a5ae8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ Sintaxis: | `--headless` | | Lanza 4D, 4D Server o la aplicación fusionada sin interfaz (modo headless). En este modo:
  • El modo Diseño no está disponible, la base de datos se inicia en modo Aplicación
  • No se muestra la barra de herramientas, la barra de menú, la ventana MDI ni la pantalla de presentación
  • No se muestra ningún icono en el dock o la barra de tareas
  • La base de datos abierta no se registra en el menú "Bases de datos recientes"
  • Se inicia automáticamente el registro de diagnóstico (ver [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), selector 79)
  • Se intercepta cada llamada a una caja de diálogo y se suministra una respuesta automática (por ejemplo, OK para el comando [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html), Abort para un diálogo de error...). Todos los comandos interceptados(\*) se registran en el historial de diagnóstico.

    • Para las necesidades de mantenimiento, puede enviar cualquier texto a los flujos de salida estándar utilizando el comando [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page667.html). Tenga en cuenta que las aplicaciones 4D sin interfaz sólo pueden cerrarse mediante una llamada a [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) o utilizando el administrador de tareas del sistema operativo. | | `--dataless` | | Lanza 4D, 4D Server, la aplicación fusionada o tool4d en modo sin datos. El modo sin datos es útil cuando 4D ejecuta tareas sin necesidad de datos (compilación de proyectos, por ejemplo). En este modo:
  • No se abre ningún archivo que contenga datos, aunque se especifique en la línea de comandos o en el archivo `.4DLink`, o cuando se utilicen los comandos `CREATE DATA FILE` y `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Los comandos que manipulen datos generarán un error. Por ejemplo, `CREATE RECORD` muestra el mensaje “no hay tabla a la cual aplicar el comando”.

    • **Nota**:
  • si se pasa en la línea de comandos, el modo dataless se aplica a todas las bases de datos abiertas en 4D, siempre y cuando la aplicación no se cierre.
  • Si se pasa utilizando el archivo `.4DLink`, el modo dataless solo se aplica a la base de datos especificada en el archivo `.4DLink`. Para más información sobre los archivos `.4DLink`, ver [Atajos para abrir proyectos](../GettingStarted/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Ruta del archivo | Ruta del archivo `.4DSettings` personalizado para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Llave de acceso para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Llave de acceso para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Estado del lanzamiento automático del [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Almacena la llave de acceso y los parámetros de inicio automático en el archivo de parámetros actualmente utilizado (es decir, el archivo [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) por defecto o un archivo personalizado designado con el parámetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilice el argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para guardar esta configuración si es necesario. No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--utility` | | Sólo disponible con 4D Server. Lanza [4D Server en modo utilitario](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | +| `--utility` | | Sólo disponible con 4D Server. Sólo disponible con 4D Server. | | `--skip-onstartup` | | Lanza el proyecto sin ejecutar ningún método "automático", incluyendo los métodos base `On Startup` y `On Exit` | | `--startup-method` | Nombre del método proyecto (cadena) | Método de proyecto a ejecutar inmediatamente después del método base `On Startup` (si no se omite con `--skip-onstartup`). | -(\*) Algunos diálogos se muestran antes de abrir la base de datos, por lo que es imposible escribir en el [archivo de registro de diagnóstico](Debugging/debugLogFiles. d#4ddiagnosticlogtxt) (alerta de licencia, diálogo de conversión, selección de bases de datos, selección de archivos de datos). En este caso, se +(\*) Algunos diálogos se muestran antes de abrir la base de datos, por lo que es imposible escribir en el [archivo de registro de diagnóstico](Debugging/debugLogFiles.md#4ddiagnosticlogtxt) (alerta de licencia, diálogo de conversión, selección de bases de datos, selección de archivos de datos). En este caso, se lanza un mensaje de error tanto en el flujo stderr como en el registro de eventos sistema, y luego la aplicación se cierra. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/settings.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/settings.md index 38ea4912f721ec..d82db3806f62e1 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/settings.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/settings.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Las opciones que se encuentran en esta pestaña le permiten establecer y configu - **Nunca**: la función de copia de seguridad programada está inactiva. - **Cada hora**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada hora, a partir de la hora siguiente. -- **Cada día**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada día. A continuación, puede introducir la hora a la que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. +- Backups periódicos A continuación, puede introducir la hora a la que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Todas las semanas**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada semana. Dos áreas de entrada adicionales le permiten indicar el día y la hora en que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Todos los meses**: programa una copia de seguridad automática cada mes. Dos áreas de entrada adicionales le permiten indicar el día del mes y la hora en que debe comenzar la copia de seguridad. - **Personalizado**: sirve para configurar las copias de seguridad automáticas "a medida". Al seleccionar esta opción, aparecen varias áreas de entrada adicionales: @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Esta área le permite determinar qué archivos y/o carpetas deben copiarse duran - **Archivo de estructura usuario (sólo para bases binaria)**: *funcionalidad obsoleta* - **Adjuntos**: esta área permite especificar un conjunto de archivos y/o carpetas que se respaldarán al mismo tiempo que la aplicación. Estos archivos pueden ser de cualquier tipo (documentos o plantillas de plug-ins, etiquetas, informes, imágenes, etc.). Puede definir archivos individuales o carpetas cuyo contenido se respaldará completamente. Cada elemento adjunto aparece con su ruta de acceso completa en el área "Adjuntos ". - **Eliminar**: retira el archivo seleccionado de la lista de archivos adjuntos. - - **Añadir carpeta...**: muestra una caja de diálogo que permite seleccionar una carpeta para añadirla a la copia de seguridad. En el caso de una restitución, la carpeta se recuperará con su estructura interna. Puede seleccionar toda carpeta o volumen conectado a la máquina, a excepción de la carpeta que contiene los archivos de la aplicación. + - Gestión del archivo de historial En el caso de una restitución, la carpeta se recuperará con su estructura interna. Puede seleccionar toda carpeta o volumen conectado a la máquina, a excepción de la carpeta que contiene los archivos de la aplicación. - **Añadir archivo...**: muestra una caja de diálogo que permite seleccionar un archivo para añadirlo a la copia de seguridad. ### Carpeta de destino del archivo de copia de seguridad @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Estas opciones se aplican a los archivos de copia de seguridad principales y a l #### Restaurar la última copia de seguridad si la base de datos está dañada -When this option is checked, the program automatically starts the restore of the data file of the last valid backup of the application, if an anomaly is detected (corrupted file, for example) during application launch. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. +Cuando se marca esta opción, el programa inicia automáticamente la restauración del archivo de datos de la última copia de seguridad válida de la aplicación, si se detecta una anomalía (archivo dañado, por ejemplo) durante el lanzamiento de la aplicación. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. #### Integrar los últimos registros si la base de datos está incompleta diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md index d02ae6ca98a5ab..4c6f97c447bfdd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Clases El lenguaje 4D soporta el concepto de **clases**. En un lenguaje de programación, el uso de una clase permite definir el comportamiento de un objeto con propiedades y funciones asociadas. -Cada objeto es una instancia de su clase. Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una clase puede [`extend`](#class-extends-classname) otra clase, y luego hereda sus [funciones](#function) y propiedades ([declaradas](#property) y [calculadas](#function-get-and-function-set)). +Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una vez definida una clase usuario, puede instanciar los objetos de esta clase en cualquier parte de su código. Una clase puede [`extend`](#class-extends-classname) otra clase, y luego hereda sus [funciones](#function) y propiedades ([declaradas](#property) y [calculadas](#function-get-and-function-set)). > El modelo de clases en 4D es similar al de las clases en JavaScript, y se basa en una cadena de prototipos. @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ En las diferentes ventanas 4D (editor de código, compilador, depurador, explora Las clases disponibles son accesibles desde sus class stores. Hay dos class stores disponibles: -- [`cs`](../commands/cs.md) for user class store -- [`4D`](../commands/4d.md) for built-in class store +- [`cs`](../commands/cs.md) para el almacén de clases de usuario +- [`4D`](../commands/4d.md) para el almacén de clases integrado ### `cs` @@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ Las clases disponibles son accesibles desde sus class stores. Hay dos class stor -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| classStore | Object | &larr; | Class store usuario para el proyecto o componente | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------ | -------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| classStore | Object | &amp;amp;larr; | Class store usuario para el proyecto o componente | | El comando `cs` devuelve el almacén de clases de usuario para el proyecto o componente actual. Devuelve todas las clases de usuario [definidas](#class-definition) en el proyecto o componente abierto. Por defecto, sólo las [clases ORDA](ORDA/ordaClasses.md) están disponibles. @@ -127,9 +127,9 @@ $instance:=cs.myClass.new() -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | -------------- | ---------------- | -| classStore | Object | &larr; | Class store 4D | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------ | -------------------------------------- | -------------- | ---------------- | +| classStore | Object | &amp;amp;larr; | Class store 4D | | El comando `4D` devuelve el almacén de clases para las clases 4D integradas. Ofrece acceso a las APIs específicas como [CryptoKey](API/CryptoKeyClass.md). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ En las definiciones de clase se pueden utilizar palabras claves específicas de - `property` para definir propiedades estáticas de los objetos con un tipo. - `Function get ` y `Function set ` para definir las propiedades calculadas de los objetos. - `Class extends ` para definir la herencia. -- `This` and `Super` are commands that have special +- `This` y `Super` son comandos que tienen funciones especiales ### `Function` @@ -191,9 +191,15 @@ En las definiciones de clase se pueden utilizar palabras claves específicas de // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Las funciones de clase son propiedades específicas de la clase. Son objetos de la clase [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). En el archivo de definición de clase, las declaraciones de función utilizan la palabra clave `Function` seguida del nombre de la función. -Si la función se declara en una [clase compartida](#clases-compartidas), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` para que la función pueda ser llamada sin la estructura `Use...End use`. Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. +Si las funciones se declaran en una [clase compartida](#shared-class-constructor), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` con ellas para que puedan ser llamadas sin la estructura [`Use...End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. El nombre de la función debe ser compatible con las [reglas de nomenclatura de objetos](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -325,11 +331,17 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // código ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Una función constructora de clase acepta [parámetros](#parameters) opcionales y puede ser utilizada para crear e inicializar objetos de la clase del usuario. Cuando llama a la función [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), el constructor de clase es llamado con los parámetros opcionalmente pasados a la función `new()`. -Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). Un constructor puede utilizar la palabra clave [`Super`](#super) para llamar al constructor de la superclase. +Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. Puede crear y escribir propiedades de instancia dentro del constructor (ver ejemplo). Alternativamente, si los valores de las propiedades de instancia no dependen de los parámetros pasados al constructor, puede definirlos utilizando la palabra clave [`property`](#property). @@ -365,7 +377,7 @@ La palabra clave`property` se puede utilizar para declarar una propiedad dentro La declaración de propiedades de clase mejora las sugerencias del editor de código, las funciones de tecleo predictivo y la detección de errores. -Las propiedades se declaran para nuevos objetos cuando llama a [`new()`](API/ClassClass. d#new), sin embargo, no se añaden automáticamente a los objetos (sólo se añaden cuando se les asigna un valor). +Las propiedades se declaran para nuevos objetos cuando llama a [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), sin embargo, no se añaden automáticamente a los objetos (sólo se añaden cuando se les asigna un valor). :::note @@ -491,15 +503,15 @@ $o.age:="Smith" //error con la sintaxis de verificación Si no se accede a la propiedad, el código nunca se ejecuta. -Las propiedades calculadas están diseñadas para manejar datos que no necesitan ser guardados en memoria. Generalmente se basan en propiedades persistentes. For example, if a class object contains as persistent property the *gross price* and the *VAT rate*, the *net price* could be handled by a computed property.

    In the class definition file, computed property +Las propiedades calculadas están diseñadas para manejar datos que no necesitan ser guardados en memoria. Generalmente se basan en propiedades persistentes. For example, if a class object contains as persistent property the *gross price* and the *VAT rate*, the *net price* could be handled by a computed property.

    In the class definition file, computed property En el archivo de definición de la clase, las declaraciones de propiedades calculadas utilizan las palabras claves `Function get` (*getter*) y `Function set` (*setter*) seguido por el nombre de la propiedad. El nombre debe cumplir con las [reglas de nomenclatura de las propiedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). `Función get` devuelve un valor del tipo de la propiedad y `Function set` toma un parámetro del tipo de la propiedad. Ambos argumentos deben cumplir con los [parámetros de función](#parameters) estándar. -Cuando ambas funciones están definidas, la propiedad calculada es **read-write**. Si solo se define una `Function get`, la propiedad calculada es **de solo lectura**. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. Si solo se define una `Función set`, 4D devuelve *undefined* cuando se lee la propiedad. +Cuando ambas funciones están definidas, la propiedad calculada es **read-write**. Si solo se define una `Function get`, la propiedad calculada es **de solo lectura**. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. En este caso, se devuelve un error si el código intenta modificar la propiedad. -Si las funciones se declaran en una [clase compartida](#shared-class-constructor), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` con ellas para que puedan ser llamadas sin la estructura [`Use...End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. +Si la función se declara en una [clase compartida](#clases-compartidas), puede utilizar la palabra clave `shared` para que la función pueda ser llamada sin la estructura `Use...End use`. Para obtener más información, consulte el párrafo [Funciones compartidas](#shared-functions) a continuación. El tipo de la propiedad calculada es definido por la declaración de tipo `$return` del \*getter \*. Puede ser de cualquier [tipo de propiedad válido](dt_object.md). @@ -600,7 +612,7 @@ The following commands have specific features when they are used within class fu ### `Super` -The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. It can be called in the [class constructor](#class-constructor) or in a class function code. +The [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command allows calls to the [`superclass`](../API/ClassClass#superclass), i.e. the parent class of the function. Sólo puede haber una función constructora en una clase (de lo contrario se devuelve un error). For more details, see the [`Super`](../commands/super.md) command description. @@ -617,7 +629,7 @@ Function f() : Integer return This.a+This.b ``` -Then you can write in a method: +A continuación, puede escribir en un método: ```4d $o:=cs.ob.new() diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md index 12855f7137590c..c214190f2a10b6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ El valor por defecto depende del tipo de variable: | ---------- | ---------------------------------------- | | Booleano | False | | Fecha | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_number.md index 12c3645e23570a..c67d2b97a2a70b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_number.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ title: Number (Real, Integer) Número es un término genérico que significa: - Los campos, variables o expresiones de tipo real. El rango del tipo Real es ±1,7e±308 (13 dígitos significativos). -- Integer variable or expression. The range for the Integer data type is -2^31..(2^31)-1 (4-byte Integer, aka *Long* or *Longint*). +- Variable o expresión entera. The range for the Integer data type is -2^31..(2^31)-1 (4-byte Integer, aka *Long* or *Longint*). :::info Compatibilidad @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ Los números negativos se especifican con el signo menos (-). Por ejemplo: | | | | 10 = 11 | False | | Desigualdad | Número # Número | Boolean | 10 #11 | True | | | | | 10 # 10 | False | -| Mayor que | Number > Number | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | +| Mayor que | Número > Número | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | | | | | 10 > 11 | False | -| Menor que | Number < Number | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | +| Menor que | Número < Número | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | | | | | 11 < 10 | False | -| Mayor o igual que | Number >= Number | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | +| Mayor o igual que | Número >= Número | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | | | | | 10 >= 11 | False | -| Menor o igual que | Number <= Number | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | +| Menor o igual que | Número <= Número | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | | | | | 11 <= 10 | False | ### Módulo @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ El operador modulo % divide el primer número entre el segundo y devuelve un res :::warning -El operador modulo % devuelve valores significativos con números que están en el rango de los enteros largos (de –2^31 hasta 2^31 menos 1). To calculate the modulo with numbers outside of this range, use the [`Mod`](../commands-legacy/mod.md) command. +El operador modulo % devuelve valores significativos con números que están en el rango de los enteros largos (de –2^31 hasta 2^31 menos 1). Para calcular el módulo con números fuera de este rango, utilice el comando [`Mod`](../commands-legacy/mod.md). ::: @@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ El operador de división entero largo \ devuelve valores significativos sólo co ### Comparación real -To compare two reals for equality, the 4D language actually compares the absolute value of the difference with *epsilon*. See the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md) command. +Para comparar dos reales por igualdad, el lenguaje 4D realmente compara el valor absoluto de la diferencia con el *épsilon*. Ver el comando [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md). :::note -For consistency, the 4D database engine always compares database fields of the real type using a 10^-6 value for *epsilon* and does not take the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md) setting into account. +Por coherencia, el motor de base de datos 4D siempre compara los campos de base de datos de tipo real utilizando un valor de 10^-6 para *epsilon* y no tiene en cuenta el ajuste [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](../commands-legacy/set-real-comparison-level.md). ::: @@ -143,16 +143,16 @@ An expression that uses a bitwise operator returns a Long value, except for the La siguiente tabla lista los operadores a nivel de bits y sus efectos: -| Operación | Descripción | -| -------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Y | Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. Here is the logical AND table:

  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if the two operand bits are 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | -| O (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \| 1 --> 1
  • 0 \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if at least one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | -| O (exclusivo) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \| 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if only one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | -| Left Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la izquierda el número de posiciones indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la izquierda se pierden y los nuevos bits de la derecha se ponen en 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | -| Right Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la derecha el número de posición indicado por el segundo operando. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | -| Bit Set | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 1. Los demás bits no se modifican. | -| Poner el bit en 0 | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 0. Los demás bits no se modifican. | -| Probar bit | Devuelve True si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 1. Devuelve False si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 0. | +| Operación | Descripción | +| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Y | Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. Cada bit resultante es el resultado de la operación AND lógica aplicada a los bits de los dos operandos. | +| O (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \\ | +| O (exclusivo) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \\ | +| Left Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la izquierda el número de posiciones indicado por el segundo operando. Los bits de la izquierda se pierden y los nuevos bits de la derecha se ponen en 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | +| Right Bit Shift | El valor resultante se ajusta al valor del primer operando, luego los bits resultantes se desplazan a la derecha el número de posición indicado por el segundo operando. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | +| Bit Set | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 1. Los demás bits no se modifican. | +| Poner el bit en 0 | El valor resultante se establece en el valor del primer operando, luego el bit resultante, cuyo número es indicado por el segundo operando, se coloca en 0. Los demás bits no se modifican. | +| Probar bit | Devuelve True si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 1. Devuelve False si, en el primer operando, el bit cuyo número indica el segundo operando es igual a 0. | ### Ejemplos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md index 1a77a8a0d4c436..d15df1087a9359 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Las siguientes secuencias de escape pueden utilizarse dentro de las cadenas: | Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | | ---------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetición | Cadena \* Número | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetición | Cadena \* Número | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | Cadena = Cadena | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdad | Cadena # Cadena | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/error-handling.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/error-handling.md index df7dd73660594a..25f070fa976661 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/error-handling.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/error-handling.md @@ -97,8 +97,8 @@ Dentro de un método de gestión de errores personalizado, tiene acceso a varios 4D mantiene automáticamente una serie de variables denominadas [**variables sistema**](variables.md#system-variables), que responden a diferentes necesidades. ::: -- el comando [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1799.html) que devuelve una colección de la pila actual de errores ocurridos en la aplicación 4D. You can also use the [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1015.html) command that returns the same information as arrays. -- the `Call chain` command that returns a collection of objects describing each step of the method call chain within the current process. +- el comando [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1799.html) que devuelve una colección de la pila actual de errores ocurridos en la aplicación 4D. el comando [`Last errors`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1799.html) que devuelve una colección de la pila actual de errores ocurridos en la aplicación 4D. +- el comando `Call chain` que devuelve una colección de objetos que describen cada paso de la cadena de llamadas a métodos dentro del proceso actual. #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 9bd2cbb2e76ad7..f9863f3d6bebb8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Los mismos símbolos se utilizan a menudo para diferentes operaciones, dependien | Tipos de datos | Operación | Ejemplo | | -------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adición | 1 + 2 suma los números y da como resultado 3 | -| String | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | +| Text | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | | Fecha y Número | Adición de fecha | !1989-01-01! !1989-01-01! + 20 adds 20 days to the date January 1, 1989, and results in the date January 21, 1989 | ## Expresiones @@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ Se hace referencia a una expresión por el tipo de datos que devuelve. Hay vario | Expression | Tipo | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | +| “Hello” | Text | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | | 4 | Number | Se trata de una constante numérica, 4. | | 4 \* 2 | Number | Dos números, 4 y 2, se multiplican utilizando el operador de multiplicación (\*). El resultado es el número 8. | | myButton | Number | Es una variable asociada a un botón. Devuelve el valor actual del botón: 1 si se ha hecho clic, 0 si no. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md index d397f9b8d8f86a..e1281fb30817b7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md @@ -252,15 +252,15 @@ System variables are used by [4D commands](../commands/command-index.md). Consul | Nombre de la variable del sistema | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | +| `OK` | Integer | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | | `Document` | Text | Contiene el "nombre largo" (ruta completa+nombre) del último archivo abierto o creado utilizando comandos como [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) o [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contienen los códigos de caracteres que se utilizarán respectivamente como separador de campos (por defecto es **Tab** (9)) y separador de registros (por defecto es **retorno de carro** (13)) al importar o exportar texto. Para utilizar un separador diferente, asigne un nuevo valor a la variable del sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Utilizado en un método de captura de errores instalado por el comando [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html). Ver [Gestión de errores en el método](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | :::note diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md index 8c716ac5aebede..8dc486dbeeae10 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Eventos formulario Los eventos formulario son eventos que pueden llevar a la ejecución del método de formulario y/o del o de los métodos objeto de formulario. Los eventos de formulario le permiten controlar el flujo de su aplicación y escribir código que se ejecuta sólo cuando ocurre un evento específico. -En su código, se controlan los eventos mediante el comando `FORM Event`, que devuelve el evento disparado. Por ejemplo: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. Por ejemplo: ```4d //code of a button @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## Objeto evento -Cada evento es devuelto como un objeto por el comando `FORM Event`. Por defecto, contiene las siguientes propiedades: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. Por defecto, contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cuando se produce un evento formulario, 4D realiza las siguientes acciones: No asuma que los métodos objeto, si los hay, serán llamados en un orden particular. La regla general es que los métodos objeto siempre se llaman antes que el método formulario. Si un objeto es un subformulario, se llaman los métodos objeto del formulario lista del subformulario, y luego se llama al método formulario del formulario listado. 4D continúa llamando a los métodos objeto del formulario padre. En otras palabras, cuando un objeto es un subformulario, 4D utiliza la misma regla general para los métodos objeto y formulario dentro del objeto subformulario. -Excepto en los eventos [En carga](onLoad.md) y [En descarga](onUnload.md) (ver más abajo), si la propiedad del evento formulario no está seleccionada para un evento determinado, esto no impide las llamadas a los métodos objetos cuya misma propiedad de eve En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. +ATENCIÓN: los eventos [On Load](onLoad.md) y [On Unload](onUnload.md) se generan para los objetos si están activados a la vez para los objetos y para el formulario al que pertenecen los objetos. En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. El número de objetos asociados a un evento depende de la naturaleza del mismo. @@ -113,4 +113,4 @@ El número de objetos asociados a un evento depende de la naturaleza del mismo. Tenga siempre en cuenta que, para todo evento, se llama al método de un formulario o de un objeto si se selecciona la correspondiente propiedad del evento para el formulario o los objetos. La ventaja de desactivar los eventos en el entorno de diseño (utilizando la lista de propiedades del editor de formularios) es que puede reducir el número de llamadas a los métodos y, por tanto, optimizar significativamente la velocidad de ejecución de sus formularios. -> ATENCIÓN: los eventos [On Load](onLoad.md) y [On Unload](onUnload.md) se generan para los objetos si están activados a la vez para los objetos y para el formulario al que pertenecen los objetos. Si los eventos están activados sólo para los objetos, no se producirán; estos dos eventos también deben estar activados a nivel del formulario. +> Excepto en los eventos [En carga](onLoad.md) y [En descarga](onUnload.md) (ver más abajo), si la propiedad del evento formulario no está seleccionada para un evento determinado, esto no impide las llamadas a los métodos objetos cuya misma propiedad de eve En otras palabras, la activación o desactivación de un evento a nivel de formulario no tiene ningún efecto sobre las propiedades del evento del objeto. Si los eventos están activados sólo para los objetos, no se producirán; estos dos eventos también deben estar activados a nivel del formulario. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/formEditor.md index 22e86fed2681d4..382f47725cec5e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ La barra de objetos contiene todos los objetos activos e inactivos que se pueden | ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/splitter.png) | [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) / [Control de pestañas](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | D | | ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/plugin.png) | [Área de plug-in ](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md) / [Subformulario](FormObjects/subform_overview.md) / [Área Web](FormObjects/webArea_overview.md) / [4D Write Pro](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview.md) / [4D View Pro](FormObjects/viewProArea_overview | X | -Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Después de crear un objeto, puede modificar su tipo utilizando la lista de propiedades. Mantenga presionada la tecla **Mayúsculas** mientras dibuja para restringir el objeto a una forma regular. Las líneas se limitan a horizontales, 45° o verticales, los rectángulos se limitan a cuadrados y los óvalos se limitan a círculos. +Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Después de crear un objeto, puede modificar su tipo utilizando la lista de propiedades. Para dibujar un tipo de objeto, seleccione el botón correspondiente y luego trace el objeto en el formulario. Las líneas se limitan a horizontales, 45° o verticales, los rectángulos se limitan a cuadrados y los óvalos se limitan a círculos. La variante actual del tema es el objeto que se insertará en el formulario. Al hacer clic en la parte derecha de un botón, se accede al menú de variantes: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Una vez insertado el objeto en el formulario, puede modificar sus característic Puede trabajar con dos tipos de objetos en sus formularios: -- **Objetos estáticos** (líneas, marcos, imágenes de fondo, etc.): estos objetos se utilizan generalmente para definir la apariencia del formulario y sus etiquetas, así como para la interfaz gráfica. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. También puede definir sus atributos gráficos (tamaño, color, fuente, etc.) y sus propiedades de redimensionamiento utilizando la Lista de Propiedades. Los objetos estáticos no tienen variables asociadas como los objetos activos. Sin embargo, se pueden insertar objetos dinámicos en objetos estáticos. +- **Objetos estáticos** (líneas, marcos, imágenes de fondo, etc.): estos objetos se utilizan generalmente para definir la apariencia del formulario y sus etiquetas, así como para la interfaz gráfica. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Están disponibles en la barra de objetos del editor de formularios. Los objetos estáticos no tienen variables asociadas como los objetos activos. Sin embargo, se pueden insertar objetos dinámicos en objetos estáticos. - **Objetos activos**: estos objetos realizan tareas o funciones en la interfaz y pueden adoptar muchas formas: campos, botones, listas desplazables, etc. Cada objeto activo está asociado a un campo o a una variable. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Puede previsualizar el resultado real de sus parámetros haciendo clic en el bot ### Gestionar los planos de los objetos -A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Por ejemplo, puede tener un gráfico que desee que aparezca detrás de los campos en un formulario. 4D ofrece cuatro elementos de menú, **Mover hacia atrás**, **Mover hacia delante**, **Subir un nivel** y **Bajar un nivel** que le permiten organizar los planos de los objetos en el formulario. Estas capas también determinan el orden de entrada por defecto (ver Modificación del orden de entrada de datos). La figura siguiente muestra objetos delante y detrás de otros objetos: +A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Por ejemplo, puede tener un gráfico que desee que aparezca detrás de los campos en un formulario. A veces tendrá que reorganizar los objetos que obstruyen la vista de otros objetos del formulario. Estas capas también determinan el orden de entrada por defecto (ver Modificación del orden de entrada de datos). La figura siguiente muestra objetos delante y detrás de otros objetos: ![](../assets/en/FormEditor/layering.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md index 684eb2523bab67..f8b0685ad0084e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades devueltas en el parámetro *$editor*: | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | Formulario completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File del archivo de formularios | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nombre del formulario | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nombre del formulario | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número de tabla del formulario, 0 para el formulario proyecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | El número de la página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | La página actual, que contiene todos los objetos de formulario y el orden de entrada de la página | @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades que puede pasar en el objeto `$result` si quiere que e | formProperties | Object | formProperties si es modificado por la macro | | editor.groups | Object | información de grupo, si los grupos son modificados por la macro | | editor.views | Object | ver información, si las vistas son modificadas por la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nombres de vistas activos | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nombres de vistas activos | Por ejemplo, si los objetos de la página actual y de los grupos han sido modificados, puede escribir: @@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ Cuando se maneja el atributo `method` de los objetos de formulario, se puede def - Utilizando un objeto con la siguiente estructura: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------- | -| source | String | código del método | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | ----------------- | +| source | Text | código del método | 4D creará un archivo con el nombre del objeto en la carpeta "objectMethods" con el contenido del atributo `source`. Esta función solo está disponible para el código macro. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index ff49fbbd855012..4774c54a838efd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ Un archivo CSS definido a nivel de formulario anulará la(s) hoja(s) de estilo p #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------ | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| css | cadena o colección | CSS file path(s) provided as:
  • a string (a file for both platforms)
  • a collection of strings (a list of files for both platform)
  • a collection of {"path":string;"media":"mac" \| "win"} objects
    • | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------ | ------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| css | cadena o colección | CSS file path(s) provided as:
  • a string (a file for both platforms)
  • a collection of strings (a list of files for both platform)
  • a collection of {"path":string;"media":"mac" \\ | --- @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Para más información, consulte [Páginas formulario](forms.md#form-pages). ## Nombre del formulario -Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. El nombre del formulario debe cumplir con las [reglas especificadas para los identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md) en 4D. +Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. Esta propiedad es el nombre del propio formulario y se utiliza para referirse al formulario por su nombre utilizando el lenguaje 4D. #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/button_overview.md index 99812f41f990f0..97851ea054d431 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -332,5 +332,5 @@ Todos los botones comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) - Plano, Regular: [Botón por defecto](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index 8604a3fd7e252f..59da23c6e39dd2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -357,11 +357,11 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del El estilo del botón Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar propiedades específicas: -- [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) +- [Ruta de acceso al fondo de pantalla](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) -- [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) and [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) y [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) -It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), that can be used in conjunction with a [4-state](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) [background picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname). +Generalmente está asociado con una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), que puede ser usada en conjunto con una [imagen de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) [4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -394,5 +394,5 @@ Todas las casillas de selección comparten un mismo conjunto de propiedades bás Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) - Plana, Regular: [Tres Estados](properties_Display.md#three-states) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md index 94f58b51b298b7..85eac4dfb5c5ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ Los objetos de tipo combo box aceptan dos opciones específicas: - [Inserción automática](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion): permite añadir automáticamente un valor a la fuente de datos cuando un usuario introduce un valor que no se encuentra en la lista asociada al combo box. - [Exclusión](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) (lista de valores excluidos): permite establecer una lista cuyos valores no pueden introducirse en el combo box. Si se introduce un valor excluido, no se acepta y se muestra un mensaje de error. -> > Associating a [list of required values](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) is not available for combo boxes. En una interfaz, si un objeto debe proponer una lista finita de valores requeridos, entonces debe utilizar un objeto [lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md#overview). +> Asociar una [lista de valores obligatorios](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) no está disponible para combo boxes. En una interfaz, si un objeto debe proponer una lista finita de valores requeridos, entonces debe utilizar un objeto [lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md#overview). ## Propiedades soportadas -[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Consejo de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Formato de hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index dd9d41693cea8a..042c8b95d543bd 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Los usuarios pueden introducir y mostrar el texto en varias líneas dentro de un En las celdas se pueden mostrar booleanos e imágenes, así como fechas, horas o números. Es posible ordenar los valores de las columnas haciendo clic en un encabezado ([ordenación estándar](#managing-sorts)). Todas las columnas se sincronizan automáticamente. -También es posible cambiar el tamaño de cada columna, y el usuario puede modificar el orden de las [columnas](properties_ListBox.md#locked-columns-and-static-columns) y [líneas](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) moviéndolas con el ratón, si esta acción e Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). +También es posible cambiar el tamaño de cada columna, y el usuario puede modificar el orden de las [columnas](properties_ListBox.md#locked-columns-and-static-columns) y [líneas](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) moviéndolas con el ratón, si esta acción e Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). Tenga en cuenta que los list box se pueden utilizar en [modo jerárquico](#hierarchical-list-boxes). El usuario puede seleccionar una o varias líneas utilizando los atajos estándar: **Mayúsculas+clic** para una selección adyacente y **Ctrl+clic** (Windows) o **Comando+clic** (macOS) para una selección no adyacente. @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ El método objeto de columna obtiene los eventos que se producen en su [encabeza ### Tipos de list box -Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. El tipo de list box depende de su [propiedad Fuente de datos](properties_Object.md#data-source): +Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades específicas. - **Arrays**: cada columna está ligada a un array 4D. Los list boxes basados en arrays pueden mostrarse como [list boxes jerárquicos](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). - **Selección** (**Selección actual** o **Selección con nombre**): cada columna está vinculada a una expresión (por ejemplo, un campo) que se evalúa para cada registro de la selección. - **Collection o Entity selection**: cada columna está ligada a una expresión que se evalúa para cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad de la selección de entidades. -> No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. +> \> > No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. ### Gestión de list boxes @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ LIST TO ARRAY("ListName";varCol) ### List box de tipo selección -En este tipo de list box, cada columna puede estar asociada a un campo (por ejemplo `[Employees]LastName)` o a una expresión. La expresión puede basarse en uno o más campos (por ejemplo, `[Employees]FirstName+" "[Employees]LastName`) o puede ser simplemente una fórmula (por ejemplo `String(Milliseconds)`). La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. +En este tipo de list box, cada columna puede estar asociada a un campo (por ejemplo `[Employees]LastName)` o a una expresión. La expresión puede basarse en uno o más campos (por ejemplo, `[Employees]FirstName+" "[Employees]LastName`) o puede ser simplemente una fórmula (por ejemplo `String(Milliseconds)`). La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. A continuación, el contenido de cada línea se evalúa en función de una selección de registros: la **selección actual** de una tabla o una **selección temporal**. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ En el caso de un list box basado en la selección actual de una tabla, cualquier En este tipo de list box, cada columna debe estar asociada a una expresión. El contenido de cada línea se evalúa entonces por elemento de la colección o por entidad de la selección de entidades. -Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al que se puede acceder a través de la palabra clave [This](../Concepts/classes.md#this). Una expresión de columna puede ser una ruta de propiedad, un método de proyecto, una variable o cualquier fórmula, accediendo a cada entidad u objeto elemento de colección a través de `This`, por ejemplo `This.` (o `This.value` en el caso de Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. +Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al que se puede acceder a través de la palabra clave [This](../Concepts/classes.md#this). Una expresión de columna puede ser una ruta de propiedad, un método de proyecto, una variable o cualquier fórmula, accediendo a cada entidad u objeto elemento de colección a través de `This`, por ejemplo `This.` (o `This.value` en el caso de Puede utilizar los comandos `LISTBOX SET COLUMN FORMULA` y `LISTBOX INSERT COLUMN FORMULA` para modificar las columnas por programación. La expresión también puede ser un método proyecto, una variable o un elemento de array. Cuando la fuente de datos es una entity selection, cualquier modificación realizada del lado del list box se guarda automáticamente en la base de datos. Por otro lado, las modificaciones realizadas en la base de datos son visibles en el list box después de que se hayan recargado las entidades modificadas. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Cuando se eliminan entidades, sus referencias permanecen en la selección de ent ::: -Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por otra parte, si se realizan las modificaciones en la colección utilizando, por ejemplo, las diferentes funciones de la [clase Collection](../API/CollectionClass.md), será necesario notificar explícitamente a 4D reasignando la variable de la colección a sí misma, para que se actualice el contenido del list box. Por ejemplo: +Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por ejemplo: ```4d myCol:=myCol.push("new value") //mostrar el nuevo valor en el list box @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | X | X | X | | [Fuente](properties_Text.md#fuente) | X | X | X | | [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) | X | X | X | -| [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-color-de-fuente) | | X | X | +| [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) | | X | X | | [Tamaño de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-size) | X | X | X | | [Altura (list box)](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) | X | X | X | | [Altura (encabezados)](properties_Headers.md#height) | X | X | X | @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) | X | X | X | | [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#izquierda) | X | X | X | | [Tabla maestra](properties_DataSource.md#master-table) | | X | | -| [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | | X | +| [Expresión info Meta](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | | X | | [Método](properties_Action.md#method) | X | X | X | | [Líneas móviles](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) | X | | | -| [Named Selection](properties_DataSource.md#selection-name) | | X | | +| [Selección temporal](properties_DataSource.md#selection-name) | | X | | | [Número de columnas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-columns) | X | X | X | | [Número de columnas bloqueadas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-locked-columns) | X | X | X | | [Número de columnas estáticas](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | X | X | X | @@ -179,13 +179,13 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. | [Edición con un solo clic](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | X | X | X | | [Ordenable](properties_Action.md#sortable) | X | X | X | | [Acción estándar](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | X | | | -| [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-estilo) | | X | X | +| [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) | | X | X | | [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) | X | X | X | | [Transparente](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) | X | X | X | | [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) | X | X | X | | [Subrayado](properties_Text.md#underline) | X | X | X | | [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) | X | X | | -| [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#alineación-vertical) | X | X | X | +| [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) | X | X | X | | [Color de línea vertical](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | X | X | X | | [Relleno vertical](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#vertical-padding) | X | X | X | | [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | X | X | X | @@ -197,40 +197,40 @@ Las propiedades soportadas dependen del tipo de list box. ### Eventos formulario soportados -| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | -| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On After Edit |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | -| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Close Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Collapse |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | -| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Data Change |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Delete Action |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Display Detail |
  • [isRowSelected](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drop |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Expand |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | -| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | -| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Load | | | -| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | -| On Mouse Enter |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Mouse Leave | | | -| On Mouse Move |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Open Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Selection Change | | | -| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Unload | | | +| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | +| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| On After Edit |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | +| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Close Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Collapse |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | +| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Data Change |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Delete Action |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | +| On Display Detail |
  • [isRowSelected](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drop |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Expand |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box jerárquicos únicamente* | +| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [footerName](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | +| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Load | | | +| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | +| On Mouse Enter |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Mouse Leave | | | +| On Mouse Move |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Open Detail |
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | *List box Selección actual y Selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Selection Change | | | +| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Unload | | | #### Propiedades adicionales @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Los eventos formulario de los objetos list box o columnas de list box pueden dev > Si un evento se produce en una columna o línea "fake" que no existe, se suele devolver una cadena vacía. -## Columnas de list box +## Columnas list box {#list-box-columns} Un list box está formado por uno o varios objetos columna que tienen propiedades específicas. Puede seleccionar una columna de list box en el editor de formularios haciendo clic en ella cuando el objeto list box está seleccionado: @@ -271,30 +271,30 @@ Puede definir propiedades estándar (texto, color de fondo, etc.) para cada colu ### Eventos formulario soportados -| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | -| -------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On After Edit |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | -| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Data Change |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [areaName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [column](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades adicionales)
  • [row](#propiedades adicionales)
    • | | -| On Drop |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | -| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | -| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | -| On Load | | | -| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [footerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | -| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | -| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | -| On Unload | | | +| Evento formulario | Propiedades adicionales devueltas (ver [Evento formulario](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/FORM-Event.301-4522191.en.html) para las propiedades principales) | Comentarios | +| -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| On After Edit |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On After Sort |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | *Las fórmulas compuestas no se pueden ordenar.
    (por ejemplo, This.firstName + This.lastName)* | +| On Alternative Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Before Data Entry |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Before Keystroke |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Begin Drag Over |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Column Moved |
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldPosition](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Column Resize |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [newSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [oldSize](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Data Change |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Double Clicked |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drag Over |
  • [area](#additional-properties)
  • [areaName](#additional-properties)
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Drop |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Footer Click |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [footerName](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box arrays, selección actual y selección temporal únicamente* | +| On Getting Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo al editar una celda* | +| On Header Click |
  • [column](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [columnName](#propiedades-adicionales)
  • [headerName](#propiedades-adicionales)
    • | | +| On Load | | | +| On Losing Focus |
  • [column](#additional-properties)
  • [columnName](#additional-properties)
  • [row](#additional-properties)
    • | *Propiedades adicionales devueltas sólo cuando la modificación de una celda se completa* | +| On Row Moved |
  • [newPosition](#additional-properties)
  • [oldPosition](#additional-properties)
    • | *List box array únicamente* | +| On Scroll |
  • [horizontalScroll](#additional-properties)
  • [verticalScroll](#additional-properties)
    • | | +| On Unload | | | ## Encabezados de list box @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en - **List box de tipo colección/selección de entidades**: las selecciones se gestionan a través de las propiedades del list box dedicado: - [Elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) es un objeto que recibirá el elemento/la entidad seleccionado(a) - - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es una colección de elementos seleccionados + - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es un objeto colección/selección de entidades de elementos seleccionados - [Posición del elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devuelve la posición del elemento o de la entidad seleccionada. - **List box de tipo array**: el comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` puede utilizarse para seleccionar una o más líneas del list box por programación. @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en ### Personalizar la apariencia de las líneas seleccionadas -Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#cacher-surlignage-selection) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: +Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: - En el caso de los list box de tipo array, debe analizar la variable array booleana asociada al list box para determinar qué líneas están seleccionadas o no. - Para los list box de tipo selección, hay que comprobar si el registro actual (línea) pertenece al conjunto especificado en la propiedad [Conjunto resaltado](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) del list box. @@ -521,14 +521,14 @@ Puede activar o desactivar la ordenación usuario estándar desactivando la prop El soporte de ordenación estándar depende del tipo de list box: -| Tipo de list box | Soporte de ordenación estándar | Comentarios | -| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| Colección de objetos | Sí |
    • Las columnas "This.a" o "This.a.b" son ordenables.
    • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
    | -| Colección de valores escalares | No | Utilice la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderBy()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#orderby) | -| Entity selection | Sí |
  • The [list box source property](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) must be an [assignable expression](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
  • Supported: sorts on object attribute properties (e.g. "This.data.city" when "data" is an object attribute)
  • Supported: sorts on related attributes (e.g. "This.company.name")
  • Not supported: sorts on object attribute properties through related attributes (e.g. "This.company.data.city"). Para ello, debe utilizar la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderByFormula()`](../API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula) (ver el siguiente ejemplo)
    • | -| Selección actual | Sí | Sólo se pueden ordenar las expresiones simples (por ejemplo, `[Table_1]Campo_2`) | -| Selección temporal | No | | -| Arrays | Sí | Las columnas vinculadas a arrays de imágenes y punteros no se pueden ordenar | +| Tipo de list box | Soporte de ordenación estándar | Comentarios | +| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| Colección de objetos | Sí |
    • Las columnas "This.a" o "This.a.b" son ordenables.
    • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
    | +| Colección de valores escalares | No | Utilice la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderBy()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#orderby) | +| Entity selection | Sí |
  • La [propiedad fuente del list box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) debe ser una [expresión asignable](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#assignable-vs-non-assignable-expressions).
  • Soportado: ordenaciones en propiedades de atributos de objeto (p. ej. "This.data.city")
  • No soportado: ordenaciones en propiedades de atributos de objeto a través de atributos relacionados (p. ej. "This.company.data.city"). Para ello, debe utilizar la ordenación personalizada con la función [`orderByFormula()`](../API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula) (ver el siguiente ejemplo)
    • | +| Selección actual | Sí | Sólo se pueden ordenar las expresiones simples (por ejemplo, `[Table_1]Campo_2`) | +| Selección temporal | No | | +| Arrays | Sí | Las columnas vinculadas a arrays de imágenes y punteros no se pueden ordenar | ### Ordenación personalizada @@ -636,8 +636,8 @@ Según el tipo de list box, puede utilizar diferentes propiedades para personali | Propiedad | List box array | List box selección | List box colección o entity selection | | ---------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Color de fondo | [Array de colores de fondo de fila](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) | [Expresión del color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) | [Expresión color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) o [Meta info expresión](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | -| Color de fuente | [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) | [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-color-de-fuente) | [Expresión color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) o [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | -| Estilo de fuente | [Array de estilo de línea](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#expresión-de-estilo) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) o [Expresión meta info](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | +| Color de fuente | [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) | [Expresión de color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) | [Expresión color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) o [Meta info expression](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | +| Estilo de fuente | [Array de estilo de línea](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) | [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) o [Expresión meta info](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | | Visualización | [Array de control de filas](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | - | - | ## Imprimir list boxes @@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ Resultado: Puede optimizar la visualización y gestión de los list box jerárquicos utilizando los eventos formulario `On Expand` y `On Collapse`. -Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. Esto dificulta la generación de list box jerárquicos de gran tamaño basados en arrays generados a partir de datos (a través del comando `SELECTION TO ARRAY`), no sólo por la velocidad de visualización sino también por la memoria utilizada. +Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. Un list box jerárquico se construye a partir del contenido de sus arrays, por lo que sólo puede mostrarse cuando todos estos arrays están cargados en memoria. El uso de los eventos de formulario `On Expand` y `On Collapse` puede superar estas limitaciones: por ejemplo, puede mostrar sólo una parte de la jerarquía y cargar/descargar los arrays sobre la marcha, basándose en las acciones del usuario. En el contexto de estos eventos, el comando `LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION` devuelve la celda en la que el usuario hizo clic para desplegar o contraer una línea. @@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@ Ejemplo: Puede utilizar atributos específicos para añadir unidades asociadas a los valores de las celdas (\*por ejemplo, \*: "10 cm", "20 píxeles", etc.). Para definir la lista de unidades, puede utilizar uno de los siguientes atributos: - "unitsList": un array que contiene los elementos x utilizados para definir las unidades disponibles (por ejemplo: "cm", "pulgadas", "km", "millas", etc.). Utilice este atributo para definir las unidades dentro del objeto. -- "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. Utilice este atributo para definir unidades con una lista 4D creada con el comando [New list](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv15/4D/15.6/New-list.301-3818474.en.html). +- "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. "unitsListReference": una referencia a una lista 4D que contiene las unidades disponibles. - "unitsListName": un nombre de una lista 4D basada en el diseño que contiene unidades disponibles. Utilice este atributo para definir las unidades con una lista 4D creada en la caja de herramientas. Independientemente de la forma en que se defina la lista de unidades, puede asociarse con el siguiente atributo: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md index c0d9a7c13d466c..c16b304f703f9c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ Si está interesado en diseñar sus propios plug-ins, puede recibir amplia infor ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Advanced Properties](properties_Plugins.md) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Draggable](properties_Action.md#draggable) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Plug-in Kind](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Propiedades avanzadas](properties_Plugins.md) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Arrastrable](properties_Action.md#draggable) - [Soltable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Con enfoque](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Tipo de complemento](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamiento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md index 8a8ddc88290600..fdeedccf273059 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Coordenadas inferiores del objeto en el formulario. #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Esta propiedad designa el tamaño horizontal de un objeto. #### Objetos soportados -[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview.md) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview.md) - [Botón](button_overview.md) - [Rejilla de botones](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista jerárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](input_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Línea](shapes_overview.md#line) - [Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Óvalo](shapes_overview.md#oval) - [Botón imagen](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menú emergente con imagen](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progreso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botón de opción](radio_overview.md) - [Rectángulo](shapes_overview.md#rectangle) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Selector](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagen estática](staticPicture.md) - [Pasos](stepper.md) - [Subformulario](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md#overview) --- @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Establece un relleno horizontal para las celdas. El valor se establece en píxel #### Ver también -[Vertical Padding](#vertical-padding) +[Relleno vertical](#vertical-padding) --- @@ -320,4 +320,4 @@ Establece un relleno vertical para las celdas. El valor se establece en píxeles #### Ver también -[Horizontal Padding](#horizontal-padding) +[Relleno horizontal](#horizontal-padding) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index ae92810d6be751..4f2addadfc5a0d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ La utilización de la opción **Referencia del elemento seleccionado** requiere ## Valores por defecto (lista de) -Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Estos valores están disponibles automáticamente en la [variable array](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) asociada a esta columna cuando se ejecuta el formulario. Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. +Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Lista de valores que se utilizarán como valores por defecto para la columna del list box (sólo de tipo array). Utilizando el lenguaje, se puede gestionar el objeto haciendo referencia a este array. > No confunda esta propiedad con la propiedad "[valor por defecto](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-list-of-values)" que permite definir un valor de campo en los nuevos registros. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Debe introducir una lista de valores. En el editor de formularios, un diálogo e #### Objetos soportados -[List Box Column (array type only)](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) +[Columna List Box (sólo tipo array)](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) --- @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Una expresión 4D que se asociará a una columna. Puede introducir: - Boolean\ Puede utilizar campos de la tabla maestra o de otras tablas. -- Una **expresión 4D** (expresión simple, fórmula o método 4D). La expresión debe devolver un valor. El valor se evaluará en los eventos `On Display Detail` y `On Data Change`. El resultado de la expresión se mostrará automáticamente cuando cambie al modo Aplicación. La expresión se evaluará para cada registro de la selección (actual o temporal) de la tabla maestra (para list boxes de tipo selección), cada elemento de la colección (para list boxes de tipo colección) o cada entidad de la selección (para list boxes selección de entidades). Si está vacía, la columna no mostrará ningún resultado. +- Una **expresión 4D** (expresión simple, fórmula o método 4D). La expresión debe devolver un valor. La expresión debe devolver un valor. El resultado de la expresión se mostrará automáticamente cuando cambie al modo Aplicación. La expresión se evaluará para cada registro de la selección (actual o temporal) de la tabla maestra (para list boxes de tipo selección), cada elemento de la colección (para list boxes de tipo colección) o cada entidad de la selección (para list boxes selección de entidades). Si está vacía, la columna no mostrará ningún resultado. Se soportan los siguientes tipos de expresiones: - String - Numeric @@ -215,6 +215,8 @@ Una expresión 4D que se asociará a una columna. Puede introducir: - Boolean Para los list boxes colección/entity selection, Null o tipos no soportados se muestran como cadenas vacías.\ +Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html).\ +Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html).\ Cuando utilice colecciones o selecciones de entidades, normalmente declarará la propiedad del elemento o el atributo de entidad asociado a una columna dentro de una expresión que contenga [This](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/This.301-4310806.en.html). `This` es un comando 4D dedicado que devuelve una referencia al elemento actualmente procesado. Por ejemplo, puede utilizar `This.\` donde `\` es la ruta de una propiedad en la colección o una ruta de atributo de entidad para acceder al valor actual de cada elemento/entidad. Si utiliza una colección de valores escalares, 4D creará un objeto para cada elemento de la colección con una única propiedad (llamada "valor"), llenada con el valor del elemento. En este caso, utilizará `This.value` como expresión. @@ -298,9 +300,9 @@ Especifica una variable o expresión a la que se asignarán los elementos o enti #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -| selectedItemsSource | string | Assignable collection or object expression | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| selectedItemsSource | string | Colección asignable o expresión de objeto | #### Objetos soportados diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Display.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Display.md index c168252ecc0971..400ac076b20e08 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Display.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Display.md @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ En cada uno de los formatos de visualización de números, el signo número (#), (1) El signo de intercalación (^) genera un caracter de espacio que ocupa el mismo ancho que un dígito en la mayoría de los tipos de fuente. -Por ejemplo, si desea mostrar números de tres digitos, puede utilizar el formato ###. Si el usuario introduce más dígitos de los que permite el formato, 4D muestra <<< en el campo para indicar que se han introducido más dígitos de los especificados en el formato de visualización. +Por ejemplo, si desea mostrar números de tres digitos, puede utilizar el formato ###. Si el usuario introduce más caracteres de los que permite el formato, 4D muestra los últimos caracteres. Si el usuario introduce un número negativo, el caracter situado más a la izquierda se muestra como un signo menos (a menos que se haya especificado un formato de visualización negativo). Si ##0 es el formato, menos 26 se muestra como -26 y menos 260 se muestra como <<< porque el signo menos ocupa un marcador de posición y sólo hay tres marcadores de posición. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Utilizado para asociar un formato de visualización con los datos de la columna. Las columnas booleanas y numéricas (números o enteros) pueden mostrarse como casillas de verificación. En este caso, se puede definir la propiedad [Título](#title). -Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. In this case, the [Text when False and Text when True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true) properties must be defined. +Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. En este caso, deben definirse las propiedades [Text cuando False y Text cuando True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true). #### Gramática JSON @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ La propiedad Truncar con elipsis puede aplicarse a columnas de tipo booleano; si #### Objetos soportados -[List Box Column](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [List Box Footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) +[Columna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Pie List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) --- diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md index d9f9594829e5a2..f76dbcfe526727 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Hierarchy.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Jerarquía `List boxes de tipo array` -Esta propiedad especifica que el list box debe mostrarse en forma jerárquica. In the JSON form, this feature is triggered [when the *dataSource* property value is an array](properties_Object.md#array-list-box), i.e. a collection. +Esta propiedad especifica que el list box debe mostrarse en forma jerárquica. En el formulario JSON, esta función se activa [cuando el valor de la propiedad *dataSource* es un array](properties_Object.md#array-list-box), es decir, una colección. Las opciones adicionales (**Variable 1...10**) están disponibles cuando se selecciona la opción *List box jerárquico*, correspondiente a cada elemento del array *dataSource* a utilizar como columna de ruptura. Cada vez que se introduce un valor en un campo, se añade una nueva línea. Se pueden especificar hasta 10 variables. Estas variables definen los niveles jerárquicos a mostrar en la primera columna. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 36c9a4829a1550..bbe77386e55fc5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cada objeto de formulario activo está asociado a un nombre de objeto. Cada nomb > Los nombres de objetos están limitados a un tamaño de 255 bytes. -Cuando utilice el lenguaje 4D, puede referirse a un objeto de formulario activo por su nombre de objeto (para más información sobre esto, consulte [Propiedades Objeto](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) en el manual de Referencia del Lenguaje 4D). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). Para más información sobre las reglas de denominación de los objetos de formulario, consulte la sección [Identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md). @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Esta es la lista de objetos cuyo valor se puede guardar: | [Casilla de verificación](checkbox_overview.md) | Valor de la variable asociada (0, 1, 2) | | [Lista desplegable](dropdownList_Overview.md) | Número de línea seleccionada | | [Botón de radio](radio_overview.md) | Valor de la variable asociada (1, 0, True o False para los botones de acuerdo a su tipo) | -| [Tab control](tabControl.md) | Número de pestaña seleccionada | +| [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) | Número de pestaña seleccionada | #### Gramática JSON @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Sin embargo, esta propiedad tiene una función tipográfica en los siguientes ca - **[Variables dinámicas](#dynamic-variables)**: puede utilizar esta propiedad para declarar el tipo de variables dinámicas. - **[Columnas List Box ](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: esta propiedad se utiliza para asociar un formato de visualización a los datos de la columna. Los formatos suministrados dependerán del tipo de variable (list box de tipo array) o del tipo dato/campo (list boxes de tipo selección y colección). Los formatos 4D estándar que pueden utilizarse son: Alfa, Numérico, Fecha, Hora, Imagen y Booleano. El tipo Texto no tiene formatos de visualización específicos. Todos los formatos personalizados existentes también están disponibles. -- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Mecanismos nativos específicos rigen la visualización de variables de imagen en los formularios. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Para hacer esto, necesitas que la instrucción `C_PICTURE(varName)` se haya ejecutado antes de cargar el formulario (normalmente, en el método que llama al comando `DIALOG`), o que la variable se haya digitado a nivel de formulario utilizando la propiedad tipo de expresión. +- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Mecanismos nativos específicos rigen la visualización de variables de imagen en los formularios. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. De lo contrario, la variable imagen no se mostrará correctamente (sólo en modo interpretado). #### Gramática JSON @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Puede forzar un retorno de carro en la etiqueta utilizando el caracter \ (barra Para insertar un \ en la etiqueta, ingrese "\\". -Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. When the object also contains an icon, you can modify the relative location of these two elements using the [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) property. +Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. Cuando el objeto también contiene un icono, puede modificar la ubicación relativa de estos dos elementos utilizando la propiedad [Posición Título/imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position). Para la traducción de la aplicación, puede introducir una referencia XLIFF en el área del título de un botón (ver [Apéndice B: arquitectura XLIFF](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Appendix-B-XLIFF-architecture.300-4163748.en.html)). @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de cálculos disponibles. La tabla siguiente muestra los cálcu | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Suma | X | | | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | -| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Promedio | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desviación estándar(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Varianza(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 464019d7752b77..d5151b02607aa2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ En esta página encontrará una lista completa de todas las propiedades de los o | [`right`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona un objeto a la derecha. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Un array 4D que define las líneas del list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define el número de líneas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | +| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (list box array)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box selección o colección) | El nombre de un array o expresión para aplicar un color de fondo personalizado a cada línea de un list box. | El nombre de un array o expresión. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define la altura de las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa la mayor altura permitida para las líneas del list box. | Valor CSS la unidad "em" o "px" (por defecto). mínimo: 0 | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md index 85d64efa3f2747..e5aa3dd05719a2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Muestra/Oculta las graduaciones junto a las etiquetas. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Medición de la visualización de la escala. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Especifica la ubicación del texto mostrado de un objeto. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) --- @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Valor máximo de un indicador. #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) --- @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Valor mínimo de un indicador. Para los steppers numéricos, esta propiedad repr #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) --- @@ -118,4 +118,4 @@ Intervalo mínimo aceptado entre los valores durante el uso. Para los steppers n #### Objetos soportados -[Thermometer](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Ruler](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) +[Termómetro](progressIndicator.md#default-thermometer) - [Regla](ruler.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Text.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Text.md index 641fb8c3e28d23..27b57c06991bcc 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Text.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Text.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Esta propiedad también puede ser manejada por los comandos [OBJECT Get vertical ## Meta Info expression -`Collection or entity selection type list boxes` +`List boxes de tipo Collection o entity selection` Indica una expresión o una variable que se evaluará para cada línea mostrada. Permite definir todo un conjunto de atributos texto de las líneas. Debe pasar una **variable objeto** o una **expresión que devuelva un objeto**. Se soportan las siguientes propiedades: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index f21935fe44a5e1..3b7364ac24ff4d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Consulte la descripción del evento [`On Alternative Click`](../Events/onAlterna ### Gestión del menú emergente -Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el aspecto gráfico del botón. La visualización del menú emergente y sus valores deben ser manejados enteramente por el desarrollador, más particularmente utilizando los comandos`form events` y [`Dynamic pop menu`](https://doc. d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page1006.html) y [`Menú emergente`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page542.html). +Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el aspecto gráfico del botón. La visualización del menú emergente y sus valores deben ser manejados enteramente por el desarrollador, más particularmente utilizando los comandos`form events` y [`Dynamic pop menu`](https://doc.md.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page1006.html) y [`Menú emergente`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19R7/help/command/en/page542.html). #### Gramática JSON @@ -260,4 +260,4 @@ Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el #### Objetos soportados -[Toolbar Button](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Bevel Button](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Rounded Bevel Button](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [OS X Gradient Button](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [OS X Textured Button](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Office XP Button](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Circle Button](button_overview.md#circle) - [Custom](button_overview.md#custom) +[Botón de barra de herramientas](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Botón biselado](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Botón biselado redondeado](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [Botón de degradado OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [Botón con textura OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Botón Office XP](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Botón circular](button_overview.md#circle) - [Personalizado](button_overview.md#custom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md index febf31bfdff91e..be829dd0005164 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Área Web Puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde el código JavaScript ejecutado en un área web y recibir valores a cambio. Para poder llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web, debe activar la propiedad de accesibilidad de los métodos 4D ("todos"). -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad sólo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial llamado `$4d`en el área web, que puede [utilizar para gestionar las llamadas a los métodos proyecto de 4D](webArea_overview.md#4d-object). @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial Nombre de una variable de tipo Longint. Esta variable recibirá un valor entre 0 y 100, que representa el porcentaje de finalización de la carga de la página en el área web. Actualizado automáticamente por 4D, no puede ser modificado manualmente. -> As of 4D v19 R5, this variable is only updated on Windows if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> A partir de 4D v19 R5, esta variable solo se actualiza en Windows si el área Web [utiliza el motor de renderizado Web anidado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/radio_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/radio_overview.md index 815284bca4d21f..0a8af30a376026 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/radio_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/radio_overview.md @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del ### Personalizado -The Custom radio button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows managing additional parameters such as [icon offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) and [margins](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). +El estilo de botón radio Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar parámetros adicionales como [desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) y las [márgenes](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). ## Propiedades soportadas @@ -152,4 +152,4 @@ Todos los botones radio comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Propiedades específicas adicionales están disponibles en función del [estilo de botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizado: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontalmargin) - [Desplazamiento del ícono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#verticalmargin) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/splitters.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/splitters.md index 4fcbf360e5c7ea..c8d55955a12827 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/splitters.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/splitters.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Algunas de las características generales del separador: - Los topes de los separadores se calculan para que los objetos desplazados permanezcan totalmente visibles en el formulario o no pasen por debajo/al lado de otro separador. Cuando la propiedad [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) está asociada a un separador, su movimiento hacia la derecha o hacia abajo no encuentra ningún tope. - Si se redimensiona un formulario mediante un separador, las nuevas dimensiones del formulario se guardan sólo mientras se muestra el formulario. Una vez que se cierra un formulario, se restablecen las dimensiones iniciales. -Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [border style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) to obtain a thinner line or [change its color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). +Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. Puede modificar su [estilo de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) para obtener una línea más fina o [cambiar su color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [bor ### Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Fondo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Color de línea](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#nombre_objeto) - [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#empujador) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#derecha) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#arriba) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Interacción con las propiedades de los objetos vecinos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 824b864888a8cf..bb4a085e937f40 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,75 +3,77 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Área Web --- +Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, JavaScript, etc. The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -Las áreas web pueden mostrar varios tipos de contenido web dentro de sus formularios: páginas HTML con contenidos estáticos o dinámicos, archivos, imágenes, JavaScript, etc. El motor de renderizado del área web depende de la plataforma de ejecución de la aplicación y de [la opción motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) seleccionada. - -Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Tenga en cuenta, sin embargo, que el uso de las áreas web debe seguir [varias reglas](#web-area-rules). - -Varias [acciones estándar](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de lenguaje](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) así como también [eventos formulario](#form-events) genéricos y específicos, permiten al desarrollador controlar el funcionamiento de las áreas web. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. +Es posible crear varias áreas web en el mismo formulario. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Se pueden utilizar variables específicas para intercambiar información entre el área y el entorno 4D. ## Propiedades específicas ### Variables asociadas Se pueden asociar dos variables específicas a cada área web: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar la URL que muestra el área web -- [`Progresión`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar el porcentaje de carga de la página mostrada en el área web. -> A partir de 4D v19 R5, la variable Progression ya no se actualiza en las Áreas Web que utilizan el [motor de renderizado del sistema Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --to control the URL displayed by the web area +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. + +> As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Motor de renderización web -Puede elegir entre [dos motores de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para el área web, dependiendo de las particularidades de su aplicación. +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. Seleccionar el motor de renderizado web anidado permite llamar a los métodos de 4D desde el área web y asegurarse de que las funcionalidades en macOS y Windows sean similares. Se recomienda seleccionar el motor de renderizado del sistema cuando el área web está conectada a Internet porque siempre se beneficia de las últimas actualizaciones de seguridad. ### Acceder a los métodos 4D -Cuando se selecciona la propiedad [Acceder a los métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), se puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área web. +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note Notas -- Esta propiedad sólo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - Por razones de seguridad, ya que permite ejecutar código 4D, esta opción solo debe habilitarse para páginas de confianza, como las páginas generadas por la aplicación. ::: ### Objeto $4d +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. -El [motor de renderizado web integrado 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) suministra al área un objeto JavaScript llamado $4d que puede asociar a cualquier método proyecto 4D utilizando la notación objeto ".". +For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -Por ejemplo, para llamar al método `HelloWorld` de 4D, basta con ejecutar la siguiente declaración: - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript es sensible a las mayúsculas y minúsculas, por lo que es importante tener en cuenta que el objeto se llama $4d (con "d" minúscula). + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). La sintaxis de las llamadas a los métodos 4D es la siguiente: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: Puede pasar tantos parámetros como necesite al método 4D. Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). -- `function(result)`: Función a pasar como último argumento. Esta función "callback" se llama de forma sincrónica una vez que el método 4D termina de ejecutarse. Recibe el parámetro `result`. +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. Esta función "callback" se llama de forma sincrónica una vez que el método 4D termina de ejecutarse. It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: resultado de la ejecución del método 4D, devuelto en la expresión "$0". Este resultado puede ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). Puede utilizar el comando `C_OBJECT` para devolver los objetos. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. Este resultado puede ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). -> Por defecto, 4D trabaja en UTF-8. Cuando devuelva un texto que contenga caracteres extendidos, por ejemplo, caracteres con acentos, asegúrese de que la codificación de la página mostrada en el área web esté declarada como UTF-8, ya que de lo contrario los caracteres podrían representarse incorrectamente. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Por defecto, 4D trabaja en UTF-8. Cuando devuelva un texto que contenga caracteres extendidos, por ejemplo, caracteres con acentos, asegúrese de que la codificación de la página mostrada en el área web esté declarada como UTF-8, ya que de lo contrario los caracteres podrían representarse incorrectamente. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### Ejemplo 1 -Dado un método proyecto 4D llamado `today` que no recibe parámetros y devuelve la fecha actual como una cadena. +Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -Código 4D del método `today`: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` En el área web, el método 4D puede ser llamado con la siguiente sintaxis: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ En el área web, el método 4D puede ser llamado con la siguiente sintaxis: $4d.today() ``` -El método 4D no recibe ningún parámetro pero devuelve el valor $0 a la función callback llamada por 4D tras la ejecución del método. Queremos mostrar la fecha en la página HTML que es cargada por el área web. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar la fecha en la página HTML que es cargada por el área web. Aquí está el código de la página HTML: @@ -89,9 +91,9 @@ Aquí está el código de la página HTML: @@ -103,14 +105,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Ejemplo 2 -El método proyecto 4D `calcSum` recibe los parámetros (`$1...$n`) y devuelve su suma en `$0`: +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: -Código 4D del método `calcSum`: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // recibe n parámetros de tipo REAL - C_REAL($0) // devuelve un Real - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ Código 4D del método `calcSum`: El código JavaScript que se ejecuta en el área web es el siguiente: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // el resultado es 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## Acciones estándar -Hay cuatro acciones estándar específicas para gestionar las áreas web de forma automática: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` y `Stop Loading URL`. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. Estas acciones se describen en [Acciones estándar](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. Estas acciones pueden asociarse a botones o comandos de menú y permiten una rápida implementación de interfaces web básicas. ## Eventos formulario @@ -151,19 +152,18 @@ Además, las áreas web soportan los siguientes eventos de formulario genéricos - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Reglas de las áreas web ### Interfaz de usuario Cuando se ejecuta el formulario, las funciones estándar de la interfaz del navegador están disponibles para el usuario en el área web, lo que permite la interacción con otras áreas del formulario: -- **Comandos menú Edición**: cuando el área web tiene el foco, los comandos del menú **Edición** pueden utilizarse para realizar acciones como copiar, pegar, seleccionar todo, etc., según la selección. -- **El menú contextual**: es posible utilizar el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) estándar del sistema con el área web. La visualización del menú contextual se puede controlar con el comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -- **Arrastrar y soltar**: el usuario puede arrastrar y soltar texto, imágenes y documentos dentro del área web o entre un área web y los objetos de los formularios 4D, según las propiedades de los objetos 4D. Por razones de seguridad, no se permite por defecto cambiar el contenido de un área web mediante la acción de arrastrar y soltar un archivo o una URL. En este caso, el cursor muestra un icono "prohibido" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Tiene que utilizar la instrucción `WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` para mostrar un icono "soltar" y generar el evento [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). En este evento, se puede llamar al comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) o establecer la variable [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en respuesta a una caída del usuario. - -> Las funciones de arrastrar y soltar descritas anteriormente no son compatibles con las áreas web que utilizan el motor de renderización del sistema [de macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + Por razones de seguridad, no se permite por defecto cambiar el contenido de un área web mediante la acción de arrastrar y soltar un archivo o una URL. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Subformularios @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Por razones relacionadas con los mecanismos de redibujado de ventanas, la inserc > No se soporta la superposición de un área web sobre o debajo de otros objetos formulario. - ### Conflicto entre el área web y el servidor web (Windows) En Windows, no se recomienda acceder, a través de un área web, al servidor web de la aplicación 4D que contiene el área, ya que esta configuración podría provocar un conflicto que paralice la aplicación. Por supuesto, un 4D remoto puede acceder al servidor web de 4D Server, pero no a su propio servidor web. @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ En Windows, no se recomienda acceder, a través de un área web, al servidor web Las URLs manejadas por programación en áreas web bajo macOS deben comenzar con el protocolo. Por ejemplo, debe pasar la cadena "http://www.mysite.com" y no sólo "www.mysite.com". - ## Acceso al inspector web Puede visualizar y utilizar un inspector web dentro de las áreas web de sus formularios o en las áreas web fuera de la pantalla. El inspector web es un depurador que permite analizar el código y el flujo de información de las páginas web. -Para mostrar el inspector Web, puede ejecutar el comando `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` o utilizar el menú contextual del área web. +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) del área web está activado - - el uso del inspector está expresamente autorizado en el área mediante la siguiente declaración: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - el [menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) del área web está activado + - el uso del inspector está expresamente autorizado en el área mediante la siguiente declaración: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> Con [Motor de renderizado del sistema Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), un cambio en esta preferencia requiere que se tenga en cuenta una acción de navegación en el área (por ejemplo, una actualización de la página). +> With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -Para más información, consulte la descripción del comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. -Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces tendrá nuevas opciones como **Inspeccionar elemento** en el menú contextual del área. Al seleccionar esta opción, se muestra la ventana del inspector web. +When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. Al seleccionar esta opción, se muestra la ventana del inspector web. > Para una descripción detallada de las funcionalidades de este depurador, consulte la documentación que ofrece el motor de renderizado web. +## Propiedades soportadas + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## Propiedades soportadas +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[BEstilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar el motor de renderizado Web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### Ejemplos + +#### Archivo por defecto + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Ver también +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md index b95bb7e8e12497..715da5b6b50617 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md @@ -10,27 +10,26 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R7/), #### Lo más destacado - Las columnas de los list box y de los encabezados de tipo hora ahora soportan la opción ["blankIfNull"](../FormObjects/properties_Display.md#time-format). -- New properties in [`.getBoxInfo()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxinfo) and [`.getBoxList()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxlist). +- Nuevas propiedades en [`.getBoxInfo()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxinfo) y [`.getBoxList()`](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#getboxlist). - Ahora puede [añadir y eliminar componentes utilizando la interfaz del gestor de componentes](../Project/components.md#adding-and-removing-dependencies). -- New [**direct typing mode**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) in which you declare all variables and parameters in your code using `var` and `#DECLARE`/`Function` keywords (only mode supported in new projects). [Syntax checking feature](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) has been enhanced accordingly. -- Support of [Session singletons](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) and new [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) Class property. -- New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. -- Qodly Studio: You can now [attach the Qodly debugger to 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). -- New Build Application keys for remote 4D applications to validate the server certificate authority [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) and/or [domain](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). -- 4D Language: - - New commands: [Process info](../commands/process-info.md), [Session info](../commands/session-info.md), [SET WINDOW DOCUMENT ICON](../commands/set-window-document-icon.md) +- Nuevo [**modo de tipado directo**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) en el que declara todas las variables y parámetros en su código usando las palabras clave `var` y `#DECLARE`/`Function` (sólo modo soportado en nuevos proyectos). [La función de verificación de sintaxis](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) se ha mejorado en consecuencia. +- Soporte de [singletones de sesión](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) y nueva propiedad de clase [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton). +- Nueva palabra clave de función [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) para definir funciones singleton u ORDA que pueden ser llamadas a través de [peticiones HTTP REST GET](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). +- Nueva clase [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) para que el servidor REST devuelva cualquier contenido web. +- Qodly Studio: ahora puede [adjuntar el depurador Qodly a 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). +- Nuevas llaves Build Application para que las aplicaciones 4D remotas validen las [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) y/o los [dominios](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). +- Lenguaje 4D: + - Nuevos comandos: [Process info](../commands/process-info.md), [Session info](../commands/session-info.md), [SET WINDOW DOCUMENT ICON](../commands/set-window-document-icon.md) - Comandos modificados: [Process activity](../commands/process-activity.md), [Process number](../commands/process-number.md) - 4D Write Pro: - Nuevo comando: [WP DELETE SECTION](../WritePro/commands/wp-delete-section.md) - - Modified commands: [WP DELETE SUBSECTION](../WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md) and [WP RESET ATTRIBUTES](../WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md) - - [What's new page](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/What-s-new.901-7239607.en.html) in 4D Write Pro Reference. -- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R7): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R7. + - Comandos modificados: [WP DELETE SUBSECTION](../WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md) y [WP RESET ATTRIBUTES](../WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md) + - [Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/What-s-new.901-7239607.en.html) en 4D Write Pro Reference. +- [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R7): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R7. #### Cambios de comportamiento -- Documentations for [4D Language](../commands/command-index.md) and [4D Write Pro Language](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) are now fully available on developer.4d.com. Find out about all the new features and changes concerning these documentations in this release note. -- Compiler directive commands (`C_XXX`) are now deprecated and have been renamed `_O_C_XXX` (for example, `C_TEXT` has been renamed `_O_C_TEXT`). +- La documentación del [Lenguaje 4D](../commands/command-index.md) y del [Lenguaje 4D Write Pro](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) ya está disponible en developer.4d.com. Descubra todas las novedades y cambios relativos a estas documentaciones en esta nota de la versión. - The [`File`](../commands/file.md) command (as well as [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew)) is stricter when it comes to checking the syntax of the *path* supplied as a parameter. ## 4D 20 R6 @@ -47,14 +46,14 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R6**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-20-R6/), - Nuevo archivo [4DCEFParameters.json](../FormObjects/webArea_overview.md#4dcefparametersjson) para personalizar las áreas web anidadas de 4D. - Nueva clase [HTTPAgent](../API/HTTPAgentClass.md) y nueva propiedad [`agent`](../API/HTTPRequestClass.md#options-parameter) para la clase HTTPRequest. - Nuevas funciones [`enableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) y [`disableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) para controlar los estados de las páginas Qodly desde el servidor. -- Nueva [\` API$singleton](../REST/$singleton.md) para llamar las funciones singleton expuestas desde REST y nuevos [privilegios asociados](../ORDA/privileges.md). +- Nueva [\\\\\` API$singleton](../REST/$singleton.md) para llamar las funciones singleton expuestas desde REST y nuevos [privilegios asociados](../ORDA/privileges.md). - Un [nuevo botón de parámetros](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) le ayuda a actualizar su proyecto para utilizar el modo REST "conexión forzada" (el método base `On REST Authentication` es ahora obsoleto). - Una [nueva pestaña de parámetros](../Project/compiler.md#warnings) permite definir la generación de advertencias de forma global. - Varios comandos, principalmente del tema "Entorno 4D", ahora son hilo seguro ([ver la lista completa](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/Preemptive_6957385.999-2878208.en.html)), así como algunos selectores de los comandos [`SET DATABASE PARAMETER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page642.html)/[`Get database parameter`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page643.html). - Nuevo [componente 4D-QPDF](https://github.com/4d/4D-QPDF) que ofrece el comando `PDF Get attachments` para extraer los archivos adjuntos de un documento PDF/A3. - Comandos del lenguaje 4D: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/20-R6/What-s-new.901-6957482.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - 4D Write Pro: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/20-R6/What-s-new.901-6993921.en.html) en doc.4d.com. -- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R6): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R6. +- [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R6): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R6. #### Cambios de comportamiento @@ -73,9 +72,9 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R5**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-20-R5/), - Soporte de [selecciones de entidades restringidas](../ORDA/entities.md#restricting-entity-selections). - Soporte de [clases compartidas](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-classes) y de [clases singleton](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). Nuevas propiedades de clase: [`isShared`](../API/ClassClass.md#isshared), [`isSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#isingleton), [`me`](../API/ClassClass.md#me). - Soporte para [inicializar una propiedad de clase en su línea de declaración](../Concepts/classes.md/#initializing-the-property-in-the-declaration-line). -- Nuevo modo [forzar login para peticiones REST](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) con un [soporte específico en Qodly Studio para 4D](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login). +- Nuevo modo [forzar login para peticiones REST](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) con un [soporte específico en Qodly Studio for 4D](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login). - Nuevo parámetro REST [$format](../REST/$format.md). -- [`Session`](../commands/session.md) object is now available in remote user sessions and stored procedures session. +- El objeto [`Session`](../commands/session.md) está ahora disponible en sesiones de usuario remotas y en sesiones de procedimientos almacenados. - Comandos del lenguaje 4D: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/What-s-new.901-6817247.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - 4D Write Pro: [página Novedades](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/What-s-new.901-6851780.en.html) en doc.4d.com. - [**Lista de bugs corregidos**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R5): lista de todos los bugs que se han corregido en 4D 20 R5. @@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R4**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R4/), #### Lo más destacado -- Soporte de [formato de cifrado ECDSA\`](../Admin/tls.md#encryption) para certificados TLS. +- Soporte de [formato de cifrado ECDSA\\\\\`](../Admin/tls.md#encryption) para certificados TLS. - Las conexiones TLS cliente/servidor y servidor SQL ahora se [configuran dinámicamente](../Admin/tls.md#enabling-tls-with-the-other-servers) (no se requieren archivos de certificado). - Formato HTML directo para [exportaciones de definición de estructura](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R4/4D/20-R4/Exporting-and-importing-structure-definitions.300-6654851.en.html). - Nuevo [Code Live Checker](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#warnings-and-errors) que mejora el control del código durante los pasos de declaración, comprobación de sintaxis y compilación para evitar errores de ejecución. @@ -110,7 +109,7 @@ Lea [**Novedades en 4D 20 R4**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R4/), - El uso de una sintaxis heredada para declarar parámetros (por ejemplo, `C_TEXT($1)` o `var $1 : Text`) es obsoleto y genera advertencias en los pasos de escritura de código, verificación de sintaxis y compilación. - La coherencia de las selecciones ahora se mantiene después de que se hayan eliminado algunos registros y se hayan creado otros (ver [esta entrada de blog](https://blog.4d.com/4d-keeps-your-selections-of-records-consistent-regarding-deletion-of-records/)). - En la actualización de [la librería OpenSSL](#library-table), el nivel de seguridad SSL/TLS por defecto se ha cambiado de 1 a 2. Las llaves RSA, DSA y DH de 1024 bits o más y menos de 2048 bits, así como las llaves ECC de 160 bits o más y menos de 224 bits, ya no están permitidas. Por defecto, la compresión TLS ya estaba desactivada en versiones anteriores de OpenSSL. En el nivel de seguridad 2 no se puede activar. -- In order to allow password verification when the [4D user directory uses the bcrypt algorithm](https://blog.4d.com/bcrypt-support-for-passwords/), the "password" value in the *connectionInfo* parameter of the [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md) command is now sent in clear form by default. Asegúrese de que su método base "On REST authentication" puede manejar contraseñas en claro (el tercer parámetro es entonces **False**) y que `Open datastore` encripta su conexión pasando la opción "tls" a **True** en *connectionInfo*. In specific cases, a new "passwordAlgorithm" option can also be used for compatibility (see [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md) command). +- In order to allow password verification when the [4D user directory uses the bcrypt algorithm](https://blog.4d.com/bcrypt-support-for-passwords/), the "password" value in the *connectionInfo* parameter of the [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md) command is now sent in clear form by default. Asegúrese de que su método base "On REST authentication" puede manejar contraseñas en claro (el tercer parámetro es entonces **False**) y que `Open datastore` encripta su conexión pasando la opción "tls" a **True** en *connectionInfo*. En casos concretos, también se puede utilizar una nueva opción "passwordAlgorithm" por compatibilidad (ver el comando [`Open datastore`](../commands/open-datastore.md)). ## 4D 20 R3 @@ -180,6 +179,6 @@ Consulte [**Notas de la versión 4D 20.x LTS**](../../version-20/Notes/updates.m | OpenSSL | 3.3.2 | **20 R7** | Se ha actualizado el nivel de seguridad TLS/SSL por defecto. Ver [Cambios de comportamiento](#cambios-de-comportamiento) para la versión 20 R4 | | PDFWriter | 4.3 | 20 | Dependencia FreeType en 12.2.1 | | PHP | 8.2.4 | 20 | | -| SpreadJS | 17.1.0 | **20 R7** | See [this blog post](https://blog.4d.com/4d-view-pro-whats-new-in-4d-20-r7/) for an overview of the new features | +| SpreadJS | 17.1.0 | **20 R7** | Consulte [esta entrada de blog](https://blog.4d.com/4d-view-pro-whats-new-in-4d-20-r7/) para obtener una visión general de las nuevas funciones | | webKit | WKWebView | 19 | | | Zlib | 1.2.13 | 20 | | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index de752fb48d818f..0d19ac3ec45e5d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Gracias a esta funcionalidad, toda la lógica de negocio de su aplicación 4D pu - Si la estructura física evoluciona, basta con adaptar el código de las funciones y las aplicaciones cliente seguirán llamándolas de forma transparente. -- Por defecto, todas las funciones de clase de su modelo de datos (incluidas las [funciones de atributo calculado](#computed-attributes-1)) y los [atributos alias](#alias-attributes-1) **no se exponen** a aplicaciones remotas y no se pueden llamar desde sol Debe declarar explícitamente cada función pública y alias con la palabra clave [`exposed`](#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions). +- Los atributos alias de ORDA por defecto son **no expuestos**. Debe añadir la palabra clave [`exposed`](#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) antes de la palabra clave `Alias` si desea que el alias esté disponible para peticiones remotas. ![](../assets/en/ORDA/api.png) @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ ORDA ofrece **clases genéricas** expuestas a través del [class store](Concepts Todas las clases de modelo de datos ORDA se exponen como propiedades del class store **`cs`**. Las clases ORDA siguientes están disponibles: -| Class | Nombre del ejemplo | Instanciado por | -| ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| cs.DataStore | cs.DataStore | Comando [`ds`](comandos/ds.md) | -| cs.*DataClassName* | cs.Employee | [`dataStore.DataClassName`](API/DataStoreClass.md#dataclassname), `dataStore["DataClassName"]` | -| cs.*DataClassName*Entity | cs.EmployeeEntity | [`dataClass.get()`](API/DataClassClass.md#get), [`dataClass.new()`](API/DataClassClass.md#new), [`entitySelection.first()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#first), [`entitySelection.last()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#last), [`entity.previous()`](API/EntityClass.md#previous), [`entity.next()`](API/EntityClass.md#next), [`entity.first()`](API/EntityClass.md#first), [`entity.last()`](API/EntityClass.md#last), [`entity.clone()`](API/EntityClass.md#clone) | -| cs.*DataClassName*Selection | cs.EmployeeSelection | [`dataClass.query()`](API/DataClassClass.md#query), [`entitySelection.query()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#query), [`dataClass.all()`](API/DataClassClass.md#all), [`dataClass.fromCollection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#fromcollection), [`dataClass.newSelection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#newselection), [`entitySelection.drop()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#drop), [`entity.getSelection()`](API/EntityClass.md#getselection), [`entitySelection.and()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#and), [`entitySelection.minus()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#minus), [`entitySelection.or()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderBy()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderByFormula()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula), [`entitySelection.slice()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#slice), `Create entity selection` | +| Class | Nombre del ejemplo | Instanciado por | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| cs.DataStore | cs.DataStore | Comando [`ds`](comandos/ds.md) | +| cs.*DataClassName* | cs.Employee | [`dataStore.DataClassName`](API/DataStoreClass.md#dataclassname), `dataStore["DataClassName"]` | +| cs._DataClassName_Entity | cs.EmployeeEntity | [`dataClass.get()`](API/DataClassClass.md#get), [`dataClass.new()`](API/DataClassClass.md#new), [`entitySelection.first()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#first), [`entitySelection.last()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#last), [`entity.previous()`](API/EntityClass.md#previous), [`entity.next()`](API/EntityClass.md#next), [`entity.first()`](API/EntityClass.md#first), [`entity.last()`](API/EntityClass.md#last), [`entity.clone()`](API/EntityClass.md#clone) | +| cs._DataClassName_Selection | cs.EmployeeSelection | [`dataClass.query()`](API/DataClassClass.md#query), [`entitySelection.query()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#query), [`dataClass.all()`](API/DataClassClass.md#all), [`dataClass.fromCollection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#fromcollection), [`dataClass.newSelection()`](API/DataClassClass.md#newselection), [`entitySelection.drop()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#drop), [`entity.getSelection()`](API/EntityClass.md#getselection), [`entitySelection.and()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#and), [`entitySelection.minus()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#minus), [`entitySelection.or()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderBy()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#or), [`entitySelection.orderByFormula()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#orderbyformula), [`entitySelection.slice()`](API/EntitySelectionClass.md#slice), `Create entity selection` | > Las clases usuario ORDA se almacenan como archivos de clase estándar (.4dm) en la subcarpeta Classes del proyecto [(ver más abajo)](#class-files). @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Form.comp.city:=$cityManager.City.getCityName(Form.comp.zipcode) Cada tabla expuesta con ORDA ofrece una clase EntitySelection en el class store `cs`. - **Extends**: 4D.EntitySelection -- **Nombre de clase**: *DataClassName*Selection (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) +- **Nombre de clase**: _DataClassName_Selection (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) - **Ejemplo**: cs.EmployeeSelection #### Ejemplo @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ $moreThanAvg:=ds.Company.all().employees.withSalaryGreaterThanAverage() Cada tabla expuesta con ORDA ofrece una clase Entity en el class store `cs`. - **Extends**: 4D.Entity -- **Nombre de clase**: *DataClassName*Entity (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) +- **Nombre de clase**: _DataClassName_Entity (donde *DataClassName* es el nombre de la tabla) - **Ejemplo**: cs.CityEntity #### Atributos calculados @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Un atributo calculado también puede implementar una función `set`, que se ejec Al igual que los atributos de almacenamiento, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **búsquedas**. Por defecto, cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una búsqueda ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. En algunos casos esto es suficiente. Sin embargo, para un mejor rendimiento, especialmente en cliente/servidor, los atributos calculados pueden implementar una función `query` que se basa en los atributos reales de la clase de datos y se beneficia de sus índices. -Del mismo modo, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **ordenaciones**. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. Al igual que en las búsquedas, los atributos calculados pueden implementar una función `orderBy` que sustituya a otros atributos durante la ordenación, aumentando así el rendimiento. +Del mismo modo, los atributos calculados pueden incluirse en **ordenaciones**. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. Cuando se utiliza un atributo calculado en una ordenación ORDA, el atributo se calcula una vez por entidad examinada. ### Cómo definir los atributos calculados @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ El atributo alias [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) es "alias". Un atributo alias hereda su propiedad de [`type`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo: - si el [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo es "storage", el tipo de datos del alias es del mismo tipo, -- si el [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo es "relatedEntity" o "relatedEntities", el tipo de datos del alias es de tipo `4D.Entity` o `4D.EntitySelection` ("*classname*Entity" o "*classname*Selection"). +- si el [`kind`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename) del atributo objetivo es "relatedEntity" o "relatedEntities", el tipo de datos del alias es de tipo `4D.Entity` o `4D.EntitySelection` ("_classname_Entity" o "_classname_Selection"). Los atributos alias basados en relaciones tienen una propiedad específica [`path`](../API/DataClassClass.md#attributename), que contiene la ruta de sus atributos objetivos. Los atributos de alias basados en atributos de la misma clase de datos tienen las mismas propiedades que sus atributos de destino (y ninguna propiedad `path`). @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // Error "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -871,7 +871,7 @@ A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (sa :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ End if ### Archivos de clase (class files) -Una clase usuario ORDA del modelo de datos se define añadiendo, en la [misma ubicación que los archivos de clase usuarles](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (*es decir* en la carpeta `/Sources/Classes` de la carpeta proyecto), un archivo .4dm con el nombre Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. +Una clase usuario ORDA del modelo de datos se define añadiendo, en la [misma ubicación que los archivos de clase usuarles](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (*es decir* en la carpeta `/Sources/Classes` de la carpeta proyecto), un archivo .4dm con el nombre Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. Por ejemplo, una clase de entidad para la dataclass `Utilities` se definirá a través de un archivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. ### Crear las clases @@ -1003,7 +1003,7 @@ Las clases de usuarios ORDA tienen un icono diferente de las otras clases. Las c ![](../assets/en/ORDA/classORDA2.png) -Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. 4D crea el archivo de clase y añade el código `extends`. Por ejemplo, para una clase Entity: +Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. Para crear un archivo de clase ORDA, basta con hacer doble clic en la clase predefinida correspondiente en el Explorador. Por ejemplo, para una clase Entity: ``` Class extends Entity diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md index 355d969e062c71..91418b1df1697d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Las acciones disponibles están relacionadas con el recurso de destino. - Se puede acceder a un atributo calculado aunque no haya permisos en los atributos sobre los que se crea. - Puede asignar una acción de permiso a una clase singleton (tipo `singleton`), en cuyo caso se aplicará a todas sus funciones expuestas, o a una función singleton (tipo `singletonMethod`). - Valores por defecto: en la implementación actual, solo *Null* está disponible como valor por defecto. -- En REST [modo force login](../REST/authUsers.md/#force-login-mode), la [función `Systfy()`](../REST/authUsers.md#function-ěfy) es siempre ejecutable por usuarios invitados, cualquiera que sea la configuración de permisos. +- En modo REST [force login](../REST/authUsers.md/#force-login-mode), la función [`authentify()`](../REST/authUsers.md#function-authentify) es siempre ejecutable por usuarios invitados, cualquiera que sea la configuración de permisos. La definición de permisos requiere ser coherente, en particular: @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ La sintaxis del archivo `roles.json` es la siguiente: | Nombre de propiedad | | | Tipo | Obligatorio | Descripción | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | privileges | | | Colección de objetos `privilege` | X | Lista de privilegios definidos | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nombre del privilegio | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nombre del privilegio | | | \[].includes | | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de nombres de privilegios incluidos | | roles | | | Colección de objetos `role` | | Lista de roles definidos | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nombre del rol | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nombre del rol | | | \[].privileges | | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de nombres de privilegios incluidos | | permissions | | | Object | X | Lista de acciones permitidas | | | allowed | | Colección de objetos `permission` | | Lista de permisos permitidos | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | -| | | \[].type | String | X | Tipo de [recurso](#resources): "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | Tipo de [recurso](#resources): "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | | | | \[].create | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | | | | \[].update | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md index cf6173670c7755..56bf06eb732926 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ _italic_ ```md | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - La etiqueta del enlace es soportada: @@ -196,30 +196,30 @@ The [documentation](https://doc.4d.com) of the command .... En el archivo `WP SwitchToolbar.md`, puede escribir: ````md - + GetLogo (size) -> logo -| Parámetro | Tipo | Entrada/Salida | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | -------------- | ----------- | -| size | Longint | Entrada | Selector de estilo de logo (1 a 5) | -| logo | Picture | Salida | Logo seleccionado | +| Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | +| --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | -## Descripción +## Description -Este método devuelve un logo de un tamaño específico, dependiendo del valor del parámetro *size*. -1 = tamaño más pequeño, 5 = tamaño más grande. +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. +1 = smallest size, 5 = largest size. -## Ejemplo +## Example ```4d C_PICTURE($logo) C_LONGINT($size) -//Obtener el logo más grande +//Get the largest logo $logo:=GetLogo(5) ``` ```` diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md index ec0f1393e32554..9c06c21649306e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ En esta lista sólo se muestran las clases de datos expuestas para el almacén d A continuación se describen las propiedades devueltas para cada clase de datos en el almacén de datos de su proyecto: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | ### Ejemplo @@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ Las siguientes propiedades se devuelven para una clase de datos expuesta: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | | tableNumber | Number | Número de tabla en la base 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | ### Atributo(s) @@ -207,16 +207,16 @@ Aquí están las propiedades de cada atributo expuesto que se devuelven: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | El nombre del atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | +| name | Text | El nombre del atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | | fieldPos | Number | Posición del campo en la tabla de la base). | -| scope | String | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Boolean | Esta propiedad devuelve True si el atributo es la llave primaria. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| path | String | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | -| inverseName | String | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | +| path | Text | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | +| inverseName | Text | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | ### Llave primaria diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md index e9f74971c34c5b..ac2d7bd77dceb6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Después de crear un conjunto de entidades, el ID del conjunto de entidades se d Cree otro conjunto de entidades basado en conjuntos de entidades creados anteriormente -| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | -| ---------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID del conjunto de entidades | +| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID del conjunto de entidades | ### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md index a890fba662f9be..0f50203cbe7536 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Para cada selección de entidad almacenada actualmente en la caché de 4D Server | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades en la selección de entidades. | | sorted | Boolean | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Fecha | Cuando se creó el conjunto de entidades o la última vez que se utilizó. | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | -| userName | String | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | +| userName | Text | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | | lifeTime | Number | La duración de una sesión usuario en segundos (3600 por defecto). | | expiration | Fecha | La fecha y la hora actuales de caducidad de la sesión de usuario. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md index aa536fb20c94e3..af975d7687e9ed 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ En la colección de pasos, hay un objeto con las siguientes propiedades que defi | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | +| description | Text | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | | time | Number | Número de milisegundos necesarios para ejecutar la petición | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registros encontrados | | steps | Collection | Una colección con un objeto que define el siguiente paso de la ruta de la petición | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md index 7b59a0b3bfa0ae..6e405c46d77cf5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (\*por ejemplo, \*, `$quer $queryplan devuelve el plan de la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server. -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| item | String | Petición ejecutada | -| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| item | Text | Petición ejecutada | +| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$singleton.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$singleton.md index 3ea121380c2121..63d56d32b345d6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$singleton.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$singleton.md @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ The `SingletonClassFunction()` function must have been declared with the `onHttp ::: -> Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo-seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). +> Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). :::info diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 92fe09106f80ed..4b39fabda21390 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ All functions allowed to be called directly from HTTP REST requests (`POST` or ` exposed Function getSomeInfo() : 4D.OutgoingMessage ``` -See [Exposed vs non-exposed functions](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) section. +Ver la sección [Funciones expuestas vs. no expuestas](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions). ### `onHttpGet` @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ exposed onHttpGet Function getSomeInfo() : 4D.OutgoingMessage ### Hilo seguro -Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo-seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). +Todo el código 4D llamado desde las peticiones REST **debe ser hilo seguro** si el proyecto se ejecuta en modo compilado, porque el Servidor REST siempre utiliza procesos apropiativos en este caso (el valor de la propiedad [*Utilizar proceso apropiativo*](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#enabling-the-preemptive-mode-for-the-web-server) es ignorado por el Servidor REST). :::info -You can restrict calls to specific ORDA functions by configuring appropriate privileges in the [**roles.json**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) file. +Puede restringir las llamadas a funciones ORDA específicas configurando los privilegios apropiados en el archivo [**roles.json**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file). ::: @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ For example, with a dataclass function `getCities()` receiving text parameters: ### Parámetro de entidad -Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a través de su llave (*es decir,* propiedad __KEY). If the key parameter is omitted in a request, a new entity is loaded in memory on the server. +Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a través de su llave (*es decir,* propiedad __KEY). Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a través de su llave (*es decir,* propiedad __KEY). También puede pasar valores para todos los atributos de la entidad. Estos valores se utilizarán automáticamente para la entidad manejada en el servidor. > Si la petición envía los valores de atributo modificados para una entidad existente en el servidor, la función de modelo de datos ORDA llamada se ejecutará automáticamente en el servidor con los valores modificados. Esta funcionalidad le permite, por ejemplo, verificar el resultado de una operación en una entidad, tras aplicar todas las reglas de negocio, desde la aplicación cliente. A continuación, puede decidir guardar o no la entidad en el servidor. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ También puede pasar valores para todos los atributos de la entidad. Estos valor | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una entidad | | __KEY | mixto (mismo tipo que la llave primaria) | Opcional - llave primaria de la entidad | @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ La selección de entidades debe haber sido definida previamente utilizando [$met | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una selección de entidades | See example for [receiving an entity selection](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter) with a POST request. @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md index beae6d81545469..d042a365ee7017 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md @@ -25,9 +25,11 @@ El modo de inicio de sesión heredado basado en el método base `On REST Authent La secuencia de inicio de sesión del usuario es la siguiente: 1. En la primera llamada REST (para una llamada a página Qodly, por ejemplo), se crea una sesión usuario web "invitado". No tiene privilegios, no tiene derechos para ejecutar solicitudes que no sean [peticiones REST descriptivas](#descriptive-rest-requests), no tiene consumo de licencia.\ + Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia.\ + Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia.\ Las solicitudes REST descriptivas siempre son procesadas por el servidor, aunque no se abra ninguna sesión de usuario web que utilice una licencia. En este caso, son procesados a través de sesiones "invitado". -2. Usted llamas a [función `authentify()`](#authentify) (creada de antemano), en la que revisa las credenciales de usuario y llama a [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) con los privilegios apropiados. `authentify()` debe ser una [función datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class). +2. Usted llama a su [función `authentify()`](#authentify) (creada previamente), en la que revisa las credenciales de usuario y llama a [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) con los privilegios apropiados. `authentify()` debe ser una [función datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class). 3. La petición `/rest/$catalog/authentify` se envía al servidor junto con las credenciales del usuario. Este paso sólo requiere un formulario de inicio de sesión básico que no tenga acceso a datos; puede ser una [página Qodly](. /WebServer/qodly-studio.md) (llamada a través de la solicitud `/rest/$getWebForm`). @@ -37,7 +39,7 @@ La secuencia de inicio de sesión del usuario es la siguiente: En la fase de inicio de sesión del usuario, el uso de la licencia está desconectado de las sesiones de usuario web. Sólo se requiere una licencia cuando se ejecuta el comando [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges), lo que permite controlar el número de licencias utilizadas. -Todas las demás peticiones REST (manejando datos o ejecutando una función) sólo serán procesadas si son ejecutadas dentro de una sesión web con privilegios apropiados, de lo contrario devuelven un error. Para asignar privilegios a una sesión web, debe ejecutar la función [`Session.setPrivileges()`](../API/SessionClass.md#setprivileges) para la sesión. Ejecutar esta función activa el consumo de la licencia 4D. +Todas las demás peticiones REST (manejando datos o ejecutando una función) sólo serán procesadas si son ejecutadas dentro de una sesión web con privilegios apropiados, de lo contrario devuelven un error. Sintaxis Sintaxis Sintaxis Sintaxis Ejecutar esta función activa el consumo de la licencia 4D. ### Peticiones REST descriptivas diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/configuration.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/configuration.md index a9ef0c2d9a1292..a5e57651a7eb1e 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/configuration.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/configuration.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ El mensaje de advertencia "Atención, verifique los privilegios de acceso" apare Por defecto, los accesos REST están abiertos a todos los usuarios, lo que obviamente no es recomendable por razones de seguridad, y también para controlar el uso de las licencias de los clientes. -As of 4D 20 R6, you configure REST accesses by enabling the [**force login** mode](authUsers.md#force-login-mode) and create an [`authentify()`](authUsers.md#authentify) datastore class function to authenticate users and assign privileges to their web session. +A partir de 4D 20 R6, los accesos REST se configuran activando el modo [**force login**](authUsers.md#force-login-mode) y creando una función de clase datastore [`authentify()`](authUsers.md#authentify) para autenticar usuarios y asignar privilegios a su sesión web. :::note Compatibilidad @@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ Para eliminar la exposición REST de un campo: En 4D Server, las peticiones REST se gestionan automáticamente a través de procesos apropiativos, **incluso en modo interpretado**. Debe asegurarse de que su código es [compatible con una ejecución apropiativa](../WebServer/preemptiveWeb.md#writing-thread-safe-web-server-code). -> Para depurar el código web interpretado en la máquina del servidor, asegúrese de que el depurador está [adjuntado al servidor](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md) o [a una máquina remota](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md#attaching-the-debugger-to-a-remote-4 Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. +> Para depurar el código web interpretado en la máquina del servidor, asegúrese de que el depurador está [adjuntado al servidor](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md) o [a una máquina remota](../Debugging/debugging-remote.md#attaching-the-debugger-to-a-remote-4 Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. Los procesos web pasan entonces al modo cooperativo y se puede depurar el código del servidor web. Con 4D monopuesto, el código interpretado siempre se ejecuta en modo cooperativo. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md index bb16b3e3c7065f..e67fd01cfc89b7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ A continuación se describen los datos devueltos: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades en la clase de datos. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas por la petición REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidad en la que comienza la selección. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cada entidad contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | | __TIMESTAMP | Fecha | Marca de tiempo de la última modificación de la entidad | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md index 88868ef5153b4e..eae3b7928ff501 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ Los comandos de 4D View Pro no son hilo seguro. A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Los comandos de 4D View Pro no son hilo seguro. N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ Los comandos de 4D View Pro no son hilo seguro. P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index a570fe5df6c7bc..c4fd5d604e1f11 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | -| column | Longint | -> | Índice de la columna | -| row | Longint | -> | Índice de la línea | +| column | Integer | -> | Índice de la columna | +| row | Integer | -> | Índice de la línea | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | Result | Object | <- | Objeto rango de una sola celda | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index f31338dcedd1e9..5b057095df50be 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Puede pasar un parámetro opcional *options* con las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | *True* (por defecto) para mantener los valores, el formato y las fórmulas copiados después de la ejecución del comando. *False* para eliminarlos. | -| copyOptions | Longint | Especifica lo que se copia o mueve. Valores posibles:

    ValorDescripción
    `vk clipboard options all` (por defecto)Copia todos los objetos de datos, incluidos los valores, el formato y las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia sólo el formato.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia sólo las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia las fórmulas y el formato.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia sólo los valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia los valores y el formato.

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | Especifica lo que se copia o mueve. Valores posibles:

    ValorDescripción
    `vk clipboard options all` (por defecto)Copia todos los objetos de datos, incluidos los valores, el formato y las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia sólo el formato.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia sólo las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia las fórmulas y el formato.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia sólo los valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia los valores y el formato.

    | Se tienen en cuenta las opciones de pegado definidas en las [opciones del libro de trabajo](vp-set-workbook-options.md). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md index aba47d131cb6f5..79ee24a4104ae7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Export to object #### Descripción -El comando `VP Export to object` devuelve el objeto 4D View Pro adjunto al área 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Puede utilizar este comando, por ejemplo, para almacenar el área 4D View Pro en un campo objeto de la base de datos 4D. +El comando `VP Export to object` devuelve el objeto 4D View Pro adjunto al área 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Puede utilizar este comando, por ejemplo, para almacenar el área 4D View Pro en un campo objeto de la base de datos 4D. En *vpAreaName*, pase el nombre del área 4D View Pro. Si pasa un nombre que no existe, se devuelve un error. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index 36704fc4bc899a..e4db82de410a64 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja para obtener el contexto de datos | | -| Result | Object \| Collection | <- | Contexto de datos | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja para obtener el contexto de datos | | +| Result | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md index cf492fff5756e9..c99704441bc2d5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md @@ -5,16 +5,16 @@ title: VP Get formula by name -**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Number } ) : Object +**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Integer } ) : Object -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| name | Text | -> | Nombre del rango nombrado | | -| scope | Number | -> | Alcance objetivo (por defecto=hoja actual) | | -| Result | Object | <- | Definición de la fórmula o rango con nombre | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| name | Text | -> | Nombre del rango nombrado | | +| scope | Integer | -> | Alcance objetivo (por defecto=hoja actual) | | +| Result | Object | <- | Definición de la fórmula o rango con nombre | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md index bfc7f8cecf5ccb..cff2b1009a6d91 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ title: VP Get names -**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Number } ) : Collection +**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Integer } ) : Collection | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | | ---------- | ---------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| scope | Number | -> | Alcance objetivo (por defecto= hoja actual) | | +| scope | Integer | -> | Alcance objetivo (por defecto= hoja actual) | | | Result | Collection | <- | Nombres existentes en el alcance definido | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index f2620d8a7e698a..2c538d7dbb01ab 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | -| Result | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propiedad del tema de la tabla actual | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | +| Result | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propiedad del tema de la tabla actual | | #### Descripción @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ El comando `VP Get table theme` | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md index 17f87b5e6ca0f6..3e4791bcd0ba82 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP INSERT TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | | row | Integer | -> | Índice en la tabla de la línea inicial a insertar | | -| count | Text | -> | Número de líneas a añadir (debe ser >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Número de líneas a añadir (debe ser >0) | | | insertAfter | Integer | -> | `vk table insert before` o `vk table insert after` *fila* | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md index 93fb38e5d7147d..efdebf32738601 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ El parámetro *options* tiene varias propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------ | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | Determina si los valores, el formato y las fórmulas de las celdas de *originRange* se eliminan después de ejecutar el comando:
    • *False* (por defecto) para eliminarlos
    • *True* para mantenerlos
    | -| pasteOptions | Longint | Especifica lo que se pega. Valores posibles:

    ValorDescripción
    `vk clipboard options all` (por defecto)Pega todos los objetos de datos, incluidos los valores, el formato y las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pega sólo el formato.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pega sólo las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pega las fórmulas y el formato.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pega sólo los valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pega los valores y el formato.

    | +| pasteOptions | Integer | Especifica lo que se pega. Valores posibles:

    ValorDescripción
    `vk clipboard options all` (por defecto)Pega todos los objetos de datos, incluidos los valores, el formato y las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pega sólo el formato.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pega sólo las fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pega las fórmulas y el formato.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pega sólo los valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pega los valores y el formato.

    | Se tienen en cuenta las opciones de pegado definidas en las [opciones del libro de trabajo](vp-set-workbook-options.md). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md index b49507bbf12513..fa59aed9c03efc 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ title: VP PASTE FROM OBJECT | ---------- | ------- | -- | ------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objeto de rango de celda | | | dataObject | Object | -> | Objeto que contiene los datos a pegar | | -| options | Longint | -> | Especifica lo que se pega | | +| options | Integer | -> | Especifica lo que se pega | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md index 4fe948aefffe92..381f0af114bb37 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | | column | Integer | -> | Índice en la tabla de la columna inicial a eliminar | | -| count | Text | -> | Número de columnas a eliminar (debe ser >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Número de columnas a eliminar (debe ser >0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md index 85ef64ee5385b8..ec3485973bdafc 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | | row | Integer | -> | Índice en la tabla de la línea inicial a eliminar | | -| count | Text | -> | Número de líneas a eliminar (debe ser >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Número de líneas a eliminar (debe ser >0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md index 98862e2d673adf..d783371155125f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ title: VP SET SHEET OPTIONS -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ------------ | ------ | -- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre del área 4D View Pro | | -| sheetOptions | Object | -> | Opciones de la hoja a definir | | -| sheet | Object | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | +| ------------ | ------- | -- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre del área 4D View Pro | | +| sheetOptions | Object | -> | Opciones de la hoja a definir | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 223be4d17b430f..5de40822497153 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | -------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propiedades del tema de la tabla a modificar | | +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nombre de objeto formulario área 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nombre de la tabla | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propiedades del tema de la tabla a modificar | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice de la hoja (hoja actual si se omite) | + + #### Descripción @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ En *vpAreaName*, pase el nombre del área 4D View Pro y en *tableName*, el nombr En el parámetro *options*, pase un objeto de la [clase`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme`](../classes.md#tabletheme) que contenga las propiedades del tema a modificar. +En *sheet*, pase el índice de la hoja objetivo. Si no se especifica ningún índice o si pasa -1, el comando se aplica a la hoja actual. + #### Ejemplo 1 Desea definir un tema predefinido en una tabla: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md index 57eb8ecc6ee8d8..ddacd821489c03 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP SET TIME VALUE | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | | ------------- | ------ | -- | -------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objeto rango | | -| timeValue | Text | -> | Valor hora a definir | | +| timeValue | Hora | -> | Valor hora a definir | | | formatPattern | Text | -> | Formato del valor | | #### Descripción diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md index fcfc2a373b0481..8bd86830f034ce 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo de valor | Descripción | | ------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | -| version | Longint | Versión del componente interno | +| version | Integer | Versión del componente interno | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Fecha de creación | | dateModified | Timestamp | Fecha última modificación | | meta | Object | Contenido gratuito, reservado para el desarrollador 4D | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/authentication.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/authentication.md index d81a51994255dd..e91ef85c10c8d9 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/authentication.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/authentication.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Básicamente, en este modo, depende del desarrollador definir cómo autenticar a Este modo de autenticación es el más flexible porque permite: - o bien, delegar la autenticación del usuario a una aplicación de terceros (por ejemplo, una red social, SSO); -- o bien, ofrecer una interfaz al usuario (por ejemplo, un formulario web) para que pueda crear su cuenta en su base de datos clientes; luego, puede autenticar a los usuarios con cualquier algoritmo personalizado (ver [este ejemplo](sessions.md#example) del Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: +- o bien, ofrecer una interfaz al usuario (por ejemplo, un formulario web) para que pueda crear su cuenta en su base de datos clientes; luego, puede autenticar a los usuarios con cualquier algoritmo personalizado (ver [este ejemplo](sessions.md#example) del Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: Lo importante es que nunca guarde la contraseña en claro, utilizando ese código: ```4d //... creación de cuenta de usuario @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Por tanto, se llama al método base `On Web Authentication`: Por tanto, NO se llama al método base `On Web Authentication`: - cuando el servidor web recibe una URL que solicita una página estática válida. -- when the web server receives a URL beginning with `rest/` and the REST server is launched (in this case, the authentication is handled through the [`ds.authentify` function](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) or (deprecated) the [`On REST Authentication` database method](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) or [Structure settings](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). +- cuando el servidor web recibe una URL que comienza con `rest/` y se ejecuta el servidor REST (en este caso, la autenticación es manejada a través de [`ds. función uthentify`](../REST/authUsers#force-login-mode) o el [método base `On REST Authentication`](REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) (obsoleto) o los [parámetros de estructura](REST/configuration.md#using-the-structure-settings)). ### Sintaxis @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ The `$IPServer` parameter receives the IP address used to call the web server. 4 #### $user and $password - User Name and Password -The `$user` and `$password` parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser. Esta caja de diálogo aparece para cada conexión, si se selecciona la autenticación [basic](#basic-protocol) o [digest](#digest-protocol). +Generalidades Generalidades Generalidades Generalidades Esta caja de diálogo aparece para cada conexión, si se selecciona la autenticación [basic](#basic-protocol) o [digest](#digest-protocol). > If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md index 3580106c3884ae..f448aa2bd83d9a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ La resolución recomendada es 1920x1080. - Desarrollo: 4D v20 R2 o superior - Despliegue: 4D Server v20 R2 o superior - Qodly Studio solo funciona con proyectos 4D (no soporta bases de datos binarias). -- Las sesiones web (*aka* Scalable sessions) deben [estar activadas](sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions). +- Las sesiones web (*igualmente llamadas sesiones escalables*) deben [estar activadas](sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions). - El código 4D llamado por los formularios Qodly debe ser [hilo seguro](preemptiveWeb.md). ### Acceso a Qodly Studio @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Después de cualquier cambio en esta configuración, debe [reiniciar el servidor #### A nivel del proyecto -Después de haber habilitado el acceso a Qodly Studio en el nivel 4D, es necesario designar explícitamente cada proyecto al que se puede acceder. La opción **Habilitar el acceso a Qodly Studio** debe estar habilitada en la [página de funcionalidades web de los parámetros de la aplicación 4D](../settings/web.md#enable-access-to-qodly-studio). +Después de haber habilitado el acceso a Qodly Studio en el nivel 4D, es necesario designar explícitamente cada proyecto al que se puede acceder. La opción **Activar el acceso a Qodly Studio** debe estar habilitada en la [página de funcionalidades web de los parámetros de la aplicación 4D](../settings/web.md#enable-access-to-qodly-studio). Tenga en cuenta que los [parámetros usuario](../settings/overview.md) pueden definirse en varios niveles, y que se aplican prioridades. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ The Qodly Studio documentation is available on the [Qodly documentation website] You can rely on this documentation and its associated resources for developing web applications powered by Qodly pages. Sin embargo, dependiendo de la etapa de implementación, los desarrolladores 4D utilizarán Qodly Studio o 4D IDE (ver [Comparación de funcionalidades](#comparación-de-funcionalidades)). -Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. Para más información, consulte la página [De QodlyScript a Lenguaje 4D](from-qodlyscript-to-4d.md). +Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. Se ofrecen ejemplos de código en [QodlyScript](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/category/qodlyscript), pero como QodlyScript hereda del Lenguaje 4D, no se sentirá perdido. :::info @@ -139,7 +139,8 @@ No existe compatibilidad directa entre las aplicaciones implementadas con 4D y l | Roles y privilegios REST/Web | Edición directa de roles.json/Editor de roles y permisos Qodly Studio | Editor de roles y privilegios de Qodly Studio | (1) If you click on the **Model** button in Qodly Studio, nothing happens.
    -(2) In 4D Server, opening 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor is supported **for testing and debugging purposes** (see [this paragraph](#development-and-deployment)). Note that in 4D single-user, if you open some 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor, syntax coloring is not available and a "Lsp not loaded" warning is displayed. +(2) In 4D Server, opening 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor is supported **for testing and debugging purposes** (see [this paragraph](#development-and-deployment)). (1) The **Model** item is disabled in Qodly Studio.
    +(2) In 4D Server, opening 4D code with the Qodly Studio code editor is supported **for testing and debugging purposes** (see [this paragraph](#development-and-deployment)). ### Lenguaje @@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ Con Qodly Studio for 4D, el modo ["forzar login"](../REST/authUsers.md#force-log ### Configuración -Make sure the ["force login" mode](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) is enabled for your 4D application in the [Roles and Privileges page](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/roles/rolesPrivilegesOverview), using the **Force login** option: +Asegúrese de que el [modo "force login"](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) esté habilitado para su aplicación 4D en la [página Roles y privilegios](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/studio/roles/rolesPrivilegesOverview), usando la opción **Force login**: ![alt-text](../assets/en/WebServer/forcelogin.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServer.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServer.md index c724c51ad0d993..de8c3013336c2f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServer.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ La seguridad de los datos está presente en todas las etapas de las implementaci - Soporte extendido del [**Protocolo TLS (HTTPS)**](../Admin/tls.md), -- **Autenticación**: flexible y personalizable [funcionalidades de autenticación](authentication.md) basado en configuraciones creadas así como en métodos base de reserva ([`On Web Authentication`](autentication. d#on-web-authation) para el servidor web y [`On REST Authentication`](../REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) para el servidor REST), +- **Autenticación**: flexible y personalizable [funcionalidades de autenticación](authentication.md) basado en configuraciones creadas así como en métodos base de reserva ([`On Web Authentication`](authentication.md#on-web-authentication) para el servidor web y [`On REST Authentication`](../REST/configuration.md#using-the-on-rest-authentication-database-method) para el servidor REST), - **Control de los contenidos expuestos**: sólo los elementos que exponga explícitamente pueden estar disponibles desde peticiones web directaso peticiones REST. Debe declarar: - [Los métodos proyecto](templates.md#allowing-project-methods) expuestos a través de peticiones HTTP diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServerConfig.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServerConfig.md index 284af85f47e821..a1a3f95662b830 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServerConfig.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/webServerConfig.md @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Este parámetro permite seleccionar el formato de este archivo. Valores disponib | `WEB SET OPTION` | `Web max concurrent processes` | | | Caja de diálogo de parámetros | Página [Opciones (I)/Máximo de procesos web simultáneos](../settings/web.md#maximum-concurrent-web-processes) | | -Límite estrictamente superior de procesos web concurrentes que pueden estar abiertos simultáneamente en el servidor cuando **no sessions** o **legacy sessions** están siendo utilizados (**scalable sessions** soporta un [número ilimitado](sessions.md) de p Este parámetro permite evitar la saturación del servidor como resultado de un número masivo de peticiones. Cuando se alcanza el número máximo de procesos web concurrentes (menos uno), 4D deja de crear nuevos procesos y envía el estado HTTP `503 - Servicio no disponible` a todas las nuevas peticiones. +Strictly high limit of concurrent web processes that can be simultaneously open on the server when **no sessions** or **legacy sessions** are used (**scalable sessions** support an [unlimited number](sessions.md) of preemptive processes). Este parámetro permite evitar la saturación del servidor como resultado de un número masivo de peticiones. Cuando se alcanza el número máximo de procesos web concurrentes (menos uno), 4D deja de crear nuevos procesos y envía el estado HTTP `503 - Servicio no disponible` a todas las nuevas peticiones. Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. @@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. Tamaño máximo (en bytes) de las peticiones HTTP entrantes (POST) que el servidor web está autorizado a procesar. Por defecto, el valor es de 2 000 000, es decir, algo menos de 2 MB. Pasar el valor máximo (2 147 483 648) significa que, en la práctica, no se define ningún límite. -Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. This limit is used to avoid web server saturation due to incoming requests that are too large. +Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. Cuando una petición alcanza este límite, el servidor web 4D la rechaza. Valores posibles: 500 000 a 2 147 483 648. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md index 6abb00cc82f2d2..48c2e8c2b8f8a0 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | -------------- | ------- | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | wpSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro section | -| subSectionType | Longint | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | +| subSectionType | Integer | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | | subSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro subsection | @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ The *subSectionType* parameter specifes the subsection to delete. You can pass o | Constante | Tipo | Valor | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | -| wk first page | Longint | 1 | -| wk left page | Longint | 2 | -| wk right page | Longint | 3 | +| wk first page | Integer | 1 | +| wk left page | Integer | 2 | +| wk right page | Integer | 3 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md index 95042367cfc4f6..978de19c1f2ed7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | ------------------- | ------ | - | ------------------------------------------------- | | targetObj | Object | → | Range or element or 4D Write Pro document | | sectionOrSubsection | Object | → | Section or subsection of a 4D Write Pro document | -| attribName | String | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | +| attribName | Text | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png index 88547d8313178f..47dee17431c767 100644 Binary files a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png and b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png differ diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md index 7c53be7d6e16f6..19a9f248d1861f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -26,15 +26,15 @@ El parámetro opcional *tipoSalida* permite precisar el canal de salida tomado p | Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | | ---------------------------- | ------------ | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Into 4D commands log | Entero largo | 3 | Indica a 4D grabar el *mensaje* en el archivo de historial de los comandos de 4D, si este archivo se ha activado. *El archivo de historial de comandos de 4D puede activarse utilizando el comando [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (selector 34*).
    **Nota:** los archivos de historial de 4D se agrupan en la carpeta **Logs** (ver el comando *[Get 4D folder](get-4d-folder.md)*). | -| Into 4D debug message | Entero largo | 1 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* al entorno de depuración del sistema. El resultado depende de la plataforma:
    Bajo Mac OS: el comando envía el mensaje a la ConsolaBajo Windows: el comando envía el mensaje como un mensaje de depuración. Para poder leer este mensaje, debe tener Microsoft Visual Studio o DebugView para Windows () | +| Into 4D debug message | Entero largo | 1 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* al entorno de depuración del sistema. El resultado depende de la plataforma:
    En macOS: el comando envía el mensaje a la ConsolaBajo Windows: el comando envía el mensaje como un mensaje de depuración. Para poder leer este mensaje, debe tener Microsoft Visual Studio o DebugView para Windows () | | Into 4D diagnostic log | Entero largo | 5 | Le indica a 4D poner el mensaje en el archivo de diagnóstico de 4D, si este archivo está activo.
    El archivo de diagnóstico puede activarse con ayuda del comando [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (*selector 79*). | | Into 4D request log | Entero largo | 2 | Indica a 4D grabar el *mensaje* en el archivo de historial de peticiones de 4D, si este archivo ha sido activado | | Into system standard outputs | Entero largo | 6 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* a un flujo de salida estándar. El mensaje se envía a: **stdout** si *importance* \= Information message o Warning message **stderr** si *importance* \= Error message | -| Into Windows log events | Entero largo | 0 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* “Log events” de Windows. Este historial recibe y almacena los mensajes que vienen de las aplicaciones en ejecución. En este caso, puede definir el nivel de importancia del *mensaje* vía el parámetro opcional *importancia* (ver a continuación).**
    Notas:**
    Para que esta funcionalidad esté disponible, el servicio Log Events de Windows debe estar en ejecución.Bajo Mac OS, el comando no hace nada con este tipo de salida | +| Into Windows log events | Entero largo | 0 | Indica a 4D enviar el *mensaje* “Log events” de Windows. Este historial recibe y almacena los mensajes que vienen de las aplicaciones en ejecución. En este caso, puede definir el nivel de importancia del *mensaje* vía el parámetro opcional *importancia* (ver a continuación).**
    Notas:**
    para que esta funcionalidad esté disponible, el servicio Log Events de Windows debe estar en ejecución. Bajo macOS, el comando no hace nada con este tipo de salida | Si omite el parámetro *tipoSalida,* el valor 0 se utiliza por defecto (Into Windows Log Events). -Si ha definido un *tipoSalida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, puede atribuir al mensaje un nivel de importancia vía el parámetro opcional *importancia* con el fin de facilitar la lectura del historial de eventos. Hay tres niveles de importancia: Información, Advertencia y Error. 4D ofrece las siguientes constantes predefinidas, ubicadas en el tema *Historial de eventos*: +Puede atribuir un nivel de importancia a *mensaje*, mediante el parámetro opcional *importancia*, que le ayuda a leer y comprender los eventos de registro. Hay tres niveles de importancia: Información, Advertencia y Error. 4D le suministra las siguientes constantes predefinidas: | Constante | Tipo | Valor | | ------------------- | ------------ | ----- | @@ -42,7 +42,13 @@ Si ha definido un *tipoSalida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, puede atribuir a | Information message | Entero largo | 0 | | Warning message | Entero largo | 1 | -Si no pasa nada en el el parámetro *importancia* o si pasa un valor invalido, se utiliza el valor por defecto (0). +Si no pasa nada en el parámetro *importancia* o si pasa un valor invalido, se utiliza el valor por defecto (0). + +:::note + +El parámetro *importancia* sólo se utiliza con *tipoSalida* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log`, y `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: #### Ejemplo @@ -56,4 +62,4 @@ Cada vez que se abre la base, esta información se escribirá en el visor de eve #### Ver también -[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) \ No newline at end of file +[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md index aadfefdae0028a..dc122b2e6f9880 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs El comando devuelve la siguiente información: -| **Propiedad** | **Subpropiedad** | **Tipo** | **Descripción** | **Ejemplo** | -| ----------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | cadena | El nombre de la cuenta para el usuario actual. Normalmente se usa para identificar una cuenta en el directorio. | "msmith" | | -| cores | número | Número total de núcleos. En el caso de máquinas virtuales, la cantidad total de núcleos asignados. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | número | Número total de hilos. | 8 | | -| machineName | cadena | El nombre de la máquina como se define en los parámetros de red del sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | booleano | Truesi 4D está emulado a través de Rosetta en macOS, False en caso contrario (no emulado o en Windows). | True | | -| model | cadena | Nombre del modelo del ordenador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | colección | Direcciones de red físicas y activas únicamente | | | -| ipAddresses | colección | | | | -| ip | cadena | La dirección de la interfaz de red | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | cadena | El tipo de la interfaz de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | cadena | El nombre de la interfaz. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | cadena | El tipo de interfaz (note que el tipo "ethernet" se ofrece para interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | cadena | La versión del sistema operativo y el número de compilación (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | | -| osLanguage | cadena | Idioma establecido por el usuario actual del sistema. Expresado en el estándar definido por el RFC 3066\. Ver *Códigos del lenguaje* en el manual de Diseño para obtener una lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | número | El volumen de almacenamiento de memoria (en kilobytes) disponible en la máquina. | 16777216 | | -| processor | cadena | El nombre, tipo y velocidad del procesador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | número | El tiempo total (en segundos) desde que se inició la máquina. | 3600 | | -| userName | cadena | El usuario actual en la máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como el nombre a mostrar (es decir, al iniciar sesión en su ordenador). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | número | El espacio restante que se puede usar. | 524288 | | -| capacity | número | Volumen total posible (en kilobytes). | 1048576 | | -| disk | objeto \| colección (Mac únicamente) | | | | -| description | cadena | Un breve resumen que describe el disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID en Mac y disco físico en Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | número | La capacidad total (en kilobytes) del disco | 104857600 | | -| interface | cadena | El tipo de interfaz en la máquina. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI", etc. | | -| fileSystem | cadena | El sistema de archivos utilizado por el sistema operativo para almacenar y recuperar archivos en el disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | cadena | El directorio en el sistema de archivos actualmente accesible en el que está montado un sistema de archivos adicional (es decir, conectado lógicamente). Tenga en cuenta que esto está en formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | cadena | solo en Mac - nombre del volumen | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Propiedad | | | Tipo | Descripción | Ejemplo | +|-------------------|--------------|-------------|--------------------------------------|--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | cadena | El nombre de la cuenta para el usuario actual. Normalmente se usa para identificar una cuenta en el directorio. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | número | Número total de núcleos. En el caso de máquinas virtuales, la cantidad total de núcleos asignados. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | número | Número total de hilos. | 8 | +| machineName | | | cadena | El nombre de la máquina como se define en los parámetros de red del sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | booleano | Truesi 4D está emulado a través de Rosetta en macOS, False en caso contrario (no emulado o en Windows). | True | +| model | | | cadena | Nombre del modelo del ordenador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | colección | Direcciones de red físicas y activas únicamente | | +| | ipAddresses | | colección | | | +| | | ip | cadena | La dirección de la interfaz de red | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | cadena | El tipo de la interfaz de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | cadena | El nombre de la interfaz. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | cadena | El tipo de interfaz (note que el tipo "ethernet" se ofrece para interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | cadena | La versión del sistema operativo y el número de compilación (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | +| osLanguage | | | cadena | Idioma establecido por el usuario actual del sistema. Expresado en el estándar definido por el RFC 3066. Ver Códigos del lenguaje en el manual de Diseño para obtener una lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | número | El volumen de almacenamiento de memoria (en kilobytes) disponible en la máquina. | 16777216 | +| processor | | | cadena | El nombre, tipo y velocidad del procesador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | número | El tiempo total (en segundos) desde que se inició la máquina. | 3600 | +| userName | | | cadena | El usuario actual en la máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como el nombre a mostrar (es decir, al iniciar sesión en su ordenador). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | número | El espacio restante que se puede usar. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | número | Volumen total posible (en kilobytes). | 1048576 | +| | disk | | objeto \| colección (Mac únicamente) | | | +| | | description | cadena | Un breve resumen que describe el disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID en Mac y disco físico en Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | número | La capacidad total (en kilobytes) del disco | 104857600 | +| | | interface | cadena | El tipo de interfaz en la máquina. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI", etc. | +| | fileSystem | | cadena | El sistema de archivos utilizado por el sistema operativo para almacenar y recuperar archivos en el disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | cadena | El directorio en el sistema de archivos actualmente accesible en el que está montado un sistema de archivos adicional (es decir, conectado lógicamente). Tenga en cuenta que esto está en formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | cadena | solo en Mac - nombre del volumen | "iMac-27-Program6" | + (\*) Para determinar solo la plataforma que se utiliza, hay dos comandos disponibles: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) y [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -67,12 +68,80 @@ El siguiente código en una máquina Windows: devuelve un objeto que contiene la siguiente información: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":False,        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### Ver también -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..9a5260850bf18c --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descripción + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Ejemplo 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Ejemplo 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 9 + +Este ejemplo muestra cómo responder a un evento de cierre de ventana con un formulario utilizado para la entrada de datos de registro: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Ejemplo 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Ejemplo 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### Ver también + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..b48a1c75f55fbc --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | +| ---------- | ------ | - | ------------- | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Objeto evento | + + + +#### Descripción + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**Objeto devuelto** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | Nombre del objeto que desencadena el evento - No se incluye si el evento lo desencadena el formulario | +| code | integer | Valor numérico del evento de formulario. | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### Ejemplo 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### Ejemplo 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Ejemplo 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### Ver también + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md index a93bd6d532dcd3..df2b6773ac2fc5 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Si la fórmula se crea en un componente, puede considerar utilizar el parámetro | Constante | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (por defecto) La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto en el que se creó | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto de la base de datos local | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (por defecto) La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto en el que se creó | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | La fórmula se ejecutará en el contexto de la base de datos local | #### Ejemplo diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md index bb5f4646cfb7c4..37e7e4cd2c1e1f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ El comando admite los siguientes almacenes de datos remotos: | Tipo de almacén de datos | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Aplicación 4D remota | Una aplicación 4D disponible como datastore remoto, es decir
  • : su servidor web se ejecuta con http y/o https activados,
  • su datastore está expuesto a REST (opción [**Exponer como servidor REST**](REST/configuration.md#starting-the-rest-server) activada).
    • Puede exigirse una licencia (ver nota) | +| Aplicación 4D remota | Una aplicación 4D disponible como datastore remoto, es decir:
  • su servidor web se ejecuta con http y/o https activados,
  • su datastore está expuesto a REST (opción [**Exponer como servidor REST**](REST/configuration.md#starting-the-rest-server) activada).
    • Puede exigirse una licencia (ver nota) | | [Aplicación Qodly](https://developer.qodly.com/docs/cloud/getStarted) | Una aplicación Qodly Server que le proporcionó un **api endpoint** y una **api key** válida asociada a un rol definido. Debe pasar la llave api en la propiedad `api-key` del objeto *connectionInfo*. A continuación, podrá trabajar con el objeto datastore devuelto, con todos los privilegios concedidos al rol asociado. | :::note @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Pase en *connectionInfo* un objeto que describa el almacén de datos remoto al q | hostname | Text | Nombre o dirección IP de la base de datos remota + ":" + número de puerto (el número de puerto es obligatorio) | API Endpoint de la instancia Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nombre de usuario | - (ignorado) | | contraseña | Text | Contraseña del usuario | - (ignorado) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | - (ignorado) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | - (ignorado) | | tls | Boolean | True para utilizar una conexión segura(1). Si se omite, es false por defecto. Se recomienda utilizar una conexión segura siempre que sea posible. | True para usar conexión segura. Si se omite, es false por defecto | | type | Text | debe ser "4D Server" | - (ignorado) | | api-key | Text | - (ignorado) | API key de la instancia Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-activity.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-activity.md index 2093579ebf00d1..20a4eee01a9d0f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-activity.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-activity.md @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ When executed on 4D in remote or local mode, `Process activity` always returns t The "sessions" property contains a collection of objects describing all running sessions on the server. For a description of session object properties, please refer to the [`Session info`](session-info.md) command. -:::note Notes +:::note Notas - You can get the object of a session using the [Session](session.md) command. - `Process activity` returns remote client sessions, stored procedure session and rest sessions but not Web sessions (limitation). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md index e4ed13835c5647..5f217e1268c903 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ El objeto devuelto contiene las siguientes propiedades: | cpuTime | Real | Tiempo en ejecución (segundos) | | cpuUsage | Real | Porcentaje de tiempo dedicado a este proceso (entre 0 y 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Fecha y hora de creación del proceso | -| ID | Longint | ID único del proceso | +| ID | Integer | ID único del proceso | | name | Text | Nombre del proceso | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | apropiativo | Boolean | True si se ejecuta de forma apropiativa, false en caso contrario | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Estado actual. Valores posibles: ver abajo | +| state | Integer | Estado actual. Valores posibles: ver abajo | | systemID | Text | ID del proceso de usuario, proceso 4D o proceso de reserva | -| type | Longint | Tipo de proceso en ejecución. Valores posibles: ver abajo | +| type | Integer | Tipo de proceso en ejecución. Valores posibles: ver abajo | | visible | Boolean | True si es visible, false en caso contrario | - Valores posibles para "state": diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md index 9858efe703c7f4..b07449195e0223 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Nombre del proceso del que se desea obtener el número de proceso | | id | Text | → | ID del proceso del que se desea obtener el número de proceso | | \* | Operador | → | Devuelve el número de proceso del servidor | -| Resultado | Longint | ← | Process number | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/settings/web.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/settings/web.md index 901b0cdf84ffa4..610dbd92cc9fd7 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/settings/web.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/settings/web.md @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Inicia y detiene el servidor REST. Ver [Configuración del servidor REST](../RES :::info Obsoleto -**Esta sección está obsoleta** a partir de 4D 20 R6. Si la configuración actual del proyecto es obsoleta y debe actualizarse, se mostrará esta sección, incluido el botón **Activar la autenticación REST mediante la función ds.authentify()** (ver más abajo). If your project is already compatible with the [Force login](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode) mode, the section is missing and you can ignore this paragraph. +**Esta sección está obsoleta** a partir de 4D 20 R6. Si la configuración actual del proyecto es obsoleta y debe actualizarse, se mostrará esta sección, incluido el botón **Activar la autenticación REST mediante la función ds.authentify()** (ver más abajo). Si su proyecto ya es compatible con el modo [Force login](../REST/authUsers.md#force-login-mode), la sección falta y puede ignorar este párrafo. ::: diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md index 3743886cda2ea3..f973a227b3eb7b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2262,8 +2262,8 @@ También puede pasar un parámetro de criterios para definir cómo deben ordenar | Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentario | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma ascendente (por defecto) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Los elementos se ordenan de forma descendente | Esta sintaxis sólo ordena los valores escalares de la colección (otros tipos de elementos, como objetos o colecciones, se devuelven desordenados). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 0d01c019f018a8..1a1e06d4c91183 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Para obtener una visión general de esta clase, consulte la página [**CryptoKey | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | | ---------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------- | | settings | Object | -> | Parámetros para generar o cargar un par de llaves | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | +| Result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado | La función `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crea un nuevo objeto `4D.CryptoKey` que encapsula un par de llaves de cifrado, basado en el parámetro objeto *settings*. Permite generar una nueva llave RSA o ECDSA, o cargar un par de llaves existente desde una definición PEM. @@ -385,8 +385,7 @@ Contiene el nombre del tipo de llave - "RSA" | 18 R4 | Añadidos | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object - +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object | Parámetros | Tipo | | Descripción | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md index 4a195fac2c4f1b..455a52e65b0369 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -725,9 +725,9 @@ El objeto `data` de cada entrada contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Llave primaria de la entidad | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp de la entidad en la base de datos | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Timestamp de la entidad en la base de datos (el formato es YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Llave primaria de la entidad | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp de la entidad en la base de datos | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Timestamp de la entidad en la base de datos (el formato es YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | Si hay datos en la caché para un atributo de dataclass, se devuelven en una propiedad con el mismo tipo que en la base de datos. | Los datos relativos a las entidades relacionadas se almacenan en la caché del objeto de datos. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md index 4f4a7571eed7d1..3ffbc4b61a716c 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Pase en *connectionInfo* un objeto que describa el almacén de datos remoto al q | hostname | Text | Nombre o dirección IP de la base de datos remota + ":" + número de puerto (el número de puerto es obligatorio) | | user | Text | Nombre de usuario | | contraseña | Text | Contraseña del usuario. Por defecto, la contraseña se envía en claro, por lo que es **muy recomendable** utilizar comunicaciones cifradas pasando `true` en la propiedad `tls`. | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tiempo de espera de la sesión de inactividad (en minutos), después del cual la sesión es cerrada automáticamente por 4D. Si se omite, el valor por defecto es 60 (1h). El valor no puede ser < 60 (si se pasa un valor inferior, el tiempo de espera se establece en 60). Para más información, consulte **Cierre de sesiones**. | | tls | Boolean | Utilice una conexión segura(*). Si se omite, es false por defecto. Se recomienda utilizar una conexión segura siempre que sea posible. | | passwordAlgorithm | Text | Pasa "4d-rest-digest" si el servidor valida la contraseña utilizando el comando [`Validate password`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page638.html) con el parámetro *digest* definido en `true`. | | type | Text | Debe ser "4D Server" | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md index fd2ae13a679d59..d482ef89d2cdd4 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Las diferencias se devuelven como una colección de objetos cuyas propiedades so | Nombre de propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nombre del atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nombre del atributo | | value | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en la entidad | | otherValue | cualquiera - Depende del tipo de atributo | Valor del atributo en *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md index 13286ad9860bb3..3705c4dc64382a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() | 19 R7 | Añadidos | -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md index 759d5a59e0ce1a..70b725553b6c2d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md @@ -387,6 +387,6 @@ Si se pasa un parámetro *time*, la función esperará como máximo el número d Si la respuesta del servidor ya ha llegado, la función regresa inmediatamente. -During a `.wait()` execution, callback functions are executed, whether from other `HTTPRequest` or [`SystemWorker`](SystemWorkerClass.md) instances, or other `CALL WORKER` calls. Se puede salir de un `.wait()` llamando a [`terminate()`](#terminate) desde una retrollamada. +Durante la ejecución de `.wait()`, se ejecutan funciones de retrollamada, ya sean de otros `HTTPRequest` o [`SystemWorker`](SystemWorkerClass.md) u otras llamadas `CALL WORKER`. Se puede salir de un `.wait()` llamando a [`terminate()`](#terminate) desde una retrollamada. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md index 46a169b5016add..69fcca15eec530 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ Sintaxis: | ` --webadmin-settings-file` | Ruta del archivo | Ruta del archivo WebAdmin `.4DSettings` personalizado para el [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con la herramienta [4d](#tool4d). | | ` - --webadmin-access-key` | String | Llave de acceso al [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con la herramienta [4d](#tool4d). | + --webadmin-access-key` | Text | Llave de acceso al [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con la herramienta [4d](#tool4d). | | ` --webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Estado del inicio automático del [servidor web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). No disponible con la herramienta [4d](#tool4d). | | ` diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Backup/settings.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Backup/settings.md index fe5eb11139e7d3..35baa5be81fc4b 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Backup/settings.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Backup/settings.md @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Estas opciones se aplican a los archivos de copia de seguridad principales y a l #### Restaurar la última copia de seguridad si la base de datos está dañada -When this option is checked, the program automatically starts the restore of the data file of the last valid backup of the application, if an anomaly is detected (corrupted file, for example) during application launch. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. +Cuando se marca esta opción, el programa inicia automáticamente la restauración del archivo de datos de la última copia de seguridad válida de la aplicación, si se detecta una anomalía (archivo dañado, por ejemplo) durante el lanzamiento de la aplicación. No se requiere ninguna intervención por parte del usuario; sin embargo, la operación se registra en el diario de copias de seguridad. #### Integrar los últimos registros si la base de datos está incompleta diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md index 3644651510e48d..72f7a13df502ca 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md @@ -180,6 +180,12 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Las funciones de clase son propiedades específicas de la clase. Son objetos de la clase [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). En el archivo de definición de clase, las declaraciones de función utilizan la palabra clave `Function`, y el nombre de la función. El nombre de la función debe cumplir con las [reglas de nomenclatura de las propiedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -300,6 +306,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Una función constructora de clase acepta [parámetros](#parameters) opcionales y puede ser utilizada para crear e inicializar objetos de la clase del usuario. Cuando se llama a la función [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), el constructor de clase es llamado con los parámetros opcionalmente pasados a la función `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md index f68153fd4754c7..b5001803884ab8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ El valor por defecto depende del tipo de variable: | ---------- | ----------------- | | Booleano | False | | Fecha | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md index 76c094ecf43d3f..14672435649671 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Las siguientes secuencias de escape pueden utilizarse dentro de las cadenas: | Operación | Sintaxis | Devuelve | Expression | Valor | | ---------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetición | Cadena * Número | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenación | Cadena + Cadena | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetición | Cadena * Número | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | Cadena = Cadena | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdad | Cadena # Cadena | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 9be503ada55c3d..61bb2ec0e5c7fe 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Los mismos símbolos se utilizan a menudo para diferentes operaciones, dependien | Tipos de datos | Operación | Ejemplo | | -------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adición | 1 + 2 suma los números y da como resultado 3 | -| String | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | +| Text | Concatenación | "Hola" + "a todos" concatena (une) las cadenas y da como resultado "Hola a todos" | | Fecha y Número | Adición de fecha | !1989-01-01! !1989-01-01! + 20 adds 20 days to the date January 1, 1989, and results in the date January 21, 1989 | @@ -295,10 +295,10 @@ Se hace referencia a una expresión por el tipo de datos que devuelve. Hay vario | Expression | Tipo | Descripción | | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | +| “Hello” | Text | La palabra Hola es una constante cadena, indicada por las comillas dobles. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Dos cadenas, "Hola" y "a todos", se suman (concatenan) con el operador de concatenación de cadenas (+). Se devuelve la cadena "Hola". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | Se concatenan dos cadenas: la cadena "Sr." y el valor actual del campo Nombre de la tabla Personas. Si el campo contiene "Smith", la expresión devuelve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expresión utiliza `Uppercase`, un comando del lenguaje, para convertir la cadena "smith" a mayúsculas. Devuelve “SMITH”. | | 4 | Number | Se trata de una constante numérica, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Dos números, 4 y 2, se multiplican utilizando el operador de multiplicación (*). El resultado es el número 8. | | myButton | Number | Es una variable asociada a un botón. Devuelve el valor actual del botón: 1 si se ha hecho clic, 0 si no. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md index 1825b4bd94225b..afad48f29d98d6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md @@ -240,15 +240,15 @@ Las variables del sistema son utilizadas por los [comandos 4D](commands.md). Con | Nombre de la variable del sistema | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | +| `OK` | Integer | Normalmente se establece en 1 después de que un comando haya mostrado una caja de diálogo y el usuario haya hecho clic en el botón **Aceptar**, y en 0 si hizo clic en **Cancelar**. Algunos comandos también modifican el valor de la variable del sistema `OK` cuando se ejecuta una operación con éxito. | | `Document` | Text | Contiene el "nombre largo" (ruta completa+nombre) del último archivo abierto o creado mediante comandos como [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) o [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contienen los códigos de caracteres que se utilizarán respectivamente como separador de campos (por defecto es **Tabulación** (9)) y separador de registros (por defecto es **retorno de carro** (13)) al importar o exportar texto. Para utilizar un separador diferente, asigne un nuevo valor a la variable del sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Utilizado en un método de captura de errores instalado por el comando [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html). Ver [Gestión de errores dentro del método](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Toma el valor 1 cuando se presiona el botón del ratón, de lo contrario 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html).
  • En un evento `MouseDown=1`, `MouseX` y `MouseY` se establecen respectivamente en las coordenadas verticales y horizontales del clic. Ambos valores se expresan en píxeles y utilizan el sistema de coordenadas local de la ventana.
  • En el caso de un campo imagen o variable, `MouseX` y `MouseY` devuelven las coordenadas locales de un clic de ratón en los eventos de formulario [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) y [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md). Las coordenadas locales del cursor del ratón también se retornan en los eventos formulario [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) y [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md). Para obtener más información, consulte la sección [Coordenadas del ratón en una imagen](../FormEditor/pictures.md#coordenadas-del-ratón-en-una-imagen).
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el código de carácter de la tecla que se acaba de presionar. Si la tecla es una tecla de función, `KeyCode` se establece como un código especial. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Establece las teclas modificadoras del teclado (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Utilizado en un método instalado por el comando [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html). Define el número de proceso en el que tuvo lugar el último evento | :::note diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/forms.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/forms.md index a71c5d10090dca..095cf16692f0f8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/forms.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/forms.md @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ Para dejar de heredar un formulario, seleccione `\<None>` en la lista ## Propiedades soportadas -[Associated Menu Bar](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Fixed Height](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Fixed Width](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-width) - [Form Break](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Form Header](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Form Name](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Form Type](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Inherited Form Name](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Inherited Form Table](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-table) - [Maximum Height](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Maximum Width](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Minimum Height](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Minimum Width](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Pages](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Print Settings](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Published as Subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Save Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Window Title](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) +[Barra de menú asociada](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Altura fija](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Ancho fijo](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-width) - [Salto de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Detalle de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Pie de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Encabezado de formulario](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nombre de formulario](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de formulario](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nombre de formulario heredado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabla de formulario heredado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-table) - [Altura máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Anchura máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Ancho mínimo](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Páginas](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configuración de impresión](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subformulario](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Guardar geometría](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título de ventana](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md index 7f52dc86315c0b..4e1bc9f5b597a2 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades devueltas en el parámetro *$editor*: | -------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | Formulario completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File del archivo de formularios | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nombre del formulario | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nombre del formulario | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número de tabla del formulario, 0 para el formulario proyecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | El número de la página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | La página actual, que contiene todos los objetos de formulario y el orden de entrada de la página | @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Estas son las propiedades que puede pasar en el objeto `$result` si quiere que e | formProperties | Object | formProperties si es modificado por la macro | | editor.groups | Object | información de grupo, si los grupos son modificados por la macro | | editor.views | Object | ver información, si las vistas son modificadas por la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nombres de vistas activos | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nombres de vistas activos | Por ejemplo, si los objetos de la página actual y de los grupos han sido modificados, puede escribir: @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Cuando se maneja el atributo `method` de los objetos de formulario, se puede def | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | --------- | ---- | ----------- | | | | | - source|Cadena|Código del método| + fuente|Texto|código del método| 4D creará un archivo con el nombre del objeto en la carpeta "objectMethods" con el contenido del atributo `source`. Esta función solo está disponible para el código macro. diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md index b2f6666b33b6f6..2010491c3d91bf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -361,5 +361,5 @@ Todos los botones comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizar: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) - Plano, Regular: [Botón por defecto](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index e8fd021d4588dd..e1c05cf815ef83 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -388,9 +388,9 @@ El estilo del botón Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y pe - [Ruta de acceso fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Desplazamiento icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) -- [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) and [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) y [margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) -It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), that can be used in conjunction with a [4-state](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) [background picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname). +Suele asociarse a una [imagen de 4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states), que puede utilizarse junto con una [imagen de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) de [4 estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -426,5 +426,5 @@ Todas las casillas de selección comparten un mismo conjunto de propiedades bás Existen propiedades específicas adicionales, dependiendo del [estilo-de-botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) +- Personalizar: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) - Plana, Regular: [Tres Estados](properties_Display.md#three-states) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 2ce9e9e1373abd..1227b108435cdc 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de list box, con sus propios comportamientos y propiedades espe - **Arrays**: cada columna está ligada a un array 4D. Los list boxes basados en arrays pueden mostrarse como [cajas de lista jerárquicas](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). - **Selección** (**Selección actual** o **Selección con nombre**): cada columna está vinculada a una expresión (por ejemplo, un campo) que se evalúa para cada registro de la selección. - **Collection o Entity selection**: cada columna está ligada a una expresión que se evalúa para cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad de la selección de entidades. -> No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. +> > > No es posible combinar diferentes tipos de list box en el mismo objeto list box. La fuente de datos se define cuando se crea el list box. Entonces ya no es posible modificarlo por programación. ### Gestión de list boxes @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Cada elemento de la colección o cada entidad está disponible como un objeto al Cuando la fuente de datos es una entity selection, cualquier modificación realizada del lado del list box se guarda automáticamente en la base de datos. Por otro lado, las modificaciones realizadas en la base de datos son visibles en el list box después de que se hayan recargado las entidades modificadas. -Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por otra parte, si se realizan las modificaciones en la colección utilizando, por ejemplo, las diferentes funciones de la clase [Collection](../API/CollectionClass.md), será necesario notificar explícitamente a 4D reasignando la variable de la colección a sí misma, para que se actualice el contenido del list box. Por ejemplo: +Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Cuando la fuente de datos es una colección, toda modificación realizada en los valores del list box se refleja en la colección. Por ejemplo: ```4d myCol:=myCol.push("new value") //mostrar el nuevo valor en el list box @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Puede definir para cada columna de list box de las propiedades estándar (texto, ### Propiedades específicas de la columna -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternate Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Automatic Row Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Background Color Expression](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Choice List](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Data Type (selection and collection list box column)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Default Values](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Display Type](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Enterable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Entry Filter](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Excluded List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expression](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Expression Type (array list box column)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Horizontal Padding](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#horizontal-padding) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Maximum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Minimum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multi-style](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Number Format](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture Format](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Resizable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Required List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Row Background Color Array](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Row Font Color Array](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Row Style Array](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Save as](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Style Expression](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Text when False/Text when True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncate with ellipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Alignment](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Vertical Padding](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#vertical-padding) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) +[Formato Alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternar color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Altura de fila automática](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Background Color](properties_Text.md#background-color) - [Expresión del color de fondo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Negrita](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Lista de opciones](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Tipo de datos (columna del list box de selección y colección)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Formato Fecha](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Valores por defecto](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Tipo de pantalla](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Editable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Filtro de entrada](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Lista de excluidos](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expresión](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Tipo de expresión (columna array list box)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fuente](properties_Text.md#font) - [Color de fuente](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Alineación horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Relleno horizontal](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#horizontal-padding) - [Itálica](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho máximo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Ancho mínimo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multiestilo](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Formato numérico](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Formato de imagen](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Redimensionable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Lista obligatoria](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Array color de fondo de fila](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Array color de fuente de fila](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Array estilo de fila](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Guardar como](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Expresión de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Texto cuando False/Texto cuando True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Formato Hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncar con elipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Subraye](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alineación vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Relleno vertical](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#vertical-padding) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Ajuste de texto](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) ### Eventos formulario soportados @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Puede definir para cada columna de list box de las propiedades estándar (texto, ## Encabezados de list box -> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los pies de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar pies](properties_Footers.md#display-footers). +> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los encabezados de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) del list box. Cuando se muestran los encabezados, puede seleccionar un encabezado en el editor de formularios haciendo clic en él cuando el objeto List box esté seleccionado: @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Cuando el comando `OBJECT SET VISIBLE` se utiliza con un encabezado, se aplica a ## Pies de list box -> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los encabezados de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar encabezados](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) del list box. +> Para poder acceder a las propiedades de los pies de un list box, debe activar la opción [Mostrar pies](properties_Footers.md#display-footers). Los List box pueden contener "pies de página" no editables, que muestren información adicional. En el caso de los datos mostrados en forma de tabla, los pies de página suelen utilizarse para mostrar cálculos como los totales o los promedios. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en - **List box de tipo colección/selección de entidades**: las selecciones se gestionan a través de las propiedades del list box dedicado: - [Elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) es un objeto que recibirá el elemento/la entidad seleccionado(a) - - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es una colección de elementos seleccionados + - [Elementos seleccionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) es un objeto colección/selección de entidades de elementos seleccionados - [Posición del elemento actual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devuelve la posición del elemento o de la entidad seleccionada. - **List box de tipo array**: el comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` puede utilizarse para seleccionar una o más líneas del list box por programación. La [variable asociada al objeto List box](propiedades_Objeto.md#variable-o-expresión) se utiliza para obtener, definir o almacenar las selecciones de líneas en el objeto. Esta variable corresponde a un array de booleanos que es creado y mantenido automáticamente por 4D. El tamaño de este array viene determinado por el tamaño del list box: contiene el mismo número de elementos que el array más pequeño asociado a las columnas. Cada elemento de este array contiene `True` si se selecciona la línea correspondiente y `False` en caso contrario. 4D actualiza el contenido de este array en función de las acciones del usuario. Por el contrario, puede cambiar el valor de los elementos del array para cambiar la selección en el list box. Por otra parte, no se pueden insertar ni borrar líneas en este array; tampoco se pueden reescribir las líneas. El comando `Count in array` puede utilizarse para averiguar el número de líneas seleccionadas. Por ejemplo, este método permite invertir la selección de la primera línea del list box (tipo array): @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@ La gestión de selecciones es diferente dependiendo de si el list box se basa en ### Personalizar la apariencia de las líneas seleccionadas -Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#cacher-surlignage-selection) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: +Cuando la opción [Ocultar el resaltado de la selección](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) está seleccionada, debe gestionar la representación visual de las selecciones en el list box utilizando las opciones de interfaz disponibles. Dado que las selecciones siguen siendo gestionadas en su totalidad por 4D, esto significa: - En el caso de los list box de tipo array, debe analizar la variable array booleana asociada al list box para determinar qué líneas están seleccionadas o no. - Para los list box de tipo selección, hay que comprobar si el registro actual (línea) pertenece al conjunto especificado en la propiedad [Conjunto resaltado](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) del list box. @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ Si este list box se muestra en forma jerárquica (los tres primeros arrays está Los arrays no se ordenan antes de construir la jerarquía. Si, por ejemplo, un array contiene los datos AAABBAACC, la jerarquía obtenida será: - > > A B A C + > > > > A B A C Para desplegar o contraer un "nodo" jerárquico, basta con hacer clic en él. Si hace **Alt+clic** (Windows) o **Opción+clic** (macOS) en el nodo, todos sus subelementos se desplegarán o contraerán también. Estas operaciones también pueden realizarse por programación utilizando los comandos `LISTBOX EXPAND` y `LISTBOX COLLAPSE`. @@ -897,6 +897,8 @@ ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //column array OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") //defines the value type (mandatory) OB SET($ob;"value";"Hello World!") //defines the value APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) //define el valor APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob) ``` @@ -992,6 +994,48 @@ Los valores de las celdas se almacenan en el atributo "value". Este atributo se OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + OB SET($ob1;"valueType";"text") + OB SET($ob1;"value";$entry) // si el usuario introduce un nuevo valor, $entry contendrá el valor editado + C_OBJECT($ob2) + OB SET($ob2;"valueType";"real") + OB SET($ob2;"value";2/3) + C_OBJECT($ob3) + OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") + OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + ARRAY OBJECT(obColumn;0) //array columna + C_OBJECT($ob1) + $entry:="Hello world!" + OB SET($ob1;"valueType";"text") + OB SET($ob1;"value";$entry) // si el usuario introduce un nuevo valor, $entry contendrá el valor editado + C_OBJECT($ob2) + OB SET($ob2;"valueType";"real") + OB SET($ob2;"value";2/3) + C_OBJECT($ob3) + OB SET($ob3;"valueType";"boolean") + OB SET($ob3;"value";True) + APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob1) APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob2) APPEND TO ARRAY(obColumn;$ob3) @@ -1223,6 +1267,16 @@ $entry:="Hello world!" OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) +C_OBJECT($ob1) +$entry:="Hello world!" +OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") +OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) +OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) +C_OBJECT($ob1) +$entry:="Hello world!" +OB SET($ob;"valueType";"text") +OB SET($ob;"alternateButton";True) +OB SET($ob;"value";$entry) ``` ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/listbox_column_objectArray_alternateButton.png) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md index 645145a994b0a5..92c092ec2176d0 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Puede obtener el mismo resultado utilizando los comandos [`LISTBOX SET ROW FONT ## Transparente -Define el fondo del list box como "Transparent". When set, any [alternate background color](#alternate-background-color) or [background color](#background-color--fill-color) defined for the column is ignored. +Define el fondo del list box como "Transparent". Cuando se define, se ignora cualquier [color de fondo alternativo](#alternate-background-color) o [color de fondo](#background-color--fill-color) definido para la columna. #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index 8e29ac9293fbc1..b17144f509b96a 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -293,9 +293,9 @@ Especifica una variable o expresión a la que se asignarán los elementos o enti #### Gramática JSON -| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | -| ------------------- | -------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -| selectedItemsSource | string | Assignable collection or object expression | +| Nombre | Tipos de datos | Valores posibles | +| ------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| selectedItemsSource | string | Colección asignable o expresión de objeto | #### Objetos soportados diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Display.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Display.md index 2210af5c5dad7a..574db29f7cbc35 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Display.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Display.md @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Utilizado para asociar un formato de visualización con los datos de la columna. Las columnas booleanas y numéricas (números o enteros) pueden mostrarse como casillas de verificación. En este caso, se puede definir la propiedad [Título](#title). -Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. In this case, the [Text when False and Text when True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true) properties must be defined. +Las columnas booleanas también pueden mostrarse como menús emergentes. En este caso, deben definirse las propiedades [Text cuando False y Text cuando True](#text-when-falsetext-when-true). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 1ad2c2e9d90a33..3a8ca8cfb848a8 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Puede forzar un retorno de carro en la etiqueta utilizando el caracter \ (barra Para insertar un \ en la etiqueta, ingrese "\\". -Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. When the object also contains an icon, you can modify the relative location of these two elements using the [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) property. +Por defecto, la etiqueta se coloca en el centro del objeto. Cuando el objeto también contiene un icono, puede modificar la ubicación relativa de estos dos elementos utilizando la propiedad [Posición Título/imagen](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position). Para la traducción de la aplicación, puede introducir una referencia XLIFF en el área del título de un botón (ver [Apéndice B: arquitectura XLIFF](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Appendix-B-XLIFF-architecture.300-4163748.en.html)). @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Hay varios tipos de cálculos disponibles. La tabla siguiente muestra los cálcu | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | | Suma | X | | | X | X | | Igual que el tipo de columna | -| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Conteo | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Promedio | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desviación estándar(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Varianza(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index 8e4ed04a5686ad..f51a8a1e1e9d7f 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -262,4 +262,4 @@ Es importante señalar que la propiedad "Con menú emergente" sólo gestiona el #### Objetos soportados -[Toolbar Button](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Bevel Button](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Rounded Bevel Button](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [OS X Gradient Button](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [OS X Textured Button](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Office XP Button](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Circle Button](button_overview.md#circle) - [Custom](button_overview.md#custom) +[Botón de la barra de herramientas](button_overview.md#toolbar) - [Botón Bisel](button_overview.md#bevel) - [Botón Bisel redondeado](button_overview.md#rounded-bevel) - [Botón Gradiente OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-gradient) - [Botón Texturizado OS X](button_overview.md#os-x-textured) - [Botón Office XP](button_overview.md#office-xp) - [Botón Círculo](button_overview.md#circle) - [Personalizado](button_overview.md#custom) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md index 9c68de69c7b350..9080240f977596 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_WebArea.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ title: Área Web Puede llamar a los métodos 4D desde el código JavaScript ejecutado en un área web y recibir valores a cambio. Para poder llamar a los métodos 4D desde un área Web, debe activar la propiedad de accesibilidad de los métodos 4D ("todos"). -> This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +> Esta propiedad solo está disponible si el área web [utiliza el motor de renderizado web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). Cuando esta propiedad está activada, se instancia un objeto JavaScript especial llamado `$4d`en el área web, que puede [utilizar para gestionar las llamadas a los métodos proyecto de 4D](webArea_overview.md#4d-object). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/radio_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/radio_overview.md index 310eaf96b011d0..caf2e397abf611 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/radio_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/radio_overview.md @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ El estilo Disclosure se denomina "roundedDisclosure" en la [gramática JSON del ### Personalizado -The Custom radio button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows managing additional parameters such as [icon offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) and [margins](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin). +El estilo de botón de opción Personalizado acepta una imagen de fondo personalizada y permite gestionar parámetros adicionales como el [desplazamiento](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) y los [márgenes](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) del icono. ## Propiedades soportadas @@ -169,4 +169,4 @@ Todos los botones radio comparten el mismo conjunto de propiedades básicas: Propiedades específicas adicionales están disponibles en función del [estilo de botón](#button-styles): -- Custom: [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) \ No newline at end of file +- Personalizar: [Ruta de fondo](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Margen horizontal](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Desplazamiento del icono](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Margen vertical](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/splitters.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/splitters.md index aa9c2ec78f2174..11575668ee6e71 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/splitters.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/splitters.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Algunas de las características generales del separador: * Los topes de los separadores se calculan para que los objetos desplazados permanezcan totalmente visibles en el formulario o no pasen por debajo/al lado de otro separador. Cuando la propiedad [Empujador](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) está asociada a un separador, su movimiento hacia la derecha o hacia abajo no encuentra ningún tope. * Si se redimensiona un formulario mediante un separador, las nuevas dimensiones del formulario se guardan sólo mientras se muestra el formulario. Una vez que se cierra un formulario, se restablecen las dimensiones iniciales. -Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [border style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) to obtain a thinner line or [change its color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). +Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. Puede modificar su [estilo de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) para obtener una línea más fina o [cambiar su color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color). #### Ejemplo JSON: @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Una vez insertado, el separador aparece como una línea. You can modify its [bor ### Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Mensaje de ayuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Tamaño horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Línea Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pusher](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Tamaño vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Variable o Expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Interacción con las propiedades de los objetos vecinos diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/subform_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/subform_overview.md index 3d7ec347b931da..e47fc78e58184d 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/subform_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/subform_overview.md @@ -211,4 +211,4 @@ Para más información, consulte la descripción del comando `EXECUTE METHOD IN ## Propiedades soportadas -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Detail Form](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) - [Double click on empty row](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) - [Double click on row](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) - [Enterable in list](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Hide focus rectangle](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Horizontal Scroll Bar](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [List Form](properties_Subform.md#list-form) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Print Frame](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Selection mode](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) - [Source](properties_Subform.md#source) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Scroll Bar](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo de línea de borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formulario detallado](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) - [Doble clic en fila vacía](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) - [Doble clic en fila](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) - [Introducción en lista](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) - [Tipo de expresión](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Enfocable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Ocultar rectángulo de enfoque](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) - [Barra de desplazamiento Horizontal](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) - [Dimensionamiento Horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Formulario listado](properties_Subform.md#list-form) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre de objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Marco de impresión](properties_Print.md#print-frame) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Modo de selección](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) - [Fuente](properties_Subform.md#source) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Barra de desplazamiento vertical](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) - [Dimensionado vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md index 47720095a28762..23c3b50a5077ec 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/viewProArea_overview.md @@ -17,4 +17,4 @@ Las áreas 4D View Pro están documentadas en [la sección 4D View Pro](ViewPro/ ## Propiedades soportadas -[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - \[Altura\](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing. md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - \[Nombre del objeto\](properties_Object. md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Mostrar barra de formulario](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - \[Interfaz usuario\](properties_Appearance. md#user-interface) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Abajo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Mostrar barra de formulario](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Interfaz usuario ](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 0b192552180b8a..b0ac8cf3947cba 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ El [motor de renderizado web integrado 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-we Por ejemplo, para llamar al método `HelloWorld` de 4D, basta con ejecutar la siguiente declaración: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript es sensible a las mayúsculas y minúsculas, por lo que es importante tener en cuenta que el objeto se llama $4d (con "d" minúscula). La sintaxis de las llamadas a los métodos 4D es la siguiente: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: Puede pasar tantos parámetros como necesite al método 4D. Estos parámetros pueden ser de cualquier tipo soportado por JavaScript (cadena, número, array, objeto). @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Cuando haya realizado los ajustes como se ha descrito anteriormente, entonces te ## Propiedades soportadas -[BEstilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar el motor de renderizado Web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Estilo del borde](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Clase](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menú contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Izquierda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nombre del objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progresión](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Derecha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Arriba](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utilizar el motor de renderizado Web integrado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable o expresión](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidad](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Ancho](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md index 175fe43928dbf6..ae51fcd1d48b45 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ La sintaxis del archivo `roles.json` es la siguiente: | Nombre de propiedad | | | Tipo | Obligatorio | Descripción | | ------------------- | --------------- | ------------- | --------------------------------- | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | privileges | | | Colección de objetos `privilege` | X | Lista de privilegios definidos | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nombre del privilegio | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nombre del privilegio | | | \[].includes | | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de nombres de privilegios incluidos | | roles | | | Colección de objetos `role` | | Lista de roles definidos | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nombre del rol | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nombre del rol | | | \[].privileges | | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de nombres de privilegios incluidos | | permissions | | | Object | X | Lista de acciones permitidas | | | allowed | | Colección de objetos `permission` | | Lista de permisos permitidos | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | -| | | \[].type | String | X | tipo de [Recurso](#resources): "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | tipo de [Recurso](#resources): "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | | | | \[].read | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | | | | \[].create | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | | | | \[].update | Colección de cadenas | | Lista de privilegios | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md index 0794aa2049d7ff..62ff6413f7d4ce 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ _italic_ ```md | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` @@ -214,13 +214,13 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | ## Description -Este método devuelve un logo de un tamaño específico, dependiendo del valor del parámetro *size*. +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. 1 = tamaño más pequeño, 5 = tamaño más grande. ## Example diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md index 1a7cc2891b27c6..aa42585028cbdf 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ En esta lista sólo se muestran las clases de datos expuestas para el almacén d A continuación se describen las propiedades devueltas para cada clase de datos en el almacén de datos de su proyecto: -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI que permite obtener información sobre la clase de datos y sus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI que permite ver los datos en la clase de datos. | ### Ejemplo @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ Las siguientes propiedades se devuelven para una clase de datos expuesta: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nombre de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | +| name | Text | Nombre de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nombre de una selección de entidades en la clase de datos | | tableNumber | Number | Número de tabla en la base 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI a los datos de la clase de datos | ### Atributo(s) @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ Aquí están las propiedades de cada atributo expuesto que se devuelven: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | El nombre del atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | +| name | Text | El nombre del atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (almacenamiento o entidad relacionada). | | fieldPos | Number | Posición del campo en la tabla de la base). | -| scope | String | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Alcance del atributo (sólo aparecerán los atributos cuyo alcance sea Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Boolean | Esta propiedad devuelve True si el atributo es la llave primaria. En caso contrario, esta propiedad no aparece. | -| path | String | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | -| inverseName | String | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | +| path | Text | Nombre de la clase de datos para un atributo relatedEntity, o nombre de la relación para un atributo relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Para un atributo relatedEntity, nombre del atributo relacionado. | +| inverseName | Text | Nombre de la relación opuesta para un atributo relatedEntity o relateEntities. | ### Llave primaria diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md index a6356f807f7df9..9c34e3b6ce1d81 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ Después de crear un conjunto de entidades, el ID del conjunto de entidades se d Cree otro conjunto de entidades basado en conjuntos de entidades creados anteriormente -| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | -| ---------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID del conjunto de entidades | +| Parámetros | Tipo | Descripción | +| ---------------- | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | Uno de los operadores lógicos para probar con el otro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID del conjunto de entidades | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md index 0bce4d96532747..d1ddef99349334 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Para cada selección de entidad almacenada actualmente en la caché de 4D Server | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID que hace referencia al conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades en la selección de entidades. | | sorted | Boolean | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Fecha | Cuando se creó el conjunto de entidades o la última vez que se utilizó. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | -| userName | String | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID que referencia la sesión. | +| userName | Text | El nombre del usuario que ejecuta la sesión. | | lifeTime | Number | La duración de una sesión usuario en segundos (3600 por defecto). | | expiration | Fecha | La fecha y la hora actuales de caducidad de la sesión de usuario. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md index afbd7cd3f232f5..898d76c26f8477 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ En la colección de pasos, hay un objeto con las siguientes propiedades que defi | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | +| description | Text | Petición ejecutada o "AND" cuando hay varios pasos | | time | Number | Número de milisegundos necesarios para ejecutar la petición | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registros encontrados | | steps | Collection | Una colección con un objeto que define el siguiente paso de la ruta de la petición | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md index ffb87bf72e45a6..42b45f2dadc3ea 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (*por ejemplo, *, `$queryp ## Descripción $queryplan devuelve el plan de la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server. -| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | -| --------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petición ejecutada | -| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | +| Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | +| --------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petición ejecutada | +| subquery | Array | Si hay una subconsulta, un objeto adicional que contiene una propiedad de elemento (como la anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 29630cdfa4aad1..6c799bbb6fa958 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Las entidades pasadas en los parámetros son referenciadas en el servidor a trav | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatorio - Indica la Dataclass de la entidad | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una entidad | | __KEY | mixto (mismo tipo que la llave primaria) | Opcional - llave primaria de la entidad | @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ La selección de entidades debe haber sido definida previamente utilizando [$met | Propiedades | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | Atributos de la entidad | mixto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatorio - entitySetID (UUID) de la selección de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatorio - True para indicar al servidor que el parámetro es una selección de entidades | Ver ejemplo para [recibir una selección de entidades](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md index 8fa1fae6cd0ae5..e0b8580e89a509 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ A continuación se describen los datos devueltos: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nombre de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nombre de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades en la clase de datos. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas por la petición REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidad en la que comienza la selección. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Cada entidad contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo | Descripción | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __KEY | String | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor de la llave primaria definida para la clase de datos. | | __TIMESTAMP | Fecha | Marca de tiempo de la última modificación de la entidad | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md index b13ba5af0ed464..d67e73a5a0aac6 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ Contiene las siguientes propiedades: | Propiedad | Tipo de valor | Descripción | | ------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | -| version | Longint | Versión del componente interno | +| version | Integer | Versión del componente interno | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Fecha de creación | | dateModified | Timestamp | Fecha última modificación | | meta | Object | Contenido gratuito, reservado para el desarrollador 4D | diff --git a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/WebServer/webServerConfig.md b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/WebServer/webServerConfig.md index f50d058625a751..9bf32674fc7218 100644 --- a/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/WebServer/webServerConfig.md +++ b/i18n/es/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/WebServer/webServerConfig.md @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Por defecto, el valor es 100. Puede definir el número entre 10 y 32000. Tamaño máximo (en bytes) de las peticiones HTTP entrantes (POST) que el servidor web está autorizado a procesar. Por defecto, el valor es de 2 000 000, es decir, algo menos de 2 MB. Pasar el valor máximo (2 147 483 648) significa que, en la práctica, no se define ningún límite. -Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. This limit is used to avoid web server saturation due to incoming requests that are too large. +Este límite se utiliza para evitar la saturación del servidor web debido a peticiones entrantes demasiado grandes. Cuando una petición alcanza este límite, el servidor web 4D la rechaza. Valores posibles: 500 000 a 2 147 483 648. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/BlobClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/BlobClass.md index aa7c051d76dd2b..5293fd8ff2291d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/BlobClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/BlobClass.md @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ La propriété `.size` retourne la taille d'un `4 Le paramètre `start` est un indice dans le blob, indiquant le premier octet à inclure dans le nouveau `4D.Blob`. Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est 0. Si vous spécifiez une valeur pour start qui est supérieure à la taille du blob source, la taille du `4D.Blob` retourné est 0, et il ne contient aucune donnée. -Le paramètre `end` est un indice dans le blob indiquant le premier octet qui ne sera pas inclus dans le nouveau `4D.Blob` (c'est-à-dire que l'octet situé exactement à cet indice ne sera pas inclus). Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est la taille du blob. +Sommaire Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est la taille du blob. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ClassClass.md index 33d3b364086fa9..1458b9766d4cc4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/ClassClass.md @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Cette propriété est en **lecture seule**. #### Description -La propriété `.me` renvoie l'instance unique de la classe singleton `cs.className`. Si la classe singleton n'a jamais été instanciée au préalable, cette propriété appelle le constructeur de la classe sans paramètres et crée l'instance. Sinon, elle renvoie l'instance singleton existante. +Sommaire Si la classe singleton n'a jamais été instanciée au préalable, cette propriété appelle le constructeur de la classe sans paramètres et crée l'instance. Sinon, elle renvoie l'instance singleton existante. Si `cs.className` n'est pas une [classe singleton](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes), `.me` est **undefined** par défaut. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CollectionClass.md index a3a77172a7dd27..783588a2b0c6d3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -275,10 +275,10 @@ $c.combine($fruits;3) //[1,2,3,"Orange","Banana","Apple","Grape",4,5,6] -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| value | Number, Text, Object, Collection, Date, Time, Boolean, Picture | -> | Valeur(s) à concaténer. Si *value* est une collection, tous les éléments de la collection sont ajoutés à la collection d'origine | -| Résultat | Collection | <- | Nouvelle collection contenant les valeurs d'origine et les valeurs ajoutées | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| value | Number, Text, Object, Collection, Date, Time, Boolean, Picture | -> | Valeur(s) à concaténer. Si *value* est une collection, tous ses éléments sont ajoutés comme de nouveaux éléments à la fin de la collection d'origine. | +| Résultat | Collection | <- | Nouvelle collection contenant les valeurs d'origine et les valeurs ajoutées | @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ La fonction `.concat()` retourne une no > Cette fonction ne modifie pas la collection d'origine. -Si *value* est une collection, tous ses éléments sont ajoutés comme de nouveaux éléments à la fin de la collection d'origine. Si *value* n'est pas une collection, son contenu est ajouté comme nouvel élément. +La collection retournée contient l'élément spécifié par *startFrom* et tous les éléments suivants jusqu'à l'élément spécifié par *end* (mais non compris). Si seul le paramètre *startFrom* est spécifié, la collection retournée contient tous les éléments de *startFrom* au dernier élément de la collection d'origine. #### Exemple @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ S'il est passé, le paramètre *option* peut contenir l'une des constantes suiva | option | Description | | --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `ck resolve pointers` | Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Toutefois, vous pouvez résoudre les pointeurs au moment de la copie en passant la constante `ck resolve pointers`. Dans ce cas, chaque pointeur contenu dans la collection est évalué lors de la copie et sa valeur déréférencée est utilisée. | +| `ck resolve pointers` | Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Dans ce cas, chaque pointeur contenu dans la collection est évalué lors de la copie et sa valeur déréférencée est utilisée. | | `ck shared` | Par défaut, `copy()` retourne une collection standard (non partagée), même si la commande est appliquée à une collection partagée. Passez la constante `ck shared` pour créer une collection partagée. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez utiliser le paramètre *groupWith* pour associer la collection partagée à une autre collection ou à un autre objet (voir ci-dessous). | Les paramètres *groupWithCol* ou *groupWithObj* vous permettent de désigner une collection ou un objet avec lequel la collection résultante doit être associée. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ End use #### Exemple 2 -Nous voulons combiner *$sharedColl1* et *$sharedColl2*. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. Par conséquent, nous devons faire une copie partagée de *$sharedColl1* et désigner *$sharedColl2* comme étant un groupe partagé pour la copie. +Nous voulons combiner *$sharedColl1* et *$sharedColl2*. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. ```4d var $sharedColl1;$sharedColl2;$copyColl : Collection @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ La fonction `.equal()` compare récursiv ::: -Par défaut, une évaluation non diacritique est effectuée. Si vous souhaitez que l'évaluation soit sensible à la casse ou pour différencier des caractères accentués, passez la constante `ck diacritical` dans le paramètre option. +Par défaut, une évaluation non diacritique est effectuée. L'évaluation est sensible à la casse et différencie les caractères accentués. :::tip @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ Vous désignez le code de rétroappel (callback) à exécuter pour évaluer les - *formula* (syntaxe recommandée), un [objet Formula](FunctionClass.md) qui peut encapsuler toute expression exécutable, y compris des fonctions et des méthodes projet; - soit *methodName*, le nom d'une méthode projet (texte). -La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback peut effectuer n'importe quel test, avec ou sans le(s) paramètre(s) et doit renvoyer **true** pour le premier élément qui satisfait la condition. Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). +La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ Vous désignez le code de rétroappel (callback) à exécuter pour évaluer les - *formula* (syntaxe recommandée), un [objet Formula](FunctionClass.md) qui peut encapsuler toute expression exécutable, y compris des fonctions et des méthodes projet; - soit *methodName*, le nom d'une méthode projet (texte). -La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback peut effectuer n'importe quel test, avec ou sans le(s) paramètre(s) et doit renvoyer **true** pour le premier élément qui satisfait la condition. Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). +La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ Dans *toSearch*, passez l'expression à trouver dans la collection. Vous pouvez Optionnellement, vous pouvez passer l'indice de la collection à partir duquel démarrer la recherche dans *startFrom*. - Si *startFrom* >= la longueur de la collection, False est retourné, ce qui signifie que la recherche n'est pas effectuée. -- Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). Notez que même si *startFrom* est négatif, la collection est toujours recherchée de gauche à droite. +- Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. - Si *startFrom* = 0, l'ensemble de la collection est évalué (défaut). #### Exemple @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ Vous pouvez passer tout type d'élément accepté par les collections, y compris #### Description -La fonction `.join()` convertit tous les éléments de la collection en chaînes et les concatène en utilisant la chaîne *delimiter* spécifiée comme séparateur. La fonction renvoie la chaîne résultante. +La fonction `.join()` convertit tous les éléments de la collection en chaînes et les concatène en utilisant la chaîne *delimiter* spécifiée comme séparateur. > Cette fonction ne modifie pas la collection d'origine. @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ Vous pouvez utiliser des parenthèses dans la recherche afin de prioriser les ca Il existe deux types de placeholders : les **placeholders indexés** et les **placeholders nommés**. -- **Placeholders indexés** : les paramètres sont insérés en tant que `:paramIndex` (par exemple ":1", ":2"...) dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. Vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 128 paramètres *value*. +- **Placeholders indexés** : les paramètres sont insérés en tant que `:paramIndex` (par exemple ":1", ":2"...) dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. Voici un exemple : @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ $o.parameters:={name:"Chicago") $c:=$myCol.query(":att=:name";$o) ``` -Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. Une *queryString* peut contenir, pour les paramètres *propertyPath* et *value* : +Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. - des valeurs directes (pas de placeholders) - des placeholders indexés et/ou nommés. @@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - *$1.accumulator*: valeur à modifier par la fonction et qui est initialisée par *initValue*. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. #### Exemple 1 @@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - *$1.accumulator*: valeur à modifier par la fonction et qui est initialisée par *initValue*. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. #### Exemple 1 @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ La fonction `.remove()` supprime un ou Dans *index*, passez le numéro de l'élément à partir duquel la suppression doit débuter dans la collection. -> **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. Si *index* est supérieur à la taille de la collection, l'*index* de départ réel sera fixé à la longueur (length) de la collection. +> **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). - Si *index* < 0, il est recalculé comme *index:=index+length* (il est considéré comme décalage depuis la fin de la collection). - Si la valeur recalculée est négative, *index* prend la valeur 0. @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - (obligatoire si vous avez utilisé une méthode) *$1.result* (booléen) : **true** si l'évaluation de la valeur de l'élément est à vrai, **false** sinon. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. Dans tous les cas, au moment où la fonction `.some()` rencontre le premier élément de la collection retournant true, elle arrête d'appeler la callback et retourne **true**. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index c87d4876ac8454..c24eabddf9dece 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ Pour une vue d'ensemble complète de cette classe, veuillez vous reporter au blo -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Paramètres pour générer ou charger une paire de clés | +| Résultat | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | -La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée un nouvel objet `4D.CryptoKey` encapsulant une paire de clés de chiffrement, en fonction du paramètre *settings*. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. +La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée un nouvel objet `4D.CryptoKey` encapsulant une paire de clés de chiffrement, en fonction du paramètre *settings*. Elle permet de générer une nouvelle clé RSA ou ECDSA, ou de charger une paire de clés existante à partir de la définition PEM. #### *settings* @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée u #### *CryptoKey* -L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. It is a shared object and can therefore be used by multiple 4D processes simultaneously. +L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. C'est un objet partagé qui peut donc être utilisé simultanément par plusieurs process 4D. #### Exemple 1 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ La fonction renvoie un objet "status" avec la propriété `success` définie sur | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | success | boolean | True si le message a été déchiffré avec succès | -| result | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | +| Résultat | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | | errors | collection | Si `success` est `false`, peut contenir une collection d'erreurs | Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré avec la même clé ou le même algorithme, l'objet `status` renvoyé contient une collection d'erreurs dans `status.errors`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/DataClassClass.md index c7ea7375a94755..a681a91e3e5ed1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Pour chaque objet de *objectCol* : - Si la clé primaire est fournie (telle quelle) et n'existe pas, l'entité est créée - Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la clé primaire est assignée selon les règles en vigueur de la base de données. -> La propriété "\_\*KEY" contenant une valeur est prise en compte uniquement lorsque la propriété "\*\*NEW" est à **false** (ou est omise) et qu'une entité correspondante existe. Dans tous les autres cas, la valeur de la propriété "\*\_KEY" est ignorée, la valeur de la clé primaire doit être passée "telle quelle". +> La propriété "\*\*KEY" contenant une valeur est prise en compte uniquement lorsque la propriété "\*\*NEW" est à **false** (ou est omise) et qu'une entité correspondante existe. Dans tous les autres cas, la valeur de la propriété "\*\_KEY" est ignorée, la valeur de la clé primaire doit être passée "telle quelle". **Entités liées** @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Dans cet exemple, la première entité sera bien créée mais la seconde créati La fonction `.get()` requête la dataclass pour récupérer l'entité correspondant au paramètre *primaryKey*. -Dans *primaryKey*, passez la valeur de clé primaire de l'entité à récupérer. Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Vous pouvez également vous assurer que la valeur de la clé primaire est toujours renvoyée sous forme de texte en utilisant la fonction [`.getKey()`](EntityClass.md#getkey) avec le paramètre `dk key as string`. +Dans *primaryKey*, passez la valeur de clé primaire de l'entité à récupérer. Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Si aucune entité avec *primaryKey* n'est trouvée, une entité **Null** est retournée. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Cet exemple illustre l'utilisation de la propriété *context* : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | -| result | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass | +| Résultat | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass | @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ La fonction `.getInfo()` renvoie u | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass. | +| Résultat | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass. | @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ La fonction `.newSelection()` renvoie u | ---------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | type | string |
  • "4D": datastore principal, disponible via ds
  • "4D Server": datastore distant, ouvert avec Open datastore
    • | | networked | boolean |
  • True: le datastore est atteint via une connexion réseau.
  • False : le datastore n'est pas atteint via une connexion réseau (base de données locale)
    • | -| localID | text | Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Correspond à la chaîne localID donnée avec la commande `Open datastore`. Chaîne vide ("") pour le datastore principal. | +| localID | text | Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Chaîne vide ("") pour le datastore principal. | | connection | object | Objet décrivant la connexion au datastore distant (non retourné pour le datastore principal). Propriétés disponibles:
    PropriétéTypeDescription
    hostnametextAdresse IP ou nom du datastore distant + ":" + numéro de port
    tlsbooleannTrue si une connexion sécurisée est utilisée avec le datastore distant
    idleTimeoutnumberDélai d'inactivité de la session (en minutes)
    usertextUtilisateur authentifié sur le datastore distant
    | - Si la fonction `.getInfo()` est exécutée sur un 4D Server ou un 4D monoposte, `networked` est Faux. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ Lorsque cette méthode n'est pas appelée, les nouvelles sélections d'entités La fonction `.provideDataKey()` permet de fournir une clé de chiffrement des données pour le fichier de données courant du datastore et détecte si la clé correspond aux données chiffrées. Cette fonction peut être utilisée à l'ouverture d'une base chiffrée, ou à l'exécution de n'importe quelle opération de chiffrement qui nécessite la clé de chiffrement, telle que le re-chiffrement du fichier de données. -> - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` doit être appelée dans une base de données chiffrée. S'il est appelé dans une base de données non cryptée, l'erreur 2003 (la clé de cryptage ne correspond pas aux données) est retournée. Utilisez la commande `Data file encryption status` pour déterminer si la base de données est chiffrée. +> - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` doit être appelée dans une base de données chiffrée. S'il est appelé dans une base de données non cryptée, l'erreur 2003 (la clé de cryptage ne correspond pas aux données) est retournée. est retournée. Utilisez la commande `Data file encryption status` pour déterminer si la base de données est chiffrée. > - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` ne peut pas être appelée depuis un 4D distant ou un datastore distant chiffré. Si vous utilisez le paramètre *curPassPhrase*, passez la chaîne utilisée pour générer la clé de chiffrement des données. Lorsque vous utilisez ce paramètre, une clé de chiffrement est générée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntityClass.md index fc5c76e4b46f1f..38806d52b705a4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntityClass.md @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ La correspondance entre l'objet et l'entité est établie à partir des noms de - Si une propriété de l'objet n'existe pas dans la dataclass, elle est ignorée. - Les types de données doivent être équivalents. S'il existe une différence de type entre l'objet et la dataclass, 4D essaie de convertir les données lorsque cela est possible (voir [`Converting data types`](Concepts/data-types.md#converting-data-types)), sinon l'attribut est laissé intact. -- La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). Si elle n'existe pas déjà dans la dataclass, l'entité est créée avec la valeur donnée lorsque [.save()](#save) est appelé. Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la valeur de la clé primaire est affectée en fonction des règles de la base de données. L'auto-incrémentation n'est calculée que si la clé primaire est nulle. +- La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la valeur de la clé primaire est affectée en fonction des règles de la base de données. L'auto-incrémentation n'est calculée que si la clé primaire est nulle. *filler* peut contenir une related entity dans les conditions suivantes : @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Les clés primaires peuvent être des nombres (integer) ou des textes. Vous pouv | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| result | Text | <- | Attirbuts de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attirbuts de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule | @@ -962,43 +962,43 @@ Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` dans le paramèt L'objet retourné par `.lock()` contient les propriétés suivantes : -| Propriété | | Type | Description | -| --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | | boolean | vrai si l'action de verrouillage a été effectuée avec succès (ou si l'entité est déjà verrouillée dans le process courant), sinon faux. | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` a été utilisée*** | -| **wasReloaded** | | boolean | vrai si l'entité a été correctement rechargée, sinon faux. | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur :*** | -| status(\*) | | number | Code d'erreur, voir ci-dessous | -| statusText(\*) | | text | Description de l'erreur, voir ci-dessous | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur de verrouillage pessimiste :*** | -| lockKindText | | text | "Locked by record" si verrouillage par un process 4D, "Locked by session" si verrouillage par une session REST | -| lockInfo | | object | Information sur l'origine du verrouillage. Les propriétés retournées dépendent de l'origine du verrouillage (process 4D ou session REST). | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour un verrouillage par process 4D :*** | -| | task_id | number | ID du process | -| | user_name | text | Nom d'utilisateur de la session sur la machine | -| | user4d_alias | text | Nom ou alias de l'utilisateur 4D | -| | user4d_id | number | Identifiant utilisateur dans le répertoire de la base 4D | -| | host_name | text | Nom de la machine | -| | task_name | text | Nom du process | -| | client_version | text | Version du client | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour le verrouillage d'une session REST :*** | -| | host | text | URL ayant verrouillé l'entité (ex : "www.myserver.com") | -| | IPAddr | text | Adresse IP d'origine du verrouillage (ex. 127.0.0.1") | -| | userAgent | text | userAgent de l'origine du verouillage (ex : "Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_3) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/96.0.4664.110 Safari/537.36") | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur critique*** (clé primaire dupliquée, disque plein...) : | -| errors | | collection of objects | | -| | message | text | Message d'erreur | -| | component signature | text | signature du composant interne (e.g. "dmbg" pour le composant de base de données) | -| | errCode | number | Code d'erreur | +| Propriété | | Type | Description | +| --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | | boolean | vrai si l'action de verrouillage a été effectuée avec succès (ou si l'entité est déjà verrouillée dans le process courant), sinon faux. | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` a été utilisée*** | +| **wasReloaded** | | boolean | vrai si l'entité a été correctement rechargée, sinon faux. | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur :*** | +| status(\*) | | number | Code d'erreur, voir ci-dessous | +| statusText(\*) | | text | Description de l'erreur, voir ci-dessous | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur de verrouillage pessimiste :*** | +| lockKindText | | text | "Locked by record" si verrouillage par un process 4D, "Locked by session" si verrouillage par une session REST | +| lockInfo | | object | Information sur l'origine du verrouillage. Les propriétés retournées dépendent de l'origine du verrouillage (process 4D ou session REST). | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour un verrouillage par process 4D :*** | +| | task_id | number | ID du process | +| | user_name | text | Nom d'utilisateur de la session sur la machine | +| | user4d_alias | text | Nom ou alias de l'utilisateur 4D | +| | user4d_id | number | Identifiant utilisateur dans le répertoire de la base 4D | +| | host_name | text | Nom de la machine | +| | task_name | text | Nom du process | +| | client_version | text | Version du client | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour le verrouillage d'une session REST :*** | +| | host | text | \| URL ayant verrouillé l'entité (ex : "www.myserver.com") \| | +| | IPAddr | text | Adresse IP d'origine du verrouillage (ex. 127.0.0.1") | +| | userAgent | text | userAgent de l'origine du verouillage (ex : "Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_3) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/96.0.4664.110 Safari/537.36") | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur critique*** (clé primaire dupliquée, disque plein...) : | +| errors | | collection of objects | | +| | message | text | Message d'erreur | +| | component signature | text | signature du composant interne (e.g. "dmbg" pour le composant de base de données) | +| | errCode | number | Code d'erreur | (\*) Les valeurs suivantes peuvent être retournées dans les propriétés *status* et *statusText* de l'objet *Résultat* en cas d'erreur : -| Constante | Valeur | Commentaire | -| ----------------------------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `dk status entity does not exist anymore` | 5 | L'entité n'existe plus dans les données. Cette erreur peut se produire dans les cas suivants
  • : l'entité a été supprimée (le marqueur a changé et l'espace mémoire est désormais libre)
  • l'entité a été supprimée et remplacée par une autre avec une autre clé primaire (le marqueur a changé et une nouvelle entité utilise désormais l'espace mémoire). Avec `.drop( )`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option dk force drop if stamp changed est utilisée. Lors de l'utilisation de `.lock()`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` est utilisée

    • **statusText associé** : "Entity does not exist anymore" | -| `dk status locked` | 3 | L'entité est verrouillée par un verrou pessimiste.
    **statusText associé** : "Already locked" | -| `dk status serious error` | 4 | Une erreur critique peut être une erreur de bas niveau de la base de données (ex. clé dupliquée), une erreur matérielle, etc.
    **statusText associé** : "Other error" | -| `dk status stamp has changed` | 2 | La valeur du marqueur interne de l'entité ne correspond pas à celle de l'entité stockée dans les données (verrouillage optimiste).
  • avec `.save()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk auto merge` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.drop()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk force drop if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.lock()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée

    • **Statut associé**: "Stamp has changed" | +| Constante | Valeur | Commentaire | +| ----------------------------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| `dk status entity does not exist anymore` | 5 | L'entité n'existe plus dans les données. Cette erreur peut se produire dans les cas suivants:
  • l'entité a été supprimée (le marqueur a changé et l'espace mémoire est maintenant libre)
  • l'entité a été supprimée et remplacée par une autre avec une autre clé primaire (le marqueur a changé et une nouvelle entité utilise maintenant l'espace mémoire). Avec `.drop( )`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option dk force drop if stamp changed est utilisée. Lors de l'utilisation de `.lock()`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` est utilisée

    • **statusText associé** : "Entity does not exist anymore" | +| `dk status locked` | 3 | L'entité est verrouillée par un verrou pessimiste.
    **statusText associé** : "Already locked" | +| `dk status serious error` | 4 | Une erreur critique peut être une erreur de bas niveau de la base de données (ex. clé dupliquée), une erreur matérielle, etc.
    **statusText associé** : "Other error" | +| `dk status stamp has changed` | 2 | La valeur du marqueur interne de l'entité ne correspond pas à celle de l'entité stockée dans les données (verrouillage optimiste).
  • avec `.save()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk auto merge` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.drop()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk force drop if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.lock()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée

    • **Statut associé**: "Stamp has changed" | #### Exemple 1 @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Dans une application multi-utilisateur ou multi-process, la fonction `.save()` e Par défaut, si le paramètre *mode* est omis, la fonction retournera systématiquement une erreur (voir ci-dessous) lorsque la même entité a été modifiée entre-temps par un autre process ou utilisateur, quel(s) que soi(en)t l(es) attribut(s) modifié(s). -Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk auto merge` dans le paramètre *mode* afin d'activer le mode "automatic merge". Dans ce mode, une modification simultanée effectuée par un autre process/utilisateur sur la même entité mais sur un attribut différent ne Les données effectivement stockées dans l'enregistrement résultent alors de la combinaison (le "merge") des modifications non-concurrentes (si des modifications ont été effectuées sur le même attribut, la sauvegarde échoue et une erreur est retournée, même en mode "automatic merge"). +Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk auto merge` dans le paramètre *mode* afin d'activer le mode "automatic merge". Les données effectivement stockées dans l'enregistrement résultent alors de la combinaison (le "merge") des modifications non-concurrentes (si des modifications ont été effectuées sur le même attribut, la sauvegarde échoue et une erreur est retournée, même en mode "automatic merge"). > Le mode de fusion automatique n'est pas disponible pour les attributs de type Image, Objet et Texte lorsqu'ils sont stockés en dehors de l'enregistrement. Des modifications simultanées de ces attributs entraîneront une erreur "`dk status stamp has changed`". @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ Dans le paramètre *options*, vous pouvez passer les sélecteurs `dk with primar :::caution Attention -Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". Gardez à l'esprit qu'il est recommandé d'utiliser la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans vos relations, en particulier lorsque vous utilisez les fonctions `.toObject()` et `.fromObject()` . +Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". ::: diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 12567ddb32cc68..1342677f7ece67 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection Une entity selection est un objet contenant une ou plusieurs référence(s) à des [entités](ORDA/dsMapping.md#entity) appartenant à la même [Dataclass](ORDA/dsMapping.md#dataclass). Une entity selection peut contenir 0, 1 ou X entités de la dataclass - où X peut représenter le nombre total d'entités contenues dans la dataclass. -Les entity selections peuvent être créées à partir de sélections existantes en utilisant diverses fonctions de la classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) telles que [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou des fonctions de la classe `EntityClass` elle-même, telles que [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). Vous pouvez également créer des entity selections vierges à l'aide de la fonction [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) ou de la commande [`Create new selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md). +Les entity selections peuvent être créées à partir de sélections existantes en utilisant diverses fonctions de la classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) telles que [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou des fonctions de la classe `EntityClass` elle-même, telles que [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### Sommaire @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ Les entity selections peuvent être créées à partir de sélections existantes | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### Voir également + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## \[*index*] @@ -1070,7 +1074,7 @@ Le code générique suivant duplique toutes les entités de l'entity selection : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md index fcaf0da59e56ea..9ac422a6530dd6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index 3d4155c3ca6b91..c5a2db7b95bfea 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage Object +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Description -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -74,27 +74,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Description -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### Description -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Description -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | -- | ------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Description -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Description -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..c5a2db7b95bfea --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. + +An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). + +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | -------------- | +| 20 R7 | Classe ajoutée | + +
    + +### Exemple + +In this example, a `getFile()` function is implemented in the [Datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) and [can be called](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) by a REST request. The purpose is to return a **testFile.pdf** file as a response to the request: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // This is binary content + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### Description + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +The `.body` property is read-write. + +You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Description + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### Description + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- Blob +- Object +- Image + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| key | Text | -> | Header property to set | +| value | Text | -> | Value of the header property | + + + +#### Description + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------- | -- | ------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Status to set | + + + +#### Description + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### Description + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md index ffefb4922ef7a1..242f3e3b2a3f5b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md @@ -7,11 +7,12 @@ Les objets de session sont retournés par la commande [`Session`](../commands/se ### Types de sessions -Trois types de sessions sont pris en charge par cette classe : +The following types of sessions are supported by this class: - [**Session utilisateur Web**](WebServer/sessions.md) : Les sessions utilisateur Web sont disponibles lorsque [les sessions évolutives (scalable sessions) sont activées dans votre projet](WebServer/sessions.md#enabling-sessions). Elles sont utilisées pour les connexions Web et REST, et peuvent se voir attribuer des privilèges. - [**Session utilisateur client distant**](../Desktop/clientServer.md#remote-user-sessions) : Dans les applications client/serveur, les utilisateurs distants ont leurs propres sessions gérées sur le serveur. - [**Session des procédures stockées**](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.en.html) : Toutes les procédures stockées exécutées sur le serveur partagent la même session utilisateur virtuelle. +- [**Standalone session**](../Project/overview.md#development): Local session object returned in single-user application (useful in development and test phases of client/server applications). :::note @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ La disponibilité des propriétés et des fonctions de l'objet `Session` dépend :::note -This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client and stored procedure sessions. +This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ $expiration:=Session.expirationDate //ex : "2021-11-05T17:10:42Z" La fonction `.getPrivileges()` renvoie une collection contenant tous les noms de privilèges associés à la session. -Avec une session de client distant ou de procédure stockée, cette fonction renvoie une collection ne contenant que "WebAdmin". +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function returns a collection only containing "WebAdmin". :::info @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ $privileges := Session.getPrivileges() La fonction `.hasPrivilege()` renvoie True si le *privilege* est associé à la session, et False sinon. -Avec des sessions de client distant et de procédure stockée, cette fonction renvoie toujours True, quel que soit le *privilege*. +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function always returns True, whatever the *privilege*. #### Exemple @@ -270,11 +271,11 @@ End if #### Description -La propriété `.id` contient l'identifiant unique (UUID) de la session sur le serveur. Cette chaîne unique est automatiquement attribuée par le serveur à chaque session et vous permet d'identifier ses process. +The `.id` property contains the unique identifier (UUID) of the user session. With 4D Server, this unique string is automatically assigned by the server for each session and allows you to identify its processes. :::tip -You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) command. +You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -346,28 +347,33 @@ End if :::note -Cette propriété est uniquement disponible avec les sessions des procédures stockées et des client distants. +This property is only available with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: -La propriété `.info` décrit la session du client distant ou de la procédure stockée sur le serveur. +The `.info` property describes the remote client or stored procedure session on the server, or the standalone session. -The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) command for remote client and stored procedure sessions. +:::note + +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned in the "session" property by the [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) command for remote client and stored procedure sessions. +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Session info`](../commands/session-info.md) command for a standalone session. + +::: L'objet `.info` contient les propriétés suivantes: -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| type | Text | Type de session : "remote" ou "storedProcedure" | -| userName | Text | Nom d'utilisateur 4D (même valeur que [`.userName`](#username)) | -| machineName | Text | Sessions distantes : nom de la machine distante. Session des procédures stockées : nom de la machine serveur | -| systemUserName | Text | Sessions distantes : nom de la session système ouverte sur la machine distante. | -| IPAddress | Text | Adresse IP de la machine distante | -| hostType | Text | Type d'hôte : "windows" ou "mac" | -| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date et heure de création de la session | -| state | Text | État de la session : "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | UUID de session (même valeur que [`.id`](#id)) | -| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Session type: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | Nom d'utilisateur 4D (même valeur que [`.userName`](#username)) | +| machineName | Text | Sessions distantes : nom de la machine distante. Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | Sessions distantes : nom de la session système ouverte sur la machine distante. | +| IPAddress | Text | Adresse IP de la machine distante | +| hostType | Text | Type d'hôte : "windows" ou "mac" | +| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | État de la session : "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | +| ID | Text | UUID de session (même valeur que [`.id`](#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | :::note @@ -403,7 +409,7 @@ L'objet `.info` contient les propriétés suivantes: :::note -Cette fonction retourne toujours **False** avec les sessions des clients distants et des procédures stockées. +This function always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -451,7 +457,7 @@ End if :::note -Cette fonction ne fait rien et retourne toujours **False** avec les sessions des clients distants et des procédures stockées. +This function does nothing and always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -532,7 +538,7 @@ Cette propriété est elle-même en **lecture seulement** mais elle retourne un :::tip -You can get the `.storage` property of a session using the [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) command. +You can get the `.storage` property of a session using the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -581,6 +587,7 @@ La propriété `.userName` contient l - Avec les sessions web, cette propriété est une chaîne vide par défaut. Elle peut être définie via la propriété `privileges` de la fonction [`setPrivileges()`](#setprivileges). - With remote and stored procedure sessions, this property returns the same user name as the [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md) command. +- With standalone sessions, this property contains "designer" or the name set with the [`SET USER ALIAS`](../commands-legacy/set-user-alias.md) command. Cette propriété est en **lecture seule**. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SystemWorkerClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SystemWorkerClass.md index 93bd7bb5dfa396..b04da91934c066 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SystemWorkerClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SystemWorkerClass.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ $myMacWorker:= 4D.SystemWorker.new("chmod x /folder/myfile.sh") | ----------- | ------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | commandLine | Text | -> | Ligne de commande à exécuter | | options | Object | -> | Paramètres du worker | -| result | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | +| Résultat | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/licenses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/licenses.md index 0d5fccfbf17b64..fc2271fdf64a7a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/licenses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Admin/licenses.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Aucune activation n’est requise pour les usages suivants : ## Première activation -Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. The dialog box for choosing the activation mode appears. +Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. La boîte de dialogue de choix du mode d'activation apparaît. ![](../assets/en/getStart/server1.png) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md index 381ede35c70de8..c7fd14caff2ef7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md @@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ Des mots-clés 4D spécifiques peuvent être utilisés dans les définitions de // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Les fonctions de classe sont des propriétés spécifiques de la classe. Ce sont des objets de la classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). Dans le fichier de définition de classe, les déclarations de fonction utilisent le mot-clé `Function` suivi du nom de la fonction. Si la fonction est déclarée dans une [classe partagée](#shared-classes), vous pouvez utiliser le mot-clé `shared` pour que la fonction puisse être appelée sans [structure `Use. .End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Pour plus d'informations, consultez le paragraphe sur les [fonctions partagées](#shared-functions) ci-dessous. @@ -325,6 +331,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Une fonction class constructor accepte des [paramètres](#parameters) facultatifs et peut être utilisée pour créer et initialiser des objets de la classe utilisateur. Lorsque vous appelez la fonction [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), le constructeur de classe est appelé avec les paramètres éventuellement passés à la fonction `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md index 05b1193f21f639..4dbacf4f1a07b7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Evénements formulaire Les événements formulaire sont des événements qui peuvent conduire à l'exécution de la méthode de formulaire et/ou de la ou des méthodes objet de formulaire. Les événements de formulaire vous permettent de contrôler le flux de votre application et d'écrire du code qui n'est exécuté que lorsqu'un événement spécifique se produit. -Dans votre code, vous contrôlez les événements à l'aide de la commande `FORM Event`, qui retourne l'événement déclenché. Par exemple : +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. Par exemple : ```4d //code d'un bouton @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## Objet événement -Chaque événement est retourné sous forme d'objet par la commande `FORM Event`. Par défaut, il contient les propriétés suivantes : +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. Par défaut, il contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md index 805d70d7add398..ce98fd42d58c05 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -100,6 +100,8 @@ Vous pouvez cliquer deux fois sur le bouton pour qu'il reste sélectionné même ### Liste de propriétés +![](../assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png) + Les formulaires et les objets de formulaire ont des propriétés qui contrôlent l'accès, l'apparence et le comportement du formulaire ou de l'objet lorsqu'il est utilisé. Les propriétés du formulaire comprennent, par exemple, le nom du formulaire, sa barre de menu et sa taille. Les propriétés de l'objet comprennent, par exemple, le nom de l'objet, ses dimensions, sa couleur de fond et sa police. Vous pouvez afficher et modifier les propriétés du formulaire et des objets en utilisant la liste des propriétés. Elle affiche les propriétés du formulaire ou des objets en fonction de ce que vous sélectionnez dans la fenêtre de l'éditeur. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index 23a63c088a511a..1c2a95e0b33a3d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Propriétés des formulaires > La propriété de schéma de couleurs n'est appliquée que sur macOS. -Cette propriété définit la palette de couleurs du formulaire. Par défaut, lorsque la propriété n'est pas définie, la valeur d'une palette de couleurs est **héritée** (le formulaire utilise la palette définie [au niveau de l'application](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1762.html)). Pour le formulaire, cette option peut être remplacée par l'une des deux options suivantes : +Cette propriété définit la palette de couleurs du formulaire. By default when the property is not set, the value for a color scheme is **inherited** (the form uses the scheme defined at the [application level](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)). Pour le formulaire, cette option peut être remplacée par l'une des deux options suivantes : - dark - texte clair sur fond foncé - light - texte foncé sur fond clair @@ -38,20 +38,33 @@ A CSS file defined at the form level will override default style sheet(s). For m --- -## Pages +## Form Class -Chaque formulaire est composé d'au moins deux pages : +Name of an existing [user class](../Concepts/classes.md#class-definition) to associate to the form . The user class can belong to the host project or to a [component](../Extensions/develop-components.md#sharing-of-classes), in which case the formal syntax is "[_componentNameSpace_](../settings/general.md#component-namespace-in-the-class-store).className". -- une page 0 (page de fond) -- une page 1 (page principale) +Associating a class to the form provides the following benefits: -Pour plus d'informations, veuillez consulter le thème [Pages formulaire](forms.md#form-pages). +- When you work in the [Form editor](../FormEditor/formEditor.md), the associated class is used for accurate syntax checking of expressions such as `Form.myProperty` in all areas of the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) that support [expressions](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) (e.g. **Variable or Expression**, **Font color expression**...). Errors are displayed in red and warnings are displayed in yellow in the left column of the Property list and you can hover it to get explanations: + +![](../assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png) + +- The detection of errors in the code of form object expressions by the [compiler](../Project/compiler.md) is improved. + +- You can also to benefit from [autocompletion features](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#autocomplete-functions) in the code editor. + +- When the form is executed, 4D automatically instantiates a user class object for the form, which is returned by the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) object. Your code can directly access class functions defined in the user class through the `Form` command (e.g. `Form.message()`) without having to pass a _formData_ object as parameter to the [`DIALOG`](../commands/dialog.md), [`Print form`](../commands/print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](../commands/form-load.md) commands. + +:::note + +See [this blog post](http://blog.4d.com/empower-your-development-process-with-your-forms) for an illustration of this feature. + +::: #### Grammaire JSON -| Nom | Type de données | Valeurs possibles | -| ----- | --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| pages | collection | Collection de pages (chaque page est un objet, la page 0 est le premier élément) | +| Nom | Type de données | Valeurs possibles | +| --------- | --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| formClass | string | name of an existing user class ("_className_" or "_componentNameSpace_._className_") | --- @@ -125,6 +138,23 @@ Set to `\` in the Property List (or " " in JSON) to inherited from a proje --- +## Pages + +Chaque formulaire est composé d'au moins deux pages : + +- une page 0 (page de fond) +- une page 1 (page principale) + +Pour plus d'informations, veuillez consulter le thème [Pages formulaire](forms.md#form-pages). + +#### Grammaire JSON + +| Nom | Type de données | Valeurs possibles | +| ----- | --------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| pages | collection | Collection de pages (chaque page est un objet, la page 0 est le premier élément) | + +--- + ## Publié en tant que sous-formulaire Pour qu'un formulaire de composant soit sélectionné comme [sous-formulaire](FormObjects/subform_overview.md) dans une base de données hôte, il doit avoir été explicitement partagé. Lorsque cette propriété est sélectionnée, le formulaire sera publié dans le projet hôte. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index d4fd27d503886b..bf9f0656a48726 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ La gestion des sélections s'effectue différemment selon que la list box de typ - **List box de type collection/entity selection** : les sélections sont gérées via des propriétés de list box dédiées : - [Elément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) est un objet qui reçoit l'élément/l'entité sélectionné(e), - - [Eléments sélectionnés](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) retourne la collection des éléments sélectionnés, + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Position élément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retourne la position de l'élément ou de l'entité sélectionné(e). - **List box de type tableau :** la commande `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` permet de sélectionner par programmation une ou plusieurs lignes de list box. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index c591eaecd1e01f..5a626d2b6ca73a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Each active form object is associated with an object name. Each object name must > Object names are limited to a size of 255 bytes. -When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (for more information about this, refer to [Object Properties](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) in the 4D Language Reference manual). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). For more information about naming rules for form objects, refer to [Identifiers](Concepts/identifiers.md) section. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ However, this property has a typing function in the following specific cases: - **[Dynamic variables](#dynamic-variables)**: you can use this property to declare the type of dynamic variables. - **[List Box Columns](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: this property is used to associate a display format with the column data. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. The Text type does not have specific display formats. Any existing custom formats are also available. -- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. +- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). #### Grammaire JSON diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index a65e51691aa0e2..4f8bb446122784 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,65 +3,67 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Zones Web --- +Les zones Web (Web Areas) peuvent afficher tout type de contenu Web à l’intérieur de vos formulaires : pages HTML au contenu statique ou dynamique, fichiers, images, JavaScript, etc. Le moteur de rendu de la zone web dépend de la plate-forme d'exécution de l'application et de l'option [moteur de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) sélectionnée . -Les zones Web (Web Areas) peuvent afficher tout type de contenu Web à l’intérieur de vos formulaires : pages HTML au contenu statique ou dynamique, fichiers, images, JavaScript, etc. Le moteur de rendu de la zone web dépend de la plate-forme d’exécution de l’application et de [l'option de moteur de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) sélectionnée. - -Il est possible de créer plusieurs zones web dans un même formulaire. A noter cependant que l'utilisation de zones web est soumise à [quelques limitations](#web-area-rules). - -Plusieurs [actions standard](#standard-actions), de nombreuses [commandes de langage](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) et [événements formulaires](#form-events) génériques et dédiés permettent au développeur de contrôler le fonctionnement des zones web. Des variables spécifiques permettent d’échanger des informations entre la zone et l’environnement 4D. +Il est possible de créer plusieurs zones web dans un même formulaire. Notez toutefois que l'utilisation des zones web doit respecter [plusieurs règles](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Des variables spécifiques permettent d’échanger des informations entre la zone et l’environnement 4D. ## Propriétés spécifiques ### Variables associées Deux variables spécifiques sont automatiquement associées à chaque zone web : -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- pour contrôler l’URL affiché par la zone web + +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --pour contrôler l'URL affichée par la zone web - [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- pour contrôler le pourcentage de chargement de la page affichée dans la zone web. -> À partir de 4D v19 R5, la variable de Progression n'est plus mise à jour dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). +> Depuis 4D v19 R5, la variable Progression n'est plus mise à jour dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu système Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Moteur de rendu Web -Vous pouvez choisir entre [deux moteurs de rendus](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) pour la zone web, en fonction des spécificités de votre application. +Vous pouvez choisir entre [deux moteurs de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) pour la zone web, en fonction des spécificités de votre application. La sélection du moteur de rendu Web intégré vous permet d'appeler des méthodes 4D à partir de la zone Web et de vous assurer que les fonctionnalités sur macOS et Windows sont similaires. La sélection du moteur de rendu système est recommandée lorsque la zone web est connectée à Internet car elle bénéficie toujours des dernières mises à jour de sécurité. ### Accéder aux méthodes 4D -Lorsque la propriété [Accès méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) est cochée, vous pouvez appeler des méthodes 4D à partir d'une zone web. +Lorsque la propriété [Accès aux méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) est sélectionnée, vous pouvez appeler des méthodes 4D à partir d'une zone web. :::note Notes - Cette propriété n'est disponible que si la zone web [utilise le moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -- For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. +- Pour des raisons de sécurité, puisqu'elle permet d'exécuter du code 4D, cette option ne doit être activée que pour les pages de confiance, telles que les pages générées par l'application. ::: ### Objet $4d +Le [moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) de 4D fournit à la zone un objet JavaScript nommé $4d que vous pouvez associer à n'importe quelle méthode de projet 4D à l'aide de la notation objet "." -Le [moteur de rendu Web intégré 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fournit à la zone un objet JavaScript nommé $4d que vous pouvez associer à n'importe quelle méthode projet 4D à l'aide de la notation objet ".". +Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, il suffit d'exécuter l'instruction suivante : -Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, vous devez simplement exécuter la déclaration suivante : - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript est sensible à la casse. Il est donc important de noter que l'objet est nommé $4d (avec un "d" minuscule). + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). La syntaxe des appels aux méthodes 4D est la suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que vous le souhaitez dans la méthode 4D. Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière sychronisée une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. +- `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que nécessaire à la méthode 4D. + Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). + +- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière synchrone une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. -- `result`: Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, retournée dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -> Par défaut, 4D opère en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Par défaut, 4D travaille en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. Dans ce cas, ajoutez la ligne suivante dans la page HTML pour déclarer l'encodage : +> `` #### Exemple 1 @@ -70,8 +72,8 @@ Considérons une méthode projet 4D nommée `today` qui ne reçoit pas de param Code 4D de la méthode `today` : ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` Dans la zone web, la méthode 4D peut être appelée avec la syntaxe suivante : @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Dans la zone web, la méthode 4D peut être appelée avec la syntaxe suivante : $4d.today() ``` -La méthode 4D ne reçoit aucun paramètre mais elle retourne la valeur $0 à la fonction callback appelée par 4D après avoir exécuté la méthode. Nous souhaitons afficher la date dans la page HTML qui est chargée par la zone web. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Nous souhaitons afficher la date dans la page HTML qui est chargée par la zone web. Voici le code de la page HTML : @@ -89,9 +91,9 @@ Voici le code de la page HTML : @@ -103,14 +105,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Exemple 2 -La méthode projet 4D `calcSum` reçoit des paramètres (`$1...$n`) et retourne leur somme dans `$0` : +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: Code 4D de la méthode `calcSum` : ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // reçoit n paramètres de type REEL - C_REAL($0) // retourne un Réel - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ Code 4D de la méthode `calcSum` : Le code d'exécution JavaScript dans la zone web est le suivant : ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // le résultat est 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## Actions standard -Quatre actions standard sont disponibles pour gérer automatiquement les zones Web : `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` et `Stop Loading URL`. Ces actions peuvent être associées à des boutons ou des commandes de menu et permettre une implémentation rapide d'interfaces Web basiques. Ces actions sont décrites dans [Actions standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Quatre actions standard spécifiques sont disponibles pour gérer automatiquement les zones web : `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` et `Stop Loading URL`. Ces actions peuvent être associées à des boutons ou des commandes de menu et permettre une implémentation rapide d'interfaces Web basiques. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## Evénements formulaire @@ -151,19 +152,18 @@ En outre, les zones web prennent en charge les événements formulaire génériq - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Notes d'utilisation des zones Web ### Interface utilisateur Lors de l’exécution du formulaire, l’utilisateur dispose des fonctions d’interface standard des navigateurs dans la zone web, ce qui lui permet d’interagir avec les autres zones du formulaire : -- **Commandes Edit menu** : lorsque la zone web a le focus, les commandes du menu **Edit** permettent d’effectuer les actions de copier, coller, tout sélectionner, etc., en fonction de la sélection. -- **Le menu contextuel** : il est possible d'utiliser le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) standard du système avec la zone web. L’affichage de ce menu peut également être contrôlé via la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -- **Glisser-déposer** : l’utilisateur peut effectuer des glisser-déposer de textes, d’images ou de documents à l’intérieur d’une zone web ou entre une zone web et les objets des formulaires 4D, en fonction des propriétés des objets 4D. Pour des raisons de sécurité, le changement du contenu d'une zone web via le glisser-déposer d'un fichier ou d'un URL n'est pas autorisé par défaut. Dans ce cas, le curseur affiche une icône d'interdiction ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Vous devez utiliser l'instruction `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` pour afficher une icône "drop" et générer l'événement [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). Dans cet événement, vous pouvez appeler la commande [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou définir la [variable URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en réponse à un dépôt utilisateur. - -> Les fonctions de glisser-déposer décrites ci-dessus ne sont pas prises en charge dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- **Commandes du menu Edition**: lorsque la zone web a le focus, les commandes du menu **Edition** peuvent être utilisées pour effectuer des actions telles que copier, coller, tout sélectionner, etc. selon la sélection. +- **Menu contextuel** : Il est possible d'utiliser le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) standard du système avec la zone web. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Glisser-déposer** : L'utilisateur peut glisser et déposer du texte, des images et des documents dans la zone web ou entre une zone web et les objets du formulaire 4D, en fonction des propriétés des objets 4D. + Pour des raisons de sécurité, le changement du contenu d'une zone web via le glisser-déposer d'un fichier ou d'un URL n'est pas autorisé par défaut. Dans ce cas, le curseur affiche une icône "interdit" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Vous devez utiliser l'instruction `WA SET PREFERENCE(* ; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` pour afficher une icône "drop" et générer l'événement [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Les fonctions de glisser-déposer décrites ci-dessus ne sont pas prises en charge dans les zones web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Sous-formulaires @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Pour des raisons liées aux mécanismes de redessinement des fenêtres, l'insert > La superposition d'une zone web au dessus ou en-dessous d'autres objets formulaires n'est pas prise en charge. - ### Conflit Zone Web et serveur Web (Windows) Sous Windows, il est déconseillé d’accéder via une zone web au serveur Web de l’application 4D contenant la zone car cette configuration peut provoquer un conflit paralysant l’application. Bien entendu, un 4D distant peut accéder au serveur Web du 4D Server, mais pas à son propre serveur web. @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ Sous Windows, il est déconseillé d’accéder via une zone web au serveur Web Les URLs manipulés par programmation dans les zones web sous macOS doivent débuter par le protocole. Par exemple, vous devez passer la chaîne "http://www.monsite.fr" et non uniquement "www.monsite.fr". - ## Accès à l’inspecteur web Vous pouvez visualiser et utiliser un inspecteur web dans les zones web de vos formulaires ou dans les zones web hors écran. Il permet d’analyser le code et les flux d’information des pages web. -Pour afficher l'inspecteur web, vous pouvez soit exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`, soit utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone web. +Pour afficher l'inspecteur Web, vous pouvez soit exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`, soit utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone Web. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`**
    + Cette commande peut être utilisée directement avec les zones web à l'écran (objet formulaire) et hors écran. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) de la zone Web est activé - - l'utilisation de l'inspecteur est expressément autorisée dans la zone via la déclaration suivante : - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone web**
    + Cette fonction ne peut être utilisée qu'avec les zones web à l'écran et nécessite que les conditions suivantes soient remplies : + - le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) de la zone web est activé + - l'utilisation de l'inspecteur est expressément autorisée dans la zone via la déclaration suivante : + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> Avec le [moteur de rendu du système Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), une modification de cette préférence nécessite une action de navigation dans la zone (par exemple, un rafraîchissement de la page) pour être prise en compte. +> Avec le [moteur de rendu système de Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), une modification de cette préférence nécessite la prise en compte d'une action de navigation dans la zone (par exemple, un rafraîchissement de la page). -Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. -Lorsque les paramétrages décrits ci-dessus sont effectués, vous disposez de nouvelles options telles que **Inspect Element** dans le menu contextuel de la zone. Lorsque vous sélectionnez cette option, le débogueur de la zone web est alors affiché. +Lorsque vous avez effectué les réglages décrits ci-dessus, vous disposez de nouvelles options telles que **Inspecter l'élément** dans le menu contextuel de la zone. Lorsque vous sélectionnez cette option, le débogueur de la zone web est alors affiché. > Pour une description détaillée des fonctionnalités de ce débogueur, veuillez vous reporter à la documentation du moteur de rendu web utilisé. +## Propriétés prises en charge + +[Style de ligne de bordure](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bas](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Hauteur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Taille horizontale](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Gauche](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Méthode](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nom de l'objet](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Droite](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Haut](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utiliser un moteur de rendu Web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable ou expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Taille verticale](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilité](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largeur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +Le fichier 4DCEFParameters.json est un fichier de configuration qui permet de personnaliser les paramètres CEF afin de gérer le comportement des zones web dans les applications 4D. -## Propriétés prises en charge +Des [commutateurs par défaut](#default-file) sont fournis, mais vous pouvez les surcharger en utilisant un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json personnalisé. + +Lors de la phase de développement (en utilisant l'application 4D), créez un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json à l'emplacement suivant : -[Style de la bordure](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bas](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [CSS Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Hauteur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Gauche](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Méthode](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nom](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Droite](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Haut](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utiliser le moteur de rendu Web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable ou expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilité](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largeur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows : `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS : `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Avant de générer une application finale, ajoutez le fichier personnalisé 4DCEFParameters.json au dossier Resources du projet. +:::warning +L'ajout d'un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json personnalisé peut avoir un impact sur toutes les zones Web intégrées à 4D, y compris les [zones 4D View Pro](.../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). Il incombe au développeur de veiller à ce que les commutateurs personnalisés ne déstabilisent pas l'application 4D. + +::: + +Le format du fichier 4DCEFParameters.json est le suivant : + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +La structure du fichier 4DCEFParameters.json contient : + +- **switches** : une liste de commutateurs CEF et leurs valeurs correspondantes appliqués à la fois sur macOS et Windows. +- **macOS.switches** : commutateurs CEF spécifiques à macOS. +- **windows.switches** : Commutateurs CEF spécifiques à Windows. + +Les commutateurs du fichier personnalisé sont prioritaires. En cas de duplication de commutateurs dans le même fichier, les commutateurs définis dans la sous-section spécifique à la plateforme ("macOS.switches" ou "windows.switches") sont prioritaires et utilisés pour la configuration. + +:::note + +La liste des commutateurs pris en charge évolue constamment et est gérée par l'équipe de développement de CEF. Pour obtenir des informations sur les commutateurs disponibles, vous devez vous référer à la communauté des développeurs CEF. + +::: + +### Exemples + +#### Fichier par défaut + +Le fichier 4DCEFParameters.json par défaut contient les commutateurs suivants : + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Exemple de désactivation d'un commutateur par défaut + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Exemple pour Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Voir également +[Spécifiez vos propres paramètres pour initialiser la zone web intégrée (article de blog)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md index 5939065f5a481c..e3af6a3d181c14 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md @@ -3,6 +3,19 @@ id: updates title: Release Notes --- +## 4D 20 R8 + +Read [**What’s new in 4D 20 R8**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R8/), the blog post that lists all new features and enhancements in 4D 20 R8. + +#### Points forts + +- Expressions used in [form object properties](../FormObjects/properties_Reference.md) now benefit from syntax checking in the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) and in the [Compiler](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax). +- You can [associate a class to a form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class) to enable code type-ahead and automatic instantiation of form data when using the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) command. +- Support of [standalone sessions](../API/SessionClass.md) to simplify local coding for client/server applications. +- Langage 4D : + - Modified commands: [`FORM EDIT`](../commands/form-edit.md) +- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R8): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R8. + ## 4D 20 R7 Lisez [**Les nouveautés de 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/fr-whats-new-in-4d-20-R7/), l'article de blog qui liste toutes les nouvelles fonctionnalités et améliorations de 4D 20 R7. @@ -15,7 +28,7 @@ Lisez [**Les nouveautés de 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/fr-whats-new-in-4d-2 - Nouveau [**mode de typage direct**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) dans lequel vous déclarez toutes les variables et paramètres dans votre code en utilisant les mots-clés `var` et `#DECLARE`/`Function` (seul mode supporté dans les nouveaux projets). La [fonctionnalité de vérification de syntaxe](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) a été adaptée en conséquence. - Prise en charge des [singletons de session](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) et nouvelle propriété de classe [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton). - Nouveau [mot-clé de fonction `onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) pour définir des fonctions singleton ou ORDA qui peuvent être appelées par des [requêtes HTTP REST GET](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- Nouvelle classe [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) pour que le serveur retourne n'importe quel contenu web. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio : Vous pouvez maintenant [attacher le débogueur Qodly à 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). - Nouvelles clés Build Application pour que les applications 4D distantes valident les [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.fe.html) et/ou les [domaines](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.fe.html) des autorités de certification des serveurs. - Langage 4D : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 20f0775cceca18..870e6a29ff5164 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre _$event_ sont les suivantes : | attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut calculé | | dataClassName | Text | Nom de la dataclass | | kind | Text | "get" | -| result | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | +| Résultat | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | #### Exemples @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre _$event_ sont les suivantes : | kind | Text | "query" | | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | Opérateur de recherche (voir également la [fonction de classe `query`](API/DataClassClass.md#query)). Valeurs possibles:
  • == (égal à, @ est un joker)
  • === (égal à, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • != (différent de, @ est un joker)
  • !== (différent de, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • < (inférieur à)
  • <= (inférieur ou égal à)
  • > (supérieur à)
  • >= (supérieur ou égal à)
  • IN (inclus dans)
  • % (contient le mot-clé)
    • | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la recherche par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les attributs calculés). | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la recherche par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les attributs calculés). | > Si la fonction retourne une valeur dans _$result_ et qu'une autre valeur est attribuée à la propriété `$event.result`, la priorité est donnée à `$event.result`. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre _$event_ sont les suivantes : | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | "desc" or "asc" (default) | | descending | Boolean | `true` pour l'ordre décroissant, `false` pour l'ordre croissant | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | > Vous pouvez utiliser soit `l'opérateur`, soit la propriété `descending`. C'est essentiellement une question de style de programmation (voir les exemples). @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // Erreur "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ IP:port/rest//functionName?$params='[]' See the [Parameters](../REST/classFunctions#parameters) section in the REST server documentation. -### result +### Résultat A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (same as for REST [parameters](../REST/classFunctions#parameters)). :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md index acfb01919a7710..13d6e7d27bd832 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ En plus du bouton [**Compiler**](#compiler), la fenêtre du compilateur fournit ### Vérifier la syntaxe -Le bouton **Vérifier la syntaxe** lance l'exécution de la phase de vérification de la syntaxe. À la fin du processus de vérification, les erreurs détectées sont listées dans la zone d'information. Vous pouvez double-cliquer sur une ligne d'erreur afin d'afficher la méthode correspondante. +Le bouton **Vérifier la syntaxe** lance l'exécution de la phase de vérification de la syntaxe. À la fin du processus de vérification, les erreurs détectées sont listées dans la zone d'information. You can double–click on an error line in order to display the corresponding method or form object. Le contrôle syntaxique peut également être lancé directement à l'aide de la commande **Check Syntax** associée au bouton de la barre d'outils **Compiler**. Cette option est la seule disponible si vous ne disposez pas d'une licence adéquate pour permettre la compilation d'applications. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 05b793e53e5f01..f5667079a833ac 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md index 4daa7cb291df19..1a1b93a93be484 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ Les commandes 4D View Pro ne sont pas thread-safe. A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Les commandes 4D View Pro ne sont pas thread-safe. N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ Les commandes 4D View Pro ne sont pas thread-safe. P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md index 56855239066289..4214cd88d67391 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Export to object #### Description -La commande `VP Export to object` retourne l'objet 4D View Pro attaché à la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Vous pouvez utiliser cette commande par exemple pour stocker la zone 4D View Pro dans un champ objet de la base de données 4D. +La commande `VP Export to object` retourne l'objet 4D View Pro attaché à la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Vous pouvez utiliser cette commande par exemple pour stocker la zone 4D View Pro dans un champ objet de la base de données 4D. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md index 0948b8797b725d..5653fe03591c15 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get column count The `VP Get column count` command returns the total number of columns from the designated *sheet*. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the column count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md index 57b770e6d7c326..0b6070d723aefa 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get default style The `VP Get default style` command returns a default style object for a sheet. The returned object contains basic document rendering properties as well as the default style settings (if any) previously set by the [VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](vp-set-default-style.md) method. For more information about style properties, see [Style Objects & Style Sheets](../configuring.md#style-objects--style-sheets). -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the column count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md index 971ee1bf50d9f6..0a620e3c886878 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get row count La commande `VP Get row count` retourne le nombre total de lignes de la *sheet* désignée. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the row count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md index c0f04285d0c232..4a3c460a7c734d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Get sheet options #### Description -La commande `VP Get sheet options` retourne un objet contenant les options de la feuille courante de la zone *vpAreaName* . +La commande `VP Get sheet options` retourne un objet contenant les options de la feuille courante de la zone *vpAreaName* . Passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro dans *vpAreaName*. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md index ef28839df5bb52..46389d5997351e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ title: VP Get stylesheet #### Description -La commande `VP Get stylesheet` retourne l'objet de la feuille de style *styleName* contenant les valeurs de propriété qui ont été définies. +La commande `VP Get stylesheet` retourne l'objet de la feuille de style *styleName* contenant les valeurs de propriété qui ont été définies. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md index 538bd63b6fd218..fba6d5237120ca 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get stylesheets La commande `VP Get stylesheets` retourne la collection d'objets feuille de style définis à partir de la *feuille* désignée. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. Vous pouvez définir où lire les feuilles de style via le paramètre *sheet* en passant le numéro d'indice de la feuille (la numérotation commence à partir de 0) ou à l'aide des constantes suivantes : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md index 66d14b7173f674..568a80b75a8d2e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ title: VP Get column attributes #### Description -La commande `VP Récupère les attributs de colonne de la table` retourne les attributs courants de la colonne spécifiée *column* dans la table *tableName*. +La commande `VP Get table column attributes` retourne les attributs courants de la colonne spécifiée *column* dans la table *tableName*. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md index 425174e376d941..efadf7c02a2571 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ title: VP Get table column index #### Description -La commande `VP Get table column index` retourne l'index du *columnName* dans la table *tableName*. +La commande `VP Get table column index` retourne l'index du *columnName* dans la table *tableName*. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 9d38efb528ab9f..6ee44c4c80e22e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | -| Résultat | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valeurs des propriétés du thème de la table actuelle | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | +| Résultat | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valeurs des propriétés du thème de la table actuelle | | #### Description @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ La commande `VP Get table theme` importe et affiche le document désigné par *filePath* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le document importé remplace toutes les données déjà présentes dans la zone. +La commande `VP IMPORT DOCUMENT` importe et affiche le document désigné par *filePath* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le document importé remplace toutes les données déjà présentes dans la zone. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md index cbb17256206825..a31534f8bc559d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ title: VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT #### Description -La commande `VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT` importe et affiche l'objet 4D View Pro *viewPro* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le contenu de l'objet importé remplace toutes les données insérées auparavant dans la zone. +La commande `VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT` importe et affiche l'objet 4D View Pro *viewPro* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le contenu de l'objet importé remplace toutes les données insérées auparavant dans la zone. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md index c1e75e01a0067c..41d5d6c1dd1d9e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ In *parameters* object, pass any of the following optional properties. These pro | onEvent | objet (formula) | Une méthode callback qui sera lancée lorsque la zone hors écran sera prête. It can be either:
  • an `onEvent` function of a class, or
  • a `Formula` object
    • By default, the callback method is called on the [`On VP Ready`](../../Events/onVpReady.md), [`On Load`](../../Events/onLoad.md), [`On Unload`](../../Events/onUnload.md), [`On End URL Loading`](../../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md), [`On URL Loading Error`](../../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md), [`On VP Range Changed`](../../Events/onVpRangeChanged.md), or [`On Timer`](../../Events/onTimer.md) events. The callback method can be used to access the [4D View Pro form object variable](../configuring.md#4d-view-pro-form-object-variable). | | autoQuit | boolean | True (default value) if the command must stop the formula execution when the [`On End URL Loading`](../../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md) or [`On URL Loading Error`](../../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md) events occur. If false, you must use the `CANCEL` or `ACCEPT` commands in the *onEvent* callback method. | | timeout | number | Durée maximale (exprimée en secondes) avant la fermeture de la zone si aucun événement n'est généré. Si elle est fixée à 0, aucune limitation n'est appliquée. Valeur par défaut : 60 | -| result | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | +| Résultat | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | | `` | mixte | Any custom attribute to be available in the *onEvent* callback method. | La propriété suivante est automatiquement ajoutée par la commande, si nécessaire : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index c62adf7c5e196f..94f66171863cf2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriétés du thème de la table à modifier | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriétés du thème de la table à modifier | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | + + #### Description @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +Dans *sheet*, passez le numéro de la page cible. Si aucun numéro n'est spécifié ou si vous passez -1, la commande s'applique à la feuille courante. + #### Exemple 1 Vous souhaitez définir un thème prédéfini pour une table : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..3a98212eac91d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +--- +id: http-request-handler +title: HTTP Request handler +--- + +By default, HTTP requests received by the 4D web server are handled through [built-in processing features](httpRequests.md) or the [REST server](../REST/REST_requests.md). + +In addition, 4D supports the implementation of **custom HTTP Request handlers**, allowing you to intercept specific incoming HTTP requests and process them using your own code. + +When a custom HTTP request handler intercepts a request, it is processed directly and no other processing features (e.g. [On Web authentication](./authentication.md#on-web-authentication) or [On Web connection](./httpRequests.md#on-web-connection) database methods) are called. + +Custom HTTP request handlers meet various needs, including: + +- using a given URL as a resource provider or a file-uploading box (to download or upload various files), +- redirecting on specific pages according to a context (user authenticated, privileges granted...), +- handle an authentication via oAuth 2.0. + +## Conditions requises + +Custom HTTP Request handlers are supported: + +- when [scalable sessions](./sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions) are enabled, +- with the main Web Server only (HTTP Request handlers that may have been defined in [Web Servers of components](../WebServer/webServerObject.md) are ignored). + +## HTTPHandlers.json File + +You define your custom HTTP Request handlers in a configuration file named **HTTPHandlers.json** stored in the [`Project/Sources`](../Project/architecture.md#sources) folder. + +This file contains all listened URL patterns, the handled verbs, and the code to be called. Handlers are provided as a collection in JSON format. + +At runtime, the first pattern matching the URL is executed, the others are ignored. + +Here is an example of a *HTTPHandlers.json* file contents: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "gettingStarted", + "pattern": "start", + "verbs": "get, post" + } +] +``` + +This handler declaration can be read as: when any request starting by `/start/` with a `GET` or `POST` verb is received by the server, the `gettingStarted` function of the `GeneralHandling` singleton is executed. + +:::note + +You must restart the Web server so that modifications made in this file are taken into account. + +::: + +## Handler definition + +A handler is defined by: + +- a listened URL pattern +- a function and its class where the code is implemented to handle the listened URL pattern +- the verbs with which the URL can be called to trigger the handler + +The handler identifier is the couple [pattern + a verb among the verbs list]. + +### URL patterns + +URL patterns can be given as **prefixes** or using **regular expressions**. + +- To declare a prefix pattern, use the "pattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Prefixes are considered as regular expressions already containing starting and ending `/`.\ + Ex: `"pattern" : "docs"` or `"pattern" : "docs/invoices"` + +- To declare a regular expression pattern, use the "regexPattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Regular expressions patterns are handled directly. + Ex: `"regexPattern" : "/docs/**/index.html"` + +"Pattern" and "regexPattern" properties cannot be used in the same handler definition (in this case, only the "regexPattern" property is taken into account). + +#### Pattern matching + +URL patterns are triggered in the given order: + +- the first matching pattern is executed +- the following patterns are not executed even if they match the URL + +As a consequence, you need to apply a accurate strategy when writing your handlers: the most detailed patterns must be written before the more general patterns. + +```json +[ + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleUnauthorizedVerbs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all verbs except GET (handled above)" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all the verbs" + } +] + +``` + +#### Forbidden patterns + +URL patterns matching 4D built-in HTTP processing features are not allowed in custom HTTP handlers. For example, the following patterns cannot be handled: + +- `/4DACTION` +- `/rest` +- `/$lib/renderer` +- `/$shared` + +### Class and method + +You declare the code to be executed when a defined URL pattern is intercepted using the "class" and "method" properties. + +- "class": class name without `cs.`, e.g. "UsersHandling" for the `cs.UsersHandling` user class. It must be a [**shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) and [**singleton**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) class. +- "method": class function belonging to the class. + +[See below](#request-handler-code) for information about the request handler code. + +### Verbs + +You can use the "verbs" property in the handler definition to declare HTTP verbs that are supported in incoming requests for this handler. A request that uses a verb that is not explicitely allowed is automatically rejected by the server. + +You can declare several verbs, separated by a comma. Verb names are not case sensitive. + +Ex: `"verbs" : "PUT, POST"` + +:::note + +No control is done on verb names. All names can be used. + +::: + +By default, if the "verbs" property is not used for a handler, **all** HTTP verbs are supported in incoming requests for this handler (except those possibly used beforehand in a more detailed pattern, as shown in the example above). + +:::note + +The HTTP verb can also be evaluated [using the `.verb` property within the request handler code](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#verb) to be accepted or rejected. + +::: + +## Exemple + +Here is a detailed example of a HTTPHandlers.json file: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "handle", + "pattern": "info", //URL prefix + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "UsersHandling", + "method": "manageAccount", + "pattern": "userAccount/update", //URL prefix + "verbs": "PUT,POST" + }, + { + "class": "FinancialHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/(past|today)", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/myPage.html", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", // The most specific URL first + "verbs": "GET,POST" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleDetails", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details", // The general URLs after + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", // The general URLs after + "pattern": "docs/invoices", + "verbs": "GET" + } +] + +``` + +In this example, you must implement the following functions: + +- *handle function* in the *GeneralHandling* class +- *manageAccount* in the *UsersHandling* class +- *handleInvoices* in the *FinancialHandling* class +- *handleDocs* in the *DocsHandling* class +- *handleTheInvoice* / *handleDetails* / *handleInvoices* in the *InvoicesHandling* class + +Examples of URLs triggering the handlers: + +`IP:port/info/` with a GET verb +`IP:port/info/general` with a GET verb + +`IP:port/userAccount/update/` with a POST verb +`IP:port/userAccount/update/profile` with a POST verb + +`IP:port/docs/invoices/past` with a GET verb +`IP:port/docs/invoices/today/latest` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/myPage.html` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/invoices/` with a GET verb, calls *handleInvoices* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/` with a GET verb, calls *handleDetails* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/theInvoice/xxxxxx` with a GET verb, calls *handleTheInvoice* function (*InvoiceslHandling* class) + +## Request handler code + +### Function configuration + +The HTTP Request handler code must be implemented in a function of a [**Shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) [**singleton class**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). + +If the singleton is missing or not shared, an error "Cannot find singleton" is returned by the server. If the class or the function [defined as handler](#handler-definition) in the HTTPHandlers.json file is not found, an error "Cannot find singleton function" is returned by the server. + +Request handler functions are not necessarily shared, unless some request handler properties are updated by the functions. In this case, you need to declare its functions with the [`shared` keyword](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-functions). + +:::note + +It is **not recommended** to expose request handler functions to external REST calls using [`exposed`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) or [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keywords. + +::: + +### Input: an instance of the 4D.IncomingMessage class + +When a request has been intercepted by the handler, it is received on the server as an instance of the [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md). + +All necessary information about the request are available in this object, including the request url, verb, headers, and, if any, parameters (put in the URL) and body. + +Then, the request handler can use this information to trigger appropriate business logic. + +### Output: an instance of the 4D.OutgoingMessage class + +The request handler can return an object instance of the [4D.OutGoingMessage class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md), i.e. some full web content ready for a browser to handle, such as a file content. + +### Exemple + +The [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md) provides functions to get the [headers](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#headers) and the [body](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#gettext) of the request. + +Here is a simple example to upload a file on the server. + +The **HTTPHandlers.json** file: + +```json +[ + { + "class": "UploadFile", + "method": "uploadFile", + "regexPattern": "/putFile", + "verbs": "POST" + } +] +``` + +The called URL is: http://127.0.0.1:8044/putFile?fileName=testFile + +The binary content of the file is put in the body of the request and a POST verb is used. The file name is given as parameter (*fileName*) in the URL. It is received in the [`urlQuery`](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#urlquery) object in the request. + +```4d + //UploadFile class + +shared singleton Class constructor() + + +Function uploadFile($request : 4D.IncomingMessage) : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $response:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + + var $body:="Not supported file" + var $fileName; $fileType : Text + var $file : 4D.File + var $picture : Picture + var $created : Boolean + + $fileName:=$request.urlQuery.fileName + $fileType:=$request.getHeader("Content-Type") + + Case of + : ($fileType="application/pdf") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".pdf") + $created:=$file.create() + $file.setContent($request.getBlob()) + $body:="Upload OK - File size: "+String($file.size) + + : ($fileType="image/jpeg") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".jpg") + $picture:=$request.getPicture() + WRITE PICTURE FILE($file.platformPath; $picture) + $body:="Upload OK - Image size: "+String($file.size) + + End case + + $response.setBody($body) + $response.setHeader("Content-Type"; "text/plain") + + return $response + +``` + +## Voir également + +[Perfect mastery of your back end business logic thanks to HTTP requests handlers](https://blog.4d.com/perfect-mastery-of-your-back-end-business-logic-thanks-to-HTTP-requests-handlers) (blog post) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md index 9234d5807361f7..76c330f6cddab9 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: httpRequests title: Traitement des requêtes HTTP --- -Le serveur web 4D offre plusieurs fonctionnalités pour gérer les requêtes HTTP : +The 4D web server provides several built-in features to handle HTTP requests: - la méthode base `On Web Connection`, un routeur pour votre application web, - l'URL `/4DACTION` pour appeler le code côté serveur @@ -11,13 +11,21 @@ Le serveur web 4D offre plusieurs fonctionnalités pour gérer les requêtes HTT - d'autres commandes telles que `WEB GET HTTP BODY`, `WEB GET HTTP HEADER`, ou `WEB GET BODY PART` permettent de personnaliser le traitement des requêtes, y compris les cookies. - la méthode projet _COMPILER_WEB_ pour déclarer vos variables. +:::info + +You can also implement your own HTTP request handlers for a customized control over incoming requests and outgoing responses. When a custom HTTP request handler is triggered, no database method is called. See [**HTTP Request Handler**](http-request-handler.md) section. + +::: + ## On Web Connection La méthode base `On Web Connection` peut être utilisée comme point d'entrée pour le serveur Web 4D. ### Appels des méthodes base -La méthode base `On Web Connection` est automatiquement appelée lorsque le serveur reçoit une URL qui n'est pas un chemin vers une page existante sur le serveur. La méthode base est appelée avec l'URL. +The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a valid path to an existing page on the server (and is not a URL with a pattern triggering a [custom HTTP Request Handler](http-request-handler.md)). + +La méthode base est appelée avec l'URL. Par exemple, l'URL "_a/b/c_" appellera la méthode base, mais "_a/b/c.html_" n'appellera pas la méthode base si la page "c.html" existe dans le sous-dossier "a/b" du [WebFolder](webServerConfig.md#root-folder). @@ -25,28 +33,18 @@ Par exemple, l'URL "_a/b/c_" appellera la méthode base, mais "_a/b/c.html_" n'a ### Syntaxe -**On Web Connection**( _$1_ : Text ; _$2_ : Text ; _$3_ : Text ; _$4_ : Text ; _$5_ : Text ; _$6_ : Text ) +**On Web Connection**( _$url_ : Text; _$header_ : Text; _$BrowserIP_ : Text; _$ServerIP_ : Text; _$user_ : Text; _$password_ : Text ) | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | :-------------------------: | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $1 | Text | <- | Variable URL | -| $2 | Text | <- | En-têtes HTTP + Corps HTTP (jusqu'à une limite de 32 ko) | -| $3 | Text | <- | Adresse IP du client web (navigateur) | -| $4 | Text | <- | Adresse IP du serveur | -| $5 | Text | <- | Nom d'utilisateur | -| $6 | Text | <- | Mot de passe | - -Vous devez déclarer ces paramètres de la manière suivante : - -```4d -//On Web Connection - - C_TEXT($1;$2;$3;$4;$5;$6) - -//Code de la méthode base -``` +| $url | Text | <- | Variable URL | +| $header | Text | <- | En-têtes HTTP + Corps HTTP (jusqu'à une limite de 32 ko) | +| $BrowserIP | Text | <- | Adresse IP du client web (navigateur) | +| $ServerIP | Text | <- | Adresse IP du serveur | +| $user | Text | <- | Nom d'utilisateur | +| $password | Text | <- | Mot de passe | -Alternativement, vous pouvez utiliser la syntaxe des [paramètres nommés](Concepts/parameters.md#named-parameters) : +You must declare these parameters: ```4d // On Web Connection @@ -58,13 +56,13 @@ Alternativement, vous pouvez utiliser la syntaxe des [paramètres nommés](Conce > Appeler une commande 4D qui affiche un élément d'interface (`DIALOG`, `ALERT`, etc.) n'est pas autorisé et met fin au traitement de la méthode. -### $1 - URL extra data +### $url - URL extra data -Le premier paramètre ($1) est l'URL saisie par les utilisateurs dans la barre d'adresse de leur navigateur web, sans l'adresse du serveur. +The first parameter ($url) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. -Prenons une connexion intranet comme exemple. Supposons que l'adresse IP de votre machine serveur Web 4D est 123.4.567.89. Le tableau suivant montre les valeurs de $1 en fonction de l'URL saisie dans le navigateur Web : +Prenons une connexion intranet comme exemple. Supposons que l'adresse IP de votre machine serveur Web 4D est 123.4.567.89. The following table shows the values of $url depending on the URL entered in the web browser: -| URL entrée dans le navigateur web | Valeur du paramètre $1 | +| URL entrée dans le navigateur web | Value of parameter $url | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 123.4.567.89 | / | | http://123.45.67.89 | / | @@ -74,29 +72,29 @@ Prenons une connexion intranet comme exemple. Supposons que l'adresse IP de votr Notez que vous êtes libre d'utiliser ce paramètre à votre convenance. 4D ignore simplement la valeur passée au-delà de la partie hôte de l'URL. Par exemple, vous pouvez établir une convention où la valeur "_/Customers/Add_" signifie "accès direct pour ajouter un nouvel enregistrement dans la table `[Customers]`". En proposant aux utilisateurs web une liste de valeurs possibles et/ou des signets par défaut, vous pouvez leur fournir des raccourcis vers différentes parties de votre application. De cette façon, les utilisateurs web peuvent accéder rapidement aux ressources de votre site web sans passer par le chemin de navigation complet à chaque nouvelle connexion. -### $2 - En-tête (header) et corps (body) de la requête HTTP +### $header - Header and Body of the HTTP request -Le deuxième paramètre ($2) est l'en-tête (header) et le corps (body) de la requête HTTP envoyée par le navigateur web. Notez que ces informations sont passées telles quelles à votre méthode base `On Web Connection`. Son contenu variera en fonction de la nature du navigateur web qui tente la connexion. +The second parameter ($header) is the header and the body of the HTTP request sent by the web browser. Notez que ces informations sont passées telles quelles à votre méthode base `On Web Connection`. Son contenu variera en fonction de la nature du navigateur web qui tente la connexion. Si votre application utilise ces informations, il vous appartient d'analyser l'en-tête et le corps. Vous pouvez utiliser les commandes `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` et `WEB GET HTTP BODY`. -> Pour des raisons de performance, la taille des données passant par le paramètre $2 ne doit pas dépasser 32 Ko. Au-delà de cette taille, ils sont tronqués par le serveur HTTP 4D. +> For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $header parameter must not exceed 32 KB. Au-delà de cette taille, ils sont tronqués par le serveur HTTP 4D. -### $3 - Adresse IP du client Web +### $BrowserIP - Web client IP address -Le paramètre $3 reçoit l'adresse IP de la machine du navigateur. Cette information peut vous permettre de distinguer entre les connexions intranet et internet. +The $BrowserIP parameter receives the IP address of the browser’s machine. Cette information peut vous permettre de distinguer entre les connexions intranet et internet. > 4D renvoie les adresses IPv4 dans un format hybride IPv6/IPv4 écrit avec un préfixe de 96 bits, par exemple ::ffff:192.168.2.34 pour l'adresse IPv4 192.168.2.34. Pour plus d'informations, consultez la section [Support IPv6](webServerConfig.md#about-ipv6-support). -### $4 - Adresse IP du serveur +### $ServerIP - Server IP address -Le paramètre `$4` reçoit l'adresse IP utilisée pour appeler le serveur web 4D. 4D prend en charge le multi-homing, ce qui vous permet d'exploiter des machines avec plus d'une adresse IP. Pour plus d'informations, veuillez consulter la [Page Configuration](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). +The $ServerIP parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D prend en charge le multi-homing, ce qui vous permet d'exploiter des machines avec plus d'une adresse IP. Pour plus d'informations, veuillez consulter la [Page Configuration](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). -### $5 et $6 - Nom d'utilisateur et mot de passe +### $user and $password - User Name and Password -Les paramètres $5 et $6 reçoivent le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe saisis par l'utilisateur dans la boîte de dialogue d'identification standard affichée par le navigateur, le cas échéant (voir la [page d'authentification](authentication.md)). +The $user and $password parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser, if applicable (see the [authentication page](authentication.md)). -> Si le nom d'utilisateur envoyé par le navigateur existe dans 4D, le paramètre $6 (le mot de passe de l'utilisateur) n'est pas renvoyé pour des raisons de sécurité. +> If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. ## /4DACTION @@ -110,7 +108,7 @@ Les paramètres $5 et $6 reçoivent le nom d'utilisateur et le mot de passe sais **Utilisation :** URL ou action du formulaire. -Cette URL vous permet d'appeler la méthode projet 4D _MethodName_ avec un paramètre texte _Param_ optionnel. La méthode recevra ce paramètre dans _$1_. +Cette URL vous permet d'appeler la méthode projet 4D _MethodName_ avec un paramètre texte _Param_ optionnel. The method will receive this parameter. - La méthode projet 4D doit avoir été [autorisée pour les requêtes web](allowProject.md) : l'attribut "Disponible via Balises HTML et URLs 4D (4DACTION. .)” doit avoir été coché dans les propriétés de la méthode. Si l'attribut n'est pas coché, la requête web est rejetée. - Lorsque 4D reçoit une requête `/4DACTION/MethodName/Param`, la méthode base `On Web Authentication` est appelée (si elle existe). @@ -136,16 +134,16 @@ Cet exemple décrit l'association de l'URL `/4DACTION` avec un objet image HTML La méthode `getPhoto` est la suivante : ```4d -C_TEXT($1) // Ce paramètre doit toujours être déclaré +#DECLARE ($url : Text) // This parameter must always be declared var $path : Text var $PictVar : Picture var $BlobVar : Blob -// trouver l'image dans le dossier Images dans le dossier Resources -$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$1+".psd" + //find the picture in the Images folder within the Resources folder +$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$url+".psd" -READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) // mettre l'image dans la variable image -PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") // convertir l'image au format ".png" +READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) //put the picture in the picture variable +PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") //convert the picture to ".png" format WEB SEND BLOB($BLOB;"image/png") ``` @@ -193,15 +191,15 @@ OK="Search" 4D appelle la méthode base `On Web Authentication` (si elle existe), puis la méthode de projet `processForm` est appelée, qui est la suivante : ```4d - C_TEXT($1) //obligatoire pour le mode compilé - C_LONGINT($vName) - C_TEXT(vName;vLIST) + #DECLARE ($url : Text) //mandatory for compiled mode + var $vName : Integer + var vName;vLIST : Text ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrVals;0) - WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //on récupère toutes les variables du formulaire + WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //we retrieve all the variables of the form $vName:=Find in array($arrNames;"vName") vName:=$arrVals{$vName} - If(Find in array($arrNames;"vExact")=-1) //Si l’option n’a pas été cochée + If(Find in array($arrNames;"vExact")=-1) //If the option has not been checked vName:=vName+"@" End if QUERY([Jockeys];[Jockeys]Name=vName) @@ -210,9 +208,9 @@ OK="Search" vLIST:=vLIST+[Jockeys]Name+" "+[Jockeys]Tel+"
    " NEXT RECORD([Jockeys]) End while - WEB SEND FILE("results.htm") //Envoi de la liste dans le formulaire - //results.htm, qui contient une référence à la variable vLIST, - //par exemple + WEB SEND FILE("results.htm") //Send the list to the results.htm form + //which contains a reference to the variable vLIST, + //for example //... End if ``` @@ -221,9 +219,9 @@ End if Le serveur Web de 4D vous permet de récupérer les données envoyées via des requêtes POST ou GET, en utilisant des formulaires Web ou des URL. -Lorsque le serveur Web reçoit une requêtes avec des données dans l'en-tête ou dans l'URL, 4D peut récupérer les valeurs de tous les objets HTML qu'elle contient. Ce principe peut être mis en œuvre dans le cas d'un formulaire Web, envoyé par exemple en utilisant `WEB SEND FILE` ou `WEB SEND BLOB`, où l'utilisateur saisit ou modifie des valeurs, puis clique sur le bouton de validation. +Lorsque le serveur Web reçoit une requêtes avec des données dans l'en-tête ou dans l'URL, 4D peut récupérer les valeurs de tous les objets HTML qu'elle contient. This principle can be implemented in the case of a Web form, sent for example using [`WEB SEND FILE`](../commands-legacy/web-send-file.md) or [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md), where the user enters or modifies values, then clicks on the validation button. -Dans ce cas, 4D peut récupérer les valeurs des objets HTML trouvés dans la requête en utilisant la commande `WEB GET VARIABLES`. La commande `WEB GET VARIABLES` récupère les valeurs en tant que texte. +In this case, 4D can retrieve the values of the HTML objects found in the request using the [`WEB GET VARIABLES`](../commands-legacy/web-get-variables.md) command. La commande `WEB GET VARIABLES` récupère les valeurs en tant que texte. Considérons le code source HTML suivant : @@ -288,7 +286,7 @@ Examinons la méthode 4D `WWW_STD_FORM_POST` qui est appelée lorsque l'utilisat ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrValues;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrValues) - C_LONGINT($user) + var $user : Integer Case of @@ -327,15 +325,15 @@ Gardez à l'esprit qu'en HTML, tous les objets sont des objets de texte. Si vous Le serveur web 4D fournit plusieurs commandes web de bas niveau vous permettant de développer un traitement personnalisé des requêtes : -- la commande `WEB GET HTTP BODY` renvoie le body en tant que texte brut, permettant tout parsing dont vous pourriez avoir besoin -- la commande `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` renvoie les en-têtes de la requête. Elle est utile pour gérer des cookies personnalisés, par exemple (en plus de la commande `WEB SET HTTP HEADER`). -- les commandes `WEB GET BODY PART` et `WEB Get body part count` pour analyser la partie body d'une requête multi-part et récupérer les valeurs de texte, mais aussi les fichiers envoyés, en utilisant des BLOBs. +- the [`WEB GET HTTP BODY`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-body.md) command returns the body as raw text, allowing any parsing you may need +- the [`WEB GET HTTP HEADER`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-header.md) command return the headers of the request. Elle est utile pour gérer des cookies personnalisés, par exemple (en plus de la commande `WEB SET HTTP HEADER`). +- the [`WEB GET BODY PART`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part.md) and [`WEB Get body part count`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part-count.md) commands to parse the body part of a multi-part request and retrieve text values, but also files posted, using BLOBs. Ces commandes sont résumées dans le graphique suivant : ![](../assets/en/WebServer/httpCommands.png) -Le serveur web 4D prend en charge les fichiers envoyés en encodage de transfert par morceaux (chunked transfer encoding) depuis n'importe quel client Web. L'encodage de transfert chunked est un mécanisme de transfert de données spécifié en HTTP/1.1. Il permet le transfert de données sous forme de séries de "chunks" ou "morceaux" (parts) sans connaître la taille finale des données. Le serveur Web 4D prend également en charge le codage de transfert chunked du serveur vers les clients Web (en utilisant `WEB SEND RAW DATA`). +Le serveur web 4D prend en charge les fichiers envoyés en encodage de transfert par morceaux (chunked transfer encoding) depuis n'importe quel client Web. L'encodage de transfert chunked est un mécanisme de transfert de données spécifié en HTTP/1.1. Il permet le transfert de données sous forme de séries de "chunks" ou "morceaux" (parts) sans connaître la taille finale des données. The 4D Web Server also supports chunked transfer encoding from the server to Web clients (using [`WEB SEND RAW DATA`](../commands-legacy/web-send-raw-data.md)). ## Méthode projet COMPILER_WEB diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5b08f033b16ad3 Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..7ff28f568b8a3d Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index d82887b7730e80..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index e3d2f1f663ebd9..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5f652b3e5a2356..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0dd231ca19dd39..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png deleted file mode 100644 index 994c3ff9e73ce7..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index f16b70a03bae3c..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4967a05a3c2377..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 300f99aa414aea..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6f07a37ffc4012..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png deleted file mode 100644 index b48502b3f72f32..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png deleted file mode 100644 index d6468df5305aca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8488c59b164cca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png deleted file mode 100644 index 947cd8585f81e2..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.fr.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.fr.png deleted file mode 100644 index c95f75c3cd1cd8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.fr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict3688480.fr.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict3688480.fr.png deleted file mode 100644 index 3aac00fbecc07e..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict3688480.fr.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65afe8beb35b7a..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md index 4fdbbbc2860278..c7660f113e3121 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **ACCEPT** doit être employée dans une méthode objet ou formulaire (ou une sous-routine) pour : * valider un enregistrement ou un sous-enregistrement créé ou modifié — dont les données ont été saisies à l'aide de [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) ou de [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md). -* valider un formulaire affiché par l'intermédiaire de la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md). +* valider un formulaire affiché par l'intermédiaire de la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). * quitter un formulaire affichant une sélection d'enregistrements — à l'aide de [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) ou [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). **ACCEPT** effectue la même action que lorsque l'utilisateur appuie sur la touche **Entrée**. Une fois que le formulaire a été validé, la variable système OK prend la valeur 1. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md index add0a44ffd14d3..85031445a4e8b1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Activated** retourne Vrai dans une méthode formulaire lorsque la fenêtre contenant le formulaire passe au premier plan. -**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Activate. +**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Activate. **ATTENTION :** N'appelez pas de commandes telles que [TRACE](trace.md) ou [ALERT](alert.md) dans la phase **Activated** d'un formulaire, car cela provoquerait une boucle sans fin. @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Voir aussi [Deactivated](deactivated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md index 63977c2b161622..fb7e5e466f3ee5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Compatibilité -*Cette commande est apparue dans les premières versions de 4D et reste toujours utile pour créer des prototypes ou effectuer des développements simples. Toutefois, pour construire des interfaces modernes et personnalisées, il est désormais recommandé d'utiliser des formulaires génériques basés sur la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md) qui fournit des fonctionnalités avancées et un meilleur contrôle du flux de données.* +*Cette commande est apparue dans les premières versions de 4D et reste toujours utile pour créer des prototypes ou effectuer des développements simples. Toutefois, pour construire des interfaces modernes et personnalisées, il est désormais recommandé d'utiliser des formulaires génériques basés sur la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) qui fournit des fonctionnalités avancées et un meilleur contrôle du flux de données.* #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md index 9a22e248c0909a..8ea691e4c24a54 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous souhaitez que la phase **After** du cycle d'exécution soit générée, assurez-vous que l'événement On Validate a bien été sélectionné, en mode Développement, dans les propriétés du formulaire et/ou des objets concernés. -**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Validate. +**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Validate. #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md index 7b28209bf88b93..2af9dfd39b690b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md @@ -60,6 +60,6 @@ La méthode formulaire suivante est utilisée pendant l'impression d'un état. E [End selection](end-selection.md) [FIRST RECORD](first-record.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PREVIOUS RECORD](previous-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md index 543caec4941b82..56db43b93135a5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous souhaitez que la phase **Before** du cycle d'exécution soit générée, assurez-vous que l'événement On Load a bien été sélectionné, en mode Développement, dans les propriétés du formulaire et/ou des objets concernés. -**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Load. +**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Load. #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md index b51794ef45009d..88946c74cd1946 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Le paramètre *param* permet de définir la façon de gérer les paramètres de * si vous passez 0 ou omettez ce paramètre, les valeurs stockées dans le BLOB sont utilisées pour l'impression. * si vous passez 1, les valeurs sont réinitialisées aux valeurs par défaut : le nombre de copies est fixé à 1, et la plage d'impression est fixée à "toutes les pages". -Les paramètres d'impression s'appliquent aux [paramètres courants de l'impression 4D](https://developer.4d.com/docs/fr/settings/compatibility/) jusqu'à ce qu'une commande telle que *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) ou [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) sans le paramètre > les modifie. Les paramètres fixés sont utilisés plus particulièrement par les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) et [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), ainsi que par les commandes d'impression dans les menus de 4D, y compris ceux de l'environnement Développement. +Les paramètres d'impression s'appliquent aux [paramètres courants de l'impression 4D](https://developer.4d.com/docs/fr/settings/compatibility/) jusqu'à ce qu'une commande telle que *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) ou [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) sans le paramètre > les modifie. Les paramètres fixés sont utilisés plus particulièrement par les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) et [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), ainsi que par les commandes d'impression dans les menus de 4D, y compris ceux de l'environnement Développement. Les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) doivent être appelées avec le paramètre *\>* (si applicable) de façon à ce que les paramètres définis par **BLOB to print settings** soient gardés. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md index a16a748f97ae73..4c362d7e32020b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md @@ -51,4 +51,4 @@ Si la commande échoue, une erreur est générée, que vous pouvez intercepter #### Voir aussi -[Compile project](compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Compile project](../commands/compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md index 0a31a42a098bfc..894f1802c5a9da 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Vous pouvez alors ajouter d'autres messages en exécutant à nouveau la commande [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md index bfcac844df6e11..82b5bccc67eb8a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ Vous pouvez passer dans *événement* tout événement formulaire prédéfini de #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GOTO OBJECT](goto-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md index 541a0487c65fcc..b6716d2659c6ec 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md @@ -73,6 +73,6 @@ Voici le code de *méthodeWorker* : #### Voir aussi *A propos des workers* -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) +[CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md) [Current process name](current-process-name.md) [KILL WORKER](kill-worker.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md index 28ba19c8f98c2a..df6eefc4a94829 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **CANCEL** doit être employée dans une méthode objet ou formulaire (ou une sous-routine) pour : * annuler la création ou la modification d'un enregistrement ou un sous-enregistrement — dont les données ont été saisies à la suite d'un [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), *\_o\_ADD SUBRECORD* ou *\_o\_MODIFY SUBRECORD*. -* annuler un formulaire affiché par l'intermédiaire de la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md). +* annuler un formulaire affiché par l'intermédiaire de la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). * quitter un formulaire affichant une sélection d'enregistrements — à l'aide de [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) ou [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* annuler l'impression d'une ligne sur le point d’être imprimée à l'aide de la commande [Print form](print-form.md) (voir ci-dessous). +* annuler l'impression d'une ligne sur le point d’être imprimée à l'aide de la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) (voir ci-dessous). Dans le contexte de la saisie, **CANCEL** effectue la même action que lorsque l'utilisateur utilise la touche d'annulation (**Esc**). **CANCEL** est fréquemment exécutée à la suite de la sélection d'une commande de menu. **CANCEL** est également souvent appelée dans la méthode objet d'un bouton auquel la propriété "Pas d'action" a été associée. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Dans le contexte de la saisie, **CANCEL** effectue la même action que lorsque l Cette commande peut également être placée dans la méthode de la case de fermeture (optionnelle) d'une fenêtre créée par la commande [Open window](open-window.md). Si la fenêtre comporte une case de menu Système, **CANCEL** et [ACCEPT](accept.md) peuvent être appelées dans la méthode à exécuter lorsque l'utilisateur double-clique sur la case du menu Système ou sélectionne la commande de menu **Fermeture**. Il n'est pas possible d'enchaîner plusieurs **CANCEL**. En d'autres termes, l'exécution consécutive de deux commandes **CANCEL** dans une méthode en réponse à un événement aura le même résultat que l'exécution d'une seule. -Enfin, cette commande peut être utilisée dans l’événement formulaire On Printing Detail, dans le cadre de l’utilisation de la commande [Print form](print-form.md). Dans ce contexte, la commande **CANCEL** suspend l’impression de la ligne sur le point d’être imprimée, puis la reprend page suivante. Ce mécanisme permet de gérer le manque de place ou les sauts de page lors des impressions des lignes. +Enfin, cette commande peut être utilisée dans l’événement formulaire On Printing Detail, dans le cadre de l’utilisation de la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Dans ce contexte, la commande **CANCEL** suspend l’impression de la ligne sur le point d’être imprimée, puis la reprend page suivante. Ce mécanisme permet de gérer le manque de place ou les sauts de page lors des impressions des lignes. **Note :** Ce fonctionnement est différent de celui de l’instruction [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md)(\*) qui provoque l’annulation de TOUTES les lignes en attente d’impression. @@ -50,4 +50,4 @@ Lorsque la commande [CANCEL](cancel.md) est exécutée (formulaire annulé ou an [ACCEPT](accept.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/change-current-user.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/change-current-user.md index 0bdbea5e71bcc0..32f83c53a8b4c7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/change-current-user.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/change-current-user.md @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ Le principe est le suivant : **1.** L’entrée dans la base s’effectue directement en mode “Utilisateur par défaut”, sans boîte de dialogue. -**2.** Dans la , le développeur provoque l’affichage d’une boîte de dialogue personnalisée de saisie du nom d’utilisateur et du mot de passe (à l’aide de la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md) ou [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) par exemple). Tout type de traitement peut être envisagé dans la boîte de dialogue : +**2.** Dans la , le développeur provoque l’affichage d’une boîte de dialogue personnalisée de saisie du nom d’utilisateur et du mot de passe (à l’aide de la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) ou [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) par exemple). Tout type de traitement peut être envisagé dans la boîte de dialogue : \- Il est possible d’afficher la liste des utilisateurs de la base, comme dans la boîte de dialogue d’accès standard de 4D, à l’aide de la commande [GET USER LIST](get-user-list.md). \- Le champ de saisie du mot de passe peut contenir divers contrôles afin de vérifier la validité des caractères saisis (nombre minimum de caractères, unicité...). \- Pour les caractères du mot de passe saisi soient brouillés à l'écran, vous pouvez utiliser la commande [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md deleted file mode 100644 index 44dbe6a82682f1..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,186 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: compile-project -title: Compile project -slug: /commands/compile-project -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| projectFile | 4D.File | → | Fichier .4DProject à compiler | -| options | Object | → | Objet indiquant les options de compilation | -| Résultat | Object | ← | Objet contenant des informations sur le statut de la compilation | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Description - -**Compile project** vous permet de compiler le projet hôte courant ou le projet spécifié dans le paramètre *projectFile*. Pour plus d'informations sur la compilation, consultez la *page de compilation sur developer.4d.com*. - -Par défaut, la commande utilise les options du compilateur définies dans les Paramètres de structure. Vous pouvez les remplacer en passant un paramètre *options*. Les syntaxes suivantes sont prises en charge : - -* **Compile project()** : compile le projet ouvert à l'aide des options définies dans les paramètres de structure -* **Compile project** (*options*) : compile le projet ouvert. Les *options* définies remplacent les paramètres de structure -* **Compile project** (*projectFile*) : compile le 4DProject *projectFile* en utilisant les options définies dans les paramètres de structure -* **Compile project** (*projectFile*; *options*) : compile le 4DProject *projectFile* et les *options* définies remplacent les paramètres de structure - -**Note :** Les bases de données binaires ne peuvent pas être compilées avec cette commande. - -Contrairement à la fenêtre du Compilateur, cette commande nécessite que vous désigniez explicitement le ou les composants à compiler. Lors de la compilation d'un projet avec **Compile project**, vous devez déclarer ses composants à l'aide de la propriété *components* du paramètre *options*. A noter que les composants doivent déjà être compilés (les composants binaires sont pris en charge). - -Le code compilé résultant sera stocké dans le dossier DerivedData ou Libraries du projet, en fonction de la propriété *targets* du paramètre *options*. Si vous souhaitez créer des fichiers .4dz, vous devez toujours compresser manuellement le projet compilé ou utiliser la fonctionnalité *Générer l'application*. - -Si vous passez une collection vide dans les *targets*, **Compile project** exécutera une vérification de syntaxe sans compiler. - -Les erreurs de compilation, le cas échéant, sont retournées sous forme d'objets dans la collection *errors*. - -**Note** : Vous ne pouvez pas appeler cette commande lorsqu'une autre compilation est en cours d'exécution (par exemple, une compilation lancée à partir de la fenêtre Compilation). - -##### Paramètre options - -Le paramètre *options* est un objet. Voici les options de compilation disponibles : - -| **Propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ---------------------- | --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| components | Collection | Collection d'objets 4D.File vers des composants dépendants (doit être déjà compilé) | -| defaultTypeForButtons | Entier | Valeur possible : Is real ou Is longint | -| defaultTypeForNumerics | Entier | Valeur possible : Is real ou Is longint | -| generateSymbols | Booléen | Vrai pour générer des informations de symbole dans l'objet retourné .symbol | -| generateSyntaxFile | Booléen | Vrai pour générer un fichier de syntaxe pour la complétion de code dans le dossier \\Resources\\en.lproj du projet. | -| generateTypingMethods | Chaîne | "reset" ou "append" pour générer des méthodes de typage. Si la valeur est "append", les déclarations de variables existantes ne seront pas modifiées (comportement de la fenêtre du compilateur) | -| plugins | Objet 4D.Folder | Dossier Plug-ins à utiliser en lieu et place du [Dossier Plugins du projet courant](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). Cette propriété est disponible uniquement avec la syntaxe utilisant *projectFile*. | -| targets | collection de chaînes | Valeurs possibles : "x86\_64\_generic", "arm64\_macOS\_lib". Passez une collection vide pour exécuter une vérification de syntaxe uniquement | -| typeInference | Chaîne | "all": le compilateur déduit les types de toutes les variables non déclarées explicitement "locals": le compilateur déduit les types des variables locales non déclarées explicitement, "none": Toutes les variables doivent être explicitement déclarées dans le code | -| warnings | Collection d'objets | Définit l'état des warnings | -| \[\].major | Numérique | numéro warning principal, avant le point | -| \[\].minor | Numérique | numéro warning secondaire, après le point | -| \[\].enabled | Booléen | État d'activation du warning | - -**Note :** Lorsque l'attribut *warnings* n'est pas défini dans l'objet options, la commande **Compile project** utilise les statuts de génération des warnings par défaut définis dans les paramètres. - -##### Function result - -L'objet retourné par **Compile project** possède jusqu'à trois propriétés : - -| **Propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | Booléen | Vrai si l'action de sauvegarde est réussie, Faux dans le cas contraire. | -| ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur ou d'avertissement :*** | | | -| errors | Collection d'objets | collection d'objets décrivant les erreurs de compilation ou les avertissements | -| isError | Booléen | Erreur sir Vrai, sinon, avertissement | -| message | Chaîne | Message d'erreur | -| code | Objet | *code object* | -| line | Numérique | Numéro de ligne de l'erreur dans le code. Pour des méthodes de classe, le numéro de ligne dans la fonction | -| lineInFile | Numérique | Numéro de ligne dans le fichier (différent de la"ligne" des méthodes de classe, et prend en charge la ligne de préfixe %attributes) | -| ***Disponible uniquement si l'option*** **generateSymbols est définie sur Vrai :** | | | -| symbol | Objet | | -| interprocessVariables | Objet | Liste de toutes les variables interprocess | -| variables | Collection | Collection de *variable objects* | -| size | Numérique | | -| processVariables | Objet | Liste de toutes les variables process | -| variables | Collection | Collection de *variable objects* | -| size | Numérique | | -| localVariables | Collection d'objets | Liste de variables locales par méthode | -| code | Objet | *code object* | -| variables | Collection | Collection de *variable objects* | -| methods | Collection d'objets | List of methods | -| code | Objet | *code object* | -| callCount | Numérique | Nombre d'appels de cette méthode | -| params | Collection | Collection de types de paramètre (codes numériques du type de valeur) | -| threadSafe | Booléen | Indique si la méthode est *thread safe* | - -Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous aux *Outils de compilation*. - -###### Objets variable - -interprocessVariables.variables et processVariables.variables contiennent des objets avec la structure suivante : - -| **Propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | -| -------------- | --------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | Chaîne | Nom de la variable | -| type | numérique | Type de la variable (tel que la commande Value type) | -| arrayDimension | numérique | Pour les tableaux uniquement : 1 pour les tableaux mono-dimension, 2 pour les tableaux à deux dimensions | -| code | Objet | Pour les variables process et interprocess : descripteur de l'emplacement de définition de la variable | - -###### Objet code - -La propriété *code* dans **methods\[ \].code** et **errors\[ \].code** est un objet dont les propriétés sont les suivantes : - -| **Propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ---------------------------------------------------- | --------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Chaîne | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formmethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (lors de l'appel de la méthode projet avec *Attribut Exécuter sur serveur*.), "executeFormula" (lors de l'exécution d'une formule via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) ou l'évaluation d'une formule dans un document 4D Write Pro.), "class","classFunction", "formmethod" | -| path | Chaîne | Chemin de méthode (format identique à celui de [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | -| file | 4D.File | Fichier méthode | -| **Retournée selon la valeur de propriété du type :** | | | -| methodName | Chaîne | Méthode projet | -| table | Numérique | Numéro de table (retourné pour un trigger, une méthode formulaire de table ou une méthode objet formulaire) | -| formName | Chaîne | Nom de formulaire (retourné pour une méthode formulaire) | -| objectName | Chaîne | Nom de l'objet formulaire (retourné pour une méthode formulaire) | -| className | Chaîne | Nom de classe | -| functionName | Chaîne | Nom de fonction de classe | -| databaseMethod | Numérique | Index de la méthode base | - -#### Alerte - -Pour effectuer un contrôle syntaxique uniquement, passez une collection vide au paramètre targets : - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection //Collection vide pour le contrôle syntaxique - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Pour compiler le projet en cours, il suffit d'utiliser les options de compilateur des Paramètres de structure : - -```4d - var $status : Object - $status:=Compile project -``` - -Sur un Silicon Mac, compilez le projet actuel en ARM uniquement : - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compilez un projet autre que le projet actuel : - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $projectFile: 4D.File - $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") - $status:=Compile project($projectFile) -``` - -Compilez un projet et déclarez son composant : - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - var $component : 4D.File - $options:=New object - $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") - $options.components:=New collection($component) - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Désactivez les avertissements 518.1 et 518.2 lors de la compilation de votre projet : - -```4d -var $options:={} -$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) -var $result:=Compile project($options) -``` - -#### Voir aussi - -[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md index 2c5fa679e5cc6d..12c65cc0f4f22e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Cette méthode, associée à une zone de défilement, permet de changer la valeu #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Right click](right-click.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md index 8f43e5b4a5af71..5485350fd91ee7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **Current form name** retourne le nom du formulaire courant défini pour le process. Le formulaire courant peut être un formulaire projet ou un formulaire table. -Par défaut, si vous n’avez pas appelé la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) dans le process courant, le formulaire courant est le formulaire en cours d’affichage ou d’impression. Si vous avez appelé la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) dans le process, le formulaire courant reste celui défini par cette commande jusqu’à l’appel de [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (ou [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). +Par défaut, si vous n’avez pas appelé la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) dans le process courant, le formulaire courant est le formulaire en cours d’affichage ou d’impression. Si vous avez appelé la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) dans le process, le formulaire courant reste celui défini par cette commande jusqu’à l’appel de [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (ou [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). La commande retourne : @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Vous souhaitez obtenir le formulaire courant si c’est un formulaire projet : #### Voir aussi -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md index 524e9ab8fadaa6..d5f6837e2cbbf0 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Dans votre application, vous utilisez la convention suivante : au moment de l'af #### Voir aussi -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md) [FORM SET OUTPUT](form-set-output.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md index 7f478afb36fcb2..bc699b4504bb11 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous voulez que le cycle d'exécution **Deactivated** soit généré, vérifiez que la propriété d'événement On Deactivate du formulaire et/ou des objets est sélectionnée en mode Développement. -**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Deactivate. +**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Deactivate. #### Voir aussi [Activated](activated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md index 36c503480f0084..3a4017f3dbe2cc 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description **Conseil :** Bien que l'appel de **DEFAULT TABLE** et l'omission du nom de la table rendent le code plus lisible, la plupart des programmeurs estiment que l'utilisation de cette commande apporte plus d'inconvénients que d'avantages. -En particulier, notez que [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) est prioritaire lorsque vous utilisez par exemple la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md) avec un formulaire projet et qu'un formulaire de la table par défaut a le même nom. +En particulier, notez que [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) est prioritaire lorsque vous utilisez par exemple la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) avec un formulaire projet et qu'un formulaire de la table par défaut a le même nom. **DEFAULT TABLE** désigne *laTable* comme la table par défaut pour le process courant. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3a2af840010664..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,172 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: dialog -title: DIALOG -slug: /commands/dialog -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**DIALOG** ( {*laTable* ;} *formulaire* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| laTable | Table | → | Table à laquelle appartient le formulaire Si omis : Table par défaut ou utilisation d'un formulaire projet | -| formulaire | Text, Object | → | Nom du formulaire table ou projet à afficher, ouChemin POSIX (chaîne) d'un fichier .json décrivant le formulaire, ouObjet décrivant le formulaire | -| formData | Object | → | Données à associer au formulaire | -| * | Opérateur | → | Utiliser le même process | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Description - -La commande **DIALOG** présente le *formulaire* à l'utilisateur en lui passant des paramètres via *formData* (optionnel). - -Cette commande permet de concevoir des interfaces utilisateur personnalisées et sophistiquées, basées sur des formulaires. Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour afficher des informations provenant de la base ou d'autres sources, ou proposer des fonctions de saisie des données. A la différence de [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) ou [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), **DIALOG** vous permet de contrôler intégralement le formulaire, son contenu et ses boutons de navigation et validation. - -**DIALOG** est généralement utilisée avec la commande [Open form window](open-form-window.md) pour afficher des formulaires complexes, comme par exemple : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) - -La commande **DIALOG** peut également être utilisée au lieu de [ALERT](alert.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md) ou [Request](request.md) lorsque les informations à afficher ou à recueillir sont plus complexes que celles que peuvent gérer ces trois commandes. - -**Note :** Dans les bases de données converties, il est possible d'interdire la saisie dans les champs dans les boîtes de dialogue (et donc de limiter la saisie aux seules variables) via une option des Propriétés de la base (page Compatibilité). Cette restriction correspond au fonctionnement des anciennes versions de 4D. - -Dans le paramètre *formulaire*, vous pouvez passer soit : - -* le nom du formulaire (formulaire projet ou formulaire table) à utiliser, -* le chemin (en syntaxe POSIX) d'un fichier .json valide contenant la description du formulaire à utiliser (voir *Chemin d'accès du formulaire*), -* un objet contenant la description du formulaire à utiliser. - -Optionnellement, vous pouvez passer un ou plusieurs paramètre(s) au *formulaire* à l'aide de l'objet *formData*. Chaque propriété de l'objet *formData* sera disponible depuis le contexte du formulaire par l'intermédiaire de la commande [Form](form.md). Par exemple, si vous passez un objet contenant {"version","12"} dans *formData*, vous pouvez lire la valeur de la propriété "version" dans le formulaire en exécutant : - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" -``` - -Lorsque vous utilisez une variable locale pour *formData*, cette fonctionnalité vous permet de passer en toute sécurité des paramètres à vos formulaires, quel que soit le contexte d'appel. En particulier, si le même formulaire est appelé depuis différents endroits dans le même process, vous pourrez à tout moment accéder à ses valeurs spécifiques en appelant simplement [Form](form.md).monAttribut. De plus, comme les objets sont passés par référence, si l'utilisateur modifie une valeur de propriété dans le formulaire, elle sera automatiquement mise à jour dans l'objet lui-même. -En combinant l'objet *formData* et la commande [Form](form.md), vous pouvez à tout moment passer des paramètres aux formulaires et récupérer des valeurs depuis le formulaire en utilisant du code propre et sûr. - -**Note :** Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre *formData* ou si vous passez un objet indéfini, **DIALOG** crée automatiquement un nouvel objet vide associé au *formulaire*, accessible via la commande [Form](form.md). - -Le dialogue est refermé par l'utilisateur soit via une action "accepter" (déclenchée par l'action standard ak accept, la touche **Entrée** ou la commande [ACCEPT](accept.md)), soit via une action "annuler" (déclenchée par l'action standard ak cancel, la touche **Echap** ou la commande [CANCEL](cancel.md)). L'action "accepter" mettra la variable système OK à 1, alors que l'action "annuler" la mettra à 0. - -A noter que la validation n'entraîne pas la sauvegarde : si le dialogue comporte des champs, vous devez appeler explicitement la commande [SAVE RECORD](save-record.md) pour stocker les données éventuellement modifiées. - -validé si l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton de validation ou appuie sur la touche **Entrée**, ou si la commande [ACCEPT](accept.md) est exécutée. - -Si vous passez le paramètre facultatif *\** , le formulaire est chargé et affiché dans la dernière fenêtre ouverte du process courant et la commande termine son exécution en laissant le formulaire actif à l’écran. -Ce formulaire réagit alors “normalement” aux actions de l’utilisateur et est fermé via une action standard ou lorsque du code 4D lié au formulaire (méthode objet ou méthode formulaire) appelle la commande [CANCEL](cancel.md) ou [ACCEPT](accept.md). Si le process courant se termine, les formulaires créés de cette façon sont automatiquement fermés en simulant un [CANCEL](cancel.md). Ce mode d’ouverture est particulièrement utile pour afficher une palette flottante en rapport avec un document, sans pour autant nécessiter un autre process. - -**Notes :** - -* Vous pouvez combiner l'utilisation de la syntaxe **DIALOG**(form;\*) avec la commande [CALL FORM](call-form.md) afin d'établir une communication entre les formulaires. -* Vous devez créer une fenêtre avant d'appeler l'instruction **DIALOG**(form;\*), il n'est pas possible d'utiliser la fenêtre du dialogue en cours dans le process ni la fenêtre créée par défaut pour chaque process. Dans le cas contraire, l'erreur -9909 est générée. -* Lorsque le paramètre *\** est utilisé, la fenêtre est refermée automatiquement à la suite d'une action standard ou de l'appel de la commande [CANCEL](cancel.md) ou [ACCEPT](accept.md). Vous ne devez pas gérer vous-même la fermeture de la fenêtre. - -#### Exemple 1 - -L'exemple suivant permet de créer une palette d'outils : - -```4d -  //Affichage palette d’outils - $window_palette:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) - DIALOG("tools";*) //Rend la main immédiatement -  //Affichage fenêtre document principal - $window_document:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) - DIALOG("doc") -``` - -#### Exemple 2 - -Dans un formulaire affichant l'enregistrement d'une personne, un bouton ouvre un dialogue permettant de vérifier ou de modifier les noms et âges de ses enfants : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**Note :** Le champ objet "enfants" est représenté uniquement dans cet exemple afin de faire apparaître sa structure. - -Dans le formulaire de vérification, vous avez assigné des propriétés d'objet [Form](form.md) aux variables : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -Voici le code du bouton "Check Children" : - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //récupérer les enfants - $save:=False //initialisation du marqueur de sauvegarde -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Vérification des enfants pour "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //pour chaque enfant -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //afficher le dialogue prérempli -       If(OK=1) //l'utilisateur a cliqué sur OK -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //Forcer la mise à jour du champ -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("Pas d'enfant à vérifier.") - End if -``` - -**Note :** Cet exemple nécessite l'activation de la notation objet dans la base (voir *Page Compatibilité*). - -Le formulaire affiche les informations pour chaque enfant : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -Si des valeurs sont modifiées et que l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton OK, le champ est mis à jour (bien entendu, l'enregistrement parent devra être sauvegardé par la suite). - -#### Exemple 3 - -L'exemple suivant utilise le chemin d'un fichier .json décrivant un formulaire permettant d'afficher les enregistrements d'une liste d'employés : - -```4d - Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) - ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) - DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) -``` - -Résultat : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) - -#### Exemple 4 - -L'exemple suivant crée un objet à partir d'un fichier .json décrivant un formulaire et en modifie certaines propriétés : - -```4d - var $form : Object - $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) - $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" - $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" - $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" - Open form window($form;Plain form window) - DIALOG($form;*) -``` - -Le formulaire est affiché avec la bordure, le logo et le titre modifiés : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) - -#### Variables et ensembles système - -Si l'utilisateur valide le dialogue, la variable système OK prend la valeur 1, si le dialogue est annulé OK prend la valeur 0. - -#### Voir aussi - -[ACCEPT](accept.md) -[ADD RECORD](add-record.md) -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Form](form.md) -[Open window](open-window.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md index 93903e7996b712..a70c13ca21e00e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ L'exemple suivant sélectionne tous les enregistrements de la table \[Personnes\ #### Exemple 2 -Reportez-vous à l'exemple n°6 de la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md) ; il indique tous les tests que vous pourrez avoir besoin d'effectuer pour surveiller la totalité des événements intervenant pendant l'exécution de la commande **DISPLAY SELECTION**. +Reportez-vous à l'exemple n°6 de la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) ; il indique tous les tests que vous pourrez avoir besoin d'effectuer pour surveiller la totalité des événements intervenant pendant l'exécution de la commande **DISPLAY SELECTION**. #### Exemple 3 @@ -92,6 +92,6 @@ Vous pouvez aussi utiliser d'autres commandes telles que [PRINT SELECTION](print #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) *Présentation des ensembles* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md index c0fa3877ce6cc4..c9a4c4b8a9f8e1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md @@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ Cet exemple permet d’appliquer une couleur alternée à un formulaire liste af #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Selected record number](selected-record-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md index fa28f73eb6e2b2..bf5458fea5534c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ La méthode formulaire de l'exemple suivant est utilisée lors de l'impression d #### Voir aussi [Before selection](before-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LAST RECORD](last-record.md) [NEXT RECORD](next-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md index 4e61bcec799417..cc70db823b33c3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous passez une chaîne vide, le filtrage clavier en cours est annulé. -Vous appelez généralement **FILTER KEYSTROKE** dans une méthode formulaire ou objet lorsque vous gérez l'événement formulaire On Before Keystroke . Pour détecter les événements de frappe clavier, utilisez la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md). Pour récupérer les caractères saisis au clavier, utilisez les fonctions [Keystroke](keystroke.md) ou [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md). +Vous appelez généralement **FILTER KEYSTROKE** dans une méthode formulaire ou objet lorsque vous gérez l'événement formulaire On Before Keystroke . Pour détecter les événements de frappe clavier, utilisez la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). Pour récupérer les caractères saisis au clavier, utilisez les fonctions [Keystroke](keystroke.md) ou [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md). **IMPORTANT :** Si vous voulez effectuer des opérations “à la volée” en fonction de la valeur courante de la zone saisissable en cours de modification ainsi que du caractère à saisir, rappelez-vous que le texte affiché à l'écran n'est pas encore la valeur du champ ou de la variable. La valeur saisie dans une variable ou un champ ne lui est affectée que lorsque la zone est validée (lorsque l'utilisateur appuie sur la touche **Tabulation**, clique sur un bouton, etc.). En conséquence, pensez à placer les valeurs saisies dans une variable temporaire et à travailler avec celle-ci, puis à assigner cette variable à la zone de saisie (reportez-vous à l'exemple ci-dessous). Vous pouvez également utiliser la fonction [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md). @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ La méthode obtenirTexteSelectionne est la suivante : #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) [Keystroke](keystroke.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md index 2787d6f526e88f..d87affd19a3ffb 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Les *formulaires classiques* sont des formulaires 4D stockés dans le fichier st Si vous souhaitez convertir un formulaire table, passez la table dans le paramètre *uneTable* puis passez son nom dans la chaîne *nomFormulaire*. Pour un formulaire projet, passez directement le nom du formulaire directement dans *nomFormulaire*. -Pour pouvoir exécuter directement le formulaire en passant l'objet résultant à la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md), **FORM Convert to dynamic** applique des règles spécifiques lors de la conversion du formulaire : +Pour pouvoir exécuter directement le formulaire en passant l'objet résultant à la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), **FORM Convert to dynamic** applique des règles spécifiques lors de la conversion du formulaire : * Les références aux listes sont exportées par nom, au lieu d'un pointeur JSON référençant le fichier lists.json. * Les références aux filtres nommés et aux formats d'affichage nommés (préfixés par le caractère '|') sont exportées par valeur, au lieu d'un pointeur JSON référençant le fichier filters.json. @@ -61,5 +61,5 @@ Si vous exécutez le code : #### Voir aussi -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [Export structure file](export-structure-file.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5a7d28c4678733..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-edit -title: FORM EDIT -slug: /commands/form-edit -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM EDIT** ( {*uneTable* ;} *formulaire* ) - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| uneTable | Table | → | Table appartenant au formulaire ou, si omise : table par défaut ou formulaire projet | -| formulaire | Text | → | Nom du formulaire | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Description - -La commande **FORM EDIT** ouvre le *formulaire* associé à *uneTable* dans l'éditeur de formulaire 4D. A noter que vous devez avoir accès à l'environnement de développement, sinon l'erreur -9804 ("Impossible d'ouvrir le formulaire") sera générée. - -La commande est asynchrone : elle retourne immédiatement à la méthode appelée et n'attend pas l'ouverture du formulaire. - -Si vous passez le paramètre optionnel *uneTable*, vous indiquez la table associée à *formulaire*. Si vous omettez ce paramètre, vous indiquez que *formulaire* est un formulaire projet. - -Dans le paramètre *formulaire*, passez le nom du formulaire à ouvrir dans l'éditeur de formulaire 4D. Si vous passez un nom qui n'existe pas, l'erreur 81 est générée ("Le formulaire n’a pas été trouvé"). - -#### Exemple - -Pour ouvrir la table *Contacts* du formulaire *Addresses* : - -```4d - FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Addresses") -``` - -Pour ouvrir le formulaire projet *ContactList* : - -```4d - FORM EDIT("ContactList") -``` - -#### Voir aussi - -*Commandes du thème Accès objets développement* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md deleted file mode 100644 index b4dc4499eaf685..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,830 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event-code -title: Form event code -slug: /commands/form-event-code -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form event code** : Integer - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Résultat | Integer | ← | Numéro d'événement formulaire | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Compatibilité - -La commande **Form event code** était nommée **Evenement formulaire** dans les versions précédentes de 4D. Elle a été renommée pour plus de clarté, depuis l'ajout de la commande [FORM Event](form-event.md) qui retourne un objet. - -#### Description - -**Form event code** retourne une valeur numérique qui identifie le type d'événement formulaire qui vient de se produire. Généralement, **Form event code** s'utilise dans une méthode formulaire ou une méthode objet. - -4D fournit des constantes prédéfinies (placées dans le thème *Evénements formulaire*) permettant de comparer les valeurs retournées par la commande **Form event code**. Certains événements sont génériques (générés pour tout type d'objet), d'autres sont spécifiques à un type d'objet particulier. - -| Constante | Type | Valeur | Comment | -| ------------------------ | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Load | Entier long | 1 | Le formulaire s'affiche ou s'imprime | -| On Mouse Up | Entier long | 2 | (*Images uniquement*) L'utilisateur vient de relâcher le bouton de la souris dans un objet Image | -| On Validate | Entier long | 3 | La saisie des données dans l'enregistrement est validée | -| On Clicked | Entier long | 4 | Un clic est survenu sur un objet | -| On Header | Entier long | 5 | L'en-tête du formulaire va être imprimé ou affiché | -| On Printing Break | Entier long | 6 | Une rupture du formulaire va être imprimée | -| On Printing Footer | Entier long | 7 | Le pied de page du formulaire va être imprimé | -| On Display Detail | Entier long | 8 | Un enregistrement va être affiché dans la liste ou une ligne va être affichée dans la list box | -| On VP Ready | Entier long | 9 | (*Zones 4D View Pro uniquement*) Le chargement de la zone 4D View Pro est terminé | -| On Outside Call | Entier long | 10 | Le formulaire a reçu un appel de la commande [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) | -| On Activate | Entier long | 11 | La fenêtre du formulaire passe au premier plan | -| On Deactivate | Entier long | 12 | La fenêtre du formulaire passe en arrière-plan | -| On Double Clicked | Entier long | 13 | Un double-clic est survenu sur un objet | -| On Losing Focus | Entier long | 14 | Un objet de formulaire perd le focus | -| On Getting Focus | Entier long | 15 | Un objet de formulaire prend le focus | -| On Drop | Entier long | 16 | Des données sont déposées sur un objet | -| On Before Keystroke | Entier long | 17 | Un caractère vient d'être saisi dans l'objet qui a le focus. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) retourne le contenu sans ce caractère | -| On Menu Selected | Entier long | 18 | Une commande de menu a été sélectionnée | -| On Plug in Area | Entier long | 19 | Un plug-in demande que sa méthode objet soit exécutée | -| On Data Change | Entier long | 20 | Les données d'un objet ont été modifiées | -| On Drag Over | Entier long | 21 | Des données sont glissées sur un objet | -| On Close Box | Entier long | 22 | On a cliqué sur la case de fermeture de la fenêtre | -| On Printing Detail | Entier long | 23 | Le corps du formulaire va être imprimé | -| On Unload | Entier long | 24 | Le formulaire se referme et est déchargé | -| On Open Detail | Entier long | 25 | Le formulaire détaillé associé au formulaire sortie ou à la listbox est sur le point d'être ouvert | -| On Close Detail | Entier long | 26 | Le formulaire détaillé se referme et on retourne au formulaire sortie | -| On Timer | Entier long | 27 | Le nombre de ticks défini par [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) est atteint | -| On After Keystroke | Entier long | 28 | Un caractère vient d'être saisi dans l'objet qui a le focus. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) retourne le contenu avec ce caractère. | -| On Resize | Entier long | 29 | La fenêtre du formulaire est redimensionnée | -| On After Sort | Entier long | 30 | (*List box uniquement*) Un tri standard vient d'être effectué dans une colonne de list box | -| On Selection Change | Entier long | 31 | *List box* *et 4D View Pro* : la sélection courante de lignes ou de colonnes est modifiée *Enregistrements en liste* : l’enregistrement courant ou la sélection courante de lignes est modifié(e) dans un formulaire en liste ou un sous-formulaire *Liste hiérarchique* : la sélection dans la liste est modifiée à la suite d’un clic ou de la frappe d’une touche au clavier *Variable ou champ saisissable* : la sélection de texte ou la position du curseur dans la zone est modifiée à la suite d’un clic ou de la frappe d’une touche au clavier | -| On Column Moved | Entier long | 32 | (*List box uniquement*) Une colonne de list box est déplacée par l’utilisateur via le glisser-déposer | -| On Column Resize | Entier long | 33 | (*List box* *et 4D View Pro*) La largeur d’une colonne de list box est modifiée par l’utilisateur via la souris | -| On Row Moved | Entier long | 34 | (*List box uniquement*) Une ligne de list box est déplacée par l’utilisateur via le glisser-déposer | -| On Mouse Enter | Entier long | 35 | Le curseur de la souris entre dans la zone graphique d’un objet | -| On Mouse Leave | Entier long | 36 | Le curseur de la souris sort de la zone graphique d’un objet | -| On Mouse Move | Entier long | 37 | Le curseur de la souris a bougé d’au moins un pixel OU une touche de modification (Ctrl, Alt, Verr Maj.) a été enfoncée. Si l'événement est coché pour un objet uniquement, il n'est généré que lorsque le curseur se trouve dans la zone graphique de l'objet | -| On Alternative Click | Entier long | 38 | *Boutons 3D* : La zone “flèche” d'un bouton 3D reçoit un clic*List box* : Dans une colonne tableau d'objets, un bouton d'ellipse (attribut "alternateButton") reçoit un clic
    **Note**: Les boutons d'ellipses sont disponibles à partir de la v15 uniquement. | -| On Long Click | Entier long | 39 | (*Boutons 3D uniquement*) Un bouton 3D reçoit un clic et le bouton de la souris reste enfoncé pendant un certain laps de temps | -| On Load Record | Entier long | 40 | En mode saisie en liste, un enregistrement est chargé en modification (l’utilisateur a cliqué sur la ligne de l’enregistrement et un champ passe en édition) | -| On Before Data Entry | Entier long | 41 | (*List box uniquement*) Une cellule de list box est sur le point de passer en mode édition | -| On Header Click | Entier long | 42 | (*List box* *et 4D View Pro*) Un clic est survenu dans l’en-tête d’une colonne de list box | -| On Expand | Entier long | 43 | (*Listes hiérarchiques et List box hiérarchiques*) Un élément de liste hiérarchique ou de list box hiérarchique a été déployé via un clic ou une touche du clavier | -| On Collapse | Entier long | 44 | (*Listes hiérarchiques et list box hiérarchiques*) Un élément de liste hiérarchique ou de list box hiérarchique a été contracté via un clic ou une touche du clavier | -| On After Edit | Entier long | 45 | Le contenu de l'objet saisissable qui a le focus vient d'être modifié | -| On Begin Drag Over | Entier long | 46 | Un objet est en cours de glisser | -| On Begin URL Loading | Entier long | 47 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Un nouvel URL est chargé dans la zone Web | -| On URL Resource Loading | Entier long | 48 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Une nouvelle ressource est chargée dans la zone Web | -| On End URL Loading | Entier long | 49 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Toutes les ressources de l'URL ont été chargées | -| On URL Loading Error | Entier long | 50 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Une erreur s'est produite durant le chargement de l'URL | -| On URL Filtering | Entier long | 51 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Un URL a été bloqué par la zone Web | -| On Open External Link | Entier long | 52 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Un URL externe a été ouvert dans le navigateur | -| On Window Opening Denied | Entier long | 53 | (*Zones Web uniquement*) Une fenêtre pop up a été bloquée | -| On bound variable change | Entier long | 54 | La variable liée à un sous-formulaire est modifiée. | -| On Page Change | Entier long | 56 | On a changé de page courante dans le formulaire | -| On Footer Click | Entier long | 57 | (*List box uniquement*) Un clic est survenu dans le pied d’une list box ou d’une colonne de list box | -| On Delete Action | Entier long | 58 | (*Listes hiérarchiques et List box*) L’utilisateur a demandé à supprimer un élément | -| On Scroll | Entier long | 59 | *Variables ou champs image et List Box* : L'utilisateur fait défiler le contenu du champ image, de la variable image ou de la list box à l'aide de la souris ou d'une touche du clavier. | -| On Row Resize | Entier long | 60 | *(4D View Pro uniquement)* La hauteur d'une ligne est modifiée par l'utilisateur avec la souris | -| On VP Range Changed | Entier long | 61 | La plage de cellules 4D View Pro a été modifiée (ex: calcul de formule, valeur supprimée d'une cellule, etc.) | - -**Note :** Les événements spécifiques des formulaires de sortie ne peuvent pas être utilisés avec les **formulaires projet**. Il s'agit de : Sur affichage corps, Sur ouverture corps, Sur fermeture corps, Sur chargement ligne, Sur entête, Sur impression corps, Sur impression sous total, Sur impression pied de page. - -#### Evénements et méthodes - -Lorsqu'un événement formulaire se produit, 4D effectue les actions suivantes : - -* En premier lieu, il examine chaque objet du formulaire et appelle la méthode de ceux dont la propriété d'événement correspondante a été sélectionnée et qui sont impliqués dans l'événement. -* Ensuite, il appelle la méthode formulaire si la propriété d'événement correspondante a été sélectionnée pour le formulaire. - -Les différentes méthodes objet ne sont pas appelées dans un ordre particulier. La règle est que les méthodes objet sont toujours appelées avant la méthode formulaire. Dans le cas des sous-formulaires, les méthodes objet du formulaire sortie du sous-formulaire sont d'abord appelées, puis la méthode formulaire du formulaire sortie, puis enfin 4D appelle les méthodes objet du formulaire parent. Autrement dit, lorsqu'un objet est un sous-formulaire, 4D utilise la même règle pour les méthodes formulaire et objet dans le sous-formulaire. - -Lorsque, pour un événement particulier, la propriété d'événement du formulaire n'est pas sélectionnée, cela n'empêche pas les appels aux méthodes des objets pour lesquels l'événement est sélectionné. Autrement dit, la sélection ou la désélection d'un événement au niveau du formulaire n'a pas d'effet sur les propriétés d'événements des objets. - -**ATTENTION :** Ce principe ne s'applique pas aux événements On Load et On Unload. Ces événements ne seront générés pour un objet que si les propriétés d'événement correspondantes ont été sélectionnées à la fois pour l'objet et pour le formulaire auquel il appartient. Si les propriétés sont sélectionnées pour l'objet uniquement, les événements ne seront pas générés ; ces deux événements doivent être sélectionnés au niveau du formulaire. - -Le nombre d'objets impliqués par un événement dépend de la nature de l'événement. En particulier : - -* Pour l'événement On Load, les méthodes objet de tous les objets du formulaire (sur toutes les pages) pour lequels la propriété d'événement On Load est sélectionnée seront appelées. Si l'événement On Load est sélectionné pour le formulaire, la méthode formulaire sera appelée. -* Pour les événements On Activate ou On Resize, aucune méthode objet ne sera appelée car ces événements s'appliquent au formulaire, pas à un objet en particulier. Par conséquent, si ces événements sont sélectionnés pour le formulaire, seule la méthode formulaire sera appelée. -* L'événement On Timer n'est généré que si la méthode formulaire contient un appel préalable à la commande [SET TIMER](set-timer.md). Seule la méthode formulaire reçoit cet événement, aucune méthode objet ne sera appelée. -* Pour l'événement On Drag Over, seule la méthode de l'objet déposable impliqué par l'événement sera appelée (si la propriété d'événement "Déposable" est sélectionnée pour l'objet). La méthode formulaire ne sera pas appelée. -* A l'inverse, pour l'événement On Begin Drag Over, la méthode objet ou la méthode formulaire de l'objet glissé sera appelée (si la propriété d'événement "Glissable" est sélectionnée pour l'objet). - -**ATTENTION :** Contrairement aux autres événements, pendant un événement On Begin Drag Over, la méthode appelée est exécutée dans le contexte du process de l'objet source du glisser-déposer, et non dans celui du process de l'objet de destination. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section *Présentation du Glisser-Déposer*. - -* Si les événements On Mouse Enter, On Mouse Move et On Mouse Leave sont cochés pour le formulaire, ils sont générés pour chaque objet du formulaire. S’ils sont cochés pour un objet, ils sont générés pour cet objet uniquement. En cas de superposition d’objets, l’événement est généré par le premier objet capable de le gérer dans l’ordre des plans du haut vers le bas. Les objets rendus invisibles par la commande [OBJECT SET VISIBLE](object-set-visible.md) ne génèrent pas ces événements. Pendant la saisie d’un objet, les autres objets peuvent recevoir les événements de survol en fonction de la position de la souris. -A noter que l'événement On Mouse Move est généré lorsque le curseur de la souris est déplacé mais également lorsque l'utilisateur appuie sur une touche de modification telle que **Maj**, **Verr. Maj**, **Ctrl** ou **Option** (ce principe permet notamment de gérer les glisser-déposer de type copie ou déplacement). -* Enregistrements en liste : l’enchaînement d’appels des méthodes et des événements formulaires dans les formulaires liste affichés via [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) / [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) et les sous-formulaires est le suivant : - -| Pour chaque objet de la zone d’en-tête : | -| ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Méthode objet avec événement Sur entêteMéthode formulaire avec événement Sur entêtePour chaque enregistrement :Pour chaque objet de la zone de corps :Méthode objet avec événement Sur affichage corpsMéthode formulaire avec événement Sur affichage corps | -* L’appel depuis les événements On Display Detail et On Header d’une commande 4D provoquant l’affichage d’une boîte de dialogue est interdit et provoque une erreur de syntaxe. Les commandes concernées sont notamment : [ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md), [Request](request.md), [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) et [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* On Page Change : cet événement est disponible au niveau des formulaires uniquement (il est appelé dans la méthode formulaire). Il est généré à chaque changement de page courante du formulaire (à la suite d’un appel à la commande [FORM GOTO PAGE](form-goto-page.md) ou d’une action standard de navigation). A noter que l’événement est généré après le chargement complet de la page, c’est-à-dire une fois que tous les objets qu’elle contient sont initialisés (y compris les zones Web). Cet événement est utile pour exécuter du code qui nécessite que tous les objets soient initialisés au préalable. Il permet également d’optimiser l’application en n’exécutant du code (par exemple une recherche) qu’après l’affichage d’une page spécifique du formulaire et non dès le chargement de la page 1\. Si l’utilisateur n’accède pas à la page, le code n’est pas exécuté. - -Le tableau suivant résume, pour chaque type d'événement, l'appel des méthodes formulaire et objet : - -| **Evénement** | **Méthode(s) objet** | **Méthode formulaire** | **Quel(s) objet(s)** | -| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | --------------------- | -| On Load | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Unload | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Validate | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Clicked | Oui (si cliquable ou saisissable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Double Clicked | Oui (si cliquable ou saisissable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Before Keystroke | Oui (si saisissable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On After Keystroke | Oui (si saisissable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On After Edit | Oui (si saisissable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Getting Focus | Oui (si tabulable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Losing Focus | Oui (si tabulable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Activate | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Deactivate | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Outside Call | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Page Change | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Begin Drag Over | Oui (si glissable) (\*\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Drop | Oui (si déposable) (\*\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Drag Over | Oui (si déposable) (\*\*) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Mouse Enter | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Mouse Move | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Mouse Leave | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Mouse Up | Oui | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Menu Selected | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Bound variable change | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Data Change | Oui (si modifiable) (\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Plug in Area | Oui | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Header | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Printing Detail | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Printing Break | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Printing Footer | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Close Box | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Display Detail | Oui | Oui | Tous | -| On Open Detail | Non sauf List box | Oui | Aucun sauf List box | -| On Close Detail | Non sauf List box | Oui | Aucun sauf List box | -| On Resize | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Selection Change | Oui (\*\*\*) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Load Record | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Timer | Jamais | Oui | Aucun | -| On Scroll | Oui | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Before Data Entry | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Column Moved | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Row Moved | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Column Resize | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Header Click | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Footer Click | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On After Sort | Oui (List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Long Click | Oui (Bouton 3D) | Oui | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Alternative Click | Oui (Bouton 3D et List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Expand | Oui (Liste hiér. et List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Collapse | Oui (Liste hiér. et List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Delete Action | Oui (Liste hiér. et List box) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On URL Resource Loading | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Begin URL Loading | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On URL Loading Error | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On URL Filtering | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On End URL Loading | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Open External Link | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | -| On Window Opening Denied | Oui (Zone Web) | Jamais | Seul l'objet impliqué | - -(\*) Référez-vous ci-dessous au paragraphe "Evénements, objets et propriétés" pour plus d'informations. -(\*\*) Référez-vous à la section *Présentation du Glisser-Déposer* pour plus d'informations. -(\*\*\*) Seuls les objets de type List box, Liste hiérarchique et Sous-formulaire prennent en charge cet événement. - -**IMPORTANT :** Gardez constamment à l'esprit que, pour chaque événement, la méthode d'un formulaire ou d'un objet est appelée si l'événement correspondant a été sélectionné pour le formulaire ou l'objet. L'avantage de désactiver des événements en mode Développement (en utilisant la Liste des propriétés de l'éditeur de formulaires) est que vous pouvez réduire de manière très importante le nombre d'appels aux méthodes et donc optimiser la vitesse d'exécution des formulaires. - -#### Evénements, objets et propriétés - -Une méthode objet est appelée si l'événement peut réellement se produire pour l'objet en fonction de sa nature et de ses propriétés. Ce paragraphe détaille les événements à utiliser pour gérer les différents types d'objets. -A noter que la Liste des propriétés de l'éditeur de formulaires n'affiche que les événements compatibles avec l'objet sélectionné ou le formulaire. - -##### Objets cliquables - -Les objets cliquables sont gérés principalement avec la souris. Ces objets sont les suivants : - -* Variables ou champs saisissables de type Booléen -* Boutons, boutons par défaut, boutons radio, cases à cocher, grilles de boutons -* Boutons 3D, boutons radio 3D, cases à cocher 3D -* Pop up menus, pop up menus hiérarchiques, menus Images -* Listes déroulantes, menus, -* Zones de défilement, listes hiérarchiques, list box et colonnes de list box -* Boutons invisibles, boutons inversés, boutons radio image -* Thermomètres, règles, cadrans -* Onglets, -* Séparateurs. - -Lorsque l’événement On Clicked ou On Double Clicked est sélectionné pour un de ces objets, vous pouvez détecter et gérer les clics sur l'objet à l'aide de la commande **Form event code** qui retourne On Clicked ou On Double Clicked selon le cas. -Si les deux événements sont sélectionnés pour un même objet, les événements On Clicked puis On Double Clicked seront générés en cas de double-clic sur l’objet. - -**Note :** A compter de 4D v14, les champs et variables saisissables contenant du texte (type texte, date, heure, numérique) génèrent également les événements On Clicked et On Double Clicked . - -Pour tous les objets cliquables, l'événement On Clicked se produit une fois que le bouton de la souris est relâché. Il y a cependant des exceptions : - -* Avec les boutons invisibles et les onglets, l'événement On Clicked se produit dès qu'un clic a été détecté — sans attendre le relâchement du bouton de la souris. -* Avec les thermomètres, règles et cadrans, si le format d'affichage indique que la méthode objet doit être appelée pendant que vous faites glisser les curseurs de contrôle, l'événement On Clicked survient dès que le clic est détecté. - -Dans le contexte de l'événement On Clicked, vous pouvez tester le nombre de clics effectués par l'utilisateur à l'aide de la commande [Clickcount](clickcount.md). - -**Note :** Quelques objets peuvent être activés par le clavier. Une case à cocher, par exemple, une fois qu'elle a le focus, peut être sélectionnée à l'aide de la barre d'espace. Dans ce cas, l'événement On Clicked est quand même généré. - -**ATTENTION :** Les combo-boxes ne sont pas considérées comme des objets cliquables. Une combo-box doit être perçue comme une zone de texte saisissable dont la liste déroulante fournit les valeurs par défaut. Par conséquent, vous gérez la saisie des données dans une combo-box à l'aide des événements On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke et On Data Change. - -**Note :** A compter de 4D v13, les objets de type pop up/liste déroulante et menu déroulant hiérarchique peuvent générer l'événement On Data Change. Ce principe vous permet de détecter l'activation de l'objet avec sélection d'une valeur différente de la valeur courante. - -##### Objets saisissables par clavier - -Les objets saississables par clavier sont des objets dans lesquels vous saisissez des données par le clavier et pour lesquels vous pouvez filtrer les données au plus bas niveau en détectant les événements On After Edit, On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke et On Selection Change. -Les objets et types de données saisissables sont les suivants : - -* Tous les champs saisissables de type alpha, texte, date, heure, numérique ou (On After Edit uniquement) image -* Toutes les variables saisissables de type alpha, texte, date, heure, numérique ou (On After Edit uniquement) image -* Combo-boxes (sauf On Selection Change) -* List boxes - -**Note :** A compter de 4D v14, les champs et variables saisissables contenant du texte (type texte, date, heure, numérique) génèrent également les événements On Clicked et On Double Clicked. - -**Note :** Bien qu'objets “saisissables”, les listes hiérarchiques ne gèrent pas les événements formulaire On After Edit, On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke (voir aussi le paragraphe “Listes hiérarchiques” ci-dessous). - -* On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke - -**Note :** L'événement On After Keystroke peut généralement être avantageusement remplacé par l'événement On After Edit (cf. ci-dessous). -Une fois que les événements On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke ont été sélectionnés pour un objet, vous pouvez détecter et gérer la saisie par le clavier dans l'objet à l'aide de la commande **Form event code** qui va retourner On Before Keystroke puis On After Keystroke (pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)). Ces événements sont également activés par les commandes du langage simulant une action utilisateur, telles que [POST KEY](post-key.md). -A noter que les modifications des utilisateurs non effectuées via le clavier (coller, glisser-déposer, etc.) ne sont pas prises en compte. Pour traiter ces événements, vous devez utiliser On After Edit. - -**Note :** Les événements On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke ne sont pas générés lors de l'utilisation d'une méthode d'entrée. Une méthode d'entrée (ou IME, Input Method Editor) est un programme ou un composant système permettant la saisie de caractères complexes ou de symboles (par exemple japonais ou chinois) à l'aide d'un clavier occidental. - -* On After Edit -Lorsqu’il est utilisé, cet événement est généré après chaque modification du contenu d’un objet saisissable, quelle que soit l’action à l’origine de cette modification, c'est-à-dire : -\- les actions d’édition standard entraînant une modification du contenu telles que coller, couper, effacer ou annuler ; -\- le déposer d’une valeur (action similaire au coller) ; -\- toute saisie au clavier effectuée par l’utilisateur ; dans ce cas, l’événement On After Edit est généré après les événements On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke s’ils sont utilisés. -\- une modification effectuée via une commande du langage simulant une action utilisateur (i.e. [POST KEY](post-key.md)). -Attention, les actions suivantes ne déclenchent PAS cet événement : -\- les actions d’édition ne modifiant pas le contenu de la zone, comme copier ou tout sélectionner, ou le glisser d’une valeur (action similaire au copier) ; en revanche, ces actions modifient l'emplacement du curseur et déclenchent l'événement On Selection Change. -\- les modifications de contenu effectuées par programmation, à l’exception des commandes simulant une action utilisateur. -Cet événement permet de contrôler les actions utilisateur afin, par exemple, d’interdire de coller un texte trop volumineux, de filtrer certains caractères ou d’empêcher le couper d’un champ de mot de passe. -* On Selection Change : lorsqu'il est appliqué à un champ ou une variable de texte (saisissable ou non), cet événement est déclenché à chaque changement de position du curseur. C'est le cas par exemple dès que l'utilisateur sélectionne du texte à l'aide de la souris ou des touches fléchées du clavier, ou saisit du texte. Ce principe permet d'appeler par exemple des commandes telles que [GET HIGHLIGHT](get-highlight.md). - -##### Objets modifiables - -Les objets modifiables sont des objets ayant une source de données, dont la valeur peut être modifiée à l'aide de la souris ou du clavier, mais qui ne sont pas gérés par l'événement On Clicked. Ces objets sont les suivants : - -* Tous les champs saisissables (sauf BLOB) -* Toutes les variables saisissables (sauf BLOB, pointeurs et tableaux) -* Combo-boxes -* Objets externes (pour lesquels la saisie de données est validée par le plug-in) -* Listes hiérarchiques -* List box et colonnes de list box - -Ces objets reçoivent les événements On Data Change. Lorsque la propriété d'événement On Data Change est sélectionnée pour un de ces objets, vous pouvez détecter et gérer la modification de la valeur de la source de données à l'aide de la commande **Form event code** qui retourne On Data Change. L'événement est généré dès que la variable associée à l'objet est mise à jour en interne par 4D (c'est-à-dire, en général, lorsque la zone de saisie de l'objet perd le focus). - -##### Objets tabulables - -Les objets tabulables sont ceux qui peuvent recevoir le focus lorsque vous utilisez la touche **Tab** et/ou si vous cliquez dessus. L'objet qui a le focus est celui qui reçoit les caractères saisis via le clavier et qui ne sont pas les modificateurs d'une commande de menu ou d'un objet tel qu'un bouton. - -TOUS les objets sont tabulables SAUF ceux listés ci-dessous : - -* Variables ou champs non saisissables -* Grilles de boutons -* Boutons 3D, boutons radio 3D, cases à cocher 3D -* Pop-up/listes déroulantes -* Menus déroulants hiérarchiques -* Pop-up menus Image -* Zones de défilement -* Boutons invisibles, boutons inversés, boutons radio Images -* Graphes -* Objets externes (pour lesquels la saisie de données est validée par le plug-in 4D) -* Onglets -* Séparateurs - -Lorsque les événements On Getting Focus et/ou On Losing Focus sont sélectionnés pour un objet tabulable, vous pouvez détecter et gérer la modification du focus à l'aide de la commande **Form event code** qui retournera On Getting Focus or On Losing Focus en fonction de l'événement. - -##### Boutons 3D - -Les boutons 3D autorisent la mise en place d’interfaces graphiques avancées (pour une description des boutons 3D, reportez-vous au manuel Mode Développement). Outre les événements génériques, deux événements spécifiques permettent de gérer de ces boutons : - -* On Long Click : cet événement est généré lorsqu’un bouton 3D reçoit un clic et que le bouton de la souris reste enfoncé pendant un certain laps de temps. En pratique, le délai à l’issue duquel l’événement est généré est égal au délai maximal séparant un double-clic, tel qu’il a été défini dans les préférences du système. -Cet événement peut être généré pour tous les styles de boutons 3D, boutons radio 3D et cases à cocher 3D, à l’exception des boutons 3D “ancienne génération” (style Décalage du fond) et des zones de flèche des boutons 3D avec pop up menu (cf. ci-dessous). -Cet événement est généralement utilisé pour afficher des pop up menus en cas de clics longs sur des boutons. L’événement On Clicked, s’il est coché, est généré si l’utilisateur relâche le bouton de la souris avant le délai du “clic long”. -* On Alternative Click : certains styles de boutons 3D peuvent être associés à un pop up menu et afficher une flèche. Un clic sur cette flèche fait généralement apparaître un menu de sélection proposant des actions alternatives supplémentaires en rapport avec l’action principale du bouton. -4D vous permet de gérer ce type de bouton à l’aide de l'événement On Alternative Click. Cet événement est généré lorsque l’utilisateur clique sur la “flèche” (l'événement est généré dès que le bouton de la souris est enfoncé) : -\- si le pop up menu est de type “Séparé”, l’événement est généré uniquement en cas de clic sur la zone fléchée du bouton. -\- si le pop up menu est de type “Lié”, l’événement est généré en cas de clic sur n’importe quelle partie du bouton. A noter qu’avec ce type de bouton, l’événement On Long Click ne peut pas être généré. -![](../assets/en/commands/pict2074286.fr.png) - -Les styles de boutons 3D, boutons radio 3D et cases à cocher 3D acceptant la propriété “Avec pop up menu” sont : Aucun, Bouton barre outils, Bevel, Bevel arrondi et Office XP. - -##### List box - -Plusieurs événements formulaire permettent de prendre en charge les spécificités des list box : - -* On Before Data Entry : cet événement est généré juste avant qu’une cellule de list box passe en mode édition (c’est-à-dire, avant que le curseur de saisie soit affiché). Cet événement permet au développeur, par exemple, d’afficher un texte différent selon que l’utilisateur est en mode affichage ou édition. -* On Selection Change : cet événement est généré à chaque fois que la sélection courante de lignes ou de colonnes de la list box est modifiée. Cet événement est également généré pour les listes d’enregistrements et les listes hiérarchiques. -* On Column Moved : cet événement est généré lorsqu’une colonne de list box est déplacée par l’utilisateur via le glisser-déposer. Il n’est pas généré si la colonne est glissée et déposée à son emplacement initial. La commande [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) permet de connaître le nouvel emplacement de la colonne. -* On Row Moved : cet événement est généré lorsqu’une ligne de list box est déplacée par l’utilisateur via le glisser-déposer. Il n’est pas généré si la ligne est glissée et déposée à son emplacement initial. -* On Column Resize : cet événement est généré lorsque la largeur d’une colonne de list box est modifiée par l'utilisateur. -* On Expand et On Collapse : ces événements sont générés lorsqu'une ligne de list box hiérarchique est déployée ou contractée. -* On Header Click : cet événement est généré lorsqu’un clic se produit sur l’en-tête d’une colonne de list box. Dans ce cas, la commande [Self](self.md) permet de connaître l’en-tête de colonne sur laquelle le clic s’est produit. L’événement On Clicked est généré lorsqu’un clic droit (Windows) ou un Ctrl+clic (Mac OS) se produit sur une colonne ou un en-tête de colonne. Vous pouvez tester le nombre de clics effectués par l'utilisateur à l'aide de la commande [Clickcount](clickcount.md). -Si la propriété **Triable** a été cochée pour la list box, il est possible d’autoriser ou non le tri standard sur la colonne en passant la valeur 0 ou -1 dans la variable $0 : -\- Si $0 vaut 0, le tri standard est effectué. -\- Si $0 vaut -1, le tri standard n’est pas effectué et l’en-tête n’affiche pas la flèche de tri. Le développeur peut toutefois générer un tri des colonnes sur des critères personnalisés à l’aide des commandes de gestion des tableaux de 4D. -Si la propriété **Triable** n’a pas été cochée pour la list box, la variable $0 n’est pas utilisée. -* On Footer Click : cet événement est disponible pour l'objet list box ou colonne de list box. Il est généré lorsqu’un clic se produit dans la zone de pied de la list box ou de la colonne de list box. Dans ce cas, la commande [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) retourne un pointeur vers la variable de pied ayant reçu le clic. L’événement est généré pour les clics gauche et droit. Vous pouvez tester le nombre de clics effectués par l'utilisateur à l'aide de la commande [Clickcount](clickcount.md). -* On After Sort : cet événement est généré juste après qu’un tri standard ait été effectué (i.e. il n’est pas généré si $0 retourne -1 dans l’événement On Header Click). Ce mécanisme est utile pour conserver le sens du dernier tri effectué par l’utilisateur. Dans cet événement, la commande [Self](self.md) retourne un pointeur sur la variable d'en-tête de la colonne ayant été triée. -* On Delete Action : cet événement est généré à chaque fois que l’utilisateur tente de supprimer la ou les ligne(s) sélectionnée(s) en appuyant sur une touche de suppression (**Suppr** ou **Ret. Arr.**) ou en sélectionnant la commande **Supprimer** dans le menu **Edition**. L’événement est disponible uniquement au niveau de l’objet list box. A noter que la génération de l’événement est la seule action effectuée par 4D : le programme ne supprime aucune ligne. Il appartient au développeur de prendre en charge la suppression et éventuellement l’affichage préalable d’un message d’alerte. -* On Scroll (nouveauté v15) : cet événement est généré dès que l'utilisateur fait défiler les lignes ou les colonnes de la list box. L'événement est uniquement généré lorsque le défilement est le résultat d'une action utilisateur : activation des barres et/ou des curseurs de défilement, utilisation de la roulette de la souris ou du clavier. Il n'est donc pas généré lorsque le défilement est provoqué par l'exécution de la commande [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md). -Cet événement est généré après tous les autres événements liés à l'action de défilement (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). L'événement est généré uniquement dans la méthode objet (et non dans la méthode formulaire). Reportez-vous à l'exemple 15. -* On Alternative Click (nouveauté v15) : cet événement est généré dans les colonnes de list box de type tableau d'objets, lorsque l'utilisateur clique sur un bouton d'ellipse de widget (attribut "alternateButton"). Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la section *Utiliser des tableaux objets dans les colonnes*. - -Deux événements génériques sont également utilisables dans le contexte d'une list box de type "sélection" : - -* On Open Detail : cet événement est généré lorsqu’un enregistrement est sur le point d’être affiché dans le formulaire détaillé associé à la list box (et avant que ce formulaire soit ouvert). -* On Close Detail : généré lorsqu’un enregistrement affiché dans le formulaire détaillé associé à la list box est sur le point d’être refermé (que l’enregistrement ait été modifié ou non). - -##### Listes hiérarchiques - -Outre les événements génériques, plusieurs événements formulaires spécifiques permettent de prendre en charge les actions utilisateurs effectuées sur les listes hiérarchiques : - -* On Selection Change : cet événement est généré à chaque fois que la sélection dans la liste hiérarchique est modifiée à la suite d’un clic ou de la frappe d’une touche au clavier. -Cet événement est également généré dans les objets list box et les listes d’enregistrements. -* On Expand : cet événement est généré à chaque fois qu’un élément de la liste hiérarchique a été déployé via un clic ou une touche du clavier. -* On Collapse : cet événement est généré à chaque fois qu’un élément de la liste hiérarchique a été contracté via un clic ou une touche du clavier. -* On Delete Action : cet événement est généré à chaque fois que l’utilisateur tente de supprimer le ou les élément(s) sélectionné(s) en appuyant sur une touche de suppression (**Suppr** ou **Ret. Arr.**) ou en sélectionnant la commande **Supprimer** dans le menu **Edition**. A noter que la génération de l’événement est la seule action effectuée par 4D : le programme ne supprime aucun élément. Il appartient au développeur de prendre en charge la suppression et éventuellement l’affichage préalable d’un message d’alerte (cf. exemple). - -Ces événements ne sont pas mutuellement exclusifs. Ils peuvent être générés les uns après les autres pour une liste hiérarchique : -\- Suite à la frappe d’une touche clavier (dans l’ordre) : - -| **Evénement** | **Contexte** | -| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| On Data Change | Un élément était en édition | -| On Expand / On Collapse | Ouverture/fermeture de sous-liste à l’aide des touches fléchées -> ou <- | -| On Selection Change | Sélection d’un nouvel élément | -| On Clicked | Activation de la liste par le clavier | - - -\- Suite à un clic souris (dans l’ordre) : - -| **Evénement** | **Contexte** | -| ------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| On Data Change | Un élément était en édition | -| On Expand / On Collapse | Ouverture/fermeture de sous-liste via un clic sur l’icône de déploiement/contraction | -| ou bien | | -| Double-clic sur une sous-liste non éditable | | -| On Selection Change | Sélection d’un nouvel élément | -| On Clicked / On Double Clicked | Activation de la liste par un clic ou un double-clic | - -##### Variables et champs image - -* L'événement formulaire On Scroll est généré dès que l'utilisateur fait défiler une image à l'intérieur de la zone (variable ou champ) qui la contient. Il est possible de faire défiler le contenu d'une zone image lorsque la taille de la zone est inférieure à son contenu et que le format d'affichage est "**tronqué (non centré)**". Pour plus d'informations sur ce point, reportez-vous au paragraphe *Formats image*. -L'événement est généré lorsque le défilement a pour origine une action utilisateur, quelle que soit cette action : utilisation des curseurs ou des barres de défilement, de la molette de la souris ou des touches de défilement du clavier (pour plus d'informations sur les commandes de défilement accessibles au clavier, reportez-vous à la section *Barres de défilement*). Il n'est donc pas généré lorsque l'image défile à la suite de l'exécution de la commande [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md). Cet événement est généré après tous les autres événements liés à l'action de défilement (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). Il est généré uniquement dans la méthode objet (et non dans la méthode formulaire). Reportez-vous à l'exemple 14\. -* (Nouveauté v16) L'événement On Mouse Up est généré lorsque l'utilisateur vient de relâcher le bouton de la souris alors qu'il était en train d'effectuer un glisser dans une zone image (champ ou variable). Cet événement est utile, par exemple, lorsque vous voulez permettre à l'utilisateur de déplacer, redimensionner ou dessiner des objets dans une zone SVG. -Lorsque l'événement On Mouse Up est généré, vous pouvez récupérer les coordonnées locales de l'emplacement où le bouton de la souris a été relâché. Ces coordonnées sont retournées dans les *Variables système* **MouseX** et **MouseY**. Les coordonnées relatives sont exprimées en pixels par rapport au coin supérieur gauche de l'image (0,0). -Lorsque vous utilisez cet événement, il est également nécessaire d'appeler la commande [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) pour traiter les cas où le "gestionnaire d'état" du formulaire est désynchronisé, c'est-à-dire lorsque l'événement On Mouse Up n'est jamais reçu après un clic. C'est le cas par exemple lorsqu'une boîte de dialogue d'alerte s'affiche au-dessus du formulaire alors que le bouton de la souris n'a pas encore été relâché. Pour plus d'informations et un exemple d'utilisation de l'événement On Mouse Up, veuillez vous référer à la description de la commande [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md). - -**Note :** Si la propriété "Glissable" est cochée pour l'objet image, l'événement On Mouse Up n'est jamais généré. - -##### Sous-formulaires - -Un objet conteneur de sous-formulaire (objet inclus dans le formulaire parent, contenant une instance de sous-formulaire) prend en charge les événements suivants : - -* On Load et On Unload : respectivement ouverture et fermeture du sous-formulaire (ces événements doivent également avoir été activés au niveau du formulaire parent pour être pris en compte). A noter que ces événements sont générés avant ceux du formulaire parent. A noter également que, conformément aux principes de fonctionnement des événements formulaire, si le sous-formulaire est placé sur une page autre que la page 0 ou 1, ces événements ne sont générés qu’au moment de l’affichage/la fermeture de la page (et non du formulaire). -* On Validate : validation de la saisie dans le sous-formulaire. -* On Data Change : la variable associée à l’objet conteneur du sous-formulaire a été modifiée. -* On Getting Focus et On Losing Focus : le conteneur de sous-formulaire vient de recevoir ou de perdre le focus. Ces événements sont générés dans la méthode de l’objet sous-formulaire lorsqu’ils sont cochés. Ils sont envoyés à la méthode formulaire du sous-formulaire, ce qui permet par exemple de gérer l’affichage de boutons de navigation dans le sous-formulaire en fonction du focus. A noter que les objets du sous-formulaire peuvent eux-mêmes recevoir le focus. -* On Bound Variable Change : cet événement spécifique est généré dans le contexte de la méthode formulaire du sous-formulaire dès qu’une valeur est affectée à la variable associée au sous-formulaire dans le formulaire parent (même si la même valeur est réaffectée), et si le sous-formulaire appartient à la page formulaire courante ou à la page 0\. Ce principe permet de mettre à jour le contenu du sous-formulaire à la suite de la modification de la variable associée au conteneur du sous-formulaire dans le formulaire parent. Pour plus d'informations sur la gestion des sous-formulaires, reportez-vous au manuel *Mode Développement*. - -**Note :** Il est possible de définir tout type d’événement personnalisé pouvant être généré dans un sous-formulaire via la commande [CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md). Cette commande permet d’appeler la méthode de l’objet conteneur et de lui passer un code d’événement. - -**Note :** Les événements On Clicked et On Double Clicked générés dans le sous-formulaire sont reçus en premier lieu par la méthode formulaire du sous-formulaire puis par la méthode formulaire du formulaire hôte. - -##### Zones Web - -Sept événements formulaires spécifiques sont disponibles pour les zones Web : - -* On Begin URL Loading : cet événement est généré au début du chargement d’un nouvel URL dans la zone Web. La variable "URL" associée à la zone Web vous permet de connaître l’URL en cours de chargement. -**Note :** L’URL en cours de chargement est différent de l’URL courant (reportez-vous à la description de la commande [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md)). -* On URL Resource Loading : cet événement est généré à chaque chargement d’une nouvelle ressource (image, frame, etc.) dans la page Web courante. La variable "Progression du chargement" associée à la zone vous permet de connaître l’état courant du chargement. -* On End URL Loading : cet événement est généré lorsque toutes les ressources de l’URL courant ont été chargées. Vous pouvez appeler la commande [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md) afin de connaître l’URL chargé. -* On URL Loading Error : cet événement est généré lorsqu’une erreur a été détectée au cours du chargement d’un URL. Vous pouvez appeler la commande [WA GET LAST URL ERROR](wa-get-last-url-error.md) afin d’obtenir des informations sur l’erreur. -* On URL Filtering : cet événement est généré lorsque le chargement d’un URL a été bloqué par la zone Web du fait d’un filtre mis en place via la commande [WA SET URL FILTERS](wa-set-url-filters.md). Vous pouvez alors connaître l’URL bloqué à l’aide de la commande [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md). -* On Open External Link : cet événement est généré lorsque le chargement d’un URL a été bloqué par la zone Web et que l’URL a été ouvert avec le navigateur courant du système, du fait d’un filtre mis en place via la commande [WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md). Vous pouvez alors connaître l’URL bloqué à l’aide de la commande [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md). -* On Window Opening Denied : cet événement est généré lorsque l’ouverture d’une fenêtre pop up a été bloquée par la zone Web. En effet, les zones Web 4D ne permettent pas l’ouverture de fenêtres pop up. Vous pouvez alors connaître l’URL bloqué à l’aide de la commande [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md). - -##### Zones 4D View Pro - -Les événements suivants sont disponibles pour les zones 4D View Pro : - -* On After Edit: Cet événement est généré à la suite d'une modification apportée dans la zone 4D View Pro. -* On Clicked: Cet événement est généré lorsque à la suite d'un clic dans l'affichage de la zone 4D View Pro (hors des en-têtes, barres de défilement ou de la boîte à outils) -* On Column Resize: Cet événement est généré lorsque la largeur d'une colonne est modifiée par un utilisateur -* On Double Clicked: Cet événement est généré à la suite d'un double-clic dans la zone 4D View Pro -* On Header Click: Cet événement est généré à la suite d'un clic dans l'en-tête d'une colonne ou d'une ligne -* On Row Resize: Cet événement est généré lorsque la hauteur d'une ligne est modifiée par un utilisateur -* On Selection Change: Cet événement est généré lorsqu'une sélection courante de lignes ou de colonnes est modifiée. -* On VP Ready Cet événement est généré lorsque le chargement de la zone 4D View Pro est terminé. Il est nécessaire d'utiliser cet événement lorsque vous écrivez du code d'initialisation pour la zone. - -Pour plus d'informations, veuillez vous reporter à la section *Evénement formulaire Sur VP prêt*. - -#### Exemple 1 - -L'exemple suivant montre l'utilisation de l'événement On Validate pour affecter automatiquement la date lorsque l'enregistrement est modifié : - -```4d -  // Méthode d'un formulaire - Case of -  // ... -    :(FORM Event=On Validate) -       [LaTable]Date de modification:=Current date - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 2 - -Dans l'exemple suivant, la gestion complète d'un menu déroulant (initialisation, clics et relâchement de l'objet) est placée dans la méthode de l'objet : - -```4d -  // Méthode objet du menu déroulant taTaille - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(taTaille;3) -       taTaille{1}:="Petit" -       taTaille{2}:="Moyen" -       taTaille{3}:="Grand" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(taTaille#0) -          ALERT("Vous avez choisi la taille "+taTaille{taTaille}+".") -       End if -    :(Form event code=Sur libération) -       CLEAR VARIABLE(taTaille) - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 3 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment, dans une méthode objet, gérer et valider l'opération de glisser-déposer à partir d'un champ qui n'accepte que des images. - -```4d -  // Méthode objet du champ Image [LaTable]uneImage - Case of -    :(FORM Event=On Drag Over) -  // On est en train de glisser-déposer un objet et la souris est au-dessus d'un champ -  // Obtenir les informations sur l'objet source -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpObjetSource;$vlElémentSource;$lProcessSource) -  // Notez que nous n'avons pas besoin de tester le numéro de process source -  // pour la méthode objet exécutée parce qu'elle est dans le même process -       $vlTypeDonnées:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -  // Les données source sont-elles une image (champ, variable ou tableau) ? -       If(($vlTypeDonnées=Is picture)|($vlTypeDonnées=Picture array)) -  // Accepter l'opération -          $0:=0 -       Else -  // Else, refuser l'opération -          $0:=-1 -       End if -    :(FORM Event=On Drop) -  // Les données source ont été déposées sur l'objet, donc nous avons besoin de les copier dans l'objet. -  // Obtenir les informations sur l'objet source -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpObjetSource;$vlElémentSource;$lProcessSource) -       $vlTypeDonnées:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -       Case of -  // L'objet source est un champ ou une variable de type Image -          :($vlTypeDonnées=Is picture) -  // Est-ce que l'objet source est dans le même process (dans la même fenêtre et le même -             formulaire)? -             If($lProcessSource=Current process) -  // Copier la valeur source -                [LaTable]uneImage:=$vpObjetSource-> -             Else -  // Else, est-ce que l'objet source est une variable ? -                If(Is a variable($vpObjetSource)) -  // Obtenir la valeur du process source -                   GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lProcessSource;$vpObjetSource->;$vgImageGlissée) -                   [LaTable]uneImage:=$vgImageGlissée -                Else -  // Else, utiliser APPELER PROCESS pour obtenir la valeur du champ du process source -                End if -             End if -  // L'objet source est un tableau de type Image -          :($vlTypeDonnées=Picture array) -  // Est-ce que l'objet source est dans le même process (dans la même fenêtre et le même -             formulaire)? -             If($lProcessSource=Current process) -  // Copier la valeur source -                [LaTable]uneImage:=$vpSrcObject->{$vlElémentSource} -             Else -  // Else, obtenir la valeur du process source -                GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lProcessSource;$vpObjetSource -                ->{$vlElémentSource};$vgImageGlissée) -                [LaTable]uneImage:=$vgImageGlissée -             End if -       End case - End case -``` - -**Note :** Pour d'autres exemples sur la gestion des événements On Drag Over et On Drop, référez-vous aux exemples de la commande *\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES*. - -#### Exemple 4 - -L'exemple suivant est une méthode formulaire générique. Elle fait apparaître chacun des événements qui peuvent survenir lorsqu'un formulaire est utilisé comme formulaire sortie : - -```4d -  // Méthode formulaire d'un formulaire sortie - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=Sur entête) -  // La zone en-tête va être imprimée ou affichée -       Case of -          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) -  // Le code pour la première rupture d'en-tête doit être placé ici -          :(Level=1) -  // Le code pour la rupture d'en-tête niveau 1 doit être placé ici -          :(Level=2) -  // Le code pour la rupture d'en-tête niveau 2 doit être placé ici -  // ... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -  // Un enregistrement va être imprimé -  // Le code pour chaque enregistrement doit être placé ici -    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) -  // Une rupture va être imprimée -       Case of -          :(Level=0) -  // Le code pour la rupture 0 doit être placé ici -          :(Level=1) -  // Le code pour la rupture 1 doit être placé ici -  // ... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) -       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) -  // Le code pour le dernier pied de page doit être placé ici -       Else -  // Le code pour le pied de page doit être placé ici -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 5 - -L'exemple suivant montre une méthode formulaire générique qui gère les événements pouvant survenir dans un formulaire sortie quand il s'affiche à l'aide de [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) ou [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). Dans un but informatif, elle affiche l'événement dans la barre de titre de la fenêtre. - -```4d -  // Une méthode formulaire exemple - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       $vaEvénement:="Le formulaire va être affiché" -    :(Form event code=Sur libération) -       $vaEvénement:="Le formulaire sortie vient de se fermer et va disparaître de l'écran" -    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) -       $vaEvénement:="Affichage de l'enregistrement n°"+String(Numero dans selection([LaTable])) -    :(Form event code=Sur menu sélectionné) -       $vaEvénement:="Une commande de menu a été sélectionnée" -    :(Form event code=Sur entête) -       $vaEvénement:="L'en-tête va être imprimé ou affiché" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       $vaEvénement:="On a cliqué sur un enregistrement" -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) -       $vaEvénement:="On a double-cliqué sur un enregistrement" -    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) -       $vaEvénement:="On a double-cliqué sur l'enregistrement n°"+String(Numero dans selection([LaTable])) -    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) -       $vaEvénement:="Retour au formulaire sortie" -    :(Form event code=On Activate) -       $vaEvénement:="La fenêtre du formulaire passe au premier plan" -    :(Form event code=Sur désactivation) -       $vaEvénement:="La fenêtre du formulaire n'est plus au premier plan" -    :(Form event code=Sur menu sélectionné) -       $vaEvénement:="Une ligne de menu a été sélectionnée" -    :(Form event code=Sur appel extérieur) -       $vaEvénement:="Un appel extérieur a été reçu" -    Else -       $vaEvénement:="Que se passe-t-il ? L'événement n°"+String(Evenement formulaire) - End case - SET WINDOW TITLE($vaEvénement) -``` - -#### Exemple 6 - -Pour des exemples de gestion des événements On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke, référez-vous aux exemples des commandes [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) et [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md). - -#### Exemple 7 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment traiter de la même manière les clics et double-clics dans une zone de défilement : - -```4d -  // Méthode objet pour la zone de défilement taChoix - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(taChoix;...) -  // ... -       taChoix:=0 -    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) -       If(taChoix#0) -  // On a cliqué sur un élément, faire quelque chose -  // ... -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 8 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment traiter les clics et double-clics de manière différente (notez l'utilisation de l'élément zéro pour conserver la valeur de l'élément sélectionné) : - -```4d -  // Méthode objet pour la zone de défilement taChoix - Case of -    :(FORM Event=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(taChoix;...) -  // ... -       taChoix:=0 -       taChoix{0}:="0" -    :(FORM Event=On Clicked) -       If(taChoix#0) -          If(taChoix#Num(taChoix)) -  // On a cliqué sur un élément, faire quelque chose -  // ... -  // Sauvegarder l'élément nouvellement sélectionné pour la prochaine fois -             taChoix{0}:=String(taChoix) -          End if -       Else -          taChoix:=Num(taChoix{0}) -       End if -    :(FORM Event=On Double Clicked) -       If(taChoix#0) -  // On a double-cliqué sur un élément, faire quelque chose -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 9 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment maintenir une zone contenant du texte à partir d'une méthode formulaire à l'aide des événements On Getting Focus et On Losing Focus : - -```4d -  // Méthode formulaire [Contacts];"Entrée" - Case of -    :(FORM Event=On Load) -       var vtZoneEtat : Text -       vtZoneEtat:="" -    :(FORM Event=On Getting Focus) -       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsNomVar;$vlNumTable;$vlNumChamp) -       If(($vlNumTable#0) & ($vlNumChamp#0)) -          Case of -             :($vlNumChamp=1) // Champ nom -                vtZoneEtat:="Saisissez le nom du contact, il sera automatiquement mis en majuscules." -  // ... -             :($vlNumChamp=10) // Champ code postal -                vtZoneEtat:="Saisissez un code postal, il sera automatiquement vérifié et validé." -  // ... -          End case -       End if -    :(FORM Event=On Losing Focus) -       vtZoneEtat:="" -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 10 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment traiter l'événement de fermeture de fenêtre avec un formulaire utilisé pour l'entrée des données : - -```4d -  // Méthode pour un formulaire entrée - $vpFormulaireTable:=Current form table - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Close Box) -       If(Modified record($vpFormulaireTable->)) -          CONFIRM("Cet enregistrement a été modifié. Voulez-vous sauvegarder les modifications ?") -          If(OK=1) -             ACCEPT -          Else -             CANCEL -          End if -       Else -          CANCEL -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 11 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment mettre en majuscules un champ Texte ou Alphanumérique chaque fois que la valeur est modifiée : - -```4d -  // Méthode objet pour [Contacts]Prénom - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=Sur données modifiées) -       [Contacts]Prénom:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]Prénom;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]Prénom;2)) -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 12 - -L'exemple suivant montre comment mettre en majuscules un champ Texte ou Alphanumérique chaque fois que la valeur est modifiée : - -```4d -  // Méthode objet pour [Contacts]Prénom - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=Sur données modifiées) -       [Contacts]Prénom:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]Prénom;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]Prénom;2)) -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemple 13 - -L'exemple suivant propose une manière de gérer une action de suppression dans une liste hiérarchique : - -```4d - ... //méthode de la liste hiérarchique -:(Form event code=On Delete Action) - ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) - $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) - $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) -  - Case of -    :($n=0) -       ALERT("Pas d’élément sélectionné") -       OK:=0 -    :($n=1) -        CONFIRM("Voulez-vous supprimer cet élément ?") -    :($n>1) -       CONFIRM("Voulez-vous supprimer ces éléments ?") - End case -  - If(OK=1) -    For($i;1;$n) -       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) -    End for - End if -``` - -#### Exemple 14 - -Dans cet exemple, l'événement formulaire On Scroll permet de synchroniser l'affichage de deux images dans un formulaire. Le code suivant est ajouté dans la méthode de l'objet "satellite" (champ image ou variable image) : - -```4d - Case of -    :(FORM Event=On Scroll) -           // on relève la position de l'image de gauche -       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) -           // on l'applique à l'image de droite -       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) - End case -``` - -Résultat : - -#### Exemple 15 - -Vous souhaitez dessiner un rectangle rouge autour de la cellule sélectionnée d'une list box, et vous voulez que le rectangle se déplace si l'utilisateur fait défiler verticalement la list box. Dans la méthode objet de la list box, vous pouvez écrire : - -```4d - Case of -  -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True)  //initialiser rectangle rouge -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -  -    :(Form event code=Sur défilement) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) -  //tenir compte de la hauteur de l'entête pour ne pas que le rectangle empiète dessus -       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Lire hauteur entêtes(*;"LB1") -       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //si nous sommes dans la list box -  //pour simplifier, on ne tient compte que des en-têtes -  //mais il faudrait également gérer le clipping horizontal -  //ainsi que les barres de défilement -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) -          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       Else -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) -       End if -  - End case -``` - -En résultat, le rectangle rouge suit bien le défilement de la list box : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) - -#### Voir aussi - -*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* -[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) -[Current form table](current-form-table.md) -[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[FORM Event](form-event.md) -[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) -[Keystroke](keystroke.md) -[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) -[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md deleted file mode 100644 index ee6a0a0786163b..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event -title: FORM Event -slug: /commands/form-event -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM Event** : Object - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Résultat | Object | ← | Objet événement | - - - -#### Description - -**FORM Event** retourne un objet contenant des informations sur l'événement formulaire qui vient de se produire. Généralement, vous utiliserez **FORM Event** à partir d'un formulaire ou d'une méthode objet **FORM Event**. - -**Objet retourné** - -Chaque objet retourné inclut les propriétés principales suivantes : - -| **Propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ------------- | ----------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| objectName | texte | Nom de l'objet déclenchant l'événement - Non inclus si l'événement est déclenché par le formulaire | -| code | entier long | Valeur numérique de l'événement formulaire. Voir [Form event code](form-event-code.md) | -| description | texte | Nom de l'événement formulaire (*ex :* "Sur après modification"). | - -Par exemple, si un bouton est cliqué, l'objet contient les propriétés suivantes : - -```json -{"code":4,"description":"Sur clic","objectName":"Button2"} -``` - -L'objet événement peut contenir des propriétés supplémentaires, en fonction de l'objet lié à l'événement courant. Pour les objets *eventObj* générés dans : - -* les objets List box ou colonnes de list box, voir *la documentation des list box sur developer.4d.com* -* les zones 4D View Pro, voir *Evénement formulaire Sur VP prêt*. - -**Note :** S'il n'existe pas d'événement courant, **FORM Event** retourne un objet null. - -#### Exemple 1 - -Vous souhaitez gérer l'événement Sur clic dans un bouton : - -```4d - If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) -    ... - End if -``` - -#### Exemple 2 - -Si vous définissez le nom de l'objet colonne avec un nom d'attribut d'une dataclass comme suit: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) - -Vous pouvez trier la colonne à l'aide de l'événement Sur clic entête : - -```4d - Form.event:=FORM Event - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Header Click) -       si(Form.event.columnName="lastname") -       Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") -    End if -End case -``` - -#### Exemple 3 - -Vous souhaitez gérer l'événement Sur affichage corps sur un objet List box à l'aide d'une méthode définie dans la propriété *Meta info expression* : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) - -La méthode *setColor* : - -```4d - var $event;$0;$meta : Object - $event:=FORM Event - $meta:=New object -  - Case of -    :($event.code=On Display Detail) -       If($event.isRowSelected) -          $meta.fill:="lightblue" -       End if - End case - $0:=$meta -``` - -La list box résultante s'affichera comme suit lorsque les lignes sont sélectionées : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) - -#### Voir aussi - -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md index e642ce6820a867..48372b72ad3d87 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **FORM FIRST PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la première page du formulaire. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou si la première page du formulaire est déjà affichée, **FORM FIRST PAGE** ne fait rien. +La commande **FORM FIRST PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la première page du formulaire. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou si la première page du formulaire est déjà affichée, **FORM FIRST PAGE** ne fait rien. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md index 2a5d6c8dca806b..921ac90a227f27 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -**FORM Get current page** retourne le numéro de la page courante du formulaire actuellement affiché ou du formulaire courant chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +**FORM Get current page** retourne le numéro de la page courante du formulaire actuellement affiché ou du formulaire courant chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). Le paramètre *\** est utile lorsque la commande est appelée dans le contexte d’un sous-formulaire en page contenant plusieurs pages. Dans ce cas, si vous passez ce paramètre, la commande retourne le numéro de la page courante du sous-formulaire courant (celui qui a appelé la commande). Par défaut, si le paramètre *\** est omis, la commande s’applique toujours au formulaire parent. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md index a5fc8019d98986..722f7729a677bd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ Exemples d’utilisations type : #### Voir aussi *Formulaires* -[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](../commands/method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md index a5a96d902686ac..4818ac64a8b22d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **FORM GOTO PAGE** change la page courante du formulaire pour afficher la page désignée par *numéroPage*. -Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou si *numéroPage* correspond à la page courante du formulaire, **FORM GOTO PAGE** ne fait rien. Si *numéroPage* est supérieur au nombre de pages du formulaire, la dernière page est affichée. Si *numéroPage* est inférieur à 1, la première page est affichée. +Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou si *numéroPage* correspond à la page courante du formulaire, **FORM GOTO PAGE** ne fait rien. Si *numéroPage* est supérieur au nombre de pages du formulaire, la dernière page est affichée. Si *numéroPage* est inférieur à 1, la première page est affichée. Le paramètre *\** est utile lorsque la commande est appelée dans le contexte d’un sous-formulaire en page contenant plusieurs pages. Dans ce cas, si vous passez ce paramètre, la commande change la page du sous-formulaire courant (celui qui a appelé la commande). Par défaut, si le paramètre *\** est omis, la commande s’applique toujours au formulaire parent. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Le paramètre *\** est utile lorsque la commande est appelée dans le contexte d Les commandes de gestion des pages peuvent être utilisées avec des formulaires entrée ou des formulaires affichés dans des boîtes de dialogue. Les formulaires sortie n'utilisent que la première page. Un formulaire comprend toujours au minimum une page, la première. Notez bien que quel que soit le nombre de pages qu'il contient, un formulaire ne peut être associé qu'à une seule méthode formulaire. * Vous pouvez utiliser la commande [FORM Get current page](form-get-current-page.md) pour savoir quelle page est affichée à l'écran. -* Vous pouvez utiliser l'[Form event code](form-event-code.md) On Page Change qui est généré à chaque fois que le formulaire change de page courante. +* Vous pouvez utiliser l'[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) On Page Change qui est généré à chaque fois que le formulaire change de page courante. **Note :** Pendant que vous construisez un formulaire, vous pouvez utiliser les pages 1 à N du formulaire ainsi que la page 0 (zéro), dans laquelle vous placez les objets que vous voulez faire apparaître sur toutes les pages. Lors de l'utilisation du formulaire, et donc lorsque les commandes de gestion des pages sont appelées, seules les pages 1 à N sont accessibles : la page 0 est automatiquement combinée à la page affichée à l'écran. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md index 9e16821aedb4ba..262bc5d1bd5500 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **FORM LAST PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la dernière page du formulaire. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou si la dernière page du formulaire est déjà affichée, **FORM LAST PAGE** ne fait rien. +La commande **FORM LAST PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la dernière page du formulaire. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou si la dernière page du formulaire est déjà affichée, **FORM LAST PAGE** ne fait rien. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md deleted file mode 100644 index 175b6e721029ae..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-load -title: FORM LOAD -slug: /commands/form-load -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM LOAD** ( {*laTable* ;} *formulaire* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| laTable | Table | → | Table du formulaire à charger (si omis, charger un formulaire projet) | -| formulaire | Text, Object | → | Nom du formulaire table ou projet à utiliser, ouChemin POSIX (chaîne) d'un fichier .json décrivant le formulaire, ouObjet décrivant le formulaire | -| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | -| * | Opérateur | → | Si passé = la commande s’applique à la base hôte lorsqu’elle est exécutée depuis un composant (paramètre ignoré hors de ce contexte) | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Description - -La commande **FORM LOAD** vous permet de charger le *formulaire* en mémoire dans le process courant avec formData (facultatif) afin d'imprimer des données ou d'analyser son contenu. Il ne peut y avoir qu'un seul formulaire courant par process. - -Dans le paramètre *formulaire*, vous pouvez passer soit : - -* le nom du formulaire (formulaire projet ou formulaire table) à utiliser, -* le chemin (en syntaxe POSIX) d'un fichier .json valide contenant la description du formulaire à utiliser (voir *Chemin d'accès du formulaire*), -* un objet contenant la description du formulaire à utiliser. - -Lorsque la commande est exécutée à partir d'un composant, elle charge par défaut les formulaires du composant. Si vous passez le paramètre \*, la méthode charge les formulaires de la base de données de l'hôte. - -##### formData - -En option, vous pouvez transmettre des paramètres au formuliare à l'aide de l'objet formData. Toutes les propriétés de l'objet formData seront alors disponibles dans le contexte du formulaire par l'intermédiaire de la commande [Form](form.md). Par exemple, si vous passez un objet contenant {"version", "12"} dans formData, vous pourrez obtenir ou définir la valeur de la propriété "version" dans le formulaire en appelant : - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -L'objet *formData* est disponible dans l'événement Sur chargement formulaire. - -formData vous permet de passer en toute sécurité des paramètres à vos formulaires, quel que soit le contexte d'appel. En particulier, si le même formulaire est appelé à différents endroits dans le même processus, vous pourrez toujours accéder à ses valeurs spécifiques en appelant simplement [Form](form.md).myProperty. - -**Note :** Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre formData ou si vous passez un objet non défini, **\[#current\_titl**e\] crée automatiquement un nouvel objet vide lié au formulaire, disponible via la commande [Form](form.md). - -##### Impression de données - -Pour que cette commande puisse être exécutée, une tâche d'impression doit avoir été ouverte au préalable à l'aide de la commande [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). La commande [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) effectue un appel implicite à la commande [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md), il est donc nécessaire d’exécuter [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) dans ce contexte. Une fois chargé, le *formulaire* devient le formulaire d’impression courant. Toutes les commandes de gestion des objets, et en particulier la commande [Print object](print-object.md), travaillent avec ce formulaire. - -Si un formulaire d’impression avait déjà été chargé au préalable (via un appel précédent à la commande **FORM LOAD**), il est refermé et remplacé par *formulaire*. Vous pouvez ouvrir et refermer plusieurs formulaires dans la même session d’impression. Changer de formulaire d’impression via la commande **FORM LOAD** ne génère pas de saut de page, il revient au développeur de les gérer. - -Seul l’événement formulaire On Load est exécuté durant l’ouverture du formulaire, ainsi que les méthodes des objets du formulaire. Les autres événements formulaire sont ignorés. L’événement formulaire On Unload est exécuté à l’issue de l’impression. - -Pour préserver la cohérence graphique des formulaires, il est conseillé d’appliquer la propriété d’apparence "Impression" sur toutes les plates-formes. - -Le formulaire d’impression courant est automatiquement refermé lorsque la commande [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) est appelée. - -**Note de compatibilité :** Dans les versions de 4D antérieures à la v14, la commande **FORM LOAD** (nommée OUVRIR FORMULAIRE IMPRESSION) acceptait une chaîne vide dans le paramètre *formulaire* afin de refermer le formulaire projet courant. Cette syntaxe n’est désormais plus prise en charge et retourne une erreur. Vous devez désormais utiliser la commande [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) ou la commande [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) pour refermer le formulaire. - -##### Analyse du contenu du formulaire - -Cette possibilité consiste à charger un formulaire hors-écran à des fins d’analyse. Pour effectuer cette action, il suffit d’appeler **FORM LOAD** en-dehors d’un contexte de tâche d’impression. Dans ce cas, les événements formulaire ne sont pas exécutés. - -**FORM LOAD** peut être utilisé avec les commandes [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) et [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) afin d’effectuer tout type de traitement sur le contenu du formulaire. Il est ensuite impératif d'appeler la commande [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) afin de décharger le formulaire de la mémoire. - -A noter que dans tous les cas, le formulaire à l’écran reste chargé (il n’est pas touché par la commande **FORM LOAD**), il n’est pas nécessaire de le recharger après un [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md). - -**Rappel :** Dans le contexte du hors-écran, n'oubliez pas d'appeler [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) afin d'éviter tout risque de saturation de la mémoire. - -#### Exemple 1 - -Appel d’un formulaire projet en tâche d’impression : - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD("print_form") -     // exécution des événements et des méthodes objet -``` - -#### Exemple 2 - -Appel d’un formulaire table en tâche d’impression : - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") -     // exécution des événements et des méthodes objet -``` - -#### Exemple 3 - -Analyse du contenu d’un formulaire pour effectuer un traitement sur les zones de saisie de texte : - -```4d - FORM LOAD([People];"my_form")  -     // sélection du formulaire sans exécution des événements ni des méthodes - FORM GET OBJECTS(tabNomsObj;tabPtrObj;tabPages;*) - For($i;1;Size of array(tabNomsObj)) -       If(OBJECT Get type(*;tabNomsObj{$i})=Object type text input) -           //… traitement -       End if - End for - FORM UNLOAD //ne pas oublier -``` - -#### Exemple 4 - -L'exemple suivant retourne le nombre d'objets contenu dans un formulaire dynamique (JSON) : - -```4d - ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) - ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) - ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) -  - FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //on charge le formulaire - FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) -  - ALERT("Le formulaire contient "+String(Taille tableau(objectsArray))+" objets") //afficher le nombre d'objets -``` - -Résultat : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.fr.png) - -#### Exemple 5 - -Vous souhaitez imprimer un formulaire contenant une list box. Lors de l'événement Sur chargement, vous souhaitez que le contenu de la list box soit modifié. - -1\. Dans la méthode d'impression, vous écrivez : - -```4d - var $formData : Object - var $over : Boolean - var $full : Boolean -  - OPEN PRINTING JOB - $formData:=New object - $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() - ... //remplir la collection avec des données -  - FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //enregistrer la collection dans $formData - $over:=False - Repeat -    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // la source de données de cette "LB" list box est Form.LBcollection -    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) -    If(Not($over)) -       PAGE BREAK -    End if - Until($over) - FORM UNLOAD - CLOSE PRINTING JOB -``` - -2\. Dans la méthode des formulaires, vous pouvez écrire : - -```4d - var $o : Object - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection est disponible -          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) -       End for each - End case -``` - -#### Voir aussi - -[Current form name](current-form-name.md) -[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) -[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) -[OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) -[Print object](print-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md index c11dfb6ab0a4da..0934f73ecb0f95 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -**FORM NEXT PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la page suivante. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou si la page affichée est la dernière page du formulaire, **FORM NEXT PAGE** ne fait rien. +**FORM NEXT PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la page suivante. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou si la page affichée est la dernière page du formulaire, **FORM NEXT PAGE** ne fait rien. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md index 345e5b3654eb35..5c36c704b10332 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -**FORM PREVIOUS PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la page précédente. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou si la page affichée est la première page du formulaire, **FORM PREVIOUS PAGE** ne fait rien. +**FORM PREVIOUS PAGE** change la page courante d'un formulaire pour afficher la page précédente. Si aucun formulaire n'est affiché ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou si la page affichée est la première page du formulaire, **FORM PREVIOUS PAGE** ne fait rien. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md index 3a9413d765bf35..fce106e1695893 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **FORM SCREENSHOT** retourne un formulaire sous forme d'image. Cette commande admet deux syntaxes différentes : en fonction de la syntaxe utilisée, vous pouvez obtenir soit l'image d'un formulaire exécuté, soit l'image du formulaire dans l'éditeur de formulaires. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( *imageForm* ) -Cette syntaxe vous permet d'obtenir une capture écran de la page courante du formulaire en cours d'exécution ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) : l'image retournée dans le paramètre *imageForm* contient la totalité des objets visibles du formulaire avec les valeurs courantes des champs et des variables du formulaire, les sous-formulaires, etc. Le formulaire est retourné intégralement, sans tenir compte de la taille de la fenêtre qui le contient. +Cette syntaxe vous permet d'obtenir une capture écran de la page courante du formulaire en cours d'exécution ou chargé via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) : l'image retournée dans le paramètre *imageForm* contient la totalité des objets visibles du formulaire avec les valeurs courantes des champs et des variables du formulaire, les sous-formulaires, etc. Le formulaire est retourné intégralement, sans tenir compte de la taille de la fenêtre qui le contient. A noter que cette syntaxe ne fonctionne qu'avec les formulaires d'entrée. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( {*laTable* ;} *nomFormulaire* ; *imageForm* {; *pageNum*} ) Cette syntaxe vous permet d'obtenir une capture écran d'un "modèle" de formulaire tel qu'affiché dans l'éditeur de formulaires. Tous les objets visibles sont dessinés comme dans l'éditeur ; la commande tient compte des formulaires hérités et des objets placés sur la page 0\. @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ Par défaut, la commande capture la page 1 du formulaire. Si vous souhaitez capt #### Voir aussi -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md index 3394224398374d..eb91efb56bcb07 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **FORM UNLOAD** permet de décharger de la mémoire le formulaire courant désigné via la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +La commande **FORM UNLOAD** permet de décharger de la mémoire le formulaire courant désigné via la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). -L’appel de cette commande est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) hors contexte d’impression (en cas d’impression, le formulaire courant est automatiquement refermé lorsque la commande [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) est appelée). +L’appel de cette commande est nécessaire lors de l’utilisation de la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) hors contexte d’impression (en cas d’impression, le formulaire courant est automatiquement refermé lorsque la commande [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) est appelée). #### Voir aussi -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md deleted file mode 100644 index bd1430af91920e..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form -title: Form -slug: /commands/form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form** : Object - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Résultat | Object | ← | Données associées au formulaire courant | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Description - -La commande **Form** retourne l'objet associé au formulaire courant, s'il existe. 4D associe automatiquement un objet au formulaire courant dans les cas suivants : - -* le formulaire courant est affiché par la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md), -* le formulaire courant est un sous-formulaire, -* un formulaire table est actuellement affiché à l'écran. - -##### Formulaire DIALOGUE - -Si le formulaire courant est affiché suite à un appel à la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md), **Form** retourne soit un objet vide, soit l'objet *formData* passé en paramètre à cette commande, le cas échéant. - -##### Sous-formulaire - -Si le formulaire courant est un sous-formulaire, l'objet retourné par **Form** dépend de la variable du conteneur parent : - -* Si la variable associée au conteneur parent a été typée en objet ([C\_OBJECT](c-object.md)), **Form** retourne la valeur de cette variable. -Dans ce cas, l'objet retourné par **Form** est identique à celui retourné par l'expression suivante : -```4d - (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> -``` -* Si la variable associée au conteneur parent n'a pas été typée en objet, **Form** retourne un objet vide, maintenu par 4D dans le contexte du sous-formulaire. - -Pour plus d'informations, veuillez vous reporter à la section *Sous-formulaires en page*. - -##### Formulaire table - -**Form** retourne l'objet associé au formulaire table affiché à l'écran. Dans le contexte d'un formulaire d'entrée affiché depuis un formulaire de sortie (c'est-à-dire après un double-clic sur un enregistrement), l'objet retourné contient la propriété suivante : - -| **Propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------- | -| parentForm | objet | **Form** objet du formulaire de sortie parent | - -#### Exemple - -Dans un formulaire affichant l'enregistrement d'une personne, un bouton ouvre un dialogue permettant de vérifier ou de modifier les noms et âges de ses enfants : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**Note :** Le champ objet "enfants" est représenté uniquement dans cet exemple afin de faire apparaître sa structure. - -Dans le formulaire de vérification, vous avez assigné des propriétés d'objet [Form](form.md) aux variables : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -Voici le code du bouton "Check Children" : - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //récupérer les enfants - $save:=False //initialisation du marqueur de sauvegarde -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Vérification des enfants pour "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //pour chaque enfant -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //afficher le dialogue prérempli -       If(OK=1) //l'utilisateur a cliqué sur OK -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //Forcer la mise à jour du champ -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("Pas d'enfant à vérifier.") - End if -``` - -**Note :** Cet exemple nécessite l'activation de la notation objet dans la base (voir *Page Compatibilité*). - -Le formulaire affiche les informations pour chaque enfant : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -Si des valeurs sont modifiées et que l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton OK, le champ est mis à jour (bien entendu, l'enregistrement parent devra être sauvegardé par la suite). - -#### Voir aussi - -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md index 3e563d192f9716..db910a58724db6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ Voici un exemple de traitement à la volée des caractères saisis dans un champ #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md index c4d66c7e19a2ba..c8e33ff5f63b8d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Cette commande peut être appelée dans deux contextes : * lors de l’événement formulaire On Header, dans le cadre de l’utilisation des commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). -* lors de l’événement formulaire On Printing Detail, dans le cadre de l’utilisation de la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +* lors de l’événement formulaire On Printing Detail, dans le cadre de l’utilisation de la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Passez dans le paramètre *numTaquet* une des constantes du thème "*Zone de formulaire*" : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md index c21ce09256284f..20283739b747f4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ Pour connaître la taille totale de la page, vous pouvez : #### Voir aussi [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md index 1d14700aaa37c1..ecae696cfb1d61 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **GET PRINTABLE MARGIN** retourne les valeurs courantes des différentes marges définies lors de l’utilisation des commandes [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). +La commande **GET PRINTABLE MARGIN** retourne les valeurs courantes des différentes marges définies lors de l’utilisation des commandes [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). Les valeurs sont retournées en pixels par rapport au bord du papier. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Il est possible d’obtenir la taille du papier à l’aide de la fonction [GET Par défaut, dans 4D le calcul des impressions est effectué sur la base des “marges imprimante”. L’avantage de ce système est que les formulaires s’adaptent automatiquement aux nouvelles imprimantes (puisque positionnés dans la partie imprimable). En revanche, dans le cas des formulaires pré-imprimés, il n’est pas possible de positionner précisément les éléments à imprimer car un changement d’imprimante peut modifier les marges imprimante. -Il est possible de baser l’impression des formulaires effectuée à l’aide des commandes [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) sur une marge fixe et identique sur chaque imprimante : la marge papier, c’est-à-dire les limites physiques de la feuille. Pour cela, il suffit d’utiliser les commandes [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) et [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md). +Il est possible de baser l’impression des formulaires effectuée à l’aide des commandes [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) sur une marge fixe et identique sur chaque imprimante : la marge papier, c’est-à-dire les limites physiques de la feuille. Pour cela, il suffit d’utiliser les commandes [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) et [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md). #### Terminologie des impressions @@ -43,5 +43,5 @@ Il est possible de baser l’impression des formulaires effectuée à l’aide d #### Voir aussi [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md index 6542d450b170f2..8c353b7850dd0f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md @@ -18,16 +18,16 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **Get printed height** retourne la hauteur globale (en pixels) de la section imprimée par la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +La commande **Get printed height** retourne la hauteur globale (en pixels) de la section imprimée par la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). La valeur retournée sera comprise entre 0 (le bord supérieur de la page) et la hauteur globale retournée par la commande [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) (la taille maximum de la zone d’impression). -Si vous imprimez une nouvelle section via la commande [Print form](print-form.md), la hauteur de cette section est ajoutée à cette valeur. Si la zone d’impression disponible est insuffisante pour contenir cette section, une nouvelle page est générée et la valeur retournée est 0. +Si vous imprimez une nouvelle section via la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), la hauteur de cette section est ajoutée à cette valeur. Si la zone d’impression disponible est insuffisante pour contenir cette section, une nouvelle page est générée et la valeur retournée est 0. Les marges d’impression gauche et droite n’influent pas sur la valeur retournée, à la différence des marges inférieure et supérieure (définies éventuellement via la commande [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md)). #### Voir aussi [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md index 98f70a12837124..969ca4c39b03c3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous souhaitez que le cycle d'exécution **In break** soit généré, assurez-vous que l'événement formulaire On Printing Break a bien été activé dans la boîte de dialogue des propriétés du formulaire ou du (des) objet(s) sélectionné(s), en mode Développement. -**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Printing Break. +**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Printing Break. #### Voir aussi diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md index 261cbdaf9414f4..63c8f60db3aff5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous voulez que le cycle d'exécution **In footer** soit généré, vérifiez que la propriété d'événement On Printing Footer du formulaire et/ou des objets est sélectionnée en mode Développement. -**Note :** Cette fonction équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Printing Footer. +**Note :** Cette fonction équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Printing Footer. #### Voir aussi diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md index af006b329f184f..7fe1d12b8a7550 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous souhaitez que le cycle d'exécution **In header** soit généré, assurez-vous que l'événement formulaire On Header a bien été activé dans la boîte de dialogue des propriétés du formulaire ou du (des) objet(s) sélectionné(s), en mode Développement. -**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Header. +**Note :** Cette commande équivaut à utiliser la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne l'événement On Header. #### Voir aussi diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md index aa56efe77114c6..1faf800423d7a3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ Le code suivant peut être utilisé pour gérer le suivi de la souris dans un ob #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md index 263bbf6b266ef1..2bf92bb97a9e32 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Keystroke** retourne le caractère tapé par l'utilisateur dans un champ ou une zone saisissable. -En général, vous appelez **Keystroke** dans une méthode formulaire ou objet, lors de la gestion des événements formulaire On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke. Pour détecter les événements de frappe clavier, utilisez la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +En général, vous appelez **Keystroke** dans une méthode formulaire ou objet, lors de la gestion des événements formulaire On Before Keystroke et On After Keystroke. Pour détecter les événements de frappe clavier, utilisez la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). Si vous voulez remplacer un caractère saisi par l'utilisateur par un autre, utilisez la commande [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md). @@ -165,5 +165,5 @@ A l'aide des possibilités de communication interprocess de 4D, vous pouvez cons #### Voir aussi [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md index 5b0b64efea53d1..980419afcefa83 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ Cet exemple est une maquette de méthode formulaire. Il traite chaque événemen [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md) [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md index 91fd81b5fdd703..2e82dca1f58cf3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Passez dans *tabNomsObj* un tableau texte qui sera automatiquement rempli par la Le tableau retourne les noms des objets de toutes les colonnes (y compris les pieds de colonnes), quel que soit leur statut visible/invisible. -Cette commande est utile dans le contexte de l’analyse d’un formulaire via les commandes [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) et [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md). Elle permet, si nécessaire, d’obtenir les noms des sous-objets des list box. +Cette commande est utile dans le contexte de l’analyse d’un formulaire via les commandes [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) et [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md). Elle permet, si nécessaire, d’obtenir les noms des sous-objets des list box. #### Exemple @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ Vous souhaitez charger un formulaire et obtenir la liste de tous les objets des #### Voir aussi -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md index 92049074b42be4..757357bf673540 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous passez le paramètre optionnel *\**, vous indiquez que le paramètre *objet* est un nom d’objet (une chaîne). Si vous ne passez pas ce paramètre, vous indiquez que le paramètre *objet* est une variable. Dans ce cas, vous ne passez pas une chaîne mais une référence de variable. Pour plus d'informations sur les noms d’objets, reportez-vous à la section *Objets de formulaires*. -Cette commande doit être utilisée en combinaison avec l’événement formulaire On Column Moved (cf. commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Cette commande doit être utilisée en combinaison avec l’événement formulaire On Column Moved (cf. commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). **Note :** Cette commande tient compte des colonnes invisibles. #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED ROW NUMBER](listbox-moved-row-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md index adac74914acf69..2a6cdc48c94c04 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous passez le paramètre optionnel *\**, vous indiquez que le paramètre *objet* est un nom d’objet (une chaîne). Si vous ne passez pas ce paramètre, vous indiquez que le paramètre *objet* est une variable. Dans ce cas, vous ne passez pas une chaîne mais une référence de variable. Pour plus d'informations sur les noms d’objets, reportez-vous à la section *Objets de formulaires*. -Cette commande doit être utilisée en combinaison avec l’événement formulaire On Row Moved (cf. commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Cette commande doit être utilisée en combinaison avec l’événement formulaire On Row Moved (cf. commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). **Note :** Cette commande ne tient pas compte de l'éventuel statut masqué/affiché des lignes de la list box. #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md index f1095ba68e53b3..dad1c4d4baf530 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -25,15 +25,16 @@ Le paramètre facultatif *typeSortie* vous permet de préciser le canal de sorti | Constante | Type | Valeur | Comment | | ----------------------- | ----------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Into 4D commands log | Entier long | 3 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des commandes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé. Ce fichier d'historique peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 34).
    **Note :** Les fichiers d’historique de 4D sont regroupés dans le dossier **Logs** (cf. commande [Get 4D folder](get-4d-folder.md)). | -| Into 4D debug message | Entier long | 1 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* dans l'environnement de débogage du système. Le résultat dépend de la plate-forme :
    sous Mac OS : la commande envoie le message à la Consolesous Windows : la commande envoie le message en tant que message de débogage. Pour pouvoir lire ce message, vous devez disposer de Microsoft Visual Studio ou de l’utilitaire DebugView pour Windows () | -| Into 4D diagnostic log | Entier long | 5 | Indique à 4D d’inscrire le *message* dans le fichier de diagnostic de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé.
    Le fichier de diagnostic peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 79). | -| Into 4D request log | Entier long | 2 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des requêtes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé | +| Into 4D commands log | Entier long | 3 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des commandes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé. Ce fichier d'historique peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 34).
    **Note :** Les fichiers d’historique de 4D sont regroupés dans le dossier **Logs** (cf. commande [Get 4D folder](get-4d-folder.md)). | +| Into 4D debug message | Entier long | 1 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* dans l'environnement de débogage du système. Le résultat dépend de la plate-forme :
    sous Mac OS : la commande envoie le message à la Consolesous Windows : la commande envoie le message en tant que message de débogage. Pour pouvoir lire ce message, vous devez disposer de Microsoft Visual Studio ou de l’utilitaire DebugView pour Windows () | +| Into 4D diagnostic log | Entier long | 5 | Indique à 4D d’inscrire le *message* dans le fichier de diagnostic de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé.
    Le fichier de diagnostic peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 79). | +| Into 4D request log | Entier long | 2 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des requêtes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé | +| Into system standard outputs | Entier long | 6 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* dans un flux de sortie standard. Le message est envoyé à **stdout** si *importance* \= Information message ou Warning message et **stderr** si *importance* \= Error message | | Into Windows log events | Entier long | 0 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* vers l’“Observateur d’événements” de Windows. Ce journal reçoit et stocke des messages en provenance des applications en cours d’exécution. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez définir le niveau d'importance du *message* via le paramètre *importance* (cf. ci-dessous).**
    Notes :** Pour que cette fonctionnalité soit disponible, le service Observateur d’événements de Windows doit être démarré.Sous Mac OS, la commande ne fait rien avec ce type de sortie. | Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre *typeSortie*, la valeur 0 (Into Windows log events) est utilisée par défaut. -Si vous avez défini un *typeSortie* de type Into Windows log events, vous pouvez attribuer au *message* un niveau d’importance via le paramètre facultatif *importance* afin de faciliter la lecture du journal d’événements. Il existe trois niveaux d’importance : Information, Avertissement et Erreur. 4D vous propose les constantes prédéfinies suivantes, placées dans le thème *Journal d'événements* : +Vous pouvez attribuer au *message* un niveau d’importance via le paramètre facultatif *importance* afin de faciliter la lecture du journal d’événements. Il existe trois niveaux d’importance : Information, Avertissement et Erreur. 4D vous propose les constantes prédéfinies suivantes : | Constante | Type | Valeur | | ------------------- | ----------- | ------ | @@ -43,6 +44,12 @@ Si vous avez défini un *typeSortie* de type Into Windows log events, vous pouve Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre *importance* ou passez une valeur invalide, la valeur par défaut (0) est utilisée. +:::note + +Le paramètre *importance* est utilisé uniquement avec les paramètres *typeSortie* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log` et `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: + #### Exemple Afin de conserver une trace des lancements de votre base sous Windows, vous pouvez écrire, dans la [On Startup database method](on-startup-database-method.md) : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md index 5b3f9a656d532e..64315ef103eeae 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Dans tous les cas, pour savoir si la valeur d'un champ a été effectivement mod **Note :** Bien que la fonction **Modified** puisse être appliquée à tout type de champ, si vous l'utilisez conjointement avec la fonction [Old](old.md), vous devez dans ce cas tenir compte des restrictions liées à cette fonction. Reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Old](old.md). -Pendant la saisie de données, il est généralement plus pratique d'effectuer des opérations dans des méthodes objet à l'aide de la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md) que d'utiliser la fonction **Modified** dans des méthodes formulaires. Comme une méthode objet reçoit l'événement On Data Change à chaque fois qu'un champ est modifié, utiliser une telle méthode équivaut à appeler **Modified** dans une méthode formulaire. +Pendant la saisie de données, il est généralement plus pratique d'effectuer des opérations dans des méthodes objet à l'aide de la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) que d'utiliser la fonction **Modified** dans des méthodes formulaires. Comme une méthode objet reçoit l'événement On Data Change à chaque fois qu'un champ est modifié, utiliser une telle méthode équivaut à appeler **Modified** dans une méthode formulaire. #### Exemple 1 @@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ Vous sélectionnez un enregistrement de la table *\[uneTable\]*, puis vous appel #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Old](old.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md index 32e74883fa4d9b..399907ea99c9d9 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ Les seules différences entre ces deux commandes sont les suivantes : #### Voir aussi [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) *Présentation des ensembles* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md index 365ecdd530e507..a953c1620b8d98 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **NO DEFAULT TABLE** permet d’annuler l’effet de la commande [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md). Après l’exécution de cette commande, il n’y a plus de table par défaut définie pour le process. Si la commande [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) n’avait pas été appelée au préalable, cette commande ne fait rien. -Cette commande est liée à l'utilisation de formulaires projets (formulaires non liés à des tables) : la plupart des commandes relatives aux formulaires (hors formulaires utilisateurs) acceptent un paramètre facultatif de type table comme premier paramètre. C’est par exemple le cas des commandes *\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md) ou [DIALOG](dialog.md). Comme un formulaire projet et un formulaire table peuvent avoir le même nom, ce paramètre permet de déterminer le formulaire à utiliser : passez le paramètre lorsque vous souhaitez adresser un formulaire table et ne le passez pas dans le cas d’un formulaire projet. +Cette commande est liée à l'utilisation de formulaires projets (formulaires non liés à des tables) : la plupart des commandes relatives aux formulaires (hors formulaires utilisateurs) acceptent un paramètre facultatif de type table comme premier paramètre. C’est par exemple le cas des commandes *\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md) ou [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). Comme un formulaire projet et un formulaire table peuvent avoir le même nom, ce paramètre permet de déterminer le formulaire à utiliser : passez le paramètre lorsque vous souhaitez adresser un formulaire table et ne le passez pas dans le cas d’un formulaire projet. Dans une base contenant un formulaire projet nommé “LeForm” et un formulaire table du même nom pour la table \[Table1\] : ```4d diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md index 42505b4ba96091..20197c57f9dd44 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ Cette commande est utile par exemple dans le cas où des objets du sous-formulai #### Voir aussi -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md index 8763664379b38c..3f8e91c6334098 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md @@ -24,6 +24,6 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Voir aussi -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) [OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE](object-set-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md index 4b8bad136e7cee..60069b2e3f4f82 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ S’il n’y a pas de formulaire liste, une chaîne vide est retournée dans le #### Voir aussi [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md index 260bdaeb8fa91c..41f75bbe05cf23 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md @@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ Vous souhaitez charger un formulaire et obtenir la liste de tous les objets des #### Voir aussi -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md index 396a8abe97b9fd..eb452da9aaf72f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Par défaut, les valeurs de *dépH*, *dépV*, *redimH* et *redimV* modifient les Cette commande fonctionne uniquement dans les contextes suivants : * Formulaires entrée en mode saisie, -* Formulaires affichés via la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md), +* Formulaires affichés via la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), * En-têtes et pieds de page des formulaires sortie affichés par les commandes [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) ou [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md), * Formulaires en cours d'impression. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md index 64bc7f3494961b..aae88fa5ea8adb 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Vous pouvez également passer des valeurs de coordonnées absolues dans les para Cette commande fonctionne uniquement dans les contextes suivants : * Formulaires entrée en mode saisie, -* Formulaires affichés via la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md), +* Formulaires affichés via la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), * En-têtes et pieds de page des formulaires sortie affichés par la commande [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) ou [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md), * Formulaires en cours d'impression. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md index 3af771ccc34307..69c875cd1cba9c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md @@ -24,5 +24,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Voir aussi -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get subform container value](object-get-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md index f8bb61e7bd9ac6..f592186c5a6112 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ Lorsque vous modifiez un sous-formulaire en page, la commande peut être exécut #### Voir aussi -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md index b0a23a6cf2a4ca..b8dcab7553e3be 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ La méthode de gestion d'événement teste si la combinaison de touches **Ctrl**  End if ``` -Notez que **ON EVENT CALL** est utilisé dans cet exemple car un état spécial est imprimé à l'aide des commandes *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](print-form.md) et [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) dans une structure de type [ARRAY TO LIST](array-to-list.md). +Notez que **ON EVENT CALL** est utilisé dans cet exemple car un état spécial est imprimé à l'aide des commandes *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) et [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) dans une structure de type [ARRAY TO LIST](array-to-list.md). Lorsque vous imprimez un état à l'aide la commande [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), vous n'avez pas besoin de gérer les événements permettant à l'utilisateur d'interrompre l'impression, [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) le fait pour vous. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md index 4d77b154734fdc..9abc18e0e285de 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ La [On Web Connection database method](on-web-connection-database-method.md) n **Notes :** -* N’appelez aucun élément d’interface dans la **On Web Authentication database method** (([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), etc.), sinon son exécution sera interrompue et la connexion refusée. Il en est de même si une erreur se produit durant son traitement. +* N’appelez aucun élément d’interface dans la **On Web Authentication database method** (([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), etc.), sinon son exécution sera interrompue et la connexion refusée. Il en est de même si une erreur se produit durant son traitement. * Il est possible d'interdire l'exécution par *4DACTION* ou *4DSCRIPT* de chaque méthode projet à l'aide de l'option “Disponible via les balises HTML et URLs 4D (4DACTION...)” dans la boîte de dialogue des Propriétés des méthodes. Pour plus d'informations sur ce point, reportez-vous à la section *Sécurité des connexions*. #### Appels de la Méthode base Sur authentification Web diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md index 99cb925d6716a4..51a0bf8fe58875 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Cette boîte de dialogue apparaît pour chaque connexion dès que l’option **U La **On Web Connection database method** peut être utilisée comme point d'entrée dans le serveur Web 4D, soit à l'aide de l'URL spécial *4DCGI*, soit à l'aide d'URLs de commande personnalisés. -**Attention :** L’appel d’une commande 4D affichant un élément d’interface ([DIALOG](dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md)...) entraîne l’arrêt du traitement de la méthode. +**Attention :** L’appel d’une commande 4D affichant un élément d’interface ([DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md)...) entraîne l’arrêt du traitement de la méthode. La **On Web Connection database method** est donc appelée dans les cas suivants : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md index 226b037436661b..474d29d5b44b95 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Notes :** -* Cette commande fonctionne sur le même principe qu'un appel à [DIALOG](dialog.md) avec le paramètre *\** : le CSM est affiché dans une fenêtre et la commande rend immédiatement la main au code 4D. Si le process courant se termine, la fenêtre est automatiquement fermée en simulant un [CANCEL](cancel.md). Vous devez donc gérer son affichage via le code du process en cours d'exécution. +* Cette commande fonctionne sur le même principe qu'un appel à [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) avec le paramètre *\** : le CSM est affiché dans une fenêtre et la commande rend immédiatement la main au code 4D. Si le process courant se termine, la fenêtre est automatiquement fermée en simulant un [CANCEL](cancel.md). Vous devez donc gérer son affichage via le code du process en cours d'exécution. * Cette commande ne peut pas être exécutée sur une application 4D distante. #### Voir aussi diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md index 124422dfb67b44..4b5d2d80105bd2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Si vous passez une chaîne de caractères vide ("") dans *titre*, vous indiquez * Le paramètre *caseFermeture*, optionnel, désigne la méthode de gestion de la fermeture de la fenêtre. Si ce paramètre est passé, la case du menu Système (sous Windows) ou une case de fermeture (sous Mac OS) est ajoutée à la fenêtre. Lorsque l'utilisateur Windows double-clique sur la case du menu Système ou que l'utilisateur Mac OS clique sur la case de fermeture, la méthode passée dans *caseFermeture* est exécutée. -**Note :** Vous pouvez aussi gérer la fermeture à partir de la méthode du formulaire affiché dans la fenêtre pendant l'événement On Close Box. Pour plus d'informations sur ce point, reportez-vous à la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +**Note :** Vous pouvez aussi gérer la fermeture à partir de la méthode du formulaire affiché dans la fenêtre pendant l'événement On Close Box. Pour plus d'informations sur ce point, reportez-vous à la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). Si plusieurs fenêtres sont ouvertes dans le même process, la dernière fenêtre créée est la fenêtre active (de premier plan) du process. Seules les informations situées dans la fenêtre active peuvent être modifiées. Toutes les autres fenêtres peuvent être visualisées. Lorsque l'utilisateur tape une touche du clavier, la fenêtre active vient toujours se placer au premier plan, si elle n'y est pas déjà. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md index dc8dbaf70553a9..68f7814596c5ee 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Si vous voulez que le cycle d'exécution **Outside call** soit généré, vérifiez que la propriété d'événement On Outside Call du formulaire et/ou des objets est sélectionnée en mode Développement. -**Note :** Cette fonction équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne un événement tel que On Outside Call. +**Note :** Cette fonction équivaut à utiliser la fonction [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et tester si elle retourne un événement tel que On Outside Call. #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md index 52c43a3b81e766..ca15c1c881aeee 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md @@ -18,12 +18,12 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **PAGE BREAK** déclenche l'impression des données envoyées à l'imprimante et provoque un saut de page. **PAGE BREAK** s'utilise conjointement avec [Print form](print-form.md) (dans le cadre de l'événement formulaire On Printing Detail) pour forcer des sauts de page et imprimer la dernière page créée en mémoire. +La commande **PAGE BREAK** déclenche l'impression des données envoyées à l'imprimante et provoque un saut de page. **PAGE BREAK** s'utilise conjointement avec [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) (dans le cadre de l'événement formulaire On Printing Detail) pour forcer des sauts de page et imprimer la dernière page créée en mémoire. N'appelez pas **PAGE BREAK** avec la commande [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) : dans ce cas, il est préférable d'utiliser les routines [Subtotal](subtotal.md) ou [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) avec leur paramètre optionnel pour générer des sauts de pages. Les paramètres *\** et *\>* sont optionnels. -Le paramètre \* vous permet d'annuler une impression lancée avec la commande [Print form](print-form.md). L'exécution de cette instruction stoppe immédiatement l'impression en cours. +Le paramètre \* vous permet d'annuler une impression lancée avec la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). L'exécution de cette instruction stoppe immédiatement l'impression en cours. **Note :** Sous Windows, ce mécanisme peut être perturbé par les propriétés de "spouling" du serveur d'impression. Si l'imprimante est paramétrée de manière à lancer les impressions directement, l'annulation ne sera pas effective. Pour que l'instruction **PAGE BREAK**(\*) fonctionne correctement, il est préférable d'affecter la propriété "Commencer l'impression une fois la dernière page spoulée" à l'imprimante. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Cette seconde option est particulièrement intéressante lorsqu'elle est utilis #### Exemple 1 -Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). #### Exemple 2 @@ -46,4 +46,4 @@ Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la commande [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md #### Voir aussi [CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md index 197488b3e8cf25..e135f755ae98ca 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md @@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la section [Semaphore](semaphore.md). #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GET PROCESS VARIABLE](get-process-variable.md) [SET PROCESS VARIABLE](set-process-variable.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 1d9f2843808012..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: print-form -title: Print form -slug: /commands/print-form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Print form** ( {*laTable* ;} *formulaire* {; *formData*} {; *zone1*{; *zone2*}} ) : Integer - -| Paramètre | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| laTable | Table | → | Table à imprimer, ou Table par défaut si ce paramètre est omis | -| formulaire | Text, Object | → | Nom (chaîne) du formulaire table ou projet à imprimer, ou
    Chemin POSIX (chaîne) d'un fichier .json décrivant le formulaire, ou
    Objet décrivant le formulaire | -| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | -| zone1 | Integer | → | Marqueur d’impression, ou Zone de départ (si zone2 est spécifié) | -| zone2 | Integer | → | Zone de fin (si zone1 est spécifié) | -| Résultat | Integer | ← | Hauteur de la section imprimée | - - - -*Cette commande n'est pas thread-safe, elle ne peut pas être utilisée dans du code préemptif.* - - -#### Description - -La commande **Print form** imprime simplement *formulaire* avec les valeurs courantes des champs et des variables de *laTable*. Cette commande est généralement utilisée pour imprimer des états particulièrement complexes nécessitant un contrôle total du processus d'impression. **Print form** ne gère pas les traitements d'enregistrements, ni les ruptures, sauts de pages, en-têtes ou pieds de pages. Vous devez vous-même prendre en charge ces opérations. **Print form** imprime uniquement des champs et des variables avec une taille fixe, la commande ne gère pas les objets de taille variable. - -Comme la commande **Print form** ne génère pas de saut de page après avoir imprimé un formulaire, elle vous permet de combiner facilement différents formulaires sur la même page. Ainsi, **Print form** est idéale pour effectuer des impressions complexes impliquant plusieurs tables et plusieurs formulaires. Pour "forcer" 4D à effectuer un saut de page entre deux formulaires, utilisez la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Pour reporter sur la page suivante l'impression d'un formulaire dont la hauteur est supérieure à la place disponible, appelez la commande [CANCEL](cancel.md) avant la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). - -Trois syntaxes peuvent être utilisées : - -* **Impression du corps d'un formulaire** -Syntaxe : - -```4d - hauteur:=Print form(maTable;monFormulaire) -``` - -Dans ce cas, **Print form** imprime uniquement la zone de Corps du formulaire (zone située entre les marqueurs En-tête et Corps). - -* **Impression de zone de formulaire** -Syntaxe : - -```4d - hauteur:=Print form(maTable;monFormulaire;marqueur) -``` - -Dans ce cas, la commande imprimera la section désignée par *marqueur*. Passez dans le paramètre *marqueur* une des constantes du thème “*Zone de formulaire*” : - -| Constante | Type | Valeur | -| ------------- | ----------- | ------ | -| Form break0 | Entier long | 300 | -| Form break1 | Entier long | 301 | -| Form break2 | Entier long | 302 | -| Form break3 | Entier long | 303 | -| Form break4 | Entier long | 304 | -| Form break5 | Entier long | 305 | -| Form break6 | Entier long | 306 | -| Form break7 | Entier long | 307 | -| Form break8 | Entier long | 308 | -| Form break9 | Entier long | 309 | -| Form detail | Entier long | 0 | -| Form footer | Entier long | 100 | -| Form header | Entier long | 200 | -| Form header1 | Entier long | 201 | -| Form header10 | Entier long | 210 | -| Form header2 | Entier long | 202 | -| Form header3 | Entier long | 203 | -| Form header4 | Entier long | 204 | -| Form header5 | Entier long | 205 | -| Form header6 | Entier long | 206 | -| Form header7 | Entier long | 207 | -| Form header8 | Entier long | 208 | -| Form header9 | Entier long | 209 | - -* **Impression de section** - Syntaxe : - -```4d - hauteur:=Print form(maTable;monFormulaire;zoneDébut;zoneFin) -``` - -Dans ce cas, la commande imprimera la section comprise entre les paramètres *zoneDébut* et *zoneFin*. Les valeurs saisies doivent être exprimées en pixels. - -La valeur retournée par **Print form** indique la hauteur de la zone d’impression. Cette valeur sera automatiquement prise en compte par la commande [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md). - -Les boîtes de dialogue standard d'impression n'apparaissent pas lorsque vous utilisez la commande **Print form**. L'état généré ne tient pas compte des paramètres d'impression définis en mode Développement pour le formulaire. Il y a deux manières de définir les paramètres d'impression avant d'effectuer une série d'appels à **Print form** : - -* Vous appelez [PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md). Dans ce cas, vous laissez l'utilisateur définir ses paramètres dans les boîtes de dialogue d'impression. -* Vous appelez *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*. Dans ce cas, les paramètres sont définis par programmation. - -**Print form** construit chaque page à imprimer en mémoire. La page n'est imprimée que lorsqu'elle est entièrement remplie ou lorsque vous appelez [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Pour vous assurer que la dernière page d'une impression exécutée par l'intermédiaire **Print form** soit effectivement imprimée, vous devez conclure par un appel à la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) (hormis dans le contexte d'un [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md), cf. note). Sinon, la dernière page, si elle n'est pas pleine, reste en mémoire et n'est pas imprimée. - -**Attention:** Si la commande est appelée dans le contexte d'une tâche d'impression ouverte avec [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md), vous ne devez PAS appeler [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) pour la dernière page car celle-ci est automatiquement imprimée par la commande [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md). Si vous appelez [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) dans ce cas, une page vide est imprimée. - -Cette commande imprime les zones et objets externes (par exemple des zones 4D Write ou 4D View). La zone est réinitialisée à chaque exécution de la commande. - -**Attention :** **Print form** n'imprime pas les sous-formulaires. Si vous voulez imprimer uniquement un formulaire comportant de tels objets, utilisez plutôt [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). - -**Print form** ne génère qu'un événement On Printing Detail pour la méthode formulaire. - -**4D Server :** Cette commande peut être exécutée sur 4D Server dans le cadre d'une procédure stockée. Dans ce contexte : - -* Veillez à ce qu’aucune boîte de dialogue n’apparaisse sur le poste serveur (sauf besoin spécifique). -* En cas de problème sur l’imprimante (plus de papier, imprimante déconnectée, etc.), aucun message d'erreur n'est généré. - -#### Exemple 1 - -L'exemple suivant effectue la même chose que ce que ferait la commande [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md). Cependant, l'état utilise deux formulaires différents suivant le type d'enregistrement (chèque émis ou dépôt) : - -```4d - QUERY([Opérations]) // Permettre à l'utilisateur de sélectionner les enregistrements - If(OK=1) -    ORDER BY([Opérations]) // Permettre à l'utilisateur de trier les enregistrements -    If(OK=1) -       PRINT SETTINGS // Afficher les boîtes de dialogue d'impression -       If(OK=1) -          For($i;1;Records in selection([Opérations])) -             If([Opérations]Type="Chèque") // Si c'est un chèque… -                Print form([Opérations];"SortieChèque") // Use un formulaire de chèque -             Else // Else c'est un dépôt donc… -                Print form([Opérations];"SortieDépôt") // Use un formulaire de dépôt... -             End if -             NEXT RECORD([Opérations]) -          End for -          PAGE BREAK //S'assurer que la dernière page est imprimée -       End if -    End if - End if -``` - -#### Exemple 2 - -Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la commande [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md). - -#### Exemple 3 - -Ce formulaire est utilisé comme dialogue, puis imprimé avec des modifications : - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) - -La méthode formulaire : - -```4d - If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) -    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(SUBSTRING(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(SUBSTRING(Form.firstname;2)) -    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) - End if -``` - -Le code qui appelle la boîte de dialogue ensuite imprime son corps : - -```4d - $formData:=New object - $formData.lastname:="Smith" - $formData.firstname:="john" - $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" - $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) - DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) - $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) -``` - -#### Voir aussi - -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md) -[SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md index e7dd2fa8b6ff09..cadcfbb53fe167 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **Print object** vous permet d’imprimer le ou les objet(s) de formulaire désigné(s) par les paramètres *objet* et *\**, à l’emplacement défini par les paramètres *posX* et *posY*. -Avant d’appeler la commande **Print object**, vous devez désigner le formulaire table ou projet contenant les objets à imprimer, à l’aide de la commande [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +Avant d’appeler la commande **Print object**, vous devez désigner le formulaire table ou projet contenant les objets à imprimer, à l’aide de la commande [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). Si vous passez le paramètre optionnel *\**, vous indiquez que le paramètre *objet* est un nom d'objet (une chaîne de caractères). Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre *\**, vous indiquez que *objet* est une variable. Dans ce cas, vous ne passez pas une chaîne mais une référence de variable (de type objet uniquement). @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ Exemple d’impression d’une list box complète : #### Voir aussi -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md index f34f4590881ad1..fd8d25c6ac2d8e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Cette commande provoque l'impression de l'enregistrement courant de *laTable*, sans modifier la sélection courante. Le formulaire sortie courant est utilisé pour l'impression. S’il n’y a pas d’enregistrement courant dans *laTable*, **PRINT RECORD** ne fait rien. -**PRINT RECORD** permet d'imprimer des sous-formulaires, ce qui n'est pas possible avec la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +**PRINT RECORD** permet d'imprimer des sous-formulaires, ce qui n'est pas possible avec la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). **Note :** Si l'enregistrement a subi des modifications qui n'ont pas encore été sauvegardées sur disque, la commande imprime les valeurs les plus récentes, et non celles stockées sur le disque. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Vous pouvez supprimer son affichage en utilisant soit le paramètre optionnel as * Veillez à ce qu’aucune boîte de dialogue n’apparaisse sur le poste serveur (sauf besoin spécifique). Pour cela, il est nécessaire d’appeler la commande avec le paramètre *\** ou *\>*. * En cas de problème sur l’imprimante (plus de papier, imprimante déconnectée, etc.), aucun message d'erreur n'est généré. -**Attention :** N'utilisez pas la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) avec **PRINT RECORD**. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) est exclusivement réservée à une utilisation combinée avec la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +**Attention :** N'utilisez pas la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) avec **PRINT RECORD**. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) est exclusivement réservée à une utilisation combinée avec la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). #### Exemple 1 @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ L'exemple suivant imprime le même enregistrement courant dans deux formulaires #### Voir aussi -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md index b73286aeb7e8bf..227bc9b193820e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ Pendant l'impression, la méthode du formulaire sortie et les méthodes objet du * Un événement On Printing Footer est généré juste avant que la zone de pied de page soit imprimée. Vous pouvez savoir si **PRINT SELECTION** est sur le point d'imprimer le premier en-tête en testant [Before selection](before-selection.md) pendant un événement On Header. Vous pouvez également savoir si **PRINT SELECTION** est sur le point d'imprimer le dernier pied de page, en testant [End selection](end-selection.md) pendant un événement On Printing Footer. -Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de ces commandes ainsi qu'aux commandes [Form event code](form-event-code.md) et [Level](level.md). +Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de ces commandes ainsi qu'aux commandes [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) et [Level](level.md). Si **PRINT SELECTION** est appelée au même moment par deux process différents, l'impression déclenchée par le second process attendra que le premier ait terminé. Pour imprimer une sélection triée avec des sous-totaux ou des ruptures à l'aide de la commande **PRINT SELECTION**, vous devez d'abord trier la sélection. Puis vous devez inclure, dans chaque zone de rupture de l'état, une variable associée à une méthode objet assignant le sous-total à la variable. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser des fonctions statistiques ou arithmétiques telles que [Sum](sum.md) et [Average](average.md) pour assigner des valeurs aux variables. Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description des commandes [Subtotal](subtotal.md), [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) et [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md). -**Attention :** N'utilisez pas la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) avec **PRINT SELECTION**. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) est exclusivement réservée à une utilisation combinée avec la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +**Attention :** N'utilisez pas la commande [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) avec **PRINT SELECTION**. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) est exclusivement réservée à une utilisation combinée avec la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Après un appel à **PRINT SELECTION**, la variable OK prend la valeur 1 si l'impression s'est déroulée correctement. Si l'impression a été interrompue (par exemple l'utilisateur a cliqué sur un bouton Annuler dans les boîtes de dialogue d'impression), la variable OK prend la valeur *0* (zéro). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md index 495898c61d1e6b..9e81f3dae46e59 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **PRINT SETTINGS** provoque l'affichage d'une boîte de dialogue d'impression. Cette commande doit être appelée avant une série de commandes [Print form](print-form.md) ou la commande [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). +La commande **PRINT SETTINGS** provoque l'affichage d'une boîte de dialogue d'impression. Cette commande doit être appelée avant une série de commandes [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) ou la commande [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). Le paramètre facultatif *typeDial* permet de configurer l’affichage de la boîte de dialogue d’impression. Vous pouvez utiliser l'une des constantes suivantes du thème *Options d'impression* : @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Le paramètre facultatif *typeDial* permet de configurer l’affichage de la bo #### Exemple -Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la commande [Print form](print-form.md). +Reportez-vous à l'exemple de la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). #### Variables et ensembles système @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Si l'utilisateur clique sur le bouton OK dans chaque boîte de dialogue, la vari [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINT PREVIEW](set-print-preview.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md index b8eeb0fb7c77c6..cefb0a30723405 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ L'utilisateur peut taper des caractères dans la zone de saisie de texte. Pour d **Note :** N'appelez pas la fonction **Request** dans une méthode formulaire ou objet qui gère l'événement On Activate ou On Deactivate car cela provoquerait une boucle sans fin. -**Conseil :** Si vous voulez récupérer plusieurs informations de l'utilisateur, construisez un formulaire approprié et appelez-le avec la commande [DIALOG](dialog.md), plutôt que d'afficher une succession de boîtes de dialogue du type **Request**. +**Conseil :** Si vous voulez récupérer plusieurs informations de l'utilisateur, construisez un formulaire approprié et appelez-le avec la commande [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), plutôt que d'afficher une succession de boîtes de dialogue du type **Request**. #### Exemple 1 diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md index b311c8bb7a891a..c637dee9836d8c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ Cette commande doit être appelée uniquement dans le cadre de l’événement f #### Voir aussi [Contextual click](contextual-click.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md index b04d086802c044..8150dc46412328 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Une constante du thème *Options d'impression* vous permet de désigner automati La commande **SET CURRENT PRINTER** doit être appelée avant [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) afin que les options disponibles correspondent à l'imprimante sélectionnée. En revanche, **SET CURRENT PRINTER** doit être appelée après *\_o\_PAGE SETUP* (le cas échéant), sinon le paramétrage d'imprimante n'est pas conservé. -Cette commande peut être utilisée avec les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md), [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) et s’applique à toutes les impressions de 4D, y compris en mode Développement. +Cette commande peut être utilisée avec les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) et s’applique à toutes les impressions de 4D, y compris en mode Développement. Les commandes d'impression doivent impérativement être appelées avec le paramètre *\>* (le cas échéant) afin que le paramétrage défini soit conservé. #### Variables et ensembles système diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md index 4815cba852eb36..f93dafcff80759 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **SET CURSOR** remplace le pointeur (graphique) de la souris par le pointeur système dont vous avez passé le numéro d'ID dans le paramètre *curseur*. -Cette commande doit être appelée dans le contexte de l'[Form event code](form-event-code.md) On Mouse Move. +Cette commande doit être appelée dans le contexte de l'[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) On Mouse Move. Pour restaurer le pointeur de souris standard, appelez la commande sans paramètre. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md index 277a7d6196edd9..83ae457425bd0e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **SET DRAG ICON** vous permet d’associer l’image *icône* au curseur lors des glisser-déposer gérés par programmation. -Cette commande peut être appelée uniquement dans le contexte de l’événement formulaire On Begin Drag Over (cf. commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Cette commande peut être appelée uniquement dans le contexte de l’événement formulaire On Begin Drag Over (cf. commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). Passez dans le paramètre *icône* l’image à utiliser. Sa taille maximale est de 256x256 pixels. Si l’une de ses dimensions excède 256 pixels, elle est automatiquement redimensionnée. @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ A noter que vous pouvez modifier la position du curseur par rapport à l’image #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md index b74ff98571354d..659b232e399391 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Dans *menuCol*, passez une collection d'objets de menu définissant tous les él | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | title | Texte | Nom de l'élément de menu | | method | Texte \| [4D.Function](https://developer.4d.com/docs/API/FunctionClass#about-4dfunction-objects) | Nom de la méthode du projet ou de l'objet de formule 4D à exécuter lorsque l'élément de menu est sélectionné. Lorsque cette propriété est utilisée, la propriété "action" ne doit pas être transmise (sinon la "method" est ignorée). | -| worker | Texte \| Nombre | Nom du worker ou Numéro du processus qui doit gérer l'exécution du code de la "method". Plusieurs configurations sont possibles, en fonction de la valeur de la propriété "worker" :
    s'il s'agit d'un nom du worker (Texte), 4D utilise ou crée ce worker pour exécuter la "method" (équivalent à [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) si c'est un numéro de processus, 4D utilise ce processus s'il existe, sinon rien ne se passe (équivalent à [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) s'il est indéfini et que l'application affiche un dialogue courant (dialogue le plus en avant), 4D utilise le processus de ce dialogue (équivalent à [CALL FORM](call-form.md)) s'il est indéfini et que l'application n'affiche pas de dialogue en cours, 4D appelle et utilise le worker 1 (4D distant/mono) ou le worker 4D\_server\_interface (4D Server). | +| worker | Texte \| Nombre | Nom du worker ou Numéro du processus qui doit gérer l'exécution du code de la "method". Plusieurs configurations sont possibles, en fonction de la valeur de la propriété "worker" :
    s'il s'agit d'un nom du worker (Texte), 4D utilise ou crée ce worker pour exécuter la "method" (équivalent à [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) si c'est un numéro de processus, 4D utilise ce processus s'il existe, sinon rien ne se passe (équivalent à [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) s'il est indéfini et que l'application affiche un dialogue courant (dialogue le plus en avant), 4D utilise le processus de ce dialogue (équivalent à [CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md)) s'il est indéfini et que l'application n'affiche pas de dialogue en cours, 4D appelle et utilise le worker 1 (4D distant/mono) ou le worker 4D\_server\_interface (4D Server). | | action | Texte | *Action standard* à exécuter lorsque l'élément de menu est sélectionné. Lorsque cette propriété est utilisée, la propriété "method" est ignorée si elle est transmise. | | shortcutKey | Texte | Touche de raccourci de l'élément (à appeler avec la touche Ctrl/Commande) | | shortcutShift | Booléen | Vrai pour ajouter la touche **Shift** au raccourci de l'élément | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md index d99a78c88efad7..9b74d69b0619f6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **SET PRINT MARKER** permet de définir la position d’un taquet au moment de l’impression. Combinée aux commandes [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md), [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) ou [Print form](print-form.md), cette commande permet d’ajuster la taille des zones d’impression. +La commande **SET PRINT MARKER** permet de définir la position d’un taquet au moment de l’impression. Combinée aux commandes [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md), [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) ou [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), cette commande permet d’ajuster la taille des zones d’impression. **SET PRINT MARKER** peut être appelée dans deux contextes : * lors de l’événement formulaire On Header, dans le cadre de l’utilisation des commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). -* lors de l’événement formulaire On Printing Detail, dans le cadre de l’utilisation de la commande [Print form](print-form.md). Ce fonctionnement facilite l’impression d’états personnalisés (voir exemple). +* lors de l’événement formulaire On Printing Detail, dans le cadre de l’utilisation de la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Ce fonctionnement facilite l’impression d’états personnalisés (voir exemple). L’effet de la commande est limité à l’impression, aucune modification n’apparaît à l’écran. Les modifications apportées aux formulaires ne sont pas sauvegardées. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Le formulaire de sortie utilisé pour l’impression est le suivant : ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28725.fr.png) -L’événement formulaire On Printing Detail a été sélectionné pour le formulaire (rappelons que la commande [Print form](print-form.md) ne génère que cet événement, quelle que soit la zone imprimée). +L’événement formulaire On Printing Detail a été sélectionné pour le formulaire (rappelons que la commande [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) ne génère que cet événement, quelle que soit la zone imprimée). Pour chaque enregistrement, la hauteur de la ligne doit être adaptée en fonction du contenu de la colonne “Acteurs” ou “Résumé” (colonne ayant le plus de contenu). Voici le résultat souhaité : ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28726.fr.png) @@ -180,6 +180,6 @@ La méthode du formulaire Print\_List3 est la suivante : [OBJECT GET COORDINATES](object-get-coordinates.md) [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md index af4e3450987e75..fc3769b203120a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Le paramètre *option* vous permet de désigner l’option à modifier. Vous pou | Legacy printing layer option | 16 | (Windows uniquement) *valeur1* uniquement : 1=sélectionner l'ancienne couche d'impression GDI pour toutes les tâches d'impression suivantes, 0=sélectionner la couche d'impression D2D (défaut). Ce sélecteur est principalement destiné, dans les applications 4D sous Windows, à permettre aux plug-ins d'ancienne génération d'imprimer dans des tâches d'impression 4D. | | Print preview option | 18 | (Uniquement pour Windows) *valeur1* : Format à utiliser pour les aperçus avant impression sous Windows. Valeurs disponibles : kp preview automatic (par défaut) : Utiliser l'imprimante et la visionneuse XPS si elles sont disponibles, sinon utiliser l'imprimante ou la visionneuse PDF si elles sont disponibles, sinon générer une erreur.. kp preview XPS : Utiliser l'imprimante et la visionneuse XPS si elle est disponible, sinon générer une erreur. kp preview PDF : Utiliser l'imprimante et la visionneuse PDF si elles sont disponibles, sinon générer une erreur. *valeur2* (ne peut être utilisé qu'avec [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md).): Format d'aperçu avant impression utilisé sous Windows (peut différer de la valeur1 en fonction de la configuration). Valeurs disponibles : kp preview none : Aucun format disponible. kp preview XPS : Imprimante et visionneuse XPS utilisées. kp preview PDF : Imprimante et visionneuse PDF utilisées. | -Une fois fixée à l’aide de cette commande, une option d’impression sera conservée durant toute la session pour l’application 4D entière. Elle sera utilisée par les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md), [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) et par toutes les impressions de 4D, y compris en mode Développement. +Une fois fixée à l’aide de cette commande, une option d’impression sera conservée durant toute la session pour l’application 4D entière. Elle sera utilisée par les commandes [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) et par toutes les impressions de 4D, y compris en mode Développement. **Notes :** @@ -78,6 +78,6 @@ Si la valeur passée pour une *option* est invalide ou si elle n'est pas disponi [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) *Options d'impression* -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT OPTION VALUES](print-option-values.md) [SET CURRENT PRINTER](set-current-printer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md index 501a3b82eb5416..d42c12cb17441d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Description -La commande **SET PRINTABLE MARGIN** permet de fixer les valeurs des différentes marges d’impression lors de l’utilisation des commandes [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). +La commande **SET PRINTABLE MARGIN** permet de fixer les valeurs des différentes marges d’impression lors de l’utilisation des commandes [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) et [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). Vous pouvez passer dans les paramètres *gauche*, *haut*, *droite* et *bas* une des valeurs suivantes : @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ L’exemple suivant permet d’obtenir la taille du papier : [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md index 5b525405c3cab3..db08401de9262a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **SET TIMER** permet d’activer l’événement formulaire On Timer et de fixer, pour le process et le formulaire courants, le nombre de ticks (1 tick = 1/60ème de seconde) entre chaque événement formulaire On Timer. -**Note :** Pour plus d’informations sur cet événement formulaire, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +**Note :** Pour plus d’informations sur cet événement formulaire, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). Si elle est appelée dans un contexte autre que l’affichage d’un formulaire, cette commande ne fait rien. @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ Vous souhaitez que, lorsqu’un formulaire est affiché à l’écran, un bip so #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [REDRAW](redraw.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md index 8776eeb8e6a690..5c4f425b0e898a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Le second paramètre (optionnel) de la fonction **Subtotal** est utilisé pour provoquer des sauts de page lors de l'impression. Si *sautPage* vaut 0, **Subtotal** ne génère aucun saut de page. Si *sautPage* vaut 1, **Subtotal** génère un saut de page pour chaque niveau de rupture 1\. Si *sautPage* vaut 2, **Subtotal** génère un saut de page pour chaque niveau de rupture 1 et 2, etc. -**Conseil :** Si vous faites appel à la fonction **Subtotal** dans le formulaire sortie affiché à l'écran, 4D va afficher un message d'erreur. La fermeture du dialogue d'erreur va provoquer un rafraîchissement de l'écran, donc de nouveau l'exécution de la méthode qui fait appel à **Subtotal**, donc de nouveau un message d'erreur, etc. Pour sortir de ce cercle vicieux, appuyez sur les touche **Alt** + **Maj** (Windows) ou **Option**+**Maj** (Macintosh) et cliquez sur le bouton **Arrêter** dans la fenêtre d'erreur : cela met provisoirement fin aux rafraîchissements d'écran. Choisissez un autre formulaire de sortie pour éviter que le problème ne se répète. Passez en mode Structure pour isoler l'appel à la fonction **Subtotal** par un test ([Form event code](form-event-code.md) \= On Printing Break) si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser le même formulaire de sortie pour l'écran et l'imprimante. +**Conseil :** Si vous faites appel à la fonction **Subtotal** dans le formulaire sortie affiché à l'écran, 4D va afficher un message d'erreur. La fermeture du dialogue d'erreur va provoquer un rafraîchissement de l'écran, donc de nouveau l'exécution de la méthode qui fait appel à **Subtotal**, donc de nouveau un message d'erreur, etc. Pour sortir de ce cercle vicieux, appuyez sur les touche **Alt** + **Maj** (Windows) ou **Option**+**Maj** (Macintosh) et cliquez sur le bouton **Arrêter** dans la fenêtre d'erreur : cela met provisoirement fin aux rafraîchissements d'écran. Choisissez un autre formulaire de sortie pour éviter que le problème ne se répète. Passez en mode Structure pour isoler l'appel à la fonction **Subtotal** par un test ([Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \= On Printing Break) si vous avez l'intention d'utiliser le même formulaire de sortie pour l'écran et l'imprimante. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md index 7af3a2d1a4e361..fa03e777be9d99 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,39 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande retourne les informations suivantes : -| **Propriété** | **Sous-propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | **Exemple** | -| ----------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | chaîne | Le nom du compte de l'utilisateur courant. Généralement utilisé pour identifier un compte dans le répertoire. | "msmith" | | -| cores | nombre | Nombre total de coeurs. Dans le cas de machines virtuelles, le nombre total de coeurs alloués à celles-ci. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | nombre | Nombre total de threads. | 8 | | -| machineName | chaîne | Le nom de la machine tel que défini dans les paramètres réseau du système d'exploitation. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | booléen | Vrai si 4D est émulé par Rosetta sur macOS, Faux sinon (non émulé ou sous Windows). | Vrai | | -| model | chaîne | Nom du modèle d'ordinateur. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | collection | Adresses réseau physiques et actives uniquement. | | | -| ipAddresses | collection | | | | -| ip | chaîne | L'adresse de l'interface réseau. | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | chaîne | Le type de l'interface réseau. | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | chaîne | Le nom de l'interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | chaîne | Le type de l'interface (à noter que le type "ethernet" est fourni pour les interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | chaîne | La version du système d'exploitation et son numéro de build (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro (17763.1577)" | | -| osLanguage | chaîne | Langue du système défini par l'utilisateur courant. Exprimée dans la norme définie par la RFC 3066\. Voir *Codes de langue* dans le manuel Mode Développement pour une liste complète. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | nombre | Le volume de stockage de la mémoire disponible sur la machine (en kilo-octets). | 16777216 | | -| processor | chaîne | Le nom, le type et la vitesse du processeur. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | nombre | La durée totale (en secondes) depuis que la machine a démarré. | 3600 | | -| userName | chaîne | L'utilisateur courant de la machine. Généralement utilisé comme nom d'affichage (c'est-à-dire lors de la connexion à votre ordinateur). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | nombre | L'espace restant pouvant être utilisé. | 524288 | | -| capacity | nombre | Le volume total possible (en kilo-octets). | 1048576 | | -| disk | objet \| collection (Mac seulement) | | | | -| description | chaîne | Un bref résumé décrivant le disque. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | chaîne | ID du (des) disque(s) (UUID sur Mac et disque physique sous Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | nombre | La capacité totale du disque (en kilo-octets). | 104857600 | | -| interface | chaîne | Le type d'interface sur la machine. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | chaîne | Le système de fichiers utilisé par le système d'exploitation pour stocker et récupérer des fichiers sur le disque dur. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | chaîne | Le répertoire dans le système de fichiers actuellement accessible sur lequel un système de fichiers supplémentaire est monté (c'est-à-dire logiquement attaché). Notez que celui-ci est au format POSIX pour les Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | chaîne | seulement sur mac - nom du volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Propriété | | | Type | Description | Exemple | +|-------------------|----------------|-------------|-------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | chaîne | Le nom du compte de l'utilisateur courant. Généralement utilisé pour identifier un compte dans le répertoire. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | nombre | Nombre total de coeurs. Dans le cas de machines virtuelles, le nombre total de coeurs alloués à celles-ci. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | nombre | Nombre total de threads. | 8 | +| machineName | | | chaîne | Le nom de la machine tel que défini dans les paramètres réseau du système d'exploitation. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | booléen | Vrai si 4D est émulé par Rosetta sur macOS, Faux sinon (non émulé ou sous Windows). | Vrai | +| model | | | chaîne | Nom du modèle d'ordinateur. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | collection | Adresses réseau physiques et actives uniquement. | | +| | ipAddresses | | collection | | | +| | | ip | chaîne | L'adresse de l'interface réseau. | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | chaîne | Le type de l'interface réseau. | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | chaîne | Le nom de l'interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | chaîne | Le type de l'interface (à noter que le type "ethernet" est fourni pour les interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | chaîne | La version du système d'exploitation et son numéro de build (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro (17763.1577)" | +| osLanguage | | | chaîne | Langue du système défini par l'utilisateur courant. Exprimée dans la norme définie par la RFC 3066. Voir Codes de langue dans le manuel Mode Développement pour une liste complète. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | nombre | Le volume de stockage de la mémoire disponible sur la machine (en kilo-octets). | 16777216 | +| processor | | | chaîne | Le nom, le type et la vitesse du processeur. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | nombre | La durée totale (en secondes) depuis que la machine a démarré. | 3600 | +| userName | | | chaîne | L'utilisateur courant de la machine. Généralement utilisé comme nom d'affichage (c'est-à-dire lors de la connexion à votre ordinateur). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | nombre | L'espace restant pouvant être utilisé. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | nombre | Le volume total possible (en kilo-octets). | 1048576 | +| | disk | | objet \| collection (Mac seulement) | | | +| | | description | chaîne | Un bref résumé décrivant le disque. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | chaîne | ID du (des) disque(s) (UUID sur Mac et disque physique sous Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | nombre | La capacité totale du disque (en kilo-octets). | 104857600 | +| | | interface | chaîne | Le type d'interface sur la machine. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | chaîne | Le système de fichiers utilisé par le système d'exploitation pour stocker et récupérer des fichiers sur le disque dur. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | chaîne | Le répertoire dans le système de fichiers actuellement accessible sur lequel un système de fichiers supplémentaire est monté (c'est-à-dire logiquement attaché). Notez que celui-ci est au format POSIX pour les Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | chaîne | seulement sur mac - nom du volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | + + (\*) Pour déterminer simplement la plate-forme utilisée, vous pouvez utiliser les commandes [Is macOS](is-macos.md) et [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -67,40 +69,80 @@ Le code suivant sur une machine Windows : retourne un objet contenant les informations suivantes : ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":Faux,        "physicalMemory":16777216, +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` -` "volumes": [ - { - "mountPoint": "C:", - "capacity": 1048576, - "available": 524288, - "fileSystem": "NTFS", - "disk": { - "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", - "interface": "SCSI", - "size": 157284382, - "description": "Lecteur de disque" - } - }, - { - "mountPoint": "E:", - "capacity": 51198972, - "available": 51025280, - "fileSystem": "NTFS", - "disk": { - "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", - "interface": "SCSI", - "size": 157284382, - "description": "Lecteur de disque" - } - } - ] -}` - #### Voir aussi -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-filtered-url.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-filtered-url.md index e055c4bb662faa..9c0c0d525af00a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-filtered-url.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-filtered-url.md @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ L’URL peut avoir été filtré pour l’une des raisons suivantes : * le lien est ouvert dans le navigateur par défaut (commande [WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md)), * l’URL tentait d’ouvrir une fenêtre pop up. -Il est judicieux d’appeler cette commande dans le contexte des événements formulaire On URL Filtering, On Open External Link et On Window Opening Denied afin de connaître l’URL filtré. Pour plus d’informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +Il est judicieux d’appeler cette commande dans le contexte des événements formulaire On URL Filtering, On Open External Link et On Window Opening Denied afin de connaître l’URL filtré. Pour plus d’informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). #### Voir aussi diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md index 542eb690f1aa6a..1687113b818de8 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ Ces informations sont retournées dans trois variables : * Si le code est >=400, il s’agit d’une erreur liée au protocole HTTP. Pour plus d’informations sur ce type d’erreur, reportez-vous à l’adresse *http://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616-sec10.html* * Sinon, il s’agit d’une erreur retournée par le WebKit (Mac OS) ou ActiveX (Windows). -Il est judicieux d’appeler cette commande dans le cadre de l’événement formulaire On URL Loading Error afin de connaître la cause de l’erreur qui vient de se produire. Pour plus d’informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +Il est judicieux d’appeler cette commande dans le cadre de l’événement formulaire On URL Loading Error afin de connaître la cause de l’erreur qui vient de se produire. Pour plus d’informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). #### Voir aussi -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md index c75180877cba84..fc1c9be719a67e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ La variable système OK est définie sur 0 si le timeout a été atteint ou si l #### Voir aussi -[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[FORM Event](../commands/form-event.md) *Gestion programmée des zones Web* [WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR](wa-open-web-inspector.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-external-links-filters.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-external-links-filters.md index 3a052fd0ec5316..06658e8dc8e7c4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-external-links-filters.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-external-links-filters.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande **WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS** permet de mettre en place un ou plusieurs filtre(s) de liens externes pour la zone Web désignée par les paramètres *\** et *objet*. Les filtres de liens externes déterminent si un URL associé à la page courante via un lien doit être ouvert dans la zone Web ou dans le navigateur Web par défaut de la machine. -Lorsque l’utilisateur clique sur un lien dans la page courante, 4D consulte la liste des filtres de liens externes afin de vérifier si l’URL demandé doit être ouvert dans le navigateur de la machine. Si c’est le cas, la page correspondant à l’URL est affichée dans le navigateur Web et l’événement formulaire On Open External Link est généré (cf. commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). Sinon (fonctionnement par défaut), la page correspondant à l’URL est affichée dans la zone Web. L’évaluation de l’URL est basée sur le contenu des tableaux *tabFiltres* et t*abAutorisRefus*. +Lorsque l’utilisateur clique sur un lien dans la page courante, 4D consulte la liste des filtres de liens externes afin de vérifier si l’URL demandé doit être ouvert dans le navigateur de la machine. Si c’est le cas, la page correspondant à l’URL est affichée dans le navigateur Web et l’événement formulaire On Open External Link est généré (cf. commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). Sinon (fonctionnement par défaut), la page correspondant à l’URL est affichée dans la zone Web. L’évaluation de l’URL est basée sur le contenu des tableaux *tabFiltres* et t*abAutorisRefus*. Les tableaux *tabFiltres* et *tabAutorisRefus* doivent être synchronisés. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-url-filters.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-url-filters.md index 81275ab183d637..ef60dc38cd5db6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-url-filters.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-set-url-filters.md @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Avant le chargement de toute page, 4D consulte la liste des filtres afin de vérifier si l’URL cible est autorisé ou non. L’évaluation de l’URL est basée sur le contenu des tableaux *tabFiltres* et *tabAutorisRefus* s'ils ont été définis. -Si l’URL demandé n’est pas autorisé, il n’est pas chargé et l’événement formulaire On URL Filtering est généré (cf. commande [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Si l’URL demandé n’est pas autorisé, il n’est pas chargé et l’événement formulaire On URL Filtering est généré (cf. commande [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). Les tableaux *tabFiltres* et *tabAutorisRefus* doivent être synchronisés. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md index f97e3c41d46696..b05b1a08426eaf 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ title: Index [`Cache info`](../commands-legacy/cache-info.md)
    [`Call chain`](../commands-legacy/call-chain.md)
    -[`CALL FORM`](../commands-legacy/call-form.md)
    +[`CALL FORM`](call-form.md)
    [`CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER`](../commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md)
    [`CALL WORKER`](../commands-legacy/call-worker.md)
    [`CANCEL`](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)
    @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ title: Index [`Command name`](../commands-legacy/command-name.md)
    [`Compact data file`](../commands-legacy/compact-data-file.md)
    [`Compare strings`](../commands-legacy/compare-strings.md)
    -[`Compile project`](../commands-legacy/compile-project.md)
    +[`Compile project`](compile-project.md)
    [`COMPONENT LIST`](../commands-legacy/component-list.md)
    [`COMPRESS BLOB`](../commands-legacy/compress-blob.md)
    [`CONFIRM`](../commands-legacy/confirm.md)
    @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ title: Index [`Delete string`](../commands-legacy/delete-string.md)
    [`DELETE USER`](../commands-legacy/delete-user.md)
    [`DESCRIBE QUERY EXECUTION`](../commands-legacy/describe-query-execution.md)
    -[`DIALOG`](../commands-legacy/dialog.md)
    +[`DIALOG`](dialog.md)
    [`DIFFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/difference.md)
    [`DISABLE MENU ITEM`](../commands-legacy/disable-menu-item.md)
    [`Discover data key`](../commands-legacy/discover-data-key.md)
    @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ title: Index [`Euro converter`](../commands-legacy/euro-converter.md)
    [`EXECUTE FORMULA`](../commands-legacy/execute-formula.md)
    [`EXECUTE METHOD`](../commands-legacy/execute-method.md)
    -[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/execute-method-in-subform.md)
    +[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](execute-method-in-subform.md)
    [`EXECUTE ON CLIENT`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-client.md)
    [`Execute on server`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-server.md)
    [`Exp`](../commands-legacy/exp.md)
    @@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ title: Index [`Font file`](../commands-legacy/font-file.md)
    [`FONT LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-list.md)
    [`FONT STYLE LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-style-list.md)
    -[`Form`](../commands-legacy/form.md)
    +[`Form`](form.md)
    [`FORM Convert to dynamic`](../commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md)
    -[`FORM EDIT`](../commands-legacy/form-edit.md)
    -[`FORM Event`](../commands-legacy/form-event.md)
    -[`Form event code`](../commands-legacy/form-event-code.md)
    +[`FORM EDIT`](form-edit.md)
    +[`FORM Event`](form-event.md)
    +[`Form event code`](form-event-code.md)
    [`FORM FIRST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-first-page.md)
    [`FORM Get color scheme`](../commands-legacy/form-get-color-scheme.md)
    [`FORM Get current page`](../commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md)
    @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ title: Index [`FORM GET VERTICAL RESIZING`](../commands-legacy/form-get-vertical-resizing.md)
    [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md)
    [`FORM LAST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-last-page.md)
    -[`FORM LOAD`](../commands-legacy/form-load.md)
    +[`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md)
    [`FORM NEXT PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-next-page.md)
    [`FORM PREVIOUS PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md)
    [`FORM SCREENSHOT`](../commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md)
    @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ title: Index [`METHOD GET NAMES`](../commands-legacy/method-get-names.md)
    [`METHOD Get path`](../commands-legacy/method-get-path.md)
    [`METHOD GET PATHS`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths.md)
    -[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths-form.md)
    +[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](method-get-paths-form.md)
    [`METHOD OPEN PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-open-path.md)
    [`METHOD RESOLVE PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-resolve-path.md)
    [`METHOD SET ACCESS MODE`](../commands-legacy/method-set-access-mode.md)
    @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ title: Index [`OBJECT GET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-get-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-get-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT Get style sheet`](../commands-legacy/object-get-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](object-get-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md)
    [`OBJECT Get subform container value`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT Get text orientation`](../commands-legacy/object-get-text-orientation.md)
    @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ title: Index [`OBJECT SET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-set-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-set-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT SET STYLE SHEET`](../commands-legacy/object-set-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](object-set-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`](../commands-legacy/object-set-text-orientation.md)
    [`OBJECT SET THREE STATES CHECKBOX`](../commands-legacy/object-set-three-states-checkbox.md)
    @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ title: Index [`POST KEY`](../commands-legacy/post-key.md)
    [`POST OUTSIDE CALL`](../commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md)
    [`PREVIOUS RECORD`](../commands-legacy/previous-record.md)
    -[`Print form`](../commands-legacy/print-form.md)
    +[`Print form`](print-form.md)
    [`PRINT LABEL`](../commands-legacy/print-label.md)
    [`Print object`](../commands-legacy/print-object.md)
    [`PRINT OPTION VALUES`](../commands-legacy/print-option-values.md)
    @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ title: Index [`Sequence number`](../commands-legacy/sequence-number.md)
    [`Session`](session.md)
    [`Session info`](session-info.md) - **new 4D 20 R7**
    -[`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)
    +[`Session storage`](session-storage.md)
    [`SET ABOUT`](../commands-legacy/set-about.md)
    [`SET ALLOWED METHODS`](../commands/set-allowed-methods.md)
    [`SET APPLICATION COLOR SCHEME`](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..d55880e899517a --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +--- +id: compile-project +title: Compile project +slug: /commands/compile-project +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ----------- | ----------------------- | - | ------------------------------------------------------- | +| projectFile | 4D.File | → | .4DProject file to compile | +| options | Object | → | Object that specifies compilation options | +| Résultat | Object | ← | Object containing information on the compilation status | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | ---------------------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of `type` "formObjectExpression" | + +
    + +#### Description + +**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, check the [Compilation page](../Project/compiler.md). + +By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Settings. You can override them by passing an *options* parameter. Les syntaxes suivantes sont prises en charge : + +- **Compile project**(): compiles the opened project using the options defined in the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*options*): compiles the opened project. The *options* defined override the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject using the options defined in the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*; *options*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject and the *options* defined override the Structure Settings + +**Note:** Binary databases cannot be compiled using this command. + +Unlike the Compiler window, this command requires that you explicitly designate the component(s) to compile. When compiling a project with **Compile project**, you need to declare its components using the *components* property of the *options* parameter. Keep in mind that the components must already be compiled (binary components are supported). + +The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the [build application](../Desktop/building.md) feature. + +If you pass an empty collection in *targets*, **Compile project** will execute a syntax check without compiling. + +Compilation errors, if any, are returned as objects in the *errors* collection. + +**Note:** You cannot call this command when another compilation is running (for example, a compilation launched from the Compilation window). + +##### options Parameter + +The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| components | Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | +| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| generateSymbols | Boolean | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | +| generateSyntaxFile | Boolean | True to generate a [syntax file for code completion](../settings/general.md).md#generate-syntax-file-for-code-completion-when-compiled) in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | +| generateTypingMethods | Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | +| plugins | 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | +| targets | Collection de chaînes | Possible values: "x86_64_generic", "arm64_macOS_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | +| typeInference | Text | "all": The compiler deduces the types of all variables not explicitly declared, "locals": The compiler deduces the types of local variables not explicitly declared, "none": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code (legacy mode), "direct": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code ([direct typing](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing)). | +| warnings | Collection d'objets | Defines the warnings state | +| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | +| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | +| \[\].enabled | Boolean | Warning activation state | + +**Note:** When the *warnings* attribute is not defined in the *options* object, the **Compile project** command uses the default warning generation statuses defined in the settings. + +##### Résultat + +The object returned by **Compile project** has up to three properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | Boolean | Vrai si la sauvegarde a été effectuée avec succès, sinon faux. | +| errors | Collection d'objets | **Available only in case of error or warning**. Collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | +| \[\].isError | Boolean | Error if True, warning otherwise | +| \[\].message | Text | Message d'erreur | +| \[\].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +| \[\].line | Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | +| \[\].lineInFile | Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | +| symbols | Object | **Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** | +| symbols.interprocessVariables | Object | List of all interprocess variables | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.processVariables | Object | List of all process variables | +| symbols.processVariables.variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.processVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.localVariables | Collection d'objets | List of local variables per method | +| symbols.localVariables[].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +| symbols.localVariables[].variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.methods | Collection d'objets | List of methods | +| symbols.methods\[\].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +| symbols.methods\[\].callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | +| symbols.methods\[\].params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | +| symbols.methods\[\]. threadSafe | Boolean | Indicates if this method is thread safe | + +For more information, see [Compilation tools](../Project/compiler.md#compilation-tools). + +###### variable objects + +`interprocessVariables.variables` and `processVariables.variables` contain objects with the following structure: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Name of the variable | +| type | number | Type of the variable (like Value type command) | +| arrayDimension | number | For arrays only: 1 for mono dimension arrays, 2 for two-dimension arrays | +| code | Object | For process and interprocess variables: descriptor of where the variable has been defined | + +###### code object + +The `code` property in `methods.code` and `errors.code` is an object with the following properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formMethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document), "class", "classFunction", "formObjectExpression" (for errors occuring in expressions associated to form objects) | +| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | +| file | 4D.File | Method file | +| | | **Returned depending on the value of the `type` property:** | +| methodName | Text | Méthode | +| table | Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | +| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | +| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | +| propertyName | Text | Form object property name (returned for a form object expression) | +| className | Text | Class name | +| functionName | Text | Nom de la fonction de classe | +| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | + +#### Exemples + +To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + $status:=Compile project +``` + +On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile a project other than the current project: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $projectFile: 4D.File + $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") + $status:=Compile project($projectFile) +``` + +Compile a project and declare its component: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $component : 4D.File + var $options:={} + $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") + $options.components:=New collection($component) + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: + +```4d +var $options:={} +$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) +$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) +var $result:=Compile project($options) +``` + +#### Voir également + +[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..ebb80949c80618 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +--- +id: dialog +title: DIALOG +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------------ | - | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Table | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of table or project form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| \* | Opérateur | → | Use the same process | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Description + +The **DIALOG** command presents the *form* to the user, along with *formData* parameter(s) (optional). + +This command is designed to work with customized and advanced user interfaces based on forms. You can use it to display information coming from the database or other locations, or to provide data entry features. Unlike [ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](../commands-legacy/modify-record.md), **DIALOG** gives you full control over the form, its contents and the navigation and validation buttons. + +This command is typically called along with the [Open form window](../commands-legacy/open-form-window.md) to display sophisticated forms, as shown in the following example: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) + +The **DIALOG** command can also be used instead of [ALERT](../commands-legacy/alert.md), [CONFIRM](../commands-legacy/confirm.md) or [Request](../commands-legacy/request.md) when the information to be presented or gathered is more complex than those commands can manage. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form (project form or table form) to use; +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use; +- an object containing a description of the form to use. + +Optionally, you can pass parameter(s) to the *form* using a "form data" object. Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you use a form data object containing {"version";"12"}, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: + +```4d + $v:=Form.version //"12" + Form.version:=13 +``` + +To fill the "form data" object, you have two possibilities: + +- use the *formData* parameter. Using a local variable for *formData* allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. Moreover, since objects are passed by reference, if the user modifies a property value in the form, it will automatically be saved in the object itself. + +- [associate a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), in which case 4D will automatically instantiate an object of this class when the form will be loaded. The object properties and functions will be automatically available through the object returned by [Form](form.md). You could write for example `Form.myFunction()`. + +:::note + +- The *formData* parameter has priority over a form class (the class object is not instantiated if a *formData* parameter is passed). +- If you do not pass the *formData* parameter (or if you pass an undefined object) and no user class is associated to the form, **DIALOG** creates a new empty object bound to the *form*. + +::: + +The dialog is closed by the user either with an "accept" action (triggered by the ak accept standard action, the Enter key, or the [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command), or with a "cancel" action (triggered by the ak cancel standard action, the Escape key, or the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command). An accept action will set the OK system variable to 1, while a cancel action will set OK to 0\. + +Keep in mind that validation does not equal saving: if the dialog includes fields, you must explicitly call the [SAVE RECORD](../commands-legacy/save-record.md) command to save any data that has been modified. + +If you pass the optional *\** parameter, the form is loaded and displayed in the last open window of the current process and the command finishes its execution while leaving the active form on the screen.\ +This form then reacts “normally” to user actions and is closed using a standard action or when 4D code related to the form (object method or form method) calls the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. If the current process terminates, the forms created in this way are automatically closed in the same way as if a [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command had been called. This opening mode is particularly useful for displaying a floating palette with a document, without necessarily requiring another process. + +**Notes :** + +- You can combine the use of the **DIALOG**(form;\*) syntax with the [CALL FORM](call-form.md) command to establish communication between the forms. +- You must create a window before calling the **DIALOG**(form;\*) statement. It is not possible to use the current dialog window in the process nor the window created by default for each process. Otherwise, error -9909 is generated. +- When the *\** parameter is used, the window is closed automatically following a standard action or a call to the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. You do not have to manage the closing of the window itself. + +#### Exemple 1 + +The following example can be used to create a tool palette: + +```4d + //Display tool palette + $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) + DIALOG("tools";*) //Give back the control immediately + //Display main document windowl + $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) + DIALOG("doc") +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some [Form](form.md) object properties to variables: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Exemple 3 + +The following example uses the path to a .json form to display the records in an employee list: + +```4d + Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) + ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) + DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) +``` + +which displays: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) + +#### Exemple 4 + +The following example uses a .json file as an object and modifies a few properties: + +```4d + var $form : Object + $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) + $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" + $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" + $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" + Open form window($form;Plain form window) + DIALOG($form;*) +``` + +The altered form is displayed with the title, logo and border modified: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) + +#### System variables and sets + +After a call to **DIALOG**, if the dialog is accepted, OK is set to 1; if it is canceled, OK is set to 0. + +#### Voir également + +[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md)\ +[ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md)\ +[CALL FORM](call-form.md)\ +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[Form](form.md)\ +[Open window](../commands-legacy/open-window.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..dc3fdd37a5587b --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +id: form-edit +title: FORM EDIT +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* )
    **FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ; *object* ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ----- | - | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Table | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text | → | Form name | +| object | Text | → | Form object name or group name | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | ----------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of *object* parameter | + +
    + +#### Description + +The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected.The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected. Note that you must have access to the Design environment, otherwise the error -9804 ("Cannot open form") is generated. + +The command is asynchronous: it returns immediately to the calling method and does not wait for the form to be open. + +If you pass the optional *aTable* parameter, you indicate the table associated with *form*. If you omit this parameter, you indicate that *form* is a project form. + +In the *form* parameter, pass the name of the form to open in the 4D Form editor. If you pass a name that does not exist, the error 81 is generated ("Form not found"). + +Optionnally, you can pass in *object* the name of a form object or of a group to select automatically in the 4D Form editor. This feature allows you, for example, to save time when debugging a form based upon expression errors returned by [`Compile project`](compile-project.md). + +If *object* is not found in *form*, the form is opened and no error is returned. + +Pass an empty string in *object* to deselect all objects in the open *form*. + +#### Exemples + +To open the *Contacts* table *Address* form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") +``` + +To open the *ContactList* project form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList") +``` + +To open the *ContactPage* project form with "name-input" object selected: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList"; "name-input") +``` + +#### Voir également + +*Design Object Access Commands* diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..88c7bae7ca737d --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| Résultat | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Description + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### Exemple 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Exemple 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Exemple 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 9 + +Cet exemple illustre comment vous pouvez répondre à un événement de fermeture de fenêtre à l'aide d'un formulaire utilisé pour la saisie de données d'enregistrement : + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### Voir également + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..887460886e4f56 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------ | - | --------------- | +| Résultat | Object | ← | Objet événement | + + + +#### Description + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**Objet retourné** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | Nom de l'objet générant l'événement - Non inclus si l'événement est déclenché par le formulaire | +| code | integer | Valeur numérique de l'événement formulaire. | +| Description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### Exemple 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### Voir également + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..c4fd2d360c108e --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +--- +id: form-load +title: FORM LOAD +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM LOAD** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------------ | - | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| aTable | Table | → | Table form to load (if omitted, load a project form) | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of form (project or table), ora POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to open | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| \* | Opérateur | → | If passed = command applies to host database when it is executed from a component (parameter ignored outside of this context) | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Description + +The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents.The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents. There can only be one current form per process. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use, or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +When the command is executed from a component, it loads the component forms by default. If you pass the *\** parameter, the method loads the host database forms. + +##### formData + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. +The form data object is available in the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +##### Printing data + +In order to be able to execute this command, a print job must be opened beforehand using the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command. The [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command makes an implicit call to the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command, so in this context it is necessary to execute **FORM LOAD**. Once loaded, this *form* becomes the current printing form. All the object management commands, and in particular the [Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) command, work with this form. + +If a printing form has already been loaded beforehand (via a previous call to the **FORM LOAD** command), it is closed and replaced by *form*. You can open and close several project forms in the same print session. Changing the printing form via the **FORM LOAD** command does not generate page breaks. It is up to the developer to manage page breaks. + +Only the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md) is executed during the opening of the project form, as well as any object methods of the form. Other form events are ignored. The [`On Unload` form event](../Events/onUnload.md) is executed at the end of printing. + +To preserve the graphic consistency of forms, it is recommended to apply the "Printing" appearance property regardless of the platform. + +The current printing form is automatically closed when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command is called. + +##### Parsing form contents + +This consists in loading an off-screen form for parsing purposes. To do this, just call **FORM LOAD** outside the context of a print job. In this case, form events are not executed. + +**FORM LOAD** can be used with the [FORM GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md) commands in order to perform any type of processing on the form contents. You must then call the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command in order to release the form from memory. + +Note that in all cases, the form on screen remains loaded (it is not affected by the **FORM LOAD** command) so it is not necessary to reload it after calling [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md). + +**Reminder:** In the off-screen context, do not forget to call [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) to avoid any risk of memory overflow. + +#### Exemple 1 + +Calling a project form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD("print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +Calling a table form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### Exemple 3 + +Parsing of form contents to carry out processing on text input areas: + +```4d + FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") +  // selection of form without execution of events or methods + FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) + For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) +    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) +  //… processing +    End if + End for + FORM UNLOAD //do not forget to unload the form +``` + +#### Exemple 4 + +The following example returns the number of objects on a JSON form: + +```4d + ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //sort form items into arrays + ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) + ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) +  + FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //load the form + FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) +  + ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //return the object count +``` + +the result shown is: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) + +#### Exemple 5 + +You want to print a form containing a list box. During the *on load* event, you want the contents of the list box to be modified. + +1\. In the printing method, you write: + +```4d + var $formData : Object + var $over : Boolean + var $full : Boolean +  + OPEN PRINTING JOB + $formData:=New object + $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() + ... //fill the collection with data +  + FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //store the collection in $formData + $over:=False + Repeat +    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // the datasource of this "LB" listbox is Form.LBcollection +    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) +    If(Not($over)) +       PAGE BREAK +    End if + Until($over) + FORM UNLOAD + CLOSE PRINTING JOB +``` + +2\. In the form method, you can write: + +```4d + var $o : Object + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection is available +          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) +       End for each + End case +``` + +#### Voir également + +[Current form name](../commands-legacy/current-form-name.md)\ +[FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md)\ +[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md)\ +[OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md)\ +[Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..44e483a298be01 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +--- +id: form +title: Formulaire +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form** : Object + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------ | - | ----------------------------- | +| Résultat | Object | ← | Form data of the current form | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | ------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Form class support | + +
    + +#### Description + +The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor).The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor). 4D automatically associates an object to the current form in the following cases: + +- the current form has been loaded by one of the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, +- the current form is a subform, +- a table form is currently displayed on screen. + +##### Commands (DIALOG...) + +If the current form is being displayed or loaded by a call to the [DIALOG](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, **Form** returns either: + +- the *formData* object passed as parameter to this command, if any, +- or, an instantiated object of the [user class associated to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), if any, +- or, an empty object. + +##### Sous-formulaire + +If the current form is a subform, the returned object depends on the parent container variable: + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has been typed as an object, **Form** returns the value of this variable.\ + In this case, the object returned by **Form** is the same as the one returned by the following expression: + +```4d + (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> +``` + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has not been typed as an object, **Form** returns an empty object, maintained by 4D in the subform context. + +For more information, please refer to the *Page subforms* section. + +##### Table form + +**Form** returns the object associated with the table form displayed on screen. In the context of an input form displayed from an output form (i.e. after a double-click on a record), the returned object contains the following property: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| parentForm | object | **Form** object of the parent output form | + +#### Exemple + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some Form object properties to inputs: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Voir également + +[DIALOG](dialog.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md index 16cf295d112c84..f37442056a30bd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Si la formule est créée dans un composant, vous pouvez envisager d'utiliser le | Constante | Type | Description | | -------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (par défaut) La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte où elle a été créée | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte de la base de données de hôte | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (par défaut) La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte où elle a été créée | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte de la base de données de hôte | #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md index 226d8ec9dfd253..a2092b4e2c2ee4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Passez dans *connectionInfo* un objet décrivant le datastore distant auquel vou | hostname | Text | Nom ou adresse IP de la base de données distante + " :" + numéro de port (le numéro de port est obligatoire) | API Endpoint de l'instance Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nom d'utilisateur | - (ignoré) | | password | Text | Mot de passe de l'utilisateur | - (ignoré) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | - (ignoré) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | - (ignoré) | | tls | Boolean | Vrai pour utiliser une connexion sécurisée(1). Si cette propriété est omise, "false" par défaut. L'utilisation d'une connexion sécurisée est recommandée dans la mesure du possible. | Vrai pour utiliser une connexion sécurisée. Si omis, faux par défaut | | type | Text | doit être "4D Server" | - (ignoré) | | api-key | Text | - (ignoré) | API key de l'instance Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..f5595d2ff553d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +--- +id: print-form +title: Print form +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Print form** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*} {; *areaStart*{; *areaEnd*}} ) : Integer + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Table | → | Table owning the form, or Default table, if omitted | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of the form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to print | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| areaStart | Integer | → | Print marker, or Beginning area (if areaEnd is specified) | +| areaEnd | Integer | → | Ending area (if areaStart specified) | +| Résultat | Integer | ← | Height of printed section | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Description + +**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*.**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*. It is usually used to print very complex reports that require complete control over the printing process. **Print form** does not do any record processing, break processing or page breaks. These operations are your responsibility. **Print form** prints fields and variables in a fixed size frame only. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use (see *Form file path*), or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +Since **Print form** does not issue a page break after printing the form, it is easy to combine different forms on the same page. Thus, **Print form** is perfect for complex printing tasks that involve different tables and different forms. To force a page break between forms, use the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. In order to carry printing over to the next page for a form whose height is greater than the available space, call the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command before the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. + +Three different syntaxes may be used: + +- **Detail area printing** + +Syntaxe : + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm) +``` + +In this case, **Print form** only prints the Detail area (the area between the Header line and the Detail line) of the form. + +- **Form area printing** + +Syntaxe : + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;marker) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section designated by the *marker*. Pass one of the constants of the *Form Area* theme in the marker parameter: + +| Constante | Type | Valeur | +| ------------- | ------- | ------ | +| Form break0 | Integer | 300 | +| Form break1 | Integer | 301 | +| Form break2 | Integer | 302 | +| Form break3 | Integer | 303 | +| Form break4 | Integer | 304 | +| Form break5 | Integer | 305 | +| Form break6 | Integer | 306 | +| Form break7 | Integer | 307 | +| Form break8 | Integer | 308 | +| Form break9 | Integer | 309 | +| Form detail | Integer | 0 | +| Form footer | Integer | 100 | +| Form header | Integer | 200 | +| Form header1 | Integer | 201 | +| Form header10 | Integer | 210 | +| Form header2 | Integer | 202 | +| Form header3 | Integer | 203 | +| Form header4 | Integer | 204 | +| Form header5 | Integer | 205 | +| Form header6 | Integer | 206 | +| Form header7 | Integer | 207 | +| Form header8 | Integer | 208 | +| Form header9 | Integer | 209 | + +- **Section printing** + +Syntaxe : + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section included between the *areaStart* and *areaEnd* parameters. The values entered must be expressed in pixels. + +**formData** + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. The form data object is available in the [`On Printing Detail` form event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +**Return value** + +The value returned by **Print form** indicates the height of the printable area. This value will be automatically taken into account by the [Get printed height](../commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md) command. + +The printer dialog boxes do not appear when you use **Print form**. The report does not use the print settings that were assigned to the form in the Design environment. There are two ways to specify the print settings before issuing a series of calls to **Print form**: + +- Call [PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md). In this case, you let the user choose the settings. +- Call [SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) and [GET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/get-print-option.md). In this case, print settings are specified programmatically. + +**Print form** builds each printed page in memory. Each page is printed when the page in memory is full or when you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md). To ensure the printing of the last page after any use of **Print form**, you must conclude with the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command (except in the context of an [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), see note). Otherwise, if the last page is not full, it stays in memory and is not printed. + +**Warning:** If the command is called in the context of a printing job opened with [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), you must NOT call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) for the last page because it is automatically printed by the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command. If you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) in this case, a blank page is printed. + +This command prints external areas and objects (for example, 4D Write or 4D View areas). The area is reset for each execution of the command. + +**Warning:** Subforms are not printed with **Print form**. To print only one form with such objects, use [PRINT RECORD](../commands-legacy/print-record.md) instead. + +**Print form** generates only one [`On Printing Detail` event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md) for the form method. + +**4D Server:** This command can be executed on 4D Server within the framework of a stored procedure. In this context: + +- Make sure that no dialog box appears on the server machine (except for a specific requirement). +- In the case of a problem concerning the printer (out of paper, printer disconnected, etc.), no error message is generated. + +#### Exemple 1 + +The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](../commands-legacy/print-selection.md) command would. However, the report uses one of two different forms, depending on whether the record is for a check or a deposit: + +```4d + QUERY([Register]) // Select the records + If(OK=1) +    ORDER BY([Register]) // Sort the records +    If(OK=1) +       PRINT SETTINGS // Display Printing dialog boxes +       If(OK=1) +          For($vlRecord;1;Records in selection([Register])) +             If([Register]Type ="Check") +                Print form([Register];"Check Out") // Use one form for checks +             Else +                Print form([Register];"Deposit Out") // Use another form for deposits +             End if +             NEXT RECORD([Register]) +          End for +          PAGE BREAK // Make sure the last page is printed +       End if +    End if + End if +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](../commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md) command. + +#### Exemple 3 + +This form is used as dialog, then printed with modifications: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) + +The form method: + +```4d + If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) +    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) +    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) + End if +``` + +The code that calls the dialog then prints its body: + +```4d + $formData:=New object + $formData.lastname:="Smith" + $formData.firstname:="john" + $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" + $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) + DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) + $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) +``` + +#### Voir également + +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md)\ +[PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md)\ +[SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md index 9217d6795288da..62c71b0f1476ab 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs
    Historique -| Release | Modifications | -| ------- | ------------------------------ | -| 20 R7 | Support of sessionID parameter | +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | -------------------------------- | +| 20 R7 | Support of *sessionID* parameter |
    @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ You want to get the collection of all user sessions:    var $o : Object  var $i : Integer - vat $processName;$userName : Text + var $processName;$userName : Text   $o:=Process activity //Get process & session info @@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ You want to get all processes related to the current session: #### Voir également -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [WEB Get server info](../commands-legacy/web-get-server-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md index 23518ff51bc404..d3b1629374eeef 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Process info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    Historique - -| Release | Modifications | -| ------- | ------------- | -| 20 R7 | Ajout | - -
    - **Process info** ( *processNumber* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,6 +15,14 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | ------------- | +| 20 R7 | Ajout | + +
    + #### Description The `Process info` command returns an object providing detailed information about process whose number you pass in *processNumber*. If you pass an incorrect process number, the command returns a null object. @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ L'objet retourné contient les propriétés suivantes : | cpuTime | Real | Running time (seconds) | | cpuUsage | Real | Percentage of time devoted to this process (between 0 and 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of process creation | -| ID | Longint | Process unique ID | +| ID | Integer | Process unique ID | | name | Text | Nom du process | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | preemptive | Boolean | True if run preemptive, false otherwise | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Current status. Possible values: see below | +| state | Integer | Current status. Possible values: see below | | systemID | Text | ID for the user process, 4D process or spare process | -| type | Longint | Running process type. Possible values: see below | +| type | Integer | Running process type. Possible values: see below | | visible | Boolean | True if visible, false otherwise | - Possible values for "state": diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md index d0e0cac34e06c0..dffd85783e7c35 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Name of process for which to retrieve the process number | | id | Text | → | ID of process for which to retrieve the process number | | \* | Opérateur | → | Return the process number from the server | -| Résultat | Longint | ← | Process number | +| Résultat | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md index dabb1bb77f7c7b..28ae43dbd0a7f7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Session info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    Historique - -| Release | Modifications | -| ------- | ------------- | -| 20 R7 | Ajout | - -
    - **Session info** ( *sessionId* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,24 +15,33 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R7 | Ajout | + +
    + #### Description The `Session info` command returns an object describing the session whose ID you pass in the *sessionID* parameter.. If you pass an invalid *sessionID*, the command returns a null object. L'objet retourné contient les propriétés suivantes : -| Nom de propriété | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | --------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text (enum) | Session type. Possible values: "remote", "storedProcedure", "rest" | -| userName | Text | Nom d'utilisateur | -| machineName | Text | Name of the remote machine | -| systemUserName | Text | Name of the system session opened on the remote machine | -| IPAddress | Text | Adresse IP de la machine distante | -| hostType | Text (enum) | Host type. Possible values: "windows", "mac", "browser" | -| creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of connection of the remote machine | -| state | Text (enum) | Session state. Possible values: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | Session UUID | -| persistentID | Text | ID persistant de la session | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Session type: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`Session.userName`](../API/SessionClass.md#username)) | +| machineName | Text | Sessions distantes : nom de la machine distante. Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | Sessions distantes : nom de la session système ouverte sur la machine distante. | +| IPAddress | Text | Adresse IP de la machine distante | +| hostType | Text | Type d'hôte : "windows" ou "mac" | +| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | État de la session : "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | +| ID | Text | Session UUID (same value as [`Session.id`](../API/SessionClass.md#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | :::note @@ -79,5 +80,7 @@ Here is an example of output object: #### Voir également -[Session](../API/SessionClass.md) +[`Session` class](../API/SessionClass.md) +[Session](session.md) +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Process info](process-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..0257ef9341aecb --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +--- +id: session-storage +title: Session storage +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Session storage** ( *id* ) : Object + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| id | Text | → | Unique identifier (UUID) of the session | +| Résultat | Object | ← | Storage object of the session | + + + +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R6 | Ajout | + +
    + +#### Description + +The **Session storage** command returns the storage object of the session whose unique identifier you passed in the *id* parameter. + +In *id*, pass the UUID of the session for which you want to get the storage. It is automatically assigned by 4D (4D Server or, for standalone sessions, 4D single-user) and is stored in the [**.id**](../API/SessionClass.md#id) property of the [session object](../API/SessionClass.md). If the session does not exist, the command returns **Null**. + +**Note:** You can get the session identifiers using the [Process activity](process-activity.md) command. + +The returned object is the [**.storage**](../API/SessionClass.md#storage) property of the session. It is a shared object used to store information available to all processes of the session. + +#### Exemple + +This method modifies the value of a "settings" property stored in the storage object of a specific session: + +```4d +  //Set storage for a session +  //The "Execute On Server" method property is set +  + #DECLARE($id : Text; $text : Text) + var $obj : Object +  + $obj:=Session storage($id) +  + If($obj.settings=Null) +    Use($obj) +       $obj.settings:=New shared object("text";$text) +    End use + Else +    Use($obj.settings) +       $obj.settings.text:=$text +    End use + End if +``` + +#### Voir également + +[Process activity](process-activity.md)\ +[Session](../API/SessionClass.md#session) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md index 62e0cc9c21527e..443d1bc26dfb04 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Release | Modifications | | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | | 20 R5 | Prise en charge des sessions utilisateurs distants et procédures stockées | | 18 R6 | Ajout | @@ -31,11 +32,12 @@ Selon le process à partir duquel la commande est appelée, la session utilisate - une session web (lorsque les [sessions évolutives sont activées](WebServer/sessions.md#enabling-sessions)), - une session de client distant, -- la session des procédures stockées. +- the stored procedures session, +- the *designer* session in a standalone application. -For more information, see the [Session types](../command/session.md-types) paragraph. +For more information, see the [Session types](../API/SessionClass.md#session-types) paragraph. -Si la commande est appelée à partir d'un contexte non pris en charge (application mono-utilisateur, sessions évolutives désactivées...), elle retourne *Null*. +If the command is called from a non supported context (e.g. scalable sessions disabled), it returns *Null*. #### Sessions Web @@ -68,6 +70,10 @@ Tous les process des procédures stockées partagent la même session d'utilisat Pour des informations sur la session d'utilisateur virtuel des procédures stockées, veuillez vous référer à la page [4D Server et langage 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.en.html). +#### Standalone session + +The `Session` object is available from any process in standalone (single-user) applications so that you can write and test your client/server code using the `Session` object in your 4D development environment. + #### Exemple Vous avez défini la méthode `action_Session` ayant l'attribut "Disponible via Balises HTML et URLs 4D". Vous appelez la méthode en saisissant l'URL suivant dans votre navigateur : @@ -92,6 +98,6 @@ IP:port/4DACTION/action_Session ### Voir également -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Session API](../API/SessionClass.md)\ [Web server user sessions](../WebServer/sessions.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md index 62b0abfaba9c6b..74e8141875f685 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Le tableau suivant illustre ces valeurs par défaut : | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------ | --------------------------- | | Booleen | False | True | True (varie) | | Date | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (varie) | +| Integer | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (varie) | | Time | 00:00:00 | 533161:41:59 | 249345:34:24 (varie) | | Picture | picture size=0 | picture size=0 | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | 1.250753659382e+243 | 1.972748538022e-217 (varie) | @@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ Le tableau ci-dessous liste les types de données pouvant être convertis, le ty | Types à convertir | en Chaîne | en Numérique | en Date | en Heure | en Booléen | | ----------------- | --------- | ------------ | ------- | -------- | ---------- | | Chaîne (1) | | Num | Date | Time | Bool | -| Numérique (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Date | String | | | | Bool | -| Time | String | | | | Bool | +| Numérique (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Date | Text | | | | Bool | +| Time | Text | | | | Bool | | Boolean | | Num | | | | (1) Les chaînes formatées en JSON peuvent être converties en données scalaires, objets ou collections à l'aide de la commande `JSON Parse`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md index afd505f3ae1375..7fc0fa979819b4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Les séquences d’échappement suivantes peuvent être utilisées dans les cha | Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | | ------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Répétition | Chaîne * Nombre | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Répétition | Chaîne * Nombre | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Egalité | Chaîne = Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Inégalité | Chaîne # Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 8b7a5ca8f7b466..f079adbed520d6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Souvent, les mêmes symboles sont utilisés pour des opérations différentes, e | Type de données | Opération | Exemple | | ----------------- | ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Addition | 1 + 2 ajoute les nombres, le résultat est 3 | -| String | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | +| Text | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | | Date et Numérique | Addition de date | !1989-01-01! + 20 ajoute 20 jours à la date 1 janvier 1989, le résultat est la date 21 janvier 1989 | ## Expressions @@ -224,10 +224,10 @@ Vous vous référez à une expression via le type de données qu’elle retourne | Expression | Type | Description | | ----------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| “Bonjour” | String | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | -| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | String | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | -| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | String | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | +| “Bonjour” | Text | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | +| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | Text | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | +| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | Text | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | | 4 | Number | C'est une constante numérique, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Deux nombres, 4 et 2, sont multipliés à l'aide de l'opérateur de multiplication (*). Le résultat est le nombre 8. | | MonBouton | Number | C'est le nom d'un bouton. Il retourne la valeur courante du bouton : 1 s'il y a eu un clic sur le bouton, 0 sinon. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index e2781e8278a3f6..1854881e537d89 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ La gestion des sélections s'effectue différemment selon que la list box de typ * **List box de type collection/entity selection** : les sélections sont gérées via des propriétés de list box dédiées : * [Elément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) est un objet qui reçoit l'élément/l'entité sélectionné(e), - * [Eléments sélectionnés](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) retourne la collection des éléments sélectionnés, + * [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items * [Position élément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retourne la position de l'élément ou de l'entité sélectionné(e). * **List box de type tableau :** la commande `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` permet de sélectionner par programmation une ou plusieurs lignes de list box. En outre, [la variable associée à l’objet List box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) peut être utilisée pour lire, fixer ou stocker les sélections de lignes dans l’objet. Cette variable correspond à un tableau de booléens automatiquement créé et maintenu par 4D. La taille de ce tableau est déterminée par celle de la list box : il contient le même nombre d’éléments que le plus petit tableau associé aux colonnes. Chaque élément de ce tableau contient `Vrai` si la ligne correspondante est sélectionnée et `Faux` sinon. 4D met à jour le contenu de ce tableau en fonction des actions utilisateur. A l’inverse, vous pouvez modifier la valeur des éléments de ce tableau afin de modifier la sélection dans la list box. En revanche, vous ne pouvez ni insérer ni supprimer de ligne dans ce tableau ; il n’est pas possible non plus de le retyper. La commande `Count in array` est utile dans ce cas pour connaître le nombre de lignes sélectionnées. Par exemple, cette méthode permet d’inverser la sélection de la première ligne de la list box (type tableau) : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index ef48317446c711..8649fdabb7a168 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ There are several types of calculations available. The following table shows whi | Minimum | X | | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Maximum | X | | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Sum | X | | X | | X | | Same as column type | -| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Average | X | | | X | | | Real | | Standard deviation(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variance(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 77965f989353c3..77ee98200f4f02 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -39,24 +39,24 @@ The [4D embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-re Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, vous devez simplement exécuter la déclaration suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript est sensible à la casse. Il est donc important de noter que l'objet est nommé $4d (avec un "d" minuscule). La syntaxe des appels aux méthodes 4D est la suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que vous le souhaitez dans la méthode 4D. Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière sychronisée une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. +- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière synchrone une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. - `result`: Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, retournée dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. -> Par défaut, 4D opère en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Par défaut, 4D travaille en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` #### Exemple 1 diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/GettingStarted/Installation.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/GettingStarted/Installation.md index 1f8da5409e5734..38da6ea45d4272 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/GettingStarted/Installation.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/GettingStarted/Installation.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ La boîte de dialogue du **gestionnaire de licences** apparaît (la page Activat ### Activation de 4D Server -1. Lancez l'application 4D Server. The dialog box for choosing the activation mode appears. +1. Lancez l'application 4D Server. La boîte de dialogue de choix du mode d'activation apparaît. ![](../assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md index dd4c15e7e293c5..20756d7bb9011a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Seules les dataclass exposées apparaissent dans cette liste pour le datastore d Voici une description des propriétés retournées pour chaque dataclass dans le datastore de votre projet : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | -| dataURI | String | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | +| dataURI | Text | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | ### Exemple @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ Les propriétés suivantes sont retournées pour une dataclass exposée : | Propriété | Type | Description | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Numéro de la table dans la base 4D | -| scope | String | Étendue de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont **l'étendue** (scope) est publique sont affichées) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | +| scope | Text | Étendue de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont **l'étendue** (scope) est publique sont affichées) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | ### Attribut(s) @@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ Voici les propriétés de chaque attribut exposé qui sont retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Le nom de l’attribut. | -| kind | String | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | Le nom de l’attribut. | +| kind | Text | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Position du champ dans la table de la base. | -| scope | String | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | -| indexed | String | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| type | String | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | +| scope | Text | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | +| indexed | Text | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | +| type | Text | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | | identifying | Boolean | Cette propriété retourne True si l'attribut est la clé primaire. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| path | String | Nom du lien d'un attribut relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | - foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| +| path | Text | Nom du lien d'un attribut relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | + foreignKey|Text |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| inverseName |Text |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| ### Méthode(s) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md index 7c3bbe3ea58ab0..c40cf60321de9c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Après que vous ayez créé un entity set, l'ID de l'entity set est retourné av Crée un autre entity set basé sur des entity sets préalablement créés -| Paramètres | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | -| $otherCollection | String | ID de l'entity set | +| Paramètres | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID de l'entity set | ### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md index ed017d0241017c..fbf8d72160bed1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Pour chaque sélection d'entités stocké dans le cache de 4D Server, les inform | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | -| dataClass | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | +| dataClass | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Nombre d'entités dans l'entity set. | | sorted | Boolean | Retourne vrai si l'ensemble a été trié (à l'aide de `$orderby`) ou faux s'il n'est pas trié. | | refreshed | Date | Date de la création ou de la dernière utilisation de l'entity set. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Pour chaque session utilisateur, les informations suivantes sont retournées dan | Propriété | Type | Description | | ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID qui référence la session. | -| userName | String | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID qui référence la session. | +| userName | Text | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | | lifeTime | Number | La durée d'une session utilisateur en secondes (3600 par défaut). | | expiration | Date | Date et heure d'expiration courante de la session utilisateur. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md index cc42038a08cefa..99541c14b0bee5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Dans la collection d'étapes, il existe un objet avec les propriétés suivantes | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Description | String | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | +| Description | Text | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | | time | Number | Nombre de millisecondes nécessaires pour exécuter la requête | | recordsfounds | Number | Nombre d'enregistrements trouvés | | steps | Collection | Une collection avec un objet définissant l'étape suivante du chemin de la requête | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md index 9109d131df9680..600088ab5dd9e0 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $queryplan retourne le plan de la requête telle qu'il a été exécuté par 4D | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| item | String | Requête exécutée | +| item | Text | Requête exécutée | | subquery | Tableau | S'il existe une sous-requête, un objet supplémentaire contenant une propriété d'élément (comme celle indiquée ci-dessus) | Pour plus d'informations sur les plans de requête, reportez-vous à [queryPlan ete queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md index 6c07266bdd109c..e33cf9c103f289 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Voici une description des données retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass. | | __SENT | Number | Nombre d'entités envoyées par la requête REST. Ce nombre peut être le nombre total d'entités s'il est inférieur à la valeur définie par `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Numéro d'entité à partir duquel la sélection commence. Soit 0 par défaut soit la valeur définie par `$skip`. | @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Chaque entité contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | +| __KEY | Text | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Horodatage de la dernière modification de l'entité | | __STAMP | Number | Tampon interne qui est nécessaire lors de la modification des valeurs de l'entité lors de l'utilisation de `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md index 2ce98083981fe4..5d282230fc8fe6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -1730,8 +1730,8 @@ Vous pouvez également passer des critères afin de configurer le tri des élém | Constante | Type | Valeur | Commentaire | | ------------- | ------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | This syntax orders scalar values in the collection only (other element types such as objects or collections are returned with an internal order). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index d59004862d227f..c1cec29bd8d313 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Cette classe est disponible depuis le "class store" de `4D`. :::info Voir aussi -For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: encrypt, decrypt, sign, and verify!**](https://blog.4d.com/cryptokey-encrypt-decrypt-sign-and-verify/) blog post. +Pour une présentation complète de cette classe, nous vous recommandons de lire l'article de blog [**CryptoKey : crypter, décrypter, signer et vérifier !**](https://blog.4d.com/cryptokey-encrypt-decrypt-sign-and-verify/). ::: @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------ | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------------ | -- | ---------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Paramètres pour générer ou charger une paire de clés | +| Résultat | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | -The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. +The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. Elle permet de générer une nouvelle clé RSA ou ECDSA, ou de charger une paire de clés existante à partir de la définition PEM. #### *settings* @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function create #### *CryptoKey* -The returned `CryptoKey` object encapsulates an encryption key pair. It is a shared object and can therefore be used by multiple 4D processes simultaneously. +L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. C'est un objet partagé qui peut donc être utilisé simultanément par plusieurs process 4D. #### Exemple 1 @@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ Folder(fk desktop folder).file("signature").setText($key.sign($message;$type)) - Côté Alice : ```4d -// Get message, public key & signature +// Récupérer le message, la clé publique et la signature $message:=Folder(fk desktop folder).file("message.txt").getText() $publicKey:=Folder(fk desktop folder).file("public.pem").getText() $signature:=Folder(fk desktop folder).file("signature").getText() -// Create a key +// Créer une clé $type:=New object("type";"PEM";"pem";$publicKey) $key:=4D.CryptoKey.new($type) -// Verify signature +// Vérifier la signature If ($key.verify($message;$signature;$type).success) -// The signature is valid +// La signature est valide End if ``` @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ La fonction renvoie un objet "status" avec la propriété `success` définie sur | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | success | boolean | True si le message a été déchiffré avec succès | -| result | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | +| Résultat | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | | errors | collection | Si `success` est mis sur `false`, il peut contenir une collection d'erreurs | Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré avec la même clé ou le même algorithme, l'objet `status` renvoyé contient une collection d'erreurs dans `status.errors`. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré | ---------- | ------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | message | Text | -> | Chaine message à chiffrer à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` et encrypted. | | options | Object | -> | Options de chiffrement | -| Résultat | Text | <- | Message encrypted and encoded using the `options.encodingEncrypted` | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Message chiffré et encodé à l'aide de `options.encodingEncrypted` | La fonction `.encrypt()` crypte le paramètre *message* à l'aide de la clé **publique**. L'algorithme utilisé dépend du type de clé. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contient le nom du type de clé - "RSA", "EC | 18 R4 | Ajout | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md index ea7ef502a3f456..eeb71e16c04239 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Passez dans *connectionInfo* un objet décrivant le datastore distant auquel vou | hostname | Text | Nom ou adresse IP de la base de données distante + " :" + numéro de port (le numéro de port est obligatoire) | | user | Text | Nom d'utilisateur | | password | Text | Mot de passe de l'utilisateur | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | | tls | Boolean | Utilisez une connexion sécurisée(*). Si cette propriété est omise, "false" par défaut. L'utilisation d'une connexion sécurisée est recommandée dans la mesure du possible. | | type | Text | Doit être "4D Server" | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md index db8a5ce94fb756..d019f1b8e3786c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Les différences sont retournées sous forme de collection d'objets dont les pro | Nom de propriété | Type | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nom de l'attribut | +| attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut | | value | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans l'entité d'origine | | otherValue | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md index ecc0c799793c1e..35172429b63277 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Syntaxe : | `--headless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server ou l'application fusionnée sans interface (mode headless). Dans ce mode :
  • Le mode Développement n'est pas disponible, la base de données démarre en mode Application
  • Aucune barre d'outils, barre de menus, fenêtre MDI ou écran de démarrage ne s'affiche
  • Aucune icône n'est affichée dans le dock ou la barre des tâches
  • La base de données ouverte n'est pas enregistrée dans le menu "Bases de données récentes"
  • Le journal de diagnostic est automatiquement lancé (voir [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), sélecteur 79)
  • Chaque appel à une boîte de dialogue est intercepté et une réponse automatique est fournie (par exemple OK pour la commande [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html), Abort pour un boîte de dialogue d'erreur, etc.). Toutes les commandes interceptées (*) sont enregistrées dans le journal de diagnostic.

    • Pour les besoins de maintenance, vous pouvez envoyer n'importe quel texte aux flux de sortie standard à l'aide de la commande [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page667.html). A noter que les applications 4D headless ne peuvent être fermées qu'en appelant [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou en utilisant le gestionnaire de tâches du système d'exploitation. | | `--dataless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server ou une application fusionnée en mode headless. Le mode Dataless est utile lorsque 4D exécute des tâches sans données (compilation de projet par exemple). Dans ce mode :
  • Aucun fichier contenant des données n'est ouvert, même s'il est spécifié dans la ligne de commande ou le fichier `.4DLink`, ou lors de l'utilisation des commandes `CREATE DATA FILE` et `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Les commandes qui manipulent les données généreront une erreur. Par exemple, `CREATE RECORD` renvoie le message "aucune table à laquelle appliquer la commande".

    • **Note** :
  • S'il est passé en ligne de commande, le mode dataless s'applique à toutes les bases de données ouvertes dans 4D, tant que l'application n'est pas fermée.
  • S'il est passé à l'aide du fichier `.4DLink`, le mode dataless ne s'applique qu'à la base de données spécifiée dans le fichier` .4DLink`. Pour plus d'informations sur les fichiers `.4DLink`, voir [Raccourcis d'ouverture de projet] (../Project/creation.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Chemin de fichier | Chemin du fichier WebAdmin `.4DSettings` personnalisé pour le [serveur Web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Clé d'accès au [serveur Web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Clé d'accès au [serveur Web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Statut du démarrage automatique du [serveur Web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Stocke la clé d'accès et les paramètres de démarrage automatique dans le fichier de paramètres courant (c'est-à-dire le fichier [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) par défaut ou un fichier personnalisé désigné par le paramètre `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilisez l'argument `--webadmin-store-settings` pour enregistrer ces paramètres si nécessaire | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/licenses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/licenses.md index d62f991687f8e6..472d7c95acd372 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/licenses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/licenses.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Aucune activation n’est requise pour les usages suivants : ## Première activation -Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. The dialog box for choosing the activation mode appears. +Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. La boîte de dialogue de choix du mode d'activation apparaît. ![](../assets/en/getStart/server1.png) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md index 69026d0638bc6e..630e5484d9e010 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md @@ -170,6 +170,13 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Les fonctions de classe sont des propriétés spécifiques de la classe. Ce sont des objets de la classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md#about-4dfunction-objects). Dans le fichier de définition de classe, les déclarations de fonction utilisent le mot-clé `Function`, et le nom de la fonction. Le nom de la fonction doit être conforme aux [règles de nommage des propriétés](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -273,6 +280,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Une fonction class constructor, qui accepte des [paramètres](#parameters), peut être utilisée pour définir une classe utilisateur. Dans ce cas, lorsque vous appelez la fonction [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), le class constructor est appelé avec les paramètres optionnellement passés à la fonction `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md index 705da6b94654cc..6a32d699d8d333 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ La valeur par défaut dépend du type de variable : | ---------- | -------------------- | | Booleen | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ Le tableau ci-dessous liste les types de données pouvant être convertis, le ty | Types à convertir | en Chaîne | en Numérique | en Date | en Heure | en Booléen | | ----------------- | --------- | ------------ | ------- | -------- | ---------- | | Chaîne (1) | | Num | Date | Time | Bool | -| Numérique (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Date | String | | | | Bool | -| Time | String | | | | Bool | +| Numérique (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Date | Text | | | | Bool | +| Time | Text | | | | Bool | | Boolean | | Num | | | | (1) Les chaînes formatées en JSON peuvent être converties en données scalaires, objets ou collections à l'aide de la commande `JSON Parse`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md index 5b3eda9051723f..ea786343ba98cf 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Les séquences d’échappement suivantes peuvent être utilisées dans les cha | Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | | ------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Répétition | Chaîne * Nombre | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Répétition | Chaîne * Nombre | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Egalité | Chaîne = Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Inégalité | Chaîne # Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md index c2fa2de47fae10..ae1e6ea6755253 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Souvent, les mêmes symboles sont utilisés pour des opérations différentes, e | Type de données | Opération | Exemple | | ----------------- | ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Addition | 1 + 2 ajoute les nombres, le résultat est 3 | -| String | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | +| Text | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | | Date et Numérique | Addition de date | !1989-01-01! + 20 ajoute 20 jours à la date 1 janvier 1989, le résultat est la date 21 janvier 1989 | @@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ Vous vous référez à une expression via le type de données qu’elle retourne | Expression | Type | Description | | ----------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| “Bonjour” | String | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | -| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | String | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | -| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | String | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | +| “Bonjour” | Text | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | +| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | Text | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | +| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | Text | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | | 4 | Number | C'est une constante numérique, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Deux nombres, 4 et 2, sont multipliés à l'aide de l'opérateur de multiplication (*). Le résultat est le nombre 8. | | MonBouton | Number | C'est le nom d'un bouton. Il retourne la valeur courante du bouton : 1 s'il y a eu un clic sur le bouton, 0 sinon. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md index 2e32b1a5dba901..e110033a9f3b72 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ System variables are used by 4D commands. Refer to the "System variables and set | System variable name | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. To use a different separator, assign a new value to the system variable. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md index 562b773d31678d..7024855032b6f7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Voici les propriétés retournées dans le paramètre *$editor* : | -------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | L'ensemble du formulaire | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objet fichier du formulaire | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nom du formulaire | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nom du formulaire | | $editor.editor.table | number | Numéro de table du formulaire, 0 pour un formulaire projet | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | Numéro de la page courante | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | Page courante, contenant tous les objets du formulaire et l'ordre de saisie de la page | @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Voici les propriétés que vous pouvez passer dans l'objet `$result` si vous vou | formProperties | Object | Propriétés du formulaire si modifiées par la macro | | editor.groups | Object | informations du groupe, si les groupes sont modifiés par la macro | | editor.views | Object | informations sur les vues, si les vues sont modifiées par la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nom de la vue active | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nom de la vue active | Par exemple, si des objets de la page courante et des groupes ont été modifiés, vous pouvez écrire ce qui suit : @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Lors de la manipulation de l'attribut `method` des objets de formulaire, vous po | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---- | ----------- | | | | | - source|Chaine|Code de la méthode| + source|Text|method code| 4D créera un fichier en utilisant le nom de l'objet dans le dossier "objectMethods" avec le contenu de l'attribut `source`. Cette fonctionnalité n'est disponible que pour le code macro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 45f06c54dd9868..e8598dd44ba674 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ La gestion des sélections s'effectue différemment selon que la list box de typ * **List box de type collection/entity selection** : les sélections sont gérées via des propriétés de list box dédiées : * [Elément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) est un objet qui reçoit l'élément/l'entité sélectionné(e), - * [Eléments sélectionnés](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) retourne la collection des éléments sélectionnés, + * [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items * [Position élément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retourne la position de l'élément ou de l'entité sélectionné(e). * **List box de type tableau :** la commande `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` permet de sélectionner par programmation une ou plusieurs lignes de list box. En outre, [la variable associée à l’objet List box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) peut être utilisée pour lire, fixer ou stocker les sélections de lignes dans l’objet. Cette variable correspond à un tableau de booléens automatiquement créé et maintenu par 4D. La taille de ce tableau est déterminée par celle de la list box : il contient le même nombre d’éléments que le plus petit tableau associé aux colonnes. Chaque élément de ce tableau contient `Vrai` si la ligne correspondante est sélectionnée et `Faux` sinon. 4D met à jour le contenu de ce tableau en fonction des actions utilisateur. A l’inverse, vous pouvez modifier la valeur des éléments de ce tableau afin de modifier la sélection dans la list box. En revanche, vous ne pouvez ni insérer ni supprimer de ligne dans ce tableau ; il n’est pas possible non plus de le retyper. La commande `Count in array` est utile dans ce cas pour connaître le nombre de lignes sélectionnées. Par exemple, cette méthode permet d’inverser la sélection de la première ligne de la list box (type tableau) : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 8f051194f8b674..1aa7402924a0a1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ There are several types of calculations available. The following table shows whi | Minimum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Maximum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Sum | X | | | X | X | | Same as column type | -| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Average | X | | | X | | | Real | | Standard deviation(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variance(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 5ef99be139742c..4376653aa72dd8 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Lorsque la propriété [Accès méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-met :::note Notes - Cette propriété n'est disponible que si la zone web [utilise le moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -- For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. +- Pour des raisons de sécurité, puisqu'elle permet d'exécuter du code 4D, cette option ne doit être activée que pour les pages de confiance, telles que les pages générées par l'application. ::: @@ -43,24 +43,24 @@ Le [moteur de rendu Web intégré 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-ren Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, vous devez simplement exécuter la déclaration suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript est sensible à la casse. Il est donc important de noter que l'objet est nommé $4d (avec un "d" minuscule). La syntaxe des appels aux méthodes 4D est la suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que vous le souhaitez dans la méthode 4D. Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière sychronisée une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. +- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière synchrone une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. - `result`: Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, retournée dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. -> Par défaut, 4D opère en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Par défaut, 4D travaille en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` #### Exemple 1 diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md index de911024905dc6..ec38543fe93fdb 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md @@ -155,8 +155,8 @@ $txt:="Hello world!" ``` | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - La balise de lien est prise en charge : @@ -190,15 +190,21 @@ La [documentation](https://doc.4d.com) de la commande ... Dans le fichier `WP SwitchToolbar.md`, vous pouvez écrire : ```4d + + + +GetLogo (size) -> logo + + | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | ## Description -Cette méthode retourne un logo de taille spécifique, selon la valeur du paramètre *size*. +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter value. 1 = smallest size, 5 = largest size. ## Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md index b08f5644683adf..0e71a23056426a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Seules les dataclass exposées apparaissent dans cette liste pour le datastore d Voici une description des propriétés retournées pour chaque dataclass dans le datastore de votre projet : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | -| dataURI | String | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | +| dataURI | Text | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | ### Exemple @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ Les propriétés suivantes sont retournées pour une dataclass exposée : | Propriété | Type | Description | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Numéro de la table dans la base 4D | -| scope | String | Étendue de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont **l'étendue** (scope) est publique sont affichées) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | +| scope | Text | Étendue de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont **l'étendue** (scope) est publique sont affichées) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | ### Attribut(s) @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ Voici les propriétés de chaque attribut exposé qui sont retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Le nom de l’attribut. | -| kind | String | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | Le nom de l’attribut. | +| kind | Text | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Position du champ dans la table de la base. | -| scope | String | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | -| indexed | String | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| type | String | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | +| scope | Text | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | +| indexed | Text | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | +| type | Text | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | | identifying | Boolean | Cette propriété retourne True si l'attribut est la clé primaire. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| path | String | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | -| inverseName | String | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | +| path | Text | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | +| inverseName | Text | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | ### Clé primaire diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md index 59fcca7bd24329..4c14ade785d3a0 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Après que vous ayez créé un entity set, l'ID de l'entity set est retourné av Crée un autre entity set basé sur des entity sets préalablement créés -| Paramètres | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | -| $otherCollection | String | ID de l'entity set | +| Paramètres | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID de l'entity set | ### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md index 0115d2322b166a..b281ba0fa4b61f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Pour chaque sélection d'entités stocké dans le cache de 4D Server, les inform | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | -| dataClass | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | +| dataClass | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Nombre d'entités dans l'entity set. | | sorted | Boolean | Retourne vrai si l'ensemble a été trié (à l'aide de `$orderby`) ou faux s'il n'est pas trié. | | refreshed | Date | Date de la création ou de la dernière utilisation de l'entity set. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Pour chaque session utilisateur, les informations suivantes sont retournées dan | Propriété | Type | Description | | ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID qui référence la session. | -| userName | String | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID qui référence la session. | +| userName | Text | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | | lifeTime | Number | La durée d'une session utilisateur en secondes (3600 par défaut). | | expiration | Date | Date et heure d'expiration courante de la session utilisateur. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md index ca7402c82548bc..fff20f0903c0b4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Dans la collection d'étapes, il existe un objet avec les propriétés suivantes | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Description | String | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | +| Description | Text | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | | time | Number | Nombre de millisecondes nécessaires pour exécuter la requête | | recordsfounds | Number | Nombre d'enregistrements trouvés | | steps | Collection | Une collection avec un objet définissant l'étape suivante du chemin de la requête | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md index 8aceeaccd8cd5f..7d5143c119dfff 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $queryplan retourne le plan de la requête telle qu'il a été exécuté par 4D | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| item | String | Requête exécutée | +| item | Text | Requête exécutée | | subquery | Tableau | S'il existe une sous-requête, un objet supplémentaire contenant une propriété d'élément (comme celle indiquée ci-dessus) | Pour plus d'informations sur les plans de requête, reportez-vous à [queryPlan ete queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md index a554ab96d82948..642e07b4f066e5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Les entités passées en paramètres sont référencées sur le serveur via leur | Propriétés | Type | Description | | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une entité | | __KEY | mixte (type identique à celui de la clé primaire) | Optionnel - clé primaire de l'entité | @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ L'entity selection doit avoir été définie au préalable à l'aide de [$method | Propriétés | Type | Description | | --------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une sélection d'entité | Reportez-vous aux exemples de [réception d'une sélection d'entité](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md index 7f129bb5f1f688..2b7a01bffb2d0b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Voici une description des données retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass. | | __SENT | Number | Nombre d'entités envoyées par la requête REST. Ce nombre peut être le nombre total d'entités s'il est inférieur à la valeur définie par `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Numéro d'entité à partir duquel la sélection commence. Soit 0 par défaut soit la valeur définie par `$skip`. | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Chaque entité contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | +| __KEY | Text | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Horodatage de la dernière modification de l'entité | | __STAMP | Number | Tampon interne qui est nécessaire lors de la modification des valeurs de l'entité lors de l'utilisation de `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/BlobClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/BlobClass.md index aa7c051d76dd2b..5293fd8ff2291d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/BlobClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/BlobClass.md @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ La propriété `.size` retourne la taille d'un `4 Le paramètre `start` est un indice dans le blob, indiquant le premier octet à inclure dans le nouveau `4D.Blob`. Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est 0. Si vous spécifiez une valeur pour start qui est supérieure à la taille du blob source, la taille du `4D.Blob` retourné est 0, et il ne contient aucune donnée. -Le paramètre `end` est un indice dans le blob indiquant le premier octet qui ne sera pas inclus dans le nouveau `4D.Blob` (c'est-à-dire que l'octet situé exactement à cet indice ne sera pas inclus). Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est la taille du blob. +Sommaire Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est la taille du blob. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/ClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/ClassClass.md index 10b5c2e228e217..d885ddaf025121 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/ClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/ClassClass.md @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Cette propriété est en **lecture seule**. #### Description -La propriété `.me` renvoie l'instance unique de la classe singleton `cs.className`. Si la classe singleton n'a jamais été instanciée au préalable, cette propriété appelle le constructeur de la classe sans paramètres et crée l'instance. Sinon, elle renvoie l'instance singleton existante. +Sommaire Si la classe singleton n'a jamais été instanciée au préalable, cette propriété appelle le constructeur de la classe sans paramètres et crée l'instance. Sinon, elle renvoie l'instance singleton existante. Si `cs.className` n'est pas une [classe singleton](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes), `.me` est **undefined** par défaut. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md index f8610e6c3a354b..fc89f1c3f8f302 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -423,10 +423,10 @@ $c.combine($fruits;3) //[1,2,3,"Orange","Banana","Apple","Grape",4,5,6] -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| value | Number, Text, Object, Collection, Date, Time, Boolean, Picture | -> | Valeur(s) à concaténer. Si *value* est une collection, tous les éléments de la collection sont ajoutés à la collection d'origine | -| Résultat | Collection | <- | Nouvelle collection contenant les valeurs d'origine et les valeurs ajoutées | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| value | Number, Text, Object, Collection, Date, Time, Boolean, Picture | -> | Valeur(s) à concaténer. Si *value* est une collection, tous ses éléments sont ajoutés comme de nouveaux éléments à la fin de la collection d'origine. | +| Résultat | Collection | <- | Nouvelle collection contenant les valeurs d'origine et les valeurs ajoutées | @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ La fonction `.concat()` retourne une no > Cette fonction ne modifie pas la collection d'origine. -Si *value* est une collection, tous ses éléments sont ajoutés comme de nouveaux éléments à la fin de la collection d'origine. Si *value* n'est pas une collection, son contenu est ajouté comme nouvel élément. +La collection retournée contient l'élément spécifié par *startFrom* et tous les éléments suivants jusqu'à l'élément spécifié par *end* (mais non compris). Si seul le paramètre *startFrom* est spécifié, la collection retournée contient tous les éléments de *startFrom* au dernier élément de la collection d'origine. #### Exemple @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ S'il est passé, le paramètre *option* peut contenir l'une des constantes suiva | option | Description | | --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `ck resolve pointers` | Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Toutefois, vous pouvez résoudre les pointeurs au moment de la copie en passant la constante `ck resolve pointers`. Dans ce cas, chaque pointeur contenu dans la collection est évalué lors de la copie et sa valeur déréférencée est utilisée. | +| `ck resolve pointers` | Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Dans ce cas, chaque pointeur contenu dans la collection est évalué lors de la copie et sa valeur déréférencée est utilisée. | | `ck shared` | Par défaut, `copy()` retourne une collection standard (non partagée), même si la commande est appliquée à une collection partagée. Passez la constante `ck shared` pour créer une collection partagée. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez utiliser le paramètre *groupWith* pour associer la collection partagée à une autre collection ou à un autre objet (voir ci-dessous). | Les paramètres *groupWithCol* ou *groupWithObj* vous permettent de désigner une collection ou un objet avec lequel la collection résultante doit être associée. @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ End use #### Exemple 2 -Nous voulons combiner *$sharedColl1* et *$sharedColl2*. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. Par conséquent, nous devons faire une copie partagée de *$sharedColl1* et désigner *$sharedColl2* comme étant un groupe partagé pour la copie. +Nous voulons combiner *$sharedColl1* et *$sharedColl2*. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. ```4d var $sharedColl1;$sharedColl2;$copyColl : Collection @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ La fonction `.equal()` compare récursiv ::: -Par défaut, une évaluation non diacritique est effectuée. Si vous souhaitez que l'évaluation soit sensible à la casse ou pour différencier des caractères accentués, passez la constante `ck diacritical` dans le paramètre option. +Par défaut, une évaluation non diacritique est effectuée. L'évaluation est sensible à la casse et différencie les caractères accentués. :::tip @@ -1169,7 +1169,7 @@ Vous désignez le code de rétroappel (callback) à exécuter pour évaluer les - *formula* (syntaxe recommandée), un [objet Formula](FunctionClass.md) qui peut encapsuler toute expression exécutable, y compris des fonctions et des méthodes projet; - soit *methodName*, le nom d'une méthode projet (texte). -La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback peut effectuer n'importe quel test, avec ou sans le(s) paramètre(s) et doit renvoyer **true** pour le premier élément qui satisfait la condition. Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). +La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ Vous désignez le code de rétroappel (callback) à exécuter pour évaluer les - *formula* (syntaxe recommandée), un [objet Formula](FunctionClass.md) qui peut encapsuler toute expression exécutable, y compris des fonctions et des méthodes projet; - soit *methodName*, le nom d'une méthode projet (texte). -La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback peut effectuer n'importe quel test, avec ou sans le(s) paramètre(s) et doit renvoyer **true** pour le premier élément qui satisfait la condition. Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). +La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@ Dans *toSearch*, passez l'expression à trouver dans la collection. Vous pouvez Optionnellement, vous pouvez passer l'indice de la collection à partir duquel démarrer la recherche dans *startFrom*. - Si *startFrom* >= la longueur de la collection, False est retourné, ce qui signifie que la recherche n'est pas effectuée. -- Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). Notez que même si *startFrom* est négatif, la collection est toujours recherchée de gauche à droite. +- Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. - Si *startFrom* = 0, l'ensemble de la collection est évalué (défaut). #### Exemple @@ -1740,7 +1740,7 @@ Vous pouvez passer tout type d'élément accepté par les collections, y compris #### Description -La fonction `.join()` convertit tous les éléments de la collection en chaînes et les concatène en utilisant la chaîne *delimiter* spécifiée comme séparateur. La fonction renvoie la chaîne résultante. +La fonction `.join()` convertit tous les éléments de la collection en chaînes et les concatène en utilisant la chaîne *delimiter* spécifiée comme séparateur. > Cette fonction ne modifie pas la collection d'origine. @@ -2247,8 +2247,8 @@ Vous pouvez également passer des critères afin de configurer le tri des élém | Constante | Type | Valeur | Commentaire | | ------------- | ------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | Cette syntaxe trie uniquement les valeurs scalaires de la collection (les autres types d'éléments comme les objets ou les collections sont retournés non triés). @@ -2637,7 +2637,7 @@ Vous pouvez utiliser des parenthèses dans la recherche afin de prioriser les ca Il existe deux types de placeholders : les **placeholders indexés** et les **placeholders nommés**. -- **Placeholders indexés** : les paramètres sont insérés en tant que `:paramIndex` (par exemple ":1", ":2"...) dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. Vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 128 paramètres *value*. +- **Placeholders indexés** : les paramètres sont insérés en tant que `:paramIndex` (par exemple ":1", ":2"...) dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. Voici un exemple : @@ -2655,7 +2655,7 @@ $o.parameters:={name:"Chicago") $c:=$myCol.query(":att=:name";$o) ``` -Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. Une *queryString* peut contenir, pour les paramètres *propertyPath* et *value* : +Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. - des valeurs directes (pas de placeholders) - des placeholders indexés et/ou nommés. @@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - *$1.accumulator*: valeur à modifier par la fonction et qui est initialisée par *initValue*. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. #### Exemple 1 @@ -2969,7 +2969,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - *$1.accumulator*: valeur à modifier par la fonction et qui est initialisée par *initValue*. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. #### Exemple 1 @@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ La fonction `.remove()` supprime un ou Dans *index*, passez le numéro de l'élément à partir duquel la suppression doit débuter dans la collection. -> **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. Si *index* est supérieur à la taille de la collection, l'*index* de départ réel sera fixé à la longueur (length) de la collection. +> **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). - Si *index* < 0, il est recalculé comme *index:=index+length* (il est considéré comme décalage depuis la fin de la collection). - Si la valeur recalculée est négative, *index* prend la valeur 0. @@ -3295,7 +3295,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - (obligatoire si vous avez utilisé une méthode) *$1.result* (booléen) : **true** si l'évaluation de la valeur de l'élément est à vrai, **false** sinon. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. Dans tous les cas, au moment où la fonction `.some()` rencontre le premier élément de la collection retournant true, elle arrête d'appeler la callback et retourne **true**. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index b2d39df728d311..c24eabddf9dece 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ Pour une vue d'ensemble complète de cette classe, veuillez vous reporter au blo -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Paramètres pour générer ou charger une paire de clés | +| Résultat | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | -La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée un nouvel objet `4D.CryptoKey` encapsulant une paire de clés de chiffrement, en fonction du paramètre *settings*. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. +La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée un nouvel objet `4D.CryptoKey` encapsulant une paire de clés de chiffrement, en fonction du paramètre *settings*. Elle permet de générer une nouvelle clé RSA ou ECDSA, ou de charger une paire de clés existante à partir de la définition PEM. #### *settings* @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée u #### *CryptoKey* -L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. It is a shared object and can therefore be used by multiple 4D processes simultaneously. +L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. C'est un objet partagé qui peut donc être utilisé simultanément par plusieurs process 4D. #### Exemple 1 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ La fonction renvoie un objet "status" avec la propriété `success` définie sur | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | success | boolean | True si le message a été déchiffré avec succès | -| result | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | +| Résultat | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | | errors | collection | Si `success` est `false`, peut contenir une collection d'erreurs | Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré avec la même clé ou le même algorithme, l'objet `status` renvoyé contient une collection d'erreurs dans `status.errors`. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Contient le nom du type de clé - "RSA", "EC -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md index 14e4646a979ce2..3fdc0328a464d3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Pour chaque objet de *objectCol* : - Si la clé primaire est fournie (telle quelle) et n'existe pas, l'entité est créée - Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la clé primaire est assignée selon les règles en vigueur de la base de données. -> La propriété "\_\*KEY" contenant une valeur est prise en compte uniquement lorsque la propriété "\*\*NEW" est à **false** (ou est omise) et qu'une entité correspondante existe. Dans tous les autres cas, la valeur de la propriété "\*\_KEY" est ignorée, la valeur de la clé primaire doit être passée "telle quelle". +> La propriété "\*\*KEY" contenant une valeur est prise en compte uniquement lorsque la propriété "\*\*NEW" est à **false** (ou est omise) et qu'une entité correspondante existe. Dans tous les autres cas, la valeur de la propriété "\*\_KEY" est ignorée, la valeur de la clé primaire doit être passée "telle quelle". **Entités liées** @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Dans cet exemple, la première entité sera bien créée mais la seconde créati La fonction `.get()` requête la dataclass pour récupérer l'entité correspondant au paramètre *primaryKey*. -Dans *primaryKey*, passez la valeur de clé primaire de l'entité à récupérer. Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Vous pouvez également vous assurer que la valeur de la clé primaire est toujours renvoyée sous forme de texte en utilisant la fonction [`.getKey()`](EntityClass.md#getkey) avec le paramètre `dk key as string`. +Dans *primaryKey*, passez la valeur de clé primaire de l'entité à récupérer. Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Si aucune entité avec *primaryKey* n'est trouvée, une entité **Null** est retournée. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Cet exemple illustre l'utilisation de la propriété *context* : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | -| result | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass | +| Résultat | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass | @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ La fonction `.getInfo()` renvoie u | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass. | +| Résultat | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass. | @@ -729,9 +729,9 @@ L'objet `data` de chaque entrée contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Clé primaire de l'entité | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp de l'entité dans la base de données | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Timestamp de l'entité dans la base de données (le format est YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Clé primaire de l'entité | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp de l'entité dans la base de données | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Timestamp de l'entité dans la base de données (le format est YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | S'il y a des données dans le cache pour un attribut de dataclass, il est retourné dans une propriété du même type que dans la base de données. | Les données concernant les entités liées sont stockées dans le cache de l'objet data. @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ La fonction `.newSelection()` renvoie u | ---------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | type | string |
  • "4D": datastore principal, disponible via ds
  • "4D Server": datastore distant, ouvert avec Open datastore
    • | | networked | boolean |
  • True: le datastore est atteint via une connexion réseau.
  • False : le datastore n'est pas atteint via une connexion réseau (base de données locale)
    • | -| localID | text | Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Correspond à la chaîne localID donnée avec la commande `Open datastore`. Chaîne vide ("") pour le datastore principal. | +| localID | text | Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Chaîne vide ("") pour le datastore principal. | | connection | object | Objet décrivant la connexion au datastore distant (non retourné pour le datastore principal). Propriétés disponibles:
    PropriétéTypeDescription
    hostnametextAdresse IP ou nom du datastore distant + ":" + numéro de port
    tlsbooleannTrue si une connexion sécurisée est utilisée avec le datastore distant
    idleTimeoutnumberDélai d'inactivité de la session (en minutes)
    usertextUtilisateur authentifié sur le datastore distant
    | - Si la fonction `.getInfo()` est exécutée sur un 4D Server ou un 4D monoposte, `networked` est Faux. @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ Lorsque cette méthode n'est pas appelée, les nouvelles sélections d'entités La fonction `.provideDataKey()` permet de fournir une clé de chiffrement des données pour le fichier de données courant du datastore et détecte si la clé correspond aux données chiffrées. Cette fonction peut être utilisée à l'ouverture d'une base chiffrée, ou à l'exécution de n'importe quelle opération de chiffrement qui nécessite la clé de chiffrement, telle que le re-chiffrement du fichier de données. -> - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` doit être appelée dans une base de données chiffrée. S'il est appelé dans une base de données non cryptée, l'erreur 2003 (la clé de cryptage ne correspond pas aux données) est retournée. Utilisez la commande `Data file encryption status` pour déterminer si la base de données est chiffrée. +> - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` doit être appelée dans une base de données chiffrée. S'il est appelé dans une base de données non cryptée, l'erreur 2003 (la clé de cryptage ne correspond pas aux données) est retournée. est retournée. Utilisez la commande `Data file encryption status` pour déterminer si la base de données est chiffrée. > - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` ne peut pas être appelée depuis un 4D distant ou un datastore distant chiffré. Si vous utilisez le paramètre *curPassPhrase*, passez la chaîne utilisée pour générer la clé de chiffrement des données. Lorsque vous utilisez ce paramètre, une clé de chiffrement est générée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md index ddc0cdbd08ae75..38806d52b705a4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Les différences sont retournées sous forme de collection d'objets dont les pro | Nom de propriété | Type | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nom de l'attribut | +| attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut | | value | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans l'entité d'origine | | otherValue | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans *entityToCompare* | @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ La correspondance entre l'objet et l'entité est établie à partir des noms de - Si une propriété de l'objet n'existe pas dans la dataclass, elle est ignorée. - Les types de données doivent être équivalents. S'il existe une différence de type entre l'objet et la dataclass, 4D essaie de convertir les données lorsque cela est possible (voir [`Converting data types`](Concepts/data-types.md#converting-data-types)), sinon l'attribut est laissé intact. -- La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). Si elle n'existe pas déjà dans la dataclass, l'entité est créée avec la valeur donnée lorsque [.save()](#save) est appelé. Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la valeur de la clé primaire est affectée en fonction des règles de la base de données. L'auto-incrémentation n'est calculée que si la clé primaire est nulle. +- La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la valeur de la clé primaire est affectée en fonction des règles de la base de données. L'auto-incrémentation n'est calculée que si la clé primaire est nulle. *filler* peut contenir une related entity dans les conditions suivantes : @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Les clés primaires peuvent être des nombres (integer) ou des textes. Vous pouv | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| result | Text | <- | Attirbuts de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attirbuts de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule | @@ -962,43 +962,43 @@ Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` dans le paramèt L'objet retourné par `.lock()` contient les propriétés suivantes : -| Propriété | | Type | Description | -| --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | | boolean | vrai si l'action de verrouillage a été effectuée avec succès (ou si l'entité est déjà verrouillée dans le process courant), sinon faux. | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` a été utilisée*** | -| **wasReloaded** | | boolean | vrai si l'entité a été correctement rechargée, sinon faux. | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur :*** | -| status(\*) | | number | Code d'erreur, voir ci-dessous | -| statusText(\*) | | text | Description de l'erreur, voir ci-dessous | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur de verrouillage pessimiste :*** | -| lockKindText | | text | "Locked by record" si verrouillage par un process 4D, "Locked by session" si verrouillage par une session REST | -| lockInfo | | object | Information sur l'origine du verrouillage. Les propriétés retournées dépendent de l'origine du verrouillage (process 4D ou session REST). | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour un verrouillage par process 4D :*** | -| | task_id | number | ID du process | -| | user_name | text | Nom d'utilisateur de la session sur la machine | -| | user4d_alias | text | Nom ou alias de l'utilisateur 4D | -| | user4d_id | number | Identifiant utilisateur dans le répertoire de la base 4D | -| | host_name | text | Nom de la machine | -| | task_name | text | Nom du process | -| | client_version | text | Version du client | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour le verrouillage d'une session REST :*** | -| | host | text | URL ayant verrouillé l'entité (ex : "www.myserver.com") | -| | IPAddr | text | Adresse IP d'origine du verrouillage (ex. 127.0.0.1") | -| | userAgent | text | userAgent de l'origine du verouillage (ex : "Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_3) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/96.0.4664.110 Safari/537.36") | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur critique*** (clé primaire dupliquée, disque plein...) : | -| errors | | collection of objects | | -| | message | text | Message d'erreur | -| | component signature | text | signature du composant interne (e.g. "dmbg" pour le composant de base de données) | -| | errCode | number | Code d'erreur | +| Propriété | | Type | Description | +| --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | | boolean | vrai si l'action de verrouillage a été effectuée avec succès (ou si l'entité est déjà verrouillée dans le process courant), sinon faux. | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` a été utilisée*** | +| **wasReloaded** | | boolean | vrai si l'entité a été correctement rechargée, sinon faux. | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur :*** | +| status(\*) | | number | Code d'erreur, voir ci-dessous | +| statusText(\*) | | text | Description de l'erreur, voir ci-dessous | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur de verrouillage pessimiste :*** | +| lockKindText | | text | "Locked by record" si verrouillage par un process 4D, "Locked by session" si verrouillage par une session REST | +| lockInfo | | object | Information sur l'origine du verrouillage. Les propriétés retournées dépendent de l'origine du verrouillage (process 4D ou session REST). | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour un verrouillage par process 4D :*** | +| | task_id | number | ID du process | +| | user_name | text | Nom d'utilisateur de la session sur la machine | +| | user4d_alias | text | Nom ou alias de l'utilisateur 4D | +| | user4d_id | number | Identifiant utilisateur dans le répertoire de la base 4D | +| | host_name | text | Nom de la machine | +| | task_name | text | Nom du process | +| | client_version | text | Version du client | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour le verrouillage d'une session REST :*** | +| | host | text | \| URL ayant verrouillé l'entité (ex : "www.myserver.com") \| | +| | IPAddr | text | Adresse IP d'origine du verrouillage (ex. 127.0.0.1") | +| | userAgent | text | userAgent de l'origine du verouillage (ex : "Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_3) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/96.0.4664.110 Safari/537.36") | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur critique*** (clé primaire dupliquée, disque plein...) : | +| errors | | collection of objects | | +| | message | text | Message d'erreur | +| | component signature | text | signature du composant interne (e.g. "dmbg" pour le composant de base de données) | +| | errCode | number | Code d'erreur | (\*) Les valeurs suivantes peuvent être retournées dans les propriétés *status* et *statusText* de l'objet *Résultat* en cas d'erreur : -| Constante | Valeur | Commentaire | -| ----------------------------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `dk status entity does not exist anymore` | 5 | L'entité n'existe plus dans les données. Cette erreur peut se produire dans les cas suivants
  • : l'entité a été supprimée (le marqueur a changé et l'espace mémoire est désormais libre)
  • l'entité a été supprimée et remplacée par une autre avec une autre clé primaire (le marqueur a changé et une nouvelle entité utilise désormais l'espace mémoire). Avec `.drop( )`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option dk force drop if stamp changed est utilisée. Lors de l'utilisation de `.lock()`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` est utilisée

    • **statusText associé** : "Entity does not exist anymore" | -| `dk status locked` | 3 | L'entité est verrouillée par un verrou pessimiste.
    **statusText associé** : "Already locked" | -| `dk status serious error` | 4 | Une erreur critique peut être une erreur de bas niveau de la base de données (ex. clé dupliquée), une erreur matérielle, etc.
    **statusText associé** : "Other error" | -| `dk status stamp has changed` | 2 | La valeur du marqueur interne de l'entité ne correspond pas à celle de l'entité stockée dans les données (verrouillage optimiste).
  • avec `.save()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk auto merge` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.drop()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk force drop if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.lock()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée

    • **Statut associé**: "Stamp has changed" | +| Constante | Valeur | Commentaire | +| ----------------------------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| `dk status entity does not exist anymore` | 5 | L'entité n'existe plus dans les données. Cette erreur peut se produire dans les cas suivants:
  • l'entité a été supprimée (le marqueur a changé et l'espace mémoire est maintenant libre)
  • l'entité a été supprimée et remplacée par une autre avec une autre clé primaire (le marqueur a changé et une nouvelle entité utilise maintenant l'espace mémoire). Avec `.drop( )`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option dk force drop if stamp changed est utilisée. Lors de l'utilisation de `.lock()`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` est utilisée

    • **statusText associé** : "Entity does not exist anymore" | +| `dk status locked` | 3 | L'entité est verrouillée par un verrou pessimiste.
    **statusText associé** : "Already locked" | +| `dk status serious error` | 4 | Une erreur critique peut être une erreur de bas niveau de la base de données (ex. clé dupliquée), une erreur matérielle, etc.
    **statusText associé** : "Other error" | +| `dk status stamp has changed` | 2 | La valeur du marqueur interne de l'entité ne correspond pas à celle de l'entité stockée dans les données (verrouillage optimiste).
  • avec `.save()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk auto merge` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.drop()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk force drop if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.lock()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée

    • **Statut associé**: "Stamp has changed" | #### Exemple 1 @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Dans une application multi-utilisateur ou multi-process, la fonction `.save()` e Par défaut, si le paramètre *mode* est omis, la fonction retournera systématiquement une erreur (voir ci-dessous) lorsque la même entité a été modifiée entre-temps par un autre process ou utilisateur, quel(s) que soi(en)t l(es) attribut(s) modifié(s). -Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk auto merge` dans le paramètre *mode* afin d'activer le mode "automatic merge". Dans ce mode, une modification simultanée effectuée par un autre process/utilisateur sur la même entité mais sur un attribut différent ne Les données effectivement stockées dans l'enregistrement résultent alors de la combinaison (le "merge") des modifications non-concurrentes (si des modifications ont été effectuées sur le même attribut, la sauvegarde échoue et une erreur est retournée, même en mode "automatic merge"). +Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk auto merge` dans le paramètre *mode* afin d'activer le mode "automatic merge". Les données effectivement stockées dans l'enregistrement résultent alors de la combinaison (le "merge") des modifications non-concurrentes (si des modifications ont été effectuées sur le même attribut, la sauvegarde échoue et une erreur est retournée, même en mode "automatic merge"). > Le mode de fusion automatique n'est pas disponible pour les attributs de type Image, Objet et Texte lorsqu'ils sont stockés en dehors de l'enregistrement. Des modifications simultanées de ces attributs entraîneront une erreur "`dk status stamp has changed`". @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ Dans le paramètre *options*, vous pouvez passer les sélecteurs `dk with primar :::caution Attention -Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". Gardez à l'esprit qu'il est recommandé d'utiliser la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans vos relations, en particulier lorsque vous utilisez les fonctions `.toObject()` et `.fromObject()` . +Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". ::: diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 5c56441ddccb4b..337f7d07040ed8 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ Le code générique suivant duplique toutes les entités de l'entity selection : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md index fcaf0da59e56ea..0c134e8fdae718 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md index f5e52a828ecab3..5c4b0a8f0f9788 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ Si la formule est créée dans un composant, vous pouvez envisager d'utiliser le | Constante | Type | Description | | -------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (par défaut) La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte où elle a été créée | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte de la base de données de hôte | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (par défaut) La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte où elle a été créée | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte de la base de données de hôte | #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SystemWorkerClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SystemWorkerClass.md index 93bd7bb5dfa396..b04da91934c066 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SystemWorkerClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SystemWorkerClass.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ $myMacWorker:= 4D.SystemWorker.new("chmod x /folder/myfile.sh") | ----------- | ------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | commandLine | Text | -> | Ligne de commande à exécuter | | options | Object | -> | Paramètres du worker | -| result | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | +| Résultat | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md index 1533b3571041ad..ad72323f8bb0c2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Syntaxe : | `--headless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server ou l'application fusionnée sans interface (mode headless). Dans ce mode:
  • Le mode Conception n'est pas disponible, la base de données démarre en mode Application
  • Pas de barre d'outils, barre de menus, la fenêtre MDI ou l'écran de démarrage est affiché
  • Aucune icône n'est affichée dans le dock ou la barre de tâches
  • La base de données ouverte n'est pas enregistrée dans le menu "bases de données récentes"
  • Le journal de diagnostic est automatiquement démarré (voir [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/fr/page642.html), selecteur 79)
  • Chaque appel à une boîte de dialogue est intercepté et une réponse automatique fournie (par exemple, OK pour la commande [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/fr/page41.html), Abort pour un dialogue d'erreur...). Toutes les commandes interceptées(\*) sont journalisées dans le journal de diagnostic.

    • Pour les besoins de maintenance, vous pouvez envoyer n'importe quel texte vers les flux de sortie standard en utilisant la commande [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/fr/page667.html). A noter que les applications 4D headless ne peuvent être fermées qu'en appelant [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou en utilisant le gestionnaire de tâches du système d'exploitation. | | `--dataless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server, une application fusionnée ou tool4d en mode sans données. Le mode Dataless est utile lorsque 4D exécute des tâches sans données (compilation de projet par exemple). Dans ce mode :
  • Aucun fichier contenant des données n'est ouvert, même s'il est spécifié dans la ligne de commande ou le fichier `.4DLink`, ou lors de l'utilisation des commandes `CREATE DATA FILE` et `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Les commandes qui manipulent les données généreront une erreur. Par exemple, `CREATE RECORD` génère l'erreur « aucune table sur laquelle appliquer la commande ».

    • **Note**:
  • Si le mode dataless est activé en ligne de commande, il s'applique à toutes les bases de données ouvertes dans 4D, tant que l'application n'est pas fermée.
  • Si le mode dataless est activé via le fichier `.4DLink`, il s'applique uniquement à la base de données spécifiée dans le fichier `.4DLink`. Pour plus d'informations sur les fichiers `.4DLink`, voir [Raccourcis d'ouverture des projets](../GettingStarted/creating.md#raccourcis-douverture-des-projets).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Chemin de fichier | Chemin du fichier `.4DSettings` personnalisé pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Clé d'accès pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Clé d'accès pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Statut du lancement automatique du [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Stocke la clé d'accès et les paramètres de démarrage automatique dans le fichier de paramètres actuellement utilisé (c'est-à-dire le fichier [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) par défaut ou un fichier personnalisé désigné avec le paramètre `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilisez l'argument `--webadmin-store-settings` pour enregistrer ces paramètres si nécessaire. Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--utility` | | Disponible uniquement avec 4D Server. Lance [4D Server en mode utilitaire](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/licenses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/licenses.md index 9e44d5e1975aa1..411b4ac20dc1f9 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/licenses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/licenses.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Aucune activation n’est requise pour les usages suivants : ## Première activation -Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. The dialog box for choosing the activation mode appears. +Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. La boîte de dialogue de choix du mode d'activation apparaît. ![](../assets/en/getStart/server1.png) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md index e078cdefe316ba..f63210a27f2aa9 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md @@ -181,6 +181,12 @@ Des mots-clés 4D spécifiques peuvent être utilisés dans les définitions de // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Les fonctions de classe sont des propriétés spécifiques de la classe. Ce sont des objets de la classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). Dans le fichier de définition de classe, les déclarations de fonction utilisent le mot-clé `Function` suivi du nom de la fonction. Si la fonction est déclarée dans une [classe partagée](#shared-classes), vous pouvez utiliser le mot-clé `shared` pour que la fonction puisse être appelée sans [structure `Use. .End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Pour plus d'informations, consultez le paragraphe sur les [fonctions partagées](#shared-functions) ci-dessous. @@ -315,6 +321,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Une fonction class constructor accepte des [paramètres](#parameters) facultatifs et peut être utilisée pour créer et initialiser des objets de la classe utilisateur. Lorsque vous appelez la fonction [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), le constructeur de classe est appelé avec les paramètres éventuellement passés à la fonction `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md index 6005a0d1e7c06a..4a2c14066b3cc3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ La valeur par défaut dépend du type de variable : | ---------- | ---------------------------------------- | | Booleen | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md index 18a1bd03f3c2ba..2144113ece5309 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ Numérique est un terme générique utilisé pour : - Les champs, variables ou expression de type Entier long. Les nombres de type Entier long (4 octets) sont compris dans l'intervalle -2^31..(2^31)-1. - Les champs, variables ou expression de type Entier. Les nombres de type Entier (2 octets) sont compris dans l'intervalle -32 768..32 767. -**Note :** Lorsqu'elles sont utilisées dans le langage 4D, les valeurs des champs de type Entier sont automatiquement converties en Entier long. +**Note:** Integer field values are automatically converted in Long integers when used in the 4D Language. Vous pouvez assigner tout nombre d'un type numérique à un nombre d'un autre type numérique, 4D effectue automatiquement la conversion, en tronquant ou en arrondissant les valeurs si nécessaire. Notez cependant que lorsqu'une valeur est située en-dehors de l'intervalle du type de destination, 4D ne pourra la convertir. Vous pouvez mélanger tous les types de numériques au sein d'une même expression. -**Note :** Dans ce manuel de référence du langage 4D, quel que soit le type précis des données, les paramètres de type Réel, Entier et Entier long dans les descriptions des commandes sont appelés numériques, sauf spécification explicite. +**Note:** In the 4D Language Reference manual, no matter the actual data type, the Real, Integer, and Long Integer parameters in command descriptions are denoted as number, except when marked otherwise. ## Constantes littérales numériques @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ Les nombres négatifs s’écrivent précédés du signe moins (-). Par exemple ## Opérateurs sur les nombres -| Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | -| ------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ---------- | ------ | -| Addition | Nombre + Nombre | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | -| Soustraction | Nombre - Nombre | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | -| Multiplication | Number * Number | Number | 5 * 2 | 10 | -| Division | Number / Number | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | -| Division entière | Nombre \ Nombre | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | -| Modulo | Nombre % Nombre | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | -| Exponentiation | Nombre ^ Nombre | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | -| Egalité | Nombre = Nombre | Boolean | 10 = 10 | True | -| | | | 10 = 11 | False | -| Inégalité | Nombre # Nombre | Boolean | 10 #11 | True | -| | | | 10 # 10 | False | -| Supérieur à | Nombre > Nombre | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | -| | | | 10 > 11 | False | -| Inférieur à | Nombre < Nombre | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | -| | | | 11 < 10 | False | -| Supérieur ou égal à | Nombre >= Nombre | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | -| | | | 10 >= 11 | False | -| Inférieur ou égal à | Nombre <= Nombre | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | -| | | | 11 <= 10 | False | +| Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | +| ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| Addition | Nombre + Nombre | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | +| Soustraction | Nombre - Nombre | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | +| Multiplication | Number \* Number | Number | 5 \* 2 | 10 | +| Division | Number / Number | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | +| Division entière | Nombre \ Nombre | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | +| Modulo | Nombre % Nombre | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | +| Exponentiation | Nombre ^ Nombre | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | +| Egalité | Nombre = Nombre | Boolean | 10 = 10 | True | +| | | | 10 = 11 | False | +| Inégalité | Nombre # Nombre | Boolean | 10 #11 | True | +| | | | 10 # 10 | False | +| Supérieur à | Number > Number | Boolean | 11 > 10 | True | +| | | | 10 > 11 | False | +| Inférieur à | Number < Number | Boolean | 10 < 11 | True | +| | | | 11 < 10 | False | +| Supérieur ou égal à | Number >= Number | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | True | +| | | | 10 >= 11 | False | +| Inférieur ou égal à | Number <= Number | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | True | +| | | | 11 <= 10 | False | ### Modulo @@ -103,60 +103,60 @@ Les parenthèses doivent être utilisées pour forcer l'ordre de calcul en fonct 3+(4*5) ``` -retourne 23 car l'expression (4 * 5) est évaluée en premier lieu. Le résultat (20) est alors ajouté à 3, ce qui donne le résultat final 23. +retourne 23 car l'expression (4 \* 5) est évaluée en premier lieu. Le résultat (20) est alors ajouté à 3, ce qui donne le résultat final 23. Des parenthèses peuvent être incluses dans d'autres parenthèses. Assurez-vous qu'il y ait une parenthèse fermante pour chaque parenthèse ouverte. Une parenthèse manquante ou placée à un mauvais endroit peut soit donner un résultat erroné, soit renvoyer une expression invalide. De plus, si vous avez l'intention de compiler vos applications, vous devez vous assurer d'une bonne utilisation des parenthèses. Le compilateur interprètera toute parenthèse manquante ou superflue comme une erreur de syntaxe. ## Opérateurs sur les bits -Les opérateurs sur les bits s'appliquent à des expressions ou valeurs de type **Entier long**. +The bitwise operators operates on **Long Integer** expressions or values. > Si vous passez une valeur de type Entier ou Réel à un opérateur sur les bits, 4D la convertit en Entier long avant de calculer le résultat de l'expression. Lorsque vous employez des opérateurs sur les bits, vous devez considérer une valeur de type Entier long comme un tableau de 32 bits. Les bits sont numérotés de 0 à 31, de droite à gauche. -Comme un bit peut valoir 0 (zéro) ou 1, vous pouvez également considérer une valeur de type Entier long comme une expression dans laquelle vous pouvez stocker 32 valeurs de type Booléen. Lorsque le bit vaut 1, la valeur est **Vrai** et lorsque le bit vaut 0, la valeur est **Faux**. +Comme un bit peut valoir 0 (zéro) ou 1, vous pouvez également considérer une valeur de type Entier long comme une expression dans laquelle vous pouvez stocker 32 valeurs de type Booléen. A bit equal to 1 means **True** and a bit equal to 0 means **False**. Une expression utilisant un opérateur sur les bits retourne une valeur de type Entier long, à l'exception de l'opérateur Tester bit avec lequel l'expression retournée est du type Booléen. Le tableau suivant fournit la liste des opérateurs sur les bits et leur syntaxe : -| Opération | Opérateur | Syntaxe | Retourne | -| --------------------- | ------------- | ------------------------- | ----------------------- | -| ET | & | long & E. E. long | E. long | -| OU (inclusif) | | | long | E. long | E. long | -| OU (exclusif) | ^ | | Long ^ | Long | E. long | -| Décaler bits à gauche | << | E. Long << E. Long | long (voir note n°1) | -| Décaler bits à droite | >> | E. Long >> E. Long | long (voir note n°1) | -| Mettre bit à 1 | ?+ | long ?+ E. E. long | long (voir note n°2) | -| Mettre bit à 0 | ?- | long ?? | long (voir note n°2) | -| Tester bit | ?? | long \^| E. E. long | Booléen (voir note n°2) | +| Opération | Opérateur | Syntaxe | Retourne | +| -------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | +| ET | & | Long & Long | E. long | +| OU (inclusif) | | | long \| E. long | E. long | +| OU (exclusif) | ^ | | Long ^ \| Long | E. long | +| Décaler bits à gauche | << | Long << Long | long (voir note n°1) | +| Décaler bits à droite | > > | Long >> Long | long (voir note n°1) | +| Mettre bit à 1 | ?+ | long ?+ E. E. long | long (voir note n°2) | +| Mettre bit à 0 | ?- | long ?? | long (voir note n°2) | +| Tester bit | ?? | long \^\| E. E. long | Booléen (voir note n°2) | #### Notes -1. Dans les opérations utilisant `Décaler bits à gauche` et `Décaler bits à droite`, le second opérande indique le nombre de décalages de bits du premier opérande à effectuer dans la valeur retournée. Par conséquent, ce second opérande doit être compris entre 0 et 31. Notez qu'un décalage de 0 retourne une valeur inchangée et qu'un décalage de plus de 31 bits retourne 0x00000000 car tous les bits sont perdus. Si vous passez une autre valeur en tant que second opérande, le résultat sera non significatif. -2. Dans les opérations utilisant `Mettre bit à 1`, `Mettre bit à 0` et `Tester bit`, le second opérande indique le numéro du bit sur lequel agir. Par conséquent, ce second opérande doit être compris entre 0 et 31, sinon le résultat de l'expression sera non significatif. +1. For the `Left Bit Shift` and `Right Bit Shift` operations, the second operand indicates the number of positions by which the bits of the first operand will be shifted in the resulting value. Par conséquent, ce second opérande doit être compris entre 0 et 31. Notez qu'un décalage de 0 retourne une valeur inchangée et qu'un décalage de plus de 31 bits retourne 0x00000000 car tous les bits sont perdus. Si vous passez une autre valeur en tant que second opérande, le résultat sera non significatif. +2. For the `Bit Set`, `Bit Clear` and `Bit Test` operations , the second operand indicates the number of the bit on which to act. Par conséquent, ce second opérande doit être compris entre 0 et 31, sinon le résultat de l'expression sera non significatif. Le tableau suivant dresse la liste des opérateurs sur les bits et de leurs effets : -| Opération | Description | -| --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| ET | Each resulting bit is the logical AND of the bits in the two operands. Here is the logical AND table:
  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • En d'autres termes, le bit résultant est 1 si les deux bits d'opérande sont 1; sinon, le bit résultant est 0. | -| OU (inclusif) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 | 1 --> 1
  • 0 | 1 --> 1
  • 1 | 0 --> 1
  • 0 | 0 --> 0
    • En d'autres termes, le bit résultant est 1 si au moins l'un des deux bits d'opérande est 1; sinon, le bit résultant est 0. | -| OU (exclusif) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ | 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ | 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ | 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ | 0 --> 0
    • En d'autres termes, le bit résultant est 1 si seul l'un des deux bits d'opérande est 1; sinon, le bit résultant est 0. | -| Décaler bits à gauche | La valeur résultante est définie sur la première valeur d'opérande, puis les bits résultants sont décalés vers la gauche du nombre de positions indiqué par le deuxième opérande. Les bits auparavant situés à gauche sont perdus et les nouveaux bits situés à droite ont la valeur 0. Les bits auparavant situés à gauche sont perdus et les nouveaux bits situés à droite ont la valeur 0. | -| Décaler bits à droite | La valeur résultante est définie sur la première valeur d'opérande, puis les bits résultants sont décalés vers la droite du nombre de positions indiqué par le deuxième opérande. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | -| Mettre bit à 1 | La valeur retournée est la valeur du premier opérande dans lequel le bit dont le numéro est spécifié par le second opérande est positionné à 0. Les autres bits demeurent inchangés. | -| Mettre bit à 0 | La valeur retournée est la valeur du premier opérande dans lequel le bit dont le numéro est spécifié par le second opérande est positionné à 0. Les autres bits demeurent inchangés. | -| Tester bit | Retourne Vrai si, dans le premier opérande, le bit dont le numéro est indiqué par le second opérande vaut 1. Retourne Faux si, dans le premier opérande, le bit dont le numéro est indiqué par le second opérande vaut 0. | +| Opération | Description | +| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| ET | Each resulting bit is the logical AND of the bits in the two operands. Here is the logical AND table:
  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if the two operand bits are 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| OU (inclusif) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \| 1 --> 1
  • 0 \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if at least one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| OU (exclusif) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \| 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if only one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| Décaler bits à gauche | La valeur résultante est définie sur la première valeur d'opérande, puis les bits résultants sont décalés vers la gauche du nombre de positions indiqué par le deuxième opérande. Les bits auparavant situés à gauche sont perdus et les nouveaux bits situés à droite ont la valeur 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | +| Décaler bits à droite | La valeur résultante est définie sur la première valeur d'opérande, puis les bits résultants sont décalés vers la droite du nombre de positions indiqué par le deuxième opérande. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | +| Mettre bit à 1 | La valeur retournée est la valeur du premier opérande dans lequel le bit dont le numéro est spécifié par le second opérande est positionné à 0. Les autres bits demeurent inchangés. | +| Mettre bit à 0 | La valeur retournée est la valeur du premier opérande dans lequel le bit dont le numéro est spécifié par le second opérande est positionné à 0. Les autres bits demeurent inchangés. | +| Tester bit | Retourne Vrai si, dans le premier opérande, le bit dont le numéro est indiqué par le second opérande vaut 1. Retourne Faux si, dans le premier opérande, le bit dont le numéro est indiqué par le second opérande vaut 0. | ### Exemples -| Opération | Exemple | Résultat | -| --------------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------- | -| ET | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | -| OU (inclusif) | 0x0000FFFF | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | -| OU (exclusif) | 0x0000FFFF ^ | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | -| Décaler bits à gauche | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | -| Décaler bits à droite | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | -| Mettre bit à 1 | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | -| Mettre bit à 0 | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | -| Tester bit | 0x00010000 ?? 16 | True | +| Opération | Exemple | Résultat | +| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | +| ET | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | +| OU (inclusif) | 0x0000FFFF \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | +| OU (exclusif) | 0x0000FFFF ^ \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | +| Décaler bits à gauche | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | +| Décaler bits à droite | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | +| Mettre bit à 1 | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | +| Mettre bit à 0 | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | +| Tester bit | 0x00010000 ?? 16 | True | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md index 82296f14f712da..5ea0f10052fa2e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Les séquences d’échappement suivantes peuvent être utilisées dans les cha | Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Répétition | Chaîne \* Nombre | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Répétition | Chaîne \* Nombre | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | Egalité | Chaîne = Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Inégalité | Chaîne # Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md index b78b06a95c0022..23455f72e673b5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Souvent, les mêmes symboles sont utilisés pour des opérations différentes, e | Type de données | Opération | Exemple | | ----------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Addition | 1 + 2 ajoute les nombres, le résultat est 3 | -| String | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | +| Text | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | | Date et Numérique | Addition de date | !1989-01-01! + 20 ajoute 20 jours à la date 1 janvier 1989, le résultat est la date 21 janvier 1989 | ## Expressions @@ -287,10 +287,10 @@ Vous vous référez à une expression via le type de données qu’elle retourne | Expression | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Bonjour” | String | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | -| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | String | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | -| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | String | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | +| “Bonjour” | Text | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | +| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | Text | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | +| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | Text | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | | 4 | Number | C'est une constante numérique, 4. | | 4 \* 2 | Number | Deux nombres, 4 et 2, sont multipliés à l'aide de l'opérateur de multiplication (\*). Le résultat est le nombre 8. | | MonBouton | Number | C'est le nom d'un bouton. Il retourne la valeur courante du bouton : 1 s'il y a eu un clic sur le bouton, 0 sinon. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md index 6c7788e3a6902f..6e9a538dfc464b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md @@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ System variables are used by [4D commands](commands.md). Refer to the "System va | System variable name | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. To use a different separator, assign a new value to the system variable. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md index 6ec8da4faa5de7..61cc1162352800 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Voici les propriétés retournées dans le paramètre *$editor* : | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | L'ensemble du formulaire | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objet fichier du formulaire | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nom du formulaire | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nom du formulaire | | $editor.editor.table | number | Numéro de table du formulaire, 0 pour un formulaire projet | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | Numéro de la page courante | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | Page courante, contenant tous les objets du formulaire et l'ordre de saisie de la page | @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Voici les propriétés que vous pouvez passer dans l'objet `$result` si vous vou | formProperties | Object | Propriétés du formulaire si modifiées par la macro | | editor.groups | Object | informations du groupe, si les groupes sont modifiés par la macro | | editor.views | Object | informations sur les vues, si les vues sont modifiées par la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nom de la vue active | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nom de la vue active | Par exemple, si des objets de la page courante et des groupes ont été modifiés, vous pouvez écrire ce qui suit : @@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ Lors de la manipulation de l'attribut `method` des objets de formulaire, vous po - En utilisant un objet avec la structure suivante : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------ | -| source | String | code de la méthode | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------ | +| source | Text | code de la méthode | 4D créera un fichier en utilisant le nom de l'objet dans le dossier "objectMethods" avec le contenu de l'attribut `source`. Cette fonctionnalité n'est disponible que pour le code macro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index a2b569f07bb45d..6ec7fdfef03944 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ La gestion des sélections s'effectue différemment selon que la list box de typ - **List box de type collection/entity selection** : les sélections sont gérées via des propriétés de list box dédiées : - [Elément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) est un objet qui reçoit l'élément/l'entité sélectionné(e), - - [Eléments sélectionnés](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) retourne la collection des éléments sélectionnés, + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Position élément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retourne la position de l'élément ou de l'entité sélectionné(e). - **List box de type tableau :** la commande `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` permet de sélectionner par programmation une ou plusieurs lignes de list box. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 3f65bbf6505547..c6431ed5b6d38f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ There are several types of calculations available. The following table shows whi | Minimum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Maximum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Sum | X | | | X | X | | Same as column type | -| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Average | X | | | X | | | Real | | Standard deviation(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variance(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index a65e51691aa0e2..5c318065220a92 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,65 +3,67 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Zones Web --- +Les zones Web (Web Areas) peuvent afficher tout type de contenu Web à l’intérieur de vos formulaires : pages HTML au contenu statique ou dynamique, fichiers, images, JavaScript, etc. Le moteur de rendu de la zone web dépend de la plate-forme d'exécution de l'application et de l'option [moteur de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) sélectionnée . -Les zones Web (Web Areas) peuvent afficher tout type de contenu Web à l’intérieur de vos formulaires : pages HTML au contenu statique ou dynamique, fichiers, images, JavaScript, etc. Le moteur de rendu de la zone web dépend de la plate-forme d’exécution de l’application et de [l'option de moteur de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) sélectionnée. - -Il est possible de créer plusieurs zones web dans un même formulaire. A noter cependant que l'utilisation de zones web est soumise à [quelques limitations](#web-area-rules). - -Plusieurs [actions standard](#standard-actions), de nombreuses [commandes de langage](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) et [événements formulaires](#form-events) génériques et dédiés permettent au développeur de contrôler le fonctionnement des zones web. Des variables spécifiques permettent d’échanger des informations entre la zone et l’environnement 4D. +Il est possible de créer plusieurs zones web dans un même formulaire. Notez toutefois que l'utilisation des zones web doit respecter [plusieurs règles](#web-area-rules). +Plusieurs [actions standard](#standard-actions), de nombreuses [commandes du langage](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) ainsi que des [événements formulaire](#form-events) génériques et spécifiques permettent au développeur de contrôler le fonctionnement des zones web. Des variables spécifiques permettent d’échanger des informations entre la zone et l’environnement 4D. ## Propriétés spécifiques ### Variables associées Deux variables spécifiques sont automatiquement associées à chaque zone web : -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- pour contrôler l’URL affiché par la zone web + +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --pour contrôler l'URL affichée par la zone web - [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- pour contrôler le pourcentage de chargement de la page affichée dans la zone web. -> À partir de 4D v19 R5, la variable de Progression n'est plus mise à jour dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). +> Depuis 4D v19 R5, la variable Progression n'est plus mise à jour dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu système Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Moteur de rendu Web -Vous pouvez choisir entre [deux moteurs de rendus](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) pour la zone web, en fonction des spécificités de votre application. +Vous pouvez choisir entre [deux moteurs de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) pour la zone web, en fonction des spécificités de votre application. La sélection du moteur de rendu Web intégré vous permet d'appeler des méthodes 4D à partir de la zone Web et de vous assurer que les fonctionnalités sur macOS et Windows sont similaires. La sélection du moteur de rendu système est recommandée lorsque la zone web est connectée à Internet car elle bénéficie toujours des dernières mises à jour de sécurité. ### Accéder aux méthodes 4D -Lorsque la propriété [Accès méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) est cochée, vous pouvez appeler des méthodes 4D à partir d'une zone web. +Lorsque la propriété [Accès aux méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) est sélectionnée, vous pouvez appeler des méthodes 4D à partir d'une zone web. :::note Notes - Cette propriété n'est disponible que si la zone web [utilise le moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -- For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. +- Pour des raisons de sécurité, puisqu'elle permet d'exécuter du code 4D, cette option ne doit être activée que pour les pages de confiance, telles que les pages générées par l'application. ::: ### Objet $4d +Le [moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) de 4D fournit à la zone un objet JavaScript nommé $4d que vous pouvez associer à n'importe quelle méthode de projet 4D à l'aide de la notation objet "." -Le [moteur de rendu Web intégré 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fournit à la zone un objet JavaScript nommé $4d que vous pouvez associer à n'importe quelle méthode projet 4D à l'aide de la notation objet ".". +Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, il suffit d'exécuter l'instruction suivante : -Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, vous devez simplement exécuter la déclaration suivante : - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` + > JavaScript est sensible à la casse. Il est donc important de noter que l'objet est nommé $4d (avec un "d" minuscule). La syntaxe des appels aux méthodes 4D est la suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que vous le souhaitez dans la méthode 4D. Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière sychronisée une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. +- `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que nécessaire à la méthode 4D. + Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). + +- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière synchrone une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. -- `result`: Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, retournée dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. +- `result` : Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, renvoyé dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. -> Par défaut, 4D opère en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Par défaut, 4D travaille en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. Dans ce cas, ajoutez la ligne suivante dans la page HTML pour déclarer l'encodage : +> `` #### Exemple 1 @@ -103,13 +105,13 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Exemple 2 -La méthode projet 4D `calcSum` reçoit des paramètres (`$1...$n`) et retourne leur somme dans `$0` : +La méthode projet 4D `calcSum` reçoit les paramètres (`$1...$n`) et retourne leur somme dans `$0` : Code 4D de la méthode `calcSum` : ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // reçoit n paramètres de type REEL - C_REAL($0) // retourne un Réel + C_REAL(${1}) // receives n REAL type parameters + C_REAL($0) // returns a Real C_LONGINT($i;$n) $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) @@ -126,11 +128,9 @@ $4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) }); ``` - ## Actions standard -Quatre actions standard sont disponibles pour gérer automatiquement les zones Web : `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` et `Stop Loading URL`. Ces actions peuvent être associées à des boutons ou des commandes de menu et permettre une implémentation rapide d'interfaces Web basiques. Ces actions sont décrites dans [Actions standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Quatre actions standard spécifiques sont disponibles pour gérer automatiquement les zones web : `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` et `Stop Loading URL`. Ces actions peuvent être associées à des boutons ou des commandes de menu et permettre une implémentation rapide d'interfaces Web basiques. Ces actions sont décrites dans [Actions standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). ## Evénements formulaire @@ -151,19 +151,18 @@ En outre, les zones web prennent en charge les événements formulaire génériq - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Notes d'utilisation des zones Web ### Interface utilisateur Lors de l’exécution du formulaire, l’utilisateur dispose des fonctions d’interface standard des navigateurs dans la zone web, ce qui lui permet d’interagir avec les autres zones du formulaire : -- **Commandes Edit menu** : lorsque la zone web a le focus, les commandes du menu **Edit** permettent d’effectuer les actions de copier, coller, tout sélectionner, etc., en fonction de la sélection. -- **Le menu contextuel** : il est possible d'utiliser le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) standard du système avec la zone web. L’affichage de ce menu peut également être contrôlé via la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -- **Glisser-déposer** : l’utilisateur peut effectuer des glisser-déposer de textes, d’images ou de documents à l’intérieur d’une zone web ou entre une zone web et les objets des formulaires 4D, en fonction des propriétés des objets 4D. Pour des raisons de sécurité, le changement du contenu d'une zone web via le glisser-déposer d'un fichier ou d'un URL n'est pas autorisé par défaut. Dans ce cas, le curseur affiche une icône d'interdiction ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Vous devez utiliser l'instruction `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` pour afficher une icône "drop" et générer l'événement [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). Dans cet événement, vous pouvez appeler la commande [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou définir la [variable URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en réponse à un dépôt utilisateur. - -> Les fonctions de glisser-déposer décrites ci-dessus ne sont pas prises en charge dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- **Commandes du menu Edition**: lorsque la zone web a le focus, les commandes du menu **Edition** peuvent être utilisées pour effectuer des actions telles que copier, coller, tout sélectionner, etc. selon la sélection. +- **Menu contextuel** : Il est possible d'utiliser le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) standard du système avec la zone web. L'affichage du menu contextuel peut être contrôlé à l'aide de la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +- **Glisser-déposer** : L'utilisateur peut glisser et déposer du texte, des images et des documents dans la zone web ou entre une zone web et les objets du formulaire 4D, en fonction des propriétés des objets 4D. + Pour des raisons de sécurité, le changement du contenu d'une zone web via le glisser-déposer d'un fichier ou d'un URL n'est pas autorisé par défaut. Dans ce cas, le curseur affiche une icône "interdit" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Vous devez utiliser l'instruction `WA SET PREFERENCE(* ; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` pour afficher une icône "drop" et générer l'événement [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). Dans cet événement, vous pouvez appeler la commande [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou définir la [variable URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en réponse à un dépôt de l'utilisateur. +> Les fonctions de glisser-déposer décrites ci-dessus ne sont pas prises en charge dans les zones web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Sous-formulaires @@ -174,7 +173,6 @@ Pour des raisons liées aux mécanismes de redessinement des fenêtres, l'insert > La superposition d'une zone web au dessus ou en-dessous d'autres objets formulaires n'est pas prise en charge. - ### Conflit Zone Web et serveur Web (Windows) Sous Windows, il est déconseillé d’accéder via une zone web au serveur Web de l’application 4D contenant la zone car cette configuration peut provoquer un conflit paralysant l’application. Bien entendu, un 4D distant peut accéder au serveur Web du 4D Server, mais pas à son propre serveur web. @@ -183,38 +181,136 @@ Sous Windows, il est déconseillé d’accéder via une zone web au serveur Web Les URLs manipulés par programmation dans les zones web sous macOS doivent débuter par le protocole. Par exemple, vous devez passer la chaîne "http://www.monsite.fr" et non uniquement "www.monsite.fr". - ## Accès à l’inspecteur web Vous pouvez visualiser et utiliser un inspecteur web dans les zones web de vos formulaires ou dans les zones web hors écran. Il permet d’analyser le code et les flux d’information des pages web. -Pour afficher l'inspecteur web, vous pouvez soit exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`, soit utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone web. +Pour afficher l'inspecteur Web, vous pouvez soit exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`, soit utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone Web. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`**
    + Cette commande peut être utilisée directement avec les zones web à l'écran (objet formulaire) et hors écran. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) de la zone Web est activé - - l'utilisation de l'inspecteur est expressément autorisée dans la zone via la déclaration suivante : - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone web**
    + Cette fonction ne peut être utilisée qu'avec les zones web à l'écran et nécessite que les conditions suivantes soient remplies : + - le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) de la zone web est activé + - l'utilisation de l'inspecteur est expressément autorisée dans la zone via la déclaration suivante : + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> Avec le [moteur de rendu du système Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), une modification de cette préférence nécessite une action de navigation dans la zone (par exemple, un rafraîchissement de la page) pour être prise en compte. +> Avec le [moteur de rendu système de Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), une modification de cette préférence nécessite la prise en compte d'une action de navigation dans la zone (par exemple, un rafraîchissement de la page). Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -Lorsque les paramétrages décrits ci-dessus sont effectués, vous disposez de nouvelles options telles que **Inspect Element** dans le menu contextuel de la zone. Lorsque vous sélectionnez cette option, le débogueur de la zone web est alors affiché. +Lorsque vous avez effectué les réglages décrits ci-dessus, vous disposez de nouvelles options telles que **Inspecter l'élément** dans le menu contextuel de la zone. Lorsque vous sélectionnez cette option, le débogueur de la zone web est alors affiché. > Pour une description détaillée des fonctionnalités de ce débogueur, veuillez vous reporter à la documentation du moteur de rendu web utilisé. +## Propriétés prises en charge + +[Style de ligne de bordure](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bas](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Hauteur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Taille horizontale](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Gauche](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Méthode](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nom de l'objet](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Droite](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Haut](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utiliser un moteur de rendu Web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable ou expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Taille verticale](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilité](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largeur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +Le fichier 4DCEFParameters.json est un fichier de configuration qui permet de personnaliser les paramètres CEF afin de gérer le comportement des zones web dans les applications 4D. -## Propriétés prises en charge +Des [commutateurs par défaut](#default-file) sont fournis, mais vous pouvez les surcharger en utilisant un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json personnalisé. + +Lors de la phase de développement (en utilisant l'application 4D), créez un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json à l'emplacement suivant : -[Style de la bordure](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bas](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [CSS Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Hauteur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Gauche](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Méthode](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nom](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Droite](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Haut](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utiliser le moteur de rendu Web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable ou expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilité](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largeur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows : `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS : `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Avant de générer une application finale, ajoutez le fichier personnalisé 4DCEFParameters.json au dossier Resources du projet. +:::warning +L'ajout d'un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json personnalisé peut avoir un impact sur toutes les zones Web intégrées à 4D, y compris les [zones 4D View Pro](.../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). Il incombe au développeur de veiller à ce que les commutateurs personnalisés ne déstabilisent pas l'application 4D. + +::: + +Le format du fichier 4DCEFParameters.json est le suivant : + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +La structure du fichier 4DCEFParameters.json contient : + +- **switches** : une liste de commutateurs CEF et leurs valeurs correspondantes appliqués à la fois sur macOS et Windows. +- **macOS.switches** : commutateurs CEF spécifiques à macOS. +- **windows.switches** : Commutateurs CEF spécifiques à Windows. + +Les commutateurs du fichier personnalisé sont prioritaires. En cas de duplication de commutateurs dans le même fichier, les commutateurs définis dans la sous-section spécifique à la plateforme ("macOS.switches" ou "windows.switches") sont prioritaires et utilisés pour la configuration. + +:::note + +La liste des commutateurs pris en charge évolue constamment et est gérée par l'équipe de développement de CEF. Pour obtenir des informations sur les commutateurs disponibles, vous devez vous référer à la communauté des développeurs CEF. + +::: + +### Exemples + +#### Fichier par défaut + +Le fichier 4DCEFParameters.json par défaut contient les commutateurs suivants : + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Exemple de désactivation d'un commutateur par défaut + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Exemple pour Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Voir également +[Spécifiez vos propres paramètres pour initialiser la zone web intégrée (article de blog)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 6d7809cb39936a..d05e2b9f92ad91 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut calculé | | dataClassName | Text | Nom de la dataclass | | kind | Text | "get" | -| result | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | +| Résultat | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | #### Exemples @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | kind | Text | "query" | | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | Opérateur de recherche (voir également la [fonction de classe `query`](API/DataClassClass.md#query)). Valeurs possibles:
  • == (égal à, @ est un joker)
  • === (égal à, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • != (différent de, @ est un joker)
  • !== (différent de, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • < (inférieur à)
  • <= (inférieur ou égal à)
  • > (supérieur à)
  • >= (supérieur ou égal à)
  • IN (inclus dans)
  • % (contient le mot-clé)
    • | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la recherche par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les attributs calculés). | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la recherche par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les attributs calculés). | > Si la fonction retourne une valeur dans *$result* et qu'une autre valeur est attribuée à la propriété `$event.result`, la priorité est donnée à `$event.result`. @@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | "desc" or "asc" (default) | | descending | Boolean | `true` pour l'ordre décroissant, `false` pour l'ordre croissant | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | > Vous pouvez utiliser soit `l'opérateur`, soit la propriété `descending`. C'est essentiellement une question de style de programmation (voir les exemples). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md index a45d3aeaf63cba..541d0f1f29988f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ La syntaxe du fichier `roles.json` est la suivante: | Nom de propriété | | | Type | Obligatoire | Description | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | privileges | | | Collection d'objets `privilege` | X | Liste de privilèges définis | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nom de privilège | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nom de privilège | | | \[].includes | | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de noms de privilèges inclus | | roles | | | Collection d'objets `role` | | Liste de rôles définis | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nom de rôle | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nom de rôle | | | \[].privileges | | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de noms de privilèges inclus | | permissions | | | Object | X | Liste d'actions autorisées | | | allowed | | Collection d'objets `permission` | | Liste de permissions autorisées | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Nom de [ressource](#resources) cible | -| | | \[].type | String | X | Type de [ressource](#ressources) : "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Nom de [ressource](#resources) cible | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | Type de [ressource](#ressources) : "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | | | | \[].create | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | | | | \[].update | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md index 0b7e430c18b98d..c9ea6acd006243 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ _italic_ ```md | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - La balise de lien est prise en charge : @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md index 9fedffa8432416..4d94034c330de1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Seules les dataclass exposées apparaissent dans cette liste pour le datastore d Voici une description des propriétés retournées pour chaque dataclass dans le datastore de votre projet : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | -| dataURI | String | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | +| dataURI | Text | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | ### Exemple @@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ Les propriétés suivantes sont retournées pour une dataclass exposée : | Propriété | Type | Description | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Numéro de la table dans la base 4D | -| scope | String | Scope de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont le **Scope** (portée) est publique sont affichées) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | +| scope | Text | Scope de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont le **Scope** (portée) est publique sont affichées) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | ### Attribut(s) @@ -207,16 +207,16 @@ Voici les propriétés de chaque attribut exposé qui sont retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Le nom de l’attribut. | -| kind | String | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | Le nom de l’attribut. | +| kind | Text | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Position du champ dans la table de la base. | -| scope | String | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | -| indexed | String | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| type | String | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | +| scope | Text | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | +| indexed | Text | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | +| type | Text | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | | identifying | Boolean | Cette propriété retourne True si l'attribut est la clé primaire. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| path | String | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | -| inverseName | String | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | +| path | Text | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | +| inverseName | Text | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | ### Clé primaire diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md index 1570db06c5aa7c..c149b83eeeafd7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Après que vous ayez créé un entity set, l'ID de l'entity set est retourné av Crée un autre entity set basé sur des entity sets préalablement créés -| Paramètres | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | -| $otherCollection | String | ID de l'entity set | +| Paramètres | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID de l'entity set | ### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md index d48251ea221c16..5f34ff4cacbfe3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Pour chaque sélection d'entités stocké dans le cache de 4D Server, les inform | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | -| dataClass | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | +| dataClass | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Nombre d'entités dans l'entity set. | | sorted | Boolean | Retourne vrai si l'ensemble a été trié (à l'aide de `$orderby`) ou faux s'il n'est pas trié. | | refreshed | Date | Date de la création ou de la dernière utilisation de l'entity set. | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Pour chaque session utilisateur, les informations suivantes sont retournées dan | Propriété | Type | Description | | ---------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID qui référence la session. | -| userName | String | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID qui référence la session. | +| userName | Text | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | | lifeTime | Number | La durée d'une session utilisateur en secondes (3600 par défaut). | | expiration | Date | Date et heure d'expiration courante de la session utilisateur. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md index ba3c9ef411fd35..94a284fdbfb7a2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Dans la collection d'étapes, il existe un objet avec les propriétés suivantes | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Description | String | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | +| Description | Text | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | | time | Number | Nombre de millisecondes nécessaires pour exécuter la requête | | recordsfounds | Number | Nombre d'enregistrements trouvés | | steps | Collection | Une collection avec un objet définissant l'étape suivante du chemin de la requête | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md index 9f8105df455038..0c93508473cdcd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $queryplan retourne le plan de la requête telle qu'il a été exécuté par 4D | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Requête exécutée | +| item | Text | Requête exécutée | | subquery | Tableau | S'il existe une sous-requête, un objet supplémentaire contenant une propriété d'élément (comme celle indiquée ci-dessus) | Pour plus d'informations sur les plans de requête, reportez-vous à [queryPlan ete queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 0decb969c5894b..3d7c24e21164ce 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Vous pouvez également transmettre des valeurs pour tous les attributs de l'enti | Propriétés | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une entité | | __KEY | mixte (type identique à celui de la clé primaire) | Optionnel - clé primaire de l'entité | @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ L'entity selection doit avoir été définie au préalable à l'aide de [$method | Propriétés | Type | Description | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une sélection d'entité | Reportez-vous aux exemples de [réception d'une sélection d'entité](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md index 593e32f92c3ff9..2a05836891b855 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Voici une description des données retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass. | | __SENT | Number | Nombre d'entités envoyées par la requête REST. Ce nombre peut être le nombre total d'entités s'il est inférieur à la valeur définie par `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Numéro d'entité à partir duquel la sélection commence. Soit 0 par défaut soit la valeur définie par `$skip`. | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Chaque entité contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | +| __KEY | Text | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Horodatage de la dernière modification de l'entité | | __STAMP | Number | Tampon interne qui est nécessaire lors de la modification des valeurs de l'entité lors de l'utilisation de `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index fa733dc63f8886..8fe39b517e794d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | -| column | Longint | -> | Indice de la colonne | -| row | Longint | -> | Indice de la ligne | +| column | Integer | -> | Indice de la colonne | +| row | Integer | -> | Indice de la ligne | | sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | Résultat | Object | <- | Objet plage d'une seule cellule | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index fed0b5bdf2f39b..8e5130799f85e3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ You can pass an optional *options* parameter with the following properties: | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | copy | Boolean | *True* (default) to keep the copied values, formatting and formulas after the command executes. *False* to remove them. | -| copyOptions | Longint | Spécifie ce qui est copié ou déplacé. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Copies all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copies only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copies only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copies the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copies only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copies the values and formatting.

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | Spécifie ce qui est copié ou déplacé. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Copies all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copies only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copies only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copies the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copies only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copies the values and formatting.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md index 56855239066289..4214cd88d67391 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Export to object #### Description -La commande `VP Export to object` retourne l'objet 4D View Pro attaché à la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Vous pouvez utiliser cette commande par exemple pour stocker la zone 4D View Pro dans un champ objet de la base de données 4D. +La commande `VP Export to object` retourne l'objet 4D View Pro attaché à la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Vous pouvez utiliser cette commande par exemple pour stocker la zone 4D View Pro dans un champ objet de la base de données 4D. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md index 0948b8797b725d..5653fe03591c15 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get column count The `VP Get column count` command returns the total number of columns from the designated *sheet*. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the column count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md index 57b770e6d7c326..0b6070d723aefa 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get default style The `VP Get default style` command returns a default style object for a sheet. The returned object contains basic document rendering properties as well as the default style settings (if any) previously set by the [VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](vp-set-default-style.md) method. For more information about style properties, see [Style Objects & Style Sheets](../configuring.md#style-objects--style-sheets). -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the column count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md index 971ee1bf50d9f6..0a620e3c886878 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get row count La commande `VP Get row count` retourne le nombre total de lignes de la *sheet* désignée. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the row count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md index c0f04285d0c232..4a3c460a7c734d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Get sheet options #### Description -La commande `VP Get sheet options` retourne un objet contenant les options de la feuille courante de la zone *vpAreaName* . +La commande `VP Get sheet options` retourne un objet contenant les options de la feuille courante de la zone *vpAreaName* . Passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro dans *vpAreaName*. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md index ef28839df5bb52..46389d5997351e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ title: VP Get stylesheet #### Description -La commande `VP Get stylesheet` retourne l'objet de la feuille de style *styleName* contenant les valeurs de propriété qui ont été définies. +La commande `VP Get stylesheet` retourne l'objet de la feuille de style *styleName* contenant les valeurs de propriété qui ont été définies. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md index 538bd63b6fd218..fba6d5237120ca 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get stylesheets La commande `VP Get stylesheets` retourne la collection d'objets feuille de style définis à partir de la *feuille* désignée. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. Vous pouvez définir où lire les feuilles de style via le paramètre *sheet* en passant le numéro d'indice de la feuille (la numérotation commence à partir de 0) ou à l'aide des constantes suivantes : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md index 66d14b7173f674..568a80b75a8d2e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ title: VP Get column attributes #### Description -La commande `VP Récupère les attributs de colonne de la table` retourne les attributs courants de la colonne spécifiée *column* dans la table *tableName*. +La commande `VP Get table column attributes` retourne les attributs courants de la colonne spécifiée *column* dans la table *tableName*. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md index 425174e376d941..efadf7c02a2571 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ title: VP Get table column index #### Description -La commande `VP Get table column index` retourne l'index du *columnName* dans la table *tableName*. +La commande `VP Get table column index` retourne l'index du *columnName* dans la table *tableName*. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 9d38efb528ab9f..6ee44c4c80e22e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | -| Résultat | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valeurs des propriétés du thème de la table actuelle | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | +| Résultat | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valeurs des propriétés du thème de la table actuelle | | #### Description @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ La commande `VP Get table theme` importe et affiche le document désigné par *filePath* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le document importé remplace toutes les données déjà présentes dans la zone. +La commande `VP IMPORT DOCUMENT` importe et affiche le document désigné par *filePath* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le document importé remplace toutes les données déjà présentes dans la zone. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md index cbb17256206825..a31534f8bc559d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ title: VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT #### Description -La commande `VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT` importe et affiche l'objet 4D View Pro *viewPro* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le contenu de l'objet importé remplace toutes les données insérées auparavant dans la zone. +La commande `VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT` importe et affiche l'objet 4D View Pro *viewPro* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le contenu de l'objet importé remplace toutes les données insérées auparavant dans la zone. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md index 249d4aa0d58951..dd14ab80408d63 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The *options* parameter has several properties: | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------ | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | copy | Boolean | Determines if the values, formatting and formulas of the cells in *originRange* are removed after the command executes:
    • *False* (default) to remove them
    • *True* to keep them
    | -| pasteOptions | Longint | Specifies what is pasted. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Pastes all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pastes only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pastes only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pastes the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pastes only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pastes the values and formatting.

    | +| pasteOptions | Integer | Specifies what is pasted. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Pastes all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pastes only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pastes only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pastes the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pastes only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pastes the values and formatting.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md index f22514be0733f1..5ab4b81e8b95f3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ title: VP PASTE FROM OBJECT | ---------- | ------- | -- | --------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objet plage de cellules | | | dataObject | Object | -> | Object containing the data to be pasted | | -| options | Longint | -> | Specifies what is pasted | | +| options | Integer | -> | Specifies what is pasted | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md index c1e75e01a0067c..41d5d6c1dd1d9e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ In *parameters* object, pass any of the following optional properties. These pro | onEvent | objet (formula) | Une méthode callback qui sera lancée lorsque la zone hors écran sera prête. It can be either:
  • an `onEvent` function of a class, or
  • a `Formula` object
    • By default, the callback method is called on the [`On VP Ready`](../../Events/onVpReady.md), [`On Load`](../../Events/onLoad.md), [`On Unload`](../../Events/onUnload.md), [`On End URL Loading`](../../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md), [`On URL Loading Error`](../../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md), [`On VP Range Changed`](../../Events/onVpRangeChanged.md), or [`On Timer`](../../Events/onTimer.md) events. The callback method can be used to access the [4D View Pro form object variable](../configuring.md#4d-view-pro-form-object-variable). | | autoQuit | boolean | True (default value) if the command must stop the formula execution when the [`On End URL Loading`](../../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md) or [`On URL Loading Error`](../../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md) events occur. If false, you must use the `CANCEL` or `ACCEPT` commands in the *onEvent* callback method. | | timeout | number | Durée maximale (exprimée en secondes) avant la fermeture de la zone si aucun événement n'est généré. Si elle est fixée à 0, aucune limitation n'est appliquée. Valeur par défaut : 60 | -| result | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | +| Résultat | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | | `` | mixte | Any custom attribute to be available in the *onEvent* callback method. | La propriété suivante est automatiquement ajoutée par la commande, si nécessaire : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index c62adf7c5e196f..94f66171863cf2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriétés du thème de la table à modifier | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriétés du thème de la table à modifier | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | + + #### Description @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +Dans *sheet*, passez le numéro de la page cible. Si aucun numéro n'est spécifié ou si vous passez -1, la commande s'applique à la feuille courante. + #### Exemple 1 Vous souhaitez définir un thème prédéfini pour une table : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md index 1fa501f8611b34..5e620fb96a5c87 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Il contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Value type | Description | | ------------ | ---------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| version | Longint | Internal component version | +| version | Integer | Internal component version | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Creation date | | dateModified | Timestamp | Last modification date | | meta | Object | Free contents, reserved for the 4D developer | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json index 6690024b2fc956..d8aec701149a6f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ "message": "Préférences", "description": "The label for category Preferences in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "Langage", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "Langage 4D", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Language.link.generated-index.title": { diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/BlobClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/BlobClass.md index aa7c051d76dd2b..5293fd8ff2291d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/BlobClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/BlobClass.md @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ La propriété `.size` retourne la taille d'un `4 Le paramètre `start` est un indice dans le blob, indiquant le premier octet à inclure dans le nouveau `4D.Blob`. Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est 0. Si vous spécifiez une valeur pour start qui est supérieure à la taille du blob source, la taille du `4D.Blob` retourné est 0, et il ne contient aucune donnée. -Le paramètre `end` est un indice dans le blob indiquant le premier octet qui ne sera pas inclus dans le nouveau `4D.Blob` (c'est-à-dire que l'octet situé exactement à cet indice ne sera pas inclus). Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est la taille du blob. +Sommaire Si vous indiquez une valeur négative, 4D la traite comme un décalage de la fin du blob vers le début. Par exemple, -10 correspondrait à l'avant-dernier octet du blob. La valeur par défaut est la taille du blob. #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ClassClass.md index 33d3b364086fa9..1458b9766d4cc4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/ClassClass.md @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Cette propriété est en **lecture seule**. #### Description -La propriété `.me` renvoie l'instance unique de la classe singleton `cs.className`. Si la classe singleton n'a jamais été instanciée au préalable, cette propriété appelle le constructeur de la classe sans paramètres et crée l'instance. Sinon, elle renvoie l'instance singleton existante. +Sommaire Si la classe singleton n'a jamais été instanciée au préalable, cette propriété appelle le constructeur de la classe sans paramètres et crée l'instance. Sinon, elle renvoie l'instance singleton existante. Si `cs.className` n'est pas une [classe singleton](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes), `.me` est **undefined** par défaut. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md index 44301be4081374..783588a2b0c6d3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -275,10 +275,10 @@ $c.combine($fruits;3) //[1,2,3,"Orange","Banana","Apple","Grape",4,5,6] -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| value | Number, Text, Object, Collection, Date, Time, Boolean, Picture | -> | Valeur(s) à concaténer. Si *value* est une collection, tous les éléments de la collection sont ajoutés à la collection d'origine | -| Résultat | Collection | <- | Nouvelle collection contenant les valeurs d'origine et les valeurs ajoutées | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| value | Number, Text, Object, Collection, Date, Time, Boolean, Picture | -> | Valeur(s) à concaténer. Si *value* est une collection, tous ses éléments sont ajoutés comme de nouveaux éléments à la fin de la collection d'origine. | +| Résultat | Collection | <- | Nouvelle collection contenant les valeurs d'origine et les valeurs ajoutées | @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ La fonction `.concat()` retourne une no > Cette fonction ne modifie pas la collection d'origine. -Si *value* est une collection, tous ses éléments sont ajoutés comme de nouveaux éléments à la fin de la collection d'origine. Si *value* n'est pas une collection, son contenu est ajouté comme nouvel élément. +La collection retournée contient l'élément spécifié par *startFrom* et tous les éléments suivants jusqu'à l'élément spécifié par *end* (mais non compris). Si seul le paramètre *startFrom* est spécifié, la collection retournée contient tous les éléments de *startFrom* au dernier élément de la collection d'origine. #### Exemple @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ S'il est passé, le paramètre *option* peut contenir l'une des constantes suiva | option | Description | | --------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `ck resolve pointers` | Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Toutefois, vous pouvez résoudre les pointeurs au moment de la copie en passant la constante `ck resolve pointers`. Dans ce cas, chaque pointeur contenu dans la collection est évalué lors de la copie et sa valeur déréférencée est utilisée. | +| `ck resolve pointers` | Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Si la collection d'origine contient des valeurs de type pointeur, par défaut la copie contient également les pointeurs. Dans ce cas, chaque pointeur contenu dans la collection est évalué lors de la copie et sa valeur déréférencée est utilisée. | | `ck shared` | Par défaut, `copy()` retourne une collection standard (non partagée), même si la commande est appliquée à une collection partagée. Passez la constante `ck shared` pour créer une collection partagée. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez utiliser le paramètre *groupWith* pour associer la collection partagée à une autre collection ou à un autre objet (voir ci-dessous). | Les paramètres *groupWithCol* ou *groupWithObj* vous permettent de désigner une collection ou un objet avec lequel la collection résultante doit être associée. @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ End use #### Exemple 2 -Nous voulons combiner *$sharedColl1* et *$sharedColl2*. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. Par conséquent, nous devons faire une copie partagée de *$sharedColl1* et désigner *$sharedColl2* comme étant un groupe partagé pour la copie. +Nous voulons combiner *$sharedColl1* et *$sharedColl2*. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. Etant donné qu'ils appartiennent à différents groupes partagés, une combinaison directe pourrait générer une erreur. ```4d var $sharedColl1;$sharedColl2;$copyColl : Collection @@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ La fonction `.equal()` compare récursiv ::: -Par défaut, une évaluation non diacritique est effectuée. Si vous souhaitez que l'évaluation soit sensible à la casse ou pour différencier des caractères accentués, passez la constante `ck diacritical` dans le paramètre option. +Par défaut, une évaluation non diacritique est effectuée. L'évaluation est sensible à la casse et différencie les caractères accentués. :::tip @@ -1021,7 +1021,7 @@ Vous désignez le code de rétroappel (callback) à exécuter pour évaluer les - *formula* (syntaxe recommandée), un [objet Formula](FunctionClass.md) qui peut encapsuler toute expression exécutable, y compris des fonctions et des méthodes projet; - soit *methodName*, le nom d'une méthode projet (texte). -La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback peut effectuer n'importe quel test, avec ou sans le(s) paramètre(s) et doit renvoyer **true** pour le premier élément qui satisfait la condition. Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). +La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : @@ -1109,7 +1109,7 @@ Vous désignez le code de rétroappel (callback) à exécuter pour évaluer les - *formula* (syntaxe recommandée), un [objet Formula](FunctionClass.md) qui peut encapsuler toute expression exécutable, y compris des fonctions et des méthodes projet; - soit *methodName*, le nom d'une méthode projet (texte). -La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback peut effectuer n'importe quel test, avec ou sans le(s) paramètre(s) et doit renvoyer **true** pour le premier élément qui satisfait la condition. Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). +La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). La callback est appelée avec le(s) paramètre(s) passé(s) dans *param* (facultatif). Elle reçoit un `Objet` en premier paramètre ($1). La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : @@ -1379,7 +1379,7 @@ Dans *toSearch*, passez l'expression à trouver dans la collection. Vous pouvez Optionnellement, vous pouvez passer l'indice de la collection à partir duquel démarrer la recherche dans *startFrom*. - Si *startFrom* >= la longueur de la collection, False est retourné, ce qui signifie que la recherche n'est pas effectuée. -- Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). Notez que même si *startFrom* est négatif, la collection est toujours recherchée de gauche à droite. +- Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. - Si *startFrom* = 0, l'ensemble de la collection est évalué (défaut). #### Exemple @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ Vous pouvez passer tout type d'élément accepté par les collections, y compris #### Description -La fonction `.join()` convertit tous les éléments de la collection en chaînes et les concatène en utilisant la chaîne *delimiter* spécifiée comme séparateur. La fonction renvoie la chaîne résultante. +La fonction `.join()` convertit tous les éléments de la collection en chaînes et les concatène en utilisant la chaîne *delimiter* spécifiée comme séparateur. > Cette fonction ne modifie pas la collection d'origine. @@ -2099,8 +2099,8 @@ Vous pouvez également passer des critères afin de configurer le tri des élém | Constante | Type | Valeur | Commentaire | | ------------- | ------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | Cette syntaxe trie uniquement les valeurs scalaires de la collection (les autres types d'éléments comme les objets ou les collections sont retournés non triés). @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ Vous pouvez utiliser des parenthèses dans la recherche afin de prioriser les ca Il existe deux types de placeholders : les **placeholders indexés** et les **placeholders nommés**. -- **Placeholders indexés** : les paramètres sont insérés en tant que `:paramIndex` (par exemple ":1", ":2"...) dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. Vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 128 paramètres *value*. +- **Placeholders indexés** : les paramètres sont insérés en tant que `:paramIndex` (par exemple ":1", ":2"...) dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. dans *queryString* et leurs valeurs correspondantes sont fournies par la séquence de paramètres *value*. Voici un exemple : @@ -2507,7 +2507,7 @@ $o.parameters:={name:"Chicago") $c:=$myCol.query(":att=:name";$o) ``` -Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. Une *queryString* peut contenir, pour les paramètres *propertyPath* et *value* : +Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. Vous pouvez combiner tous les types d'arguments dans *queryString*. - des valeurs directes (pas de placeholders) - des placeholders indexés et/ou nommés. @@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - *$1.accumulator*: valeur à modifier par la fonction et qui est initialisée par *initValue*. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. #### Exemple 1 @@ -2821,7 +2821,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - *$1.accumulator*: valeur à modifier par la fonction et qui est initialisée par *initValue*. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. #### Exemple 1 @@ -2890,7 +2890,7 @@ La fonction `.remove()` supprime un ou Dans *index*, passez le numéro de l'élément à partir duquel la suppression doit débuter dans la collection. -> **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. Si *index* est supérieur à la taille de la collection, l'*index* de départ réel sera fixé à la longueur (length) de la collection. +> **Attention** : Gardez à l'esprit que les éléments de collection sont numérotés à partir de 0. Si *startFrom* < 0, la fin de la collection est considérée comme point de départ du calcul de la position (*startFrom:=startFrom+length*). - Si *index* < 0, il est recalculé comme *index:=index+length* (il est considéré comme décalage depuis la fin de la collection). - Si la valeur recalculée est négative, *index* prend la valeur 0. @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ La callback reçoit les paramètres suivants : Elle peut définir le(s) paramètre(s) suivant(s) : - (obligatoire si vous avez utilisé une méthode) *$1.result* (booléen) : **true** si l'évaluation de la valeur de l'élément est à vrai, **false** sinon. -- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. +- *$1.stop* (booléen, optionnel) : **true** pour stopper le rétroappel de la méthode. La valeur retournée est la dernière calculée. Dans tous les cas, au moment où la fonction `.some()` rencontre le premier élément de la collection retournant true, elle arrête d'appeler la callback et retourne **true**. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index b2d39df728d311..c24eabddf9dece 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,14 +42,14 @@ Pour une vue d'ensemble complète de cette classe, veuillez vous reporter au blo -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------ | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Paramètres pour générer ou charger une paire de clés | +| Résultat | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | -La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée un nouvel objet `4D.CryptoKey` encapsulant une paire de clés de chiffrement, en fonction du paramètre *settings*. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. +La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée un nouvel objet `4D.CryptoKey` encapsulant une paire de clés de chiffrement, en fonction du paramètre *settings*. Elle permet de générer une nouvelle clé RSA ou ECDSA, ou de charger une paire de clés existante à partir de la définition PEM. #### *settings* @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ La fonction `4D.CryptoKey.new()` crée u #### *CryptoKey* -L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. It is a shared object and can therefore be used by multiple 4D processes simultaneously. +L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. C'est un objet partagé qui peut donc être utilisé simultanément par plusieurs process 4D. #### Exemple 1 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ La fonction renvoie un objet "status" avec la propriété `success` définie sur | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | | success | boolean | True si le message a été déchiffré avec succès | -| result | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | +| Résultat | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | | errors | collection | Si `success` est `false`, peut contenir une collection d'erreurs | Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré avec la même clé ou le même algorithme, l'objet `status` renvoyé contient une collection d'erreurs dans `status.errors`. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Contient le nom du type de clé - "RSA", "EC -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md index 2a4d62ede5ba61..a681a91e3e5ed1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Pour chaque objet de *objectCol* : - Si la clé primaire est fournie (telle quelle) et n'existe pas, l'entité est créée - Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la clé primaire est assignée selon les règles en vigueur de la base de données. -> La propriété "\_\*KEY" contenant une valeur est prise en compte uniquement lorsque la propriété "\*\*NEW" est à **false** (ou est omise) et qu'une entité correspondante existe. Dans tous les autres cas, la valeur de la propriété "\*\_KEY" est ignorée, la valeur de la clé primaire doit être passée "telle quelle". +> La propriété "\*\*KEY" contenant une valeur est prise en compte uniquement lorsque la propriété "\*\*NEW" est à **false** (ou est omise) et qu'une entité correspondante existe. Dans tous les autres cas, la valeur de la propriété "\*\_KEY" est ignorée, la valeur de la clé primaire doit être passée "telle quelle". **Entités liées** @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Dans cet exemple, la première entité sera bien créée mais la seconde créati La fonction `.get()` requête la dataclass pour récupérer l'entité correspondant au paramètre *primaryKey*. -Dans *primaryKey*, passez la valeur de clé primaire de l'entité à récupérer. Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Vous pouvez également vous assurer que la valeur de la clé primaire est toujours renvoyée sous forme de texte en utilisant la fonction [`.getKey()`](EntityClass.md#getkey) avec le paramètre `dk key as string`. +Dans *primaryKey*, passez la valeur de clé primaire de l'entité à récupérer. Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Le type de valeur doit correspondre au type de clé primaire définie dans le datastore (entier long ou texte). Si aucune entité avec *primaryKey* n'est trouvée, une entité **Null** est retournée. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Cet exemple illustre l'utilisation de la propriété *context* : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | -| result | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass | +| Résultat | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass | @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ La fonction `.getInfo()` renvoie u | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass. | +| Résultat | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass. | @@ -729,9 +729,9 @@ L'objet `data` de chaque entrée contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Clé primaire de l'entité | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp de l'entité dans la base de données | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Timestamp de l'entité dans la base de données (le format est YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Clé primaire de l'entité | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp de l'entité dans la base de données | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Timestamp de l'entité dans la base de données (le format est YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | S'il y a des données dans le cache pour un attribut de dataclass, il est retourné dans une propriété du même type que dans la base de données. | Les données concernant les entités liées sont stockées dans le cache de l'objet data. @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ La fonction `.newSelection()` renvoie u | ---------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | type | string |
  • "4D": datastore principal, disponible via ds
  • "4D Server": datastore distant, ouvert avec Open datastore
    • | | networked | boolean |
  • True: le datastore est atteint via une connexion réseau.
  • False : le datastore n'est pas atteint via une connexion réseau (base de données locale)
    • | -| localID | text | Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Correspond à la chaîne localID donnée avec la commande `Open datastore`. Chaîne vide ("") pour le datastore principal. | +| localID | text | Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Identifiant du datastore sur la machine. Chaîne vide ("") pour le datastore principal. | | connection | object | Objet décrivant la connexion au datastore distant (non retourné pour le datastore principal). Propriétés disponibles:
    PropriétéTypeDescription
    hostnametextAdresse IP ou nom du datastore distant + ":" + numéro de port
    tlsbooleannTrue si une connexion sécurisée est utilisée avec le datastore distant
    idleTimeoutnumberDélai d'inactivité de la session (en minutes)
    usertextUtilisateur authentifié sur le datastore distant
    | - Si la fonction `.getInfo()` est exécutée sur un 4D Server ou un 4D monoposte, `networked` est Faux. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ Lorsque cette méthode n'est pas appelée, les nouvelles sélections d'entités La fonction `.provideDataKey()` permet de fournir une clé de chiffrement des données pour le fichier de données courant du datastore et détecte si la clé correspond aux données chiffrées. Cette fonction peut être utilisée à l'ouverture d'une base chiffrée, ou à l'exécution de n'importe quelle opération de chiffrement qui nécessite la clé de chiffrement, telle que le re-chiffrement du fichier de données. -> - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` doit être appelée dans une base de données chiffrée. S'il est appelé dans une base de données non cryptée, l'erreur 2003 (la clé de cryptage ne correspond pas aux données) est retournée. Utilisez la commande `Data file encryption status` pour déterminer si la base de données est chiffrée. +> - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` doit être appelée dans une base de données chiffrée. S'il est appelé dans une base de données non cryptée, l'erreur 2003 (la clé de cryptage ne correspond pas aux données) est retournée. est retournée. Utilisez la commande `Data file encryption status` pour déterminer si la base de données est chiffrée. > - La fonction `.provideDataKey()` ne peut pas être appelée depuis un 4D distant ou un datastore distant chiffré. Si vous utilisez le paramètre *curPassPhrase*, passez la chaîne utilisée pour générer la clé de chiffrement des données. Lorsque vous utilisez ce paramètre, une clé de chiffrement est générée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md index ddc0cdbd08ae75..38806d52b705a4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Les différences sont retournées sous forme de collection d'objets dont les pro | Nom de propriété | Type | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nom de l'attribut | +| attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut | | value | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans l'entité d'origine | | otherValue | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans *entityToCompare* | @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ La correspondance entre l'objet et l'entité est établie à partir des noms de - Si une propriété de l'objet n'existe pas dans la dataclass, elle est ignorée. - Les types de données doivent être équivalents. S'il existe une différence de type entre l'objet et la dataclass, 4D essaie de convertir les données lorsque cela est possible (voir [`Converting data types`](Concepts/data-types.md#converting-data-types)), sinon l'attribut est laissé intact. -- La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). Si elle n'existe pas déjà dans la dataclass, l'entité est créée avec la valeur donnée lorsque [.save()](#save) est appelé. Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la valeur de la clé primaire est affectée en fonction des règles de la base de données. L'auto-incrémentation n'est calculée que si la clé primaire est nulle. +- La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). La clé primaire peut être donnée telle quelle ou avec une propriété "__KEY" (remplie avec la valeur de la clé primaire). Si la clé primaire n'est pas fournie, l'entité est créée et la valeur de la clé primaire est affectée en fonction des règles de la base de données. L'auto-incrémentation n'est calculée que si la clé primaire est nulle. *filler* peut contenir une related entity dans les conditions suivantes : @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Les clés primaires peuvent être des nombres (integer) ou des textes. Vous pouv | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| result | Text | <- | Attirbuts de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attirbuts de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule | @@ -962,43 +962,43 @@ Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` dans le paramèt L'objet retourné par `.lock()` contient les propriétés suivantes : -| Propriété | | Type | Description | -| --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | | boolean | vrai si l'action de verrouillage a été effectuée avec succès (ou si l'entité est déjà verrouillée dans le process courant), sinon faux. | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` a été utilisée*** | -| **wasReloaded** | | boolean | vrai si l'entité a été correctement rechargée, sinon faux. | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur :*** | -| status(\*) | | number | Code d'erreur, voir ci-dessous | -| statusText(\*) | | text | Description de l'erreur, voir ci-dessous | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur de verrouillage pessimiste :*** | -| lockKindText | | text | "Locked by record" si verrouillage par un process 4D, "Locked by session" si verrouillage par une session REST | -| lockInfo | | object | Information sur l'origine du verrouillage. Les propriétés retournées dépendent de l'origine du verrouillage (process 4D ou session REST). | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour un verrouillage par process 4D :*** | -| | task_id | number | ID du process | -| | user_name | text | Nom d'utilisateur de la session sur la machine | -| | user4d_alias | text | Nom ou alias de l'utilisateur 4D | -| | user4d_id | number | Identifiant utilisateur dans le répertoire de la base 4D | -| | host_name | text | Nom de la machine | -| | task_name | text | Nom du process | -| | client_version | text | Version du client | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour le verrouillage d'une session REST :*** | -| | host | text | URL ayant verrouillé l'entité (ex : "www.myserver.com") | -| | IPAddr | text | Adresse IP d'origine du verrouillage (ex. 127.0.0.1") | -| | userAgent | text | userAgent de l'origine du verouillage (ex : "Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_3) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/96.0.4664.110 Safari/537.36") | -| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur critique*** (clé primaire dupliquée, disque plein...) : | -| errors | | collection of objects | | -| | message | text | Message d'erreur | -| | component signature | text | signature du composant interne (e.g. "dmbg" pour le composant de base de données) | -| | errCode | number | Code d'erreur | +| Propriété | | Type | Description | +| --------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | | boolean | vrai si l'action de verrouillage a été effectuée avec succès (ou si l'entité est déjà verrouillée dans le process courant), sinon faux. | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` a été utilisée*** | +| **wasReloaded** | | boolean | vrai si l'entité a été correctement rechargée, sinon faux. | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur :*** | +| status(\*) | | number | Code d'erreur, voir ci-dessous | +| statusText(\*) | | text | Description de l'erreur, voir ci-dessous | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur de verrouillage pessimiste :*** | +| lockKindText | | text | "Locked by record" si verrouillage par un process 4D, "Locked by session" si verrouillage par une session REST | +| lockInfo | | object | Information sur l'origine du verrouillage. Les propriétés retournées dépendent de l'origine du verrouillage (process 4D ou session REST). | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour un verrouillage par process 4D :*** | +| | task_id | number | ID du process | +| | user_name | text | Nom d'utilisateur de la session sur la machine | +| | user4d_alias | text | Nom ou alias de l'utilisateur 4D | +| | user4d_id | number | Identifiant utilisateur dans le répertoire de la base 4D | +| | host_name | text | Nom de la machine | +| | task_name | text | Nom du process | +| | client_version | text | Version du client | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement pour le verrouillage d'une session REST :*** | +| | host | text | \| URL ayant verrouillé l'entité (ex : "www.myserver.com") \| | +| | IPAddr | text | Adresse IP d'origine du verrouillage (ex. 127.0.0.1") | +| | userAgent | text | userAgent de l'origine du verouillage (ex : "Mozilla/5.0 (Macintosh; Intel Mac OS X 10_15_3) AppleWebKit/537.36 (KHTML, like Gecko) Chrome/96.0.4664.110 Safari/537.36") | +| | | | ***Disponible uniquement en cas d'erreur critique*** (clé primaire dupliquée, disque plein...) : | +| errors | | collection of objects | | +| | message | text | Message d'erreur | +| | component signature | text | signature du composant interne (e.g. "dmbg" pour le composant de base de données) | +| | errCode | number | Code d'erreur | (\*) Les valeurs suivantes peuvent être retournées dans les propriétés *status* et *statusText* de l'objet *Résultat* en cas d'erreur : -| Constante | Valeur | Commentaire | -| ----------------------------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `dk status entity does not exist anymore` | 5 | L'entité n'existe plus dans les données. Cette erreur peut se produire dans les cas suivants
  • : l'entité a été supprimée (le marqueur a changé et l'espace mémoire est désormais libre)
  • l'entité a été supprimée et remplacée par une autre avec une autre clé primaire (le marqueur a changé et une nouvelle entité utilise désormais l'espace mémoire). Avec `.drop( )`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option dk force drop if stamp changed est utilisée. Lors de l'utilisation de `.lock()`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` est utilisée

    • **statusText associé** : "Entity does not exist anymore" | -| `dk status locked` | 3 | L'entité est verrouillée par un verrou pessimiste.
    **statusText associé** : "Already locked" | -| `dk status serious error` | 4 | Une erreur critique peut être une erreur de bas niveau de la base de données (ex. clé dupliquée), une erreur matérielle, etc.
    **statusText associé** : "Other error" | -| `dk status stamp has changed` | 2 | La valeur du marqueur interne de l'entité ne correspond pas à celle de l'entité stockée dans les données (verrouillage optimiste).
  • avec `.save()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk auto merge` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.drop()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk force drop if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.lock()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée

    • **Statut associé**: "Stamp has changed" | +| Constante | Valeur | Commentaire | +| ----------------------------------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| `dk status entity does not exist anymore` | 5 | L'entité n'existe plus dans les données. Cette erreur peut se produire dans les cas suivants:
  • l'entité a été supprimée (le marqueur a changé et l'espace mémoire est maintenant libre)
  • l'entité a été supprimée et remplacée par une autre avec une autre clé primaire (le marqueur a changé et une nouvelle entité utilise maintenant l'espace mémoire). Avec `.drop( )`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option dk force drop if stamp changed est utilisée. Lors de l'utilisation de `.lock()`, cette erreur peut être retournée lorsque l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` est utilisée

    • **statusText associé** : "Entity does not exist anymore" | +| `dk status locked` | 3 | L'entité est verrouillée par un verrou pessimiste.
    **statusText associé** : "Already locked" | +| `dk status serious error` | 4 | Une erreur critique peut être une erreur de bas niveau de la base de données (ex. clé dupliquée), une erreur matérielle, etc.
    **statusText associé** : "Other error" | +| `dk status stamp has changed` | 2 | La valeur du marqueur interne de l'entité ne correspond pas à celle de l'entité stockée dans les données (verrouillage optimiste).
  • avec `.save()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk auto merge` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.drop()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk force drop if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée
  • avec `.lock()`: erreur uniquement si l'option `dk reload if stamp changed` n'est pas utilisée

    • **Statut associé**: "Stamp has changed" | #### Exemple 1 @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@ Dans une application multi-utilisateur ou multi-process, la fonction `.save()` e Par défaut, si le paramètre *mode* est omis, la fonction retournera systématiquement une erreur (voir ci-dessous) lorsque la même entité a été modifiée entre-temps par un autre process ou utilisateur, quel(s) que soi(en)t l(es) attribut(s) modifié(s). -Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk auto merge` dans le paramètre *mode* afin d'activer le mode "automatic merge". Dans ce mode, une modification simultanée effectuée par un autre process/utilisateur sur la même entité mais sur un attribut différent ne Les données effectivement stockées dans l'enregistrement résultent alors de la combinaison (le "merge") des modifications non-concurrentes (si des modifications ont été effectuées sur le même attribut, la sauvegarde échoue et une erreur est retournée, même en mode "automatic merge"). +Sinon, vous pouvez passer l'option `dk auto merge` dans le paramètre *mode* afin d'activer le mode "automatic merge". Les données effectivement stockées dans l'enregistrement résultent alors de la combinaison (le "merge") des modifications non-concurrentes (si des modifications ont été effectuées sur le même attribut, la sauvegarde échoue et une erreur est retournée, même en mode "automatic merge"). > Le mode de fusion automatique n'est pas disponible pour les attributs de type Image, Objet et Texte lorsqu'ils sont stockés en dehors de l'enregistrement. Des modifications simultanées de ces attributs entraîneront une erreur "`dk status stamp has changed`". @@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ Dans le paramètre *options*, vous pouvez passer les sélecteurs `dk with primar :::caution Attention -Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". Gardez à l'esprit qu'il est recommandé d'utiliser la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans vos relations, en particulier lorsque vous utilisez les fonctions `.toObject()` et `.fromObject()` . +Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". Si vous utilisez un autre attribut que la clé primaire comme attribut 1 dans une relation, la valeur de cet attribut sera inscrite dans la propriété "__KEY". ::: diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 12567ddb32cc68..1342677f7ece67 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection Une entity selection est un objet contenant une ou plusieurs référence(s) à des [entités](ORDA/dsMapping.md#entity) appartenant à la même [Dataclass](ORDA/dsMapping.md#dataclass). Une entity selection peut contenir 0, 1 ou X entités de la dataclass - où X peut représenter le nombre total d'entités contenues dans la dataclass. -Les entity selections peuvent être créées à partir de sélections existantes en utilisant diverses fonctions de la classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) telles que [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou des fonctions de la classe `EntityClass` elle-même, telles que [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). Vous pouvez également créer des entity selections vierges à l'aide de la fonction [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) ou de la commande [`Create new selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md). +Les entity selections peuvent être créées à partir de sélections existantes en utilisant diverses fonctions de la classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md) telles que [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou des fonctions de la classe `EntityClass` elle-même, telles que [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### Sommaire @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ Les entity selections peuvent être créées à partir de sélections existantes | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### Voir également + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## \[*index*] @@ -1070,7 +1074,7 @@ Le code générique suivant duplique toutes les entités de l'entity selection : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md index fcaf0da59e56ea..0c134e8fdae718 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index 3d4155c3ca6b91..c5a2db7b95bfea 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage Object +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Description -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -74,27 +74,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Description -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### Description -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Description -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | -- | ------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Description -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Description -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..c5a2db7b95bfea --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. + +An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). + +
    Historique + +| Release | Modifications | +| ------- | -------------- | +| 20 R7 | Classe ajoutée | + +
    + +### Exemple + +In this example, a `getFile()` function is implemented in the [Datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) and [can be called](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) by a REST request. The purpose is to return a **testFile.pdf** file as a response to the request: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // This is binary content + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### Description + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +The `.body` property is read-write. + +You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Description + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### Description + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- Blob +- Object +- Image + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| key | Text | -> | Header property to set | +| value | Text | -> | Value of the header property | + + + +#### Description + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------- | -- | ------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Status to set | + + + +#### Description + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### Description + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SystemWorkerClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SystemWorkerClass.md index 93bd7bb5dfa396..b04da91934c066 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SystemWorkerClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SystemWorkerClass.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ $myMacWorker:= 4D.SystemWorker.new("chmod x /folder/myfile.sh") | ----------- | ------------------------------- | :-------------------------: | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | commandLine | Text | -> | Ligne de commande à exécuter | | options | Object | -> | Paramètres du worker | -| result | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | +| Résultat | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md index 1533b3571041ad..ad72323f8bb0c2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Syntaxe : | `--headless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server ou l'application fusionnée sans interface (mode headless). Dans ce mode:
  • Le mode Conception n'est pas disponible, la base de données démarre en mode Application
  • Pas de barre d'outils, barre de menus, la fenêtre MDI ou l'écran de démarrage est affiché
  • Aucune icône n'est affichée dans le dock ou la barre de tâches
  • La base de données ouverte n'est pas enregistrée dans le menu "bases de données récentes"
  • Le journal de diagnostic est automatiquement démarré (voir [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/fr/page642.html), selecteur 79)
  • Chaque appel à une boîte de dialogue est intercepté et une réponse automatique fournie (par exemple, OK pour la commande [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/fr/page41.html), Abort pour un dialogue d'erreur...). Toutes les commandes interceptées(\*) sont journalisées dans le journal de diagnostic.

    • Pour les besoins de maintenance, vous pouvez envoyer n'importe quel texte vers les flux de sortie standard en utilisant la commande [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/fr/page667.html). A noter que les applications 4D headless ne peuvent être fermées qu'en appelant [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou en utilisant le gestionnaire de tâches du système d'exploitation. | | `--dataless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server, une application fusionnée ou tool4d en mode sans données. Le mode Dataless est utile lorsque 4D exécute des tâches sans données (compilation de projet par exemple). Dans ce mode :
  • Aucun fichier contenant des données n'est ouvert, même s'il est spécifié dans la ligne de commande ou le fichier `.4DLink`, ou lors de l'utilisation des commandes `CREATE DATA FILE` et `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Les commandes qui manipulent les données généreront une erreur. Par exemple, `CREATE RECORD` génère l'erreur « aucune table sur laquelle appliquer la commande ».

    • **Note**:
  • Si le mode dataless est activé en ligne de commande, il s'applique à toutes les bases de données ouvertes dans 4D, tant que l'application n'est pas fermée.
  • Si le mode dataless est activé via le fichier `.4DLink`, il s'applique uniquement à la base de données spécifiée dans le fichier `.4DLink`. Pour plus d'informations sur les fichiers `.4DLink`, voir [Raccourcis d'ouverture des projets](../GettingStarted/creating.md#raccourcis-douverture-des-projets).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Chemin de fichier | Chemin du fichier `.4DSettings` personnalisé pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Clé d'accès pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Clé d'accès pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Statut du lancement automatique du [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Stocke la clé d'accès et les paramètres de démarrage automatique dans le fichier de paramètres actuellement utilisé (c'est-à-dire le fichier [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) par défaut ou un fichier personnalisé désigné avec le paramètre `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilisez l'argument `--webadmin-store-settings` pour enregistrer ces paramètres si nécessaire. Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--utility` | | Disponible uniquement avec 4D Server. Lance [4D Server en mode utilitaire](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/licenses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/licenses.md index 9e44d5e1975aa1..411b4ac20dc1f9 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/licenses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/licenses.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Aucune activation n’est requise pour les usages suivants : ## Première activation -Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. The dialog box for choosing the activation mode appears. +Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. La boîte de dialogue de choix du mode d'activation apparaît. ![](../assets/en/getStart/server1.png) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md index 19cec73f3eb792..285f92a5cad7dd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md @@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ Des mots-clés 4D spécifiques peuvent être utilisés dans les définitions de // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Les fonctions de classe sont des propriétés spécifiques de la classe. Ce sont des objets de la classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). Dans le fichier de définition de classe, les déclarations de fonction utilisent le mot-clé `Function` suivi du nom de la fonction. Si la fonction est déclarée dans une [classe partagée](#shared-classes), vous pouvez utiliser le mot-clé `shared` pour que la fonction puisse être appelée sans [structure `Use. .End use`](shared.md#useend-use). Pour plus d'informations, consultez le paragraphe sur les [fonctions partagées](#shared-functions) ci-dessous. @@ -325,6 +331,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Une fonction class constructor accepte des [paramètres](#parameters) facultatifs et peut être utilisée pour créer et initialiser des objets de la classe utilisateur. Lorsque vous appelez la fonction [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), le constructeur de classe est appelé avec les paramètres éventuellement passés à la fonction `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md index 10c64b88a88b76..b55025e4dd4851 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ La valeur par défaut dépend du type de variable : | ---------- | ---------------------------------------- | | Booleen | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md index 82296f14f712da..5ea0f10052fa2e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Les séquences d’échappement suivantes peuvent être utilisées dans les cha | Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Répétition | Chaîne \* Nombre | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Répétition | Chaîne \* Nombre | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | Egalité | Chaîne = Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Inégalité | Chaîne # Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md index b78b06a95c0022..23455f72e673b5 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Souvent, les mêmes symboles sont utilisés pour des opérations différentes, e | Type de données | Opération | Exemple | | ----------------- | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Addition | 1 + 2 ajoute les nombres, le résultat est 3 | -| String | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | +| Text | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | | Date et Numérique | Addition de date | !1989-01-01! + 20 ajoute 20 jours à la date 1 janvier 1989, le résultat est la date 21 janvier 1989 | ## Expressions @@ -287,10 +287,10 @@ Vous vous référez à une expression via le type de données qu’elle retourne | Expression | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Bonjour” | String | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | -| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | String | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | -| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | String | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | +| “Bonjour” | Text | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | +| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | Text | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | +| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | Text | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | | 4 | Number | C'est une constante numérique, 4. | | 4 \* 2 | Number | Deux nombres, 4 et 2, sont multipliés à l'aide de l'opérateur de multiplication (\*). Le résultat est le nombre 8. | | MonBouton | Number | C'est le nom d'un bouton. Il retourne la valeur courante du bouton : 1 s'il y a eu un clic sur le bouton, 0 sinon. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md index f5496d3be08e96..bd81ac21081618 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md @@ -252,15 +252,15 @@ System variables are used by [4D commands](../commands/command-index.md). Refer | System variable name | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. To use a different separator, assign a new value to the system variable. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md index 05b1193f21f639..4dbacf4f1a07b7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Evénements formulaire Les événements formulaire sont des événements qui peuvent conduire à l'exécution de la méthode de formulaire et/ou de la ou des méthodes objet de formulaire. Les événements de formulaire vous permettent de contrôler le flux de votre application et d'écrire du code qui n'est exécuté que lorsqu'un événement spécifique se produit. -Dans votre code, vous contrôlez les événements à l'aide de la commande `FORM Event`, qui retourne l'événement déclenché. Par exemple : +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. Par exemple : ```4d //code d'un bouton @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## Objet événement -Chaque événement est retourné sous forme d'objet par la commande `FORM Event`. Par défaut, il contient les propriétés suivantes : +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. Par défaut, il contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md index 6ec8da4faa5de7..61cc1162352800 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Voici les propriétés retournées dans le paramètre *$editor* : | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | L'ensemble du formulaire | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objet fichier du formulaire | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nom du formulaire | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nom du formulaire | | $editor.editor.table | number | Numéro de table du formulaire, 0 pour un formulaire projet | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | Numéro de la page courante | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | Page courante, contenant tous les objets du formulaire et l'ordre de saisie de la page | @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Voici les propriétés que vous pouvez passer dans l'objet `$result` si vous vou | formProperties | Object | Propriétés du formulaire si modifiées par la macro | | editor.groups | Object | informations du groupe, si les groupes sont modifiés par la macro | | editor.views | Object | informations sur les vues, si les vues sont modifiées par la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nom de la vue active | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nom de la vue active | Par exemple, si des objets de la page courante et des groupes ont été modifiés, vous pouvez écrire ce qui suit : @@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ Lors de la manipulation de l'attribut `method` des objets de formulaire, vous po - En utilisant un objet avec la structure suivante : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------ | -| source | String | code de la méthode | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------ | +| source | Text | code de la méthode | 4D créera un fichier en utilisant le nom de l'objet dans le dossier "objectMethods" avec le contenu de l'attribut `source`. Cette fonctionnalité n'est disponible que pour le code macro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index a2b569f07bb45d..46bdcf1454f90d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Les événements formulaire sur les list box ou colonnes de list box peuvent ret > Si un événement se produit sur une "fake" colonne ou ligne qui n'existe pas, une chaîne vide est généralement renvoyée. -## Colonnes de list box +## List box columns {#list-box-columns} Une list box est composée d'un ou plusieurs objets colonnes qui ont des propriétés spécifiques. Vous pouvez sélectionner une colonne de list box dans l’éditeur de formulaires en cliquant dessus lorsque l’objet List box est sélectionné : @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ La gestion des sélections s'effectue différemment selon que la list box de typ - **List box de type collection/entity selection** : les sélections sont gérées via des propriétés de list box dédiées : - [Elément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) est un objet qui reçoit l'élément/l'entité sélectionné(e), - - [Eléments sélectionnés](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) retourne la collection des éléments sélectionnés, + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Position élément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retourne la position de l'élément ou de l'entité sélectionné(e). - **List box de type tableau :** la commande `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` permet de sélectionner par programmation une ou plusieurs lignes de list box. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 3f65bbf6505547..217427b37dafb0 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Each active form object is associated with an object name. Each object name must > Object names are limited to a size of 255 bytes. -When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (for more information about this, refer to [Object Properties](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) in the 4D Language Reference manual). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). For more information about naming rules for form objects, refer to [Identifiers](Concepts/identifiers.md) section. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ However, this property has a typing function in the following specific cases: - **[Dynamic variables](#dynamic-variables)**: you can use this property to declare the type of dynamic variables. - **[List Box Columns](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: this property is used to associate a display format with the column data. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. The Text type does not have specific display formats. Any existing custom formats are also available. -- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. +- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). #### Grammaire JSON @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ There are several types of calculations available. The following table shows whi | Minimum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Maximum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Sum | X | | | X | X | | Same as column type | -| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Average | X | | | X | | | Real | | Standard deviation(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variance(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index a65e51691aa0e2..4f8bb446122784 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,65 +3,67 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Zones Web --- +Les zones Web (Web Areas) peuvent afficher tout type de contenu Web à l’intérieur de vos formulaires : pages HTML au contenu statique ou dynamique, fichiers, images, JavaScript, etc. Le moteur de rendu de la zone web dépend de la plate-forme d'exécution de l'application et de l'option [moteur de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) sélectionnée . -Les zones Web (Web Areas) peuvent afficher tout type de contenu Web à l’intérieur de vos formulaires : pages HTML au contenu statique ou dynamique, fichiers, images, JavaScript, etc. Le moteur de rendu de la zone web dépend de la plate-forme d’exécution de l’application et de [l'option de moteur de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) sélectionnée. - -Il est possible de créer plusieurs zones web dans un même formulaire. A noter cependant que l'utilisation de zones web est soumise à [quelques limitations](#web-area-rules). - -Plusieurs [actions standard](#standard-actions), de nombreuses [commandes de langage](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) et [événements formulaires](#form-events) génériques et dédiés permettent au développeur de contrôler le fonctionnement des zones web. Des variables spécifiques permettent d’échanger des informations entre la zone et l’environnement 4D. +Il est possible de créer plusieurs zones web dans un même formulaire. Notez toutefois que l'utilisation des zones web doit respecter [plusieurs règles](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Des variables spécifiques permettent d’échanger des informations entre la zone et l’environnement 4D. ## Propriétés spécifiques ### Variables associées Deux variables spécifiques sont automatiquement associées à chaque zone web : -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- pour contrôler l’URL affiché par la zone web + +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --pour contrôler l'URL affichée par la zone web - [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- pour contrôler le pourcentage de chargement de la page affichée dans la zone web. -> À partir de 4D v19 R5, la variable de Progression n'est plus mise à jour dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). +> Depuis 4D v19 R5, la variable Progression n'est plus mise à jour dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu système Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Moteur de rendu Web -Vous pouvez choisir entre [deux moteurs de rendus](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) pour la zone web, en fonction des spécificités de votre application. +Vous pouvez choisir entre [deux moteurs de rendu](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) pour la zone web, en fonction des spécificités de votre application. La sélection du moteur de rendu Web intégré vous permet d'appeler des méthodes 4D à partir de la zone Web et de vous assurer que les fonctionnalités sur macOS et Windows sont similaires. La sélection du moteur de rendu système est recommandée lorsque la zone web est connectée à Internet car elle bénéficie toujours des dernières mises à jour de sécurité. ### Accéder aux méthodes 4D -Lorsque la propriété [Accès méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) est cochée, vous pouvez appeler des méthodes 4D à partir d'une zone web. +Lorsque la propriété [Accès aux méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) est sélectionnée, vous pouvez appeler des méthodes 4D à partir d'une zone web. :::note Notes - Cette propriété n'est disponible que si la zone web [utilise le moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -- For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. +- Pour des raisons de sécurité, puisqu'elle permet d'exécuter du code 4D, cette option ne doit être activée que pour les pages de confiance, telles que les pages générées par l'application. ::: ### Objet $4d +Le [moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) de 4D fournit à la zone un objet JavaScript nommé $4d que vous pouvez associer à n'importe quelle méthode de projet 4D à l'aide de la notation objet "." -Le [moteur de rendu Web intégré 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fournit à la zone un objet JavaScript nommé $4d que vous pouvez associer à n'importe quelle méthode projet 4D à l'aide de la notation objet ".". +Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, il suffit d'exécuter l'instruction suivante : -Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, vous devez simplement exécuter la déclaration suivante : - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript est sensible à la casse. Il est donc important de noter que l'objet est nommé $4d (avec un "d" minuscule). + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). La syntaxe des appels aux méthodes 4D est la suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que vous le souhaitez dans la méthode 4D. Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière sychronisée une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. +- `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que nécessaire à la méthode 4D. + Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). + +- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière synchrone une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. -- `result`: Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, retournée dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -> Par défaut, 4D opère en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Par défaut, 4D travaille en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. Dans ce cas, ajoutez la ligne suivante dans la page HTML pour déclarer l'encodage : +> `` #### Exemple 1 @@ -70,8 +72,8 @@ Considérons une méthode projet 4D nommée `today` qui ne reçoit pas de param Code 4D de la méthode `today` : ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` Dans la zone web, la méthode 4D peut être appelée avec la syntaxe suivante : @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Dans la zone web, la méthode 4D peut être appelée avec la syntaxe suivante : $4d.today() ``` -La méthode 4D ne reçoit aucun paramètre mais elle retourne la valeur $0 à la fonction callback appelée par 4D après avoir exécuté la méthode. Nous souhaitons afficher la date dans la page HTML qui est chargée par la zone web. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Nous souhaitons afficher la date dans la page HTML qui est chargée par la zone web. Voici le code de la page HTML : @@ -89,9 +91,9 @@ Voici le code de la page HTML : @@ -103,14 +105,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Exemple 2 -La méthode projet 4D `calcSum` reçoit des paramètres (`$1...$n`) et retourne leur somme dans `$0` : +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: Code 4D de la méthode `calcSum` : ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // reçoit n paramètres de type REEL - C_REAL($0) // retourne un Réel - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ Code 4D de la méthode `calcSum` : Le code d'exécution JavaScript dans la zone web est le suivant : ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // le résultat est 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## Actions standard -Quatre actions standard sont disponibles pour gérer automatiquement les zones Web : `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` et `Stop Loading URL`. Ces actions peuvent être associées à des boutons ou des commandes de menu et permettre une implémentation rapide d'interfaces Web basiques. Ces actions sont décrites dans [Actions standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Quatre actions standard spécifiques sont disponibles pour gérer automatiquement les zones web : `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` et `Stop Loading URL`. Ces actions peuvent être associées à des boutons ou des commandes de menu et permettre une implémentation rapide d'interfaces Web basiques. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## Evénements formulaire @@ -151,19 +152,18 @@ En outre, les zones web prennent en charge les événements formulaire génériq - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Notes d'utilisation des zones Web ### Interface utilisateur Lors de l’exécution du formulaire, l’utilisateur dispose des fonctions d’interface standard des navigateurs dans la zone web, ce qui lui permet d’interagir avec les autres zones du formulaire : -- **Commandes Edit menu** : lorsque la zone web a le focus, les commandes du menu **Edit** permettent d’effectuer les actions de copier, coller, tout sélectionner, etc., en fonction de la sélection. -- **Le menu contextuel** : il est possible d'utiliser le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) standard du système avec la zone web. L’affichage de ce menu peut également être contrôlé via la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -- **Glisser-déposer** : l’utilisateur peut effectuer des glisser-déposer de textes, d’images ou de documents à l’intérieur d’une zone web ou entre une zone web et les objets des formulaires 4D, en fonction des propriétés des objets 4D. Pour des raisons de sécurité, le changement du contenu d'une zone web via le glisser-déposer d'un fichier ou d'un URL n'est pas autorisé par défaut. Dans ce cas, le curseur affiche une icône d'interdiction ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Vous devez utiliser l'instruction `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` pour afficher une icône "drop" et générer l'événement [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). Dans cet événement, vous pouvez appeler la commande [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou définir la [variable URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) en réponse à un dépôt utilisateur. - -> Les fonctions de glisser-déposer décrites ci-dessus ne sont pas prises en charge dans les zones Web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- **Commandes du menu Edition**: lorsque la zone web a le focus, les commandes du menu **Edition** peuvent être utilisées pour effectuer des actions telles que copier, coller, tout sélectionner, etc. selon la sélection. +- **Menu contextuel** : Il est possible d'utiliser le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) standard du système avec la zone web. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Glisser-déposer** : L'utilisateur peut glisser et déposer du texte, des images et des documents dans la zone web ou entre une zone web et les objets du formulaire 4D, en fonction des propriétés des objets 4D. + Pour des raisons de sécurité, le changement du contenu d'une zone web via le glisser-déposer d'un fichier ou d'un URL n'est pas autorisé par défaut. Dans ce cas, le curseur affiche une icône "interdit" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Vous devez utiliser l'instruction `WA SET PREFERENCE(* ; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` pour afficher une icône "drop" et générer l'événement [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Les fonctions de glisser-déposer décrites ci-dessus ne sont pas prises en charge dans les zones web utilisant le [moteur de rendu du système macOS](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Sous-formulaires @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Pour des raisons liées aux mécanismes de redessinement des fenêtres, l'insert > La superposition d'une zone web au dessus ou en-dessous d'autres objets formulaires n'est pas prise en charge. - ### Conflit Zone Web et serveur Web (Windows) Sous Windows, il est déconseillé d’accéder via une zone web au serveur Web de l’application 4D contenant la zone car cette configuration peut provoquer un conflit paralysant l’application. Bien entendu, un 4D distant peut accéder au serveur Web du 4D Server, mais pas à son propre serveur web. @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ Sous Windows, il est déconseillé d’accéder via une zone web au serveur Web Les URLs manipulés par programmation dans les zones web sous macOS doivent débuter par le protocole. Par exemple, vous devez passer la chaîne "http://www.monsite.fr" et non uniquement "www.monsite.fr". - ## Accès à l’inspecteur web Vous pouvez visualiser et utiliser un inspecteur web dans les zones web de vos formulaires ou dans les zones web hors écran. Il permet d’analyser le code et les flux d’information des pages web. -Pour afficher l'inspecteur web, vous pouvez soit exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`, soit utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone web. +Pour afficher l'inspecteur Web, vous pouvez soit exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`, soit utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone Web. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Exécuter la commande `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`**
    + Cette commande peut être utilisée directement avec les zones web à l'écran (objet formulaire) et hors écran. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) de la zone Web est activé - - l'utilisation de l'inspecteur est expressément autorisée dans la zone via la déclaration suivante : - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Utiliser le menu contextuel de la zone web**
    + Cette fonction ne peut être utilisée qu'avec les zones web à l'écran et nécessite que les conditions suivantes soient remplies : + - le [menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) de la zone web est activé + - l'utilisation de l'inspecteur est expressément autorisée dans la zone via la déclaration suivante : + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> Avec le [moteur de rendu du système Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), une modification de cette préférence nécessite une action de navigation dans la zone (par exemple, un rafraîchissement de la page) pour être prise en compte. +> Avec le [moteur de rendu système de Windows](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), une modification de cette préférence nécessite la prise en compte d'une action de navigation dans la zone (par exemple, un rafraîchissement de la page). -Pour plus d'informations, reportez-vous à la description de la commande `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. -Lorsque les paramétrages décrits ci-dessus sont effectués, vous disposez de nouvelles options telles que **Inspect Element** dans le menu contextuel de la zone. Lorsque vous sélectionnez cette option, le débogueur de la zone web est alors affiché. +Lorsque vous avez effectué les réglages décrits ci-dessus, vous disposez de nouvelles options telles que **Inspecter l'élément** dans le menu contextuel de la zone. Lorsque vous sélectionnez cette option, le débogueur de la zone web est alors affiché. > Pour une description détaillée des fonctionnalités de ce débogueur, veuillez vous reporter à la documentation du moteur de rendu web utilisé. +## Propriétés prises en charge + +[Style de ligne de bordure](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bas](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Hauteur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Taille horizontale](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Gauche](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Méthode](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nom de l'objet](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Droite](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Haut](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utiliser un moteur de rendu Web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable ou expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Taille verticale](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilité](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largeur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +Le fichier 4DCEFParameters.json est un fichier de configuration qui permet de personnaliser les paramètres CEF afin de gérer le comportement des zones web dans les applications 4D. -## Propriétés prises en charge +Des [commutateurs par défaut](#default-file) sont fournis, mais vous pouvez les surcharger en utilisant un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json personnalisé. + +Lors de la phase de développement (en utilisant l'application 4D), créez un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json à l'emplacement suivant : -[Style de la bordure](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bas](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [CSS Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu contextuel](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Hauteur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dim. horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Gauche](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Méthode](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nom](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Droite](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Haut](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Utiliser le moteur de rendu Web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable ou expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dim. vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilité](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largeur](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows : `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS : `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Avant de générer une application finale, ajoutez le fichier personnalisé 4DCEFParameters.json au dossier Resources du projet. +:::warning +L'ajout d'un fichier 4DCEFParameters.json personnalisé peut avoir un impact sur toutes les zones Web intégrées à 4D, y compris les [zones 4D View Pro](.../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). Il incombe au développeur de veiller à ce que les commutateurs personnalisés ne déstabilisent pas l'application 4D. + +::: + +Le format du fichier 4DCEFParameters.json est le suivant : + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +La structure du fichier 4DCEFParameters.json contient : + +- **switches** : une liste de commutateurs CEF et leurs valeurs correspondantes appliqués à la fois sur macOS et Windows. +- **macOS.switches** : commutateurs CEF spécifiques à macOS. +- **windows.switches** : Commutateurs CEF spécifiques à Windows. + +Les commutateurs du fichier personnalisé sont prioritaires. En cas de duplication de commutateurs dans le même fichier, les commutateurs définis dans la sous-section spécifique à la plateforme ("macOS.switches" ou "windows.switches") sont prioritaires et utilisés pour la configuration. + +:::note + +La liste des commutateurs pris en charge évolue constamment et est gérée par l'équipe de développement de CEF. Pour obtenir des informations sur les commutateurs disponibles, vous devez vous référer à la communauté des développeurs CEF. + +::: + +### Exemples + +#### Fichier par défaut + +Le fichier 4DCEFParameters.json par défaut contient les commutateurs suivants : + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Exemple de désactivation d'un commutateur par défaut + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Exemple pour Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Voir également +[Spécifiez vos propres paramètres pour initialiser la zone web intégrée (article de blog)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md index a30179b750a446..b73954a82da782 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Lisez [**Les nouveautés de 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/fr-whats-new-in-4d-2 - Nouveau [**mode de typage direct**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) dans lequel vous déclarez toutes les variables et paramètres dans votre code en utilisant les mots-clés `var` et `#DECLARE`/`Function` (seul mode supporté dans les nouveaux projets). La [fonctionnalité de vérification de syntaxe](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) a été adaptée en conséquence. - Prise en charge des [singletons de session](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) et nouvelle propriété de classe [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton). - Nouveau [mot-clé de fonction `onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) pour définir des fonctions singleton ou ORDA qui peuvent être appelées par des [requêtes HTTP REST GET](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- Nouvelle classe [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) pour que le serveur retourne n'importe quel contenu web. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio : Vous pouvez maintenant [attacher le débogueur Qodly à 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). - Nouvelles clés Build Application pour que les applications 4D distantes valident les [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.fe.html) et/ou les [domaines](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.fe.html) des autorités de certification des serveurs. - Langage 4D : @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ Lisez [**Les nouveautés de 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/fr-whats-new-in-4d-2 #### Changements de comportement - Les documentations du [Langage 4D](../commands/command-index.md) et du [Langage 4D Write Pro](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) sont maintenant entièrement disponibles sur developer.4d.com. Découvrez toutes les nouvelles fonctionnalités et les modifications concernant ces documentations dans cette release note. -- Les directives de compilation (`C_XXX`) sont désormais obsolètes et ont été renommées `_O_C_XXX` (par exemple, `C_TEXT` a été renommé `_O_C_TEXT`). - The [`File`](../commands/file.md) command (as well as [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew)) is stricter when it comes to checking the syntax of the *path* supplied as a parameter. ## 4D 20 R6 diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 8f1315ae431f0d..f6a42839ee0b6e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut calculé | | dataClassName | Text | Nom de la dataclass | | kind | Text | "get" | -| result | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | +| Résultat | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | #### Exemples @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | kind | Text | "query" | | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | Opérateur de recherche (voir également la [fonction de classe `query`](API/DataClassClass.md#query)). Valeurs possibles:
  • == (égal à, @ est un joker)
  • === (égal à, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • != (différent de, @ est un joker)
  • !== (différent de, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • < (inférieur à)
  • <= (inférieur ou égal à)
  • > (supérieur à)
  • >= (supérieur ou égal à)
  • IN (inclus dans)
  • % (contient le mot-clé)
    • | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la recherche par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les attributs calculés). | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la recherche par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les attributs calculés). | > Si la fonction retourne une valeur dans *$result* et qu'une autre valeur est attribuée à la propriété `$event.result`, la priorité est donnée à `$event.result`. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | "desc" or "asc" (default) | | descending | Boolean | `true` pour l'ordre décroissant, `false` pour l'ordre croissant | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | > Vous pouvez utiliser soit `l'opérateur`, soit la propriété `descending`. C'est essentiellement une question de style de programmation (voir les exemples). @@ -827,7 +827,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // Erreur "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -865,13 +865,13 @@ IP:port/rest//functionName?$params='[]' See the [Parameters](../REST/classFunctions#parameters) section in the REST server documentation. -### result +### Résultat A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (same as for REST [parameters](../REST/classFunctions#parameters)). :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md index a45d3aeaf63cba..541d0f1f29988f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ La syntaxe du fichier `roles.json` est la suivante: | Nom de propriété | | | Type | Obligatoire | Description | | ---------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | privileges | | | Collection d'objets `privilege` | X | Liste de privilèges définis | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nom de privilège | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nom de privilège | | | \[].includes | | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de noms de privilèges inclus | | roles | | | Collection d'objets `role` | | Liste de rôles définis | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nom de rôle | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nom de rôle | | | \[].privileges | | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de noms de privilèges inclus | | permissions | | | Object | X | Liste d'actions autorisées | | | allowed | | Collection d'objets `permission` | | Liste de permissions autorisées | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Nom de [ressource](#resources) cible | -| | | \[].type | String | X | Type de [ressource](#ressources) : "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Nom de [ressource](#resources) cible | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | Type de [ressource](#ressources) : "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | | | | \[].create | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | | | | \[].update | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md index 0b7e430c18b98d..c9ea6acd006243 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md @@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ _italic_ ```md | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - La balise de lien est prise en charge : @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md index f5f98dcd47c2e8..060e35bfb39b92 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Seules les dataclass exposées apparaissent dans cette liste pour le datastore d Voici une description des propriétés retournées pour chaque dataclass dans le datastore de votre projet : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | -| dataURI | String | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | +| dataURI | Text | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | ### Exemple @@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ Les propriétés suivantes sont retournées pour une dataclass exposée : | Propriété | Type | Description | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Numéro de la table dans la base 4D | -| scope | String | Scope de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont le **Scope** (portée) est publique sont affichées) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | +| scope | Text | Scope de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont le **Scope** (portée) est publique sont affichées) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | ### Attribut(s) @@ -207,16 +207,16 @@ Voici les propriétés de chaque attribut exposé qui sont retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Le nom de l’attribut. | -| kind | String | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | Le nom de l’attribut. | +| kind | Text | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Position du champ dans la table de la base. | -| scope | String | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | -| indexed | String | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| type | String | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | +| scope | Text | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | +| indexed | Text | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | +| type | Text | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | | identifying | Boolean | Cette propriété retourne True si l'attribut est la clé primaire. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| path | String | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | -| inverseName | String | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | +| path | Text | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | +| inverseName | Text | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | ### Clé primaire diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md index 1570db06c5aa7c..c149b83eeeafd7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Après que vous ayez créé un entity set, l'ID de l'entity set est retourné av Crée un autre entity set basé sur des entity sets préalablement créés -| Paramètres | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | -| $otherCollection | String | ID de l'entity set | +| Paramètres | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID de l'entity set | ### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md index d48251ea221c16..5f34ff4cacbfe3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Pour chaque sélection d'entités stocké dans le cache de 4D Server, les inform | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | -| dataClass | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | +| dataClass | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Nombre d'entités dans l'entity set. | | sorted | Boolean | Retourne vrai si l'ensemble a été trié (à l'aide de `$orderby`) ou faux s'il n'est pas trié. | | refreshed | Date | Date de la création ou de la dernière utilisation de l'entity set. | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Pour chaque session utilisateur, les informations suivantes sont retournées dan | Propriété | Type | Description | | ---------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID qui référence la session. | -| userName | String | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID qui référence la session. | +| userName | Text | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | | lifeTime | Number | La durée d'une session utilisateur en secondes (3600 par défaut). | | expiration | Date | Date et heure d'expiration courante de la session utilisateur. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md index ba3c9ef411fd35..94a284fdbfb7a2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Dans la collection d'étapes, il existe un objet avec les propriétés suivantes | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Description | String | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | +| Description | Text | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | | time | Number | Nombre de millisecondes nécessaires pour exécuter la requête | | recordsfounds | Number | Nombre d'enregistrements trouvés | | steps | Collection | Une collection avec un objet définissant l'étape suivante du chemin de la requête | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md index 9f8105df455038..0c93508473cdcd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $queryplan retourne le plan de la requête telle qu'il a été exécuté par 4D | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Requête exécutée | +| item | Text | Requête exécutée | | subquery | Tableau | S'il existe une sous-requête, un objet supplémentaire contenant une propriété d'élément (comme celle indiquée ci-dessus) | Pour plus d'informations sur les plans de requête, reportez-vous à [queryPlan ete queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md index ea36610a5ac2ff..d5c78d15c5d704 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Vous pouvez également transmettre des valeurs pour tous les attributs de l'enti | Propriétés | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une entité | | __KEY | mixte (type identique à celui de la clé primaire) | Optionnel - clé primaire de l'entité | @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ L'entity selection doit avoir été définie au préalable à l'aide de [$method | Propriétés | Type | Description | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une sélection d'entité | See example for [receiving an entity selection](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter) with a POST request. @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md index 593e32f92c3ff9..2a05836891b855 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Voici une description des données retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass. | | __SENT | Number | Nombre d'entités envoyées par la requête REST. Ce nombre peut être le nombre total d'entités s'il est inférieur à la valeur définie par `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Numéro d'entité à partir duquel la sélection commence. Soit 0 par défaut soit la valeur définie par `$skip`. | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Chaque entité contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | +| __KEY | Text | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Horodatage de la dernière modification de l'entité | | __STAMP | Number | Tampon interne qui est nécessaire lors de la modification des valeurs de l'entité lors de l'utilisation de `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md index 4daa7cb291df19..1a1b93a93be484 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ Les commandes 4D View Pro ne sont pas thread-safe. A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Les commandes 4D View Pro ne sont pas thread-safe. N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ Les commandes 4D View Pro ne sont pas thread-safe. P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index fa733dc63f8886..8fe39b517e794d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | -| column | Longint | -> | Indice de la colonne | -| row | Longint | -> | Indice de la ligne | +| column | Integer | -> | Indice de la colonne | +| row | Integer | -> | Indice de la ligne | | sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | Résultat | Object | <- | Objet plage d'une seule cellule | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index fed0b5bdf2f39b..8e5130799f85e3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ You can pass an optional *options* parameter with the following properties: | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | copy | Boolean | *True* (default) to keep the copied values, formatting and formulas after the command executes. *False* to remove them. | -| copyOptions | Longint | Spécifie ce qui est copié ou déplacé. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Copies all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copies only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copies only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copies the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copies only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copies the values and formatting.

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | Spécifie ce qui est copié ou déplacé. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Copies all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copies only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copies only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copies the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copies only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copies the values and formatting.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md index 56855239066289..4214cd88d67391 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-export-to-object.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Export to object #### Description -La commande `VP Export to object` retourne l'objet 4D View Pro attaché à la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Vous pouvez utiliser cette commande par exemple pour stocker la zone 4D View Pro dans un champ objet de la base de données 4D. +La commande `VP Export to object` retourne l'objet 4D View Pro attaché à la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Vous pouvez utiliser cette commande par exemple pour stocker la zone 4D View Pro dans un champ objet de la base de données 4D. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md index 0948b8797b725d..5653fe03591c15 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-column-count.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get column count The `VP Get column count` command returns the total number of columns from the designated *sheet*. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the column count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index f0b881e047c0d9..31ecafa947ae6c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Indice de la feuille de laquelle obtenir le data context | | -| Résultat | Object \| Collection | <- | Data context | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Indice de la feuille de laquelle obtenir le data context | | +| Résultat | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md index 57b770e6d7c326..0b6070d723aefa 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-default-style.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get default style The `VP Get default style` command returns a default style object for a sheet. The returned object contains basic document rendering properties as well as the default style settings (if any) previously set by the [VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](vp-set-default-style.md) method. For more information about style properties, see [Style Objects & Style Sheets](../configuring.md#style-objects--style-sheets). -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the column count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md index aa13928a6f4903..91597677be77b1 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md @@ -5,16 +5,16 @@ title: VP Get formula by name -**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Number } ) : Object +**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Integer } ) : Object -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| name | Text | -> | Nom de la plage nommée | | -| scope | Number | -> | "Scope" cible (par défaut=feuille courante) | | -| Résultat | Object | <- | Définition de la formule nommée ou de la plage nommée | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | +| name | Text | -> | Nom de la plage nommée | | +| scope | Integer | -> | "Scope" cible (par défaut=feuille courante) | | +| Résultat | Object | <- | Définition de la formule nommée ou de la plage nommée | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md index 8fb5ce2c567b11..35cbc11a5f2abd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ title: VP Get names -**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Number } ) : Collection +**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Integer } ) : Collection | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | | ---------- | ---------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| scope | Number | -> | "Scope" cible (par défaut=feuille courante) | | +| scope | Integer | -> | "Scope" cible (par défaut=feuille courante) | | | Résultat | Collection | <- | Noms existant dans la zone définie | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md index 971ee1bf50d9f6..0a620e3c886878 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-row-count.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get row count La commande `VP Get row count` retourne le nombre total de lignes de la *sheet* désignée. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. You can define where to get the row count in the optional *sheet* parameter using the sheet index (counting begins at 0). Si le paramètre est omis ou si vous passez `vk current sheet`, la feuille courante est utilisée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md index c0f04285d0c232..4a3c460a7c734d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ title: VP Get sheet options #### Description -La commande `VP Get sheet options` retourne un objet contenant les options de la feuille courante de la zone *vpAreaName* . +La commande `VP Get sheet options` retourne un objet contenant les options de la feuille courante de la zone *vpAreaName* . Passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro dans *vpAreaName*. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md index ef28839df5bb52..46389d5997351e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ title: VP Get stylesheet #### Description -La commande `VP Get stylesheet` retourne l'objet de la feuille de style *styleName* contenant les valeurs de propriété qui ont été définies. +La commande `VP Get stylesheet` retourne l'objet de la feuille de style *styleName* contenant les valeurs de propriété qui ont été définies. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md index 538bd63b6fd218..fba6d5237120ca 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ title: VP Get stylesheets La commande `VP Get stylesheets` retourne la collection d'objets feuille de style définis à partir de la *feuille* désignée. -In *vpAreaName*, pass the name property of the 4D View Pro area. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. +Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. Vous pouvez définir où lire les feuilles de style via le paramètre *sheet* en passant le numéro d'indice de la feuille (la numérotation commence à partir de 0) ou à l'aide des constantes suivantes : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md index 66d14b7173f674..568a80b75a8d2e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ title: VP Get column attributes #### Description -La commande `VP Récupère les attributs de colonne de la table` retourne les attributs courants de la colonne spécifiée *column* dans la table *tableName*. +La commande `VP Get table column attributes` retourne les attributs courants de la colonne spécifiée *column* dans la table *tableName*. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md index 425174e376d941..efadf7c02a2571 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ title: VP Get table column index #### Description -La commande `VP Get table column index` retourne l'index du *columnName* dans la table *tableName*. +La commande `VP Get table column index` retourne l'index du *columnName* dans la table *tableName*. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 9d38efb528ab9f..6ee44c4c80e22e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | -| Résultat | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valeurs des propriétés du thème de la table actuelle | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | +| Résultat | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valeurs des propriétés du thème de la table actuelle | | #### Description @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ La commande `VP Get table theme` importe et affiche le document désigné par *filePath* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le document importé remplace toutes les données déjà présentes dans la zone. +La commande `VP IMPORT DOCUMENT` importe et affiche le document désigné par *filePath* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le document importé remplace toutes les données déjà présentes dans la zone. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md index cbb17256206825..a31534f8bc559d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-import-from-object.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ title: VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT #### Description -La commande `VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT` importe et affiche l'objet 4D View Pro *viewPro* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le contenu de l'objet importé remplace toutes les données insérées auparavant dans la zone. +La commande `VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT` importe et affiche l'objet 4D View Pro *viewPro* dans la zone 4D View Pro *vpAreaName*. Le contenu de l'objet importé remplace toutes les données insérées auparavant dans la zone. Dans *vpAreaName*, passez le nom de la zone 4D View Pro. Si vous passez un nom inexistant, une erreur est retournée. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md index 484f86455cdb2d..39e391adeb6614 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | | column | Integer | -> | Index dans la table de la colonne de départ à insérer | | -| count | Text | -> | Nombre de colonnes à ajouter (doit être >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Nombre de colonnes à ajouter (doit être >0) | | | insertAfter | Integer | -> | `vk table insert before` ou `vk table insert after` *column* | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md index 4fb6654902c0f8..8a7fe2be05b3f0 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP INSERT TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | | row | Integer | -> | Index in the table of the starting row to insert | | -| count | Text | -> | Number of rows to add (must be >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Number of rows to add (must be >0) | | | insertAfter | Integer | -> | `vk table insert before` or `vk table insert after` *row* | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md index 249d4aa0d58951..dd14ab80408d63 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ The *options* parameter has several properties: | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------ | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | copy | Boolean | Determines if the values, formatting and formulas of the cells in *originRange* are removed after the command executes:
    • *False* (default) to remove them
    • *True* to keep them
    | -| pasteOptions | Longint | Specifies what is pasted. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Pastes all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pastes only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pastes only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pastes the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pastes only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pastes the values and formatting.

    | +| pasteOptions | Integer | Specifies what is pasted. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Pastes all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pastes only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pastes only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pastes the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pastes only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pastes the values and formatting.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md index f22514be0733f1..5ab4b81e8b95f3 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ title: VP PASTE FROM OBJECT | ---------- | ------- | -- | --------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objet plage de cellules | | | dataObject | Object | -> | Object containing the data to be pasted | | -| options | Longint | -> | Specifies what is pasted | | +| options | Integer | -> | Specifies what is pasted | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md index dac6d14156219f..5e1dd9c995b19d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | | column | Integer | -> | Index in the table of the starting column to remove | | -| count | Text | -> | Number of columns to remove (must be >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Number of columns to remove (must be >0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md index acdd12dae040ef..7090abacd59ce6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | | row | Integer | -> | Index in the table of the starting row to remove | | -| count | Text | -> | Number of rows to remove (must be >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Number of rows to remove (must be >0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md index c1e75e01a0067c..41d5d6c1dd1d9e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ In *parameters* object, pass any of the following optional properties. These pro | onEvent | objet (formula) | Une méthode callback qui sera lancée lorsque la zone hors écran sera prête. It can be either:
  • an `onEvent` function of a class, or
  • a `Formula` object
    • By default, the callback method is called on the [`On VP Ready`](../../Events/onVpReady.md), [`On Load`](../../Events/onLoad.md), [`On Unload`](../../Events/onUnload.md), [`On End URL Loading`](../../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md), [`On URL Loading Error`](../../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md), [`On VP Range Changed`](../../Events/onVpRangeChanged.md), or [`On Timer`](../../Events/onTimer.md) events. The callback method can be used to access the [4D View Pro form object variable](../configuring.md#4d-view-pro-form-object-variable). | | autoQuit | boolean | True (default value) if the command must stop the formula execution when the [`On End URL Loading`](../../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md) or [`On URL Loading Error`](../../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md) events occur. If false, you must use the `CANCEL` or `ACCEPT` commands in the *onEvent* callback method. | | timeout | number | Durée maximale (exprimée en secondes) avant la fermeture de la zone si aucun événement n'est généré. Si elle est fixée à 0, aucune limitation n'est appliquée. Valeur par défaut : 60 | -| result | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | +| Résultat | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | | `` | mixte | Any custom attribute to be available in the *onEvent* callback method. | La propriété suivante est automatiquement ajoutée par la commande, si nécessaire : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md index fdc2a47496f359..cc39d22a739475 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ title: VP SET SHEET OPTIONS -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ------------ | ------ | -- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom de la zone 4D View Pro | | -| sheetOptions | Object | -> | Option(s) de la feuille à définir | | -| sheet | Object | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | +| ------------ | ------- | -- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom de la zone 4D View Pro | | +| sheetOptions | Object | -> | Option(s) de la feuille à définir | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index c62adf7c5e196f..94f66171863cf2 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriétés du thème de la table à modifier | | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nom d'objet formulaire zone 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nom de table | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriétés du thème de la table à modifier | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Numéro d'indice de la feuille (feuille courante si omis) | + + #### Description @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +Dans *sheet*, passez le numéro de la page cible. Si aucun numéro n'est spécifié ou si vous passez -1, la commande s'applique à la feuille courante. + #### Exemple 1 Vous souhaitez définir un thème prédéfini pour une table : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md index 6f1a69a07a6b87..c86e4a04131515 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP SET TIME VALUE | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | | ------------- | ------ | -- | -------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objet plage | | -| timeValue | Text | -> | Valeur heure à fixer | | +| timeValue | Time | -> | Valeur heure à fixer | | | formatPattern | Text | -> | Format de la valeur | | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md index 1fa501f8611b34..5e620fb96a5c87 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Il contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Value type | Description | | ------------ | ---------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| version | Longint | Internal component version | +| version | Integer | Internal component version | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Creation date | | dateModified | Timestamp | Last modification date | | meta | Object | Free contents, reserved for the 4D developer | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md index ca1a195251345c..84ddb0848386c9 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | -------------- | ------- | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | wpSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro section | -| subSectionType | Longint | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | +| subSectionType | Integer | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | | subSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro subsection | @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ The *subSectionType* parameter specifes the subsection to delete. You can pass o | Constante | Type | Valeur | | ------------- | ------- | ------ | -| wk first page | Longint | 1 | -| wk left page | Longint | 2 | -| wk right page | Longint | 3 | +| wk first page | Integer | 1 | +| wk left page | Integer | 2 | +| wk right page | Integer | 3 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md index 9868fae31fb231..b6b3084d3fbf87 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | ------------------- | ------ | - | ------------------------------------------------- | | targetObj | Object | → | Range or element or 4D Write Pro document | | sectionOrSubsection | Object | → | Section or subsection of a 4D Write Pro document | -| attribName | String | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | +| attribName | Text | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png index 88547d8313178f..47dee17431c767 100644 Binary files a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png and b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png differ diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md index f1095ba68e53b3..dad1c4d4baf530 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -25,15 +25,16 @@ Le paramètre facultatif *typeSortie* vous permet de préciser le canal de sorti | Constante | Type | Valeur | Comment | | ----------------------- | ----------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Into 4D commands log | Entier long | 3 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des commandes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé. Ce fichier d'historique peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 34).
    **Note :** Les fichiers d’historique de 4D sont regroupés dans le dossier **Logs** (cf. commande [Get 4D folder](get-4d-folder.md)). | -| Into 4D debug message | Entier long | 1 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* dans l'environnement de débogage du système. Le résultat dépend de la plate-forme :
    sous Mac OS : la commande envoie le message à la Consolesous Windows : la commande envoie le message en tant que message de débogage. Pour pouvoir lire ce message, vous devez disposer de Microsoft Visual Studio ou de l’utilitaire DebugView pour Windows () | -| Into 4D diagnostic log | Entier long | 5 | Indique à 4D d’inscrire le *message* dans le fichier de diagnostic de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé.
    Le fichier de diagnostic peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 79). | -| Into 4D request log | Entier long | 2 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des requêtes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé | +| Into 4D commands log | Entier long | 3 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des commandes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé. Ce fichier d'historique peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 34).
    **Note :** Les fichiers d’historique de 4D sont regroupés dans le dossier **Logs** (cf. commande [Get 4D folder](get-4d-folder.md)). | +| Into 4D debug message | Entier long | 1 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* dans l'environnement de débogage du système. Le résultat dépend de la plate-forme :
    sous Mac OS : la commande envoie le message à la Consolesous Windows : la commande envoie le message en tant que message de débogage. Pour pouvoir lire ce message, vous devez disposer de Microsoft Visual Studio ou de l’utilitaire DebugView pour Windows () | +| Into 4D diagnostic log | Entier long | 5 | Indique à 4D d’inscrire le *message* dans le fichier de diagnostic de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé.
    Le fichier de diagnostic peut être activé à l’aide de la commande [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) (sélecteur 79). | +| Into 4D request log | Entier long | 2 | Indique à 4D d'inscrire le *message* dans le fichier d’historique des requêtes de 4D, si ce fichier a été activé | +| Into system standard outputs | Entier long | 6 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* dans un flux de sortie standard. Le message est envoyé à **stdout** si *importance* \= Information message ou Warning message et **stderr** si *importance* \= Error message | | Into Windows log events | Entier long | 0 | Indique à 4D d'envoyer le *message* vers l’“Observateur d’événements” de Windows. Ce journal reçoit et stocke des messages en provenance des applications en cours d’exécution. Dans ce cas, vous pouvez définir le niveau d'importance du *message* via le paramètre *importance* (cf. ci-dessous).**
    Notes :** Pour que cette fonctionnalité soit disponible, le service Observateur d’événements de Windows doit être démarré.Sous Mac OS, la commande ne fait rien avec ce type de sortie. | Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre *typeSortie*, la valeur 0 (Into Windows log events) est utilisée par défaut. -Si vous avez défini un *typeSortie* de type Into Windows log events, vous pouvez attribuer au *message* un niveau d’importance via le paramètre facultatif *importance* afin de faciliter la lecture du journal d’événements. Il existe trois niveaux d’importance : Information, Avertissement et Erreur. 4D vous propose les constantes prédéfinies suivantes, placées dans le thème *Journal d'événements* : +Vous pouvez attribuer au *message* un niveau d’importance via le paramètre facultatif *importance* afin de faciliter la lecture du journal d’événements. Il existe trois niveaux d’importance : Information, Avertissement et Erreur. 4D vous propose les constantes prédéfinies suivantes : | Constante | Type | Valeur | | ------------------- | ----------- | ------ | @@ -43,6 +44,12 @@ Si vous avez défini un *typeSortie* de type Into Windows log events, vous pouve Si vous ne passez pas le paramètre *importance* ou passez une valeur invalide, la valeur par défaut (0) est utilisée. +:::note + +Le paramètre *importance* est utilisé uniquement avec les paramètres *typeSortie* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log` et `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: + #### Exemple Afin de conserver une trace des lancements de votre base sous Windows, vous pouvez écrire, dans la [On Startup database method](on-startup-database-method.md) : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md index 7af3a2d1a4e361..fa03e777be9d99 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,39 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs La commande retourne les informations suivantes : -| **Propriété** | **Sous-propriété** | **Type** | **Description** | **Exemple** | -| ----------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | chaîne | Le nom du compte de l'utilisateur courant. Généralement utilisé pour identifier un compte dans le répertoire. | "msmith" | | -| cores | nombre | Nombre total de coeurs. Dans le cas de machines virtuelles, le nombre total de coeurs alloués à celles-ci. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | nombre | Nombre total de threads. | 8 | | -| machineName | chaîne | Le nom de la machine tel que défini dans les paramètres réseau du système d'exploitation. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | booléen | Vrai si 4D est émulé par Rosetta sur macOS, Faux sinon (non émulé ou sous Windows). | Vrai | | -| model | chaîne | Nom du modèle d'ordinateur. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | collection | Adresses réseau physiques et actives uniquement. | | | -| ipAddresses | collection | | | | -| ip | chaîne | L'adresse de l'interface réseau. | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | chaîne | Le type de l'interface réseau. | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | chaîne | Le nom de l'interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | chaîne | Le type de l'interface (à noter que le type "ethernet" est fourni pour les interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | chaîne | La version du système d'exploitation et son numéro de build (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro (17763.1577)" | | -| osLanguage | chaîne | Langue du système défini par l'utilisateur courant. Exprimée dans la norme définie par la RFC 3066\. Voir *Codes de langue* dans le manuel Mode Développement pour une liste complète. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | nombre | Le volume de stockage de la mémoire disponible sur la machine (en kilo-octets). | 16777216 | | -| processor | chaîne | Le nom, le type et la vitesse du processeur. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | nombre | La durée totale (en secondes) depuis que la machine a démarré. | 3600 | | -| userName | chaîne | L'utilisateur courant de la machine. Généralement utilisé comme nom d'affichage (c'est-à-dire lors de la connexion à votre ordinateur). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | nombre | L'espace restant pouvant être utilisé. | 524288 | | -| capacity | nombre | Le volume total possible (en kilo-octets). | 1048576 | | -| disk | objet \| collection (Mac seulement) | | | | -| description | chaîne | Un bref résumé décrivant le disque. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | chaîne | ID du (des) disque(s) (UUID sur Mac et disque physique sous Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | nombre | La capacité totale du disque (en kilo-octets). | 104857600 | | -| interface | chaîne | Le type d'interface sur la machine. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | chaîne | Le système de fichiers utilisé par le système d'exploitation pour stocker et récupérer des fichiers sur le disque dur. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | chaîne | Le répertoire dans le système de fichiers actuellement accessible sur lequel un système de fichiers supplémentaire est monté (c'est-à-dire logiquement attaché). Notez que celui-ci est au format POSIX pour les Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | chaîne | seulement sur mac - nom du volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Propriété | | | Type | Description | Exemple | +|-------------------|----------------|-------------|-------------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | chaîne | Le nom du compte de l'utilisateur courant. Généralement utilisé pour identifier un compte dans le répertoire. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | nombre | Nombre total de coeurs. Dans le cas de machines virtuelles, le nombre total de coeurs alloués à celles-ci. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | nombre | Nombre total de threads. | 8 | +| machineName | | | chaîne | Le nom de la machine tel que défini dans les paramètres réseau du système d'exploitation. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | booléen | Vrai si 4D est émulé par Rosetta sur macOS, Faux sinon (non émulé ou sous Windows). | Vrai | +| model | | | chaîne | Nom du modèle d'ordinateur. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | collection | Adresses réseau physiques et actives uniquement. | | +| | ipAddresses | | collection | | | +| | | ip | chaîne | L'adresse de l'interface réseau. | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | chaîne | Le type de l'interface réseau. | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | chaîne | Le nom de l'interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | chaîne | Le type de l'interface (à noter que le type "ethernet" est fourni pour les interfaces bluetooth). | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | chaîne | La version du système d'exploitation et son numéro de build (\*). | "Windows 10 Pro (17763.1577)" | +| osLanguage | | | chaîne | Langue du système défini par l'utilisateur courant. Exprimée dans la norme définie par la RFC 3066. Voir Codes de langue dans le manuel Mode Développement pour une liste complète. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | nombre | Le volume de stockage de la mémoire disponible sur la machine (en kilo-octets). | 16777216 | +| processor | | | chaîne | Le nom, le type et la vitesse du processeur. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | nombre | La durée totale (en secondes) depuis que la machine a démarré. | 3600 | +| userName | | | chaîne | L'utilisateur courant de la machine. Généralement utilisé comme nom d'affichage (c'est-à-dire lors de la connexion à votre ordinateur). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | nombre | L'espace restant pouvant être utilisé. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | nombre | Le volume total possible (en kilo-octets). | 1048576 | +| | disk | | objet \| collection (Mac seulement) | | | +| | | description | chaîne | Un bref résumé décrivant le disque. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | chaîne | ID du (des) disque(s) (UUID sur Mac et disque physique sous Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | nombre | La capacité totale du disque (en kilo-octets). | 104857600 | +| | | interface | chaîne | Le type d'interface sur la machine. | "USB", "network", "SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | chaîne | Le système de fichiers utilisé par le système d'exploitation pour stocker et récupérer des fichiers sur le disque dur. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | chaîne | Le répertoire dans le système de fichiers actuellement accessible sur lequel un système de fichiers supplémentaire est monté (c'est-à-dire logiquement attaché). Notez que celui-ci est au format POSIX pour les Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | chaîne | seulement sur mac - nom du volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | + + (\*) Pour déterminer simplement la plate-forme utilisée, vous pouvez utiliser les commandes [Is macOS](is-macos.md) et [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -67,40 +69,80 @@ Le code suivant sur une machine Windows : retourne un objet contenant les informations suivantes : ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":Faux,        "physicalMemory":16777216, +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` -` "volumes": [ - { - "mountPoint": "C:", - "capacity": 1048576, - "available": 524288, - "fileSystem": "NTFS", - "disk": { - "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", - "interface": "SCSI", - "size": 157284382, - "description": "Lecteur de disque" - } - }, - { - "mountPoint": "E:", - "capacity": 51198972, - "available": 51025280, - "fileSystem": "NTFS", - "disk": { - "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", - "interface": "SCSI", - "size": 157284382, - "description": "Lecteur de disque" - } - } - ] -}` - #### Voir aussi -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..88c7bae7ca737d --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| Résultat | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Description + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### Exemple 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Exemple 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Exemple 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 9 + +Cet exemple illustre comment vous pouvez répondre à un événement de fermeture de fenêtre à l'aide d'un formulaire utilisé pour la saisie de données d'enregistrement : + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### Voir également + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..887460886e4f56 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------ | - | --------------- | +| Résultat | Object | ← | Objet événement | + + + +#### Description + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**Objet retourné** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | Nom de l'objet générant l'événement - Non inclus si l'événement est déclenché par le formulaire | +| code | integer | Valeur numérique de l'événement formulaire. | +| Description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### Exemple 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### Exemple 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemple 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### Voir également + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md index 16cf295d112c84..f37442056a30bd 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Si la formule est créée dans un composant, vous pouvez envisager d'utiliser le | Constante | Type | Description | | -------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (par défaut) La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte où elle a été créée | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte de la base de données de hôte | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (par défaut) La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte où elle a été créée | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | La formule sera exécutée dans le contexte de la base de données de hôte | #### Exemple diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md index 226d8ec9dfd253..a2092b4e2c2ee4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Passez dans *connectionInfo* un objet décrivant le datastore distant auquel vou | hostname | Text | Nom ou adresse IP de la base de données distante + " :" + numéro de port (le numéro de port est obligatoire) | API Endpoint de l'instance Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nom d'utilisateur | - (ignoré) | | password | Text | Mot de passe de l'utilisateur | - (ignoré) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | - (ignoré) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | - (ignoré) | | tls | Boolean | Vrai pour utiliser une connexion sécurisée(1). Si cette propriété est omise, "false" par défaut. L'utilisation d'une connexion sécurisée est recommandée dans la mesure du possible. | Vrai pour utiliser une connexion sécurisée. Si omis, faux par défaut | | type | Text | doit être "4D Server" | - (ignoré) | | api-key | Text | - (ignoré) | API key de l'instance Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md index 23518ff51bc404..d4cf28d97a8a77 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ L'objet retourné contient les propriétés suivantes : | cpuTime | Real | Running time (seconds) | | cpuUsage | Real | Percentage of time devoted to this process (between 0 and 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of process creation | -| ID | Longint | Process unique ID | +| ID | Integer | Process unique ID | | name | Text | Nom du process | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | preemptive | Boolean | True if run preemptive, false otherwise | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Current status. Possible values: see below | +| state | Integer | Current status. Possible values: see below | | systemID | Text | ID for the user process, 4D process or spare process | -| type | Longint | Running process type. Possible values: see below | +| type | Integer | Running process type. Possible values: see below | | visible | Boolean | True if visible, false otherwise | - Possible values for "state": diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md index d0e0cac34e06c0..dffd85783e7c35 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Name of process for which to retrieve the process number | | id | Text | → | ID of process for which to retrieve the process number | | \* | Opérateur | → | Return the process number from the server | -| Résultat | Longint | ← | Process number | +| Résultat | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md index 16f3d2ceb002bb..2c0ce1cecbd59b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2257,8 +2257,8 @@ Vous pouvez également passer des critères afin de configurer le tri des élém | Constante | Type | Valeur | Commentaire | | ------------- | ------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre croissant (défaut) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Les éléments sont triés par ordre décroissant | Cette syntaxe trie uniquement les valeurs scalaires de la collection (les autres types d'éléments comme les objets ou les collections sont retournés non triés). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index d59004862d227f..c1cec29bd8d313 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Cette classe est disponible depuis le "class store" de `4D`. :::info Voir aussi -For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: encrypt, decrypt, sign, and verify!**](https://blog.4d.com/cryptokey-encrypt-decrypt-sign-and-verify/) blog post. +Pour une présentation complète de cette classe, nous vous recommandons de lire l'article de blog [**CryptoKey : crypter, décrypter, signer et vérifier !**](https://blog.4d.com/cryptokey-encrypt-decrypt-sign-and-verify/). ::: @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Paramètres | Type | | Description | -| ---------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------ | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| result | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | +| Paramètres | Type | | Description | +| ---------- | ------------ | -- | ---------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Paramètres pour générer ou charger une paire de clés | +| Résultat | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objet contenant une paire de clés de chiffrement | -The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. +The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. Elle permet de générer une nouvelle clé RSA ou ECDSA, ou de charger une paire de clés existante à partir de la définition PEM. #### *settings* @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function create #### *CryptoKey* -The returned `CryptoKey` object encapsulates an encryption key pair. It is a shared object and can therefore be used by multiple 4D processes simultaneously. +L'objet `CryptoKey` retourné encapsule une paire de clés de chiffrement. C'est un objet partagé qui peut donc être utilisé simultanément par plusieurs process 4D. #### Exemple 1 @@ -91,18 +91,18 @@ Folder(fk desktop folder).file("signature").setText($key.sign($message;$type)) - Côté Alice : ```4d -// Get message, public key & signature +// Récupérer le message, la clé publique et la signature $message:=Folder(fk desktop folder).file("message.txt").getText() $publicKey:=Folder(fk desktop folder).file("public.pem").getText() $signature:=Folder(fk desktop folder).file("signature").getText() -// Create a key +// Créer une clé $type:=New object("type";"PEM";"pem";$publicKey) $key:=4D.CryptoKey.new($type) -// Verify signature +// Vérifier la signature If ($key.verify($message;$signature;$type).success) -// The signature is valid +// La signature est valide End if ``` @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ La fonction renvoie un objet "status" avec la propriété `success` définie sur | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | success | boolean | True si le message a été déchiffré avec succès | -| result | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | +| Résultat | text | Message déchiffré et décodé à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` | | errors | collection | Si `success` est mis sur `false`, il peut contenir une collection d'erreurs | Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré avec la même clé ou le même algorithme, l'objet `status` renvoyé contient une collection d'erreurs dans `status.errors`. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Si le *message* n'a pas pu être déchiffré parce qu'il n'a pas été chiffré | ---------- | ------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | message | Text | -> | Chaine message à chiffrer à l'aide de `options.encodingDecrypted` et encrypted. | | options | Object | -> | Options de chiffrement | -| Résultat | Text | <- | Message encrypted and encoded using the `options.encodingEncrypted` | +| Résultat | Text | <- | Message chiffré et encodé à l'aide de `options.encodingEncrypted` | La fonction `.encrypt()` crypte le paramètre *message* à l'aide de la clé **publique**. L'algorithme utilisé dépend du type de clé. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contient le nom du type de clé - "RSA", "EC | 18 R4 | Ajout | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md index 31e669b9e73af9..55dfeda68bde9f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ Cet exemple illustre l'utilisation de la propriété *context* : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------- | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass| +| Résultat | Integer | <- | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass| | @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ La fonction `.getInfo()` retourne | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ------ | -- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass.| +| Résultat | Object | <- | Objet décrivant le contenu du cache ORDA pour la dataclass.| | @@ -725,9 +725,9 @@ L'objet `data` de chaque entrée contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ---------------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Clé primaire de l'entité | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp de l'entité dans la base de données | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Timestamp de l'entité dans la base de données (le format est YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Clé primaire de l'entité | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp de l'entité dans la base de données | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Timestamp de l'entité dans la base de données (le format est YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | S'il y a des données dans le cache pour un attribut de dataclass, il est retourné dans une propriété du même type que dans la base de données. | Les données concernant les entités liées sont stockées dans le cache de l'objet data. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md index 850ead7445e66d..620d76b551c810 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Passez dans *connectionInfo* un objet décrivant le datastore distant auquel vou | hostname | Text | Nom ou adresse IP de la base de données distante + " :" + numéro de port (le numéro de port est obligatoire) | | user | Text | Nom d'utilisateur | | password | Text | Mot de passe de l'utilisateur. By default, the password is sent in clear form, therefore it is **strongly recommended** to use encrypted communications by passing `true` in the `tls` property. | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Délai d'inactivité de la session (exprimé en minutes), au terme duquel la session est automatiquement fermée par 4D. Si cette propriété est omise, la valeur par défaut est 60 (1h). La valeur ne peut pas être < 60 (si une valeur inférieure est passée, le timeout est fixé à 60). Pour plus d'informations, voir **Fermeture des sessions**. | | tls | Boolean | Utilisez une connexion sécurisée(*). Si cette propriété est omise, "false" par défaut. L'utilisation d'une connexion sécurisée est recommandée dans la mesure du possible. | | passwordAlgorithm | Text | Pass "4d-rest-digest" if the server validates the password using the [`Validate password`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page638.html) command with the *digest* parameter set to `true`. | | type | Text | Doit être "4D Server" | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md index e235d76cb04952..e45efb37f88504 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Les différences sont retournées sous forme de collection d'objets dont les pro | Nom de propriété | Type | Description | | ---------------- | ------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nom de l'attribut | +| attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut | | value | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans l'entité d'origine | | otherValue | Dépend du type d'attribut | Valeur de l'attribut dans *entityToCompare* | @@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ Les clés primaires peuvent être des nombres (integer) ou des textes. Vous pouv | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | -- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule| +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity, séparés par une virgule| | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index aada8fd6470115..575a31bc5b8a9d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ Le code générique suivant duplique toutes les entités de l'entity selection : | Paramètres | Type | | Description | | ---------- | ---- | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| result | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule| +| Résultat | Text | <- | Attributs de contexte associés à l'entity selection, séparés par une virgule| | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md index 59b9b86705a13e..0e1ebf805b38df 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() | 19 R7 | Ajout | -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/SystemWorkerClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/SystemWorkerClass.md index b21af5f5a5db4e..9ec19d0bd8f8b4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/SystemWorkerClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/SystemWorkerClass.md @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ $myMacWorker:= 4D.SystemWorker.new("chmod x /folder/myfile.sh") | ----------- | --------------- |:--:| ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | | commandLine | Text | -> | Ligne de commande à exécuter | | options | Object | -> | Paramètres du worker | -| result | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | +| Résultat | 4D.SystemWorker | <- | Nouveau System worker asynchrone ou null si le process n'a pas démarré | #### Description diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md index a7773214f58218..d049e85db38ef0 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Syntaxe : | `--headless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server ou l'application fusionnée sans interface (mode headless). Dans ce mode :
  • Le mode Développement n'est pas disponible, la base de données démarre en mode Application
  • Aucune barre d'outils, barre de menus, fenêtre MDI ou écran de démarrage ne s'affiche
  • Aucune icône n'est affichée dans le dock ou la barre des tâches
  • La base de données ouverte n'est pas enregistrée dans le menu "Bases de données récentes"
  • Le journal de diagnostic est automatiquement lancé (voir [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), sélecteur 79)
  • Chaque appel à une boîte de dialogue est intercepté et une réponse automatique est fournie (par exemple OK pour la commande [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html), Abort pour un boîte de dialogue d'erreur, etc.). Toutes les commandes interceptées (*) sont enregistrées dans le journal de diagnostic.

    • Pour les besoins de maintenance, vous pouvez envoyer n'importe quel texte aux flux de sortie standard à l'aide de la commande [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page667.html). A noter que les applications 4D headless ne peuvent être fermées qu'en appelant [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou en utilisant le gestionnaire de tâches du système d'exploitation. | | `--dataless` | | Lance 4D, 4D Server, une application fusionnée ou tool4d en mode sans données. Le mode Dataless est utile lorsque 4D exécute des tâches sans données (compilation de projet par exemple). Dans ce mode :
  • Aucun fichier contenant des données n'est ouvert, même s'il est spécifié dans la ligne de commande ou le fichier `.4DLink`, ou lors de l'utilisation des commandes `CREATE DATA FILE` et `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Les commandes qui manipulent les données généreront une erreur. Par exemple, `CREATE RECORD` renvoie le message "aucune table à laquelle appliquer la commande".

    • **Note** :
  • S'il est passé en ligne de commande, le mode dataless s'applique à toutes les bases de données ouvertes dans 4D, tant que l'application n'est pas fermée.
  • S'il est passé à l'aide du fichier `.4DLink`, le mode dataless ne s'applique qu'à la base de données spécifiée dans le fichier` .4DLink`. Pour plus d'informations sur les fichiers `.4DLink`, voir [Raccourcis d'ouverture de projet](../GettingStarted/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Chemin de fichier | Chemin d'accès du fichier personnalisé WebAdmin `.4DSettings` pour le [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Clé d'accès du [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Clé d'accès du [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | Statut du démarrage automatique du [serveur web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md). Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Stocke la clé d'accès et les paramètres de démarrage automatique dans le fichier de paramètres courant (c'est-à-dire le fichier [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) par défaut ou un fichier personnalisé désigné par le paramètre `--webadmin-settings-path`). Utilisez l'argument `--webadmin-store-settings` pour enregistrer ces paramètres si nécessaire. Non disponible avec [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--utility` | | Disponible uniquement avec 4D Server. Lance [4D Server en mode utilitaire](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/licenses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/licenses.md index 14a6cd0beda1b1..8a62275d777892 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/licenses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/licenses.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Aucune activation n’est requise pour les usages suivants : ## Première activation -Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. The dialog box for choosing the activation mode appears. +Pour activer 4D, sélectionnez la commande **Gestionnaire de licences...** du menu **Aide**. Pour activer 4D Server, lancez l'application 4D Server. La boîte de dialogue de choix du mode d'activation apparaît. ![](../assets/en/getStart/server1.png) diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md index 279e5d3a07eea3..c319c133a8f973 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md @@ -180,6 +180,12 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Les fonctions de classe sont des propriétés spécifiques de la classe. Ce sont des objets de la classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). Dans le fichier de définition de classe, les déclarations de fonction utilisent le mot-clé `Function`, et le nom de la fonction. Le nom de la fonction doit être conforme aux [règles de nommage des propriétés](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -299,6 +305,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Une fonction class constructor accepte des [paramètres](#parameters) facultatifs et peut être utilisée pour créer et initialiser des objets de la classe utilisateur. Lorsque vous appelez la fonction [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) , le constructeur de la classe est appelé avec les paramètres facultatifs passés à la fonction `new()` . diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md index a6bce5839edc97..2e2f92739c2da7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ La valeur par défaut dépend du type de variable : | ---------- | -------------------- | | Booleen | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | Picture | picture size=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md index 5b3eda9051723f..ea786343ba98cf 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ Les séquences d’échappement suivantes peuvent être utilisées dans les cha | Opération | Syntaxe | Retourne | Expression | Valeur | | ------------------- | ---------------- | -------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Répétition | Chaîne * Nombre | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concaténation | Chaîne + Chaîne | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Répétition | Chaîne * Nombre | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Egalité | Chaîne = Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Inégalité | Chaîne # Chaîne | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 63484039897a3d..46fed130aba9f6 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Souvent, les mêmes symboles sont utilisés pour des opérations différentes, e | Type de données | Opération | Exemple | | ----------------- | ---------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Addition | 1 + 2 ajoute les nombres, le résultat est 3 | -| String | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | +| Text | Concaténation | “Bonjour” + “à tous” concatène (met bout à bout) les chaînes, le résultat est “Bonjour à tous” | | Date et Numérique | Addition de date | !1989-01-01! + 20 ajoute 20 jours à la date 1 janvier 1989, le résultat est la date 21 janvier 1989 | @@ -294,10 +294,10 @@ Vous vous référez à une expression via le type de données qu’elle retourne | Expression | Type | Description | | ----------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| “Bonjour” | String | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | -| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | String | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | -| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | String | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | +| “Bonjour” | Text | Le mot Bonjour est une constante chaîne, signalée par les guillemets. | +| “Bonjour ” + “à tous” | Text | Deux chaînes, “Bonjour ” et “à tous”, sont mises bout à bout (concaténées) à l'aide de l'opérateur de concaténation de chaînes (+). La chaîne “Bonjour à tous” est retournée. | +| “Mr. ” + [Personnes]Nom | Text | Deux chaînes sont concaténées : la chaîne "Mr." et la valeur courante du champ Nom dans la table Personnes. Si le champ contient “Dupont”, l'expression retourne “M. Dupont”. | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Cette expression utilise `Uppercase`, une commande du langage, pour convertir la chaîne "dupont" en majuscules. Elle retourne “DUPONT”. | | 4 | Number | C'est une constante numérique, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Deux nombres, 4 et 2, sont multipliés à l'aide de l'opérateur de multiplication (*). Le résultat est le nombre 8. | | MonBouton | Number | C'est le nom d'un bouton. Il retourne la valeur courante du bouton : 1 s'il y a eu un clic sur le bouton, 0 sinon. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md index 485723ea0f2758..17b4aa904b9e03 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md @@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ System variables are used by [4D commands](commands.md). Refer to the "System va | System variable name | Type | Description | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. To use a different separator, assign a new value to the system variable. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md index b82f841b6e6428..36b90d94534a37 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Voici les propriétés retournées dans le paramètre *$editor* : | -------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | L'ensemble du formulaire | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objet fichier du formulaire | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nom du formulaire | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nom du formulaire | | $editor.editor.table | number | Numéro de table du formulaire, 0 pour un formulaire projet | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | Numéro de la page courante | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | Page courante, contenant tous les objets du formulaire et l'ordre de saisie de la page | @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Voici les propriétés que vous pouvez passer dans l'objet `$result` si vous vou | formProperties | Object | Propriétés du formulaire si modifiées par la macro | | editor.groups | Object | informations du groupe, si les groupes sont modifiés par la macro | | editor.views | Object | informations sur les vues, si les vues sont modifiées par la macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nom de la vue active | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nom de la vue active | Par exemple, si des objets de la page courante et des groupes ont été modifiés, vous pouvez écrire ce qui suit : @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Lors de la manipulation de l'attribut `method` des objets de formulaire, vous po | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ---- | ----------- | | | | | - source|Chaine|Code de la méthode| + source|Text|method code| 4D créera un fichier en utilisant le nom de l'objet dans le dossier "objectMethods" avec le contenu de l'attribut `source`. Cette fonctionnalité n'est disponible que pour le code macro. diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index a5d1c3ae32a19d..ab2472bd8bd2fa 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ La gestion des sélections s'effectue différemment selon que la list box de typ - **List box de type collection/entity selection** : les sélections sont gérées via des propriétés de list box dédiées : - [Elément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) est un objet qui reçoit l'élément/l'entité sélectionné(e), - - [Eléments sélectionnés](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) retourne la collection des éléments sélectionnés, + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Position élément courant](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retourne la position de l'élément ou de l'entité sélectionné(e). - **List box de type tableau :** la commande `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` permet de sélectionner par programmation une ou plusieurs lignes de list box. En outre, [la variable associée à l’objet List box](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) peut être utilisée pour lire, fixer ou stocker les sélections de lignes dans l’objet. Cette variable correspond à un tableau de booléens automatiquement créé et maintenu par 4D. La taille de ce tableau est déterminée par celle de la list box : il contient le même nombre d’éléments que le plus petit tableau associé aux colonnes. Chaque élément de ce tableau contient `Vrai` si la ligne correspondante est sélectionnée et `Faux` sinon. 4D met à jour le contenu de ce tableau en fonction des actions utilisateur. A l’inverse, vous pouvez modifier la valeur des éléments de ce tableau afin de modifier la sélection dans la list box. En revanche, vous ne pouvez ni insérer ni supprimer de ligne dans ce tableau ; il n’est pas possible non plus de le retyper. La commande `Count in array` est utile dans ce cas pour connaître le nombre de lignes sélectionnées. Par exemple, cette méthode permet d’inverser la sélection de la première ligne de la list box (type tableau) : diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 07a61fc9465f2b..8c8e1087b8ccae 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ There are several types of calculations available. The following table shows whi | Minimum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Maximum | X | X | X | X | X | | Same as column type | | Sum | X | | | X | X | | Same as column type | -| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Count | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Average | X | | | X | | | Real | | Standard deviation(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variance(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 9abc109d845d64..26fc303ff7da9c 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Lorsque la propriété [Accès méthodes 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-met :::note Notes - Cette propriété n'est disponible que si la zone web [utilise le moteur de rendu web intégré](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -- For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. +- Pour des raisons de sécurité, puisqu'elle permet d'exécuter du code 4D, cette option ne doit être activée que pour les pages de confiance, telles que les pages générées par l'application. ::: @@ -46,23 +46,23 @@ Le [moteur de rendu Web intégré 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-ren Par exemple, pour appeler la méthode 4D `HelloWorld`, vous devez simplement exécuter la déclaration suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript est sensible à la casse. Il est donc important de noter que l'objet est nommé $4d (avec un "d" minuscule). La syntaxe des appels aux méthodes 4D est la suivante : -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN` : Vous pouvez passer autant de paramètres que vous le souhaitez dans la méthode 4D. Ces paramètres peuvent être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). -- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière sychronisée une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. +- `function(result)` : Fonction à passer comme dernier argument. Cette fonction "callback" est appelée de manière synchrone une fois que la méthode 4D a fini de s'exécuter. Elle reçoit le paramètre `result`. - `result`: Résultat de l'exécution de la méthode 4D, retournée dans l'expression "$0". Ce résultat peut être de n'importe quel type pris en charge par JavaScript (chaîne, numérique, tableau, objet). Vous pouvez utiliser la commande `C_OBJECT` pour retourner les objets. -> Par défaut, 4D opère en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Par défaut, 4D travaille en UTF-8. Lorsque vous retournez du texte contenant des caractères étendus, tels que des caractères avec des accents, assurez-vous que l'encodage de la page affiché dans la zone Web est déclaré en UTF-8, sinon les caractères risquent de ne pas être retournés correctement. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` #### Exemple 1 diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index dbd4725a556532..4361d9c4c9748e 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | attributeName | Text | Nom de l'attribut calculé | | dataClassName | Text | Nom de la dataclass | | kind | Text | "get" | -| result | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | +| Résultat | Variant | Optionnel. Complétez cette propriété avec la valeur Null si vous souhaitez qu'un champ scalaire retourne Null | #### Exemples @@ -467,7 +467,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | kind | Text | "query" | | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | Opérateur de requête (voir également la fonction de classe [`query`](API/DataClassClass.md#query)). Valeurs possibles :
  • == (égal à, @ est un joker)
  • === (égal à, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • != (non égal à, @ est un joker)
  • !== (non égal à, @ n'est pas un joker)
  • < (inférieur à)
  • <= (less than or equal to)
  • > (supérieur à)
  • >= (supérieur ou égal à)
  • IN (inclus dans)
  • % (contient un mot-clé)
    • | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la requête par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les champs calculés). | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` dans cette propriété si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter la requête par défaut (toujours séquentielle pour les champs calculés). | > Si la fonction retourne une valeur dans *$result* et qu'une autre valeur est attribuée à la propriété `$event.result`, la priorité est donnée à `$event.result`. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ Les propriétés du paramètre *$event* sont les suivantes : | value | Variant | Valeur à gérer par l'attribut calculé | | operator | Text | "desc" or "asc" (default) | | descending | Boolean | `true` pour l'ordre décroissant, `false` pour l'ordre croissant | -| result | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | +| Résultat | Variant | Valeur devant être gérée par le champ calculé. Passez `Null` si vous voulez laisser 4D exécuter le tri par défaut. | > Vous pouvez utiliser soit `l'opérateur`, soit la propriété `descending`. C'est essentiellement une question de style de programmation (voir les exemples). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md index 3ed71956d060ed..ac936fdeb08d4b 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ La syntaxe du fichier `roles.json` est la suivante: | Nom de propriété | | | Type | Obligatoire | Description | | ---------------- | --------------- | ------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | privileges | | | Collection d'objets `privilege` | X | Liste de privilèges définis | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nom de privilège | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nom de privilège | | | \[].includes | | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de noms de privilèges inclus | | roles | | | Collection d'objets `role` | | Liste de rôles définis | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nom de rôle | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nom de rôle | | | \[].privileges | | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de noms de privilèges inclus | | permissions | | | Object | X | Liste d'actions autorisées | | | allowed | | Collection d'objets `permission` | | Liste de permissions autorisées | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Nom de [ressource](#resources) cible | -| | | \[].type | String | X | Type de \[ressource\](#resources) : "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Nom de [ressource](#resources) cible | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | Type de \[ressource\](#resources) : "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | | | | \[].read | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | | | | \[].create | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | | | | \[].update | Collection de chaînes | | Liste de privilèges | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md index f48e9a8c2b2c22..1bd37352542e6d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md @@ -168,8 +168,8 @@ _italic_ ```md | Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Write pro area| -| toolbar | String |Toolbar name | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md index b08f5644683adf..0e71a23056426a 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Seules les dataclass exposées apparaissent dans cette liste pour le datastore d Voici une description des propriétés retournées pour chaque dataclass dans le datastore de votre projet : -| Propriété | Type | Description | -| --------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass. | -| uri | String | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | -| dataURI | String | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | +| Propriété | Type | Description | +| --------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Un URI vous permettant d'obtenir des informations sur la dataclass et ses attributs. | +| dataURI | Text | URI vous permettant d'afficher les données dans la dataclass. | ### Exemple @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ Les propriétés suivantes sont retournées pour une dataclass exposée : | Propriété | Type | Description | | -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nom de la dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | +| name | Text | Nom de la dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nom d'une entity selection dans la dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Numéro de la table dans la base 4D | -| scope | String | Étendue de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont **l'étendue** (scope) est publique sont affichées) | -| dataURI | String | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | +| scope | Text | Étendue de la dataclass (à noter que seules les dataclasses dont **l'étendue** (scope) est publique sont affichées) | +| dataURI | Text | Un URI aux données de la dataclass | ### Attribut(s) @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ Voici les propriétés de chaque attribut exposé qui sont retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Le nom de l’attribut. | -| kind | String | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | Le nom de l’attribut. | +| kind | Text | Type d'attribut (stockage ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Position du champ dans la table de la base. | -| scope | String | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | -| indexed | String | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| type | String | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | +| scope | Text | Portée de l'attribut (seuls les attributs dont la portée est publique apparaîtront). | +| indexed | Text | Si un **type d'index** a été sélectionné, cette propriété retournera true. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | +| type | Text | Type d'attribut de chaîne (booléen, blob, octet, date, durée, image, long, long64, numérique, chaîne, uuid ou mot) ou la dataclasse pour un attribut de relation N-> 1. | | identifying | Boolean | Cette propriété retourne True si l'attribut est la clé primaire. Sinon, cette propriété n'apparaîtra pas. | -| path | String | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | -| inverseName | String | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | +| path | Text | Nom de la dataclass pour un attribut relatedEntity, ou nom de la relation pour un attribut relatedEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | Pour un attribut relatedEntity, nom de l'attribut associé. | +| inverseName | Text | Nom de la relation opposée pour un attribut relatedEntity ou relatedEntities. | ### Clé primaire diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md index ceea4b7c65cba7..4fad2c6bf578e7 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ Après que vous ayez créé un entity set, l'ID de l'entity set est retourné av Crée un autre entity set basé sur des entity sets préalablement créés -| Paramètres | Type | Description | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | -| $otherCollection | String | ID de l'entity set | +| Paramètres | Type | Description | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | L'un des opérateurs logiques à tester avec l'autre entity set | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID de l'entity set | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md index 0115d2322b166a..b281ba0fa4b61f 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Pour chaque sélection d'entités stocké dans le cache de 4D Server, les inform | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | -| dataClass | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| id | Text | Un UUID qui référence l'entity set. | +| dataClass | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Nombre d'entités dans l'entity set. | | sorted | Boolean | Retourne vrai si l'ensemble a été trié (à l'aide de `$orderby`) ou faux s'il n'est pas trié. | | refreshed | Date | Date de la création ou de la dernière utilisation de l'entity set. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Pour chaque session utilisateur, les informations suivantes sont retournées dan | Propriété | Type | Description | | ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Un UUID qui référence la session. | -| userName | String | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | +| sessionID | Text | Un UUID qui référence la session. | +| userName | Text | Nom de l'utilisateur qui lance la session. | | lifeTime | Number | La durée d'une session utilisateur en secondes (3600 par défaut). | | expiration | Date | Date et heure d'expiration courante de la session utilisateur. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md index ca7402c82548bc..fff20f0903c0b4 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Dans la collection d'étapes, il existe un objet avec les propriétés suivantes | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Description | String | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | +| Description | Text | Requête exécutée ou "AND" lorsqu'il existe plusieurs étapes | | time | Number | Nombre de millisecondes nécessaires pour exécuter la requête | | recordsfounds | Number | Nombre d'enregistrements trouvés | | steps | Collection | Une collection avec un objet définissant l'étape suivante du chemin de la requête | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md index 8aceeaccd8cd5f..7d5143c119dfff 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ $queryplan retourne le plan de la requête telle qu'il a été exécuté par 4D | Propriété | Type | Description | | --------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| item | String | Requête exécutée | +| item | Text | Requête exécutée | | subquery | Tableau | S'il existe une sous-requête, un objet supplémentaire contenant une propriété d'élément (comme celle indiquée ci-dessus) | Pour plus d'informations sur les plans de requête, reportez-vous à [queryPlan ete queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 944da63127457c..5e70d2e292f83d 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Les entités passées en paramètres sont référencées sur le serveur via leur | Propriétés | Type | Description | | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obligatoire - Indique la Dataclass de l'entité | | __ENTITY | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une entité | | __KEY | mixte (type identique à celui de la clé primaire) | Optionnel - clé primaire de l'entité | @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ L'entity selection doit avoir été définie au préalable à l'aide de [$method | Propriétés | Type | Description | | --------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Attributs de l'entité | mixte | Optionnelle - Valeurs à modifier | -| __DATASET | String | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | +| __DATASET | Text | Obligatoire - entitySetID (UUID) de la sélection d'entité | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | Obligatoire - Vrai pour indiquer au serveur que le paramètre est une sélection d'entité | Reportez-vous aux exemples de [réception d'une sélection d'entité](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md index 0e4c813881e483..1b0416b1f44519 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Voici une description des données retournées : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nom de la dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nom de la dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Nombre d'entités dans la dataclass. | | __SENT | Number | Nombre d'entités envoyées par la requête REST. Ce nombre peut être le nombre total d'entités s'il est inférieur à la valeur définie par `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Numéro d'entité à partir duquel la sélection commence. Soit 0 par défaut soit la valeur définie par `$skip`. | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Chaque entité contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Type | Description | | ----------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | +| __KEY | Text | Valeur de la clé primaire définie pour la dataclass. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Horodatage de la dernière modification de l'entité | | __STAMP | Number | Tampon interne qui est nécessaire lors de la modification des valeurs de l'entité lors de l'utilisation de `$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md index a4bd79a68e22b7..17f208459900bc 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ Il contient les propriétés suivantes : | Propriété | Value type | Description | | ------------ | ---------- | -------------------------------------------- | -| version | Longint | Internal component version | +| version | Integer | Internal component version | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Creation date | | dateModified | Timestamp | Last modification date | | meta | Object | Free contents, reserved for the 4D developer | diff --git a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md index 2a5932f5282de2..a9cff65fd93195 100644 --- a/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md +++ b/i18n/fr/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md @@ -4241,7 +4241,7 @@ Dans l'objet *parameters*, passez l'une des propriétés optionnelles suivantes. | onEvent | objet (formula) | Une méthode callback qui sera lancée lorsque la zone hors écran sera prête. Elle peut être soit :
  • une fonction `onEvent` d'une classe, soit
  • un objet `Formula`
    • Par défaut, la méthode callback est appelée sur les événements [`On VP Ready`](../Events/onVpReady.md), [`On Load`](../Events/onLoad.md), [`On Unload`](../Events/onUnload.md), [`On End URL Loading`](../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md), [`On URL Loading Error`](../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md), [`On VP Range Changed`](../Events/onVpRangeChanged.md), ou [`On Timer`](../Events/onTimer.md). La méthode callback peut être utilisée pour accéder à [l'objet 4D View Pro](configuring.md#4d-view-pro-form-object-variable). | | autoQuit | boolean | Vrai (valeur par défaut) si la commande doit stopper l'exécution de la formule lorsque les événements [`On End URL Loading`](../Events/onEndUrlLoading.md) ou [`On URL Loading Error`](../Events/onUrlLoadingError.md) se produisent. Si faux, vous devez utiliser les commandes `CANCEL` ou `ACCEPT` dans la méthode callback *onEvent*. | | timeout | number | Durée maximale (exprimée en secondes) avant la fermeture de la zone si aucun événement n'est généré. Si elle est fixée à 0, aucune limitation n'est appliquée. Valeur par défaut : 60 | -| result | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | +| Résultat | mixte | Résultat du traitement (le cas échéant) | | `` | mixte | Tout attribut personnalisé qui sera disponible dans la méthode callback *onEvent*. | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json index 15642496439f96..3036eebbdeb31b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ "message": "開発環境", "description": "The label for category Development Environment in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "ランゲージ", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "4Dランゲージ", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Concepts": { @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ "description": "The label for category Spell Checker in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.String": { - "message": "String", + "message": "文字列", "description": "The label for category String in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Structure Access": { diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 9ce6db19e4aacb..da8bec5f7b8f3a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection エンティティセレクションとは、同じ [データクラス](ORDA/dsMapping.md#データクラス) に所属する一つ以上の [エンティティ](ORDA/dsMapping.md#エンティティ) への参照を格納しているオブジェクトのことです。 エンティティセレクションは、データクラスから 0個、1個、あるいは X個のエンティティを格納することができます (X はデータクラスに格納されているエンティティの総数です)。 -[`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all)、[`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query) などの [`DataClass` クラス](DataClassClass.md) の関数や、[`.and()`](#and)、[`orderBy()`](#orderby) など `EntitySelection` クラス自身の関数を用いて、既存のセレクションからエンティティセレクションを作成することができます 。 また、[`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) 関数または [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) コマンドを使用して、空のエンティティセレクションを作成することもできます。 +[`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all)、[`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query) などの [`DataClass` クラス](DataClassClass.md) の関数や、[`.and()`](#and)、[`orderBy()`](#orderby) など `EntitySelection` クラス自身の関数を用いて、既存のセレクションからエンティティセレクションを作成することができます 。 You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### 概要 @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ title: EntitySelection | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### 参照 + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## [*index*] diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md index 8441787ce81d01..b1bb784e448992 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index fbd7f63bd82430..2d6c3d8e8f89ce 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -`4D.OutGoingMessage` クラスを使うと、アプリケーションの関数が[REST リクエスト](../REST/REST_requests.md) に応答して返すメッセージを作成することができます。 レスポンスが`4D.OutGoingMessage` 型であった場合、REST サーバーはオブジェクトを返すのではなく、`OutgoingMessage` クラスのオブジェクトインスタンスを返します。 +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. 一般的に、このクラスは、[`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) キーワードで宣言され、HTTP GET リクエストを処理するように設計された関数の中で使用することができます。 このようなリクエストは、例えば、ファイルのダウンロード、画像の生成、ダウンロードなどの機能を実装するためや、ブラウザを介して任意のコンテンツタイプを受信するために使用されます。 @@ -34,67 +34,67 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage オブジェクト +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage オブジェクトは以下のプロパティと関数を提供します: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### 説明 -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. `.body` プロパティでは以下のデータ型がサポートされます: - text - blob - object - image -The `.body` property is read-write. +`.body` プロパティは読み書き可能です。 -You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. +`.body` プロパティはまた、[`setBody()`](#setbody) 関数を使用しても設定することができます。この場合、`content-type` ヘッダーは自動的に設定されます。 - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### 説明 -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ---- | --- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### 説明 -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ----- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### 説明 -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ------ | ------- | -- | ------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### 説明 -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### 説明 -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..2d6c3d8e8f89ce --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +一般的に、このクラスは、[`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) キーワードで宣言され、HTTP GET リクエストを処理するように設計された関数の中で使用することができます。 このようなリクエストは、例えば、ファイルのダウンロード、画像の生成、ダウンロードなどの機能を実装するためや、ブラウザを介して任意のコンテンツタイプを受信するために使用されます。 + +このクラアスのインスタンスは4D Server 上にビルドされ、[4D REST サーバー](../REST/gettingStarted.md) によってのみブラウザに送信することができます。 このクラスを使用することで、HTTP 以外のテクノロジー(例: モバイルなど)を使用することができます。 + +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | ------ | +| 20 R7 | クラスを追加 | + +
    + +### 例題 + +この例題では、`getFile()` 関数は[Datastore クラス](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) に実装されており、REST リクエストによって[呼び出すことができます](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword)。 ここでの目的は、**testFile.pdf** ファイルをリクエストへのレスポンスとして返すことです: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // これはバイナリーのコンテンツ + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### 説明 + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. `.body` プロパティでは以下のデータ型がサポートされます: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +`.body` プロパティは読み書き可能です。 + +`.body` プロパティはまた、[`setBody()`](#setbody) 関数を使用しても設定することができます。この場合、`content-type` ヘッダーは自動的に設定されます。 + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### 説明 + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ---- | --- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### 説明 + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- BLOB +- Object +- ピクチャー + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ----- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| key | Text | -> | Header property to set | +| value | Text | -> | Value of the header property | + + + +#### 説明 + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ------ | ------- | -- | ------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Status to set | + + + +#### 説明 + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### 説明 + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md index 68b855309b03fd..3721a271263075 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md @@ -7,11 +7,12 @@ Session オブジェクトは [`Session`](../commands/session.md) コマンド ### セッションの種類 -このクラスは 3種類のセッションをサポートしています: +The following types of sessions are supported by this class: - [**Webユーザーセッション**](WebServer/sessions.md): [プロジェクトにおいてスケーラブルセッションが有効化されている](WebServer/sessions.md#セッションの有効化) 場合、Webユーザーセッションが利用可能です。 これらは Web および REST 接続に使用され、権限を割り当てることができます。 - [**リモートクライアントユーザー セッション**](../Desktop/clientServer.md#リモートユーザーセッション): クライアント/サーバーアプリケーションでは、リモートユーザーは、サーバー上で管理される独自のセッションを持ちます。 - [**ストアドプロシージャーセッション**](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.ja.html): サーバ上で実行されるすべてのストアドプロシージャーは、同じ仮想ユーザーセッションを共有します。 +- [**Standalone session**](../Project/overview.md#development): Local session object returned in single-user application (useful in development and test phases of client/server applications). :::note @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ Session オブジェクトは [`Session`](../commands/session.md) コマンド :::note -この関数は、リモートクライアントとストアドプロシージャーのセッションでは何もせず、常に **true** を返します。 +This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ $expiration:=Session.expirationDate // 例: "2021-11-05T17:10:42Z" `.getPrivileges()` 関数は、対象セッションに紐づいている全アクセス権の名称のコレクションを返します。 -リモートクライアントおよびストアドプロシージャーセッションでは、この関数は "WebAdmin" のみを含むコレクションを返します。 +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function returns a collection only containing "WebAdmin". :::info @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ $privileges := Session.getPrivileges() `.hasPrivilege()` 関数は、対象セッションに *privilege* のアクセス権が紐づいていれば true、でなければ false を返します。 -リモートクライアントとストアドプロシージャーセッションでは、この関数は *privilege* に関係なく、常に True を返します。 +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function always returns True, whatever the *privilege*. #### 例題 @@ -269,11 +270,11 @@ End if #### 説明 -`.id` プロパティは、サーバー上のセッションの一意な識別子 (UUID) を格納します。 この一意の文字列は、サーバーによって各セッションに対して自動的に割り当てられ、そのプロセスを識別することを可能にします。 +The `.id` property contains the unique identifier (UUID) of the user session. With 4D Server, this unique string is automatically assigned by the server for each session and allows you to identify its processes. :::tip -[`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) コマンドにこのプロパティを渡すことで、セッションの `.storage` オブジェクトを取得できます。 +You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -345,28 +346,33 @@ End if :::note -このプロパティは、リモートクライアントおよびストアドプロシージャーセッションの場合にのみ使用できます。 +This property is only available with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: -`.info` プロパティは、サーバー上のリモートクライアントまたはストアドプロシージャーセッションの情報を格納します。 +The `.info` property describes the remote client or stored procedure session on the server, or the standalone session. -`.info` オブジェクトは、リモートクライアントおよびストアドプロシージャーセッションに対して [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) コマンドによって返されるオブジェクトと同じです。 +:::note + +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned in the "session" property by the [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) command for remote client and stored procedure sessions. +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Session info`](../commands/session-info.md) command for a standalone session. + +::: `.info` オブジェクトには、次のプロパティが格納されています: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text | セッションタイプ: "remote" または "storedProcedure" | -| userName | Text | 4Dユーザー名 ([`.userName`](#username) と同じ値) | -| machineName | Text | リモートセッション: リモートマシンの名前。 ストアドプロシージャーセッション: サーバーマシンの名前 | -| systemUserName | Text | リモートセッション: リモートマシン上で開かれたシステムセッションの名前。 | -| IPAddress | Text | リモートマシンの IPアドレス。 | -| hostType | Text | ホストタイプ: "windows" または "mac" | -| creationDateTime | 日付 (ISO 8601) | セッション作成の日時 | -| state | Text | セッションの状態: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | セッションUUID ([`.id`](#id) と同じ値)) | -| persistentID | Text | リモートセッション: セッションの永続的な ID | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | -------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Session type: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | 4Dユーザー名 ([`.userName`](#username) と同じ値) | +| machineName | Text | リモートセッション: リモートマシンの名前。 Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | リモートセッション: リモートマシン上で開かれたシステムセッションの名前。 | +| IPAddress | Text | リモートマシンの IPアドレス。 | +| hostType | Text | ホストタイプ: "windows" または "mac" | +| creationDateTime | 日付 (ISO 8601) | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | セッションの状態: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | +| ID | Text | セッションUUID ([`.id`](#id) と同じ値)) | +| persistentID | Text | リモートセッション: セッションの永続的な ID | :::note @@ -402,7 +408,7 @@ End if :::note -この関数は、リモートクライアントとストアドプロシージャーのセッションでは常に **false** を返します。 +This function always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -450,7 +456,7 @@ End if :::note -この関数は、リモートクライアントとストアドプロシージャーのセッションでは何もせず、常に **false** を返します。 +This function does nothing and always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -531,7 +537,7 @@ End if :::tip -セッションの `.storage` プロパティは [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) コマンドで取得できます。 +You can get the `.storage` property of a session using the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -580,6 +586,7 @@ End use - Webセッションでは、このプロパティはデフォルトで空の文字列です。 これは、[`setPrivileges()`](#setprivileges) 関数の `privileges` プロパティを使って設定することができます。 - リモートおよびストアドプロシージャーセッションでは、このプロパティは [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md) コマンドと同じユーザー名を返します。 +- With standalone sessions, this property contains "designer" or the name set with the [`SET USER ALIAS`](../commands-legacy/set-user-alias.md) command. このプロパティは **読み取り専用** です。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md index 2f83fbbc2cd263..6c670594abb75c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md @@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ Class オブジェクトそのものは [共有オブジェクト](shared.md) // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラス関数とは、当該クラスのプロパティです。 クラス関数は [`4D.Function`](API/FunctionClass.md) クラスのオブジェクトです。 クラス定義ファイルでは、`Function` キーワードに続けて関数名を指定して宣言をおこないます。 [共有クラス](#共有クラス) 内で関数が宣言されている場合は、`shared` キーワードを使用することによって、[`Use...End use` structure](shared.md#useend-use) 構文なしで関数を呼び出せるようにできます。 詳細については、後述の [共有関数](#共有関数) の項目を参照ください。 @@ -325,6 +331,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラスコンストラクター関数を使って、ユーザークラスのオブジェクトを生成・初期化することができます。 このコンストラクターは任意の [引数](#引数) を受け取ることができます。 クラスコンストラクターが定義されていると、[`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) 関数を呼び出したときに、当該コンストラクターが呼び出されます (コンストラクターで引数を指定している場合は `new()` 関数に渡します)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md index b98205cbe1e901..e5fea99a7a26e9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: フォームイベント フォームイベントとは、フォームメソッドやフォームオブジェクトメソッドの実行につながるイベントのことです。 フォームイベントにより、アプリケーションの流れをコントロールしたり、特定のイベントが発生したときにのみ実行されるコードを書くことができます。 -コードの中では、トリガーされたイベントを返す `FORM Event` コマンドを使ってイベントを制御します。 例: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. 例: ```4d // ボタンのコード @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## イベントオブジェクト -各イベントは、`FORM Event` コマンドによってオブジェクトとして返されます。 デフォルトで、以下のプロパティが含まれています: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. デフォルトで、以下のプロパティが含まれています: | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md index dd0928e0c799dd..cade341965a04b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -100,6 +100,8 @@ title: フォームエディター ### プロパティリスト +![](../assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png) + フォームおよびフォームオブジェクトはプロパティを持ち、フォームへのアクセスやフォームの外観、およびフォーム使用時の動作が制御されます。 フォームプロパティには、たとえばフォーム名、メニューバー、フォームサイズなどがあります。 またオブジェクトプロパティには、たとえばオブジェクト名、オブジェクトサイズ、背景色、フォントなどがあります。 プロパティリストを使用して、フォームおよびオブジェクトプロパティを表示・変更できます。 エディター上でオブジェクト選択していればそのプロパティが、オブジェクトを選択していない場合はフォームのプロパティがプロパティリストに表示されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index 91b09d457cdc65..3f51945f067bb6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: フォームプロパティ > 配色プロパティは、macOS でのみ適用されます。 -このプロパティは、フォームのカラースキームを定義します。 このプロパティが設定されていない場合のデフォルトでは、カラースキームの値は **継承済み** です (フォームは [アプリケーションレベル](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page1762.html) で定義されたカラースキームを使用します)。 これは、フォームに対して以下の 2つのオプションのいずれかに変更することができます: +このプロパティは、フォームのカラースキームを定義します。 By default when the property is not set, the value for a color scheme is **inherited** (the form uses the scheme defined at the [application level](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)). これは、フォームに対して以下の 2つのオプションのいずれかに変更することができます: - dark - 暗い背景に明るいテキスト - light - 明るい背景に暗いテキスト @@ -38,20 +38,33 @@ title: フォームプロパティ --- -## Pages +## Form Class -各フォームは、少なくとも 2つのページで構成されています: +Name of an existing [user class](../Concepts/classes.md#class-definition) to associate to the form . The user class can belong to the host project or to a [component](../Extensions/develop-components.md#sharing-of-classes), in which case the formal syntax is "[_componentNameSpace_](../settings/general.md#component-namespace-in-the-class-store).className". -- ページ0 (背景ページ) -- ページ1 (メインページ) +Associating a class to the form provides the following benefits: -詳細については [フォームのページ](forms.md#フォームのページ) を参照ください。 +- When you work in the [Form editor](../FormEditor/formEditor.md), the associated class is used for accurate syntax checking of expressions such as `Form.myProperty` in all areas of the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) that support [expressions](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) (e.g. **Variable or Expression**, **Font color expression**...). Errors are displayed in red and warnings are displayed in yellow in the left column of the Property list and you can hover it to get explanations: + +![](../assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png) + +- The detection of errors in the code of form object expressions by the [compiler](../Project/compiler.md) is improved. + +- You can also to benefit from [autocompletion features](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#autocomplete-functions) in the code editor. + +- When the form is executed, 4D automatically instantiates a user class object for the form, which is returned by the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) object. Your code can directly access class functions defined in the user class through the `Form` command (e.g. `Form.message()`) without having to pass a _formData_ object as parameter to the [`DIALOG`](../commands/dialog.md), [`Print form`](../commands/print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](../commands/form-load.md) commands. + +:::note + +See [this blog post](http://blog.4d.com/empower-your-development-process-with-your-forms) for an illustration of this feature. + +::: #### JSON 文法 -| 名称 | データタイプ | とりうる値 | -| ----- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | -| pages | collection | ページのコレクション (各ページはオブジェクトで、ページ0 は最初の要素です) | +| 名称 | データタイプ | とりうる値 | +| --------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| formClass | string | name of an existing user class ("_className_" or "_componentNameSpace_._className_") | --- @@ -125,6 +138,23 @@ title: フォームプロパティ --- +## Pages + +各フォームは、少なくとも 2つのページで構成されています: + +- ページ0 (背景ページ) +- ページ1 (メインページ) + +詳細については [フォームのページ](forms.md#フォームのページ) を参照ください。 + +#### JSON 文法 + +| 名称 | データタイプ | とりうる値 | +| ----- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| pages | collection | ページのコレクション (各ページはオブジェクトで、ページ0 は最初の要素です) | + +--- + ## サブフォームとして公開 コンポーネントフォームをホストアプリケーションの [サブフォーム](FormObjects/subform_overview.md) として選択するには、明示的に共有されている必要があります。 このプロパティが選択されていると、フォームがホストアプリケーションで公開されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 5bbc42e7f598c1..ce08ed2f7cfe72 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ _arrText_ 列のメソッドは以下の通りです: - **コレクション/エンティティセレクションリストボックス**: 選択項目は、専用のリストボックスプロパティを通して管理されます。 - [カレントの項目](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目) は、選択された要素/エンティティを受け取るオブジェクトです。 - - [選択された項目](properties_DataSource.md#選択された項目) は、選択された項目のコレクションです。 + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [カレントの項目の位置](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目の位置) は、選択された要素あるいはエンティティの位置を返します。 - **配列リストボックス**: `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` コマンドを使用して、プログラムからリストボックスの行を選択できます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md index d66622fa3c937a..105671aed94139 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_DataSource.md @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ title: データソース - **単純な変数** (この場合、コンパイル用に明示的に型宣言されている必要があります)。 BLOB と配列型以外のどんな型の変数も使用することができます。 変数の値は通常 `On Display Detail` イベントで計算されます。 - 標準の [Table]Field シンタックスを使用した **フィールド** ([セレクション型リストボックス](listbox_overview.md#セレクションリストボックス) のみ)。例: `[Employees]LastName`。 以下の型のフィールドを使用できます: - - String + - 文字列 - 数値 - Date - Time @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ title: データソース - **4D式** (単純な式、フォーミュラ、または 4Dメソッド)。 式は値を返す必要があります。 値は `On Display Detail` および `On Data Change` イベントで評価されます。 式の結果は、アプリケーションモードでフォームを実行すると自動で表示されます。 式は、セレクション型リストボックスではマスターテーブルの (カレントまたは命名) セレクションの各レコードごとに、コレクション型リストボックスではコレクションの各要素ごとに、エンティティセレクション型リストボックスではセレクションのエンティティごとに評価されます。 空の場合、列には何も表示されません。 以下の型の式がサポートされています: - - String + - 文字列 - 数値 - Date - Picture diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 6cc1b530c55c32..336053b24974bd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ title: オブジェクト > オブジェクト名のサイズ上限は 255バイトです。 -4Dランゲージを使用する際、オブジェクト名を使用してアクティブフォームオブジェクトを参照できます (詳細については 4Dランゲージリファレンスの [オブジェクトプロパティ](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Object-Properties.300-4505419.ja.html) を参照ください)。 +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). フォームオブジェクトの命名規則については [識別子](Concepts/identifiers.md) の章を参照してください。 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ title: オブジェクト - **[ダイナミック変数](#ダイナミック変数)**: このプロパティを使って、ダイナミック変数の型を宣言することができます。 - **[リストボックス列](listbox_overview.md#リストボックス列)**: このプロパティは列データに表示フォーマットを関連づけるのに使用されます。 提供されるフォーマットは変数型 (配列型のリストボックス) またはデータ/フィールド型 (セレクションおよびコレクション型のリストボックス) により異なります。 使用できる標準の 4D フォーマットはテキスト、数値、整数、日付、時間、ピクチャー、そしてブールです。 テキストの場合は専用の表示フォーマットがありません。 標準フォーマットのほかに、定義したカスタムフォーマットも選択することができます。 -- **[ピクチャー変数](input_overview.md)**: このプロパティを使うと、インタープリタモードにおいてフォームロード前に変数を宣言することができます。 フォーム上のピクチャー変数にピクチャーを表示する際には特別なメカニズムが使用されます。 そのため、他の型の変数とは違って、ピクチャー変数の宣言は、フォームロード前 (`On Load` フォームイベントよりも先) におこなう必要があります。 このため、フォームを呼び出す前 (たとえば `DIALOG` コマンドを呼び出す前) に`C_PICTURE(varName)` を実行するか、あらかじめプロパティリストの式の型にピクチャーを選択しておく必要があります。 +- **[ピクチャー変数](input_overview.md)**: このプロパティを使うと、インタープリタモードにおいてフォームロード前に変数を宣言することができます。 フォーム上のピクチャー変数にピクチャーを表示する際には特別なメカニズムが使用されます。 そのため、他の型の変数とは違って、ピクチャー変数の宣言は、フォームロード前 (`On Load` フォームイベントよりも先) におこなう必要があります。 To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. このいずれかをおこなわない場合、ピクチャー変数はピクチャーを正しく表示できません (インタープリターモードのみ)。 #### JSON 文法 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 486a2d9e6c1722..a43ddc7e642bc0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,75 +3,77 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Webエリア --- +Webエリアは、静的および動的な HTMLページ、ファイル、ピクチャー、JavaScript などの様々な Webコンテンツをフォーム中で表示することのできるオブジェクトです。 The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -Webエリアは、静的および動的な HTMLページ、ファイル、ピクチャー、JavaScript などの様々な Webコンテンツをフォーム中で表示することのできるオブジェクトです。 Webエリアの描画エンジンは、アプリケーションの実行プラットフォームおよび [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) オプションの設定状態により異なります。 - -同じフォーム内に複数の Webエリアを配置できます。 しかしながら、Webエリアの挿入には [いくつかの制約](#webエリアのルール) がつく事に注意して下さい。 - -いくつかの専用の [標準アクション](#標準アクション)、多数の [ランゲージコマンド](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.ja.html)、そして汎用および専用の [フォームイベント](#フォームイベント) を使用して、Webエリアの動作を制御することができます。 特別な変数を使用して、エリアと 4D環境間で情報を交換することも可能です。 +同じフォーム内に複数の Webエリアを配置できます。 Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. 特別な変数を使用して、エリアと 4D環境間で情報を交換することも可能です。 ## 特有のプロパティ ### 割り当てられる変数 Webエリアには 2つの特別な変数が自動で割り当てられます: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- Webエリアに表示されている URL の管理に使用します。 -- [`進捗状況変数`](properties_WebArea.md#進捗状況変数) -- Webエリアにロード中のページのパーセンテージを知るために使用します。 -> 4D v19 R5 以降、[Windows システムレンダリングエンジン](./webArea_overview.md#webレンダリングエンジン) を使用する Webエリアでは、進捗状況変数が更新されません。 +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --to control the URL displayed by the web area +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. + +> As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Webレンダリングエンジン -Webエリアでは、[2つの描画エンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) うちから使用するものを選択することができます。 +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. "埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用" プロパティを選択している場合、"4Dメソッドコールを許可" プロパティが選択可能になり、また、macOS と Windows 上の動作が同様であるようにできます。 Webエリアがインターネットに接続されている場合には、最新のセキュリティアップデートの恩恵を受けられるため、システムレンダリングエンジンを選択することが推奨されます。 ### 4Dメソッドコールを許可 -[4Dメソッドコールを許可](properties_WebArea.md#4dメソッドコールを許可) プロパティを選択している場合、Webエリアから 4Dメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note 注記 -- この機能は Webエリアが [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) している場合に限り、使用可能です。 +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - このオプションは 4Dコードの実行を許可するため、セキュリティ上の理由から、アプリケーションによって生成されたページなど、信頼できるページに対してのみ有効にするべきです。 ::: ### $4dオブジェクトの使用 +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. -[4Dの埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) は、$4d という JavaScriptオブジェクトをエリアに提供します。$4dオブジェクトと "." (ドット) オブジェクト記法を使用することによって、任意の 4Dプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 +For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -たとえば、`HelloWorld` という 4Dメソッドを呼び出す場合には、以下の宣言を実行します: - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript は大文字小文字を区別するため、オブジェクトの名前は $4d (dは小文字) であることに注意が必要です。 + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). 4Dメソッドへの呼び出しのシンタックスは以下のようになります: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: 4Dメソッドに対して必要なだけ引数を渡すことができます。 これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 -- `function(result)`: 最後の引数として渡される関数です。 この "コールバック" 関数は、4Dメソッドが実行を終えると同時に呼び出されます。 この関数は `result` 引数を受け取ります: +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. この "コールバック" 関数は、4Dメソッドが実行を終えると同時に呼び出されます。 It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: "$0" 式に返される、4Dメソッド実行の戻り値です。 戻り値は JavaScript でサポートされている型 (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト) のいずれかになります。 `C_OBJECT` コマンドを使用して、オブジェクトを返すことができます。 +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. 戻り値は JavaScript でサポートされている型 (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト) のいずれかになります。 -> デフォルトとして、4Dは UTF-8 文字コードで動作しています。 (アクセントが付いた文字などの) 拡張文字を含むテキストを返す場合には、Webエリアで表示されるページの文字コードが UTF-8 に宣言されていることを確認してください。文字コードが UTF-8 でない場合、文字が正しく表示されない可能性があります。 この場合、以下の 1行を HTMLページに追加して文字コードを宣言してください:
    `` +> デフォルトとして、4Dは UTF-8 文字コードで動作しています。 (アクセントが付いた文字などの) 拡張文字を含むテキストを返す場合には、Webエリアで表示されるページの文字コードが UTF-8 に宣言されていることを確認してください。文字コードが UTF-8 でない場合、文字が正しく表示されない可能性があります。 In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### 例題 1 -`today` という名の 4Dプロジェクトメソッドがあり、そのメソッドは引数を受け付けず、カレントの日付を文字列として返す場合について考えてみます。 +Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -`today` メソッドの 4Dコードです: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` Webエリアでは、 4Dメソッドは以下のシンタックスで呼び出し可能です: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Webエリアでは、 4Dメソッドは以下のシンタックスで呼び出 $4d.today() ``` -この 4Dメソッドは引数を受け取りませんが、メソッドの実行後に $0 の値を、4Dによって呼び出されるコールバック関数へと返します。 Webエリアによってロードされた HTMLページ内にこの日付を表示します。 +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Webエリアによってロードされた HTMLページ内にこの日付を表示します。 HTMLページのコードです: @@ -89,28 +91,29 @@ HTMLページのコードです: -今日は:
    +Today is:
    ``` #### 例題 2 -`calcSum` という 4Dプロジェクトメソッドがあり、そのメソッドが (``$1...$n) という引数を受け取り、その合計を `$0` に返すという場合について考えます。 +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: -`calcSum` メソッドの 4Dコードです: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // n個の実数型引数を受け取ります - C_REAL($0) // 実数の値を返します - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) Webエリア内で実行される JavaScript コードです: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // 結果は 262.5 です + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## 標準アクション -Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクション (`openBackURL`、`openForwardURL`、`refreshCurrentURL`、そして `stopLoadingURL`) を使用できます。 ボタンやメニューコマンドにこれらのアクションを割り当てることで、基本の Webインターフェースを素早く実装できます。 これらのアクションについては [標準アクション](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Standard-actions.300-4575620.ja.html) で説明しています。 - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. ボタンやメニューコマンドにこれらのアクションを割り当てることで、基本の Webインターフェースを素早く実装できます。 These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## フォームイベント @@ -151,19 +152,18 @@ Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクシ - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Webエリアのルール ### ユーザーインターフェース フォームが実行されると、他のフォームエリアとの対話を可能にする、標準のブラウザーインタフェース機能が Web エリア内で利用可能になります。 -- **編集メニューコマンド**: Webエリアにフォーカスがあるとき、**編集** メニューコマンドを使用してコピーやペースト、すべてを選択などのアクションを選択に応じて実行できます。 -- **コンテキストメニュー**: Webエリアで、システム標準の [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) を使用できます。 コンテキストメニューの表示は、`WA SET PREFERENCE` コマンドを使用することで管理可能です。 -- **ドラッグ＆ドロップ**: 4D のオブジェクトプロパティに基づき、ユーザーは Webエリア内で、または Webエリアと 4Dフォームオブジェクト間で、テキストやピクチャー、ドキュメントをドラッグ＆ドロップできます。 セキュリティ上の理由から、ファイルまたは URL のドラッグ＆ドロップによって Webエリアのコンテンツを変更することは、デフォルトで禁止されています。 この場合、カーソルは "禁止" アイコン ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png) を表示します。 "ドロップ" アイコンを表示し、[`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) イベントを発生させるには、`WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` 文を使います。 このイベントでは、[`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page1020.html)コマンドを呼び出したり、ユーザードロップに対する [URL変数](properties_WebArea.md#url) を設定することができます。 - -> 上記のドラッグ＆ドロップ機能は、[macOS のシステムレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) を使用している Webエリアではサポートされません。 +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + セキュリティ上の理由から、ファイルまたは URL のドラッグ＆ドロップによって Webエリアのコンテンツを変更することは、デフォルトで禁止されています。 In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### サブフォーム @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクシ > 他のフォームオブジェクトの上や下に Webエリアを重ねることはサポートされていません。 - ### Webエリアと Webサーバーのコンフリクト (Windows) Windows においては、Webエリアから、同じ 4Dアプリケーションで起動中の Webサーバーへのアクセスはお勧めできません。これをおこなうとコンフリクトが発生し、アプリケーションがフリーズすることがあります。 もちろん、リモートの 4D から 4D Server の Webサーバーにアクセスすることはできます。自身の Webサーバーにアクセスできないということです。 @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ Windows においては、Webエリアから、同じ 4Dアプリケーション macOS 上の Webエリアで、プログラムにより処理される URL は、プロトコルで開始されていなければなりません。 つまり、"www.mysite.com" ではな、"http://www.mysite.com" 文字列を渡さなければならないということです。 - ## Webインスペクターへのアクセス オフスクリーンの Webエリアや、フォームのWeb エリア内において、Webインスペクターを見たり使用したりすることができます。 Webインスペクターは、埋め込みWebエンジンによって提供されているデバッガーです。 Webページの情報の、コードとフローを解析します。 -Webインスペクターを表示させるには、`WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` コマンドを実行するか、 Webエリアのコンテキストメニューを使用します。 +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **`WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` コマンドの実行**
    このコマンドはスクリーン上 (フォームオブジェクト) の、またはオフスクリーンの Webエリアに対して直接使用することができます。 +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Webエリアコンテキストメニューの使用**
    この機能はオンスクリーンの Webエリアでのみ使用することができ、以下の条件を満たしている必要があります: - - エリアに対して [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) が有効化されている。 - - インスペクターの使用が、以下の宣言を用いて明示的に有効化されている: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - the [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) for the web area is enabled + - インスペクターの使用が、以下の宣言を用いて明示的に有効化されている: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> [Windows のシステムレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) の場合にこの環境設定を変更すると、変更を反映するのにエリア内でのナビゲーション操作 (たとえば、ページの更新) が必要です。 +> With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -詳細は `WA SET PREFERENCE` コマンドの説明を参照してください。 +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. -上記のとおり設定を完了すると、エリア内のコンテキストメニュー内に **要素を調査** という新しいオプションが追加されているはずです: この項目を選択すると、Webインスペクターウィンドウが表示されます。 +When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. この項目を選択すると、Webインスペクターウィンドウが表示されます。 > このデバッガーの機能の詳細に関しては、Webレンダリングエンジンにより提供されているドキュメントを参照してください。 +## プロパティ一覧 + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## プロパティ一覧 +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[タイプ](properties_Object.md#タイプ) - [オブジェクト名](properties_Object.md#オブジェクト名) - [変数あるいは式](properties_Object.md#変数あるいは式) - [CSSクラス](properties_Object.md#cssクラス) - [左](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#左) - [上](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#上) - [右](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#右) - [下](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#下) - [幅](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#幅) - [高さ](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#高さ) - [横方向サイズ変更](properties_ResizingOptions.md#横方向サイズ変更) - [縦方向サイズ変更](properties_ResizingOptions.md#縦方向サイズ変更) - [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) - [表示状態](properties_Display.md#表示状態) - [境界線スタイル](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#境界線スタイル) - [メソッド](properties_Action.md#メソッド) - [進捗状況変数](properties_WebArea.md#進捗状況変数) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### 例題 + +#### デフォルトファイル + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### 参照 +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md index 22affe86b7a43c..482f25bd819b69 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md @@ -3,6 +3,19 @@ id: updates title: リリースノート --- +## 4D 20 R8 + +Read [**What’s new in 4D 20 R8**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R8/), the blog post that lists all new features and enhancements in 4D 20 R8. + +#### ハイライト + +- Expressions used in [form object properties](../FormObjects/properties_Reference.md) now benefit from syntax checking in the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) and in the [Compiler](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax). +- You can [associate a class to a form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class) to enable code type-ahead and automatic instantiation of form data when using the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) command. +- Support of [standalone sessions](../API/SessionClass.md) to simplify local coding for client/server applications. +- 4D Language: + - Modified commands: [`FORM EDIT`](../commands/form-edit.md) +- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R8): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R8. + ## 4D 20 R7 [**4D 20 R7 の新機能**](https://blog.4d.com/ja-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R7/): 4D 20 R7 の新機能と拡張機能をすべてリストアップしたブログ記事です。 @@ -15,7 +28,7 @@ title: リリースノート - コンパイラー設定の新しい [**直接型指定モード**](../Project/compiler.md#直接型指定の有効化): コード内のすべての変数および引数を `var` と `#DECLARE`/`Function` キーワードで宣言します (新規プロジェクトではこのモードのみサポートされます)。 これに伴い、[シンタックスチェック機能](../Project/compiler.md#シンタックスチェック) が強化されました。 - [セッションシングルトン](../Concepts/classes.md#シングルトンクラス) と、新しい [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) クラスプロパティをサポート。 - New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio: [Qodly Studio デバッガーを 4D Server で有効化](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#4d-server-で-qodlyデバッガーを使用する) できるようになりました。 - 4Dクライアントアプリケーション用の新しいアプリケーションビルド XMLキー: 接続時にサーバーから送信される証明書について、認証局の 署名 や [ドメイン](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.ja.html) を検証するためのキーが追加されました。 @@ -31,7 +44,6 @@ title: リリースノート #### 動作の変更 - [4Dランゲージ](../commands/command-index.md) よび [4D Write Pro ランゲージ](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) のドキュメントが、developer.4d.com で利用できるようになりました。 これらのドキュメントに関する新機能と変更点については、このリリースノートを参照ください。 -- コンパイラー指示コマンド (`C_XXX`) は非推奨となり、`_O_C_XXX` という名前に変更されました (たとえば、`C_TEXT` は `_O_C_TEXT` という名前に変更されました)。 - [`File`](../commands/file.md) コマンド (および [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew) コマンド) は、引数として与えられた _path_ のシンタックスをより厳しくチェックする様になりました。 ## 4D 20 R6 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index d126604cc4f8e2..9aa9a6ac48a796 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // エラー (未知のメンバー機 ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (sa :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md index 42a973dd4c3921..75733413d44b69 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ title: コンパイル ### シンタックスチェック -**シンタックスチェック** ボタンは、シンタックスチェックフェーズの実行を開始します。 チェックが終了すると、検出されたエラーがすべて情報エリアに表示されます。 エラー行をダブルクリックすると、対応するメソッドを表示することができます。 +**シンタックスチェック** ボタンは、シンタックスチェックフェーズの実行を開始します。 チェックが終了すると、検出されたエラーがすべて情報エリアに表示されます。 エラー行をダブルクリックすることで、対応するメソッドやフォームオブジェクトを表示させることができます。 シンタックスチェックは、ツールバーの **コンパイラー** ボタンに割り当てられた **シンタックスチェック** コマンドから実行することもできます。 アプリケーションをコンパイルするための適切なライセンスを持たない場合は、このオプションしか使用できません。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 8898b219435929..d0f9231a1caf80 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md index 0997be02288cc9..25103f418a50a6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ title: コマンド A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ title: コマンド N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ title: コマンド P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index f8c45a5b645ca5..a156913d160afd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | データコンテキストを取得するシートのインデックス | | -| 戻り値 | Object \| Collection | <- | データコンテキスト | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | データコンテキストを取得するシートのインデックス | | +| 戻り値 | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 17e09cd8e61b27..23a41d14f767d8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | -| 戻り値 | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | 現在の表テーマのプロパティ値 | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | +| 戻り値 | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | 現在の表テーマのプロパティ値 | | #### 説明 @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ title: VP Get table theme *vpAreaName* には 4D View Pro エリアの名前を渡します。*tableName* には表組みの名前を渡します。 +*sheet* には、ターゲットシートのインデックスを渡します。 index が省略された場合、または -1 が渡された場合、コマンドはカレントシートに対して適用されます。 + このコマンドは、現在の表テーマを記述するプロパティと値を格納する、[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) クラスのオブジェクトを返します。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 754607c22d64c8..342a3d9cc707b8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | 設定する表テーマのプロパティ | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ---------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | +| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | 設定する表テーマのプロパティ | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | + + #### 説明 @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME *options* には、設定するテーマプロパティを格納する [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` クラス](../classes.md#tabletheme) のオブジェクトを渡します。 +*sheet* には、ターゲットシートのインデックスを渡します。 index が省略された場合、または -1 が渡された場合、コマンドはカレントシートに対して適用されます。 + #### 例題 1 あらかじめ定義されたテーマを表に設定します: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..ff577a9b7e401b --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +--- +id: http-request-handler +title: HTTP Request handler +--- + +By default, HTTP requests received by the 4D web server are handled through [built-in processing features](httpRequests.md) or the [REST server](../REST/REST_requests.md). + +In addition, 4D supports the implementation of **custom HTTP Request handlers**, allowing you to intercept specific incoming HTTP requests and process them using your own code. + +When a custom HTTP request handler intercepts a request, it is processed directly and no other processing features (e.g. [On Web authentication](./authentication.md#on-web-authentication) or [On Web connection](./httpRequests.md#on-web-connection) database methods) are called. + +Custom HTTP request handlers meet various needs, including: + +- using a given URL as a resource provider or a file-uploading box (to download or upload various files), +- redirecting on specific pages according to a context (user authenticated, privileges granted...), +- handle an authentication via oAuth 2.0. + +## 要件 + +Custom HTTP Request handlers are supported: + +- when [scalable sessions](./sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions) are enabled, +- with the main Web Server only (HTTP Request handlers that may have been defined in [Web Servers of components](../WebServer/webServerObject.md) are ignored). + +## HTTPHandlers.json File + +You define your custom HTTP Request handlers in a configuration file named **HTTPHandlers.json** stored in the [`Project/Sources`](../Project/architecture.md#sources) folder. + +This file contains all listened URL patterns, the handled verbs, and the code to be called. Handlers are provided as a collection in JSON format. + +At runtime, the first pattern matching the URL is executed, the others are ignored. + +Here is an example of a *HTTPHandlers.json* file contents: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "gettingStarted", + "pattern": "start", + "verbs": "get, post" + } +] +``` + +This handler declaration can be read as: when any request starting by `/start/` with a `GET` or `POST` verb is received by the server, the `gettingStarted` function of the `GeneralHandling` singleton is executed. + +:::note + +You must restart the Web server so that modifications made in this file are taken into account. + +::: + +## Handler definition + +A handler is defined by: + +- a listened URL pattern +- a function and its class where the code is implemented to handle the listened URL pattern +- the verbs with which the URL can be called to trigger the handler + +The handler identifier is the couple [pattern + a verb among the verbs list]. + +### URL patterns + +URL patterns can be given as **prefixes** or using **regular expressions**. + +- To declare a prefix pattern, use the "pattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Prefixes are considered as regular expressions already containing starting and ending `/`.\ + Ex: `"pattern" : "docs"` or `"pattern" : "docs/invoices"` + +- To declare a regular expression pattern, use the "regexPattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Regular expressions patterns are handled directly. + Ex: `"regexPattern" : "/docs/**/index.html"` + +"Pattern" and "regexPattern" properties cannot be used in the same handler definition (in this case, only the "regexPattern" property is taken into account). + +#### Pattern matching + +URL patterns are triggered in the given order: + +- the first matching pattern is executed +- the following patterns are not executed even if they match the URL + +As a consequence, you need to apply a accurate strategy when writing your handlers: the most detailed patterns must be written before the more general patterns. + +```json +[ + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleUnauthorizedVerbs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all verbs except GET (handled above)" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all the verbs" + } +] + +``` + +#### Forbidden patterns + +URL patterns matching 4D built-in HTTP processing features are not allowed in custom HTTP handlers. For example, the following patterns cannot be handled: + +- `/4DACTION` +- `/rest` +- `/$lib/renderer` +- `/$shared` + +### Class and method + +You declare the code to be executed when a defined URL pattern is intercepted using the "class" and "method" properties. + +- "class": class name without `cs.`, e.g. "UsersHandling" for the `cs.UsersHandling` user class. It must be a [**shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) and [**singleton**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) class. +- "method": class function belonging to the class. + +[See below](#request-handler-code) for information about the request handler code. + +### Verbs + +You can use the "verbs" property in the handler definition to declare HTTP verbs that are supported in incoming requests for this handler. A request that uses a verb that is not explicitely allowed is automatically rejected by the server. + +You can declare several verbs, separated by a comma. Verb names are not case sensitive. + +Ex: `"verbs" : "PUT, POST"` + +:::note + +No control is done on verb names. All names can be used. + +::: + +By default, if the "verbs" property is not used for a handler, **all** HTTP verbs are supported in incoming requests for this handler (except those possibly used beforehand in a more detailed pattern, as shown in the example above). + +:::note + +The HTTP verb can also be evaluated [using the `.verb` property within the request handler code](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#verb) to be accepted or rejected. + +::: + +## 例題 + +Here is a detailed example of a HTTPHandlers.json file: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "handle", + "pattern": "info", //URL prefix + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "UsersHandling", + "method": "manageAccount", + "pattern": "userAccount/update", //URL prefix + "verbs": "PUT,POST" + }, + { + "class": "FinancialHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/(past|today)", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/myPage.html", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", // The most specific URL first + "verbs": "GET,POST" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleDetails", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details", // The general URLs after + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", // The general URLs after + "pattern": "docs/invoices", + "verbs": "GET" + } +] + +``` + +In this example, you must implement the following functions: + +- *handle function* in the *GeneralHandling* class +- *manageAccount* in the *UsersHandling* class +- *handleInvoices* in the *FinancialHandling* class +- *handleDocs* in the *DocsHandling* class +- *handleTheInvoice* / *handleDetails* / *handleInvoices* in the *InvoicesHandling* class + +Examples of URLs triggering the handlers: + +`IP:port/info/` with a GET verb +`IP:port/info/general` with a GET verb + +`IP:port/userAccount/update/` with a POST verb +`IP:port/userAccount/update/profile` with a POST verb + +`IP:port/docs/invoices/past` with a GET verb +`IP:port/docs/invoices/today/latest` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/myPage.html` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/invoices/` with a GET verb, calls *handleInvoices* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/` with a GET verb, calls *handleDetails* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/theInvoice/xxxxxx` with a GET verb, calls *handleTheInvoice* function (*InvoiceslHandling* class) + +## Request handler code + +### Function configuration + +The HTTP Request handler code must be implemented in a function of a [**Shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) [**singleton class**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). + +If the singleton is missing or not shared, an error "Cannot find singleton" is returned by the server. If the class or the function [defined as handler](#handler-definition) in the HTTPHandlers.json file is not found, an error "Cannot find singleton function" is returned by the server. + +Request handler functions are not necessarily shared, unless some request handler properties are updated by the functions. In this case, you need to declare its functions with the [`shared` keyword](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-functions). + +:::note + +It is **not recommended** to expose request handler functions to external REST calls using [`exposed`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) or [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keywords. + +::: + +### Input: an instance of the 4D.IncomingMessage class + +When a request has been intercepted by the handler, it is received on the server as an instance of the [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md). + +All necessary information about the request are available in this object, including the request url, verb, headers, and, if any, parameters (put in the URL) and body. + +Then, the request handler can use this information to trigger appropriate business logic. + +### Output: an instance of the 4D.OutgoingMessage class + +The request handler can return an object instance of the [4D.OutGoingMessage class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md), i.e. some full web content ready for a browser to handle, such as a file content. + +### 例題 + +The [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md) provides functions to get the [headers](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#headers) and the [body](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#gettext) of the request. + +Here is a simple example to upload a file on the server. + +The **HTTPHandlers.json** file: + +```json +[ + { + "class": "UploadFile", + "method": "uploadFile", + "regexPattern": "/putFile", + "verbs": "POST" + } +] +``` + +The called URL is: http://127.0.0.1:8044/putFile?fileName=testFile + +The binary content of the file is put in the body of the request and a POST verb is used. The file name is given as parameter (*fileName*) in the URL. It is received in the [`urlQuery`](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#urlquery) object in the request. + +```4d + //UploadFile class + +shared singleton Class constructor() + + +Function uploadFile($request : 4D.IncomingMessage) : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $response:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + + var $body:="Not supported file" + var $fileName; $fileType : Text + var $file : 4D.File + var $picture : Picture + var $created : Boolean + + $fileName:=$request.urlQuery.fileName + $fileType:=$request.getHeader("Content-Type") + + Case of + : ($fileType="application/pdf") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".pdf") + $created:=$file.create() + $file.setContent($request.getBlob()) + $body:="Upload OK - File size: "+String($file.size) + + : ($fileType="image/jpeg") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".jpg") + $picture:=$request.getPicture() + WRITE PICTURE FILE($file.platformPath; $picture) + $body:="Upload OK - Image size: "+String($file.size) + + End case + + $response.setBody($body) + $response.setHeader("Content-Type"; "text/plain") + + return $response + +``` + +## 参照 + +[Perfect mastery of your back end business logic thanks to HTTP requests handlers](https://blog.4d.com/perfect-mastery-of-your-back-end-business-logic-thanks-to-HTTP-requests-handlers) (blog post) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md index 5fcb171a5fbe98..98bcf7e6d63c2f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: httpRequests title: HTTPリクエストの処理 --- -4D Webサーバーは、HTTPリクエストを処理するための機能を複数備えています: +The 4D web server provides several built-in features to handle HTTP requests: - Webアプリケーションのルーターとなる `On Web Connection` データベースメソッド。 - サーバーサイドコードを呼び出すための `/4DACTION` URL。 @@ -11,13 +11,21 @@ title: HTTPリクエストの処理 - `WEB GET HTTP BODY`、`WEB GET HTTP HEADER`、`WEB GET BODY PART` などのコマンドによって、リクエスト処理をカスタマイズすることができます (cookie 含む)。 - 変数を宣言するための _COMPILER_WEB_ プロジェクトメソッド。 +:::info + +You can also implement your own HTTP request handlers for a customized control over incoming requests and outgoing responses. When a custom HTTP request handler is triggered, no database method is called. See [**HTTP Request Handler**](http-request-handler.md) section. + +::: + ## On Web Connection `On Web Connection` データベースメソッドは、4D Webサーバーのエントリーポイントとして使用できます。 ### データベースメソッドの呼び出し -`On Web Connection` データベースメソッドは、サーバー上に存在しないページへのパスをサーバーが URL として受け取った場合に、自動的に呼び出されます。 データベースメソッドは、URL とともに呼び出されます。 +The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a valid path to an existing page on the server (and is not a URL with a pattern triggering a [custom HTTP Request Handler](http-request-handler.md)). + +データベースメソッドは、URL とともに呼び出されます。 たとえば、"_a/b/c_" という URL はデータベースメソッドを呼び出しますが、[WebFolder](webServerConfig.md#ルートフォルダー) の "a/b" サブフォルダーに "c.html" というページが存在する場合、"_a/b/c.html_" はデータベースメソッドを呼び出しません。 @@ -25,28 +33,18 @@ title: HTTPリクエストの処理 ### シンタックス -**On Web Connection**( _$1_ : Text ; _$2_ : Text ; _$3_ : Text ; _$4_ : Text ; _$5_ : Text ; _$6_ : Text ) - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| -- | ---- | :-------------------------: | ----------------------------------------------- | -| $1 | Text | <- | URL | -| $2 | Text | <- | HTTPヘッダー + HTTPボディ (32 KBまで) | -| $3 | Text | <- | Webクライアント (ブラウザー) の IPアドレス | -| $4 | Text | <- | サーバーの IPアドレス | -| $5 | Text | <- | ユーザー名 | -| $6 | Text | <- | パスワード | - -これらの引数を以下のように宣言しなければなりません: +**On Web Connection**( _$url_ : Text; _$header_ : Text; _$BrowserIP_ : Text; _$ServerIP_ : Text; _$user_ : Text; _$password_ : Text ) -```4d -// On Web Connection データベースメソッド - - C_TEXT($1;$2;$3;$4;$5;$6) +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ---------- | ---- | :-------------------------: | ----------------------------------------------- | +| $url | Text | <- | URL | +| $header | Text | <- | HTTPヘッダー + HTTPボディ (32 KBまで) | +| $BrowserIP | Text | <- | Webクライアント (ブラウザー) の IPアドレス | +| $ServerIP | Text | <- | サーバーの IPアドレス | +| $user | Text | <- | ユーザー名 | +| $password | Text | <- | パスワード | -// メソッドのコード -``` - -あるいは、[名前付き引数](Concepts/parameters.md#名前付き引数) シンタックスを利用することもできます: +You must declare these parameters: ```4d // On Web Connection データベースメソッド @@ -59,13 +57,13 @@ title: HTTPリクエストの処理 > インターフェース要素 を表示する 4Dコマンド (`DIALOG`、`ALERT` など) の呼び出しは許可されず、メソッドの処理を終了します。 -### $1 - URL追加データ +### $url - URL extra data -最初の引数 ($1) は、ユーザーが Webブラウザーのアドレスエリアに入力した URL からホストのアドレスを取り除いたものです。 +The first parameter ($url) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. -イントラネット接続の場合を見てみましょう。 4D Webサーバーマシンの IPアドレスを 123.4.567.89 とします。 以下の表は Webブラウザーに入力された URL に対して、$1 が受け取る値を示しています: +イントラネット接続の場合を見てみましょう。 4D Webサーバーマシンの IPアドレスを 123.4.567.89 とします。 The following table shows the values of $url depending on the URL entered in the web browser: -| Webブラウザーに入力された値 | $1 の値 | +| Webブラウザーに入力された値 | Value of parameter $url | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 123.4.567.89 | / | | http://123.45.67.89 | / | @@ -75,29 +73,29 @@ title: HTTPリクエストの処理 この引数は必要に応じて自由に利用できます。 4D は単に URL のホスト部より後の部分を無視し、$1 に渡します。 たとえば、値 "_/Customers/Add_" が "`[Customers]` テーブルに新規レコードを直接追加する" ということを意味するような、オリジナルのルールを作成できます。 利用可能な値やデフォルトブックマークを Webユーザーに提供することで、アプリケーションの異なる部分へのショートカットを提供できます。 このようにして、Webユーザーは新しく接続するたびにナビゲーションを通過することなく、素早く Webサイトのリソースにアクセスできます。 -### $2 - HTTPリクエストのヘッダーとボディ +### $header - Header and Body of the HTTP request -二番目の引数 ($2) は、Webブラウザーから送信された HTTPリクエストのヘッダーとボディです。 この情報は `On Web Connection` データベースメソッドに "そのまま" 渡されることに留意してください。 その内容は、接続を試みた Webブラウザーの仕様により異なります。 +The second parameter ($header) is the header and the body of the HTTP request sent by the web browser. この情報は `On Web Connection` データベースメソッドに "そのまま" 渡されることに留意してください。 その内容は、接続を試みた Webブラウザーの仕様により異なります。 アプリケーションでこの情報を使用するには、開発者がヘッダーとボディを解析しなければなりません。 `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` や `WEB GET HTTP BODY` コマンドを使うことができます。 -> パフォーマンス上の理由により、$2 を介して渡されるデータのサイズは 32KB 以下でなくてはなりません。 これを超過する分は、4D HTTPサーバーにより切り取られます。 +> For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $header parameter must not exceed 32 KB. これを超過する分は、4D HTTPサーバーにより切り取られます。 -### $3 - Webクライアントの IPアドレス +### $BrowserIP - Web client IP address -$3 引数はブラウザーマシンの IPアドレスを受け取ります。 この情報を使用して、イントラネットアクセスとインターネットアクセスを区別できます。 +The $BrowserIP parameter receives the IP address of the browser’s machine. この情報を使用して、イントラネットアクセスとインターネットアクセスを区別できます。 > 4D は IPv4 アドレスを、96-bit の接頭辞付きのハイブリッド型 IPv6/IPv4 フォーマットで返します。たとえば、::ffff:192.168.2.34 は、192.168.2.34 という IPv4 アドレスを意味します。 詳細については、[IPv6 のサポートについて](webServerConfig.md#IPv6-のサポートについて) の章を参照ください。 -### $4 - サーバー IPアドレス +### $ServerIP - Server IP address -$4 引数は 4D Webサーバーによってリクエストされた IPアドレスを受け取ります。 4D はマルチホーミングをサポートしており、複数の IPアドレスを持つマシンを使用できます。 詳細は [設定ページ](webServerConfig.md#リクエストを受け付ける-IPアドレス) を参照ください。 +The $ServerIP parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D はマルチホーミングをサポートしており、複数の IPアドレスを持つマシンを使用できます。 詳細は [設定ページ](webServerConfig.md#リクエストを受け付ける-IPアドレス) を参照ください。 -### $5 と $6 - ユーザー名とパスワード +### $user and $password - User Name and Password -`$5` と `$6` 引数は、ブラウザーが表示する標準の認証ダイアログにユーザーが入力したユーザー名とパスワードを受け取ります (入力されていれば; [認証ページ](authentication.md) 参照)。 +The $user and $password parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser, if applicable (see the [authentication page](authentication.md)). -> ブラウザーから送信されたユーザー名が 4D に存在する場合、$6 引数 (ユーザーパスワード) はセキュリティのため渡されません。 +> If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. ## /4DACTION @@ -111,7 +109,7 @@ $4 引数は 4D Webサーバーによってリクエストされた IPアドレ **利用法**: URL またはフォームアクション -この URL を使用して、任意の _Param_ テキスト引数とともに _MethodName_ に指定した 4Dプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 このメソッドは引数を _$1_ に受け取ります。 +この URL を使用して、任意の _Param_ テキスト引数とともに _MethodName_ に指定した 4Dプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 The method will receive this parameter. - 4Dプロジェクトメソッドは、[Webリクエスト用に許可](allowProject.md)されていなければなりません。メソッドのプロパティで "公開オプション: 4DタグとURL(4DACTION...)" 属性がチェックされている必要があります。 属性がチェックされていない場合、Webリクエストは拒否されます。 - `/4DACTION/MyMethod/Param` リクエストを受け取ると、4D は `On Web Authentication` データベースメソッド (あれば) を呼び出します。 @@ -137,16 +135,16 @@ $4 引数は 4D Webサーバーによってリクエストされた IPアドレ `getPhoto` メソッドは以下のとおりです: ```4d -C_TEXT($1) // この引数は常に宣言する必要があります +#DECLARE ($url : Text) // This parameter must always be declared var $path : Text var $PictVar : Picture var $BlobVar : Blob - // Resources フォルダー内の Images フォルダー内でピクチャーを探します -$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$1+".psd" + //find the picture in the Images folder within the Resources folder +$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$url+".psd" -READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) // ピクチャーをピクチャー変数に入れます -PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") // ピクチャーを ".png" 形式に変換します +READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) //put the picture in the picture variable +PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") //convert the picture to ".png" format WEB SEND BLOB($BLOB;"image/png") ``` @@ -194,15 +192,15 @@ OK="Search" 4D は `On Web Authentication` データベースメソッドを (あれば) 呼び出し、そして以下の`processForm` プロジェクトメソッドを呼び出します: ```4d -C_TEXT($1) // コンパイルモードの場合必須 - C_LONGINT($vName) - C_TEXT(vName;vLIST) + #DECLARE ($url : Text) //mandatory for compiled mode + var $vName : Integer + var vName;vLIST : Text ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrVals;0) - WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) // フォーム上の変数をすべて取得します + WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //we retrieve all the variables of the form $vName:=Find in array($arrNames;"vName") vName:=$arrVals{$vName} - If(Find in array($arrNames;"vExact")=-1) // オプションがチェックされていない場合 + If(Find in array($arrNames;"vExact")=-1) //If the option has not been checked vName:=vName+"@" End if QUERY([Jockeys];[Jockeys]Name=vName) @@ -211,21 +209,20 @@ C_TEXT($1) // コンパイルモードの場合必須 vLIST:=vLIST+[Jockeys]Name+" "+[Jockeys]Tel+"
    " NEXT RECORD([Jockeys]) End while - WEB SEND FILE("results.htm") // 検索結果が挿入される results.htm を送信します - // このページには変数 vLIST の参照が含まれています - // たとえば など + WEB SEND FILE("results.htm") //Send the list to the results.htm form + //which contains a reference to the variable vLIST, + //for example //... End if - ``` ## HTTPリクエストから値を取得する 4D Web サーバーでは、Webフォームや URL を介して POST や GET リクエストで送信されたデータを復元することができます。 -ヘッダーや URL にデータが含まれたリクエストを Webサーバーが受信すると、4D はそれに含まれる HTMLオブジェクトの値を受け取ることができます。 たとえば `WEB SEND FILE` コマンドまたは `WEB SEND BLOB` コマンドで送信され、ユーザーが値を入力・修正して確定ボタンをクリックするような Webフォームにおいてもこの原理は使用可能です。 +ヘッダーや URL にデータが含まれたリクエストを Webサーバーが受信すると、4D はそれに含まれる HTMLオブジェクトの値を受け取ることができます。 This principle can be implemented in the case of a Web form, sent for example using [`WEB SEND FILE`](../commands-legacy/web-send-file.md) or [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md), where the user enters or modifies values, then clicks on the validation button. -この場合 4D は `WEB GET VARIABLES` コマンドを使って、リクエスト内の HTMLオブジェクトの値を取得することができます。 `WEB GET VARIABLES` コマンドは、値をテキストとして受け取ります。 +In this case, 4D can retrieve the values of the HTML objects found in the request using the [`WEB GET VARIABLES`](../commands-legacy/web-get-variables.md) command. `WEB GET VARIABLES` コマンドは、値をテキストとして受け取ります。 以下の HTMLページのソースコードがあるとき: @@ -286,33 +283,33 @@ return false ユーザーが HTMLフォーム上のボタンのどれかをクリックした際に呼び出される `WWW_STD_FORM_POST` という 4Dメソッドを検証してみましょう。 ```4d - // 変数の値を取得します + // Retrieval of value of variables ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrValues;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrValues) - C_LONGINT($user) + var $user : Integer Case of - // Log On ボタンがクリックされた場合 + // The Log On button was clicked :(Find in array($arrNames;"vsbLogOn")#-1) $user :=Find in array($arrNames;"vtUserName") QUERY([WWW Users];[WWW Users]UserName=$arrValues{$user}) $0:=(Records in selection([WWW Users])>0) If($0) WWW POST EVENT("Log On";WWW Log information) - // WWW POST EVENT メソッドが情報をデータベースのテーブルに保存します + // The WWW POST EVENT method saves the information in a database table Else $0:=WWW Register - // WWW Register メソッドは新規 Webユーザーの登録を処理します + // The WWW Register method lets a new Web user register End if - // Register ボタンがクリックされた場合 + // The Register button was clicked :(Find in array($arrNames;"vsbRegister")#-1) $0:=WWW Register - // Information ボタンがクリックされた場合 + // The Information button was clicked :(Find in array($arrNames;"vsbInformation")#-1) WEB SEND FILE("userinfos.html") End case @@ -329,15 +326,15 @@ HTMLではすべてのオブジェクトがテキストオブジェクトであ 4D Webサーバーには、リクエストの処理をカスタマイズするための、低レベル Webコマンドがいくつか用意されています。 -- `WEB GET HTTP BODY` コマンドは、ボディをそのままの状態でテキストとして返します。これを必要に応じて解析することができます。 -- `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` コマンドは、リクエストのヘッダーを返します。 カスタムcookie などを処理するのに便利です (`WEB SET HTTP HEADER` コマンドも使用できます)。 -- `WEB GET BODY PART` と `WEB Get body part count` コマンドは、マルチパートリクエストのボディパートを解析して、テキスト値を取得するだけでなく、ポストされたファイルもBLOBに取得します。 +- the [`WEB GET HTTP BODY`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-body.md) command returns the body as raw text, allowing any parsing you may need +- the [`WEB GET HTTP HEADER`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-header.md) command return the headers of the request. カスタムcookie などを処理するのに便利です (`WEB SET HTTP HEADER` コマンドも使用できます)。 +- the [`WEB GET BODY PART`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part.md) and [`WEB Get body part count`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part-count.md) commands to parse the body part of a multi-part request and retrieve text values, but also files posted, using BLOBs. これらのコマンドは次の図にまとめられています: ![](../assets/en/WebServer/httpCommands.png) -4D Webサーバーは、どの Webクライアントからでもチャンクド・エンコーディングでアップロードされたファイルをサポートするようになりました。 チャンクド・エンコーディングは HTTP/1.1 にて定義されているデータ転送方式です。 これを使用することにより、最終的なデータサイズを知る事なく、データを複数の "チャンク" (部分) に分けて転送することができます。 4D Webサーバーでは、サーバーから Webクライアントへのチャンクド・エンコーディングもサポートしています (`WEB SEND RAW DATA` を使用します)。 +4D Webサーバーは、どの Webクライアントからでもチャンクド・エンコーディングでアップロードされたファイルをサポートするようになりました。 チャンクド・エンコーディングは HTTP/1.1 にて定義されているデータ転送方式です。 これを使用することにより、最終的なデータサイズを知る事なく、データを複数の "チャンク" (部分) に分けて転送することができます。 The 4D Web Server also supports chunked transfer encoding from the server to Web clients (using [`WEB SEND RAW DATA`](../commands-legacy/web-send-raw-data.md)). ## COMPILER_WEB プロジェクトメソッド diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5b08f033b16ad3 Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..7ff28f568b8a3d Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index d82887b7730e80..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index e3d2f1f663ebd9..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5f652b3e5a2356..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0dd231ca19dd39..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png deleted file mode 100644 index 994c3ff9e73ce7..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index f16b70a03bae3c..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4967a05a3c2377..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 300f99aa414aea..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6f07a37ffc4012..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png deleted file mode 100644 index b48502b3f72f32..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png deleted file mode 100644 index d6468df5305aca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8488c59b164cca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png deleted file mode 100644 index 947cd8585f81e2..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65afe8beb35b7a..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md index e1f1875ba0021f..82de5812f194d7 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **ACCEPT** コマンドは以下の目的で、フォームメソッドまたはオブジェクトメソッド（またはサブルーチン）で使用されます： * [ADD RECORD](add-record.md)、[MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md)、*\_o\_ADD SUBRECORD*、*\_o\_MODIFY SUBRECORD* を使用して開始されたレコードやサブレコードのデータ新規あるいは更新入力を受け入れる。 -* [DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドで表示されたフォームを受け入れる。 +* [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) コマンドで表示されたフォームを受け入れる。 * [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) や [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) でレコードセレクションを表示したフォームを閉じる。 **ACCEPT** はユーザがEnterキーを押したのと同じ動作をします。フォームが受け入れられると、OKシステム変数に1が設定されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md index ba91cc3201372b..2b061e3875debf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Activated** コマンドは、(廃止予定)フォームを含むウインドウがプロセスの最前面のウインドウになると、そのフォームメソッドで**True** を返します。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Activate イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Activate イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 **警告:** フォームの**Activated** フェーズに[TRACE](trace.md) または[ALERT](alert.md)を置かないでください。入れると無限ループになります。 @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [Deactivated](deactivated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md index d81ef65c7609f2..459ea17907672a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 互換性に関する注意 -*このコマンドは4D の初期のリリースに実装されたものでプロトタイプや基本的な開発には引き続き有用です。しかしながら、ビルドされ、カスタマイズされた現代的なインターフェースにおいては、データフローに関してより高度な機能とコントロールを提供する* *[DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドに基づいた一般的なフォームを使用することが推奨されます。* +*このコマンドは4D の初期のリリースに実装されたものでプロトタイプや基本的な開発には引き続き有用です。しかしながら、ビルドされ、カスタマイズされた現代的なインターフェースにおいては、データフローに関してより高度な機能とコントロールを提供する* *[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) コマンドに基づいた一般的なフォームを使用することが推奨されます。* #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md index a99d333dfd1a19..cc04e4684a9b41 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **After** 実行サイクルを生成させるには、デザインモードでそのフォームやオブジェクトのOn Validateイベントプロパティを必ず選択してください。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Validate イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Validate イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md index 21e5aeaaf108b1..02d11a3ea959c0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md @@ -59,6 +59,6 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs [End selection](end-selection.md) [FIRST RECORD](first-record.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PREVIOUS RECORD](previous-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md index e61899cf3fd348..2b31e21e1a6200 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Before** 実行サイクルを生成させるには、デザインモードでそのフォームやオブジェクトのOn Loadイベントプロパティを必ず選択してください。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Load イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Load イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md index c19aca8c4e874b..0d56f35249572c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs * 0 または省略: BLOB に保存されている値が採用されます * 1: これらの値をデフォルト値にリセットします (部数: 1; 印刷範囲: すべて) -新しいプリント設定はカレントプリンターに対して適用され、*\>* 引数なしで呼び出された *\_o\_PAGE SETUP* や [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) などのコマンドが設定を変更するまで、[カレントの 4D 印刷設定](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/) に対して適用されます。具体的には [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) と [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) コマンドのほか、4Dのメニューコマンド (デザインモード含む) で、この印刷設定使用されます。 +新しいプリント設定はカレントプリンターに対して適用され、*\>* 引数なしで呼び出された *\_o\_PAGE SETUP* や [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) などのコマンドが設定を変更するまで、[カレントの 4D 印刷設定](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/) に対して適用されます。具体的には [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) と [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) コマンドのほか、4Dのメニューコマンド (デザインモード含む) で、この印刷設定使用されます。 **BLOB to print settings**で定義した設定を保持するためには、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), および [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドは *\>* 引数付きで呼び出さなければなりません。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md index 47f20237f79d62..8ec80250c66a73 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md @@ -53,4 +53,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Compile project](compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Compile project](../commands/compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md index a3748313cd5c0c..6d99a3d67a82a0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md index d35a4efcb6eabc..ee6bbc0254942e 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GOTO OBJECT](goto-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md index 88258fc593f15e..b95effe474b415 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) +[CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md) [Current process name](current-process-name.md) [KILL WORKER](kill-worker.md) *ワーカーについて* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md index b03f2ec077364b..d7fdbe43eb5c39 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md @@ -20,9 +20,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **CANCEL** コマンドは以下の目的で、フォームあるいはオブジェクトメソッド (またはそこから呼ばれるサブルーチンで) 使用されます: * [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) 、[MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md) を使用して開始されたレコードのデータ新規あるいは更新入力をキャンセルする。 -* [DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドで表示されたフォームをキャンセルする。 +* [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) コマンドで表示されたフォームをキャンセルする。 * [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) や [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) でレコードセレクションを表示したフォームを閉じる。 -* [Print form](print-form.md) コマンドで印刷されようとしているフォームの印刷をキャンセルする (後述)。 +* [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) コマンドで印刷されようとしているフォームの印刷をキャンセルする (後述)。 データ入力のコンテキストで、**CANCEL** はキャンセルキー (**Esc**) を押したのと同じ動作をします。 @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **CANCEL** を実行待ちのキューに追加することはできません。イベントへのレスポンスとしてメソッド中で2つの**CANCEL** コマンドを実行しても、1回実行したのと同じ効果しかありません。 -最後に、このコマンドは[Print form](print-form.md) コマンド使用時にOn Printing Detail フォームイベントで使用できます。このコンテキストでは、**CANCEL** コマンドは印刷しようとしていたフォームの印刷を一時的に停止し、次のページから再開します。このメカニズムは印刷スペースがなくなったときや、ページブレークが必要な時に使用できます。 +最後に、このコマンドは[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) コマンド使用時にOn Printing Detail フォームイベントで使用できます。このコンテキストでは、**CANCEL** コマンドは印刷しようとしていたフォームの印刷を一時的に停止し、次のページから再開します。このメカニズムは印刷スペースがなくなったときや、ページブレークが必要な時に使用できます。 **Note:** この処理はすべての印刷待ちフォームをキャンセルする[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md)(\*) コマンドとは動作が異なります。 @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ CANCELコマンドが実行される (フォームや印刷がキャンセルさ [ACCEPT](accept.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9c5e0a486e2e9a..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,185 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: compile-project -title: Compile project -slug: /commands/compile-project -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| projectFile | 4D.File | → | コンパイルするプロジェクトの.4DProject ファイル | -| options | Object | → | コンパイルオプションを指定するオブジェクト | -| 戻り値 | Object | ← | コンパイルのステータスの情報を格納したオブジェクト | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 説明 - -**Compile project** は、カレントのホストプロジェクト、または*projectFile* 引数で指定したプロジェクトをコンパイルします。コンパイルについてのより詳細な情報については、*Compilation page on developer.4d.com* を参照してください。 - -デフォルトで、このコマンドはストラクチャー設定で定義されているコンパイラオプションを使用します。任意の*options* 引数を渡すことで、それらを上書きすることができます。以下のシンタックスがサポートされています: - -* **Compile project()**: 現在開かれているプロジェクトを、ストラクチャー設定で定義されているオプションを使用してコンパイルします。 -* **Compile project** (*options*): 現在開かれているプロジェクトをコンパイルします。*options* 引数で定義されたオプションでストラクチャー設定を上書きします。 -* **Compile project** (*projectFile*): *projectFile* 引数で指定された4DProject ファイルを、ストラクチャー設定で定義されているオプションを使用してコンパイルします。 -* **Compile project** (*projectFile*; *options*): 引数で指定された4DProject ファイルを、*options* 引数で定義されたオプションでストラクチャー設定を上書きします。 - -**注:** このコマンドを使用してバイナリーデータベースをコンパイルすることはできません。 - -コンパイラウィンドウとは異なり、このコマンドではコンパイルするコンポーネントを明示的に指定する必要があります。**Compile project** でプロジェクトをコンパイルする場合、*options* 引数の*components* プロパティを使用してそのコンポーネントを宣言する必要があります。なお、そのコンポーネントは既にコンパイルされている必要があるという点に注意してください(バイナリーコンポーネントはサポートされません)。 - -コンパイルされたコードは、*options* 引数の*targets* プロパティでの指定によって、DerivedData または Libraries フォルダに格納されています。.4dz ファイルを作成したい場合、コンパイルされたプロジェクトを手動でZIP圧縮するか、*プロジェクトパッケージのビルド* 機能を使用する必要があります。 - -プロパティに空のコレクションを渡した場合、**Compile project** はコンパイルせずにシンタックスチェックを実行します。 - -コンパイルエラーがもしあれば、*errors* コレクション内にオブジェクトとして返されます。 - -**注:** 他のコンパイルの実行中に、このコマンドを呼び出すことはできません(例えば、コンパイルウィンドウからローンチしたコンパイルが実行中である場合など)。 - -##### options 引数 - -*options* 引数はオブジェクト型です。利用可能なコンパイルオプションは以下の通りです。 - -| **プロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | -| ---------------------- | ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| components | コレクション | 依存したコンポーネントへの4D.File オブジェクトのコレクション(コンポーネントは既にコンパイルされている必要があります)。 | -| defaultTypeForButtons | 整数 | 取り得る値: Is real または Is longint | -| defaultTypeForNumerics | 整数 | 取り得る値: Is real または Is longint | -| generateSymbols | ブール | 返された.symbol オブジェクト内にsymbol 情報を生成するためにはTrue | -| generateSyntaxFile | ブール | プロジェクトの\\Resources\\en.lproj フォルダに *コード補完のためのシンタックスファイル* を生成するためにはTrue | -| generateTypingMethods | 文字列 | 型指定メソッドを生成する際にリセット(Reset)するか追加(append)するかを選択します。値が"append"だった場合、既存の変数宣言は変更されません(コンパイラウィンドウの振る舞い)。値が"reset" だった場合、既存の変数宣言は事前に削除されます。 | -| plugins | 4D.Folder オブジェクト | [カレントのプロジェクトのPlugins フォルダ](https://developer.4d.com/docs/ja/Project/architecture/#plugins) ではなく、使用したいプラグインのフォルダ。このプロパティは、*projectFile* シンタックスを使用した場合にのみ利用可能です。 | -| targets | 文字列のコレクション | 取り得る値: "x86\_64\_generic"、"arm64\_macOS\_lib"。また空のコレクションを渡すことでシンタックスチェックのみを実行させることもできます。 | -| typeInference | 文字列 | "all": 全ての変数を定義させる "locals": ローカル変数のみ自動定義させる "none": 自動変数定義は行わない | -| warnings | オブジェクトのコレクション | 警告の有効化状態を定義します | -| \[\].major | 数値 | 指定する警告のメインの番号、ドットの前 | -| \[\].minor | 数値 | 指定する警告の2つ目の番号、ドットの後 | -| \[\].enabled | ブール | 警告の有効化状態 | - -##### 戻り値 - -**Compile project** によって返されるオブジェクトには、最大で以下3つのプロパティが格納されています: - -| **プロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | -| --------------------------------------------------- | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | ブール | 保存アクションが成功した場合にはTrue、それ以外の場合にはFalse | -| **以下は** **error または warningの場合にのみ返されます:** | | | -| errors | オブジェクトのコレクション | コンパイルエラーまたは警告の詳細を格納したオブジェクトのコレクション | -| isError | ブール | エラーであればTrue、それ以外の場合にはwarning | -| message | 文字列 | エラーメッセージ | -| code | オブジェクト | *コードオブジェクト* | -| line | 数値 | コード内でのエラーが発生した行番号。クラスメソッドについては、ファンクション内の行番号 | -| lineInFile | 数値 | ファイル内での行番号(クラスメソッドの"line"とは異なります、また%attributes プリフィックス行を考慮に入れます) | -| ***generateSymbols オプションがTrue に設定されている場合にのみ返されます:** | | | -| symbol | オブジェクト | | -| interprocessVariables | オブジェクト | 全てのインタープロセス変数の一覧 | -| variables | コレクション | *変数オブジェクト* のコレクション | -| size | 数値 | | -| processVariables | オブジェクト | 全てのプロセス変数の一覧 | -| variables | コレクション | *変数オブジェクト* のコレクション | -| size | 数値 | | -| localVariables | オブジェクトのコレクション | メソッドごとのローカル変数の一覧 | -| code | オブジェクト | *コードオブジェクト* | -| variables | コレクション | *変数オブジェクト* のコレクション | -| methods | オブジェクトのコレクション | メソッドの一覧 | -| code | オブジェクト | *コードオブジェクト* | -| callCount | 数値 | このメソッドが呼び出された回数 | -| params | コレクション | 引数タイプのコレクション(Value Type の数値コード) | -| threadSafe | ブール | このメソッドがスレッドセーフであるかを示します | - -詳細な情報については、*Compilation tools* を参照してください。 - -###### 変数オブジェクト - -interprocessVariables.variables および processVariables.variables には以下の構造を持ったオブジェクトが格納されます: - -| **プロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | -| -------------- | ------ | ------------------------------------ | -| name | 文字列 | 変数名 | -| type | 数値 | 変数の型(Value type コマンドで返される型) | -| arrayDimension | 数値 | 配列のみ: 1 は1次元配列を、2 は2次元配列を意味します | -| code | Object | プロセス変数とインタープロセス変数のみ: 変数がどこで定義されたかの詳細 | - -###### コードオブジェクト - -**methods\[ \].code** および **errors\[ \].code** 内の*code* プロパティは、以下のプロパティを持ったオブジェクトです: - -| **プロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | -| --------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | 文字列 | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formmethod","databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (*サーバー上で実行属性* をつけてプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出した場合), "executeFormula" (フォーミュラを[PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) 経由で実行した、または4D Write Pro ドキュメント内でフォーミュラを評価した),"class", "classFunction"| -| path | 文字列 | メソッドパス([METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md) と同じフォーマット) | -| file | 4D.File | メソッドファイル | -| **Returned depending on the value of the type property:** | | | -| methodName | 文字列 | プロジェクトメソッド | -| table | Number | テーブル数(トリガ、テーブルフォームメソッドまたはテーブルフォームオブジェクトメソッドに対して返されます) | -| formName | 文字列 | フォーム名(フォームメソッドに対して返されます) | -| objectName | 文字列 | フォームオブジェクト名(オブジェクトメソッドに対して返されます) | -| className | 文字列 | クラス名 | -| functionName | 文字列 | クラスのファンクション名 | -| databaseMethod | Number | データベースメソッドのインデックス | - -#### 警告 - - シンタックスチェックのみを実行したい場合、targets 引数には空のコレクションを渡します: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection // シンタックスチェックのために空のコレクションを渡す - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -カレントのプロジェクトを、ストラクチャー設定のコンパイルオプションだけを使用してコンパイルする場合: - -```4d - var $status : Object - $status:=Compile project -``` - -Silicon Mac 上において、カレントのプロジェクトをARM のみに対してコンパイルする場合: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -カレントプロジェクトでないプロジェクトをコンパイルする場合: - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $projectFile: 4D.File - $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") - $status:=Compile project($projectFile) -``` - -プロジェクトをコンパイルし、そのコンポーネントを宣言する場合: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - var $component : 4D.File - $options:=New object - $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") - $options.components:=New collection($component) - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -プロジェクトをコンパイルするときに、518.1と518.2の警告を無効化してコンパイルする場合: - -```4d -var $options:={} -$options.warnings:=[] -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) -var $result:=Compile project($options) -``` - -#### 参照 - -[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md index d9ba6bfe24f022..960942fa094ace 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Right click](right-click.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md index c4852038e71ec4..ad0a923e9f36cd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Current form name**コマンドは、プロセスのために定義されたカレントのフォームの名前を返します。カレントフォームはプロジェクトフォームでもテーブルフォームでも可能です。 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドをカレントプロセス中に使用していなければ、デフォルトでのカレントフォームは表示または印刷されているフォームです。[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドをカレントプロセス中に呼び出していた場合、カレントフォームはこのコマンドによって設定されたフォームとなり、[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (または [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md))コマンドを呼ぶまでそれが維持されます。 +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドをカレントプロセス中に使用していなければ、デフォルトでのカレントフォームは表示または印刷されているフォームです。[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドをカレントプロセス中に呼び出していた場合、カレントフォームはこのコマンドによって設定されたフォームとなり、[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (または [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md))コマンドを呼ぶまでそれが維持されます。 コマンドは、以下のいづれかを返します: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md index df6e067394e10f..4236e683d05adf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md) [FORM SET OUTPUT](form-set-output.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md index ffbb8ce0e65876..3e94f3f6956817 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Deactivated**実行サイクルを生成させるには、デザインモードでそのフォームやオブジェクトのOn Deactivateイベントプロパティを必ず選択してください。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Deactivate イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Deactivate イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 #### 参照 [Activated](activated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md index 232ecfe6d16bed..6bb6cef32b3c77 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -**Tip:** **DEFAULT TABLE**の使用やテーブル名の省略により、ステートメントを読みやすくすることが できるかもしれません。しかし多くのプログラマーは、このコマンドが実際の価値よりも多くの問題と混乱の原因となるとみなしています。特にテーブルフォー ムとプロジェクトフォームで同じ名前のフォームが存在する場合、**DEFAULT TABLE**が使用されていると、例えば[DIALOG](dialog.md)コマンドなどでテーブルフォームのほうが使用されてしまいます。 +**Tip:** **DEFAULT TABLE**の使用やテーブル名の省略により、ステートメントを読みやすくすることが できるかもしれません。しかし多くのプログラマーは、このコマンドが実際の価値よりも多くの問題と混乱の原因となるとみなしています。特にテーブルフォー ムとプロジェクトフォームで同じ名前のフォームが存在する場合、**DEFAULT TABLE**が使用されていると、例えば[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md)コマンドなどでテーブルフォームのほうが使用されてしまいます。 **DEFAULT TABLE**コマンドは、*aTable* をカレントプロセスのデフォルトテーブルとして設定します。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md deleted file mode 100644 index 13b8d792db62a7..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: dialog -title: DIALOG -slug: /commands/dialog -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| aTable | Table | → | フォームの属するテーブルまたは 省略した場合デフォルトテーブルまたは プロジェクトフォームを使用 | -| form | Text, Object | → | プロジェクトフォームまたはテーブルフォームのフォーム名(文字列)、
    あるいはフォームを定義した.jsonファイルへのPOSIXパス(文字列)、
    あるいは開くフォームを定義したオブジェクト | -| formData | Object | → | フォームに渡すデータ | -| * | 演算子 | → | 同じプロセスを使用 | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 説明 - -**DIALOG**コマンドはユーザーに対して*form*に*formData*変数のデータ(オプション)を表示します。このコマンドは、変数を用いてユーザーから情報を取得したり、処理を実行する際のオプションなど情報をユーザーに表示するために、使用されます。 - -このコマンドはフォームに基づいた、カスタマイズされた高度なユーザーインターフェースに使用されるよう設計されています。このコマンドを使用してデータベースから、あるいは他の場所からの情報を表示したり、データ入力機能を提供したりすることができます。[ADD RECORD](add-record.md) や[MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md) コマンド等とは異なり、**DIALOG** はフォーム、フォーム上のコンテンツおよびナビゲーション・評価ボタン等を完全にコントロールことができます。 - -このコマンドは一般的に[Open form window](open-form-window.md) コマンドと合わせて使用することで、以下の例題のように洗練されたフォームを表示します: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) - -表示や取得しなければならない情報が複雑で、[ALERT](alert.md)、[CONFIRM](confirm.md)、または [Request](request.md)などのコマンドで処理しきれない場合、**DIALOG** を代わりに使用して置き換えることができます。 - -**注:** 変換されたデータベースにおいては、データベース設定の互換性ページにあるオプションを使用してダイアログボックスへのデータ入力を禁止し、変数にのみ入力可とすることができます。この制約は、以前のバージョンの4Dでの動作に相当します。 - -*form* 引数には、以下のいづれかを渡すことができます: - -* 使用するフォーム名(プロジェクトフォームあるいはテーブルフォーム) -* 使用するフォームの詳細を格納している有効な.josn ファイルへのパス(POSIX シンタックス、*フォームファイルパス* 参照) -* フォームの詳細を格納しているオブジェクト - -オプションとして、*form* 引数で指定したフォームに*formData* オブジェクトを使用して引数を渡すことができます。*formData* オブジェクト内のプロパティであればどれも[Form](form.md) コマンドを使用することでフォームコンテキストから利用可能になります。例えば、*formData* 引数に{"version","12"} というプロパティを格納するオブジェクトを渡した場合、以下のように呼び出しをすることで"Version"プロパティの値を取得することが可能です: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" -``` - -*formData* 引数にローカル引数を使用することで、呼び出しコンテキストにかかわらず、引数をフォームに安全に渡すことが可能になります。具体的には、同じプロセスの異なる場所から同じフォームが呼び出された場合、[Form](form.md).myProperty を呼び出すことで特定の値へといつでもアクセスすることが可能になります。さらには、オブジェクトは参照によって渡されることから、ユーザーがフォーム内の値を変更した場合には、その値はオブジェクト自身に自動的に保存されます。 -*formData* オブジェクトと[Form](form.md) コマンドを組み合わせることで、フォームに引数を渡したり、フォームから引数を取得したりと言ったことが、見やすくて安全なコードでいつでも可能になります。 - -**注:** *formData* 引数を渡さなかった場合、あるいは未定義のオブジェクトを渡した場合、**DIALOG** コマンドは[Form](form.md) コマンドでアクセス可能な、*form* で指定されたフォームにバインドされている新しい空のオブジェクトを、自動的に作成します。 - -ユーザーが"OK"アクション(ak accept 標準アクション、Enterキーを押す、あるいは[ACCEPT](accept.md) コマンド等によってトリガー)、あるいは"キャンセル"アクション(ak cancel 標準アクション、Escape キー、あるいは[CANCEL](cancel.md) コマンド等によってトリガー)をするとダイアログは閉じられます。OKアクションはOKシステム変数を1設定する一方、キャンセルアクションはOK変数を0に設定します。 - -ダイアログが受け入れられたからと行って、保存がされるわけではないという点に注意してください。ダイアログにフィールドが含まれる場合、変更されたデータを保存するためには[SAVE RECORD](save-record.md) コマンドを明示的に呼び出さなければいけません。 - -オプションの *\** 引数を渡すと、フォームはカレントプロセスで最後に開かれたウィンドウにロードされ、フォームをスクリーン上でアクティブにしたままこのコマンドは実行を終了します。 -このフォームはユーザーアクションに対し通常通り反応し、標準アクションまたはフォームに関連する4Dコード (オブジェクトメソッドやフォームメソッド) が [CANCEL](cancel.md) や [ACCEPT](accept.md) コマンドを呼び出すと閉じられます。カレントプロセスが終了すると、この方法で作成されたフォームは、[CANCEL](cancel.md) コマンドが呼ばれたかのように自動で閉じられます。 -この開き方では別にプロセスを開始する必要がないため、ドキュメントと一緒にフローティングパレットを表示するのに特に便利です。 - -**DIALOG**の呼び出し後、システム変数OKにはダイアログが受け入れられると1が、キャンセルされると0が設定されます。 - -**注:** - -* **DIALOG**(form;\*) シンタックスとコマンド[CALL FORM](call-form.md) を組み合わせることによってフォーム間で通信をすることができます。 -* **DIALOG**(form;\*) をコールする前に、あらかじめウィンドウが作成されている必要があります (プロセスのカレントダイアログウィンドウや、各プロセスにデフォルトで作成されるウィンドウは使用できません)。でなければ、エラー -9909 が生成されます。 -* オプションの *\** 引数を使用する場合、標準アクションまたは [CANCEL](cancel.md) や [ACCEPT](accept.md) コマンドを呼び出すと、ウィンドウは自動的に閉じられます。ウィンドウ自身の終了を別途操作する必要はありません。 - -#### 例題 1 - -以下の例題はツールパレットを作成するために使用できます: - -```4d -  //ツールパレットの表示 - $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) - DIALOG("tools";*) //即座にコントロールを返す -  //メインのドキュメントウィンドウを表示 - $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) - DIALOG("doc") -``` - -#### 例題 2 - -人物のレコードを表示しているフォームにおいて、"Check children" ボタンを押すとその人物の子供の名前と年齢を検証あるいは変更するダイアログが開く場合を考えます: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**注:** "Children" オブジェクトフィールドはこの例題においての構造を示すために表示されているだけです。 - -検証フォームにおいて、[Form](form.md) オブジェクトプロパティを変数へと割り当てているものとします: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -"Check children" ボタンの中身のコードは以下のようになります: - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //children 配列を取得 - $save:=False //save 引数を初期化 -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //各子供に対して -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //値を含んだダイアログを表示 -       If(OK=1) //ユーザーはOKをクリックした -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //強制的にオブジェクトフィールドを更新 -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("No child to check.") - End if -``` - -**注:** この例題ではデータベース内においてオブジェクト記法が有効化されていることが前提となります(*互換性ページ* を参照してください)。 - -フォームはそれぞれの子供についての情報を表示します: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -値が変更されてOKボタンがクリックされた場合、フィールドは更新されます(その後、親のレコードも保存される必要があります)。 - -#### 例題 3 - -以下の例では、.json フォームへのパスを使用して従業員リスト内のレコードを表示する場合を考えます: - -```4d - Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) - ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) - DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) -``` - -結果は以下のようになります: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) - -#### 例題 4 - -以下の例では.json ファイルをオブジェクトとして使用していくつかのプロパティを変更する場合を考えます: - -```4d - var $form : Object - $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) - $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" - $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" - $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" - Open form window($form;Plain form window) - DIALOG($form;*) -``` - -変更されたフォームが、新しいタイトル、ロゴ、そして境界線とともに返されます: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) - -#### システム変数およびセット - -DIALOGの呼び出し後ダイアログが受け入れられればOKに1が、キャンセルされれば0が設定されます。 - -#### 参照 - -[ACCEPT](accept.md) -[ADD RECORD](add-record.md) -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Form](form.md) -[Open window](open-window.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md index d822bb9f3d9ae5..4097bd7d7ffb8a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ DISPLAY SELECTION の実行中と後、ユーザが選択したレコードは U #### 例題 2 -[Form event](form-event.md "Form event")の6番目の例題を参照してください。この例題ではDISPLAY SELECTIONコマンドの実行中に発生するイベントをすべて監視するためのあらゆるチェックが示されています。 +[Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event")の6番目の例題を参照してください。この例題ではDISPLAY SELECTIONコマンドの実行中に発生するイベントをすべて監視するためのあらゆるチェックが示されています。 #### 例題 3 @@ -94,6 +94,6 @@ c. 以下のプロジェクトメソッドをメニューに関連付けます: #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) *セット* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md index b857f55b8c7cd6..7b2c7b2ae8c947 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md @@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Selected record number](selected-record-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md index 5f8cf720bee82f..c48ad184d5e790 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [Before selection](before-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LAST RECORD](last-record.md) [NEXT RECORD](next-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md index c56ff48d9d0eda..4f71b321d08f3f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs 空の文字を渡すと、キーストロークはキャンセルされ無視されます。 -通常FILTER KEYSTROKEはOn Before Keystrokeフォームイベントを処理するフォームメソッドあるいはオブジェクトメソッドで呼び出します。キーストロークイベントを検知するには、[Form event](form-event.md "Form event")コマンドを使用します。実際のキーストロークを得るには[Keystroke](keystroke.md "Keystroke")コマンドを使用します。 +通常FILTER KEYSTROKEはOn Before Keystrokeフォームイベントを処理するフォームメソッドあるいはオブジェクトメソッドで呼び出します。キーストロークイベントを検知するには、[Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event")コマンドを使用します。実際のキーストロークを得るには[Keystroke](keystroke.md "Keystroke")コマンドを使用します。 **重要**: FILTER KEYSTROKEコマンドはユーザが入 力した他の文字をキャンセルしたり置き換えたりすることを可能にします。他方特定のキーストロークに対し複数の文字を入力したい場合、スクリーン上に表示 されているテキストは、編集中のデータソースフィールドや変数の値にまだなっていないことに注意してください。データソースフィールドや変数にはデータ入 力が確定された後に値が代入されます。変数へのデータ入力を途中で取得し、この値を変更して、入力エリアに代入するのは開発者に任されています (この節の例題を参照)。 @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Get highlighted text メソッド: #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) [Keystroke](keystroke.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md index a451578ffa4b8c..c139e209c65a4c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs テーブルフォームを変換したい場合、*aTable* 引数にフォームテーブルを渡し、*formName* 引数にフォーム名を文字列として渡します。プロジェクトフォームの場合、フォーム名を直接*formName* 引数に渡します。 -[DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドに対して返されたオブジェクトを渡せば直接フォームが実行されるようにするために、**FORM Convert to dynamic** はいくつかのルールを適用しながらフォームを変換します: +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) コマンドに対して返されたオブジェクトを渡せば直接フォームが実行されるようにするために、**FORM Convert to dynamic** はいくつかのルールを適用しながらフォームを変換します: * リスト参照は、lists.json ファイルを参照するJSON ポインターではなく、リスト名として書き出されます。 * 命名フィルターおよび命名表示フォーマット(の接頭辞を使用しているもの)はfilters.json ファイルを参照するJSON ポインターではなく、値として書き出されます。 @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [Export structure file](export-structure-file.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md deleted file mode 100644 index 238c89919811a9..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-edit -title: FORM EDIT -slug: /commands/form-edit -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ) - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| aTable | Table | → | 指定時はフォームが所属するテーブル、省略時にはデフォルトテーブルを指定またはプロジェクトフォームを使用 | -| form | Text | → | フォーム名 | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 説明 - -**FORM EDIT** コマンドは*aTable* 引数で指定したテーブルに関連づけられている、*form* 引数で指定したフォームを4D フォームエディターで開きます。このとき、デザイン環境へのアクセスが必要である点に注意してください。ない場合には、エラー -9804("フォームを開けません")エラーが生成されます。 - -このコマンドは非同期です。つまりこのコマンドは呼び出されたあとすぐに呼び出し元メソッドへと戻り、フォームが開かれるのを待つことはしないということです。 - -任意の*aTable* 引数を渡した場合、そのテーブルに関連づけられたフォームを*form* 引数で指定します。この引数を省略した場合、*form* 引数はプロジェクトフォームであることを指定します。 - -*form* 引数には、4D フォームエディターで開くフォームの名前を渡します。存在しない名前を渡した場合、エラー 81("フォームが見つかりません")が生成されます。 - -#### 例題 - -*Contacts* テーブルの*Address* フォームを開きたい場合: - -```4d - FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") -``` - -*ContactList* プロジェクトフォームを開きたい場合: - -```4d - FORM EDIT("ContactList") -``` - -#### 参照 - -*デザインオブジェクトアクセスコマンド* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8a79945a1968f8..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,851 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event-code -title: Form event code -slug: /commands/form-event-code -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form event code** : Integer - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | フォームイベント番号 | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 互換性に関する注意 - -**Form event code** は以前のバージョンの4D では**Form event** という名前でした。これはオブジェクト型を返す[FORM Event](form-event.md) コマンドが追加されたときに、分かりやすさのために名称が変更されました。 - -#### 説明 - -**Form event code**コマンドは、現在生成中のフォームイベントタイプを示す数値を返します。通常フォームやオブジェクトメソッド内で**Form event code**を使用します。 - -4Dには*Form Events*テーマで定義された定数が用意されており、**Form event code**から返される値と比較することができます。 - -イベントには、一般的なイベント（任意のタイプのオブジェクトに対して生成される）と、特定タイプのオブジェクトのみに発生するイベントがあります。 - -| 定数 | 型 | 値 | コメント | -| ------------------------ | ---- | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| On Load | 倍長整数 | 1 | フォームが表示または印刷されようとしている | -| On Mouse Up | 倍長整数 | 2 | (*ピクチャーのみ*) ユーザーがピクチャーオブジェクト内にて左マウスボタンを離した | -| On Validate | 倍長整数 | 3 | レコードのデータ入力が受け入れられた | -| On Clicked | 倍長整数 | 4 | オブジェクト上でクリックされた | -| On Header | 倍長整数 | 5 | フォームのヘッダエリアが印刷あるいは表示されようとしている | -| On Printing Break | 倍長整数 | 6 | フォームのブレークエリアのひとつが印刷されようとしている | -| On Printing Footer | 倍長整数 | 7 | フォームのフッタエリアが印刷されようとしている | -| On Display Detail | 倍長整数 | 8 | レコードがリスト中に、あるいは行がリストボックス中に表示されようとしている | -| On VP Ready | 倍長整数 | 9 | (*4D View Proエリアのみ*) 4D View Pro エリアのロードが完了した | -| On Outside Call | 倍長整数 | 10 | フォームが[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)による呼び出しを受けた | -| On Activate | 倍長整数 | 11 | フォームウィンドウが最前面のウィンドウになった | -| On Deactivate | 倍長整数 | 12 | フォームウィンドウが最前面のウィンドウでなくなった | -| On Double Clicked | 倍長整数 | 13 | オブジェクト上でダブルクリックされた | -| On Losing Focus | 倍長整数 | 14 | フォームオブジェクトがフォーカスを失った | -| On Getting Focus | 倍長整数 | 15 | フォームオブジェクトがフォーカスを得た | -| On Drop | 倍長整数 | 16 | データがオブジェクトにドロップされた | -| On Before Keystroke | 倍長整数 | 17 | フォーカスのあるオブジェクトに文字が入力されようとしている。[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)はこの文字を含まないオブジェクトのテキストを返す | -| On Menu Selected | 倍長整数 | 18 | メニュー項目が選択された | -| On Plug in Area | 倍長整数 | 19 | 外部オブジェクトのオブジェクトメソッドの実行がリクエストされた | -| On Data Change | 倍長整数 | 20 | オブジェクトのデータが変更された | -| On Drag Over | 倍長整数 | 21 | データがオブジェクト上にドロップされる可能性がある | -| On Close Box | 倍長整数 | 22 | ウィンドウのクローズボックスがクリックされた | -| On Printing Detail | 倍長整数 | 23 | フォームの詳細エリアが印刷されようとしている | -| On Unload | 倍長整数 | 24 | フォームを閉じて解放しようとしている | -| On Open Detail | 倍長整数 | 25 | 出力フォームまたはリストボックスに関連付けられた詳細フォームが開かれようとしている | -| On Close Detail | 倍長整数 | 26 | 入力フォームから離れ、出力フォームに移動しようとしている | -| On Timer | 倍長整数 | 27 | [SET TIMER](set-timer.md)コマンドで設定した時間が経過した | -| On After Keystroke | 倍長整数 | 28 | フォーカスのあるオブジェクトに文字が入力されようとしている。[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)はこの文字を含むオブジェクトのテキストを返す | -| On Resize | 倍長整数 | 29 | フォームウィンドウまたはサブフォームオブジェクトがリサイズされた (後者の場合は、サブフォームのフォームメソッドにおいてイベントが生成されます) | -| On After Sort | 倍長整数 | 30 | (リストボックスのみ) リストボックスの列中で標準のソートが行われた | -| On Selection Change | 倍長整数 | 31 | リストボックスと4D View Pro: 現在の行や列の選択が変更された リスト中のレコード: リストフォームまたはサブフォームにおいて、カレントレコードあるいはカレントセレクションの行選択が変更された 階層リスト: リスト中の選択がクリックやキーストロークなどで変更された 入力可フィールドや変数: クリックやキー押下により、選択されたテキストやカーソルの位置がエリア内で変更された | -| On Column Moved | 倍長整数 | 32 | (リストボックスのみ) リストボックスの列がユーザのドラッグ＆ドロップで移動された | -| On Column Resize | 倍長整数 | 33 | (リストボックスと4D View Pro) リストボックスの列幅がユーザーのマウス操作によって変更された | -| On Row Moved | 倍長整数 | 34 | (リストボックスのみ) リストボックスの行がユーザのドラッグ＆ドロップで移動された | -| On Mouse Enter | 倍長整数 | 35 | マウスカーソルがオブジェクトの描画エリア内に入った | -| On Mouse Leave | 倍長整数 | 36 | マウスカーソルがオブジェクトの描画エリアから出た | -| On Mouse Move | 倍長整数 | 37 | マウスカーソルがオブジェクトの描画エリア上で (最低1ピクセル) 動いたか、変更キー(Shift, Alt, Shift Lock)が押された
    イベントがオブジェクトに対してのみチェックされていた場合は、マウスカーソルがオブジェクトの描画エリア内にあった場合にのみイベントが生成されます。 | -| On Alternative Click | 倍長整数 | 38 | *3Dボタン:* 3D ボタンの"三角"エリアがクリックされた*リストボックス*: オブジェクト配列のカラム内においてエリプシスボタン("alternateButton" 属性)がクリックされた
    **注**: エリプシスボタンはv15以降のバージョンでのみご利用いただけます。 | -| On Long Click | 倍長整数 | 39 | (3Dボタンのみ) 3D ボタンがクリックされ、特定の時間以上マウスボタンが押され続けている | -| On Load Record | 倍長整数 | 40 | リスト更新中、更新中にレコードがロードされた (ユーザがレコード行をクリックし、フィールドが編集モードになった) | -| On Before Data Entry | 倍長整数 | 41 | (リストボックスのみ) リストボックスセルが編集モードに変更されようとしている | -| On Header Click | 倍長整数 | 42 | (リストボックスと4D View Pro) リストボックスの列ヘッダでクリックが行われた | -| On Expand | 倍長整数 | 43 | (階層リストまたは階層リストボックスのみ) クリックやキーストロークで階層リストの要素が展開された | -| On Collapse | 倍長整数 | 44 | (階層リストまたは階層リストボックスのみ) クリックやキーストロークで階層リストの要素が折りたたまれた | -| On After Edit | 倍長整数 | 45 | フォーカスのあるオブジェクトの内容が更新された | -| On Begin Drag Over | 倍長整数 | 46 | オブジェクトがドラッグされている | -| On Begin URL Loading | 倍長整数 | 47 | (Webエリアのみ) 新しいURLがWeb エリアにロードされた | -| On URL Resource Loading | 倍長整数 | 48 | (Webエリアのみ) 新しいリソースがWeb エリアにロードされた | -| On End URL Loading | 倍長整数 | 49 | (Webエリアのみ) URLのすべてのリソースがロードされた | -| On URL Loading Error | 倍長整数 | 50 | (Webエリアのみ) URLをロード中にエラーが発生した | -| On URL Filtering | 倍長整数 | 51 | (Webエリアのみ) Web エリアがURLをブロックした | -| On Open External Link | 倍長整数 | 52 | (Webエリアのみ) 外部URLがブラウザで開かれた | -| On Window Opening Denied | 倍長整数 | 53 | (Webエリアのみ) ポップアップウィンドウがブロックされた | -| On bound variable change | 倍長整数 | 54 | サブフォームにバインドされた変数が更新された | -| On Page Change | 倍長整数 | 56 | フォーム中のカレントページが変更された | -| On Footer Click | 倍長整数 | 57 | (リストボックスのみ) リストボックスあるいはリストボックス列でフッターがクリックされた | -| On Delete Action | 倍長整数 | 58 | (階層リストとリストボックスのみ) ユーザーが項目の削除を試みた | -| On Scroll | 倍長整数 | 59 | マウスやキーボードを使用して、ユーザーがピクチャーフィールドや変数の内容をスクロールした。 | -| On Row Resize | 倍長整数 | 60 | *(4D View Pro のみ)* 行の高さがユーザーのマウスによって変更された | -| On VP Range Changed | 倍長整数 | 61 | 4D Vierw Pro のセルレンジが変更された(例: フォーミュラの計算、値がセルから削除された、など) | - -**注:** 出力フォーム用のイベントを**プロジェクトフォーム**で実装することはできません。関連するイベントは以下の通りです: On Display Detail, On Open Detail, On Close Detail, On Load Record, On Header, On Printing Detail, On Printing Break, On Printing Footer - -#### イベントとメソッド - -フォームイベントが発生すると、4Dは以下のアクションを行います: - -* まず4Dはフォーム中のオブジェクトをブラウズし、発生したオブジェクトイベントがプロパティで選択されているすべてのオブジェクトのオブジェクトメソッドを呼び出します。 -* 次に、発生したイベントに対応するフォームイベントがプロパティで選択されていれば、フォームメソッドを呼び出します。 - -オ ブジェクトメソッドが特定の順序で呼び出されることを期待することはできません。おおざっぱに言って、オブジェクトメソッドは常にフォームメソッドよりも 前に呼び出されます。オブジェクトがサブフォームの場合、サブフォームリストフォームのオブジェクトメソッドが呼び出され、次にリストフォームのフォーム メソッドが呼び出されます。そして4Dは引き続き、親フォームのオブジェクトメソッドを呼び出します。言い換えれば、オブジェクトがサブフォームの時、 4Dはサブフォームオブジェクト内で、オブジェクトとフォームメソッドの関係と同じルールを適用します。 - -On Load と On Unload イベントを除き、発生したイベントがフォームイベントプロパティで選択されていなかったとしても、オブジェクトプロパティで選択されていればそのオブジェ クトメソッドの呼び出しが妨げられることはありません。言い換えれば、フォームレベルでイベントを有効あるいは無効にしても、オブジェクトイベントプロパ ティには影響ありません。 - -特定のイベントに関連するオブジェクトの数は、イベントの性質により異なります: - -* On Load イベント - On Loadオブジェクトイベントプロパティが選択されている、フォームのすべてのページのすべてのオブジェクトのオブジェクトメソッドが呼び出されます。そしてOn Loadフォームイベントプロパティが選択されていれば、フォームメソッドが呼び出されます。 -* On Activate や On Resize イベント - これらのイベントは個々のオブジェクトには適用されず、フォームに適用されるため、オブジェクトメソッドは呼び出されません。ゆえにOn Activate フォームイベントプロパティが選択されてれば、そのフォームメソッドのみが呼び出されます。 -* On Timer イベント - このイベントは事前に[SET TIMER](set-timer.md)コマンドが使用された場合にのみ生成されます。On Timer フォームイベントプロパティが選択されていると、フォームメソッドのみがイベントを受け取ります。オブジェクトメソッドは呼び出されません。 -* On Drag Over イベント - "ドロップ可"プロパティが選択されていれば、イベント中で関連するドロップ可能なオブジェクトのみオブジェクトメソッドが呼び出されます。フォームメソッドは呼び出されません。 -逆にOn Begin Drag Overイベントについては、ドラッグされているオブジェクトのオブジェクトメソッドやフォームメソッドが呼び出されます ("ドラッグ可"プロパティが選択されていれば)。 - -**警告:** 他のすべてのイベントと異なり、On Begin Drag Over やイベント中、呼び出されるメソッドは、ドラッグ＆ドロップソースオブジェクトのプロセスのコンテキストで実行されます。ドラッグ＆ドロップ先のオブジェクトではありません。詳細は*ドラッグ＆ドロップ*を参照してください。 - -* フォームのOn Mouse Enter, On Mouse Move および On Mouse Leave イベントが選択されていると、これらのイベントはフォームオブジェクトごとに生成されます。これらがオブジェクトで有効にされている場合、イベントはこの オブジェクトに対してのみ生成されます。多層構造のオブジェクトの場合、上位レベルから下位レベルに向けてそのイベントを処理できるオブジェクトを探し、 最初に見つかったオブジェクトによりイベントが生成されます。[OBJECT SET VISIBLE](object-set-visible.md) コマンドを使用して非表示にされたオブジェクトでは、これらのイベントは生成されません。オブジェクト入力中、他のオブジェクトはマウスの位置によりこの タイプのイベントを受け取るかもしれません。 -On Mouse Move イベントはマウスカーソルが動いたときだけではなく、ユーザーが変更キー(**Shift**, **Shift Lock**, **Ctrl** または **Option**)を押したときにも発生することに注意して下さい(これにより、ドラッグ&ドロップによるコピーや移動も管理できるようになります)。 -* リスト中のレコード: [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) / [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md)で表示されるリストフォームやサブフォームでメソッドやフォームイベントが呼び出される順序は以下のとおりです: - -| ヘッダーエリアのそれぞれのオブジェクトごとに: | -| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| オブジェクトメソッドのOn Header イベント フォームメソッドのOn Header イベント レコードごとに: 詳細エリアのオブジェクトごとに: オブジェクトメソッドのOn Display Detail イベント フォームメソッドのOn Display Detail イベント | -* On Display Detail や On Headerイ ベントでダイアログボックスを表示する4Dコマンドを呼び出すことはできません。これはシンタックスエラーを起こします。以下のコマンドが関連します: [ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md), [Request](request.md), [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) そして [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md)。 -* On Page Change: このイベントはフォームレベルでのみ利用でき (フォームメソッド内でのみ使用します)、フォームのカレントページが変更されるたびに生成されます ([FORM GOTO PAGE](form-goto-page.md) コマンドの呼び出しや標準ナビゲーションアクションに伴い)。ページが完全にロードされた後に呼び出されることに留意してください。 例えば (Webエリアを含む) すべてのオブジェクトが初期化された後です。このイベントはすべてのオブジェクトが初期化済みの状態で実行する必要のあるコードがあるときに有用です。ま たフォームがロードされたときにすべてのコードを実行するのではなく、特定のページが開かれたときにのみコードを実行するようにして、アプリケーションを 最適化できます。ユーザーがそのページを開かなければ、コードは実行されません。 - -以下の表はそれぞれのイベントごとにどのようにオブジェクトメソッドとフォームメソッドが呼ばれるかを概説します: - -| **イベント** | **オブジェクトメソッド** | **フォームメソッド** | **オブジェクト** | -| ------------------------ | -------------------------- | ------------ | ------------ | -| On Load | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Unload | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Validate | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Clicked | O (クリック可能または入力可能なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Double Clicked | O (クリック可能または入力可能なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Before Keystroke | O (入力可能なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On After Keystroke | O (入力可能なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On After Edit | O (入力可能なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Getting Focus | O (フォーカス可なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Losing Focus | O (フォーカス可なら) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Activate | X | O | None | -| On Deactivate | X | O | None | -| On Outside Call | X | O | None | -| On Page Change | X | O | None | -| On Begin Drag Over | O (ドラッグ可なら) (\*\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Drop | O (ドロップ可なら) (\*\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Drag Over | O (ドロップ可なら) (\*\*) | Never | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Mouse Enter | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Mouse Move | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Mouse Leave | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Mouse Up | O | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Menu Selected | X | O | None | -| On Bound variable change | X | O | None | -| On Data Change | O (更新可なら)) (\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Plug in Area | O | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Header | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Printing Detail | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Printing Break | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Printing Footer | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Close Box | X | O | None | -| On Display Detail | O | O | すべてのオブジェクト | -| On Open Detail | X (ただしリストボックス以外) | Yes | リストボックスのみ | -| On Close Detail | X (ただしリストボックス以外) | Yes | リストボックスのみ | -| On Open Detail | X | O | None | -| On Close Detail | X | O | None | -| On Resize | X | O | None | -| On Selection Change | O (\*\*\*) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Load Record | X | O | None | -| On Timer | X | O | None | -| On Scroll | O | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Before Data Entry | O (リストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Column Moved | O (リストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Row Moved | O (リストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Column Resize | O (リストボックスと4D View Proエリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Header Click | O (リストボックスと4D View Proエリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Footer Click | O (リストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On After Sort | O (リストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Long Click | O (3D ボタン) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Alternative Click | O (3D ボタンとリストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Expand | O (階層リストとリストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Collapse | O (階層リストとリストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Delete Action | O (階層リストとリストボックス) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On URL Resource Loading | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Begin URL Loading | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On URL Loading Error | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On URL Filtering | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On End URL Loading | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Open External Link | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Window Opening Denied | O (Web エリア) | X | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On VP Ready | O (4D View Pro エリア) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | -| On Row Resize | O (4D View Pro エリア) | O | 関係するオブジェクトのみ | - - -(\*) 詳細は後述の "イベント、オブジェクト、プロパティ" を参照 -(\*\*) 詳細は"*ドラッグ＆ドロップ*"を参照 -(\*\*\*) リストボックス、階層リスト、サブフォーム型のオブジェクトのみがこのイベントをサポートします - -**重要:** イベントに対応するプロパティが選択されている場合にのみ、フォームやオブジェクトのメソッドが呼び出されることに留意してください。デザインモードの フォームエディタのプロパティリストでイベントを無効にすると、メソッドが呼び出される回数を減らすことができ、フォームの実行速度を最適化できます。 - -**警告:** オブジェクトのOn Load と On Unload イベントが生成されるには、オブジェクトとオブジェクトが属するフォームの両方で有効にされていなければなりません。オブジェクトのみでイベントが有効に なっている場合、イベントは生成されません。これら2つのイベントはフォームレベルでも有効にされていなければなりません。 - -#### イベント、オブジェクト、プロパティ - -イベントの性質やプロパティに基づき、オブジェクトに対してイベントが生成されるとオブジェクトメソッドが呼び出されます。ここでは、さまざまなタイプのオブジェクトを扱うにあたり、一般的に使用されるイベントについて詳細に説明します。 - -フォームエディタのプロパティリストには、選択されたオブジェクトあるいはフォームで利用可能なイベントのみが表示されることに留意してください。 - -##### クリック可能なオブジェクト - -クリック可能なオブジェクトは主にマウスで操作します。以下のオブジェクトが含まれます: - -* ブールの入力可能フィールド/変数 -* ボタン, デフォルトボタン, ラジオボタン, チェックボックス, ボタングリッド -* 3D ボタン, 3D ラジオボタン, 3D チェックボックス -* ポップアップpメニュー, 階層ポップアップメニュー, ピクチャメニュー -* ドロップダウンリスト, メニュー/ドロップダウンリスト -* スクロールエリア, 階層リスト, リストボックス, リストボックスカラム -* 非表示ボタン, ハイライトボタン, ラジオピクチャ -* サーモメータ, ルーラ, ダイアル (スライダオブジェクト) -* タブコントロール -* スプリッタ - -On Clicked や On Double Clicked オブジェクトイベントプロパティを選択したのち、[Form event](form-event.md "Form event") コマンドを使用してオブジェクト上でのクリックを検知し処理することができます。[Form event](form-event.md "Form event") コマンドはユーザアクションに応じ、On Clicked または On Double Clickedを返します。 - -**注:** 4D v14以降、テキスト(テキスト、日付、時間、数字型)が含まれる入力可能なフィールドおよび変数は On Clicked と On Double Clicked イベントを生成するようになりました。 - -両イベントがオブジェクトに対し選択されている場合、ダブルクリックが行われるとまずOn Clicked が、そしてOn Double Clicked イベントが生成されます。 - -これらすべてのオブジェクトにおいて、On Clickedイベントはマウスボタンが離されたときに生成されます。しかしいくつか例外があります: - -* 非表示ボタン - マウスがクリックされると、ボタンが離されるのを待たずにOn Clickedイベントが生成されます。 -* スライダオブジェクト (サーモメータ, ルーラ, ダイアル) - 表示フォーマットでコントロールをスライド中にオブジェクトメソッドが呼び出されるように設定されていると、On Clickedイベントはクリックが行われるとすぐに生成されます。 - -On Clicked イベントのコンテキストにおいては[Clickcount](clickcount.md) コマンドを使うことによってユーザーが行ったクリック数をテストすることができます。 - -**注:** いくつかのオブジェクトはキーボードからも操作可能です。例えばチェックボックスがフォーカスを得ると、スペースバーでオン/オフを切り替えることができます。この場合でもOn Clickedイベントは生成されます。 - -**警告:** コンボボックスはクリック可能なオブジェクトとしては扱われません。コンボボックスは入力可能なテキストエリアとして扱われ、割り当てられたドロップダウンリストにはデフォルト値が提供されます。コンボボックスの処理はOn Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke そして On Data Change イベントを使用して行います。 - -**注**: 4D v13 以降、ポップアップメニュー/ドロップダウンリストと、階層ポップアップメニューもOn Data Change を生成できるようになりました。これにより、カレントの値と異なる値が選択されたときにオブジェクトの起動を察知できるようになりました。 - -##### キーボードから入力可能なオブジェクト - -キーボードから入力可能なオブジェクトとは、キーボードを使用してデータを入力できるオブジェクトです。これらのオブジェクトではOn After Edit, On Before KeystrokeそしてOn After Keystrokeイベントを検知し、[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)コマンドを使用して、低レベルでデータ入力をフィルタできます。 - -キーボード入力可能なオブジェクトやデータタイプには以下が含まれます: - -* 文字、テキスト、日付、時間、数値、そしてピクチャ(On After Edit のみ) など、すべての入力可能なフィールドオブジェクト -* 文字、テキスト、日付、時間、数値、そしてピクチャ(On After Edit のみ) など、すべての入力可能な変数 -* コンボボックス -* リストボックス - -**注:** 4D v14以降、テキスト(テキスト、日付、時間、数字型)が含まれる入力可能なフィールドおよび変数は On Clicked と On Double Clicked イベントを生成するようになりました。 - -**注:** 階層リストは入力可能なオブジェクトですが、このオブジェクトではOn After Edit, On Before KeystrokeそしてOn After Keystrokeは管理されません (後述の “階層リスト” の段落を参照)。 - -* On Before Keystroke と On After Keystroke**注:** On After Keystroke イベントは、一般的に On After Edit イベントで置き換えることができます(詳細後述)。 - -On Before Keystroke と On After Keystroke イベントプロパティを選択したら、**Form event code**コマンドを使用して返されるOn Before KeystrokeとOn After Keystrokeイベントを検知し、オブジェクトへのキーストロークを処理できます (詳細は[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)コマンドの説明を参照してください。これらのイベントは[POST KEY](post-key.md)のようなユーザアクションをシミュレートするコマンドによっても生成されます。 - -キーボードを使用せず、ペーストやドラッグ＆ドロップなどで行われた変更は考慮されないことに留意してください。これらのイベントを処理するためにはOn After Editを使用します。 - -**Note:** On Before KeystrokeとOn After Keystroke イベントは入力メソッド (IME) 使用時は生成されません。入力メソッドはプログラムあるいはシステムコンポーネントで、日本語や中国語など特定の文字や記号を入力するために使用されます。 -* On After Edit - -このイベントは、変更が行われた方法には関係なく、入力可能オブジェクトの内容に変更が行われるたびに生成されます。例えば: - -\- ペーストやカット、削除、キャンセルなどの標準の編集アクション -\- 値のドロップ (ペーストと同様のアクション) -\- ユーザが行ったキーボードからの入力。この場合On After EditイベントはOn Before KeystrokeとOn After Keystrokeイベントの後に生成されます。 -\- ユーザアクションをシミュレートするランゲージコマンドを使用した変更 (例 [POST KEY](post-key.md))。 - -以下のアクションはこのイベントを生成させないことに注意してください: -\- コピーやすべてのを選択のような、内容を変更しない編集アクション; -\- 値のドラッグ (コピーに該当するアクション); -\- プログラムにより行われた内容の変更、ただしユーザアクションをシミュレートするコマンドを除く。 - -このイベントはユーザアクションをコントロールするために使用できます。例えば長すぎるテキストのペーストや特定の文字のブロック、パスワードフィールドに対するカットを防ぐなどです。 -* On Selection Change: -(入力可であるかそうでないかに関わらず)テキストフィールドや変数に適用されると、このイベントはカーソルの位置が変わるたびに生成されます。例えばユーザーがマウスやキーボードの矢印キーをを使用してテキストを選択したときや、ユーザーがテキストを入力したときです。ここで[GET HIGHLIGHT](get-highlight.md)のようなコマンドを呼び出すことができます。 - -##### 変更可能オブジェクト - -更新可能オブジェクトは、マウスやキーボードを使用して値を変更することのできるデータソースを持ちます。これらはOn Clickedイベントで処理されるユーザインタフェースコントロールとしては扱われません。以下が含まれます: - -* すべての入力可フィールドオブジェクト (Blobを除く) -* すべての入力可変数 (Blob、ポインタ、配列を除く) -* コンボボックス -* 外部オブジェクト (完全なデータ入力が許可されるプラグイン) -* 階層リスト -* リストボックスとリストボックスカラム - -これらのオブジェクトはOn Data Changeイベントを受け取ります。On Data Changeオブジェクトイベントプロパティが選択されると、[Form event](form-event.md "Form event") コマンドから返されるOn Data Changeによりイベントを検知し、データソース値の変更を処理できます。イベントは、オブジェクトに結び付けられた変数が4Dにより内部的に更新され次第、生成されます (例えば、一般的に入力エリアオブジェクトがフォーカスを失った時)。 - -##### タブ可オブジェクト - -**タブ**可オブジェクトは、タブキーやクリックによりフォーカスを得るオブジェクトです。フォーカスを持つオブジェクトは、メニューやボタンへのモディファイアではない (キーボードでタイプされた) 文字を受け取ります。 - -以下を除き、すべてのオブジェクトはタブ可です: - -* 入力不可フィールドや変数 -* ボタングリッド -* 3D ボタン, 3D ラジオボタン, 3D チェックボックス -* ポップアップメニュー, 階層ポップアップメニュー -* メニュー/ドロップダウンリスト -* ピクチャメニュー -* スクロールエリア -* 非表示ボタン, ハイライトボタン, ラジオピクチャボタン -* グラフ -* 外部オブジェクト (完全なデータ入力が許可されるプラグイン) -* タブコントロール -* スプリッタ. - -On Getting Focus や On losing Focus オブジェクトイベントプロパティを選択したら、[Form event](form-event.md "Form event") コマンドから返されるOn Getting Focus や On Losing Focusを検知して、フォーカスの変更を処理できます。 - -##### 3D ボタン - -3D を使用すると詳細にグラフィックインタフェースを設定できます (f3D ボタンに関する説明はDesign Referenceマニュアルを参照してください)。汎用のイベントに加え、これらのボタンを管理するために2つの追加のイベントを使用できます: - -* On Long Click: このイベントは3D ボタンがクリックされ、一定時間以上マウスボタンが押され続けていると生成されます。理論上、このイベントが生成されるためのクリック保持時間は、システムの環境設定に設定されたダブルクリックの間隔最大時間に等しくなります。 -このイベントはすべての3D ボタンスタイル、3D ラジオボタン、3D チェックボックスで生成されます。例外は、旧世代の3D ボタンであるバックグランドオフセットタイプと、ポップアップメニューが関連付けられた3D ボタンの矢印エリアです (後述)。 -このイベントは一般的にロングクリック時にポップアップメニューを表示するために使用します。ユーザがロングクリックが有効になる時間前にマウスボタンを離すと、On Clickedが生成されます。 -* On Alternative Click: いくつかの3D ボタンスタイルには、ポップアップメニューをリンクし、矢印を表示させることができます。この矢印をクリックすると、ボタンの主たるアクションの代わりのアクションを提供するポップアップを表示します。 -4DではOn Alternative Click イベントを使用してこの動作を管理できます。このイベントはユーザが矢印をクリックすると、マウスボタンが押されてすぐに生成されます: -\- ポップアップメニューが分離されている場合、このイベントはボタン中で矢印のあるエリアがクリックされた場合のみ生成されます。 -\- ポップアップメニューがリンクされている場合、このイベントはボタン上どこをクリックしても生成されます。このタイプのボタンではOn Long Clickイベントが生成されないことに注意してください。 - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png) - -以下の3D ボタン、3D ラジオボタン、および3D チェックボックスは“ポップアップメニューあり”プロパティをサポートします: なし, ツールバーボタン, べベル, 角の丸いべベルおよびOffice XPタイプ - -##### リストボックス - -リストボックス特有の様々な機能を管理するために様々なフォームイベントを使用できます: - -* On Before Data Entry: このイベントは、リストボックス中のセルが編集される直前に生成されます (入力カーソルが表示される前)。このイベントを使用して、例えば表示中と編集中で異なるテキストを表示させることができます。 -* On Selection Change: このイベントは、リストボックスの列や行の現在の選択が変更されるたびに生成されます。このイベントはレコードリストや階層リストでも生成されます。 -* On Column Moved: このイベントは、ユーザのドラッグ＆ドロップでリストボックスの列が移動されたときに生成されます。ただし元の場所にドロップされた場合には生成されません。[LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md)コマンドは列の新しい位置を返します。 -* On Row Moved: このイベントは、ユーザのドラッグ＆ドロップでリストボックスの行が移動されたときに生成されます。ただし元の場所にドロップされた場合には生成されません。 -* On Column Resize: このイベントは、ユーザーによってリストボックス中の列幅が変更されたときに生成されます。4D v16以降、このイベントは"ライブ"にトリガーされます。つまり、対象となるリストボックスあるいはカラムがリサイズされている間はずっと継続して送信されつづけます。リサイズはユーザーによって手動で行われるか、あるいはリストボックスとそのカラムがフォームウィンドウ自身のリサイズの結果リサイズされる場合も含みます(手動によるフォームのリサイズあるいは[RESIZE FORM WINDOW](resize-form-window.md)コマンドを使用したリサイズ)。 -**注:** On Column Resize イベントは"余白"カラムがリサイズされた場合にはトリガーされません(余白カラムについてのより詳細な情報については、*リサイズオプションテーマ*)を参照して下さい)。 -* On ExpandとOn Collapse: これらのイベントは階層リストボックスの行が展開されたり折りたたまれたときに生成されます。 -* On Header Click: このイベントは、リストボックス中の列ヘッダでクリックが行われると生成されます。この場合[Self](self.md) コマンドを使用すればクリックされた列ヘッダを知ることができます。右クリック (Windouws) やCtrl+クリック (Mac OS) を列や列ヘッダ上で行うと、On Clickedイベントが生成されます。[Clickcount](clickcount.md) コマンドを使うことによって、ユーザーが行ったクリックの回数をテストすることができます。 -リストボックスで**並び替え可**プロパティが選択されている場合、$0に0または-1を渡して標準の並び替えを行うかどうか指定できます: -\- $0 = 0の場合、標準の並び替えが行われます。 -\- $0 = -1の場合、標準の並び替えは行われず、ヘッダには並び替え矢印は表示されません。開発者は4Dの配列コマンドを使用して、カスタマイズされた条件に基づく並び替えを実行できます。 -**並び替え可** プロパティが選択されていない場合、$0は使用されません。 -* On Footer Click: このイベントはリストボックスやリストボックス列で利用でき、リストボックスやリストボックス列のフッターエリアがクリックされたときに生成されます。こ の場合 [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) コマンドはクリックされたフッター変数へのポインターを返します。イベントは左および右クリックどちらでも生成されます。[Clickcount](clickcount.md)コマンドを使うことによって、ユーザーが行ったクリックの回数をテストすることができます。 -* On After Sort: このイベントは標準の並び替えが行われた直後に生成されます(ただしOn Header Clickイベントで$0に-1が返された場合には生成されません)。このメカニズムは、ユーザによって行われた最後の並び替えの方向を格納するために使用できます。このイベント内で[Self](self.md)コマンドは、並び替えられたカラムヘッダー変数へのポインタを返します。 -* On Delete Action: このイベントはユーザーが削除キー (DeleteやBackspaceキー) を押して、またはクリア標準アクションが割り当てられたメニュー項目 (編集メニューのクリア等) を選択して、選択された行の削除を指示したときに生成されます。このイベントはリストボックスオブジェクトレベルでのみ利用できます。4Dはイベントの生 成を行うだけであることに留意してください。4Dは項目を消去しません。実際の削除処理や事前警告の表示などは開発者の責任です。 -* On Scroll (v15からの新機能): このイベントはユーザーがリストボックス内の列またはカラムをスクロールしたときに生成されます。このイベントはユーザーのアクションの結果としてスク ロールが発生した場合にのみ生成されます: スクロールバー/カーソルの使用、マウスホイールまたはキーボードの使用、等です。[OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md)コマンドの使用の結果スクロールした場合には生成されません。 -このイベントはスクロールアクションに関連した他の全てのユーザーイベント(On Clicked、On After Keystroke、等)の後にトリガーされます。このイベントはオブジェクトメソッドの中でのみ生成されます(フォームメソッドでは生成されません)。詳細は例題15を参照して下さい。 -* On Alternative Click (v15からの新機能): このイベントはオブジェクト配列型のリストボックスのカラムにおいて、ユーザーがウィジェットのエリプシスボタン("alternateButton" 属性)をクリックしたときに生成されます。詳細な情報については、*カラム内でのオブジェクト配列の使用* のセクションを参照して下さい。 - -「セレクション」型のリストボックスのコンテキストにおいて、二つの一般的なイベントが使用できるようになりました: - -* On Open Detail: このイベントはレコードが「セレクション」型リストボックスに関連付けられた(まだ開かれていない)詳細フォームに表示されるときに生成されます。 -* On Close Detail: このイベントは「セレクション」型リストボックスに関連付けられた詳細フォームに表示されたレコードが閉じられるときに生成されます(レコードが変更されたかどうかは関係しません)。 - -##### 階層リスト - -汎用のイベントに加え、階層リスト上で行われるアクションを処理するために複数のイベントを使用できます: - -* On Selection Change: このイベントは、マウスクリックやキーストロークで階層リスト中の選択が変更されるたびに生成されます。 -このイベントはリストボックスやレコードリストでも生成されます。 -* On Expand: このイベントは、マウスクリックやキーストロークで階層リストの要素が拡げられるたびに呼び出されます。 -* On Collapse: このイベントは、マウスクリックやキーストロークで階層リストの要素が折りたたまれるたびに呼び出されます。 -* On Delete Action: このイベントはユーザーが削除キー (DeleteやBackspaceキー) を押して、またはユーザーがクリア標準アクションが割り当てられたメニュー項目 (編集メニューのクリア等) を選択して、選択された行の削除を指示したときに生成されます。このイベントはリストボックスオブジェクトレベルでのみ利用できます。4Dはイベントの生成を行うだけであることに留意してください。4Dは項目を消去しません。実際の削除処理や事前警告の表示などは開発者の責任です。 - -これらのイベントは相互に排他的ではなく、階層リスト中で連続して生成されることがあります: -\- キーストロークに伴い (順に): - -| **イベント** | **コンテキスト** | -| --------------------- | -------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | 要素が編集された | -| On Expand/On Collapse | \-> または <-矢印キーを使用してサブリストを開いた/閉じた | -| On Selection Change | 新しい要素を選択した | -| On Clicked | キーボードを使用してリストをアクティブにした | - -\- マウスクリックに伴い (順に): - -| **イベント** | **コンテキスト** | -| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------ | -| On Data Change | 要素が編集された | -| On Expand/On Collapse | 拡げる/折りたたむアイコンを使用してを使用してサブリストを開いた/閉じた | -| または | | -| 編集不可サブリストをダブルクリックした | | -| On Selection Change | 新しい要素を選択した | -| On Clicked / On Double Clicked | クリックまたはダブルクリックでリストをアクティブにした | - -##### ピクチャーフィールドと変数 - -* On Picture Scroll フォームイベントはユーザーが (フィールドや変数) エリア内のピクチャーをスクロールすると生成されます。ピクチャーエリアのサイズがピクチャーよりも小さく、かつ表示フォーマットが"**トランケート (中央合わせなし)**"に設定されている場合のみスクロールが可能です。この点については*ピクチャーフォーマット*を参照してください。 -このイベントはスクロールがユーザーアクション (スクロールバーやカーソル、マウスホイール、キーボードの利用) の結果として行われた場合に生成されます (キーボードによるスクロールについては*スクロールバー*参照)。[OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md) コマンドの結果としてスクロールが行われた場合、イベントは生成されません。 -このイベントは、スクロールアクションに関連した他の全てのユーザーイベント(On Clicked、On After Keystroke、等)の後にトリガーされます。このイベントはオブジェクトメソッドの中でのみ生成されます(フォームメソッドでは生成されません)。例題14を参照してください。 -* (v16 からの新機能)ユーザーが、ピクチャーエリア(フィールドまたは変数)内でドラッグ中に左マウスボタンをリリースしたときにOn Mouse Up イベントが生成されます。このイベントは例えば、ユーザーにSVGエリア内でオブジェクトを移動、リサイズ、描画することを可能にしたい場合には有用です。 -On Mouse Upイベントが生成されると、マウスボタンがリリースされたローカルの座標を取得する事ができます。これらの座標は**MouseX** と **MouseY** *システム変数*に返されます。座標はピクチャーの左上端(0, 0)からみた位置のピクセル単位で表示されます。 -このイベントを使用する場合、フォームのステートマネージャーが非同期の可能性がある場合を管理するために、[Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md)を呼び出す必要があります。これは例えばマウスボタンがリリースされる前にフォーム上にアラートダイアログボックスが表示された場合などです。On Mouse Up イベントのより詳細な情報と使用例については、[Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md)コマンドの詳細を参照して下さい。 -**注:** ピクチャーオブジェクトの"ドラッグ可能"オプションがチェックされていた場合、On Mouse Up イベントはいかなる場合も生成されません。 - -##### サブフォーム - -サブフォームコンテナオブジェクト (親フォーム上に置かれた、ひとつのサブフォームインスタンスを含むオブジェクト) は以下のイベントをサポートします: - -* On Load と On Unload: サーブフォームを開くまた閉じる際にそれぞれ生成されます。これらのイベントは親フォームレベルでも有効にされていなければなりません。これらのイベント は親のフォームの同じイベントよりも前に生成される点に留意してください。またフォーイベント動作の原則にいたがい、サブフォームが0もしくは1ページ以 外のページに配置されている場合、これらのイベントはページが閉じられ開かれるときにに生成され、フォームが開かれ閉じられるときではないことに留意して ください。 -* On Validate: サブフォーム中でデータの受け入れを行う際。 -* On Data Change: サブフォームオブジェクト変数の値が更新されたとき。 -* On Getting Focus and On Losing Focus: サブフォームコンテナがフォーカスを得たとき、また失った時。これらのイベントはプロパティリスト中でチェックされていれば、サブフォームオブジェクトの メソッド内で生成されます。これらはサブフォームのフォームメソッドに送信されます。つまり例えば、フォーカスに応じてサブフォーム中のナビゲーションボ タンの表示を管理できます。 -サブフォームオブジェクトはそれ自身がフォーカスを持つ点に留意してください。 -* On Bound Variable Change: この特別なイベントは、親フォーム中のサブフォームにバインドされた変数に割り当てられた値が更新される (同じ値が割り当てられたばあいでも) 、かつサブフォームがカレントフォームページまたは0ページに属していれば、サブフォームメソッドのコンテキストで生成されます。サブフォームの管理につ いては*Design Reference*マニュアルを参照してください。 - -****注:** [CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) コマンドを使用して、サブフォーム内で生成可能なあらゆるカスタムイベントタイプを指定できます。このコマンドにより、コンテナオブジェクトメソッドを呼び出し、イベントコードを渡すことができます。 - -次のイベントはサブフォームのフォームメソッドにも受け取られます: - -* On Clicked と On Double Clicked \- サブフォーム内で生成されたこれらのイベントは、まずサブフォームのフォームメソッドに受け取られ、つぎに親フォームのフォームメソッドに受け取られます。 -* On Resize \- 親フォームにおいてサブフォームオブジェクトのサイズが変更された場合に、このイベントはサブフォームのフォームメソッドに受け取られます。 - -##### Webエリア - -Webエリアでは7つのイベントを利用できます: - -* On Begin URL Loading: このイベントは、Webエリアに新しいURLのロードを開始した時に生成されます。Webエリアに関連付けられた"URL"変数を使用してロード中のURLを知ることができます。 -**Note:** ロード中のURLは現在のURLとは異なります ([WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md "WA Get current URL") コマンドの説明参照)。 -* On URL Resource Loading: このイベントは、現在のWebページに (ピクチャやフレームなど) 新しいリソースをロードするたびに生成されます。 -Webエリアに関連付けられた"Progression"変数を使用してロード状況を知ることができます。 -* On End URL Loading: このイベントは、現在のURLのすべてのリソースがロードされると生成されます。 -[WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md "WA Get current URL") コマンドを使用して、ロードされたURLを知ることができます。 -* On URL Loading Error: このイベントは、URLのロード中にエラーを検出すると生成されます。 -[WA GET LAST URL ERROR](wa-get-last-url-error.md "WA GET LAST URL ERROR") コマンドを使用して、エラーに関する情報を取得できます。 -* On URL Filtering: このイベントは、[WA SET URL FILTERS](wa-set-url-filters.md "WA SET URL FILTERS") コマンドで設定されたフィルタにより、URLのロードがWebエリアによってブロックされると生成されます。 -[WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL") コマンドコマンドを使用してブロックされたURLを知ることができます。 -* On Open External Link: このイベントは、[WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md "WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS") コマンドで設定されたフィルタにより、URLのロードがWebエリアによってブロックされ、URLがカレントのシステムブラウザで開かれると生成されます。 -[WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL") コマンドコマンドを使用してブロックされたURLを知ることができます。 -* On Window Opening Denied: このイベントは、Webエリアによりポップアップウィンドウがブロックされると生成されます。4D Web エリアはポップアップウィンドウを許可しません。 -[WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL") コマンドコマンドを使用してブロックされたURLを知ることができます。 - -##### 4D View Pro エリア - -4D View Pro エリアでは以下のイベントが利用可能です。 - -* On After Edit: このイベントは、4D View Pro エリアで編集が行われたあとに生成されます。 -* On Clicked: このイベントは、4D View Pro エリアのビューポート(ヘッダー、スクロールバー、ツールバー以外の部分)でクリックが発生したときに生成されます。 -* On Column Resize: このイベントはカラムの幅がユーザーによって変更されたときに生成されます。 -* On Double Clicked: このイベントは4D View Pro エリア内でダブルクリックが発生したときに生成されます。 -* On Header Click:このイベントはカラムヘッダーまたは行ヘッダーでクリックが発生したときに生成されます。 -* On Row Resize: このイベントは行の高さがユーザーによって変更されたときに生成されます。 -* On Selection Change: このイベントは行またはカラムのカレントセレクションが変更されたときに生成されます。 -* On VP Ready このイベントは4D View Pro エリアのロードが終わった時に生成されます。このイベントはエリアの初期化コードを書く際に必要になります。 - -これらのイベントの詳細な情報については、*On VP Ready フォームイベント* の章を参照してください。 - -#### 例題 1 - -この例題ではレコード更新日をOn Validateイベントで自動的に割り当てる例を示します: - -```4d -  // フォームメソッド Form method [#Current_title_incode] Sum Form event code - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Validate) -       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date - End case -``` - -#### 例題 2 - -この例題では、ドロップダウンリスト処理 (初期化, ユーザクリック, オブジェクトのリリース) をオブジェクトメソッドにカプセル化します: - -```4d -  // asBurgerSize ドロップダウンリストのオブジェクトメソッド - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asBurgerSize#0) -          ALERT(asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" バーガーが選択されました。") -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) - End case -``` - -#### 例題 3 - -この例題ではオブジェクトメソッドで、ピクチャのみを受け付けるフィールドのドラッグ＆ドロップ処理の方法を示します: - -```4d -  // [aTable]aPicture ピクチャ フィールドオブジェクトメソッド - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Drag Over) -  // ドラッグ＆ドロップ処理が開始され、マウスが現在フィールド上にある -  // ソースオブジェクトに関する情報を取得 -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -  // ソースプロセスの番号をテストする必要はない -  // 実行されているオブジェクトメソッドは同じプロセス内で動作している -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -  // ソースデータはピクチャか (フィールド, 変数または配列)? -       If(($vlDataType=Is picture)|($vlDataType=Picture array)) -  // 真ならドラッグを受け入れる -          $0:=0 -       Else -  // 偽ならドラッグを拒否する -          $0:=-1 -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Drop) -  // ソースデータがオブジェクトにドロップされたのでオブジェクトにコピーする -  // ソースオブジェクトに関する情報を取得 -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -       Case of -  // ソースオブジェクトはピクチャフィールドまたは変数 -          :($vlDataType=Is picture) -  // ソースオブジェクトは同じプロセスから来ているか (つまり同じウィンドウのフォームか)t? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  // そうならソースをコピー -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject-> -             Else -  // そうでない場合、ソースオブジェクトを利用できるか? -                If(Is a variable($vpSrcObject)) -                   &NBSP; // 真ならソースプロセスから値を取得 -                   GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->;$vgDraggedPict) -                   [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -                Else -  // 偽ならCALL PROCESSを使用してソースプロセスから値を取得 -                End if -             End if -  // ソースオブジェクトがピクチャ配列 -          :($vlDataType=Picture array) -  // ソースオブジェクトは同じプロセスにあるか (つまり同じプロセスの同じウィンドウか)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  // 真ならソース値をコピー -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement} -             Else -  // そうでなければソースプロセスから値を取得 -                GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject -                ->{$vlSrcElement};$vgDraggedPict) -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -             End if -       End case - End case -``` - -**注:** On Drag Over や On Drop イベントを使用する他の例題は、*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* コマンドの例題を参照してください。 - -#### 例題 4 - -この例題はフォームメソッドのテンプレートです。出力フォームとしてサマリレポートがフォームを使用する際に発生するイベントを示しています: - -```4d -  // 概要レポートの出力フォームとして使用されているフォームのフォームメソッド - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Header) -  // ヘッダエリアの印刷開始 -       Case of -          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) -  // 最初のブレークヘッダ用のコード -          :(Level=1) -  // ヘッダブレークレベル 1 用のコード -          :(Level=2) -  // ヘッダブレークレベル 2 用のコード -  // ... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -  // レコードの印刷開始 -  // レコード毎のコードを記述 -    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) -  // ブレークエリアの印刷開始 -       Case of -          :(Level=0) -  // ブレークレベル0 用のコード -          :(Level=1) -  // レークレベル1 用のコード -  // ... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) -       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) -  // 最後のフッタ用のコード -       Else -  // フッタ用のコード -       End if - End case -``` - -#### 例題 5 - -この例題は[DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) または [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) で表示されるフォームで発生するイベントを処理するメソッドのテンプレートです。説明的にするため、フォームウィンドウのタイトルバーにイベントの説明が表示されます: - -```4d -  // フォームメソッド - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       $vsTheEvent:="フォームが表示されようとしている" -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       $vsTheEvent:="出力フォームを抜け、スクリーンから消えようとしている" -    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="表示中のレコード #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="メニュー項目が選択された" -    :(Form event code=On Header") -       $vsTheEvent:="ヘッダエリアが描画されようとしている" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="レコードがクリックされた" -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="レコードがダブルクリックされた" -    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="レコード #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" がダブルクリックされた" -    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="出力フォームに戻る" -    :(Form event code=On Activate) -       $vsTheEvent:="フォームのウィンドウが最前面になった" -    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) -       $vsTheEvent:="フォームのウィンドウが最前面でなくなった" -    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) -       $vsTheEvent:="プロセスの呼び出しを受信した" -    Else -       $vsTheEvent:="発生したイベント #"+String(Form event) - End case - SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) -``` - -#### 例題 6 - -On Before Keystroke と On After Keystroke イベントを処理する方法は[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)、[Keystroke](keystroke.md)、そして[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)コマンドの説明を参照してください。 - -#### 例題 7 - -この例題は、スクロールエリアでクリックとダブルクリックを同様に扱う方法を示しています: - -```4d -  // asChoices スクロール可能エリアオブジェクトメソッド - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  // ... -       asChoices:=0 -    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) -       If(asChoices#0) -  // 項目がクリックされたので、何らかの処理を行う -  // ... -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### 例題 8 - -この例題では、クリックとダブルクリックで異なるレスポンスをする方法を示します。要素0を使用して選択された項目を追跡しています: - -```4d -  // asChoices scrollable area object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  // ... -       asChoices:=0 -       asChoices{0}:="0" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) -  // 新しい項目がクリックされたので何かを行う -  // ... -  // 次回のために、新しく選択された要素を保存 -             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) -          End if -       Else -          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -  // 項目がダブルクリックされたのでここで何かを行う -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### 例題 9 - -この例題では、 On Getting Focus と On Losing Focusを使用して、フォームメソッド内でステータス情報を管理します: - -```4d -  // [Contacts];"Data Entry" フォームメソッド - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       var vtStatusArea : Text -       vtStatusArea:="" -    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) -       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) -       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) -          Case of -             :($vlFieldNum=1) // Last name フィールド -                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" -  // ... -             :($vlFieldNum=10) // Zip Code フィールド -                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" -  // ... -          End case -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) -       vtStatusArea:="" -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### 例題 10 - -この例題では、レコードデータ入力に使用されるフォームで、ウィンドウを閉じる際の処理を示します: - -```4d -  // 入力フォームのフォームメソッド - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Close Box) -       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) -          CONFIRM("このレコードは更新されています。保存しますか?") -          If(OK=1) -             ACCEPT -          Else -             CANCEL -          End if -       Else -          CANCEL -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### 例題 11 - -この例題では、文字フィールドが更新されるたびに、1文字目を大文字に、それ以外を小文字に変換する方法を示します: - -```4d -  // [Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+ -       Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### 例題 12 - -この例題では、文字フィールドが更新されるたびに、1文字目を大文字に、それ以外を小文字に変換する方法を示します: - -```4d -  // [Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+ -       Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### 例題 13 - -以下の例題では階層リストで削除アクションを管理する方法を示します: - -```4d - ... // 階層リストメソッド -:(Form event code=On Delete Action) - ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) - $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) - $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) -  - Case of -    :($n=0) -       ALERT("項目が選択されていません。") -       OK:=0 -    :($n>=1) -       CONFIRM("選択された項目を削除しますか?") - End case -  - If(OK=1) -    For($i;1;$n) -       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) -    End for - End if -``` - -#### 例題 14 - -この例題ではOn Scroll フォームイベントを使用してフォーム中の２つのピクチャーを同期します。以下のコードを"satellite" のオブジェクトメソッドに記述します: - -```4d - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -  // 左側のピクチャー位置を取得 -       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) -  // 右側のピクチャーに適用 -       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) - End case -``` - -結果: - -#### 例題 15 - -リストボックスで選択されたセルの周りに赤い長方形を描画し、リストボックスがユーザーによって垂直方向にスクロールされた場合には、その長方形を一緒に移動させたい場合を考えます。その場合、リストボックスのオブジェクトメソッドに対して以下のように書きます: - -```4d - Case of -  -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True)&NBSP; //赤い長方形を初期化 -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -  -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) -       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //オーバーラップしないためにヘッダーの高さを取得 -       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //リストボックス内にいるとき -  //単純かのため、ここではヘッダーのみを扱います -  //実際にはスクロールバーに加え、 -  //水平方向のクリッピングも管理しなければなりません。 -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) -          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       Else -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) -       End if -  - End case -``` - -結果として、赤い長方形はリストボックスのスクロールに沿って移動します: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) - -#### 参照 - -*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* -[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) -[Current form table](current-form-table.md) -[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[FORM Event](form-event.md) -[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) -[Keystroke](keystroke.md) -[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) -[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md deleted file mode 100644 index 71c2fafc4b754c..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event -title: FORM Event -slug: /commands/form-event -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM Event** : Object - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| 戻り値 | Object | ← | イベントオブジェクト | - - - -#### 説明 - -**FORM Event** は、発生したフォームイベントに関する情報を格納しているオブジェクトを返します。通常、**FORM Event** はフォームまたはオブジェクトメソッド内にて使用します。 - -**返されるオブジェクト** - -返されるオブジェクトは、それぞれ以下のメインのプロパティを格納しています: - -| **プロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | -| ----------- | ----- | --------------------------------------------------------- | -| objectName | テキスト | イベントをトリガーしているオブジェクト名。フォームによってトリガーされている場合には含まれていません。 | -| code | 倍長整数 | フォームイベントの数値。[Form event code](form-event-code.md) を参照のこと。 | -| description | テキスト | フォームイベント名(*例:* "On After Edit") | - -例えば、ボタンをクリックした場合、オブジェクトには以下のプロパティが格納されます: - -```RAW -{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} -``` - -イベントオブジェクトには、イベントが発生したオブジェクトによっては追加のプロパティが含まれていることがあります。これは以下のオブジェクトで生成された*eventObj* オブジェクトが対象です: - -* リストボックスまたはカラムオブジェクト。詳細は*developer.4d.com でのリストボックスのドキュメント* を参照してください。 -* 4D View Pro エリア。詳細は*On VP Ready フォームイベント* を参照してください。 - -**注:** カレントのイベントが何もない場合、**FORM Event** はnull オブジェクトを返します。 - -#### 例題 1 - -ボタン上でOn Clicked イベントを管理したい場合を考えます: - -```4d - If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) -    ... - End if -``` - -#### 例題 2 - -カラムオブジェクト名に、実際のデータクラスの属性名を以下のように設定した場合: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) - -On Header Click イベントを使用してカラムをソートすることができます: - -```4d - Form.event:=FORM Event - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Header Click) -       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") -          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") -       End if - End case -``` - -#### 例題 3 - -リストボックスオブジェクトのOn Display Details イベントが発生したときに、*メタ情報式* プロパティに設定したメソッドを実行したい場合を考えます: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) - -*setColor* メソッドの中身です: - -```4d - var $event;$0;$meta : Object - $event:=[#current_title_incod] - $meta:=New object -  - Case of -    :($event.code=On Display Detail) -       If($event.isRowSelected) -          $meta.fill:="lightblue" -       End if - End case - $0:=$meta -``` - -その結果、行が選択された際のリストボックスは以下のようになります: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) - -#### 参照 - -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md index b4413e29894324..ba717bd7517894 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-first-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -FORM FIRST PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページを先頭のフォームページに変更します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに最初のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM FIRST PAGE コマンドは何も行いません。 +FORM FIRST PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページを先頭のフォームページに変更します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに最初のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM FIRST PAGE コマンドは何も行いません。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md index 490938e2fc5afc..b022258014b3e7 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -**FORM Get current page**コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページ、または[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされたカレントフォームの番号を返します。 +**FORM Get current page**コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページ、または[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされたカレントフォームの番号を返します。 *\** 引数は、複数のページを含むサブフォームタイプのページのコンテキストでコマンドが呼び出される場合に使用します。この場合、この引数を渡すと、コマンドは (コマンドを呼び出した) カレントサブフォームのページを変更します。*\** が省略された場合、デフォルトでコマンドは常に親フォームに適用されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md index 44ccc1a452b038..3c5baf35041a71 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md @@ -62,5 +62,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](method-get-paths-form.md) +[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](../commands/method-get-paths-form.md) *フォーム* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md index 56175858c600e6..0d48df36b886bc 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **FORM GOTO PAGE**コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページを*pageNumber*で指定したフォームページに変更します。 -フォームが表示されていない場合や[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってフォームがロードされていない場合、または*pageNumber* が現在のページである場合、**FORM GOTO PAGE**コマンドは何も行いません。*pageNumber*がフォームページ数よりも大きければ、最終ページを表示します。*pageNumber* に1未満の数が指定されると、先頭のフォームページを表示します。 +フォームが表示されていない場合や[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってフォームがロードされていない場合、または*pageNumber* が現在のページである場合、**FORM GOTO PAGE**コマンドは何も行いません。*pageNumber*がフォームページ数よりも大きければ、最終ページを表示します。*pageNumber* に1未満の数が指定されると、先頭のフォームページを表示します。 *\** 引数は、複数のページを含むサブフォームタイプのページのコンテキストでコマンドが呼び出される場合に使用します。この場合、この引数を渡すと、コマンドは (コマンドを呼び出した) カレントサブフォームのページを変更します。*\** が省略された場合、デフォルトでコマンドは常に親フォームに適用されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md index 1169e9836417de..78670be3b1ab41 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-last-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -FORM LAST PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページを最終のフォームページに変更します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに最終のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM LAST PAGEコマンドは何も行いません。 +FORM LAST PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページを最終のフォームページに変更します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに最終のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM LAST PAGEコマンドは何も行いません。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md deleted file mode 100644 index e3a342487372d1..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,173 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-load -title: FORM LOAD -slug: /commands/form-load -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM LOAD** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| aTable | Table | → | ロードするテーブルフォーム(省略時はプロジェクトフォームをロード) | -| form | Text, Object | → | (プロジェクトまたはテーブル)フォーム名(文字列)、あるいはフォームを定義した.jsonファイルへのPOSIXパス(文字列)、あるいは開くフォームを定義したオブジェクト | -| formData | Object | → | フォームに割り当てるデータ | -| * | 演算子 | → | 指定時、コマンドはコンポーネントから実行した場合にホストのデータベースコマンドが適応されます(それ以外の場合は無視されます)。 | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 説明 - -**FORM LOAD**コマンドを使用してデータ印刷・コンテンツ解析のために *form* 引数で指定したフォームをカレントプロセスにおいて*formData* 引数のデータ(オプション)とともにメモリーにロードします。1つのプロセスにつきカレントフォームは1つしか指定できません。 - -*form* 引数には、以下のいづれかを渡すことができます: - -* フォーム名 -* 使用するフォームの詳細を格納している有効な.josn ファイルへのパス(POSIX シンタックス、*フォームファイルパス*参照) -* フォームの詳細を格納しているオブジェクト - -コマンドがコンポーネントから呼び出された場合、デフォルトではコマンドはコンポーネントのフォームをロードします。 *\** 引数を渡した場合、メソッドはホストデータベースのフォームをロードします。 - -##### formData - -オプションとして、*formData* オブジェクト引数を使用して*form* 引数で指定したフォームへとパラメーターを渡すことができます。*formData* オブジェクトのプロパティであれば、フォームコンテキスト内から[Form](form.md) コマンドを通して利用することができるようになります。例えば、*formData* 引数に{"version","12"} を格納しているオブジェクトを渡した場合、フォーム内から以下のコードを呼び出すことで、"version" プロパティの値を取得したり設定したりすることができます: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -*formData* オブジェクトは、On Load フォームイベント内で利用可能です。 - -*formData* 引数を使用することで、呼び出しコンテキストに関わらず、フォームに安全にパラメーターを渡すことができるようになります。具体的には、同じプロセス内の異なる場所から同じフォームが呼び出されている場合、[Form](form.md).myProperty と呼び出すだけでその特定の値へと常にアクセスすることができるからです。 - -**注意:** 引数を渡さなかった場合、あるいは未定義のオブジェクトを渡した場合、**FORM LOAD** は[Form](form.md) コマンドを通して利用可能な、*form* 引数で指定したフォームに割り当てられた新しい空のオブジェクトを自動的に作成します。 - -##### データの印刷 - -このコマンドを使用するには、 [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) コマンドを使って印刷ジョブを事前に開いておく必要があります。 [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) は [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) を暗示的に呼び出すため、このコンテキストでは改めて [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドを使用する必要があります。ロードされた *form* はカレントの印刷フォームとなります。 [Print object](print-object.md) コマンドを含む、すべてのオブジェクト管理コマンドはこのフォームに対して動作します。 - -**FORM LOAD** コマンドを呼び出す前に、別の印刷フォームがロードされていた場合には、そのフォームは閉じられ、*form* に置き換えられます。ひとつの印刷セッション内で複数のプロジェクトフォームを開いたり閉じたりすることができます。**FORM LOAD** で印刷フォームを変更してもページブレークは生成されません。ページブレークは別途指定する必要があります。 - -プロジェクトフォーム (またはフォームのオブジェクトメソッド) を開く際には、On Load フォームイベントのみが実行されます。他のフォームイベントは無視されます。印刷の終わりには On Unload フォームイベントが実行されます。 - -フォームのグラフィックな一貫性を保持するために、プラットフォームにかかわらず"印刷"アピアランスプロパティを適用することをお勧めします。 - -[CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)コマンドが呼び出されると、カレント印刷フォームは自動で閉じられます。 - -##### コンテンツの解析 - -データ解析のためにスクリーン外にフォームをロードするには、印刷ジョブ外のコンテキストで **FORM LOAD** を呼び出します。この場合、フォームイベントは実行されません。 - -**FORM LOAD** を [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) や [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) コマンドと併せて使用して、フォームコンテンツを任意に処理することができます。その後、フォームをメモリから解放するために [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) コマンドを呼び出す必要があります。 - -いずれの場合においても、スクリーン上のフォームはロードされたままであるため (**FORM LOAD** コマンドに影響されない)、 [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) コマンドを呼び出した後にこれらをリロードする必要はありません。 - -**注:** メモリオーバーフローのリスクを回避するため、スクリーン外でフォームを使用した場合には [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) を必ずコールしてください。 - -#### 例題 1 - -印刷ジョブにプロジェクトフォームを呼び出す場合: - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD("print_form") -  // イベントとオブジェクトメソッドの実行 -``` - -#### 例題 2 - -印刷ジョブにテーブルフォームを呼び出す場合: - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") -  // イベントとオブジェクトメソッドの実行 -``` - -#### 例題 3 - -フォームの内容を解析してテキスト入力エリアに何らかの処理をする場合: - -```4d - FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") -  // イベントやメソッドを実行することなくフォームを選択 - FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) - For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) -    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) -  //… 処理 -    End if - End for - FORM UNLOAD //フォームをunloadするのを忘れないこと -``` - -#### 例題 4 - -以下の例では、JSON ファイルで定義されたフォーム上にあるオブジェクトの数を返します: - -```4d - ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //フォームのオブジェクトを並べ替えて入れる配列 - ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) - ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) -  - FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //フォームを読み込む - FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) -  - ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //オブジェクトの数を返す -``` - -結果は以下のように表示されます: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) - -#### 例題 5 - -リストボックスを格納しているフォームを印刷したい場合を考えます。*on load* イベント中に、リストボックスのコンテンツを変更したいとします。 - -1\. 印刷メソッド内に、以下のように書きます: - -```4d - var $formData : Object - var $over : Boolean - var $full : Boolean -  - OPEN PRINTING JOB - $formData:=New object - $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() - ... // コレクションにデータを入れます -  - FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) // $formData 経由でコレクションをフォームに渡します - $over:=False - Repeat -    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // この"LB" はリストボックスで、Form.LBcollectionをデータソースとして持つとします。 -    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) -    If(Not($over)) -       PAGE BREAK -    End if - Until($over) - FORM UNLOAD - CLOSE PRINTING JOB -``` - -2\. フォームメソッド内には以下のように書きます: - -```4d - var $o : Object - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) // ここでLBcollection は利用可能です -          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) -       End for each - End case -``` - -#### 参照 - -[Current form name](current-form-name.md) -[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) -[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) -[OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) -[Print object](print-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md index 3899f1e5c8e29a..41a2fdb7855cfd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-next-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -FORM NEXT PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページから次のフォームページに移動します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに最終のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM NEXT PAGE コマンドは何も行いません。 +FORM NEXT PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページから次のフォームページに移動します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに最終のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM NEXT PAGE コマンドは何も行いません。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md index 7e1300849161c4..3d56e08854f2d9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -FORM PREVIOUS PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページから前のフォームページに移動します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに先頭のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM PREVIOUS PAGE コマンドは何も行いません。 +FORM PREVIOUS PAGE コマンドは、現在表示されているフォームページから前のフォームページに移動します。フォームが表示されていない、または[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってロードされてない場合や、すでに先頭のフォームページが表示されている場合、FORM PREVIOUS PAGE コマンドは何も行いません。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md index d8992a3a3f60f4..1193c54af18c93 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs FORM SCREENSHOT コマンドはフォームをピクチャーにして返します。このコマンドは2つのシンタックスを受け入れます。使用されるシンタックスに応じてフォームのピクチャー、またはフォームエディター内のフォームのピクチャーが返されます。 * FORM SCREENSHOT ( formPict ) -このシンタックスでは実行中、または [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) コマンドによってロード中のフォームのカレントページのスクリーンショットが返されます。*formPict*引数に返されるピクチャーにはフォームのすべての表示可能なオブジェクトが含まれ、そこにカレントのフィールドや変数の値が表示されます。フォームのすべてが返され、ウィンドウサイズは考慮されません。 +このシンタックスでは実行中、または [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) コマンドによってロード中のフォームのカレントページのスクリーンショットが返されます。*formPict*引数に返されるピクチャーにはフォームのすべての表示可能なオブジェクトが含まれ、そこにカレントのフィールドや変数の値が表示されます。フォームのすべてが返され、ウィンドウサイズは考慮されません。 このシンタックスは入力フォームでのみ有効です。 * FORM SCREENSHOT ( {*aTable* ;} formName; formPict{; *pageNum*} ) このシンタックスはフォームエディターに表示されるフォームテンプレートのスクリーンショットを返します。すべての表示可能なオブジェクトはフォームエディターに表示される通りに描画されます。継承フォームや0ページのオブジェクトも含まれます。 @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md index 0b6d6ed8e3a9da..e94844b1be9baf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -**FORM UNLOAD**コマンドは、[FORM LOAD](form-load.md)コマンドで指定したカレントのフォームをメモリーから解放します。. +**FORM UNLOAD**コマンドは、[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md)コマンドで指定したカレントのフォームをメモリーから解放します。. -このコマンドは [FORM LOAD](form-load.md)コマンドを印刷以外の目的で使用したときには必ず呼び出さなければなりません(実際に印刷をしたときには、 [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) コマンドを呼び出した際に自動的にカレントフォームは再度閉じられます)。 +このコマンドは [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md)コマンドを印刷以外の目的で使用したときには必ず呼び出さなければなりません(実際に印刷をしたときには、 [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) コマンドを呼び出した際に自動的にカレントフォームは再度閉じられます)。 #### 参照 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9baa8bc105cd9e..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form -title: Form -slug: /commands/form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form** : Object - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| 戻り値 | Object | ← | カレントフォームに関連付けられているフォームデータ | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 説明 - -**Form** コマンドは、 カレントフォームに関連付けられているオブジェクトがある場合にはそれを返します。4D は以下の場合においてはカレントフォームにオブジェクトを自動的に関連付けます: - -* カレントフォームが[DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドによって表示された場合。 -* カレントフォームがサブフォームである場合。 -* あるテーブルフォームがスクリーン上に表示されている場合。 - -##### DIALOG フォーム - -カレントフォームが[DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドの呼び出しによって表示されている場合、**Form** は空のオブジェクトを返すか、あるいはこのコマンドに引数として渡された*formData* オブジェクト(あれば)を返します。 - -##### サブフォーム - -カレントフォームがサブフォームである場合、返されるオブジェクトは親コンテナ変数に応じて変わります: - -* 親コンテナに関連付けられている変数がオブジェクトとして型指定されていている([C\_OBJECT](c-object.md))場合、**Form** はこの変数の値を返します。 -この場合、**Form** によって返されるオブジェクトは以下の式によって返されるものと同じです: -```4d - (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> -``` -* 親コンテナに関連付けられている変数がオブジェクトとして型指定されていない場合、**Form** は4D によってサブフォームコンテキストにおいて維持されている空のオブジェクトを返します。 - -詳細な情報については、*ページサブフォーム* の章を参照してください。 - -##### テーブルフォーム - -**Form** は画面上に表示されているテーブルフォームに関連づけられているオブジェクトを返します。出力フォームから表示されている入力フォーム(例: レコードをダブルクリックした後の入力フォーム)のコンテキストにおいては、返されたオブジェクトには以下のプロパティを持つオブジェクトを返します: - -| **プロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | -| ---------- | ------ | ----------------------- | -| parentForm | オブジェクト | 親出力フォームの**Form** オブジェクト | - -#### 例題 - -人物のレコードを表示しているフォームにおいて、"Check children" ボタンを押すとその人物の子供の名前と年齢を検証あるいは変更するダイアログが開く場合を考えます: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**注:** "Children" オブジェクトフィールドはこの例題においての構造を示すために表示されているだけです。 - -検証フォームにおいて、[Form](form.md) オブジェクトプロパティを変数へと割り当てているものとします: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -"Check children" ボタンの中身のコードは以下のようになります: - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //children 配列を取得 - $save:=False //save 引数を初期化 -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //各子供に対して -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //値を含んだダイアログを表示 -       If(OK=1) //ユーザーはOKをクリックした -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //強制的にオブジェクトフィールドを更新 -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("No child to check.") - End if -``` - -**注:** この例題ではデータベース内においてオブジェクト記法が有効化されていることが前提となります(*互換性ページ* を参照してください)。 - -フォームはそれぞれの子供についての情報を表示します: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -値が変更されてOKボタンがクリックされた場合、フィールドは更新されます(その後、親のレコードも保存される必要があります)。 - -#### 参照 - -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md index e5f998e15360e2..8844f23e0d22fd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -**Get edited text**コマンドは、主にOn After Edit フォームイベントで入力中のテキストを取得するために使用します。またOn Before Keystroke および On After Keystroke フォームイベントで使用することもできます。これらのフォームイベントについてのより詳細な情報は[Form event code](form-event-code.md)の説明を参照してください。 +**Get edited text**コマンドは、主にOn After Edit フォームイベントで入力中のテキストを取得するために使用します。またOn Before Keystroke および On After Keystroke フォームイベントで使用することもできます。これらのフォームイベントについてのより詳細な情報は[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)の説明を参照してください。 このコマンドとOn Before Keystroke または On After Keystroke フォームイベントの組み合わせは、以下の用に動作します: @@ -66,5 +66,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md index 4f27bc9ba51220..4cff6edbbe285b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs このコマンドは次の2つの状況で使用することができます: * [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")および[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md "PRINT RECORD")コマンドのコンテキストでのOn Headerフォームイベント中で。 -* [Print form](print-form.md "Print form")コマンドのコンテキストでのOn Printing Detailフォームイベント中で。 +* [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form")コマンドのコンテキストでのOn Printing Detailフォームイベント中で。 座標はピクセル単位で返されます (1ピクセル＝1/72インチ)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md index ab0e9892970e9b..d0621487b5cbd9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md index d2c4150228a40f..bfa2e651cc00b0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -GET PRINTABLE MARGIN コマンドは、[Print form](print-form.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) そして [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドに使用されるマージンの現在値を返します。 +GET PRINTABLE MARGIN コマンドは、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) そして [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドに使用されるマージンの現在値を返します。 値は、用紙の端からの長さがピクセル単位で返されます。 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs デフォルトで、4Dにおける印刷に関する計算は“印刷可能マージン”に基づいています。このシステムの利点は、フォームが自動的に新しいプリンタに 適応するということです（フォームは印刷可能領域に配置されるため）。その一方で、事前に印刷されたフォームの場合は、プリンタを変更すると印刷可能マー ジンが変わる可能性があるため、正確に印刷されるように各項目を配置することができませんでした。 -4Dバージョン6.8.1以降、[Print form](print-form.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)および[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドを使用して行うフォームの印刷を、各プリンタ共通の固定マージン（用紙マージン、つまり用紙の物理的な許容限界寸法）に基づいて行うことができるようになりました。これを行うには、 [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md)、 [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) および[GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) コマンドを使用します。 +4Dバージョン6.8.1以降、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)および[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドを使用して行うフォームの印刷を、各プリンタ共通の固定マージン（用紙マージン、つまり用紙の物理的な許容限界寸法）に基づいて行うことができるようになりました。これを行うには、 [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md)、 [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) および[GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) コマンドを使用します。 #### 印刷用語について @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md index d3efabf41f27b7..581ad2c265e2a1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -**Get printed height** コマンドは、 [Print form](print-form.md) コマンドを使って印刷された部分全体の高さ（ピクセル単位）を返します。 +**Get printed height** コマンドは、 [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) コマンドを使って印刷された部分全体の高さ（ピクセル単位）を返します。 返される値は、0（ページ上端）から[GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) コマンドによって返される全体の高さ（印刷可能領域の最大サイズ）までの間の値です。 -[Print form](print-form.md) コマンドを使って新しいセクションを印刷する場合は、新しいセクションの高さがこの値に加えられます。使用できる印刷可能領域がこのセクションの印刷に不十分である場合は、新しいページが作成され、値0が返されます。 +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) コマンドを使って新しいセクションを印刷する場合は、新しいセクションの高さがこの値に加えられます。使用できる印刷可能領域がこのセクションの印刷に不十分である場合は、新しいページが作成され、値0が返されます。 右および左の印刷可能マージンは、上および下のマージン（[SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) コマンドを使って指定可能）とは異なり、返される値に影響を与えません。 @@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md index 995f1e531ca4c6..8ea95cc8ebf8fd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **In break** 実行サイクルを生成させるには、デザインモードでそのフォームやオブジェクトでOn Printing Breakイベントプロパティを必ず選択してください。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Printing Break イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Printing Break イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 #### 参照 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md index a918ee179517ea..4dcd55d7ea3135 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **In footer** 実行サイクルを生成させるには、デザインモードでそのフォームやオブジェクトでOn Printing footerイベントプロパティを必ず選択してください。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Printing footerイベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを用いてOn Printing footerイベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同等と言えます。 #### 参照 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md index 608a13d247a02a..54c4f6c85b0153 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **In header** 実行サイクルを生成させるには、デザインモードでそのフォームやオブジェクトで On Headerイベントプロパティを必ず選択してください。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを使用して、On Header イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同じです。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを使用して、On Header イベントを返すかどうかをテストするのと同じです。 #### 参照 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md index bd93f09e7be491..299b6f0fc84e85 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md index bcd026b9a63c5f..1241a3c046e686 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Keystroke はユーザがフィールドや入力可能エリアに入力した文字を返します。 -通常、KeystrokeはOn Before Keystrokeフォームイベントを処理するフォーム/オブジェクトメソッドで使用します。キーストロークイベントを検知するには、[Form event](form-event.md "Form event")コマンドを使用します。 +通常、KeystrokeはOn Before Keystrokeフォームイベントを処理するフォーム/オブジェクトメソッドで使用します。キーストロークイベントを検知するには、[Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event")コマンドを使用します。 ユーザが実際に入力した文字を置き換えるには、[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md "FILTER KEYSTROKE")コマンドを使用します。 @@ -169,5 +169,5 @@ $2->:=$vtNewValue #### 参照 [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md index c8d9676993f17e..56758c25886eb0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md) [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md index c362e4fd98819f..1703b38ed189ab 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs 配列には、表示非表示に関わらず、全ての列に関して(列のフッターを含む)オブジェクト名が返されます。 -このコマンドは [FORM LOAD](form-load.md)、[FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) と [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) コマンドを使用してフォームを解析する際に有用です。必要に応じてリストボックスのサブオブジェクトの名前を取得するために使用することができます。 +このコマンドは [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md)、[FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) と [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) コマンドを使用してフォームを解析する際に有用です。必要に応じてリストボックスのサブオブジェクトの名前を取得するために使用することができます。 #### 例題 @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md index 2a16eb7d027f70..619bb50f4b07da 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs オプションの引数 *\** を渡すことにより、*object*引数がオブジェクト名（文字列）であることを示します。この引数を渡さない場合、*object*引数が変数であることを示します。この場合、文字列ではなく変数参照を指定します。オブジェクト名についての詳細はの節を参照してください。 -このコマンドはOn column movedフォームイベントで使用します ([Form event](form-event.md "Form event") コマンド参照)。 +このコマンドはOn column movedフォームイベントで使用します ([Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event") コマンド参照)。 **Note:** このコマンドは、非表示の列を考慮します。 #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED ROW NUMBER](listbox-moved-row-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md index 40c31fc429741f..8a1f4c79b1acac 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs オプションの引数 *\** を渡すことにより、*object*引数がオブジェクト名（文字列）であることを示します。この引数を渡さない場合、*object*引数が変数であることを示します。この場合、文字列ではなく変数参照を指定します。オブジェクト名についての詳細は *オブジェクトプロパティ* の節を参照してください。 -このコマンドはOn row movedフォームイベントで使用します ([Form event](form-event.md "Form event") コマンド参照)。 +このコマンドはOn row movedフォームイベントで使用します ([Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event") コマンド参照)。 **注:** このコマンドは、非表示の行を考慮しません。 #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md index 4720c0bb405bf3..76b2991c03dd4f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **注:** **Modified** はあらゆるタイプのフィールドに対して適用できますが、このコマンドを[Old](old.md) コマンドと組み合わせて使用する場合には、[Old](old.md) コマンドの制約に注意してください。詳細については[Old](old.md) コマンドの説明を参照してください。 -データ入力時には、フォームメソッドで**Modified** を使用するよりも、オブジェクトメソッドで[Form event code](form-event-code.md) を使用して処理を実行する方が簡単です。フィールドが修正される度にOn Data Changeイベントがオブジェクトメソッドに送信されるので、オブジェクトメソッドの利用はフォームメソッドで**Modified** を使用したのと同じ意味を持ちます。 +データ入力時には、フォームメソッドで**Modified** を使用するよりも、オブジェクトメソッドで[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) を使用して処理を実行する方が簡単です。フィールドが修正される度にOn Data Changeイベントがオブジェクトメソッドに送信されるので、オブジェクトメソッドの利用はフォームメソッドで**Modified** を使用したのと同じ意味を持ちます。 **注:** 処理を正しく実行するため、**Modified** コマンドはフォームメソッドまたは、フォームメソッドから呼び出されるメソッド内でのみ使用します。 @@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Old](old.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md index 3d511d3bd56d8a..d4b3c3be6117f9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) *セット* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md index 3946f243421292..80ee4bdfe55476 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs 事前に[DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) コマンドが呼び出されていないと、このコマンドはその機能を発揮しません。 このコマンドはプロジェクトフォーム (テーブルにリンクされていないフォーム) の使用と関連しています。 -フォーム (ユーザーフォームを除く) に関係するコマンドのほとんどは、任意の引数*aTable*を最初の引数として受け入れます。例えば*\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*、[Open form window](open-form-window.md)、[DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドなどです。プロジェクトフォームとテーブルフォームが同じ名前を持つことができるので、この引数を用いて使用するフォームを決定します。テーブルフォームを使用したい時は引数*aTable* を渡し、プロジェクトフォームを使用したい時はこの引数を省略します。 +フォーム (ユーザーフォームを除く) に関係するコマンドのほとんどは、任意の引数*aTable*を最初の引数として受け入れます。例えば*\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*、[Open form window](open-form-window.md)、[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) コマンドなどです。プロジェクトフォームとテーブルフォームが同じ名前を持つことができるので、この引数を用いて使用するフォームを決定します。テーブルフォームを使用したい時は引数*aTable* を渡し、プロジェクトフォームを使用したい時はこの引数を省略します。 \[Table1\] テーブルに対して、"TheForm" という名前のプロジェクトフォームとそれと同じ名前のテーブルフォームを持つデータベースでは、次のようになります。 ```4d diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md index 747defbf7aacab..92fece4193336b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md index bfa5cdacd2913f..4ac98eabb776d0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md @@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) [OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE](object-set-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md index a3a4f92b2cced1..f13264b082a5ca 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md @@ -41,4 +41,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md index ea7f37e4f55176..1ae5ce8363ea9c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md @@ -95,5 +95,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md index 3a94dbe2e83ded..1b19489b1f4f00 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs このコマンドは以下のコンテキストで動作します: * 入力フォームのデータ入力 -* [DIALOG](dialog.md "DIALOG")コマンドを使用して表示されたフォーム +* [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md "DIALOG")コマンドを使用して表示されたフォーム * [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md "MODIFY SELECTION")や[DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md "DISPLAY SELECTION")コマンドで表示される出力フォームのヘッダとフッタ * フォーム印刷イベント diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md index 237841431b1e04..08ed88d467291f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs このコマンドは以下の様な場合においてのみ機能します: * レコード編集中の入力フォーム -* [DIALOG](dialog.md) コマンドを使用して表示したフォーム +* [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) コマンドを使用して表示したフォーム * [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) か [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) フォームを使用して表示された出力フォームのヘッダーとフッター * 印刷中のフォーム diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md index 91f5eb2e001aa4..e95a8720c87a1a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get subform container value](object-get-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md index f24bddac854036..bb86d344c725fd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md @@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md index 5c16221d246780..71edbc0b70c90c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Ctrl+ピリオドが押されると、イベント処理メソッド内で*<>vbW  End if ``` -この例題では、ON EVENT CALLが使用されている点に注意してください。これは、ループで*PAGE SETUP*、[PRINT FORM](print-form.md "PRINT FORM")、[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md "PAGE BREAK")コマンドを使い、特別な印刷用レポートを生成しているためです。 +この例題では、ON EVENT CALLが使用されている点に注意してください。これは、ループで*PAGE SETUP*、[PRINT FORM](../commands/print-form.md "PRINT FORM")、[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md "PAGE BREAK")コマンドを使い、特別な印刷用レポートを生成しているためです。 [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")コマンドを使ってレポートを印刷する場合、ユーザに印刷を中断させるようなイベント処理を実行する必要はありません。この処理は[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")コマンドにより自動的に行われます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md index d7224feabeb7c5..8b8c32fbdc0352 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ $5 と $6 引数は、ブラウザーが表示する標準の認証ダイアロ **注:** -* **On Web Authenticationデータベースメソッド**内でインターフェース要素を呼び出さないでください ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md)等)。そうでなければメソッドの実行が中断され、接続は拒否されます。処理中にエラーが発生した場合も同じことが言えます。 +* **On Web Authenticationデータベースメソッド**内でインターフェース要素を呼び出さないでください ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md)等)。そうでなければメソッドの実行が中断され、接続は拒否されます。処理中にエラーが発生した場合も同じことが言えます。 * メソッドプロパティダイアログオックスのオプション"4DタグとURL (4DACTION...) で利用可"を使用して、プロジェクトメソッドごとに、**4DACTION** や **4DSCRIPT**にからメソッドを実行させないようにできます。この点に関する詳細は*接続セキュリティ*を参照してください。 #### On Web Authentication データベースメソッドの呼び出し diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md index 5452fe1902c591..6bc446780e94d1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ $5 と $6 引数は、ブラウザが表示する標準の認証ダイアログ **On Web Connectionデータベースメソッド** は*4DCGI* URLまたはカスタマイズされたコマンドURLを使用したWebサーバーへのアクセスのエントリポイントとして使用できます。 -**警告:** インタフェース要素を表示する4D コマンド ([DIALOG](dialog.md)、[ALERT](alert.md)...) を呼び出すと、メソッド処理が終了します。 +**警告:** インタフェース要素を表示する4D コマンド ([DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md)、[ALERT](alert.md)...) を呼び出すと、メソッド処理が終了します。 **On Web Connectionデータベースメソッド** は以下のケースで呼び出されます: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md index ce86fcb3f6e54a..7b850fcf8fd08b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **注:** -* このコマンドは[DIALOG](dialog.md)コマンドに *\** 引数を渡したときと同じ原理で動作します。MSCはウィンドウに表示され、コマンドは即座にコントロールを4Dのコードに返します。カレントプロセスが終了すると、\[#cmd id="270"/\]をシミュレートし、ウィンドウは自動的に閉じられます。そのためウィンドウの表示を実行中のプロセスのコードを通して管理する必要があります。 +* このコマンドは[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md)コマンドに *\** 引数を渡したときと同じ原理で動作します。MSCはウィンドウに表示され、コマンドは即座にコントロールを4Dのコードに返します。カレントプロセスが終了すると、\[#cmd id="270"/\]をシミュレートし、ウィンドウは自動的に閉じられます。そのためウィンドウの表示を実行中のプロセスのコードを通して管理する必要があります。 * このコマンドはリモートの4D アプリケーションでは実行することができません。 #### 参照 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md index a947ad4f6317b9..d4e55c4aa74042 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs * *controlMenuBox* 引数はオプションで、ウィンドウのコントロールボックスメソッドを指定します。この引数が指定されると、コントロールメニューボックス (Windows) やクローズボックス (Macintosh) がウィンドウに追加されます。ユーザがコントロールメニューボックスをダブルクリック (Windows) またはクローズボックスをクリック (Macintosh) すると、*controlMenuBox* に渡したメソッドが呼び出されます。 -**Note:** On Close Boxイベントを使用して、フォームメソッドでウィンドウを閉じる際のコントロールを行うこともできます。詳細は[Form event code](form-event-code.md)コマンドを参照してください。 +**Note:** On Close Boxイベントを使用して、フォームメソッドでウィンドウを閉じる際のコントロールを行うこともできます。詳細は[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)コマンドを参照してください。 プロセス内で複数のウィンドウが開かれている場合、最後に開かれたウィンドウがそのプロセス内でアクティブ (最前面) です。アクティブウィンドウ内の情報のみが更新可能です。他のウィンドウは見ることはできます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md index b4f4e5a8d89f48..056f4b8b53f2b2 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Outside call** 実行サイクルが生成されるためには、デザイン環境においてOn Outside call イベントプロパティがフォーム・オブジェクトに対して選択されていることを確認して下さい。 -**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを使用して、On Outside call イベントを返すかどうかを試すのと同じであると言えます。 +**注:** このコマンドは、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを使用して、On Outside call イベントを返すかどうかを試すのと同じであると言えます。 #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md index 99e18e3c3b0287..2afcf475825211 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -PAGE BREAKはプリンタに送信されたデータの印刷を実行させ、改ページを行います。PAGE BREAKは (On Printing Detailフォームイベントのコンテキストで) [Print form](print-form.md "Print form")と共に使用し、強制的に改ページを行ったり、メモリに作成された最後のページを印刷するために使用します。PAGE BREAKは、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")コマンドとともに使用してはいけません。この代りに、[Subtotal](subtotal.md "Subtotal")や[BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md "BREAK LEVEL")にオプション引数を使用してページブレークを行ってください。 +PAGE BREAKはプリンタに送信されたデータの印刷を実行させ、改ページを行います。PAGE BREAKは (On Printing Detailフォームイベントのコンテキストで) [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form")と共に使用し、強制的に改ページを行ったり、メモリに作成された最後のページを印刷するために使用します。PAGE BREAKは、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")コマンドとともに使用してはいけません。この代りに、[Subtotal](subtotal.md "Subtotal")や[BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md "BREAK LEVEL")にオプション引数を使用してページブレークを行ってください。 *\** と *\>* 引数は両方ともオプションです。 -*\** 引数により、[Print form](print-form.md "Print form") コマンドによって開始したプリントジョブをキャンセルすることができます。このコマンドを実行すると、進行中のプリントジョブが直ちに中止されます。 +*\** 引数により、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") コマンドによって開始したプリントジョブをキャンセルすることができます。このコマンドを実行すると、進行中のプリントジョブが直ちに中止されます。 **Note:** Windowsでは、プリンタサーバのスプールプロパティによってはこのメカニズムが動作しないことがあります。プリンタがただちに印刷を行うように設定されている場合、取消しは機能しないでしょう。PAGE BREAK(\*) コマンドの操作を有効にするには、プリンタ設定で最後のページがスプールされてから印刷を開始する設定を選んでください。 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 例題 1 -[Print form](print-form.md "Print form") コマンドの例題参照 +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") コマンドの例題参照 #### 例題 2 @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md index 3a6b481aada74a..e7764e8dd48d37 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md @@ -44,6 +44,6 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GET PROCESS VARIABLE](get-process-variable.md) [SET PROCESS VARIABLE](set-process-variable.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2dc3b1b69e603d..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,191 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: print-form -title: Print form -slug: /commands/print-form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Print form** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*} {; *area1*{; *area2*}} ) : Integer - -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| aTable | Table | → | フォームが属するテーブル, または 省略した場合は、デフォルトテーブル | -| form | Text, Object | → | (プロジェクトまたはテーブル)フォーム名(文字列)、あるいはフォームを定義した.jsonファイルへのPOSIXパス(文字列)、あるいは印刷するフォームを定義したオブジェクト | -| formData | Object | → | フォームに割り当てるデータ | -| area1 | Integer | → | 印刷マーカ、または開始エリア(area2が指定された場合) | -| area2 | Integer | → | 終了エリア(area1が指定された場合) | -| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | 印刷されたエリアの高さ | - - - -*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないため、プリエンプティブなコードには使えません。* - - -#### 説明 - -**Print form** は、*aTable*のフィールドや変数の現在の値を使用して*form*を印刷します。通常は、印刷処理を完全に制御する必要のある非常に複雑なレポートを印刷するために使用します。**Print form** はレコード処理、ブレーク処理、改ページ処理を全く行いません。これらの処理はすべて開発者が行います。**Print form** は固定されたサイズの枠のなかにフィ－ルドや変数を印刷します。 - -*form* 引数には、以下のいづれかを渡すことができます: - -* フォーム名 -* 使用するフォームの詳細を格納している有効な.josn ファイルへのパス(POSIX シンタックス、*フォームファイルパス*参照) -* フォームの詳細を格納しているオブジェクト - -**Print form** は、フォームの印刷後に改ページを行わないため、同じページに異なるフォームを容易に配置することができます。したがって、**Print form** は、異なるテーブルや異なるフォームを含む複雑な印刷処理に最適です。フォーム間で改ページを強制的に行うには[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを使用してください。印刷可能領域を超える高さのフォームの印刷を次のページに持ち越すには、[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを使用する前に[CANCEL](cancel.md) コマンドを呼び出してください。 - -3つの異なるシンタックスを使用できます: - -**詳細エリアの印刷** - -シンタックス: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm) -``` - -この場合、**Print form** はフォームの詳細エリア (ヘッダマーカと詳細マーカの間のエリア) だけを印刷します。 - -**フォームエリアの印刷** - -シンタックス: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;marker) -``` - -この場合コマンドは*marker*で示されるセクションを印刷します。以下の*Form Area* テーマの定数のうちの1つを*marker*引数に渡します: - -| 定数 | 型 | 値 | -| ------------- | ---- | --- | -| Form break0 | 倍長整数 | 300 | -| Form break1 | 倍長整数 | 301 | -| Form break2 | 倍長整数 | 302 | -| Form break3 | 倍長整数 | 303 | -| Form break4 | 倍長整数 | 304 | -| Form break5 | 倍長整数 | 305 | -| Form break6 | 倍長整数 | 306 | -| Form break7 | 倍長整数 | 307 | -| Form break8 | 倍長整数 | 308 | -| Form break9 | 倍長整数 | 309 | -| Form detail | 倍長整数 | 0 | -| Form footer | 倍長整数 | 100 | -| Form header | 倍長整数 | 200 | -| Form header1 | 倍長整数 | 201 | -| Form header10 | 倍長整数 | 210 | -| Form header2 | 倍長整数 | 202 | -| Form header3 | 倍長整数 | 203 | -| Form header4 | 倍長整数 | 204 | -| Form header5 | 倍長整数 | 205 | -| Form header6 | 倍長整数 | 206 | -| Form header7 | 倍長整数 | 207 | -| Form header8 | 倍長整数 | 208 | -| Form header9 | 倍長整数 | 209 | - -**任意のエリア部分の印刷** - -シンタックス: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) -``` - -この場合、コマンドは*areaStart*および*areaEnd*引数間に含まれる部分を印刷します。値はピクセル単位で入力しなければいけません。 - -**formData** - -オプションとして、*form* 引数のフォームに、*formData* オブジェクトを使用してパラメーターを渡すことができます。*formData* オブジェクトのプロパティは、[Form](form.md) コマンドを通してフォームコンテキスト内から利用することが可能です。例えば、*formData* に{"version","12"} というデータを格納しているオブジェクトを渡した場合、フォーム内から以下のようなコードを呼び出すことで、"version" プロパティの値の取得・設定が可能です: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -*formData* オブジェクトは、On Printing Detail フォームイベント内で利用可能です。*formData* オブジェクトを使用すると、呼び出しコンテキストに関わらず、フォームに安全にパラメーターを渡すことができます。具体的には、同じプロセス内で同じフォームが異なる場所から呼び出されていた場合、[Form](form.md).myProperty と呼び出すだけで特定の値にアクセスすることが可能です。 - -**注意:** 引数を渡さなかった場合、あるいは未定義のオブジェクトを渡した場合、**Print form** は*form* 引数のフォームに紐づいた空のオブジェクトを自動的に作成します。このオブジェクトには[Form](form.md) コマンドを使用してアクセス可能です。 - -**Print form** によって返される値は印刷可能範囲の高さを表します。この値は、[Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) コマンドに自動的に考慮されます。 - -**Print form** を使用する場合、印刷ダイアログボックスは表示されません。レポートはデザインモードでフォームに割り当てられた用紙設定を使用しません。**Print form** を実行する前に用紙設定を指定する方法は2通りあります: - -* [PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md) コマンドを使用する。この場合、ユーザが設定を行います。 -* *\_o\_PAGE SETUP* コマンドを使用する。この場合、用紙設定はプログラムで指定します。 - -**Print form** は、印刷するページをそれぞれメモリ中に作成します。各ページはメモリ中のページがいっぱいになるか、[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを実行すると印刷されます。**Print form** の使用後、最後のページの印刷を確実に行うためには、[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドで終了しなければなりません。そうでないと、最後のページはメモリ中に残り印刷されません。 - -**警告:** このコマンドが [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) で開かれた印刷ジョブのコンテキストで呼び出された場合、 [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) を使用して最後のページを印刷しようとしてはいけません。なぜなら、最後のページは[CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md) コマンドによって自動的に印刷されるからです。この状況で [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) を使用した場合、空のページが印刷されます。 - -このコマンドは外部エリアとオブジェクト(例えば 4D Write や 4D Viewエリアなど)を印刷します。エリアはコマンドの実行の際に毎回リセットされます。 - -**警告:** サブフォームは、**Print form** では印刷はされません。そのようなオブジェクトを含んだフォームを一つだけ印刷したい場合は、代わりに[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) を使用して下さい。 - -**Print form** は、1回だけフォームメソッドのOn Printing Detailイベントを生成します。 - -**4D Server:** このコマンドは、ストアドプロシージャのフレームワークにおいて4D Server上で実行することができます。この状況では、次の制約があります: - -* サーバマシン上ではダイアログボックスを一切表示しないでください (特定の必要性がある場合を除く)。 -* プリンタ関連の問題が発生しても (用紙切れ、プリンタ接続切断等) 、エラーメッセージは生成されません。 - -#### 例題 1 - -以下の例は[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")コマンドをエミュレートします。しかし、レコードが小切手用かデポジット用であるかによって2種類のフォームの1つを使用します: - -```4d - QUERY([Register]) // レコードを選択 - If(OK=1) -    ORDER BY([Register]) // レコードをソート -    If(OK=1) -       PRINT SETTINGS // 印刷設定ダイアログを表示 -       If(OK=1) -          For($vlRecord;1;Records in selection([Register])) -             If([Register]Type ="Check") -                Print form([Register];"Check Out") // 小切手用のフォーム -             Else -                Print form([Register];"Deposit Out") // デポジット用のフォーム -             End if -             NEXT RECORD([Register]) -          End for -          PAGE BREAK // 最後のページを印刷 -       End if -    End if - End if -``` - -#### 例題 2 - -[SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md "SET PRINT MARKER") コマンドの例題参照 - -#### 例題 3 - -このフォームはダイアログとして使用され、変更されたあと印刷されます: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) - -フォームメソッド: - -```4d - If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) -    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) -    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) - End if -``` - -ダイアログを表示し、その後印刷するコードは以下のようなものになります: - -```4d - $formData:=New object - $formData.lastname:="Smith" - $formData.firstname:="john" - $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" - $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) - DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) - $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) -``` - -#### 参照 - -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md) -[SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md index 1e903f2efea45a..4fb3db904307bc 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Print object** コマンドを使用して *object*と*\** 引数で指定したフォームオブジェクトを、*posX*と*posY*の位置に、任意のサイズで印刷できます。 -**Print object** コマンドを呼び出す前に、印刷するテーブルまたはオブジェクトを含むプロジェクトフォームを新しい [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) で指定しなければなりません。 +**Print object** コマンドを呼び出す前に、印刷するテーブルまたはオブジェクトを含むプロジェクトフォームを新しい [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) で指定しなければなりません。 オプションの*\** 引数を渡すと、*object*引数にはオブジェクト名 (文字列) を渡します。*\** 引数を渡さない場合、*object*には変数を指定します。この場合、文字列ではなく変数参照 (オブジェクトタイプのみ) を渡します。 @@ -98,4 +98,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md index 63f4425c42dcb0..6873abb018fa2d 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **PRINT RECORD** は *aTable*のカレントレコードを、カレントセレクションを変更せずに印刷します。カレント出力フォームが印刷に用いられます。*aTable*にカレントレコードが存在しない場合、**PRINT RECORD**は何も行いません。 -**PRINT RECORD** コマンドを使ってサブフォームを印刷することができます。これは [Print form](print-form.md) では実行できません。 +**PRINT RECORD** コマンドを使ってサブフォームを印刷することができます。これは [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) では実行できません。 **Note:** 変更されたレコードが未保存の場合、ディスク上の変更前のフィールド値ではなく、変更後の値が印刷されます。 @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs * サーバーマシン上ではダイアログボックスを一切表示しないでください (特定の必要性がある場合を除く)。そのためにはこのコマンドを *\** または *\>* 引数付きで呼び出さなければなりません。 * プリンター関連の問題が発生しても (用紙切れ、プリンター接続切断等) 、エラーメッセージは生成されません。 -**警告:** **PRINT RECORD** と一緒に [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを使用してはいけません。[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドは [Print form](print-form.md) で使用されるように設計されています。 +**警告:** **PRINT RECORD** と一緒に [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを使用してはいけません。[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドは [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) で使用されるように設計されています。 #### 例題 1 @@ -65,4 +65,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md index 35be535d4ff1da..99dcc2f7e5ce31 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs * On Printing Breakイベントはブレークエリアを印刷する直前に生成されます。 * On Printing Footerイベントははフッタを印刷する直前に生成されます。 -**PRINT SELECTION** が最初のヘッダーを印刷しているかどうかは、On Headerイベントで [Before selection](before-selection.md) を判定することによって調べることができます。またOn Printing Footerイベントで [End selection](end-selection.md) を判定することによって、最後のフッターかどうかをチェックすることができます。これら関数の詳細は、それぞれのコマンドや [Form event code](form-event-code.md)、[Level](level.md) の説明を参照してください。 +**PRINT SELECTION** が最初のヘッダーを印刷しているかどうかは、On Headerイベントで [Before selection](before-selection.md) を判定することによって調べることができます。またOn Printing Footerイベントで [End selection](end-selection.md) を判定することによって、最後のフッターかどうかをチェックすることができます。これら関数の詳細は、それぞれのコマンドや [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)、[Level](level.md) の説明を参照してください。 **PRINT SELECTION** を使用し、小計やブレーク付きでセレクションを印刷するには、まずそのセレクションをソートしなければなりません。次に、レポートの各ブレークエリアに、小計を変数に代入するオブジェクトメソッドを持つ変数を配置します。変数に値を代入する、[Sum](sum.md) や [Average](average.md) のような統計関数と算術関数を使用することもできます。詳細は[Subtotal](subtotal.md)、[BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md)、[ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md) コマンドの説明を参照してください。 -**警告:** **PRINT SELECTION** のコンテキストで [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを使用してはいけません。[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) は [Print form](print-form.md) のコンテキストで使用します。 +**警告:** **PRINT SELECTION** のコンテキストで [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) コマンドを使用してはいけません。[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) は [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) のコンテキストで使用します。 **PRINT SELECTION** の呼び出し後、プリントが正常に終了するとシステム変数OKに1がセットされます。プリントが中断された場合には、システム変数OKには0がセットされます（例えばユーザが印刷ダイアログボックスでキャンセルをクリックした場合）。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md index 71a2ab867c304e..e840157d488ee0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -**PRINT SETTINGS** は印刷設定ダイアログボックスを表示します。このコマンドを使用する場合、[Print form](print-form.md) や [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) コマンドよりも前に呼び出されなければなりません。 +**PRINT SETTINGS** は印刷設定ダイアログボックスを表示します。このコマンドを使用する場合、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) や [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) コマンドよりも前に呼び出されなければなりません。 オプションの*dialType* パラメーターを使用して、表示する印刷設定ダイアログボックスを指定できます。次の *Print Options* テーマの定数を引数として受け渡すことができます: @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 例題 -[PRINT FORM](print-form.md "PRINT FORM")コマンドの例題参照 +[PRINT FORM](../commands/print-form.md "PRINT FORM")コマンドの例題参照 #### システム変数およびセット @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINT PREVIEW](set-print-preview.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md index c71260d153bb2c..55dd44b3c097c6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Tip:** フォームあるいはオブジェクトメソッド中で、On Activate や On Deactivateを処理するセクションから**Request**コマンドを呼ばないでください。これは永久ループを引き起こします。 -**Tip:** ユーザから複数の情報を得なければならない場合、**Request**ダイアログボックスを何度も表示するのではなく、そのためのフォームを作成して[DIALOG](dialog.md)でそれを表示します。 +**Tip:** ユーザから複数の情報を得なければならない場合、**Request**ダイアログボックスを何度も表示するのではなく、そのためのフォームを作成して[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md)でそれを表示します。 #### 例題 1 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md index cde7a26c93e99f..306abfff46fe0c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 [Contextual click](contextual-click.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md index fabebf7419884e..9cf0fea9ea6ebf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **SET CURRENT PRINTER** コマンドは、利用可能なオプションが選択したプリンタに対応するように、必ず [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) コマンドよりも前に呼び出してください。それに対し、**SET CURRENT PRINTER** コマンドは、*\_o\_PAGE SETUP* コマンドの後で呼び出さなければなりません。これを行わないと、印刷設定が失われます。 -このコマンドは [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)、[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md)、[Print form](print-form.md)、および [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) コマンドと一緒に使用することができ、デザインモードを含め、4Dにおけるすべての印刷に対して適用されます。 +このコマンドは [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)、[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md)、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md)、および [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) コマンドと一緒に使用することができ、デザインモードを含め、4Dにおけるすべての印刷に対して適用されます。 指定した設定が失われないようにするには、必要に応じて印刷コマンドは必ず引数 *\>* を用いて呼び出さなければなりません。 #### システム変数およびセット diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md index 5415da7c07bd00..c83652011c0d42 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs SET CURSOR コマンド はマウスカーソルを、*cursor* 引数に渡したID番号のシステムカーソルへと変更します。 -このコマンドはOn Mouse Move [Form event code](form-event-code.md)のコンテキスト内で呼び出されなければなりません。 +このコマンドはOn Mouse Move [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)のコンテキスト内で呼び出されなければなりません。 マウスカーソルは標準の矢印に戻すためには、引数を渡さずにコマンドを呼び出します。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md index 6b67ce247b5913..11a6843b333e13 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **SET DRAG ICON**コマンドは、指定したアイコンを、ドラッグ＆ドロップ中のカーソルと関連付けます。 -このコマンドはOn Begin Drag Over のフォームイベント中（ドラッグ中）しか呼び出すことができません([Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドを参照のこと) +このコマンドはOn Begin Drag Over のフォームイベント中（ドラッグ中）しか呼び出すことができません([Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドを参照のこと) *icon* 引数にはドラッグ中に表示させたいピクチャを渡します。サイズは最大で 256x256 ピクセルです。 縦か横のどちらかの大きさが256ピクセルを超えていた場合、画像は自動的にリサイズされます。 @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md index 322225671c3574..a37ec341b4e085 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | title | テキスト | メニュー項目名 | | method | テキスト \| [4D.Function](https://developer.4d.com/docs/API/FunctionClass#about-4dfunction-objects) | メニュー項目が選択されたときに実行するプロジェクトメソッド名または4D フォーミュラオブジェクト。このプロパティが使用されている場合、"action" プロパティを渡してはいけません(渡した場合は"method" は無視されます) | -| worker | テキスト \| 数値 | "method"のコード実行を管理するためのワーカーの名前、またはプロセスの番号。"worker"プロパティの値に応じて、複数の設定がサポートされています:
    値がワーカー名(テキスト)だった場合、4D は"method"を実行するためにこのワーカーを使用または作成します([CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) と同等) 値がプロセスの番号だった場合、4D はそれが存在すればそのプロセスを使用し、そうでなければ何もしません([CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) と同等) 値が未定義でアプリケーションがカレントダイアログ(最前面のダイアログ)を表示している場合、4D はこのダイアログのプロセスを使用します([CALL FORM](call-form.md) と同等) 値が未定義でアプリケーションがカレントダイアログを表示していない場合、4D はワーカー1(4D リモート/シングルユーザー版)またはワーカー*4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server)を呼び出します。 | +| worker | テキスト \| 数値 | "method"のコード実行を管理するためのワーカーの名前、またはプロセスの番号。"worker"プロパティの値に応じて、複数の設定がサポートされています:
    値がワーカー名(テキスト)だった場合、4D は"method"を実行するためにこのワーカーを使用または作成します([CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) と同等) 値がプロセスの番号だった場合、4D はそれが存在すればそのプロセスを使用し、そうでなければ何もしません([CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) と同等) 値が未定義でアプリケーションがカレントダイアログ(最前面のダイアログ)を表示している場合、4D はこのダイアログのプロセスを使用します([CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md) と同等) 値が未定義でアプリケーションがカレントダイアログを表示していない場合、4D はワーカー1(4D リモート/シングルユーザー版)またはワーカー*4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server)を呼び出します。 | | action | テキスト | メニュー項目が選択されたときに実行する*標準アクション*。このプロパティが使用されている場合、"method"プロパティは渡されていても無視されます。 | | shortcutKey | テキスト | 項目のショートカットキー(Ctrl/Command キーと組み合わせて呼び出します) | | shortcutShift | ブール | 項目ショートカットに**Shift** キーを追加するためにはTrue を渡します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md index 1f83df0c0f9b93..3d42e8566ca44e 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -SET PRINT MARKER コマンドを使用し、印刷時にマーカ位置を指定することができます。このコマンドを[Get print marker](get-print-marker.md "Get print marker")、[OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md "OBJECT MOVE")、[Print form](print-form.md "Print form")コマンドと組み合わせて使用することにより、印刷エリアのサイズを調節することができます。 +SET PRINT MARKER コマンドを使用し、印刷時にマーカ位置を指定することができます。このコマンドを[Get print marker](get-print-marker.md "Get print marker")、[OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md "OBJECT MOVE")、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form")コマンドと組み合わせて使用することにより、印刷エリアのサイズを調節することができます。 SET PRINT MARKERは次の2つの状況において使用可能です: * [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION")および[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md "PRINT RECORD")コマンドのコンテキストでのOn headerフォームイベント中。 -* [Print form](print-form.md "Print form")コマンドのコンテキストでのOn Printing Detailフォームイベント中。この処理はカスタマイズされたレポートの印刷を容易にします (例を参照)。 +* [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form")コマンドのコンテキストでのOn Printing Detailフォームイベント中。この処理はカスタマイズされたレポートの印刷を容易にします (例を参照)。 コマンドの有効範囲は印刷に限定され、画面上には変更が表示されません。フォームに対して行った変更は保存されません。 @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ SET PRINT MARKERは次の2つの状況において使用可能です: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28725.ja.png) -このフォームに対してOn Printing Detailフォームイベントが選択されています（印刷されるエリアに関係なく、[Print form](print-form.md "Print form") コマンドはこのタイプのフォームイベントだけを生成する点に留意してください）。 +このフォームに対してOn Printing Detailフォームイベントが選択されています（印刷されるエリアに関係なく、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") コマンドはこのタイプのフォームイベントだけを生成する点に留意してください）。 レコードごとに、(多くの内容を保持する) “Actors”または“Summary”カラムの内容に応じて行の高さを調整しなくてはなりません。目的とする結果を次に示します: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28726.ja.png) @@ -182,6 +182,6 @@ Print\_List3のフォームメソッド: [OBJECT GET COORDINATES](object-get-coordinates.md) [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md index 6618f19874e810..edeb30b002eacf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Legacy printing layer option | 16 | (Windows用4D 64-bit版のみ) *value1* のみ: 1=以降の印刷ジョブに対してはGDI-ベースの旧式の印刷レイヤーを選択。0=D2D印刷レイヤーを選択(デフォルト)。
    **64-bit 版:** このセレクターはWindows用64-bit版4Dのシングルユーザーアプリケーションでのみサポートされます。他のプラットフォームでは無視されます。これは主に64-bit版4Dアプリケーションの4Dジョブ内で旧式プラグインが印刷できるようにするためにものです。 | | Print preview option | 18 | (Windows のみ) *value1*: Windows 上で印刷プレビュー用に使用するフォーマット。取り得る値: kp preview automatic (デフォルト): XPS プリンターとビューアーがあればそれを利用し、なければPDF プリンターかビューアーを使用し、それもなければエラーを生成する kp preview XPS: XPS プリンターとビューアーがあればそれを使用し、なければエラーを生成する kp preview PDF: PDF プリンターとビューアーがあればそれを使用し、なければエラーを生成する *value2* ([GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) でのみ使用可能): Windows 上で実際に使用されている印刷プレビューフォーマット(設定によっては *value1* の値と異なることが有り得ます)。取り得る値: kp preview none: 利用可能なフォーマットはありません kp preview XPS: XPS プリンターとビューアーが使用されています kp preview PDF: PDF プリンターとビューアーが使用されています | -このコマンドを使用して設定を行うと、4Dアプリケーション全体に対しセッションの間中、その印刷オプションが保持されます。[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)、[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md)、[Print form](print-form.md)、[QR REPORT](qr-report.md) と [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md) コマンドおよびデザインモードを含めた4Dの印刷全般に対して、この設定が使用されます。 +このコマンドを使用して設定を行うと、4Dアプリケーション全体に対しセッションの間中、その印刷オプションが保持されます。[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)、[PRINT RECORD](print-record.md)、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md)、[QR REPORT](qr-report.md) と [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md) コマンドおよびデザインモードを含めた4Dの印刷全般に対して、この設定が使用されます。 **注意:** @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Orientation option の値は同一印刷ジョブ内で変更することがで #### 参照 [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT OPTION VALUES](print-option-values.md) *Print Options* [SET CURRENT PRINTER](set-current-printer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md index 1ab34861255ef9..1a7a9cebf599f8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -SET PRINTABLE MARGIN コマンドを使用すると、[Print form](print-form.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)または [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドの使用時に、各種印刷マージンの値を設定することができます。 +SET PRINTABLE MARGIN コマンドを使用すると、[Print form](../commands/print-form.md)、[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md)または [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) コマンドの使用時に、各種印刷マージンの値を設定することができます。 引数*left*, *top*, *right*, *bottom*には、以下の値のいずれかを渡すことができます: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md index 83904d11b8f51d..802e078945f60f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **SET TIMER** コマンドは、On Timerフォームイベントを有効にし、カレントプロセスのカレントフォームでOn Timerフォームイベント間の間隔Tick数を設定します。 -**Note:** このフォームイベントに関する詳細は、[Form event code](form-event-code.md) コマンドの説明を参照してください。 +**Note:** このフォームイベントに関する詳細は、[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) コマンドの説明を参照してください。 このコマンドをフォームを表示していないコンテキストで呼び出しても、効果はありません。 @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ On Timerフォームイベントの生成を取り消すには、*tickCount*に0 #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [REDRAW](redraw.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md index 62960d8310aea6..b1f5cdce65dd4c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/subtotal.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **Subtotal** の2番目の引数 (オプション) で印刷中にページブレークを行わせることができます。*pageBreak*が0の場合、**Subtotal** は改ページを行いません。*pageBreak*が1の場合、**Subtotal** はレベル1の各ブレークに対して改ページを行います。*pageBreak*が2の場合、**Subtotal** はレベル1と2の各ブレークに対して改ページを行います。 -**Tip:** 画面に表示された出力フォームから**Subtotal** を実行すると、エラーが発生し、フォームとエラーウィンドウの間で更新処理の無限ループを引き起こします。このループから抜けるには、エラーウィンドウのアボートボタンをクリックする際にAlt+Shiftキー (Windows) またはoption+shiftキー (Macintosh) を押します (何度か繰り返さなければならないかもしれません)。これによりフォームのウィンドウの更新が一時的に中断されます。エラーが再たび生成されるようにするために別のフォームを出力フォームとして選択してください。フォームを表示と印刷の両方で使用したい場合、デザインモードに移り、**Subtotal** を[Form event code](form-event-code.md)\=On Printing Breakという判定式の中に配置します。 +**Tip:** 画面に表示された出力フォームから**Subtotal** を実行すると、エラーが発生し、フォームとエラーウィンドウの間で更新処理の無限ループを引き起こします。このループから抜けるには、エラーウィンドウのアボートボタンをクリックする際にAlt+Shiftキー (Windows) またはoption+shiftキー (Macintosh) を押します (何度か繰り返さなければならないかもしれません)。これによりフォームのウィンドウの更新が一時的に中断されます。エラーが再たび生成されるようにするために別のフォームを出力フォームとして選択してください。フォームを表示と印刷の両方で使用したい場合、デザインモードに移り、**Subtotal** を[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)\=On Printing Breakという判定式の中に配置します。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md index 4ebada162591d7..53b8394db2c2f5 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs コマンドは、以下のような情報を返します: -| **プロパティ** | **サブプロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | **値の例** | -| ----------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | -| accountName | 文字列 | カレントユーザーのアカウント名。一般的にはディレクトリ内でのアカウントを識別するのに使用されます | "msmith" | | -| cores | 数値 | コア(CPU)の総数。バーチャルなマシンの場合、それに割り当てられたコアの総数 | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | 数値 | スレッドの総数。 | 8 | | -| machineName | 文字列 | OSのネットワークパラメーターで設定されているマシンの名前 | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | ブール | 4DがmacOS 上のRosetta でエミュレートされている場合にはTrue 、それ以外の場合(エミュレートされていない、あるいはWindows上である場合)にはFalse | True | | -| model | 文字列 | コンピューターのモデル名 | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", 等 | | -| networkInterfaces | コレクション | アクティブな物理ネットワークアドレスのみ | | | -| ipAddresses | コレクション | | | | -| ip | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースのアドレス | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースの型 | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | 文字列 | インターフェース名 | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | 文字列 | インターフェースの型("ethernet"型はbluetooth インターフェースのために提供されていることに注意してください) | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | 文字列 | オペレーションシステムのバージョンおよびビルド番号(\*) | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnal 10.0.14393" | | -| osLanguage | 文字列 | システムのカレントのユーザーによって設定された言語。RFC 3066規格によって表現されます。完全な一覧については、デザインリファレンスマニュアルの*言語コード* を参照してください。 | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", 等 | | -| physicalMemory | 数値 | マシン上で利用可能なメモリ空間の容量(kb単位)。 | 16777216 | | -| processor | 文字列 | プロセッサーの名前、型、スピード | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | 数値 | マシンが起動してからの総経過時間(秒単位) | 3600 | | -| userName | 文字列 | マシンのカレントユーザー。一般的には表示名(例:コンピューターにログインする時の名前)として使用されます。 | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | コレクション | | | | -| available | 数値 | 使用できる残り容量 | 524288 | | -| capacity | 数値 | 利用可能な総容量(kb単位) | 1048576 | | -| disk | オブジェクト \| コレクション(Macのみ) | | | | -| description | 文字列 | ディスクを表す短い説明 | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | 文字列 | ディスクのID(Mac ではUUID、Windows では物理ドライブ) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | 数値 | ディスクの総容量(kb単位) | 104857600 | | -| interface | 文字列 | マシンのインターフェースのタイプ | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | 文字列 | ハードディスク上のファイルを並べ替えたり取得する際にOSが使用するファイルシステム | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", 等 | | -| mountPoint | 文字列 | 現在アクセス可能なファイルシステム上の、追加のファイルシステムがマウント(論理的接続)されたディレクトリ。Mac ではこれはPOSIX フォーマットである点に注意してください。 | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | 文字列 | Mac のに- ボリューム名 | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| プロパティ | | | 型 | 詳細 | 値の例 | +|-------------------|----------------|-------------|---------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | 文字列 | カレントユーザーのアカウント名。一般的にはディレクトリ内でのアカウントを識別するのに使用されます | "msmith" | +| cores | | | 数値 | コア(CPU)の総数。バーチャルなマシンの場合、それに割り当てられたコアの総数 | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | 数値 | スレッドの総数。 | 8 | +| machineName | | | 文字列 | OSのネットワークパラメーターで設定されているマシンの名前 | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | ブール | 4DがmacOS 上のRosetta でエミュレートされている場合にはTrue 、それ以外の場合(エミュレートされていない、あるいはWindows上である場合)にはFalse | True | +| model | | | 文字列 | コンピューターのモデル名 | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", 等 | +| networkInterfaces | | | コレクション | アクティブな物理ネットワークアドレスのみ | | +| | ipAddresses | | コレクション | | | +| | | ip | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースのアドレス | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースの型 | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | 文字列 | インターフェース名 | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | 文字列 | インターフェースの型("ethernet"型はbluetooth インターフェースのために提供されていることに注意してください) | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | 文字列 | オペレーションシステムのバージョンおよびビルド番号(\*) | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnal 10.0.14393" | +| osLanguage | | | 文字列 | システムのカレントのユーザーによって設定された言語。RFC 3066規格によって表現されます。完全な一覧については、デザインリファレンスマニュアルの言語コード を参照してください。 | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", 等 | +| physicalMemory | | | 数値 | マシン上で利用可能なメモリ空間の容量(kb単位)。 | 16777216 | +| processor | | | 文字列 | プロセッサーの名前、型、スピード | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | 数値 | マシンが起動してからの総経過時間(秒単位) | 3600 | +| userName | | | 文字列 | マシンのカレントユーザー。一般的には表示名(例:コンピューターにログインする時の名前)として使用されます。 | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | コレクション | | | +| | available | | 数値 | 使用できる残り容量 | 524288 | +| | capacity | | 数値 | 利用可能な総容量(kb単位) | 1048576 | +| | disk | | オブジェクト \| コレクション(Macのみ) | | | +| | | description | 文字列 | ディスクを表す短い説明 | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | 文字列 | ディスクのID(Mac ではUUID、Windows では物理ドライブ) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | 数値 | ディスクの総容量(kb単位) | 104857600 | +| | | interface | 文字列 | マシンのインターフェースのタイプ | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | 文字列 | ハードディスク上のファイルを並べ替えたり取得する際にOSが使用するファイルシステム | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", 等 | +| | mountPoint | | 文字列 | 現在アクセス可能なファイルシステム上の、追加のファイルシステムがマウント(論理的接続)されたディレクトリ。Mac ではこれはPOSIX フォーマットである点に注意してください。 | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | 文字列 | Mac のに- ボリューム名 | "iMac-27-Program6" | + (\*) 使用されているプラットフォームを調べるだけであれば、二つのコマンドが利用可能です: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) および [Is Windows](is-windows.md) @@ -67,12 +68,80 @@ Windows マシン上で以下のコードを実行した場合: 以下のような情報を格納しているオブジェクトを返します: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":False,        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### 参照 -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md index da5011fd950bc1..7098d2983888c6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md index 966614d9ec0b61..06fd40ce03988b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[FORM Event](../commands/form-event.md) [WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR](wa-open-web-inspector.md) *Webエリアのプログラムによる管理* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md index 84d64e9d9857c9..693b4cd745c59c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ title: インデックス [`Cache info`](../commands-legacy/cache-info.md)
    [`Call chain`](../commands-legacy/call-chain.md)
    -[`CALL FORM`](../commands-legacy/call-form.md)
    +[`CALL FORM`](call-form.md)
    [`CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER`](../commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md)
    [`CALL WORKER`](../commands-legacy/call-worker.md)
    [`CANCEL`](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)
    @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ title: インデックス [`Command name`](../commands-legacy/command-name.md)
    [`Compact data file`](../commands-legacy/compact-data-file.md)
    [`Compare strings`](../commands-legacy/compare-strings.md)
    -[`Compile project`](../commands-legacy/compile-project.md)
    +[`Compile project`](compile-project.md)
    [`COMPONENT LIST`](../commands-legacy/component-list.md)
    [`COMPRESS BLOB`](../commands-legacy/compress-blob.md)
    [`CONFIRM`](../commands-legacy/confirm.md)
    @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ title: インデックス [`Delete string`](../commands-legacy/delete-string.md)
    [`DELETE USER`](../commands-legacy/delete-user.md)
    [`DESCRIBE QUERY EXECUTION`](../commands-legacy/describe-query-execution.md)
    -[`DIALOG`](../commands-legacy/dialog.md)
    +[`DIALOG`](dialog.md)
    [`DIFFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/difference.md)
    [`DISABLE MENU ITEM`](../commands-legacy/disable-menu-item.md)
    [`Discover data key`](../commands-legacy/discover-data-key.md)
    @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ title: インデックス [`Euro converter`](../commands-legacy/euro-converter.md)
    [`EXECUTE FORMULA`](../commands-legacy/execute-formula.md)
    [`EXECUTE METHOD`](../commands-legacy/execute-method.md)
    -[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/execute-method-in-subform.md)
    +[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](execute-method-in-subform.md)
    [`EXECUTE ON CLIENT`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-client.md)
    [`Execute on server`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-server.md)
    [`Exp`](../commands-legacy/exp.md)
    @@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ title: インデックス [`Font file`](../commands-legacy/font-file.md)
    [`FONT LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-list.md)
    [`FONT STYLE LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-style-list.md)
    -[`Form`](../commands-legacy/form.md)
    +[`Form`](form.md)
    [`FORM Convert to dynamic`](../commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md)
    -[`FORM EDIT`](../commands-legacy/form-edit.md)
    -[`FORM Event`](../commands-legacy/form-event.md)
    -[`Form event code`](../commands-legacy/form-event-code.md)
    +[`FORM EDIT`](form-edit.md)
    +[`FORM Event`](form-event.md)
    +[`Form event code`](form-event-code.md)
    [`FORM FIRST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-first-page.md)
    [`FORM Get color scheme`](../commands-legacy/form-get-color-scheme.md)
    [`FORM Get current page`](../commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md)
    @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ title: インデックス [`FORM GET VERTICAL RESIZING`](../commands-legacy/form-get-vertical-resizing.md)
    [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md)
    [`FORM LAST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-last-page.md)
    -[`FORM LOAD`](../commands-legacy/form-load.md)
    +[`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md)
    [`FORM NEXT PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-next-page.md)
    [`FORM PREVIOUS PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md)
    [`FORM SCREENSHOT`](../commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md)
    @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ title: インデックス [`METHOD GET NAMES`](../commands-legacy/method-get-names.md)
    [`METHOD Get path`](../commands-legacy/method-get-path.md)
    [`METHOD GET PATHS`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths.md)
    -[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths-form.md)
    +[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](method-get-paths-form.md)
    [`METHOD OPEN PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-open-path.md)
    [`METHOD RESOLVE PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-resolve-path.md)
    [`METHOD SET ACCESS MODE`](../commands-legacy/method-set-access-mode.md)
    @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ title: インデックス [`OBJECT GET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-get-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-get-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT Get style sheet`](../commands-legacy/object-get-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](object-get-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md)
    [`OBJECT Get subform container value`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT Get text orientation`](../commands-legacy/object-get-text-orientation.md)
    @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ title: インデックス [`OBJECT SET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-set-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-set-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT SET STYLE SHEET`](../commands-legacy/object-set-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](object-set-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`](../commands-legacy/object-set-text-orientation.md)
    [`OBJECT SET THREE STATES CHECKBOX`](../commands-legacy/object-set-three-states-checkbox.md)
    @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ title: インデックス [`POST KEY`](../commands-legacy/post-key.md)
    [`POST OUTSIDE CALL`](../commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md)
    [`PREVIOUS RECORD`](../commands-legacy/previous-record.md)
    -[`Print form`](../commands-legacy/print-form.md)
    +[`Print form`](print-form.md)
    [`PRINT LABEL`](../commands-legacy/print-label.md)
    [`Print object`](../commands-legacy/print-object.md)
    [`PRINT OPTION VALUES`](../commands-legacy/print-option-values.md)
    @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ title: インデックス [`Sequence number`](../commands-legacy/sequence-number.md)
    [`Session`](session.md)
    [`Session info`](session-info.md) - **new 4D 20 R7**
    -[`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)
    +[`Session storage`](session-storage.md)
    [`SET ABOUT`](../commands-legacy/set-about.md)
    [`SET ALLOWED METHODS`](../commands/set-allowed-methods.md)
    [`SET APPLICATION COLOR SCHEME`](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5d20e3def38cba --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md @@ -0,0 +1,195 @@ +--- +id: compile-project +title: Compile project +slug: /commands/compile-project +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ----------- | ----------------------- | - | -------------------------------------- | +| projectFile | 4D.File | → | コンパイルする.4DProject ファイル | +| options | Object | → | コンパイルオプションを指定するオブジェクト | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | コンパイルのステータスの情報を格納したオブジェクト | + + + +*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないので、プリエンプティブなコードでは使用できません。* + +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | -------------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | "formObjectExpression" `型` のサポート | + +
    + +#### 説明 + +**Compile project** は、 +カレントのホストプロジェクト、または*projectFile* 引数で指定したプロジェクトをコンパイルします。コンパイルについてのより詳細な情報については、[コンパイルページ](../Project/compiler.md) を参照してください。 + +デフォルトでは、このコマンドはストラクチャー設定で定義されているコンパイラオプションを使用します。 任意の*options* 引数を渡すことで、それらを上書きすることができます。 以下のシンタックスがサポートされています: + +- **Compile project**(): 現在開かれているプロジェクトを、ストラクチャー設定で定義されているオプションを使用してコンパイルします。 +- **Compile project**(*options*): 現在開かれているプロジェクトをコンパイルします。 *options* 引数で定義されたオプションでストラクチャー設定を上書きします。 +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*): *projectFile* 引数で指定された4DProject ファイルを、ストラクチャー設定で定義されているオプションを使用してコンパイルします。 +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*; *options*): *projectFile* 引数で指定された4DProject ファイルを、*options* 引数で定義されたオプションでストラクチャー設定を上書きしてコンパイルします。 + +**注:** このコマンドを使用してバイナリーデータベースをコンパイルすることはできません。 + +コンパイラウィンドウとは異なり、このコマンドではコンパイルするコンポーネントを明示的に指定する必要があります。 **Compile project** でプロジェクトをコンパイルする場合、*options* 引数の*components* プロパティを使用してそのコンポーネントを宣言する必要があります。 なお、そのコンポーネントは既にコンパイルされている必要があるという点に注意してください(バイナリーコンポーネントはサポートされます)。 + +コンパイルされたコードは、*options* 引数の*targets* プロパティでの指定によって、DerivedData または Libraries フォルダに格納されています。 .4dz ファイルを作成したい場合でも、コンパイルされたプロジェクトを手動でZIP圧縮するか、[ビルドアプリケーション](../Desktop/building.md) 機能を使用する必要があります。 + +*targets* プロパティに空のコレクションを渡した場合、**Compile project** コマンドはコンパイルせずにシンタックスチェックを実行します。 + +コンパイルエラーがもしあれば、*errors* コレクション内にオブジェクトとして返されます。 + +**注:** 他のコンパイルの実行中に、このコマンドを呼び出すことはできません(例えば、コンパイルウィンドウからローンチしたコンパイルが実行中である場合など)。 + +##### options 引数 + +*options* 引数はオブジェクト型です。 利用可能なコンパイルオプションは次のとおりです: + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **説明** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| components | Collection | 依存したコンポーネントへの4D.File オブジェクトのコレクション(コンポーネントは既にコンパイルされている必要があります)。 | +| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | 取り得る値: Is real または Is longint | +| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | 取り得る値: Is real または Is longint | +| generateSymbols | Boolean | 返された.symbol オブジェクト内にsymbol 情報を生成するためにはTrue | +| generateSyntaxFile | Boolean | プロジェクトの\\Resources\\en.lproj フォルダに [コード補完用のシンタックスファイルを生成する](../settings/general.md#%E3%82%B3%E3%83%B3%E3%83%91%E3%82%A4%E3%83%AB%E6%99%82%E3%81%AB%E3%82%B3%E3%83%BC%E3%83%89%E8%A3%9C%E5%AE%8C%E7%94%A8%E3%81%AE%E3%82%B7%E3%83%B3%E3%82%BF%E3%83%83%E3%82%AF%E3%82%B9%E3%83%95%E3%82%A1%E3%82%A4%E3%83%AB%E3%82%92%E7%94%9F%E6%88%90%E3%81%99%E3%82%8B) ためにはTrue | +| generateTypingMethods | Text | 型指定メソッドを生成する際にリセット("reset") するか追加("append") するかを選択します。 値が"append" だった場合、既存の変数宣言は変更されません(コンパイラウィンドウの振る舞い)。 値が"reset" だった場合、既存の変数宣言は事前に削除されます。 | +| plugins | 4D.Folder object | [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins) ではなく、独自に使用したいプラグインのフォルダ。 このプロパティは、*projectFile* シンタックスを使用した場合にのみ利用可能です。 | +| targets | String の Collection | 取り得る値: "x86_64_generic"、"arm64_macOS_lib"。 また空のコレクションを渡すことでシンタックスチェックのみを実行させることもできます。 | +| typeInference | Text | "all": コンパイラは、明示的に宣言されていない全ての変数の型を類推します。 "locals": コンパイラは、明示的に宣言されていないローカル変数の型を類推します。 "none": 自動変数定義は行いません。全ての変数はコード内で明示的に宣言されている必要があります(旧式モード)。"direct": 全ての変数はコード内で明示的に宣言されている必要があります([直接型指定](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing))。 | +| warnings | Object の Collection | 警告の有効化状態を定義します | +| \[\].major | Number | 指定する警告のメインの番号、ドットの前 | +| \[\].minor | Number | 指定する警告の2つ目の番号、ドットの後 | +| \[\].enabled | Boolean | 警告の有効化状態 | + +**Note:** *options* オブジェクト内において*warnings* 属性が定義されていない場合、**Compile project** コマンドはストラクチャー設定内で定義されているデフォルトの警告生成ステータスを使用します。 + +##### 戻り値 + +**Compile project** によって返されるオブジェクトには、以下のプロパティが格納されています(最大で3つ): + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **説明** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | Boolean | 保存に成功した場合には true、それ以外は false | +| errors | Object の Collection | **以下はerror または warningの場合にのみ返されます**。 コンパイルのエラーまたは警告の詳細を格納したオブジェクトのコレクションです。 | +| \[\].isError | Boolean | エラーならTrue、それ以外の場合は警告 | +| \[\].message | Text | エラーメッセージ | +| \[\].code | Object | [コードオブジェクト](#code-object) | +| \[\].line | Number | コード内でのエラーが発生した行番号。 クラスメソッドに対しては、ファンクション内の行番号 | +| \[\].lineInFile | Number | ファイル内での行番号(クラスメソッドの"line"とは異なります、また%attributes プリフィックス行を考慮に入れます) | +| symbols | Object | **generateSymbols オプションがTrue に設定されている場合にのみ返されます:** | +| symbols.interprocessVariables | Object | 全てのインタープロセス変数の一覧 | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.variables | Collection | [変数オブジェクト](#%E5%A4%89%E6%95%B0%E3%82%AA%E3%83%96%E3%82%B8%E3%82%A7%E3%82%AF%E3%83%88) のコレクション | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.processVariables | Object | 全てのプロセス変数の一覧 | +| symbols.processVariables.variables | Collection | [変数オブジェクト](#%E5%A4%89%E6%95%B0%E3%82%AA%E3%83%96%E3%82%B8%E3%82%A7%E3%82%AF%E3%83%88) のコレクション | +| symbols.processVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.localVariables | Object の Collection | メソッドごとのローカル変数の一覧 | +| symbols.localVariables[].code | Object | [コードオブジェクト](#code-object) | +| symbols.localVariables[].variables | Collection | [変数オブジェクト](#%E5%A4%89%E6%95%B0%E3%82%AA%E3%83%96%E3%82%B8%E3%82%A7%E3%82%AF%E3%83%88) のコレクション | +| symbols.methods | Object の Collection | メソッドの一覧 | +| symbols.methods\[\].code | Object | [コードオブジェクト](#%E3%82%B3%E3%83%BC%E3%83%89%E3%82%AA%E3%83%96%E3%82%B8%E3%82%A7%E3%82%AF%E3%83%88) | +| symbols.methods\[\].callCount | Number | このメソッドが呼び出された回数 | +| symbols.methods\[\].params | Collection | 引数タイプのコレクション(Value Type の数値コード) | +| symbols.methods\[\]. threadSafe | Boolean | このメソッドがスレッドセーフであるかを示します。 | + +より詳細な情報については、[コンパイルツール](../Project/compiler.md#%E3%82%B3%E3%83%B3%E3%83%91%E3%82%A4%E3%83%AB%E3%83%84%E3%83%BC%E3%83%AB) を参照してください。 + +###### 変数オブジェクト + +`interprocessVariables.variables` および `processVariables.variables` には以下の構造を持ったオブジェクトが格納されます: + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **説明** | +| -------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | 変数名 | +| type | number | 変数の型(Value type コマンドで返される値) | +| arrayDimension | number | 配列のみ: 1 は1次元配列を、2 は2次元配列を意味します | +| code | Object | プロセス変数とインタープロセス変数のみ: 変数がどこで定義されたかの詳細 | + +###### コードオブジェクト + +`methods.code` および `errors.code` 内の`code` プロパティは、以下のプロパティを持ったオブジェクトです: + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **説明** | +| -------------- | ----------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formMethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *サーバー上で実行属性* をつけてプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出した場合), "executeFormula" (フォーミュラを[PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) 経由で実行した、または4D Write Pro ドキュメント内でフォーミュラを評価した), "class", "classFunction", "formObjectExpression" (フォームオブジェクトに割り当てられた式において発生したエラー) | +| path | Text | メソッドパス([METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md) と同じフォーマット) | +| file | 4D.File | メソッドファイル | +| | | **以下は`type` プロパティの値に応じて返されます:** | +| methodName | Text | プロジェクトメソッド | +| table | Number | テーブル番号(トリガ、テーブルフォームメソッドまたはテーブルフォームオブジェクトメソッドに対して返されます) | +| formName | Text | フォーム名(フォームメソッドに対して返されます) | +| objectName | Text | フォームオブジェクト名(オブジェクトメソッドに対して返されます) | +| propertyName | Text | フォームオブジェクトプロパティ名(フォームオブジェクトの式に対して返されます) | +| className | Text | クラス名 | +| functionName | Text | クラス関数名 | +| databaseMethod | Number | データベースメソッドのインデックス | + +#### 例題 + +シンタックスチェックのみを実行したいので、空のコレクションをtargets 引数に渡す場合を考えます: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection // 空のコレクションを渡してシンタックスチェックを行う + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +ストラクチャー設定のコンパイラオプションのみを使用してカレントのプロジェクトをコンパイルする: + +```4d + var $status : Object + $status:=Compile project +``` + +Silicon Mac 上にて、カレントのプロジェクトをARM 用にのみコンパイルする: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +カレントのプロジェクト以外のプロジェクトをコンパイルする: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $projectFile: 4D.File + $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") + $status:=Compile project($projectFile) +``` + +プロジェクトをコンパイルし、そのコンポーネントを宣言する: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $component : 4D.File + var $options:={} + $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") + $options.components:=New collection($component) + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +プロジェクトのコンパイル時に、518.1 および 518.2 の警告を無効化する: + +```4d +var $options:={} +$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) +$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) +var $result:=Compile project($options) +``` + +#### 参照 + +[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..454212e914e47b --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md @@ -0,0 +1,177 @@ +--- +id: dialog +title: DIALOG +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| -------- | ------------ | - | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Table | → | フォームの属するテーブルまたは 省略した場合はデフォルトテーブルまたは プロジェクトフォームを使用 | +| form | Text, Object | → | プロジェクトフォームまたはテーブルフォームのフォーム名(文字列)、 あるいはフォームを定義した.jsonファイルへのPOSIXパス(文字列)、 あるいは開くフォームを定義したオブジェクト | +| formData | Object | → | フォームに関連づけるデータ | +| \* | 演算子 | → | 同じプロセスを使用 | + + + +*このコマンドはスレッドセーフではないので、プリエンプティブなコードでは使用できません。* + +#### 説明 + +The **DIALOG** command presents the *form* to the user, along with *formData* parameter(s) (optional). + +このコマンドは、フォームを基にした、カスタマイズされた高度なユーザーインターフェースで動作するように設計されています。 これを使用してデータベースや他の場所からの情報を表示したり、あるいはデータ入力機能を提供することができます。 [ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md) や [MODIFY RECORD](../commands-legacy/modify-record.md) とは異なり、**DIALOG** コマンドは、フォームとそのコンテンツ、内容、評価ボタンなどに対して、完全にコントロールすることができます。 + +このコマンドは通常、次の例にあるように、洗練されたフォームを表示するために[Open form window](../commands-legacy/open-form-window.md) コマンドと一緒に呼び出されます: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) + +表示や取得しなければならない情報が複雑で、[ALERT](../commands-legacy/alert.md)、 [CONFIRM](../commands-legacy/confirm.md) または [Request](../commands-legacy/request.md) などのコマンドで処理しきれない場合、**DIALOG** を代わりに使用して置き換えることができます。 + +*form* 引数には、以下のいづれかを渡すことができます: + +- 使用するフォーム名(プロジェクトフォームあるいはテーブルフォーム) +- 使用するフォームの詳細を格納している有効な.josn ファイルへのパス(POSIX シンタックス) +- 使用するフォームの詳細を格納しているオブジェクト + +オプションとして、*form* 引数で指定したフォームに"form data" オブジェクトを使用して引数を渡すことができます。 form data オブジェクト内のプロパティであればどれも[Form](form.md) コマンドを使用することでフォームコンテキストから利用可能になります。 For example, if you use a form data object containing {"version";"12"}, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: +例えば、{"version","12"} というプロパティを格納するform data オブジェクトを使用した場合、以下のように呼び出しをすることで"version" プロパティの値を取得したり設定することが可能です: + +```4d + $v:=Form.version //"12" + Form.version:=13 +``` + +"form data" オブジェクトに値を入れるためには、以下の2つの方法があります: + +- *formData* 引数を使用する方法。 *formData* に対してローカル変数を使用することで、呼び出しコンテキストに関係なく、安全にフォームに引数を渡すことができます。 特に、同じフォームが同じプロセスないで他の場所から呼び出された場合、[Form](form.md).myProperty と呼び出すだけで、常にその特定の値にアクセスすることができます。 さらに、オブジェクトは参照によって渡されるため、ユーザーがプロパティの値をフォーム内で変更した場合、その値は自動的にオブジェクト自身内に保存されます。 + +- [ユーザークラスをフォームに割り当てる](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class)ことで、4D はフォームがロードされる際に自動的にこのクラスのオブジェクトをインスタンス化します。 オブジェクトプロパティおよび関数は[Form](form.md) から返されるオブジェクト内で自動的に利用可能になります。 例えば、`Form.myFunction()` と書くことができます。 + +:::note + +- *formData* 引数の方がform クラスより優先されます(*formData* 引数が渡された場合、クラスオブジェクトはインスタンス化されません)。 +- *formData* 引数を渡さなかった場合(または未定義のオブジェクトを渡した場合) でフォームにユーザークラスが何も割り当てられていなかった場合、**DIALOG** コマンドは新しい空のオブジェクトを作成して*form* にバインドします。 + +::: + +ダイアログは(ak accept 標準アクション、Enter キー、または[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) コマンドによってトリガーされた)"accept" アクション、または(ak cancel 標準アクション、Escape キー、または[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) コマンドによってトリガーされた)"cancel" アクションによって閉じられます。 accept アクションはOK システム変数を1に設定する一方、cancel アクションはOK を0に設定します。 + +ただし、評価することは保存と同等ではないという点に注意して下さい。 +ダイアログにフィールドが含まれる場合、変更されたデータを保存するためには[SAVE RECORD](../commands-legacy/save-record.md) コマンドを明示的に呼び出さなければいけません。 + +オプションの\*\*\* 引数を渡すと、フォームはカレントプロセスで最後に開かれたウィンドウにロードされ、フォームをスクリーン上でアクティブにしたままこのコマンドは実行を終了します。\ +このフォームはユーザーアクションに対し通常通り反応し、標準アクションまたはフォームに関連する4Dコード (オブジェクトメソッドやフォームメソッド) が [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) や [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) コマンドを呼び出すと閉じられます。 カレントプロセスが終了すると、この方法で作成されたフォームは、[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) コマンドが呼ばれたかのように自動で閉じられます。 この開き方では別にプロセスを開始する必要がないため、ドキュメントと一緒にフローティングパレットを表示するなどの場合に便利です。 + +**注:** + +- **DIALOG**(form;\*) シンタックスと[CALL FORM](call-form.md) コマンドを組み合わせることによってフォーム間で通信をすることができます。 +- **DIALOG**(form;\*) ステートメントの前に、あらかじめウィンドウが作成されている必要があります。 プロセスのカレントダイアログウィンドウや、各プロセスにデフォルトで作成されるウィンドウは使用できません。 でなければ、エラー -9909 が生成されます。 +- オプションの *\** 引数を使用する場合、標準アクションまたは[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) コマンドや[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) コマンドを呼び出すと、ウィンドウは自動的に閉じられます。 ウィンドウ自身の終了を管理する必要はありません。 + +#### 例題 1 + +以下の例題はツールパレットを作成するために使用できます: + +```4d + //ツールパレットを表示 + $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) + DIALOG("tools";*) //即座にコントロールを返す + //メインのドキュメントを表示 + $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) + DIALOG("doc") +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +人物のレコードを表示しているフォームにおいて、"Check children" ボタンを押すとその人物の子供の名前と年齢を検証あるいは変更するダイアログが開く場合を考えます: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**注:** "Children" オブジェクトフィールドはこの例題においての構造を示すために表示されているだけです。 + +検証フォームにおいて、[Form](form.md) オブジェクトプロパティを変数へと割り当てているものとします: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +"Check children" ボタンの中身のコードは以下のようになります: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //children コレクションを取得 + $save:=False //save 変数を初期化 + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) // それぞれの子供に対して + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //値が入ったダイアログを表示 + If(OK=1) // ユーザーがOK をクリックした + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children // 強制的にオブジェクトフィールドを更新 + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +フォームはそれぞれの子供についての情報を表示します: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +値が変更されてOKボタンがクリックされた場合、フィールドは更新されます(その後、親のレコードも保存される必要があります)。 + +#### 例題 3 + +以下の例では、.json フォームへのパスを使用して従業員リスト内のレコードを表示する場合を考えます: + +```4d + Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) + ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) + DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) +``` + +表示は以下のようになります: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) + +#### 例題 4 + +以下の例では.json ファイルをオブジェクトとして使用していくつかのプロパティを変更する場合を考えます: + +```4d + var $form : Object + $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) + $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" + $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" + $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" + Open form window($form;Plain form window) + DIALOG($form;*) +``` + +変更されたフォームが、新しいタイトル、ロゴ、そして境界線とともに表示されます: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) + +#### システム変数およびセット + +**DIALOG** の呼び出し後ダイアログが受け入れられればOK に1 が、キャンセルされれば0 が設定されます。 + +#### 参照 + +[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md)\ +[ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md)\ +[CALL FORM](call-form.md)\ +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[Form](form.md)\ +[Open window](../commands-legacy/open-window.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/ds.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/ds.md index 5feb7c012f7063..57eeada0377bbd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/ds.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/ds.md @@ -57,6 +57,11 @@ $result:=ds.Employee.query("firstName = :1";"S@") ``` ```4d + //getFirst メソッド + //getFirst(localID;dataclass) -> entity + #DECLARE( $localId : Text; $dataClassName : Text ) -> $entity : 4D.Entity + + $entity:=ds($localId)[$dataClassName].all().first() ``` #### 参照 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..ef454bf57f08f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +id: form-edit +title: FORM EDIT +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* )
    **FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ; *object* ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ------ | ---- | - | ------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | テーブル | → | フォームの属するテーブルまたは 省略した場合はデフォルトテーブルまたは プロジェクトフォームを使用 | +| form | Text | → | Form name | +| object | Text | → | Form object name or group name | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | ----------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of *object* parameter | + +
    + +#### 説明 + +The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected.The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected. Note that you must have access to the Design environment, otherwise the error -9804 ("Cannot open form") is generated. + +The command is asynchronous: it returns immediately to the calling method and does not wait for the form to be open. + +If you pass the optional *aTable* parameter, you indicate the table associated with *form*. If you omit this parameter, you indicate that *form* is a project form. + +In the *form* parameter, pass the name of the form to open in the 4D Form editor. If you pass a name that does not exist, the error 81 is generated ("Form not found"). + +Optionnally, you can pass in *object* the name of a form object or of a group to select automatically in the 4D Form editor. This feature allows you, for example, to save time when debugging a form based upon expression errors returned by [`Compile project`](compile-project.md). + +If *object* is not found in *form*, the form is opened and no error is returned. + +Pass an empty string in *object* to deselect all objects in the open *form*. + +#### 例題 + +To open the *Contacts* table *Address* form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") +``` + +To open the *ContactList* project form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList") +``` + +To open the *ContactPage* project form with "name-input" object selected: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList"; "name-input") +``` + +#### 参照 + +*Design Object Access Commands* diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..f3ade9de37e579 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### 説明 + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### 例題 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### 例題 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### 例題 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### 例題 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### 例題 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### 例題 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### 例題 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### 例題 9 + +この例題では、レコードのデータ入力に使われるフォームで、ウィンドウを閉じるイベントを処理する方法を示します: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### 参照 + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..77376c0fe102fe --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------ | - | ---------- | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | イベントオブジェクト | + + + +#### 説明 + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**返されるオブジェクト** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **Description** | +| ----------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | イベントをトリガーしているオブジェクト名。フォームによってトリガーされている場合には含まれていません。 | +| code | integer | フォームイベントの数値。 | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### 例題 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### 例題 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### 参照 + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..52ebaf414550db --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +--- +id: form-load +title: FORM LOAD +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM LOAD** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| -------- | ------------ | - | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| aTable | テーブル | → | Table form to load (if omitted, load a project form) | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of form (project or table), ora POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to open | +| formData | Object | → | フォームに関連づけるデータ | +| \* | 演算子 | → | If passed = command applies to host database when it is executed from a component (parameter ignored outside of this context) | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### 説明 + +The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents.The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents. There can only be one current form per process. + +*form* 引数には、以下のいづれかを渡すことができます: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use, or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +When the command is executed from a component, it loads the component forms by default. If you pass the *\** parameter, the method loads the host database forms. + +##### formData + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). form data オブジェクト内のプロパティであればどれも[Form](form.md) コマンドを使用することでフォームコンテキストから利用可能になります。 +The form data object is available in the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +##### Printing data + +In order to be able to execute this command, a print job must be opened beforehand using the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command. The [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command makes an implicit call to the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command, so in this context it is necessary to execute **FORM LOAD**. Once loaded, this *form* becomes the current printing form. All the object management commands, and in particular the [Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) command, work with this form. + +If a printing form has already been loaded beforehand (via a previous call to the **FORM LOAD** command), it is closed and replaced by *form*. You can open and close several project forms in the same print session. Changing the printing form via the **FORM LOAD** command does not generate page breaks. It is up to the developer to manage page breaks. + +Only the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md) is executed during the opening of the project form, as well as any object methods of the form. Other form events are ignored. The [`On Unload` form event](../Events/onUnload.md) is executed at the end of printing. + +To preserve the graphic consistency of forms, it is recommended to apply the "Printing" appearance property regardless of the platform. + +The current printing form is automatically closed when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command is called. + +##### Parsing form contents + +This consists in loading an off-screen form for parsing purposes. To do this, just call **FORM LOAD** outside the context of a print job. In this case, form events are not executed. + +**FORM LOAD** can be used with the [FORM GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md) commands in order to perform any type of processing on the form contents. You must then call the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command in order to release the form from memory. + +Note that in all cases, the form on screen remains loaded (it is not affected by the **FORM LOAD** command) so it is not necessary to reload it after calling [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md). + +**Reminder:** In the off-screen context, do not forget to call [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) to avoid any risk of memory overflow. + +#### 例題 1 + +Calling a project form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD("print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +Calling a table form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### 例題 3 + +Parsing of form contents to carry out processing on text input areas: + +```4d + FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") +  // selection of form without execution of events or methods + FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) + For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) +    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) +  //… processing +    End if + End for + FORM UNLOAD //do not forget to unload the form +``` + +#### 例題 4 + +The following example returns the number of objects on a JSON form: + +```4d + ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //sort form items into arrays + ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) + ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) +  + FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //load the form + FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) +  + ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //return the object count +``` + +the result shown is: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) + +#### 例題 5 + +You want to print a form containing a list box. During the *on load* event, you want the contents of the list box to be modified. + +1\. In the printing method, you write: + +```4d + var $formData : Object + var $over : Boolean + var $full : Boolean +  + OPEN PRINTING JOB + $formData:=New object + $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() + ... //fill the collection with data +  + FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //store the collection in $formData + $over:=False + Repeat +    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // the datasource of this "LB" listbox is Form.LBcollection +    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) +    If(Not($over)) +       PAGE BREAK +    End if + Until($over) + FORM UNLOAD + CLOSE PRINTING JOB +``` + +2\. In the form method, you can write: + +```4d + var $o : Object + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection is available +          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) +       End for each + End case +``` + +#### 参照 + +[Current form name](../commands-legacy/current-form-name.md)\ +[FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md)\ +[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md)\ +[OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md)\ +[Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..f787385ca93667 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +--- +id: form +title: フォーム +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form** : Object + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------ | - | ----------------------------- | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | Form data of the current form | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | ------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Form class support | + +
    + +#### 説明 + +The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor).The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor). 4D automatically associates an object to the current form in the following cases: + +- the current form has been loaded by one of the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, +- the current form is a subform, +- a table form is currently displayed on screen. + +##### Commands (DIALOG...) + +If the current form is being displayed or loaded by a call to the [DIALOG](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, **Form** returns either: + +- the *formData* object passed as parameter to this command, if any, +- or, an instantiated object of the [user class associated to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), if any, +- or, an empty object. + +##### サブフォーム + +If the current form is a subform, the returned object depends on the parent container variable: + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has been typed as an object, **Form** returns the value of this variable.\ + In this case, the object returned by **Form** is the same as the one returned by the following expression: + +```4d + (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> +``` + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has not been typed as an object, **Form** returns an empty object, maintained by 4D in the subform context. + +For more information, please refer to the *Page subforms* section. + +##### Table form + +**Form** returns the object associated with the table form displayed on screen. In the context of an input form displayed from an output form (i.e. after a double-click on a record), the returned object contains the following property: + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **Description** | +| ---------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------- | +| parentForm | object | **Form** object of the parent output form | + +#### 例題 + +人物のレコードを表示しているフォームにおいて、"Check children" ボタンを押すとその人物の子供の名前と年齢を検証あるいは変更するダイアログが開く場合を考えます: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**注:** "Children" オブジェクトフィールドはこの例題においての構造を示すために表示されているだけです。 + +In the verification form, you have assigned some Form object properties to inputs: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +"Check children" ボタンの中身のコードは以下のようになります: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //children コレクションを取得 + $save:=False //save 変数を初期化 + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) // それぞれの子供に対して + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //値が入ったダイアログを表示 + If(OK=1) // ユーザーがOK をクリックした + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children // 強制的にオブジェクトフィールドを更新 + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +フォームはそれぞれの子供についての情報を表示します: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +値が変更されてOKボタンがクリックされた場合、フィールドは更新されます(その後、親のレコードも保存される必要があります)。 + +#### 参照 + +[DIALOG](dialog.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md index 187e11dad7ce38..8f6eb7a1ae8f48 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 定数 | 型 | 説明 | | -------------------------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (デフォルト) フォーミュラは作成されたコンテキストにおいて実行されます。 | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | フォーミュラは、ホストデータベースのコンテキストで実行されます。 | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (デフォルト) フォーミュラは作成されたコンテキストにおいて実行されます。 | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | フォーミュラは、ホストデータベースのコンテキストで実行されます。 | #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula.md index 9a881c614cae8e..30abb798d91c19 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula.md @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[4D Blog - Formula: More power behind simplicity](https://blog.4d.com/new-formula-more-power-behind-simplicity/)\ -[4D Blog - Formula: Think outside the box](https://blog.4d.com/new-formula-think-outside-the-box/)\ -[4D Blog - Write your own methods for objects](https://blog.4d.com/write-your-own-methods-for-objects/)\ +[4D Blog - フォーミュラ: シンプルさの裏にある、さらなるパワー](https://blog.4d.com/ja/new-formula-more-power-behind-simplicity/)\ +[4D Blog - フォーミュラ: 既成概念にとらわれない発想](https://blog.4d.com/ja/new-formula-think-outside-the-box/)\ +[4D Blog - 独自のメソッドをオブジェクトにカプセル化する](https://blog.4d.com/ja/write-your-own-methods-for-objects/)\ [Formula from string](formula-from-string.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/imap-new-transporter.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/imap-new-transporter.md index 622260c0eae3b2..fea23c9f056750 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/imap-new-transporter.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/imap-new-transporter.md @@ -19,13 +19,13 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ------ | ---------------------------------- | :-: | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | server | Object | → | メールサーバー情報 | -| 戻り値 | 4D.IMAPTransporter | ← | [IMAP transporter object](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object) | +| 戻り値 | 4D.IMAPTransporter | ← | [IMAP transporter オブジェクト](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object) | #### 説明 -`IMAP New transporter` コマンドは、*server* 引数の指定に応じて新規の IMAP接続を設定します。戻り値は、新しい `IMAP transporter` オブジェクトです。 返される transporter オブジェクトは通常、メールの受信に使用されます。 +`IMAP New transporter` コマンドは、*server* 引数の指定に応じて新規の IMAP接続を設定します。戻り値は、新しい*transporter* オブジェクトです。 返される transporter オブジェクトは通常、メールの受信に使用されます。 *server* 引数として、以下のプロパティを持つオブジェクトを渡します: @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 戻り値 -The function returns an [**IMAP transporter object**](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object). 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 +このファンクション[**IMAP transporter オブジェクト**](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object). 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 > IMAP接続は、transporter オブジェクトが消去された時点で自動的に閉じられます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/license-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/license-info.md index 876cebbb8ef4fb..aa2bf6ca6d0e5b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/license-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/license-info.md @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | ------ | - | ------------------------------------ | -| 戻り値 | Object | ← | Information about the active licence | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------ | - | ----------------- | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | アクティブなライセンスに関する情報 | @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **License info** command returns an object providing detailed information about the active license. -If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a license (e.g. 4D remote), the command returns a Null object. +コマンドが、ローカルではライセンスを使用しない4D アプリケーション上で実行された場合(例: 4D リモートなど)、コマンドはNull オブジェクトを返します。 戻り値のオブジェクトには、以下のプロパティが格納されています: @@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a licen "key": 0, "licenseNumber": "string", "version": "string", - "attributes": ["string1", "string2"], // optional + "attributes": ["string1", "string2"], // オプション "userName": "string", "userMail": "string", "companyName": "string", "platforms": ["string1", "string2"], "expirationDate": { - // details here - }, // optional - "renewalFailureCount": 0, // optional + // 詳細がここに返される + }, // オプション + "renewalFailureCount": 0, // オプション "products": [ - { // for each registered expansion product + { // それぞれの登録されたエキスパンションプロダクトにつき返される "id": 0, "name": "string", "usedCount": 0, @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a licen { "count": 0, "expirationDate": { - // details here - } // optional + // 詳細がここに返される + } // オプション } ] } @@ -56,43 +56,43 @@ If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a licen } ``` -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | **Example** | -| ------------------- | --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | string | Commercial name | "4D Developer Professional vXX" | -| key | number | ID of the installed product. A unique number is associated to a 4D application (such as 4D Server, 4D in local mode, 4D Desktop, etc.) installed on a machine. This number is encrypted. | 12356789 | -| licenseNumber | string | License number | "4DDP16XXXXX1123456789" | -| version | string | Product version number | "16", "16R2" | -| attributes | collection of strings | License type(s) when applicable (optional) | \["application","OEM"\] | -| userName | string | Name of 4D store account | "John Smith" | -| userMail | string | Mail of 4D store account | "john.smith@gmail.com" | -| companyName | string | Company name of 4D store account | "Alpha Cie" | -| platforms | collection of strings | License platform(s) | \["macOS", "windows"\] | -| expirationDate | object | Date of expiration (optional) | {"day":2, "month":6, "year":2018} | -| renewalFailureCount | number | Number of unsuccessful automatic renewal attempts for at least one of the product licenses (optional) | 3 | -| products | Object の Collection | Description of product license (one element per product license). See below. | | - -Each object of the `products` collection can have the following properties: - -| **Property** | | **Type** | **Description** | **Example** | -| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | | number | License number | For available values, see the [Is license available](../commands-legacy/is-license-available.md) command | -| name | | string | License name | "4D Write - 4D Write Pro" | -| usedCount | | number | Number of consumed connections | 8 | -| allowedCount | | number | Total connections allowed for the product against the expiry dates | 15 | -| rights | | Object の Collection | Rights for the product (one element per expiration date) | | -| | \[ \].count | number | Number of allowed connections | 15 (32767 means unlimited) | -| | \[ \].expirationDate | object | Date of expiration (optional, same format as above) | {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2017} | +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **説明** | **例** | +| ------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | string | ライセンス名 | "4D Developer Professional vXX" | +| key | number | インストールされたプロダクトのID 4D アプリケーション(4D Server、ローカル4D、4D デスクトップなど) には固有の番号が マシン上にインストールされているアプリケーションに割り振られています。 この番号は暗号化されています。 | 12356789 | +| licenseNumber | string | ライセンス番号 | "4DDP16XXXXX1123456789" | +| version | string | 製品バージョン番号 | "16", "16R2" | +| attributes | collection of strings | (該当する場合であれば) ライセンスのタイプ(オプション) | \["application","OEM"\] | +| userName | string | 4D ストアアカウントでの名前 | "John Smith" | +| userMail | string | 4D ストアアカウントでのメールアドレス | "john.smith@gmail.com" | +| companyName | string | 4D ストアアカウントでの会社名 | "Alpha Cie" | +| platforms | collection of strings | ライセンスを使用しているプラットフォーム | \["macOS", "windows"\] | +| expirationDate | object | 有効期限(オプション) | {"day":2, "month":6, "year":2018} | +| renewalFailureCount | number | 少なくとも一つの製品ライセンスに対して自動更新に失敗した回数(オプション) | 3 | +| products | collection of objects | 製品ライセンスの詳細(各要素が製品ライセンスそれぞれの詳細を表す) 以下参照。 | | + +`products` コレクションの各オブジェクトは、以下のプロパティが格納されています: + +| **プロパティ** | | **型** | **説明** | **例** | +| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| id | | number | ライセンス番号 | 取りうる値については、[Is license available](../commands-legacy/is-license-available.md) コマンドを参照して下さい。 | +| name | | string | ライセンス名 | "4D Write - 4D Write Pro" | +| usedCount | | number | 消費接続数 | 8 | +| allowedCount | | number | 有効期限内においてその製品に対して許可される総接続数 | 15 | +| rights | | Object の Collection | 製品に対する権利(有効期限1つにつき要素1つ) | | +| | \[ \].count | number | 許可された接続数 | 15 (32767 は無制限を意味します) | +| | \[ \].expirationDate | object | 有効期限(オプション、上記のものと同じフォーマット) | {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2017} | #### 例題 -You want to get information on your current 4D Server license: +現在の4D Server ライセンスについての情報を取得した場合を考えます: ```4d  var $obj : Object  $obj:=License info ``` -*$obj* can contain, for example: +*$obj* には、一例として以下のような内容が返されます: ```json { @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ You want to get information on your current 4D Server license:                     "expirationDate": {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2017}                 }, {                     "count": 10, -                    "expirationDate": {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2015} //expired, not counted +                    "expirationDate": {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2015} //失効しているのでカウントされません                 }             ],             "usedCount": 12 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md index b42f9704ac7aa2..3286eabc6df03a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md @@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ $transporter:=SMTP New transporter($server) $status:=$transporter.send($email) ``` -\| mime | BLOB, Text | → | Email in MIME | -\| Function result | Object | ← | Email object | +\| mime | BLOB, Text | → | MIME形式のEメール | +\| Function result | Object | ← | Eメールオブジェクト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-to-mime.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-to-mime.md index 543b0a086fcb13..d2c405aaafb192 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-to-mime.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/mail-convert-to-mime.md @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ var $mail: Object var $mime: Text $mail:=New object -// Creation of a mail +// メールの作成 $mail.from:="tsales@massmarket.com" $mail.subject:="Terrific Sale! This week only!" $mail.textBody:="Text format email" @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ $mail.to:=New collection $mail.to.push(New object ("email";"noreply@4d.com")) $mail.to.push(New object ("email";"test@4d.com")) -// transform the mail object in MIME +// メールオブジェクトをMIMEに変換 $mime:=MAIL Convert to MIME($mail) -// Contents of $mime: +// $mimeの中身: // MIME-Version: 1.0 // Date: Thu, 11 Oct 2018 15:42:25 GMT // Message-ID: <7CA5D25B2B5E0047A36F2E8CB30362E2> diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-collection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-collection.md index 90ff86dd024c88..0fc8cf0526c161 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-collection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-collection.md @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -The `New collection` command creates a new empty or prefilled collection and returns its reference. Collections can be handled using properties and functions of the [Collection class API](../API/CollectionClass.md). +`New collection` コマンドは、新しい空の、または値が既に入れられたコレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。コレクションは、[Collection クラス API](../API/CollectionClass.md)のプロパティや関数を使用して操作することができます。 引数を渡さなかった場合、`New collection` は空のコレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。 返された参照は、コレクション型の 4D変数に代入する必要があります。 -> Keep in mind that `var : Collection` statement declares a variable of the `Collection` type but does not create any collection. +> `var : Collection` ステートメントは`Collection` 型の変数を宣言しますが、コレクション自体は作成しないという点に注意して下さい。 任意で、一つ以上の *value* 引数を渡すことで、あらかじめ値の入った新しいコレクションを作成することができます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-shared-collection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-shared-collection.md index 2d4c88525cbd3c..59f795dfcbcc8f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-shared-collection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/new-shared-collection.md @@ -8,22 +8,22 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | --------------------- | -| value | Number, Text, Date, Time, Boolean, Shared object, Shared collection | → | 共有コレクションの値 | -| 戻り値 | Collection | ← | New shared collection | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------- | - | ---------- | +| value | Number, Text, Date, Time, Boolean, Shared object, Shared collection | → | 共有コレクションの値 | +| 戻り値 | Collection | ← | 新規共有コレクション | #### 説明 -`New shared collection` コマンドは、空の、あるいは値が入った新規コレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。 Collections can be handled using properties and functions of the [Collection class API](../API/CollectionClass.md). +`New shared collection` コマンドは、空の、あるいは値が入った新規共有コレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。 コレクションは、[Collection クラス API](../API/CollectionClass.md)のプロパティや関数を使用して操作することができます。 -Adding an element to this collection using the assignment operator must be surrounded by the [`Use...End use`](../Concepts/shared.md#useend-use) structure, otherwise an error is generated (this is not necessary when adding elements using functions such as [`push()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#push) or [`map()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#map) because they automatically trigger an internal *Use...End use*). ただし、属性の読み取りは [`Use...End use`](Concepts/shared#useend-use) 構造の外側でも可能です。 +このコレクションに要素を追加する場合には [Use...End use](Concepts/shared.md#useend-use) 構造でくくる必要があり、そうしない場合にはエラーが返されます(ただし、[`push()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#push) や [`map()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#map) などの関数を使用して要素を追加する場合は、自動で内部的に *Use...End use* が使用されるため、必要ありません)。 ただし、属性の読み取りは*Use...End use* 構造を使用しなくても可能です。 :::info -For more information on shared collections, please refer to the [Shared objects and collections](../Concepts/shared.md) page. +共有コレクションについての詳細は、[共有オブジェクトと共有コレクション](../Concepts/shared.md) のページを参照してください。 ::: @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ For more information on shared collections, please refer to the [Shared objects 返された参照は、コレクション型の 4D変数に代入する必要があります。 -> Keep in mind that `var : Collection` statement declares a variable of the `Collection` type but does not create any collection. +> `var : Collection` ステートメントは`Collection` 型の変数を宣言しますが、コレクション自体は作成しないという点に注意して下さい。 任意で、一つ以上の *value* 引数を渡すことで、あらかじめ値の入った新しい共有コレクションを作成することができます。 または、あとからオブジェクト記法による代入で要素を一つずつ追加・編集していくことができます (例題参照)。 @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ For more information on shared collections, please refer to the [Shared objects [New collection](new-collection.md)\ [New shared object](../commands-legacy/new-shared-object.md)\ -*Shared objects and shared collections* +*共有オブジェクトと共有コレクション* diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md index d27d9259f9c1cf..d34596b3c638d0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | hostname | Text | リモートデータストアの名前または IPアドレス + ":" + ポート番号 (ポート番号は必須) | Qodly クラウドインスタンスの APIエンドポイント | | user | Text | ユーザー名 | - (無視されます) | | password | Text | ユーザーパスワード | - (無視されます) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | - (無視されます) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | - (無視されます) | | tls | Boolean | セキュアな接続を使用する場合は true (1)。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 可能なかぎり安全な接続を使用することが推奨されます。 | セキュアな接続を使用する場合は true。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 | | type | Text | "4D Server" でなければなりません | - (無視されます) | | api-key | Text | - (無視されます) | Qodly クラウドインスタンスの APIキー | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md index a24c5363b3ed49..df279769148e71 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ------ | ---------------------------------- | - | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | server | Object | → | メールサーバー情報 | -| 戻り値 | 4D.POP3Transporter | ← | [POP3 transporter object](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) | +| 戻り値 | 4D.POP3Transporter | ← | [POP3 transporter オブジェクト](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) | @@ -25,25 +25,25 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -The `POP3 New transporter` command configures a new POP3 connectionaccording to the *server* parameter and returns a new [POP3 transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) object. 返される transporter オブジェクトは通常、メールの受信に使用されます。 +`POP3 New transporter` コマンドは、新規のPOP3 接続を設定します。このPOP3 接続は、*server* 引数の指定に応じて設定され、コマンドは新しい[POP3 transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) オブジェクトを返します。 返される transporter オブジェクトは通常、メールの受信に使用されます。 *server* 引数として、以下のプロパティを持つオブジェクトを渡します: -| *server* | デフォルト値 (省略時) | -| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#acceptunsecureconnection)
    | false | -| .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Text
    .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Object
    OAuth2 認証の資格情報を表すテキスト文字列またはトークンオブジェクト。 `authenticationMode` が OAUTH2 の場合のみ使用されます。 `accessTokenOAuth2` が使用されているが `authenticationMode` が省略されていた場合、OAuth2 プロトコルが使用されます (サーバーで許可されていれば)。 Not returned in *[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)* object. | なし | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#authenticationmode)
    | サーバーがサポートするもっともセキュアな認証モードが使用されます | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#connectiontimeout)
    | 30 | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#host)
    | *mandatory* | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#logfile)
    | なし | -| **.password** : Text
    サーバーとの認証のためのユーザーパスワード。 Not returned in *[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)* object. | なし | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#port)
    | 995 | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#user)
    | なし | +| *server* | デフォルト値 (省略時) | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#acceptunsecureconnection)
    | false | +| .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Text
    .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Object
    OAuth2 認証の資格情報を表すテキスト文字列またはトークンオブジェクト。 `authenticationMode` が OAUTH2 の場合のみ使用されます。 `accessTokenOAuth2` が使用されているが `authenticationMode` が省略されていた場合、OAuth2 プロトコルが使用されます (サーバーで許可されていれば)。 これは\*[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)\* オブジェクトでは返されません。 | なし | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#authenticationmode)
    | サーバーがサポートするもっともセキュアな認証モードが使用されます | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#connectiontimeout)
    | 30 | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#host)
    | *mandatory* | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#logfile)
    | なし | +| **.password** : Text
    サーバーとの認証のためのユーザーパスワード。 これは\*[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)\* オブジェクトでは返されません。 | なし | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#port)
    | 995 | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#user)
    | なし | #### 戻り値 -The function returns a [**POP3 transporter object**](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object). 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 +この関数は[**POP3 transporter オブジェクト**](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) を返します。 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 > POP3接続は、transporter オブジェクトが消去された時点で自動的に閉じられます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..22895befc5c188 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +--- +id: print-form +title: Print form +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Print form** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*} {; *areaStart*{; *areaEnd*}} ) : Integer + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --------- | ------------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | テーブル | → | Table owning the form, or Default table, if omitted | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of the form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to print | +| formData | Object | → | フォームに関連づけるデータ | +| areaStart | Integer | → | Print marker, or Beginning area (if areaEnd is specified) | +| areaEnd | Integer | → | Ending area (if areaStart specified) | +| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | Height of printed section | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### 説明 + +**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*.**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*. It is usually used to print very complex reports that require complete control over the printing process. **Print form** does not do any record processing, break processing or page breaks. These operations are your responsibility. **Print form** prints fields and variables in a fixed size frame only. + +*form* 引数には、以下のいづれかを渡すことができます: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use (see *Form file path*), or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +Since **Print form** does not issue a page break after printing the form, it is easy to combine different forms on the same page. Thus, **Print form** is perfect for complex printing tasks that involve different tables and different forms. To force a page break between forms, use the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. In order to carry printing over to the next page for a form whose height is greater than the available space, call the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command before the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. + +Three different syntaxes may be used: + +- **Detail area printing** + +シンタックス: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm) +``` + +In this case, **Print form** only prints the Detail area (the area between the Header line and the Detail line) of the form. + +- **Form area printing** + +シンタックス: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;marker) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section designated by the *marker*. Pass one of the constants of the *Form Area* theme in the marker parameter: + +| 定数 | 型 | 値 | +| ------------- | ------- | --- | +| Form break0 | Integer | 300 | +| Form break1 | Integer | 301 | +| Form break2 | Integer | 302 | +| Form break3 | Integer | 303 | +| Form break4 | Integer | 304 | +| Form break5 | Integer | 305 | +| Form break6 | Integer | 306 | +| Form break7 | Integer | 307 | +| Form break8 | Integer | 308 | +| Form break9 | Integer | 309 | +| Form detail | Integer | 0 | +| Form footer | Integer | 100 | +| Form header | Integer | 200 | +| Form header1 | Integer | 201 | +| Form header10 | Integer | 210 | +| Form header2 | Integer | 202 | +| Form header3 | Integer | 203 | +| Form header4 | Integer | 204 | +| Form header5 | Integer | 205 | +| Form header6 | Integer | 206 | +| Form header7 | Integer | 207 | +| Form header8 | Integer | 208 | +| Form header9 | Integer | 209 | + +- **Section printing** + +シンタックス: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section included between the *areaStart* and *areaEnd* parameters. The values entered must be expressed in pixels. + +**formData** + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). form data オブジェクト内のプロパティであればどれも[Form](form.md) コマンドを使用することでフォームコンテキストから利用可能になります。 The form data object is available in the [`On Printing Detail` form event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +**Return value** + +The value returned by **Print form** indicates the height of the printable area. This value will be automatically taken into account by the [Get printed height](../commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md) command. + +The printer dialog boxes do not appear when you use **Print form**. The report does not use the print settings that were assigned to the form in the Design environment. There are two ways to specify the print settings before issuing a series of calls to **Print form**: + +- Call [PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md). In this case, you let the user choose the settings. +- Call [SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) and [GET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/get-print-option.md). In this case, print settings are specified programmatically. + +**Print form** builds each printed page in memory. Each page is printed when the page in memory is full or when you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md). To ensure the printing of the last page after any use of **Print form**, you must conclude with the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command (except in the context of an [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), see note). Otherwise, if the last page is not full, it stays in memory and is not printed. + +**Warning:** If the command is called in the context of a printing job opened with [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), you must NOT call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) for the last page because it is automatically printed by the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command. If you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) in this case, a blank page is printed. + +This command prints external areas and objects (for example, 4D Write or 4D View areas). The area is reset for each execution of the command. + +**Warning:** Subforms are not printed with **Print form**. To print only one form with such objects, use [PRINT RECORD](../commands-legacy/print-record.md) instead. + +**Print form** generates only one [`On Printing Detail` event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md) for the form method. + +**4D Server:** This command can be executed on 4D Server within the framework of a stored procedure. In this context: + +- Make sure that no dialog box appears on the server machine (except for a specific requirement). +- In the case of a problem concerning the printer (out of paper, printer disconnected, etc.), no error message is generated. + +#### 例題 1 + +The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](../commands-legacy/print-selection.md) command would. However, the report uses one of two different forms, depending on whether the record is for a check or a deposit: + +```4d + QUERY([Register]) // Select the records + If(OK=1) +    ORDER BY([Register]) // Sort the records +    If(OK=1) +       PRINT SETTINGS // Display Printing dialog boxes +       If(OK=1) +          For($vlRecord;1;Records in selection([Register])) +             If([Register]Type ="Check") +                Print form([Register];"Check Out") // Use one form for checks +             Else +                Print form([Register];"Deposit Out") // Use another form for deposits +             End if +             NEXT RECORD([Register]) +          End for +          PAGE BREAK // Make sure the last page is printed +       End if +    End if + End if +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](../commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md) command. + +#### 例題 3 + +This form is used as dialog, then printed with modifications: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) + +The form method: + +```4d + If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) +    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) +    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) + End if +``` + +The code that calls the dialog then prints its body: + +```4d + $formData:=New object + $formData.lastname:="Smith" + $formData.firstname:="john" + $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" + $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) + DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) + $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) +``` + +#### 参照 + +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md)\ +[PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md)\ +[SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md index 73d848ca5994dd..fbf5dbb05621aa 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs
    履歴 -| リリース | 内容 | -| ----- | ------------------------------ | -| 20 R7 | Support of sessionID parameter | +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | -------------------------------- | +| 20 R7 | Support of *sessionID* parameter |
    @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ You want to get the collection of all user sessions:    var $o : Object  var $i : Integer - vat $processName;$userName : Text + var $processName;$userName : Text   $o:=Process activity //Get process & session info @@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ You want to get all processes related to the current session: #### 参照 -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [WEB Get server info](../commands-legacy/web-get-server-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md index d64a291519284d..7ee10dde13e82d 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Process info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    履歴 - -| リリース | 内容 | -| ----- | -- | -| 20 R7 | 追加 | - -
    - **Process info** ( *processNumber* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,6 +15,14 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | -- | +| 20 R7 | 追加 | + +
    + #### 説明 The `Process info` command returns an object providing detailed information about process whose number you pass in *processNumber*. If you pass an incorrect process number, the command returns a null object. @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ The `Process info` command returns a | cpuTime | Real | Running time (seconds) | | cpuUsage | Real | Percentage of time devoted to this process (between 0 and 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of process creation | -| ID | Longint | Process unique ID | +| ID | Integer | Process unique ID | | name | Text | プロセス名 | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | プリエンプティブ | Boolean | True if run preemptive, false otherwise | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Current status. Possible values: see below | +| state | Integer | Current status. Possible values: see below | | systemID | Text | ID for the user process, 4D process or spare process | -| type | Longint | Running process type. Possible values: see below | +| type | Integer | Running process type. Possible values: see below | | visible | Boolean | True if visible, false otherwise | - Possible values for "state": diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md index 0dbde797ac7cb1..9b2b8d6541938a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Name of process for which to retrieve the process number | | id | Text | → | ID of process for which to retrieve the process number | | \* | 演算子 | → | Return the process number from the server | -| 戻り値 | Longint | ← | Process number | +| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md index ca64b52a5a3cd6..e05b99067826fa 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Session info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    履歴 - -| リリース | 内容 | -| ----- | -- | -| 20 R7 | 追加 | - -
    - **Session info** ( *sessionId* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,24 +15,33 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R7 | 追加 | + +
    + #### 説明 The `Session info` command returns an object describing the session whose ID you pass in the *sessionID* parameter.. If you pass an invalid *sessionID*, the command returns a null object. 戻り値のオブジェクトには、以下のプロパティが格納されています: -| プロパティ名 | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | --------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text (enum) | Session type. Possible values: "remote", "storedProcedure", "rest" | -| userName | Text | ユーザー名 | -| machineName | Text | Name of the remote machine | -| systemUserName | Text | Name of the system session opened on the remote machine | -| IPAddress | Text | リモートマシンの IPアドレス。 | -| hostType | Text (enum) | Host type. Possible values: "windows", "mac", "browser" | -| creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of connection of the remote machine | -| state | Text (enum) | Session state. Possible values: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | Session UUID | -| persistentID | Text | セッションの永続的な ID | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | -------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Session type: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`Session.userName`](../API/SessionClass.md#username)) | +| machineName | Text | リモートセッション: リモートマシンの名前。 Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | リモートセッション: リモートマシン上で開かれたシステムセッションの名前。 | +| IPAddress | Text | リモートマシンの IPアドレス。 | +| hostType | Text | ホストタイプ: "windows" または "mac" | +| creationDateTime | 日付 (ISO 8601) | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | セッションの状態: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | +| ID | Text | Session UUID (same value as [`Session.id`](../API/SessionClass.md#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | リモートセッション: セッションの永続的な ID | :::note @@ -79,5 +80,7 @@ Here is an example of output object: #### 参照 -[Session](../API/SessionClass.md) +[`Session` class](../API/SessionClass.md) +[Session](session.md) +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Process info](process-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..8eafdc276db9c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +--- +id: session-storage +title: Session storage +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Session storage** ( *id* ) : Object + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| id | Text | → | Unique identifier (UUID) of the session | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | Storage object of the session | + + + +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R6 | 追加 | + +
    + +#### 説明 + +The **Session storage** command returns the storage object of the session whose unique identifier you passed in the *id* parameter. + +In *id*, pass the UUID of the session for which you want to get the storage. It is automatically assigned by 4D (4D Server or, for standalone sessions, 4D single-user) and is stored in the [**.id**](../API/SessionClass.md#id) property of the [session object](../API/SessionClass.md). If the session does not exist, the command returns **Null**. + +**Note:** You can get the session identifiers using the [Process activity](process-activity.md) command. + +The returned object is the [**.storage**](../API/SessionClass.md#storage) property of the session. It is a shared object used to store information available to all processes of the session. + +#### 例題 + +This method modifies the value of a "settings" property stored in the storage object of a specific session: + +```4d +  //Set storage for a session +  //The "Execute On Server" method property is set +  + #DECLARE($id : Text; $text : Text) + var $obj : Object +  + $obj:=Session storage($id) +  + If($obj.settings=Null) +    Use($obj) +       $obj.settings:=New shared object("text";$text) +    End use + Else +    Use($obj.settings) +       $obj.settings.text:=$text +    End use + End if +``` + +#### 参照 + +[Process activity](process-activity.md)\ +[Session](../API/SessionClass.md#session) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md index a048e5735eb3aa..4bfb660d9fd86d 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | リリース | 内容 | | ----- | -------------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | | 20 R5 | リモートクライアントとストアドプロシージャーセッションをサポート | | 18 R6 | 追加 | @@ -31,11 +32,12 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs - Webセッション ([スケーラブルセッションが有効化されている](WebServer/sessions.md#セッションの有効化) 場合) - リモートクライアントセッション -- ストアドプロシージャーセッション +- the stored procedures session, +- the *designer* session in a standalone application. -For more information, see the [Session types](../command/session.md-types) paragraph. +For more information, see the [Session types](../API/SessionClass.md#session-types) paragraph. -サポートされていないコンテキスト (シングルユーザーアプリケーション、スケーラブルセッションが無効...) から呼び出されると、コマンドは *Null* を返します。 +If the command is called from a non supported context (e.g. scalable sessions disabled), it returns *Null*. #### Webセッション @@ -68,6 +70,10 @@ For more information on web user sessions, please refer to the [Web Server Sessi ストアドプロシージャーの仮想ユーザーセッションに関する情報については、[4D Serverと4Dランゲージ](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.ja.html) のページを参照ください。 +#### Standalone session + +The `Session` object is available from any process in standalone (single-user) applications so that you can write and test your client/server code using the `Session` object in your 4D development environment. + #### 例題 "公開オプション: 4DタグとURL(4DACTION...)" を有効にした `action_Session` メソッドを定義しました。 ブラウザーに次の URL を入力してメソッドを呼び出します: @@ -92,6 +98,6 @@ IP:port/4DACTION/action_Session ### 参照 -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Session API](../API/SessionClass.md)\ [Web server user sessions](../WebServer/sessions.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md index 3d2c12c3135853..0d43208a1011b2 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ title: データタイプの概要 | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | | ブール | false | true | true (場合による) | | Date | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | -| 倍長整数 | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (場合による) | +| Integer | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (場合による) | | Time | 00:00:00 | 533161:41:59 | 249345:34:24 (場合による) | | ピクチャー | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | | 実数 | 0 | 1.250753659382e+243 | 1.972748538022e-217 (場合による) | @@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ title: データタイプの概要 | データタイプ | 文字列に変換 | 数値に変換 | 日付に変換 | 時間に変換 | ブールに変換 | | ------- | ------ | ----- | ----- | ----- | ------ | | 文字列 (1) | | Num | Date | Time | Bool | -| 数値 (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Date | String | | | | Bool | -| Time | String | | | | Bool | +| 数値 (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Date | Text | | | | Bool | +| Time | Text | | | | Bool | | ブール | | Num | | | | (1) JSON形式の文字列は `JSON Parse` コマンドを使ってスカラーデータ、オブジェクト、あるいはコレクションに変換することができます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md index c393a69d5d508f..712f70977fd105 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ title: 文字列 | 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | | -------- | ---------------- | ------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| 連結 (結合) | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| 繰り返し | String * Number | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| 連結 (結合) | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| 繰り返し | String * Number | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | 等しい | String = String | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | true | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | false | | 異なる | String # String | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | true | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md index c2c96f1ee2e031..5a05330bbf6789 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ myColl[3] // コレクションの4番目の要素にアクセスします (0 | データタイプ | 演算 | 例題 | | ------ | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | | 数値 | 加算 (足し算) | 1 + 2 は数値を加算し、結果は 3 です。 | -| 文字列 | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | +| Text | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | | 日付と数値 | 日付の加算 | !2006/12/4! + 20 は、2006年12月4日に 20日を加算し、結果は 2006年12月24日です。 | ## 式 @@ -223,10 +223,10 @@ myColl[3] // コレクションの4番目の要素にアクセスします (0 | 式 | 型 | 説明 | | --------------------------- | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| "こんにちは" | String | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | -| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | String | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | -| [People]Name + "様" | String | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | -| Uppercase ("smith") | String | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | +| "こんにちは" | Text | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | +| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | Text | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | +| [People]Name + "様" | Text | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | +| Uppercase ("smith") | Text | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | | 4 | Number | これは数値定数 4です。 | | 4 * 2 | Number | 2つの数値、4 と 2 の乗算です。乗算演算子の (*) を使用しています。 数値の 8を返します。 | | myButton | Number | これはボタンに紐づけられた変数です。 ボタンの現在の値を返します: クリックされた場合に 1、それ以外は 0 を返します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 7b0477e6e25ce6..49b677bbacbc33 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ myCol:=myCol.push("new value") // リストボックスに new value を表示 * **コレクション/エンティティセレクションリストボックス**: 選択項目は、専用のリストボックスプロパティを通して管理されます。 * [カレントの項目](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目) は、選択された要素/エンティティを受け取るオブジェクトです。 - * [選択された項目](properties_DataSource.md#選択された項目) は、選択された項目のコレクションです。 + * [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items * [カレントの項目の位置](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目の位置) は、選択された要素あるいはエンティティの位置を返します。 * **配列リストボックス**: `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` コマンドを使用して、プログラムからリストボックスの行を選択できます。 [リストボックスオブジェクトにリンクされた変数](properties_Object.md#変数あるいは式) は、行選択の取得、設定、保存に使用します。 この変数はブール配列で、4Dが自動的に作成・管理します。 この配列のサイズは、リストボックスのサイズにより決定されます。つまり、各列に関連付けられた配列のうち、最も小さな配列と同じ数の要素を持ちます。 この配列の各要素には、対応する行が選択された場合には `true` が、それ以外の場合は `false` が設定されます。 4D は、ユーザーの動作に応じてこの配列の内容を更新します。 これとは逆に、この配列要素の値を変更して、リストボックス中の選択行を変更することができます。 他方、この配列への要素の挿入や削除はできず、行のタイプ変更もできません。 `Count in array` コマンドを使用して、選択された行の数を調べることができます。 たとえば、以下のメソッドは配列タイプのリストボックスで、最初の行の選択を切り替えます: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 69da2466505ec2..f860e4762ddb9a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ css ファイルにてクラスセレクターとして使用される、(複数 | 最小 | ○ | | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 最大 | ○ | | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 合計 | ○ | | ○ | | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | -| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Longint | +| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Integer | | 平均 | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 標準偏差(*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 分散(*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 621d05ff75e430..e11f1b9a139d22 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ Webエリアでは、[2つの描画エンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込 たとえば、`HelloWorld` という 4Dメソッドを呼び出す場合には、以下の宣言を実行します: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript は大文字小文字を区別するため、オブジェクトの名前は $4d (dは小文字) であることに注意が必要です。 4Dメソッドへの呼び出しのシンタックスは以下のようになります: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md index e7eee09cb95c9e..bbc52ce6598e02 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ title: "$catalog" データクラス毎に返されるプロパティの説明です: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------- | ------ | --------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称。 | -| uri | String | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------- | ---- | --------------------------------- | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称。 | +| uri | Text | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | ### 例題 @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ title: "$catalog" | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | -------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称 | -| collectionName | String | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称 | +| collectionName | Text | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | | tableNumber | Number | 4Dデータベース内のテーブル番号 | -| scope | String | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | +| scope | Text | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | ### 属性 @@ -216,15 +216,15 @@ title: "$catalog" | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | 属性の名称 | -| kind | String | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | +| name | Text | 属性の名称 | +| kind | Text | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | | fieldPos | Number | データベーステーブルのフィールド番号 | -| scope | String | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | -| indexed | String | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| type | String | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | +| scope | Text | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | +| indexed | Text | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | +| type | Text | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | | identifying | Boolean | 属性がプライマリーキーの場合、プロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| path | String | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性のリレーションパス | - foreignKey|String |relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名| inverseName |String |relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名| +| path | Text | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性のリレーションパス | + foreignKey|Text |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| inverseName |Text |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| ### メソッド diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md index eb2ab832be6136..9aa6f6d3f8f867 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ title: "$entityset" 複数の既存エンティティセットに基づいて新たなエンティティセットを作成します。 -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------- | -| $operator | String | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | -| $otherCollection | String | エンティティセットID | +| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | +| $otherCollection | Text | エンティティセットID | ### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md index 82cdad90e7d164..d0d98017541240 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ title: "$info" | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | -| dataClass | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| id | Text | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | +| dataClass | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | selectionSize | Number | エンティティセットに含まれるエンティティの数 | | sorted | Boolean | エンティティセットが (`$orderby` の使用により) 順列ありの場合には true、順列なしの場合は false。 | | refreshed | Date | エンティティセットが最後に使用された日付または作成日。 | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ title: "$info" | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | -| sessionID | String | セッションを参照する UUID | -| userName | String | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | +| sessionID | Text | セッションを参照する UUID | +| userName | Text | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | | lifeTime | Number | ユーザーセッションのタイムアウト (デフォルトは 3600) | | expiration | Date | ユーザーセッションの有効期限 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md index e3d9891b48bbee..3108412cfe7be3 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ title: "$querypath" | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------- | -| description | String | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | +| description | Text | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | | time | Number | クエリの実行に要した時間 (ミリ秒単位) | | recordsfounds | Number | レコードの検出件数 | | steps | Collection | クエリパスの後続ステップを定義するオブジェクトのコレクション | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md index 3be7023555a85c..2b71084328ea3c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ title: "$queryplan" ## 説明 $queryplan は、4D Server に渡したクエリプランを返します。 -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| -------- | ------ | --------------------------------------- | -| item | String | 渡された実際のクエリ | -| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| -------- | ---- | --------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | 渡された実際のクエリ | +| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | クエリプランについての詳細は [queryPlan と queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-と-queryplan) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md index 222e299b5e08c0..73bb9bfa16f641 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| __entityModel | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | __COUNT | Number | データクラスに含まれる全エンティティ数 | | __SENT | Number | RESTリクエストが返すエンティティの数。 総エンティティ数が `$top/$limit` で指定された数より少なければ、総エンティティの数になります。 | | __FIRST | Number | セレクションの先頭エンティティの番号。 デフォルトでは 0; または `$skip` で指定された値。 | @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | +| __KEY | Text | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | エンティティが最後に編集された日時を記録するタイムスタンプ | | __STAMP | Number | `$method=update` を使ってエンティティの属性値を更新するときに必要となる内部スタンプ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md index 09c788edabb9d8..038d4dc6a8c987 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -1704,8 +1704,8 @@ propertyPath 比較演算子 値 {logicalOperator propertyPath 比較演算子 | 定数 | 型 | 値 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | - | -------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | このシンタックスは、コレクション内のスカラー値のみを並べ替えます (オブジェクトやコレクションなどの他の型は内部的な順序で返されます)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index f8abaa71173f84..5fb7287727c1ad 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ RSA キーのみ: キーのサイズ (ビッ | 18 R4 | 追加 | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md index 54a7476221134c..24ffc2f4656ff7 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ ds.People.query("places.locations[a].kind= :1 and places.locations[a].city= :2"; | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | parameters | Object | *queryString* または *formula* に **値の命名プレースホルダー** を使用した場合に渡すオブジェクト。 値は、プロパティ/値のペアで表現されます。プロパティは、*queryString* または *formula* に値の代わりに挿入されたプレースホルダー名 (":placeholder"など) で、値は、実際に比較される値です。 インデックスプレースホルダー (value引数として値を直接渡す方法) と命名プレースホルダーは、同じクエリ内で同時に使用することができます。 | -| attributes | Object | *queryString* または *formula* に **属性パスの命名プレースホルダー** を使用した場合に渡すオブジェクト。 属性パスは、プロパティ/値のペアで表現されます。プロパティは、*queryString* または *formula* に属性パスの代わりに挿入されたプレースホルダー名 (":placeholder"など) で、値は、属性パスを表す文字列または文字列のコレクションです。 値には、データクラスのスカラー属性・リレート属性・オブジェクトフィールド内のプロパティへの属性パスを指定することができます。
    型説明
    Stringドット記法を使用して表現された attributePath (例: "name" または "user.address.zipCode")
    String の Collectionコレクションの各要素が attributePath の階層を表します (例: ["name"] または ["user","address","zipCode"])。 コレクションを使用することで、ドット記法に準じていない名前の属性に対してもクエリすることができます (例: \["4Dv17.1","en/fr"])。
    インデックスプレースホルダー (*value* 引数として値を直接渡す方法) と命名プレースホルダーは、同じクエリ内で同時に使用することができます。 | +| attributes | Object | *queryString* または *formula* に **属性パスの命名プレースホルダー** を使用した場合に渡すオブジェクト。 属性パスは、プロパティ/値のペアで表現されます。プロパティは、*queryString* または *formula* に属性パスの代わりに挿入されたプレースホルダー名 (":placeholder"など) で、値は、属性パスを表す文字列または文字列のコレクションです。 値には、データクラスのスカラー属性・リレート属性・オブジェクトフィールド内のプロパティへの属性パスを指定することができます。
    型説明
    文字列ドット記法を使用して表現された attributePath (例: "name" または "user.address.zipCode")
    String の Collectionコレクションの各要素が attributePath の階層を表します (例: ["name"] または ["user","address","zipCode"])。 コレクションを使用することで、ドット記法に準じていない名前の属性に対してもクエリすることができます (例: \["4Dv17.1","en/fr"])。
    インデックスプレースホルダー (*value* 引数として値を直接渡す方法) と命名プレースホルダーは、同じクエリ内で同時に使用することができます。 | | args | Object | フォーミュラに渡す引数。 **args** オブジェクトは、フォーミュラ内の $1 が受け取るので、その値は *$1.property* という形で利用可能です (例題3 参照)。 | | allowFormulas | Boolean | クエリ内でフォーミュラの呼び出しを許可するには true (デフォルト)。 フォーミュラ実行を禁止するには false を渡します。 false に設定されているときに、フォーミュラが `query()` に渡された場合、エラーが発生します (1278 - フォーミュラはこのメンバーメソッドでは許可されていません)。 | | context | Text | エンティティセレクションに適用されている自動の最適化コンテキストのラベル。 エンティティセレクションを扱うコードはこのコンテキストを使うことで最適化の恩恵を受けます。 この機能はクライアント/サーバー処理を想定して設計されています。 詳細な情報については、[**クライアント/サーバーの最適化**](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Entity-selections.300-5416640.ja.html#4461913) の章を参照ください。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md index b5636041e0c485..2f31417db1a39a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ title: DataStore | hostname | Text | リモートデータストアの名前または IPアドレス + ":" + ポート番号 (ポート番号は必須) | | user | Text | ユーザー名 | | password | Text | ユーザーパスワード | -| idleTimeout | Longint | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | +| idleTimeout | Integer | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | | tls | Boolean | 安全な接続を使用します(*)。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 可能なかぎり安全な接続を使用することが推奨されます。 | | type | Text | "4D Server" でなければなりません | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md index 026f1ac028c938..448b9a63eddc66 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ title: Entity | プロパティ名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------------- | ---------------------- | -| attributeName | String | 属性名 | +| attributeName | Text | 属性名 | | value | any - 属性の型による | オリジナルエンティティの属性値 | | otherValue | any - 属性の型による | *entityToCompare* の属性値 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md index babe98539ff681..cbf18476073fc7 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ macOS のターミナルまたは Windows のコンソールを使用して、 | `--headless` | | 4D、4D Server、または組み込みアプリケーションをインターフェースなし (ヘッドレスモード) で起動します。 このモードでは:
  • デザインモードは使えません。データベースはアプリケーションモードで起動します。
  • ツールバー、メニューバー、MDI ウィンドウやスプラッシュスクリーンは表示されません。
  • Dock またはタスクバーにはアイコンは表示されません。
  • 開かれたデータベースは、"最近使用したデータベース" メニューに登録されません。
  • 4D診断ファイルの記録が自動的に開始されます ([SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page642.html)、値79 参照)
  • ダイアログボックスへのコールはすべてインターセプトされ、自動的にレスポンスが返されます (例: [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page41.html) コマンドの場合は OK、エラーダイアログの場合は Abort など)。 インターセプトされたコマンド (*) は、診断ファイルに記録されます。

    • 保守上の理由から、[LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page667.html) コマンドを使用して任意のテキストを標準の出力ストリームに送ることができます。 ヘッドレスモードの 4Dアプリケーションは、[QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page291.html) を呼び出すか OSタスクマネージャーを使用することでしか終了できない点に注意が必要です。 | | `--dataless` | | 4D、4D Server、または組み込みアプリケーションをデータレスモードで起動します。 データレスモードは、4D がデータを必要としないタスク (プロジェクトのコンパイルなど) を実行する場合に便利です。 このモードでは:
  • コマンドラインや `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されていても、また `CREATE DATA FILE` や `OPEN DATA FILE` コマンドを使用していても、データを含むファイルは開かれません。
  • データを操作するコマンドはエラーを生成します。 たとえば、`CREATE RECORD` は "このコマンドの対象となるテーブルがありません" というエラーを生成します。

    • **注記**:
  • コマンドラインで引数が渡された場合、アプリケーションを終了しない限り、4D で開かれているすべてのデータベースにデータレスモードが適用されます。
  • `.4DLink` ファイルを使って引数が渡された場合には、データレスモードは `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されたデータベースにのみ適用されます。 `.4DLink` ファイルの詳細については、[プロジェクトを開く (その他の方法)](../Project/creating.md#プロジェクトを開く-その他の方法) を参照ください。
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | ファイルパス | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のカスタム WebAdmin `.4DSettings` ファイルのパス | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用の自動スタートアップ設定の状態 | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | アクセスキーと自動スタートアップパラメーターを、現在使用している設定ファイル (デフォルトの [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-設定) ファイル、または `--webadmin-settings-path` パラメーターで指定されたカスタムファイル) に保存します。 必要に応じて `--webadmin-store-settings` 引数を使用して、これらの設定を保存します。 | (*) 一部のダイアログはデータベースを開く前に表示されるため、 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md index 7680c985a1ba2a..60dd57640a4635 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md @@ -170,6 +170,13 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + クラス関数とは、当該クラスのプロパティです。 クラス関数は [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md#4dfunction-オブジェクトについて) クラスのオブジェクトです。 クラス定義ファイルでは、`Function` キーワードと関数名を使用して宣言をおこないます。 関数名は [プロパティ名の命名規則](Concepts/identifiers.md#オブジェクトプロパティ) に準拠している必要があります。 @@ -273,6 +280,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + クラスコンストラクター関数を使って、ユーザークラスを定義することができます。このコンストラクターは [引数](#引数) を受け取ることができます。 クラスコンストラクターが定義されていると、[` new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) 関数を呼び出したときに、当該コンストラクターが呼び出されます (コンストラクターで引数を指定している場合は `new()` 関数に渡します)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md index bb6da615d6662c..b007affe7e5911 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ title: データタイプの概要 | ------- | ---------- | | ブール | false | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| 倍長整数 | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | ピクチャー | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | | 実数 | 0 | @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ title: データタイプの概要 | データタイプ | 文字列に変換 | 数値に変換 | 日付に変換 | 時間に変換 | ブールに変換 | | ------- | ------ | ----- | ----- | ----- | ------ | | 文字列 (1) | | Num | Date | Time | Bool | -| 数値 (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Date | String | | | | Bool | -| Time | String | | | | Bool | +| 数値 (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Date | Text | | | | Bool | +| Time | Text | | | | Bool | | ブール | | Num | | | | (1) JSON形式の文字列は `JSON Parse` コマンドを使ってスカラーデータ、オブジェクト、あるいはコレクションに変換することができます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md index 51e889c4162738..84d71c7e60c410 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ title: 文字列 | 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | | -------- | ---------------- | ------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| 連結 (結合) | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| 繰り返し | String * Number | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| 連結 (結合) | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| 繰り返し | String * Number | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | 等しい | String = String | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | true | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | false | | 異なる | String # String | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | true | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 1930e92e04164e..d1a1f2bc10f3a3 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ This.name:="Square" | データタイプ | 演算 | 例題 | | ------ | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | | 数値 | 加算 (足し算) | 1 + 2 は数値を加算し、結果は 3 です。 | -| 文字列 | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | +| Text | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | | 日付と数値 | 日付の加算 | !2006/12/4! + 20 は、2006年12月4日に 20日を加算し、結果は 2006年12月24日です。 | @@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ This.name:="Square" | 式 | 型 | 説明 | | --------------------------- | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| "こんにちは" | String | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | -| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | String | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | -| [People]Name + "様" | String | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | -| Uppercase ("smith") | String | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | +| "こんにちは" | Text | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | +| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | Text | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | +| [People]Name + "様" | Text | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | +| Uppercase ("smith") | Text | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | | 4 | Number | これは数値定数 4です。 | | 4 * 2 | Number | 2つの数値、4 と 2 の乗算です。乗算演算子の (*) を使用しています。 数値の 8を返します。 | | myButton | Number | これはボタンに紐づけられた変数です。 ボタンの現在の値を返します: クリックされた場合に 1、それ以外は 0 を返します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md index 1ca544b1a09aba..13a6aa9c52b9c5 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ atNames{1}:="Richard" | システム変数名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | +| `OK` | Integer | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Document` | Text | [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page264.html) や [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page345.html) などのコマンドを使用して最後に開いたファイルまたは作成したファイルのパス名 (フルパス + 名前) が含まれます。 | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | テキストを読み込んだり書き出したりする際に、フィールドの区切りとして (デフォルトは **タブ** (9))、あるいはレコードの区切り文字として (デフォルトは **キャリッジリターン** (13)) 使用する文字コードが格納されています。 区切り文字を変更する場合は、システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page155.html) コマンドでインストールされたエラー処理メソッド内で使用されます。 [メソッド内でのエラー処理](../Concepts/error-handling.md#メソッド内でのエラー処理) 参照。 | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • MouseDown=1 イベントの時、MouseX と MouseY にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、On Clicked や On Double Clicked、および On Mouse Up フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が MouseX と MouseY に返されます。 また、On Mouse Enter および On Mouse Move フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、ピクチャー上のマウス座標 を参照ください。
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • MouseDown=1 イベントの時、MouseX と MouseY にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、On Clicked や On Double Clicked、および On Mouse Up フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が MouseX と MouseY に返されます。 また、On Mouse Enter および On Mouse Move フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、ピクチャー上のマウス座標 を参照ください。
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md index 040579e915e2ef..d8e8b327bda498 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | -------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | フォーム全体 | | $editor.editor.file | File | フォームファイルの Fileオブジェクト | -| $editor.editor.name | String | フォームの名称 | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | フォームの名称 | | $editor.editor.table | number | フォームのテーブル番号。プロジェクトフォームの場合は 0。 | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | 現在のページの番号 | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | 現在のページ (フォームオブジェクトおよび入力順序を格納) | @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | formProperties | Object | マクロによって変更された formProperties | | editor.groups | Object | マクロによって変更されたグループ情報 | | editor.views | Object | マクロによって変更されたビュー情報 | -| editor.activeView | String | 有効なビュー名 | +| editor.activeView | Text | 有効なビュー名 | たとえば、currentPage と editor.groups の内容が変わった場合には、戻り値を次のように設定します: @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----- | - | -- | | | | | - source|文字列|メソッドコード| + source|Text|method code| 後者の場合、4D は "objectMethods" フォルダー内に当該オブジェクト名を冠したファイルを作成し、`source` 属性に指定したメソッドコードを格納します。 この機能はマクロコードの場合にのみ有効です。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 31f2ceaef63219..7d237cf9448740 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ myCol:=myCol.push("new value") // リストボックスに new value を表示 * **コレクション/エンティティセレクションリストボックス**: 選択項目は、専用のリストボックスプロパティを通して管理されます。 * [カレントの項目](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目) は、選択された要素/エンティティを受け取るオブジェクトです。 - * [選択された項目](properties_DataSource.md#選択された項目) は、選択された項目のコレクションです。 + * [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items * [カレントの項目の位置](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目の位置) は、選択された要素あるいはエンティティの位置を返します。 * **配列リストボックス**: `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` コマンドを使用して、プログラムからリストボックスの行を選択できます。 [リストボックスオブジェクトにリンクされた変数](properties_Object.md#変数あるいは式) は、行選択の取得、設定、保存に使用します。 この変数はブール配列で、4Dが自動的に作成・管理します。 この配列のサイズは、リストボックスのサイズにより決定されます。つまり、各列に関連付けられた配列のうち、最も小さな配列と同じ数の要素を持ちます。 この配列の各要素には、対応する行が選択された場合には `true` が、それ以外の場合は `false` が設定されます。 4D は、ユーザーの動作に応じてこの配列の内容を更新します。 これとは逆に、この配列要素の値を変更して、リストボックス中の選択行を変更することができます。 他方、この配列への要素の挿入や削除はできず、行のタイプ変更もできません。 `Count in array` コマンドを使用して、選択された行の数を調べることができます。 たとえば、以下のメソッドは配列タイプのリストボックスで、最初の行の選択を切り替えます: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index a6bfac5fdd7ec1..0a9fa4dfd5f68a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ title: オブジェクト | 最小 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 最大 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 合計 | ○ | | | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | -| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Longint | +| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Integer | | 平均 | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 標準偏差(*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 分散(*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 95fef245ca7a07..99647b40861c49 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ Webエリアでは、[2つの描画エンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込 たとえば、`HelloWorld` という 4Dメソッドを呼び出す場合には、以下の宣言を実行します: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript は大文字小文字を区別するため、オブジェクトの名前は $4d (dは小文字) であることに注意が必要です。 4Dメソッドへの呼び出しのシンタックスは以下のようになります: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md index 2361ffe46e456c..b5ffe2a4c78a88 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ $txt:="Hello world!" - テーブルタグ: ``` -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | 文字列 |Write pro エリア| -| toolbar | 文字列 |ツールバー名 | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - リンクタグ: @@ -190,21 +190,21 @@ $txt:="Hello world!" `WP SwitchToolbar.md` ファイルに、次のように書くことができます: ```4d - + GetLogo (size) -> logo -| 引数 | 型 | in/out | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | 倍長整数 | in | ロゴスタイルセレクター (1 から 5) | -| logo | ピクチャー | out | 選択されたロゴ | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | ## Description -このメソッドは、*size* 引数の値に応じて、特定サイズのロゴを返します。 +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter value. 1 = 最小値, 5 = 最大値 ## Example diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md index b6f0655759164c..ca8d9240e8f1b1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ title: '$catalog' データクラス毎に返されるプロパティの説明です: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------- | ------ | --------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称。 | -| uri | String | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------- | ---- | --------------------------------- | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称。 | +| uri | Text | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | ### 例題 @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ title: '$catalog' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | -------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称 | -| collectionName | String | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称 | +| collectionName | Text | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | | tableNumber | Number | 4Dデータベース内のテーブル番号 | -| scope | String | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | +| scope | Text | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | ### 属性 @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ title: '$catalog' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | 属性の名称 | -| kind | String | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | +| name | Text | 属性の名称 | +| kind | Text | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | | fieldPos | Number | データベーステーブルのフィールド番号 | -| scope | String | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | -| indexed | String | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| type | String | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | +| scope | Text | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | +| indexed | Text | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | +| type | Text | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | | identifying | Boolean | 属性がプライマリーキーの場合、プロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| path | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | -| foreignKey | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | -| inverseName | String | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | +| path | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | +| foreignKey | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | +| inverseName | Text | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | ### プライマリーキー diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md index be42ddf826e53b..85ec9d50213b08 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ title: '$entityset' 複数の既存エンティティセットに基づいて新たなエンティティセットを作成します。 -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------- | -| $operator | String | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | -| $otherCollection | String | エンティティセットID | +| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | +| $otherCollection | Text | エンティティセットID | ### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md index 77238541017e57..abb35071b4daf2 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ title: '$info' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | -| dataClass | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| id | Text | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | +| dataClass | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | selectionSize | Number | エンティティセットに含まれるエンティティの数 | | sorted | Boolean | エンティティセットが (`$orderby` の使用により) 順列ありの場合には true、順列なしの場合は false。 | | refreshed | Date | エンティティセットが最後に使用された日付または作成日。 | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ title: '$info' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | -| sessionID | String | セッションを参照する UUID | -| userName | String | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | +| sessionID | Text | セッションを参照する UUID | +| userName | Text | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | | lifeTime | Number | ユーザーセッションのタイムアウト (デフォルトは 3600) | | expiration | Date | ユーザーセッションの有効期限 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md index 4c449ea76241f2..5f2446c18adf65 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ title: '$querypath' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------- | -| description | String | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | +| description | Text | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | | time | Number | クエリの実行に要した時間 (ミリ秒単位) | | recordsfounds | Number | レコードの検出件数 | | steps | Collection | クエリパスの後続ステップを定義するオブジェクトのコレクション | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md index 3f0fcafd444226..68a89212bc56bb 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ title: '$queryplan' ## 説明 $queryplan は、4D Server に渡したクエリプランを返します。 -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| -------- | ------ | --------------------------------------- | -| item | String | 渡された実際のクエリ | -| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| -------- | ---- | --------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | 渡された実際のクエリ | +| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | クエリプランについての詳細は [queryPlan と queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-と-queryplan) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 85e7ece88026ac..7bec39f232b2ae 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ ORDAユーザークラスに定義された関数には、引数を渡すこと | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ----------------- | ------------------------------------ | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATACLASS | String | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | +| __DATACLASS | Text | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | | __ENTITY | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティであることをサーバーに通知します | | __KEY | 混合 (プライマリーキーと同じ型) | 任意 - エンティティのプライマリーキー | @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ ORDAユーザークラスに定義された関数には、引数を渡すこと | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------ | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATASET | String | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | +| __DATASET | Text | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティセレクションであることをサーバーに通知します | [エンティティセレクションを引数として受け取る例題](#エンティティセレクションを引数として受け取る) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md index 1c34e8ed9c5dcc..c8753ca2d3c921 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| __entityModel | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | __COUNT | Number | データクラスに含まれる全エンティティ数 | | __SENT | Number | RESTリクエストが返すエンティティの数。 総エンティティ数が `$top/$limit` で指定された数より少なければ、総エンティティの数になります。 | | __FIRST | Number | セレクションの先頭エンティティの番号。 デフォルトでは 0; または `$skip` で指定された値。 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | +| __KEY | Text | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | エンティティが最後に編集された日時を記録するタイムスタンプ | | __STAMP | Number | `$method=update` を使ってエンティティの属性値を更新するときに必要となる内部スタンプ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md index 653489bd263e11..d5677bc55a8620 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2250,8 +2250,8 @@ $name.multiSort(Formula($1.value.firstname<$1.value2.firstname); [$address]) | 定数 | 型 | 値 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | - | --------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | このシンタックスは、コレクション内のスカラー値のみを並べ替えます (オブジェクトやコレクションなどの他の型は並べ替えされないまま返されます)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 8b0282ffa7ff11..0940f7ac7b3571 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ RSA キーのみ: キーのサイズ (ビッ -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md index c6b75634499cdc..323b4da4ae6eb1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -735,9 +735,9 @@ $number:=$ds.Persons.getCount() | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | エンティティのプライマリーキー | -| __STAMP | Longint | データベース内のエンティティのタイムスタンプ | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | データベース内のエンティティのスタンプ (形式: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | エンティティのプライマリーキー | +| __STAMP | Integer | データベース内のエンティティのタイムスタンプ | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | データベース内のエンティティのスタンプ (形式: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | データクラス属性に対応するデータがキャッシュに存在する場合、それはデータベースと同じ型のプロパティに返されます。 | リレートエンティティに関するデータは、data オブジェクトのキャッシュに保存されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md index 46b051c8043c9a..0e197038608875 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ title: DataStore | hostname | Text | リモートデータストアの名前または IPアドレス + ":" + ポート番号 (ポート番号は必須) | Qodly クラウドインスタンスの APIエンドポイント | | user | Text | ユーザー名 | - (無視されます) | | password | Text | ユーザーパスワード | - (無視されます) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | - (無視されます) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | - (無視されます) | | tls | Boolean | セキュアな接続を使用する場合は true (1)。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 可能なかぎり安全な接続を使用することが推奨されます。 | セキュアな接続を使用する場合は true。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 | | type | Text | "4D Server" でなければなりません | - (無視されます) | | api-key | Text | - (無視されます) | Qodly クラウドインスタンスの APIキー | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md index 44166f8a63027e..972b4e7ecd5511 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ title: Entity | プロパティ名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------------- | ---------------------- | -| attributeName | String | 属性名 | +| attributeName | Text | 属性名 | | value | any - 属性の型による | オリジナルエンティティの属性値 | | otherValue | any - 属性の型による | *entityToCompare* の属性値 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md index 8441787ce81d01..13c09b4c757427 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md index 40640c5f774c70..49be04e8dffbdc 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ Formulaオブジェクトは、オブジェクトプロパティに格納する | 定数 | 型 | 説明 | | -------------------------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (デフォルト) フォーミュラは作成されたコンテキストにおいて実行されます。 | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | フォーミュラは、ホストデータベースのコンテキストで実行されます。 | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (デフォルト) フォーミュラは作成されたコンテキストにおいて実行されます。 | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | フォーミュラは、ホストデータベースのコンテキストで実行されます。 | #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md index 9db58c6e5b4619..74a0e97af9c086 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ macOS のターミナルまたは Windows のコンソールを使用して、 | `--headless` | | 4D、4D Server、または組み込みアプリケーションをインターフェースなし (ヘッドレスモード) で起動します。 このモードでは:
  • デザインモードは使えません。データベースはアプリケーションモードで起動します。
  • ツールバー、メニューバー、MDI ウィンドウやスプラッシュスクリーンは表示されません。
  • Dock またはタスクバーにはアイコンは表示されません。
  • 開かれたデータベースは、"最近使用したデータベース" メニューに登録されません。
  • 4D診断ファイルの記録が自動的に開始されます ([SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page642.html)、値79 参照)
  • ダイアログボックスへのコールはすべてインターセプトされ、自動的にレスポンスが返されます (例: [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page41.html) コマンドの場合は OK、エラーダイアログの場合は Abort など)。 インターセプトされたコマンド (\*) は、診断ファイルに記録されます。

    • 保守上の理由から、[LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page667.html) コマンドを使用して任意のテキストを標準の出力ストリームに送ることができます。 ヘッドレスモードの 4Dアプリケーションは、[QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page291.html) を呼び出すか OSタスクマネージャーを使用することでしか終了できない点に注意が必要です。 | | `--dataless` | | 4D、4D Server、組み込みアプリケーション、または tood4d をデータレスモードで起動します。 データレスモードは、4D がデータを必要としないタスク (プロジェクトのコンパイルなど) を実行する場合に便利です。 このモードでは:
  • コマンドラインや `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されていても、また `CREATE DATA FILE` や `OPEN DATA FILE` コマンドを使用していても、データを含むファイルは開かれません。
  • データを操作するコマンドはエラーを生成します。 たとえば、`CREATE RECORD` は "このコマンドの対象となるテーブルがありません" というエラーを生成します。

    • **注記**:
  • コマンドラインで引数が渡された場合、アプリケーションを終了しない限り、4D で開かれているすべてのデータベースにデータレスモードが適用されます。
  • `.4DLink` ファイルを使って引数が渡された場合には、データレスモードは `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されたデータベースにのみ適用されます。 `.4DLink` ファイルの詳細については、[プロジェクトを開く (その他の方法)](../GettingStarted/creating.md#プロジェクトを開く-その他の方法) を参照ください。
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | ファイルパス | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のカスタム WebAdmin `.4DSettings` ファイルのパス。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用の自動スタートアップ設定の状態。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | アクセスキーと自動スタートアップパラメーターを、現在使用している設定ファイル (デフォルトの [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-設定) ファイル、または `--webadmin-settings-path` パラメーターで指定されたカスタムファイル) に保存します。 必要に応じて `--webadmin-store-settings` 引数を使用して、これらの設定を保存します。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--utility` | | 4D Server の場合のみ利用可能です。 [4D Server をユーティリティモードで起動](#ユーティリティモードの-4d-server) します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md index c483a333ec2d6d..ed4f63f720a581 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md @@ -181,6 +181,12 @@ Class オブジェクトそのものは [共有オブジェクト](shared.md) // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラス関数とは、当該クラスのプロパティです。 クラス関数は [`4D.Function`](API/FunctionClass.md) クラスのオブジェクトです。 クラス定義ファイルでは、`Function` キーワードに続けて関数名を指定して宣言をおこないます。 [共有クラス](#共有クラス) 内で関数が宣言されている場合は、`shared` キーワードを使用することによって、[`Use...End use` structure](shared.md#useend-use) 構文なしで関数を呼び出せるようにできます。 詳細については、後述の [共有関数](#共有関数) の項目を参照ください。 @@ -315,6 +321,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラスコンストラクター関数を使って、ユーザークラスのオブジェクトを生成・初期化することができます。 このコンストラクターは任意の [引数](#引数) を受け取ることができます。 クラスコンストラクターが定義されていると、[`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) 関数を呼び出したときに、当該コンストラクターが呼び出されます (コンストラクターで引数を指定している場合は `new()` 関数に渡します)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md index 4e34565c0325e1..be9c67916cbc99 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ title: データタイプの概要 | ------- | ---------------------------------------- | | ブール | false | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| 倍長整数 | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | ピクチャー | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | | 実数 | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md index d69ccd9af788c8..3c77c03d118d18 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ title: 数値 (実数、倍長整数、整数) - 倍長整数のフィールド、変数、または式。 倍長整数 (4バイト整数) データタイプの範囲は、-2^31..(2^31)-1です。 - 整数のフィールド、変数、または式。 整数 (2バイト整数) データタイプの範囲は、-32,768..32,767 (2^15..(2^15)-1)です。 -**注:** 整数フィールドの値は、4D ランゲージで使用される際には自動的に倍長整数に変換されます。 +**Note:** Integer field values are automatically converted in Long integers when used in the 4D Language. 数値データタイプは、異なる数値データタイプに代入することができます。このとき、4Dが必要に応じて変換、切り捨て、丸め処理をおこないます。 ただし、値が範囲外の場合には、変換は正しい値を返しません。 数値データタイプは式の中に混在させて使用することができます。 -**注:** 4D ランゲージリファレンスでは、実際のデータタイプに関わらず、コマンド説明における実数、整数、倍長整数の引数はとくに明記されていない限り、数値と表記されています。 +**Note:** In the 4D Language Reference manual, no matter the actual data type, the Real, Integer, and Long Integer parameters in command descriptions are denoted as number, except when marked otherwise. ## 数値リテラル @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ title: 数値 (実数、倍長整数、整数) 0.0076 ``` -> デフォルトの小数点はシステム言語に関係なくピリオド (.) です。 "地域特有のシステム設定を使う" オプション ([メソッドページ](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Methods-Page.300-4575690.ja.html) 参照) にチェックがされている場合、システムで定義されている小数点を使用する必要があります。 +> デフォルトの小数点はシステム言語に関係なくピリオド (.) です。 "地域特有のシステム設定を使う" オプション (メソッドページ 参照) にチェックがされている場合、システムで定義されている小数点を使用する必要があります。 負の数値は、マイナス記号 (-) を付けて指定します。 例: @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ title: 数値 (実数、倍長整数、整数) ## 数値演算子 -| 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | -| --------- | ---------------- | ------- | -------- | ----- | -| 加算 (足し算) | Number + Number | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | -| 減算 (引き算) | Number - Number | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | -| 乗算 (かけ算) | Number * Number | Number | 5 * 2 | 10 | -| 除算 (割り算) | Number / Number | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | -| 倍長整数を返す除算 | Number \ Number | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | -| モジューロ | Number % Number | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | -| 指数 | Number ^ Number | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | -| 等しい | Number = Number | Boolean | 10 = 10 | true | -| | | | 10 = 11 | false | -| 異なる | Number # Number | Boolean | 10 # 11 | true | -| | | | 10 # 10 | false | -| 大きい | Number > Number | Boolean | 11 > 10 | true | -| | | | 10 > 11 | false | -| 小さい | Number < Number | Boolean | 10 < 11 | true | -| | | | 11 < 10 | false | -| 以上 | Number >= Number | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | true | -| | | | 10 >= 11 | false | -| 以下 | Number <= Number | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | true | -| | | | 11 <= 10 | false | +| 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | +| --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| 加算 (足し算) | Number + Number | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | +| 減算 (引き算) | Number - Number | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | +| 乗算 (かけ算) | Number \* Number | Number | 5 \* 2 | 10 | +| 除算 (割り算) | Number / Number | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | +| 倍長整数を返す除算 | Number \ Number | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | +| モジューロ | Number % Number | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | +| 指数 | Number ^ Number | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | +| 等しい | Number = Number | Boolean | 10 = 10 | true | +| | | | 10 = 11 | false | +| 異なる | Number # Number | Boolean | 10 # 11 | true | +| | | | 10 # 10 | false | +| 大きい | Number > Number | Boolean | 11 > 10 | true | +| | | | 10 > 11 | false | +| 小さい | Number < Number | Boolean | 10 < 11 | true | +| | | | 11 < 10 | false | +| 以上 | Number >= Number | Boolean | 11 >= 10 | true | +| | | | 10 >= 11 | false | +| 以下 | Number <= Number | Boolean | 10 <= 11 | true | +| | | | 11 <= 10 | false | ### モジューロ @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ title: 数値 (実数、倍長整数、整数) :::warning -モジューロ演算子 % は倍長整数の範囲内 (-2^31 から (2^31)-1 まで) の数値に対して有効な値を返します。 この範囲外の数値のモジューロ演算を実行するには、[`Mod`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page98.html) コマンドを使用します。 +モジューロ演算子 % は倍長整数の範囲内 (-2^31 から (2^31)-1 まで) の数値に対して有効な値を返します。 To calculate the modulo with numbers outside of this range, use the [`Mod`(https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page98.html)] command. ::: @@ -79,11 +79,11 @@ title: 数値 (実数、倍長整数、整数) ### 実数の比較 -2つの実数が等しいかどうかを比較するために、4Dランゲージは実際には差の絶対値を *イプシロン値* と比較します。 [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page623.html) コマンドを参照ください。 +To compare two reals for equality, the 4D language actually compares the absolute value of the difference with *epsilon*. See the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page623.html) command. :::note -一貫性のため、4Dデータベースエンジンは実数型のデータベースフィールドを比較する際には常に *イプシロン値* として 10^-6 の値を使用し、`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL` の設定を考慮しません。 +For consistency, the 4D database engine always compares database fields of the real type using a 10^-6 value for *epsilon* and does not take the `SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL` setting into account. ::: @@ -103,60 +103,60 @@ title: 数値 (実数、倍長整数、整数) 3+(4*5) ``` -この式は、23 を返します。カッコがあるため、最初に式 (4*5) の結果 20 を求め、 それに 3 を加えて、結果は 23 になります。 +この式は、23 を返します。カッコがあるため、最初に式 (4\*5) の結果 20 を求め、 それに 3 を加えて、結果は 23 になります。 カッコは、他のカッコの組の内側にネストすることができます。 式の評価が正しくおこなわれるように、必ず各左カッコに対応する右カッコを指定してください。 カッコの不足または誤用は、予測できない結果や、式の無効化につながります。 またコンパイルする場合は、左カッコと右カッコは同じ数でなければなりません。組になっていないカッコはシンタックスエラーとして検出されます。 ## ビットワイズ演算子 -ビットワイズ演算子は、**倍長整数** 式や値に対して演算をおこないます。 +The bitwise operators operates on **Long Integer** expressions or values. > ビットワイズ演算子に整数値または実数値を渡すと、4Dは値を倍長整数値として評価してから、ビットワイズ演算子を使用した式を計算します。 ビットワイズ演算子を使用する場合、倍長整数値を32ビットの配列と考える必要があります。 これらのビットには、右から左に0~31の番号が付けられます。 -それぞれのビットは0か1なので、倍長整数値は32のブール値を格納できる値と考えることもできます。 1に等しいビットは **true**、0に等しいビットは **false** を意味します。 +それぞれのビットは0か1なので、倍長整数値は32のブール値を格納できる値と考えることもできます。 A bit equal to 1 means **True** and a bit equal to 0 means **False**. ビットワイズ演算子を使用する式は倍長整数値を返します。Bit Test 演算子の場合、式は例外的にブール値を返します。 次の表にビットワイズ演算子とそのシンタックスを示します: -| 演算 | 演算子 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | -| ---------------------- | ------------- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| Bitwise AND | & | Long & Long | Long | -| Bitwise OR (inclusive) | | | Long | Long | Long | -| Bitwise OR (exclusive) | ^ | | Long ^ | Long | Long | -| Left Bit Shift | << | Long << Long | Long (注記1 参照) | -| Right Bit Shift | >> | Long >> Long | Long (注記1 参照) | -| Bit Set | ?+ | Long ?+ Long | Long (注記2 参照) | -| Bit Clear | ?- | Long ?- Long | Long (注記2 参照) | -| Bit Test | ?? | Long ?? Long | Boolean (注記2 参照) | +| 演算 | 演算子 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | +| ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | +| Bitwise AND | & | Long & Long | Long | +| Bitwise OR (inclusive) | | | Long \| Long | Long | +| Bitwise OR (exclusive) | ^ | | Long ^ \| Long | Long | +| Left Bit Shift | << | Long << Long | Long (注記1 参照) | +| Right Bit Shift | > > | Long >> Long | Long (注記1 参照) | +| Bit Set | ?+ | Long ?+ Long | Long (注記2 参照) | +| Bit Clear | ?- | Long ?- Long | Long (注記2 参照) | +| Bit Test | ?? | Long ?? Long | Boolean (注記2 参照) | #### 注記 -1. `Left Bit Shift` および `Right Bit Shift` 演算では、2番目のオペランドは、結果値において1番目のオペランドのビットがシフトされるビット数を示します。 したがって、この2番目のオペランドは、0~31の間でなければなりません。 0ビットシフトするとその値がそのまま返されます。また、31ビットより多くシフトするとすべてのビットがなくなるので、0x00000000が返されます。 それ以外の値を2番目のオペランドとして渡した場合、結果は意味のない値になります。 -2. `Bit Set`、`Bit Clear`、`Bit Test` 演算では、2番目のオペランドは、作用の対象となるビット番号を示します。 したがって、この2番目のオペランドは0 ~ 31の間です。そうでない場合、式の結果は意味のないものになります。 +1. For the `Left Bit Shift` and `Right Bit Shift` operations, the second operand indicates the number of positions by which the bits of the first operand will be shifted in the resulting value. したがって、この2番目のオペランドは、0~31の間でなければなりません。 0ビットシフトするとその値がそのまま返されます。また、31ビットより多くシフトするとすべてのビットがなくなるので、0x00000000が返されます。 それ以外の値を2番目のオペランドとして渡した場合、結果は意味のない値になります。 +2. For the `Bit Set`, `Bit Clear` and `Bit Test` operations , the second operand indicates the number of the bit on which to act. したがって、この2番目のオペランドは0 ~ 31の間です。そうでない場合、式の結果は意味のないものになります。 次の表は、ビットワイズ演算子とその効果を示します: -| 演算 | 説明 | -| ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Bitwise AND | それぞれの結果ビットは2つのオペランドのビットの論理ANDです。 下記は、論理ANDの真偽表です:
  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • すなわち、両オペランドのビットが 1 の場合、結果ビットが 1 になり、その他の場合は結果ビットが 0 になります。 | -| Bitwise OR (inclusive) | それぞれの結果ビットは2つのオペランドのビットの論理ORです。下記は、論理ORの真偽表です:
  • 1 | 1 --> 1
  • 0 | 1 --> 1
  • 1 | 0 --> 1
  • 0 | 0 --> 0
    • すなわち、いずれかのオペランドのビットが 1 の場合、結果ビットが 1 になり、その他の場合は結果ビットが 0 になります。 | -| Bitwise OR (exclusive) | それぞれの結果ビットは2つのオペランドのビットの排他的論理ORです。下記は、排他的論理ORの真偽表です:
  • 1 ^ | 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ | 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ | 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ | 0 --> 0
    • すなわち、オペランドのビットのいずれか一方だけが 1 の場合、結果ビットが 1 になり、その他の場合は結果ビットが 0 になります。 | -| Left Bit Shift | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットが2番目のオペランドで示されたビット数だけ左にシフトします。 左側のビットがなくなり、右側の新しいビットは0に設定されます。 **注記:** 正の数だけを考えると、Nビット左にシフトすることは、2^N を掛けることと同じです。 | -| Right Bit Shift | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットが2番目のオペランドで示されたビット数だけ右にシフトします。 右側のビットがなくなり、左側の新しいビットは 0 に設定されます。 __注記:__ 正の数だけを考えると、Nビット右にシフトすることは、2^Nで割ることと同じです。 | -| Bit Set | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットのうち2番目のオペランドで示されたビットが1に設定されます。 他のビットはそのままです。 | -| Bit Clear | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットのうち2番目のオペランドで示されたビットが0に設定されます。 他のビットはそのままです。 | -| Bit Test | 最初のオペランドのうち、2番目のビットで示されたビットが1の場合、trueが返されます。 最初のオペランドのうち、2番目のビットで示されたビットが0の場合、falseが返されます。 | +| 演算 | 説明 | +| ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Bitwise AND | それぞれの結果ビットは2つのオペランドのビットの論理ANDです。 Here is the logical AND table:
  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if the two operand bits are 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| Bitwise OR (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \| 1 --> 1
  • 0 \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if at least one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| Bitwise OR (exclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \| 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if only one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| Left Bit Shift | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットが2番目のオペランドで示されたビット数だけ左にシフトします。 左側のビットがなくなり、右側の新しいビットは0に設定されます。 **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | +| Right Bit Shift | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットが2番目のオペランドで示されたビット数だけ右にシフトします。 The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | +| Bit Set | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットのうち2番目のオペランドで示されたビットが1に設定されます。 他のビットはそのままです。 | +| Bit Clear | 最初のオペランド値が結果値に設定され、次に結果ビットのうち2番目のオペランドで示されたビットが0に設定されます。 他のビットはそのままです。 | +| Bit Test | 最初のオペランドのうち、2番目のビットで示されたビットが1の場合、trueが返されます。 最初のオペランドのうち、2番目のビットで示されたビットが0の場合、falseが返されます。 | ### 例題 -| 演算 | 例題 | 戻り値 | -| ---------------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------- | -| Bitwise AND | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | -| Bitwise OR (inclusive) | 0x0000FFFF | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | -| Bitwise OR (exclusive) | 0x0000FFFF ^ | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | -| Left Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | -| Right Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | -| Bit Set | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | -| Bit Clear | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | -| Bit Test | 0x00010000 ?? 16 | true | +| 演算 | 例題 | 戻り値 | +| ----------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | +| Bitwise AND | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | +| Bitwise OR (inclusive) | 0x0000FFFF \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | +| Bitwise OR (exclusive) | 0x0000FFFF ^ \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | +| Left Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | +| Right Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | +| Bit Set | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | +| Bit Clear | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | +| Bit Test | 0x00010000 ?? 16 | true | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md index 07461f4e18ad26..847add6b17376a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ title: 文字列 | 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| 連結 (結合) | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| 繰り返し | String \* Number | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| 連結 (結合) | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| 繰り返し | String \* Number | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | 等しい | String = String | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | true | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | false | | 異なる | String # String | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | true | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 6ceaceeee15496..a86943f8ce9265 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ This.name:="Square" | データタイプ | 演算 | 例題 | | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 数値 | 加算 (足し算) | 1 + 2 は数値を加算し、結果は 3 です。 | -| 文字列 | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | +| Text | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | | 日付と数値 | 日付の加算 | !2006/12/4! + 20 は、2006年12月4日に 20日を加算し、結果は 2006年12月24日です。 | ## 式 @@ -287,10 +287,10 @@ This.name:="Square" | 式 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| "こんにちは" | String | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | -| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | String | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | -| [People]Name + "様" | String | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | -| Uppercase ("smith") | String | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | +| "こんにちは" | Text | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | +| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | Text | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | +| [People]Name + "様" | Text | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | +| Uppercase ("smith") | Text | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | | 4 | Number | これは数値定数 4です。 | | 4 \* 2 | Number | 2つの数値、4 と 2 の乗算です。乗算演算子の (\*) を使用しています。 数値の 8を返します。 | | myButton | Number | これはボタンに紐づけられた変数です。 ボタンの現在の値を返します: クリックされた場合に 1、それ以外は 0 を返します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md index bcbc20357d79ee..164ba577d6db96 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md @@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ atNames{1}:="Richard" | システム変数名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | +| `OK` | Integer | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Document` | Text | [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page264.html) や [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page345.html) などのコマンドを使用して最後に開いたファイルまたは作成したファイルのパス名 (フルパス + 名前) が含まれます。 | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | テキストを読み込んだり書き出したりする際に、フィールドの区切りとして (デフォルトは **タブ** (9))、あるいはレコードの区切り文字として (デフォルトは **キャリッジリターン** (13)) 使用する文字コードが格納されています。 区切り文字を変更する場合は、システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page155.html) コマンドでインストールされたエラー処理メソッド内で使用されます。 [メソッド内でのエラー処理](../Concepts/error-handling.md#メソッド内でのエラー処理)参照。 | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • `MouseDown=1` イベントの時、`MouseX` と `MouseY` にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、[`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md) や [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md)、および [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が `MouseX` と `MouseY` に返されます。 また、[`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) および [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、[ピクチャー上のマウス座標](../FormEditor/pictures.md#ピクチャー上のマウス座標) を参照ください。
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • `MouseDown=1` イベントの時、`MouseX` と `MouseY` にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、[`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md) や [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md)、および [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が `MouseX` と `MouseY` に返されます。 また、[`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) および [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、[ピクチャー上のマウス座標](../FormEditor/pictures.md#ピクチャー上のマウス座標) を参照ください。
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md index bf3bc57cb0d1b6..2957ab4f5948ec 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------ | | $editor.editor.form | Object | フォーム全体 | | $editor.editor.file | File | フォームファイルの Fileオブジェクト | -| $editor.editor.name | String | フォームの名称 | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | フォームの名称 | | $editor.editor.table | number | フォームのテーブル番号。プロジェクトフォームの場合は 0。 | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | 現在のページの番号 | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | 現在のページ (フォームオブジェクトおよび入力順序を格納) | @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | formProperties | Object | マクロによって変更された formProperties | | editor.groups | Object | マクロによって変更されたグループ情報 | | editor.views | Object | マクロによって変更されたビュー情報 | -| editor.activeView | String | 有効なビュー名 | +| editor.activeView | Text | 有効なビュー名 | たとえば、currentPage と editor.groups の内容が変わった場合には、戻り値を次のように設定します: @@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) - 次の構造を持つオブジェクトの使用: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------ | ------ | ------- | -| source | String | メソッドコード | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------ | ---- | ------- | +| source | Text | メソッドコード | 後者の場合、4D は "objectMethods" フォルダー内に当該オブジェクト名を冠したファイルを作成し、`source` 属性に指定したメソッドコードを格納します。 この機能はマクロコードの場合にのみ有効です。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index f1dbf47c397ccd..28144f1cf1de3e 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ myCol:=myCol.push("new value") // リストボックスに new value を表示 - **コレクション/エンティティセレクションリストボックス**: 選択項目は、専用のリストボックスプロパティを通して管理されます。 - [カレントの項目](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目) は、選択された要素/エンティティを受け取るオブジェクトです。 - - [選択された項目](properties_DataSource.md#選択された項目) は、選択された項目のコレクションです。 + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [カレントの項目の位置](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目の位置) は、選択された要素あるいはエンティティの位置を返します。 - **配列リストボックス**: `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` コマンドを使用して、プログラムからリストボックスの行を選択できます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 972ca7f3393632..1d84833a23e175 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ title: オブジェクト | 最小 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 最大 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 合計 | ○ | | | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | -| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Longint | +| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Integer | | 平均 | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 標準偏差(\*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 分散(\*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 486a2d9e6c1722..35c4c6292fa776 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,71 +3,73 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Webエリア --- +Webエリアは、静的および動的な HTMLページ、ファイル、ピクチャー、JavaScript などの様々な Webコンテンツをフォーム中で表示することのできるオブジェクトです。 The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -Webエリアは、静的および動的な HTMLページ、ファイル、ピクチャー、JavaScript などの様々な Webコンテンツをフォーム中で表示することのできるオブジェクトです。 Webエリアの描画エンジンは、アプリケーションの実行プラットフォームおよび [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) オプションの設定状態により異なります。 - -同じフォーム内に複数の Webエリアを配置できます。 しかしながら、Webエリアの挿入には [いくつかの制約](#webエリアのルール) がつく事に注意して下さい。 - -いくつかの専用の [標準アクション](#標準アクション)、多数の [ランゲージコマンド](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.ja.html)、そして汎用および専用の [フォームイベント](#フォームイベント) を使用して、Webエリアの動作を制御することができます。 特別な変数を使用して、エリアと 4D環境間で情報を交換することも可能です。 +同じフォーム内に複数の Webエリアを配置できます。 Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. 特別な変数を使用して、エリアと 4D環境間で情報を交換することも可能です。 ## 特有のプロパティ ### 割り当てられる変数 Webエリアには 2つの特別な変数が自動で割り当てられます: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- Webエリアに表示されている URL の管理に使用します。 -- [`進捗状況変数`](properties_WebArea.md#進捗状況変数) -- Webエリアにロード中のページのパーセンテージを知るために使用します。 -> 4D v19 R5 以降、[Windows システムレンダリングエンジン](./webArea_overview.md#webレンダリングエンジン) を使用する Webエリアでは、進捗状況変数が更新されません。 +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --to control the URL displayed by the web area +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. + +> As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Webレンダリングエンジン -Webエリアでは、[2つの描画エンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) うちから使用するものを選択することができます。 +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. "埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用" プロパティを選択している場合、"4Dメソッドコールを許可" プロパティが選択可能になり、また、macOS と Windows 上の動作が同様であるようにできます。 Webエリアがインターネットに接続されている場合には、最新のセキュリティアップデートの恩恵を受けられるため、システムレンダリングエンジンを選択することが推奨されます。 ### 4Dメソッドコールを許可 -[4Dメソッドコールを許可](properties_WebArea.md#4dメソッドコールを許可) プロパティを選択している場合、Webエリアから 4Dメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note 注記 -- この機能は Webエリアが [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) している場合に限り、使用可能です。 +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - このオプションは 4Dコードの実行を許可するため、セキュリティ上の理由から、アプリケーションによって生成されたページなど、信頼できるページに対してのみ有効にするべきです。 ::: ### $4dオブジェクトの使用 +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. -[4Dの埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) は、$4d という JavaScriptオブジェクトをエリアに提供します。$4dオブジェクトと "." (ドット) オブジェクト記法を使用することによって、任意の 4Dプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 +For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -たとえば、`HelloWorld` という 4Dメソッドを呼び出す場合には、以下の宣言を実行します: - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` + > JavaScript は大文字小文字を区別するため、オブジェクトの名前は $4d (dは小文字) であることに注意が必要です。 4Dメソッドへの呼び出しのシンタックスは以下のようになります: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: 4Dメソッドに対して必要なだけ引数を渡すことができます。 これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 -- `function(result)`: 最後の引数として渡される関数です。 この "コールバック" 関数は、4Dメソッドが実行を終えると同時に呼び出されます。 この関数は `result` 引数を受け取ります: +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. この "コールバック" 関数は、4Dメソッドが実行を終えると同時に呼び出されます。 It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: "$0" 式に返される、4Dメソッド実行の戻り値です。 戻り値は JavaScript でサポートされている型 (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト) のいずれかになります。 `C_OBJECT` コマンドを使用して、オブジェクトを返すことができます。 +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method, returned in the "$0" expression. 戻り値は JavaScript でサポートされている型 (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト) のいずれかになります。 You can use the `C_OBJECT` command to return the objects. -> デフォルトとして、4Dは UTF-8 文字コードで動作しています。 (アクセントが付いた文字などの) 拡張文字を含むテキストを返す場合には、Webエリアで表示されるページの文字コードが UTF-8 に宣言されていることを確認してください。文字コードが UTF-8 でない場合、文字が正しく表示されない可能性があります。 この場合、以下の 1行を HTMLページに追加して文字コードを宣言してください:
    `` +> デフォルトとして、4Dは UTF-8 文字コードで動作しています。 (アクセントが付いた文字などの) 拡張文字を含むテキストを返す場合には、Webエリアで表示されるページの文字コードが UTF-8 に宣言されていることを確認してください。文字コードが UTF-8 でない場合、文字が正しく表示されない可能性があります。 In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### 例題 1 -`today` という名の 4Dプロジェクトメソッドがあり、そのメソッドは引数を受け付けず、カレントの日付を文字列として返す場合について考えてみます。 +Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -`today` メソッドの 4Dコードです: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d C_TEXT($0) @@ -96,20 +98,20 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) }); -今日は:
    +Today is:
    ``` #### 例題 2 -`calcSum` という 4Dプロジェクトメソッドがあり、そのメソッドが (``$1...$n) という引数を受け取り、その合計を `$0` に返すという場合について考えます。 +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns their sum in `$0`: -`calcSum` メソッドの 4Dコードです: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // n個の実数型引数を受け取ります - C_REAL($0) // 実数の値を返します + C_REAL(${1}) // receives n REAL type parameters + C_REAL($0) // returns a Real C_LONGINT($i;$n) $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) @@ -126,11 +128,9 @@ $4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) }); ``` - ## 標準アクション -Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクション (`openBackURL`、`openForwardURL`、`refreshCurrentURL`、そして `stopLoadingURL`) を使用できます。 ボタンやメニューコマンドにこれらのアクションを割り当てることで、基本の Webインターフェースを素早く実装できます。 これらのアクションについては [標準アクション](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Standard-actions.300-4575620.ja.html) で説明しています。 - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. ボタンやメニューコマンドにこれらのアクションを割り当てることで、基本の Webインターフェースを素早く実装できます。 These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). ## フォームイベント @@ -151,19 +151,18 @@ Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクシ - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Webエリアのルール ### ユーザーインターフェース フォームが実行されると、他のフォームエリアとの対話を可能にする、標準のブラウザーインタフェース機能が Web エリア内で利用可能になります。 -- **編集メニューコマンド**: Webエリアにフォーカスがあるとき、**編集** メニューコマンドを使用してコピーやペースト、すべてを選択などのアクションを選択に応じて実行できます。 -- **コンテキストメニュー**: Webエリアで、システム標準の [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) を使用できます。 コンテキストメニューの表示は、`WA SET PREFERENCE` コマンドを使用することで管理可能です。 -- **ドラッグ＆ドロップ**: 4D のオブジェクトプロパティに基づき、ユーザーは Webエリア内で、または Webエリアと 4Dフォームオブジェクト間で、テキストやピクチャー、ドキュメントをドラッグ＆ドロップできます。 セキュリティ上の理由から、ファイルまたは URL のドラッグ＆ドロップによって Webエリアのコンテンツを変更することは、デフォルトで禁止されています。 この場合、カーソルは "禁止" アイコン ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png) を表示します。 "ドロップ" アイコンを表示し、[`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) イベントを発生させるには、`WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` 文を使います。 このイベントでは、[`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page1020.html)コマンドを呼び出したり、ユーザードロップに対する [URL変数](properties_WebArea.md#url) を設定することができます。 - -> 上記のドラッグ＆ドロップ機能は、[macOS のシステムレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) を使用している Webエリアではサポートされません。 +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + セキュリティ上の理由から、ファイルまたは URL のドラッグ＆ドロップによって Webエリアのコンテンツを変更することは、デフォルトで禁止されています。 In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### サブフォーム @@ -174,7 +173,6 @@ Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクシ > 他のフォームオブジェクトの上や下に Webエリアを重ねることはサポートされていません。 - ### Webエリアと Webサーバーのコンフリクト (Windows) Windows においては、Webエリアから、同じ 4Dアプリケーションで起動中の Webサーバーへのアクセスはお勧めできません。これをおこなうとコンフリクトが発生し、アプリケーションがフリーズすることがあります。 もちろん、リモートの 4D から 4D Server の Webサーバーにアクセスすることはできます。自身の Webサーバーにアクセスできないということです。 @@ -183,38 +181,136 @@ Windows においては、Webエリアから、同じ 4Dアプリケーション macOS 上の Webエリアで、プログラムにより処理される URL は、プロトコルで開始されていなければなりません。 つまり、"www.mysite.com" ではな、"http://www.mysite.com" 文字列を渡さなければならないということです。 - ## Webインスペクターへのアクセス オフスクリーンの Webエリアや、フォームのWeb エリア内において、Webインスペクターを見たり使用したりすることができます。 Webインスペクターは、埋め込みWebエンジンによって提供されているデバッガーです。 Webページの情報の、コードとフローを解析します。 -Webインスペクターを表示させるには、`WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` コマンドを実行するか、 Webエリアのコンテキストメニューを使用します。 +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **`WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` コマンドの実行**
    このコマンドはスクリーン上 (フォームオブジェクト) の、またはオフスクリーンの Webエリアに対して直接使用することができます。 +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Webエリアコンテキストメニューの使用**
    この機能はオンスクリーンの Webエリアでのみ使用することができ、以下の条件を満たしている必要があります: - - エリアに対して [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) が有効化されている。 - - インスペクターの使用が、以下の宣言を用いて明示的に有効化されている: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - the [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) for the web area is enabled + - インスペクターの使用が、以下の宣言を用いて明示的に有効化されている: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> [Windows のシステムレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) の場合にこの環境設定を変更すると、変更を反映するのにエリア内でのナビゲーション操作 (たとえば、ページの更新) が必要です。 +> With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -詳細は `WA SET PREFERENCE` コマンドの説明を参照してください。 +For more information, refer to the description of the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. -上記のとおり設定を完了すると、エリア内のコンテキストメニュー内に **要素を調査** という新しいオプションが追加されているはずです: この項目を選択すると、Webインスペクターウィンドウが表示されます。 +When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. この項目を選択すると、Webインスペクターウィンドウが表示されます。 > このデバッガーの機能の詳細に関しては、Webレンダリングエンジンにより提供されているドキュメントを参照してください。 +## プロパティ一覧 + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## プロパティ一覧 +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[タイプ](properties_Object.md#タイプ) - [オブジェクト名](properties_Object.md#オブジェクト名) - [変数あるいは式](properties_Object.md#変数あるいは式) - [CSSクラス](properties_Object.md#cssクラス) - [左](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#左) - [上](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#上) - [右](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#右) - [下](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#下) - [幅](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#幅) - [高さ](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#高さ) - [横方向サイズ変更](properties_ResizingOptions.md#横方向サイズ変更) - [縦方向サイズ変更](properties_ResizingOptions.md#縦方向サイズ変更) - [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) - [表示状態](properties_Display.md#表示状態) - [境界線スタイル](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#境界線スタイル) - [メソッド](properties_Action.md#メソッド) - [進捗状況変数](properties_WebArea.md#進捗状況変数) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### 例題 + +#### デフォルトファイル + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### 参照 +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md index 552f0c5b7b28d3..71dd4ea13461a6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ Qodly Studio for 4D では、権限パネルの [**強制ログイン**オプシ | プロパティ名 | | | 型 | 必須 | 説明 | | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | privileges | | | `privilege` オブジェクトの Collection | ○ | 定義された権限のリスト | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | アクセス権の名称 | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | アクセス権の名称 | | | \[].includes | | String の Collection | | 内包する権限名のリスト | | roles | | | `role` オブジェクトの Collection | | 定義されたロールのリスト | -| | \[].role | | String | | ロール名 | +| | \[].role | | Text | | ロール名 | | | \[].privileges | | String の Collection | | 内包する権限名のリスト | | permissions | | | Object | ○ | 設定されたパーミッションのリスト | | | allowed | | `permission` オブジェクトの Collection | | 許可されたパーミッションのリスト | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | ○ | 対象の [リソース](#リソース) 名 | -| | | \[].type | String | ○ | [リソース](#リソース) タイプ: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | ○ | 対象の [リソース](#リソース) 名 | +| | | \[].type | Text | ○ | [リソース](#リソース) タイプ: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | | | | \[].create | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | | | | \[].update | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md index 8334c80dbc29a0..cac530d16e2bea 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ _イタリック_ - テーブルタグ: ```md -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | 文字列 |Write pro エリア| -| toolbar | 文字列 |ツールバー名 | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - リンクタグ: @@ -195,32 +195,34 @@ The [documentation](https://doc.4d.com) of the command .... `WP SwitchToolbar.md` ファイルに、次のように書くことができます: -```md - +````md + GetLogo (size) -> logo -| 引数 | 型 | in/out | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | 倍長整数 | in | ロゴスタイルセレクター (1 から 5) | -| logo | ピクチャー | out | 選択されたロゴ | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | ## Description -このメソッドは、*size* 引数の値に応じて、特定サイズのロゴを返します。 -1 = 最小値, 5 = 最大値 +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. +1 = smallest size, 5 = largest size. ## Example +```4d C_PICTURE($logo) C_LONGINT($size) -// 最大ロゴを取得します +//Get the largest logo $logo:=GetLogo(5) ``` +```` - エクスプローラーの表示: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md index c5285eef6f50be..f92b5078d8e7b1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ title: $catalog データクラス毎に返されるプロパティの説明です: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------- | ------ | --------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称。 | -| uri | String | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------- | ---- | --------------------------------- | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称。 | +| uri | Text | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | ### 例題 @@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ title: $catalog | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | -------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称 | -| collectionName | String | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称 | +| collectionName | Text | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | | tableNumber | Number | 4Dデータベース内のテーブル番号 | -| scope | String | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | +| scope | Text | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | ### 属性 @@ -207,16 +207,16 @@ title: $catalog | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| name | String | 属性の名称 | -| kind | String | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | +| name | Text | 属性の名称 | +| kind | Text | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | | fieldPos | Number | データベーステーブルのフィールド番号 | -| scope | String | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | -| indexed | String | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| type | String | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | +| scope | Text | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | +| indexed | Text | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | +| type | Text | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | | identifying | Boolean | 属性がプライマリーキーの場合、プロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| path | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | -| foreignKey | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | -| inverseName | String | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | +| path | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | +| foreignKey | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | +| inverseName | Text | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | ### プライマリーキー diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md index 9e7b060742dee4..84056f73480a14 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ title: $entityset 複数の既存エンティティセットに基づいて新たなエンティティセットを作成します。 -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | -| $otherCollection | String | エンティティセットID | +| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | +| $otherCollection | Text | エンティティセットID | ### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md index 56db71bac04b78..61932fe84de096 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ title: $info | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | -| dataClass | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| id | Text | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | +| dataClass | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | selectionSize | Number | エンティティセットに含まれるエンティティの数 | | sorted | Boolean | エンティティセットが (`$orderby` の使用により) 順列ありの場合には true、順列なしの場合は false。 | | refreshed | Date | エンティティセットが最後に使用された日付または作成日。 | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ title: $info | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | セッションを参照する UUID | -| userName | String | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | +| sessionID | Text | セッションを参照する UUID | +| userName | Text | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | | lifeTime | Number | ユーザーセッションのタイムアウト (デフォルトは 3600) | | expiration | Date | ユーザーセッションの有効期限 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md index ab7eefb447490d..c185e808af1c41 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ title: $querypath | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------- | -| description | String | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | +| description | Text | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | | time | Number | クエリの実行に要した時間 (ミリ秒単位) | | recordsfounds | Number | レコードの検出件数 | | steps | Collection | クエリパスの後続ステップを定義するオブジェクトのコレクション | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md index d5c84857a13b2c..2ae302a2a61153 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ title: $queryplan $queryplan は、4D Server に渡したクエリプランを返します。 -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| -------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | 渡された実際のクエリ | -| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| -------- | ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | 渡された実際のクエリ | +| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | クエリプランについての詳細は [queryPlan と queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-と-queryplan) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 0642d33b9ab685..fb191ed3e1d7e0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ ORDAユーザークラスに定義された関数には、引数を渡すこと | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------ | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATACLASS | String | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | +| __DATACLASS | Text | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | | __ENTITY | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティであることをサーバーに通知します | | __KEY | 混合 (プライマリーキーと同じ型) | 任意 - エンティティのプライマリーキー | @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ ORDAユーザークラスに定義された関数には、引数を渡すこと | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATASET | String | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | +| __DATASET | Text | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティセレクションであることをサーバーに通知します | [エンティティセレクションを引数として受け取る例題](#エンティティセレクションを引数として受け取る) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md index 9eedaef7287b37..4fcb338281b059 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| __entityModel | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | __COUNT | Number | データクラスに含まれる全エンティティ数 | | __SENT | Number | RESTリクエストが返すエンティティの数。 総エンティティ数が `$top/$limit` で指定された数より少なければ、総エンティティの数になります。 | | __FIRST | Number | セレクションの先頭エンティティの番号。 デフォルトでは 0; または `$skip` で指定された値。 | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | +| __KEY | Text | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | エンティティが最後に編集された日時を記録するタイムスタンプ | | __STAMP | Number | `$method=update` を使ってエンティティの属性値を更新するときに必要となる内部スタンプ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index e04c8e8670e2c4..f62606c34e15c0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | -| column | Longint | -> | カラムのインデックス | -| row | Longint | -> | 行のインデックス | +| column | Integer | -> | カラムのインデックス | +| row | Integer | -> | 行のインデックス | | sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | 戻り値 | Object | <- | 単一セルのレンジオブジェクト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index f9e064bf29e3b8..a75ae55f27c826 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ title: VP Copy to object | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | コマンド実行後もコピーされた値、書式、数式が保持するには *true* (デフォルト)。 削除するには *false*。 | -| copyOptions | Longint | コピーまたは移動する内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値、フォーマット、フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをコピーします。

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | コピーまたは移動する内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値、フォーマット、フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをコピーします。

    | [ワークブックオプション](vp-set-workbook-options.md) で定義されている貼り付けオプションが考慮されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index f8c45a5b645ca5..a156913d160afd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | データコンテキストを取得するシートのインデックス | | -| 戻り値 | Object \| Collection | <- | データコンテキスト | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | データコンテキストを取得するシートのインデックス | | +| 戻り値 | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 17e09cd8e61b27..23a41d14f767d8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | -| 戻り値 | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | 現在の表テーマのプロパティ値 | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | +| 戻り値 | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | 現在の表テーマのプロパティ値 | | #### 説明 @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ title: VP Get table theme *vpAreaName* には 4D View Pro エリアの名前を渡します。*tableName* には表組みの名前を渡します。 +*sheet* には、ターゲットシートのインデックスを渡します。 index が省略された場合、または -1 が渡された場合、コマンドはカレントシートに対して適用されます。 + このコマンドは、現在の表テーマを記述するプロパティと値を格納する、[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) クラスのオブジェクトを返します。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md index 1afd46157c1e8a..96aab77d9fe791 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ title: VP MOVE CELLS | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------ | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | *originRange* のセルの値・書式・フォーミュラをコマンド実行後に削除するかどうかを指定します:
    • 削除するには *false* (デフォルト)。
    • 保持するには *true*。
    | -| pasteOptions | Longint | ペーストする内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値・フォーマット・フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをペーストします。

    | +| pasteOptions | Integer | ペーストする内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値・フォーマット・フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをペーストします。

    | [ワークブックオプション](vp-set-workbook-options.md) で定義されている貼り付けオプションが考慮されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md index fb13c46db3dbea..2ba9fe134e2778 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ title: VP PASTE FROM OBJECT | ---------- | ------- | -- | -------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | セルレンジオブジェクト | | | dataObject | Object | -> | ペーストするデータを格納したオブジェクト | | -| options | Longint | -> | ペーストする内容を指定します | | +| options | Integer | -> | ペーストする内容を指定します | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 754607c22d64c8..342a3d9cc707b8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | 設定する表テーマのプロパティ | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ---------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | +| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | 設定する表テーマのプロパティ | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | + + #### 説明 @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME *options* には、設定するテーマプロパティを格納する [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` クラス](../classes.md#tabletheme) のオブジェクトを渡します。 +*sheet* には、ターゲットシートのインデックスを渡します。 index が省略された場合、または -1 が渡された場合、コマンドはカレントシートに対して適用されます。 + #### 例題 1 あらかじめ定義されたテーマを表に設定します: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md index a0e15f5dd18dab..324189613355cd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ VP SET DEFAULT STYLE("myDoc";$style) | プロパティ | 値の型 | 説明 | | ------------ | --------- | --------------------- | -| version | Longint | 内部コンポーネントのバージョン | +| version | Integer | 内部コンポーネントのバージョン | | dateCreation | Timestamp | 作成日 | | dateModified | Timestamp | 最終更新日 | | meta | Object | 4Dデベロッパー専用の任意コンテンツ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json index 708d647fbbc167..f29ac006587cb1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ "message": "環境設定", "description": "The label for category Preferences in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "ランゲージ", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "4Dランゲージ", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Language.link.generated-index.title": { @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ "description": "The label for category Spell Checker in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.String": { - "message": "String", + "message": "文字列", "description": "The label for category String in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Structure Access": { diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md index 09064d600a13de..ed93748554b9bf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2102,8 +2102,8 @@ $name.multiSort(Formula($1.value.firstname<$1.value2.firstname); [$address]) | 定数 | 型 | 値 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | - | --------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | このシンタックスは、コレクション内のスカラー値のみを並べ替えます (オブジェクトやコレクションなどの他の型は並べ替えされないまま返されます)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 8b0282ffa7ff11..0940f7ac7b3571 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ RSA キーのみ: キーのサイズ (ビッ -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md index 0f6b4ed555d544..0ce2196ab21ccb 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -735,9 +735,9 @@ $number:=$ds.Persons.getCount() | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | エンティティのプライマリーキー | -| __STAMP | Longint | データベース内のエンティティのタイムスタンプ | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | データベース内のエンティティのスタンプ (形式: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | エンティティのプライマリーキー | +| __STAMP | Integer | データベース内のエンティティのタイムスタンプ | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | データベース内のエンティティのスタンプ (形式: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | データクラス属性に対応するデータがキャッシュに存在する場合、それはデータベースと同じ型のプロパティに返されます。 | リレートエンティティに関するデータは、data オブジェクトのキャッシュに保存されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md index 44166f8a63027e..972b4e7ecd5511 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ title: Entity | プロパティ名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------------- | ---------------------- | -| attributeName | String | 属性名 | +| attributeName | Text | 属性名 | | value | any - 属性の型による | オリジナルエンティティの属性値 | | otherValue | any - 属性の型による | *entityToCompare* の属性値 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 9ce6db19e4aacb..da8bec5f7b8f3a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection エンティティセレクションとは、同じ [データクラス](ORDA/dsMapping.md#データクラス) に所属する一つ以上の [エンティティ](ORDA/dsMapping.md#エンティティ) への参照を格納しているオブジェクトのことです。 エンティティセレクションは、データクラスから 0個、1個、あるいは X個のエンティティを格納することができます (X はデータクラスに格納されているエンティティの総数です)。 -[`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all)、[`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query) などの [`DataClass` クラス](DataClassClass.md) の関数や、[`.and()`](#and)、[`orderBy()`](#orderby) など `EntitySelection` クラス自身の関数を用いて、既存のセレクションからエンティティセレクションを作成することができます 。 また、[`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) 関数または [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) コマンドを使用して、空のエンティティセレクションを作成することもできます。 +[`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all)、[`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query) などの [`DataClass` クラス](DataClassClass.md) の関数や、[`.and()`](#and)、[`orderBy()`](#orderby) など `EntitySelection` クラス自身の関数を用いて、既存のセレクションからエンティティセレクションを作成することができます 。 You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### 概要 @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ title: EntitySelection | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### 参照 + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## [*index*] diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md index 8441787ce81d01..13c09b4c757427 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index fbd7f63bd82430..2d6c3d8e8f89ce 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -`4D.OutGoingMessage` クラスを使うと、アプリケーションの関数が[REST リクエスト](../REST/REST_requests.md) に応答して返すメッセージを作成することができます。 レスポンスが`4D.OutGoingMessage` 型であった場合、REST サーバーはオブジェクトを返すのではなく、`OutgoingMessage` クラスのオブジェクトインスタンスを返します。 +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. 一般的に、このクラスは、[`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) キーワードで宣言され、HTTP GET リクエストを処理するように設計された関数の中で使用することができます。 このようなリクエストは、例えば、ファイルのダウンロード、画像の生成、ダウンロードなどの機能を実装するためや、ブラウザを介して任意のコンテンツタイプを受信するために使用されます。 @@ -34,67 +34,67 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage オブジェクト +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage オブジェクトは以下のプロパティと関数を提供します: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### 説明 -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. `.body` プロパティでは以下のデータ型がサポートされます: - text - blob - object - image -The `.body` property is read-write. +`.body` プロパティは読み書き可能です。 -You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. +`.body` プロパティはまた、[`setBody()`](#setbody) 関数を使用しても設定することができます。この場合、`content-type` ヘッダーは自動的に設定されます。 - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### 説明 -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ---- | --- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### 説明 -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ----- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### 説明 -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ------ | ------- | -- | ------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### 説明 -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### 説明 -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..2d6c3d8e8f89ce --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +一般的に、このクラスは、[`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) キーワードで宣言され、HTTP GET リクエストを処理するように設計された関数の中で使用することができます。 このようなリクエストは、例えば、ファイルのダウンロード、画像の生成、ダウンロードなどの機能を実装するためや、ブラウザを介して任意のコンテンツタイプを受信するために使用されます。 + +このクラアスのインスタンスは4D Server 上にビルドされ、[4D REST サーバー](../REST/gettingStarted.md) によってのみブラウザに送信することができます。 このクラスを使用することで、HTTP 以外のテクノロジー(例: モバイルなど)を使用することができます。 + +
    履歴 + +| リリース | 内容 | +| ----- | ------ | +| 20 R7 | クラスを追加 | + +
    + +### 例題 + +この例題では、`getFile()` 関数は[Datastore クラス](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) に実装されており、REST リクエストによって[呼び出すことができます](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword)。 ここでの目的は、**testFile.pdf** ファイルをリクエストへのレスポンスとして返すことです: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // これはバイナリーのコンテンツ + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### 説明 + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. `.body` プロパティでは以下のデータ型がサポートされます: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +`.body` プロパティは読み書き可能です。 + +`.body` プロパティはまた、[`setBody()`](#setbody) 関数を使用しても設定することができます。この場合、`content-type` ヘッダーは自動的に設定されます。 + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### 説明 + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ---- | --- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### 説明 + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- BLOB +- Object +- ピクチャー + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ----- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| key | Text | -> | Header property to set | +| value | Text | -> | Value of the header property | + + + +#### 説明 + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ------ | ------- | -- | ------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Status to set | + + + +#### 説明 + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### 説明 + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md index 9db58c6e5b4619..74a0e97af9c086 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ macOS のターミナルまたは Windows のコンソールを使用して、 | `--headless` | | 4D、4D Server、または組み込みアプリケーションをインターフェースなし (ヘッドレスモード) で起動します。 このモードでは:
  • デザインモードは使えません。データベースはアプリケーションモードで起動します。
  • ツールバー、メニューバー、MDI ウィンドウやスプラッシュスクリーンは表示されません。
  • Dock またはタスクバーにはアイコンは表示されません。
  • 開かれたデータベースは、"最近使用したデータベース" メニューに登録されません。
  • 4D診断ファイルの記録が自動的に開始されます ([SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page642.html)、値79 参照)
  • ダイアログボックスへのコールはすべてインターセプトされ、自動的にレスポンスが返されます (例: [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page41.html) コマンドの場合は OK、エラーダイアログの場合は Abort など)。 インターセプトされたコマンド (\*) は、診断ファイルに記録されます。

    • 保守上の理由から、[LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page667.html) コマンドを使用して任意のテキストを標準の出力ストリームに送ることができます。 ヘッドレスモードの 4Dアプリケーションは、[QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page291.html) を呼び出すか OSタスクマネージャーを使用することでしか終了できない点に注意が必要です。 | | `--dataless` | | 4D、4D Server、組み込みアプリケーション、または tood4d をデータレスモードで起動します。 データレスモードは、4D がデータを必要としないタスク (プロジェクトのコンパイルなど) を実行する場合に便利です。 このモードでは:
  • コマンドラインや `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されていても、また `CREATE DATA FILE` や `OPEN DATA FILE` コマンドを使用していても、データを含むファイルは開かれません。
  • データを操作するコマンドはエラーを生成します。 たとえば、`CREATE RECORD` は "このコマンドの対象となるテーブルがありません" というエラーを生成します。

    • **注記**:
  • コマンドラインで引数が渡された場合、アプリケーションを終了しない限り、4D で開かれているすべてのデータベースにデータレスモードが適用されます。
  • `.4DLink` ファイルを使って引数が渡された場合には、データレスモードは `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されたデータベースにのみ適用されます。 `.4DLink` ファイルの詳細については、[プロジェクトを開く (その他の方法)](../GettingStarted/creating.md#プロジェクトを開く-その他の方法) を参照ください。
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | ファイルパス | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のカスタム WebAdmin `.4DSettings` ファイルのパス。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用の自動スタートアップ設定の状態。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | アクセスキーと自動スタートアップパラメーターを、現在使用している設定ファイル (デフォルトの [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-設定) ファイル、または `--webadmin-settings-path` パラメーターで指定されたカスタムファイル) に保存します。 必要に応じて `--webadmin-store-settings` 引数を使用して、これらの設定を保存します。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--utility` | | 4D Server の場合のみ利用可能です。 [4D Server をユーティリティモードで起動](#ユーティリティモードの-4d-server) します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md index 260780c34a3714..f11e9f89e2f719 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md @@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ Class オブジェクトそのものは [共有オブジェクト](shared.md) // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラス関数とは、当該クラスのプロパティです。 クラス関数は [`4D.Function`](API/FunctionClass.md) クラスのオブジェクトです。 クラス定義ファイルでは、`Function` キーワードに続けて関数名を指定して宣言をおこないます。 [共有クラス](#共有クラス) 内で関数が宣言されている場合は、`shared` キーワードを使用することによって、[`Use...End use` structure](shared.md#useend-use) 構文なしで関数を呼び出せるようにできます。 詳細については、後述の [共有関数](#共有関数) の項目を参照ください。 @@ -325,6 +331,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラスコンストラクター関数を使って、ユーザークラスのオブジェクトを生成・初期化することができます。 このコンストラクターは任意の [引数](#引数) を受け取ることができます。 クラスコンストラクターが定義されていると、[`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) 関数を呼び出したときに、当該コンストラクターが呼び出されます (コンストラクターで引数を指定している場合は `new()` 関数に渡します)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md index 1f970f355a165c..ef49e3570411a9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -37,20 +37,20 @@ title: データタイプの概要 デフォルト値は変数の型に依存します: -| 型 | デフォルト値 | -| ------ | ---------------------------------------- | -| ブール | false | -| 日付 | 00-00-00 | -| 倍長整数 | 0 | -| Time | 00:00:00 | -| ピクチャー | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | -| 実数 | 0 | -| ポインター | Nil=true | -| テキスト | "" | -| BLOB | BLOB サイズ=0 | -| オブジェクト | null | -| コレクション | null | -| バリアント | undefined | +| 型 | デフォルト値 | +| ------- | ---------------------------------------- | +| ブール | false | +| 日付 | 00-00-00 | +| Integer | 0 | +| Time | 00:00:00 | +| ピクチャー | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | +| 実数 | 0 | +| ポインター | Nil=true | +| テキスト | "" | +| BLOB | BLOB サイズ=0 | +| オブジェクト | null | +| コレクション | null | +| バリアント | undefined | ### デフォルト値としての Null diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md index 07461f4e18ad26..847add6b17376a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ title: 文字列 | 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | | -------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| 連結 (結合) | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| 繰り返し | String \* Number | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| 連結 (結合) | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| 繰り返し | String \* Number | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | 等しい | String = String | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | true | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | false | | 異なる | String # String | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | true | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 6ceaceeee15496..a86943f8ce9265 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ This.name:="Square" | データタイプ | 演算 | 例題 | | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 数値 | 加算 (足し算) | 1 + 2 は数値を加算し、結果は 3 です。 | -| 文字列 | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | +| Text | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | | 日付と数値 | 日付の加算 | !2006/12/4! + 20 は、2006年12月4日に 20日を加算し、結果は 2006年12月24日です。 | ## 式 @@ -287,10 +287,10 @@ This.name:="Square" | 式 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| "こんにちは" | String | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | -| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | String | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | -| [People]Name + "様" | String | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | -| Uppercase ("smith") | String | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | +| "こんにちは" | Text | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | +| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | Text | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | +| [People]Name + "様" | Text | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | +| Uppercase ("smith") | Text | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | | 4 | Number | これは数値定数 4です。 | | 4 \* 2 | Number | 2つの数値、4 と 2 の乗算です。乗算演算子の (\*) を使用しています。 数値の 8を返します。 | | myButton | Number | これはボタンに紐づけられた変数です。 ボタンの現在の値を返します: クリックされた場合に 1、それ以外は 0 を返します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md index 758ab4ebfc051b..2b6e72d63b4ec7 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md @@ -252,15 +252,15 @@ MyNumber:=3 | システム変数名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | +| `OK` | Integer | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Document` | Text | [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page264.html) や [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page345.html) などのコマンドを使用して最後に開いたファイルまたは作成したファイルのパス名 (フルパス + 名前) が含まれます。 | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | テキストを読み込んだり書き出したりする際に、フィールドの区切りとして (デフォルトは **タブ** (9))、あるいはレコードの区切り文字として (デフォルトは **キャリッジリターン** (13)) 使用する文字コードが格納されています。 区切り文字を変更する場合は、システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page155.html) コマンドでインストールされたエラー処理メソッド内で使用されます。 [メソッド内でのエラー処理](../Concepts/error-handling.md#メソッド内でのエラー処理)参照。 | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • `MouseDown=1` イベントの時、`MouseX` と `MouseY` にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、[`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md) や [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md)、および [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が `MouseX` と `MouseY` に返されます。 また、[`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) および [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、[ピクチャー上のマウス座標](../FormEditor/pictures.md#ピクチャー上のマウス座標) を参照ください。
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • `MouseDown=1` イベントの時、`MouseX` と `MouseY` にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、[`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md) や [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md)、および [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が `MouseX` と `MouseY` に返されます。 また、[`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) および [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、[ピクチャー上のマウス座標](../FormEditor/pictures.md#ピクチャー上のマウス座標) を参照ください。
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md index b98205cbe1e901..e5fea99a7a26e9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: フォームイベント フォームイベントとは、フォームメソッドやフォームオブジェクトメソッドの実行につながるイベントのことです。 フォームイベントにより、アプリケーションの流れをコントロールしたり、特定のイベントが発生したときにのみ実行されるコードを書くことができます。 -コードの中では、トリガーされたイベントを返す `FORM Event` コマンドを使ってイベントを制御します。 例: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. 例: ```4d // ボタンのコード @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## イベントオブジェクト -各イベントは、`FORM Event` コマンドによってオブジェクトとして返されます。 デフォルトで、以下のプロパティが含まれています: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. デフォルトで、以下のプロパティが含まれています: | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md index bf3bc57cb0d1b6..2957ab4f5948ec 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------ | | $editor.editor.form | Object | フォーム全体 | | $editor.editor.file | File | フォームファイルの Fileオブジェクト | -| $editor.editor.name | String | フォームの名称 | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | フォームの名称 | | $editor.editor.table | number | フォームのテーブル番号。プロジェクトフォームの場合は 0。 | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | 現在のページの番号 | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | 現在のページ (フォームオブジェクトおよび入力順序を格納) | @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | formProperties | Object | マクロによって変更された formProperties | | editor.groups | Object | マクロによって変更されたグループ情報 | | editor.views | Object | マクロによって変更されたビュー情報 | -| editor.activeView | String | 有効なビュー名 | +| editor.activeView | Text | 有効なビュー名 | たとえば、currentPage と editor.groups の内容が変わった場合には、戻り値を次のように設定します: @@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) - 次の構造を持つオブジェクトの使用: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------ | ------ | ------- | -| source | String | メソッドコード | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------ | ---- | ------- | +| source | Text | メソッドコード | 後者の場合、4D は "objectMethods" フォルダー内に当該オブジェクト名を冠したファイルを作成し、`source` 属性に指定したメソッドコードを格納します。 この機能はマクロコードの場合にのみ有効です。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index f1dbf47c397ccd..744efe69649c28 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ myCol:=myCol.push("new value") // リストボックスに new value を表示 > "偽" カラムや存在しないカラムにてイベントが発生した場合には、主に空の文字列が返されます。 -## リストボックス列 +## List box columns {#list-box-columns} リストボックスは、それぞれ固有のプロパティを持つ 1つ以上の列オブジェクトから構成されています。 列を選択するには、フォームエディターでリストボックスオブジェクトが選択されているときに任意の列をクリックします: @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ myCol:=myCol.push("new value") // リストボックスに new value を表示 - **コレクション/エンティティセレクションリストボックス**: 選択項目は、専用のリストボックスプロパティを通して管理されます。 - [カレントの項目](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目) は、選択された要素/エンティティを受け取るオブジェクトです。 - - [選択された項目](properties_DataSource.md#選択された項目) は、選択された項目のコレクションです。 + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [カレントの項目の位置](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目の位置) は、選択された要素あるいはエンティティの位置を返します。 - **配列リストボックス**: `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` コマンドを使用して、プログラムからリストボックスの行を選択できます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 70e744e8948eff..ead7a2499e3854 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ title: オブジェクト > オブジェクト名のサイズ上限は 255バイトです。 -4Dランゲージを使用する際、オブジェクト名を使用してアクティブフォームオブジェクトを参照できます (詳細については 4Dランゲージリファレンスの [オブジェクトプロパティ](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Object-Properties.300-4505419.ja.html) を参照ください)。 +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). フォームオブジェクトの命名規則については [識別子](Concepts/identifiers.md) の章を参照してください。 @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ title: オブジェクト - **[ダイナミック変数](#ダイナミック変数)**: このプロパティを使って、ダイナミック変数の型を宣言することができます。 - **[リストボックス列](listbox_overview.md#リストボックス列)**: このプロパティは列データに表示フォーマットを関連づけるのに使用されます。 提供されるフォーマットは変数型 (配列型のリストボックス) またはデータ/フィールド型 (セレクションおよびコレクション型のリストボックス) により異なります。 使用できる標準の 4D フォーマットはテキスト、数値、整数、日付、時間、ピクチャー、そしてブールです。 テキストの場合は専用の表示フォーマットがありません。 標準フォーマットのほかに、定義したカスタムフォーマットも選択することができます。 -- **[ピクチャー変数](input_overview.md)**: このプロパティを使うと、インタープリタモードにおいてフォームロード前に変数を宣言することができます。 フォーム上のピクチャー変数にピクチャーを表示する際には特別なメカニズムが使用されます。 そのため、他の型の変数とは違って、ピクチャー変数の宣言は、フォームロード前 (`On Load` フォームイベントよりも先) におこなう必要があります。 このため、フォームを呼び出す前 (たとえば `DIALOG` コマンドを呼び出す前) に`C_PICTURE(varName)` を実行するか、あらかじめプロパティリストの式の型にピクチャーを選択しておく必要があります。 +- **[ピクチャー変数](input_overview.md)**: このプロパティを使うと、インタープリタモードにおいてフォームロード前に変数を宣言することができます。 フォーム上のピクチャー変数にピクチャーを表示する際には特別なメカニズムが使用されます。 そのため、他の型の変数とは違って、ピクチャー変数の宣言は、フォームロード前 (`On Load` フォームイベントよりも先) におこなう必要があります。 To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. このいずれかをおこなわない場合、ピクチャー変数はピクチャーを正しく表示できません (インタープリターモードのみ)。 #### JSON 文法 @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ title: オブジェクト | 最小 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 最大 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 合計 | ○ | | | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | -| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Longint | +| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Integer | | 平均 | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 標準偏差(\*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 分散(\*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 486a2d9e6c1722..a43ddc7e642bc0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,75 +3,77 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Webエリア --- +Webエリアは、静的および動的な HTMLページ、ファイル、ピクチャー、JavaScript などの様々な Webコンテンツをフォーム中で表示することのできるオブジェクトです。 The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -Webエリアは、静的および動的な HTMLページ、ファイル、ピクチャー、JavaScript などの様々な Webコンテンツをフォーム中で表示することのできるオブジェクトです。 Webエリアの描画エンジンは、アプリケーションの実行プラットフォームおよび [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) オプションの設定状態により異なります。 - -同じフォーム内に複数の Webエリアを配置できます。 しかしながら、Webエリアの挿入には [いくつかの制約](#webエリアのルール) がつく事に注意して下さい。 - -いくつかの専用の [標準アクション](#標準アクション)、多数の [ランゲージコマンド](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.ja.html)、そして汎用および専用の [フォームイベント](#フォームイベント) を使用して、Webエリアの動作を制御することができます。 特別な変数を使用して、エリアと 4D環境間で情報を交換することも可能です。 +同じフォーム内に複数の Webエリアを配置できます。 Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. 特別な変数を使用して、エリアと 4D環境間で情報を交換することも可能です。 ## 特有のプロパティ ### 割り当てられる変数 Webエリアには 2つの特別な変数が自動で割り当てられます: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- Webエリアに表示されている URL の管理に使用します。 -- [`進捗状況変数`](properties_WebArea.md#進捗状況変数) -- Webエリアにロード中のページのパーセンテージを知るために使用します。 -> 4D v19 R5 以降、[Windows システムレンダリングエンジン](./webArea_overview.md#webレンダリングエンジン) を使用する Webエリアでは、進捗状況変数が更新されません。 +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --to control the URL displayed by the web area +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. + +> As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Webレンダリングエンジン -Webエリアでは、[2つの描画エンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) うちから使用するものを選択することができます。 +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. "埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用" プロパティを選択している場合、"4Dメソッドコールを許可" プロパティが選択可能になり、また、macOS と Windows 上の動作が同様であるようにできます。 Webエリアがインターネットに接続されている場合には、最新のセキュリティアップデートの恩恵を受けられるため、システムレンダリングエンジンを選択することが推奨されます。 ### 4Dメソッドコールを許可 -[4Dメソッドコールを許可](properties_WebArea.md#4dメソッドコールを許可) プロパティを選択している場合、Webエリアから 4Dメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note 注記 -- この機能は Webエリアが [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) している場合に限り、使用可能です。 +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - このオプションは 4Dコードの実行を許可するため、セキュリティ上の理由から、アプリケーションによって生成されたページなど、信頼できるページに対してのみ有効にするべきです。 ::: ### $4dオブジェクトの使用 +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. -[4Dの埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) は、$4d という JavaScriptオブジェクトをエリアに提供します。$4dオブジェクトと "." (ドット) オブジェクト記法を使用することによって、任意の 4Dプロジェクトメソッドを呼び出すことができます。 +For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -たとえば、`HelloWorld` という 4Dメソッドを呼び出す場合には、以下の宣言を実行します: - -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript は大文字小文字を区別するため、オブジェクトの名前は $4d (dは小文字) であることに注意が必要です。 + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). 4Dメソッドへの呼び出しのシンタックスは以下のようになります: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: 4Dメソッドに対して必要なだけ引数を渡すことができます。 これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 -- `function(result)`: 最後の引数として渡される関数です。 この "コールバック" 関数は、4Dメソッドが実行を終えると同時に呼び出されます。 この関数は `result` 引数を受け取ります: +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. この "コールバック" 関数は、4Dメソッドが実行を終えると同時に呼び出されます。 It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: "$0" 式に返される、4Dメソッド実行の戻り値です。 戻り値は JavaScript でサポートされている型 (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト) のいずれかになります。 `C_OBJECT` コマンドを使用して、オブジェクトを返すことができます。 +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. 戻り値は JavaScript でサポートされている型 (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト) のいずれかになります。 -> デフォルトとして、4Dは UTF-8 文字コードで動作しています。 (アクセントが付いた文字などの) 拡張文字を含むテキストを返す場合には、Webエリアで表示されるページの文字コードが UTF-8 に宣言されていることを確認してください。文字コードが UTF-8 でない場合、文字が正しく表示されない可能性があります。 この場合、以下の 1行を HTMLページに追加して文字コードを宣言してください:
    `` +> デフォルトとして、4Dは UTF-8 文字コードで動作しています。 (アクセントが付いた文字などの) 拡張文字を含むテキストを返す場合には、Webエリアで表示されるページの文字コードが UTF-8 に宣言されていることを確認してください。文字コードが UTF-8 でない場合、文字が正しく表示されない可能性があります。 In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### 例題 1 -`today` という名の 4Dプロジェクトメソッドがあり、そのメソッドは引数を受け付けず、カレントの日付を文字列として返す場合について考えてみます。 +Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -`today` メソッドの 4Dコードです: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` Webエリアでは、 4Dメソッドは以下のシンタックスで呼び出し可能です: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Webエリアでは、 4Dメソッドは以下のシンタックスで呼び出 $4d.today() ``` -この 4Dメソッドは引数を受け取りませんが、メソッドの実行後に $0 の値を、4Dによって呼び出されるコールバック関数へと返します。 Webエリアによってロードされた HTMLページ内にこの日付を表示します。 +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Webエリアによってロードされた HTMLページ内にこの日付を表示します。 HTMLページのコードです: @@ -89,28 +91,29 @@ HTMLページのコードです: -今日は:
    +Today is:
    ``` #### 例題 2 -`calcSum` という 4Dプロジェクトメソッドがあり、そのメソッドが (``$1...$n) という引数を受け取り、その合計を `$0` に返すという場合について考えます。 +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: -`calcSum` メソッドの 4Dコードです: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // n個の実数型引数を受け取ります - C_REAL($0) // 実数の値を返します - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) Webエリア内で実行される JavaScript コードです: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // 結果は 262.5 です + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## 標準アクション -Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクション (`openBackURL`、`openForwardURL`、`refreshCurrentURL`、そして `stopLoadingURL`) を使用できます。 ボタンやメニューコマンドにこれらのアクションを割り当てることで、基本の Webインターフェースを素早く実装できます。 これらのアクションについては [標準アクション](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Standard-actions.300-4575620.ja.html) で説明しています。 - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. ボタンやメニューコマンドにこれらのアクションを割り当てることで、基本の Webインターフェースを素早く実装できます。 These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## フォームイベント @@ -151,19 +152,18 @@ Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクシ - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Webエリアのルール ### ユーザーインターフェース フォームが実行されると、他のフォームエリアとの対話を可能にする、標準のブラウザーインタフェース機能が Web エリア内で利用可能になります。 -- **編集メニューコマンド**: Webエリアにフォーカスがあるとき、**編集** メニューコマンドを使用してコピーやペースト、すべてを選択などのアクションを選択に応じて実行できます。 -- **コンテキストメニュー**: Webエリアで、システム標準の [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) を使用できます。 コンテキストメニューの表示は、`WA SET PREFERENCE` コマンドを使用することで管理可能です。 -- **ドラッグ＆ドロップ**: 4D のオブジェクトプロパティに基づき、ユーザーは Webエリア内で、または Webエリアと 4Dフォームオブジェクト間で、テキストやピクチャー、ドキュメントをドラッグ＆ドロップできます。 セキュリティ上の理由から、ファイルまたは URL のドラッグ＆ドロップによって Webエリアのコンテンツを変更することは、デフォルトで禁止されています。 この場合、カーソルは "禁止" アイコン ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png) を表示します。 "ドロップ" アイコンを表示し、[`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) イベントを発生させるには、`WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` 文を使います。 このイベントでは、[`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page1020.html)コマンドを呼び出したり、ユーザードロップに対する [URL変数](properties_WebArea.md#url) を設定することができます。 - -> 上記のドラッグ＆ドロップ機能は、[macOS のシステムレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) を使用している Webエリアではサポートされません。 +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + セキュリティ上の理由から、ファイルまたは URL のドラッグ＆ドロップによって Webエリアのコンテンツを変更することは、デフォルトで禁止されています。 In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +> Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### サブフォーム @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Webエリアを自動で管理するために、4つの特別な自動アクシ > 他のフォームオブジェクトの上や下に Webエリアを重ねることはサポートされていません。 - ### Webエリアと Webサーバーのコンフリクト (Windows) Windows においては、Webエリアから、同じ 4Dアプリケーションで起動中の Webサーバーへのアクセスはお勧めできません。これをおこなうとコンフリクトが発生し、アプリケーションがフリーズすることがあります。 もちろん、リモートの 4D から 4D Server の Webサーバーにアクセスすることはできます。自身の Webサーバーにアクセスできないということです。 @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ Windows においては、Webエリアから、同じ 4Dアプリケーション macOS 上の Webエリアで、プログラムにより処理される URL は、プロトコルで開始されていなければなりません。 つまり、"www.mysite.com" ではな、"http://www.mysite.com" 文字列を渡さなければならないということです。 - ## Webインスペクターへのアクセス オフスクリーンの Webエリアや、フォームのWeb エリア内において、Webインスペクターを見たり使用したりすることができます。 Webインスペクターは、埋め込みWebエンジンによって提供されているデバッガーです。 Webページの情報の、コードとフローを解析します。 -Webインスペクターを表示させるには、`WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` コマンドを実行するか、 Webエリアのコンテキストメニューを使用します。 +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **`WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` コマンドの実行**
    このコマンドはスクリーン上 (フォームオブジェクト) の、またはオフスクリーンの Webエリアに対して直接使用することができます。 +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Webエリアコンテキストメニューの使用**
    この機能はオンスクリーンの Webエリアでのみ使用することができ、以下の条件を満たしている必要があります: - - エリアに対して [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) が有効化されている。 - - インスペクターの使用が、以下の宣言を用いて明示的に有効化されている: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - the [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) for the web area is enabled + - インスペクターの使用が、以下の宣言を用いて明示的に有効化されている: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> [Windows のシステムレンダリングエンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) の場合にこの環境設定を変更すると、変更を反映するのにエリア内でのナビゲーション操作 (たとえば、ページの更新) が必要です。 +> With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -詳細は `WA SET PREFERENCE` コマンドの説明を参照してください。 +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. -上記のとおり設定を完了すると、エリア内のコンテキストメニュー内に **要素を調査** という新しいオプションが追加されているはずです: この項目を選択すると、Webインスペクターウィンドウが表示されます。 +When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. この項目を選択すると、Webインスペクターウィンドウが表示されます。 > このデバッガーの機能の詳細に関しては、Webレンダリングエンジンにより提供されているドキュメントを参照してください。 +## プロパティ一覧 + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## プロパティ一覧 +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[タイプ](properties_Object.md#タイプ) - [オブジェクト名](properties_Object.md#オブジェクト名) - [変数あるいは式](properties_Object.md#変数あるいは式) - [CSSクラス](properties_Object.md#cssクラス) - [左](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#左) - [上](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#上) - [右](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#右) - [下](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#下) - [幅](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#幅) - [高さ](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#高さ) - [横方向サイズ変更](properties_ResizingOptions.md#横方向サイズ変更) - [縦方向サイズ変更](properties_ResizingOptions.md#縦方向サイズ変更) - [コンテキストメニュー](properties_Entry.md#コンテキストメニュー) - [表示状態](properties_Display.md#表示状態) - [境界線スタイル](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#境界線スタイル) - [メソッド](properties_Action.md#メソッド) - [進捗状況変数](properties_WebArea.md#進捗状況変数) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [埋め込みWebレンダリングエンジンを使用](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込みwebレンダリングエンジンを使用) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### 例題 + +#### デフォルトファイル + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### 参照 +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md index 65e6ca6211e810..a7c4baa8f2b773 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ title: リリースノート - コンパイラー設定の新しい [**直接型指定モード**](../Project/compiler.md#直接型指定の有効化): コード内のすべての変数および引数を `var` と `#DECLARE`/`Function` キーワードで宣言します (新規プロジェクトではこのモードのみサポートされます)。 これに伴い、[シンタックスチェック機能](../Project/compiler.md#シンタックスチェック) が強化されました。 - [セッションシングルトン](../Concepts/classes.md#シングルトンクラス) と、新しい [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) クラスプロパティをサポート。 - New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio: [Qodly Studio デバッガーを 4D Server で有効化](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#4d-server-で-qodlyデバッガーを使用する) できるようになりました。 - 4Dクライアントアプリケーション用の新しいアプリケーションビルド XMLキー: 接続時にサーバーから送信される証明書について、認証局の 署名 や [ドメイン](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.ja.html) を検証するためのキーが追加されました。 @@ -31,7 +31,6 @@ title: リリースノート #### 動作の変更 - [4Dランゲージ](../commands/command-index.md) よび [4D Write Pro ランゲージ](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) のドキュメントが、developer.4d.com で利用できるようになりました。 これらのドキュメントに関する新機能と変更点については、このリリースノートを参照ください。 -- コンパイラー指示コマンド (`C_XXX`) は非推奨となり、`_O_C_XXX` という名前に変更されました (たとえば、`C_TEXT` は `_O_C_TEXT` という名前に変更されました)。 - [`File`](../commands/file.md) コマンド (および [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew) コマンド) は、引数として与えられた *path* のシンタックスをより厳しくチェックする様になりました。 ## 4D 20 R6 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index d18c2af8e9b383..ca703af2de74fe 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // エラー (未知のメンバー機 ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (sa :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md index 552f0c5b7b28d3..71dd4ea13461a6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -179,15 +179,15 @@ Qodly Studio for 4D では、権限パネルの [**強制ログイン**オプシ | プロパティ名 | | | 型 | 必須 | 説明 | | ----------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | privileges | | | `privilege` オブジェクトの Collection | ○ | 定義された権限のリスト | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | アクセス権の名称 | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | アクセス権の名称 | | | \[].includes | | String の Collection | | 内包する権限名のリスト | | roles | | | `role` オブジェクトの Collection | | 定義されたロールのリスト | -| | \[].role | | String | | ロール名 | +| | \[].role | | Text | | ロール名 | | | \[].privileges | | String の Collection | | 内包する権限名のリスト | | permissions | | | Object | ○ | 設定されたパーミッションのリスト | | | allowed | | `permission` オブジェクトの Collection | | 許可されたパーミッションのリスト | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | ○ | 対象の [リソース](#リソース) 名 | -| | | \[].type | String | ○ | [リソース](#リソース) タイプ: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | ○ | 対象の [リソース](#リソース) 名 | +| | | \[].type | Text | ○ | [リソース](#リソース) タイプ: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | | | | \[].create | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | | | | \[].update | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md index 8334c80dbc29a0..cac530d16e2bea 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ _イタリック_ - テーブルタグ: ```md -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | 文字列 |Write pro エリア| -| toolbar | 文字列 |ツールバー名 | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - リンクタグ: @@ -195,32 +195,34 @@ The [documentation](https://doc.4d.com) of the command .... `WP SwitchToolbar.md` ファイルに、次のように書くことができます: -```md - +````md + GetLogo (size) -> logo -| 引数 | 型 | in/out | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | 倍長整数 | in | ロゴスタイルセレクター (1 から 5) | -| logo | ピクチャー | out | 選択されたロゴ | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | ## Description -このメソッドは、*size* 引数の値に応じて、特定サイズのロゴを返します。 -1 = 最小値, 5 = 最大値 +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. +1 = smallest size, 5 = largest size. ## Example +```4d C_PICTURE($logo) C_LONGINT($size) -// 最大ロゴを取得します +//Get the largest logo $logo:=GetLogo(5) ``` +```` - エクスプローラーの表示: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md index b3665243c49817..d64e2a05364f6f 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ title: $catalog データクラス毎に返されるプロパティの説明です: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------- | ------ | --------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称。 | -| uri | String | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------- | ---- | --------------------------------- | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称。 | +| uri | Text | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | ### 例題 @@ -195,11 +195,11 @@ title: $catalog | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | -------------- | ------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称 | -| collectionName | String | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称 | +| collectionName | Text | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | | tableNumber | Number | 4Dデータベース内のテーブル番号 | -| scope | String | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | +| scope | Text | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | ### 属性 @@ -207,16 +207,16 @@ title: $catalog | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| name | String | 属性の名称 | -| kind | String | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | +| name | Text | 属性の名称 | +| kind | Text | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | | fieldPos | Number | データベーステーブルのフィールド番号 | -| scope | String | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | -| indexed | String | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| type | String | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | +| scope | Text | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | +| indexed | Text | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | +| type | Text | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | | identifying | Boolean | 属性がプライマリーキーの場合、プロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| path | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | -| foreignKey | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | -| inverseName | String | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | +| path | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | +| foreignKey | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | +| inverseName | Text | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | ### プライマリーキー diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md index 9e7b060742dee4..84056f73480a14 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ title: $entityset 複数の既存エンティティセットに基づいて新たなエンティティセットを作成します。 -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | -| $otherCollection | String | エンティティセットID | +| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | +| $otherCollection | Text | エンティティセットID | ### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md index 56db71bac04b78..61932fe84de096 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ title: $info | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | -| dataClass | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| id | Text | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | +| dataClass | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | selectionSize | Number | エンティティセットに含まれるエンティティの数 | | sorted | Boolean | エンティティセットが (`$orderby` の使用により) 順列ありの場合には true、順列なしの場合は false。 | | refreshed | Date | エンティティセットが最後に使用された日付または作成日。 | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ title: $info | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | セッションを参照する UUID | -| userName | String | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | +| sessionID | Text | セッションを参照する UUID | +| userName | Text | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | | lifeTime | Number | ユーザーセッションのタイムアウト (デフォルトは 3600) | | expiration | Date | ユーザーセッションの有効期限 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md index ab7eefb447490d..c185e808af1c41 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ title: $querypath | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------- | -| description | String | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | +| description | Text | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | | time | Number | クエリの実行に要した時間 (ミリ秒単位) | | recordsfounds | Number | レコードの検出件数 | | steps | Collection | クエリパスの後続ステップを定義するオブジェクトのコレクション | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md index d5c84857a13b2c..2ae302a2a61153 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ title: $queryplan $queryplan は、4D Server に渡したクエリプランを返します。 -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| -------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | 渡された実際のクエリ | -| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| -------- | ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | 渡された実際のクエリ | +| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | クエリプランについての詳細は [queryPlan と queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-と-queryplan) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md index e7457ac2292330..c0f4e1157d645e 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ For example, with a dataclass function `getCities()` receiving text parameters: | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------ | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATACLASS | String | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | +| __DATACLASS | Text | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | | __ENTITY | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティであることをサーバーに通知します | | __KEY | 混合 (プライマリーキーと同じ型) | 任意 - エンティティのプライマリーキー | @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ See an example of [contents downloading using an entity](#using-an-entity-to-dow | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------- | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATASET | String | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | +| __DATASET | Text | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティセレクションであることをサーバーに通知します | See example for [receiving an entity selection](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter) with a POST request. @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md index 9eedaef7287b37..4fcb338281b059 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| __entityModel | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | __COUNT | Number | データクラスに含まれる全エンティティ数 | | __SENT | Number | RESTリクエストが返すエンティティの数。 総エンティティ数が `$top/$limit` で指定された数より少なければ、総エンティティの数になります。 | | __FIRST | Number | セレクションの先頭エンティティの番号。 デフォルトでは 0; または `$skip` で指定された値。 | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | +| __KEY | Text | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | エンティティが最後に編集された日時を記録するタイムスタンプ | | __STAMP | Number | `$method=update` を使ってエンティティの属性値を更新するときに必要となる内部スタンプ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md index 0997be02288cc9..25103f418a50a6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ title: コマンド A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ title: コマンド N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ title: コマンド P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index e04c8e8670e2c4..f62606c34e15c0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | -| column | Longint | -> | カラムのインデックス | -| row | Longint | -> | 行のインデックス | +| column | Integer | -> | カラムのインデックス | +| row | Integer | -> | 行のインデックス | | sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | 戻り値 | Object | <- | 単一セルのレンジオブジェクト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index f9e064bf29e3b8..a75ae55f27c826 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ title: VP Copy to object | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | コマンド実行後もコピーされた値、書式、数式が保持するには *true* (デフォルト)。 削除するには *false*。 | -| copyOptions | Longint | コピーまたは移動する内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値、フォーマット、フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをコピーします。

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | コピーまたは移動する内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値、フォーマット、フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをコピーします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをコピーします。

    | [ワークブックオプション](vp-set-workbook-options.md) で定義されている貼り付けオプションが考慮されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index f8c45a5b645ca5..a156913d160afd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | データコンテキストを取得するシートのインデックス | | -| 戻り値 | Object \| Collection | <- | データコンテキスト | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | データコンテキストを取得するシートのインデックス | | +| 戻り値 | Variant | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md index 990cf40feb1cd9..d132da94460412 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md @@ -5,16 +5,16 @@ title: VP Get formula by name -**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Number } ) : Object +**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Integer } ) : Object -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| name | Text | -> | 命名レンジの名前 | | -| scope | Number | -> | ターゲットのスコープ (デフォルト=カレントシート) | | -| 戻り値 | Object | <- | 命名フォーミュラ、または命名レンジの定義 | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| name | Text | -> | 命名レンジの名前 | | +| scope | Integer | -> | ターゲットのスコープ (デフォルト=カレントシート) | | +| 戻り値 | Object | <- | 命名フォーミュラ、または命名レンジの定義 | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md index 7ae1cf3a7fee95..aedfc5ae6ab2c8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ title: VP Get names -**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Number } ) : Collection +**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Integer } ) : Collection | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | | ---------- | ---------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| scope | Number | -> | ターゲットのスコープ (デフォルト = カレントシート) | | +| scope | Integer | -> | ターゲットのスコープ (デフォルト = カレントシート) | | | 戻り値 | Collection | <- | 定義されたスコープ内に存在する名前 | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 17e09cd8e61b27..23a41d14f767d8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | -| 戻り値 | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | 現在の表テーマのプロパティ値 | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | +| 戻り値 | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | 現在の表テーマのプロパティ値 | | #### 説明 @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ title: VP Get table theme *vpAreaName* には 4D View Pro エリアの名前を渡します。*tableName* には表組みの名前を渡します。 +*sheet* には、ターゲットシートのインデックスを渡します。 index が省略された場合、または -1 が渡された場合、コマンドはカレントシートに対して適用されます。 + このコマンドは、現在の表テーマを記述するプロパティと値を格納する、[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) クラスのオブジェクトを返します。 #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md index 7fe7f397ab7776..18926cc0d0dc42 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | | tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | | column | Integer | -> | 列の挿入場所を指定する表組み内のインデックス | | -| count | Text | -> | 挿入する列の数 (>0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | 挿入する列の数 (>0) | | | insertAfter | Integer | -> | `vk table insert before` または `vk table insert after` | | | sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md index df0491235162e2..d979620623aa02 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP INSERT TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | | tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | | row | Integer | -> | 行の挿入場所を指定する表組み内のインデックス | | -| count | Text | -> | 挿入する行の数 (>0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | 挿入する行の数 (>0) | | | insertAfter | Integer | -> | `vk table insert before` または `vk table insert after` | | | sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md index 1afd46157c1e8a..96aab77d9fe791 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ title: VP MOVE CELLS | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------ | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Boolean | *originRange* のセルの値・書式・フォーミュラをコマンド実行後に削除するかどうかを指定します:
    • 削除するには *false* (デフォルト)。
    • 保持するには *true*。
    | -| pasteOptions | Longint | ペーストする内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値・フォーマット・フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをペーストします。

    | +| pasteOptions | Integer | ペーストする内容を指定します。 とりうる値:

    値説明
    `vk clipboard options all` (デフォルト)値・フォーマット・フォーミュラを含むすべてのデータオブジェクトをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formatting`フォーマットだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas`フォーミュラだけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`フォーミュラとフォーマットをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options values`値だけをペーストします。
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`値とフォーマットをペーストします。

    | [ワークブックオプション](vp-set-workbook-options.md) で定義されている貼り付けオプションが考慮されます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md index fb13c46db3dbea..2ba9fe134e2778 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ title: VP PASTE FROM OBJECT | ---------- | ------- | -- | -------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | セルレンジオブジェクト | | | dataObject | Object | -> | ペーストするデータを格納したオブジェクト | | -| options | Longint | -> | ペーストする内容を指定します | | +| options | Integer | -> | ペーストする内容を指定します | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md index ee008b84ff5495..6142ddfbbdc290 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | | tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | | column | Integer | -> | 列の削除の開始場所を指定する表組み内のインデックス | | -| count | Text | -> | 削除する列の数 (>0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | 削除する列の数 (>0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md index ad1377faf7b275..eb4799a84249bc 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | | tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | | row | Integer | -> | 行の削除の開始場所を指定する表組み内のインデックス | | -| count | Text | -> | 削除する行の数 (>0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | 削除する行の数 (>0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md index 35e5290d552a43..3f6f31e23af7ca 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ title: VP SET SHEET OPTIONS -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ------------ | ------ | -- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro エリア名 | | -| sheetOptions | Object | -> | 設定するシートオプション | | -| sheet | Object | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | +| ------------ | ------- | -- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro エリア名 | | +| sheetOptions | Object | -> | 設定するシートオプション | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 754607c22d64c8..342a3d9cc707b8 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | 設定する表テーマのプロパティ | | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ---------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | 4D View Pro フォームオブジェクト名 | +| tableName | Text | -> | Table name | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | 設定する表テーマのプロパティ | +| sheet | Integer | -> | シートのインデックス (省略した場合はカレントシート) | + + #### 説明 @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME *options* には、設定するテーマプロパティを格納する [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` クラス](../classes.md#tabletheme) のオブジェクトを渡します。 +*sheet* には、ターゲットシートのインデックスを渡します。 index が省略された場合、または -1 が渡された場合、コマンドはカレントシートに対して適用されます。 + #### 例題 1 あらかじめ定義されたテーマを表に設定します: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md index e37e13197f4c87..4bc1f1c41014ee 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP SET TIME VALUE | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | | ------------- | ------ | -- | --------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | レンジオブジェクト | | -| timeValue | Text | -> | 設定する時間値 | | +| timeValue | Time | -> | 設定する時間値 | | | formatPattern | Text | -> | 値のフォーマット | | #### 説明 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md index 3be8ef17853385..154aeb070b7ed6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ VP SET DEFAULT STYLE("myDoc";$style) | プロパティ | 値の型 | 説明 | | ------------ | --------- | --------------------- | -| version | Longint | 内部コンポーネントのバージョン | +| version | Integer | 内部コンポーネントのバージョン | | dateCreation | Timestamp | 作成日 | | dateModified | Timestamp | 最終更新日 | | meta | Object | 4Dデベロッパー専用の任意コンテンツ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md index 0ea556da810dbd..a91c986ff83703 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | -------------- | ------- | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | wpSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro section | -| subSectionType | Longint | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | +| subSectionType | Integer | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | | subSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro subsection | @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ The *subSectionType* parameter specifes the subsection to delete. You can pass o | 定数 | 型 | 値 | | ------------- | ------- | - | -| wk first page | Longint | 1 | -| wk left page | Longint | 2 | -| wk right page | Longint | 3 | +| wk first page | Integer | 1 | +| wk left page | Integer | 2 | +| wk right page | Integer | 3 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md index 312a54e03fbc9e..7f6ce6143b1d0b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | ------------------- | ------ | - | ------------------------------------------------- | | targetObj | Object | → | Range or element or 4D Write Pro document | | sectionOrSubsection | Object | → | Section or subsection of a 4D Write Pro document | -| attribName | String | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | +| attribName | Text | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png index 88547d8313178f..47dee17431c767 100644 Binary files a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png and b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png differ diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md index 4ebada162591d7..53b8394db2c2f5 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs コマンドは、以下のような情報を返します: -| **プロパティ** | **サブプロパティ** | **型** | **詳細** | **値の例** | -| ----------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------- | -| accountName | 文字列 | カレントユーザーのアカウント名。一般的にはディレクトリ内でのアカウントを識別するのに使用されます | "msmith" | | -| cores | 数値 | コア(CPU)の総数。バーチャルなマシンの場合、それに割り当てられたコアの総数 | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | 数値 | スレッドの総数。 | 8 | | -| machineName | 文字列 | OSのネットワークパラメーターで設定されているマシンの名前 | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | ブール | 4DがmacOS 上のRosetta でエミュレートされている場合にはTrue 、それ以外の場合(エミュレートされていない、あるいはWindows上である場合)にはFalse | True | | -| model | 文字列 | コンピューターのモデル名 | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", 等 | | -| networkInterfaces | コレクション | アクティブな物理ネットワークアドレスのみ | | | -| ipAddresses | コレクション | | | | -| ip | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースのアドレス | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースの型 | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | 文字列 | インターフェース名 | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | 文字列 | インターフェースの型("ethernet"型はbluetooth インターフェースのために提供されていることに注意してください) | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | 文字列 | オペレーションシステムのバージョンおよびビルド番号(\*) | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnal 10.0.14393" | | -| osLanguage | 文字列 | システムのカレントのユーザーによって設定された言語。RFC 3066規格によって表現されます。完全な一覧については、デザインリファレンスマニュアルの*言語コード* を参照してください。 | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", 等 | | -| physicalMemory | 数値 | マシン上で利用可能なメモリ空間の容量(kb単位)。 | 16777216 | | -| processor | 文字列 | プロセッサーの名前、型、スピード | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | 数値 | マシンが起動してからの総経過時間(秒単位) | 3600 | | -| userName | 文字列 | マシンのカレントユーザー。一般的には表示名(例:コンピューターにログインする時の名前)として使用されます。 | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | コレクション | | | | -| available | 数値 | 使用できる残り容量 | 524288 | | -| capacity | 数値 | 利用可能な総容量(kb単位) | 1048576 | | -| disk | オブジェクト \| コレクション(Macのみ) | | | | -| description | 文字列 | ディスクを表す短い説明 | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | 文字列 | ディスクのID(Mac ではUUID、Windows では物理ドライブ) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | 数値 | ディスクの総容量(kb単位) | 104857600 | | -| interface | 文字列 | マシンのインターフェースのタイプ | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | 文字列 | ハードディスク上のファイルを並べ替えたり取得する際にOSが使用するファイルシステム | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", 等 | | -| mountPoint | 文字列 | 現在アクセス可能なファイルシステム上の、追加のファイルシステムがマウント(論理的接続)されたディレクトリ。Mac ではこれはPOSIX フォーマットである点に注意してください。 | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | 文字列 | Mac のに- ボリューム名 | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| プロパティ | | | 型 | 詳細 | 値の例 | +|-------------------|----------------|-------------|---------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | 文字列 | カレントユーザーのアカウント名。一般的にはディレクトリ内でのアカウントを識別するのに使用されます | "msmith" | +| cores | | | 数値 | コア(CPU)の総数。バーチャルなマシンの場合、それに割り当てられたコアの総数 | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | 数値 | スレッドの総数。 | 8 | +| machineName | | | 文字列 | OSのネットワークパラメーターで設定されているマシンの名前 | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | ブール | 4DがmacOS 上のRosetta でエミュレートされている場合にはTrue 、それ以外の場合(エミュレートされていない、あるいはWindows上である場合)にはFalse | True | +| model | | | 文字列 | コンピューターのモデル名 | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", 等 | +| networkInterfaces | | | コレクション | アクティブな物理ネットワークアドレスのみ | | +| | ipAddresses | | コレクション | | | +| | | ip | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースのアドレス | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースの型 | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | 文字列 | インターフェース名 | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | 文字列 | インターフェースの型("ethernet"型はbluetooth インターフェースのために提供されていることに注意してください) | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | 文字列 | オペレーションシステムのバージョンおよびビルド番号(\*) | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnal 10.0.14393" | +| osLanguage | | | 文字列 | システムのカレントのユーザーによって設定された言語。RFC 3066規格によって表現されます。完全な一覧については、デザインリファレンスマニュアルの言語コード を参照してください。 | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", 等 | +| physicalMemory | | | 数値 | マシン上で利用可能なメモリ空間の容量(kb単位)。 | 16777216 | +| processor | | | 文字列 | プロセッサーの名前、型、スピード | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | 数値 | マシンが起動してからの総経過時間(秒単位) | 3600 | +| userName | | | 文字列 | マシンのカレントユーザー。一般的には表示名(例:コンピューターにログインする時の名前)として使用されます。 | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | コレクション | | | +| | available | | 数値 | 使用できる残り容量 | 524288 | +| | capacity | | 数値 | 利用可能な総容量(kb単位) | 1048576 | +| | disk | | オブジェクト \| コレクション(Macのみ) | | | +| | | description | 文字列 | ディスクを表す短い説明 | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | 文字列 | ディスクのID(Mac ではUUID、Windows では物理ドライブ) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | 数値 | ディスクの総容量(kb単位) | 104857600 | +| | | interface | 文字列 | マシンのインターフェースのタイプ | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | 文字列 | ハードディスク上のファイルを並べ替えたり取得する際にOSが使用するファイルシステム | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", 等 | +| | mountPoint | | 文字列 | 現在アクセス可能なファイルシステム上の、追加のファイルシステムがマウント(論理的接続)されたディレクトリ。Mac ではこれはPOSIX フォーマットである点に注意してください。 | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | 文字列 | Mac のに- ボリューム名 | "iMac-27-Program6" | + (\*) 使用されているプラットフォームを調べるだけであれば、二つのコマンドが利用可能です: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) および [Is Windows](is-windows.md) @@ -67,12 +68,80 @@ Windows マシン上で以下のコードを実行した場合: 以下のような情報を格納しているオブジェクトを返します: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":False,        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### 参照 -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/ds.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/ds.md index 5feb7c012f7063..57eeada0377bbd 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/ds.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/ds.md @@ -57,6 +57,11 @@ $result:=ds.Employee.query("firstName = :1";"S@") ``` ```4d + //getFirst メソッド + //getFirst(localID;dataclass) -> entity + #DECLARE( $localId : Text; $dataClassName : Text ) -> $entity : 4D.Entity + + $entity:=ds($localId)[$dataClassName].all().first() ``` #### 参照 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..f3ade9de37e579 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### 説明 + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### 例題 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### 例題 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### 例題 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### 例題 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### 例題 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### 例題 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### 例題 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### 例題 9 + +この例題では、レコードのデータ入力に使われるフォームで、ウィンドウを閉じるイベントを処理する方法を示します: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### 参照 + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..77376c0fe102fe --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------ | - | ---------- | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | イベントオブジェクト | + + + +#### 説明 + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**返されるオブジェクト** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **Description** | +| ----------- | ------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | イベントをトリガーしているオブジェクト名。フォームによってトリガーされている場合には含まれていません。 | +| code | integer | フォームイベントの数値。 | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### 例題 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### 例題 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### 例題 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### 参照 + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md index 187e11dad7ce38..8f6eb7a1ae8f48 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 定数 | 型 | 説明 | | -------------------------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (デフォルト) フォーミュラは作成されたコンテキストにおいて実行されます。 | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | フォーミュラは、ホストデータベースのコンテキストで実行されます。 | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (デフォルト) フォーミュラは作成されたコンテキストにおいて実行されます。 | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | フォーミュラは、ホストデータベースのコンテキストで実行されます。 | #### 例題 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula.md index 9a881c614cae8e..30abb798d91c19 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula.md @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 参照 -[4D Blog - Formula: More power behind simplicity](https://blog.4d.com/new-formula-more-power-behind-simplicity/)\ -[4D Blog - Formula: Think outside the box](https://blog.4d.com/new-formula-think-outside-the-box/)\ -[4D Blog - Write your own methods for objects](https://blog.4d.com/write-your-own-methods-for-objects/)\ +[4D Blog - フォーミュラ: シンプルさの裏にある、さらなるパワー](https://blog.4d.com/ja/new-formula-more-power-behind-simplicity/)\ +[4D Blog - フォーミュラ: 既成概念にとらわれない発想](https://blog.4d.com/ja/new-formula-think-outside-the-box/)\ +[4D Blog - 独自のメソッドをオブジェクトにカプセル化する](https://blog.4d.com/ja/write-your-own-methods-for-objects/)\ [Formula from string](formula-from-string.md) diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/imap-new-transporter.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/imap-new-transporter.md index 622260c0eae3b2..8aa1db3338e157 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/imap-new-transporter.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/imap-new-transporter.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ------ | ---------------------------------- | :-: | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | server | Object | → | メールサーバー情報 | -| 戻り値 | 4D.IMAPTransporter | ← | [IMAP transporter object](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object) | +| 戻り値 | 4D.IMAPTransporter | ← | [IMAP transporter オブジェクト](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object) | @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 戻り値 -The function returns an [**IMAP transporter object**](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object). 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 +このファンクション[**IMAP transporter オブジェクト**](../API/IMAPTransporterClass.md#imap-transporter-object). 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 > IMAP接続は、transporter オブジェクトが消去された時点で自動的に閉じられます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/license-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/license-info.md index 876cebbb8ef4fb..76683907ecbeb6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/license-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/license-info.md @@ -8,9 +8,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs -| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | -| --- | ------ | - | ------------------------------------ | -| 戻り値 | Object | ← | Information about the active licence | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | +| --- | ------ | - | ----------------- | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | アクティブなライセンスに関する情報 | @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The **License info** command returns an object providing detailed information about the active license. -If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a license (e.g. 4D remote), the command returns a Null object. +コマンドが、ローカルではライセンスを使用しない4D アプリケーション上で実行された場合(例: 4D リモートなど)、コマンドはNull オブジェクトを返します。 戻り値のオブジェクトには、以下のプロパティが格納されています: @@ -28,17 +28,17 @@ If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a licen "key": 0, "licenseNumber": "string", "version": "string", - "attributes": ["string1", "string2"], // optional + "attributes": ["string1", "string2"], // オプション "userName": "string", "userMail": "string", "companyName": "string", "platforms": ["string1", "string2"], "expirationDate": { - // details here - }, // optional - "renewalFailureCount": 0, // optional + // 詳細がここに返される + }, // オプション + "renewalFailureCount": 0, // オプション "products": [ - { // for each registered expansion product + { // それぞれの登録されたエキスパンションプロダクトにつき返される "id": 0, "name": "string", "usedCount": 0, @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a licen { "count": 0, "expirationDate": { - // details here - } // optional + // 詳細がここに返される + } // オプション } ] } @@ -56,43 +56,43 @@ If the command is executed on a 4D application that does not use locally a licen } ``` -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | **Example** | -| ------------------- | --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | string | Commercial name | "4D Developer Professional vXX" | -| key | number | ID of the installed product. A unique number is associated to a 4D application (such as 4D Server, 4D in local mode, 4D Desktop, etc.) installed on a machine. This number is encrypted. | 12356789 | -| licenseNumber | string | License number | "4DDP16XXXXX1123456789" | -| version | string | Product version number | "16", "16R2" | -| attributes | collection of strings | License type(s) when applicable (optional) | \["application","OEM"\] | -| userName | string | Name of 4D store account | "John Smith" | -| userMail | string | Mail of 4D store account | "john.smith@gmail.com" | -| companyName | string | Company name of 4D store account | "Alpha Cie" | -| platforms | collection of strings | License platform(s) | \["macOS", "windows"\] | -| expirationDate | object | Date of expiration (optional) | {"day":2, "month":6, "year":2018} | -| renewalFailureCount | number | Number of unsuccessful automatic renewal attempts for at least one of the product licenses (optional) | 3 | -| products | Object の Collection | Description of product license (one element per product license). See below. | | - -Each object of the `products` collection can have the following properties: - -| **Property** | | **Type** | **Description** | **Example** | -| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | | number | License number | For available values, see the [Is license available](../commands-legacy/is-license-available.md) command | -| name | | string | License name | "4D Write - 4D Write Pro" | -| usedCount | | number | Number of consumed connections | 8 | -| allowedCount | | number | Total connections allowed for the product against the expiry dates | 15 | -| rights | | Object の Collection | Rights for the product (one element per expiration date) | | -| | \[ \].count | number | Number of allowed connections | 15 (32767 means unlimited) | -| | \[ \].expirationDate | object | Date of expiration (optional, same format as above) | {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2017} | +| **プロパティ** | **型** | **Description** | **Example** | +| ------------------- | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | string | ライセンス名 | "4D Developer Professional vXX" | +| key | number | インストールされたプロダクトのID 4D アプリケーション(4D Server、ローカル4D、4D デスクトップなど) には固有の番号が マシン上にインストールされているアプリケーションに割り振られています。 この番号は暗号化されています。 | 12356789 | +| licenseNumber | string | ライセンス番号 | "4DDP16XXXXX1123456789" | +| version | string | 製品バージョン番号 | "16", "16R2" | +| attributes | collection of strings | (該当する場合であれば) ライセンスのタイプ(オプション) | \["application","OEM"\] | +| userName | string | 4D ストアアカウントでの名前 | "John Smith" | +| userMail | string | 4D ストアアカウントでのメールアドレス | "john.smith@gmail.com" | +| companyName | string | 4D ストアアカウントでの会社名 | "Alpha Cie" | +| platforms | collection of strings | ライセンスを使用しているプラットフォーム | \["macOS", "windows"\] | +| expirationDate | object | 有効期限(オプション) | {"day":2, "month":6, "year":2018} | +| renewalFailureCount | number | 少なくとも一つの製品ライセンスに対して自動更新に失敗した回数(オプション) | 3 | +| products | Object の Collection | 製品ライセンスの詳細(各要素が製品ライセンスそれぞれの詳細を表す) 以下参照。 | | + +`products` コレクションの各オブジェクトは、以下のプロパティが格納されています: + +| **プロパティ** | | **型** | **Description** | **Example** | +| ------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------- | --------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| id | | number | ライセンス番号 | 取りうる値については、[Is license available](../commands-legacy/is-license-available.md) コマンドを参照して下さい。 | +| name | | string | ライセンス名 | "4D Write - 4D Write Pro" | +| usedCount | | number | 消費接続数 | 8 | +| allowedCount | | number | 有効期限内においてその製品に対して許可される総接続数 | 15 | +| rights | | Object の Collection | 製品に対する権利(有効期限1つにつき要素1つ) | | +| | \[ \].count | number | 許可された接続数 | 15 (32767 は無制限を意味します) | +| | \[ \].expirationDate | object | 有効期限(オプション、上記のものと同じフォーマット) | {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2017} | #### 例題 -You want to get information on your current 4D Server license: +現在の4D Server ライセンスについての情報を取得した場合を考えます: ```4d  var $obj : Object  $obj:=License info ``` -*$obj* can contain, for example: +*$obj* には、一例として以下のような内容が返されます: ```json { @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ You want to get information on your current 4D Server license:                     "expirationDate": {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2017}                 }, {                     "count": 10, -                    "expirationDate": {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2015} //expired, not counted +                    "expirationDate": {"day":1, "month":11, "year":2015} //失効しているのでカウントされません                 }             ],             "usedCount": 12 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md index b42f9704ac7aa2..3286eabc6df03a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/mail-convert-from-mime.md @@ -88,5 +88,5 @@ $transporter:=SMTP New transporter($server) $status:=$transporter.send($email) ``` -\| mime | BLOB, Text | → | Email in MIME | -\| Function result | Object | ← | Email object | +\| mime | BLOB, Text | → | MIME形式のEメール | +\| Function result | Object | ← | Eメールオブジェクト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-collection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-collection.md index 90ff86dd024c88..0fc8cf0526c161 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-collection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-collection.md @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -The `New collection` command creates a new empty or prefilled collection and returns its reference. Collections can be handled using properties and functions of the [Collection class API](../API/CollectionClass.md). +`New collection` コマンドは、新しい空の、または値が既に入れられたコレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。コレクションは、[Collection クラス API](../API/CollectionClass.md)のプロパティや関数を使用して操作することができます。 引数を渡さなかった場合、`New collection` は空のコレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。 返された参照は、コレクション型の 4D変数に代入する必要があります。 -> Keep in mind that `var : Collection` statement declares a variable of the `Collection` type but does not create any collection. +> `var : Collection` ステートメントは`Collection` 型の変数を宣言しますが、コレクション自体は作成しないという点に注意して下さい。 任意で、一つ以上の *value* 引数を渡すことで、あらかじめ値の入った新しいコレクションを作成することができます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-shared-collection.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-shared-collection.md index 2d4c88525cbd3c..e8afd32879f9ec 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-shared-collection.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/new-shared-collection.md @@ -17,13 +17,13 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -`New shared collection` コマンドは、空の、あるいは値が入った新規コレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。 Collections can be handled using properties and functions of the [Collection class API](../API/CollectionClass.md). +`New shared collection` コマンドは、空の、あるいは値が入った新規コレクションを作成し、その参照を返します。 コレクションは、[Collection クラス API](../API/CollectionClass.md)のプロパティや関数を使用して操作することができます。 -Adding an element to this collection using the assignment operator must be surrounded by the [`Use...End use`](../Concepts/shared.md#useend-use) structure, otherwise an error is generated (this is not necessary when adding elements using functions such as [`push()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#push) or [`map()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#map) because they automatically trigger an internal *Use...End use*). ただし、属性の読み取りは [`Use...End use`](Concepts/shared#useend-use) 構造の外側でも可能です。 +このコレクションに要素を追加する場合には [Use...End use](Concepts/shared.md#useend-use) 構造でくくる必要があり、そうしない場合にはエラーが返されます(ただし、[`push()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#push) や [`map()`](../API/CollectionClass.md#map) などの関数を使用して要素を追加する場合は、自動で内部的に *Use...End use* が使用されるため、必要ありません)。 ただし、属性の読み取りは [`Use...End use`](Concepts/shared#useend-use) 構造の外側でも可能です。 :::info -For more information on shared collections, please refer to the [Shared objects and collections](../Concepts/shared.md) page. +共有コレクションについての詳細は、[共有オブジェクトと共有コレクション](../Concepts/shared.md) のページを参照してください。 ::: @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ For more information on shared collections, please refer to the [Shared objects 返された参照は、コレクション型の 4D変数に代入する必要があります。 -> Keep in mind that `var : Collection` statement declares a variable of the `Collection` type but does not create any collection. +> `var : Collection` ステートメントは`Collection` 型の変数を宣言しますが、コレクション自体は作成しないという点に注意して下さい。 任意で、一つ以上の *value* 引数を渡すことで、あらかじめ値の入った新しい共有コレクションを作成することができます。 または、あとからオブジェクト記法による代入で要素を一つずつ追加・編集していくことができます (例題参照)。 @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ For more information on shared collections, please refer to the [Shared objects [New collection](new-collection.md)\ [New shared object](../commands-legacy/new-shared-object.md)\ -*Shared objects and shared collections* +*共有オブジェクトと共有コレクション* diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md index d27d9259f9c1cf..d34596b3c638d0 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | hostname | Text | リモートデータストアの名前または IPアドレス + ":" + ポート番号 (ポート番号は必須) | Qodly クラウドインスタンスの APIエンドポイント | | user | Text | ユーザー名 | - (無視されます) | | password | Text | ユーザーパスワード | - (無視されます) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | - (無視されます) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | - (無視されます) | | tls | Boolean | セキュアな接続を使用する場合は true (1)。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 可能なかぎり安全な接続を使用することが推奨されます。 | セキュアな接続を使用する場合は true。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 | | type | Text | "4D Server" でなければなりません | - (無視されます) | | api-key | Text | - (無視されます) | Qodly クラウドインスタンスの APIキー | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md index a24c5363b3ed49..df279769148e71 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/pop3-new-transporter.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | ------ | ---------------------------------- | - | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | server | Object | → | メールサーバー情報 | -| 戻り値 | 4D.POP3Transporter | ← | [POP3 transporter object](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) | +| 戻り値 | 4D.POP3Transporter | ← | [POP3 transporter オブジェクト](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) | @@ -25,25 +25,25 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### 説明 -The `POP3 New transporter` command configures a new POP3 connectionaccording to the *server* parameter and returns a new [POP3 transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) object. 返される transporter オブジェクトは通常、メールの受信に使用されます。 +`POP3 New transporter` コマンドは、新規のPOP3 接続を設定します。このPOP3 接続は、*server* 引数の指定に応じて設定され、コマンドは新しい[POP3 transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) オブジェクトを返します。 返される transporter オブジェクトは通常、メールの受信に使用されます。 *server* 引数として、以下のプロパティを持つオブジェクトを渡します: -| *server* | デフォルト値 (省略時) | -| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#acceptunsecureconnection)
    | false | -| .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Text
    .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Object
    OAuth2 認証の資格情報を表すテキスト文字列またはトークンオブジェクト。 `authenticationMode` が OAUTH2 の場合のみ使用されます。 `accessTokenOAuth2` が使用されているが `authenticationMode` が省略されていた場合、OAuth2 プロトコルが使用されます (サーバーで許可されていれば)。 Not returned in *[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)* object. | なし | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#authenticationmode)
    | サーバーがサポートするもっともセキュアな認証モードが使用されます | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#connectiontimeout)
    | 30 | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#host)
    | *mandatory* | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#logfile)
    | なし | -| **.password** : Text
    サーバーとの認証のためのユーザーパスワード。 Not returned in *[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)* object. | なし | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#port)
    | 995 | -| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#user)
    | なし | +| *server* | デフォルト値 (省略時) | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#acceptunsecureconnection)
    | false | +| .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Text
    .**accessTokenOAuth2**: Object
    OAuth2 認証の資格情報を表すテキスト文字列またはトークンオブジェクト。 `authenticationMode` が OAUTH2 の場合のみ使用されます。 `accessTokenOAuth2` が使用されているが `authenticationMode` が省略されていた場合、OAuth2 プロトコルが使用されます (サーバーで許可されていれば)。 これは\*[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)\* オブジェクトでは返されません。 | なし | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#authenticationmode)
    | サーバーがサポートするもっともセキュアな認証モードが使用されます | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#connectiontimeout)
    | 30 | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#host)
    | *mandatory* | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#logfile)
    | なし | +| **.password** : Text
    サーバーとの認証のためのユーザーパスワード。 これは\*[SMTP transporter](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#smtptransporterobject)\* オブジェクトでは返されません。 | なし | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#port)
    | 995 | +| [](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#user)
    | なし | #### 戻り値 -The function returns a [**POP3 transporter object**](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object). 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 +この関数は[**POP3 transporter オブジェクト**](../API/POP3TransporterClass.md#pop3-transporter-object) を返します。 返されるプロパティはすべて **読み取り専用** です。 > POP3接続は、transporter オブジェクトが消去された時点で自動的に閉じられます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md index d64a291519284d..a46a17bbcb8e36 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ The `Process info` command returns a | cpuTime | Real | Running time (seconds) | | cpuUsage | Real | Percentage of time devoted to this process (between 0 and 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of process creation | -| ID | Longint | Process unique ID | +| ID | Integer | Process unique ID | | name | Text | プロセス名 | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | プリエンプティブ | Boolean | True if run preemptive, false otherwise | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Current status. Possible values: see below | +| state | Integer | Current status. Possible values: see below | | systemID | Text | ID for the user process, 4D process or spare process | -| type | Longint | Running process type. Possible values: see below | +| type | Integer | Running process type. Possible values: see below | | visible | Boolean | True if visible, false otherwise | - Possible values for "state": diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md index 0dbde797ac7cb1..9b2b8d6541938a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Name of process for which to retrieve the process number | | id | Text | → | ID of process for which to retrieve the process number | | \* | 演算子 | → | Return the process number from the server | -| 戻り値 | Longint | ← | Process number | +| 戻り値 | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md index c62c4ddf003f29..bff948d6a5803d 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2257,8 +2257,8 @@ $c2:=$c.map(Formula(Round(($1.value/$2)*100; 2)); $c.sum()) | 定数 | 型 | 値 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | - | -------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | 要素は昇順に並べられます (デフォルト) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | 要素は降順に並べられます | このシンタックスは、コレクション内のスカラー値のみを並べ替えます (オブジェクトやコレクションなどの他の型は並べ替えされないまま返されます)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index e1475a9c5ed5d4..14a47354834ea6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ RSA キーのみ: キーのサイズ (ビッ | 18 R4 | 追加 | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md index 9a8211691e5e48..a613ad8b6b9a8b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -725,9 +725,9 @@ $number:=$ds.Persons.getCount() | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------------------- | ------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | エンティティのプライマリーキー | -| __STAMP | Longint | データベース内のエンティティのタイムスタンプ | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | データベース内のエンティティのスタンプ (形式: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | エンティティのプライマリーキー | +| __STAMP | Integer | データベース内のエンティティのタイムスタンプ | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | データベース内のエンティティのスタンプ (形式: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Variant | データクラス属性に対応するデータがキャッシュに存在する場合、それはデータベースと同じ型のプロパティに返されます。 | リレートエンティティに関するデータは、data オブジェクトのキャッシュに保存されます。 @@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ $es:=ds.Movie.query("roles.actor.lastName = :1 AND roles.actor{2}.lastName = :2" | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | parameters | Object | *queryString* または *formula* に **値の命名プレースホルダー** を使用した場合に渡すオブジェクト。 値は、プロパティ/値のペアで表現されます。プロパティは、*queryString* または *formula* に値の代わりに挿入されたプレースホルダー名 (":placeholder"など) で、値は、実際に比較される値です。 インデックスプレースホルダー (value引数として値を直接渡す方法) と命名プレースホルダーは、同じクエリ内で同時に使用することができます。 | -| attributes | Object | *queryString* または *formula* に **属性パスの命名プレースホルダー** を使用した場合に渡すオブジェクト。 属性パスは、プロパティ/値のペアで表現されます。プロパティは、*queryString* または *formula* に属性パスの代わりに挿入されたプレースホルダー名 (":placeholder"など) で、値は、属性パスを表す文字列または文字列のコレクションです。 値には、データクラスのスカラー属性・リレート属性・オブジェクトフィールド内のプロパティへの属性パスを指定することができます。
    型説明
    Stringドット記法を使用して表現された attributePath (例: "name" または "user.address.zipCode")
    String の Collectionコレクションの各要素が attributePath の階層を表します (例: ["name"] または ["user","address","zipCode"])。 コレクションを使用することで、ドット記法に準じていない名前の属性に対してもクエリすることができます (例: \["4Dv17.1","en/fr"])。
    インデックスプレースホルダー (*value* 引数として値を直接渡す方法) と命名プレースホルダーは、同じクエリ内で同時に使用することができます。 | +| attributes | Object | *queryString* または *formula* に **属性パスの命名プレースホルダー** を使用した場合に渡すオブジェクト。 属性パスは、プロパティ/値のペアで表現されます。プロパティは、*queryString* または *formula* に属性パスの代わりに挿入されたプレースホルダー名 (":placeholder"など) で、値は、属性パスを表す文字列または文字列のコレクションです。 値には、データクラスのスカラー属性・リレート属性・オブジェクトフィールド内のプロパティへの属性パスを指定することができます。
    型説明
    文字列ドット記法を使用して表現された attributePath (例: "name" または "user.address.zipCode")
    String の Collectionコレクションの各要素が attributePath の階層を表します (例: ["name"] または ["user","address","zipCode"])。 コレクションを使用することで、ドット記法に準じていない名前の属性に対してもクエリすることができます (例: \["4Dv17.1","en/fr"])。
    インデックスプレースホルダー (*value* 引数として値を直接渡す方法) と命名プレースホルダーは、同じクエリ内で同時に使用することができます。 | | args | Object | フォーミュラに渡す引数。 **args** オブジェクトは、フォーミュラ内の $1 が受け取るので、その値は *$1.property* という形で利用可能です (例題3 参照)。 | | allowFormulas | Boolean | クエリ内でフォーミュラの呼び出しを許可するには true (デフォルト)。 フォーミュラ実行を禁止するには false を渡します。 false に設定されているときに、フォーミュラが `query()` に渡された場合、エラーが発生します (1278 - フォーミュラはこのメンバーメソッドでは許可されていません)。 | | context | Text | エンティティセレクションに適用されている自動の最適化コンテキストのラベル。 エンティティセレクションを扱うコードはこのコンテキストを使うことで最適化の恩恵を受けます。 この機能はクライアント/サーバー処理を想定して設計されています。 詳細な情報については、[**クライアント/サーバーの最適化**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#クライアントサーバーの最適化) の章を参照ください。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md index 1561df1b793ebf..480d00fd0f00d3 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ title: DataStore | hostname | Text | リモートデータストアの名前または IPアドレス + ":" + ポート番号 (ポート番号は必須) | | user | Text | ユーザー名 | | password | Text | ユーザーパスワード。 デフォルトでは、パスワードは平文で送信されるため、`tls` プロパティに `true` を渡して暗号化通信を使用することが**強く推奨**されます。 | -| idleTimeout | Longint | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | +| idleTimeout | Integer | アクティビティがなかった場合に、セッションがタイムアウトするまでの時間 (分単位)。この時間を過ぎると、4D によって自動的にセッションが閉じられます。 省略時のデフォルトは 60 (1時間) です。 60 (分) 未満の値を指定することはできません (60 未満の値を渡した場合、タイムアウトは 60 (分) に設定されます)。 詳細については、[**セッションの終了**](../ORDA/remoteDatastores.md#セッションの終了) を参照ください。 | | tls | Boolean | 安全な接続を使用します(*)。 省略時のデフォルトは false です。 可能なかぎり安全な接続を使用することが推奨されます。 | | passwordAlgorithm | Text | [`Validate password`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page638.html) コマンドで *digest* パラメーターを `true` に設定してサーバーがパスワードを検証する場合は、"4d-rest-digest" を指定します。 | | type | Text | "4D Server" でなければなりません | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md index 4f1806e41f5b82..27626e785510b3 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ title: Entity | プロパティ名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------------- | ---------------------- | -| attributeName | String | 属性名 | +| attributeName | Text | 属性名 | | value | any - 属性の型による | オリジナルエンティティの属性値 | | otherValue | any - 属性の型による | *entityToCompare* の属性値 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md index fcc2a83766188a..ae9780c644d757 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() | 19 R7 | 追加 | -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md index e8b5bb3ca21201..22167e62210aa9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ macOS のターミナルまたは Windows のコンソールを使用して、 | `--headless` | | 4D、4D Server、または組み込みアプリケーションをインターフェースなし (ヘッドレスモード) で起動します。 このモードでは:
  • デザインモードは使えません。データベースはアプリケーションモードで起動します。
  • ツールバー、メニューバー、MDI ウィンドウやスプラッシュスクリーンは表示されません。
  • Dock またはタスクバーにはアイコンは表示されません。
  • 開かれたデータベースは、"最近使用したデータベース" メニューに登録されません。
  • 4D診断ファイルの記録が自動的に開始されます ([SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page642.html)、値79 参照)
  • ダイアログボックスへのコールはすべてインターセプトされ、自動的にレスポンスが返されます (例: [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page41.html) コマンドの場合は OK、エラーダイアログの場合は Abort など)。 インターセプトされたコマンド (*) は、診断ファイルに記録されます。

    • 保守上の理由から、[LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page667.html) コマンドを使用して任意のテキストを標準の出力ストリームに送ることができます。 ヘッドレスモードの 4Dアプリケーションは、[QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/ja/page291.html) を呼び出すか OSタスクマネージャーを使用することでしか終了できない点に注意が必要です。 | | `--dataless` | | 4D、4D Server、組み込みアプリケーション、または tood4d をデータレスモードで起動します。 データレスモードは、4D がデータを必要としないタスク (プロジェクトのコンパイルなど) を実行する場合に便利です。 このモードでは:
  • コマンドラインや `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されていても、また `CREATE DATA FILE` や `OPEN DATA FILE` コマンドを使用していても、データを含むファイルは開かれません。
  • データを操作するコマンドはエラーを生成します。 たとえば、`CREATE RECORD` は "このコマンドの対象となるテーブルがありません" というエラーを生成します。

    • **注記**:
  • コマンドラインで引数が渡された場合、アプリケーションを終了しない限り、4D で開かれているすべてのデータベースにデータレスモードが適用されます。
  • `.4DLink` ファイルを使って引数が渡された場合には、データレスモードは `.4DLink` ファイルで指定されたデータベースにのみ適用されます。 `.4DLink` ファイルの詳細については、[プロジェクトを開く (その他の方法)](../GettingStarted/creating.md#プロジェクトを開く-その他の方法) を参照ください。
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | ファイルパス | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のカスタム WebAdmin `.4DSettings` ファイルのパス。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用のアクセスキー。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Boolean | [WebAdmin Webサーバー](webAdmin.md) 用の自動スタートアップ設定の状態。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | アクセスキーと自動スタートアップパラメーターを、現在使用している設定ファイル (デフォルトの [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-設定) ファイル、または `--webadmin-settings-path` パラメーターで指定されたカスタムファイル) に保存します。 必要に応じて `--webadmin-store-settings` 引数を使用して、これらの設定を保存します。 [tool4d](#tool4d) の場合には利用できません。 | | `--utility` | | 4D Server の場合のみ利用可能です。 [4D Server をユーティリティモードで起動](#ユーティリティモードの-4d-server) します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md index 79efda05b03d78..bfeeddfdfa9dd1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md @@ -180,6 +180,12 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + クラス関数とは、当該クラスのプロパティです。 クラス関数は [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md) クラスのオブジェクトです。 クラス定義ファイルでは、`Function` キーワードと関数名を使用して宣言をおこないます。 関数名は [プロパティ名の命名規則](Concepts/identifiers.md#オブジェクトプロパティ) に準拠している必要があります。 @@ -299,6 +305,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // コード ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + クラスコンストラクター関数を使って、ユーザークラスのオブジェクトを生成・初期化することができます。 このコンストラクターは任意の [引数](#引数) を受け取ることができます。 クラスコンストラクターが定義されていると、[`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) 関数を呼び出したときに、当該コンストラクターが呼び出されます (コンストラクターで引数を指定している場合は `new()` 関数に渡します)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md index 91c2e978ac0355..5371b0dd8026a6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ title: データタイプの概要 | ------- | ---------- | | ブール | false | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| 倍長整数 | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Time | 00:00:00 | | ピクチャー | ピクチャーサイズ=0 | | 実数 | 0 | @@ -65,13 +65,13 @@ Object型、Collection型、Pointer型、Picture型の変数は、デフォル 次の表は、基本のデータタイプ、変換できるデータタイプ、それを実行する際に使用するコマンドを示しています: -| データタイプ | 文字列に変換 | 数値に変換 | 日付に変換 | 時間に変換 | ブールに変換 | -| ------- | -------- | ----- | ------ | ------ | ------ | -| 文字列 (1) | | `Num` | `Date` | `Time` | `Bool` | -| 数値 (2) | `String` | | | | `Bool` | -| Date | `String` | | | | `Bool` | -| Time | `String` | | | | `Bool` | -| ブール | | `Num` | | | | +| データタイプ | 文字列に変換 | 数値に変換 | 日付に変換 | 時間に変換 | ブールに変換 | +| ------- | ------ | ----- | ------ | ------ | ------ | +| 文字列 (1) | | `Num` | `Date` | `Time` | `Bool` | +| 数値 (2) | `文字列` | | | | `Bool` | +| Date | `文字列` | | | | `Bool` | +| Time | `文字列` | | | | `Bool` | +| ブール | | `Num` | | | | (1) JSON形式の文字列は `JSON Parse` コマンドを使ってスカラーデータ、オブジェクト、あるいはコレクションに変換することができます。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md index 51e889c4162738..84d71c7e60c410 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ title: 文字列 | 演算 | シンタックス | 戻り値 | 式 | 値 | | -------- | ---------------- | ------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| 連結 (結合) | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| 繰り返し | String * Number | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| 連結 (結合) | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| 繰り返し | String * Number | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | 等しい | String = String | Boolean | "abc" = "abc" | true | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | false | | 異なる | String # String | Boolean | "abc" # "abd" | true | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md index fc308b08877ae4..e6ded01a24f9f5 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ This.name:="Square" | データタイプ | 演算 | 例題 | | ------ | -------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | | 数値 | 加算 (足し算) | 1 + 2 は数値を加算し、結果は 3 です。 | -| 文字列 | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | +| Text | 連結 (結合) | "みなさん" + "こんにちは" は文字を連結 (結合) し、結果は "みなさんこんにちは" です。 | | 日付と数値 | 日付の加算 | !2006/12/4! + 20 は、2006年12月4日に 20日を加算し、結果は 2006年12月24日です。 | @@ -292,10 +292,10 @@ This.name:="Square" | 式 | 型 | 説明 | | --------------------------- | ----------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| "こんにちは" | String | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | -| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | String | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | -| [People]Name + "様" | String | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | -| Uppercase ("smith") | String | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | +| "こんにちは" | Text | これは文字列定数 "こんにちは" です。 文字列定数であることを表すために二重引用符が必要です。 | +| "みなさん" + "こんにちは" | Text | 2つの文字列 "みなさん" と "こんにちは" が + 演算子により結合され、 "みなさんこんにちは" を返します。 | +| [People]Name + "様" | Text | 2つの文字列の結合です。[People]Name フィールドと文字列 "様" が結合されます。 フィールドの値が "小林" の場合、"小林様" を返します。 | +| Uppercase ("smith") | Text | この式は `Uppercase` コマンドを使用して、文字列 "smith" を英大文字に変換します。 そして "SMITH" を返します。 | | 4 | Number | これは数値定数 4です。 | | 4 * 2 | Number | 2つの数値、4 と 2 の乗算です。乗算演算子の (*) を使用しています。 数値の 8を返します。 | | myButton | Number | これはボタンに紐づけられた変数です。 ボタンの現在の値を返します: クリックされた場合に 1、それ以外は 0 を返します。 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md index ab25de67e5679c..fa9bf223d7b948 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md @@ -240,15 +240,15 @@ atNames{1}:="Richard" | システム変数名 | 型 | 説明 | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | +| `OK` | Integer | 通常、コマンドがダイアログボックスを表示して、ユーザーが **OK** ボタンをクリックすると 1 に、**キャンセル** ボタンをクリックした場合は 0 に設定されます。 一部のコマンドは、処理が成功すると `OK` システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Document` | Text | [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page264.html) や [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page345.html) などのコマンドを使用して最後に開いたファイルまたは作成したファイルのパス名 (フルパス + 名前) が含まれます。 | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | テキストを読み込んだり書き出したりする際に、フィールドの区切りとして (デフォルトは **タブ** (9))、あるいはレコードの区切り文字として (デフォルトは **キャリッジリターン** (13)) 使用する文字コードが格納されています。 区切り文字を変更する場合は、システム変数の値を変更します。 | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page155.html) コマンドでインストールされたエラー処理メソッド内で使用されます。 [メソッド内でのエラー処理](../Concepts/error-handling.md#メソッド内でのエラー処理) 参照。 | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • MouseDown=1 イベントの時、MouseX と MouseY にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、On Clicked や On Double Clicked、および On Mouse Up フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が MouseX と MouseY に返されます。 また、On Mouse Enter および On Mouse Move フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、ピクチャー上のマウス座標 を参照ください。
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 マウスボタンが押されたときに 1 が、それ以外の場合は 0 に設定されます。 | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。
  • MouseDown=1 イベントの時、MouseX と MouseY にはクリックされた場所の水平 / 垂直座標がそれぞれ代入されます。 両方の値ともピクセル単位で表わされ、ウィンドウのローカルな座標システムを使用します。
  • ピクチャーフィールドや変数の場合は、On Clicked や On Double Clicked、および On Mouse Up フォームイベント内で、クリックのローカル座標が MouseX と MouseY に返されます。 また、On Mouse Enter および On Mouse Move フォームイベントでもマウスカーソルのローカル座標が返されます。 詳細については、ピクチャー上のマウス座標 を参照ください。
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 押されたキーの文字コードが代入されます。 押されたキーがファンクションキーの場合、`KeyCode` には特殊コードがセットされます。 | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 キーボードのモディファイアキーの値を格納します (Ctrl/Command、Alt/Option、Shift、Caps Lock)。 | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/ja/page190.html) コマンドでインストールされたメソッド内で使用されます。 最後のイベントが発生したプロセス番号を格納します。 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md index c2c9cec4c5f72f..8aefc1e7b717c3 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | -------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | フォーム全体 | | $editor.editor.file | File | フォームファイルの Fileオブジェクト | -| $editor.editor.name | String | フォームの名称 | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | フォームの名称 | | $editor.editor.table | number | フォームのテーブル番号。プロジェクトフォームの場合は 0。 | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | 現在のページの番号 | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | 現在のページ (フォームオブジェクトおよび入力順序を格納) | @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | formProperties | Object | マクロによって変更された formProperties | | editor.groups | Object | マクロによって変更されたグループ情報 | | editor.views | Object | マクロによって変更されたビュー情報 | -| editor.activeView | String | 有効なビュー名 | +| editor.activeView | Text | 有効なビュー名 | たとえば、currentPage と editor.groups の内容が変わった場合には、戻り値を次のように設定します: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Class constructor($macro : Object) | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----- | - | -- | | | | | - source|文字列|メソッドコード| + source|Text|method code| 後者の場合、4D は "objectMethods" フォルダー内に当該オブジェクト名を冠したファイルを作成し、`source` 属性に指定したメソッドコードを格納します。 この機能はマクロコードの場合にのみ有効です。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 6c18ad642e73d4..b3e41df50c34b1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ myCol:=myCol.push("new value") // リストボックスに new value を表示 - **コレクション/エンティティセレクションリストボックス**: 選択項目は、専用のリストボックスプロパティを通して管理されます。 - [カレントの項目](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目) は、選択された要素/エンティティを受け取るオブジェクトです。 - - [選択された項目](properties_DataSource.md#選択された項目) は、選択された項目のコレクションです。 + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [カレントの項目の位置](properties_DataSource.md#カレントの項目の位置) は、選択された要素あるいはエンティティの位置を返します。 - **配列リストボックス**: `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` コマンドを使用して、プログラムからリストボックスの行を選択できます。 [リストボックスオブジェクトにリンクされた変数](properties_Object.md#変数あるいは式) は、行選択の取得、設定、保存に使用します。 この変数はブール配列で、4Dが自動的に作成・管理します。 この配列のサイズは、リストボックスのサイズにより決定されます。つまり、各列に関連付けられた配列のうち、最も小さな配列と同じ数の要素を持ちます。 この配列の各要素には、対応する行が選択された場合には `true` が、それ以外の場合は `false` が設定されます。 4D は、ユーザーの動作に応じてこの配列の内容を更新します。 これとは逆に、この配列要素の値を変更して、リストボックス中の選択行を変更することができます。 他方、この配列への要素の挿入や削除はできず、行のタイプ変更もできません。 `Count in array` コマンドを使用して、選択された行の数を調べることができます。 たとえば、以下のメソッドは配列タイプのリストボックスで、最初の行の選択を切り替えます: diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 5e5e58b90eb695..1df108c72b047b 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ title: オブジェクト | 最小 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 最大 | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | | 合計 | ○ | | | ○ | ○ | | 列の型と同じ | -| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Longint | +| カウント | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | ○ | Integer | | 平均 | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 標準偏差(*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | | 分散(*) | ○ | | | ○ | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index bfdb9cf5c3c9ed..42cbd4943025ce 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ Webエリアでは、[2つの描画エンジン](properties_WebArea.md#埋め込 たとえば、`HelloWorld` という 4Dメソッドを呼び出す場合には、以下の宣言を実行します: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript は大文字小文字を区別するため、オブジェクトの名前は $4d (dは小文字) であることに注意が必要です。 4Dメソッドへの呼び出しのシンタックスは以下のようになります: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: 4Dメソッドに対して必要なだけ引数を渡すことができます。 これらの引数は、JavaScript にサポートされている型であればどんなものでも渡せます (文字列、数値、配列、オブジェクト)。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md index 73e2f952f374e0..dc59dcb7b1bc86 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ exposed Function authenticate($identifier : Text; $password : Text)->$result : T | プロパティ名 | | | 型 | 必須 | 説明 | | ----------- | --------------- | ------------- | -------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ | | privileges | | | `privilege` オブジェクトのコレクション | ○ | 定義された権限のリスト | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | アクセス権の名称 | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | アクセス権の名称 | | | \[].includes | | String の Collection | | 内包する権限名のリスト | | roles | | | `role` オブジェクトのコレクション | | 定義されたロールのリスト | -| | \[].role | | String | | ロール名 | +| | \[].role | | Text | | ロール名 | | | \[].privileges | | String の Collection | | 内包する権限名のリスト | | permissions | | | Object | ○ | 設定されたパーミッションのリスト | | | allowed | | `permission` オブジェクトのコレクション | | 許可されたパーミッションのリスト | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | ○ | 対象の [リソース](#リソース) 名 | -| | | \[].type | String | ○ | [リソース](#リソース) タイプ: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | ○ | 対象の [リソース](#リソース) 名 | +| | | \[].type | Text | ○ | [リソース](#リソース) タイプ: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | | | | \[].read | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | | | | \[].create | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | | | | \[].update | String の Collection | | 権限名のリスト | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md index cda1d229b76118..b9202dd9d4cc0a 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md @@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ _イタリック_ - テーブルタグ: ```md -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | 文字列 |Write pro エリア| -| toolbar | 文字列 |ツールバー名 | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` @@ -212,24 +212,15 @@ _イタリック_ GetLogo (size) -> logo -| 引数 | 型 | in/out | 説明 | +| Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | 倍長整数 | in | ロゴスタイルセレクター (1 から 5) | -| logo | ピクチャー | out | 選択されたロゴ | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | ## Description -このメソッドは、*size* 引数に応じて、特定サイズのロゴを返します。 -1 = 最小値, 5 = 最大値 - -## Example - -C_PICTURE($logo) -C_LONGINT($size) - -// 最大ロゴを取得します -$logo:=GetLogo(5) +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. 1 = 最小値, 5 = 最大値 ## Example diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md index b6f0655759164c..ca8d9240e8f1b1 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ title: '$catalog' データクラス毎に返されるプロパティの説明です: -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| ------- | ------ | --------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称。 | -| uri | String | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| ------- | ---- | --------------------------------- | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称。 | +| uri | Text | データクラスとその属性に関する情報を取得するための URI です。 | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI です。 | ### 例題 @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ title: '$catalog' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | -------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | データクラスの名称 | -| collectionName | String | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | +| name | Text | データクラスの名称 | +| collectionName | Text | データクラスにおいて作成されるエンティティセレクションの名称 | | tableNumber | Number | 4Dデータベース内のテーブル番号 | -| scope | String | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | -| dataURI | String | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | +| scope | Text | データクラスのスコープ (**公開 (public)** に設定されているデータクラスのみ返されます) | +| dataURI | Text | データクラスのデータを取得するための URI | ### 属性 @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ title: '$catalog' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | 属性の名称 | -| kind | String | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | +| name | Text | 属性の名称 | +| kind | Text | 属性タイプ (ストレージ (storage) またはリレートエンティティ (relatedEntity)) | | fieldPos | Number | データベーステーブルのフィールド番号 | -| scope | String | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | -| indexed | String | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| type | String | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | +| scope | Text | 属性のスコープ (公開 (public) に設定されている属性のみ返されます) | +| indexed | Text | 属性に **インデックス** が設定されていれば、このプロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | +| type | Text | 属性タイプ (bool, blob, byte, date, duration, image, long, long64, number, string, uuid, word)、または、N->1 リレーション属性の場合はリレーション先のデータクラス | | identifying | Boolean | 属性がプライマリーキーの場合、プロパティは true を返します。 それ以外の場合には、このプロパティは表示されません。 | -| path | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | -| foreignKey | String | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | -| inverseName | String | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | +| path | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合はデータクラス名、relatedEntities 属性の場合はリレーション名 | +| foreignKey | Text | relatedEntity 属性の場合、リレート先の属性名 | +| inverseName | Text | relatedEntity または relatedEntities 属性の逆方向リレーション名 | ### プライマリーキー diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md index c431425fac9f90..5cb2b313ed6284 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ title: '$entityset' 複数の既存エンティティセットに基づいて新たなエンティティセットを作成します。 -| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | -| ---------------- | ------ | ------------------------- | -| $operator | String | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | -| $otherCollection | String | エンティティセットID | +| 引数 | 型 | 説明 | +| ---------------- | ---- | ------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | 既存のエンティティセットに対して使用する論理演算子 | +| $otherCollection | Text | エンティティセットID | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md index 77238541017e57..abb35071b4daf2 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ title: '$info' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | -| dataClass | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| id | Text | エンティティセットを参照する UUID | +| dataClass | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | selectionSize | Number | エンティティセットに含まれるエンティティの数 | | sorted | Boolean | エンティティセットが (`$orderby` の使用により) 順列ありの場合には true、順列なしの場合は false。 | | refreshed | Date | エンティティセットが最後に使用された日付または作成日。 | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ title: '$info' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------ | ------------------------------ | -| sessionID | String | セッションを参照する UUID | -| userName | String | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | +| sessionID | Text | セッションを参照する UUID | +| userName | Text | セッションを実行中のユーザー名 | | lifeTime | Number | ユーザーセッションのタイムアウト (デフォルトは 3600) | | expiration | Date | ユーザーセッションの有効期限 | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md index 4c449ea76241f2..5f2446c18adf65 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ title: '$querypath' | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------- | -| description | String | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | +| description | Text | 実際に実行されたクエリ、または複数ステップの場合は "AND" | | time | Number | クエリの実行に要した時間 (ミリ秒単位) | | recordsfounds | Number | レコードの検出件数 | | steps | Collection | クエリパスの後続ステップを定義するオブジェクトのコレクション | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md index 3f0fcafd444226..68a89212bc56bb 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ title: '$queryplan' ## 説明 $queryplan は、4D Server に渡したクエリプランを返します。 -| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | -| -------- | ------ | --------------------------------------- | -| item | String | 渡された実際のクエリ | -| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | +| プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | +| -------- | ---- | --------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | 渡された実際のクエリ | +| subquery | 配列 | (サブクエリが存在する場合) item プロパティを格納する追加のオブジェクト | クエリプランについての詳細は [queryPlan と queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-と-queryplan) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 1423b9ca740fb0..a0aad8a3fe87cf 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ ORDAユーザークラスに定義された関数には、引数を渡すこと | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ----------------- | ------------------------------------ | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATACLASS | String | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | +| __DATACLASS | Text | 必須 - エンティティのデータクラスを指定します | | __ENTITY | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティであることをサーバーに通知します | | __KEY | 混合 (プライマリーキーと同じ型) | 任意 - エンティティのプライマリーキー | @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ ORDAユーザークラスに定義された関数には、引数を渡すこと | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ---------- | ------- | ------------------------------------------ | | エンティティの属性 | mixed | 任意 - 変更する値 | -| __DATASET | String | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | +| __DATASET | Text | 必須 - エンティティセレクションのエンティティセットID (UUID) | | __ENTITIES | Boolean | 必須 - true は引数がエンティティセレクションであることをサーバーに通知します | [エンティティセレクションを引数として受け取る例題](#エンティティセレクションを引数として受け取る) を参照ください。 diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md index 3edc45d492d8fa..99dac6c44b323c 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | データクラスの名称。 | +| __entityModel | Text | データクラスの名称。 | | __COUNT | Number | データクラスに含まれる全エンティティ数 | | __SENT | Number | RESTリクエストが返すエンティティの数。 総エンティティ数が `$top/$limit` で指定された数より少なければ、総エンティティの数になります。 | | __FIRST | Number | セレクションの先頭エンティティの番号。 デフォルトでは 0; または `$skip` で指定された値。 | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ RESTリクエストにこのパラメーターのみを渡すと、([`$top/$limi | プロパティ | 型 | 説明 | | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | +| __KEY | Text | データクラスにおいて定義されているプライマリーキーの値 | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | エンティティが最後に編集された日時を記録するタイムスタンプ | | __STAMP | Number | `$method=update` を使ってエンティティの属性値を更新するときに必要となる内部スタンプ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md index 9300f22a224770..14610b798308b6 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ VP SET VALUE(VP Cell("ViewProArea";3;9);New object("value";!2024-12-18!);"time"; | プロパティ | 値の型 | 説明 | | ------------ | --------- | --------------------- | -| version | Longint | 内部コンポーネントのバージョン | +| version | Integer | 内部コンポーネントのバージョン | | dateCreation | Timestamp | 作成日 | | dateModified | Timestamp | 最終更新日 | | meta | Object | 4Dデベロッパー専用の任意コンテンツ | diff --git a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/formulas.md b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/formulas.md index 1f4a6686d213c9..f41479a77db0a9 100644 --- a/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/formulas.md +++ b/i18n/ja/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/formulas.md @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ title: フォーミュラとファンクション | [Number](Concepts/dt_number.md) | 1.2
    1.2 E3
    1.2E-3
    10.3x | + (加法)
    - (減法)
    * (乗法)
    / (除法)
    ^ (べき乗、数値を自身に対してかける回数)
    % (パーセント -- 演算子の前の数値を100で割る) | | [Date](Concepts/dt_date.md) | 10/24/2017 | + (日付 + 日数 -> 日付)
    + (日付 + 時間 -> 日付 + その日の時間)
    - (日付 - 日数 -> 日付)
    - (日付 - 日付 -> 2つの日付間の日数) | | [Time](Concepts/dt_time.md) | 10:12:10 | 経過時間演算子:
    + (加法)
    - (減法)
    * (経過時間 * 数値 -> 経過時間)
    / (経過時間 / 数値 -> 経過時間) | -| [String](Concepts/dt_string.md) | 'Sophie' または "Sophie" | & (連結) | +| [文字列](Concepts/dt_string.md) | 'Sophie' または "Sophie" | & (連結) | | [Boolean](Concepts/dt_boolean.md) | TRUE または FALSE | - | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json index 6a28f71f27457c..8b185ae1ec9606 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current.json @@ -327,8 +327,8 @@ "message": "Ambiente de desenvolvimento", "description": "The label for category Development Environment in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "Línguagem", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "Línguagem 4D", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Concepts": { diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index ad6e29a602c13c..9eae5d96826d34 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | +| Resultados | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index 926325edec378a..e82e75d659d0d4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection Uma seleção de entidade é um objeto que contém uma ou mais referências a [entidades](ORDA/dsMapping.md#entity) pertencentes à mesma [Dataclass](ORDA/dsMapping.md#dataclass). Uma seleção de entidades pode conter 0, 1 ou X entidades da dataclass -- onde X pode representar o número total de entidades contidas na dataclass. -As seleções de entidades podem ser criadas a partir de seleções existentes usando várias funções da classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md), como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou funções da própria classe `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create new selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. +As seleções de entidades podem ser criadas a partir de seleções existentes usando várias funções da classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md), como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou funções da própria classe `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### Resumo @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ As seleções de entidades podem ser criadas a partir de seleções existentes u | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### Veja também + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## [*index*] diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md index 948ba6ed4a0421..b2b8b0cc141e65 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index 875713552483da..39f9b4f01dd1c2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage Object +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Descrição -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -74,27 +74,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Descrição -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### Descrição -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Descrição -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | --------- | ------- | -- | ------------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Descrição -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Descrição -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..39f9b4f01dd1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. + +An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). + +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ----------------- | +| 20 R7 | Classe adicionada | + +
    + +### Exemplo + +In this example, a `getFile()` function is implemented in the [Datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) and [can be called](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) by a REST request. The purpose is to return a **testFile.pdf** file as a response to the request: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // This is binary content + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### Descrição + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +The `.body` property is read-write. + +You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Descrição + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### Descrição + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- Blob +- Object +- Imagem + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| \| | Text | -> | Header property to set | +| value | Text | -> | Value of the header property | + + + +#### Descrição + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------- | -- | ------------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Status para definir | + + + +#### Descrição + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### Descrição + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md index 23f142374cf6d9..0abc5acb6f8833 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ The `.send()` function sends th O método cria a ligação SMTP se esta ainda não estiver viva. If the `.keepAlive` property of the `transporter` object is **false**, the SMTP connection is automatically closed after the execution of `.send()`, otherwise it stays alive until the `transporter` object is destroyed. For more information, please refer to the [`SMTP New transporter`](#smtp-new-transporter) command description. -In *mail*, pass a valid [`Email` object](EmailObjectClass.md#email-object) to send. As propriedades de origem (de onde vem o e-mail) e de destino (um ou mais destinatários) devem ser incluídas, as restantes propriedades são opcionais. +Em *mail*, passe um objeto [`Email`](EmailObjectClass.md#email-object) válido para enviar. As propriedades de origem (de onde vem o e-mail) e de destino (um ou mais destinatários) devem ser incluídas, as restantes propriedades são opcionais. #### Objeto devolvido diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md index 5b47b145261b85..c7e652fa996712 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/SessionClass.md @@ -7,11 +7,12 @@ Session objects are returned by the [`Session`](../commands/session.md) command. ### Tipos de sessão -Três tipos de sessões são suportados por essa classe: +The following types of sessions are supported by this class: - [**Sessões de usuário web**](WebServer/sessions.md): sessões de usuário web estão disponíveis quando [sessões escaláveis estão habilitadas em seu projeto](WebServer/sessions.md#enabling-sessions). Eles são usados para conexões Web e REST e podem receber privilégios. - [**Remote client user sessions**](../Desktop/clientServer.md#remote-user-sessions): In client/server applications, remote users have their own sessions managed on the server. - [**Stored procedures session**](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.en.html): All stored procedures executed on the server share the same virtual user session. +- [**Standalone session**](../Project/overview.md#development): Local session object returned in single-user application (useful in development and test phases of client/server applications). :::note @@ -61,7 +62,7 @@ The availability of properties and functions in the `Session` object depends on :::note -This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client and stored procedure sessions. +This function does nothing and always returns **True** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ $expiration:=Session.expirationDate //por exemplo "2021-11-05T17:10:42Z" The `.getPrivileges()` function returns a collection of all the privilege names associated to the session. -With remote client and stored procedure sessions, this function returns a collection only containing "WebAdmin". +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function returns a collection only containing "WebAdmin". :::info @@ -237,7 +238,7 @@ $privileges := Session.getPrivileges() The `.hasPrivilege()` function returns True if the *privilege* is associated to the session, and False otherwise. -With remote client and stored procedure sessions, this function always returns True, whatever the *privilege*. +With remote client, stored procedure and standalone sessions, this function always returns True, whatever the *privilege*. #### Exemplo @@ -270,11 +271,11 @@ End if #### Descrição -The `.id` property contains the unique identifier (UUID) of the session on the server. Esta string única é automaticamente atribuída pelo servidor para cada sessão e permite que você identifique seus processos. +The `.id` property contains the unique identifier (UUID) of the user session. With 4D Server, this unique string is automatically assigned by the server for each session and allows you to identify its processes. :::tip -You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) command. +You can use this property to get the [`.storage`](#storage) object of a session thanks to the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -346,28 +347,33 @@ End if :::note -Essa propriedade só está disponível com sessões de procedimento armazenado e cliente remoto. +This property is only available with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: -The `.info` property describes the remote client or stored procedure session on the server. +The `.info` property describes the remote client or stored procedure session on the server, or the standalone session. -The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) command for remote client and stored procedure sessions. +:::note + +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned in the "session" property by the [`Process activity`](../commands/process-activity.md) command for remote client and stored procedure sessions. +- The `.info` object is the same object as the one returned by the [`Session info`](../commands/session-info.md) command for a standalone session. + +::: The `.info` object contains the following properties: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ---------------- | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text | Tipo de sessão: "remote" ou "storedProcedure" | -| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`.userName`](#username)) | -| machineName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da máquina remota. Sessão de procedimentos armazenados: nome da máquina do servidor | -| systemUserName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da sessão do sistema aberta na máquina remota. | -| IPAddress | Text | Endereço IP da máquina remota | -| hostType | Text | Tipo de host: "windows" ou "mac" | -| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Data e hora de criação da sessão | -| state | Text | Estado da sessão: "ativa", "adiada", "em espera" | -| ID | Text | UUID da sessão (mesmo valor que [`.id`](#id)) | -| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Session type: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | Nome de usuário 4D (o mesmo valor que [`.userName`](#username)) | +| machineName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da máquina remota. Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da sessão do sistema aberta na máquina remota. | +| IPAddress | Text | Endereço IP da máquina remota | +| hostType | Text | Tipo de host: "windows" ou "mac" | +| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | Estado da sessão: "ativa", "adiada", "em espera" | +| ID | Text | UUID da sessão (mesmo valor que [`.id`](#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | :::note @@ -403,7 +409,7 @@ Since `.info` is a computed property, it is recommended to call it once and then :::note -Essa função sempre retorna **False** com sessões de procedimento armazenado e cliente remoto. +This function always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -451,7 +457,7 @@ End if :::note -This function does nothing and always returns **False** with remote client and stored procedure sessions. +This function does nothing and always returns **False** with remote client, stored procedure, and standalone sessions. ::: @@ -532,7 +538,7 @@ Essa propriedade é **apenas de leitura**, mas retorna um objeto de leitura e gr :::tip -You can get the `.storage` property of a session using the [`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md) command. +You can get the `.storage` property of a session using the [`Session storage`](../commands/session-storage.md) command. ::: @@ -580,6 +586,7 @@ The `.userName` property contains the - Com sessões da Web, essa propriedade é uma cadeia de caracteres vazia por padrão. Ele pode ser definido usando a propriedade `privileges` da função [`setPrivileges()`](#setprivileges). - With remote and stored procedure sessions, this property returns the same user name as the [`Current user`](../commands-legacy/current-user.md) command. +- With standalone sessions, this property contains "designer" or the name set with the [`SET USER ALIAS`](../commands-legacy/set-user-alias.md) command. Essa propriedade é **somente leitura**. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebServerClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebServerClass.md index e95ea1c1bfb39d..95d0333c7319f2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebServerClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/API/WebServerClass.md @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ The web server starts with default settings defined in the settings file of the All settings of [Web Server objects](#web-server-object) can be customized, except read-only properties ([.isRunning](#isrunning), [.name](#name), [.openSSLVersion](#opensslversion), [.perfectForwardSecrecy](#perfectforwardsecrecy), and [.sessionCookieName(#sessioncookiename)]). -Customized session settings will be reset when the [`.stop()`](#stop) function is called. +As configurações de sessão personalizadas serão redefinidas quando a função [`.stop()`](#stop) for chamada. #### Objeto devolvido diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/restore.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/restore.md index 89aec32db28923..3b095dbd66778c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/restore.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Backup/restore.md @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Você pode restaurar um arquivo manualmente do aplicativo atual usando a [págin ## Integração manual do histórico -Se você não marcou a opção para a integração automática do arquivo de log na página de restauração do MSC (veja [integração completa de vários arquivos de log](MSC/restore. d#successive-intergration-of-several-data-log-files)), uma caixa de diálogo de aviso aparece durante a abertura do aplicativo quando 4D avisa que o arquivo de log contém mais operações do que as que foram realizadas no arquivo de dados. +Se você não marcou a opção para a integração automática do arquivo de log na página de restauração do MSC (veja [integração completa de vários arquivos de log](MSC/restore.md#successive-intergration-of-several-data-log-files)), uma caixa de diálogo de aviso aparece durante a abertura do aplicativo quando 4D avisa que o arquivo de log contém mais operações do que as que foram realizadas no arquivo de dados. ![](../assets/en/Backup/backup08.png) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md index 96dc992453fad2..fe9a201b658938 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/classes.md @@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ As palavras-chave 4D específicas podem ser utilizadas nas definições de class // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + As funções de classe são propriedades específicas da classe. Eles são objetos da classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). No arquivo de definição de classe, as declarações de funções usam a palavra-chave `Function` seguida pelo nome da função. Se a função for declarada em uma [classe compartilhada](#shared-classes), você pode usar a palavra-chave `shared` para que a função possa ser chamada sem [`Use. .Finalizar estrutura`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obter mais informações, consulte o parágrafo [Shared functions](#shared-functions) abaixo. @@ -323,6 +329,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Uma função construtora de classe aceita [parâmetros](#parameters) opcionais e pode ser usada para criar e inicializar objetos da classe de usuário. Quando você chama a função [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), o construtor da classe é chamado com os parâmetros opcionalmente passados para a função `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/shared.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/shared.md index 58f887def2c7d0..0f1ec08c9f542c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/shared.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Concepts/shared.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: shared title: Objetos e coleções compartilhados --- -**Objetos compartilhados** e **coleções compartilhadas** são específicos [objects](Conceps/dt_object.md) e [collections](Concepts/dt_collection.md) cujo conteúdo é compartilhado entre processos. Em contraste com [variáveis de interprocesso](Concepts/variáveis. d#interprocess-variáveis), objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas têm a vantagem de ser compatíveis com **processos 4D preemptivos**: eles podem ser passados por referência para comandos como [`Novo processo`](https://doc. d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page317.html) ou [`TODO WORKER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page1389.html). +**Objetos compartilhados** e **coleções compartilhadas** são específicos [objects](Conceps/dt_object.md) e [collections](Concepts/dt_collection.md) cujo conteúdo é compartilhado entre processos. Em contraste com [variáveis de interprocesso](Concepts/variáveis.md#interprocess-variáveis), objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas têm a vantagem de ser compatíveis com **processos 4D preemptivos**: eles podem ser passados por referência para comandos como [`Novo processo`](https://doc.md.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page317.html) ou [`TODO WORKER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page1389.html). Objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas são armazenados em variáveis padrão [`Object`](dt_object.md) e [`Collection`](dt_collection.md) do tipo, mas devem ser instanciados usando comandos específicos: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Desktop/user-settings.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Desktop/user-settings.md index 5aa53a44a10a6a..00d65465e6ff8a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Desktop/user-settings.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Desktop/user-settings.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Propriedades usuário - Modo **Padrão**: todos os [settings](../settings/overview.md) são armazenados no arquivo [_settings.4DSettings_ no nível do projeto](../Project/architecture.md#sources) e são aplicados em todos os casos. Este é o modo predefinido, adequado para a fase de desenvolvimento (todas as aplicações). -- Modo **Configurações do Usuário**: parte das configurações personalizadas são armazenadas em um arquivo _settings.4DSettings_ [na pasta de configurações](../Project/architecture. d#settings-user) (para todos os arquivos de dado) ou [na pasta de dados](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user-data) (para este arquivo de dados) e são usados em vez das configurações de estrutura. Este modo é adequado para a fase de implantação de aplicações de ambiente de trabalho. Você ativa este modo usando uma opção localizada na [Página de segurança](../settings/security.md) das Configurações. +- Modo **Configurações do Usuário**: parte das configurações personalizadas são armazenadas em um arquivo _settings.4DSettings_ [na pasta de configurações](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user) (para todos os arquivos de dado) ou [na pasta de dados](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user-data) (para este arquivo de dados) e são usados em vez das configurações de estrutura. Este modo é adequado para a fase de implantação de aplicações de ambiente de trabalho. Você ativa este modo usando uma opção localizada na [Página de segurança](../settings/security.md) das Configurações. Ao definir as definições do utilizador, pode manter as definições personalizadas entre actualizações das suas aplicações 4D, ou gerir diferentes definições para a mesma aplicação 4D implementada em vários sites diferentes. Permite igualmente utilizar a programação para gerir os arquivos de configuração através de XML. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/onDragOver.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/onDragOver.md index efee38d3d1906d..ec8f83c67b6956 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/onDragOver.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/onDragOver.md @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ id: onDragOver title: On Drag Over --- -| Code | Pode ser chamado por | Definição | -| ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | -| 21 | [4D Write Pro area](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview) - [Button](FormObjects/button_overview.md) - [Button Grid](FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Check Box](FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md) - [Lista Dropdown](FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview. d) - [Lista Hierárquica](FormObjects/list_overview.md#overview) - [Input](FormObjectos/input_overview.md) - [Caixa de Lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna de caixa de lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview. d#list-box-columns) - [Botão de imagens](FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu de imagens pop-up](FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progresso](FormObjects/progressIndicador. d) - [Botão de Rádio](FormObjects/radio_overview.md) - [Ruler](FormObjects/ruler.md) - [Spinner](FormObjects/spinner.md) - [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) - [Stepper](FormObjects/stepper.md) - [Controle de tabulação](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | Os dados podem ser largados sobre um objeto | +| Code | Pode ser chamado por | Definição | +| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | +| 21 | [Área 4D Write Pro](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview) - [Botão](FormObjects/button_overview.md) - [Grade de botões](FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Caixa de seleção](FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md) - [Lista suspensa](FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Lista Hierárquica](FormObjects/list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](FormObjectos/input_overview.md) - [Caixa de Lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna de caixa de lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Botão de imagens](FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu de imagens pop-up](FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progresso](FormObjects/progressIndicador.md) - [Botão de Rádio](FormObjects/radio_overview.md) - [Régua](FormObjects/ruler.md) - [Spinner](FormObjects/spinner.md) - [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) - [Stepper](FormObjects/stepper.md) - [Controle de tabulação](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | Os dados podem ser largados sobre um objeto | ## Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md index ef24c8885d4fce..fa7bf55b4c86e2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Eventos formulário Eventos de formulário são eventos que podem levar à execução do método de formulário e/ou método(s) de objeto de formulário. Os eventos de formulário permitem que você controle o fluxo do aplicativo e escreva códigos que são executados somente quando ocorre um evento específico. -En su código, se controlan los eventos mediante el comando `FORM Event`, que devuelve el evento disparado. Por exemplo: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. Por exemplo: ```4d //código de um botão @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## Objecto evento -Cada evento es devuelto como un objeto por el comando `FORM Event`. Por padrão, ele contém as seguintes propriedades: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. Por padrão, ele contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md index c43a9bbe97a233..9d79db9a2ad046 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/formEditor.md @@ -100,6 +100,8 @@ You can click twice on the button so that it remains selected even after you hav ### Lista de propriedades +![](../assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png) + Both forms and form objects have properties that control access to the form, the appearance of the form, and the behavior of the form when it is used. Form properties include, for example, the form’s name, its menu bar, and its size. Object Properties include, for example, an object’s name, its dimensions, its background color, and its font. You can display and modify form and object properties using the Property List. It displays either form or objects properties depending on what you select in the editor window. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/forms.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/forms.md index 5ea5120074f96a..f35c506b742df1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/forms.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/forms.md @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ Para interromper a herança de um formulário, selecione `\` na Property L ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Barra de Menu Associado](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Form Break](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#fixed-width) - [Form Break](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers. d#form-footer) - [Cabeçalho do Formulário](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nome do Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nome do Formulário herdado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabela de Formulário Herdades](properties_FormProperties. d#hererited-form-table) - [Altura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Largura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura Mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Widget Mínimo](properties_WindowSize. d#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Pages](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configurações de impressão](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Salvar Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título da Janela](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) +[Barra de Menu Associado](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Altura fixa](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Largura fixa](properties_Markers.md#fixed-width) - [Quebra de forma](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Formulário detalhado](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Cabeçalho do formulário](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nome do formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nome do formulário herdado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabela de formulário herdades](properties_FormProperties.md#hererited-form-table) - [Altura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Largura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Widget mínimo](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Páginas](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configurações de impressão](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Salvar Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título da Janela](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/pictures.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/pictures.md index d0d54a5cc2b96a..45ddf8c9253460 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/pictures.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/pictures.md @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ As imagens de alta resolução com a convenção @nx podem ser utilizadas nos se Embora 4D priorize automaticamente a resolução mais alta, há, no entanto, algumas diferenças de comportamento dependendo da tela e da imagem dpi\*(\*)\*, e do formato da imagem: -| Operação | Comportamento | -| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Soltar o pegar | Se a imagem tem:
    • **72dpi ou 96dpi** - A imagem é "[Center](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#center--trunca-não-centralizado)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels.
    • **Outros dpi** - A imagem é "[Dimensionada para fit](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#scaled-to-fit)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem é igual (número de pixels \* tela dpi) / (imagem dpi)
    • **Sem dpi** - A imagem é "[Escalonado para caber](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#escaled-to-fit)" formatado.
    | -| [Tamanho automático](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Setting-object-display-properties.300-5416671.en.html#148057) (Menu de contexto do Editor de Formulário) | Se o formato de exibição da imagem for:
    • **[Scaled](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)** - O objeto que contém a imagem é redimensionado de acordo com (número de pixels da imagem \* dpi da tela) / (dpi da imagem)
    • **Não dimensionado** - O objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels que a imagem.
    | +| Operação | Comportamento | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Soltar o pegar | Se a imagem tem:
    • **72dpi ou 96dpi** - A imagem é "[Center](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#center--trunca-não-centralizado)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels.
    • **Outros dpi** - A imagem é "[Dimensionada para fit](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem é igual (número de pixels \* tela dpi) / (imagem dpi)
    • **Sem dpi** - A imagem é "[Escalonado para caber](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#escaled-to-fit)" formatado.
    | +| [Tamanho automático](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Setting-object-display-properties.300-5416671.en.html#148057) (Menu de contexto do Editor de Formulário) | Se o formato de exibição da imagem for:
    • **[Scaled](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)** - O objeto que contém a imagem é redimensionado de acordo com (número de pixels da imagem \* dpi da tela) / (dpi da imagem)
    • **Não dimensionado** - O objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels que a imagem.
    | _(\*) Normalmente, macOS = 72 dpi, Windows = 96 dpi_ @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Em tempo de execução, 4D carregará automaticamente a imagem clara ou escura d ## Coordenadas do mouse numa imagem -4D permite recuperar as coordenadas locais do mouse em um [objeto de entrada](FormObjects/input_overview.md) associado a uma [expressão de imagem](FormObjects/properties_Object. d#expression-type), em caso de um clique ou um mouse, mesmo que um rolagem ou zoom tenha sido aplicado à imagem. Esse mecanismo, similar ao de um mapa de imagens, pode ser utilizado, por exemplo, para manejar barras de botões deslocáveis ou a interface de um software de cartografia. +4D permite recuperar as coordenadas locais do mouse em um [objeto de entrada](FormObjects/input_overview.md) associado a uma [expressão de imagem](FormObjects/properties_Object.md#expression-type), em caso de um clique ou um mouse, mesmo que um rolagem ou zoom tenha sido aplicado à imagem. Esse mecanismo, similar ao de um mapa de imagens, pode ser utilizado, por exemplo, para manejar barras de botões deslocáveis ou a interface de um software de cartografia. The coordinates are returned in the _MouseX_ and _MouseY_ [System Variables](../Concepts/variables.md#system-variables). As coordenadas são expressas em píxeis em relação ao canto superior esquerdo da imagem (0,0). Se o mouse estiver fora do sistema de coordenadas da imagem, se devolverá -1 em MouseX e MouseY\*. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md index 8477477e087ea0..cfb6c530dcfbab 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ title: Propriedades do formulário > A propriedade Esquema de cores só é aplicada no macOS. -Esta propriedade define o esquema de cores para o formulário. Por padrão, quando a propriedade não está definida, o valor de um esquema de cores é **herdado** (o formulário usa o esquema definido no [nível do aplicativo] (https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1762.html)). Isto pode ser alterado para o formulário para uma das duas opções seguintes: +Esta propriedade define o esquema de cores para o formulário. By default when the property is not set, the value for a color scheme is **inherited** (the form uses the scheme defined at the [application level](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)). Isto pode ser alterado para o formulário para uma das duas opções seguintes: - dark - texto claro sobre um fundo escuro - light - texto escuro sobre um fundo claro @@ -38,20 +38,33 @@ Um ficheiro CSS definido ao nível do formulário substituirá a(s) folha(s) de --- -## Pages +## Form Class -Cada formulário é composto por, pelo menos, duas páginas: +Name of an existing [user class](../Concepts/classes.md#class-definition) to associate to the form . The user class can belong to the host project or to a [component](../Extensions/develop-components.md#sharing-of-classes), in which case the formal syntax is "[_componentNameSpace_](../settings/general.md#component-namespace-in-the-class-store).className". -- uma página 0 (página de fundo) -- uma página 1 (página principal) +Associating a class to the form provides the following benefits: -Para obter mais informações, consulte [Páginas de formulário] (forms.md#form-pages). +- When you work in the [Form editor](../FormEditor/formEditor.md), the associated class is used for accurate syntax checking of expressions such as `Form.myProperty` in all areas of the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) that support [expressions](../Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) (e.g. **Variable or Expression**, **Font color expression**...). Errors are displayed in red and warnings are displayed in yellow in the left column of the Property list and you can hover it to get explanations: + +![](../assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png) + +- The detection of errors in the code of form object expressions by the [compiler](../Project/compiler.md) is improved. + +- You can also to benefit from [autocompletion features](../code-editor/write-class-method.md#autocomplete-functions) in the code editor. + +- When the form is executed, 4D automatically instantiates a user class object for the form, which is returned by the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) object. Your code can directly access class functions defined in the user class through the `Form` command (e.g. `Form.message()`) without having to pass a _formData_ object as parameter to the [`DIALOG`](../commands/dialog.md), [`Print form`](../commands/print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](../commands/form-load.md) commands. + +:::note + +See [this blog post](http://blog.4d.com/empower-your-development-process-with-your-forms) for an illustration of this feature. + +::: #### Gramática JSON -| Nome | Tipo de dados | Valores possíveis | -| ----- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| pages | collection | Coleção de páginas (cada página é um objeto, a página 0 é o primeiro elemento) | +| Nome | Tipo de dados | Valores possíveis | +| --------- | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| formClass | string | name of an existing user class ("_className_" or "_componentNameSpace_._className_") | --- @@ -125,6 +138,23 @@ Defina como `\` na Property List (ou " " em JSON) para herdar de um formul --- +## Pages + +Cada formulário é composto por, pelo menos, duas páginas: + +- uma página 0 (página de fundo) +- uma página 1 (página principal) + +Para obter mais informações, consulte [Páginas de formulário] (forms.md#form-pages). + +#### Gramática JSON + +| Nome | Tipo de dados | Valores possíveis | +| ----- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| pages | collection | Coleção de páginas (cada página é um objeto, a página 0 é o primeiro elemento) | + +--- + ## Publicado como subformulário Para que um formulário de componente seja selecionado como um [subformulário] (FormObjects/subform_overview.md) em um aplicativo host, ele deve ter sido explicitamente compartilhado. When this property is selected, the form will be published in the host application. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 1429787ed987cd..b8e1b1177671e1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Seleções são gerenciadas diretamente, dependendo de se a list box é a basead - **Caixa de listagem de seleção de coleção/entidade**: As seleções são gerenciadas por meio de propriedades dedicadas da caixa de listagem: - [Current item](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) é um objeto que receberá o elemento/entidade selecionado - - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) é uma coleção de itens selecionados + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Current item position](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retorna a posição do elemento ou da entidade selecionada. - **Caixa de listagem de matriz**: O comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` pode ser usado para selecionar uma ou mais linhas da caixa de listagem por meio de programação. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index ec2be753942aaf..35749cdc61364e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cada objeto de formulário ativo está associado a um nome de objeto. Cada nome > Os nomes dos objectos estão limitados a um tamanho de 255 bytes. -Ao usar a linguagem 4D, você pode se referir a um objeto de formulário ativo pelo nome do objeto (para obter mais informações sobre isso, consulte [Propriedades Objeto](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) no manual de referência da linguagem 4D). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). Para obter mais informações sobre regras de nomenclatura para objetos de formulário, consulte a seção [Identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md). @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Variables or expressions can be enterable or non-enterable and can receive data ### Expressões -Puede utilizar una [expresión](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) como fuente de datos para un objeto. Se permite toda expresión 4D válida: expresión simple, propiedad de objeto, fórmula, función 4D, nombre de método proyecto o campo que utilice la sintaxis estándar `[Table]Field`. The expression is evaluated when the form is executed and reevaluated for each form event. Tenga en cuenta que las expresiones pueden ser [asignables o no asignables](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions). +You can use an [expression](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) as data source for an object. Se permite toda expresión 4D válida: expresión simple, propiedad de objeto, fórmula, función 4D, nombre de método proyecto o campo que utilice la sintaxis estándar `[Table]Field`. The expression is evaluated when the form is executed and reevaluated for each form event. Tenga en cuenta que las expresiones pueden ser [asignables o no asignables](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions). > If the value entered corresponds to both a variable name and a method name, 4D considers that you are indicating the method. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ You can leave it up to 4D to create variables associated with your form objects When a variable is not named, when the form is loaded, 4D creates a new variable for the object, with a calculated name that is unique in the space of the process variables of the interpreter (which means that this mechanism can be used even in compiled mode). Esta variável temporária será destruída quando o formulário for fechado. Para que este princípio funcione em modo compilado, é imperativo que as variáveis dinâmicas sejam explicitamente tipadas. Há duas formas de o fazer: -- Puede definir el tipo utilizando la propiedad [tipo de expresión](#expression-type). +- You can set the type using the [Expression type](#expression-type) property. - Puede utilizar un código de inicialización específico cuando se carga el formulario que utilice, por ejemplo, el comando `VARIABLE TO VARIABLE`: ```4d @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Este mecanismo tem duas vantagens: ### List box array -Para un list box array, la propiedad **Variable o Expresión** normalmente contiene el nombre de la variable array definida para el list box y para cada columna. Sin embargo, puede utilizar un array de cadenas (que contenga nombres de arrays) como _dataSource_ valor de una columna list box para definir un [list box jerárquico](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). +For an array list box, the **Variable or Expression** property usually holds the name of the array variable defined for the list box, and for each column. However, you can use a string array (containing arrays names) as _dataSource_ value for a list box column to define a [hierarchical list box](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). #### Objectos suportados @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ No entanto, essa propriedade tem uma função de digitação nos seguintes casos - **[Variables dinámicas](#dynamic-variables)**: puede utilizar esta propiedad para declarar el tipo de variables dinámicas. - **[Columnas List Box ](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: esta propiedad se utiliza para asociar un formato de visualización a los datos de la columna. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. O tipo de texto não tem formatos de visualização específicos. Também estão disponíveis quaisquer formatos personalizados existentes. -- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. +- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index aa6aa7f6d410f2..aad48c09e731a9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **a** | | | | [`action`](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | -| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Allows displaying system font picker or color picker to edit object attributes | true, false (padrão) | -| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Any CSS value; "transparent"; "automatic" | -| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Enables automatically adding a value to a list when a user enters a value that is not in the object's associated choice list. | true, false | +| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Permite a exibição do seletor de fontes do sistema ou do seletor de cores para editar os atributos dos objetos | true, false (padrão) | +| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Qualquer valor CSS; "transparent"; "automatic"; "automaticAlternate" | +| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Habilita a adição automática de um valor a uma lista quando o usuário insere um valor que não está na lista de escolha associada ao objeto. | true, false | | **b** | | | | [`booleanFormat`](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | | [`borderRadius`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#corner-radius) | O valor do raio para rectângulos redondos. | mínimo: 0 | @@ -73,12 +73,12 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | **e** | | | | [`enterable`](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | | [`enterableInList`](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | -| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. This property is not accessible if the Enterable property is not enabled. | Texto para restringir entradas | +| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. Essa propriedade não estará acessível se a propriedade Enterable não estiver ativada. | Texto para restringir entradas | | [`events`](Events/overview.md) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | | [`excludedList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | A list of values to be excluded. | | **f** | | | | [`fill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [`focusable`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indicates whether the object can have the focus (and can thus be activated by the keyboard for instance) | true, false | +| [`focusable`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indica se o objeto pode ter o foco (e, pode ser ativado pelo teclado, por exemplo) | true, false | | [`fontFamily`](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | | [`fontSize`](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | | [`fontStyle`](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | @@ -126,15 +126,15 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`multiline`](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | | **n** | | | | [`name`](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | -| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | Numbers (including a decimal point or minus sign if necessary) | +| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | Numbers (including a decimal point or minus sign if necessary) | | **p** | | | -| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | The pathname of the picture for picture buttons, picture pop-up menus, or static pictures | Relative or filesystem path in POSIX syntax, or "var:\" for picture variable. | +| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem para botões de imagem, menus pop-up de imagem ou imagens estáticas | Caminho relativo ou do sistema de arquivos na sintaxe POSIX, ou "var:\" para variável imagem. | | [`pictureFormat`](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [`pictureFormat`](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | | [`placeholder`](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | | [`pluginAreaKind`](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | -| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Allows displaying a symbol that appears as a triangle in the button, which indicates that there is a pop-up menu attached. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | -| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Print mode for objects whose size can vary from one record to another depending on their contents | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | -| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | A value between 0 and 100, representing the page load completion percentage in the Web area. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite a exibição de um símbolo que aparece como um triângulo no botão, o que indica haver um menu pop-up anexado. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | +| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Modo de impressão para objetos cujo tamanho pode variar de um registro para outro, dependendo de seu conteúdo | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | +| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | Um valor entre 0 e 100, que representa a porcentagem de conclusão do carregamento da página na área Web. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | | **r** | | | | [`radioGroup`](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Enables radio buttons to be used in coordinated sets: only one button at a time can be selected in the set. | Nome do grupo rádio | | [`requiredList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`right`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box seleção ou coleção) | The name of an array or expression to apply a custom background color to each row of a list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | +| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box seleção ou coleção) | O nome de um array ou expressão para aplicar uma cor de fundo personalizada a cada linha de um list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`rowStrokeSource`](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowStrokeSource`](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (seleção ou collection/list box entity selection) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir as cores das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | [`rowStyleSource`](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [`rowStyleSource`](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir estilos das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | **s** | | | -| [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) (list box column)
    [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#data-type-list) (drop-down list) | The type of contents to save in the field or variable associated to the form object | "value", "reference" | +| [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) (list box column)
    [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#data-type-list) (drop-down list) | O tipo de conteúdo a ser salvo no campo ou na variável associada ao objeto de formulário | "value", "reference" | | [`scrollbarHorizontal`](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para a esquerda ou para a direita. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`scrollbarVertical`](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para cima ou para baixo. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`selectedItemsSource`](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) | Coleção dos itens seleccionados num list box. | Expressão da colecção | @@ -169,20 +169,20 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`showHiddenChars`](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | | [`showHorizontalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | | [`showHTMLWysiwyg`](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | -| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Displays/hides the page frame when the document view is in Page view mode | true, false | +| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Exibe/oculta a moldura da página quando a visualização do documento está no modo Visualização de página | true, false | | [`showReferences`](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Muestra todas las expresiones 4D insertadas en el documento de 4D Write Pro como _referencias_ | true, false | -| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Keeps the selection visible within the object after it has lost the focus | true, false | +| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Mantém a seleção visível no objeto depois que ele perde o foco | true, false | | [`showVerticalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | | [`singleClickEdit`](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | -| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the horizontal size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the vertical size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho horizontal de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho vertical de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`sortable`](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | | [`spellcheck`](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | | [`splitterMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | When a splitter object has this property, other objects to its right (vertical splitter) or below it (horizontal splitter) are pushed at the same time as the splitter, with no stop. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`startPoint`](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | | [`staticColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | | [`step`](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Store the style tags with the text, even if no modification has been made | true, false | +| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Armazenar as etiquetas de estilo com o texto, mesmo que nenhuma modificação tenha sido feita | true, false | | [`stroke`](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [`stroke`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [`stroke`](properties_Text.md#font-color) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | | [`strokeDashArray`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | | [`strokeWidth`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`textAlign`](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | | [`textAngle`](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | | [`textDecoration`](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | -| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | +| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | | [`textPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | | [`threeState`](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | | [`timeFormat`](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. | Formatos integrados ("systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MMM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull") o [formatos personalizados](../Project/date-time-formats.md) | @@ -216,9 +216,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`verticalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | | [`visibility`](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | | **w** | | | -| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Used to choose between two rendering engines for the Web area, depending on the specifics of the application. | "embedded", "system" | +| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Usado para escolher entre dois motores de renderização para a área Web, dependendo das especificações da aplicação. | "embedded", "system" | | [`width`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Manages the display of a formula bar with the Toolbar interface in the 4D View Pro area. | true, false | +| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Gerencia a exibição de uma barra de fórmula com a interface da barra de ferramentas na área 4D View Pro. | true, false | | [`wordwrap`](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "none" | | **z** | | | | [`zoom`](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md index 41bc7115a7defc..0dcae339ea1406 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Scale.md @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Especifica a localização do texto de um objeto. Valor máximo de um indicador. -- For numeric steppers, this property represent seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and are ignored when it is associated with a date type value. +- Para steppers numéricos, essa propriedade representa segundos quando o objeto está associado a um valor do tipo hora sendo ignorada quando está associada a um valor do tipo data. - Para activar los [termómetros del Barber Shop](progressIndicator.md#barber-shop), esta propiedad debe omitirse. #### Gramática JSON @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Valor máximo de um indicador. ## Mínimo -Valor mínimo de um indicador. For numeric steppers, this property represent seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and are ignored when it is associated with a date type value. +Valor mínimo de um indicador. Para steppers numéricos, essa propriedade representa segundos quando o objeto está associado a um valor do tipo hora sendo ignorada quando está associada a um valor do tipo data. #### Gramática JSON @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Valor mínimo de um indicador. For numeric steppers, this property represent sec ## Step -Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. +Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. Para steppers numéricos, Esta propriedade representa os segundos quando o objeto está associado com um valor de tipo hora e dias quando está associado a um valor de tipo data. #### Gramática JSON diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md index 4121e486185b38..4a961283aa8857 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Para as duas últimas ações, o evento do formulário `On Open Detail` também #### Veja também -[Double click on empty row](#double-click-on-empty-row) +[Clique duas vezes na linha vazia](#double-click-on-empty-row) --- diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index db03fcce6d2777..35875881d264dd 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Designa a colocação de um ícone em relação ao objeto formulário. #### Objectos suportados -[List Box Header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) +[Cabeçalho do list box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) --- diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/tabControl.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/tabControl.md index 5f84e68144b2f1..988a3291bfa87d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/tabControl.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/tabControl.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: tabControl title: Controles Abas --- -A tab control creates an object that lets the user choose among a set of virtual screens that are enclosed by the tab control object. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. +Uma guia cria um objeto que permite que o usuário escolha entre várias telas virtuais exibidas nos limites da guia. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pestanas: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pest Para passar de uma tela para outra, o usuário simplesmente clica na guia correspondente. -The screens can represent pages in a multi-page form or an object that changes when the user clicks a tab. Se o controle de guias é usado como uma ferramenta de navegação de página, então o [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](https://doc.4d.comando/4dv19/help/command/en/page247.html) ou a ação padrão `gotoPage` seria usada quando um usuário clica em uma aba. +As telas podem representar páginas em um formulário de várias páginas ou um objeto que muda quando o usuário clica em uma guia. Se o controle de guias é usado como uma ferramenta de navegação de página, então o [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](https://doc.4d.comando/4dv19/help/command/en/page247.html) ou a ação padrão `gotoPage` seria usada quando um usuário clica em uma aba. Outra utilização do controlo de separadores consiste em controlar os dados apresentados num subformulário. Por exemplo, um Rolodex pode ser implementado utilizando um controlo de pestanas. The tabs would display the letters of the alphabet and the tab control’s action would be to load the data corresponding to the letter that the user clicked. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Eis um exemplo de método objeto: Quando você atribuir a [ação padrão](properties_Action.md#padrao) `gotoPage` para o controle de abas, o 4D exibirá automaticamente a página do formulário que corresponde ao número da guia selecionada. -For example, if the user selects the 3rd tab, 4D will display the third page of the current form (if it exists). +Por exemplo, se o usuário selecionar a terceira aba, 4D exibirá a terceira página do formulário atual (se existir). ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/text.md index f58d2e75714ddd..c023e48a5b561e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/text.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: text title: Text --- -Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (_e.g._, instruções, títulos, etiquetas, etc.) em um formulário. These static text areas can become dynamic when they include dynamic references. Para más información, consulte [Uso de referencias en textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). +Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (_e.g._, instruções, títulos, etiquetas, etc.) em um formulário. Estas áreas de texto estático podem se tornar dinâmicas quando incluem referências dinâmicas. Para más información, consulte [Uso de referencias en textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (_e.g._, instruções > A rotação do texto pode ser definida para um processo utilizando o comando de linguagem `OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`. -Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Note that the text area’s height and width properties do not depend on its orientation: +Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Observe que as propriedades de largura e altura da área de texto não dependem da sua orientação: ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText2.png) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 2ba4a01e5c99b8..0bd00e9bfc6170 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,75 +3,77 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Área Web --- - -The Web areas can display various types of Web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, Javascript, etc. The rendering engine of the Web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. +Web areas can display various types of web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, JavaScript, etc. The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). É possível criar várias áreas web no mesmo formulário. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). -Várias [ações padrão](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de linguagem](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) assim como também [eventos formulário](#form-events) genéricos e específicos, permitem ao desenvolvedor controlar o funcionamento das áreas web. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. - +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. ## Propriedades específicas ### Variáveis associadas Duas variáveis específicas podem ser associadas a cada área web: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar a URL que mostra a área web -- [`Progresión`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar a porcentagem de carga da página mostrada na área web. + +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- para controlar a URL exibida pela área Web +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. > As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Motor de renderização Web -Pode escolher entre [dois motores de renderização](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para a área web, dependendo das particularidades de sua aplicação. +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. Selecting the embedded web rendering engine allows you to call 4D methods from the web area. Selecting the system rendering engine is recommended when the web area is connected to the Internet because it always benefits from the latest security updates. ### Acesso a métodos 4D -Quando selecionar a propriedade [Acessar aos métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), pode chamar aos métodos 4D desde uma área Web. +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note Notas -- This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. ::: ### Objecto $4d - -O [motor de renderização web embebido de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fornece à área um objeto JavaScript chamado $4d que pode ser associado a qualquer método projeto 4D utilizando a notação objeto ".". +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d. HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named $4d (with a lowercase "d"). + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). A sintaxe das chamadas aos métodos 4D é a seguinte: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). -- `function(result)`: função a passar como último argumento. Esta função "callback" é chamada de forma síncrona quando o método 4D termina de ser executado. Recebe o parâmetro `result`. +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. Esta função "callback" é chamada de forma síncrona quando o método 4D termina de ser executado. It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method, returned in the "$0" expression. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). Você pode usar o comando `C_OBJECT` para retornar os objetos. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). -> Por padrão, 4D trabalha em UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Por padrão, 4D trabalha em UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### Exemplo 1 Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -Código 4D do método `today`: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` Na área web, o método 4D pode ser chamado com a sintaxe abaixo: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Na área web, o método 4D pode ser chamado com a sintaxe abaixo: $4d.today() ``` -The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the value of $0 to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar a data na página HTML que é carrega pela área Web. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar a data na página HTML que é carrega pela área Web. Aqui está o código da página HTML: @@ -89,9 +91,9 @@ Aqui está o código da página HTML: @@ -103,14 +105,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Exemplo 2 -The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns their sum in `$0`: +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: -Código 4D do método `calcSum`: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // recebe n parâmetros do tipo REAL - C_REAL($0) // devolve um Real - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ Código 4D do método `calcSum`: O código JavaScript que roda na área web é: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // o resultado é 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## Ações padrão -Há quatro ações padrão específicas para gerenciar as áreas web de forma automática: `Open Back URL`, `Open Next URL`, `Refresh Current URL` e `Stop Loading URL`. Essas ações podem ser associadas com botões ou comandos de menu e permite implementação rápida de interfaces web básicas. Estas ações são descritas em [ações standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. Essas ações podem ser associadas com botões ou comandos de menu e permite implementação rápida de interfaces web básicas. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## Eventos formulário @@ -151,20 +152,19 @@ Além disso, áreas web são compatíveis com os eventos de formulário genéric - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Regras das áreas web ### Interface do usuário Quando o formulário for executado, as funções da interface de navegador padrão estão disponíveis para o usuário na área web, o que permite a interação com outras áreas do formulário: -- **Comandos menu Edição**: quando a área web tiver o foco, os comandos do menu **Edição** podem ser utilizadas para realizar ações como copiar, colar, selecionar tudo, etc., segundo a seleção. -- **O menu contextual**: é possível utilizar o [menu contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) padrão do sistema com a área web. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. -- **Arrastar e soltar**: o usuário pode arrastar e soltar texto, imagens e documentos dentro da área web ou entre uma área web e os objetos dos formulários 4D, segundo as propriedades dos objetos 4D. Por razões de segurança, não é permitido mudar os conteúdos da área Web arrastando e soltando seja um arquivo ou URL. In this case, the mouse cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. Neste caso, pode chamar o comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou definir a [variável URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) em resposta a uma queda do usuário. +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + Por razões de segurança, não é permitido mudar os conteúdos da área Web arrastando e soltando seja um arquivo ou URL. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. > Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - ### Subformulários Por razões relacionadas com os mecanismos de redesenho de janelas, a inserção de uma área web em um subformulário está sujeita às restrições abaixo: @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Por razões relacionadas com os mecanismos de redesenho de janelas, a inserção > Não é compatível sobrepor uma área Web no topo ou debaixo dos outros objetos formulário. - ### Conflito entre a área Web e o servidor Web (Windows) Em Windows, não é recomendado acessar, através de uma área web, o servidor web da aplicação 4D que contenha a área, já que esta configuração poderia provocar um conflito que paralise a aplicação. Com certeza um 4D remoto pode acessar ao servidor web de 4D Server, mas não ao seu próprio servidor web. @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ Em Windows, não é recomendado acessar, através de uma área web, o servidor w As URLs manejadas por programação em áreas web em macOS devem começar com o protocolo. Por exemplo, você precisa passar a cadeia de caracteres "http://www.mysite.com" e não apenas "www.mysite.com". - ## Access to web inspector Pode ver e usar um inspetor web dentro das áreas web de seus formulários. The web inspector is a debugger which is provided by the embedded Web engine. It allows parsing the code and the flow of information of the web pages. -To display the web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - Deve ativar o [menu contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) da área (este menu se utiliza para chamar ao inspetor) - - Deve habilitar expressamente ao uso do inspetor na área mediante a instrução abaixo: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - the [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) for the web area is enabled + - Deve habilitar expressamente ao uso do inspetor na área mediante a instrução abaixo: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` > With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -Para mais informações, consultar a descrição do comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. Quando selecionar essa opção, a janela do inspetor Web é exibida. > Para uma descrição detalhada nas funcionalidades do depurador, veja a documentação fornecida pelo motor de renderização web. +## Propriedades compatíveis + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## Propriedades compatíveis +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### Exemplos + +#### Arquivo padrão + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Veja também +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md index 83bad8d9d488a5..20b47e671c7e18 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Notes/updates.md @@ -3,6 +3,19 @@ id: updates title: Notas de lançamento --- +## 4D 20 R8 + +Read [**What’s new in 4D 20 R8**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R8/), the blog post that lists all new features and enhancements in 4D 20 R8. + +#### Destaques + +- Expressions used in [form object properties](../FormObjects/properties_Reference.md) now benefit from syntax checking in the [Property list](../FormEditor/formEditor.md#property-list) and in the [Compiler](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax). +- You can [associate a class to a form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class) to enable code type-ahead and automatic instantiation of form data when using the [`Form`](../commands/form.md) command. +- Support of [standalone sessions](../API/SessionClass.md) to simplify local coding for client/server applications. +- 4D Language: + - Modified commands: [`FORM EDIT`](../commands/form-edit.md) +- [**Fixed bug list**](https://bugs.4d.fr/fixedbugslist?version=20_R8): list of all bugs that have been fixed in 4D 20 R8. + ## 4D 20 R7 Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R7/), o post do blog que lista todos os novos recursos e aprimoramentos em 4D 20 R7. @@ -15,7 +28,7 @@ Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d- - New [**direct typing mode**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) in which you declare all variables and parameters in your code using `var` and `#DECLARE`/`Function` keywords (only mode supported in new projects). [Syntax checking feature](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) has been enhanced accordingly. - Support of [Session singletons](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) and new [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) Class property. - New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio: You can now [attach the Qodly debugger to 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). - New Build Application keys for remote 4D applications to validate the server certificate authority [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) and/or [domain](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). - 4D Language: @@ -30,7 +43,6 @@ Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d- #### Mudanças de comportamento - Documentations for [4D Language](../commands/command-index.md) and [4D Write Pro Language](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) are now fully available on developer.4d.com. Find out about all the new features and changes concerning these documentations in this release note. -- Compiler directive commands (`C_XXX`) are now deprecated and have been renamed `_O_C_XXX` (for example, `C_TEXT` has been renamed `_O_C_TEXT`). - The [`File`](../commands/file.md) command (as well as [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew)) is stricter when it comes to checking the syntax of the _path_ supplied as a parameter. ## 4D 20 R6 @@ -48,7 +60,7 @@ Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R6**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d- - New [HTTPAgent](../API/HTTPAgentClass.md) class and new [`agent`](../API/HTTPRequestClass.md#options-parameter) property for HTTPRequest class. - New [`enableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) and [`disableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) functions to monitor Qodly page states from the server. - New [`$singleton` API](../REST/$singleton.md) to call exposed singleton functions from REST and new [associated privileges](../ORDA/privileges.md). -- A [new settings button](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) helps you upgrade your project to use "force login" REST mode (the `On REST Authentication` database method is now deprecated). +- Um [novo botão de configurações](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) ajuda você a atualizar seu projeto para usar o modo REST de "login forçado" (o método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` agora está obsoleto). - A [new settings tab](../Project/compiler.md#warnings) helps you define warnings generation globally. - Several commands, mainly from the "4D Environment" theme, are now thread-safe ([see the full list](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/Preemptive_6957385.999-2878208.en.html)), as well as some selectors of the [`SET DATABASE PARAMETER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page642.html)/[`Get database parameter`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page643.html) commands. - New [4D-QPDF component](https://github.com/4d/4D-QPDF) that provides the `PDF Get attachments` command to extract attachments from a PDF/A3 document. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 4866b4a1202c4e..50b7119094f4a5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ End if Ao criar ou editar classes de modelo de dados, é necessário preste atenção às seguintes regras: -- Como eles são usados para definir nomes automáticos de classe de DataClass nos **cs** [loja de classe](Concepts/classes. d#class-stores), tabelas 4D devem ser nomeadas para evitar qualquer conflito no namespace **cs**. Em particular: +- Como eles são usados para definir nomes automáticos de classe de DataClass nos **cs** [loja de classe](Concepts/classes.md#class-stores), tabelas 4D devem ser nomeadas para evitar qualquer conflito no namespace **cs**. Em particular: - Não dê o mesmo nome a uma tabela 4D e a um [nome de classe de usuário](Concepts/classes.md#class-names). Se isso acontecer, o construtor da classe de utilizador torna-se inutilizável (o compilador emite um aviso). - Não use um nome reservado para uma tabela 4D (por exemplo, "DataClass"). @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS. Schools.computeIDNumber() // Error "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ Uma função com a palavra-chave `onHttpGet` pode retornar qualquer valor de um :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ If ($status.success) ### Ficheiros de classe (class files) -Uma classe de usuário do modelo de dados ORDA é definida por adicionar, no [mesmo local dos arquivos de classes normais](Concepts/classes. d#class-files) (_e._ na pasta `/Sources/Classes` da pasta do projeto), um arquivo .4dm com o nome da classe. Por exemplo, uma classe de entidade para o dataclass `Utilities` será definida através de um arquivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. +Uma classe de usuário do modelo de dados ORDA é definida por adicionar, no [mesmo local dos arquivos de classes normais](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (_e._ na pasta `/Sources/Classes` da pasta do projeto), um arquivo .4dm com o nome da classe. Por exemplo, uma classe de entidade para o dataclass `Utilities` será definida através de um arquivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. ### Criação de classes diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md index 5f4c1b3bb2bf14..50e43485075592 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/compiler.md @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Além do botão [**Compilar**](#compilar), a janela Compilador oferece recursos ### Verificar sintaxe -El botón **Verificar la sintaxis** lanza la ejecución de la fase de verificación de la sintaxis. At the end of the checking process, any errors detected are listed in the information area. You can double–click on an error line in order to display the corresponding method. +El botón **Verificar la sintaxis** lanza la ejecución de la fase de verificación de la sintaxis. At the end of the checking process, any errors detected are listed in the information area. You can double–click on an error line in order to display the corresponding method or form object. El control sintáctico también puede lanzarse directamente con el comando **Verificar sintaxis** asociado al botón de la barra de herramientas **Compilador**. This option is the only one available if you do not have a suitable license to allow the compilation of applications. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/components.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/components.md index 546c82dc3699f4..684c0a625a22f9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/components.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/Project/components.md @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ If a component path declared in the **environment4d.json** file is not found whe Paths are expressed in POSIX syntax as described in [this paragraph](../Concepts/paths#posix-syntax). -Relative paths are relative to the [`environment4d.json`](#environment4djson) file. Absolute paths are linked to the user's machine. +Os caminhos relativos são relativos ao arquivo [`environment4d.json`](#environment4djson). Absolute paths are linked to the user's machine. Using relative paths is **recommended** in most cases, since they provide flexibility and portability of the components architecture, especially if the project is hosted in a source control tool. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 805de5d437387d..b302d1e5f8b6c5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md index ffc02ee93e8e2c..556a6e1c80affb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/authUsers.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Uma sessão é aberta depois que o usuário é autenticado com sucesso (veja aba :::note Compatibidade -O modo de login legado baseado no método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` é **obsoleto** a partir de 4D 20 R6. It is now recommended to [use the **force login mode**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) (automatically enabled in new projects) and to implement the [`ds.authentify()` function](#dsauthentify). In converted projects, [a button in the Settings dialog box](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) will help you upgrade your configuration. No Qodly Studio para 4D, o modo pode ser definido usando a opção [**Forçar login**](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login) no painel de Privilégios. +O modo de login legado baseado no método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` é **obsoleto** a partir de 4D 20 R6. It is now recommended to [use the **force login mode**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) (automatically enabled in new projects) and to implement the [`ds.authentify()` function](#dsauthentify). Em projetos convertidos, [um botão na caixa de diálogo Configurações](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) o ajudará a atualizar sua configuração. No Qodly Studio para 4D, o modo pode ser definido usando a opção [**Forçar login**](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login) no painel de Privilégios. ::: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/dataClass.md index 73e7bce363d0eb..1a6e8d05267987 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/REST/dataClass.md @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Devuelve los datos de la entidad específica definida por la llave primaria de l Passando a classe de dados e uma chave, pode recuperar toda a informação pública para a entidade. Passando a classe de dados e uma chave, pode recuperar toda a informação pública para a entidade. Para más información sobre la definición de una llave primaria, consulte la sección **Modifying the Primary Key** en el **Editor del modelo de datos**. -For more information about the data returned, refer to [\{dataClass\}](#dataclass). +Para más información sobre los datos devueltos, consulte [\{dataClass\}](#dataclass). Si quiere especificar qué atributos quiere devolver, defínalos utilizando la siguiente sintaxis [{attribute1, attribute2, ...}](manData.md#selecting-attributes-to-get). Por exemplo: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md index c98851b5bdf3a5..7c4ae743aca119 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ Os comandos 4D View Pro não são thread-safe. A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) L @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Os comandos 4D View Pro não são thread-safe. N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ Os comandos 4D View Pro não são thread-safe. P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index b01a1ddf34132b..7e165ea83afde1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha a partir da qual se obtém o contexto de dados | | -| Resultados | Object \| Collection | <- | Contexto de dados | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | ------------ | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha a partir da qual se obtém o contexto de dados | | +| Resultados | Diferente de | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index d0edfe79b0e827..8623aa53eb2322 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | -| Resultados | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propriedade do tema da tabela atual | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | +| Resultados | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propriedade do tema da tabela atual | | #### Descrição @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ The `VP Get table theme` command -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriedades do tema da tabela a modificar | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriedades do tema da tabela a modificar | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | + + #### Descrição @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +Em *sheet*, passe o índice da folha de destino. Se nenhum indice for especcificado ou se passar -1, o comando se aplica a folha atual. + #### Exemplo 1 Pretende-se definir um tema predefinido para uma tabela: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..c6ef98a78745a9 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/http-request-handler.md @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +--- +id: http-request-handler +title: HTTP Request handler +--- + +By default, HTTP requests received by the 4D web server are handled through [built-in processing features](httpRequests.md) or the [REST server](../REST/REST_requests.md). + +In addition, 4D supports the implementation of **custom HTTP Request handlers**, allowing you to intercept specific incoming HTTP requests and process them using your own code. + +When a custom HTTP request handler intercepts a request, it is processed directly and no other processing features (e.g. [On Web authentication](./authentication.md#on-web-authentication) or [On Web connection](./httpRequests.md#on-web-connection) database methods) are called. + +Custom HTTP request handlers meet various needs, including: + +- using a given URL as a resource provider or a file-uploading box (to download or upload various files), +- redirecting on specific pages according to a context (user authenticated, privileges granted...), +- handle an authentication via oAuth 2.0. + +## Requisitos + +Custom HTTP Request handlers are supported: + +- when [scalable sessions](./sessions.md#enabling-web-sessions) are enabled, +- with the main Web Server only (HTTP Request handlers that may have been defined in [Web Servers of components](../WebServer/webServerObject.md) are ignored). + +## HTTPHandlers.json File + +You define your custom HTTP Request handlers in a configuration file named **HTTPHandlers.json** stored in the [`Project/Sources`](../Project/architecture.md#sources) folder. + +This file contains all listened URL patterns, the handled verbs, and the code to be called. Handlers are provided as a collection in JSON format. + +At runtime, the first pattern matching the URL is executed, the others are ignored. + +Here is an example of a *HTTPHandlers.json* file contents: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "gettingStarted", + "pattern": "start", + "verbs": "get, post" + } +] +``` + +This handler declaration can be read as: when any request starting by `/start/` with a `GET` or `POST` verb is received by the server, the `gettingStarted` function of the `GeneralHandling` singleton is executed. + +:::note + +You must restart the Web server so that modifications made in this file are taken into account. + +::: + +## Handler definition + +A handler is defined by: + +- a listened URL pattern +- a function and its class where the code is implemented to handle the listened URL pattern +- the verbs with which the URL can be called to trigger the handler + +The handler identifier is the couple [pattern + a verb among the verbs list]. + +### URL patterns + +URL patterns can be given as **prefixes** or using **regular expressions**. + +- To declare a prefix pattern, use the "pattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Prefixes are considered as regular expressions already containing starting and ending `/`.\ + Ex: `"pattern" : "docs"` or `"pattern" : "docs/invoices"` + +- To declare a regular expression pattern, use the "regexPattern" property name in the HTTPHandlers.json file. Regular expressions patterns are handled directly. + Ex: `"regexPattern" : "/docs/**/index.html"` + +"Pattern" and "regexPattern" properties cannot be used in the same handler definition (in this case, only the "regexPattern" property is taken into account). + +#### Pattern matching + +URL patterns are triggered in the given order: + +- the first matching pattern is executed +- the following patterns are not executed even if they match the URL + +As a consequence, you need to apply a accurate strategy when writing your handlers: the most detailed patterns must be written before the more general patterns. + +```json +[ + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoiceslHandling", + "method": "handleUnauthorizedVerbs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all verbs except GET (handled above)" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs", + "comment": "This handler is triggered for all the verbs" + } +] + +``` + +#### Forbidden patterns + +URL patterns matching 4D built-in HTTP processing features are not allowed in custom HTTP handlers. For example, the following patterns cannot be handled: + +- `/4DACTION` +- `/rest` +- `/$lib/renderer` +- `/$shared` + +### Class and method + +You declare the code to be executed when a defined URL pattern is intercepted using the "class" and "method" properties. + +- "class": class name without `cs.`, e.g. "UsersHandling" for the `cs.UsersHandling` user class. It must be a [**shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) and [**singleton**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) class. +- "method": class function belonging to the class. + +[See below](#request-handler-code) for information about the request handler code. + +### Verbs + +You can use the "verbs" property in the handler definition to declare HTTP verbs that are supported in incoming requests for this handler. A request that uses a verb that is not explicitely allowed is automatically rejected by the server. + +You can declare several verbs, separated by a comma. Verb names are not case sensitive. + +Ex: `"verbs" : "PUT, POST"` + +:::note + +No control is done on verb names. All names can be used. + +::: + +By default, if the "verbs" property is not used for a handler, **all** HTTP verbs are supported in incoming requests for this handler (except those possibly used beforehand in a more detailed pattern, as shown in the example above). + +:::note + +The HTTP verb can also be evaluated [using the `.verb` property within the request handler code](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#verb) to be accepted or rejected. + +::: + +## Exemplo + +Here is a detailed example of a HTTPHandlers.json file: + +```json + +[ + { + "class": "GeneralHandling", + "method": "handle", + "pattern": "info", //URL prefix + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "UsersHandling", + "method": "manageAccount", + "pattern": "userAccount/update", //URL prefix + "verbs": "PUT,POST" + }, + { + "class": "FinancialHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", + "regexPattern": "/docs/invoices/(past|today)", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "DocsHandling", + "method": "handleDocs", + "regexPattern": "/docs/myPage.html", //URL prefix given as a regex + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleTheInvoice", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details/theInvoice", // The most specific URL first + "verbs": "GET,POST" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleDetails", + "pattern": "docs/invoices/details", // The general URLs after + "verbs": "GET" + }, + { + "class": "InvoicesHandling", + "method": "handleInvoices", // The general URLs after + "pattern": "docs/invoices", + "verbs": "GET" + } +] + +``` + +In this example, you must implement the following functions: + +- *handle function* in the *GeneralHandling* class +- *manageAccount* in the *UsersHandling* class +- *handleInvoices* in the *FinancialHandling* class +- *handleDocs* in the *DocsHandling* class +- *handleTheInvoice* / *handleDetails* / *handleInvoices* in the *InvoicesHandling* class + +Examples of URLs triggering the handlers: + +`IP:port/info/` with a GET verb +`IP:port/info/general` with a GET verb + +`IP:port/userAccount/update/` with a POST verb +`IP:port/userAccount/update/profile` with a POST verb + +`IP:port/docs/invoices/past` with a GET verb +`IP:port/docs/invoices/today/latest` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/myPage.html` with a GET verb + +`IP:port//docs/invoices/` with a GET verb, calls *handleInvoices* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/` with a GET verb, calls *handleDetails* function (*InvoicesHandling* class) +`IP:port//docs/invoices/details/theInvoice/xxxxxx` with a GET verb, calls *handleTheInvoice* function (*InvoiceslHandling* class) + +## Request handler code + +### Function configuration + +The HTTP Request handler code must be implemented in a function of a [**Shared**](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-singleton) [**singleton class**](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes). + +If the singleton is missing or not shared, an error "Cannot find singleton" is returned by the server. If the class or the function [defined as handler](#handler-definition) in the HTTPHandlers.json file is not found, an error "Cannot find singleton function" is returned by the server. + +Request handler functions are not necessarily shared, unless some request handler properties are updated by the functions. In this case, you need to declare its functions with the [`shared` keyword](../Concepts/classes.md#shared-functions). + +:::note + +It is **not recommended** to expose request handler functions to external REST calls using [`exposed`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#exposed-vs-non-exposed-functions) or [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keywords. + +::: + +### Input: an instance of the 4D.IncomingMessage class + +When a request has been intercepted by the handler, it is received on the server as an instance of the [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md). + +All necessary information about the request are available in this object, including the request url, verb, headers, and, if any, parameters (put in the URL) and body. + +Then, the request handler can use this information to trigger appropriate business logic. + +### Output: an instance of the 4D.OutgoingMessage class + +The request handler can return an object instance of the [4D.OutGoingMessage class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md), i.e. some full web content ready for a browser to handle, such as a file content. + +### Exemplo + +The [4D.IncomingMessage class](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md) provides functions to get the [headers](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#headers) and the [body](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#gettext) of the request. + +Here is a simple example to upload a file on the server. + +The **HTTPHandlers.json** file: + +```json +[ + { + "class": "UploadFile", + "method": "uploadFile", + "regexPattern": "/putFile", + "verbs": "POST" + } +] +``` + +The called URL is: http://127.0.0.1:8044/putFile?fileName=testFile + +The binary content of the file is put in the body of the request and a POST verb is used. The file name is given as parameter (*fileName*) in the URL. It is received in the [`urlQuery`](../API/IncomingMessageClass.md#urlquery) object in the request. + +```4d + //UploadFile class + +shared singleton Class constructor() + + +Function uploadFile($request : 4D.IncomingMessage) : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $response:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + + var $body:="Not supported file" + var $fileName; $fileType : Text + var $file : 4D.File + var $picture : Picture + var $created : Boolean + + $fileName:=$request.urlQuery.fileName + $fileType:=$request.getHeader("Content-Type") + + Case of + : ($fileType="application/pdf") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".pdf") + $created:=$file.create() + $file.setContent($request.getBlob()) + $body:="Upload OK - File size: "+String($file.size) + + : ($fileType="image/jpeg") + $file:=File("/PACKAGE/Files/"+$fileName+".jpg") + $picture:=$request.getPicture() + WRITE PICTURE FILE($file.platformPath; $picture) + $body:="Upload OK - Image size: "+String($file.size) + + End case + + $response.setBody($body) + $response.setHeader("Content-Type"; "text/plain") + + return $response + +``` + +## Veja também + +[Perfect mastery of your back end business logic thanks to HTTP requests handlers](https://blog.4d.com/perfect-mastery-of-your-back-end-business-logic-thanks-to-HTTP-requests-handlers) (blog post) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md index 40ba4d92db002a..9fdd09c181d07f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/httpRequests.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: httpRequests title: Processamento de pedidos HTTP --- -O servidor web 4D oferece várias funcionalidades para lidar com solicitações HTTP: +The 4D web server provides several built-in features to handle HTTP requests: - el método base `On Web Connection`, un enrutador para su aplicación web, - la URL `/4DACTION` para llamar al código del lado del servidor @@ -11,13 +11,21 @@ O servidor web 4D oferece várias funcionalidades para lidar com solicitações - otros comandos como `WEB GET HTTP BODY`, `WEB GET HTTP HEADER`, o `WEB GET BODY PART` permiten personalizar el tratamiento de las solicitudes, incluidas las cookies. - el método proyecto _COMPILER_WEB_, para declarar sus variables. +:::info + +You can also implement your own HTTP request handlers for a customized control over incoming requests and outgoing responses. When a custom HTTP request handler is triggered, no database method is called. See [**HTTP Request Handler**](http-request-handler.md) section. + +::: + ## On Web Connection El método base `On Web Connection` puede utilizarse como punto de entrada al servidor web de 4D. ### Chamadas métodos de base -The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a path to an existing page on the server. O método da base de dados é chamado com o URL. +The `On Web Connection` database method is automatically called when the server receives any URL that is not a valid path to an existing page on the server (and is not a URL with a pattern triggering a [custom HTTP Request Handler](http-request-handler.md)). + +O método da base de dados é chamado com o URL. Por ejemplo, la URL "_a/b/c_" llamará al método base, pero "_a/b/c.html_" no llamará al método base si la página "c.html" existe en la subcarpeta "a/b" del [WebFolder](webServerConfig.md#root-folder). @@ -25,28 +33,18 @@ Por ejemplo, la URL "_a/b/c_" llamará al método base, pero "_a/b/c.html_" no l ### Sintaxe -**On Web Connection**( _$1_ : Text ; _$2_ : Text ; _$3_ : Text ; _$4_ : Text ; _$5_ : Text ; _$6_ : Text ) +**On Web Connection**( _$url_ : Text; _$header_ : Text; _$BrowserIP_ : Text; _$ServerIP_ : Text; _$user_ : Text; _$password_ : Text ) | Parâmetros | Tipo | | Descrição | | ---------- | ---- | :-------------------------: | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| $1 | Text | <- | URL | -| $2 | Text | <- | Cabeçalhos HTTP + corpo HTTP (até um limite de 32 kb) | -| $3 | Text | <- | Endereço IP do cliente Web (browser) | -| $4 | Text | <- | Endereço IP do servidor | -| $5 | Text | <- | Nome de usuario | -| $6 | Text | <- | Senha | - -Estes parâmetros devem ser declarados como se indica a seguir: - -```4d -//Método base On Web Authentication - - C_TEXT($1;$2;$3;$4;$5;$6) - -//Código do método -``` +| $url | Text | <- | URL | +| $header | Text | <- | Cabeçalhos HTTP + corpo HTTP (até um limite de 32 kb) | +| $BrowserIP | Text | <- | Endereço IP do cliente Web (browser) | +| $ServerIP | Text | <- | Endereço IP do servidor | +| $user | Text | <- | Nome de usuario | +| $password | Text | <- | Senha | -Como alternativa, puede utilizar la sintaxis [parámetros nombrados](Concepts/parameters.md#named-parameters): +You must declare these parameters: ```4d // On Web Connection database method @@ -58,13 +56,13 @@ Como alternativa, puede utilizar la sintaxis [parámetros nombrados](Concepts/pa > Calling a 4D command that displays an interface element (`DIALOG`, `ALERT`, etc.) não é permitido e encerra o processamento do método. -### $1 - Dados extra do URL +### $url - URL extra data -The first parameter ($1) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. +The first parameter ($url) is the URL entered by users in the address area of their web browser, without the host address. -Vamos utilizar uma ligação intranet como exemplo. Suponha que o endereço IP do seu Web Server 4D é 123.4.567.89. The following table shows the values of $1 depending on the URL entered in the web browser: +Vamos utilizar uma ligação intranet como exemplo. Suponha que o endereço IP do seu Web Server 4D é 123.4.567.89. The following table shows the values of $url depending on the URL entered in the web browser: -| URL introduzido no navegador Web | Valor do parâmetro $1 | +| URL introduzido no navegador Web | Value of parameter $url | | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | 123.4.567.89 | / | | http://123.45.67.89 | / | @@ -74,29 +72,29 @@ Vamos utilizar uma ligação intranet como exemplo. Suponha que o endereço IP d Note que você está livre para usar este parâmetro a sua conveniência. 4D simplesmente ignora o valor passado além da parte do host da URL. Por ejemplo, puede establecer una convención en la que el valor "_/Customers/Add_" significa "ir directamente a añadir un nuevo registro en la tabla `[Customers]`.” By supplying the web users with a list of possible values and/or default bookmarks, you can provide shortcuts to different parts of your application. This way, web users can quickly access resources of your website without going through the entire navigation path each time they make a new connection. -### $2 - Cabeçalho e corpo do pedido HTTP +### $header - Header and Body of the HTTP request -O segundo parâmetro ($2) é o cabeçalho e o corpo da solicitação HTTP enviada pelo navegador Web. Tenga en cuenta que esta información se pasa a su método base `On Web Connection` "tal cual". Its contents will vary depending on the nature of the web browser attempting the connection. +The second parameter ($header) is the header and the body of the HTTP request sent by the web browser. Tenga en cuenta que esta información se pasa a su método base `On Web Connection` "tal cual". Its contents will vary depending on the nature of the web browser attempting the connection. If your application uses this information, it is up to you to parse the header and the body. Puede utilizar los comandos `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` y `WEB GET HTTP BODY`. -> For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $2 parameter must not exceed 32 KB. Para além deste tamanho, são truncados pelo servidor HTTP 4D. +> For performance reasons, the size of data passing through the $header parameter must not exceed 32 KB. Para além deste tamanho, são truncados pelo servidor HTTP 4D. -### $3 - Endereço IP do cliente Web +### $BrowserIP - Web client IP address -O parâmetro $3 recebe o endereço IP do computador do navegador. This information can allow you to distinguish between intranet and internet connections. +The $BrowserIP parameter receives the IP address of the browser’s machine. This information can allow you to distinguish between intranet and internet connections. > 4D devolve endereços IPv4 em formato híbrido IPv6/IPv4 escritos com um prefixo de 96 bits, por exemplo ::ffff:192.168.2.34 para o endereço IPv4 192.168.2.34. Para más información, consulte la sección [Soporte IPv6](webServerConfig.md#about-ipv6-support). -### $4 - Endereço IP do servidor +### $ServerIP - Server IP address -The $4 parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D allows for multi-homing, which allows you to use machines with more than one IP address. Para más información, consulte la [página Configuración](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). +The $ServerIP parameter receives the IP address requested by the 4D Web Server. 4D allows for multi-homing, which allows you to use machines with more than one IP address. Para más información, consulte la [página Configuración](webServerConfig.html#ip-address-to-listen). -### $5 e $6 - Nome de usuário e palavra-passe +### $user e $password - Nome de usuário e senha -Los parámetros $5 y $6 reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introducidos por el usuario en el cuadro de diálogo de identificación estándar que muestra el navegador, si procede (ver la página [autenticación](authentication.md)). +The $user and $password parameters receive the user name and password entered by the user in the standard identification dialog box displayed by the browser, if applicable (see the [authentication page](authentication.md)). -> If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $6 parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. +> If the user name sent by the browser exists in 4D, the $password parameter (the user’s password) is not returned for security reasons. ## /4DACTION @@ -109,7 +107,7 @@ Los parámetros $5 y $6 reciben el nombre de usuario y la contraseña introducid **Uso:** URL o acción del formulario. -Esta URL permite llamar al método proyecto 4D _MethodName_ con un parámetro texto opcional _Param_. El método recibirá este parámetro en _$1_. +Esta URL permite llamar al método proyecto 4D _MethodName_ con un parámetro texto opcional _Param_. The method will receive this parameter. - El método proyecto 4D debe haber sido [permitido para peticiones web](allowProject.md): el valor del atributo "Disponible a través de etiquetas y URLs 4D (4DACTION...)" debe haber sido marcado en las propiedades del método. Se o atributo não for verificado, o pedido Web é rejeitado. - Cuando 4D recibes una petición `/4DACTION/MethodName/Param`, se llama el método base `On Web Authentication` (si existe). @@ -135,13 +133,13 @@ Este ejemplo describe la asociación de la URL `/4DACTION` con un objeto imagen El método `getPhoto` es el siguiente: ```4d -C_TEXT($1) // This parameter must always be declared +#DECLARE ($url : Text) // This parameter must always be declared var $path : Text var $PictVar : Picture var $BlobVar : Blob //find the picture in the Images folder within the Resources folder -$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$1+".psd" +$path:=Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"Images"+Folder separator+$url+".psd" READ PICTURE FILE($path;$PictVar) //put the picture in the picture variable PICTURE TO BLOB($PictVar;$BLOB;".png") //convert the picture to ".png" format @@ -191,9 +189,9 @@ vExact="Word" OK="Search" 4D llama al método base `` (si existe), luego se llama al método proyecto `processForm`, que es el siguiente: ```4d - C_TEXT($1) //mandatory for compiled mode - C_LONGINT($vName) - C_TEXT(vName;vLIST) + #DECLARE ($url : Text) //mandatory for compiled mode + var $vName : Integer + var vName;vLIST : Text ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrVals;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrVals) //we retrieve all the variables of the form @@ -219,9 +217,9 @@ End if 4D's Web server lets you recover data sent through POST or GET requests, using Web forms or URLs. -When the Web server receives a request with data in the header or in the URL, 4D can retrieve the values of any HTML objects it contains. Este principio puede implementarse en el caso de un formulario web, enviado por ejemplo utilizando `WEB SEND FILE` o `WEB SEND BLOB`, en el que el usuario introduce o modifica valores y luego hace clic en el botón de validación. +When the Web server receives a request with data in the header or in the URL, 4D can retrieve the values of any HTML objects it contains. This principle can be implemented in the case of a Web form, sent for example using [`WEB SEND FILE`](../commands-legacy/web-send-file.md) or [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md), where the user enters or modifies values, then clicks on the validation button. -En este caso, 4D puede recuperar los valores de los objetos HTML encontrados en la petición utilizando el comando `WEB GET VARIABLES`. El comando `WEB GET VARIABLES` recupera los valores como texto. +In this case, 4D can retrieve the values of the HTML objects found in the request using the [`WEB GET VARIABLES`](../commands-legacy/web-get-variables.md) command. El comando `WEB GET VARIABLES` recupera los valores como texto. Considere o seguinte código fonte da página HTML: @@ -286,7 +284,7 @@ Examinemos el método 4D `WWW_STD_FORM_POST` que se llama cuando el usuario hace ARRAY TEXT($arrNames;0) ARRAY TEXT($arrValues;0) WEB GET VARIABLES($arrNames;$arrValues) - C_LONGINT($user) + var $user : Integer Case of @@ -325,15 +323,15 @@ Tenha em atenção que, com HTML, todos os objetos são objetos texto. Si se uti The 4D web server provides several low-level web commands allowing you to develop custom processing of requests: -- el comando `WEB GET HTTP BODY` devuelve el cuerpo como texto sin procesar, permitiendo cualquier análisis que pueda necesitar -- el comando `WEB GET HTTP HEADER` devuelve los encabezados de la petición. Es útil para manejar cookies personalizadas, por ejemplo (junto con el comando `WEB SET HTTP HEADER`). -- los comandos `WEB GET BODY PART` y `WEB Get body part count` para analizar la parte del cuerpo de una petición de varias partes y recuperar los valores de texto, pero también los archivos publicados, utilizando BLOBs. +- the [`WEB GET HTTP BODY`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-body.md) command returns the body as raw text, allowing any parsing you may need +- the [`WEB GET HTTP HEADER`](../commands-legacy/web-get-http-header.md) command return the headers of the request. Es útil para manejar cookies personalizadas, por ejemplo (junto con el comando `WEB SET HTTP HEADER`). +- the [`WEB GET BODY PART`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part.md) and [`WEB Get body part count`](../commands-legacy/web-get-body-part-count.md) commands to parse the body part of a multi-part request and retrieve text values, but also files posted, using BLOBs. Esses comandos estão resumidos no gráfico a seguir: ![](../assets/en/WebServer/httpCommands.png) -The 4D web server supports files uploaded in chunked transfer encoding from any Web client. A codificação de transferência em pedaços é um mecanismo de transferência de dados especificado no HTTP/1.1. It allows data to be transferred in a series of "chunks" (parts) without knowing the final data size. El servidor web de 4D también soporta la codificación de transferencia en trozos desde el servidor a los clientes web (utilizando `WEB SEND RAW DATA`). +The 4D web server supports files uploaded in chunked transfer encoding from any Web client. A codificação de transferência em pedaços é um mecanismo de transferência de dados especificado no HTTP/1.1. It allows data to be transferred in a series of "chunks" (parts) without knowing the final data size. The 4D Web Server also supports chunked transfer encoding from the server to Web clients (using [`WEB SEND RAW DATA`](../commands-legacy/web-send-raw-data.md)). ## Método projeto COMPILER_WEB diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md index 93190403700e9f..77ee5c04483335 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/qodly-studio.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ There is no direct compatibility between apps implemented with 4D and apps imple The following commands and classes are dedicated to the server-side management of Qodly pages: -- [`Web Form`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-form) command: returns the Qodly page as an object. +- Comando [`Web Form`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-form): retorna a página Qodly como um objeto. - [`Web Event`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-event) command: returns events triggered within Qodly page components. - [`WebForm`](../API/WebFormClass.md) class: functions and properties to manage the rendered Qodly page. - [`WebFormItem`](../API/WebFormItemClass.md) class: functions and properties to manage Qodly page components. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/sessions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/sessions.md index 2e74438a18fdac..bd893e9327f0ce 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/sessions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/WebServer/sessions.md @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ When a web session is closed, if the [`Session`](commands/session.md) command is :::info -You can close a session from a Qodly form using the [**logout**](qodly-studio.md#logout) feature. +Você pode fechar uma sessão em um formulário Qodly usando o recurso [**logout**](qodly-studio.md#logout). ::: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5b08f033b16ad3 Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormEditor/property-list.png differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..7ff28f568b8a3d Binary files /dev/null and b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/FormObjects/warning-proplist.png differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index 2ee87c60eefb8c..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildappCSProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index e3d2f1f663ebd9..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapplicenseProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5f652b3e5a2356..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/buildapposxcertProj.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png deleted file mode 100644 index 0dd231ca19dd39..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/compilerWin3.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png deleted file mode 100644 index 994c3ff9e73ce7..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/load-sequence.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png deleted file mode 100644 index f16b70a03bae3c..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/lockicon.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png deleted file mode 100644 index 4967a05a3c2377..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/project-create1.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png deleted file mode 100644 index 300f99aa414aea..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectCreate2.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6f07a37ffc4012..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/Project/projectReload.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png deleted file mode 100644 index b48502b3f72f32..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/MethodProp.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png deleted file mode 100644 index d6468df5305aca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/login.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png deleted file mode 100644 index 8488c59b164cca..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/REST/methodProp_ex.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png deleted file mode 100644 index 947cd8585f81e2..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png deleted file mode 100644 index 65afe8beb35b7a..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/getStart/helpMenu.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png deleted file mode 100644 index 124670b7a396e8..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/assets/en/property_numberOfStates.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md index bc0217819bdf8a..f59f142c771c76 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/accept.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando ACCEPT é utilizado em métodos de objeto ou de formulário (ou em subrotinas) para: * aceitar um registro ou novo sub-registro ou modificado, para o qual a entrada de dados for inicializada utilizando [ADD RECORD](add-record.md "ADD RECORD"), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md "MODIFY RECORD"), *ADD SUBRECORD*, ou *MODIFY SUBRECORD*. -* aceitar um formulário mostrado pelo comando [DIALOG](dialog.md "DIALOG"). +* aceitar um formulário mostrado pelo comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md "DIALOG"). * sair de um formulário que mostra uma seleção de registros, utilizando [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md "DISPLAY SELECTION") ou [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md "MODIFY SELECTION"). ACCEPT realiza a mesma ação que se um usuário tivesse pressionado a tecla Intro. Depois de que o formulário é aceito, a variável sistema OK toma o valor 1. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md index 08410eb3cb05c8..274cf7c77b2bc3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/activated.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando **Activated** retorna **True** em um método de formulário quando a janela que contém o formulário passa ao primeiro plano. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a usar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Activate. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a usar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Activate. **Advertência:** não coloque um comando como [TRACE](trace.md) ou [ALERT](alert.md) na fase **Activated** do formulário, isso provocará um ciclo infinito. @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Ver também [Deactivated](deactivated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md index 7e807a3cf81cb3..81e7ec69d3fe12 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/add-record.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Compatibilidade -Esse comando foi implementado em 4D em lançamentos anteriores e é ainda útil para desenvolvimento básico ou protótipos. Entretanto, para construir interfaces personalizadas e modernas, agora não é recomendado usar formulários genéricos baseados no comando *[DIALOG](dialog.md) que oferece propriedades avançadas e melhor controle sobre o fluxo de dados* +Esse comando foi implementado em 4D em lançamentos anteriores e é ainda útil para desenvolvimento básico ou protótipos. Entretanto, para construir interfaces personalizadas e modernas, agora não é recomendado usar formulários genéricos baseados no comando *[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) que oferece propriedades avançadas e melhor controle sobre o fluxo de dados* #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md index ed9ee9f2839a01..6237abc8aac3bb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/after.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que seja gerado o ciclo de execução **After**, tenha certeza de que o evento On Validate tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a usar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Validate. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a usar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Validate. #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md index d7a82991d94579..f8ccf55fce57c2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before-selection.md @@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ Este formulário é utilizado durante a impressão de um relatório. Define uma [End selection](end-selection.md) [FIRST RECORD](first-record.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PREVIOUS RECORD](previous-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md index 64b25496af52ce..be5ffb9f98cdb7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/before.md @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que se gere o ciclo de execução **Before** tenha certeza de que a propriedade do evento On Load tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a usar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Load. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a usar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Load. #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md index 28181f2fea35bc..225fc30e79ab71 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/blob-to-print-settings.md @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ O parâmetro *params* lhe permite definir como manejar o "número de cópias" e * Se passa 0 ou omite este parâmetro, os valores armazenados no BLOB são restaurados, * Se passa 1, os valores se restabelecem aos valores predeterminados: o número de cópias se estabelecem em 1 e o intervalo de páginas se estabelece em "todas as páginas". -Os ajustes de impressão são aplicadas [ às configurações de impressão 4D](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/), sempre e cuando nenhum comando como *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) ou [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) sem o parâmetro > os modifique. O conjunto de parâmetros se utiliza particularmente para os comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) e [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), assim como para os comandos de menu de 4D, incluindo as do ambiente Desenho. +Os ajustes de impressão são aplicadas [ às configurações de impressão 4D](https://developer.4d.com/docs/settings/compatibility/), sempre e cuando nenhum comando como *\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) ou [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) sem o parâmetro > os modifique. O conjunto de parâmetros se utiliza particularmente para os comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) e [QR REPORT](qr-report.md), assim como para os comandos de menu de 4D, incluindo as do ambiente Desenho. Os comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT LABEL](print-label.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) devem ser chamados com o parâmetro *\>* (se aplicado) para que os parâmetros definidos por **BLOB to print settings** se mantenham. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md index 0329416584afbc..6550822a3a3e25 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/build-application.md @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ Se o comando falhar, é gerado um erro que pode ser interceptado com a ajuda do #### Ver também -[Compile project ](compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Compile project ](../commands/compile-project.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md index 1636d6723027fe..bbd8084312f33c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-form.md @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ Depois pode adicionar outras mensagens executando o comando **CALL FORM** novame [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md) -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md index 931e05f5e37659..a05eec5ffbde5a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md @@ -30,5 +30,5 @@ Em *evento*, pode passar todo evento de formulário pré-definido de 4D (pode ut #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GOTO OBJECT](goto-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md index 48516858b8ab73..7f7e306e0522f4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/call-worker.md @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ O código de *workerMethod é*: #### Ver também -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) +[CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md) [Current process name](current-process-name.md) [KILL WORKER](kill-worker.md) *Sobre Workers* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md index 69c9014ae0da1b..8648ddde2d0677 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/cancel.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando **CANCEL** se utiliza em métodos de objeto ou de formulário (ou em uma subrotina) para: * cancelar um registro novo ou modificado, para o qual a entrada de dados for inicializada utilizando [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) ou [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md). -* cancelar um formulário mostrado através do comando [DIALOG](dialog.md). +* cancelar um formulário mostrado através do comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). * sair de um formulário que mostra uma seleção de registros, utilizando [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) o [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* cancelar a impressão de um formulário que estiver a ponto de ser impresso utilizando o comando [Print form](print-form.md) (ver a continuação). +* cancelar a impressão de um formulário que estiver a ponto de ser impresso utilizando o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) (ver a continuação). **CANCEL** é executado com frequência como resultado da seleção de um comando de menu. **CANCEL** também é utilizado com frequência no método de objeto de um botão “sem ação”. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Este comando também é usado no método da caixa de fechamento opcional de uma Não é possível concatenar vários **CANCEL**. A execução consecutiva de dois comandos **CANCEL** em um método terá o mesmo resultado que a execução de um só comando. -Finalmente, este comando pode ser utilizado não evento de formulário On Printing Detail, quando é utilizado o comando [Print form](print-form.md). Neste contexto, o comando **CANCEL** suspende a impressão do formulário que estiver a ponto de ser impresso, depois retoma na seguinte página. Este mecanismo pode ser utilizado para administrar a impressão de formulários quando não houver suficiente espaço ou no caso de que seja necessária uma quebra de página. +Finalmente, este comando pode ser utilizado não evento de formulário On Printing Detail, quando é utilizado o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Neste contexto, o comando **CANCEL** suspende a impressão do formulário que estiver a ponto de ser impresso, depois retoma na seguinte página. Este mecanismo pode ser utilizado para administrar a impressão de formulários quando não houver suficiente espaço ou no caso de que seja necessária uma quebra de página. **Nota:** esta operação é diferente da do comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md)(\*)que cancela TODOS os formulários que estão a espera de impressão. @@ -52,4 +52,4 @@ Quando o comando CANCEL é executado (anulação de formulário ou de impressão [ACCEPT](accept.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md deleted file mode 100644 index 8a22b29476c791..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/compile-project.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: compile-project -title: Compile project -slug: /commands/compile-project -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Compile project** {( {*arquivoProjeto*}{;}{*opções*} )} : Object - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| arquivoProjeto | 4D.File | → | Arquivo .4DProject a compilar | -| opções | Object | → | Objeto que especifica opções de compilação | -| Resultado | Object | ← | Objeto que contém informação do status da compilação | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Descrição - -**Compile project** permite compialr o projeto do host atual ou o projeto especificado no parâmetro *projectFile*. Para saber mais sobre compilação, veja *a página de compilação em developer.4d.com*. - -Como padrão, o comando usa as opções de compilador definidas nas Configurações de Estrutura. Pode ignorá-las usando o parâmetro *options*. As sintaxes abaixo são permitidas: - -* **Compile project** (): compila o projeto aberto usando as opções definidas na Configurações de Estrutura -* **Compile project** (*options*): compila o projeto aberto. As *options* definidas ignoram as Configurações de Estrutura -* **Compile project** (*projectFile*): compila *projectFile* 4DProject usando as opções definidas nas Configurações de Estrutura -* **Compile project** (*projectFile*; *options*): compila o *projectFile* 4DProject e as *opções* definidas ignoram as Configurações de Estrutura - -**Nota:** Bancos de dados binários não podem ser compilados usando esse comando. - -Diferente da janela do Compilador, esse comando precisa que determine explicitamente os componentes a compilar. Quando compilar um projeto com **Compile project** , precisa declarar seus componentes usando a propriedade componentes do parâmetro *options*. Lembre que os componentes já devem estar compilados (componentes binários são permitidos). - -O modo resultante compilado será armazenado na pasta DerivedData ou Libraries do projeto, dependendo da propriedade *targets/alvos* do parâmetro *options*. Se quiser criar arquivos .4dz, ainda precisa zipar/comprimir manualmente o projeto compilado ou usa a funcionalidade *build application*. - -Se passar uma coleção vazia em *targets*, **Compile project** executa uma checagem de sintaxe sem compilar. - -Erros de compilação, se houverem, serão retornadas como objetos na coleção *erros*. - -**Nota:** não se pode chamar esse comando quando outra compilação estiver rodando (por exemplo uma compilação lançada na janela Compilation). - -##### Parâmetro options - -O parâmetro *options* é um objeto. As opções de compilação disponíveis estão abaixo: - -| **Propriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | -| ---------------------- | --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| components | Colección | Coleção de objetos 4D.File para componentes dependentes (devem estar compilados) | -| targets | collection of strings | Valores possíveis: "x86\_64\_generic", "arm64\_macOS\_lib". Passe uma coleção vazia para executar apenas checagem de sintaxe | -| typeInference | Text | "all": Digite todas as variáveis, "locals": Processo e interprocesso são digitadas, "none": Todas as variáveis são digitadas | -| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Valor possível: Is real ou Is longint | -| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Valor possível: Is real ou Is longint | -| generateSymbols | Boolean | True para gerar informação de simbolo no objeto retornado .symbol\[#tab/ | -| generateSyntaxFile | Boolean | True para gerar um arquivo de sintaxe para completar código na pasta \\Resources\\en.lproj do projeto | -| generateTypingMethods | Text | Reseta ou anexa para gerar métodos digitação. Se valor for "append"/anexar, declarações de variável existentes ão são modificadas (comportamento janela de compilador) | -| plugins | Objeto 4D.Folder | Pasta Plug-ins a ser usada em vez da [pasta Plugins do projeto atual](https://developer.4d.com/docs/Project/architecture#plugins). Essa propriedade só está disponível com a sintaxe *projectFile*. | -| targets | Coleção de strings | Valores possíveis: "x86\_64\_generic", "arm64\_macOS\_lib". Passe uma coleção vazia para executar apenas checagem de sintaxe | -| typeInference | Text | "all": Digita todas as variáveis, "locals": Processo e interprocesso são digitadas, "none": Todas as variáveis são digitadas | - -##### Resultado da função - -O objeto retornado por **Compile project** tem três propriedades: - -| **Propriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | -| ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| success | Boolean | True se a ação salvar tiver sucesso. Senão False. | -| **Disponível só em caso de erro ou aviso:** | | | -| errors | Collection of objects | coleção de objetos descrevendo avisos ou erros de compilação | -| isError | Boolean | Erro se True, senão um aviso | -| message | Text | Mensagem de erro | -| code | Object | *Objeto code* | -| line | Number | Número de linha de erro no código. Para métodos de classe, número de linha na função | -| lineInFile | Number | Número linha no arquivo (diferente de métodos classe "line" , e leva em consideração os %attributes linha prefixo) | -| **Disponível só se a opção generateSymbols for estabelecida como True:** | | | -| symbols | Object | | -| interprocessVariables | Object | Lista de todas as variáveis interprocesso | -| variables | Collection | Coleção de *Objetos variable* | -| size | Number | | -| processVariables | Object | Lista de todos as variáveis processo | -| variables | Collection | Coleção de *Objetos variable* | -| size | Number | | -| localVariables | Coleção de objetos | Lista de variáveis locais por método | -| code | Object | *Objeto code* | -| variables | Collection | Coleção de *Objetos variable* | -| methods | Coleção de objetos | Lista de métodos | -| code | Object | *Objeto code* | -| callCount | Number | Número de vezes que esse método foi chamado | -| params | Collection | Coleção de tipos parâmetros (Códigos númericos de tipo valor) | -| threadSafe | Boolean | Indica se este método é thread safe | - -Para saber mais, veja *Compilation tools*. - -###### Objetos variable - -Tanto interprocessVariables.variables quanto processVariables.variables contém objetos com as estruturas abaixo: - -| **Propriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | -| --------------- | -------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | Text | Nome da variável | -| type | number | Ttipo da variável (como comando tipo Value) | -| arrayDimension | number | Apenas para arrays: 1 para arrays dimensão mono, 2 para arrays duas dimensões | -| code | Object | Para variáveis processos e interprocessos: descripitor de onde a variável foi definida | - -###### Objeto code - -a propriedade *code* em **methods\[ \].code** e **errors\[ \].code** é um objeto com as propriedades abaixo: - -| **Propriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | -| ------------------------------------------------------ | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formmethod","databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Executar no atributo servidor*.), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or the evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document.), "class", "classFunction"| -| path | Text | Rota método (mesmo formato que [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | -| file | 4D.File | Arquivo de método | -| **Retornado dependendo do valor da propriedade tipo:** | | | -| methodName | Text | método projeto | -| table | Number | Número da tabela (retornado para um trigger, um método formulário tabela ou método objeto formulário tabela) | -| formName | Text | nome formulário (retornado para um método formulário) | -| objectName | Text | Nome objeto formulário (retornado para um método objeto) | -| className | Text | Class name | -| functionName | Text | nome função Class | -| databaseMethod | Number | índice método de Database | - -#### Advertência - -Para fazer uma checagem de sintaxe apenas, passe uma coleção vazia aos parâmetros alvos: - - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection //Coleção vazia para checar sintaxe - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compilar o projeto atual usando as opções compilador da Configuração Estrutura apenas: - -```4d - var $status : Object - $status:=Compile project -``` - -Em um Silicon Mac, compile o projeto atual para apenas ARM: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -Compilar um projeto outro que o projeto atual : - -```4d - var $status : Object - var $projectFile: 4D.File - $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") - $status:=Compile project($projectFile) -``` - -Compile um projeto e declare seus componentes: - -```4d - var $options;$status : Object - var $component : 4D.File - $options:=New object - $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") - $options.components:=New collection($component) - $status:=Compile project($options) -``` - -#### Ver também - -[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md index c49a799553b229..2bab694af2530b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/contextual-click.md @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Este método, combinado com uma área de rolagem, lhe permite modificar o valor #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Right click](right-click.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md index 3e80c7d6fc0542..ab6631b88f3624 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-name.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando **Current form name** retorna o nome do formulário atual definido para o processo. O formulário atual pode ser um formulário de projeto ou formulário de tabela. -Como padrão, se não tiver chamado o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) no processo chamado, o formulário atual é aquele sendo exibido ou impresso. Se q tiver chamado o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) no processo, o formulário atual é aquele estabelecido pelo comando e continua sendo assim até chamar [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (ou [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). +Como padrão, se não tiver chamado o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) no processo chamado, o formulário atual é aquele sendo exibido ou impresso. Se q tiver chamado o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) no processo, o formulário atual é aquele estabelecido pelo comando e continua sendo assim até chamar [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) (ou [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). O comando retorna: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Se quiser obter o formulário atual se este for um formulário projeto: #### Ver também -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md index 15bef9541974ff..da67de94eb8837 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/current-form-table.md @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Para isso, utilize o método de objeto para criar a variável *vstRegistroAtual* #### Ver também -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [FORM SET OUTPUT](form-set-output.md) [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md index 65dc837b9bf944..fea0f8daa8beb8 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/deactivated.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que seja gerado o ciclo de execução Deactivated, tenha certeza de que o evento On Deactivate, tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Deactivate. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Deactivate. #### Ver também [Activated](activated.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md index ad2d189a90e828..622a18669e5ea9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/default-table.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -**Dica**: ainda que utilizar DEFAULT TABLE e omitir o nome da tabela podem fazer o código mais fácil de ler, muitos programadores consideram que a utilização deste comando em realidade traz mais inconvenientes que vantagens. Em particular, note que [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) é prioritário quando utiliza por exemplo o comando [DIALOG](dialog.md) com um formulário projeto e há um formulário da tabela por padrão com o mesmo nome. +**Dica**: ainda que utilizar DEFAULT TABLE e omitir o nome da tabela podem fazer o código mais fácil de ler, muitos programadores consideram que a utilização deste comando em realidade traz mais inconvenientes que vantagens. Em particular, note que [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) é prioritário quando utiliza por exemplo o comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) com um formulário projeto e há um formulário da tabela por padrão com o mesmo nome. DEFAULT TABLE define *tabela* como a tabela por padrão para o processo atual. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md deleted file mode 100644 index 99967339ea11af..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/dialog.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: dialog -title: DIALOG -slug: /commands/dialog -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**DIALOG** ( {*tabela* ;} *formulario* {; *dataForm*}{; *} ) - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| tabela | Table | → | Tabela a qual pertence o formulário ou se omitida: tabela por padrão ou uso do formulário de projeto | -| formulario | Text, Object | → | Nome de tabela ou formulário de projeto a mostrar como diálogo | -| dataForm | Object | → | Dados a associar ao formulário | -| * | Operador | → | Utilizar o mesmo processo | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Descrição - -O comandoDIALOG apresenta o formulário *formulario* ao usuário. Este comando se designa para trabalhar com interfaces de usuário avançadas e personalizadas baseadas em formulários. Pode utilizá-lo para mostrar informação do banco de dados ou de outras localizações, ou para oferecer funcionalidades de entrada de dados. Diferente de [ADD RECORD](add-record.md) o u [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), **DIALOG** lhe dá controle total sobre o formulário, seu conteúdo e os botões de navegação e validação. - -Este comando geralmente se chama junto com [Open form window](open-form-window.md) para mostrar formulários sofisticados, como é mostrado no exemplo abaixo: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) - -Utilize DIALOG ao invés de [ALERT](alert.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md) ou [Request](request.md) quando a informação que deve ser apresentada ou reunida é mais complexa do que esses comandos podem manejar. - -**Nota:** em bancos de dados convertidos, é possível proibir a entrada de dados em campos ou caixas de diálogo (e limitar a entrada de dados a variáveis unicamente) utilizando uma opção nas Preferências de 4D (página Compatibilidade). Esta restrição corresponde ao funcionamento de versões anteriores de 4D. - -No parâmetro *formulario,* pode passar - - o nome de um formulário; - a rota (em sintaxe POSIX) para um arquivo json válido contendo uma descrição doe formulário a usar. Veja *Form file path*; - um objeto que contenha a descrição do formulário. - -Opcionalmente, pode passar parâmetros ao formulário mediante o objeto formData. Toda propriedade de objeto formData estará disponível desde o contexto de formulário mediante o comando [Form](form.md). Por exemplo, se passar um objeto que contenha {"version","12"} em formData, poderá obter o valor da propriedade "Version" no formulário chamando: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" -``` - - -Utilizando uma variável local para formData, esta funcionalidade lhe permite passar parâmetros de maneira segura a seus formulários, qualquer que seja o contexto da chamada. Em particular, se o mesmo formulário se chama desde diferentes lugares no mesmo processo, sempre poderá acessar a seus valores específicos simplesmente chamando a [Form](form.md).myProperty. Além disso, dado que os objetos são passados por referência, se o usuário modificar um valor de propriedade no formulário, este se guardará automaticamente no mesmo objeto. -Ao combinar o objeto formData e o comando [Form](form.md), pode enviar parâmetros ao formulário ou ler os parâmetros em qualquer momento com código limpo e seguro. - -Nota: se não passar nenhum parâmetro formData ou se passar um objeto indefinido, DIALOG cria automaticamente um novo objeto vazio vinculado ao form e disponível através de comando [Form](form.md). - -O diálogo é aceito se o usuário clicar no botão Aceitar ou pressionar a tecla Enter (teclado numérico) ou se é executado o comando [ACCEPT](accept.md). -Lembre que a validação não faz com que os dados modificados sejam guardados. Se o diálogo inclui campos, deve chamar explicitamente ao comando [SAVE RECORD](save-record.md) para guardar os dados que tenham sido modificados. - -O diálogo é cancelado se o usuário clicar no botão Cancelar ou pressionar a tecla de anulação Esc ou se são executa o comando [CANCEL](cancel.md). - -Se passar o parâmetro opcional \*, o formulário é carregado e mostra na última janela do processo atual e o comando termina sua execução enquanto deixa o formulário ativo em tela. - -Este formulário logo reage "normalmente" as ações do usuário e é fechado quando o código 4D relacionado com o formulário (método de objeto ou método de formulário) chama ao comando [CANCEL](cancel.md) ou [ACCEPT](accept.md) Se o processo atual termina, os formulários criados desta forma são fechados automaticamente da mesma forma que se tivesse chamado o comando CANCEL. Este modo de abertura é particularmente útil para mostrar uma palheta flutuante com um documento, sem necessidade de outro processo. - -**Notas:** - -* Pode combinar o uso da sintaxe **DIALOG**(form;\*) com o comando [CALL FORM](call-form.md) para estabelecer a comunicação entre os formulários -* deve criar uma janela antes de chamar a instrução **DIALOG**("form";*\**); se não for possível utilizar a janela de diálogo atual no processo nem a janela criada por padrão para cada processo. Do contrário, se gera o erro -9909. -* Quando for utilizado o parâmetro *\**, a janela é fechada automaticamente depois de uma ação padrão ou uma chamada ao comando [CANCEL](cancel.md) ou [ACCEPT](accept.md). Não tem que gerenciar o fechamento da própria janela. - -#### Exemplo 1 - -O exemplo a seguir pode ser usado para criar uma palheta de ferramentas - -```4d -  //Mostra a palheta de ferramentas - $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) - DIALOG("tools";*) //Devolva o controle imediatamente -  //Mostra janela do documento principal - $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Standard form window) - DIALOG("doc") -``` - -#### Exemplo 2 - -Em um formulário exibindo o registro de uma pessoa, um botão "Check children" abre um diálogo para verificar/modificar os nomes e idades dos filhos: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**Nota:** O campo objeto "Children" é representado apenas para mostrar sua estrutura para esse exemplo. - -No formulário de verificação, se tiver atribuido algumas propriedades de objeto a variáveis [Form](form.md): - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -Abaixo o código para o botão "Check children": - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //obtém a coleção children - $save:=False //initializa a variável save -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //para cada child -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //exibe diálogo preenchido com valores -       If(OK=1) //o usuário clica OK -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //força a atualização do campo objeto -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("No child to check.") - End if -``` - -**Nota:** Esse exemplo exige que a notação de objeto esteja ativada no banco de dados (ver *Página Compatibilidade*). - -O formulário exibe informação para cada campo: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -Se os valores forem editados e o botão OK button for clicaod, o campo é atualizado (o registro pai deve ser salvo depois). - -#### Exemplo 3 - -O exemplo abaixo usa a rota a um formulário json para exibir os registros em uma lista de empregados: - -```4d - Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) - ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) - DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) -``` - -o que retorna: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) - -#### Exemplo 4 - -O exemplo abaixo utiliza um aquivo .json como um objeto e modifica algumas propriedades: - -```4d - var $form : Object - $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) - $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" - $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" - $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" - Open form window($form;Plain form window) - DIALOG($form;*) -``` - -O formulário modificado é devolvido com o título, o logotipo e a borda modificados: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) - -#### Variáveis e conjuntos do sistema - -Depois de chamar a DIALOG, se o diálogo é aceito, a variável sistema OK toma o valor 1; se for cancelado toma o valor 0. - -#### Ver também - -[ACCEPT](accept.md) -[ADD RECORD](add-record.md) -[CALL FORM](call-form.md) -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Form](form.md) -[Open window](open-window.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md index 5d7d7d20e9df64..1f3405b24361d3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/display-selection.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ O exemplo a seguir seleciona todos os registros na tabela \[Pessoas\]. O comando #### Exemplo 2 -Ver o exemplo #6 do comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). Este exemplo mostra todos os testes que pode necessitar para monitorar completamente os eventos que ocorrem durante a execução do comando DISPLAY SELECTION. +Ver o exemplo #6 do comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Este exemplo mostra todos os testes que pode necessitar para monitorar completamente os eventos que ocorrem durante a execução do comando DISPLAY SELECTION. #### Exemplo 3 @@ -102,5 +102,5 @@ Também pode utilizar outros comandos, tais como [PRINT SELECTION](print-selecti #### Ver também *Conjuntos* -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md index ec2204ba12127e..68ad40a433b9d8 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/displayed-line-number.md @@ -45,5 +45,5 @@ Este exemplo lhe permite aplicar uma cor alternativa em um formulário listado m #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Selected record number](selected-record-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md index cf95bb1d75dc74..f53f761fbe1ef6 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/end-selection.md @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Este método de formulário é utilizado durante a impressão de um relatório. #### Ver também [Before selection](before-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LAST RECORD](last-record.md) [NEXT RECORD](next-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md index 9cecce2cd79aa6..b770b2adc03ca1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/filter-keystroke.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Se passar uma string vazia, a tecla é cancelada e ignorada. -Geralmente, FILTER KEYSTROKE é chamada em um método de formulário ou de objeto quando é gerenciado o evento de formulário On Before Keystroke. Para detectar os eventos de teclagem, utilize o comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). Para obter o caractere teclado, utilize o comando [Keystroke](keystroke.md "Keystroke"). +Geralmente, FILTER KEYSTROKE é chamada em um método de formulário ou de objeto quando é gerenciado o evento de formulário On Before Keystroke. Para detectar os eventos de teclagem, utilize o comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Para obter o caractere teclado, utilize o comando [Keystroke](keystroke.md "Keystroke"). **IMPORTANTE:** o comando FILTER KEYSTROKE lhe permite cancelar ou substituir o caractere introduzido pelo usuário com outro caractere. Por outra parte, se deseja inserir mais de um caractere para um keystroke especifico, lembre que o texto que vê na tela ainda NAO é o valor da variável ou campo fonte de dados para a área que está sendo editada. O valor do campo ou da variável fonte de dados é atribuída depois de que se confirma a entrada de dados para a área. Portanto depende de você colocar os dados introduzidos em uma variável e depois trabalhar com o valor da variável e reatribuir a área de entrada (ver o exemplo nesta seção). @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ O método ObterTextoSelecionado é o seguinte: #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) [Keystroke](keystroke.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/first-page.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/first-page.md index 53f41779d2daa3..4d96c0a33db9dc 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/first-page.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/first-page.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -FORM FIRST PAGE modifica a página atual do formulário pela primeira página do formulário. Se não mostra nenhum formulário, ou carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou se a primeira página do formulário já se mostra, FIRST PAGE não faz nada. +FORM FIRST PAGE modifica a página atual do formulário pela primeira página do formulário. Se não mostra nenhum formulário, ou carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou se a primeira página do formulário já se mostra, FIRST PAGE não faz nada. #### Exemplo diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md index e43a43b69610d0..5c87de17ad0037 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Os *formulários clássicos* são formulários 4D armazenados dentro do arquivo Se quiser converter um formulário de tabela, passe a tabela de formulário no parâmetro *tabela* e depois passe seu nome como uma string em *nomFormulario*. Para um formulário de projeto, passe o nome do formulário diretamente em *nomeFormulario*. -Para poder executar o formulário diretamente passando o objeto resultante ao comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), **FORM Convert to dynamic** aplica regras específicas ao converter o formulário: +Para poder executar o formulário diretamente passando o objeto resultante ao comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), **FORM Convert to dynamic** aplica regras específicas ao converter o formulário: * As referências ao método de formulário e aos métodos de objeto de formulário são ignoradas. Deve associar os nomes dos métodos de projeto para chamar a cada evento de formulário gerenciado. * As referências a listas são exportadas por nome ao invés de um ponteiro JSON que faz referência ao arquivo lists.json. @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ Se executar o código: #### Ver também -[DIALOG](dialog.md) +[DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) [Export structure file](export-structure-file.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5efdc39cff7309..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-edit.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-edit -title: FORM EDIT -slug: /commands/form-edit -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM EDIT** ( {*Tabela* ;} *formulario* ) - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Table | Table | → | TAbela que possui o formulário ou Se omitido: tabela padrão ou uso do formulário projeto | -| formulario | Text | → | Nome formulário | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Descrição - -**O comando FORM EDIT** abre o *formulário* associado a *Tabela* no editor 4D Form. Note que deve ter acesso ao ambiente Design, senão ocorre o erro-9804 ("Cannot open form"). - -O comando é assíncrono: retorna imediatamente ao método chamada e não espera que o formulário seja aberto. - -Se passar o parâmetro opcional *Tabela*, indica a tabela associada com *formulário*. Se omitir este parâmetro, indica que *formulário* é um formulário projeto. - -No parâmetro *formulário*, passe o nome do formulário para abrir no editor 4D Form. Se passar um nome que não exista, o erro 81 é gerado ("Form not found). - -#### Exemplo - -Para abrir a tabela *Contatos* *do formulário Address*: - -```4d - FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") -``` - -Para abrir o formulário projeto *ContactList*: - -```4d - FORM EDIT("ContactList") -``` - -#### Ver também - -*Design Object Access Commands* \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md deleted file mode 100644 index e58dff3ac09932..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,856 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event-code -title: Form event code -slug: /commands/form-event-code -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form event code** : Integer - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Integer | ← | Número do evento do formulário | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Compatibilidade - -**Form event code** era chamado **Form event** em versões anteriores de 4D. Foi renomeado para maior claridade quando o comando [FORM Event](form-event.md), que retorna um objeto, foi adicionado. - -#### Descrição - -**Form event code** retorna um valor númerico que identifica o tipo de evento de formulário que acaba de ocorrer. Geralmente, **Form event code** são utilizados em um método formulário ou em um método objeto. - -4D oferece constantes predefinidas (localizadas no tema *Form event*) para comparar os valores retornados pelo comando **Form event code**. - -Certos eventos são genéricos (gerados por todo tipo de objeto) e outros são específicos a um tipo de objeto particular. - -| Constante | Tipo | Valor | Comentário | -| ------------------------ | ------------- | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Load | Inteiro longo | 1 | O formulário está prestes a ser exibido ou impresso | -| On Mouse Up | Inteiro longo | 2 | (Apenas imagens) O usuário acabou de soltar o boto esquerdo do mouse em um objeto Imagem | -| On Validate | Inteiro longo | 3 | A entrada de dados foi validada | -| On Clicked | Inteiro longo | 4 | Ocorre um clique sobre um objeto | -| On Header | Inteiro longo | 5 | O cabeçalho do formulário está prestes a ser impresso ou exibido | -| On Printing Break | Inteiro longo | 6 | Uma das áreas de quebra do formulário está prestes a ser impressa | -| On Printing Footer | Inteiro longo | 7 | A área do rodapé do formulário está prestes a ser impressa | -| On Display Detail | Inteiro longo | 8 | Um registro está prestes a ser mostrado na lista | -| On VP Ready | Inteiro longo | 9 | (*apenas em áreas 4D View Pro*) O carregamento da área 4D View Pro está completo | -| On Outside Call | Inteiro longo | 10 | O formulário recebe um chamado [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) | -| On Activate | Inteiro longo | 11 | A janela de formulário vira a janela atual. | -| On Deactivate | Inteiro longo | 12 | A janela do formulário deixa de ser a janela atual | -| On Double Clicked | Inteiro longo | 13 | Ocorreu clique duas vezes num objeto | -| On Losing Focus | Inteiro longo | 14 | Um objeto do formulário está perdendo o foco | -| On Getting Focus | Inteiro longo | 15 | Um objeto do formulário tem o foco | -| On Drop | Inteiro longo | 16 | Os dados foram liberados no objeto | -| On Before Keystroke | Inteiro longo | 17 | Um caractere está prestes a entrar no objeto que tem o foco. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) retorna o texto de objeto sem o caractere. | -| On Menu Selected | Inteiro longo | 18 | Um comando do menu foi selecionado | -| On Plug in Area | Inteiro longo | 19 | Um objeto externo solicitou que fosse executado o seu método de objeto | -| On Data Change | Inteiro longo | 20 | Os dados do objeto foram modificados | -| On Drag Over | Inteiro longo | 21 | Os dados podem ser liberados num objeto
    | -| On Close Box | Inteiro longo | 22 | Um clique ocorreu na caixa de fechar a janela. | -| On Printing Detail | Inteiro longo | 23 | A área de detalhe do formulário está prestes a ser impressa | -| On Unload | Inteiro longo | 24 | O formulário está prestes a ser fechado e liberado | -| On Open Detail | Inteiro longo | 25 | O formulário detalhado associado com o formulário de saída ou com o listbox está aponto de ser aberto | -| On Close Detail | Inteiro longo | 26 | O formulário de entrada é fechado e regressa ao formulário de saída | -| On Timer | Inteiro longo | 27 | O número de tiques definido pelo comando [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) passou | -| On After Keystroke | Inteiro longo | 28 | Um caractere que vai ser inserido no objeto que tem o foco. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) retorna o texto do objeto, incluindo esse caractere | -| On Resize | Inteiro longo | 29 | A janela do formulário é redimensionada ou o objeto subformulário é redimensionado (neste caso o evento é gerado no método formulário do subformulário) | -| On After Sort | Inteiro longo | 30 | (*List box only*) Uma ordenação padrão foi realizada em uma list box coluna | -| On Selection Change | Inteiro longo | 31 | List box: é modificada a seleção atual de linhas ou colunasRegistros na lista: é modificado o registro atual ou a seleção atual de linhas num formulário listado ou num subformulárioLista hierarquica: a seleção na lista é modificada após fazer clique ou pressionar uma teclaVariável ou campo editável (somente v12.x): a seleção de texto ou a posição do ponteiro na área é modificada ao clicar ou pressionar uma tecla. | -| On Column Moved | Inteiro longo | 32 | (*List box apenas*) O usuário move uma coluna de list box com arrastar e soltar. | -| On Column Resize | Inteiro longo | 33 | (*List box apenas*) A largura de uma coluna de list box é modificado por um usuário com o mouse | -| On Row Moved | Inteiro longo | 34 | (Somente List Box) O usuário move uma fileira de uma list box usando arrastar e soltar | -| On Mouse Enter | Inteiro longo | 35 | O ponteiro do mouse ingressa à área gráfica de um objeto | -| On Mouse Leave | Inteiro longo | 36 | O ponteiro do mouse sai da área gráfica de um objeto | -| On Mouse Move | Inteiro longo | 37 | O ponteiro do mouse se move (pelo menos um pixel). Ou quando se pressiona uma tecla de modificação (Ctrl, Alt, Caps Lock). Se o evento está selecionado para um objeto unicamente, é gerado só quando o cursor se encontra dentro da área gráfica do objeto | -| On Alternative Click | Inteiro longo | 38 | (*3D buttons only*) A área “flecha” do botão 3D é clicado.*List boxes*: nuna coluna de um array objeto, um botão de reticências (atributo "alternateButton") recebe um clique**Note**: Botões de Elipse estão disponíveis apenas nas versões v15 ou superior. | -| On Long Click | Inteiro longo | 39 | (Somente botões 3D) Um botão 3D é clicado e o botão do mouse permanece pressionado por um instante | -| On Load Record | Inteiro longo | 40 | No modo de entrada em lista, enquanto é modificado, um registro é carregado (o usuário clica numa linha do registro e um campo passa ao modo de edição) | -| On Before Data Entry | Inteiro longo | 41 | (*List box only*) Uma célula de list box está prestes a mudar para modo editar | -| On Header Click | Inteiro longo | 42 | (Somente list box) Ocorre um clique num cabeçalho de coluna do list box | -| On Expand | Inteiro longo | 43 | (Somente listas hierarquicas ) Um elemento da lista hierarquica foi expandido fazendo clique ou utilizando uma tecla | -| On Collapse | Inteiro longo | 44 | (Listas hierárquicas apenas) Um elemento da lista hierárquica foi contraído através de um clique ou uma tecla. | -| On After Edit | Inteiro longo | 45 | Os conteúdos do objeto editável que tem o foco foram modificados. | -| On Begin Drag Over | Inteiro longo | 46 | Um objeto está sendo arrastado | -| On Begin URL Loading | Inteiro longo | 47 | (*apenas Web areas*) Uma nova área URL é carrega na área WEb | -| On URL Resource Loading | Inteiro longo | 48 | (Somente áreas web) Um novo recurso é carregado na área web | -| On End URL Loading | Inteiro longo | 49 | (Somente áreas web) Todos os recursos da URL foram carregados | -| On URL Loading Error | Inteiro longo | 50 | (Somente áreas web) Ocorreu um erro quando a URL estava sendo carregada | -| On URL Filtering | Inteiro longo | 51 | (Somente áreas web) Uma URL foi bloqueada pela área web | -| On Open External Link | Inteiro longo | 52 | (Somente áreas web) Foi aberta uma URL externa no navegador | -| On Window Opening Denied | Inteiro longo | 53 | Uma janela pop-up foi bloqueada | -| On bound variable change | Inteiro longo | 54 | A variável relacionada a um subformulário é modificada. | -| On Page Change | Inteiro longo | 56 | A página atual do formulário foi mudada | -| On Footer Click | Inteiro longo | 57 | (Somente List box) um clique ocorreu no pé de uma list box ou coluna de list box | -| On Delete Action | Inteiro longo | 58 | (Listas hierárquicas e List box somente) O usuário é solicitado a remover um item | -| On Scroll | Inteiro longo | 59 | O usuário desloca o conteúdo de um campo ou de uma variável imagem utilzando o mouse ou uma tecla. | -| On Row Resize | Inteiro longo | 60 | *(Apenas em 4D View Pro)* A altura da linha é modificada por um usuário com o mouse | -| On VP Range Changed | Inteiro longo | 61 | O intervalo de células 4D View Pro mudou (por exemplo, o cálculo de uma fórmula, o valor eliminado de uma célula, etc.) | - -**Nota:** os eventos específicos de formulários de saída não podem utilizar-se em **formularios projeto**. Estes são: On Display Detail, On Open Detail, On Close Detail, On Load Record, On Header, On Printing Detail, On Printing Break, On Printing Footer. - -#### Eventos e Métodos - -Quando ocorre um evento de formulário, 4D efetua as seguintes ações: - - Primeiro, examina os objetos do formulário e chama o método de objeto para qualquer objeto (envolvido no evento) cuja propriedade de evento de objeto correspondente tenha sido selecionada. - Segundo, chama o método de formulário se a propriedade do evento de formulário correspondente foi selecionada. - -Não assuma que os métodos de objeto, se houver, serão chamados numa ordem particular. A regra é que os métodos de objeto sempre são chamados antes do que os métodos de formulário. Se um objeto é um subformulário, primeiro são chamados os métodos de objeto do formulário de saída do subformulário e depois o método de formulário do formulário de saída. 4D continua depois chamando aos métodos do formulário pai. Em outras palavras, quando um objeto está num subformulário, 4D utiliza a mesma regra para os métodos de objeto e formulário em subformulários. -Com excepção dos eventos On Load e On Unload, se a propriedade de evento de formulário não estiver selecionada para um determinado evento, isto não impede que ocorram as chamadas aos métodos de objeto para os objetos cuja propriedade de evento estiver selecionada. Em outras palavras, a ativação ou desativação de um evento no nível do formulário não tem efeito nas propriedades do evento do objeto. - -O número de objetos envolvidos num evento, depende da natureza do evento: - - Evento On Load - os métodos de objeto de todos os objetos do formulário (de todas as páginas) que tenham selecionada a propriedade de evento On Load serão chamados. Então, se a propriedade do evento On Load for selecionada, o método de formulário será chamado. - Eventos On Activate ou On Resize - nenhum método de objeto será chamado porque este evento aplica ao formulário como um todo e não como um objeto em particular. Portanto, se o evento de formulário On Activate estiver selecionado, somente será chamado o método do formulário. - Evento On Timer - este evento é gerado somente se o método de formulário contém uma chamada anterior para o comando [SET TIMER](set-timer.md). Se a propriedade de evento de formulário On Timer, somente o método de formulário receberá o evento, não se chamará ao método de formulário. - Evento On Drag Over, - somente será chamado o método do objeto soltável envolvido no evento (se a propriedade de evento "soltável" estiver selecionada para o objeto). Não se chamará o método do formulário. - Pelo contrário, para o evento On Begin Drag over,, se chamará o método do objeto ou o método do formulário do objeto arrastado (se a propriedade do evento "Arrastável" estiver selecionada para o objeto). - - -AVISO: Ao contrário de outros eventos, durante um evento On Begin Drag over, o método chamado é executado no contexto do processo de arrastar e soltar do objeto fonte, não no contexto do processo de arrastar e soltar o objeto de destino. Para maior informação, consulte a seção *Arrastar e Soltar* - - Se os eventosOn Mouse Enter, On Mouse Move e On Mouse Leave foram selecionados para o formulário, são gerados para cada objeto do formulário. Se estiverem selecionados para um objeto, são gerados somente para o objeto. No caso de superposição de objetos, o evento é gerado pelo primeiro objeto capaz de gerenciá-lo que se encontre do nível superior ao mais baixo. Os objetos que se fizeram invisíveis utilizando o comando [OBJECT SET VISIBLE](object-set-visible.md) não geram estes eventos. Durante a entrada de dados, outros objetos podem receber este tipo de eventos dependendo da posição do mouse. - Note que o evento On Mouse Move é gerado quando o cursor do mouse se mexe mas também quando o usuário pressiona uma tecla de modificação como Maiús, Caps Lock, Ctrl ou Opção (isto permite manipular as operações de arrastar e soltar de tipo copia o deslocamento). - Registros em lista: a sequência de chamadas a métodos e eventos de formulários nos formulários listados exibidos via[DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) / [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) e os subformularios é a seguinte: - -| Para cada objeto da área de cabeçalho: | -| ------------------------------------------------- | -| Método objeto com evento On Header | -| Método formulário com evento On Header | -| Para cada registro: | -| Para cada objeto na área de detalhe: | -| Método de objeto com evento On Display Detail | -| Método de formulário com evento On Display Detail | - - - Não se permite chamar um comando 4D que amostre uma caixa de diálogo apartir dos eventos On Display Detail e On Header e gera um erro de sintaxe. Mais particularmente, os comandos relacionados são: [ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md), [Request](request.md), [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) e [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). - -On Page Change: este evento somente está disponível ao nível dos formulários (é chamado no método formulário). É gerado toda vez que a página atual do formulário (seguido de uma chamada ao comando [FORM GOTO PAGE](form-goto-page.md) ou de uma ação padrão de navegação). Note que o evento é gerado após a página carregar completamente, quer dizer, quando todos os objetos que contém tiverem sido inicializados (incluindo as áreas web). Este evento é útil para executar código que necessite que todos os objetos sejam inicializados de antemão. Também pode usar esse comando para otimizar a aplicação ao executar código (por exemplo, uma pesquisa) apenas depois da exibição de uma página específica do formulário e não imediatamente ao carregar a página. - -1\. Se o usuário não acessar a página, o código não será executado. - -A seguinte lista faz um resumo de como são chamados os métodos de formulário e objetos para cada tipo de evento: - -| Evento | Métodos de objeto | Método de formulario | Que objetos | -| ------------------------ | ---------------------------------- | -------------------- | ------------------------- | -| On Load | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Unload | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Validate | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Clicked | Sim (se clicável ou editável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Double Clicked | Sim (se clicável ou editável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Before Keystroke | Sim (se editável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On After Keystroke | Sim (se editável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On After Edit | Sim (se editável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Getting Focus | Sim (se tabulável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Losing Focus | Sim (se tabulável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Activate | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Deactivate | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Outside Call | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Page Change | Never | Yes | Nenhum | -| On Begin drag over | Sim (se arrastável) (\*\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Drop | Sim (se soltável) (\*\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Drag Over | Sim (se soltável) (\*\*) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Mouse Enter | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Mouse Move | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Mouse Leave | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Mouse Up | Yes | Never | Involved object only | -| On Menu Selected | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On bound variable change | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Data Change | Sim (se modificável) (\*) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Plug in Area | Sim | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Header | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Printing Detail | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Printing Break | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Printing Footer | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Close Box | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Display Detail | Sim | Sim | Todos | -| On Open Detail | Não, exceto para List boxes | Sim | Nenhum exceto List box | -| On Close Detail | Não, exceto para List boxes | Sim | Nenhum exceto List box | -| On Resize | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Selection Change | Sim (\*\*\*) | Sim | Só o objeto implicado | -| On Load Record | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Timer | Nunca | Sim | Nenhum | -| On Scroll | Sí | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Picture Scroll | Sim | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Before Data Entry | Sim (List box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Column Moved | Sim (List box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Row Moved | Sim (List box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Column Resize | Sim (List box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Header Click | Sim (List box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Footer Click | Yes (List box) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On After Sort | Sim (List box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Long Click | Sim (Botón 3D) | Sim | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Alternative Click | Sim (Botón 3D y list box) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Expand | Sim (Lista jerárq.) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Collapse | Sim (Lista jerárq.) | Nunca | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Delete Action | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On URL Resource Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Begin URL Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On URL Loading Error | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On URL Filtering | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On End URL Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Open External Link | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Window Opening Denied | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On VP Ready | Yes (4D View Pro Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | -| On Row Resize | Yes (4D View Pro Area) | Never | Apenas o objeto implicado | - - -(\*) Para mais informação, ver "Eventos, objetos e propriedades" abaixo. - -(\*\*) Consulte "*Arrastar e Soltar*" para saber mais. -(\*\*\*) Só os objetos de tipo list box, lista hierárquica e subformulario suportam este evento. - -IMPORTANTE: sempre lembre que, para qualquer evento, o método de um formulário ou de um objeto são chamadas se o evento correspondente é selecionado para o formulário ou objeto. O benefício de desativar eventos no ambiente Desenho (usando a LIsta de propriedades do editor de formulários) é que você pode reduzir de maneira importante o número de chamadas a métodos e portanto otimizar de maneira significativa a velocidade de executar seus formulários. - -Aviso: os eventos On Load e On Unload são gerados por objetos se estiverem ativados para o objeto e o formulário ao qual pertence o objeto. Se os eventos estiverem ativados para o objeto apenas, nao ocorrerao; estes dois eventos também devem ser ativados ao nível do formulario. - -#### Eventos, Objetos e Propriedades - -Um método de objeto é chamado se o evento pode realmente ocorrer para o objeto, dependendo de sua natureza e propriedades. A seguinte seção detalha os eventos que você fará uso geralmente para lidar com os diferentes tipos de objetos. - -Lembre que a Lista de propriedades do editor de formulários somente mostra os eventos compatíveis com o objeto selecionado ou o formulário. - -##### Objetos clicáveis - -Os objetos clicáveis são gerenciáveis principalmente com o mouse. São os seguintes: - -* Variáveis ​​ou campos editáveis ​​booleanas -* Botões, botões padrão, botões de rádio, caixas de seleção, grades de botão -* Botões 3D, botões de opção 3D, caixas de seleção 3D -* Menus suspensos, menus hierárquicos drop down, menus de imagem -* Listas drop-down, menus -* Áreas de deslocamento, listas hierárquicas, list box -* Botões invisíveis, botões reversa, botões opção imagem -* Termômetros, réguas, mostradores (também conhecidos como objetos deslizante) -* Abas -* Separadores. - -QuandoOn Clicked ou On Double Clicked é selecionado para um desses objetos, você pode detectar e lidar com os cliques sobre o objeto, usando o comando Form event code que retorna On Clicked ou On Double Clicked,dependendo do caso. -Se ambos os eventos são selecionados para um objeto, os eventos On Clicked e On Double Clicked serão gerados quando o usuário clicar duas vezes no objeto. -**Nota**: A partir da v14, campos e Variáveis ​​editáveis ​​que o contém texto (tipo texto, datas, hora ou número) também geram eventos On Clicked e On Double Clicked. - -Para todos esses objetos, o evento On Clicked ocorre uma vez o botão do mouse seja liberado. No entanto, existem várias exceções: - -* Botões invisíveis - O evento On Clicked ocorre assim que você clicar e não esperar que o botão do mouse seja liberado. -* objetos deslizáveis (termômetros, réguas, e mostradores) - Se o formato de saída indicar que o método de objeto deve ser chamado enquanto você desliza o controle, o evento On Clicked ocorre assim que você clicar. - -No contexto do evento On Clicked, você pode testar o número de cliques feitos pelo usuário utilizando o comando [Clickcount](clickcount.md). - -**Nota**: Alguns destes objetos pode ser ativados com o teclado. Por exemplo, uma vez que uma caixa de seleção receber o foco, pode ser selecionada usando a barra de espaço. Neste caso, é gerado um evento On Clicked. -**Aviso**: os combo boxes não são considerados objetos clicáveis. Um combo box deve ser tratado como uma área de texto editável cuja lista suspensa associada fornece valores padrão. Portanto, você pode lidar com a entrada de dados em um combo box com a ajuda de eventos On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke e On Data Change. - -##### Objetos editáveis por teclado - -Os objetos editáveis por teclado são objetos nos quais você introduz dados utilizando o teclado e para os quais pode filtrar os dados de entrada ao menor nível detectando os eventos On After Edit, On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke e On Selection Change. - -Os objetos e tipos de dados editáveis são os seguintes: - -* Todos os campos editáveis do tipo alfa, texto, data, hora, numérico ou (On After Edit somente) imagem -* Todas las variáveis editáveis do tipo alfa, texto, data, hora, numérico ou (On After Edit somente) imagem -* Combo boxes (com exceção de On Selection Change) -* Listboxes. - -**Nota**: A partir de 4D v14, os campos e variáveis editáveis que contém texto (tipo texto, data, hora ou número) também geram os eventos On Clicked e On Double Clicked. - -**Nota:** Mesmo sendo objetos “editáveis”, as listas hierárquicas não dirigem os eventos formulário On After Edit, On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke (Veja também o parágrafo “Listas hierárquicas” a seguir). - -* On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke - -**Nota:** o evento On After Keystroke pode geralmente ser substituído pelo evento On After Edit (veja a seguir). - -Assim que os eventos On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke tenham sido selecionados para um objeto, pode detectar e gerenciar as pulsações de teclas no objeto, fazendo uso do comando **Form event code** que retornará On Before Keystroke e depois On After Keystroke (para maior informação, consulte a descrição do comando [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)). Estes eventos também são ativados por comandos de linguagem que simulam a ação do usuário, tais como [POST KEY](post-key.md). - -Lembre que as modificações do usuário que não são realizadas fazendo uso do teclado (colar, arrastar-soltar, etc.) não são tidas em conta. A fim de processar estes eventos, deverá utilizar On After Edit. - -**Nota:** Os eventos On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke não são gerados durante a utilização de um método de entrada. Um método de entrada (ou IME, Input Method Editor) é um programa ou um componente sistema que pode ser utilizado para introduzir caracteres complexos ou símbolos (por exemplo, chineses ou japoneses) utilizando um teclado ocidental. - -* On After Edit -Quando utilizado, este evento é gerado depois de toda alteração feita ao conteúdo de um objeto editável, sem importar a ação que originou a alteração, Quer dizer: -\- As ações de edição padrão que modificam o conteúdo tais como colar, cortar, apagar ou cancelar; -\- Soltar um valor (ação similar a colar); -\- Toda entrada de teclado realizada pelo usuário; neste caso, o evento On After Edit é gerado depois dos eventos On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke, se utilizados. -\- Toda modificação realizada utilizando um comando de linguagem que estimule una ação de usuário (por exemplo [POST KEY](post-key.md)). -Atenção, as seguintes ações NÃO ativam este evento: -\- As ações de edição que não modificam o conteúdo da área, como copiar ou selecionar tudo, ou arrastar um valor (ação semelhante a copiar); contudo, estas ações modificam a localização do cursor e desencadeiam o evento On Selection Change. -\- As modificações aos conteúdos por programação, com exceção para os comandos que simulam uma ação do usuário. -Este evento pode ser utilizado para controlar ações de usuário a fim de prevenir que colem um texto muito longo, bloquear alguns caracteres ou evitar que um campo de senha seja cortado. -* On Selection Change: Quando aplicado a um campo ou variável de texto dinâmico (editável ou não), este evento é ativado toda vez que a posição do cursor muda. Isto acontece por exemplo, assim que o usuário seleciona o texto utilizando o mouse ou as teclas de seta do teclado, ou quando o usuário introduz texto. Isto lhe permite chamar, por exemplo, comandos tais como [GET HIGHLIGHT](get-highlight.md). - -##### Objetos Modificáveis - -Os objetos modificáveis tem uma fonte de dados cujos valores podem ser modificados utilizando o mouse ou o teclado; não são considerados verdadeiramente como controles de interface de usuário controlados através do evento On Clicked. Estes objetos são os seguintes: - -* Todos os campos editáveis (com exceção dos BLOBs) -* Todas as variáveis editáveis (com exceção dos BLOBs, ponteiros e arrays) -* Combo boxes -* Objetos externos (para os quais a entrada de dados é validada pelo plug-in) -* Listas hierárquicas -* Listboxes e colunas de list box. - -Estes objetos recebem eventos On Data Change. Quando o evento On Data Change estiver selecionado para um destes objetos, você pode detectar e gerenciar a mudança dos valores da fonte de dados, utilizando o comando Form event code que retornará On Data Change. O evento é gerado assim que a variável associada com o objeto seja atualizada internamente por 4D (geralmente, quando a área de entrada do objeto perde o foco). - -##### Objetos Tabuláveis - -Os objetos tabuláveis obtém o foco quando utiliza a tecla Tab para chegar a eles e/ou quando faz clique neles. O objeto que tem o foco recebe os caracteres (digitados no teclado) que não são modificadores de um comando de menu ou de um objeto como um botão. - -Todos os objetos são tabuláveis, COM EXCEPÇÃO dos seguintes: - -* Variáveis ou campos não editáveis -* Grades de botões -* Botões 3D, botões opção 3D, caixas de seleção 3D -* Menus drop-down, menus hierárquicos drop-down -* Menus/listas drop-down -* Menus imagem -* Áreas de deslocamento -* Botões invisíveis, botões inversos, botões opção imagem -* Gráficos -* Objetos externos (para os quais a entrada de dados é aceitada pelo plug-in 4D) -* Tabs -* Separadores. - -Quando os eventos On Getting Focus e/ou On losing Focus são selecionados para um objeto tabulável, você pode detectar e gerenciar a mudança de foco, fazendo uso do comando Form event code que retornará On Getting Focus ou On losing Focus, dependendo do caso. - -##### Botões 3D - -Os botões 3D permitem estabelecer interfaces gráficas avançadas (para uma descrição dos botões 3D, consulte o Manual de Desenho). Além dos eventos genéricos, dois eventos específicos podem ser utilizados para gerenciar estes botões: - -* On Long Click: este evento é gerado quando um botão 3D recebe um clique e o botão do mouse é pressionado por um certo período de tempo. Na teoria, o período de tempo para o qual este evento é gerado é igual ao comprimento máximo de tempo que separa um duplo clique, conforme definido nas preferências do sistema. -Este evento pode ser gerado por todos os estilos de botões 3D, botões de opção 3D y caixas de seleção 3D, com excepção dos botões 3D de “velha geração” (estilo offset de fundo) e as áreas de setas de botões 3D com menus suspensos (veja a seguir). - -Este evento é utilizado geralmente para mostrar menus suspensos no caso de cliques longos nos botões. O evento On Clicked, se estiver selecionado, será gerado se o usuário liberar o botão do mouse antes do tempo limite do “clique longo”. - -* On Alternative Click alguns estilos de botões 3D podem estar associados a um menu suspenso e mostrar uma seta. Clicar nesta seta faz com que seja exibida uma caixa de seleção que oferece um conjunto de ações adicionais em relação com a ação principal do botão. -* 4D permite gerenciar este tipo de botão utilizando o evento On Alternative Click.Este evento é gerado quando o usuário clica na “seta” (assim que o botão do mouse seja pressionado): - - \- Se o menu suspenso for do tipo “separado,” o evento somente é gerado quando um clique ocorre na parte do botão com a seta. - - \- Se o menu suspenso for do tipo “ligado,” o evento é gerado quando ocorre um clique em qualquer parte do botão. Por favor tenha em conta que o evento On Long Click não pode ser gerado com este tipo de botão. - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png) - -Os estilos de botões 3D, botões de opção 3D e caixas de seleção 3D que aceitam a propriedade “Com menu suspenso” são: Nenhum, Botão de barra, Bevel, Bevel arredondado e Office XP. - -##### List box - -Vários eventos de formulário podem ser utilizados para gerenciar as diferentes características específicas dos list box: - -* On Before Data Entry: este evento é gerado pouco antes que uma célula de list box seja editada (antes de que o cursor de entrada apareça). Este evento permite ao desenvolvedor por exemplo, mostrar um texto diferente dependendo de que o usuário esteja em modo visualização ou em modo edição. -* On Selection Change: este evento é gerado sempre que a seleção atual de linhas ou colunas de list box são alteradas. Esse evento também é gerado para listas de registros e listas hierárquicas. -* On Column Moved: este evento é gerado quando uma coluna de list box é movida pelo usuário usando arrastar e soltar. O evento não é gerado se a coluna é arrastada e soltada para a sua localização inicial. O comando [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) retorna a posição nova coluna. -* On Row Moved: este evento é gerado quando uma linha de list box é movida pelo usuário usando arrastar e soltar. O evento não é gerado se a linha é arrastada e soltada para a sua localização inicial. -* On Column Resize: este evento é gerado quando quando o comprimento de uma coluna no list box for mudado por um usuário. A partir de 4D v16, o evento é ativado "ao vivo", ou seja, enviando continuamente durante o evento, por tanto tempo quanto a list box ou coluna em questao esteja sendo redimensionada. O redimensionamento é realizado manualmente pelo usuário, ou pode acontecer como resultado do list box e suas colunas sendo redimensionadas junto com a janela de formulário (se o formulário for redimensionado manualmente ou usando o comando [RESIZE FORM WINDOW](resize-form-window.md)). - Nota: O evento On Column Resize nao é ativado quando uma coluna "falsa" for redimensionada (para saber mais sobre colunas falsas, veja *Redimensionar tema Opcoes*). -* On Expand e On Collapse: esses eventos são gerados quando uma linha de listbox hierárquico se expande ou contrai. -* On Header Click: este evento é gerado quando ocorre um clique no cabeçalho de uma coluna no list box. Neste caso, o comando [Self](self.md) lhe permite conhecer o cabeçalho da coluna na que foi feito clique. O evento On Clicked é gerado quando um clique direito (Windows) ou Ctrl+clique (Mac OS) ocorre em uma coluna ou em um cabeçalho de coluna. Pode testar o número de cliques realizados pelo usuário utilizando o comando [Clickcount](clickcount.md). -Se a propriedade **Ordenavel** foi selecionada para a list box, você pode decidir se permite ou não uma ordenação padrão da coluna passando o valor 0 ou -1 na variável $0: -\- Se $0 for igual a 0, se realiza a ordenação padrão -\- Se $0 for igual a -1, não se realiza a ordenação padrão e o cabeçalho não é mostrada a flecha de ordenação. O desenvolvedor pode também gerar uma ordenação das colunas baseada em critérios de ordenação personalizados usando os comandos de gestão de arrays de 4D. -Se a propriedade **Ordenavel** não estiver selecionada para a list box, a variável $0 não é utilizada. -* On Footer Click: este evento está disponível para o objeto list box ou coluna de list box. É gerado quando ocorre um clique no rodapé de um list box ou de uma coluna de list box. Neste caso, o comando [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) retorna um ponteiro à variável do rodapé onde se fez o clique. O evento é gerado para clique esquerdo e direito. -Pode testar o número de cliques realizados pelo usuário utilizando o comando [Clickcount](clickcount.md). -* On After Sort: este evento é gerado logo depois de realisar uma ordenação padrão (entretanto, não é gerada se $0 devolver -1 no evento On Header Click). Este mecanismo é útil para conservar os sentidos das últimas ordenações efetuadas pelo usuário. Neste evento, o comando \[#cmd id="308"/\] retorna um ponteiro à variável da coluna que foi ordenada. -* On Delete Action: este evento é gerado cada vez que o usuario tenta apagar os elementos selecionados pressionando a tecla Deletar (**Del** ou **Backspace**) ou selecionando um elemento de menu cuja ação padrão associada seja Apagar (tal como o comando **Eliminar** do menu **Edicição**. Este evento só está disponível a nivel do objeto list box. Note que gerar o evento é a única ação realizada por 4D: o programa não apaga os elementos. O desenvolvedor deve manejar a eliminaçao e as mensagens de aviso prévio que sejam mostradas. -* On Scroll (novo na v15): Este evento é gerado assim que o usuário move as filas ou colunas da lista. O evento é gerado somente quando a mudança é o resultado de uma ação do usuário: usando barras e / ou setas de rolagem, roda do mouse ou teclado. Ele não é gerado quando a mudança é devida à execução do comando [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION ](object-set-scroll-position.md). -Esse evento é acionado após qualquer outr evento de usuário relacionado ação de rolagem (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). O evento só é gerado no método objeto (não no método de formulário). Ver Exemplo 15. -* On Alternative Click(novo na v15): Este evento é gerado nas colunas de list box de tipo array de objetos quando o usuário clicar em um botão reticências de Widget (atributo "alternateButton"). Para obter mais informações, consulte *Use arrays de objetos em colunas* -Dois eventos genéricos também pode ser usados no contexto de um list box de tipo "seleção": -* On Open Detail:: Este evento é gerado quando um registro está prestes a ser mostrado no formulário detalhado associado ao list box de tipo " seleção" (e antes que este formulário seja aberto). -* On Close Detail Este evento é gerado quando um registro exibido no formulário detalhado associado ao list box esteja prestes a ser fechado (independentemente de se o registro foi modificado ou não). - -##### Listas Hierárquicas - -Além dos eventos genéricos, vários eventos específicos podem ser utilizados para administrar as ações que os usuários nas listas hierárquicas: - -* On Selection Change: este evento se genera cada vez que la selección en la lista jerárquica se modifica después de un clic o de que se presione una tecla. -Este evento también es generado en los objetos list box y listas de registros. -* On Expand: este evento se genera cada vez que un elemento de la lista jerárquica se despliega con un clic o al presionar una tecla. -* On Collapse: este evento se genera cada vez que un elemento de la lista jerárquica se contrae con un clic o al presionar una tecla. -* On Delete Action: este evento se genera cada vez que el usuario intenta borrar los elementos seleccionados presionando una tecla de supresión (**Supr** o **Retroceso**) o seleccionando el comando **Eliminar** del menú **Edición**. Note que la generación del evento es la única acción efectuada por 4D: el programa no borra ningún elemento. El desarrollador debe encargarse de la eliminación y de todos los mensajes de alerta que aparezcan (ver el ejemplo). - -Estos eventos no son mutuamente exclusivos. Pueden generarse uno después del otro para una lista jerárquica: - -\- En respuesta a presionar una tecla (en orden): - -| **Evento** | **Contexto** | -| --------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| On Data Change | Un elemento estaba en edición | -| On Expand/On Collapse | Apertura/cierre de una sublista utilizando las teclas de flechas -> o <- | -| On Selection Change | Selección de un nuevo elemento | -| On Clicked | Activación de la lista utilizando el teclado | - - -\- En respuesta a un clic (en orden): - -| **Evento** | **Contexto** | -| -------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | Un elemento estaba en edición | -| On Expand/On Collapse | Apertura/cierre de una sublista utilizando los iconos de despliegue/contracción o | -| Doble-clic en una sublista no editable | | -| On Selection Change | Selección de un nuevo elemento | -| On Clicked / On Double Clicked | Activación de la lista por un clic o un doble clic | - -##### Variáveis e campos imagem - -* O evento formulário On Picture Scroll é gerado assim que o usuário desloca uma imagem dentro da área (campo ou variável) que o contém. Pode deslocar o conteúdo de uma área imagem quando o tamanho da área é menor a seu conteúdo e o formato de visualização é "**Truncado (não centrado)**". Para maior informação, consulte *Formatos Imagem*. -O evento é gerado quando o deslocamento é o resultado de uma ação do usuário: utilizando os cursores ou as barras de deslocamento, utilizando a roda do mouse ou as teclas de deslocamento do teclado (para maior informação sobre o deslocamento utilizando o teclado, consulte *Barra de rolagem*). Este evento não é gerado quando o objeto se desloca pela execução do comando [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION ](object-set-scroll-position.md). Este evento se dispara depois que um evento de usuário relacionado com a ação de eslocamentonão seja gerado (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). .É gerado no método objeto (e não no método formulário). Consulte o exemplo 14 - -* (Novo em v16) O evento On Mouse Up é gerado quando o usuário acabou de soltar o botão esquerdo do mouse enquanto arrastando em uma area de imagem (campo ou variável). Este evento é útil, por exemplo, quando quiser que o usuário possa mover, redimensionar ou desenhar objetos em uma área SVG. -Quando o evento On Mouse Up for gerado, pode obter as coordenadas locais quando o botão do mouse for solto. Estas coordenadas são retornadas em **MouseX** e **MouseY** *Variáveis sistema*. As coordenadas são expressas em pixels em relação ao canto esquerdo superior da imagem (0,0). -Quando usar este evento, deve chamar o comando [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) para manejar casos onde o estado gerente do formulário poderia estar dessincronizado. Este é o caso, por exemplo, quando uma caixa de diálogo de alerta for exibida acima do formulário enquanto o botão do mouse ainda não foi solto. Para saber mais e ver um exemplo de uso do evento On Mouse Up, veja a descrição do comando [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md). - -**Nota:** se a opção "arrastável" não estiver marcada para o objeto de imagem, o evento On Mouse Up nunca é gerado. - -##### Subformulários - -Um objeto de conteúdo do sub-formulário (objeto incluído no formulário pai contém uma instância do sub-formulário) suporta os seguintes eventos: - -* On Load e On Unload: abertura e fechamento do sub-formulário respectivamente (esses eventos também devem ser ativados no pai do formulário para que eles sejam tidos em conta). Observe que esses eventos são gerados antes do formulário pai. Além disso, observe que de acordo com os princípios de funcionamento dos eventos de formulário, se o sub-formulário está localizado em uma página diferente de 0 ou 1, esses eventos só irão gerar quando a página é exibida/fechada (e não quando o formulário é exibido/fechado). -* On Validate: validação da entrada com o sub-formulário. -* On Data Change: O valor da variável do objeto de conteúdo do sub-formulário foi modificado. -* On Getting Focus e On Losing Focus: o conteúdo do sub-formulário acaba de receber ou perder o foco. Esses eventos são gerados no método do objeto sub-formulário quando eles são selecionados. Enviam para o formulário do método sub-formulário, que significa por exemplo que você pode gerenciar a visualização dos botões de navegação no sub-formulário em função do foco. Observe que os próprios objetos do sub-formulário podem ter o foco. -* On bound variable change: este evento específico é gerado no contexto do método de formulário do sub-formulário assim que um valor é atribuído à variável associado com o sub-formulário no formulário pai (mesmo se o mesmo valor é retribuído) e se o sub-formulário pertence à página do formulário atual ou a página 0\. Para obter maior informação sobre a gestão de sub-formulários, consulte o manual de *Desenho*. - -**Nota:** É possível definir todos os tipos de eventos personalizados que podem ocorrer em um sub-formulário através do comando [CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md). Este comando lhe permite chamar o método do objeto de recipiente e passar um código de evento. - -Os eventos abaixo também são recebidos no método formulário do subformulário: - -* Os eventos On Clicked e On Double Clicked gerados no sub-formulário são recebidos em primeiro lugar pelo método formulário do sub-formulário e logo pelo método formulário do formulário local. -* On Resize\- este evento é eviado ao método formulário do subformulário quando o tamanho de objeto subformulário de formulário pai tenha sido modificado. - -##### Áreas Web - - -Existem sete eventos para formulários especificamente disponíveis para as zonas de web: - -* On Begin URL Loading: este evento ocorre ao início da carga de um nuevo URL na área Web. A variável "URL" associada com a área web permite conhecer o URL que está carregando. -**Nota:** O URL que está carregando é diferente do URL atual (consulte a descrição do comando [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md "WA Get current URL")). -* On URL Resource Loading: este evento ocorre cada vez que carga um novo recurso (imagem, moldura, etc.) na página web atual. A variável "Progressão" associada a área lhe permite buscar o estado atual da carga. -* On End URL Loading: este evento ocorre quando todos os recursos da URL atual são carregados. Você pode chamar o comando WA Get current URL para conhecer a URL carregada. -* On URL Loading Error: este evento ocorre quando um erro é detectado ao carregar uma URL. Você pode chamar o comando WA GET LAST URL ERROR para obter informações sobre o erro. -* On URL Filtering: este evento ocorre quando a carga de um URL é bloqueada pela área web devido a um filtro definido utilizando o comando [WA SET URL FILTERS](wa-set-url-filters.md "WA SET URL FILTERS"). Pode conhecer o URL bloqueado utilizando o comando [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL"). -* On Open External Link: este evento ocorre quando a carga de um URL é bloqueada pela área Web e o URL é aberto com o navegador do sistema atual, devido a um filtro definido utilizando o comando [WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md "WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS"). Pode conhecer o URL bloqueado utilizando o comando [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL"). -* On Window Opening Denied: este evento ocorre quando ao abrir uma janela pop-up ela se bloqueia para a área Web. As áreas web 4D não permitem a abertura de janelas pop-up. Pode conhecer o URL bloqueado utilizando o comando [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md "WA Get last filtered URL"). - -##### áreas 4D View Pro - -Os eventos abaixo estão disponíveis para áreas 4D View Pro. - -* On After Edit: Este evento é gerado depois que uma edição foi feita na área 4D View Pro. -* On Clicked: Este evento é gerado quando acontecer um clique no viewport da área 4D View Pro (fora dos cabeçalhos, barras de rolagem ou barra de ferramentas) -* On Column Resize: Este evento é gerado quando a largura de uma coluna é modificada pelo usuário. -* On Double Clicked: Este evento é gerado quando acontecer um duplo clique na área 4D View Pro. -* On Header Click:Este evento é gerado quando um clique acontecer no cabeçalho de coluna ou linha. -* On Row Resize: Este evento é gerado quando a altura de uma linha for modificada por um usuário. -* On Selection Change: Este evento é gerado quando a seleção atual de linhas ou colunas for modificada. -* On VP ReadyEste evento é gerado quando o carregamento de área 4D View Pro estiver completo. Precisa usar este evento para escrever o código de inicialização para esta área. - -Para saber mais sobre estes eventos, veja a seção *Evento formulário On VP Ready*. - -#### Exemplo 1 - -Este exemplo mostra o evento On Validate utilizado para atribuir automaticamente (a um campo) a fecha quando o registro é modificado: - -```4d -  //Método de formulário - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Validate) -       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 2 - -Neste exemplo, a gestão completa de um menú drop-down, (inicialização, clics do usuário, e liberação de objeto) está encapsulado no método de objeto: - -```4d -  //asBurgerSize Método objeto lista Drop-down - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asBurgerSize#0) -          ALERT("Você escolheu um"+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" hamburguer.") -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 3 - -Este exemplo mostra como aceitar e administrar uma operação de arrastar e soltar para um objeto de campo que aceita somente valores de imagens, em um método de objeto. - -```4d -  //[aTable]aPicture Método de objeto campo imagem editável - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Drag Over) -  //Uma operação arrastar e soltar foi inicada e o mouse está atualmente sobre o campo -  //Obtém a informação sobre o objeto fonte -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -  //Note que não é preciso testar o número ID do processo fonte -  //para que o método objeto seja executado, já que é o mesmo processo -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -  //a fonte de dados é uma imagem? (campo, variável ou array)? -       If(($vlDataType=Is picture)|($vlDataType=Picture array)) -  //se sim, aceitar o arrastar. -          $0:=0 -       Else -  //Se não, recusar arrastar -          $0:=-1 -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Drop) -  //A fonte de dados foi solta no objeto, portanto é preciso copiá-la -  //no objeto -  //Obtém a informação sobre o objeto fonte -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -       Case of -  //O objeto fonte é um campo ou variável Imagem -          :($vlDataType=Is picture) -  //O objeto fonte é do mesmo processo? (E assim da mesma janela ou formulário?) -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //Se sim, apenas copie o valor fonte -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject-> -             Else -  //Se não, o objeto fonte é uma variável? -                If(Is a variable($vpSrcObject)) -  //Se sim, obtém o valor do processo fonte -                   GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->;$vgDraggedPict) -                   [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -                Else -  //Se não, use CALL PROCESS para obter o valor campo para processo fonte -                End if -             End if -  //O objeto fonte é um array de imagens -          :($vlDataType=Picture array) -  //O objeto fonte é do mesmo processo? (Portanto da mesma janela e formulário)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //Se sim, apenas copie o valor fonte -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement} -             Else -  //Se não, obtenha o valor do processo fonte -                GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement};$vgDraggedPict) -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -             End if -       End case - End case -``` - -**Nota:** Para outros exemplos mostrando como gerenciar eventos On Drag Over e On Drop, veja os exemplos do comando *\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES*. - -#### Exemplo 4 - - Este exemplo é um modelo para um método do formulário. Mostra cada um dos eventos possíveis que podem ocorrer quando um relatório usa um formulário como formulário de saída: - -```4d -  //Método de um formulário sendo usado como formulário output para um relatório resumo - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Header) -  //Uma área cabeçalho vai ser impressa -       Case of -          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //Código para a primeira quebra de cabeçalho vai aqui -          :(Level=1) -  //Código para uma quebra de cabeçalho nível 1 aqui -          :(Level=2) -  //Código para uma quebra de cabeçalho nível 2 aqui -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -  //Um registro vai ser impresso -  //Código para cada quebra vai aqui -    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) -  //Uma quebra de área vai ser impressa -       Case of -          :(Level=0) -  //Código para uma quebra de nível 0 aqui -          :(Level=1) -  //Código para uma quebra de nível 1 aqui -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) -       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //Código para o último rodapé aqui -       Else -  //Código para um cabeçalho aqui -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 5 - -Este exemplo mostra o modelo de um método de formulário que administra os eventos que podem ocorrer em um formulário mostrado utilizando os comandos [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) ou [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). Por propósitos didáticos, mostra a natureza do evento na barra de título da janela do formulário. - -```4d -  //Um método de formulário - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       $vsTheEvent:="O formulário vai ser exibido" -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       $vsTheEvent:="O formulário saida vai desaparecer da tela" -    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Exibindo registro  #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="Um item de menu foi selecionado" -    :(Form event code=On Header") -       $vsTheEvent:="A área cabeçalho vai ser desenhada" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="Um registro foi clicado" -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="Um registro recebeu duplo clique" -    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="O registro #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" recebeu duplo clique" -    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Voltar ao formulário form" -    :(Form event code=On Activate) -       $vsTheEvent:="A janela de formulário virou a janela mais à frente" -    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) -       $vsTheEvent:="A janela de formulário não é mais a janela mais à frente" -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="Um item menu foi escolhido" -    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) -       $vsTheEvent:="Uma chamada externa foi recebida" -    Else -       $vsTheEvent:="O que aconteceu? Event #"+String(Form event) - End case - SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) -``` - -#### Exemplo 6 - - Para os exemplos sobre gestão dos eventos On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke, ver os exemplos dos comandos [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) y [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md). - -#### Exemplo 7 - - Este exemplo mostra como tratar da mesma forma os clics e doble clic em uma área de deslocamento: - -```4d -  //método de objeto área rolável asChoices - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  //... -       asChoices:=0 -    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //Um item foi clicado, faça algo aqui -  //... -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 8 - - Este exemplo mostra como tratar os clics e doble clics utilizando uma resposta diferente. Note o uso do elemento zero para conservar o valor do elemento selecionado: - -```4d -  // Método de objeto para a área de deslocamento asOpçoes - Case of -    :(FORM Event=On Load) -       ARRAY STRING(...;asOpçoes;...) -  // ... -       asOpçoes:=0 -       asOpçoes{0}:="0" -    :(FORM Event=On Clicked) -       If(asOpçoes#0) -          If(asOpçoes#Num(asOpçoes)) -  // Foi realizado clic em um novo elemento, fazer algo aqui -  // ... -  // Guardar o novo elemento selecionado para a próxima vez -             asOpçoes{0}:=String(asOpçoes) -          End if -       Else -          asOpçoes:=Num(asOpçoes{0}) -       End if -    :(FORM Event=On Double Clicked) -       If(asOpçoes#0) -  // Foi realizado doble clic sobre um elemento, fazer algo diferente aqui -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 9 - - Este exemplo mostra como manter uma área de texto a partir de um método desde um método de formulário, utilizando os eventos On Getting Focus e On losing Focus: - -```4d -  //[Contacts];Método de formulário"Data Entry" - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       var vtStatusArea : Text -       vtStatusArea:="" -    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) -       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) -       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) -          Case of -             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Campo Sobrenome -                vtStatusArea:="Entre o sobrenome do Contato; a primeira letra será convertida para maiúscula" -  //... -             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Campo CEP (ZIP) -                vtStatusArea:="Entre um código de CEP de 5-díditos; será validado automaticamente" -  //... -          End case -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) -       vtStatusArea:="" -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 10 - -Este exemplo mostra como responder ao evento de fechamento de uma janela com um formulário utilizado para a entrada de dados: - -```4d -  //Método para um formulário de entrada - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Close Box) -       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) -          CONFIRM("Este registro foi modificado. Salvar as mudanças?") -          If(OK=1) -             ACCEPT -          Else -             CANCEL -          End if -       Else -          CANCEL -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 11 - - Este exemplo mostra como passar a maiúsculas um campo de tipo texto ou alfanumérico cada vez que o valor seja modificado: - -```4d -  //[Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 12 - - Este exemplo mostra como passar a maiúsculas um campo de tipo texto ou alfanumérico cada vez que o valor seja modificado: - -```4d -  //[Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 13 - -O exemplo abaixo ilustra como manejar uma ação de eliminação nuna lista hierárquica: - -```4d - ... //método da lista hierárquica -:(([#current_title_incode=On Delete Action) - ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) - $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) - $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) -  - Case of -    :($n=0) -       ALERT("Nenhum elemento selecionado") -       OK:=0 -    :($n=1) -       CONFIRM("Quer eliminar este elemento?") -    :($n>1) -       CONFIRM("Quier eliminar estos elementos?") - End case -  - If(OK=1) -    For($i;1;$n) -       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) -    End for - End if -``` - -#### Exemplo 14 - -Neste exemplo, o evento formulário On Scroll permite sincronizar a visualização de duas imagens em um formulário. O seguinte código se agrega no método do objeto "satélite" (campo imagen ou variável imagem): - -```4d - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -  // tomamos a posição da imagem da esquerda -       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) -  // e a aplicamos a imagem da direita -       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) - End case -``` - -Resultado: - -#### Exemplo 15 - -Se você deseja desenhar um retängulo vermelho ao redor de uma célula selecionada de um list box e deseja que o retângulo se mova junto com a list box se for movimentada verticalmente pelo usuário. No método objeto do list box, pode escrever: - -```4d - Case of - -:(Form event code=On Clicked) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True)&NBSP; //inicializa um retângulo vermelho -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -  -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) -       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //preste atençãp na altura do cabeçalho para que não o ultrapasse -       f($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //se estamos dentro da list box -  //para simplificar, só manejamos cabeçalhos -  //mas devemos manejar clipping horizontal -  //assim como as barras de deslocamento -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -    Else -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) -    End if -  -End case - - -``` - -Como resultado, o retângulo vermelho segue o deslocamento da list box: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) - -#### Ver também - -*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* -[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) -[Current form table](current-form-table.md) -[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[FORM Event](form-event.md) -[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) -[Keystroke](keystroke.md) -[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) -[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md deleted file mode 100644 index e4c0e2ab4efd7d..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-event.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event -title: FORM Event -slug: /commands/form-event -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM Event** : Object - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Object | ← | objeto evento | - - - -#### Descrição - -**FORM Event** devolve um objeto que contém informação sobre o evento de formulário que acaba de ocorrer. Em geral, usará **FORM Event** desde um formulário ou método de objeto. - -**Objeto devolvido** - -Cada objeto devolvido inclui as propriedades principais: - -| **Propriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | -| --------------- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| objectName | texto | Nome de objeto que desencadeia o evento: não inclui se o evento for desencadeado pelo formulário | -| code | inteiro longo | Valor numérico de evento de formulário. Ver [Form event code](form-event-code.md) | -| description | texto | Nome de evento de formulário (por exemplo, "On After Edit"). | - -Por exemplo, no caso de clicar no botão, o objeto contém as propriedades abaixo: - -```RAW -{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} -``` - -O objeto de evento pode conter propriedades adicionais, dependendo do objeto para o qual ocorre o evento. Por exemplo, os objetos *eventObj* gerados em: - -* Objetos List box ou colunas, veja *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. -* Áreas 4D View Pro, veja *Evento formulário On VP Ready*.O - -**Nota:** se não há um evento atual, **FORM Event** devolvido um objeto nulo. - -#### Exemplo 1 - -Se quiser manejar o evento On Clicked em um botão: - -```4d - If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) -    ... - End if -``` - -#### Exemplo 2 - -Se estabelecer o nome de objeto coluna com um nome atributo real de uma dataclasse como: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) - -Pode ordenar a coluna usando o evento On Header Click: - -```4d - Form.event:=FORM Event - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Header Click) -       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") -          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Exemplo 3 - -Se quiser manejar On Display Details em um objeto list box com um método estabelecido na propriedade *Meta info expression*: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) - -O método *setColor*: - -```4d - var $event;$0;$meta : Object - $event:=[#current_title_incod] - $meta:=New object -  - Case of -    :($event.code=On Display Detail) -       If($event.isRowSelected) -          $meta.fill:="lightblue" -       End if - End case - $0:=$meta -``` - -A list box resultado quando linhas são selecionadas: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) - -#### Ver também - -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md index 8297eb20f5ab57..f545ab1d9133ad 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando **FORM Get current page** retorna o número da página atual do formulário mostrado atualmente ou do formulário atual carregado via o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +O comando **FORM Get current page** retorna o número da página atual do formulário mostrado atualmente ou do formulário atual carregado via o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). O parâmetro *\** é útil quando o comando é chamado no contexto de um subformulário em página que contém muitas páginas. Neste caso, quando passar este parâmetro, o comando muda a página do subformulário atual (a que chamou o comando). Por padrão, quando o parâmetro *\** é omitido, o comando é sempre aplicado ao formulário pai. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md index 267c92983cee44..d1e649473ed0d2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-get-names.md @@ -67,4 +67,4 @@ Exemplos de usos típicos: #### Ver também *Formulários* -[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[METHOD GET PATHS FORM](../commands/method-get-paths-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md index 0b3a3c99103852..e470e28358d394 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **FORM GOTO PAGE** modifica a página atual de um formulário para mostrar a página especificada por *numPag*. -Se não for mostrado nenhum formulário ou carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) ou se *numPag* corresponde à página atual do formulário, **FORM GOTO PAGE** não faz nada. Se *numPag* é superior ao número de páginas do formulário, a última página é mostrada. Se *numPag* é menor que um, a primeira página é mostrada. +Se não for mostrado nenhum formulário ou carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) ou se *numPag* corresponde à página atual do formulário, **FORM GOTO PAGE** não faz nada. Se *numPag* é superior ao número de páginas do formulário, a última página é mostrada. Se *numPag* é menor que um, a primeira página é mostrada. O parâmetro *\** é útil quando o comando é chamado no contexto de um subformulário em página que contém muitas páginas. Neste caso, quando passar este parâmetro, o comando muda a página do subformulário atual (a que chamou o comando). Por padrão, quando o parâmetro *\** é omitido, o comando é sempre aplicado ao formulário pai. @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Os botões de ação automática realizam as mesmas tarefas que os comandos [FIR Os comandos de página podem ser utilizadas com formulários de entrada ou com formulários de saída em diálogos.Os formulários de saída utilizam apenas a primeira página. Um formulário sempre tem ao menos uma página, a primeira página. Lembre que sem importar o número de páginas que um formulário tenha, só existe um método de formulário para cada formulário. * Utilize o comando [FORM Get current page](form-get-current-page.md) para saber que página está sendo mostrada. -* Utilize [Form event code](form-event-code.md) On Page Change que é gerado cada vez que a página atual do formulário muda. +* Utilize [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) On Page Change que é gerado cada vez que a página atual do formulário muda. **Nota:** quando **desenha** um formulário, pode trabalhar com as páginas da 1 à X, como também com a página 0, na qual põe os objetos que aparecem em todas as páginas. Quando **utiliza** um formulário, e chama os comandos de página, você trabalha com as páginas da 1 a X; a página 0 é combinada automaticamente com a página que está sendo mostrada. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3516f37b3f0232..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-load.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,175 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-load -title: FORM LOAD -slug: /commands/form-load -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**FORM LOAD** ( {*Tabela* ;} *formulario* {; *formData*}{; *} ) - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Table | Table | → | Formulário de tabela para carregar (se omitido, carrega um formulário do projeto) | -| formulario | Text, Object | → | Nome do formulário de projeto a abrir para impressão ou string Vazia para fechar o formulário de projeto atual | -| formData | Object | → | Dados a associar ao formulário | -| * | Operador | → | Se passar = o comando se aplica a base local quando se executa desde um componente (parâmetro ignorado fora deste contexto) | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Descrição - -O comando **FORM LOAD** se utiliza para carregar o *formulario* (projeto ou tabela) em memória com o propósito de imprimir seus dados ou analisar seus conteúdos. Só pode haver um formulário atual por processo. - -No parâmetro *formulário* pode passar: - -* o nome do formulário ou -* a rota (em sintaxe POSIX) a um arquivo válido .json que contenha uma descrição do formulário a usar (ver *Form file path*), ou -* um objeto que contenha uma descrição do formulário - -Quando executar o comando desde um componente, carrega os formulários do componente por padrão. Se passar o parâmetro \*, o método carega os formulários do banco de dados local. - -##### formData - -Opcionalmente, pode passar parâmetros ao *formulario* utilizando o objeto *dataForm*. Toda propriedade do objeto *dataForm* estará disponível desde o contexto do formulário através do comando [Form](form.md). Por exemplo, se passar um objeto que contenha {"version", "12"} em *dataForm*, poderá obter ou definir o valor da propriedade "version" no formulario chamando: - -```4d - $v:=Form.version //"12" - Form.version:=13 -``` - -O objeto *dataForm* está disponível no evento formulário On Load. - -*dataForm* lhe permite passar parámetros de forma segura a seus formulários, seja qual for o contexto de chamada. Em particular, se o mesmo formulário for cnamado desde diferentes lugares no mesmo processo, sempre poderá acessar a seus valores específicos simplesmente chamando a [Form](form.md).myProperty. - -**Nota:** se não passar o parâmetro *dataForm* ou se passar um objeto indefinido, **FORM LOAD** cria automaticamente um novo objeto vazio vinculado ao *formulario*, disponível através do comando [Form](form.md). - -##### Impressão de dados - -Para que este comando possa ser executado, uma tarefa de impressão deve ser aberta de antemão usando o comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). O comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) faz uma chamada implícita ao comando [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md), pelo que neste contexto é necessário executar [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). Uma vez carregado, o *formulario* se converte no formulário de impressão atual. Todos os comandos de gestão de objetos, e em particular, o comando [Print object](print-object.md), trabalham com este formulário. - -Se um formulário de impressão já tiver sido carregado previamente (através de uma chamada anterior ao comando **FORM LOAD**), ele é fechado e substituído por *formulario*. Pode abrir e fechar vários formulários projeto na mesma sessão de impressão. Mudar de formulário de impressão através do comando **FORM LOAD** não gera saltos de página. É responsabilidade do desenvolvedor manejar os saltos de página. - -Só o evento formulário On Load se executa durante a abertura do formulário, assim como os métodos dos objetos do formulário. Os outros eventos de formulário se ignoram. O evento de formulário On Unload se executa ao final da impressão. - -Para manter a coerência gráfica dos formulários, se recomenda aplicar a propriedade de aparência "impressão" em todas as plataformas. - -O formulário de impressão atual é fechado automaticamente quando se chama o comando [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md). - -##### Análise do conteúdo do formulário - -Esta possibilidade consiste em carregar um formulário fora da tela para análise. Para realizar esta ação, basta com chamar a **FORM LOAD** fora do contexto de um trabalho de impressão. Neste caso, os eventos de formulário não se executam. - -**FORM LOAD**\] Pode ser utilizado com os comandos [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) e [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) para levar a cabo qualquer tipo de processo no conteúdo do formulário. A continuação, deve chamar ao comando [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) para liberar o formulário da memória. - -Tenha em conta que em todos os casos, o formulário na tela permanece carregado (não é afetado pelo comando **FORM LOAD**) pelo que não é necessário voltar a carregar ele depois de chamar a [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md). -**Lembrete:** no contexto off screen, não esqueça chamar [FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) para evitar todo risco de saturação da memória. - -#### Exemplo 1 - -Chamar um formulário projeto em um trabalho de impressão: - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD("print_form") -  // execução de eventos e métodos objeto -``` - -#### Exemplo 2 - -Chamar um formulário tabela em um trabalho de impressão: - -```4d - OPEN PRINTING JOB - FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") -  // execução de eventos e métodos objeto -``` - -#### Exemplo 3 - -Análise do conteúdo de um formulário para realizar um processo nas áreas de entrada de texto: - -```4d - FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") -  // seleção do formulário sem execução dos eventos nem dos métodos - FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) - For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) -    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) -  //… processamento -    End if - End for - FORM UNLOAD //não esquecer de descarregar o formulário -``` - -#### Exemplo 4 - -O exemplo abaixo retorna o número de objetos em um formulário JSON: - -```4d - ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //ordena itens de formulário em arrays - ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) - ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) -  - FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //carrega o formulário - FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) -  - ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //retorna a contagem de objetos -``` - -o resultado mostrado é - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) - -#### Exemplo 5 - -Se quiser imprimir um formulário que contenha um list box, durante o evento *on load*, pode modificar o conteúdo do list box a modificar. - -1\. No método de impressão, escreva: - -```4d - var $formData : Object - -var $over Boolean - var $full : Boolean -  - OPEN PRINTING JOB - $formData:=New object - $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() - ... //preenche a coleção de dados -  - FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //salva a coleção em $formData - $over:=False - Repeat -    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // a datasource deste listbox "LB" é Form.LBcollection -    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) -    If(Not($over)) -       PAGE BREAK -    End if - Until($over) - FORM UNLOAD - CLOSE PRINTING JOB - - -``` - -2\. No método formulário, pode escrever: - -```4d - var $o : Object - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection está disponível -          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) -       End for each - End case -``` - -#### Ver também - -[Current form name](current-form-name.md) -[FORM UNLOAD](form-unload.md) -[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) -[OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) -[Print object](print-object.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md index 0331dfb72b0176..fd1245d8fd5e5f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando **FORM SCREENSHOT** retorna um formulário em forma de imagem. Este comando aceita duas sintaxes diferentes: em função da sintaxe utilizada, você obtém ou uma imagem do formulário em execução ou uma imagem do formulário no editor de formulários. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( *imagF* *orm* ) -Esta sintaxe permite obter uma captura de tela exata da página atual do formulário em execução ou carregado sob o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md): a imagem retorna no parâmetro *imagForm* contém todos os objetos visíveis do formulário com os valores atuais dos campos e das variáveis do formulário, subformulário, etc. O formulário é retornado em sua totalidade, sem considerar o tamanho da janela que o contenha. +Esta sintaxe permite obter uma captura de tela exata da página atual do formulário em execução ou carregado sob o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md): a imagem retorna no parâmetro *imagForm* contém todos os objetos visíveis do formulário com os valores atuais dos campos e das variáveis do formulário, subformulário, etc. O formulário é retornado em sua totalidade, sem considerar o tamanho da janela que o contenha. Considere que esta sintaxe só funciona com formulários de entrada. * FORM SCREENSHOT ( {*tabela* ;} nomeForm; *imagForm*{; *pagNum*} ) Esta sintaxe permite obter uma captura de tela (screensho) de um formulário "modelo" do modo como é exibido no Editor de formulários. Todos os objetos visíveis são desenhados da mesma forma que no editor; os comandos consideram os formulários herdados e os objetos localizados na página 0. @@ -38,4 +38,4 @@ Automaticamente, o comando retorna uma captura de tela da página 1 do formulár #### Ver também -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md index a65a82f645c4c7..a45cba2e07c992 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form-unload.md @@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando **FORM UNLOAD** libera da memória o formulário atual designado utilizando o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +O comando **FORM UNLOAD** libera da memória o formulário atual designado utilizando o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). -Chamar este comando é necessário quando se utiliza o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md) fora do contexto de impressão (no caso da impressão, o formulário atual é novamente fechado de forma automática quando o comando for chamado [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). +Chamar este comando é necessário quando se utiliza o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) fora do contexto de impressão (no caso da impressão, o formulário atual é novamente fechado de forma automática quando o comando for chamado [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](close-printing-job.md)). #### Ver também -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 9e64c134c0deb4..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form -title: Form -slug: /commands/form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form** : Object - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Object | ← | Formulário de dados associado ao formulário atual | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Descrição - -O comando **Form** devolve o objeto associado com o formulário atual, se houver. 4D associa automaticamente um objeto ao formulário atual nos casos abaixo: - -* o formulário atual tiver sido mostrado pelo comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), -* o formulário atual for um subformulário. -* um formulário tabela estiver exibido atualmente na tela. - -##### formulário DIALOG - -Se o formulário atual for mostrado mediante uma chamada ao comando [DIALOG](dialog.md), **Form** devolve ou um objeto vazio, ou o objeto *formData* passado como parâmetro a este comando, se houver. - -##### Subformulário - -Se o formulàrio atual for um subformulário, o objeto devolvido depende da variável container pai: - -* Se a variável associada ao container principal tiver sido escrita como um objeto ([C\_OBJECT](c-object.md)), **Form** devolve o valor desta variável. -Neste caso, o objeto devolvido por **Form** é o mesmo que o devolvido pela expressão abaixo: -```4d - (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> -``` -* Se a variável associada ao container pai não tiver sido escrita como um objeto, **Form** devolve um objeto criado automaticamente, mantido por 4D no contexto de subformulário. - -Para mais informação, consulte a seção *Subformulários em modo página*. - -##### Formulário tabela - -**Form** retorna o objeto associado com o formulário tabela exibido na tela. No contexto de um formulário input exibido a partir de um formulário output (ou seja, depois de um duplo clique em um registro), o objeto retornado contém as propriedades abaixo: - -| **Propriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | -| --------------- | -------- | ---------------------------------------- | -| parentForm | object | **Form** objeto do formulário output pai | - -#### Exemplo - -Em um formulário exibindo o registro de uma pessoa, um botão "Check children" abre um diálogo para verificar/modificar os nomes e idades dos filhos: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) - -**Nota:** O campo objeto "Children" é representado apenas para mostrar sua estrutura para esse exemplo. - -No formulário de verificação, se tiver atribuido algumas propriedades de objeto a variáveis [Form](form.md): - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) - -Abaixo o código para o botão "Check children": - -```4d - var $win;$n;$i : Integer - var $save : Boolean - ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) - OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //obtém a coleção children - $save:=False //initializa a variável save -  - $n:=Size of array($children) - If($n>0) -    $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) -    SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) -    For($i;1;$n) //para cada child -       DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //exibe diálogo preenchido com valores -       If(OK=1) //o usuário clica OK -          $save:=True -       End if -    End for -    If($save=True) -       [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //força a atualização do campo objeto -    End if -    CLOSE WINDOW($win) - Else -    ALERT("No child to check.") - End if -``` - -**Nota:** Esse exemplo exige que a notação de objeto esteja ativada no banco de dados (ver *Página Compatibilidade*). - -O formulário exibe informação para cada campo: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) - -Se os valores forem editados e o botão OK button for clicaod, o campo é atualizado (o registro pai deve ser salvo depois). - -#### Ver também - -[DIALOG](dialog.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md index 19f548dbc0786c..3a3f334f6696e8 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-edited-text.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando Get edited text é utilizado principalmente com o evento de formulário On After Keystroke para recuperar o texto a medida em que é introduzido. Também pode ser utilizado com o evento de formulário On Before Keystroke. Para maior informação sobre estes eventos de formulário, por favor consulte a descrição do comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +O comando Get edited text é utilizado principalmente com o evento de formulário On After Keystroke para recuperar o texto a medida em que é introduzido. Também pode ser utilizado com o evento de formulário On Before Keystroke. Para maior informação sobre estes eventos de formulário, por favor consulte a descrição do comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). A combinação deste comando com os eventos formulário On Before Keystroke e On After Keystroke funciona da seguinte maneira: @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ End if #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Is editing text](is-editing-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md index cedc35a2889522..416c54c8c75d4a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-print-marker.md @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Este comando pode ser utilizado nos dois contextos: * Durante o evento de formulário On Header, no contexto dos comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) -* Durante o evento de formulário On Printing Detail, no contexto do comando [Print form](print-form.md) +* Durante o evento de formulário On Printing Detail, no contexto do comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) Se devolvem as coordenadas em píxels (1 píxel = 1/72 polegadas). Passe uma das constantes do tema *Área de formulário* no parâmetro *numeroMarc*: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md index d60f01fa334e87..8a9fb3e0159997 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-area.md @@ -40,4 +40,4 @@ Para saber o tamanho total da página, pode: #### Ver também [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md index 2cb52cecbeee6b..9bacf819cfef62 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando GET PRINTABLE MARGIN devolve os valores atuais das diferentes margens definidas utilizando o comando [Print form](print-form.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md).. +O comando GET PRINTABLE MARGIN devolve os valores atuais das diferentes margens definidas utilizando o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md).. Os valores são devolvidos em píxels com respeito a borda do papel. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Os valores são devolvidos em píxels com respeito a borda do papel. Por padrão, em 4D o cálculo das impressões é realizada baseada nas “margens da impressora”. A vantagem deste sistema é que os formulários se adaptam automaticamente às novas impressoras (já que estão situados na área de impressão). Por outra parte, no caso dos formulários impressos, não era possível posicionar os elementos a imprimir de maneira precisa porque uma mudança de impressora poderia modificar as margens da impressora. -É possível basear a impressão dos formulários efetuados utilizando os comandos [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) sobre uma margem fixa que é idêntica em cada impressora: as margens do papel, ou seja, os limites físicos da folha. Para fazer isto, simplesmente utilize os comandos [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) e [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md). +É possível basear a impressão dos formulários efetuados utilizando os comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) sobre uma margem fixa que é idêntica em cada impressora: as margens do papel, ou seja, os limites físicos da folha. Para fazer isto, simplesmente utilize os comandos [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md), [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) e [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md). #### Terminologia de Impressão @@ -44,5 +44,5 @@ Por padrão, em 4D o cálculo das impressões é realizada baseada nas “margen #### Ver também [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md index 091b7b6bfab235..9d4e7ff651a93d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando Get printed height devolve a altura global (em píxels) da seção impressa pelo comando [Print form](print-form.md). +O comando Get printed height devolve a altura global (em píxels) da seção impressa pelo comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). O valor devolvido estará entre 0 (a borda superior da página) e a altura total devolvida pelo comando [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) (o tamanho máximo da área de impressão). -Se imprime uma nova seção utilizando o comando [Print form](print-form.md) , a altura da nova seção se adiciona a este valor. Se a área de impressão disponível for insuficiente para conter esta seção, é gerado uma nova página e o valor devolvido é 0. +Se imprime uma nova seção utilizando o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) , a altura da nova seção se adiciona a este valor. Se a área de impressão disponível for insuficiente para conter esta seção, é gerado uma nova página e o valor devolvido é 0. As margens de impressão direita e esquerda não influem no valor devolvido, diferente das margens inferior e superior (as quais podem ser definidas utilizando o comando [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) ). @@ -31,5 +31,5 @@ As margens de impressão direita e esquerda não influem no valor devolvido, dif #### Ver também [GET PRINTABLE AREA](get-printable-area.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINTABLE MARGIN](set-printable-margin.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md index f6be7450dae159..cf5cc19cbedd33 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-break.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que seja gerado o ciclo de execução **In break**, tenha certeza de que o evento On Printing Break, tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Printing Break. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Printing Break. #### Ver também diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md index 970cd99a96d7d3..d426b1a4bbcf4e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-footer.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que seja gerado o ciclo de execução **In footer** tenha certeza de que o evento On Printing footer, tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Printing footer. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Printing footer. #### Ver também diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md index 748580695293e2..f9640287205e33 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/in-header.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que seja gerado o ciclo de execução **In header**, tenha certeza de que o evento On Header, tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Header +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Header #### Ver também diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md index 6320ed60ad9469..bda113ca051b6d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/is-waiting-mouse-up.md @@ -60,4 +60,4 @@ O código abaixo pode ser usado para gerenciar uma propriedade de tracking de mo #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md index a49e43fed387f8..d79e11cd05d2f2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/keystroke.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Keystroke retorna o caractere introduzido pelo usuário em um campo o em uma área editável. -Geralmente, Keystroke é chamada em um método de formulário ou de objeto durante a gestão do evento de formulário On Before Keystroke. Para detectar eventos de teclado, utilize o comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). +Geralmente, Keystroke é chamada em um método de formulário ou de objeto durante a gestão do evento de formulário On Before Keystroke. Para detectar eventos de teclado, utilize o comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Para substituir o caractere introduzido pelo usuário com outro caractere, utilizando o comando [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md "FILTER KEYSTROKE"). @@ -177,5 +177,5 @@ Utilizando as habilidades da comunicação interprocesso de 4D, pode construir i #### Ver também [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/last-page.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/last-page.md index 74e042322aee9e..89608715f2cf49 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/last-page.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/last-page.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -LAST PAGE modifica a página atual de um formulário para mostrar a última página do formulário. Se não é mostrado nenhum formulário ou carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou se já é mostrada ultima página do formulário, LAST PAGE não faz nada. +LAST PAGE modifica a página atual de um formulário para mostrar a última página do formulário. Se não é mostrado nenhum formulário ou carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou se já é mostrada ultima página do formulário, LAST PAGE não faz nada. #### Exemplo diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md index d9334cdb8ce999..0748a5b5f583af 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/level.md @@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ Este exemplo é um modelo para um método de formulário. Mostra cada evento pos [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md) [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md index ac3932f894f48c..28cf7f3198dfcc 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Em *arrayNomObjeto*, passe um array texto que é enchido automaticamente pelo co O array devolve os nomes dos objetos de todas as colunas (incluindo os pés de coluna), independentemente de se são ou não visíveis. -Este comando é útil no contexto da análise de um formulário utilizando os comandos [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) e [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md). Se pode utilizar, quando seja necessário, para obter os nomes dos sub objetos dos list box. +Este comando é útil no contexto da análise de um formulário utilizando os comandos [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), [FORM GET OBJECTS](form-get-objects.md) e [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md). Se pode utilizar, quando seja necessário, para obter os nomes dos sub objetos dos list box. #### Exemplo @@ -60,5 +60,5 @@ Você quer carregar um formulário e obter a lista de todos os objetos dos list #### Ver também -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [OBJECT Get type](object-get-type.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md index e27617fd301f29..01f870c8c732b5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-column-number.md @@ -25,11 +25,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Se passa o parâmetro opcional *\**, indica que o parâmetro *objeto* é um nome de objeto (string). Se omitir este parâmetro, indica que o parâmetro *objeto* é uma variável. Nesse caso, não passa uma string, mas uma referência de variável. Para maior informação sobre nomes de objetos, consulte a seção . -Este comando deve ser utilizado com o evento de formulário On column moved (ver o comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event")). +Este comando deve ser utilizado com o evento de formulário On column moved (ver o comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event")). **Nota:** este comando considera as colunas invisíveis. #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED ROW NUMBER](listbox-moved-row-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md index cf0ab8c3dcf40c..1f4e70ff29a967 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/listbox-moved-row-number.md @@ -27,11 +27,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Se passa o parâmetro opcional *\**, indica que o parâmetro *objeto* é um nome de objeto (cadeia). Se omitir este parâmetro, indica que o parâmetro *objeto* é uma variável. Nesse caso, não passa uma string, mas uma referência de variável. Para maior informação sobre nomes de objetos, consulte a seção . -Este comando deve ser utilizado com o evento de formulário On row moved (ver o comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Este comando deve ser utilizado com o evento de formulário On row moved (ver o comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). **Nota:** este comando não considera o estado oculto/mostrado das linhas do list box. #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md index aa5ad9b3ced4ba..7ed3ab06619fb9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ O parâmetro opcional *tipoSaida* permite precisar o canal de saida tomado pela Se omitir o parâmetro *tipoSaida,* o valor 0 se utiliza como padrão (Into Windows Log Events). -Se tiver definido *tipoSaida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, pode atribuir à mensagem um nível de importância vía o parâmetro opcional *importancia* com o fim de facilitar a leitura de histórico de eventos. Há três níveis de importância: Informação, Advertência e Erro. 4D oferece as constantes abaixo predefinidas, localizadas no tema *Historial de eventos*: +Você pode atribuir um nível de importância à *mensagem* por meio do parâmetro opcional *importancia*, que o ajuda a ler e entender os eventos de registro. Há três níveis de importância: Informação, Aviso e Erro. 4D lhe fornece as seguintes constantes predefinidas: | Constante | Tipo | Valor | | ------------------- | ------------- | ----- | @@ -44,6 +44,12 @@ Se tiver definido *tipoSaida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, pode atribuir à Se não passar nada no parâmetro *importancia* ou se passar um valor inválido, se utiliza o valor como padrão (0). +:::nota + +O parâmetro *importancia* só é usado com *tipoSaida* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log` e `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: + #### Exemplo Caso queiras realizar um seguimento das aberturas de sua base baixo Windows, pode escrever a seguinte linha de código no [Método banco de dados On Startup](metodo-banco-de-dados-on-startup.md): @@ -56,4 +62,4 @@ Cada vez que se abre o banco de dados, esta informação será escrita no visor #### Ver também -[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) \ No newline at end of file +[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md index c3b3a31b9caf10..6f9e330dcad427 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modified.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Em todos os casos, utilize o comando [Old](old.md) para detectar se o valor do c **Nota:** apesar de que **Modified** pode ser aplicado a todo tipo de campo, ele é utilizado com o comando \[#cmd id="35"/\], deve levar em conta as restrições que aplicam ao comando \[#cmd id="35"/\], Para mais detalhes, ver a descrição do comando \[#cmd id="35"/\], -Durante a entrada de dados, geralmente é mais fácil realizar operações em métodos de objeto com a ajuda do comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md) que utilizar **Modified** nos métodos de formulário. Como um método de objeto recebe o evento On Data Change quando se modifica um campo, o uso de um método de objeto é equivalente a utilizar **Modified** em um método de formulário. +Durante a entrada de dados, geralmente é mais fácil realizar operações em métodos de objeto com a ajuda do comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) que utilizar **Modified** nos métodos de formulário. Como um método de objeto recebe o evento On Data Change quando se modifica um campo, o uso de um método de objeto é equivalente a utilizar **Modified** em um método de formulário. **Nota:** para funcionar corretamente, o comando **Modified** deve ser utilizado unicamente em um método de formulário ou em um método chamado por um método de formulário. @@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ Seleciona um registro para a tabela *\[umaTabela\]*, depois chama múltiplas sub #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [Old](old.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md index 0cf4b5e885078f..4d8dc918d50b54 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/modify-selection.md @@ -32,4 +32,4 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs *Conjuntos* [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/next-page.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/next-page.md index 5f94a76aba5f36..b95c4a7978ac35 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/next-page.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/next-page.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -NEXT PAGE modifica a página atual exibida do formulário para mostrar a página seguinte. Se não é mostrado nenhum formulário ou for carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md), ou se mostrar a última página do formulário, NEXT PAGE não faz nada. +NEXT PAGE modifica a página atual exibida do formulário para mostrar a página seguinte. Se não é mostrado nenhum formulário ou for carregado pelo comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md), ou se mostrar a última página do formulário, NEXT PAGE não faz nada. #### Exemplo diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md index 758b7ae2e20b2f..981ccf6093f82f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/no-default-table.md @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando NO DEFAULT TABLE permite cancelar o efeito do comando [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md). Depois da execução deste comando, não há tabela padrão definida para o processo. Este comando não tenrá efeito se o comando [DEFAULT TABLE](default-table.md) não tiver sido chamado anteriormente. -Este comando está relacionado com o uso de formulários de projeto (formulários não associados a tabelas): a maioria dos comandos relacionados aos formulários (além dos formulários de usuário) aceitam um parâmetro opcional *Tabela* como primeiro parâmetro. Por exemplo, este é o caso dos comandos *\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md) ou [DIALOG](dialog.md). Como um formulário de projeto e um formulário de tabela podem ter o mesmo nome, este parâmetro pode ser utilizado para determinar o formulário a utilizar: passe o parâmetro *Tabela* quando queira apontar a um formulário tabela e omíta-o no caso de um formulário de projeto. +Este comando está relacionado com o uso de formulários de projeto (formulários não associados a tabelas): a maioria dos comandos relacionados aos formulários (além dos formulários de usuário) aceitam um parâmetro opcional *Tabela* como primeiro parâmetro. Por exemplo, este é o caso dos comandos *\_o\_FORM GET PARAMETER*, [Open form window](open-form-window.md) ou [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md). Como um formulário de projeto e um formulário de tabela podem ter o mesmo nome, este parâmetro pode ser utilizado para determinar o formulário a utilizar: passe o parâmetro *Tabela* quando queira apontar a um formulário tabela e omíta-o no caso de um formulário de projeto. Em um banco que contiver um formulário de projeto chamado “MeuFormulário” e um formulário de tabela com o mesmo nome para a tabela \[Tabela1\]: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md index 653f5d74152674..e7cf93163bb16c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md @@ -33,5 +33,5 @@ O evento On Resize é gerado no método formulario de subformulário se o objeto #### Ver também -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md index f20c4ee47d44f7..aab3cc556de4a9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md @@ -55,6 +55,6 @@ As a result, at runtime, updating the value of the main form's Input object also #### Ver também -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) [OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE](object-set-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md index 00d36b3e0fdd2b..867d7966daf9de 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md @@ -42,4 +42,4 @@ Se não houver formulário lista, uma string vazia é devolvida no parâmetro *s #### Ver também [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) -[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file +[OBJECT SET SUBFORM](../commands/object-set-subform.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md index b42bf71a2a4f75..08d3e479261ee9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-get-type.md @@ -96,5 +96,5 @@ Você quer carregar um formulário e obter a lista de todos os objetos dos list #### Ver também -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) [LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](listbox-get-objects.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md index fb401e9422129e..69e235f6ffde73 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-move.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Automaticamente, os valores *moveH*, *moveV*, *redimH* e *redimV* modificam as c Este comando funciona nos seguintes contextos: * Formulários de entrada em modo entrada de dados, -* Formulários mostrados utilizando o comando [DIALOG](dialog.md "DIALOG"), +* Formulários mostrados utilizando o comando [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md "DIALOG"), * Cabeçalhos e rodapés de página de formulários de saída mostrados pelos comandos [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md "MODIFY SELECTION") ou [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md "DISPLAY SELECTION"), * Formulários em curso de impressão. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md index 93cf388a717ce2..21275be42dcdf0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-coordinates.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ You can also pass absolute coordinate values in the *right* and *bottom* paramet This command only functions in the following contexts: * Input forms in entry mode, -* Forms displayed using the [DIALOG](dialog.md) command, +* Forms displayed using the [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) command, * Headers and footers of output forms displayed by the [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) or [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) command, * Forms being printed. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md index fa83b15b92a436..e798b72b6d4f84 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md @@ -32,5 +32,5 @@ A detailed example is available in the [OBJECT Get subform container value](obje #### Ver também -[Form](form.md) +[Form](../commands/form.md) [OBJECT Get subform container value](object-get-subform-container-value.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md index d025defd42bf82..429771a0320670 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md @@ -43,5 +43,5 @@ Quando modifica um sub-formulário página, o comando pode executar-se em qualqu #### Ver também -[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](object-get-subform.md) +[OBJECT GET SUBFORM](../commands/object-get-subform.md) [OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE](object-get-subform-container-size.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md index abb7c93c088289..2cdd34c1d4dc15 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-event-call.md @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Se for pressionado a combinação Ctrl+ponto, o método de gestão de eventos da  End if ``` -Note que este exemplo utiliza ON EVENT CALL porque realiza um relatório especial de impressão utilizando os comandos *PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](print-form.md "Print form") e [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md "PAGE BREAK") em uma estrutura de tipo loop . +Note que este exemplo utiliza ON EVENT CALL porque realiza um relatório especial de impressão utilizando os comandos *PAGE SETUP*, [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") e [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md "PAGE BREAK") em uma estrutura de tipo loop . Se um relatório for impresso utilizando [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION"), NAO necessita administrar os eventos que permitem ao usuário interromper a impressão; [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION") faz isso por você. #### Ver também diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md index c2de46c4b282d8..fdc56ec0141e24 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-authentication-database-method.md @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ On Web Authentication database method retorna um booleano em $0: **AVISO**: se não for passado nenhum valor em *$0* ou se *$0* não se define no On Web Authentication database method, a conexão se considerará como aceita e se executa o [On Web Connection database method](on-web-connection-database-method.md). **Notas**: -* Não chame elementos de interface no On Web Authentication database method ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), etc.) porque do contrário sua execução será interrompida e a conexão será recusada. O mesmo acontece se for apresentado um erro durante seu processo. +* Não chame elementos de interface no On Web Authentication database method ([ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), etc.) porque do contrário sua execução será interrompida e a conexão será recusada. O mesmo acontece se for apresentado um erro durante seu processo. * É possível evitar a execução por *4DACTION* ou *4DSCRIPT* de cada método de projeto com a ajuda da opção “Disponível através das etiquetas HTML e URLs. Para mais informação, consulte *Conexões de Segurança*. #### On Web Authentication Database Method calls diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md index a88baab60554b5..899c6d07289838 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/on-web-connection-database-method.md @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Os parâmetros *$5* e *$6* recebem o nome de usuário e senha inseridos pelo usu O On Web Connection database method pode ser utilizado como ponto de entrada para o servidor web 4D, seja para usar a URL especial *4DCGI*, ou utilizando as URLs de comando personalizados. -**Advertência**: a chamada de um comando 4D que mostra um elemento de interface ([DIALOG](dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md)...) termina o processamento do método. +**Advertência**: a chamada de um comando 4D que mostra um elemento de interface ([DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), [ALERT](alert.md)...) termina o processamento do método. O On Web Connection database method é chamado nos seguintes casos: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md index f5b3cc099f8591..8bc948647c6ef8 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-security-center.md @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Dependendo dos privilegios de acesso do usuário atual, certas funções dispon **Nota:** -* este comando funciona com o mesmo princípio que uma chamada a [DIALOG](dialog.md) com o parâmetro *\**: o CSM se mostra em uma janela e o comando devolve imediatamente o controle do código 4D. Se o processo atual termina, a janela é fechada automaticamente mediante a simulação de um [CANCEL](cancel.md). Por isso deve gerenciar sua visualização através do código do processo em execução. +* este comando funciona com o mesmo princípio que uma chamada a [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md) com o parâmetro *\**: o CSM se mostra em uma janela e o comando devolve imediatamente o controle do código 4D. Se o processo atual termina, a janela é fechada automaticamente mediante a simulação de um [CANCEL](cancel.md). Por isso deve gerenciar sua visualização através do código do processo em execução. * Este comando não pode ser executado em uma aplicação 4D remota. #### Ver também diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md index 4eba467c6ae171..c6ea9f9dafb7d7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/open-window.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Se passar uma string vazia ("") em *titulo*, lhe indica a 4D que utilize os valo **Importante**: o título como padrão do formulário se aplicará à janela apenas se chama previamente ao comando [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md) para o formulário a mostrar e lhe passa o parâmetro opcional \* a [FORM SET INPUT](form-set-input.md). * O parâmetro *caixaFechar* é opcional e designa o método para fechar a janela. Se for especificado este parâmetro, a caixa do menu Control (Windows) ou a caixa Fechar (Macintosh) se adiciona à janela. Quando o usuário der um clique duplo na caixa de menu Control (Windows) ou clique na Caixa fechar (Macintosh), se chama ao método passado em *caixaFechar*. -**Nota**: também pode administrar o fechamento da janela desde o método do formulário mostrado na janela quando ocorrer um evento On Close Box. Para maior informação, consulte o comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md) +**Nota**: também pode administrar o fechamento da janela desde o método do formulário mostrado na janela quando ocorrer um evento On Close Box. Para maior informação, consulte o comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) Se for aberta mais de uma janela para um processo, a última janela aberta é a janela ativa (do primeiro plano) para ese processo. Apenas pode ser modificada a informação dentro da janela ativa. Todas as demais janelas podem ser visualizadas. Quando o usuário digitar, a janela ativa sempre passará ao primeiro plano, se já não estiver lá. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md index 56c057226bf313..8b0e7b58e0cd21 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/outside-call.md @@ -22,9 +22,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Para que seja gerado o ciclo de execução **Outside call,** tenha certeza de que o evento On Outside call, tenha sido selecionado no ambiente Desenho, nas propriedades do formulário ou dos objetos. -**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Outside call. +**Nota:** este comando é equivalente a utilizar [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e provar se devolve o evento On Outside call. #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md index 1f4fec21435da7..d23306ef49081b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/page-break.md @@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -PAGE BREAK dispara a impressão de dados enviados a la impressora e provocar um salto de página. PAGE BREAK se utiliza conjuntamente com [Print form](print-form.md) (no contexto do evento de formulário On Printing Detail) para forçar saltos de página e imprimir a última página criada em memória. Não utilize PAGE BREAK com o comando [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md). É melhor utilizar [Subtotal](subtotal.md) ou [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) com o parâmetro opcional para gerar saltos de página. +PAGE BREAK dispara a impressão de dados enviados a la impressora e provocar um salto de página. PAGE BREAK se utiliza conjuntamente com [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) (no contexto do evento de formulário On Printing Detail) para forçar saltos de página e imprimir a última página criada em memória. Não utilize PAGE BREAK com o comando [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md). É melhor utilizar [Subtotal](subtotal.md) ou [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) com o parâmetro opcional para gerar saltos de página. Os parâmetros *\** e *\>* são opcionais. -O parâmetro *\** lhe permite cancelar um trabalho de impressão iniciado pelo comando [Print form](print-form.md). A execução deste comando detém imediatamente os trabalhos de impressão em progresso. +O parâmetro *\** lhe permite cancelar um trabalho de impressão iniciado pelo comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). A execução deste comando detém imediatamente os trabalhos de impressão em progresso. **Nota:** em Windows, este mecanismo pode ser transtornado pelas propriedades de fila de espera do servidor de impressão. Se a impressora se configura para começar a impressão imediatamente, o cancelamento não será efetiva. Para que o comando **PAGE BREAK(\*)** funcione corretamente, é preferível escolher a propriedade "Iniciar impressão quando a última página tenha entrado na fila" da impressora. @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ A segunda opção é particularmente útil quando se utiliza com um trabalho de #### Exemplo 1 -Ver o exemplo do comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"). +Ver o exemplo do comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"). #### Exemplo 2 @@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ Consulte o exemplo do comando [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md "SET PRINT #### Ver também [CANCEL](cancel.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md index d49b38d9d92e24..83b06b74e0514b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md @@ -40,6 +40,6 @@ Ver o exemplo de [On Exit Database Method](metodo-banco-de-dados-on-exit.md "On #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [GET PROCESS VARIABLE](get-process-variable.md) [SET PROCESS VARIABLE](set-process-variable.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md deleted file mode 100644 index 2486258e71b772..00000000000000 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-form.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,176 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: print-form -title: Print form -slug: /commands/print-form -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Print form** ( {*tabela* ;} *formulario* {; *formData*} {; *area1*{; *area2*}} ) : Integer - -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| tabela | Table | → | Tabela a qual pertence o formulário, ou tabela padrão, se omitido | -| formulario | Text, Object | → | Formulário a imprimir | -| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | -| area1 | Integer | → | Marcador de impressão, a Área de início (se area2 é especificada) | -| area2 | Integer | → | Área de fim (se área1 for especificada) | -| Resultado | Integer | ← | Altura da área de impressão | - - - -*Esse comando não é seguro para thread e não pode ser usado em código adequado.* - - -#### Descrição - -Print form simplesmente imprime *formulario* com os valores atuais dos campos e variáveis. Geralmente este comando se utiliza para imprimir relatórios muito complexos que necessitem um controle total do processo de impressão. Print form não processa registros, nem quebras ou saltos de páginas. Estas operações são sua responsabilidade. Print form imprime campos e variáveis em um marco de tamanho fixo unicamente. - -No formulário parâmetro, pode passar: - -* o nome do formulário ou -* a rota (em sintaxe POSIX) para um arquivo válido .json que contenha uma descrição do formulário a usar (ver *Form file path*), -* ou um objeto que contenha uma descrição do formulário. - -Como Print form não gera um salto de página depois de imprimir o formulário, é fácil combinar diferentes formulários na mesma página. Então, Print form é ideal para efetuar tarefas de impressão completas que envolvam diferentes tabelas e diferentes formulários. Para forçar um salto de página entre formulários, utilize o comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Para passar à seguinte página de um formulário cuja altura é maior que o espaço disponível, chame o comando [CANCEL](cancel.md) antes do comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). - -Podem ser utilizadas três sintaxes diferentes: - -* **Impressão da área de detalhe** - -Sintaxe: - -```4d - altura:=Print form(minhaTabela;meuForm) -``` - -Neste caso, Print form só imprime a área de detalhe (a área entre a linha cabeçalho e a linha detalhe) do formulário. - -* **impressão** **da área do formulário** - -Sintaxes: - -```4d - altura:=Print form(minhaTabela;meuForm;marcador) -``` - -Neste caso, o comando imprimirá a seção designada pelo *marcador*. Passe no parâmetro *marcador* uma das constantes do tema *Área de formulário*: - -| Constante | Tipo | Valor | -| ------------- | ------------- | ----- | -| Form break0 | Inteiro longo | 300 | -| Form break1 | Inteiro longo | 301 | -| Form break2 | Inteiro longo | 302 | -| Form break3 | Inteiro longo | 303 | -| Form break4 | Inteiro longo | 304 | -| Form break5 | Inteiro longo | 305 | -| Form break6 | Inteiro longo | 306 | -| Form break7 | Inteiro longo | 307 | -| Form break8 | Inteiro longo | 308 | -| Form break9 | Inteiro longo | 309 | -| Form detail | Inteiro longo | 0 | -| Form footer | Inteiro longo | 100 | -| Form header | Inteiro longo | 200 | -| Form header1 | Inteiro longo | 201 | -| Form header10 | Inteiro longo | 210 | -| Form header2 | Inteiro longo | 202 | -| Form header3 | Inteiro longo | 203 | -| Form header4 | Inteiro longo | 204 | -| Form header5 | Inteiro longo | 205 | -| Form header6 | Inteiro longo | 206 | -| Form header7 | Inteiro longo | 207 | -| Form header8 | Inteiro longo | 208 | -| Form header9 | Inteiro longo | 209 | - -**• impressão** **de seção** - -Sintaxes: - -```4d - height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) -``` - -Neste caso, o comando imprimirá a seção incluída entre os parâmetros *areaInicio* e *areaFim* Parâmetros. Os valores introduzidos devem ser expressados em píxels. - -O valor devolvido por Print form indica a altura da área de impressão. Este valor será considerado automaticamente pelo comando [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md). - -As caixas de diálogo de impressão não aparecem quando utiliza Print form. O relatório não utiliza os parâmetros de impressão definidos para o formulário no ambiente Desenho. Há duas formas de especificar os parâmetros de impressão antes de efetuar uma série de chamadas a Print form: - -* Chamar [PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md). Neste caso, você permite ao usuário escolher os parâmetros. -* Chamar [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) e [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md).. Neste caso, os parâmetros de impressão se especificam por programação. - -Print form gera apenas um evento On Printing Detail para o método de formulário. - -Print form constrói cada página impressa na memória. Cada página se imprime quando a página em memória está cheia ou quando você chama a [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Para ter certeza de que a impressão da última página depois de utilizar Print form, deve concluir com o comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md). Do contrário, se a última página não estiver cheia, permanece em memória e não se imprime. - -**Atenção:** Sub-formulários não são impressos com Print form. Para imprimir apenas um formulário com esses objetos, use [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). - -Print form gera só um evento On Printing Detail para o método formulário. - -**4D Server:** Este comando pode ser executado em 4D Server dentro do framework de um procedimento armazenado. Neste contexto: - -* Tenha certeza de que não apareça nenhuma caixa de diálogo na equipe servidor (exceto para um requerimento específico). -* No caso de um problema relacionado com a impressora (sem papel, impressora desconectada, etc.), não é gerada uma mensagem de erro. - -#### Exemplo 1 - -O exemplo a seguir atua da mesma que forma que o comando [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md). Entretanto, o relatório usa um de dois diferentes formulários, dependendo se o registro é para um cheque ou um depósito: - -```4d - QUERY([Registro]) // Select the records - If(OK=1) -    ORDER BY([Registro]) // Ordenar os registros -    If(OK=1) -       PRINT SETTINGS // Mostrar as caixas de diálogo de impressão -       If(OK=1) -          For($vlRegistro;1;Records in selection([Registro])) -             If([Registro]Tipo ="Cheque") -                Print form([Registro];"SaídaCheque") // Utilize um formulário de cheques -             Else -                Print form([Registro];"SaidaDeposito") // Utilizar outro formulário de depósitos -             End if -             NEXT RECORD([Registro]) -          End for -          PAGE BREAK // Tenha certeza de que a última página se imprima -       End if -    End if - End if -``` - -#### Exemplo 2 - -Veja o exemplo do comando [SET PRINT MARKER](set-print-marker.md). - -#### Exemplo 3 - -Este formulário se utiliza como diálogo e depois se imprime com modificações: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) - -O método formulario: - -```4d - If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) -    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) -    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) - End if -``` - -O código que chama ao diálogo depois imprime seu corpo: - -```4d - $formData:=New object - $formData.lastname:="Smith" - $formData.firstname:="john" - $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" - $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) - DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) - $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) -``` - -#### Ver também - -[CANCEL](cancel.md) -[PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[PRINT SETTINGS](print-settings.md) -[SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md index 01c072544c2636..de1ab047aaa30a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-object.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando **Print object** permite imprimir ele ou os objetos de formulário designado(s) pelos parâmetros *objeto* e *\**, na localização definida pelos parâmetros *posX* e *posY*. -Antes de chamar o comando **Print object**, deve designar o formulário tabela ou projeto que contém os objetos a imprimir utilizando o comando [FORM LOAD](form-load.md). +Antes de chamar o comando **Print object**, deve designar o formulário tabela ou projeto que contém os objetos a imprimir utilizando o comando [FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md). Se passa o parâmetro opcional *\**, indica que o parâmetro *objeto* for um nome de objeto (cadeia de caracteres). Se não passa o parâmetro *\**, está indicando que *objeto é* uma variável. Neste caso, se passa uma referência de variável (tipo de objeto unicamente) ao invés de uma cadeia. @@ -97,4 +97,4 @@ Exemplo de impressão de um list box completo: #### Ver também -[FORM LOAD](form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file +[FORM LOAD](../commands/form-load.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md index 176bad342c6360..26268cc2386e47 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-record.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs PRINT RECORD imprime o registro atual de *tabela*, sem modificar a seleção atual. O formulário de saída atual se utiliza para a impressão. Se não houver registro atual para *tabela*, PRINT RECORD não faz nada. -Pode imprimir sub-formulários e objetos externos com o comando PRINT RECORD . Isto não é possível com [Print form](print-form.md). +Pode imprimir sub-formulários e objetos externos com o comando PRINT RECORD . Isto não é possível com [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). **Nota:** se houver modificações no registro que não foram guardadas, este comando imprime os valores dos campos modificados, não os valores em disco. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Pode eliminar estas caixas de diálogo utilizando o parâmetro opcional asterisc * Tenha certeza de que nenhuma caixa caixa de diálogo apareça na máquina servidor (exceto para uma necessidade específica). Para fazer isto, é necessário chamar ao comando com o parâmetro *\** ou *\>*. * Em caso de um problema com a impressora (sem papel, impressora desconectada, etc.), não gera mensagem de erro. -**Aviso:** Não use o comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) com PRINT RECORD. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) é reservado exclusivamente para uso combinado com o comando [Print form](print-form.md). +**Aviso:** Não use o comando [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) com PRINT RECORD. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) é reservado exclusivamente para uso combinado com o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). #### Exemplo 1 @@ -66,4 +66,4 @@ O exemplo a seguir imprime o mesmo registro atual em dois formulários diferente #### Ver também -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md index 6f3bd8f07c8660..ccabf7a515e985 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-selection.md @@ -33,11 +33,11 @@ Durante a impressão, o método de formulário de saída e os métodos de objeto \* Um evento On Printing Break é gerado logo antes que uma área de quebra se imprima. \* Um evento On Printing Footer é gerado logo antes que um pé de página se imprima. -Pode saber se PRINT SELECTION está imprimindo o primeiro cabeçalho provando [Before selection](before-selection.md) durante um evento On Header. Igualmente pode verificar o último pé de página, provando End selection durante um evento On Printing Footer. Para maior informação, consulte a descrição destes comandos, como também dos comandos [Form event code](form-event-code.md) e [Level ](level.md). +Pode saber se PRINT SELECTION está imprimindo o primeiro cabeçalho provando [Before selection](before-selection.md) durante um evento On Header. Igualmente pode verificar o último pé de página, provando End selection durante um evento On Printing Footer. Para maior informação, consulte a descrição destes comandos, como também dos comandos [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) e [Level ](level.md). Para imprimir uma seleção ordenada com subtotais ou quebras utilizando PRINT SELECTION, deve primeiro ordenar a seleção. Depois, em cada área de quebra do relatório, incluir uma variável com um método de objeto que atribui o subtotal à variável . Igualmente pode utilizar funções estatísticas e aritméticas como [Sum](sum.md) e [Average](average.md) para atribuir valores às variáveis. Para maior informação, consulte as descrições de [Subtotal](subtotal.md), [BREAK LEVEL](break-level.md) e [ACCUMULATE](accumulate.md). -**Aviso**: Não use [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) com o comando PRINT SELECTION. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) é usada com o comando [Print form](print-form.md). +**Aviso**: Não use [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) com o comando PRINT SELECTION. [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) é usada com o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md). Depois de um chamado a PRINT SELECTION, a variável OK toma o valor 1 se a impressão for completada. Se a impressão foi interrompida, a variável OK toma o valor 0 (zero) (por exemplo se o usuário clicar em Cancelar nas caixas de diálogo de impressão). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md index 6d524be1545350..5b2a73df71b77c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/print-settings.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando PRINT SETTINGS mostra una o dos caixas de diálogo de parâmetros de impressão. Este comando deve ser chamado antes de uma série de comandos [Print form](print-form.md) ou o comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). +O comando PRINT SETTINGS mostra una o dos caixas de diálogo de parâmetros de impressão. Este comando deve ser chamado antes de uma série de comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) ou o comando [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md). O parâmetro opcional *dialType* pode ser utilizado para configurar a visualização das caixas de diálogo de impressão. Pode usar uma das constantes abaixo do tema *Opções de Impressão*. A caixa de diálogo exibida vai depender realmente de sua versão 4D como mostrada na tabela abaixo: @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ O parâmetro opcional *dialType* pode ser utilizado para configurar a visualiza #### Exemplo -Ver exemplo para o comando [Print form](print-form.md).. +Ver exemplo para o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md).. #### Variáveis e conjuntos do sistema @@ -41,5 +41,5 @@ Se o usuário clicar em OK em ambas caixas de diálogo, a variável sistema OK t [OPEN PRINTING JOB](open-printing-job.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [SET PRINT PREVIEW](set-print-preview.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md index 26cd11330a3581..6655d0f57e9a06 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/request.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ O usuário pode introduzir texto na área de entrada de texto. Para especificar **Nota:** não chame o comando **Request** desde um método de formulário ou de objeto que maneje os eventos de formulário On Activate ou On Deactivate; isto provocará um loop infinito. -**Dica:** se necessita obter várias peças de informação do usuário, crie um formulário e apresente-o com [DIALOG](dialog.md), ao invés de apresentar uma sucessão de caixas de diálogo de tipo **Request**. +**Dica:** se necessita obter várias peças de informação do usuário, crie um formulário e apresente-o com [DIALOG](../commands/dialog.md), ao invés de apresentar uma sucessão de caixas de diálogo de tipo **Request**. #### Exemplo 1 diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md index e5fcaee19f7408..70a6ffc6b0f465 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/right-click.md @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ Este comando deve ser utilizado unicamente no contexto do evento de formulário #### Ver também [Contextual click](contextual-click.md) -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md index 41194332f933ca..391a54438c3bca 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-current-printer.md @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Se passa uma string vazia em *nomImpr*, se utilizará a impressora atual definid O comando **SET CURRENT PRINTER** deve ser chamado antes de [SET PRINT OPTION](set-print-option.md), de maneira que as opções disponíveis correspondam à impressora selecionada. Por outra parte, **SET CURRENT PRINTER** deve ser chamada depois de*\_o\_PAGE SETUP*, do contrário os parâmetros da impressora são perdidos. -Este comando pode ser utilizado com os comandos[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md), e [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) e se aplica a todas as impressões de 4D, incluso no ambiente Desenho. +Este comando pode ser utilizado com os comandos[PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), e [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) e se aplica a todas as impressões de 4D, incluso no ambiente Desenho. Os comandos de impressão devem ser chamadas obrigatoriamente com o parâmetro > (onde seja relevante) de modo a que os parâmetros especificados não sejam perdidos. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md index ecca5936c509a9..e6a97c1ecfa967 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-cursor.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando SET CURSOR muda o cursor do mouse para o cursos do sistema cujo número de ID você passar em *cursor*. -O comando deve ser chamado no contexto de On Mouse Move [Form event code](form-event-code.md). +O comando deve ser chamado no contexto de On Mouse Move [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md). Para restaurar o cursor padrão do mouse, chame o comando sem parâmetros. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md index 40b90d1bffac28..454e3be2598f66 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-drag-icon.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando **SET DRAG ICON** associa a imagem de ícone ao cursor durante as operações de arrastar e soltar que se manipulam por programação. -Este comando só pode chamar no contexto do evento formulário On Begin Drag Over (ver o comando [Form event code](form-event-code.md)). +Este comando só pode chamar no contexto do evento formulário On Begin Drag Over (ver o comando [Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md)). No parâmetro *icone*, passe a imagem que deseja utilizar. Seu tamanho máximo é de 256x256 pixels. Se uma de suas dimensões excede os 256 pixels, se redimensiona automaticamente. @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ Note que pode modificar a posição do cursor com respeito a imagem: #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md index 78c899246f4955..eff955a901a472 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-help-menu.md @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ Em *menuCol*, passe uma coleção de objetos de menu que definam todos os elemen | ---------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | title | Text | Nome do elemento de menu | | method | Text \| [4D.Function](https://developer.4d.com/docs/API/FunctionClass#about-4dfunction-objects) | Nome do método projeto ou objeto fórmula a executar quando selec ionar o elemento do menu. Quando usar esta propriedade, não deve passar a propriedade "action" (do contrário se ignora "method"). | -| worker | Text \| Number | Nome do worker ou Número do processo que se encarregará da execução do código do "método". Várias configurações são compatíveis, dependendo do valor da propriedade "worker":
    se o nome de worker (Text), 4D utilizar ou criar este worker para executar o "método" (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) se for um número de processo, 4D utiliza este processo se existir, em caso contrário, não faz nada (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) se não estiver definido e a aplicação mostrar um diálogo atual (frontmost dialog), 4D utiliza o processo deste diálogo (equivalente a [CALL FORM](call-form.md)) se não estiver definido e a aplicação não mostrar um diálogo atual, 4D chama e utiliza o worker1 (4D remoto/mono usuario) ou o worker *4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server) | +| worker | Text \| Number | Nome do worker ou Número do processo que se encarregará da execução do código do "método". Várias configurações são compatíveis, dependendo do valor da propriedade "worker":
    se o nome de worker (Text), 4D utilizar ou criar este worker para executar o "método" (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) se for um número de processo, 4D utiliza este processo se existir, em caso contrário, não faz nada (equivalente a [CALL WORKER](call-worker.md)) se não estiver definido e a aplicação mostrar um diálogo atual (frontmost dialog), 4D utiliza o processo deste diálogo (equivalente a [CALL FORM](../commands/call-form.md)) se não estiver definido e a aplicação não mostrar um diálogo atual, 4D chama e utiliza o worker1 (4D remoto/mono usuario) ou o worker *4D\_server\_interface* (4D Server) | | action | Text | *Ação estandarte* a executar quando o elemento de menu for selecionado. Quando se utilizar esta propriedade, a propriedade "method" se ignora se for passada. | | shortcutKey | Text | Tecla de acesso direto do elemento (para chamar com a tecla Ctrl/Comando) | | shortcutShift | Boolean | True para adicionar a tecla **Maiús** ao acesso direto do elemento | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md index f202b476f7bbf3..b5801d26d39fa0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md @@ -20,11 +20,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando SET PRINT MARKER permite definir a posição de um marcador durante a impressão. Combinado com os comandos [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md "Get print marker"), OBJECT MOVE ou [Print form](print-form.md "Print form"), este comando lhe permite ajustar o tamanho das áreas de impressão. +O comando SET PRINT MARKER permite definir a posição de um marcador durante a impressão. Combinado com os comandos [Get print marker](get-print-marker.md "Get print marker"), OBJECT MOVE ou [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form"), este comando lhe permite ajustar o tamanho das áreas de impressão. SET PRINT MARKER pode ser utilizado em dois contextos: * durante o evento de formulário On header, no contexto de os comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md "PRINT SELECTION") e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md "PRINT RECORD"). -* durante o evento de formulário On Printing Detail, no contexto do comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form").. Esta operação facilita a impressão de informes personalizados (ver exemplo). +* durante o evento de formulário On Printing Detail, no contexto do comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form").. Esta operação facilita a impressão de informes personalizados (ver exemplo). * O efeito do comando está limitado à impressão; nenhuma modificação aparece na tela. As modificações realizadas os formulários não são guardados. Passe no parâmetro *markNum* una das constantes do tema : @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ O formulário de saída utilizado para a impressão é o seguinte: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28725.en.png) -O evento de formulário On Printing Detail foi selecionado para o formulário (recorde que sem importar em que área se imprima, o comando [Print form](print-form.md "Print form") só gera este tipo de evento de formulário). +O evento de formulário On Printing Detail foi selecionado para o formulário (recorde que sem importar em que área se imprima, o comando [Print form](../commands/print-form.md "Print form") só gera este tipo de evento de formulário). Para cada registro, a altura da linha deve estar adaptada de acordo aos conteúdos da coluna "Atores" ou "Resumo" (coluna tem a maioria do conteúdo). Este é o resultado desejado: ![](../assets/en/commands/pict28726.en.png) @@ -186,6 +186,6 @@ El método de formulario List\_Imp3 es el siguiente: [OBJECT GET COORDINATES](object-get-coordinates.md) [OBJECT MOVE](object-move.md) [PAGE BREAK](page-break.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md) [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md index 2153675d83e46e..e9f0e39776a0ab 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-print-option.md @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Passe os novos valores da opção especificada nos parâmetros value1 e (opciona | Legacy printing layer option | 16 | (4D versões 64-bit em Windows apenas) *value1* apenas: 1=seleciona a capa de impressão legado baseada em GDI para os trabalhos de impressão subsequente. 0=seleciona a capa de impressão D2D (padrão).
    **Versões 64-bit** Este seletor é suportado apenas em aplicações 4D 64-bit monousuário em Windows; é ignorada em outras plataformas. Sua intenção é permitir a plugins legado que imprimam dentro de trabalhos 4D em aplicações4D 64-bit | | Print preview option | 18 | (sólo Windows) *valor1*: formato a utilizar para as vistas previas de impressão em Windows. Valores disponíveis: kp preview automatic (por padrão): utiliza a impressora e o visor XPS se estiverem disponíveis, em caso contrário utiliza a impressora e o visor PDF se disponíveis, caso contrário gera um erro. kp preview XPS: utiliza a impressora e o visor XPS se disponíveis, caso contrário gera um erro. kp preview PDF: utiliza a impressora e o visor PDF se disponíveis, do contrário se gera um erro *valor2* (só pode ser utilizado com [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md)): formato de vista prévia de impressão utilizado realmente em Windows (pode diferir do *valor1* dependendo da configuração). Valores disponíveis: kp preview none: nenhum formato disponível. kp preview XPS: impressora e visor XPS utilizados. kp preview PDF: impressora e visor PDF utilizados. | -Quando tiver fixado utilizando este comando, uma opção de impressão será conservada durante toda a sessão para toda a aplicação 4D. Será utilizada pelos comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](print-form.md) e [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) e [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md), como também pela impressão de 4D, incluindo em modo Desenho. +Quando tiver fixado utilizando este comando, uma opção de impressão será conservada durante toda a sessão para toda a aplicação 4D. Será utilizada pelos comandos [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md), [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md), [Print form](../commands/print-form.md) e [QR REPORT](qr-report.md) e [WP PRINT](../WritePro/commands-legacy/wp-print.md), como também pela impressão de 4D, incluindo em modo Desenho. **Notas:** @@ -80,6 +80,6 @@ Se o valor passado por uma *opção* é incorreto ou se não estiver disponível [GET PRINT OPTION](get-print-option.md) *Opções de Impressão* -[Print form](print-form.md) +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) [PRINT OPTION VALUES](print-option-values.md) [SET CURRENT PRINTER](set-current-printer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md index ac9d5558b0ba80..fcae5fd36283b2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-printable-margin.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs #### Descrição -O comando SET PRINTABLE MARGIN\[#descv\]permite atribuir os valores de varias margens de impressão utilizando os comandos [Print form](print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). +O comando SET PRINTABLE MARGIN\[#descv\]permite atribuir os valores de varias margens de impressão utilizando os comandos [Print form](../commands/print-form.md), [PRINT SELECTION](print-selection.md) e [PRINT RECORD](print-record.md). Pode passar um dos seguintes valores nos parâmetros *esquerda*, *superior*, *direita* e *inferior*: @@ -59,4 +59,4 @@ O exemplo a seguir lhe permite obter o tamanho do papel: [GET PRINTABLE MARGIN](get-printable-margin.md) [Get printed height](get-printed-height.md) -[Print form](print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Print form](../commands/print-form.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md index a13cea38357e60..46b8b1515eb165 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/set-timer.md @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando SET TIMER permite ativar o evento de formulário On Timer e fixar, para o processo e formulário atual, o número de tics (1 tic = 1/60 de segundo) entre cada evento de formulário On Timer. -**Nota:** para maior informação sobre este evento de formulário, consulte a descrição do comando [Form event](form-event.md "Form event"). +**Nota:** para maior informação sobre este evento de formulário, consulte a descrição do comando [Form event](../commands/form-event.md "Form event"). Este comando não terá efeito se for chamado num contexto no qual não é mostrado um formulário. @@ -46,5 +46,5 @@ Imaginemos que você queira, quando um formulário aparece em tela, que o comput #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) [REDRAW](redraw.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md index 63904d00b6c190..0d218f00ecd8a2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,36 +19,37 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs O comando devolve a informação abaixo: -| **Propriedad**e | **Subpropriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | **Exemplo** | -| ----------------- | ---------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | string | O nome da conta para o usuário atual. Normalmente se usa para identificar uma conta no diretório. | "msmith" | | -| cores | número | Número total de núcleos. No caso de máquinas virtuais, a quantidade total de núcleos assignados. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | número | Número total de threads. | 8 | | -| machineName | cadena | O nome da máquina como se define nos parâmetros de rede do sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| model | cadena | Nome do modelo do computador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | coleção | Endereços de rede físicas e ativas apenas | | | -| ipAddresses | coleção | | | | -| ip | cadena | O endereço da interface de rede | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | cadena | O tipo da interface de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | cadena | O nome da interface.. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | cadena | O tipo de interface. | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | cadena | A versão do sistema operativo e o número de compilação (\*). | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnel 10.0.14393" | | -| osLanguage | cadena | Idioma estabelecido pelo usuário atual de sistema. Expressado no padrão definido pelo RFC 3066\. Ver *Códigos da linguagem* no manual de Desenho para obter uma lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | número | O volume de armazenamento de memória (em kilobytes) disponível na máquina. | 16777216 | | -| processor | cadena | O nome, tipo e velocidade do processador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | número | O tempo total (em segundos) desde que se iniciou a máquina. | 3600 | | -| userName | cadena | O usuário atual na máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como o nome a mostrar (ou seja, ao iniciar sessão em seu computador). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | número | O espaço restante que pode ser usado. | 524288 | | -| capacity | número | Volume total possível (em kilobytes). | 1048576 | | -| disk | objeto \| coleção (mac only) | | | | -| description | cadena | Um breve resumo que descreve o disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID em Mac e disco físico em Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | número | A capacidade total (em kilobytes) do disco | 104857600 | | -| interface | cadena | O tipo de interface na máquina. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | cadena | O sistema de arquivos utilizado pelo sistema operativo para armazenar e recuperar arquivos no disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | cadena | O diretório no sistema de arquivos atualmente acessível no que está montado um sistema de arquivos adicional (ou seja, conectado lógicamente). Lembre que isso está em formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | cadena | só em Mac - nome do volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Propriedade | | | Tipo | Descrição | Exemplo | +|-------------------|----------------|-------------|------------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | string | O nome da conta para o usuário atual. Normalmente se usa para identificar uma conta no diretório. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | número | Número total de núcleos. No caso de máquinas virtuais, a quantidade total de núcleos assignados. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | número | Número total de threads. | 8 | +| machineName | | | cadena | O nome da máquina como se define nos parâmetros de rede do sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| model | | | cadena | Nome do modelo do computador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | coleção | Endereços de rede físicas e ativas apenas | | +| | ipAddresses | | coleção | | | +| | | ip | cadena | O endereço da interface de rede | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | cadena | O tipo da interface de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | cadena | O nome da interface.. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | cadena | O tipo de interface. | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | cadena | A versão do sistema operativo e o número de compilação (*). | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnel 10.0.14393" | +| osLanguage | | | cadena | Idioma estabelecido pelo usuário atual de sistema. Expressado no padrão definido pelo RFC 3066. Ver Códigos da linguagem no manual de Desenho para obter uma lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | número | O volume de armazenamento de memória (em kilobytes) disponível na máquina. | 16777216 | +| processor | | | cadena | O nome, tipo e velocidade do processador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | número | O tempo total (em segundos) desde que se iniciou a máquina. | 3600 | +| userName | | | cadena | O usuário atual na máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como o nome a mostrar (ou seja, ao iniciar sessão em seu computador). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | número | O espaço restante que pode ser usado. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | número | Volume total possível (em kilobytes). | 1048576 | +| | disk | | objeto \| coleção (mac only) | | | +| | | description | cadena | Um breve resumo que descreve o disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID em Mac e disco físico em Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | número | A capacidade total (em kilobytes) do disco | 104857600 | +| | | interface | cadena | O tipo de interface na máquina. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | cadena | O sistema de arquivos utilizado pelo sistema operativo para armazenar e recuperar arquivos no disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | cadena | O diretório no sistema de arquivos atualmente acessível no que está montado um sistema de arquivos adicional (ou seja, conectado lógicamente). Lembre que isso está em formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | cadena | só em Mac - nome do volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | +| | | | | | | (\*) Para determinar só a plataforma que se utiliza, há dois comandos disponíveis: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) e [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -66,12 +67,80 @@ O código abaixo é numa máquina Windows: devolve um objeto que contém a informação abaixo: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnel 10.0.14393",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### Ver também -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md index 84e559c4c4ffc7..56c833497ef177 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-get-last-url-error.md @@ -36,4 +36,4 @@ Esta informação se retorna em três variáveis: #### Ver também -[Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file +[Form event code](../commands/form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md index ea8bfbfebadd8d..840a8ef10bb56a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands-legacy/wa-run-offscreen-area.md @@ -95,6 +95,6 @@ A variável de sistema OK é estabelecida como 0 se o timeout foi alcançaddo ou #### Ver também -[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[FORM Event](../commands/form-event.md) *Gestão programada de áreas web* [WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR](wa-open-web-inspector.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md index a5900eea27f0c2..d504feb2bd914f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/command-index.md @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ title: Índice [`Cache info`](../commands-legacy/cache-info.md)
    [`Call chain`](../commands-legacy/call-chain.md)
    -[`CALL FORM`](../commands-legacy/call-form.md)
    +[`CALL FORM`](call-form.md)
    [`CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER`](../commands-legacy/call-subform-container.md)
    [`CALL WORKER`](../commands-legacy/call-worker.md)
    [`CANCEL`](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)
    @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ title: Índice [`Command name`](../commands-legacy/command-name.md)
    [`Compact data file`](../commands-legacy/compact-data-file.md)
    [`Compare strings`](../commands-legacy/compare-strings.md)
    -[`Compile project`](../commands-legacy/compile-project.md)
    +[`Compile project`](compile-project.md)
    [`COMPONENT LIST`](../commands-legacy/component-list.md)
    [`COMPRESS BLOB`](../commands-legacy/compress-blob.md)
    [`CONFIRM`](../commands-legacy/confirm.md)
    @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ title: Índice [`Delete string`](../commands-legacy/delete-string.md)
    [`DELETE USER`](../commands-legacy/delete-user.md)
    [`DESCRIBE QUERY EXECUTION`](../commands-legacy/describe-query-execution.md)
    -[`DIALOG`](../commands-legacy/dialog.md)
    +[`DIALOG`](dialog.md)
    [`DIFFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/difference.md)
    [`DISABLE MENU ITEM`](../commands-legacy/disable-menu-item.md)
    [`Discover data key`](../commands-legacy/discover-data-key.md)
    @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ title: Índice [`Euro converter`](../commands-legacy/euro-converter.md)
    [`EXECUTE FORMULA`](../commands-legacy/execute-formula.md)
    [`EXECUTE METHOD`](../commands-legacy/execute-method.md)
    -[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/execute-method-in-subform.md)
    +[`EXECUTE METHOD IN SUBFORM`](execute-method-in-subform.md)
    [`EXECUTE ON CLIENT`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-client.md)
    [`Execute on server`](../commands-legacy/execute-on-server.md)
    [`Exp`](../commands-legacy/exp.md)
    @@ -312,11 +312,11 @@ title: Índice [`Font file`](../commands-legacy/font-file.md)
    [`FONT LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-list.md)
    [`FONT STYLE LIST`](../commands-legacy/font-style-list.md)
    -[`Form`](../commands-legacy/form.md)
    +[`Form`](form.md)
    [`FORM Convert to dynamic`](../commands-legacy/form-convert-to-dynamic.md)
    -[`FORM EDIT`](../commands-legacy/form-edit.md)
    -[`FORM Event`](../commands-legacy/form-event.md)
    -[`Form event code`](../commands-legacy/form-event-code.md)
    +[`FORM EDIT`](form-edit.md)
    +[`FORM Event`](form-event.md)
    +[`Form event code`](form-event-code.md)
    [`FORM FIRST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-first-page.md)
    [`FORM Get color scheme`](../commands-legacy/form-get-color-scheme.md)
    [`FORM Get current page`](../commands-legacy/form-get-current-page.md)
    @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ title: Índice [`FORM GET VERTICAL RESIZING`](../commands-legacy/form-get-vertical-resizing.md)
    [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-goto-page.md)
    [`FORM LAST PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-last-page.md)
    -[`FORM LOAD`](../commands-legacy/form-load.md)
    +[`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md)
    [`FORM NEXT PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-next-page.md)
    [`FORM PREVIOUS PAGE`](../commands-legacy/form-previous-page.md)
    [`FORM SCREENSHOT`](../commands-legacy/form-screenshot.md)
    @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ title: Índice [`METHOD GET NAMES`](../commands-legacy/method-get-names.md)
    [`METHOD Get path`](../commands-legacy/method-get-path.md)
    [`METHOD GET PATHS`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths.md)
    -[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](../commands-legacy/method-get-paths-form.md)
    +[`METHOD GET PATHS FORM`](method-get-paths-form.md)
    [`METHOD OPEN PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-open-path.md)
    [`METHOD RESOLVE PATH`](../commands-legacy/method-resolve-path.md)
    [`METHOD SET ACCESS MODE`](../commands-legacy/method-set-access-mode.md)
    @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ title: Índice [`OBJECT GET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-get-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-get-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT Get style sheet`](../commands-legacy/object-get-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT GET SUBFORM`](object-get-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT GET SUBFORM CONTAINER SIZE`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-size.md)
    [`OBJECT Get subform container value`](../commands-legacy/object-get-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT Get text orientation`](../commands-legacy/object-get-text-orientation.md)
    @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ title: Índice [`OBJECT SET SCROLLBAR`](../commands-legacy/object-set-scrollbar.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SHORTCUT`](../commands-legacy/object-set-shortcut.md)
    [`OBJECT SET STYLE SHEET`](../commands-legacy/object-set-style-sheet.md)
    -[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform.md)
    +[`OBJECT SET SUBFORM`](object-set-subform.md)
    [`OBJECT SET SUBFORM CONTAINER VALUE`](../commands-legacy/object-set-subform-container-value.md)
    [`OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`](../commands-legacy/object-set-text-orientation.md)
    [`OBJECT SET THREE STATES CHECKBOX`](../commands-legacy/object-set-three-states-checkbox.md)
    @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ title: Índice [`POST KEY`](../commands-legacy/post-key.md)
    [`POST OUTSIDE CALL`](../commands-legacy/post-outside-call.md)
    [`PREVIOUS RECORD`](../commands-legacy/previous-record.md)
    -[`Print form`](../commands-legacy/print-form.md)
    +[`Print form`](print-form.md)
    [`PRINT LABEL`](../commands-legacy/print-label.md)
    [`Print object`](../commands-legacy/print-object.md)
    [`PRINT OPTION VALUES`](../commands-legacy/print-option-values.md)
    @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ title: Índice [`Sequence number`](../commands-legacy/sequence-number.md)
    [`Session`](session.md)
    [`Session info`](session-info.md) - **new 4D 20 R7**
    -[`Session storage`](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)
    +[`Session storage`](session-storage.md)
    [`SET ABOUT`](../commands-legacy/set-about.md)
    [`SET ALLOWED METHODS`](../commands/set-allowed-methods.md)
    [`SET APPLICATION COLOR SCHEME`](../commands-legacy/set-application-color-scheme.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..94d1bc5f2a115a --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/compile-project.md @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +--- +id: compile-project +title: Compile project +slug: /commands/compile-project +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Compile project** {( {*projectFile*}{;}{*options*} )} : Object + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ----------- | ------------------------ | - | ------------------------------------------------------- | +| projectFile | 4D. File | → | .4DProject file to compile | +| options | Object | → | Object that specifies compilation options | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Object containing information on the compilation status | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ---------------------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of `type` "formObjectExpression" | + +
    + +#### Descrição + +**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, check the [Compilation page](../Project/compiler.md). + +By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Settings. You can override them by passing an *options* parameter. As seguintes sintaxes são suportadas: + +- **Compile project**(): compiles the opened project using the options defined in the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*options*): compiles the opened project. The *options* defined override the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject using the options defined in the Structure Settings +- **Compile project**(*projectFile*; *options*): compiles the *projectFile* 4DProject and the *options* defined override the Structure Settings + +**Note:** Binary databases cannot be compiled using this command. + +Unlike the Compiler window, this command requires that you explicitly designate the component(s) to compile. When compiling a project with **Compile project**, you need to declare its components using the *components* property of the *options* parameter. Keep in mind that the components must already be compiled (binary components are supported). + +The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the [build application](../Desktop/building.md) feature. + +If you pass an empty collection in *targets*, **Compile project** will execute a syntax check without compiling. + +Compilation errors, if any, are returned as objects in the *errors* collection. + +**Note:** You cannot call this command when another compilation is running (for example, a compilation launched from the Compilation window). + +##### options Parameter + +The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| components | Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | +| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| generateSymbols | Parâmetros | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | +| generateSyntaxFile | Parâmetros | True to generate a [syntax file for code completion](../settings/general.md).md#generate-syntax-file-for-code-completion-when-compiled) in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | +| generateTypingMethods | Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | +| plugins | 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | +| targets | Coleção de strings | Possible values: "x86_64_generic", "arm64_macOS_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | +| typeInference | Text | "all": The compiler deduces the types of all variables not explicitly declared, "locals": The compiler deduces the types of local variables not explicitly declared, "none": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code (legacy mode), "direct": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code ([direct typing](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing)). | +| warnings | Uma coleção de objetos | Defines the warnings state | +| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | +| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | +| \[\].enabled | Parâmetros | Warning activation state | + +**Note:** When the *warnings* attribute is not defined in the *options* object, the **Compile project** command uses the default warning generation statuses defined in the settings. + +##### Resultado + +The object returned by **Compile project** has up to three properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| success | Parâmetros | True se a ação salvar tiver sucesso, senão False | +| errors | Uma coleção de objetos | **Available only in case of error or warning**. Collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | +| \[\].isError | Parâmetros | Error if True, warning otherwise | +| \[\].message | Text | Mensagem de erro | +| \[\].code | Object | [objeto código](#code-object) | +| \[\].line | Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | +| \[\].lineInFile | Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | +| symbols | Object | **Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** | +| symbols.interprocessVariables | Object | List of all interprocess variables | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.variables | Collection | Coleção de [objetos variáveis](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.interprocessVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.processVariables | Object | List of all process variables | +| symbols.processVariables.variables | Collection | Coleção de [objetos variáveis](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.processVariables.size | Number | | +| symbols.localVariables | Uma coleção de objetos | List of local variables per method | +| symbols.localVariables[].code | Object | [objeto código](#code-object) | +| symbols.localVariables[].variables | Collection | Coleção de [objetos variáveis](#variable-objects) | +| symbols.methods | Uma coleção de objetos | List of methods | +| symbols.methods\[\].code | Object | [objeto código](#code-object) | +| symbols.methods\[\].callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | +| symbols.methods\[\].params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | +| symbols.methods\[\]. threadSafe | Parâmetros | Indicates if this method is thread safe | + +For more information, see [Compilation tools](../Project/compiler.md#compilation-tools). + +###### variable objects + +`interprocessVariables.variables` and `processVariables.variables` contain objects with the following structure: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Name of the variable | +| type | number | Type of the variable (like Value type command) | +| arrayDimension | number | For arrays only: 1 for mono dimension arrays, 2 for two-dimension arrays | +| code | Object | For process and interprocess variables: descriptor of where the variable has been defined | + +###### code object + +The `code` property in `methods.code` and `errors.code` is an object with the following properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formMethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document), "class", "classFunction", "formObjectExpression" (for errors occuring in expressions associated to form objects) | +| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | +| file | 4D. File | Method file | +| | | **Returned depending on the value of the `type` property:** | +| methodName | Text | Métodos proyecto | +| tabela | Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | +| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | +| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | +| Esta propriedade só está disponível quando não estiver selecionado tema de fonte. | Text | Form object property name (returned for a form object expression) | +| className | Text | Class name | +| functionName | Text | Nome da função de classe | +| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | + +#### Exemplos + +To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + $status:=Compile project +``` + +On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Compile a project other than the current project: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $projectFile: 4D.File + $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") + $status:=Compile project($projectFile) +``` + +Compile a project and declare its component: + +```4d + var $status : Object + var $component : 4D.File + var $options:={} + $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") + $options.components:=New collection($component) + $status:=Compile project($options) +``` + +Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: + +```4d +var $options:={} +$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) +$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) +var $result:=Compile project($options) +``` + +#### Veja também + +[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..c299de44d06bda --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/dialog.md @@ -0,0 +1,175 @@ +--- +id: dialog +title: DIALOG +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**DIALOG** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------------ | - | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Tabela | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of table or project form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| \* | Operador | → | Use the same process | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descrição + +The **DIALOG** command presents the *form* to the user, along with *formData* parameter(s) (optional). + +This command is designed to work with customized and advanced user interfaces based on forms. You can use it to display information coming from the database or other locations, or to provide data entry features. Unlike [ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md) or [MODIFY RECORD](../commands-legacy/modify-record.md), **DIALOG** gives you full control over the form, its contents and the navigation and validation buttons. + +This command is typically called along with the [Open form window](../commands-legacy/open-form-window.md) to display sophisticated forms, as shown in the following example: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541609.en.png) + +The **DIALOG** command can also be used instead of [ALERT](../commands-legacy/alert.md), [CONFIRM](../commands-legacy/confirm.md) or [Request](../commands-legacy/request.md) when the information to be presented or gathered is more complex than those commands can manage. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form (project form or table form) to use; +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use; +- an object containing a description of the form to use. + +Optionally, you can pass parameter(s) to the *form* using a "form data" object. Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. For example, if you use a form data object containing {"version";"12"}, you will be able to get or set the value of the "version" property in the form by calling: + +```4d + $v:=Form.version //"12" + Form.version:=13 +``` + +To fill the "form data" object, you have two possibilities: + +- use the *formData* parameter. Using a local variable for *formData* allows you to safely pass parameters to your forms, whatever the calling context. In particular, if the same form is called from different places in the same process, you will always be able to access its specific values by simply calling [Form](form.md).myProperty. Moreover, since objects are passed by reference, if the user modifies a property value in the form, it will automatically be saved in the object itself. + +- [associate a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), in which case 4D will automatically instantiate an object of this class when the form will be loaded. The object properties and functions will be automatically available through the object returned by [Form](form.md). You could write for example `Form.myFunction()`. + +:::note + +- The *formData* parameter has priority over a form class (the class object is not instantiated if a *formData* parameter is passed). +- If you do not pass the *formData* parameter (or if you pass an undefined object) and no user class is associated to the form, **DIALOG** creates a new empty object bound to the *form*. + +::: + +The dialog is closed by the user either with an "accept" action (triggered by the ak accept standard action, the Enter key, or the [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command), or with a "cancel" action (triggered by the ak cancel standard action, the Escape key, or the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command). An accept action will set the OK system variable to 1, while a cancel action will set OK to 0\. + +Keep in mind that validation does not equal saving: if the dialog includes fields, you must explicitly call the [SAVE RECORD](../commands-legacy/save-record.md) command to save any data that has been modified. + +If you pass the optional *\** parameter, the form is loaded and displayed in the last open window of the current process and the command finishes its execution while leaving the active form on the screen.\ +This form then reacts “normally” to user actions and is closed using a standard action or when 4D code related to the form (object method or form method) calls the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. If the current process terminates, the forms created in this way are automatically closed in the same way as if a [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command had been called. This opening mode is particularly useful for displaying a floating palette with a document, without necessarily requiring another process. + +**Notas:** + +- You can combine the use of the **DIALOG**(form;\*) syntax with the [CALL FORM](call-form.md) command to establish communication between the forms. +- You must create a window before calling the **DIALOG**(form;\*) statement. It is not possible to use the current dialog window in the process nor the window created by default for each process. Otherwise, error -9909 is generated. +- When the *\** parameter is used, the window is closed automatically following a standard action or a call to the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) or [ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md) command. You do not have to manage the closing of the window itself. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +The following example can be used to create a tool palette: + +```4d + //Display tool palette + $palette_window:=Open form window("tools";Palette form window) + DIALOG("tools";*) //Give back the control immediately + //Display main document windowl + $document_window:=Open form window("doc";Plain form window) + DIALOG("doc") +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some [Form](form.md) object properties to variables: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Exemplo 3 + +The following example uses the path to a .json form to display the records in an employee list: + +```4d + Open form window("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";Plain form window) + ALL RECORDS([Personnel]) + DIALOG("/RESOURCES/OutputPersonnel.json";*) +``` + +which displays: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3687439.en.png) + +#### Exemplo + +The following example uses a .json file as an object and modifies a few properties: + +```4d + var $form : Object + $form:=JSON Parse(Document to text(Get 4D folder(Current resources folder)+"OutputPersonnel.json")) + $form.windowTitle:="The Avengers" + $form.pages[1].objects.logo.picture:="/RESOURCES/Images/Avengers.png" + $form.pages[1].objects.myListBox.borderStyle:="double" + Open form window($form;Plain form window) + DIALOG($form;*) +``` + +The altered form is displayed with the title, logo and border modified: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688356.en.png) + +#### System variables and sets + +After a call to **DIALOG**, if the dialog is accepted, OK is set to 1; if it is canceled, OK is set to 0. + +#### Veja também + +[ACCEPT](../commands-legacy/accept.md)\ +[ADD RECORD](../commands-legacy/add-record.md)\ +[CALL FORM](call-form.md)\ +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[Form](form.md)\ +[Open window](../commands-legacy/open-window.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..a35525831ffbee --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-edit.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +id: form-edit +title: FORM EDIT +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* )
    **FORM EDIT** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* ; *object* ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------ | - | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Tabela | → | Table owning the form or If omitted: default table or use of project form | +| form | Text | → | Form name | +| object | Text | → | Form object name or group name | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ----------------------------- | +| 20 R8 | Support of *object* parameter | + +
    + +#### Descrição + +The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected.The **FORM EDIT** command opens the *form* associated to *aTable* in the 4D Form editor, with optionnally *object* selected. Note that you must have access to the Design environment, otherwise the error -9804 ("Cannot open form") is generated. + +The command is asynchronous: it returns immediately to the calling method and does not wait for the form to be open. + +If you pass the optional *aTable* parameter, you indicate the table associated with *form*. If you omit this parameter, you indicate that *form* is a project form. + +In the *form* parameter, pass the name of the form to open in the 4D Form editor. If you pass a name that does not exist, the error 81 is generated ("Form not found"). + +Optionnally, you can pass in *object* the name of a form object or of a group to select automatically in the 4D Form editor. This feature allows you, for example, to save time when debugging a form based upon expression errors returned by [`Compile project`](compile-project.md). + +If *object* is not found in *form*, the form is opened and no error is returned. + +Pass an empty string in *object* to deselect all objects in the open *form*. + +#### Exemplos + +To open the *Contacts* table *Address* form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT([Contacts];"Address") +``` + +To open the *ContactList* project form: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList") +``` + +To open the *ContactPage* project form with "name-input" object selected: + +```4d + FORM EDIT("ContactList"; "name-input") +``` + +#### Veja também + +*Design Object Access Commands* diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..295ef82dca3895 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descrição + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Exemplo 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 9 + +Este exemplo mostra como responder a um evento de fecho de janela com um formulário utilizado para a introdução de dados de registo: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### Veja também + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5bbf9362b7b250 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------ | - | -------------- | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Objecto evento | + + + +#### Descrição + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**Objeto devolvido** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | Name of the object triggering the event - Not included if the event is triggered by the form | +| code | integer | Valor numérico do evento de formulário. | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### Veja também + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..2ebd3bfeeecc2b --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form-load.md @@ -0,0 +1,165 @@ +--- +id: form-load +title: FORM LOAD +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM LOAD** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*}{; *} ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------------ | - | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | +| aTable | Tabela | → | Table form to load (if omitted, load a project form) | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of form (project or table), ora POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to open | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| \* | Operador | → | If passed = command applies to host database when it is executed from a component (parameter ignored outside of this context) | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descrição + +The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents.The **FORM LOAD** command is used to load the *form* in memory in the current process along with *formData* (optional) in order to print its data or parse its contents. There can only be one current form per process. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use, or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +When the command is executed from a component, it loads the component forms by default. If you pass the *\** parameter, the method loads the host database forms. + +##### formData + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. +The form data object is available in the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +##### Printing data + +In order to be able to execute this command, a print job must be opened beforehand using the [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command. The [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md) command makes an implicit call to the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command, so in this context it is necessary to execute **FORM LOAD**. Once loaded, this *form* becomes the current printing form. All the object management commands, and in particular the [Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) command, work with this form. + +If a printing form has already been loaded beforehand (via a previous call to the **FORM LOAD** command), it is closed and replaced by *form*. You can open and close several project forms in the same print session. Changing the printing form via the **FORM LOAD** command does not generate page breaks. It is up to the developer to manage page breaks. + +Only the [`On Load` form event](../Events/onLoad.md) is executed during the opening of the project form, as well as any object methods of the form. Other form events are ignored. The [`On Unload` form event](../Events/onUnload.md) is executed at the end of printing. + +To preserve the graphic consistency of forms, it is recommended to apply the "Printing" appearance property regardless of the platform. + +The current printing form is automatically closed when the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command is called. + +##### Parsing form contents + +This consists in loading an off-screen form for parsing purposes. To do this, just call **FORM LOAD** outside the context of a print job. In this case, form events are not executed. + +**FORM LOAD** can be used with the [FORM GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/form-get-objects.md) and [OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md) commands in order to perform any type of processing on the form contents. You must then call the [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) command in order to release the form from memory. + +Note that in all cases, the form on screen remains loaded (it is not affected by the **FORM LOAD** command) so it is not necessary to reload it after calling [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md). + +**Reminder:** In the off-screen context, do not forget to call [FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md) to avoid any risk of memory overflow. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +Calling a project form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD("print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +Calling a table form in a print job: + +```4d + OPEN PRINTING JOB + FORM LOAD([People];"print_form") +  // execution of events and object methods +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +Parsing of form contents to carry out processing on text input areas: + +```4d + FORM LOAD([People];"my_form") +  // selection of form without execution of events or methods + FORM GET OBJECTS(arrObjNames;arrObjPtrs;arrPages;*) + For($i;1;Size of array(arrObjNames)) +    If(OBJECT Get type(*;arrObjNames{$i})=Object type text input) +  //… processing +    End if + End for + FORM UNLOAD //do not forget to unload the form +``` + +#### Exemplo + +The following example returns the number of objects on a JSON form: + +```4d + ARRAY TEXT(objectsArray;0) //sort form items into arrays + ARRAY POINTER(variablesArray;0) + ARRAY INTEGER(pagesArray;0) +  + FORM LOAD("/RESOURCES/OutputForm.json") //load the form + FORM GET OBJECTS(objectsArray;variablesArray;pagesArray;Form all pages+Form inherited) +  + ALERT("The form contains "+String(size of array(objectsArray))+" objects") //return the object count +``` + +the result shown is: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3688480.en.png) + +#### Exemplo 2 + +You want to print a form containing a list box. During the *on load* event, you want the contents of the list box to be modified. + +1\. In the printing method, you write: + +```4d + var $formData : Object + var $over : Boolean + var $full : Boolean +  + OPEN PRINTING JOB + $formData:=New object + $formData.LBcollection:=New collection() + ... //fill the collection with data +  + FORM LOAD("GlobalForm";$formData) //store the collection in $formData + $over:=False + Repeat +    $full:=Print object(*;"LB") // the datasource of this "LB" listbox is Form.LBcollection +    LISTBOX GET PRINT INFORMATION(*;"LB";lk printing is over;$over) +    If(Not($over)) +       PAGE BREAK +    End if + Until($over) + FORM UNLOAD + CLOSE PRINTING JOB +``` + +2\. In the form method, you can write: + +```4d + var $o : Object + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       For each($o;Form.LBcollection) //LBcollection is available +          $o.reference:=Uppercase($o.reference) +       End for each + End case +``` + +#### Veja também + +[Current form name](../commands-legacy/current-form-name.md)\ +[FORM UNLOAD](../commands-legacy/form-unload.md)\ +[LISTBOX GET OBJECTS](../commands-legacy/listbox-get-objects.md)\ +[OBJECT Get type](../commands-legacy/object-get-type.md)\ +[Print object](../commands-legacy/print-object.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..2468cfeee35c3f --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/form.md @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +--- +id: form +title: Formulário +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form** : Object + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------ | - | ----------------------------- | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Form data of the current form | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Form class support | + +
    + +#### Descrição + +The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor).The **Form** command returns the object associated with the current form (instantiated from the *formData* parameter or the user class assigned in the Form editor). 4D automatically associates an object to the current form in the following cases: + +- the current form has been loaded by one of the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, +- the current form is a subform, +- a table form is currently displayed on screen. + +##### Commands (DIALOG...) + +If the current form is being displayed or loaded by a call to the [DIALOG](dialog.md), [`Print form`](print-form.md), or [`FORM LOAD`](form-load.md) commands, **Form** returns either: + +- the *formData* object passed as parameter to this command, if any, +- or, an instantiated object of the [user class associated to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class), if any, +- or, an empty object. + +##### Subformulário + +If the current form is a subform, the returned object depends on the parent container variable: + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has been typed as an object, **Form** returns the value of this variable.\ + In this case, the object returned by **Form** is the same as the one returned by the following expression: + +```4d + (OBJECT Get pointer(Object subform container))-> +``` + +- If the variable associated to the parent container has not been typed as an object, **Form** returns an empty object, maintained by 4D in the subform context. + +For more information, please refer to the *Page subforms* section. + +##### Table form + +**Form** returns the object associated with the table form displayed on screen. In the context of an input form displayed from an output form (i.e. after a double-click on a record), the returned object contains the following property: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | ----------------------------------------- | +| parentForm | object | **Form** object of the parent output form | + +#### Exemplo + +In a form displaying the record of a person, a "Check children" button opens a dialog to verify/modify the names and ages of their children: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3542015.en.png) + +**Note:** The "Children" object field is represented only to show its structure for this example. + +In the verification form, you have assigned some Form object properties to inputs: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3541682.en.png) + +Here is the code for the "Check children" button: + +```4d + var $win;$n;$i : Integer + var $save : Boolean + ARRAY OBJECT($children;0) + OB GET ARRAY([Person]Children;"children";$children) //get the children collection + $save:=False //initialize the save variable + + $n:=Size of array($children) + If($n>0) + $win:=Open form window("Edit_Children";Movable form dialog box) + SET WINDOW TITLE("Check children for "+[Person]Name) + For($i;1;$n) //for each child + DIALOG("Edit_Children";$children{$i}) //displays dialog filled with values + If(OK=1) //the user clicked OK + $save:=True + End if + End for + If($save=True) + [Person]Children:=[Person]Children //forces object field update + End if + CLOSE WINDOW($win) + Else + ALERT("No child to check.") + End if +``` + +The form displays information for each child: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict3515152.en.png) + +If values are edited and the OK button is clicked, the field is updated (the parent record must be saved afterwards). + +#### Veja também + +[DIALOG](dialog.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md index 5d2c86ae7a4bf0..aab8d87992ac04 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ If the formula is created in a component, you might consider using the *context* | Parâmetros | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------------------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (padrão) A fórmula será executada no contexto em que foi criada | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | A fórmula será executada no contexto do banco de dados do host | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (padrão) A fórmula será executada no contexto em que foi criada | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | A fórmula será executada no contexto do banco de dados do host | #### Exemplo diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md index 5c3058e2dcd982..4cd80b8ccc40b2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Passe em connectionInfo um objeto que desceva o armazém de dados remoto ao que | hostname | Text | Nome ou endereço IP da database remota + ":" + número de porta (o numero de porta é obrigatório) | API Endpoint de instância Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nome de usuario | - (ignorado) | | senha | Text | senha de usuario | - (ignorado) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). O valor não pode ser < 60 (se for passado um valor menor, o tempo limite será definido como 60). Para obter mais informações, veja **Sessões de encerramento**. | - (ignorado) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). O valor não pode ser < 60 (se for passado um valor menor, o tempo limite será definido como 60). Para obter mais informações, veja **Sessões de encerramento**. | - (ignorado) | | tls | Parâmetros | True para usar conexão segura(1). Se omitido, false por defeito. Se for omitido, o normal é falso Usar uma conexão segura é recomendado sempre que possível. | True para usar conexão segura. Se omitido, false por defeito | | type | Text | deve ser "4D Server" | - (ignorado) | | api-key | Text | - (ignorado) | API key da instância Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..57175904fd5adc --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/print-form.md @@ -0,0 +1,186 @@ +--- +id: print-form +title: Print form +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Print form** ( {*aTable* ;} *form* {; *formData*} {; *areaStart*{; *areaEnd*}} ) : Integer + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| aTable | Tabela | → | Table owning the form, or Default table, if omitted | +| form | Text, Object | → | Name (string) of the form, or a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form to print | +| formData | Object | → | Data to associate to the form | +| areaStart | Integer | → | Print marker, or Beginning area (if areaEnd is specified) | +| areaEnd | Integer | → | Ending area (if areaStart specified) | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Height of printed section | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descrição + +**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*.**Print form** simply prints *form* with the current values of fields and variables of *aTable*. It is usually used to print very complex reports that require complete control over the printing process. **Print form** does not do any record processing, break processing or page breaks. These operations are your responsibility. **Print form** prints fields and variables in a fixed size frame only. + +In the *form* parameter, you can pass: + +- the name of a form, or +- the path (in POSIX syntax) to a valid .json file containing a description of the form to use (see *Form file path*), or +- an object containing a description of the form. + +Since **Print form** does not issue a page break after printing the form, it is easy to combine different forms on the same page. Thus, **Print form** is perfect for complex printing tasks that involve different tables and different forms. To force a page break between forms, use the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. In order to carry printing over to the next page for a form whose height is greater than the available space, call the [CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md) command before the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command. + +Three different syntaxes may be used: + +- **Detail area printing** + +Sintaxe: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm) +``` + +In this case, **Print form** only prints the Detail area (the area between the Header line and the Detail line) of the form. + +- **Form area printing** + +Sintaxe: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;marker) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section designated by the *marker*. Pass one of the constants of the *Form Area* theme in the marker parameter: + +| Parâmetros | Tipo | Valor | +| ------------- | ------- | ----- | +| Form break0 | Integer | 300 | +| Form break1 | Integer | 301 | +| Form break2 | Integer | 302 | +| Form break3 | Integer | 303 | +| Form break4 | Integer | 304 | +| Form break5 | Integer | 305 | +| Form break6 | Integer | 306 | +| Form break7 | Integer | 307 | +| Form break8 | Integer | 308 | +| Form break9 | Integer | 309 | +| Form detail | Integer | 0 | +| Form footer | Integer | 100 | +| Form header | Integer | 200 | +| Form header1 | Integer | 201 | +| Form header10 | Integer | 210 | +| Form header2 | Integer | 202 | +| Form header3 | Integer | 203 | +| Form header4 | Integer | 204 | +| Form header5 | Integer | 205 | +| Form header6 | Integer | 206 | +| Form header7 | Integer | 207 | +| Form header8 | Integer | 208 | +| Form header9 | Integer | 209 | + +- **Section printing** + +Sintaxe: + +```4d + height:=Print form(myTable;myForm;areaStart;areaEnd) +``` + +In this case, the command will print the section included between the *areaStart* and *areaEnd* parameters. The values entered must be expressed in pixels. + +**formData** + +Optionally, you can pass parameters to the *form* using either the *formData* object or the form class object automatically instantiated by 4D if you have [associated a user class to the form](../FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#form-class). Any properties of the form data object will then be available from within the form context through the [Form](form.md) command. The form data object is available in the [`On Printing Detail` form event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md). + +For detailed information on the form data object, please refer to the [`DIALOG`](dialog.md) command. + +**Return value** + +The value returned by **Print form** indicates the height of the printable area. This value will be automatically taken into account by the [Get printed height](../commands-legacy/get-printed-height.md) command. + +The printer dialog boxes do not appear when you use **Print form**. The report does not use the print settings that were assigned to the form in the Design environment. There are two ways to specify the print settings before issuing a series of calls to **Print form**: + +- Call [PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md). In this case, you let the user choose the settings. +- Call [SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) and [GET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/get-print-option.md). In this case, print settings are specified programmatically. + +**Print form** builds each printed page in memory. Each page is printed when the page in memory is full or when you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md). To ensure the printing of the last page after any use of **Print form**, you must conclude with the [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) command (except in the context of an [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), see note). Otherwise, if the last page is not full, it stays in memory and is not printed. + +**Warning:** If the command is called in the context of a printing job opened with [OPEN PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/open-printing-job.md), you must NOT call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) for the last page because it is automatically printed by the [CLOSE PRINTING JOB](../commands-legacy/close-printing-job.md) command. If you call [PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md) in this case, a blank page is printed. + +This command prints external areas and objects (for example, 4D Write or 4D View areas). The area is reset for each execution of the command. + +**Warning:** Subforms are not printed with **Print form**. To print only one form with such objects, use [PRINT RECORD](../commands-legacy/print-record.md) instead. + +**Print form** generates only one [`On Printing Detail` event](../Events/onPrintingDetail.md) for the form method. + +**4D Server:** This command can be executed on 4D Server within the framework of a stored procedure. In this context: + +- Make sure that no dialog box appears on the server machine (except for a specific requirement). +- In the case of a problem concerning the printer (out of paper, printer disconnected, etc.), no error message is generated. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +The following example performs as a [PRINT SELECTION](../commands-legacy/print-selection.md) command would. However, the report uses one of two different forms, depending on whether the record is for a check or a deposit: + +```4d + QUERY([Register]) // Select the records + If(OK=1) +    ORDER BY([Register]) // Sort the records +    If(OK=1) +       PRINT SETTINGS // Display Printing dialog boxes +       If(OK=1) +          For($vlRecord;1;Records in selection([Register])) +             If([Register]Type ="Check") +                Print form([Register];"Check Out") // Use one form for checks +             Else +                Print form([Register];"Deposit Out") // Use another form for deposits +             End if +             NEXT RECORD([Register]) +          End for +          PAGE BREAK // Make sure the last page is printed +       End if +    End if + End if +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +Refer to the example of the [SET PRINT MARKER](../commands-legacy/set-print-marker.md) command. + +#### Exemplo 3 + +This form is used as dialog, then printed with modifications: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict6264975.en.png) + +The form method: + +```4d + If(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +    Form.lastname:=Uppercase(Form.lastname) +    Form.firstname:=Uppercase(Substring(Form.firstname;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring(Form.firstname;2)) +    Form.request:=Lowercase(Form.request) + End if +``` + +The code that calls the dialog then prints its body: + +```4d + $formData:=New object + $formData.lastname:="Smith" + $formData.firstname:="john" + $formData.request:="I need more COFFEE" + $win:=Open form window("Request_obj";Plain form window;Horizontally centered;Vertically centered) + DIALOG("Request_obj";$formData) + $h:=Print form("Request_var";$formData;Form detail) +``` + +#### Veja também + +[CANCEL](../commands-legacy/cancel.md)\ +[PAGE BREAK](../commands-legacy/page-break.md)\ +[PRINT SETTINGS](../commands-legacy/print-settings.md)\ +[SET PRINT OPTION](../commands-legacy/set-print-option.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md index ed6f8ff9bb47a7..2f50d7c406afc6 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-activity.md @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs
    História -| Release | Mudanças | -| ------- | ------------------------------ | -| 20 R7 | Support of sessionID parameter | +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | -------------------------------- | +| 20 R7 | Support of *sessionID* parameter |
    @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ You want to get the collection of all user sessions:    var $o : Object  var $i : Integer - vat $processName;$userName : Text + var $processName;$userName : Text   $o:=Process activity //Get process & session info @@ -107,5 +107,5 @@ You want to get all processes related to the current session: #### Veja também -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [WEB Get server info](../commands-legacy/web-get-server-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md index 8a1dc9548467ea..559ed7bd88aa2c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Process info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    História - -| Release | Mudanças | -| ------- | ---------- | -| 20 R7 | Adicionado | - -
    - **Process info** ( *processNumber* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,6 +15,14 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ---------- | +| 20 R7 | Adicionado | + +
    + #### Descrição The `Process info` command returns an object providing detailed information about process whose number you pass in *processNumber*. If you pass an incorrect process number, the command returns a null object. @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ O objeto retornado contém as propriedades abaixo: | cpuTime | Real | Running time (seconds) | | cpuUsage | Real | Percentage of time devoted to this process (between 0 and 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of process creation | -| ID | Longint | Process unique ID | +| ID | Integer | Process unique ID | | name | Text | Nome de processo | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | preemptive | Parâmetros | True if run preemptive, false otherwise | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Current status. Possible values: see below | +| state | Integer | Current status. Possible values: see below | | systemID | Text | ID for the user process, 4D process or spare process | -| type | Longint | Running process type. Possible values: see below | +| type | Integer | Running process type. Possible values: see below | | visible | Parâmetros | True if visible, false otherwise | - Valores possíveis para "state": diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md index de8a5a9fa367b3..75469de3bc20a4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Nome do processo para o qual se deseja recuperar o número do processo | | id | Text | → | ID do processo para o qual se deseja recuperar o número do processo | | \* | Operador | → | Retorna o número do processo do servidor | -| Resultado | Longint | ← | Process number | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md index 51159b9d84fa69..7abb7a5689a2d8 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-info.md @@ -4,14 +4,6 @@ title: Session info displayed_sidebar: docs --- -
    História - -| Release | Mudanças | -| ------- | ---------- | -| 20 R7 | Adicionado | - -
    - **Session info** ( *sessionId* : Integer ) : Object @@ -23,24 +15,33 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R7 | Adicionado | + +
    + #### Descrição The `Session info` command returns an object describing the session whose ID you pass in the *sessionID* parameter.. If you pass an invalid *sessionID*, the command returns a null object. O objeto retornado contém as propriedades abaixo: -| Nome da propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ------------------- | --------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text (enum) | Session type. Possible values: "remote", "storedProcedure", "rest" | -| userName | Text | Nome de usuario | -| machineName | Text | Name of the remote machine | -| systemUserName | Text | Name of the system session opened on the remote machine | -| IPAddress | Text | Endereço IP da máquina remota | -| hostType | Text (enum) | Host type. Possible values: "windows", "mac", "browser" | -| creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of connection of the remote machine | -| state | Text (enum) | Session state. Possible values: "active", "postponed", "sleeping" | -| ID | Text | Session UUID | -| persistentID | Text | ID persistente da sessão | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| type | Text | Session type: "remote", "storedProcedure", "standalone" | +| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`Session.userName`](../API/SessionClass.md#username)) | +| machineName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da máquina remota. Stored procedures session: name of the server machine. Standalone session: name of the machine | +| systemUserName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da sessão do sistema aberta na máquina remota. | +| IPAddress | Text | Endereço IP da máquina remota | +| hostType | Text | Tipo de host: "windows" ou "mac" | +| creationDateTime | Date ISO 8601 | Date and time of session creation. Standalone session: date and time of application startup | +| state | Text | Estado da sessão: "ativa", "adiada", "em espera" | +| ID | Text | Session UUID (same value as [`Session.id`](../API/SessionClass.md#id)) | +| persistentID | Text | Remote sessions: Session's persistent ID | :::note @@ -79,5 +80,7 @@ Here is an example of output object: #### Veja também -[Session](../API/SessionClass.md) +[`Session` class](../API/SessionClass.md) +[Session](session.md) +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Process info](process-info.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..ff7505b6db8eec --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session-storage.md @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +--- +id: session-storage +title: Session storage +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Session storage** ( *id* ) : Object + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------ | - | ---------------------------------------------------------- | +| id | Text | → | Unique identifier (UUID) of the session | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Storage object of the session | + + + +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | +| 20 R6 | Adicionado | + +
    + +#### Descrição + +The **Session storage** command returns the storage object of the session whose unique identifier you passed in the *id* parameter. + +In *id*, pass the UUID of the session for which you want to get the storage. It is automatically assigned by 4D (4D Server or, for standalone sessions, 4D single-user) and is stored in the [**.id**](../API/SessionClass.md#id) property of the [session object](../API/SessionClass.md). If the session does not exist, the command returns **Null**. + +**Note:** You can get the session identifiers using the [Process activity](process-activity.md) command. + +The returned object is the [**.storage**](../API/SessionClass.md#storage) property of the session. It is a shared object used to store information available to all processes of the session. + +#### Exemplo + +This method modifies the value of a "settings" property stored in the storage object of a specific session: + +```4d +  //Set storage for a session +  //The "Execute On Server" method property is set +  + #DECLARE($id : Text; $text : Text) + var $obj : Object +  + $obj:=Session storage($id) +  + If($obj.settings=Null) +    Use($obj) +       $obj.settings:=New shared object("text";$text) +    End use + Else +    Use($obj.settings) +       $obj.settings.text:=$text +    End use + End if +``` + +#### Veja também + +[Process activity](process-activity.md)\ +[Session](../API/SessionClass.md#session) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md index 256a1092e9e107..34e5dfad99435c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/current/commands/session.md @@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Release | Mudanças | | ------- | ------------------------------------------------------ | +| 20 R8 | Support of standalone sessions | | 20 R5 | Support of remote client and stored procedure sessions | | 18 R6 | Adicionado | @@ -31,11 +32,12 @@ Dependendo do processo a partir do qual o comando é chamado, a sessão atual do - uma sessão web (quando [sessões escaláveis são ativadas](WebServer/sessions.md#enabling-sessions)), - uma sessão de cliente remoto, -- a sessão de procedimentos armazenados. +- the stored procedures session, +- the *designer* session in a standalone application. -For more information, see the [Session types](../command/session.md-types) paragraph. +For more information, see the [Session types](../API/SessionClass.md#session-types) paragraph. -If the command is called from a non supported context (single-user application, scalable sessions disabled...), it returns *Null*. +If the command is called from a non supported context (e.g. scalable sessions disabled), it returns *Null*. #### Sessões web @@ -68,6 +70,10 @@ Todos os processos de procedimento armazenado compartilham a mesma sessão de us For information on stored procedures virtual user session, please refer to the [4D Server and the 4D Language](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R5/4D/20-R5/4D-Server-and-the-4D-Language.300-6932726.en.html) page. +#### Standalone session + +The `Session` object is available from any process in standalone (single-user) applications so that you can write and test your client/server code using the `Session` object in your 4D development environment. + #### Exemplo You have defined the `action_Session` method with attribute "Available through 4D tags and URLs". Pode chamar ao método introduzindo a URL abaixo no navegador: @@ -92,6 +98,6 @@ IP:port/4DACTION/action_Session ### Veja também -[Session storage](../commands-legacy/session-storage.md)\ +[Session storage](session-storage.md)\ [Session API](../API/SessionClass.md)\ [Web server user sessions](../WebServer/sessions.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md index 8ef01a3d01f40c..39fd5d392d3c10 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ A tabela seguinte ilustra estes valores por defeito: | ------------ | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------- | | Booleano | False | True | True (varia) | | Date | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (varia) | +| Integer | 0 | 1919382119 | 909540880 (varia) | | Hora | 00:00:00 | 533161:41:59 | 249345:34:24 (varia) | | Imagem | tamanho da imagem=0 | tamanho da imagem=0 | tamanho da imagem=0 | | Real | 0 | 1.250753659382e+243 | 1,972748538022e-217 (varia) | @@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ O quadro seguinte lista os tipos de dados básicos, os tipos de dados para os qu | Tipo de dados a converter | para String | para Número | para Data | para Tempo | para Booleano | | ------------------------- | ----------- | ----------- | --------- | ---------- | ------------- | | String (1) | | Num | Date | Hora | Bool | -| Número (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Date | String | | | | Bool | -| Hora | String | | | | Bool | +| Número (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Date | Text | | | | Bool | +| Hora | Text | | | | Bool | | Parâmetros | | Num | | | | (1) Strings formatadas em JSON podem ser convertidas em dados escalares, objetos ou coleções, usando o comando `JSON Parse` diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md index 3948d52f579361..1bc0f1c54df750 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ As seguintes sequências de escape podem ser utilizadas em strings de caracteres | Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | | -------------------- | ---------------- | ---------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenação | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetição | String * Number | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenação | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetição | String * Number | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | String = String | Parâmetros | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdade | String # String | Parâmetros | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md index ba36633e72c701..2ed426229808cf 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Os mesmos símbolos são frequentemente utilizados para operações diferentes, | Tipo de dados | Operação | Exemplo | | ------------- | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adição | 1 + 2 adiciona os números e resultados em 3 | -| String | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | +| Text | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | | Data e Número | Adição de data | !1989-01-01! + 20 acrescenta 20 dias à data de 1 de janeiro de 1989 e resulta na data de 21 de janeiro de 1989 | ## Expressões @@ -222,10 +222,10 @@ Refere-se a uma expressão pelo tipo de dados que devolve. Existem vários tipos | Expression | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------ | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres "smith" em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | +| “Hello” | Text | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres "smith" em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | | 4 | Number | Esta é uma constante numérica, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Dois números, 4 e 2, são multiplicados utilizando o operador de multiplicação (*). O resultado é o número 8. | | myButton | Number | Esta é uma variável associada a um botão. Devolve o valor atual do botão: 1 se foi clicado, 0 se não foi. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md index e3d18759551214..0a8af6f1b72646 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md @@ -29,4 +29,4 @@ Os botões da grelha estão numerados do canto superior esquerdo para o canto in ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) +[Estilo de linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Soltable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md index 075d38a83cdf0c..8d44238b7b2970 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Buttons can fulfill a variety of roles, depending on their style and the action ## Manipulação de botões -The actions assigned to buttons can originate from predefined [standard actions](properties_Action.md#standard-action) or from custom object methods. Examples of typical actions include letting the user accept, cancel, or delete records, copy or paste data, move from page to page in a multi-page form, open, delete, or add records in a subform, handle font attributes in text areas, etc. +As ações atribuídas aos botões podem se originar de [ações padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) predefinidas ou de métodos objeto personalizados. Examples of typical actions include letting the user accept, cancel, or delete records, copy or paste data, move from page to page in a multi-page form, open, delete, or add records in a subform, handle font attributes in text areas, etc. Buttons with standard actions are dimmed when appropriate during form execution. For example, if the first record of a table is displayed, a button with the `firstRecord` standard action would appear dimmed. @@ -323,12 +323,12 @@ The Custom button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows man Todos os botões partilham o mesmo conjunto de propriedades básicas: -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Font Size](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Not rendered](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Number of States](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states)(1) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname)(1) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Shortcut](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position)(1) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo do botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Descartável](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Focalizável](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamanho da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Não renderizado](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Número de estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states)(1) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho da imagem](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname)(1) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Atalho](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Posição do título/imagem](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position)(1) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Sublinhado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) > (1) Não suportado pelo estilo [Ajuda](#help). Propriedades específicas adicionais estão disponíveis, dependendo do [estilo botão](#button-styles): - [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) -- [Default Button](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) (Flat, Regular) +- [Botão padrão](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) (plano, regular) - [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) - [With pop-up menu](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) (Toolbar, Bevel, Rounded Bevel, OS X Gradient, OS X Textured, Office XP, Circle, Custom) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md index a46dbba8468fc2..5ce85250b0100d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ The OS X Gradient style has a light gray background with a title and is displaye ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/checkbox_osxgradient_mac.png) -> On Windows, this style is identical to the [Bevel](#bevel) style. +> No Windows, esse estilo é idêntico ao estilo [Bevel](#bevel). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ It is usually associated with a [4-state picture](properties_TextAndPicture.md#n Todas as caixas de seleção partilhar o mesmo conjunto de propriedades básicas: -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Font Size](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Shortcut](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo do botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Foco](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamanho da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Atalho](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Sublinhado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) Propriedades específicas adicionais estão disponíveis, dependendo do [estilo botão](#check-box-button-styles): diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md index 10eb2a5d2b3c74..ac2a423f4aa654 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/comboBox_overview.md @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ Combo box type objects accept two specific options concerning choice lists assoc ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Choice List](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Font Size](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Not rendered](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Formato alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo de botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Lista de opções](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de data](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Foco](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamanho da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Não renderizado](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Formato de hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Sublinhado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md index 581973a65df56c..3c5cb847cf69cc 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ When you have associated a pop-up menu/drop-down list with a choice list and wit ## Usar uma ação padrão -You can assign a standard action to a pop-up menu/drop-down list ([Action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) theme of the Property List). Only actions that display a sublist of items (except the goto page action) are supported by this object. For example, if you select the `backgroundColor` standard action, at runtime the object will display an automatic list of background colors. You can can override this automatic list by assigning in addition a choice list in which each item has been assigned a custom standard action. +Você pode atribuir uma ação padrão a um objeto pop-up menu/lista suspensa (tema [Ação](properties_Action.md#standard-action) da Lista de propriedades). Only actions that display a sublist of items (except the goto page action) are supported by this object. For example, if you select the `backgroundColor` standard action, at runtime the object will display an automatic list of background colors. You can can override this automatic list by assigning in addition a choice list in which each item has been assigned a custom standard action. For more information, please refer to the [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Standard-actions.300-4163633.en.html) section. ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Choice List](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Font Size](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Not rendered](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Save as](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Formato alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo de botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Lista de opções](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Formato de data](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Tipo de expressão](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Foco](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamanho da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Não renderizado](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Salvar como](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Formato de hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Sublinhado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 55dc8d357053ba..87a2ca379e2c5f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ Pode estabelecer propriedades padrão (texto, cor de fundo, etc) para cada colun ### Propriedades específicas de coluna -[Alpha Format](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Alternate Background Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Automatic Row Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Background Color Expression](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Choice List](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Data Type (selection and collection list box column)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Date Format](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Default Values](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Display Type](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Enterable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Entry Filter](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Excluded List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expression](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Expression Type (array list box column)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Footer](#list-box-footers) - [Header](#list-box-headers) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisible](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Maximum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Minimum Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multi-style](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Number Format](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture Format](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Resizable](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Required List](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Row Background Color Array](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Row Font Color Array](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Row Style Array](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Save as](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Style Expression](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Text when False/Text when True](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Time Format](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncate with ellipsis](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Alignment](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) +[Formato alfa](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) - [Cor de fundo alternativa](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) - [Altura automática da linha](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) - [Expressão de cor de fundo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) - [Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Lista de opções](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Tipo de dados (coluna da caixa de listagem de seleção e coleção)](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) - [Formato de data](properties_Display.md#date-format) - [Valores padrão](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) - [Tipo de exibição](properties_Display.md#display-type) - [Digitável](properties_Entry.md#enterable) - [Filtro de entrada](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) - [Lista de excluídos](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) - [Expressão](properties_DataSource.md#expression) - [Tipo de expressão (coluna da caixa de listagem de matriz)](properties_Object.md#expression-type) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Rodapé](#list-box-footers) - [Cabeçalho](#list-box-headers) - [Alinhamento horizontal](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Invisível](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura máxima](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Largura mínima](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) - [Multi-estilo](properties_Text.md#multi-style) - [Formato de número](properties_Display.md#number-format) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Formato de imagem](properties_Display.md#picture-format) - [Redimensionável](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) - [Lista obrigatória](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) - [Matriz de cor de fundo de linha](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) - [Matriz de cor de fonte de linha](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) - [Matriz de estilo de linha](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) - [Salvar como](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) - [Expressão de estilo](properties_Text.md#style-expression) - [Texto quando falso/Texto quando verdadeiro](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) - [Formato de hora](properties_Display.md#time-format) - [Truncar com reticências](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) - [Sublinhado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Alinhamento vertical](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) - [Wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) ## Cabeçalhos de list box @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ Seleções são gerenciadas diretamente, dependendo de se a list box é a basead * **List box de tipo coleção/seleção de entidades**: as seleções se gerenciam através das propriedades de list box dedicado: * [Elemento atual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) é um objeto que receberá o elemento/a entidade selecionado - * [Elementos selecionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) é uma coleção de elementos selecionados + * [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items * [Posição do elemento atual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devolve a posição do elemento ou da entidade selecionada. * **List box de tipo array**: o comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` pode utilizar-se para selecionar uma ou mais linhas de list box por programação. A [variável associada ao objeto List box](propiedades_Objeto.md#variable-o-expresión) se utiliza para obter, definir ou armazenar as seleções de linhas no objeto. Esta variável corresponde a um array de booleanos que é criado e mantido automaticamente por 4D. O tamanho deste array vem determinado pelo tamanho do list box: contém o mesmo número de elementos que o menor array associado às colunas. Cada elemento deste array contém `True` se selecionar a línha correspondente e `False` em caso contrário. 4D atualiza o conteúdo deste array em função das ações de usuário. Do lado contrário, pode mduar o valor dos elementos array para mudar a seleção na list box. Mas não se pode inserir nem apagar linhas nesse array; nem se pode reescrever as linhas. O comando `Count in array` pode ser usado para encontrar o número de líneas selecionadas. Por exemplo, este método permite inverter a seleção da primeira línha de list box (tipo array): diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md index 4412a854201ebb..42413de3155524 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ Estão disponíveis os seguintes outros modos: ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Loop back to first frame](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Shortcut](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Switch back when released](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) - [Switch continuously on clicks](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) - [Switch every x ticks](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Switch when roll over](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Use Last frame as disabled](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo do botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Foco](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Retornar ao primeiro quadro](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Atalho](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Retornar quando liberado](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) - [Alternar continuamente em cliques](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) - [Alternar a cada x ticks](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Alternar ao rolar](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Usar o último quadro como desativado](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md index b0afdba397c116..333cbf79a1bc8b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md @@ -25,4 +25,4 @@ For example, if the user selects the 3rd element, 4D will display the third page ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) -[Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows)- [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) [-Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas -](properties_Crop.md#rows) [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index a32270b486ad0e..e23a01c6227789 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Existem vários tipos de cálculos disponíveis. The following table shows which | Mínimo | X | | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Máximo | X | | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Soma | X | | X | | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | -| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Média | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desvio padrão(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variância(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 4e8c0cab0b2bad..e9237d04e0b5a5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **a** | | | | [action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | -| [allowFontColorPicker](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Allows displaying system font picker or color picker to edit object attributes | true, false (padrão) | +| [allowFontColorPicker](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Permite a exibição do seletor de fontes do sistema ou do seletor de cores para editar os atributos dos objetos | true, false (padrão) | | [alternateFill](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Qualquer valor CSS; "transparent"; "automatic" | -| [automaticInsertion](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Enables automatically adding a value to a list when a user enters a value that is not in the object's associated choice list. | true, false | +| [automaticInsertion](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Habilita a adição automática de um valor a uma lista quando o usuário insere um valor que não está na lista de escolha associada ao objeto. | true, false | | **b** | | | | [booleanFormat](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | | [borderRadius](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#corner-radius) | O valor do raio para rectângulos redondos. | mínimo: 0 | @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | **e** | | | | [enterable](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | | [enterableInList](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | -| [entryFiler](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. This property is not accessible if the Enterable property is not enabled. | Texto para restringir entradas | +| [entryFiler](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. Essa propriedade não estará acessível se a propriedade Enterable não estiver ativada. | Texto para restringir entradas | | [events](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Form-Events.302-4504424.en.html) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | | [excludedList](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | Uma lista de valores a excluir. | | **f** | | | | [fill](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [focável](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indicates whether the object can have the focus (and can thus be activated by the keyboard for instance) | true, false | +| [focável](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indica se o objeto pode ter o foco (e, pode ser ativado pelo teclado, por exemplo) | true, false | | [fontFamily](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | | [fontSize](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | | [fontStyle](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | @@ -105,15 +105,15 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [multilinha](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | | **n** | | | | [name](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | -| [numberFormat](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | Números (incluindo um ponto decimal ou sinal de menos, se necessário) | +| [numberFormat](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | Números (incluindo um ponto decimal ou sinal de menos, se necessário) | | **p** | | | -| [picture](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | The pathname of the picture for picture buttons, picture pop-up menus, or static pictures | Caminho relativo ou filesystem na sintaxe POSIX. | +| [picture](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem para botões de imagem, menus pop-up de imagem ou imagens estáticas | Caminho relativo ou filesystem na sintaxe POSIX. | | [pictureFormat](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [pictureFormat](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | | [placeholder](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | | [pluginAreaKind](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | -| [popupPlacement](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Allows displaying a symbol that appears as a triangle in the button, which indicates that there is a pop-up menu attached. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | -| [printFrame](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Print mode for objects whose size can vary from one record to another depending on their contents | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | -| [progressSource](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | A value between 0 and 100, representing the page load completion percentage in the Web area. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | +| [popupPlacement](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite a exibição de um símbolo que aparece como um triângulo no botão, o que indica haver um menu pop-up anexado. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | +| [printFrame](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Modo de impressão para objetos cujo tamanho pode variar de um registro para outro, dependendo de seu conteúdo | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | +| [progressSource](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | Um valor entre 0 e 100, que representa a porcentagem de conclusão do carregamento da página na área Web. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | | **r** | | | | [radioGroup](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Enables radio buttons to be used in coordinated sets: only one button at a time can be selected in the set. | Nome do grupo rádio | | [requiredList](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | | [rowControlSource](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | | [rowCount](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | The name of an array or expression to apply a custom background color to each row of a list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | +| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | O nome de um array ou expressão para aplicar uma cor de fundo personalizada a cada linha de um list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | | [rowHeight](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | | [rowHeightAuto](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [rowHeightAutoMax](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | @@ -147,20 +147,20 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [showHiddenChars](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | | [showHorizontalRuler](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | | [showHTMLWysiwyg](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | -| [showPageFrames](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Displays/hides the page frame when the document view is in Page view mode | true, false | +| [showPageFrames](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Exibe/oculta a moldura da página quando a visualização do documento está no modo Visualização de página | true, false | | [showReferences](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Apresenta todas as expressões 4D inseridas no documento 4D Write Pro como *referências * | true, false | -| [showSelection](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Keeps the selection visible within the object after it has lost the focus | true, false | +| [showSelection](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Mantém a seleção visível no objeto depois que ele perde o foco | true, false | | [showVerticalRuler](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | | [singleClickEdit](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | -| [sizingX](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the horizontal size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [sizingY](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the vertical size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [sizingX](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho horizontal de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [sizingY](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho vertical de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [sortable](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | | [spellcheck](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | | [splitterMode](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | When a splitter object has this property, other objects to its right (vertical splitter) or below it (horizontal splitter) are pushed at the same time as the splitter, with no stop. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [startPoint](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | | [staticColumnCount](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | | [step](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 1 | -| [storeDefaultStyle](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Store the style tags with the text, even if no modification has been made | true, false | +| [storeDefaultStyle](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Armazenar as etiquetas de estilo com o texto, mesmo que nenhuma modificação tenha sido feita | true, false | | [stroke](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | | [strokeDashArray](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | | [strokeWidth](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [textAlign](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | | [textAngle](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | | [textDecoration](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | -| [textFormat](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | +| [textFormat](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | | [textPlacement](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | | [threeState](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | | [timeFormat](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. Só deve ser selecionado entre os formatos incorporados em 4D. | "systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull" (pode ser combinado com os outros valores possíveis) | @@ -194,9 +194,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [verticalLineStroke](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | | [visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | | **w** | | | -| [webEngine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Used to choose between two rendering engines for the Web area, depending on the specifics of the application. | "embedded", "system" | +| [webEngine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Usado para escolher entre dois motores de renderização para a área Web, dependendo das especificações da aplicação. | "embedded", "system" | | [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [withFormulaBar](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Manages the display of a formula bar with the Toolbar interface in the 4D View Pro area. | true, false | +| [withFormulaBar](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Gerencia a exibição de uma barra de fórmula com a interface da barra de ferramentas na área 4D View Pro. | true, false | | [wordwrap](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "nenhum" | | **z** | | | | [zoom](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md index 2d65b0ed9e3f3c..6878a58c28e3ec 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/stepper.md @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ For more information, please refer to [Using indicators](progressIndicator.md#us ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Execute object method](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) - [Expression Type](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (only "integer", "number", "date", or "time") - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Maximum](properties_Scale.md#maximum) - [Minimum](properties_Scale.md#minimum) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Step](properties_Scale.md#step) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo de linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Executar método de objeto](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) - [Tipo de expressão](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (somente "inteiro", "número", "data" ou "hora") - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Máximo](properties_Scale.md#maximum) - [Mínimo](properties_Scale.md#minimum) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Etapa](properties_Scale.md#step) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) ## Veja também diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/tabControl.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/tabControl.md index ab9b55ab925ed1..60d7cdb8905a77 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/tabControl.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/tabControl.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: tabControl title: Controles Abas --- -A tab control creates an object that lets the user choose among a set of virtual screens that are enclosed by the tab control object. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. +Uma guia cria um objeto que permite que o usuário escolha entre várias telas virtuais exibidas nos limites da guia. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pestanas: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pest Para passar de uma tela para outra, o usuário simplesmente clica na guia correspondente. -The screens can represent pages in a multi-page form or an object that changes when the user clicks a tab. If the tab control is used as a page navigation tool, then the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command or the `gotoPage` standard action would be used when a user clicks a tab. +As telas podem representar páginas em um formulário de várias páginas ou um objeto que muda quando o usuário clica em uma guia. If the tab control is used as a page navigation tool, then the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command or the `gotoPage` standard action would be used when a user clicks a tab. Outra utilização do controlo de separadores consiste em controlar os dados apresentados num subformulário. Por exemplo, um Rolodex pode ser implementado utilizando um controlo de pestanas. The tabs would display the letters of the alphabet and the tab control’s action would be to load the data corresponding to the letter that the user clicked. @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ Under macOS, in addition to the standard position (top), the tab controls can al "top": 160, "width": 100, "height": 20, - "labelsPlacement": "bottom" //define the direction - } + "labelsPlacement": "bottom" //define a direção +} ``` ## Adicionando etiquetas a um controle de tabulação Há várias maneiras de fornecer as etiquetas para um controle de tabulação: -* You can assign a [choice list](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) to the tab control, either through a collection (static list) or a JSON pointer ("$ref") to a json list. Os ícones associados aos itens da lista no editor de listas serão apresentados no controle de pestanas. -* Você pode criar um array Text que contenha os nomes de cada página do formulário. Este código deve ser executado antes de o formulário ser apresentado ao usuário. For example, you could place the code in the object method of the tab control and execute it when the `On Load` event occurs. +* Você pode atribuir uma [lista de valores](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) ao controle de abas através de uma coleção (lista estática) ou um ponteiro JSON ("$ref") para uma lista de json. Os ícones associados aos itens da lista no editor de listas serão apresentados no controle de pestanas. +* Você pode criar um array Text que contenha os nomes de cada página do formulário. Este código deve ser executado antes de o formulário ser apresentado ao usuário. Por exemplo, você poderia colocar o código no método objeto do controle de guia e executá-lo quando o evento `On Load` ocorrer. ```4d ARRAY TEXT(arrPages;3) @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ Há várias maneiras de fornecer as etiquetas para um controle de tabulação: arrPages{2}:="Address" arrPages{3}:="Notes" ``` -> You can also store the names of the pages in a hierarchical list and use the `Load list` command to load the values into the array. +> Você também pode armazenar os nomes das páginas em uma lista hierárquica e usar o comando `Load list` para carregar os valores no array. ## Gerenciamento programada das abas ### Comando FORM GOTO PAGE -You can use the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command in the tab control’s method: +Você pode usar o comando [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) no método do controle da aba: ```4d FORM GOTO PAGE(arrPages) @@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ Eis um exemplo de método objeto: ### Acção Goto Page -When you assign the `gotoPage` [standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) to a tab control, 4D will automatically display the page of the form that corresponds to the number of the tab that is selected. +Quando você atribuir a [ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) `gotoPage` para um objeto do tipo Tab, 4D irá exibir automaticamente a página do formulário que corresponde ao número da guia selecionada. -For example, if the user selects the 3rd tab, 4D will display the third page of the current form (if it exists). +Por exemplo, se o usuário selecionar a terceira aba, 4D exibirá a terceira página do formulário atual (se existir). ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md index d3f5d76d37afe0..f3d90add3f9be8 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/text.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Text ## Visão Geral -A text object allows you to display static written content (*e.g.*, instructions, titles, labels, etc.) on a form. These static text areas can become dynamic when they include dynamic references. Para mais informações, consulte [Usando referências em textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). +Um objeto de texto permite a exibição de conteúdo escrito estático*(por exemplo*, instruções, títulos, rótulos etc.) em um formulário. Estas áreas de texto estático podem se tornar dinâmicas quando incluem referências dinâmicas. Para mais informações, consulte [Usando referências em textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -18,27 +18,27 @@ A text object allows you to display static written content (*e.g.*, instructions "top": 160, "width": 100, "height": 20, - "stroke": "#ff0000" //text color + "stroke": "#ff0000" //cor do texto "fontWeight": "bold" } ``` ## Rotação -4D lets you rotate text areas in your forms using the [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation) property. +O 4D permite que você gire as áreas de texto em seus formulários usando a propriedade [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation). ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText.png) > A rotação do texto pode ser definida para um processo utilizando o comando de linguagem `OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`. -Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Note that the text area’s height and width properties do not depend on its orientation: +Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Observe que as propriedades de largura e altura da área de texto não dependem da sua orientação: ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText2.png) -- If the object is resized in direction A, its [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) is modified; -- If the object is resized in direction C, its [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) is modified; -- If the object is resized in direction B, both its [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) and [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) are modified. +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção A, sua [largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) será modificada; +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção C, sua [altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) será modificada; +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção B, sua [largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) e [altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) serão modificadas. ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Fill Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Alignment](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Line Color](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) - [Line Width](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo de linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Executar método de objeto](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) - [Tipo de expressão](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (somente "inteiro", "número", "data" ou "hora") - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Máximo](properties_Scale.md#maximum) - [Mínimo](properties_Scale.md#minimum) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Etapa](properties_Scale.md#step) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - Parte superior - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width)

    diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 6abd11a585dd12..73522523e858b0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ O [motor de renderização web embebido de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedde For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d. HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript é sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas, portanto é importante notar que o objeto tem o nome $4d (com uma letra minúscula "d"). A sintaxe das chamadas aos métodos 4D é a seguinte: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md index 4ba19ab2c12010..d4aa1e577f2a9e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Nesta lista apenas são mostrados os dataclasses expostos para a datastore do se Aqui está uma descrição das propriedades devolvidas para cada dataclass na datastore do seu projecto: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass. | -| uri | String | A URI allowing you to obtain information about the |dataclass and its attributes. | -| dataURI | String | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass. | +| uri | Text | A URI allowing you to obtain information about the |dataclass and its attributes. | +| dataURI | Text | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | ### Exemplo @@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ As seguintes propriedades são devolvidas para um dataclass exposto: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Número da tabela na base de dados 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance da classe de dados (lembre que só são mostradas as classes de dados cujo **Alcance** for público) | -| dataURI | String | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | +| scope | Text | Alcance da classe de dados (lembre que só são mostradas as classes de dados cujo **Alcance** for público) | +| dataURI | Text | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | ### Atributo(s) @@ -206,15 +206,15 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades para cada atributo exposto que são devolvidas: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | o nome de atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | o nome de atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Posição do campo na tabela da base de dados). | -| scope | String | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | -| indexed | String | Se algum **Index Kind** foi seleccionado, esta propriedade voltará a ser verdadeira. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, data, duração, imagem, long, long64, número, string, uuid ou palavra) ou a classe de dados para um atributo de relação N->1. | +| scope | Text | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | +| indexed | Text | Se algum **Index Kind** foi seleccionado, esta propriedade voltará a ser verdadeira. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, data, duração, imagem, long, long64, número, string, uuid ou palavra) ou a classe de dados para um atributo de relação N->1. | | identifying | Parâmetros | Esta propriedade retorna True se o atributo for a chave primária. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| path | String | Nome da relação para um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | - foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| +| path | Text | Nome da relação para um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | + foreignKey|Text |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| inverseName |Text |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| ### Método(s) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md index fc6305f9338b18..6a044b2175ad40 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Após criar um conjunto de entidades, o ID do conjunto de entidades é devolvido Criar outro conjunto de entidades com base em conjuntos de entidades criados anteriormente -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | -| ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID do conjunto de entidades | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID do conjunto de entidades | ### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md index f507ecaafa840c..8491bfbbe39cf4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Para cada seleção de entidades atualmente armazenada no cache do 4D Server, a | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| id | Text | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades na seleção de entidades. | | sorted | Parâmetros | Devolve true se o conjunto foi ordenado (utilizando `$orderby`) ou false se não foi ordenado. | | refreshed | Date | Quando o conjunto de entidades foi criado ou utilizado a última vez. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Para cada sessão usuário, são devolvidas as seguintes informações na coleç | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | -| userName | String | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | +| sessionID | Text | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | +| userName | Text | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | | lifeTime | Number | O tempo de vida de uma sessão usuário em segundos (3600 por predefinição). | | expiration | Date | A data e hora de expiração atuais da sessão do usuário. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md index 2e4cc18b190183..25cb2fe6f5b8ca 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Na coleção de etapas, existe um objeto com as seguintes propriedades que defin | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | +| description | Text | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | | time | Number | Número de milissegundos necessários para executar a consulta | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registos encontrados | | steps | Collection | Uma coleção com um objeto que define a etapa subsequente do caminho da consulta | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md index 53b032f6fa1653..750716b5262d7f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Retorna a consulta como foi passada para 4D Server (*e.g.*, `$queryplan=true`) ## Descrição $queryplan retorna o plano da consulta como foi passado para 4D Server. -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petição executada | -| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petição executada | +| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | Para mais informações sobre os planos de consulta, consultar [queryPlan e queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md index 17cb03e8cabb3c..f7905498ab7342 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-18/REST/{dataClass}.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Aqui está uma descrição dos dados retornados: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades na classe de dados. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas pela petição REST. Esse número pode ser o número total de entidades se for menor que o valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidade em que a seleção vai começar. Ou o valor padrão 0 ou o valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Cada entidade contém as propriedades abaixo: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Registro de hora da última modificação da entidade | | __STAMP | Number | Registro interno necessário quando modificar qualquer um dos valores na entidade quando usar`$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md index 5af5b91d97cb74..c3890595916fc1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -1693,8 +1693,8 @@ Também pode passar um parâmetro de critérios para definir como devem ordenar- | Parâmetros | Tipo | Valor | Comentário | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | This syntax orders scalar values in the collection only (other element types such as objects or collections are returned with an internal order). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 3f87f1201bf468..a16011ef3e18f6 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | +| Resultados | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contém nome do tipo da chave - "RSA", "ECDS | 18 R4 | Adicionado | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md index 87de9122dfbdb6..ecad505986cf2b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Passe em *connectionInfo* um objeto que desceva o armazém de dados remoto ao qu | hostname | Text | Nome ou endereço IP da database remota + ":" + número de porta (o numero de porta é obrigatório) | | user | Text | Nome de usuario | | senha | Text | senha de usuario | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). Se for omitido, o valor normal é 60 minutos (1hora) O valor não pode ser inferior a 60: se definir um valor inferior, o tempo de espera se eleva até 60). Para saber mais informação, consulte **Fechamento de sessões**. | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). Se for omitido, o valor normal é 60 minutos (1hora) O valor não pode ser inferior a 60: se definir um valor inferior, o tempo de espera se eleva até 60). Para saber mais informação, consulte **Fechamento de sessões**. | | tls | Parâmetros | Utilize uma conexão segura(*). Se omitido, false por defeito. Se for omitido, o normal é falso Usar uma conexão segura é recomendado sempre que possível. | | type | Text | Deve ser "4D Server" | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md index 4691eb53991089..aa5d7f109e55e0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ As diferenças são retornadas como uma coleção de objetos cujas propriedades | Nome da propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------- | --------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nome do atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nome do atributo | | value | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo na entidade | | otherValue | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo em *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index db2646cda65ef7..6adb949fc454a9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -555,10 +555,10 @@ Então esta seleção de entidades é atualizada com produtos e se quiser compar -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| ------------- | ---------- |:--:| ---------------------------------------------------------------- | -| attributePath | Text | -> | Rota do atributo cujos valores quer obter | -| option | Integer | -> | `dk diacritical`: diacritical evaluation ("A" # "a" for example) | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ------------- | ---------- |:--:| --------------------------------------------------------------- | +| attributePath | Text | -> | Rota do atributo cujos valores quer obter | +| option | Integer | -> | `dk diacritical`: avaliação diacríticos ("A" # "a" por exemplo) | | Resultados | Collection | <- | Coleção apenas com valores distintos| | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md index f9fe0d3ca15c02..d6a5b77f2d5464 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Admin/cli.md @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Sintaxe: | `--headless` | | Lança 4D, Servidor 4D, ou a aplicação fusionada, sem uma interface (modo headless). Nesse modo:
  • O modo Design nãoe stá disponível, o banco começa em modo Aplicação
  • Sem barra de ferramentas, sem barra de menu, sem janela MDI ou tela de apresentação.
  • Nenhum ícone é exibido no dock ou na barra de tarefas.
  • O banco de dados aberto não é registrado no menu "Bancos recentes"
  • O histórico de diagnósticos é iniciado automaticamente (ver [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), selector 79)
  • Toda chamada para uma caixa de diálogo é interceptada e uma resposta automaticamente é fornecida (por exemplo OK para o comando [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html) , Abortar para um diálogo de erro...). Todos os comandos interceptados (*) são gravados no histórico de diagnóstico.

    • Para questões de manutenção é possível enviar qualquer texto para streams normais de output usando o comando [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page667.html). Note que aplicações headless 4D só podem ser fechadas com uma chamada a [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou usando o gerente de tarefas do OS. | | `--dataless` | | Lança 4D, 4D Server ou aplicação fundida em modo dataless. Dataless mode is useful when 4D runs tasks with no need for data (project compilation for example). Nesse modo:
  • Nenhum arquivo contendo dados é aberto, mesmo se especificado na linha de comando ou no arquivo `.4DLink`, ou se usar os comandos `CREATE DATA FILE` e `OPEN DATA FILE`
  • Comandos que manipulam dados vão causar um erro. Por exemplo , `CREATE RECORD` gera a mensagem “nenhuma tabela está disponível para aplicar este comando”.

    • **Nota**:
  • Se passado na linha de comando, o modo sem dados se aplica a todos os bancos de dados abertos em 4D, desde que a aplicação seja fechada.
  • Se passado no arquivo `.4DLink`, modo dataless só se aplica aos bancos especificados no arquivo `.4DLink`. Para saber mais sobre arquivos `.4DLink` veja [Project opening shortcuts](../Project/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Rota do arquivo | Rota do arquivo WebAdmin `.4DSettings` personalizado para o [servidor Web WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Parâmetros | Estado do início automático para o [servidor WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Armazena a chave de acesso e inicia automaticamente os parâmetros nas configurações de arquivo utilizadas (ou seja, o arquivo padrão [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) ou um arquivo personalizado designado pelo parâmetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Use o argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para salvar essos parâmetros se necessário | (*) Alguns diálogos são exibidos antes do banco de dados ser aberto, para que seja impossível escrever no diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md index a437e6df4a051a..ca8cf8c576f631 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md @@ -167,6 +167,13 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + As funções de classe são propriedades específicas da classe. São objectos da classe [4D. Function](API/FunctionClass.md#about-4dfunction-objects) . No ficheiro de definição de classe, as declarações de função utilizam a palavra-chave `Função` , e o nome da função. O nome da função deve estar em conformidade com as [regras de nomeação de propriedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -268,6 +275,13 @@ $area:=$rect.getArea() //5000 // código ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Uma função class constructor, que pode aceitar [parâmetros](#parameters), pode ser usada para definir uma classe usuário. In that case, when you call the [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) function, the class constructor is called with the parameters optionally passed to the `new()` function. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md index 72773f663ae83a..8332692005831b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ O valor por defeito depende do tipo de variável: | ------------ | ------------------- | | Booleano | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Imagem | tamanho da imagem=0 | | Real | 0 | @@ -62,9 +62,9 @@ O quadro seguinte lista os tipos de dados básicos, os tipos de dados para os qu | Tipo de dados a converter | para String | para Número | para Data | para Tempo | para Booleano | | ------------------------- | ----------- | ----------- | --------- | ---------- | ------------- | | String (1) | | Num | Date | Hora | Bool | -| Número (2) | String | | | | Bool | -| Date | String | | | | Bool | -| Hora | String | | | | Bool | +| Número (2) | Text | | | | Bool | +| Date | Text | | | | Bool | +| Hora | Text | | | | Bool | | Parâmetros | | Num | | | | (1) Strings formatadas em JSON podem ser convertidas em dados escalares, objetos ou coleções, usando o comando `JSON Parse` diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md index 616ae7e95b6964..36f7f0abbeed51 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ As seguintes sequências de escape podem ser utilizadas em strings de caracteres | Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | | -------------------- | ---------------- | ---------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenação | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetição | String * Number | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenação | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetição | String * Number | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | String = String | Parâmetros | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdade | String # String | Parâmetros | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 098a2fb6523005..cdf21b3d81cd10 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Os mesmos símbolos são frequentemente utilizados para operações diferentes, | Tipo de dados | Operação | Exemplo | | ------------- | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adição | 1 + 2 adiciona os números e resultados em 3 | -| String | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | +| Text | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | | Data e Número | Adição de data | !1989-01-01! + 20 acrescenta 20 dias à data de 1 de janeiro de 1989 e resulta na data de 21 de janeiro de 1989 | @@ -291,10 +291,10 @@ Refere-se a uma expressão pelo tipo de dados que devolve. Existem vários tipos | Expression | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------ | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres "smith" em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | +| “Hello” | Text | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres "smith" em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | | 4 | Number | Esta é uma constante numérica, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Dois números, 4 e 2, são multiplicados utilizando o operador de multiplicação (*). O resultado é o número 8. | | myButton | Number | Esta é uma variável associada a um botão. Devolve o valor atual do botão: 1 se foi clicado, 0 se não foi. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md index 124946ab5ed2ee..f41e5810855082 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Concepts/variables.md @@ -241,15 +241,15 @@ System variables are used by 4D commands. Refer to the "System variables and set | System variable name | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. Para usar um separador diferente, atribua um novo valor à variável do sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md index e985f15a40382a..2ec3da754c3ac1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades retornadas no parâmetro *$editor*: | -------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | O formulário completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File do ficheiro do formulário | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nome do formulário | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nome do formulário | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número da tabela do formulário, 0 para formulário projecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | O número da página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | The current page, containing all the form objects and the entry order of the page | @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Here are the properties that you can pass in the `$result` object if you want th | formProperties | Object | formProperties se modificada pela macro | | editor.groups | Object | informação do grupo, se os grupos forem modificados pela macro | | editor.views | Object | view info, se as vistas forem modificadas pela macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nome da vista activa | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nome da vista activa | Por exemplo, se objectos da página actual e grupos tiverem sido modificados, pode escrever: @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ When handling the `method` attribute of form objects, you can define the attribu | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---- | --------- | | | | | - source|String|código do método| + source|Text|method code| 4D will create a file using the object name in the "objectMethods" folder with the content of `source` attribute. Esta funcionalidade só está disponível para o código macro. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md index 74a37262bcdc35..f03008d8181bad 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Buttons can fulfill a variety of roles, depending on their style and the action ## Manipulação de botões -The actions assigned to buttons can originate from predefined [standard actions](properties_Action.md#standard-action) or from custom object methods. Examples of typical actions include letting the user accept, cancel, or delete records, copy or paste data, move from page to page in a multi-page form, open, delete, or add records in a subform, handle font attributes in text areas, etc. +As ações atribuídas aos botões podem se originar de [ações padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) predefinidas ou de métodos objeto personalizados. Examples of typical actions include letting the user accept, cancel, or delete records, copy or paste data, move from page to page in a multi-page form, open, delete, or add records in a subform, handle font attributes in text areas, etc. Buttons with standard actions are dimmed when appropriate during form execution. For example, if the first record of a table is displayed, a button with the `firstRecord` standard action would appear dimmed. @@ -324,12 +324,12 @@ The Custom button style accepts a personalized background picture and allows man Todos os botões partilham o mesmo conjunto de propriedades básicas: -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Droppable](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Font Size](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Not rendered](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Number of States](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states)(1) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Picture pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname)(1) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Shortcut](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Title/Picture Position](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position)(1) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Underline](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo do botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Descartável](properties_Action.md#droppable) - [Focalizável](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Tamanho da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-size) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Não renderizado](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) - [Número de estados](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states)(1) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho da imagem](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname)(1) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Atalho](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Posição do título/imagem](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position)(1) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Sublinhado](properties_Text.md#underline) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) > (1) Não suportado pelo estilo [Ajuda](#help). Propriedades específicas adicionais estão disponíveis, dependendo do [estilo botão](#button-styles): - [Background pathname](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) - [Horizontal Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) - [Icon Offset](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) - [Vertical Margin](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) (Custom) -- [Default Button](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) (Flat, Regular) +- [Botão padrão](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) (plano, regular) - [With pop-up menu](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) (Toolbar, Bevel, Rounded Bevel, OS X Gradient, OS X Textured, Office XP, Circle, Custom) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index f431fd6270c8f5..1d058814e61a97 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Seleções são gerenciadas diretamente, dependendo de se a list box é a basead * **List box de tipo coleção/seleção de entidades**: as seleções se gerenciam através das propriedades de list box dedicado: * [Elemento atual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) é um objeto que receberá o elemento/a entidade selecionado - * [Elementos selecionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) é uma coleção de elementos selecionados + * [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items * [Posição do elemento atual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devolve a posição do elemento ou da entidade selecionada. * **List box de tipo array**: o comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` pode utilizar-se para selecionar uma ou mais linhas de list box por programação. A [variável associada ao objeto List box](propiedades_Objeto.md#variable-o-expresión) se utiliza para obter, definir ou armazenar as seleções de linhas no objeto. Esta variável corresponde a um array de booleanos que é criado e mantido automaticamente por 4D. O tamanho deste array vem determinado pelo tamanho do list box: contém o mesmo número de elementos que o menor array associado às colunas. Cada elemento deste array contém `True` se selecionar a línha correspondente e `False` em caso contrário. 4D atualiza o conteúdo deste array em função das ações de usuário. Do lado contrário, pode mduar o valor dos elementos array para mudar a seleção na list box. Mas não se pode inserir nem apagar linhas nesse array; nem se pode reescrever as linhas. O comando `Count in array` pode ser usado para encontrar o número de líneas selecionadas. Por exemplo, este método permite inverter a seleção da primeira línha de list box (tipo array): diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md index 666f098176a3a8..1f0fc869e0242c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md @@ -57,4 +57,4 @@ Estão disponíveis os seguintes outros modos: ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Loop back to first frame](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Shortcut](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Switch back when released](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) - [Switch continuously on clicks](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) - [Switch every x ticks](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Switch when roll over](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Use Last frame as disabled](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo do botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Foco](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Retornar ao primeiro quadro](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Atalho](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Retornar quando liberado](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) - [Alternar continuamente em cliques](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) - [Alternar a cada x ticks](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Alternar ao rolar](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Usar o último quadro como desativado](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md index 24d66ab2e6b2f0..c6594d04e533a0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md @@ -23,4 +23,4 @@ For example, if the user selects the 3rd element, 4D will display the third page ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) -[Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows)- [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) [-Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas -](properties_Crop.md#rows) [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index e2a067e37bda60..3437fc611fd0eb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Existem vários tipos de cálculos disponíveis. The following table shows which | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Soma | X | | | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | -| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Média | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desvio padrão(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variância(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 2ae068fecc0895..4b2040d47a9012 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -10,195 +10,195 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object [a](#a) - [b](#b) - [c](#c) - [d](#d) - [e](#e) - [f](#f) - [g](#g) - [h](#h) - [i](#i) - [k](#k) - [l](#l) - [m](#m) - [n](#n) - [p](#p) - [r](#r) - [s](#s) - [t](#t) - [u](#u) - [v](#v) - [w](#w) - [z](#z) -| Propriedade | Descrição | Valores possíveis | -| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| **a** | | | -| [`action`](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | -| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Allows displaying system font picker or color picker to edit object attributes | true, false (padrão) | -| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Any CSS value; "transparent"; "automatic" | -| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Enables automatically adding a value to a list when a user enters a value that is not in the object's associated choice list. | true, false | -| **b** | | | -| [`booleanFormat`](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | -| [`borderRadius`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#corner-radius) | O valor do raio para rectângulos redondos. | mínimo: 0 | -| [`borderStyle`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) | Permite definir um estilo padrão para o contorno do objeto. | "system", "none", "solid", "dotted", "raised", "sunken", "double" | -| [`bottom`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) | Posiciona um objeto na parte inferior (centrado). | mínimo: 0 | -| **c** | | | -| [`choiceList`](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) | Uma lista de escolhas associadas a um objeto | Uma lista de escolhas | -| [`"class"`](properties_Object.md#css-class) | Uma lista de palavras separadas por espaços utilizadas como selectores de classe em ficheiros css. | Uma lista de nomes de classes | -| [`columnCount`](properties_Crop.md#columns) | Número de colunas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`columns`](properties_ListBox.md#columns) | Um conjunto de colunas list box | Coleção de objetos coluna com as propriedades de colunas definidas | -| [`contextMenu`](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) | Dá ao usuário acesso a um menu contextual padrão na área selecionada. | "automatic", "none" | -| [`continuousExecution`](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) | Designa se deve ou não ser executado o método de um objeto enquanto o usuário segue o controlo. | true, false | -| [`controlType`](properties_Display.md#display-type) | Especifica como o valor deve ser apresentado numa célula do list box. | "input", "checkbox" (para colunas booleanas / numéricas), "automatic", "popup" (apenas para colunas booleanas) | -| [`currentItemSource`](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) | O último item selecionado num list box. | Expressão de objecto | -| [`currentItemPositionSource`](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) | A posição do último item selecionado num list box. | Expressão numérica | -| [`customBackgroundPicture`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) | Define a imagem que será desenhada no fundo, de um botão. | Caminho relativo na sintaxe POSIX. Deve ser utilizado em conjunto com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | -| [`customBorderX`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) | Define o tamanho (em píxeis) das margens horizontais internas de um objeto. Deve ser utilizado com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | mínimo: 0 | -| [`customBorderY`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) | Define o tamanho (em píxeis) das margens verticais internas de um objeto. Deve ser utilizado com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | mínimo: 0 | -| [`customOffset`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) | Define um valor de desvio personalizado em pixéis. Deve ser utilizado com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | mínimo: 0 | -| [`customProperties`](properties_Plugins.md#advanced-properties) | Propriedades avançadas (se existirem) | Cadeia JSON ou cadeia codificada em base64 | -| **d** | | | -| [dataSource](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) (objects)
    [dataSource](properties_Subform.md#source) (subforms)
    [dataSource](properties_Object.md#data-source) (array list box)
    [dataSource](properties_Object.md#collection-or-entity-selection) (Collection or entity selection list box)
    [dataSource](properties_DataSource.md#expression) (list box column)
    [dataSource](properties_Hierarchy.md#hierarchical-list-box) (hierarchical list box) | Especifica a fonte dos dados. | Uma variável 4D, nome de campo ou uma expressão de linguagem complexa arbitrária. | -| [dataSourceTypeHint](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (objects)
    [dataSourceTypeHint](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) (list box column) | Indica o tipo de variável. | "integer", "number", "boolean", "picture", "text", date", "time", "arrayText", "collection", "object", "undefined" | -| [`dateFormat`](properties_Display.md#date-format) | Controla como as datas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. Só deve ser selecionado entre os formatos incorporados em 4D. | "systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "rfc822", "short", "shortCentury", "abbreviated", "long", "blankIfNull" (pode ser combinado com os outros valores possíveis) | -| [`defaultButton`](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) | Modifica o aspeto de um botão para indicar ao usuário a escolha recomendada. | true, false | -| [`defaultValue`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-value) | Define um valor ou um carimbo a ser introduzido por defeito num objeto de entrada | Cadeia ou "#D", "#H", "#N" | -| [`deletableInList`](properties_Subform.md#allow-deletion) | Especifica se o utilizador pode eliminar sub-registos num subformulário lista | true, false | -| [detailForm](properties_ListBox.md#detail-form-name) (list box)
    [detailForm](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) (subform) | Associa um formulário detalhado a um subformulário listado. | Name (string) of table or project form, a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form | -| [`display`](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) | O objeto é desenhado ou não no formulário. | true, false | -| [`doubleClickInEmptyAreaAction`](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) | Action to perform in case of a double-click on an empty line of a list subform. | "addSubrecord" ou "" para não fazer nada | -| [doubleClickInRowAction](properties_ListBox.md#double-click-on-row) (list box)
    [doubleClickInRowAction](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) (subform) | Ação a executar no caso de um duplo clique num registo. | "editSubrecord", "displaySubrecord" | -| [`dpi`](properties_Appearance.md#resolution) | Resolução do ecrã para o conteúdo da área 4D Write Pro. | 0=automatic, 72, 96 | -| [`dragging`](properties_Action.md#draggable) | Ativa a função de arrastamento. | "none", "custom", "automatic" (exceto lista, list box) | -| [`dropping`](properties_Action.md#droppable) | Habilita a função de soltar. | "none", "custom", "automatic" (exceto lista, list box) | -| **e** | | | -| [`enterable`](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | -| [`enterableInList`](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | -| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. This property is not accessible if the Enterable property is not enabled. | Texto para restringir entradas | -| [`events`](Events/overview.md) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | -| [`excludedList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | Uma lista de valores a excluir. | -| **f** | | | -| [`fill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [`focável`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indicates whether the object can have the focus (and can thus be activated by the keyboard for instance) | true, false | -| [`fontFamily`](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | -| [`fontSize`](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | -| [`fontStyle`](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | -| [`fontTheme`](properties_Text.md#font-theme) | Define o estilo automático | "normal", "main", "additional" | -| [`fontWeight`](properties_Text.md#bold) | Define o texto selecionado para aparecer mais escuro e mais pesado. | "normal", "bold" | -| [`footerHeight`](properties_Footers.md#height) | Utilizado para definir a altura da linha | pattern (\\d+)(p|em)?$ (positive decimal + px/em ) | -| [`frameDelay`](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) | Permite percorrer o conteúdo do botão de imagem na velocidade especificada (em ticks). | mínimo: 0 | -| **g** | | | -| [`graduationStep`](properties_Scale.md#graduation-step) | Medição do visor da escala. | mínimo: 0 | -| **h** | | | -| [`header`](properties_Headers.md#headers) | Define o cabeçalho de uma coluna list box | Objeto com as propriedades "text", "name", "icon", "dataSource", "fontWeight", "fontStyle", "tooltip" | -| [`headerHeight`](properties_Headers.md#height) | Utilizado para definir a altura da linha | pattern (\\d+)(p|em)?$ (positive decimal + px/em ) | -| [`height`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) | Designa o tamanho vertical de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [`hideExtraBlankRows`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#hide-extra-blank-rows) | Desactiva a visibilidade de linhas extra e vazias. | true, false | -| [`hideFocusRing`](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) | Oculta o retângulo de seleção quando o objeto tem o foco. | true, false | -| [`hideSystemHighlight`](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) | Utilizado para especificar a ocultação dos registos destacados no list box. | true, false | -| [`highlightSet`](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) | string | Nome do conjunto. | -| [`horizontalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#horizontal-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas horizontais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | -| **i** | | | -| [`icon`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem utilizada para botões, caixas de verificação, botões rádio e cabeçalhos de list box. | Caminho relativo ou filesystem na sintaxe POSIX. | -| [`iconFrames`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) | Define o número exato de estados presentes na imagem. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`iconPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-location) | Designa a colocação de um ícone em relação ao objeto formulário. | "none", "left", "right" | -| **k** | | | -| [`keyboardDialect`](properties_Entry.md#keyboardDialect) | Para associar um esquema de teclado específico a uma entrada. | Uma cadeia de códigos de teclado, por exemplo, "ar-ma" | -| **l** | | | -| [`labels`](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) | Uma lista de valores a utilizar como etiquetas de controlo de pestanas | ex: "a", "b, "c", ... | -| [labelsPlacement](properties_Scale.md#label-location) (objects)
    [labelsPlacement](properties_Appearance.md#tab-control-direction) (splitter / tab control) | Especifica a localização do texto de um objeto. | "none", "top", "bottom", "left", "right" | -| [`layoutMode`](properties_Appearance.md#view-mode) | Modo de exibição do documento 4D Write Pro na área do formulário. | "page", "draft", "embedded" | -| [`left`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) | Posiciona um objeto à esquerda. | mínimo: 0 | -| list, see [choiceList](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) | Uma lista de escolhas associada a uma lista hierárquica | Uma lista de escolhas | -| [`listboxType`](properties_Object.md#data-source) | A fonte de dados do list box. | "array", "currentSelection", "namedSelection", "collection" | -| [`listForm`](properties_Subform.md#list-form) | Formulário lista a utilizar no subformulário. | Name (string) of table or project form, a POSIX path (string) to a .json file describing the form, or an object describing the form | -| [`lockedColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-locked-columns) | Número de colunas que devem ser permanentemente apresentadas na parte esquerda de um list box. | mínimo: 0 | -| [`loopBackToFirstFrame`](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) | As imagens são apresentadas num ciclo contínuo. | true, false | -| **m** | | | -| [`max`](properties_Scale.md#maximum) | O valor máximo permitido. For numeric steppers, these properties represent seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and are ignored when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 0 (para tipos de dados numéricos) | -| [`maxWidth`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa o maior tamanho permitido para as colunas do list box. | mínimo: 0 | -| [`metaSource`](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | Um objeto meta que contém definições de estilo e de seleção. | Uma expressão de objecto | -| [`method`](properties_Action.md#method) | Um nome de método projecto. | O nome de um método projecto existente | -| [`methodsAccessibility`](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) | Que métodos 4D podem ser chamados a partir de uma área Web | "none" (padrão), "all" | -| [`min`](properties_Scale.md#minimum) | O valor mínimo permitido. For numeric steppers, these properties represent seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and are ignored when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 0 (para tipos de dados numéricos) | -| [`minWidth`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) | Designa o tamanho menor permitido para as colunas list box. | mínimo: 0 | -| [`movableRows`](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) | Autoriza a deslocação de linhas durante a execução. | true, false | -| [`multilinha`](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | -| **n** | | | -| [`name`](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | -| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | Números (incluindo um ponto decimal ou sinal de menos, se necessário) | -| **p** | | | -| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | The pathname of the picture for picture buttons, picture pop-up menus, or static pictures | Relative or filesystem path in POSIX syntax, or "var:\" for picture variable. | -| [pictureFormat](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [pictureFormat](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | -| [`placeholder`](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | -| [`pluginAreaKind`](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | -| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Allows displaying a symbol that appears as a triangle in the button, which indicates that there is a pop-up menu attached. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | -| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Print mode for objects whose size can vary from one record to another depending on their contents | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | -| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | A value between 0 and 100, representing the page load completion percentage in the Web area. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | -| **r** | | | -| [`radioGroup`](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Enables radio buttons to be used in coordinated sets: only one button at a time can be selected in the set. | Nome do grupo rádio | -| [`requiredList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | -| [`resizable`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) | Designa se o tamanho de um objeto pode ser modificado pelo usuário. | "true", "false" | -| [`resizingMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#column-auto-resizing) | Especifica se uma coluna da caixa de listagem deve ser redimensionada automaticamente | "rightToLeft", "legacy" | -| [`direita`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | -| [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | -| [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | The name of an array or expression to apply a custom background color to each row of a list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | -| [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | -| [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | -| [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | -| [`rowHeightAutoMin`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) | Designa a altura mais pequena permitida para as linhas da caixa do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | -| [`rowHeightSource`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height-array) | Um array que define diferentes alturas para as linhas de um list box. | Nome de uma variável array 4D. | -| [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir as cores das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | -| [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir estilos das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | -| **s** | | | -| entryFiler | The type of contents to save in the field or variable associated to the form object | "value", "reference" | -| [`scrollbarHorizontal`](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para a esquerda ou para a direita. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | -| [`scrollbarVertical`](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para cima ou para baixo. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | -| [`selectedItemsSource`](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) | Coleção dos itens seleccionados num list box. | Expressão da colecção | -| [selectionMode](properties_Action.md#multi-selectable) (hierarchical list)
    [selectionMode](properties_ListBox.md#selection-mode) (list box)
    [selectionMode](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) (subform) | Permite a seleção de vários registos/linhas. | "multiple", "single", "none" | -| [`shortcutAccel`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Especifica o sistema a utilizar, Windows ou Mac. | true, false | -| [`shortcutAlt`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Alt | true, false | -| [`shortcutCommand`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Comando (macOS) | true, false | -| [`shortcutControl`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Control (Windows) | true, false | -| [`shortcutKey`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | A letra ou o nome de uma chave de significado especial. | "[F1]" -> "[F15]", "[Return]", "[Enter]", "[Backspace]", "[Tab]", "[Esc]", "[Del]", "[Home]", "[End]", "[Help]", "[Page up]", "[Page down]", "[left arrow]", "[right arrow]", "[up arrow]", "[down arrow]" | -| [`shortcutShift`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Shift | true, false | -| [`showFooters`](properties_Footers.md#display-footers) | Mostra ou oculta os rodapés das colunas. | true, false | -| [`showGraduations`](properties_Scale.md#display-graduation) | Apresenta/oculta as graduações junto às etiquetas. | true, false | -| [`showHeaders`](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) | Mostra ou oculta os cabeçalhos das colunas. | true, false | -| [`showHiddenChars`](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | -| [`showHorizontalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | -| [`showHTMLWysiwyg`](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | -| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Displays/hides the page frame when the document view is in Page view mode | true, false | -| [`showReferences`](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Apresenta todas as expressões 4D inseridas no documento 4D Write Pro como *referências * | true, false | -| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Keeps the selection visible within the object after it has lost the focus | true, false | -| [`showVerticalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | -| [`singleClickEdit`](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | -| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the horizontal size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the vertical size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`sortable`](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | -| [`spellcheck`](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | -| [`splitterMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | When a splitter object has this property, other objects to its right (vertical splitter) or below it (horizontal splitter) are pushed at the same time as the splitter, with no stop. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`startPoint`](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | -| [`staticColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | -| [`step`](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Store the style tags with the text, even if no modification has been made | true, false | -| [stroke](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [`strokeDashArray`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | -| [`strokeWidth`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | -| [`style`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#multi-style) | Permite definir o aspeto geral do botão. Consulte Estilo do botão para obter mais informações. | "regular", "flat", "toolbar", "bevel", "roundedBevel", "gradientBevel", "texturedBevel", "office", "help", "circular", "disclosure", "roundedDisclosure", "custom" | -| [`styledText`](properties_Text.md#style) | Permite a possibilidade de utilizar estilos específicos na área selecionada. | true, false | -| [`switchBackWhenReleased`](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) | Exibe a primeira imagem o tempo todo, exceto quando o usuário clica no botão. Apresenta a segunda imagem até que o botão do rato seja libertado. | true, false | -| [`switchContinuously`](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) | Permite ao usuário manter pressionado o botão do mouse para exibir as imagens continuamente (ou seja, como uma animação). | true, false | -| [`switchWhenRollover`](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) | Modifica o conteúdo do botão de imagem quando o cursor do mouse passa sobre ele. A imagem inicial é exibida quando o cursor sai da área do botão. | true, false | -| **t** | | | -| [`tabela`](properties_Subform.md#source) | Tabela a que pertence o subformulário Lista (se existir). | Nome da tabela 4D, ou "" | -| [`text`](properties_Object.md#title) | O título do objeto formulário | Qualquer texto | -| [`textAlign`](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | -| [`textAngle`](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | -| [`textDecoration`](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | -| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | -| [`textPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | -| [`threeState`](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | -| [`timeFormat`](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. Só deve ser selecionado entre os formatos incorporados em 4D. | "systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull" (pode ser combinado com os outros valores possíveis) | -| [`truncateMode`](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) | Controla a exibição de valores quando as colunas da caixa de listagem são muito estreitas para mostrar todo o seu conteúdo. | "withEllipsis", "none" | -| [`type`](properties_Object.md#type) | Obrigatório. Designa o tipo de dados do objeto do formulário. | "text", "rectangle", "groupBox", "tab", "line", "button", "checkbox", "radio", "dropdown", "combo", "webArea", "write", "subform", "plugin", "splitter", "buttonGrid", "progress", "ruler", "spinner", "stepper", "list", "pictureButton", "picturePopup", "listbox", "input", "view" | -| [`tooltip`](properties_Help.md) | Fornecer aos usuários informações adicionais sobre um campo. | Informações adicionais para ajudar um usuário | -| [`top`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) | Posiciona um objeto na parte superior (centrado). | mínimo: 0 | -| **u** | | | -| [`urlSource`](properties_WebArea.md#url) | Designa a URL carregada ou sendo carregada pela área Web associada. | Um URL. | -| [`useLastFrameAsDisabled`](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) | Habilita a configuração da última miniatura como a que será exibida quando o botão estiver desativado. | true, false | -| [`userInterface`](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) | Interface de área 4D View Pro. | "none" (padrão), "ribbon", "toolbar" | -| **v** | | | -| [`values`](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) | Lista de valores predefinidos para as colunas listbox de tipo array | ex: "A", "B", "42"... | -| [`variableCalculation`](properties_Object.md#variable-calculation) | Permite efetuar cálculos matemáticos. | "none", "minimum", "maximum", "sum", "count", "average", "standardDeviation", "variance", "sumSquare" | -| [`verticalAlign`](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) | Localização vertical do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "top", "middle", "bottom" | -| [`verticalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | -| [`visibilidade`](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | -| **w** | | | -| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Used to choose between two rendering engines for the Web area, depending on the specifics of the application. | "embedded", "system" | -| [`width`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Manages the display of a formula bar with the Toolbar interface in the 4D View Pro area. | true, false | -| [`wordwrap`](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "nenhum" | -| **z** | | | -| [`zoom`](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | +| Propriedade | Descrição | Valores possíveis | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| **a** | | | +| [`action`](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | +| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Permite a exibição do seletor de fontes do sistema ou do seletor de cores para editar os atributos dos objetos | true, false (padrão) | +| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em um list box. | Qualquer valor CSS; "transparent"; "automatic"; "automaticAlternate" | +| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Habilita a adição automática de um valor a uma lista quando o usuário insere um valor que não está na lista de escolha associada ao objeto. | true, false | +| **b** | | | +| [`booleanFormat`](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | +| [`borderRadius`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#corner-radius) | O valor do raio para rectângulos redondos. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`borderStyle`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style-dotted-line-type) | Permite definir um estilo padrão para o contorno do objeto. | "system", "none", "solid", "dotted", "raised", "sunken", "double" | +| [`bottom`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) | Posiciona um objeto na parte inferior (centrado). | mínimo: 0 | +| **c** | | | +| [`choiceList`](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) | Uma lista de escolhas associadas a um objeto | Uma lista de escolhas | +| [`"class"`](properties_Object.md#css-class) | Uma lista de palavras separadas por espaços utilizadas como selectores de classe em ficheiros css. | Uma lista de nomes de classes | +| [`columnCount`](properties_Crop.md#columns) | Número de colunas. | mínimo: 1 | +| [`columns`](properties_ListBox.md#columns) | Um conjunto de colunas list box | Coleção de objetos coluna com as propriedades de colunas definidas | +| [`contextMenu`](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) | Dá ao usuário acesso a um menu contextual padrão na área selecionada. | "automatic", "none" | +| [`continuousExecution`](properties_Action.md#execute-object-method) | Designa se deve ou não ser executado o método de um objeto enquanto o usuário segue o controlo. | true, false | +| [`controlType`](properties_Display.md#display-type) | Especifica como o valor deve ser apresentado numa célula do list box. | "input", "checkbox" (para colunas booleanas / numéricas), "automatic", "popup" (apenas para colunas booleanas) | +| [`currentItemSource`](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) | O último item selecionado num list box. | Expressão de objecto | +| [`currentItemPositionSource`](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) | A posição do último item selecionado num list box. | Expressão numérica | +| [`customBackgroundPicture`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#background-pathname) | Define a imagem que será desenhada no fundo, de um botão. | Caminho relativo na sintaxe POSIX. Deve ser utilizado em conjunto com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | +| [`customBorderX`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#horizontal-margin) | Define o tamanho (em píxeis) das margens horizontais internas de um objeto. Deve ser utilizado com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | mínimo: 0 | +| [`customBorderY`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#vertical-margin) | Define o tamanho (em píxeis) das margens verticais internas de um objeto. Deve ser utilizado com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | mínimo: 0 | +| [`customOffset`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-offset) | Define um valor de desvio personalizado em pixéis. Deve ser utilizado com a opção "Personalizado" da propriedade "Style". | mínimo: 0 | +| [`customProperties`](properties_Plugins.md#advanced-properties) | Propriedades avançadas (se existirem) | Cadeia JSON ou cadeia codificada em base64 | +| **d** | | | +| [dataSource](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) (objects)
    [dataSource](properties_Subform.md#source) (subforms)
    [dataSource](properties_Object.md#data-source) (array list box)
    [dataSource](properties_Object.md#collection-or-entity-selection) (Collection or entity selection list box)
    [dataSource](properties_DataSource.md#expression) (list box column)
    [dataSource](properties_Hierarchy.md#hierarchical-list-box) (hierarchical list box) | Especifica a fonte dos dados. | Uma variável 4D, nome de campo ou uma expressão de linguagem complexa arbitrária. | +| [dataSourceTypeHint](properties_Object.md#expression-type) (objects)
    [dataSourceTypeHint](properties_DataSource.md#data-type) (list box column) | Indica o tipo de variável. | "integer", "number", "boolean", "picture", "text", date", "time", "arrayText", "collection", "object", "undefined" | +| [`dateFormat`](properties_Display.md#date-format) | Controla como as datas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. Só deve ser selecionado entre os formatos incorporados em 4D. | "systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "rfc822", "short", "shortCentury", "abbreviated", "long", "blankIfNull" (pode ser combinado com os outros valores possíveis) | +| [`defaultButton`](properties_Appearance.md#default-button) | Modifica o aspeto de um botão para indicar ao usuário a escolha recomendada. | true, false | +| [`defaultValue`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#default-value) | Define um valor ou um carimbo a ser introduzido por defeito num objeto de entrada | Cadeia ou "#D", "#H", "#N" | +| [`deletableInList`](properties_Subform.md#allow-deletion) | Especifica se o utilizador pode eliminar sub-registos num subformulário lista | true, false | +| [detailForm](properties_ListBox.md#detail-form-name) (list box)
    [detailForm](properties_Subform.md#detail-form) (subform) | Associa um formulário detalhado a um subformulário listado. | Nome (string) da tabela ou formulário projeto, um caminho POSIX (string) para um arquivo .json descrevendo o formulário, ou um objeto descrevendo o formulário | +| [`display`](properties_Display.md#not-rendered) | O objeto é desenhado ou não no formulário. | true, false | +| [`doubleClickInEmptyAreaAction`](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-empty-row) | Ação a ser executada no caso de um clique duplo em uma linha vazia de um subformulário lista. | "addSubrecord" ou "" para não fazer nada | +| [doubleClickInRowAction](properties_ListBox.md#double-click-on-row) (list box)
    [doubleClickInRowAction](properties_Subform.md#double-click-on-row) (subform) | Ação a executar no caso de um duplo clique num registo. | "editSubrecord", "displaySubrecord" | +| [`dpi`](properties_Appearance.md#resolution) | Resolução do ecrã para o conteúdo da área 4D Write Pro. | 0=automatic, 72, 96 | +| [`dragging`](properties_Action.md#draggable) | Ativa a função de arrastamento. | "none", "custom", "automatic" (exceto lista, list box) | +| [`dropping`](properties_Action.md#droppable) | Habilita a função de soltar. | "none", "custom", "automatic" (exceto lista, list box) | +| **e** | | | +| [`enterable`](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | +| [`enterableInList`](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | +| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. Essa propriedade não estará acessível se a propriedade Enterable não estiver ativada. | Texto para restringir entradas | +| [`events`](Events/overview.md) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | +| [`excludedList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | Uma lista de valores a excluir. | +| **f** | | | +| [`fill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | +| [`focável`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indica se o objeto pode ter o foco (e, pode ser ativado pelo teclado, por exemplo) | true, false | +| [`fontFamily`](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | +| [`fontSize`](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | +| [`fontStyle`](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | +| [`fontTheme`](properties_Text.md#font-theme) | Define o estilo automático | "normal", "main", "additional" | +| [`fontWeight`](properties_Text.md#bold) | Define o texto selecionado para aparecer mais escuro e mais pesado. | "normal", "bold" | +| [`footerHeight`](properties_Footers.md#height) | Utilizado para definir a altura da linha | pattern (\\d+)(p|em)?$ (positive decimal + px/em ) | +| [`frameDelay`](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) | Permite percorrer o conteúdo do botão de imagem na velocidade especificada (em ticks). | mínimo: 0 | +| **g** | | | +| [`graduationStep`](properties_Scale.md#graduation-step) | Medição do visor da escala. | mínimo: 0 | +| **h** | | | +| [`header`](properties_Headers.md#headers) | Define o cabeçalho de uma coluna list box | Objeto com as propriedades "text", "name", "icon", "dataSource", "fontWeight", "fontStyle", "tooltip" | +| [`headerHeight`](properties_Headers.md#height) | Utilizado para definir a altura da linha | pattern (\\d+)(p|em)?$ (positive decimal + px/em ) | +| [`height`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) | Designa o tamanho vertical de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | +| [`hideExtraBlankRows`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#hide-extra-blank-rows) | Desactiva a visibilidade de linhas extra e vazias. | true, false | +| [`hideFocusRing`](properties_Appearance.md#hide-focus-rectangle) | Oculta o retângulo de seleção quando o objeto tem o foco. | true, false | +| [`hideSystemHighlight`](properties_Appearance.md#hide-selection-highlight) | Utilizado para especificar a ocultação dos registos destacados no list box. | true, false | +| [`highlightSet`](properties_ListBox.md#highlight-set) | string | Nome do conjunto. | +| [`horizontalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#horizontal-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas horizontais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | +| **i** | | | +| [`icon`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#picture-pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem utilizada para botões, caixas de verificação, botões rádio e cabeçalhos de list box. | Caminho relativo ou filesystem na sintaxe POSIX. | +| [`iconFrames`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#number-of-states) | Define o número exato de estados presentes na imagem. | mínimo: 1 | +| [`iconPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#icon-location) | Designa a colocação de um ícone em relação ao objeto formulário. | "none", "left", "right" | +| **k** | | | +| [`keyboardDialect`](properties_Entry.md#keyboardDialect) | Para associar um esquema de teclado específico a uma entrada. | Uma cadeia de códigos de teclado, por exemplo, "ar-ma" | +| **l** | | | +| [`labels`](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) | Uma lista de valores a utilizar como etiquetas de controlo de pestanas | ex: "a", "b, "c", ... | +| [labelsPlacement](properties_Scale.md#label-location) (objects)
    [labelsPlacement](properties_Appearance.md#tab-control-direction) (splitter / tab control) | Especifica a localização do texto de um objeto. | "none", "top", "bottom", "left", "right" | +| [`layoutMode`](properties_Appearance.md#view-mode) | Modo de exibição do documento 4D Write Pro na área do formulário. | "page", "draft", "embedded" | +| [`left`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) | Posiciona um objeto à esquerda. | mínimo: 0 | +| list, see [choiceList](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list) | Uma lista de escolhas associada a uma lista hierárquica | Uma lista de escolhas | +| [`listboxType`](properties_Object.md#data-source) | A fonte de dados do list box. | "array", "currentSelection", "namedSelection", "collection" | +| [`listForm`](properties_Subform.md#list-form) | Formulário lista a utilizar no subformulário. | Nome (string) da tabela ou formulário projeto, um caminho POSIX (string) para um arquivo .json descrevendo o formulário, ou um objeto descrevendo o formulário | +| [`lockedColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-locked-columns) | Número de colunas que devem ser permanentemente apresentadas na parte esquerda de um list box. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`loopBackToFirstFrame`](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) | As imagens são apresentadas num ciclo contínuo. | true, false | +| **m** | | | +| [`max`](properties_Scale.md#maximum) | O valor máximo permitido. Para steppers numéricos, essas propriedades representam segundos quando o objeto está associado a um valor de tipo de hora sendo ignoradas quando ele está associado a um valor de tipo de data. | mínimo: 0 (para tipos de dados numéricos) | +| [`maxWidth`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa o maior tamanho permitido para as colunas do list box. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`metaSource`](properties_Text.md#meta-info-expression) | Um objeto meta que contém definições de estilo e de seleção. | Uma expressão de objecto | +| [`method`](properties_Action.md#method) | Um nome de método projecto. | O nome de um método projecto existente | +| [`methodsAccessibility`](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) | Que métodos 4D podem ser chamados a partir de uma área Web | "none" (padrão), "all" | +| [`min`](properties_Scale.md#minimum) | O valor mínimo permitido. Para steppers numéricos, essas propriedades representam segundos quando o objeto está associado a um valor de tipo de hora sendo ignoradas quando ele está associado a um valor de tipo de data. | mínimo: 0 (para tipos de dados numéricos) | +| [`minWidth`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) | Designa o tamanho menor permitido para as colunas list box. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`movableRows`](properties_Action.md#movable-rows) | Autoriza a deslocação de linhas durante a execução. | true, false | +| [`multilinha`](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | +| **n** | | | +| [`name`](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | +| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | Números (incluindo um ponto decimal ou sinal de menos, se necessário) | +| **p** | | | +| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem para botões de imagem, menus pop-up de imagem ou imagens estáticas | Caminho relativo ou do sistema de arquivos na sintaxe POSIX, ou "var:\" para variável imagem. | +| [`pictureFormat`](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (entrada, coluna list box ou rodapé)
    [`pictureFormat`](properties_Picture.md#display) (imagem estática) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | +| [`placeholder`](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | +| [`pluginAreaKind`](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | +| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite a exibição de um símbolo que aparece como um triângulo no botão, o que indica haver um menu pop-up anexado. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | +| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Modo de impressão para objetos cujo tamanho pode variar de um registro para outro, dependendo de seu conteúdo | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | +| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | Um valor entre 0 e 100, que representa a porcentagem de conclusão do carregamento da página na área Web. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | +| **r** | | | +| [`radioGroup`](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Permite que os botões de rádio sejam usados em conjuntos coordenados: somente um botão de cada vez pode ser selecionado no conjunto. | Nome do grupo rádio | +| [`requiredList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | +| [`resizable`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#resizable) | Designa se o tamanho de um objeto pode ser modificado pelo usuário. | "true", "false" | +| [`resizingMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#column-auto-resizing) | Especifica se uma coluna da caixa de listagem deve ser redimensionada automaticamente | "rightToLeft", "legacy" | +| [`direita`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | +| [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | +| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | O nome de um array ou expressão para aplicar uma cor de fundo personalizada a cada linha de um list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | +| [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | +| [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | +| [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | +| [`rowHeightAutoMin`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#minimum-width) | Designa a altura mais pequena permitida para as linhas da caixa do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | +| [`rowHeightSource`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height-array) | Um array que define diferentes alturas para as linhas de um list box. | Nome de uma variável array 4D. | +| [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir as cores das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | +| [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir estilos das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | +| **s** | | | +| entryFiler | O tipo de conteúdo a ser salvo no campo ou na variável associada ao objeto de formulário | "value", "reference" | +| [`scrollbarHorizontal`](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para a esquerda ou para a direita. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | +| [`scrollbarVertical`](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para cima ou para baixo. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | +| [`selectedItemsSource`](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) | Coleção dos itens seleccionados num list box. | Expressão da colecção | +| [selectionMode](properties_Action.md#multi-selectable) (hierarchical list)
    [selectionMode](properties_ListBox.md#selection-mode) (list box)
    [selectionMode](properties_Subform.md#selection-mode) (subform) | Permite a seleção de vários registos/linhas. | "multiple", "single", "none" | +| [`shortcutAccel`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Especifica o sistema a utilizar, Windows ou Mac. | true, false | +| [`shortcutAlt`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Alt | true, false | +| [`shortcutCommand`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Comando (macOS) | true, false | +| [`shortcutControl`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Control (Windows) | true, false | +| [`shortcutKey`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | A letra ou o nome de uma chave de significado especial. | "[F1]" -> "[F15]", "[Return]", "[Enter]", "[Backspace]", "[Tab]", "[Esc]", "[Del]", "[Home]", "[End]", "[Help]", "[Page up]", "[Page down]", "[left arrow]", "[right arrow]", "[up arrow]", "[down arrow]" | +| [`shortcutShift`](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) | Designa a tecla Shift | true, false | +| [`showFooters`](properties_Footers.md#display-footers) | Mostra ou oculta os rodapés das colunas. | true, false | +| [`showGraduations`](properties_Scale.md#display-graduation) | Apresenta/oculta as graduações junto às etiquetas. | true, false | +| [`showHeaders`](properties_Headers.md#display-headers) | Mostra ou oculta os cabeçalhos das colunas. | true, false | +| [`showHiddenChars`](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | +| [`showHorizontalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | +| [`showHTMLWysiwyg`](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | +| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Exibe/oculta a moldura da página quando a visualização do documento está no modo Visualização de página | true, false | +| [`showReferences`](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Apresenta todas as expressões 4D inseridas no documento 4D Write Pro como *referências * | true, false | +| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Mantém a seleção visível no objeto depois que ele perde o foco | true, false | +| [`showVerticalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | +| [`singleClickEdit`](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | +| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho horizontal de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho vertical de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sortable`](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | +| [`spellcheck`](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | +| [`splitterMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | Quando um objeto splitter tem essa propriedade, os outros objetos à sua direita (splitter vertical) ou abaixo dele (splitter horizontal) são empurrados ao mesmo tempo que o divisor, sem parada. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`startPoint`](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | +| [`staticColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`step`](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. Para steppers numéricos, Esta propriedade representa os segundos quando o objeto está associado com um valor de tipo hora e dias quando está associado a um valor de tipo data. | mínimo: 1 | +| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Armazenar as etiquetas de estilo com o texto, mesmo que nenhuma modificação tenha sido feita | true, false | +| [stroke](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | +| [`strokeDashArray`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | +| [`strokeWidth`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | +| [`style`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#multi-style) | Permite definir o aspeto geral do botão. Consulte Estilo do botão para obter mais informações. | "regular", "flat", "toolbar", "bevel", "roundedBevel", "gradientBevel", "texturedBevel", "office", "help", "circular", "disclosure", "roundedDisclosure", "custom" | +| [`styledText`](properties_Text.md#style) | Permite a possibilidade de utilizar estilos específicos na área selecionada. | true, false | +| [`switchBackWhenReleased`](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) | Exibe a primeira imagem o tempo todo, exceto quando o usuário clica no botão. Apresenta a segunda imagem até que o botão do rato seja libertado. | true, false | +| [`switchContinuously`](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) | Permite ao usuário manter pressionado o botão do mouse para exibir as imagens continuamente (ou seja, como uma animação). | true, false | +| [`switchWhenRollover`](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) | Modifica o conteúdo do botão de imagem quando o cursor do mouse passa sobre ele. A imagem inicial é exibida quando o cursor sai da área do botão. | true, false | +| **t** | | | +| [`tabela`](properties_Subform.md#source) | Tabela a que pertence o subformulário Lista (se existir). | Nome da tabela 4D, ou "" | +| [`text`](properties_Object.md#title) | O título do objeto formulário | Qualquer texto | +| [`textAlign`](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | +| [`textAngle`](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | +| [`textDecoration`](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | +| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | +| [`textPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | +| [`threeState`](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | +| [`timeFormat`](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. Só deve ser selecionado entre os formatos incorporados em 4D. | "systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull" (pode ser combinado com os outros valores possíveis) | +| [`truncateMode`](properties_Display.md#truncate-with-ellipsis) | Controla a exibição de valores quando as colunas da caixa de listagem são muito estreitas para mostrar todo o seu conteúdo. | "withEllipsis", "none" | +| [`type`](properties_Object.md#type) | Obrigatório. Designa o tipo de dados do objeto do formulário. | "text", "rectangle", "groupBox", "tab", "line", "button", "checkbox", "radio", "dropdown", "combo", "webArea", "write", "subform", "plugin", "splitter", "buttonGrid", "progress", "ruler", "spinner", "stepper", "list", "pictureButton", "picturePopup", "listbox", "input", "view" | +| [`tooltip`](properties_Help.md) | Fornecer aos usuários informações adicionais sobre um campo. | Informações adicionais para ajudar um usuário | +| [`top`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) | Posiciona um objeto na parte superior (centrado). | mínimo: 0 | +| **u** | | | +| [`urlSource`](properties_WebArea.md#url) | Designa a URL carregada ou sendo carregada pela área Web associada. | Um URL. | +| [`useLastFrameAsDisabled`](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) | Habilita a configuração da última miniatura como a que será exibida quando o botão estiver desativado. | true, false | +| [`userInterface`](properties_Appearance.md#user-interface) | Interface de área 4D View Pro. | "none" (padrão), "ribbon", "toolbar" | +| **v** | | | +| [`values`](properties_DataSource.md#default-list-of-values) | Lista de valores predefinidos para as colunas listbox de tipo array | ex: "A", "B", "42"... | +| [`variableCalculation`](properties_Object.md#variable-calculation) | Permite efetuar cálculos matemáticos. | "none", "minimum", "maximum", "sum", "count", "average", "standardDeviation", "variance", "sumSquare" | +| [`verticalAlign`](properties_Text.md#vertical-alignment) | Localização vertical do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "top", "middle", "bottom" | +| [`verticalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | +| [`visibilidade`](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | +| **w** | | | +| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Usado para escolher entre dois motores de renderização para a área Web, dependendo das especificações da aplicação. | "embedded", "system" | +| [`width`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | +| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Gerencia a exibição de uma barra de fórmula com a interface da barra de ferramentas na área 4D View Pro. | true, false | +| [`wordwrap`](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "nenhum" | +| **z** | | | +| [`zoom`](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/tabControl.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/tabControl.md index f6d004dbf647df..12919a2a67b1b9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/tabControl.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/tabControl.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: tabControl title: Controles Abas --- -A tab control creates an object that lets the user choose among a set of virtual screens that are enclosed by the tab control object. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. +Uma guia cria um objeto que permite que o usuário escolha entre várias telas virtuais exibidas nos limites da guia. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pestanas: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pest Para passar de uma tela para outra, o usuário simplesmente clica na guia correspondente. -The screens can represent pages in a multi-page form or an object that changes when the user clicks a tab. If the tab control is used as a page navigation tool, then the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command or the `gotoPage` standard action would be used when a user clicks a tab. +As telas podem representar páginas em um formulário de várias páginas ou um objeto que muda quando o usuário clica em uma guia. If the tab control is used as a page navigation tool, then the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command or the `gotoPage` standard action would be used when a user clicks a tab. Outra utilização do controlo de separadores consiste em controlar os dados apresentados num subformulário. Por exemplo, um Rolodex pode ser implementado utilizando um controlo de pestanas. The tabs would display the letters of the alphabet and the tab control’s action would be to load the data corresponding to the letter that the user clicked. @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Under macOS, in addition to the standard position (top), the tab controls can al "top": 160, "width": 100, "height": 20, - "labelsPlacement": "bottom" //define the direction - } + "labelsPlacement": "bottom" //define a direção +} ``` ## Adicionando etiquetas a um controle de tabulação @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ You can assign a [choice list](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) ### Utilizar um array texto -Você pode criar um array Text que contenha os nomes de cada página do formulário. Este código deve ser executado antes de o formulário ser apresentado ao usuário. For example, you could place the code in the object method of the tab control and execute it when the `On Load` event occurs. +Você pode criar um array Text que contenha os nomes de cada página do formulário. Este código deve ser executado antes de o formulário ser apresentado ao usuário. Por exemplo, você poderia colocar o código no método objeto do controle de guia e executá-lo quando o evento `On Load` ocorrer. ```4d ARRAY TEXT(arrPages;3) @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ Eis um exemplo de método objeto: ### Acção Goto Page -When you assign the `gotoPage` [standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) to a tab control, 4D will automatically display the page of the form that corresponds to the number of the tab that is selected. +Quando você atribuir a [ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) `gotoPage` para um objeto do tipo Tab, 4D irá exibir automaticamente a página do formulário que corresponde ao número da guia selecionada. -For example, if the user selects the 3rd tab, 4D will display the third page of the current form (if it exists). +Por exemplo, se o usuário selecionar a terceira aba, 4D exibirá a terceira página do formulário atual (se existir). ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md index 9f41fb3b6cd501..dfc68ea0e80c13 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/text.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ title: Text --- -A text object allows you to display static written content (*e.g.*, instructions, titles, labels, etc.) on a form. These static text areas can become dynamic when they include dynamic references. Para mais informações, consulte [Usando referências em textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). +Um objeto de texto permite a exibição de conteúdo escrito estático*(por exemplo*, instruções, títulos, rótulos etc.) em um formulário. Estas áreas de texto estático podem se tornar dinâmicas quando incluem referências dinâmicas. Para mais informações, consulte [Usando referências em textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -17,26 +17,26 @@ A text object allows you to display static written content (*e.g.*, instructions "top": 160, "width": 100, "height": 20, - "stroke": "#ff0000" //text color + "stroke": "#ff0000" //cor do texto "fontWeight": "bold" } ``` ## Rotação -4D lets you rotate text areas in your forms using the [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation) property. +O 4D permite que você gire as áreas de texto em seus formulários usando a propriedade [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation). ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText.png) > A rotação do texto pode ser definida para um processo utilizando o comando de linguagem `OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`. -Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Note that the text area’s height and width properties do not depend on its orientation: +Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Observe que as propriedades de largura e altura da área de texto não dependem da sua orientação: ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText2.png) -- If the object is resized in direction A, its [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) is modified; -- If the object is resized in direction C, its [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) is modified; -- If the object is resized in direction B, both its [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) and [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) are modified. +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção A, sua [largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) será modificada; +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção C, sua [altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) será modificada; +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção B, sua [largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) e [altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) serão modificadas. ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 389714e5ac99ee..2613a08dc7b39f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ title: Área Web --- -The Web areas can display various types of Web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, Javascript, etc. The rendering engine of the Web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. +Web areas can display various types of web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, JavaScript, etc. As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. É possível criar várias áreas web no mesmo formulário. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-areas-rules). @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ O [motor de renderização web embebido de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedde For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d. HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript é sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas, portanto é importante notar que o objeto tem o nome $4d (com uma letra minúscula "d"). A sintaxe das chamadas aos métodos 4D é a seguinte: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md index ea2365adaf7bd2..f39819bc19a67d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/Project/documentation.md @@ -153,10 +153,10 @@ $txt:="Hello world!" - A etiqueta de tabela é suportada: ``` -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Área de escrita profissional| -| toolbar | String |Nome da barra de ferramentas | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - A etiqueta de ligação é suportada: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md index 5dfa65b01fd43d..38b7a0d7eda5d0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Nesta lista apenas são mostrados os dataclasses expostos para a datastore do se Aqui está uma descrição das propriedades devolvidas para cada dataclass na datastore do seu projecto: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass. | -| uri | String | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o |dataclass e os seus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o |dataclass e os seus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | ### Exemplo @@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ As seguintes propriedades são devolvidas para um dataclass exposto: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Número da tabela na base de dados 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance da classe de dados (lembre que só são mostradas as classes de dados cujo **Alcance** for público) | -| dataURI | String | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | +| scope | Text | Alcance da classe de dados (lembre que só são mostradas as classes de dados cujo **Alcance** for público) | +| dataURI | Text | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | ### Atributo(s) @@ -206,16 +206,16 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades para cada atributo exposto que são devolvidas: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | o nome de atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | o nome de atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Posição do campo na tabela da base de dados). | -| scope | String | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | -| indexed | String | Se algum **Index Kind** foi seleccionado, esta propriedade voltará a ser verdadeira. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, data, duração, imagem, long, long64, número, string, uuid ou palavra) ou a classe de dados para um atributo de relação N->1. | +| scope | Text | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | +| indexed | Text | Se algum **Index Kind** foi seleccionado, esta propriedade voltará a ser verdadeira. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, data, duração, imagem, long, long64, número, string, uuid ou palavra) ou a classe de dados para um atributo de relação N->1. | | identifying | Parâmetros | Esta propriedade retorna True se o atributo for a chave primária. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| path | String | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| | -| inverseName | String | inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| | +| path | Text | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| | +| inverseName | Text | inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| | ### Chave primária diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md index 61e43659b95297..cb275eb3d126e4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Após criar um conjunto de entidades, o ID do conjunto de entidades é devolvido Criar outro conjunto de entidades com base em conjuntos de entidades criados anteriormente -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | -| ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID do conjunto de entidades | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID do conjunto de entidades | ### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md index 803b018d2260b5..b3bd6fe695c93a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Para cada seleção de entidades atualmente armazenada no cache do 4D Server, a | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| id | Text | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades na seleção de entidades. | | sorted | Parâmetros | Devolve true se o conjunto foi ordenado (utilizando `$orderby`) ou false se não foi ordenado. | | refreshed | Date | Quando o conjunto de entidades foi criado ou utilizado a última vez. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Para cada sessão usuário, são devolvidas as seguintes informações na coleç | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | -| userName | String | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | +| sessionID | Text | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | +| userName | Text | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | | lifeTime | Number | O tempo de vida de uma sessão usuário em segundos (3600 por predefinição). | | expiration | Date | A data e hora de expiração atuais da sessão do usuário. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md index 63ba7eeac5746e..e2ca79c9e59d8d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Na coleção de etapas, existe um objeto com as seguintes propriedades que defin | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | +| description | Text | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | | time | Number | Número de milissegundos necessários para executar a consulta | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registos encontrados | | steps | Collection | Uma coleção com um objeto que define a etapa subsequente do caminho da consulta | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md index c6208e0e3f5e19..eee4e8f99b2793 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Retorna a consulta como foi passada para 4D Server (*e.g.*, `$queryplan=true`) ## Descrição $queryplan retorna o plano da consulta como foi passado para 4D Server. -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petição executada | -| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petição executada | +| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | Para mais informações sobre os planos de consulta, consultar [queryPlan e queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md index b57f755e55e47b..8bf4b6189a5cbd 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ As entidades passadas nos parâmetros são referenciadas no servidor através da | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | | __ENTITY | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma entidade | | __KEY | misto (do mesmo tipo que a chave primária) | Facultativo - Chave primária da entidade | @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ A seleção da entidade deve ter sido previamente definida utilizando [$method=e | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | --------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma seleção de entidade | Ver exemplo de[recepção de uma seleção de entidade](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md index 6645d6e3077b0c..cadacf2e60edf1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-19/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Aqui está uma descrição dos dados retornados: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades na classe de dados. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas pela petição REST. Esse número pode ser o número total de entidades se for menor que o valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidade em que a seleção vai começar. Ou o valor padrão 0 ou o valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Cada entidade contém as propriedades abaixo: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Registro de hora da última modificação da entidade | | __STAMP | Number | Registro interno necessário quando modificar qualquer um dos valores na entidade quando usar`$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md index f4ce59858df8ef..c35ca7fc75b791 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2228,8 +2228,8 @@ Também pode passar um parâmetro de critérios para definir como devem ordenar- | Parâmetros | Tipo | Valor | Comentário | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | Essa sintaxe ordena apenas os valores escalares da coleção (outros tipos de elementos como objetos ou coleções são retornados sem ordenar). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 5ed3c4e05e41fb..9eae5d96826d34 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | +| Resultados | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Contains the name of the key type - "RSA", " -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md index edf984ed98c2aa..43a26d5397d8e3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ O objecto `data` em cada entrada contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Chave primária da entidade | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp da entidade na base de dados | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Stamp da entidade na base de dados (formato é YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Chave primária da entidade | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp da entidade na base de dados | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Stamp da entidade na base de dados (formato é YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Diferente de | Se houver dados na cache para um atributo dataclass, estes são devolvidos numa propriedade com o mesmo tipo que na base de dados. | Os dados relativos a entidades relacionadas são armazenados na cache do objecto de dados. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md index 93b836810f456b..b32e27bf35bc84 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Passe em connectionInfo um objeto que desceva o armazém de dados remoto ao que | hostname | Text | Nome ou endereço IP da database remota + ":" + número de porta (o numero de porta é obrigatório) | API Endpoint de instância Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nome de usuario | - (ignorado) | | senha | Text | senha de usuario | - (ignorado) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). O valor não pode ser < 60 (se for passado um valor menor, o tempo limite será definido como 60). Para obter mais informações, veja **Sessões de encerramento**. | - (ignorado) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). O valor não pode ser < 60 (se for passado um valor menor, o tempo limite será definido como 60). Para obter mais informações, veja **Sessões de encerramento**. | - (ignorado) | | tls | Parâmetros | True para usar conexão segura(1). Se omitido, false por defeito. Se for omitido, o normal é falso Usar uma conexão segura é recomendado sempre que possível. | True para usar conexão segura. Se omitido, false por defeito | | type | Text | deve ser "4D Server" | - (ignorado) | | api-key | Text | - (ignorado) | API key da instância Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md index 12dca69e15f586..4ed44e47abf465 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/EntityClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ As diferenças são retornadas como uma coleção de objetos cujas propriedades | Nome da propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------- | --------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nome do atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nome do atributo | | value | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo na entidade | | otherValue | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo em *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md index 948ba6ed4a0421..5b77d7943be4ce 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md index 71ea13fa7eba52..7721007870f69e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/FunctionClass.md @@ -262,8 +262,8 @@ If the formula is created in a component, you might consider using the *context* | Parâmetros | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------------------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (padrão) A fórmula será executada no contexto em que foi criada | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | A fórmula será executada no contexto do banco de dados do host | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (padrão) A fórmula será executada no contexto em que foi criada | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | A fórmula será executada no contexto do banco de dados do host | #### Exemplo diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md index 144f31789f4b71..ecd17c702945f3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ The `.send()` function sends th O método cria a ligação SMTP se esta ainda não estiver viva. If the `.keepAlive` property of the `transporter` object is **false**, the SMTP connection is automatically closed after the execution of `.send()`, otherwise it stays alive until the `transporter` object is destroyed. For more information, please refer to the [`SMTP New transporter`](#smtp-new-transporter) command description. -In *mail*, pass a valid [`Email` object](EmailObjectClass.md#email-object) to send. As propriedades de origem (de onde vem o e-mail) e de destino (um ou mais destinatários) devem ser incluídas, as restantes propriedades são opcionais. +Em *mail*, passe um objeto [`Email`](EmailObjectClass.md#email-object) válido para enviar. As propriedades de origem (de onde vem o e-mail) e de destino (um ou mais destinatários) devem ser incluídas, as restantes propriedades são opcionais. #### Objeto devolvido diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SessionClass.md index dcb8b6a060d754..64f217a6004696 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/SessionClass.md @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ The `.info` object contains the following properties: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ---------------- | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | type | Text | Tipo de sessão: "remote" ou "storedProcedure" | -| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`.userName`](#username)) | +| userName | Text | Nome de usuário 4D (o mesmo valor que [`.userName`](#username)) | | machineName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da máquina remota. Sessão de procedimentos armazenados: nome da máquina do servidor | | systemUserName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da sessão do sistema aberta na máquina remota. | | IPAddress | Text | Endereço IP da máquina remota | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebServerClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebServerClass.md index 56ed51ad73e09e..76e61ebd4e0579 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebServerClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/API/WebServerClass.md @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ The web server starts with default settings defined in the settings file of the All settings of [Web Server objects](#web-server-object) can be customized, except read-only properties ([.isRunning](#isrunning), [.name](#name), [.openSSLVersion](#opensslversion), [.perfectForwardSecrecy](#perfectforwardsecrecy), and [.sessionCookieName(#sessioncookiename)]). -Customized session settings will be reset when the [`.stop()`](#stop) function is called. +As configurações de sessão personalizadas serão redefinidas quando a função [`.stop()`](#stop) for chamada. #### Objeto devolvido diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md index 58b1b670ddfd3a..645c5422d8cd37 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Sintaxe: | `--headless` | | Lança 4D, Servidor 4D, ou a aplicação fusionada, sem uma interface (modo headless). Nesse modo:
  • O modo Design não está disponível, o banco de dados é iniciado no modo Aplicativo
  • Nenhuma barra de ferramentas, barra de menus, janela MDI ou tela inicial é exibidaNenhum
  • ícone é exibido no dock ou na barra de tarefasO
  • banco de dados aberto não está registrado no menu "Recent databases "O
  • log de diagnóstico é iniciado automaticamente (consulte [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), seletor 79)
  • Cada chamada a uma caixa de diálogo é interceptada e uma resposta automática é fornecida (por exemplo, OK para o comando [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html), Abort para uma caixa de diálogo de erro...). Todos os comandos interceptados(\*) são registrados no log de diagnóstico.

    • Para necessidades de manutenção, você pode enviar qualquer texto para fluxos de saída padrão usando o comando [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/pt/page667.html). Note que aplicações headless 4D só podem ser fechadas com uma chamada a [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou usando o gerente de tarefas do OS. | | `--dataless` | | Lança 4D, 4D Server, aplicação fundida ou tool4d em modo dataless. Dataless mode is useful when 4D runs tasks with no need for data (project compilation for example). Nesse modo:
  • Nenhum arquivo contendo dados é aberto, mesmo se especificado na linha de comando ou no arquivo `.4DLink`, ou ao usar os comandos `CREATE DATA FILE` e `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Os comandos que manipulam dados geram um erro. For example, `CREATE RECORD` throws “no table to apply the command to”.

    • **Note**:
  • If passed in the command line, dataless mode applies to all databases opened in 4D, as long as the application is not closed.
  • If passed using the `.4DLink` file, dataless mode only applies to the database specified in the `.4DLink` file. For more information on `.4DLink` files, see [Project opening shortcuts](../GettingStarted/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Rota do arquivo | Rota do arquivo personalizado WebAdmin `.4DSettings` para o [servidor WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Parâmetros | Estado do início automático para o servidor [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Armazene a chave de acesso e os parâmetros de inicialização automática no arquivo de configurações usado no momento (ou seja, o arquivo padrão [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`] (webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) ou um arquivo personalizado designado com o parâmetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Use o argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para salvar essas configurações se necessário No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--utility` | | Apenas disponível com 4D Server. Inicia [4D Server no modo utilitário](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/restore.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/restore.md index fc2660b39b85fb..551363e5292e98 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/restore.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Backup/restore.md @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Você pode restaurar um arquivo manualmente do aplicativo atual usando a [págin ## Integração manual do histórico -Se você não marcou a opção para a integração automática do arquivo de log na página de restauração do MSC (veja [integração completa de vários arquivos de log](MSC/restore. d#successive-intergration-of-several-data-log-files)), uma caixa de diálogo de aviso aparece durante a abertura do aplicativo quando 4D avisa que o arquivo de log contém mais operações do que as que foram realizadas no arquivo de dados. +Se você não marcou a opção para a integração automática do arquivo de log na página de restauração do MSC (veja [integração completa de vários arquivos de log](MSC/restore.md#successive-intergration-of-several-data-log-files)), uma caixa de diálogo de aviso aparece durante a abertura do aplicativo quando 4D avisa que o arquivo de log contém mais operações do que as que foram realizadas no arquivo de dados. ![](../assets/en/Backup/backup08.png) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md index 4ae7bc52a75df8..2a3598da14530e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md @@ -181,6 +181,12 @@ As palavras-chave 4D específicas podem ser utilizadas nas definições de class // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + As funções de classe são propriedades específicas da classe. Eles são objetos da classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). No arquivo de definição de classe, as declarações de funções usam a palavra-chave `Function` seguida pelo nome da função. Se a função for declarada em uma [classe compartilhada](#shared-classes), você pode usar a palavra-chave `shared` para que a função possa ser chamada sem [`Use. .Finalizar estrutura`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obter mais informações, consulte o parágrafo [Shared functions](#shared-functions) abaixo. @@ -313,6 +319,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Uma função construtora de classe aceita [parâmetros](#parameters) opcionais e pode ser usada para criar e inicializar objetos da classe de usuário. Quando você chama a função [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), o construtor da classe é chamado com os parâmetros opcionalmente passados para a função `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md index 7fac01ed23916e..f116ee24ff9e16 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ O valor por defeito depende do tipo de variável: | ------------ | ---------------------------------------- | | Booleano | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Imagem | tamanho da imagem=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md index 167e94dfb284e0..d064d550ca32c5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_number.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ Número é um termo genérico que significa: - Campo Inteiro Longo, variável ou expressão. O intervalo para o tipo de dados Long Integer (4-byte Integer) é -2^31...(2^31)-1. - Campo inteiro, array ou expressão. O intervalo para o tipo de dados Integer (Inteiro 2 bytes) é -32.768...32.767(2^15...(2^25)-1). -**Nota:** Valores de campo inteiro são automaticamente convertidos em inteiros longos quando usados na linguagem 4D. +**Note:** Integer field values are automatically converted in Long integers when used in the 4D Language. Pode atribuir qualquer tipo de dados Number a outro; 4D faz a conversão, truncagem ou arredondamento, se necessário. No entanto, quando os valores estiverem fora do intervalo, a conversão não retornará um valor válido. Pode misturar tipos de dados numéricos em expressões. -**Nota:** No manual de Referência de Idioma 4D, não importa o tipo de dado real, a Real, Inteiro, e parâmetros longos de números inteiros nas descrições de comandos são indicados como número, exceto quando marcados de outra forma. +**Note:** In the 4D Language Reference manual, no matter the actual data type, the Real, Integer, and Long Integer parameters in command descriptions are denoted as number, except when marked otherwise. ## Números literais @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ Números negativos são especificados com o sinal de menos (-). Por exemplo: ## Operadores de números -| Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | -| -------------------- | ---------------- | ---------- | ---------- | ----- | -| Adição | Número + Número | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | -| Subtração | Número - Número | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | -| Multiplicação | Número * Número | Number | 5 * 2 | 10 | -| Divisão | Número / Número | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | -| Divisão inteira | Número \ Número | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | -| Módulo | Número % Número | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | -| Exponenciação | Número ^ Número | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | -| Igual | Número = Número | Parâmetros | 10 = 10 | True | -| | | | 10 = 11 | False | -| Desigualdade | Número # Número | Parâmetros | 10 #11 | True | -| | | | 10 # 10 | False | -| Maior que | Number > Number | Parâmetros | 11 > 10 | True | -| | | | 10 > 11 | False | -| Menor que | Number < Number | Parâmetros | 10 < 11 | True | -| | | | 11 < 10 | False | -| Maior ou igual a | Number >= Number | Parâmetros | 11 >= 10 | True | -| | | | 10 >= 11 | False | -| Menor que ou igual a | Number <= Number | Parâmetros | 10 <= 11 | True | -| | | | 11 <= 10 | False | +| Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | +| -------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------- | +| Adição | Número + Número | Number | 2 + 3 | 5 | +| Subtração | Número - Número | Number | 3 – 2 | 1 | +| Multiplicação | Número \* Número | Number | 5 \* 2 | 10 | +| Divisão | Número / Número | Number | 5 / 2 | 2.5 | +| Divisão inteira | Número \ Número | Number | 5 \ 2 | 2 | +| Módulo | Número % Número | Number | 5 % 2 | 1 | +| Exponenciação | Número ^ Número | Number | 2 ^ 3 | 8 | +| Igual | Número = Número | Parâmetros | 10 = 10 | True | +| | | | 10 = 11 | False | +| Desigualdade | Número # Número | Parâmetros | 10 #11 | True | +| | | | 10 # 10 | False | +| Maior que | Number > Number | Parâmetros | 11 > 10 | True | +| | | | 10 > 11 | False | +| Menor que | Number < Number | Parâmetros | 10 < 11 | True | +| | | | 11 < 10 | False | +| Maior ou igual a | Number >= Number | Parâmetros | 11 >= 10 | True | +| | | | 10 >= 11 | False | +| Menor que ou igual a | Number <= Number | Parâmetros | 10 <= 11 | True | +| | | | 11 <= 10 | False | ### Módulo @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ O operador do módulo % divide o primeiro número pelo segundo número e devolve :::warning -O operador do módulo % devolve valores significativos com números que se encontram na gama do Long Integer (de menos 2^31 a 2^31 menos um). Para calcular o módulo com números fora desse intervalo, use o comando [`Mod`(https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page98.html)]. +O operador do módulo % devolve valores significativos com números que se encontram na gama do Long Integer (de menos 2^31 a 2^31 menos um). To calculate the modulo with numbers outside of this range, use the [`Mod`(https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page98.html)] command. ::: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ O operador da divisão de longint retorna valores significativos apenas com núm ### Comparação real -To compare two reals for equality, the 4D language actually compares the absolute value of the difference with *epsilon*. Veja o comando [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page623.html). +To compare two reals for equality, the 4D language actually compares the absolute value of the difference with *epsilon*. See the [`SET REAL COMPARISON LEVEL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page623.html) command. :::note @@ -103,60 +103,60 @@ Para anular a precedência da esquerda para a direita, DEVE usar parênteses. Po 3+(4*5) ``` -retorna 23 porque a expressão (4 * 5) é avaliada em primeiro lugar, por causa dos parênteses. O resultado é 20, que é depois adicionado a 3 para o resultado final de 23. +retorna 23 porque a expressão (4 \* 5) é avaliada em primeiro lugar, por causa dos parênteses. O resultado é 20, que é depois adicionado a 3 para o resultado final de 23. Os parênteses podem ser aninhados dentro de outros conjuntos de parênteses. Certifique-se de que cada parêntese esquerdo tem um parêntese direito correspondente para assegurar uma avaliação adequada das expressões. A falta ou utilização incorrecta de parênteses pode causar resultados inesperados ou expressões inválidas. Além disso, se pretende compilar as suas candidaturas, deve ter parênteses correspondentes - o compilador detecta um parêntese em falta como um erro de sintaxe. ## Operadores Bitwise -Os operadores bitwise operam em **Long Integer** expressões ou valores. +The bitwise operators operates on **Long Integer** expressions or values. > Se passar um valor Inteiro ou Real a um operador bitwise, 4D avalia o valor como um valor Long Integer antes de calcular a expressão que utiliza o operador bitwise. Ao utilizar os operadores bitwise, deve pensar num valor Long Integer como um array de 32 bits. Os bits são numerados de 0 a 31, da direita para a esquerda. -Já que cada bit pode ser igual a 0 ou 1, também se pode pensar num valor Long Integer como um valor onde se pode armazenar 32 valores booleanos. Um bit igual a 1 significa **True** e um bit igual a 0 significa **False**. +Já que cada bit pode ser igual a 0 ou 1, também se pode pensar num valor Long Integer como um valor onde se pode armazenar 32 valores booleanos. A bit equal to 1 means **True** and a bit equal to 0 means **False**. Uma expressão que utilizar um operador Bitwise retorna um valor Long Integer, exceto para o operador Bit Test, onde a expressão retorna um valor Booleano. A tabela a seguir lista os operadores bitwise e sua sintaxe: -| Operação | Operador | Sintaxe | Retorna | -| ---------------------- | ------------- | ----------------------- | -------------------- | -| Bitwise AND | & | Long & Long | Long | -| OU (inclusive) | | | Long | Long | Long | -| Bitwise OR (exclusivo) | ^ | | Long ^ | Long | Long | -| Left Bit Shift | << | Long << Long | Long (ver nota 1) | -| Right Bit Shift | >> | Long >> Long | Long (ver nota 1) | -| Bit Set | ?+ | Long ?+ Long | Long (ver nota 2) | -| Bit Clear | ?- | Long ?- Long | Long (ver nota 2) | -| Bit Test | ?? | Long ?? Long | Boolean (ver nota 2) | +| Operação | Operador | Sintaxe | Retorna | +| ----------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------- | +| Bitwise AND | & | Long & Long | Long | +| OU (inclusive) | | | Long \| Long | Long | +| Bitwise OR (exclusivo) | ^ | | Long ^ \| Long | Long | +| Left Bit Shift | << | Long << Long | Long (ver nota 1) | +| Right Bit Shift | > > | Long >> Long | Long (ver nota 1) | +| Bit Set | ?+ | Long ?+ Long | Long (ver nota 2) | +| Bit Clear | ?- | Long ?- Long | Long (ver nota 2) | +| Bit Test | ?? | Long ?? Long | Boolean (ver nota 2) | #### Notas -1. Para as operações `Left Bit Shift` e `Right Bit Shift` , o segundo operador indica o número de posições pelas quais os bits do primeiro operador serão deslocados no valor resultante. Portanto, este segundo operador deve estar entre 0 e 31. Note-se, no entanto, que o deslocamento por 0 retorna um valor inalterado e o deslocamento por mais de 31 bits retorna 0x00000000 porque todos os bits são perdidos. Se passar outro valor como segundo operando, o resultado não é significativo. -2. Para o conjunto de bits ``, `Bit Clear` e `Bit Test` operações , o segundo operando indica o número do bit sobre o qual se deve agir. Portanto, este segundo operador deve situar-se entre 0 e 31; caso contrário, o resultado da expressão não é significativo. +1. For the `Left Bit Shift` and `Right Bit Shift` operations, the second operand indicates the number of positions by which the bits of the first operand will be shifted in the resulting value. Portanto, este segundo operador deve estar entre 0 e 31. Note-se, no entanto, que o deslocamento por 0 retorna um valor inalterado e o deslocamento por mais de 31 bits retorna 0x00000000 porque todos os bits são perdidos. Se passar outro valor como segundo operando, o resultado não é significativo. +2. For the `Bit Set`, `Bit Clear` and `Bit Test` operations , the second operand indicates the number of the bit on which to act. Portanto, este segundo operador deve situar-se entre 0 e 31; caso contrário, o resultado da expressão não é significativo. O quadro seguinte lista os operadores bitwise e os seus efeitos: -| Operação | Descrição | -| ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Bitwise AND | Cada bit resultante é o E lógico dos bits nos dois operandos. Aqui está a tabela lógica AND:
  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • Em outras palavras, o bit resultante será 1 se os dois bits do operando forem 1; caso contrário, o bit resultante será 0. | -| OU (inclusive) | Cada bit resultante é o OR lógico dos bits nos dois operands. Aqui está a tabela lógica OR:
  • 1 | 1 --> 1
  • 0 | 1 --> 1
  • 1 | 0 --> 1
  • 0 | 0 --> 0
    • Em outras palavras, o bit resultante é 1 se pelo menos um dos dois bits do operando for 1; caso contrário, o bit resultante é 0. | -| Bitwise OR (exclusivo) | Cada bit resultante é o XOR lógico dos bits nos dois operandos. Aqui está a tabela XOR lógica:
  • 1 ^ | 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ | 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ | 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ | 0 --> 0
    • Em outras palavras, o bit resultante é 1 se apenas um dos dois bits do operando for 1; caso contrário, o bit resultante é 0. | -| Left Bit Shift | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, os bits resultantes são deslocados para a esquerda pelo número de posições indicado pelo segundo operando. Os bits à esquerda são perdidos e os novos bits à direita são estabelecidos como 0. **Nota:** Considerando apenas valores positivos, deslocar-se para a esquerda por N bits é o mesmo que multiplicar por 2^N. | -| Right Bit Shift | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, os bits resultantes são deslocados para a direita pelo número de posições indicado pelo segundo operando. Os bits à direita são perdidos e os novos bits à esquerda são definidos como 0.**Nota:** Considerando apenas valores positivos, deslocar N bits para a direita é o mesmo que dividir por 2^N. | -| Bit Set | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, o bit resultante, cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando, é definido como 1. Os outros bits permanecem inalterados. | -| Bit Clear | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, o bit resultante, cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando, é definido como 0. Os outros bits permanecem inalterados. | -| Bit Test | Retorna True se, no primeiro operando, o bit cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando for igual a 1. Retorna False se, no primeiro operando, o bit cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando for igual a 0. | +| Operação | Descrição | +| ----------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Bitwise AND | Cada bit resultante é o E lógico dos bits nos dois operandos. Here is the logical AND table:
  • 1 & 1 --> 1
  • 0 & 1 --> 0
  • 1 & 0 --> 0
  • 0 & 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if the two operand bits are 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| OU (inclusive) | Each resulting bit is the logical OR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical OR table:
  • 1 \| 1 --> 1
  • 0 \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if at least one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| Bitwise OR (exclusivo) | Each resulting bit is the logical XOR of the bits in the two operands.Here is the logical XOR table:
  • 1 ^ \| 1 --> 0
  • 0 ^ \| 1 --> 1
  • 1 ^ \| 0 --> 1
  • 0 ^ \| 0 --> 0
    • In other words, the resulting bit is 1 if only one of the two operand bits is 1; otherwise the resulting bit is 0. | +| Left Bit Shift | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, os bits resultantes são deslocados para a esquerda pelo número de posições indicado pelo segundo operando. Os bits à esquerda são perdidos e os novos bits à direita são estabelecidos como 0. **Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the left by N bits is the same as multiplying by 2^N. | +| Right Bit Shift | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, os bits resultantes são deslocados para a direita pelo número de posições indicado pelo segundo operando. The bits on the right are lost and the new bits on the left are set to 0.**Note:** Taking into account only positive values, shifting to the right by N bits is the same as dividing by 2^N. | +| Bit Set | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, o bit resultante, cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando, é definido como 1. Os outros bits permanecem inalterados. | +| Bit Clear | O valor resultante é definido como o valor do primeiro operando e, em seguida, o bit resultante, cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando, é definido como 0. Os outros bits permanecem inalterados. | +| Bit Test | Retorna True se, no primeiro operando, o bit cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando for igual a 1. Retorna False se, no primeiro operando, o bit cujo número é indicado pelo segundo operando for igual a 0. | ### Exemplos -| Operação | Exemplo | Resultados | -| ---------------------- | ----------------------------------- | ---------- | -| Bitwise AND | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | -| OU (inclusive) | 0x0000FFFF | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | -| Bitwise OR (exclusivo) | 0x0000FFFF ^ | 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | -| Left Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | -| Right Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | -| Bit Set | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | -| Bit Clear | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | -| Bit Test | 0x00010000 ?? 16 | True | +| Operação | Exemplo | Resultados | +| ----------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | +| Bitwise AND | 0x0000FFFF & 0xFF00FF00 | 0x0000FF00 | +| OU (inclusive) | 0x0000FFFF \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF00FFFF | +| Bitwise OR (exclusivo) | 0x0000FFFF ^ \| 0xFF00FF00 | 0xFF0000FF | +| Left Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF << 8 | 0x00FFFF00 | +| Right Bit Shift | 0x0000FFFF >> 8 | 0x000000FF | +| Bit Set | 0x00000000 ?+ 16 | 0x00010000 | +| Bit Clear | 0x00010000 ?- 16 | 0x00000000 | +| Bit Test | 0x00010000 ?? 16 | True | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md index 3800444c3bcc59..14dfbedd641e88 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ As seguintes sequências de escape podem ser utilizadas em strings de caracteres | Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenação | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetição | String \* Number | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenação | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetição | String \* Number | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | String = String | Parâmetros | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdade | String # String | Parâmetros | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md index fb2ff303d31a7f..9b16a32243190e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Os mesmos símbolos são frequentemente utilizados para operações diferentes, | Tipo de dados | Operação | Exemplo | | ------------- | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adição | 1 + 2 adiciona os números e resultados em 3 | -| String | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | +| Text | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | | Data e Número | Adição de data | !1989-01-01! + 20 acrescenta 20 dias à data de 1 de janeiro de 1989 e resulta na data de 21 de janeiro de 1989 | ## Expressões @@ -283,10 +283,10 @@ Refere-se a uma expressão pelo tipo de dados que devolve. Existem vários tipos | Expression | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres “smith” em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | +| “Hello” | Text | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres “smith” em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | | 4 | Number | Esta é uma constante numérica, 4. | | 4 \* 2 | Number | Dois números, 4 e 2, são multiplicados utilizando o operador de multiplicação (\*). O resultado é o número 8. | | myButton | Number | Esta é uma variável associada a um botão. Devolve o valor atual do botão: 1 se foi clicado, 0 se não foi. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/shared.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/shared.md index f67a072554690c..b8c656e7286434 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/shared.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/shared.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: shared title: Objetos e coleções compartilhados --- -**Objetos compartilhados** e **coleções compartilhadas** são específicos [objects](Conceps/dt_object.md) e [collections](Concepts/dt_collection.md) cujo conteúdo é compartilhado entre processos. Em contraste com [variáveis de interprocesso](Concepts/variáveis. d#interprocess-variáveis), objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas têm a vantagem de ser compatíveis com **processos 4D preemptivos**: eles podem ser passados por referência para comandos como [`Novo processo`](https://doc. d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page317.html) ou [`TODO WORKER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page1389.html). +**Objetos compartilhados** e **coleções compartilhadas** são específicos [objects](Conceps/dt_object.md) e [collections](Concepts/dt_collection.md) cujo conteúdo é compartilhado entre processos. Em contraste com [variáveis de interprocesso](Concepts/variáveis.md#interprocess-variáveis), objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas têm a vantagem de ser compatíveis com **processos 4D preemptivos**: eles podem ser passados por referência para comandos como [`Novo processo`](https://doc.md.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page317.html) ou [`TODO WORKER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page1389.html). Objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas são armazenados em variáveis padrão [`Object`](dt_object.md) e [`Collection`](dt_collection.md) do tipo, mas devem ser instanciados usando comandos específicos: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md index 406286def5843a..fb45219dd6fb0b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/variables.md @@ -255,15 +255,15 @@ System variables are used by [4D commands](commands.md). Refer to the "System va | System variable name | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. Para usar um separador diferente, atribua um novo valor à variável do sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Desktop/user-settings.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Desktop/user-settings.md index e55f2e38dbd24d..434815717631e5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Desktop/user-settings.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Desktop/user-settings.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Propriedades usuário - Modo **Padrão**: todos os [settings](../settings/overview.md) são armazenados no arquivo [*settings.4DSettings* no nível do projeto](../Project/architecture.md#sources) e são aplicados em todos os casos. Este é o modo predefinido, adequado para a fase de desenvolvimento (todas as aplicações). -- Modo **Configurações do Usuário**: parte das configurações personalizadas são armazenadas em um arquivo *settings.4DSettings* [na pasta de configurações](../Project/architecture. d#settings-user) (para todos os arquivos de dado) ou [na pasta de dados](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user-data) (para este arquivo de dados) e são usados em vez das configurações de estrutura. Este modo é adequado para a fase de implantação de aplicações de ambiente de trabalho. Você ativa este modo usando uma opção localizada na [Página de segurança](../settings/security.md) das Configurações. +- Modo **Configurações do Usuário**: parte das configurações personalizadas são armazenadas em um arquivo *settings.4DSettings* [na pasta de configurações](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user) (para todos os arquivos de dado) ou [na pasta de dados](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user-data) (para este arquivo de dados) e são usados em vez das configurações de estrutura. Este modo é adequado para a fase de implantação de aplicações de ambiente de trabalho. Você ativa este modo usando uma opção localizada na [Página de segurança](../settings/security.md) das Configurações. Ao definir as definições do utilizador, pode manter as definições personalizadas entre actualizações das suas aplicações 4D, ou gerir diferentes definições para a mesma aplicação 4D implementada em vários sites diferentes. Permite igualmente utilizar a programação para gerir os arquivos de configuração através de XML. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/onDragOver.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/onDragOver.md index ded2597a74fb7c..d81cafbe142e75 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/onDragOver.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Events/onDragOver.md @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ id: onDragOver title: On Drag Over --- -| Code | Pode ser chamado por | Definição | -| ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | -| 21 | [4D Write Pro area](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview) - [Button](FormObjects/button_overview.md) - [Button Grid](FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Check Box](FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md) - [Lista Dropdown](FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview. d) - [Lista Hierárquica](FormObjects/list_overview.md#overview) - [Input](FormObjectos/input_overview.md) - [Caixa de Lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna de caixa de lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview. d#list-box-columns) - [Botão de imagens](FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu de imagens pop-up](FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progresso](FormObjects/progressIndicador. d) - [Botão de Rádio](FormObjects/radio_overview.md) - [Ruler](FormObjects/ruler.md) - [Spinner](FormObjects/spinner.md) - [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) - [Stepper](FormObjects/stepper.md) - [Controle de tabulação](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | Os dados podem ser largados sobre um objeto | +| Code | Pode ser chamado por | Definição | +| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | +| 21 | [Área 4D Write Pro](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview) - [Botão](FormObjects/button_overview.md) - [Grade de botões](FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Caixa de seleção](FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md) - [Lista suspensa](FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Lista Hierárquica](FormObjects/list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](FormObjectos/input_overview.md) - [Caixa de Lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna de caixa de lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Botão de imagens](FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu de imagens pop-up](FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progresso](FormObjects/progressIndicador.md) - [Botão de Rádio](FormObjects/radio_overview.md) - [Régua](FormObjects/ruler.md) - [Spinner](FormObjects/spinner.md) - [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) - [Stepper](FormObjects/stepper.md) - [Controle de tabulação](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | Os dados podem ser largados sobre um objeto | ## Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/forms.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/forms.md index c456e4bd64f2e1..8ba31cb5294cda 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/forms.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/forms.md @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ Para interromper a herança de um formulário, selecione `\` na Property L ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Barra de Menu Associado](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Form Break](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#fixed-width) - [Form Break](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers. d#form-footer) - [Cabeçalho do Formulário](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nome do Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nome do Formulário herdado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabela de Formulário Herdades](properties_FormProperties. d#hererited-form-table) - [Altura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Largura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura Mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Widget Mínimo](properties_WindowSize. d#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Pages](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configurações de impressão](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Salvar Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título da Janela](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) +[Barra de Menu Associado](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Altura fixa](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Largura fixa](properties_Markers.md#fixed-width) - [Quebra de forma](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Formulário detalhado](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Cabeçalho do formulário](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nome do formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nome do formulário herdado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabela de formulário herdades](properties_FormProperties.md#hererited-form-table) - [Altura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Largura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Widget mínimo](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Páginas](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configurações de impressão](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Salvar Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título da Janela](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md index 06afd1273c24df..fb55883460d7c7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades retornadas no parâmetro *$editor*: | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | O formulário completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File do ficheiro do formulário | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nome do formulário | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nome do formulário | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número da tabela do formulário, 0 para formulário projecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | O número da página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | The current page, containing all the form objects and the entry order of the page | @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades que você pode passar no objeto `$result` se quiser | formProperties | Object | formProperties se modificada pela macro | | editor.groups | Object | informação do grupo, se os grupos forem modificados pela macro | | editor.views | Object | view info, se as vistas forem modificadas pela macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nome da vista activa | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nome da vista activa | Por exemplo, se objectos da página actual e grupos tiverem sido modificados, pode escrever: @@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ Ao lidar com o atributo 'método' de objetos de formulário, você pode definir - Utilizar um objeto com a seguinte estrutura: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ---------------- | -| source | String | Código do método | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | ---------------- | +| source | Text | Código do método | O 4D criará um arquivo usando o nome do objeto na pasta "objectMethods" com o conteúdo do atributo `source`. Esta funcionalidade só está disponível para o código macro. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/pictures.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/pictures.md index 6c1ede60ab49df..f5dd8a99e78e1e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/pictures.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormEditor/pictures.md @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ As imagens de alta resolução com a convenção @nx podem ser utilizadas nos se Embora 4D priorize automaticamente a resolução mais alta, há, no entanto, algumas diferenças de comportamento dependendo da tela e da imagem dpi\*(\*)\*, e do formato da imagem: -| Operação | Comportamento | -| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Soltar o pegar | Se a imagem tem:
    • **72dpi ou 96dpi** - A imagem é "[Center](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#center--trunca-não-centralizado)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels.
    • **Outros dpi** - A imagem é "[Dimensionada para fit](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#scaled-to-fit)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem é igual (número de pixels \* tela dpi) / (imagem dpi)
    • **Sem dpi** - A imagem é "[Escalonado para caber](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#escaled-to-fit)" formatado.
    | -| [Tamanho automático](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Setting-object-display-properties.300-5416671.en.html#148057) (Menu de contexto do Editor de Formulário) | Se o formato de exibição da imagem for:
    • **[Scaled](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)** - O objeto que contém a imagem é redimensionado de acordo com (número de pixels da imagem \* dpi da tela) / (dpi da imagem)
    • **Não dimensionado** - O objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels que a imagem.
    | +| Operação | Comportamento | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Soltar o pegar | Se a imagem tem:
    • **72dpi ou 96dpi** - A imagem é "[Center](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#center--trunca-não-centralizado)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels.
    • **Outros dpi** - A imagem é "[Dimensionada para fit](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem é igual (número de pixels \* tela dpi) / (imagem dpi)
    • **Sem dpi** - A imagem é "[Escalonado para caber](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#escaled-to-fit)" formatado.
    | +| [Tamanho automático](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Setting-object-display-properties.300-5416671.en.html#148057) (Menu de contexto do Editor de Formulário) | Se o formato de exibição da imagem for:
    • **[Scaled](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)** - O objeto que contém a imagem é redimensionado de acordo com (número de pixels da imagem \* dpi da tela) / (dpi da imagem)
    • **Não dimensionado** - O objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels que a imagem.
    | *(\*) Normalmente, macOS = 72 dpi, Windows = 96 dpi* @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Em tempo de execução, 4D carregará automaticamente a imagem clara ou escura d ## Coordenadas do mouse numa imagem -4D permite recuperar as coordenadas locais do mouse em um [objeto de entrada](FormObjects/input_overview.md) associado a uma [expressão de imagem](FormObjects/properties_Object. d#expression-type), em caso de um clique ou um mouse, mesmo que um rolagem ou zoom tenha sido aplicado à imagem. Esse mecanismo, similar ao de um mapa de imagens, pode ser utilizado, por exemplo, para manejar barras de botões deslocáveis ou a interface de um software de cartografia. +4D permite recuperar as coordenadas locais do mouse em um [objeto de entrada](FormObjects/input_overview.md) associado a uma [expressão de imagem](FormObjects/properties_Object.md#expression-type), em caso de um clique ou um mouse, mesmo que um rolagem ou zoom tenha sido aplicado à imagem. Esse mecanismo, similar ao de um mapa de imagens, pode ser utilizado, por exemplo, para manejar barras de botões deslocáveis ou a interface de um software de cartografia. The coordinates are returned in the *MouseX* and *MouseY* [System Variables](../Concepts/variables.md#system-variables). As coordenadas são expressas em píxeis em relação ao canto superior esquerdo da imagem (0,0). Se o mouse estiver fora do sistema de coordenadas da imagem, se devolverá -1 em MouseX e MouseY\*. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 8fbf684aeb63de..0c4da8557c6875 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Seleções são gerenciadas diretamente, dependendo de se a list box é a basead - **Caixa de listagem de seleção de coleção/entidade**: As seleções são gerenciadas por meio de propriedades dedicadas da caixa de listagem: - [Current item](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) é um objeto que receberá o elemento/entidade selecionado - - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) é uma coleção de itens selecionados + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Current item position](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retorna a posição do elemento ou da entidade selecionada. - **Caixa de listagem de matriz**: O comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` pode ser usado para selecionar uma ou mais linhas da caixa de listagem por meio de programação. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index a89163216821ec..cbfd9afd2446c7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Esta propiedad designa el tipo del [objeto formulario activo o inactivo](formObj #### Objectos suportados -[4D View Pro area](viewProArea_overview) - [4D Write Pro area](writeProArea_overview) - [Button](button_overview.md) - [Button Grid](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Check Box](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Drop-down List](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Hierarchical List](list_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md) - [List Box Column](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [List Box Footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) - [List Box Header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) - [Picture Button](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Picture Pop-up Menu](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Plug-in Area](pluginArea_overview.md) - [Progress indicator](progressIndicator.md) - [Radio Button](radio_overview.md) -[Spinner](spinner.md) - [Splitter](splitters.md) - [Static Picture](staticPicture.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) - [Subform](subform_overview.md) - [Tab control](tabControl.md) - [Text Area](text.md) - [Web Area](webArea_overview.md) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview) - [Botão](button_overview.md) - [Grade de botões](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Caixa de seleção](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista suspensa](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista hierárquica](list_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Rodapie List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) - [Cabeçalho de List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) - [Botão de imagem](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu pop-up com imagem](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md) - [Indicador de progresso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botão de opção](radio_overview.md) - [Spinner](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - - [Etapas](stepper.md) - [Subformulário](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md) --- @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Para obter mais informações sobre regras de nomenclatura para objetos de formu #### Objectos suportados -[4D View Pro area](viewProArea_overview) - [4D Write Pro area](writeProArea_overview) - [Button](button_overview.md) - [Button Grid](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Check Box](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Drop-down List](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Hierarchical List](list_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md) - [List Box Column](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [List Box Footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) - [List Box Header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) - [Picture Button](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Picture Pop-up Menu](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Plug-in Area](pluginArea_overview.md) - [Progress indicator](progressIndicator.md) - [Spinner](spinner.md) - [Splitter](splitters.md) - [Static Picture](staticPicture.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) - [Radio Button](radio_overview.md) - [Subform](subform_overview.md) - [Tab control](tabControl.md) - [Text Area](text.md) - [Web Area](webArea_overview.md) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview) - [Botão](button_overview.md) - [Grade de botões](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Caixa de seleção](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista suspensa](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Group Box](groupBox.md) - [Lista hierárquica](list_overview.md) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Rodapie List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) - [Cabeçalho de List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) - [Botão de imagem](pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu pop-up com imagem](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md) - [Indicador de progresso](progressIndicator.md) - [Spinner](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Imagem estática](staticPicture.md) - [Etapas](stepper.md) - [Botão de opção](radio_overview.md) - [Subformulário](subform_overview.md) - [Control de pestañas](tabControl.md) - [Área de texto](text.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md) --- @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Para obter mais informações sobre regras de nomenclatura para objetos de formu Esta propriedade está disponível quando a opção [Salvar Geometria](FormEditor/properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) está marcada para o formulário. -This feature is only supported for objects that contribute to the overall geometry of the form. For example, this option is available for check boxes because their value can be used to hide or display additional areas in the window. +Essa funcionalidade só é suportada por objetos que contribuam para a geometria geral do formulário. Por exemplo, essa opção está disponível para caixas de seleção porque seu valor pode ser usado para ocultar ou exibir áreas adicionais na janela. Eis a lista de objetos cujo valor pode ser guardado: @@ -76,35 +76,35 @@ Eis a lista de objetos cujo valor pode ser guardado: > Consulte também **[Expression](properties_DataSource.md#expression)** para colunas do list box do tipo seleção e coleção. -Esta propriedade especifica a fonte dos dados. Each active form object is associated with an object name and a variable name. O nome da variável pode diferir do nome do objeto. No mesmo formulário, você pode usar a mesma variável várias vezes, mas cada [nome do objeto](#object-name) deve ser exclusivo. +Esta propriedade especifica a fonte dos dados. Cada objeto de formulário ativo está associado a um nome de objeto e a um nome de variável. O nome da variável pode diferir do nome do objeto. No mesmo formulário, você pode usar a mesma variável várias vezes, mas cada [nome do objeto](#object-name) deve ser exclusivo. > O tamanho do nome da variável é limitado a 31 bytes. Consulte a seção [Identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md) para obter mais informações sobre regras de nomenclatura. -As variáveis de objeto do formulário permitem controlar e monitorar os objetos. For example, when a button is clicked, its variable is set to 1; at all other times, it is 0. The expression associated with a progress indicator lets you read and change the current setting. +As variáveis de objeto do formulário permitem controlar e monitorar os objetos. Por exemplo, quando um botão é clicado, sua variável é definida como 1; em todos os outros momentos, ela é 0. A expressão associada a um indicador de progresso permite que você leia e altere a configuração atual. -Variables or expressions can be enterable or non-enterable and can receive data of the Text, Integer, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture, Boolean, or Object type. +As variáveis ou expressões podem ser digitáveis ou não digitáveis e podem receber dados do tipo Texto, Inteiro, Numérico, Data, Hora, Imagem, Booliano ou Objeto. #### Gramática JSON -| Nome | Tipo de dados | Valores possíveis | -| ---------- | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| dataSource | string ou array de strings |
  • 4D variable, field name, or any expression.
  • Empty string for [dynamic variables](#dynamic-variables).
  • String array (collection of array names) for a [hierarchical listbox](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes) column]
    • | +| Nome | Tipo de dados | Valores possíveis | +| ---------- | -------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| dataSource | string ou array de strings |
  • Variável 4D, nome de campo ou qualquer expressão.
  • String vazia para [variáveis dinâmicas](#dynamic-variables).
  • Matriz de strings (coleção de nomes de matriz) para uma coluna [hierarchical listbox](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes)]
    • | ### Expressões -Puede utilizar una [expresión](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) como fuente de datos para un objeto. Se permite toda expresión 4D válida: expresión simple, propiedad de objeto, fórmula, función 4D, nombre de método proyecto o campo que utilice la sintaxis estándar `[Table]Field`. The expression is evaluated when the form is executed and reevaluated for each form event. Tenga en cuenta que las expresiones pueden ser [asignables o no asignables](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions). +Você pode usar uma [expressão](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) como fonte de dados para um objeto. Se permite toda expresión 4D válida: expresión simple, propiedad de objeto, fórmula, función 4D, nombre de método proyecto o campo que utilice la sintaxis estándar `[Table]Field`. A expressão é avaliada quando o formulário é executado e reavaliada para cada evento do formulário. Tenga en cuenta que las expresiones pueden ser [asignables o no asignables](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions). -> If the value entered corresponds to both a variable name and a method name, 4D considers that you are indicating the method. +> Se o valor inserido corresponder tanto a um nome de variável quanto a um nome de método, 4D considera que você está indicando o método. ### Variáveis dinâmicas -You can leave it up to 4D to create variables associated with your form objects (buttons, enterable variables, check boxes, etc.) dinamicamente e de acordo com suas necessidades. Para ello, basta con dejar en blanco la propiedad "Variable o expresión" (o el campo JSON de `dataSource`). +Você pode deixar a cargo de 4D a criação de variáveis associadas aos objetos do formulário (botões, variáveis inseríveis, caixas de seleção etc.) dinamicamente e de acordo com suas necessidades. Para ello, basta con dejar en blanco la propiedad "Variable o expresión" (o el campo JSON de `dataSource`). -When a variable is not named, when the form is loaded, 4D creates a new variable for the object, with a calculated name that is unique in the space of the process variables of the interpreter (which means that this mechanism can be used even in compiled mode). Esta variável temporária será destruída quando o formulário for fechado. +Quando uma variável não é nomeada, quando o formulário é carregado, 4D cria uma variável para o objeto, com um nome calculado único no espaço das variáveis de processo do intérprete (o que significa que esse mecanismo pode ser usado mesmo no modo compilado). Esta variável temporária será destruída quando o formulário for fechado. Para que este princípio funcione em modo compilado, é imperativo que as variáveis dinâmicas sejam explicitamente tipadas. Há duas formas de o fazer: -- Puede definir el tipo utilizando la propiedad [tipo de expresión](#expression-type). -- Puede utilizar un código de inicialización específico cuando se carga el formulario que utilice, por ejemplo, el comando `VARIABLE TO VARIABLE`: +- Você pode definir o tipo usando a propriedade [Tipo de expressão](#expression-type). +- Você pode usar um código de inicialização específico quando o formulário for carregado, usando, por exemplo, o comando `VARIABLE TO VARIABLE`: ```4d If(Form event code=On Load) @@ -118,23 +118,23 @@ Para que este princípio funcione em modo compilado, é imperativo que as variá En el código 4D, se puede acceder a las variables dinámicas utilizando un puntero obtenido con el comando `OBJECT Get pointer`. Por exemplo: ```4d - // assign the time 12:00:00 to the variable for the "tstart" object + // atribuir a hora 12:00:00 à variável do objeto "tstart" $p :=OBJECT Get pointer(Object named;"tstart") $p->:=?12:00:00? ``` Este mecanismo tem duas vantagens: -- On the one hand, it allows the development of "subform" type components that can be used several times in the same host form. Let us take as an example the case of a datepicker subform that is inserted twice in a host form to set a start date and an end date. This subform will use objects for choosing the date of the month and the year. It will be necessary for these objects to work with different variables for the start date and the end date. Letting 4D create their variable with a unique name is a way of resolving this difficulty. -- Por outro lado, pode ser utilizado para limitar a utilização da memória. De facto, os objectos formulário só funcionam com variáveis processo ou inter-processo. No entanto, no modo compilado, uma instância de cada variável de processo é criada em todos os processos, incluindo os processos do servidor. This instance takes up memory, even when the form is not used during the session. Therefore, letting 4D create variables dynamically when loading the forms can save memory. +- Por um lado, ele permite o desenvolvimento de componentes do tipo "subformulário" que podem ser usados várias vezes no mesmo formulário host. Tomemos como exemplo o caso de um subformulário datepicker que é inserido duas vezes em um formulário host para definir uma data inicial e uma data final. Esse subformulário usará objetos para escolher a data do mês e do ano. Será necessário que esses objetos trabalhem com variáveis diferentes para a data de início e a data de término. Permitir que 4D crie sua variável com um nome exclusivo é uma forma de resolver essa dificuldade. +- Por outro lado, pode ser utilizado para limitar a utilização da memória. De facto, os objectos formulário só funcionam com variáveis processo ou inter-processo. No entanto, no modo compilado, uma instância de cada variável de processo é criada em todos os processos, incluindo os processos do servidor. Essa instância ocupa memória, mesmo quando o formulário não é usado durante a sessão. Portanto, permitir que 4D crie variáveis dinamicamente ao carregar os formulários pode economizar memória. ### List box array -Para un list box array, la propiedad **Variable o Expresión** normalmente contiene el nombre de la variable array definida para el list box y para cada columna. Sin embargo, puede utilizar un array de cadenas (que contenga nombres de arrays) como *dataSource* valor de una columna list box para definir un [list box jerárquico](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). +For an array list box, the **Variable or Expression** property usually holds the name of the array variable defined for the list box, and for each column. However, you can use a string array (containing arrays names) as *dataSource* value for a list box column to define a [hierarchical list box](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). #### Objectos suportados -[4D View Pro area](viewProArea_overview) - [4D Write Pro area](writeProArea_overview) - [Button](button_overview.md) - [Button Grid](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Check Box](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Drop-down List](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Hierarchical List](list_overview.md#overview) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [List Box Column](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [List Box Header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) - [List Box Footer](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) - [Picture Pop-up Menu](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Plug-in Area](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Progress indicator](progressIndicator.md) - [Radio Button](radio_overview.md) - [Spinner](spinner.md) - [Splitter](splitters.md) - [Stepper](stepper.md) - [Subform](subform_overview.md#overview) - [Tab control](tabControl.md) - [Web Area](webArea_overview.md) +[Área 4D View Pro](viewProArea_overview) - [Área 4D Write Pro](writeProArea_overview) - [Botão](button_overview.md) - [Grade de botões](buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Caixa de seleção](checkbox_overview.md) - [Combo Box](comboBox_overview.md) - [Lista suspensa](dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Lista hierárquica](list_overview.md#overview) - [List Box](listbox_overview.md#overview) - [Coluna List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Cabeçalho List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) - [Rodapie de List Box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-footers) - [Menu pop-up com imagem](picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicador de progresso](progressIndicator.md) - [Botão de opção](radio_overview.md) - [Seletor](spinner.md) - [Separador](splitters.md) - [Etapas](stepper.md) - [Subformulário](subform_overview.md#overview) - [Controle de tabulação](tabControl.md) - [Área web](webArea_overview.md) --- @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Specify the data type for the expression or variable associated to the object. N No entanto, essa propriedade tem uma função de digitação nos seguintes casos específicos: -- **[Variables dinámicas](#dynamic-variables)**: puede utilizar esta propiedad para declarar el tipo de variables dinámicas. +- **[Variáveis dinâmicas](#dynamic-variables)**: você pode usar essa propriedade para declarar o tipo de variáveis dinâmicas. - **[Columnas List Box ](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: esta propiedad se utiliza para asociar un formato de visualización a los datos de la columna. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. O tipo de texto não tem formatos de visualização específicos. Também estão disponíveis quaisquer formatos personalizados existentes. - **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Existem vários tipos de cálculos disponíveis. The following table shows which | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Soma | X | | | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | -| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Média | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desvio padrão(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variância(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 1cc5346de5454d..5143070a31fb64 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | **a** | | | | [`action`](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | | [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Permite a exibição do seletor de fontes do sistema ou do seletor de cores para editar os atributos dos objetos | true, false (padrão) | -| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em um list box. | Any CSS value; "transparent"; "automatic" | +| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em um list box. | Qualquer valor CSS; "transparent"; "automatic"; "automaticAlternate" | | [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Habilita a adição automática de um valor a uma lista quando o usuário insere um valor que não está na lista de escolha associada ao objeto. | true, false | | **b** | | | | [`booleanFormat`](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | **e** | | | | [`enterable`](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | | [`enterableInList`](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | -| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. This property is not accessible if the Enterable property is not enabled. | Texto para restringir entradas | +| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. Essa propriedade não estará acessível se a propriedade Enterable não estiver ativada. | Texto para restringir entradas | | [`events`](Events/overview.md) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | | [`excludedList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | A list of values to be excluded. | | **f** | | | | [`fill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [`focusable`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indicates whether the object can have the focus (and can thus be activated by the keyboard for instance) | true, false | +| [`focusable`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indica se o objeto pode ter o foco (e, pode ser ativado pelo teclado, por exemplo) | true, false | | [`fontFamily`](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | | [`fontSize`](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | | [`fontStyle`](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | @@ -106,15 +106,15 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`multiline`](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | | **n** | | | | [`name`](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | -| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | Numbers (including a decimal point or minus sign if necessary) | +| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | Numbers (including a decimal point or minus sign if necessary) | | **p** | | | -| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | The pathname of the picture for picture buttons, picture pop-up menus, or static pictures | Relative or filesystem path in POSIX syntax, or "var:\" for picture variable. | +| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem para botões de imagem, menus pop-up de imagem ou imagens estáticas | Caminho relativo ou do sistema de arquivos na sintaxe POSIX, ou "var:\" para variável imagem. | | [`pictureFormat`](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [`pictureFormat`](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | | [`placeholder`](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | | [`pluginAreaKind`](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | -| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Allows displaying a symbol that appears as a triangle in the button, which indicates that there is a pop-up menu attached. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | -| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Print mode for objects whose size can vary from one record to another depending on their contents | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | -| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | A value between 0 and 100, representing the page load completion percentage in the Web area. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite a exibição de um símbolo que aparece como um triângulo no botão, o que indica haver um menu pop-up anexado. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | +| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Modo de impressão para objetos cujo tamanho pode variar de um registro para outro, dependendo de seu conteúdo | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | +| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | Um valor entre 0 e 100, que representa a porcentagem de conclusão do carregamento da página na área Web. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | | **r** | | | | [`radioGroup`](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Enables radio buttons to be used in coordinated sets: only one button at a time can be selected in the set. | Nome do grupo rádio | | [`requiredList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`right`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box seleção ou coleção) | The name of an array or expression to apply a custom background color to each row of a list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | +| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box seleção ou coleção) | O nome de um array ou expressão para aplicar uma cor de fundo personalizada a cada linha de um list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`rowStrokeSource`](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowStrokeSource`](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (seleção ou collection/list box entity selection) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir as cores das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | [`rowStyleSource`](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [`rowStyleSource`](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir estilos das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | **s** | | | -| [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) (list box column)
    [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#data-type-list) (drop-down list) | The type of contents to save in the field or variable associated to the form object | "value", "reference" | +| [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) (list box column)
    [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#data-type-list) (drop-down list) | O tipo de conteúdo a ser salvo no campo ou na variável associada ao objeto de formulário | "value", "reference" | | [`scrollbarHorizontal`](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para a esquerda ou para a direita. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`scrollbarVertical`](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para cima ou para baixo. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`selectedItemsSource`](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) | Coleção dos itens seleccionados num list box. | Expressão da colecção | @@ -149,20 +149,20 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`showHiddenChars`](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | | [`showHorizontalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | | [`showHTMLWysiwyg`](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | -| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Displays/hides the page frame when the document view is in Page view mode | true, false | +| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Exibe/oculta a moldura da página quando a visualização do documento está no modo Visualização de página | true, false | | [`showReferences`](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Muestra todas las expresiones 4D insertadas en el documento de 4D Write Pro como *referencias* | true, false | -| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Keeps the selection visible within the object after it has lost the focus | true, false | +| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Mantém a seleção visível no objeto depois que ele perde o foco | true, false | | [`showVerticalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | | [`singleClickEdit`](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | -| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the horizontal size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the vertical size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho horizontal de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho vertical de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`sortable`](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | | [`spellcheck`](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | | [`splitterMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | When a splitter object has this property, other objects to its right (vertical splitter) or below it (horizontal splitter) are pushed at the same time as the splitter, with no stop. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`startPoint`](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | | [`staticColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | | [`step`](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Store the style tags with the text, even if no modification has been made | true, false | +| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Armazenar as etiquetas de estilo com o texto, mesmo que nenhuma modificação tenha sido feita | true, false | | [`stroke`](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [`stroke`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [`stroke`](properties_Text.md#font-color) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | | [`strokeDashArray`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | | [`strokeWidth`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`textAlign`](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | | [`textAngle`](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | | [`textDecoration`](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | -| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | +| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | | [`textPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | | [`threeState`](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | | [`timeFormat`](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. | Formatos integrados ("systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MMM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull") o [formatos personalizados](../Project/date-time-formats.md) | @@ -196,9 +196,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`verticalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | | [`visibility`](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | | **w** | | | -| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Used to choose between two rendering engines for the Web area, depending on the specifics of the application. | "embedded", "system" | +| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Usado para escolher entre dois motores de renderização para a área Web, dependendo das especificações da aplicação. | "embedded", "system" | | [`width`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Manages the display of a formula bar with the Toolbar interface in the 4D View Pro area. | true, false | +| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Gerencia a exibição de uma barra de fórmula com a interface da barra de ferramentas na área 4D View Pro. | true, false | | [`wordwrap`](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "none" | | **z** | | | | [`zoom`](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md index 4121e486185b38..4a961283aa8857 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Para as duas últimas ações, o evento do formulário `On Open Detail` também #### Veja também -[Double click on empty row](#double-click-on-empty-row) +[Clique duas vezes na linha vazia](#double-click-on-empty-row) --- diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index db03fcce6d2777..35875881d264dd 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Designa a colocação de um ícone em relação ao objeto formulário. #### Objectos suportados -[List Box Header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) +[Cabeçalho do list box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) --- diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/tabControl.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/tabControl.md index 5f84e68144b2f1..988a3291bfa87d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/tabControl.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/tabControl.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: tabControl title: Controles Abas --- -A tab control creates an object that lets the user choose among a set of virtual screens that are enclosed by the tab control object. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. +Uma guia cria um objeto que permite que o usuário escolha entre várias telas virtuais exibidas nos limites da guia. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pestanas: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pest Para passar de uma tela para outra, o usuário simplesmente clica na guia correspondente. -The screens can represent pages in a multi-page form or an object that changes when the user clicks a tab. Se o controle de guias é usado como uma ferramenta de navegação de página, então o [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](https://doc.4d.comando/4dv19/help/command/en/page247.html) ou a ação padrão `gotoPage` seria usada quando um usuário clica em uma aba. +As telas podem representar páginas em um formulário de várias páginas ou um objeto que muda quando o usuário clica em uma guia. Se o controle de guias é usado como uma ferramenta de navegação de página, então o [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](https://doc.4d.comando/4dv19/help/command/en/page247.html) ou a ação padrão `gotoPage` seria usada quando um usuário clica em uma aba. Outra utilização do controlo de separadores consiste em controlar os dados apresentados num subformulário. Por exemplo, um Rolodex pode ser implementado utilizando um controlo de pestanas. The tabs would display the letters of the alphabet and the tab control’s action would be to load the data corresponding to the letter that the user clicked. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Eis um exemplo de método objeto: Quando você atribuir a [ação padrão](properties_Action.md#padrao) `gotoPage` para o controle de abas, o 4D exibirá automaticamente a página do formulário que corresponde ao número da guia selecionada. -For example, if the user selects the 3rd tab, 4D will display the third page of the current form (if it exists). +Por exemplo, se o usuário selecionar a terceira aba, 4D exibirá a terceira página do formulário atual (se existir). ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/text.md index b8088d0aeecc29..75526132b05431 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/text.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: text title: Text --- -Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (*e.g.*, instruções, títulos, etiquetas, etc.) em um formulário. These static text areas can become dynamic when they include dynamic references. Para más información, consulte [Uso de referencias en textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). +Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (*e.g.*, instruções, títulos, etiquetas, etc.) em um formulário. Estas áreas de texto estático podem se tornar dinâmicas quando incluem referências dinâmicas. Para más información, consulte [Uso de referencias en textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (*e.g.*, instruções > A rotação do texto pode ser definida para um processo utilizando o comando de linguagem `OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`. -Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Note that the text area’s height and width properties do not depend on its orientation: +Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Observe que as propriedades de largura e altura da área de texto não dependem da sua orientação: ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText2.png) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 2ba4a01e5c99b8..2f57a53449f64f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,69 +3,71 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Área Web --- +As áreas da Web podem exibir vários tipos de conteúdo da Web em seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdo estático ou dinâmico, arquivos, imagens, JavaScript, etc. O mecanismo de renderização da área da Web depende da plataforma de execução do aplicativo e da [opção de mecanismo de renderização] selecionada (properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -The Web areas can display various types of Web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, Javascript, etc. The rendering engine of the Web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. - -É possível criar várias áreas web no mesmo formulário. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). - -Várias [ações padrão](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de linguagem](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) assim como também [eventos formulário](#form-events) genéricos e específicos, permitem ao desenvolvedor controlar o funcionamento das áreas web. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. +É possível criar várias áreas web no mesmo formulário. No entanto, observe que o uso de áreas web deve seguir [várias regras](#web-area-rules). +Várias [ações padrão] dedicadas (#standard-actions), vários [comandos de idioma] (https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html), bem como [eventos de formulário] genéricos e específicos (#form-events) permitem que o desenvolvedor controle o funcionamento das áreas da Web. Variáveis específicas podem ser usadas para trocar informações entre a área e o ambiente 4D. ## Propriedades específicas ### Variáveis associadas Duas variáveis específicas podem ser associadas a cada área web: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar a URL que mostra a área web -- [`Progresión`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar a porcentagem de carga da página mostrada na área web. -> As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- para controlar a URL exibida pela área da Web +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar a porcentagem de carregamento da página exibida na área da Web. + +> A partir do 4D v19 R5, a variável Progression não é mais atualizada em Web Areas usando o [mecanismo de renderização do sistema Windows](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Motor de renderização Web -Pode escolher entre [dois motores de renderização](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para a área web, dependendo das particularidades de sua aplicação. +Você pode escolher entre [dois mecanismos de renderização] (properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para a área da Web, dependendo das especificidades do seu aplicativo. -Selecting the embedded web rendering engine allows you to call 4D methods from the web area. Selecting the system rendering engine is recommended when the web area is connected to the Internet because it always benefits from the latest security updates. +A seleção do mecanismo de renderização da Web incorporado permite chamar métodos 4D da área da Web e garantir que os recursos do macOS e do Windows sejam semelhantes. A seleção do mecanismo de renderização do sistema é recomendada quando a área da web está conectada à internet, porque ela sempre se beneficia das últimas atualizações de segurança. ### Acesso a métodos 4D -Quando selecionar a propriedade [Acessar aos métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), pode chamar aos métodos 4D desde uma área Web. +Quando a propriedade [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) estiver selecionada, você pode chamar métodos 4D de uma área web. :::note Notas -- This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). -- For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. +- Essa propriedade só estará disponível se a área da Web [usar o mecanismo de renderização da Web incorporado] (properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- Por motivos de segurança, já que permite a execução de código 4D, essa opção só deve ser ativada para páginas confiáveis, como as páginas geradas pelo aplicativo. ::: ### Objecto $4d +O [4D embedded web rendering engine] (properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fornece à área um objeto JavaScript chamado $4d que você pode associar a qualquer método de projeto 4D usando a notação de objeto ".". -O [motor de renderização web embebido de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fornece à área um objeto JavaScript chamado $4d que pode ser associado a qualquer método projeto 4D utilizando a notação objeto ".". +Por exemplo, para chamar o método `HelloWorld` 4D, basta executar a seguinte instrução: -For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: - -```codeJS +```js $4d. HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named $4d (with a lowercase "d"). + +> JavaScript é sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas, portanto é importante notar que o objeto tem o nome $4d (com uma letra minúscula "d"). A sintaxe das chamadas aos métodos 4D é a seguinte: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). -- `function(result)`: função a passar como último argumento. Esta função "callback" é chamada de forma síncrona quando o método 4D termina de ser executado. Recebe o parâmetro `result`. +- `param1...paramN`: Você pode passar tantos parâmetros quanto precisa para o método 4D. + Esses parâmetros podem ser de qualquer tipo suportado pelo JavaScript (cadeia de caracteres, número, matriz, objeto). + +- `function(result)`: Função a ser passada como último argumento. Esta função "callback" é chamada de forma síncrona quando o método 4D termina de ser executado. Ele recebe o parâmetro `result`. -- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method, returned in the "$0" expression. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). Você pode usar o comando `C_OBJECT` para retornar os objetos. +- `result`: Resultado da execução do método 4D, retornado na expressão "$0". Esse resultado pode ser de qualquer tipo suportado pelo JavaScript (cadeia de caracteres, número, matriz, objeto). Você pode usar o comando `C_OBJECT` para retornar os objetos. -> Por padrão, 4D trabalha em UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Por padrão, 4D trabalha em UTF-8. Quando você retornar texto contendo caracteres estendidos, por exemplo, caracteres com acentos, certifique-se de que a codificação da página exibida na área da Web seja declarada como UTF-8, caso contrário, os caracteres poderão ser renderizados incorretamente. Nesse caso, adicione a seguinte linha na página HTML para declarar a codificação: +> `` #### Exemplo 1 -Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. +Dado um método de projeto 4D chamado `today` que não recebe parâmetros e retorna a data atual como uma string. Código 4D do método `today`: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Na área web, o método 4D pode ser chamado com a sintaxe abaixo: $4d.today() ``` -The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the value of $0 to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar a data na página HTML que é carrega pela área Web. +O método 4D não recebe nenhum parâmetro, mas retorna o valor $0 para a função de callback chamada por 4D após a execução do método. Queremos mostrar a data na página HTML que é carrega pela área Web. Aqui está o código da página HTML: @@ -103,13 +105,13 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Exemplo 2 -The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns their sum in `$0`: +O método `calcSum` do projeto 4D recebe parâmetros (`$1...$n`) e retorna sua soma em `$0`: Código 4D do método `calcSum`: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // recebe n parâmetros do tipo REAL - C_REAL($0) // devolve um Real + C_REAL(${1}) // receives n REAL type parameters + C_REAL($0) // returns a Real C_LONGINT($i;$n) $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) @@ -126,11 +128,9 @@ $4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) }); ``` - ## Ações padrão -Há quatro ações padrão específicas para gerenciar as áreas web de forma automática: `Open Back URL`, `Open Next URL`, `Refresh Current URL` e `Stop Loading URL`. Essas ações podem ser associadas com botões ou comandos de menu e permite implementação rápida de interfaces web básicas. Estas ações são descritas em [ações standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Quatro ações padrão específicas estão disponíveis para gerenciar áreas da Web automaticamente: `Abrir URL anterior`, `Abrir URL anterior`, `Refrescar URL atual` e `Parar de carregar URL`. Essas ações podem ser associadas com botões ou comandos de menu e permite implementação rápida de interfaces web básicas. Essas ações são descritas em [Ações Padrão](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). ## Eventos formulário @@ -151,19 +151,18 @@ Além disso, áreas web são compatíveis com os eventos de formulário genéric - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Regras das áreas web ### Interface do usuário Quando o formulário for executado, as funções da interface de navegador padrão estão disponíveis para o usuário na área web, o que permite a interação com outras áreas do formulário: -- **Comandos menu Edição**: quando a área web tiver o foco, os comandos do menu **Edição** podem ser utilizadas para realizar ações como copiar, colar, selecionar tudo, etc., segundo a seleção. -- **O menu contextual**: é possível utilizar o [menu contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) padrão do sistema com a área web. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. -- **Arrastar e soltar**: o usuário pode arrastar e soltar texto, imagens e documentos dentro da área web ou entre uma área web e os objetos dos formulários 4D, segundo as propriedades dos objetos 4D. Por razões de segurança, não é permitido mudar os conteúdos da área Web arrastando e soltando seja um arquivo ou URL. In this case, the mouse cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. Neste caso, pode chamar o comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou definir a [variável URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) em resposta a uma queda do usuário. - -> Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- Comandos do menu **Editar**: Quando a área da Web está em foco, os comandos do menu **Edit** podem ser usados para executar ações como copiar, colar, selecionar tudo etc., de acordo com a seleção. +- **Menu de contexto**: É possível usar o [contexto menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) padrão do sistema com a área web. Exibição do menu de contexto pode ser controlado usando o comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +- **Arrastar e soltar**: O usuário pode arrastar e soltar texto, imagens e documentos dentro da área da Web ou entre uma área da Web e os objetos do formulário 4D, de acordo com as propriedades do objeto 4D. + Por razões de segurança, não é permitido mudar os conteúdos da área Web arrastando e soltando seja um arquivo ou URL. Neste caso, o cursor exibe um ícone "proibido" ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). Você precisa usar a instrução `WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` para exibir um ícone "drop" e gerar o evento [`On Window Opening Denied`] (Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md). Nesse caso, você pode chamar o comando [`WA OPEN URL`] (https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou definir a [variável URL] (properties_WebArea.md#url) em resposta a um drop do usuário. +> Os recursos de arrastar e soltar descritos acima não são compatíveis com as áreas da Web que usam o [mecanismo de renderização do sistema macOS] (properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). ### Subformulários @@ -174,7 +173,6 @@ Por razões relacionadas com os mecanismos de redesenho de janelas, a inserção > Não é compatível sobrepor uma área Web no topo ou debaixo dos outros objetos formulário. - ### Conflito entre a área Web e o servidor Web (Windows) Em Windows, não é recomendado acessar, através de uma área web, o servidor web da aplicação 4D que contenha a área, já que esta configuração poderia provocar um conflito que paralise a aplicação. Com certeza um 4D remoto pode acessar ao servidor web de 4D Server, mas não ao seu próprio servidor web. @@ -183,38 +181,136 @@ Em Windows, não é recomendado acessar, através de uma área web, o servidor w As URLs manejadas por programação em áreas web em macOS devem começar com o protocolo. Por exemplo, você precisa passar a cadeia de caracteres "http://www.mysite.com" e não apenas "www.mysite.com". - ## Access to web inspector Pode ver e usar um inspetor web dentro das áreas web de seus formulários. The web inspector is a debugger which is provided by the embedded Web engine. It allows parsing the code and the flow of information of the web pages. -To display the web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. +Para exibir o inspetor da Web, você pode executar o comando `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` ou usar o menu de contexto da área da Web. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Execute o comando `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR`**
    + Esse comando pode ser usado diretamente com áreas da Web na tela (objeto de formulário) e fora da tela. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - Deve ativar o [menu contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) da área (este menu se utiliza para chamar ao inspetor) - - Deve habilitar expressamente ao uso do inspetor na área mediante a instrução abaixo: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use o menu de contexto da área da Web**
    + Esse recurso só pode ser usado com áreas da Web na tela e requer que as seguintes condições sejam atendidas: + - o [menu de contexto](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) para a área web está ativado + - Deve habilitar expressamente ao uso do inspetor na área mediante a instrução abaixo: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*; "WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` -> With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. +> Com [engenharia de renderização de sistema Windows](properties_WebArea. d#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), uma mudança nesta preferência requer que uma ação de navegação na área (por exemplo, uma atualização de página) seja levada em conta. -Para mais informações, consultar a descrição do comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +Para obter mais informações, consulte a descrição do comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. -When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. Quando selecionar essa opção, a janela do inspetor Web é exibida. +Quando você fez as configurações conforme descrito acima, você tem novas opções como **Inspecionar Elemento** no menu de contexto da área. Quando selecionar essa opção, a janela do inspetor Web é exibida. > Para uma descrição detalhada nas funcionalidades do depurador, veja a documentação fornecida pelo motor de renderização web. +## Propriedades compatíveis + +[Estilo de linha de bordo](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Menu de contexto](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dimensionamiento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progressão](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Dereita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Topo](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Usar o mecanismo de renderização da Web](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variável ou Expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Tamanho Vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +O 4DCEFParameters.json é um arquivo de configuração que permite a personalização dos parâmetros CEF para gerenciar o comportamento das áreas da Web nos aplicativos 4D. -## Propriedades compatíveis +[As opções padrão](#default-file) são fornecidas, mas você pode substituí-las usando um arquivo 4DCEFParameters.json personalizado. + +Na fase de desenvolvimento (usando o aplicativo 4D), crie um arquivo 4DCEFParameters.json no seguinte local: -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Antes de criar um aplicativo final, adicione o arquivo personalizado 4DCEFParameters.json à pasta Resources do projeto. +:::warning +A adição de um arquivo 4DCEFParameters.json personalizado pode afetar fundamentalmente todas as áreas da Web incorporadas 4D, incluindo [áreas 4D View Pro](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). É responsabilidade do desenvolvedor garantir que os switches personalizados não desestabilizem o aplicativo 4D. + +::: + +O formato do arquivo 4DCEFParameters.json é o seguinte: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +A estrutura do arquivo 4DCEFParameters.json contém: + +- **switches**: uma lista de switches CEF e seus valores correspondentes aplicados ao macOS e ao Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: switches CEF específicos do macOS. +- **windows.switches**: Comutadores CEF específicos do Windows. + +Os interruptores no arquivo personalizado têm prioridade. Em caso de duplicação de switches no mesmo arquivo, os switches definidos na subseção específica da plataforma ("macOS.switches" ou "windows.switches") têm prioridade e são usados para configuração. + +:::note + +A lista de switches compatíveis está em constante evolução e é gerenciada pela equipe de desenvolvimento da CEF. Para obter informações sobre os switches disponíveis, você precisa consultar a comunidade de desenvolvedores da CEF. + +::: + +### Exemplos + +#### Arquivo padrão + +O arquivo 4DCEFParameters.json padrão contém os seguintes botões: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Exemplo de desativação do switch padrão + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Exemplo para Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Veja também +[Especifique seus próprios parâmetros para inicializar a área Web incorporada (postagem no blog)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 7da3dedbf5cc47..9a1cac4d5d8600 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ End if Ao criar ou editar classes de modelo de dados, é necessário preste atenção às seguintes regras: -- Como eles são usados para definir nomes automáticos de classe de DataClass nos **cs** [loja de classe](Concepts/classes. d#class-stores), tabelas 4D devem ser nomeadas para evitar qualquer conflito no namespace **cs**. Em particular: +- Como eles são usados para definir nomes automáticos de classe de DataClass nos **cs** [loja de classe](Concepts/classes.md#class-stores), tabelas 4D devem ser nomeadas para evitar qualquer conflito no namespace **cs**. Em particular: - Não dê o mesmo nome a uma tabela 4D e a um [nome de classe de usuário](Concepts/classes.md#class-names). Se isso acontecer, o construtor da classe de utilizador torna-se inutilizável (o compilador emite um aviso). - Não use um nome reservado para uma tabela 4D (por exemplo, "DataClass"). @@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ If ($status.success) ### Ficheiros de classe (class files) -Uma classe de usuário do modelo de dados ORDA é definida por adicionar, no [mesmo local dos arquivos de classes normais](Concepts/classes. d#class-files) (*e.* na pasta `/Sources/Classes` da pasta do projeto), um arquivo .4dm com o nome da classe. Por exemplo, uma classe de entidade para o dataclass `Utilities` será definida através de um arquivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. +Uma classe de usuário do modelo de dados ORDA é definida por adicionar, no [mesmo local dos arquivos de classes normais](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (*e.* na pasta `/Sources/Classes` da pasta do projeto), um arquivo .4dm com o nome da classe. Por exemplo, uma classe de entidade para o dataclass `Utilities` será definida através de um arquivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. ### Criação de classes diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md index bdb919754e7586..0ddb9e1f18e608 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ A sintaxe do arquivo `roles.json` é a seguinte: | Nome da propriedade | | | Tipo | Obrigatório | Descrição | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | privileges | | | Coleção de objetos de 'privilégio' | X | Lista de privilégios definidos | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nome do privilégio | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nome do privilégio | | | \[].includes | | Coleção de strings | | Lista de nomes de privilégios incluídos | | roles | | | Coleção de objetos `papel` | | Lista de roles definidos | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nome da role | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nome da role | | | \[].privileges | | Coleção de strings | | Lista de nomes de privilégios incluídos | | permissions | | | Object | X | Lista de acções permitidas | | | allowed | | Colección de objetos `permission` | | Lista de permissões permitidas | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | -| | | \[].type | String | X | [Resource](#resources) type: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | [Resource](#resources) type: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | | | | \[].create | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | | | | \[].update | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/remoteDatastores.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/remoteDatastores.md index 53cba8b9ce2bb3..47085814ef24d1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/remoteDatastores.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ORDA/remoteDatastores.md @@ -5,21 +5,21 @@ title: Datastores remotos Um **datastore remoto** é uma referência, em uma aplicação 4D local (4D ou 4D Server), a um [datastore] (dsMapping.md#datastore) armazenado em outra aplicação 4D. -The local 4D application connects to and references the remote datastore through a call to the [`Open datastore`](../API/DataStoreClass.md#open-datastore) command. +O aplicativo 4D local se conecta ao datastore remoto e faz referência a ele por meio de uma chamada ao comando [`Open datastore`](../API/DataStoreClass.md#open-datastore). -On the remote machine, 4D opens a [session](../WebServer/sessions.md) to handle requests from the application that call `Open datastore`. Requests internally use the [REST API](../REST/gettingStarted.md), which means that they might require [available licenses](../REST/authUsers.md). +Na máquina remota, 4D abre uma [sessão](../WebServer/sessions.md) para lidar com solicitações da aplicação que chamam `Open datastore`. As solicitações usam internamente a [API REST](../REST/gettingStarted.md), o que significa que elas podem exigir [licenças disponíveis](../REST/authUsers.md). ## Usando sessões web -When you work with a remote datastore referenced through calls to the [`Open datastore`](../API/DataStoreClass.md#open-datastore) command, the connection with the requesting processes is handled via [web sessions](../WebServer/sessions.md) on the remote machine. +Quando você trabalha com um datastore remoto referenciado por meio de chamadas para o comando [`Open datastore`](../API/DataStoreClass.md#open-datastore), a conexão com os processos solicitantes é tratada por meio de [web sessions](../WebServer/sessions.md) na máquina remota. -The web session created on the remote datastore is identified using a internal session ID which is associated to the `localID` on the 4D application side. Essa sessão gerencia automaticamente o acesso a dados, seleções de entidades ou entidades. +A sessão web criada no datastore remoto é identificada usando uma ID de sessão interna que está associada a `localID` no lado do aplicativo 4D. Essa sessão gerencia automaticamente o acesso a dados, seleções de entidades ou entidades. -El `localID` es local a la máquina que se conecta al datastore remoto, lo que significa: +O `localID` é local para a máquina que se conecta ao repositório de dados remoto, o que significa: -- Si otros procesos de la misma aplicación necesitan acceder al mismo datastore remoto, pueden utilizar el mismo `localID` y, de este modo, compartir la misma sesión. -- Si otro proceso de la misma aplicación abre el mismo datastore remoto pero con otro `localID`, creará una nueva sesión en el datastore remoto. -- Si otra máquina se conecta al mismo datastore remoto con el mismo `localID`, creará otra sesión con otra cookie. +- Se outros processos do mesmo aplicativo precisarem acessar o mesmo repositório de dados remoto, eles poderão usar o mesmo `localID` e, portanto, compartilhar a mesma sessão. +- Se outro processo da mesma aplicação abrir o mesmo datastore remoto, mas com outro localID, ele criará uma sessão no datastore remoto. +- Se outra máquina se conectar ao mesmo datastore remoto com o mesmo localID, ela criará outra sessão com outro cookie. Estes princípios são ilustrados nos gráficos seguintes: @@ -39,17 +39,17 @@ No exemplo a seguir, dois processos estão sendo executados na mesma sessão: ## Fechamento das sessões -Conforme descrito no [tempo de vida da sessão](../WebServer/sessions.md#session-lifetime), uma sessão web é fechada automaticamente por 4D quando não há atividade durante seu período limite. El tiempo de espera por defecto es de 60 mn, pero este valor puede modificarse utilizando el parámetro *connectionInfo* del comando `Open datastore`. +Conforme descrito no [tempo de vida da sessão](../WebServer/sessions.md#session-lifetime), uma sessão web é fechada automaticamente por 4D quando não há atividade durante seu período limite. O tempo limite padrão é de 60 minutos, mas esse valor pode ser modificado usando o parâmetro *connectionInfo* do comando `Open datastore`. -Se uma solicitação for enviada ao repositório de dados remoto depois que a sessão tiver sido fechada, ela será recriada automaticamente, se possível (licença disponível, servidor não parado...). However, keep in mind that the context of the session regarding locks and transactions is lost (see below). +Se uma solicitação for enviada ao repositório de dados remoto depois que a sessão tiver sido fechada, ela será recriada automaticamente, se possível (licença disponível, servidor não parado...). No entanto, tenha em mente que o contexto da sessão sobre bloqueios e transações é perdido (veja abaixo). ## Bloqueio e transacções Os recursos do ORDA relacionados ao bloqueio de entidades e à transação são gerenciados no nível do processo em repositórios de dados remotos, assim como no modo cliente/servidor do ORDA: -- Si un proceso bloquea una entidad de un datastores remoto, la entidad se bloquea para todos los otros procesos, incluso cuando estos procesos comparten la misma sesión (ver [Bloqueo de entidades](entities.md#entity-locking)). Se várias entidades que apontam para um mesmo registro tiverem sido bloqueadas em um processo, todas elas deverão ser desbloqueadas no processo para remover o bloqueio. Se um bloqueio tiver sido colocado em uma entidade, o bloqueio será removido quando não houver mais referência a essa entidade na memória. -- Las transacciones pueden iniciarse, validarse o cancelarse por separado en cada almacén de datos remoto mediante las funciones `dataStore.startTransaction()`, `dataStore.cancelTransaction()` y `dataStore.validateTransaction()`. Não têm impacto noutros datastores. -- Los comandos clásicos del lenguaje 4D (`START TRANSACTION`, `VALIDATE TRANSACTION`, `CANCEL TRANSACTION`) sólo se aplican al datastore principal (devuelto por `ds`). +- Se um processo bloqueia uma entidade de um repositório de dados remoto, a entidade é bloqueada para todos os outros processos, mesmo quando esses processos compartilham a mesma sessão (consulte [Entity locking] (entities.md#entity-locking)). Se várias entidades que apontam para um mesmo registro tiverem sido bloqueadas em um processo, todas elas deverão ser desbloqueadas no processo para remover o bloqueio. Se um bloqueio tiver sido colocado em uma entidade, o bloqueio será removido quando não houver mais referência a essa entidade na memória. +- As transações podem ser iniciadas, validadas ou canceladas separadamente em cada datastore remoto usando as funções `dataStore.startTransaction()`, `dataStore.cancelTransaction()` e `dataStore.validateTransaction()`. Não têm impacto noutros datastores. +- Os comandos clássicos da linguagem 4D (START TRANSACTION, VALIDATE TRANSACTION, CANCEL TRANSACTION) só se aplicam ao datastore principal (retornado por ds\`). Se uma entidade de um datastore remoto é segurada por uma transação em um processo, outros processos não podem atualizá-lo, mesmo que esses processos compartilhem a mesma sessão. - Os bloqueios nas entidades são removidos e as transações são anuladas: - quando o processo é eliminado. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md index a783f36217e098..2cad8bb8986d95 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/Project/documentation.md @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ _italic_ - A etiqueta de tabela é suportada: ```md -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Área de escrita profissional| -| toolbar | String |Nome da barra de ferramentas | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - A etiqueta de ligação é suportada: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md index 48a2373426a89f..46b780aa35a566 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Nesta lista apenas são mostrados os dataclasses expostos para a datastore do se Aqui está uma descrição das propriedades devolvidas para cada dataclass na datastore do seu projecto: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass. | -| uri | String | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o \|dataclass e os seus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o \|dataclass e os seus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | ### Exemplo @@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ As seguintes propriedades são devolvidas para um dataclass exposto: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Número da tabela na base de dados 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | ### Atributo(s) @@ -197,16 +197,16 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades para cada atributo exposto que são devolvidas: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | o nome de atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | o nome de atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Posição do campo na tabela da base de dados). | -| scope | String | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Parâmetros | Esta propriedade retorna True se o atributo for a chave primária. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| path | String | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | foreignKey\|String \|For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.\| | -| inverseName | String | inverseName \|String \|Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.\| | +| path | Text | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | foreignKey\|String \|For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.\| | +| inverseName | Text | inverseName \|String \|Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.\| | ### Chave primária diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md index e620beba1abd41..6a7c7c3a1a6d3a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Após criar um conjunto de entidades, o ID do conjunto de entidades é devolvido Criar outro conjunto de entidades com base em conjuntos de entidades criados anteriormente -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | -| ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID do conjunto de entidades | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID do conjunto de entidades | ### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md index 32156b82bdfc8c..7a947bf75f8fc3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Para cada seleção de entidades atualmente armazenada no cache do 4D Server, a | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| id | Text | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades na seleção de entidades. | | sorted | Parâmetros | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Date | Quando o conjunto de entidades foi criado ou utilizado a última vez. | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | -| userName | String | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | +| sessionID | Text | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | +| userName | Text | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | | lifeTime | Number | O tempo de vida de uma sessão usuário em segundos (3600 por predefinição). | | expiration | Date | A data e hora de expiração atuais da sessão do usuário. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md index ea168a98d2bc3f..84e9c343f5d01a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Na coleção de etapas, existe um objeto com as seguintes propriedades que defin | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | +| description | Text | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | | time | Number | Número de milissegundos necessários para executar a consulta | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registos encontrados | | steps | Collection | Uma coleção com um objeto que define a etapa subsequente do caminho da consulta | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md index 3f4e4fc6abb930..6a3d1a59955ca0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (\*por ejemplo, \*, `$quer $queryplan retorna o plano da consulta como foi passado para 4D Server. -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petição executada | -| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petição executada | +| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md index e3a67c6ee9e550..0a1d586a4144cf 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Também é possível transmitir valores para quaisquer atributos da entidade. Es | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | | __ENTITY | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma entidade | | __KEY | misto (do mesmo tipo que a chave primária) | Facultativo - Chave primária da entidade | @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ La selección de entidades debe haber sido definida previamente utilizando [$met | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma seleção de entidade | Ver ejemplo para [recibir una selección de entidades](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md index ffc02ee93e8e2c..556a6e1c80affb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/authUsers.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Uma sessão é aberta depois que o usuário é autenticado com sucesso (veja aba :::note Compatibidade -O modo de login legado baseado no método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` é **obsoleto** a partir de 4D 20 R6. It is now recommended to [use the **force login mode**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) (automatically enabled in new projects) and to implement the [`ds.authentify()` function](#dsauthentify). In converted projects, [a button in the Settings dialog box](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) will help you upgrade your configuration. No Qodly Studio para 4D, o modo pode ser definido usando a opção [**Forçar login**](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login) no painel de Privilégios. +O modo de login legado baseado no método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` é **obsoleto** a partir de 4D 20 R6. It is now recommended to [use the **force login mode**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) (automatically enabled in new projects) and to implement the [`ds.authentify()` function](#dsauthentify). Em projetos convertidos, [um botão na caixa de diálogo Configurações](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) o ajudará a atualizar sua configuração. No Qodly Studio para 4D, o modo pode ser definido usando a opção [**Forçar login**](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login) no painel de Privilégios. ::: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md index 502b7a563f1eda..31880cb58910bf 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Aqui está uma descrição dos dados retornados: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades na classe de dados. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas pela petição REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidade em que a seleção vai começar. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cada entidade contém as propriedades abaixo: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Registro de hora da última modificação da entidade | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Devuelve los datos de la entidad específica definida por la llave primaria de l Passando a classe de dados e uma chave, pode recuperar toda a informação pública para a entidade. Passando a classe de dados e uma chave, pode recuperar toda a informação pública para a entidade. Para más información sobre la definición de una llave primaria, consulte la sección **Modifying the Primary Key** en el **Editor del modelo de datos**. -For more information about the data returned, refer to [\{dataClass\}](#dataclass). +Para más información sobre los datos devueltos, consulte [\{dataClass\}](#dataclass). Si quiere especificar qué atributos quiere devolver, defínalos utilizando la siguiente sintaxis [{attribute1, attribute2, ...}](manData.md#selecting-attributes-to-get). Por exemplo: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index 561f3d92d9b992..1d0cb0cea58cbe 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | -| column | Longint | -> | Índice de coluna | -| row | Longint | -> | Índice de linha | +| column | Integer | -> | Índice de coluna | +| row | Integer | -> | Índice de linha | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | Resultados | Object | <- | Objeto intervalo de uma única célula | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index d8f37ded1d3f43..6b32c54af22d8f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Você pode passar um parâmetro *options* opcional com as seguintes propriedades | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Parâmetros | *Verdadeiro* (padrão) para manter os valores copiados, a formatação e as fórmulas após a execução do comando. *Falso* para removê-los. | -| copyOptions | Longint | Especifica o que é copiado ou movido. Valores possíveis:

    ValorDescrição
    `vk clipboard options all` (padrão)Copia todos os objetos de dados, incluindo valores, formatação e fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia somente a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia somente as fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia as fórmulas e a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia apenas os valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia os valores e a formatação.

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | Especifica o que é copiado ou movido. Valores possíveis:

    ValorDescrição
    `vk clipboard options all` (padrão)Copia todos os objetos de dados, incluindo valores, formatação e fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia somente a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia somente as fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia as fórmulas e a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia apenas os valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia os valores e a formatação.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index b01a1ddf34132b..7e165ea83afde1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha a partir da qual se obtém o contexto de dados | | -| Resultados | Object \| Collection | <- | Contexto de dados | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | ------------ | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha a partir da qual se obtém o contexto de dados | | +| Resultados | Diferente de | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index d0edfe79b0e827..8623aa53eb2322 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | -| Resultados | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propriedade do tema da tabela atual | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | +| Resultados | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propriedade do tema da tabela atual | | #### Descrição @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ The `VP Get table theme` command | +| options | Integer | -> | Especifica o que é colado | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 3f45a9f613b3bb..68fb8d639986c2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriedades do tema da tabela a modificar | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriedades do tema da tabela a modificar | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | + + #### Descrição @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +Em *sheet*, passe o índice da folha de destino. Se nenhum indice for especcificado ou se passar -1, o comando se aplica a folha atual. + #### Exemplo 1 Pretende-se definir um tema predefinido para uma tabela: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md index a7ca13dcd625c7..d066f3b8a6bfd1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo de valor | Descrição | | ------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| version | Longint | Versão do componente interno | +| version | Integer | Versão do componente interno | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Data de criação | | dateModified | Timestamp | Data da última modificação | | meta | Object | Conteúdos gratuitos, reservados ao programador 4D | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md index f491c3377263e3..c36851000438b5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/qodly-studio.md @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ There is no direct compatibility between apps implemented with 4D and apps imple The following commands and classes are dedicated to the server-side management of Qodly pages: -- [`Web Form`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-form) command: returns the Qodly page as an object. +- Comando [`Web Form`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-form): retorna a página Qodly como um objeto. - [`Web Event`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-event) command: returns events triggered within Qodly page components. - [`WebForm`](../API/WebFormClass.md) class: functions and properties to manage the rendered Qodly page. - [`WebFormItem`](../API/WebFormItemClass.md) class: functions and properties to manage Qodly page components. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/sessions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/sessions.md index ad0ab8bea2dd1b..cdb93a4254d326 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/sessions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/WebServer/sessions.md @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ When a web session is closed, if the [`Session`](API/SessionClass.md#session) co :::info -You can close a session from a Qodly form using the [**logout**](qodly-studio.md#logout) feature. +Você pode fechar uma sessão em um formulário Qodly usando o recurso [**logout**](qodly-studio.md#logout). ::: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R6/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json index d09e87f4aeff2e..4f95b9d1cb8ff7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7.json @@ -47,8 +47,8 @@ "message": "Preferências", "description": "The label for category Preferences in sidebar docs" }, - "sidebar.docs.category.Language": { - "message": "Línguagem", + "sidebar.docs.category.4D Language": { + "message": "Línguagem 4D", "description": "The label for category Language in sidebar docs" }, "sidebar.docs.category.Language.link.generated-index.title": { diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md index 68933eaefe833e..d8ff8419893e3f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2080,8 +2080,8 @@ Também pode passar um parâmetro de critérios para definir como devem ordenar- | Parâmetros | Tipo | Valor | Comentário | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | Essa sintaxe ordena apenas os valores escalares da coleção (outros tipos de elementos como objetos ou coleções são retornados sem ordenar). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 5ed3c4e05e41fb..9eae5d96826d34 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | ---------------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | +| Resultados | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Contains the name of the key type - "RSA", " -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md index 938c89c385cdf9..347d6299579dfb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -734,9 +734,9 @@ O objecto `data` em cada entrada contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Chave primária da entidade | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp da entidade na base de dados | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Stamp da entidade na base de dados (formato é YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Chave primária da entidade | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp da entidade na base de dados | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Stamp da entidade na base de dados (formato é YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Diferente de | Se houver dados na cache para um atributo dataclass, estes são devolvidos numa propriedade com o mesmo tipo que na base de dados. | Os dados relativos a entidades relacionadas são armazenados na cache do objecto de dados. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md index 12dca69e15f586..4ed44e47abf465 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntityClass.md @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ As diferenças são retornadas como uma coleção de objetos cujas propriedades | Nome da propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------- | --------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nome do atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nome do atributo | | value | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo na entidade | | otherValue | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo em *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md index b7eab29c0e2fb8..c2e7aedbc0d9bb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/EntitySelectionClass.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: EntitySelection Uma seleção de entidade é um objeto que contém uma ou mais referências a [entidades](ORDA/dsMapping.md#entity) pertencentes à mesma [Dataclass](ORDA/dsMapping.md#dataclass). Uma seleção de entidades pode conter 0, 1 ou X entidades da dataclass -- onde X pode representar o número total de entidades contidas na dataclass. -As seleções de entidades podem ser criadas a partir de seleções existentes usando várias funções da classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md), como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou funções da própria classe `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create new selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. +As seleções de entidades podem ser criadas a partir de seleções existentes usando várias funções da classe [`DataClass`](DataClassClass.md), como [`.all()`](DataClassClass.md#all) ou [`.query()`](DataClassClass.md#query), ou funções da própria classe `EntityClass`, como [`.and()`](#and) ou [`orderBy()`](#orderby). You can also create blank entity selections using the [`dataClass.newSelection()`](DataClassClass.md#newselection) function or the [`Create entity selection`](../commands/create-entity-selection.md) command. ### Resumo @@ -47,6 +47,10 @@ As seleções de entidades podem ser criadas a partir de seleções existentes u | [](#sum)
    | | [](#tocollection)
    | +#### Veja também + +[`USE ENTITY SELECTION`](../commands/use-entity-selection.md) + ## [*index*] diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md index 948ba6ed4a0421..5b77d7943be4ce 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md index 875713552483da..39f9b4f01dd1c2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -34,34 +34,34 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage Object +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: | | | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| [](#body)
    | -| [](#headers)
    | -| [](#setbody)
    | -| [](#setheader)
    | -| [](#setstatus)
    | -| [](#status)
    | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Descrição -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -74,27 +74,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Descrição -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### Descrição -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -124,13 +124,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | @@ -141,9 +141,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Descrição -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -153,13 +153,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | --------- | ------- | -- | ------------------- | @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Descrição -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -177,14 +177,14 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Descrição -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..39f9b4f01dd1c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -0,0 +1,190 @@ +--- +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage +--- + +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. + +Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. + +An instance of this class is built on 4D Server and can be sent to the browser by the [4D REST Server](../REST/gettingStarted.md) only. This class allows to use other technologies than HTTP (e.g. mobile). + +
    História + +| Release | Mudanças | +| ------- | ----------------- | +| 20 R7 | Classe adicionada | + +
    + +### Exemplo + +In this example, a `getFile()` function is implemented in the [Datastore class](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#datastore-class) and [can be called](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) by a REST request. The purpose is to return a **testFile.pdf** file as a response to the request: + +```4d +Class extends DataStoreImplementation + +exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage + + var $result:=4D.OutgoingMessage.new() + var $file:=File("/RESOURCES/testFile.pdf") + + $result.setBody($file.getContent()) // This is binary content + $result.setHeader("Content-Type"; "application/pdf") + return $result +``` + +### OutgoingMessage Object + +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: + +| | +| -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| [](#body)
    | +| [](#headers)
    | +| [](#setbody)
    | +| [](#setheader)
    | +| [](#setstatus)
    | +| [](#status)
    | + +:::note + +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. + +::: + + + +## .body + +**body** : any + +#### Descrição + +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: + +- text +- blob +- object +- image + +The `.body` property is read-write. + +You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function, in which case the `content-type` header is automatically set. + + + + + +## .headers + +**headers** : Object + +#### Descrição + +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. + +The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. + + + + + +## .setBody() + +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| body | any | -> | Body of the outgoing message | + + + +#### Descrição + +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. + +The following data types are supported in the *body*: + +- Text +- Blob +- Object +- Imagem + +When this function is used, the content-type header is automatically set depending on the *body* type: + +- Content-Type:text/plain if the body is a Text +- Content-Type:application/octet-stream if body is a Blob +- Content-Type:application/json if body is an Object +- Content-Type:image/jpeg, image/gif... if body is an Image + +If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. + + + + + +## .setHeader() + +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ---- | -- | ---------------------------- | +| \| | Text | -> | Header property to set | +| value | Text | -> | Value of the header property | + + + +#### Descrição + +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. + +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). + +:::note + +If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call this function after the call to [`setBody()`](#setbody), because `setBody()` automatically fills this header. For a list of "Content-Type" header values, please refer to the [`WEB SEND BLOB`](../commands-legacy/web-send-blob.md) documentation. + +::: + + + + + +## .setStatus() + +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------- | -- | ------------------- | +| status | Integer | -> | Status para definir | + + + +#### Descrição + +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. + +If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. + +For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wikipedia](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_HTTP_status_codes). + + + + + +## .status + +**status** : Integer + +#### Descrição + +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. + + diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md index 23f142374cf6d9..0abc5acb6f8833 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SMTPTransporterClass.md @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ The `.send()` function sends th O método cria a ligação SMTP se esta ainda não estiver viva. If the `.keepAlive` property of the `transporter` object is **false**, the SMTP connection is automatically closed after the execution of `.send()`, otherwise it stays alive until the `transporter` object is destroyed. For more information, please refer to the [`SMTP New transporter`](#smtp-new-transporter) command description. -In *mail*, pass a valid [`Email` object](EmailObjectClass.md#email-object) to send. As propriedades de origem (de onde vem o e-mail) e de destino (um ou mais destinatários) devem ser incluídas, as restantes propriedades são opcionais. +Em *mail*, passe um objeto [`Email`](EmailObjectClass.md#email-object) válido para enviar. As propriedades de origem (de onde vem o e-mail) e de destino (um ou mais destinatários) devem ser incluídas, as restantes propriedades são opcionais. #### Objeto devolvido diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md index 5b47b145261b85..4f20c72b01fd6a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/SessionClass.md @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ The `.info` object contains the following properties: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ---------------- | ------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | type | Text | Tipo de sessão: "remote" ou "storedProcedure" | -| userName | Text | 4D user name (same value as [`.userName`](#username)) | +| userName | Text | Nome de usuário 4D (o mesmo valor que [`.userName`](#username)) | | machineName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da máquina remota. Sessão de procedimentos armazenados: nome da máquina do servidor | | systemUserName | Text | Sessões remotas: nome da sessão do sistema aberta na máquina remota. | | IPAddress | Text | Endereço IP da máquina remota | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebServerClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebServerClass.md index 3f9c883c314467..1338ec06b9a2d4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebServerClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/API/WebServerClass.md @@ -570,7 +570,7 @@ The web server starts with default settings defined in the settings file of the All settings of [Web Server objects](#web-server-object) can be customized, except read-only properties ([.isRunning](#isrunning), [.name](#name), [.openSSLVersion](#opensslversion), [.perfectForwardSecrecy](#perfectforwardsecrecy), and [.sessionCookieName(#sessioncookiename)]). -Customized session settings will be reset when the [`.stop()`](#stop) function is called. +As configurações de sessão personalizadas serão redefinidas quando a função [`.stop()`](#stop) for chamada. #### Objeto devolvido diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md index 58b1b670ddfd3a..645c5422d8cd37 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Sintaxe: | `--headless` | | Lança 4D, Servidor 4D, ou a aplicação fusionada, sem uma interface (modo headless). Nesse modo:
  • O modo Design não está disponível, o banco de dados é iniciado no modo Aplicativo
  • Nenhuma barra de ferramentas, barra de menus, janela MDI ou tela inicial é exibidaNenhum
  • ícone é exibido no dock ou na barra de tarefasO
  • banco de dados aberto não está registrado no menu "Recent databases "O
  • log de diagnóstico é iniciado automaticamente (consulte [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), seletor 79)
  • Cada chamada a uma caixa de diálogo é interceptada e uma resposta automática é fornecida (por exemplo, OK para o comando [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html), Abort para uma caixa de diálogo de erro...). Todos os comandos interceptados(\*) são registrados no log de diagnóstico.

    • Para necessidades de manutenção, você pode enviar qualquer texto para fluxos de saída padrão usando o comando [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/pt/page667.html). Note que aplicações headless 4D só podem ser fechadas com uma chamada a [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou usando o gerente de tarefas do OS. | | `--dataless` | | Lança 4D, 4D Server, aplicação fundida ou tool4d em modo dataless. Dataless mode is useful when 4D runs tasks with no need for data (project compilation for example). Nesse modo:
  • Nenhum arquivo contendo dados é aberto, mesmo se especificado na linha de comando ou no arquivo `.4DLink`, ou ao usar os comandos `CREATE DATA FILE` e `OPEN DATA FILE`.
  • Os comandos que manipulam dados geram um erro. For example, `CREATE RECORD` throws “no table to apply the command to”.

    • **Note**:
  • If passed in the command line, dataless mode applies to all databases opened in 4D, as long as the application is not closed.
  • If passed using the `.4DLink` file, dataless mode only applies to the database specified in the `.4DLink` file. For more information on `.4DLink` files, see [Project opening shortcuts](../GettingStarted/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Rota do arquivo | Rota do arquivo personalizado WebAdmin `.4DSettings` para o [servidor WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Parâmetros | Estado do início automático para o servidor [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Armazene a chave de acesso e os parâmetros de inicialização automática no arquivo de configurações usado no momento (ou seja, o arquivo padrão [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`] (webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) ou um arquivo personalizado designado com o parâmetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Use o argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para salvar essas configurações se necessário No disponible con [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--utility` | | Apenas disponível com 4D Server. Inicia [4D Server no modo utilitário](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/restore.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/restore.md index fc2660b39b85fb..551363e5292e98 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/restore.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Backup/restore.md @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Você pode restaurar um arquivo manualmente do aplicativo atual usando a [págin ## Integração manual do histórico -Se você não marcou a opção para a integração automática do arquivo de log na página de restauração do MSC (veja [integração completa de vários arquivos de log](MSC/restore. d#successive-intergration-of-several-data-log-files)), uma caixa de diálogo de aviso aparece durante a abertura do aplicativo quando 4D avisa que o arquivo de log contém mais operações do que as que foram realizadas no arquivo de dados. +Se você não marcou a opção para a integração automática do arquivo de log na página de restauração do MSC (veja [integração completa de vários arquivos de log](MSC/restore.md#successive-intergration-of-several-data-log-files)), uma caixa de diálogo de aviso aparece durante a abertura do aplicativo quando 4D avisa que o arquivo de log contém mais operações do que as que foram realizadas no arquivo de dados. ![](../assets/en/Backup/backup08.png) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md index 22a4d7d34301fc..c9bcc4b33b1035 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md @@ -191,6 +191,12 @@ As palavras-chave 4D específicas podem ser utilizadas nas definições de class // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + As funções de classe são propriedades específicas da classe. Eles são objetos da classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). No arquivo de definição de classe, as declarações de funções usam a palavra-chave `Function` seguida pelo nome da função. Se a função for declarada em uma [classe compartilhada](#shared-classes), você pode usar a palavra-chave `shared` para que a função possa ser chamada sem [`Use. .Finalizar estrutura`](shared.md#useend-use). Para obter mais informações, consulte o parágrafo [Shared functions](#shared-functions) abaixo. @@ -323,6 +329,12 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Uma função construtora de classe aceita [parâmetros](#parameters) opcionais e pode ser usada para criar e inicializar objetos da classe de usuário. Quando você chama a função [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), o construtor da classe é chamado com os parâmetros opcionalmente passados para a função `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md index 9b8212bafb748d..3e33dfff332ef3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ O valor por defeito depende do tipo de variável: | ------------ | ---------------------------------------- | | Booleano | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Imagem | tamanho da imagem=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md index 3800444c3bcc59..14dfbedd641e88 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ As seguintes sequências de escape podem ser utilizadas em strings de caracteres | Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenação | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetição | String \* Number | String | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenação | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetição | String \* Number | Text | "ab" \* 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | String = String | Parâmetros | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdade | String # String | Parâmetros | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md index fb2ff303d31a7f..9b16a32243190e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Os mesmos símbolos são frequentemente utilizados para operações diferentes, | Tipo de dados | Operação | Exemplo | | ------------- | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adição | 1 + 2 adiciona os números e resultados em 3 | -| String | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | +| Text | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | | Data e Número | Adição de data | !1989-01-01! + 20 acrescenta 20 dias à data de 1 de janeiro de 1989 e resulta na data de 21 de janeiro de 1989 | ## Expressões @@ -283,10 +283,10 @@ Refere-se a uma expressão pelo tipo de dados que devolve. Existem vários tipos | Expression | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres “smith” em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | +| “Hello” | Text | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres “smith” em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | | 4 | Number | Esta é uma constante numérica, 4. | | 4 \* 2 | Number | Dois números, 4 e 2, são multiplicados utilizando o operador de multiplicação (\*). O resultado é o número 8. | | myButton | Number | Esta é uma variável associada a um botão. Devolve o valor atual do botão: 1 se foi clicado, 0 se não foi. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/shared.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/shared.md index 678aa7ad541550..3293aecd308dee 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/shared.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/shared.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: shared title: Objetos e coleções compartilhados --- -**Objetos compartilhados** e **coleções compartilhadas** são específicos [objects](Conceps/dt_object.md) e [collections](Concepts/dt_collection.md) cujo conteúdo é compartilhado entre processos. Em contraste com [variáveis de interprocesso](Concepts/variáveis. d#interprocess-variáveis), objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas têm a vantagem de ser compatíveis com **processos 4D preemptivos**: eles podem ser passados por referência para comandos como [`Novo processo`](https://doc. d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page317.html) ou [`TODO WORKER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page1389.html). +**Objetos compartilhados** e **coleções compartilhadas** são específicos [objects](Conceps/dt_object.md) e [collections](Concepts/dt_collection.md) cujo conteúdo é compartilhado entre processos. Em contraste com [variáveis de interprocesso](Concepts/variáveis.md#interprocess-variáveis), objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas têm a vantagem de ser compatíveis com **processos 4D preemptivos**: eles podem ser passados por referência para comandos como [`Novo processo`](https://doc.md.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page317.html) ou [`TODO WORKER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page1389.html). Objetos compartilhados e coleções compartilhadas são armazenados em variáveis padrão [`Object`](dt_object.md) e [`Collection`](dt_collection.md) do tipo, mas devem ser instanciados usando comandos específicos: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md index 76a119a764004d..e362c9e2a7dfc7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/variables.md @@ -252,15 +252,15 @@ System variables are used by [4D commands](../commands/command-index.md). Refer | System variable name | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. Para usar um separador diferente, atribua um novo valor à variável do sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Desktop/user-settings.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Desktop/user-settings.md index e55f2e38dbd24d..434815717631e5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Desktop/user-settings.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Desktop/user-settings.md @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ title: Propriedades usuário - Modo **Padrão**: todos os [settings](../settings/overview.md) são armazenados no arquivo [*settings.4DSettings* no nível do projeto](../Project/architecture.md#sources) e são aplicados em todos os casos. Este é o modo predefinido, adequado para a fase de desenvolvimento (todas as aplicações). -- Modo **Configurações do Usuário**: parte das configurações personalizadas são armazenadas em um arquivo *settings.4DSettings* [na pasta de configurações](../Project/architecture. d#settings-user) (para todos os arquivos de dado) ou [na pasta de dados](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user-data) (para este arquivo de dados) e são usados em vez das configurações de estrutura. Este modo é adequado para a fase de implantação de aplicações de ambiente de trabalho. Você ativa este modo usando uma opção localizada na [Página de segurança](../settings/security.md) das Configurações. +- Modo **Configurações do Usuário**: parte das configurações personalizadas são armazenadas em um arquivo *settings.4DSettings* [na pasta de configurações](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user) (para todos os arquivos de dado) ou [na pasta de dados](../Project/architecture.md#settings-user-data) (para este arquivo de dados) e são usados em vez das configurações de estrutura. Este modo é adequado para a fase de implantação de aplicações de ambiente de trabalho. Você ativa este modo usando uma opção localizada na [Página de segurança](../settings/security.md) das Configurações. Ao definir as definições do utilizador, pode manter as definições personalizadas entre actualizações das suas aplicações 4D, ou gerir diferentes definições para a mesma aplicação 4D implementada em vários sites diferentes. Permite igualmente utilizar a programação para gerir os arquivos de configuração através de XML. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/onDragOver.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/onDragOver.md index efee38d3d1906d..ec8f83c67b6956 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/onDragOver.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/onDragOver.md @@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ id: onDragOver title: On Drag Over --- -| Code | Pode ser chamado por | Definição | -| ---- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | -| 21 | [4D Write Pro area](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview) - [Button](FormObjects/button_overview.md) - [Button Grid](FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Check Box](FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md) - [Lista Dropdown](FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview. d) - [Lista Hierárquica](FormObjects/list_overview.md#overview) - [Input](FormObjectos/input_overview.md) - [Caixa de Lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna de caixa de lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview. d#list-box-columns) - [Botão de imagens](FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu de imagens pop-up](FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progresso](FormObjects/progressIndicador. d) - [Botão de Rádio](FormObjects/radio_overview.md) - [Ruler](FormObjects/ruler.md) - [Spinner](FormObjects/spinner.md) - [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) - [Stepper](FormObjects/stepper.md) - [Controle de tabulação](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | Os dados podem ser largados sobre um objeto | +| Code | Pode ser chamado por | Definição | +| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------- | +| 21 | [Área 4D Write Pro](FormObjects/writeProArea_overview) - [Botão](FormObjects/button_overview.md) - [Grade de botões](FormObjects/buttonGrid_overview.md) - [Caixa de seleção](FormObjects/checkbox_overview.md) - [Lista suspensa](FormObjects/dropdownList_Overview.md) - [Lista Hierárquica](FormObjects/list_overview.md#overview) - [Entrada](FormObjectos/input_overview.md) - [Caixa de Lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md) - [Coluna de caixa de lista](FormObjects/listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns) - [Botão de imagens](FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md) - [Menu de imagens pop-up](FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md) - [Área de Plug-in](FormObjects/pluginArea_overview.md#overview) - [Indicadores de progresso](FormObjects/progressIndicador.md) - [Botão de Rádio](FormObjects/radio_overview.md) - [Régua](FormObjects/ruler.md) - [Spinner](FormObjects/spinner.md) - [Splitter](FormObjects/splitters.md) - [Stepper](FormObjects/stepper.md) - [Controle de tabulação](FormObjects/tabControl.md) | Os dados podem ser largados sobre um objeto | ## Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md index ef24c8885d4fce..fa7bf55b4c86e2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Eventos formulário Eventos de formulário são eventos que podem levar à execução do método de formulário e/ou método(s) de objeto de formulário. Os eventos de formulário permitem que você controle o fluxo do aplicativo e escreva códigos que são executados somente quando ocorre um evento específico. -En su código, se controlan los eventos mediante el comando `FORM Event`, que devuelve el evento disparado. Por exemplo: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. Por exemplo: ```4d //código de um botão @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ End if ## Objecto evento -Cada evento es devuelto como un objeto por el comando `FORM Event`. Por padrão, ele contém as seguintes propriedades: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. Por padrão, ele contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/forms.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/forms.md index c456e4bd64f2e1..8ba31cb5294cda 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/forms.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/forms.md @@ -127,4 +127,4 @@ Para interromper a herança de um formulário, selecione `\` na Property L ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Barra de Menu Associado](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Form Break](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#fixed-width) - [Form Break](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Form Detail](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers. d#form-footer) - [Cabeçalho do Formulário](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nome do Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nome do Formulário herdado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabela de Formulário Herdades](properties_FormProperties. d#hererited-form-table) - [Altura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Largura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura Mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Widget Mínimo](properties_WindowSize. d#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Pages](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configurações de impressão](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Salvar Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título da Janela](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) +[Barra de Menu Associado](properties_Menu.md#associated-menu-bar) - [Altura fixa](properties_WindowSize.md#fixed-height) - [Largura fixa](properties_Markers.md#fixed-width) - [Quebra de forma](properties_Markers.md#form-break) - [Formulário detalhado](properties_Markers.md#form-detail) - [Form Footer](properties_Markers.md#form-footer) - [Cabeçalho do formulário](properties_Markers.md#form-header) - [Nome do formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-name) - [Tipo de Formulário](properties_FormProperties.md#form-type) - [Nome do formulário herdado](properties_FormProperties.md#inherited-form-name) - [Tabela de formulário herdades](properties_FormProperties.md#hererited-form-table) - [Altura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Largura Máxima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Método](properties_Action.md#method) - [Altura mínima](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-height-minimum-height) - [Widget mínimo](properties_WindowSize.md#maximum-width-minimum-width) - [Páginas](properties_FormProperties.md#pages) - [Configurações de impressão](properties_Print.md#settings) - [Publicado como subform](properties_FormProperties.md#published-as-subform) - [Salvar Geometry](properties_FormProperties.md#save-geometry) - [Título da Janela](properties_FormProperties.md#window-title) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md index 06afd1273c24df..fb55883460d7c7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades retornadas no parâmetro *$editor*: | ---------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | O formulário completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File do ficheiro do formulário | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nome do formulário | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nome do formulário | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número da tabela do formulário, 0 para formulário projecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | O número da página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | The current page, containing all the form objects and the entry order of the page | @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades que você pode passar no objeto `$result` se quiser | formProperties | Object | formProperties se modificada pela macro | | editor.groups | Object | informação do grupo, se os grupos forem modificados pela macro | | editor.views | Object | view info, se as vistas forem modificadas pela macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nome da vista activa | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nome da vista activa | Por exemplo, se objectos da página actual e grupos tiverem sido modificados, pode escrever: @@ -241,9 +241,9 @@ Ao lidar com o atributo 'método' de objetos de formulário, você pode definir - Utilizar um objeto com a seguinte estrutura: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ---------------- | -| source | String | Código do método | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | ---------------- | +| source | Text | Código do método | O 4D criará um arquivo usando o nome do objeto na pasta "objectMethods" com o conteúdo do atributo `source`. Esta funcionalidade só está disponível para o código macro. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/pictures.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/pictures.md index 6c1ede60ab49df..f5dd8a99e78e1e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/pictures.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormEditor/pictures.md @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ As imagens de alta resolução com a convenção @nx podem ser utilizadas nos se Embora 4D priorize automaticamente a resolução mais alta, há, no entanto, algumas diferenças de comportamento dependendo da tela e da imagem dpi\*(\*)\*, e do formato da imagem: -| Operação | Comportamento | -| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Soltar o pegar | Se a imagem tem:
    • **72dpi ou 96dpi** - A imagem é "[Center](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#center--trunca-não-centralizado)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels.
    • **Outros dpi** - A imagem é "[Dimensionada para fit](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#scaled-to-fit)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem é igual (número de pixels \* tela dpi) / (imagem dpi)
    • **Sem dpi** - A imagem é "[Escalonado para caber](FormObjects/properties_Picture. d#escaled-to-fit)" formatado.
    | -| [Tamanho automático](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Setting-object-display-properties.300-5416671.en.html#148057) (Menu de contexto do Editor de Formulário) | Se o formato de exibição da imagem for:
    • **[Scaled](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)** - O objeto que contém a imagem é redimensionado de acordo com (número de pixels da imagem \* dpi da tela) / (dpi da imagem)
    • **Não dimensionado** - O objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels que a imagem.
    | +| Operação | Comportamento | +| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| Soltar o pegar | Se a imagem tem:
    • **72dpi ou 96dpi** - A imagem é "[Center](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#center--trunca-não-centralizado)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels.
    • **Outros dpi** - A imagem é "[Dimensionada para fit](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)" formatado e o objeto que contém a imagem é igual (número de pixels \* tela dpi) / (imagem dpi)
    • **Sem dpi** - A imagem é "[Escalonado para caber](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#escaled-to-fit)" formatado.
    | +| [Tamanho automático](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv19/4D/19/Setting-object-display-properties.300-5416671.en.html#148057) (Menu de contexto do Editor de Formulário) | Se o formato de exibição da imagem for:
    • **[Scaled](FormObjects/properties_Picture.md#scaled-to-fit)** - O objeto que contém a imagem é redimensionado de acordo com (número de pixels da imagem \* dpi da tela) / (dpi da imagem)
    • **Não dimensionado** - O objeto que contém a imagem tem o mesmo número de pixels que a imagem.
    | *(\*) Normalmente, macOS = 72 dpi, Windows = 96 dpi* @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Em tempo de execução, 4D carregará automaticamente a imagem clara ou escura d ## Coordenadas do mouse numa imagem -4D permite recuperar as coordenadas locais do mouse em um [objeto de entrada](FormObjects/input_overview.md) associado a uma [expressão de imagem](FormObjects/properties_Object. d#expression-type), em caso de um clique ou um mouse, mesmo que um rolagem ou zoom tenha sido aplicado à imagem. Esse mecanismo, similar ao de um mapa de imagens, pode ser utilizado, por exemplo, para manejar barras de botões deslocáveis ou a interface de um software de cartografia. +4D permite recuperar as coordenadas locais do mouse em um [objeto de entrada](FormObjects/input_overview.md) associado a uma [expressão de imagem](FormObjects/properties_Object.md#expression-type), em caso de um clique ou um mouse, mesmo que um rolagem ou zoom tenha sido aplicado à imagem. Esse mecanismo, similar ao de um mapa de imagens, pode ser utilizado, por exemplo, para manejar barras de botões deslocáveis ou a interface de um software de cartografia. The coordinates are returned in the *MouseX* and *MouseY* [System Variables](../Concepts/variables.md#system-variables). As coordenadas são expressas em píxeis em relação ao canto superior esquerdo da imagem (0,0). Se o mouse estiver fora do sistema de coordenadas da imagem, se devolverá -1 em MouseX e MouseY\*. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index 8fbf684aeb63de..9a8e4c9ad5c197 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Form events on list box or list box column objects may return the following addi > If an event occurs on a "fake" column or row that doesn't exist, an empty string is typically returned. -## Colunas list boxes +## Colunas List box {#list-box-columns} Uma list box é feita de um ou mais objetos coluna que têm propriedades específicas. Pode selecionar uma coluna list box no editor de Formulário clicando nela ou quando o objeto list box for selecionado: @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Seleções são gerenciadas diretamente, dependendo de se a list box é a basead - **Caixa de listagem de seleção de coleção/entidade**: As seleções são gerenciadas por meio de propriedades dedicadas da caixa de listagem: - [Current item](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) é um objeto que receberá o elemento/entidade selecionado - - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) é uma coleção de itens selecionados + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Current item position](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) retorna a posição do elemento ou da entidade selecionada. - **Caixa de listagem de matriz**: O comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` pode ser usado para selecionar uma ou mais linhas da caixa de listagem por meio de programação. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index a89163216821ec..189d32dcea48f7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Cada objeto de formulário ativo está associado a um nome de objeto. Cada nome > Os nomes dos objectos estão limitados a um tamanho de 255 bytes. -Ao usar a linguagem 4D, você pode se referir a um objeto de formulário ativo pelo nome do objeto (para obter mais informações sobre isso, consulte [Propriedades Objeto](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) no manual de referência da linguagem 4D). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). Para obter mais informações sobre regras de nomenclatura para objetos de formulário, consulte a seção [Identificadores](Concepts/identifiers.md). @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Variables or expressions can be enterable or non-enterable and can receive data ### Expressões -Puede utilizar una [expresión](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) como fuente de datos para un objeto. Se permite toda expresión 4D válida: expresión simple, propiedad de objeto, fórmula, función 4D, nombre de método proyecto o campo que utilice la sintaxis estándar `[Table]Field`. The expression is evaluated when the form is executed and reevaluated for each form event. Tenga en cuenta que las expresiones pueden ser [asignables o no asignables](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions). +You can use an [expression](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions) as data source for an object. Se permite toda expresión 4D válida: expresión simple, propiedad de objeto, fórmula, función 4D, nombre de método proyecto o campo que utilice la sintaxis estándar `[Table]Field`. The expression is evaluated when the form is executed and reevaluated for each form event. Tenga en cuenta que las expresiones pueden ser [asignables o no asignables](Concepts/quick-tour.md#expressions). > If the value entered corresponds to both a variable name and a method name, 4D considers that you are indicating the method. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ You can leave it up to 4D to create variables associated with your form objects When a variable is not named, when the form is loaded, 4D creates a new variable for the object, with a calculated name that is unique in the space of the process variables of the interpreter (which means that this mechanism can be used even in compiled mode). Esta variável temporária será destruída quando o formulário for fechado. Para que este princípio funcione em modo compilado, é imperativo que as variáveis dinâmicas sejam explicitamente tipadas. Há duas formas de o fazer: -- Puede definir el tipo utilizando la propiedad [tipo de expresión](#expression-type). +- You can set the type using the [Expression type](#expression-type) property. - Puede utilizar un código de inicialización específico cuando se carga el formulario que utilice, por ejemplo, el comando `VARIABLE TO VARIABLE`: ```4d @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Este mecanismo tem duas vantagens: ### List box array -Para un list box array, la propiedad **Variable o Expresión** normalmente contiene el nombre de la variable array definida para el list box y para cada columna. Sin embargo, puede utilizar un array de cadenas (que contenga nombres de arrays) como *dataSource* valor de una columna list box para definir un [list box jerárquico](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). +For an array list box, the **Variable or Expression** property usually holds the name of the array variable defined for the list box, and for each column. However, you can use a string array (containing arrays names) as *dataSource* value for a list box column to define a [hierarchical list box](listbox_overview.md#hierarchical-list-boxes). #### Objectos suportados @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ No entanto, essa propriedade tem uma função de digitação nos seguintes casos - **[Variables dinámicas](#dynamic-variables)**: puede utilizar esta propiedad para declarar el tipo de variables dinámicas. - **[Columnas List Box ](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: esta propiedad se utiliza para asociar un formato de visualización a los datos de la columna. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. O tipo de texto não tem formatos de visualização específicos. Também estão disponíveis quaisquer formatos personalizados existentes. -- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. +- **[Variables imagen](input_overview.md)**: puede utilizar este menú para declarar las variables antes de cargar el formulario en modo interpretado. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. Estos mecanismos exigen una mayor precisión a la hora de configurar las variables: a partir de ahora, deberán haber sido declaradas antes de cargar el formulario -es decir, incluso antes del evento de formulario `On Load` - a diferencia de otros tipos de To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). #### Gramática JSON @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ Existem vários tipos de cálculos disponíveis. The following table shows which | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Soma | X | | | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | -| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Média | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desvio padrão(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variância(\*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index b73e720cd0ce7a..4bb11531b25ed0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | | **a** | | | | [`action`](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | -| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Allows displaying system font picker or color picker to edit object attributes | true, false (padrão) | -| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Any CSS value; "transparent"; "automatic" | -| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Enables automatically adding a value to a list when a user enters a value that is not in the object's associated choice list. | true, false | +| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Permite a exibição do seletor de fontes do sistema ou do seletor de cores para editar os atributos dos objetos | true, false (padrão) | +| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Qualquer valor CSS; "transparent"; "automatic"; "automaticAlternate" | +| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Habilita a adição automática de um valor a uma lista quando o usuário insere um valor que não está na lista de escolha associada ao objeto. | true, false | | **b** | | | | [`booleanFormat`](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | | [`borderRadius`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#corner-radius) | O valor do raio para rectângulos redondos. | mínimo: 0 | @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | **e** | | | | [`enterable`](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | | [`enterableInList`](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | -| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. This property is not accessible if the Enterable property is not enabled. | Texto para restringir entradas | +| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. Essa propriedade não estará acessível se a propriedade Enterable não estiver ativada. | Texto para restringir entradas | | [`events`](Events/overview.md) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | | [`excludedList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | A list of values to be excluded. | | **f** | | | | [`fill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [`focusable`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indicates whether the object can have the focus (and can thus be activated by the keyboard for instance) | true, false | +| [`focusable`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indica se o objeto pode ter o foco (e, pode ser ativado pelo teclado, por exemplo) | true, false | | [`fontFamily`](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | | [`fontSize`](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | | [`fontStyle`](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | @@ -106,15 +106,15 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`multiline`](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | | **n** | | | | [`name`](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | -| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | Numbers (including a decimal point or minus sign if necessary) | +| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | Numbers (including a decimal point or minus sign if necessary) | | **p** | | | -| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | The pathname of the picture for picture buttons, picture pop-up menus, or static pictures | Relative or filesystem path in POSIX syntax, or "var:\" for picture variable. | +| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem para botões de imagem, menus pop-up de imagem ou imagens estáticas | Caminho relativo ou do sistema de arquivos na sintaxe POSIX, ou "var:\" para variável imagem. | | [`pictureFormat`](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [`pictureFormat`](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | | [`placeholder`](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | | [`pluginAreaKind`](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | -| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Allows displaying a symbol that appears as a triangle in the button, which indicates that there is a pop-up menu attached. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | -| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Print mode for objects whose size can vary from one record to another depending on their contents | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | -| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | A value between 0 and 100, representing the page load completion percentage in the Web area. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite a exibição de um símbolo que aparece como um triângulo no botão, o que indica haver um menu pop-up anexado. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | +| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Modo de impressão para objetos cujo tamanho pode variar de um registro para outro, dependendo de seu conteúdo | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | +| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | Um valor entre 0 e 100, que representa a porcentagem de conclusão do carregamento da página na área Web. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | | **r** | | | | [`radioGroup`](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Enables radio buttons to be used in coordinated sets: only one button at a time can be selected in the set. | Nome do grupo rádio | | [`requiredList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`right`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box seleção ou coleção) | The name of an array or expression to apply a custom background color to each row of a list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | +| [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowFillSource`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (list box seleção ou coleção) | O nome de um array ou expressão para aplicar uma cor de fundo personalizada a cada linha de um list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`rowStrokeSource`](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [`rowStrokeSource`](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (seleção ou collection/list box entity selection) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir as cores das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | [`rowStyleSource`](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [`rowStyleSource`](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir estilos das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | **s** | | | -| [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) (list box column)
    [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#data-type-list) (drop-down list) | The type of contents to save in the field or variable associated to the form object | "value", "reference" | +| [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#save-as) (list box column)
    [`saveAs`](properties_DataSource.md#data-type-list) (drop-down list) | O tipo de conteúdo a ser salvo no campo ou na variável associada ao objeto de formulário | "value", "reference" | | [`scrollbarHorizontal`](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para a esquerda ou para a direita. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`scrollbarVertical`](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para cima ou para baixo. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`selectedItemsSource`](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) | Coleção dos itens seleccionados num list box. | Expressão da colecção | @@ -149,20 +149,20 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`showHiddenChars`](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | | [`showHorizontalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | | [`showHTMLWysiwyg`](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | -| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Displays/hides the page frame when the document view is in Page view mode | true, false | +| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Exibe/oculta a moldura da página quando a visualização do documento está no modo Visualização de página | true, false | | [`showReferences`](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Muestra todas las expresiones 4D insertadas en el documento de 4D Write Pro como *referencias* | true, false | -| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Keeps the selection visible within the object after it has lost the focus | true, false | +| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Mantém a seleção visível no objeto depois que ele perde o foco | true, false | | [`showVerticalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | | [`singleClickEdit`](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | -| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the horizontal size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the vertical size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho horizontal de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho vertical de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`sortable`](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | | [`spellcheck`](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | | [`splitterMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | When a splitter object has this property, other objects to its right (vertical splitter) or below it (horizontal splitter) are pushed at the same time as the splitter, with no stop. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`startPoint`](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | | [`staticColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | | [`step`](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Store the style tags with the text, even if no modification has been made | true, false | +| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Armazenar as etiquetas de estilo com o texto, mesmo que nenhuma modificação tenha sido feita | true, false | | [`stroke`](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [`stroke`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [`stroke`](properties_Text.md#font-color) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | | [`strokeDashArray`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | | [`strokeWidth`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`textAlign`](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | | [`textAngle`](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | | [`textDecoration`](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | -| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | +| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | | [`textPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | | [`threeState`](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | | [`timeFormat`](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. | Formatos integrados ("systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MMM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull") o [formatos personalizados](../Project/date-time-formats.md) | @@ -196,9 +196,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`verticalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | | [`visibility`](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | | **w** | | | -| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Used to choose between two rendering engines for the Web area, depending on the specifics of the application. | "embedded", "system" | +| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Usado para escolher entre dois motores de renderização para a área Web, dependendo das especificações da aplicação. | "embedded", "system" | | [`width`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Manages the display of a formula bar with the Toolbar interface in the 4D View Pro area. | true, false | +| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Gerencia a exibição de uma barra de fórmula com a interface da barra de ferramentas na área 4D View Pro. | true, false | | [`wordwrap`](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "none" | | **z** | | | | [`zoom`](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md index 4121e486185b38..4a961283aa8857 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Subform.md @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Para as duas últimas ações, o evento do formulário `On Open Detail` também #### Veja também -[Double click on empty row](#double-click-on-empty-row) +[Clique duas vezes na linha vazia](#double-click-on-empty-row) --- diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md index db03fcce6d2777..35875881d264dd 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_TextAndPicture.md @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Designa a colocação de um ícone em relação ao objeto formulário. #### Objectos suportados -[List Box Header](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) +[Cabeçalho do list box](listbox_overview.md#list-box-headers) --- diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/tabControl.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/tabControl.md index 5f84e68144b2f1..988a3291bfa87d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/tabControl.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/tabControl.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: tabControl title: Controles Abas --- -A tab control creates an object that lets the user choose among a set of virtual screens that are enclosed by the tab control object. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. +Uma guia cria um objeto que permite que o usuário escolha entre várias telas virtuais exibidas nos limites da guia. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pestanas: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pest Para passar de uma tela para outra, o usuário simplesmente clica na guia correspondente. -The screens can represent pages in a multi-page form or an object that changes when the user clicks a tab. Se o controle de guias é usado como uma ferramenta de navegação de página, então o [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](https://doc.4d.comando/4dv19/help/command/en/page247.html) ou a ação padrão `gotoPage` seria usada quando um usuário clica em uma aba. +As telas podem representar páginas em um formulário de várias páginas ou um objeto que muda quando o usuário clica em uma guia. Se o controle de guias é usado como uma ferramenta de navegação de página, então o [`FORM GOTO PAGE`](https://doc.4d.comando/4dv19/help/command/en/page247.html) ou a ação padrão `gotoPage` seria usada quando um usuário clica em uma aba. Outra utilização do controlo de separadores consiste em controlar os dados apresentados num subformulário. Por exemplo, um Rolodex pode ser implementado utilizando um controlo de pestanas. The tabs would display the letters of the alphabet and the tab control’s action would be to load the data corresponding to the letter that the user clicked. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Eis um exemplo de método objeto: Quando você atribuir a [ação padrão](properties_Action.md#padrao) `gotoPage` para o controle de abas, o 4D exibirá automaticamente a página do formulário que corresponde ao número da guia selecionada. -For example, if the user selects the 3rd tab, 4D will display the third page of the current form (if it exists). +Por exemplo, se o usuário selecionar a terceira aba, 4D exibirá a terceira página do formulário atual (se existir). ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/text.md index b8088d0aeecc29..75526132b05431 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/text.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: text title: Text --- -Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (*e.g.*, instruções, títulos, etiquetas, etc.) em um formulário. These static text areas can become dynamic when they include dynamic references. Para más información, consulte [Uso de referencias en textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). +Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (*e.g.*, instruções, títulos, etiquetas, etc.) em um formulário. Estas áreas de texto estático podem se tornar dinâmicas quando incluem referências dinâmicas. Para más información, consulte [Uso de referencias en textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Um objeto texto permite exibir conteúdo escrito estático (*e.g.*, instruções > A rotação do texto pode ser definida para um processo utilizando o comando de linguagem `OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`. -Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Note that the text area’s height and width properties do not depend on its orientation: +Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Observe que as propriedades de largura e altura da área de texto não dependem da sua orientação: ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText2.png) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 2ba4a01e5c99b8..0bd00e9bfc6170 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -3,75 +3,77 @@ id: webAreaOverview title: Área Web --- - -The Web areas can display various types of Web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, Javascript, etc. The rendering engine of the Web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. +Web areas can display various types of web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, JavaScript, etc. The rendering engine of the web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). É possível criar várias áreas web no mesmo formulário. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). -Várias [ações padrão](#standard-actions) dedicadas, numerosos [comandos de linguagem](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) assim como também [eventos formulário](#form-events) genéricos e específicos, permitem ao desenvolvedor controlar o funcionamento das áreas web. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. - +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. ## Propriedades específicas ### Variáveis associadas Duas variáveis específicas podem ser associadas a cada área web: -- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) --para controlar a URL que mostra a área web -- [`Progresión`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- para controlar a porcentagem de carga da página mostrada na área web. + +- [`URL`](properties_WebArea.md#url) -- para controlar a URL exibida pela área Web +- [`Progression`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) -- to control the loading percentage of the page displayed in the web area. > As of 4D v19 R5, the Progression variable is no longer updated in Web Areas using the [Windows system rendering engine](./webArea_overview.md#web-rendering-engine). ### Motor de renderização Web -Pode escolher entre [dois motores de renderização](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) para a área web, dependendo das particularidades de sua aplicação. +You can choose between [two rendering engines](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) for the web area, depending on the specifics of your application. Selecting the embedded web rendering engine allows you to call 4D methods from the web area. Selecting the system rendering engine is recommended when the web area is connected to the Internet because it always benefits from the latest security updates. ### Acesso a métodos 4D -Quando selecionar a propriedade [Acessar aos métodos 4D](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods), pode chamar aos métodos 4D desde uma área Web. +When the [Access 4D methods](properties_WebArea.md#access-4d-methods) property is selected, you can call 4D methods from a web area. :::note Notas -- This property is only available if the Web area [uses the embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). +- This property is only available if the web area [uses the embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - For security reasons since it allows executing 4D code, this option should only be enabled for pages you trust, such as pages generated by the application. ::: ### Objecto $4d - -O [motor de renderização web embebido de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) fornece à área um objeto JavaScript chamado $4d que pode ser associado a qualquer método projeto 4D utilizando a notação objeto ".". +The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) supplies the area with a JavaScript object named $4d that you can associate with any 4D project method using the "." object notation. For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d. HelloWorld(); ``` -> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named $4d (with a lowercase "d"). + +> JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). A sintaxe das chamadas aos métodos 4D é a seguinte: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` -- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). -- `function(result)`: função a passar como último argumento. Esta função "callback" é chamada de forma síncrona quando o método 4D termina de ser executado. Recebe o parâmetro `result`. +- `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. + These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). + +- `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. Esta função "callback" é chamada de forma síncrona quando o método 4D termina de ser executado. It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method, returned in the "$0" expression. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). Você pode usar o comando `C_OBJECT` para retornar os objetos. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). -> Por padrão, 4D trabalha em UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` +> Por padrão, 4D trabalha em UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: +> `` #### Exemplo 1 Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and returns the current date as a string. -Código 4D do método `today`: +4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` Na área web, o método 4D pode ser chamado com a sintaxe abaixo: @@ -80,7 +82,7 @@ Na área web, o método 4D pode ser chamado com a sintaxe abaixo: $4d.today() ``` -The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the value of $0 to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar a data na página HTML que é carrega pela área Web. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. Queremos mostrar a data na página HTML que é carrega pela área Web. Aqui está o código da página HTML: @@ -89,9 +91,9 @@ Aqui está o código da página HTML: @@ -103,14 +105,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Exemplo 2 -The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns their sum in `$0`: +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: -Código 4D do método `calcSum`: +4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // recebe n parâmetros do tipo REAL - C_REAL($0) // devolve um Real - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -120,17 +123,15 @@ Código 4D do método `calcSum`: O código JavaScript que roda na área web é: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // o resultado é 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` - ## Ações padrão -Há quatro ações padrão específicas para gerenciar as áreas web de forma automática: `Open Back URL`, `Open Next URL`, `Refresh Current URL` e `Stop Loading URL`. Essas ações podem ser associadas com botões ou comandos de menu e permite implementação rápida de interfaces web básicas. Estas ações são descritas em [ações standard](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). - +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. Essas ações podem ser associadas com botões ou comandos de menu e permite implementação rápida de interfaces web básicas. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## Eventos formulário @@ -151,20 +152,19 @@ Além disso, áreas web são compatíveis com os eventos de formulário genéric - [`On Getting Focus`](Events/onGettingFocus.md) - [`On Losing Focus`](Events/onLosingFocus.md) - ## Regras das áreas web ### Interface do usuário Quando o formulário for executado, as funções da interface de navegador padrão estão disponíveis para o usuário na área web, o que permite a interação com outras áreas do formulário: -- **Comandos menu Edição**: quando a área web tiver o foco, os comandos do menu **Edição** podem ser utilizadas para realizar ações como copiar, colar, selecionar tudo, etc., segundo a seleção. -- **O menu contextual**: é possível utilizar o [menu contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) padrão do sistema com a área web. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. -- **Arrastar e soltar**: o usuário pode arrastar e soltar texto, imagens e documentos dentro da área web ou entre uma área web e os objetos dos formulários 4D, segundo as propriedades dos objetos 4D. Por razões de segurança, não é permitido mudar os conteúdos da área Web arrastando e soltando seja um arquivo ou URL. In this case, the mouse cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. Neste caso, pode chamar o comando [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) ou definir a [variável URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) em resposta a uma queda do usuário. +- **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. +- **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. + Por razões de segurança, não é permitido mudar os conteúdos da área Web arrastando e soltando seja um arquivo ou URL. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. > Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). - ### Subformulários Por razões relacionadas com os mecanismos de redesenho de janelas, a inserção de uma área web em um subformulário está sujeita às restrições abaixo: @@ -174,7 +174,6 @@ Por razões relacionadas com os mecanismos de redesenho de janelas, a inserção > Não é compatível sobrepor uma área Web no topo ou debaixo dos outros objetos formulário. - ### Conflito entre a área Web e o servidor Web (Windows) Em Windows, não é recomendado acessar, através de uma área web, o servidor web da aplicação 4D que contenha a área, já que esta configuração poderia provocar um conflito que paralise a aplicação. Com certeza um 4D remoto pode acessar ao servidor web de 4D Server, mas não ao seu próprio servidor web. @@ -183,38 +182,136 @@ Em Windows, não é recomendado acessar, através de uma área web, o servidor w As URLs manejadas por programação em áreas web em macOS devem começar com o protocolo. Por exemplo, você precisa passar a cadeia de caracteres "http://www.mysite.com" e não apenas "www.mysite.com". - ## Access to web inspector Pode ver e usar um inspetor web dentro das áreas web de seus formulários. The web inspector is a debugger which is provided by the embedded Web engine. It allows parsing the code and the flow of information of the web pages. -To display the web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. +To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command, or use the context menu of the web area. -- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. +- **Execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` command**
    + This command can be used directly with onscreen (form object) and offscreen web areas. -- **Use the web area context menu**
    This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: - - Deve ativar o [menu contextual](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) da área (este menu se utiliza para chamar ao inspetor) - - Deve habilitar expressamente ao uso do inspetor na área mediante a instrução abaixo: - ```4d - WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) - ``` +- **Use the web area context menu**
    + This feature can only be used with onscreen web areas and requires that the following conditions are met: + - the [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) for the web area is enabled + - Deve habilitar expressamente ao uso do inspetor na área mediante a instrução abaixo: + ```4d + WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"WA";WA enable Web inspector;True) + ``` > With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -Para mais informações, consultar a descrição do comando `WA SET PREFERENCE`. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. Quando selecionar essa opção, a janela do inspetor Web é exibida. > Para uma descrição detalhada nas funcionalidades do depurador, veja a documentação fornecida pelo motor de renderização web. +## Propriedades compatíveis + +[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +## 4DCEFParameters.json +The 4DCEFParameters.json is a configuration file that allows customization of CEF parameters to manage the behavior of web areas within 4D applications. -## Propriedades compatíveis +[Default switches](#default-file) are provided, but you can override them by using a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file. + +In the development phase (using 4D application), create a 4DCEFParameters.json file at the following location: -[Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Context Menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Method](properties_Action.md#method) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Progression](properties_WebArea.md#progression) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [URL](properties_WebArea.md#url) - [Use embedded Web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilty](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +- Windows: `Users\[userName]\AppData\Roaming\4D\4DCEFParameters.json` +- macOS: `$HOME/Library/Application Support/4D/4DCEFParameters.json` +Before building a final application, add the custom 4DCEFParameters.json file to the Resources folder of the project. +:::warning +Adding a custom 4DCEFParameters.json file can fundamentally impact all 4D embedded web areas, including [4D View Pro areas](../ViewPro/configuring.md#form-area-properties). It is the developer's responsibility to ensure that the custom switches do not destabilize the 4D application. + +::: + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file format is as the following: + +```json + +{ + "switches":{ + "key":value + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "key":value + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "key":value + } + } +} +``` + +The 4DCEFParameters.json file structure contains: + +- **switches**: a list of CEF switches and their corresponding values applied for both macOS and Windows. +- **macOS.switches**: macOS-specific CEF switches. +- **windows.switches**: Windows-specific CEF switches. + +The switches in the custom file take precedence. In case of duplication of switches within the same file, the switches defined in the platform-specific subsection ("macOS.switches" or "windows.switches") are given priority and used for configuration. + +:::note + +The list of supported switches is constantly evolving and is managed by the CEF development team. For information about available switches, you need to refer to the CEF developer community. + +::: + +### Exemplos + +#### Arquivo padrão + +The default 4DCEFParameters.json file contains the following switches: + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "enable-media-stream":true, + "enable-print-preview":true + }, + "macOS":{ + "switches": { + "use-mock-keychain": true + } + }, + "windows": { + "switches": { + "disable-features": "WinUseBrowserSpellChecker" + } + } +} + +``` + +#### Example of disabling default Switch + +```json +{ + "switches": { + "disable-javascript": true, + "disable-web-security": true + } +} +``` + +#### Example for Autoplay + +```json +{ + "switches":{ + "autoplay-policy": "no-user-gesture-required" + } +} +``` +### Veja também +[Specify your own parameters to initialize the embedded web area (blog post)](https://blog.4d.com/specify-your-own-parameters-to-initialize-the-embedded-web-area) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md index a196d3caf65cd8..47bcd801718e46 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d- - New [**direct typing mode**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) in which you declare all variables and parameters in your code using `var` and `#DECLARE`/`Function` keywords (only mode supported in new projects). [Syntax checking feature](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) has been enhanced accordingly. - Support of [Session singletons](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) and new [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) Class property. - New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio: You can now [attach the Qodly debugger to 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). - New Build Application keys for remote 4D applications to validate the server certificate authority [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) and/or [domain](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). - 4D Language: @@ -30,7 +30,6 @@ Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d- #### Mudanças de comportamento - Documentations for [4D Language](../commands/command-index.md) and [4D Write Pro Language](../WritePro/commands/command-index.md) are now fully available on developer.4d.com. Find out about all the new features and changes concerning these documentations in this release note. -- Compiler directive commands (`C_XXX`) are now deprecated and have been renamed `_O_C_XXX` (for example, `C_TEXT` has been renamed `_O_C_TEXT`). - The [`File`](../commands/file.md) command (as well as [`4D.File.new()`](../API/FileClass.md#4dfilenew)) is stricter when it comes to checking the syntax of the *path* supplied as a parameter. ## 4D 20 R6 @@ -48,7 +47,7 @@ Leia [**O que há de novo no 4D 20 R6**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d- - New [HTTPAgent](../API/HTTPAgentClass.md) class and new [`agent`](../API/HTTPRequestClass.md#options-parameter) property for HTTPRequest class. - New [`enableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) and [`disableState()`](../API/WebFormClass.md) functions to monitor Qodly page states from the server. - New [`$singleton` API](../REST/$singleton.md) to call exposed singleton functions from REST and new [associated privileges](../ORDA/privileges.md). -- A [new settings button](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) helps you upgrade your project to use "force login" REST mode (the `On REST Authentication` database method is now deprecated). +- Um [novo botão de configurações](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) ajuda você a atualizar seu projeto para usar o modo REST de "login forçado" (o método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` agora está obsoleto). - A [new settings tab](../Project/compiler.md#warnings) helps you define warnings generation globally. - Several commands, mainly from the "4D Environment" theme, are now thread-safe ([see the full list](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R6/4D/Preemptive_6957385.999-2878208.en.html)), as well as some selectors of the [`SET DATABASE PARAMETER`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page642.html)/[`Get database parameter`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20R/help/command/en/page643.html) commands. - New [4D-QPDF component](https://github.com/4d/4D-QPDF) that provides the `PDF Get attachments` command to extract attachments from a PDF/A3 document. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index fe4892eb3a36d2..15f90d3168459f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ End if Ao criar ou editar classes de modelo de dados, é necessário preste atenção às seguintes regras: -- Como eles são usados para definir nomes automáticos de classe de DataClass nos **cs** [loja de classe](Concepts/classes. d#class-stores), tabelas 4D devem ser nomeadas para evitar qualquer conflito no namespace **cs**. Em particular: +- Como eles são usados para definir nomes automáticos de classe de DataClass nos **cs** [loja de classe](Concepts/classes.md#class-stores), tabelas 4D devem ser nomeadas para evitar qualquer conflito no namespace **cs**. Em particular: - Não dê o mesmo nome a uma tabela 4D e a um [nome de classe de usuário](Concepts/classes.md#class-names). Se isso acontecer, o construtor da classe de utilizador torna-se inutilizável (o compilador emite um aviso). - Não use um nome reservado para uma tabela 4D (por exemplo, "DataClass"). @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS. Schools.computeIDNumber() // Error "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ Uma função com a palavra-chave `onHttpGet` pode retornar qualquer valor de um :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: @@ -979,7 +979,7 @@ If ($status.success) ### Ficheiros de classe (class files) -Uma classe de usuário do modelo de dados ORDA é definida por adicionar, no [mesmo local dos arquivos de classes normais](Concepts/classes. d#class-files) (*e.* na pasta `/Sources/Classes` da pasta do projeto), um arquivo .4dm com o nome da classe. Por exemplo, uma classe de entidade para o dataclass `Utilities` será definida através de um arquivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. +Uma classe de usuário do modelo de dados ORDA é definida por adicionar, no [mesmo local dos arquivos de classes normais](Concepts/classes.md#class-files) (*e.* na pasta `/Sources/Classes` da pasta do projeto), um arquivo .4dm com o nome da classe. Por exemplo, uma classe de entidade para o dataclass `Utilities` será definida através de um arquivo `UtilitiesEntity.4dm`. ### Criação de classes diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md index bdb919754e7586..0ddb9e1f18e608 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -178,15 +178,15 @@ A sintaxe do arquivo `roles.json` é a seguinte: | Nome da propriedade | | | Tipo | Obrigatório | Descrição | | ------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | privileges | | | Coleção de objetos de 'privilégio' | X | Lista de privilégios definidos | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nome do privilégio | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nome do privilégio | | | \[].includes | | Coleção de strings | | Lista de nomes de privilégios incluídos | | roles | | | Coleção de objetos `papel` | | Lista de roles definidos | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nome da role | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nome da role | | | \[].privileges | | Coleção de strings | | Lista de nomes de privilégios incluídos | | permissions | | | Object | X | Lista de acções permitidas | | | allowed | | Colección de objetos `permission` | | Lista de permissões permitidas | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | -| | | \[].type | String | X | [Resource](#resources) type: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Targeted [resource](#resources) name | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | [Resource](#resources) type: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method", "singletonMethod", "singleton" | | | | \[].read | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | | | | \[].create | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | | | | \[].update | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/components.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/components.md index d516ccc1b54a86..845a1206118e8c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/components.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/components.md @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ If a component path declared in the **environment4d.json** file is not found whe Paths are expressed in POSIX syntax as described in [this paragraph](../Concepts/paths#posix-syntax). -Relative paths are relative to the [`environment4d.json`](#environment4djson) file. Absolute paths are linked to the user's machine. +Os caminhos relativos são relativos ao arquivo [`environment4d.json`](#environment4djson). Absolute paths are linked to the user's machine. Using relative paths is **recommended** in most cases, since they provide flexibility and portability of the components architecture, especially if the project is hosted in a source control tool. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md index a783f36217e098..2cad8bb8986d95 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/Project/documentation.md @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ _italic_ - A etiqueta de tabela é suportada: ```md -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Área de escrita profissional| -| toolbar | String |Nome da barra de ferramentas | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` - A etiqueta de ligação é suportada: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md index c388702977f235..d079eb2f00b850 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$catalog.md @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ Nesta lista apenas são mostrados os dataclasses expostos para a datastore do se Aqui está uma descrição das propriedades devolvidas para cada dataclass na datastore do seu projecto: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass. | -| uri | String | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o \|dataclass e os seus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o \|dataclass e os seus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | ### Exemplo @@ -185,11 +185,11 @@ As seguintes propriedades são devolvidas para um dataclass exposto: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Número da tabela na base de dados 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | -| dataURI | String | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | +| scope | Text | Alcance de la clase de datos (tenga en cuenta que sólo se muestran las clases de datos cuyo **Alcance** es público) | +| dataURI | Text | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | ### Atributo(s) @@ -197,16 +197,16 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades para cada atributo exposto que são devolvidas: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | o nome de atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | o nome de atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Posição do campo na tabela da base de dados). | -| scope | String | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | -| indexed | String | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | +| scope | Text | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | +| indexed | Text | Si se seleccionó algún **tipo de índice**, esta propiedad devolverá true. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, fecha, duración, imagen, long, long64, número, cadena, uuid o palabra) o la clase de datos para un atributo de relación N->1. | | identifying | Parâmetros | Esta propriedade retorna True se o atributo for a chave primária. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| path | String | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | foreignKey\|String \|For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.\| | -| inverseName | String | inverseName \|String \|Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.\| | +| path | Text | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | foreignKey\|String \|For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.\| | +| inverseName | Text | inverseName \|String \|Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.\| | ### Chave primária diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md index e620beba1abd41..6a7c7c3a1a6d3a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$entityset.md @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ Após criar um conjunto de entidades, o ID do conjunto de entidades é devolvido Criar outro conjunto de entidades com base em conjuntos de entidades criados anteriormente -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | -| ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $logicOperator | String | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID do conjunto de entidades | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $logicOperator | Text | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID do conjunto de entidades | ### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md index 32156b82bdfc8c..7a947bf75f8fc3 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$info.md @@ -25,8 +25,8 @@ Para cada seleção de entidades atualmente armazenada no cache do 4D Server, a | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| id | Text | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades na seleção de entidades. | | sorted | Parâmetros | Devuelve true si el conjunto fue ordenado ( utilizando `$orderby`) o false si no está ordenado. | | refreshed | Date | Quando o conjunto de entidades foi criado ou utilizado a última vez. | @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Para cada sesión de usuario, se devuelve la siguiente información en la colecc | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | -| userName | String | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | +| sessionID | Text | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | +| userName | Text | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | | lifeTime | Number | O tempo de vida de uma sessão usuário em segundos (3600 por predefinição). | | expiration | Date | A data e hora de expiração atuais da sessão do usuário. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md index ea168a98d2bc3f..84e9c343f5d01a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Na coleção de etapas, existe um objeto com as seguintes propriedades que defin | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | +| description | Text | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | | time | Number | Número de milissegundos necessários para executar a consulta | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registos encontrados | | steps | Collection | Uma coleção com um objeto que define a etapa subsequente do caminho da consulta | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md index 3f4e4fc6abb930..6a3d1a59955ca0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Devuelve la petición tal y como se pasó a 4D Server (\*por ejemplo, \*, `$quer $queryplan retorna o plano da consulta como foi passado para 4D Server. -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petição executada | -| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petição executada | +| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | Para más información sobre los planes de petición, consulte [queryPlan y queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 525a6b2772b944..61d93c689bcc1c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Também é possível transmitir valores para quaisquer atributos da entidade. Es | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | | __ENTITY | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma entidade | | __KEY | misto (do mesmo tipo que a chave primária) | Facultativo - Chave primária da entidade | @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ La selección de entidades debe haber sido definida previamente utilizando [$met | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | ---------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma seleção de entidade | See example for [receiving an entity selection](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter) with a POST request. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md index ffc02ee93e8e2c..556a6e1c80affb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/authUsers.md @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Uma sessão é aberta depois que o usuário é autenticado com sucesso (veja aba :::note Compatibidade -O modo de login legado baseado no método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` é **obsoleto** a partir de 4D 20 R6. It is now recommended to [use the **force login mode**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) (automatically enabled in new projects) and to implement the [`ds.authentify()` function](#dsauthentify). In converted projects, [a button in the Settings dialog box](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) will help you upgrade your configuration. No Qodly Studio para 4D, o modo pode ser definido usando a opção [**Forçar login**](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login) no painel de Privilégios. +O modo de login legado baseado no método de banco de dados `On REST Authentication` é **obsoleto** a partir de 4D 20 R6. It is now recommended to [use the **force login mode**](../ORDA/privileges.md#rolesjson-file) (automatically enabled in new projects) and to implement the [`ds.authentify()` function](#dsauthentify). Em projetos convertidos, [um botão na caixa de diálogo Configurações](../settings/web.md#activate-rest-authentication-through-dsauthentify-function) o ajudará a atualizar sua configuração. No Qodly Studio para 4D, o modo pode ser definido usando a opção [**Forçar login**](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#force-login) no painel de Privilégios. ::: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md index 502b7a563f1eda..31880cb58910bf 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/REST/dataClass.md @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Aqui está uma descrição dos dados retornados: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------------------------------------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __entityModel | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades na classe de dados. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas pela petição REST. Este número puede ser el número total de entidades si es menor que el valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidade em que a seleção vai começar. O bien 0 por defecto o el valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ Cada entidade contém as propriedades abaixo: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------------------------------------------------- | ------ | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Registro de hora da última modificação da entidade | | __STAMP | Number | Sello interno que se necesita cuando se modifica alguno de los valores de la entidad al utilizar `$method=update`. | @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Devuelve los datos de la entidad específica definida por la llave primaria de l Passando a classe de dados e uma chave, pode recuperar toda a informação pública para a entidade. Passando a classe de dados e uma chave, pode recuperar toda a informação pública para a entidade. Para más información sobre la definición de una llave primaria, consulte la sección **Modifying the Primary Key** en el **Editor del modelo de datos**. -For more information about the data returned, refer to [\{dataClass\}](#dataclass). +Para más información sobre los datos devueltos, consulte [\{dataClass\}](#dataclass). Si quiere especificar qué atributos quiere devolver, defínalos utilizando la siguiente sintaxis [{attribute1, attribute2, ...}](manData.md#selecting-attributes-to-get). Por exemplo: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md index c98851b5bdf3a5..7c4ae743aca119 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -13,89 +13,89 @@ Os comandos 4D View Pro não são thread-safe. A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) L @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Os comandos 4D View Pro não são thread-safe. N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -113,61 +113,61 @@ Os comandos 4D View Pro não são thread-safe. P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md index 561f3d92d9b992..1d0cb0cea58cbe 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-cell.md @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ title: VP Cell | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | -| column | Longint | -> | Índice de coluna | -| row | Longint | -> | Índice de linha | +| column | Integer | -> | Índice de coluna | +| row | Integer | -> | Índice de linha | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | Resultados | Object | <- | Objeto intervalo de uma única célula | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md index d8f37ded1d3f43..6b32c54af22d8f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-copy-to-object.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Você pode passar um parâmetro *options* opcional com as seguintes propriedades | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Parâmetros | *Verdadeiro* (padrão) para manter os valores copiados, a formatação e as fórmulas após a execução do comando. *Falso* para removê-los. | -| copyOptions | Longint | Especifica o que é copiado ou movido. Valores possíveis:

    ValorDescrição
    `vk clipboard options all` (padrão)Copia todos os objetos de dados, incluindo valores, formatação e fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia somente a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia somente as fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia as fórmulas e a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia apenas os valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia os valores e a formatação.

    | +| copyOptions | Integer | Especifica o que é copiado ou movido. Valores possíveis:

    ValorDescrição
    `vk clipboard options all` (padrão)Copia todos os objetos de dados, incluindo valores, formatação e fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Copia somente a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Copia somente as fórmulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Copia as fórmulas e a formatação.
    `vk clipboard options values`Copia apenas os valores.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Copia os valores e a formatação.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md index b01a1ddf34132b..7e165ea83afde1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-data-context.md @@ -17,11 +17,11 @@ title: VP Get data context -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | -------------------- | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha a partir da qual se obtém o contexto de dados | | -| Resultados | Object \| Collection | <- | Contexto de dados | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | ------------ | --------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha a partir da qual se obtém o contexto de dados | | +| Resultados | Diferente de | <- | Data context. Object or Collection | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md index 10febf89230207..77fe1cca078a80 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md @@ -5,16 +5,16 @@ title: VP Get formula by name -**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Number } ) : Object +**VP Get formula by name** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *name* : Text { ; *scope* : Integer } ) : Object -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | ------ | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| name | Text | -> | Nome do intervalo nomeado | | -| scope | Number | -> | Âmbito alvo (padrão=folha atual) | | -| Resultados | Object | <- | Definição da fórmula nomeada ou intervalo nomeado | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | ------- | --------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| name | Text | -> | Nome do intervalo nomeado | | +| scope | Integer | -> | Âmbito alvo (padrão=folha atual) | | +| Resultados | Object | <- | Definição da fórmula nomeada ou intervalo nomeado | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md index 70da60992cf80b..08791028e7485a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-names.md @@ -5,14 +5,14 @@ title: VP Get names -**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Number } ) : Collection +**VP Get names** ( vpAreaName : Text { ; scope : Integer } ) : Collection | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | | ---------- | ---------- | --------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| scope | Number | -> | Escopo de destino (padrão = planilha atual) | | +| scope | Integer | -> | Escopo de destino (padrão = planilha atual) | | | Resultados | Collection | <- | Nomes existentes no âmbito definido | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index d0edfe79b0e827..8623aa53eb2322 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,16 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | -| Resultados | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propriedade do tema da tabela atual | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | +| Resultados | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | <- | Valores de propriedade do tema da tabela atual | | #### Descrição @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ The `VP Get table theme` command | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md index ad4f6582e81fbe..09b29e7d71e7bb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP INSERT TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | | row | Integer | -> | Índice na tabela da linha inicial a inserir | | -| count | Text | -> | Número de linhas a serem adicionadas (deve ser >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Número de linhas a serem adicionadas (deve ser >0) | | | insertAfter | Integer | -> | `vk table insert before` ou `vk table insert after` *row* | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md index e15ee0faf79ce6..a775b33e0a0569 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-move-cells.md @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ O parâmetro *options* tem várias propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------ | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | copy | Parâmetros | Determines if the values, formatting and formulas of the cells in *originRange* are removed after the command executes:
    • *False* (default) to remove them
    • *True* to keep them
    | -| pasteOptions | Longint | Especifica o que é colado. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Pastes all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pastes only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pastes only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pastes the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pastes only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pastes the values and formatting.

    | +| pasteOptions | Integer | Especifica o que é colado. Possible values:

    ValueDescription
    `vk clipboard options all` (default)Pastes all data objects, including values, formatting, and formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formatting`Pastes only the formatting.
    `vk clipboard options formulas`Pastes only the formulas.
    `vk clipboard options formulas and formatting`Pastes the formulas and formatting.
    `vk clipboard options values`Pastes only the values.
    `vk clipboard options value and formatting`Pastes the values and formatting.

    | The paste options defined in the [workbook options](vp-set-workbook-options.md) are taken into account. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md index 362b716a0865fd..d2c8615a89c25f 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-paste-from-object.md @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ title: VP PASTE FROM OBJECT | ---------- | ------- | -- | ---------------------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objeto intervalo de células | | | dataObject | Object | -> | Objeto que contém os dados a colar | | -| options | Longint | -> | Especifica o que é colado | | +| options | Integer | -> | Especifica o que é colado | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md index d42b159f4696b7..d5780f8dd57dd7 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | | column | Integer | -> | Índice na tabela da coluna inicial a remover | | -| count | Text | -> | Número de colunas a remover (tem de ser >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Número de colunas a remover (tem de ser >0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md index 6f25b14e1b0ce9..ec8c353299ce31 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ title: VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS | vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | | tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | | row | Integer | -> | Índice na tabela da linha inicial a remover | | -| count | Text | -> | Número de linhas a remover (tem de ser >0) | | +| count | Integer | -> | Número de linhas a remover (tem de ser >0) | | | sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md index 1621ba96ccd119..8678fd18dca6a9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md @@ -9,11 +9,11 @@ title: VP SET SHEET OPTIONS -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ------------ | ------ | -- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome da área 4D View Pro | | -| sheetOptions | Object | -> | Opção(ões) de folha a definir | | -| sheet | Object | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | +| ------------ | ------- | -- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | ---------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome da área 4D View Pro | | +| sheetOptions | Object | -> | Opção(ões) de folha a definir | | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md index 3f45a9f613b3bb..68fb8d639986c2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-table-theme.md @@ -13,15 +13,18 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ------------------------------------------ | ---------------- | -| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | | -| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | | -| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriedades do tema da tabela a modificar | | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | +| vpAreaName | Text | -> | Nome de objeto formulário área 4D View Pro | +| tableName | Text | -> | Nome da tabela | +| options | [cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme) | -> | Propriedades do tema da tabela a modificar | +| sheet | Integer | -> | Índice da folha (folha atual se omitida) | + + #### Descrição @@ -31,6 +34,8 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +Em *sheet*, passe o índice da folha de destino. Se nenhum indice for especcificado ou se passar -1, o comando se aplica a folha atual. + #### Exemplo 1 Pretende-se definir um tema predefinido para uma tabela: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md index 8929bf9819aa82..0ebc2c92de83f0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-set-time-value.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP SET TIME VALUE | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | | ------------- | ------ | -- | -------------------- | ---------------- | | rangeObj | Object | -> | Objeto intervalo | | -| timeValue | Text | -> | Valor hora a definir | | +| timeValue | Hora | -> | Valor hora a definir | | | formatPattern | Text | -> | Formato do valor | | #### Descrição diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md index a7ca13dcd625c7..d066f3b8a6bfd1 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo de valor | Descrição | | ------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| version | Longint | Versão do componente interno | +| version | Integer | Versão do componente interno | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Data de criação | | dateModified | Timestamp | Data da última modificação | | meta | Object | Conteúdos gratuitos, reservados ao programador 4D | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md index 22fed08680a714..6f20ac1383c513 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/qodly-studio.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ There is no direct compatibility between apps implemented with 4D and apps imple The following commands and classes are dedicated to the server-side management of Qodly pages: -- [`Web Form`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-form) command: returns the Qodly page as an object. +- Comando [`Web Form`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-form): retorna a página Qodly como um objeto. - [`Web Event`](../API/WebFormClass.md#web-event) command: returns events triggered within Qodly page components. - [`WebForm`](../API/WebFormClass.md) class: functions and properties to manage the rendered Qodly page. - [`WebFormItem`](../API/WebFormItemClass.md) class: functions and properties to manage Qodly page components. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/sessions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/sessions.md index 765bc4bbeab345..a9d7876085f61d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/sessions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WebServer/sessions.md @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ When a web session is closed, if the [`Session`](commands/session.md) command is :::info -You can close a session from a Qodly form using the [**logout**](qodly-studio.md#logout) feature. +Você pode fechar uma sessão em um formulário Qodly usando o recurso [**logout**](qodly-studio.md#logout). ::: diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md index 8ea58ef6c1bd27..26de2a57d35274 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-delete-subsection.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | | -------------- | ------- | - | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | wpSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro section | -| subSectionType | Longint | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | +| subSectionType | Integer | → | Subsection type (wk first page, wk left page, or wk right page) | | subSection | Object | → | 4D Write Pro subsection | @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ The *subSectionType* parameter specifes the subsection to delete. You can pass o | Parâmetros | Tipo | Valor | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | -| wk first page | Longint | 1 | -| wk left page | Longint | 2 | -| wk right page | Longint | 3 | +| wk first page | Integer | 1 | +| wk left page | Integer | 2 | +| wk right page | Integer | 3 | :::note diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md index cf684bb6f32fa6..fd2de3a8d90d3b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/WritePro/commands/wp-reset-attributes.md @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | ------------------- | ------ | - | ------------------------------------------------- | | targetObj | Object | → | Range or element or 4D Write Pro document | | sectionOrSubsection | Object | → | Section or subsection of a 4D Write Pro document | -| attribName | String | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | +| attribName | Text | → | Name of attribute(s) to remove | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png deleted file mode 100644 index af0e7025e9f601..00000000000000 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/Backup/backup03.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png index 88547d8313178f..47dee17431c767 100644 Binary files a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png and b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/assets/en/WritePro/commands/pict5058606.en.png differ diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md index aa5ad9b3ced4ba..7ed3ab06619fb9 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ O parâmetro opcional *tipoSaida* permite precisar o canal de saida tomado pela Se omitir o parâmetro *tipoSaida,* o valor 0 se utiliza como padrão (Into Windows Log Events). -Se tiver definido *tipoSaida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, pode atribuir à mensagem um nível de importância vía o parâmetro opcional *importancia* com o fim de facilitar a leitura de histórico de eventos. Há três níveis de importância: Informação, Advertência e Erro. 4D oferece as constantes abaixo predefinidas, localizadas no tema *Historial de eventos*: +Você pode atribuir um nível de importância à *mensagem* por meio do parâmetro opcional *importancia*, que o ajuda a ler e entender os eventos de registro. Há três níveis de importância: Informação, Aviso e Erro. 4D lhe fornece as seguintes constantes predefinidas: | Constante | Tipo | Valor | | ------------------- | ------------- | ----- | @@ -44,6 +44,12 @@ Se tiver definido *tipoSaida* de tipo Into Windows Log Events, pode atribuir à Se não passar nada no parâmetro *importancia* ou se passar um valor inválido, se utiliza o valor como padrão (0). +:::nota + +O parâmetro *importancia* só é usado com *tipoSaida* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log` e `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: + #### Exemplo Caso queiras realizar um seguimento das aberturas de sua base baixo Windows, pode escrever a seguinte linha de código no [Método banco de dados On Startup](metodo-banco-de-dados-on-startup.md): @@ -56,4 +62,4 @@ Cada vez que se abre o banco de dados, esta informação será escrita no visor #### Ver também -[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) \ No newline at end of file +[SET DATABASE PARAMETER](set-database-parameter.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md index 63904d00b6c190..53b8394db2c2f5 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -7,71 +7,141 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs **System info** : Object -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| 引数 | 型 | | 説明 | | --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Resultado | Object | ← | Informação do sistema | +| 戻り値 | Object | ← | システム情報 | -#### Descrição - -O comando **System info** devolve um objeto que contém informação sobre o sistema operativo e as características do hardware e software do sistema da máquina em que é executado. - -O comando devolve a informação abaixo: - -| **Propriedad**e | **Subpropriedade** | **Tipo** | **Descrição** | **Exemplo** | -| ----------------- | ---------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | string | O nome da conta para o usuário atual. Normalmente se usa para identificar uma conta no diretório. | "msmith" | | -| cores | número | Número total de núcleos. No caso de máquinas virtuais, a quantidade total de núcleos assignados. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | número | Número total de threads. | 8 | | -| machineName | cadena | O nome da máquina como se define nos parâmetros de rede do sistema operativo. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| model | cadena | Nome do modelo do computador. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | coleção | Endereços de rede físicas e ativas apenas | | | -| ipAddresses | coleção | | | | -| ip | cadena | O endereço da interface de rede | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | cadena | O tipo da interface de red | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | cadena | O nome da interface.. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | cadena | O tipo de interface. | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | cadena | A versão do sistema operativo e o número de compilação (\*). | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnel 10.0.14393" | | -| osLanguage | cadena | Idioma estabelecido pelo usuário atual de sistema. Expressado no padrão definido pelo RFC 3066\. Ver *Códigos da linguagem* no manual de Desenho para obter uma lista completa. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | número | O volume de armazenamento de memória (em kilobytes) disponível na máquina. | 16777216 | | -| processor | cadena | O nome, tipo e velocidade do processador. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | número | O tempo total (em segundos) desde que se iniciou a máquina. | 3600 | | -| userName | cadena | O usuário atual na máquina. Normalmente se utiliza como o nome a mostrar (ou seja, ao iniciar sessão em seu computador). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | número | O espaço restante que pode ser usado. | 524288 | | -| capacity | número | Volume total possível (em kilobytes). | 1048576 | | -| disk | objeto \| coleção (mac only) | | | | -| description | cadena | Um breve resumo que descreve o disco. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | cadena | ID de disco(s) (UUID em Mac e disco físico em Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | número | A capacidade total (em kilobytes) do disco | 104857600 | | -| interface | cadena | O tipo de interface na máquina. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | cadena | O sistema de arquivos utilizado pelo sistema operativo para armazenar e recuperar arquivos no disco duro. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | cadena | O diretório no sistema de arquivos atualmente acessível no que está montado um sistema de arquivos adicional (ou seja, conectado lógicamente). Lembre que isso está em formato POSIX para Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | cadena | só em Mac - nome do volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | | - -(\*) Para determinar só a plataforma que se utiliza, há dois comandos disponíveis: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) e [Is Windows](is-windows.md). - -**Nota**: no caso das máquinas virtuais, a informação devolvida será a da máquina virtual. - -#### Exemplo - -O código abaixo é numa máquina Windows: +#### 説明 + +**System info** コマンドは、そのコマンドが実行されたOS とマシンのシステムのハードウェア/ソフトウェア両面の特性に関する情報を格納したオブジェクトを返します。 + +コマンドは、以下のような情報を返します: + +| プロパティ | | | 型 | 詳細 | 値の例 | +|-------------------|----------------|-------------|---------------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | 文字列 | カレントユーザーのアカウント名。一般的にはディレクトリ内でのアカウントを識別するのに使用されます | "msmith" | +| cores | | | 数値 | コア(CPU)の総数。バーチャルなマシンの場合、それに割り当てられたコアの総数 | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | 数値 | スレッドの総数。 | 8 | +| machineName | | | 文字列 | OSのネットワークパラメーターで設定されているマシンの名前 | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | ブール | 4DがmacOS 上のRosetta でエミュレートされている場合にはTrue 、それ以外の場合(エミュレートされていない、あるいはWindows上である場合)にはFalse | True | +| model | | | 文字列 | コンピューターのモデル名 | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", 等 | +| networkInterfaces | | | コレクション | アクティブな物理ネットワークアドレスのみ | | +| | ipAddresses | | コレクション | | | +| | | ip | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースのアドレス | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | 文字列 | ネットワークインターフェースの型 | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | 文字列 | インターフェース名 | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | 文字列 | インターフェースの型("ethernet"型はbluetooth インターフェースのために提供されていることに注意してください) | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | 文字列 | オペレーションシステムのバージョンおよびビルド番号(\*) | "Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnal 10.0.14393" | +| osLanguage | | | 文字列 | システムのカレントのユーザーによって設定された言語。RFC 3066規格によって表現されます。完全な一覧については、デザインリファレンスマニュアルの言語コード を参照してください。 | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", 等 | +| physicalMemory | | | 数値 | マシン上で利用可能なメモリ空間の容量(kb単位)。 | 16777216 | +| processor | | | 文字列 | プロセッサーの名前、型、スピード | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | 数値 | マシンが起動してからの総経過時間(秒単位) | 3600 | +| userName | | | 文字列 | マシンのカレントユーザー。一般的には表示名(例:コンピューターにログインする時の名前)として使用されます。 | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | コレクション | | | +| | available | | 数値 | 使用できる残り容量 | 524288 | +| | capacity | | 数値 | 利用可能な総容量(kb単位) | 1048576 | +| | disk | | オブジェクト \| コレクション(Macのみ) | | | +| | | description | 文字列 | ディスクを表す短い説明 | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | 文字列 | ディスクのID(Mac ではUUID、Windows では物理ドライブ) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | 数値 | ディスクの総容量(kb単位) | 104857600 | +| | | interface | 文字列 | マシンのインターフェースのタイプ | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | 文字列 | ハードディスク上のファイルを並べ替えたり取得する際にOSが使用するファイルシステム | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", 等 | +| | mountPoint | | 文字列 | 現在アクセス可能なファイルシステム上の、追加のファイルシステムがマウント(論理的接続)されたディレクトリ。Mac ではこれはPOSIX フォーマットである点に注意してください。 | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | 文字列 | Mac のに- ボリューム名 | "iMac-27-Program6" | + + +(\*) 使用されているプラットフォームを調べるだけであれば、二つのコマンドが利用可能です: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) および [Is Windows](is-windows.md) + +**注**: バーチャルマシンの場合、返される情報はバーチャルマシンのものとなります。 + +#### 例題 + +Windows マシン上で以下のコードを実行した場合: ```4d  var $systemInfo : Object  $systemInfo:=System info ``` -devolve um objeto que contém a informação abaixo: +以下のような情報を格納しているオブジェクトを返します: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Microsoft Windows 10 Professionnel 10.0.14393",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` -#### Ver também +#### 参照 -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..295ef82dca3895 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,352 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------- | - | ----------------- | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + +#### Descrição + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Exemplo 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 9 + +Este exemplo mostra como responder a um evento de fecho de janela com um formulário utilizado para a introdução de dados de registo: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### Veja também + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md)\ +[Current form table](current-form-table.md)\ +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md)\ +[FORM Event](form-event.md)\ +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md)\ +[Keystroke](keystroke.md)\ +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md)\ +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5bbf9362b7b250 --- /dev/null +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +--- +id: form-event +title: FORM Event +slug: /commands/form-event +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**FORM Event** : Object + + + +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| --------- | ------ | - | -------------- | +| Resultado | Object | ← | Objecto evento | + + + +#### Descrição + +**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred.**FORM Event** returns an object containing information about the form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **FORM Event** from within a form or object method. + +**Objeto devolvido** + +Each returned object includes the following main properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| objectName | text | Name of the object triggering the event - Not included if the event is triggered by the form | +| code | integer | Valor numérico do evento de formulário. | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. | + +For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: + +```json +{"code":4,"description":"On Clicked","objectName":"Button2"} +``` + +The event object can contain additional properties, depending on the object for which the event occurs. For *eventObj* objects generated on: + +- List box or list box column objects, see the *list box documentation on developer.4d.com*. +- 4D View Pro areas, see *On VP Ready form event*. + +**Note:** If there is no current event, **FORM Event** returns a null object. + +#### Exemplo 1 + +You want to handle the On Clicked event on a button: + +```4d + If(FORM Event.code=On Clicked) +    ... + End if +``` + +#### Exemplo 2 + +If you set the column object name with a real attribute name of a dataclass like this: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843820.en.png) + +You can sort the column using the On Header Click event: + +```4d + Form.event:=FORM Event + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Header Click) +       if(Form.event.columnName="lastname") +          Form.employees:=Form.employees.orderBy(Form.event.columnName+", firstname") +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Exemplo 3 + +You want to handle the On Display Details on a list box object with a method set in the *Meta info expression* property: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843812.en.png) + +The *setColor* method: + +```4d + var $event;$0;$meta : Object + $event:=FORM Event + $meta:=New object +  + Case of +    :($event.code=On Display Detail) +       If($event.isRowSelected) +          $meta.fill:="lightblue" +       End if + End case + $0:=$meta +``` + +The resulting list box when rows are selected: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict4843808.en.png) + +#### Veja também + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[Form event code](form-event-code.md) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md index 5d2c86ae7a4bf0..aab8d87992ac04 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/formula-from-string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ If the formula is created in a component, you might consider using the *context* | Parâmetros | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------------------------- | ------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| `sk execute in current database` | Longint | (padrão) A fórmula será executada no contexto em que foi criada | -| `sk execute in host database` | Longint | A fórmula será executada no contexto do banco de dados do host | +| `sk execute in current database` | Integer | (padrão) A fórmula será executada no contexto em que foi criada | +| `sk execute in host database` | Integer | A fórmula será executada no contexto do banco de dados do host | #### Exemplo diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md index 5c3058e2dcd982..4cd80b8ccc40b2 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/open-datastore.md @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Passe em connectionInfo um objeto que desceva o armazém de dados remoto ao que | hostname | Text | Nome ou endereço IP da database remota + ":" + número de porta (o numero de porta é obrigatório) | API Endpoint de instância Qodly cloud | | user | Text | Nome de usuario | - (ignorado) | | senha | Text | senha de usuario | - (ignorado) | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). O valor não pode ser < 60 (se for passado um valor menor, o tempo limite será definido como 60). Para obter mais informações, veja **Sessões de encerramento**. | - (ignorado) | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). O valor não pode ser < 60 (se for passado um valor menor, o tempo limite será definido como 60). Para obter mais informações, veja **Sessões de encerramento**. | - (ignorado) | | tls | Parâmetros | True para usar conexão segura(1). Se omitido, false por defeito. Se for omitido, o normal é falso Usar uma conexão segura é recomendado sempre que possível. | True para usar conexão segura. Se omitido, false por defeito | | type | Text | deve ser "4D Server" | - (ignorado) | | api-key | Text | - (ignorado) | API key da instância Qodly cloud | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md index 8a1dc9548467ea..89fcc2342f6a39 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-info.md @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ O objeto retornado contém as propriedades abaixo: | cpuTime | Real | Running time (seconds) | | cpuUsage | Real | Percentage of time devoted to this process (between 0 and 1) | | creationDateTime | Text (Date ISO 8601) | Date and time of process creation | -| ID | Longint | Process unique ID | +| ID | Integer | Process unique ID | | name | Text | Nome de processo | -| number | Longint | Process number | +| number | Integer | Process number | | preemptive | Parâmetros | True if run preemptive, false otherwise | | sessionID | Text | Session UUID | -| state | Longint | Current status. Possible values: see below | +| state | Integer | Current status. Possible values: see below | | systemID | Text | ID for the user process, 4D process or spare process | -| type | Longint | Running process type. Possible values: see below | +| type | Integer | Running process type. Possible values: see below | | visible | Parâmetros | True if visible, false otherwise | - Valores possíveis para "state": diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md index de8a5a9fa367b3..75469de3bc20a4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20-R7/commands/process-number.md @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs | name | Text | → | Nome do processo para o qual se deseja recuperar o número do processo | | id | Text | → | ID do processo para o qual se deseja recuperar o número do processo | | \* | Operador | → | Retorna o número do processo do servidor | -| Resultado | Longint | ← | Process number | +| Resultado | Integer | ← | Process number | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md index 4edd30652dba98..28340fc0ddd07c 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CollectionClass.md @@ -2224,8 +2224,8 @@ Também pode passar um parâmetro de critérios para definir como devem ordenar- | Parâmetros | Tipo | Valor | Comentário | | ------------- | ------- | ----- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | - | ck ascending | Longint | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | - | ck descending | Longint | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | + | ck ascending | Integer | 0 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma ascendente (por padrão) | + | ck descending | Integer | 1 | Os elementos são ordenados de forma descendente | Essa sintaxe ordena apenas os valores escalares da coleção (outros tipos de elementos como objetos ou coleções são retornados sem ordenar). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 3f87f1201bf468..a16011ef3e18f6 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en -| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | -| --------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | -| resultado | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | | Descrição | +| ---------- | ------------ | -- | ------------------------------------------------- | +| settings | Object | -> | Settings to generate or load a key pair | +| Resultados | 4D.CryptoKey | <- | Objeto que contém um par de chaves de encriptação | The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contém nome do tipo da chave - "RSA", "ECDS | 18 R4 | Adicionado | -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md index 987160fc101f13..050f536c643eae 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -721,9 +721,9 @@ O objecto `data` em cada entrada contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ---------------------- | ------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Chave primária da entidade | -| __STAMP | Longint | Stamp da entidade na base de dados | -| __TIMESTAMP | String | Stamp da entidade na base de dados (formato é YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | +| __KEY | Text | Chave primária da entidade | +| __STAMP | Integer | Stamp da entidade na base de dados | +| __TIMESTAMP | Text | Stamp da entidade na base de dados (formato é YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS:ms:Z) | | dataClassAttributeName | Diferente de | Se houver dados na cache para um atributo dataclass, estes são devolvidos numa propriedade com o mesmo tipo que na base de dados. | Os dados relativos a entidades relacionadas são armazenados na cache do objecto de dados. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md index af5b075efdc57f..554215a7ea9360 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/DataStoreClass.md @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Passe em *connectionInfo* um objeto que desceva o armazém de dados remoto ao qu | hostname | Text | Nome ou endereço IP da database remota + ":" + número de porta (o numero de porta é obrigatório) | | user | Text | Nome de usuario | | senha | Text | Senha de usuario. By default, the password is sent in clear form, therefore it is **strongly recommended** to use encrypted communications by passing `true` in the `tls` property. | -| idleTimeout | Longint | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). Se for omitido, o valor normal é 60 minutos (1hora) O valor não pode ser inferior a 60: se definir um valor inferior, o tempo de espera se eleva até 60). Para saber mais informação, consulte **Fechamento de sessões**. | +| idleTimeout | Integer | Tempo de espera da sessão de inatividade (em minutos) depois do qual a sessão é fechada automaticamente por 4D. Se omitido, o valor por defeito é 60 (1h). Se for omitido, o valor normal é 60 minutos (1hora) O valor não pode ser inferior a 60: se definir um valor inferior, o tempo de espera se eleva até 60). Para saber mais informação, consulte **Fechamento de sessões**. | | tls | Parâmetros | Utilize uma conexão segura(*). Se omitido, false por defeito. Se for omitido, o normal é falso Usar uma conexão segura é recomendado sempre que possível. | | passwordAlgorithm | Text | Pass "4d-rest-digest" if the server validates the password using the [`Validate password`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page638.html) command with the *digest* parameter set to `true`. | | type | Text | Deve ser "4D Server" | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md index 480b29829d7105..08c66005bd7ebe 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/EntityClass.md @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ As diferenças são retornadas como uma coleção de objetos cujas propriedades | Nome da propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------- | --------------------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -| attributeName | String | Nome do atributo | +| attributeName | Text | Nome do atributo | | value | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo na entidade | | otherValue | any - Depende do tipo de atributo | Valor do atributo em *entityToCompare* | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md index aadd8127532a56..855075ad2f9361 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() | 18 R6 | Adicionado | -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D. Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md index b38668e272352d..e96c547b93c6d4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Admin/cli.md @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Sintaxe: | `--headless` | | Lança 4D, Servidor 4D, ou a aplicação fusionada, sem uma interface (modo headless). Nesse modo:
  • O modo Design nãoe stá disponível, o banco começa em modo Aplicação
  • Sem barra de ferramentas, sem barra de menu, sem janela MDI ou tela de apresentação.
  • Nenhum ícone é exibido no dock ou na barra de tarefas.
  • O banco de dados aberto não é registrado no menu "Bancos recentes"
  • O histórico de diagnósticos é iniciado automaticamente (ver [SET DATABASE PARAMETER](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page642.html), selector 79)
  • Toda chamada para uma caixa de diálogo é interceptada e uma resposta automaticamente é fornecida (por exemplo OK para o comando [ALERT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page41.html) , Abortar para um diálogo de erro...). Todos os comandos interceptados (*) são gravados no histórico de diagnóstico.

    • Para questões de manutenção é possível enviar qualquer texto para streams normais de output usando o comando [LOG EVENT](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page667.html). Note que aplicações headless 4D só podem ser fechadas com uma chamada a [QUIT 4D](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page291.html) ou usando o gerente de tarefas do OS. | | `--dataless` | | Lança 4D, 4D Server, aplicação fundida ou tool4d em modo dataless. Dataless mode is useful when 4D runs tasks with no need for data (project compilation for example). Nesse modo:
  • Nenhum arquivo contendo dados é aberto, mesmo se especificado na linha de comando ou no arquivo `.4DLink`, ou se usar os comandos `CREATE DATA FILE` e `OPEN DATA FILE`
  • Comandos que manipulam dados vão causar um erro. Por exemplo , `CREATE RECORD` gera a mensagem “nenhuma tabela está disponível para aplicar este comando”.

    • **Nota**:
  • Se passado na linha de comando, o modo sem dados se aplica a todos os bancos de dados abertos em 4D, desde que a aplicação seja fechada.
  • Se passado no arquivo `.4DLink`, modo dataless só se aplica aos bancos especificados no arquivo `.4DLink`. Para saber mais sobre arquivos `.4DLink` veja [Project opening shortcuts](../Project/creating.md#project-opening-shortcuts).
    • | | `--webadmin-settings-file` | Rota do arquivo | Rota do arquivo personalizado WebAdmin `.4DSettings` para o [servidor WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) Não disponível com [tool4d](#tool4d). | -| `--webadmin-access-key` | String | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) Não disponível com [tool4d](#tool4d). | +| `--webadmin-access-key` | Text | Chave de acesso para o servidor web [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) Não disponível com [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-auto-start` | Parâmetros | Estado do início automático para o servidor [WebAdmin](webAdmin.md) Não disponível com [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--webadmin-store-settings` | | Armazena a chave de acesso e inicia automaticamente os parâmetros nas configurações de arquivo utilizadas (ou seja, o arquivo padrão [`WebAdmin.4DSettings`](webAdmin.md#webadmin-settings) ou um arquivo personalizado designado pelo parâmetro `--webadmin-settings-path`). Use o argumento `--webadmin-store-settings` para salvar essas configurações se necessário Não disponível com [tool4d](#tool4d). | | `--utility` | | Apenas disponível com 4D Server. Inicia [4D Server no modo utilitário](#4d-server-in-utility-mode). | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md index e9e71bf3559316..b35f50e86585c4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md @@ -174,6 +174,12 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + As funções de classe são propriedades específicas da classe. São objetos da classe [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md). No ficheiro de definição de classe, as declarações de função utilizam a palavra-chave `Função` , e o nome da função. O nome da função deve estar em conformidade com as [regras de nomeação de propriedades](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -284,6 +290,13 @@ Parâmetros // código ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Uma função construtora de classe aceita [parâmetros](#parameters) opcionais e pode ser usada para criar e inicializar objetos da classe de usuário. Quando você chama a função [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new), o construtor da classe é chamado com os parâmetros opcionalmente passados para a função `new()`. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md index 270cc2b0aba743..9d31511a72deef 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/data-types.md @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ O valor por defeito depende do tipo de variável: | ------------ | ------------------- | | Booleano | False | | Date | 00-00-00 | -| Longint | 0 | +| Integer | 0 | | Hora | 00:00:00 | | Imagem | tamanho da imagem=0 | | Real | 0 | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md index a6ab2741c85e34..1bc13b49997d5b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/dt_string.md @@ -38,8 +38,8 @@ As seguintes sequências de escape podem ser utilizadas em strings de caracteres | Operação | Sintaxe | Retorna | Expression | Valor | | -------------------- | ---------------- | ---------- | ----------------------- | -------- | -| Concatenação | String + String | String | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | -| Repetição | String * Number | String | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | +| Concatenação | String + String | Text | "abc" + "def" | "abcdef" | +| Repetição | String * Number | Text | "ab" * 3 | "ababab" | | Igual | String = String | Parâmetros | "abc" = "abc" | True | | | | | "abc" = "abd" | False | | Desigualdade | String # String | Parâmetros | "abc" # "abd" | True | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md index 4ae646c93b0fed..feb340c7a43e4a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/quick-tour.md @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Os mesmos símbolos são frequentemente utilizados para operações diferentes, | Tipo de dados | Operação | Exemplo | | ------------- | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Number | Adição | 1 + 2 adiciona os números e resultados em 3 | -| String | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | +| Text | Concatenação | "Hello " + "there" concatena (junta) as cadeias de caracteres e resulta em "Hello there" | | Data e Número | Adição de data | !1989-01-01! + 20 acrescenta 20 dias à data de 1 de janeiro de 1989 e resulta na data de 21 de janeiro de 1989 | @@ -289,10 +289,10 @@ Refere-se a uma expressão pelo tipo de dados que devolve. Existem vários tipos | Expression | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------ | -------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| “Hello” | String | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | -| “Hello ” + “there” | String | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | -| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | String | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | -| Uppercase("smith") | String | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres "smith" em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | +| “Hello” | Text | A palavra Hello é uma constante cadeia de caracteres, indicada pelas aspas duplas. | +| “Hello ” + “there” | Text | Duas cadeias, "Hello " e "there", são adicionadas (concatenadas) com o operador de concatenação de cadeias (+). É devolvida a cadeia de caracteres "Hello there". | +| “Sr. ” + [People]Name | Text | São concatenadas duas cadeias: a cadeia "Mr. " e o valor atual do campo Name na tabela People. Se o campo contiver "Smith", a expressão devolve "Mr. Smith". | +| Uppercase("smith") | Text | Esta expressão utiliza `Uppercase`, um comando da linguagem, para converter a cadeia de caracteres "smith" em maiúsculas. Retorna "SMITH". | | 4 | Number | Esta é uma constante numérica, 4. | | 4 * 2 | Number | Dois números, 4 e 2, são multiplicados utilizando o operador de multiplicação (*). O resultado é o número 8. | | myButton | Number | Esta é uma variável associada a um botão. Devolve o valor atual do botão: 1 se foi clicado, 0 se não foi. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md index e07a083e7c297b..29d45d717944e6 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Concepts/variables.md @@ -239,15 +239,15 @@ As variáveis do sistema são usadas pelos [comandos 4D](commands.md). Refer to | System variable name | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------------------------------------------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| `OK` | Longint | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | +| `OK` | Integer | Usually set to 1 after a command has displayed a dialog box and the user clicked the **OK** button, and 0 if they clicked **Cancel**. Some commands also modify the value of the `OK` system variable when a operation is successfully executed. | | `Document` | Text | Contains the "long name" (full path+name) of the last file opened or created using commands such as [Open document](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page264.html) or [SELECT LOG FILE](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page345.html). | | `FldDelimit`, `RecDelimit` | Text | Contain the character codes that will be used respectively as a field separator (default is **Tab** (9)) and record separator (default is **carriage return** (13)) when importing or exporting text. Para usar um separador diferente, atribua um novo valor à variável do sistema. | | `Error`, `Error method`, `Error line`, `Error formula` | Text, Longint | Used in an error-catching method installed by the [`ON ERR CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page155.html) command. See [Handling errors within the method](../Concepts/error-handling.md#handling-errors-within-the-method). | -| `MouseDown` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | -| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | -| `KeyCode` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | -| `Modifiers` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | -| `MouseProc` | Longint | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | +| `MouseDown` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to 1 when the mouse button is pushed, otherwise set to 0. | +| `MouseX`, `MouseY` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command.
  • In a `MouseDown=1` event, `MouseX` and `MouseY` are respectively set to the vertical and horizontal coordinates of the click. Both values are expressed in pixels and use the local coordinate system of the window.
  • In case of a picture field or variable, `MouseX` and `MouseY` return the local coordinates of a mouse click in the [`On Clicked`](../Events/onClicked.md), [`On Double Clicked`](../Events/onDoubleClicked.md) and [`On Mouse Up`](../Events/onMouseUp.md) form events. Local coordinates of the mouse cursor are also returned in the [`On Mouse Enter`](../Events/onMouseEnter.md) and [`On Mouse Move`](../Events/onMouseMove.md) form events. For more information, see the [Mouse Coordinates in a picture](../FormEditor/pictures.md#mouse-coordinates-in-a-picture) section.
    • | +| `KeyCode` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the character code of the key that was just pressed. If the key is a function key, `KeyCode` is set to a special code. | +| `Modifiers` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the keyboard modifier keys (Ctrl/Command, Alt/Option, Shift, Caps Lock). | +| `MouseProc` | Integer | Used in a method installed by the [`ON EVENT CALL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv20/help/command/en/page190.html) command. Set to the process number in which the last event took place | :::note diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md index a84c0aef04f1a7..36b0d954c0204e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormEditor/macros.md @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades retornadas no parâmetro *$editor*: | -------------------------------- | ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | $editor.editor.form | Object | O formulário completo | | $editor.editor.file | File | Objeto File do ficheiro do formulário | -| $editor.editor.name | String | Nome do formulário | +| $editor.editor.name | Text | Nome do formulário | | $editor.editor.table | number | Número da tabela do formulário, 0 para formulário projecto | | $editor.editor.currentPageNumber | number | O número da página actual | | $editor.editor.currentPage | Object | The current page, containing all the form objects and the entry order of the page | @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Here are the properties that you can pass in the `$result` object if you want th | formProperties | Object | formProperties se modificada pela macro | | editor.groups | Object | informação do grupo, se os grupos forem modificados pela macro | | editor.views | Object | view info, se as vistas forem modificadas pela macro | -| editor.activeView | String | Nome da vista activa | +| editor.activeView | Text | Nome da vista activa | Por exemplo, se objectos da página actual e grupos tiverem sido modificados, pode escrever: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ When handling the `method` attribute of form objects, you can define the attribu | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---- | --------- | | | | | - source|String|código do método| + source|Text|method code| 4D will create a file using the object name in the "objectMethods" folder with the content of `source` attribute. Esta funcionalidade só está disponível para o código macro. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md index d0d068be966ed7..64087f8afc1b4e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/button_overview.md @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Buttons can fulfill a variety of roles, depending on their style and the action ## Manipulação de botões -The actions assigned to buttons can originate from predefined [standard actions](properties_Action.md#standard-action) or from custom object methods. Examples of typical actions include letting the user accept, cancel, or delete records, copy or paste data, move from page to page in a multi-page form, open, delete, or add records in a subform, handle font attributes in text areas, etc. +As ações atribuídas aos botões podem se originar de [ações padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) predefinidas ou de métodos objeto personalizados. Examples of typical actions include letting the user accept, cancel, or delete records, copy or paste data, move from page to page in a multi-page form, open, delete, or add records in a subform, handle font attributes in text areas, etc. Buttons with standard actions are dimmed when appropriate during form execution. For example, if the first record of a table is displayed, a button with the `firstRecord` standard action would appear dimmed. diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md index e45535105e03b6..99f00f286a3c57 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/listbox_overview.md @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Seleções são gerenciadas diretamente, dependendo de se a list box é a basead - **List box de tipo coleção/seleção de entidades**: as seleções se gerenciam através das propriedades de list box dedicado: - [Elemento atual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item) é um objeto que receberá o elemento/a entidade selecionado - - [Elementos selecionados](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) é uma coleção de elementos selecionados + - [Selected Items](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) is a collection/entity selection object of selected items - [Posição do elemento atual](properties_DataSource.md#current-item-position) devolve a posição do elemento ou da entidade selecionada. - **List box de tipo array**: o comando `LISTBOX SELECT ROW` pode utilizar-se para selecionar uma ou mais linhas de list box por programação. A [variável associada ao objeto List box](propiedades_Objeto.md#variable-o-expresión) se utiliza para obter, definir ou armazenar as seleções de linhas no objeto. Esta variável corresponde a um array de booleanos que é criado e mantido automaticamente por 4D. O tamanho deste array vem determinado pelo tamanho do list box: contém o mesmo número de elementos que o menor array associado às colunas. Cada elemento deste array contém `True` se selecionar a línha correspondente e `False` em caso contrário. 4D atualiza o conteúdo deste array em função das ações de usuário. Do lado contrário, pode mduar o valor dos elementos array para mudar a seleção na list box. Mas não se pode inserir nem apagar linhas nesse array; nem se pode reescrever as linhas. O comando `Count in array` pode ser usado para encontrar o número de líneas selecionadas. Por exemplo, este método permite inverter a seleção da primeira línha de list box (tipo array): diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md index dc8a921ec7ff63..125082f2ca5f6e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/pictureButton_overview.md @@ -58,4 +58,4 @@ Estão disponíveis os seguintes outros modos: ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Button Style](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Focusable](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Font](properties_Text.md#font) - [Font Color](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Italic](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Loop back to first frame](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Shortcut](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Switch back when released](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) - [Switch continuously on clicks](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) - [Switch every x ticks](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) - [Title](properties_Object.md#title) - [Switch when roll over](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Use Last frame as disabled](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) - [Parte inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Estilo do botão](properties_TextAndPicture.md#button-style) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Foco](properties_Entry.md#focusable) - [Fonte](properties_Text.md#font) - [Cor da fonte](properties_Text.md#font-color) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Itálico](properties_Text.md#italic) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Retornar ao primeiro quadro](properties_Animation.md#loop-back-to-first-frame) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas](properties_Crop.md#rows) - [Atalho](properties_Entry.md#shortcut) - [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Retornar quando liberado](properties_Animation.md#switch-back-when-released) - [Alternar continuamente em cliques](properties_Animation.md#switch-continuously-on-clicks) - [Alternar a cada x ticks](properties_Animation.md#switch-every-x-ticks) - [Título](properties_Object.md#title) - [Alternar ao rolar](properties_Animation.md#switch-when-roll-over) - [Parte superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Usar o último quadro como desativado](properties_Animation.md#use-last-frame-as-disabled) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md index e3abfaec493317..5d06d3917ad526 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/picturePopupMenu_overview.md @@ -27,4 +27,4 @@ For example, if the user selects the 3rd element, 4D will display the third page ## Propriedades compatíveis -[Bold](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Border Line Style](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) -[Bottom](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Class](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Columns](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Help Tip](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Horizontal Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Left](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Object Name](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Pathname](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Right](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Rows](properties_Crop.md#rows)- [Standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Top](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Type](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variable or Expression](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Vertical Sizing](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibility](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) \ No newline at end of file +[Negrito](properties_Text.md#bold) - [Estilo da linha de borda](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#border-line-style) [-Inferior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#bottom) - [Classe](properties_Object.md#css-class) - [Colunas](properties_Crop.md#columns) - [Altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) - [Dica de ajuda](properties_Help.md#help-tip) - [Dimensionamento horizontal](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) - [Esquerda](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#left) - [Nome do objeto](properties_Object.md#object-name) - [Nome do caminho](properties_Picture.md#pathname) - [Direita](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) - [Linhas -](properties_Crop.md#rows) [Ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) - [Superior](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#top) - [Tipo](properties_Object.md#type) - [Variável ou expressão](properties_Object.md#variable-or-expression) - [Dimensionamento vertical](properties_ResizingOptions.md#vertical-sizing) - [Visibilidade](properties_Display.md#visibility) - [Largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 62fb8b1078cc09..e1502f7e957feb 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Existem vários tipos de cálculos disponíveis. The following table shows which | Mínimo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Máximo | X | X | X | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | | Soma | X | | | X | X | | Igual ao tipo de coluna | -| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Longint | +| Contagem | X | X | X | X | X | X | Integer | | Média | X | | | X | | | Real | | Desvio padrão(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | | Variância(*) | X | | | X | | | Real | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md index 9bd36d61065234..d833c57a56045a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/properties_Reference.md @@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | **a** | | | | [`action`](properties_Action.md#standard-action) | Ação típica a ser executada. | O nome de uma ação standard válida. | -| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Allows displaying system font picker or color picker to edit object attributes | true, false (padrão) | -| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Any CSS value; "transparent"; "automatic" | -| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Enables automatically adding a value to a list when a user enters a value that is not in the object's associated choice list. | true, false | +| [`allowFontColorPicker`](properties_Text.md#allow-fontcolor-picker) | Permite a exibição do seletor de fontes do sistema ou do seletor de cores para editar os atributos dos objetos | true, false (padrão) | +| [`alternateFill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#alternate-background-color) | Permite definir uma cor de fundo diferente para linhas/colunas ímpares em uma caixa de listagem. | Qualquer valor CSS; "transparent"; "automatic"; "automaticAlternate" | +| [`automaticInsertion`](properties_DataSource.md#automatic-insertion) | Habilita a adição automática de um valor a uma lista quando o usuário insere um valor que não está na lista de escolha associada ao objeto. | true, false | | **b** | | | | [`booleanFormat`](properties_Display.md#text-when-falsetext-when-true) | Especifica apenas dois valores possíveis. | true, false | | [`borderRadius`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#corner-radius) | O valor do raio para rectângulos redondos. | mínimo: 0 | @@ -54,12 +54,12 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | **e** | | | | [`enterable`](properties_Entry.md#enterable) | Indica se os usuários podem introduzir valores no objeto. | true, false | | [`enterableInList`](properties_Subform.md#enterable-in-list) | Indica se os usuários podem modificar os dados do registo diretamente no subformulário lista. | true, false | -| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. This property is not accessible if the Enterable property is not enabled. | Texto para restringir entradas | +| [`entryFilter`](properties_Entry.md#entry-filter) | Associa um filtro de entrada ao objeto ou às células da coluna. Essa propriedade não estará acessível se a propriedade Enterable não estiver ativada. | Texto para restringir entradas | | [`events`](Events/overview.md) | Lista de todos os eventos selecionados para o objeto ou formulário | Coleção de nomes de eventos, por exemplo, ["onClick", "onDataChange"...]. | | [`excludedList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#excluded-list) | Permite definir uma lista cujos valores não podem ser introduzidos na coluna. | Uma lista de valores a excluir. | | **f** | | | | [`fill`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color--fill-color) | Define a cor de fundo de um objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | -| [`focável`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indicates whether the object can have the focus (and can thus be activated by the keyboard for instance) | true, false | +| [`focável`](properties_Entry.md#focusable) | Indica se o objeto pode ter o foco (e, pode ser ativado pelo teclado, por exemplo) | true, false | | [`fontFamily`](properties_Text.md#font) | Especifica o nome da família de fontes utilizada no objeto. | Nome da família de fontes CSS | | [`fontSize`](properties_Text.md#font-size) | Define o tamanho do tipo de letra em pontos quando não está selecionado nenhum tema de tipo de letra | mínimo: 0 | | [`fontStyle`](properties_Text.md#italic) | Define o texto selecionado como ligeiramente inclinado para a direita. | "normal", "italic" | @@ -107,15 +107,15 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`multilinha`](properties_Entry.md#multiline) | Manipula conteúdo multilinha. | "yes", "no", "automatic" | | **n** | | | | [`name`](properties_Object.md#object-name) | O nome do objecto formulário. (Facultativo para o formulário) | Qualquer nome que não pertença a um objeto já existente | -| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | Números (incluindo um ponto decimal ou sinal de menos, se necessário) | +| [`numberFormat`](properties_Display.md#number-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | Números (incluindo um ponto decimal ou sinal de menos, se necessário) | | **p** | | | -| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | The pathname of the picture for picture buttons, picture pop-up menus, or static pictures | Relative or filesystem path in POSIX syntax, or "var:\" for picture variable. | -| [pictureFormat](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (input, list box column or footer)
    [pictureFormat](properties_Picture.md#display) (static picture) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | +| [`picture`](properties_Picture.md#pathname) | O nome do caminho da imagem para botões de imagem, menus pop-up de imagem ou imagens estáticas | Caminho relativo ou do sistema de arquivos na sintaxe POSIX, ou "var:\" para variável imagem. | +| [`pictureFormat`](properties_Display.md#picture-format) (entrada, coluna list box ou rodapé)
    [`pictureFormat`](properties_Picture.md#display) (imagem estática) | Controla a aparência das imagens quando exibidas ou impressas. | "truncatedTopLeft", "scaled", "truncatedCenter", "tiled", "proportionalTopLeft" (excluindo imagens estáticas), "proportionalCenter" (excluindo imagens estáticas) | | [`placeholder`](properties_Entry.md#placeholder) | Acinzenta o texto quando o valor da fonte de dados está vazio. | Texto a ficar a cinzento. | | [`pluginAreaKind`](properties_Object.md#plug-in-kind) | Descreve o tipo de plug-in. | O tipo de plug-in. | -| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Allows displaying a symbol that appears as a triangle in the button, which indicates that there is a pop-up menu attached. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | -| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Print mode for objects whose size can vary from one record to another depending on their contents | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | -| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | A value between 0 and 100, representing the page load completion percentage in the Web area. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | +| [`popupPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#with-pop-up-menu) | Permite a exibição de um símbolo que aparece como um triângulo no botão, o que indica haver um menu pop-up anexado. | "None", Linked", "Separated" | +| [`printFrame`](properties_Print.md#print-frame) | Modo de impressão para objetos cujo tamanho pode variar de um registro para outro, dependendo de seu conteúdo | "fixed", "variable", (apenas subformulário) "fixedMultiple" | +| [`progressSource`](properties_WebArea.md#progression) | Um valor entre 0 e 100, que representa a porcentagem de conclusão do carregamento da página na área Web. Atualizado automaticamente por 4D, não pode ser modificado manualmente. | mínimo: 0 | | **r** | | | | [`radioGroup`](properties_Object.md#radio-group) | Enables radio buttons to be used in coordinated sets: only one button at a time can be selected in the set. | Nome do grupo rádio | | [`requiredList`](properties_RangeOfValues.md#required-list) | Permite definir uma lista onde só podem ser inseridos determinados valores. | Uma lista de valores obrigatórios. | @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`direita`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#right) | Posiciona um objeto à direita. | mínimo: 0 | | [`rowControlSource`](properties_ListBox.md#row-control-array) | Um array 4D que define as linhas do list box. | Array | | [`rowCount`](properties_Crop.md#rows) | Define o número de linhas. | mínimo: 1 | -| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | The name of an array or expression to apply a custom background color to each row of a list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | +| [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#row-background-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowFillSource](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#background-color-expression) (selection or collection list box) | O nome de um array ou expressão para aplicar uma cor de fundo personalizada a cada linha de um list box. | O nome de um array ou expressão. | | [`rowHeight`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#row-height) | Define a altura das linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão) | | [`rowHeightAuto`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#automatic-row-height) | boolean | "true", "false" | | [`rowHeightAutoMax`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#maximum-width) | Designa a maior altura permitida para as linhas do list box. | Valor CSS a unidade "em" ou "px" (por padrão). mínimo: 0 | @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#row-style-array) (array list box)
    [rowStyleSource](properties_Text.md#style-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir as cores das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#row-font-color-array) (array list box)
    [rowStrokeSource](properties_Text.md#font-color-expression) (selection or collection/entity selection list box) | Um arrray ou expressão para gerir estilos das linhas. | Nome do array ou expressão. | | **s** | | | -| entryFiler | The type of contents to save in the field or variable associated to the form object | "value", "reference" | +| entryFiler | O tipo de conteúdo a ser salvo no campo ou na variável associada ao objeto de formulário | "value", "reference" | | [`scrollbarHorizontal`](properties_Appearance.md#horizontal-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para a esquerda ou para a direita. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`scrollbarVertical`](properties_Appearance.md#vertical-scroll-bar) | Uma ferramenta que permite ao usuário mover a área de visualização para cima ou para baixo. | "visible", "hidden", "automatic" | | [`selectedItemsSource`](properties_DataSource.md#selected-items) | Coleção dos itens seleccionados num list box. | Expressão da colecção | @@ -150,20 +150,20 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`showHiddenChars`](properties_Appearance.md#show-hidden-characters) | Mostra/oculta caracteres invisíveis. | true, false | | [`showHorizontalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-horizontal-ruler) | Mostra/oculta a régua horizontal quando a vista de documento está no modo de vista Página | true, false | | [`showHTMLWysiwyg`](properties_Appearance.md#show-html-wysiwyg) | Ativa/desactiva a visualização HTML WYSIWYG | true, false | -| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Displays/hides the page frame when the document view is in Page view mode | true, false | +| [`showPageFrames`](properties_Appearance.md#show-page-frame) | Exibe/oculta a moldura da página quando a visualização do documento está no modo Visualização de página | true, false | | [`showReferences`](properties_Appearance.md#show-references) | Apresenta todas as expressões 4D inseridas no documento 4D Write Pro como *referências * | true, false | -| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Keeps the selection visible within the object after it has lost the focus | true, false | +| [`showSelection`](properties_Entry.md#selection-always-visible) | Mantém a seleção visível no objeto depois que ele perde o foco | true, false | | [`showVerticalRuler`](properties_Appearance.md#show-vertical-ruler) | Exibe/oculta a régua vertical quando a visualização do documento está no modo de visualização Página | true, false | | [`singleClickEdit`](properties_Entry.md#single-click-edit) | Permite a passagem direta para o modo de edição. | true, false | -| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the horizontal size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | -| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Specifies if the vertical size of an object should be moved or resized when a user resizes the form. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingX`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho horizontal de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | +| [`sizingY`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#horizontal-sizing) | Especifica se o tamanho vertical de um objeto deve ser movido ou redimensionado quando um usuário redimensiona o formulário. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`sortable`](properties_Action.md#sortable) | Permite ordenar os dados das colunas clicando no cabeçalho. | true, false | | [`spellcheck`](properties_Entry.md#auto-spellcheck) | Ativa a verificação ortográfica do objeto | true, false | | [`splitterMode`](properties_ResizingOptions.md#pusher) | When a splitter object has this property, other objects to its right (vertical splitter) or below it (horizontal splitter) are pushed at the same time as the splitter, with no stop. | "grow", "move", "fixed" | | [`startPoint`](shapes_overview.md#startpoint-property) | Ponto de partida para desenhar um objeto de linha (disponível somente na gramática JSON). | "bottomLeft", topLeft" | | [`staticColumnCount`](properties_ListBox.md#number-of-static-columns) | Número de colunas que não podem ser movidas durante a execução. | mínimo: 0 | | [`step`](properties_Scale.md#step) | Intervalo mínimo aceite entre valores durante a utilização. For numeric steppers, this property represents seconds when the object is associated with a time type value and days when it is associated with a date type value. | mínimo: 1 | -| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Store the style tags with the text, even if no modification has been made | true, false | +| [`storeDefaultStyle`](properties_Text.md#store-with-default-style-tags) | Armazenar as etiquetas de estilo com o texto, mesmo que nenhuma modificação tenha sido feita | true, false | | [stroke](properties_Text.md#font-color) (text)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-color) (lines)
    [stroke](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#transparent) (list box) | Especifica a cor do tipo de letra ou da linha utilizada no objeto. | Qualquer valor CSS, "transparent", "automatic" | | [`strokeDashArray`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#dotted-line-type) | Descreve o tipo de linha pontilhada como uma sequência de pontos pretos e brancos | Arrays numéricos ou strings | | [`strokeWidth`](properties_BackgroundAndBorder.md#line-width) | Designa a espessura de uma linha. | Um número inteiro ou 0 para a largura mais pequena num formulário impresso | @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`textAlign`](properties_Text.md#horizontal-alignment) | Localização horizontal do texto na área que o contém. | "automatic", "right", "center", "justify", "left" | | [`textAngle`](properties_Text.md#orientation) | Modifica a orientação (rotação) da área de texto. | 0, 90, 180, 270 | | [`textDecoration`](properties_Text.md#underline) | Define o texto selecionado para ter uma linha por baixo. | "normal", "underline" | -| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controls the way the alphanumeric fields and variables appear when displayed or printed. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | +| [`textFormat`](properties_Display.md#alpha-format) | Controla como os campos alfanuméricos e as variáveis aparecem quando exibidos ou impressos. | "####", "(#####) ### ####", "### ### ### ####", "#### ## ####", "00000", formatos personalizados | | [`textPlacement`](properties_TextAndPicture.md#titlepicture-position) | Localização relativa do título do botão em relação ao ícone associado. | "left", "top", "right", "bottom", "center" | | [`threeState`](properties_Display.md#three-states) | Permite que um objeto de caixa de verificação aceite um terceiro estado. | true, false | | [`timeFormat`](properties_Display.md#time-format) | Controla como as horas aparecem quando são apresentadas ou impressas. | Built-in formats ("systemShort", "systemMedium", "systemLong", "iso8601", "hh_mm_ss", "hh_mm", "hh_mm_am", "mm_ss", "HH_MM_SS", "HH_MM", "MM_SS", "blankIfNull") | @@ -197,9 +197,9 @@ Nesta página, encontrará uma lista completa de todas as propriedades de object | [`verticalLineStroke`](properties_Gridlines.md#vertical-line-color) | Define a cor das linhas verticais num list box (cinzento por predefinição). | Qualquer valor CSS, "'transparent", "automatic" | | [`visibilidade`](properties_Display.md#visibility) | Permite ocultar o objeto no ambiente da aplicação. | "visible", "hidden", "selectedRows", "unselectedRows" | | **w** | | | -| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Used to choose between two rendering engines for the Web area, depending on the specifics of the application. | "embedded", "system" | +| [`webEngine`](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) | Usado para escolher entre dois motores de renderização para a área Web, dependendo das especificações da aplicação. | "embedded", "system" | | [`width`](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) | Designa o tamanho horizontal de um objeto | mínimo: 0 | -| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Manages the display of a formula bar with the Toolbar interface in the 4D View Pro area. | true, false | +| [`withFormulaBar`](properties_Appearance.md#show-formula-bar) | Gerencia a exibição de uma barra de fórmula com a interface da barra de ferramentas na área 4D View Pro. | true, false | | [`wordwrap`](properties_Display.md#wordwrap) | Gerencia a exibição do conteúdo quando ele excede a largura do objeto. | "automatic" (exceto list box), "normal", "nenhum" | | **z** | | | | [`zoom`](properties_Appearance.md#zoom) | Percentagem de zoom para mostrar a área 4D Irite Pro | número (mínimo=0) | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/tabControl.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/tabControl.md index f4e582de91ff91..354acfd48fcdfd 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/tabControl.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/tabControl.md @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ id: tabControl title: Abas --- -A tab control creates an object that lets the user choose among a set of virtual screens that are enclosed by the tab control object. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. +Uma guia cria um objeto que permite que o usuário escolha entre várias telas virtuais exibidas nos limites da guia. O usuário acessa cada tela clicando na guia correspondente. O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pestanas: @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ O seguinte formulário de várias páginas utiliza um objeto de controlo de pest Para passar de uma tela para outra, o usuário simplesmente clica na guia correspondente. -The screens can represent pages in a multi-page form or an object that changes when the user clicks a tab. If the tab control is used as a page navigation tool, then the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command or the `gotoPage` standard action would be used when a user clicks a tab. +As telas podem representar páginas em um formulário de várias páginas ou um objeto que muda quando o usuário clica em uma guia. If the tab control is used as a page navigation tool, then the [FORM GOTO PAGE](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/FORM-GOTO-PAGE.301-4128536.en.html) command or the `gotoPage` standard action would be used when a user clicks a tab. Outra utilização do controlo de separadores consiste em controlar os dados apresentados num subformulário. Por exemplo, um Rolodex pode ser implementado utilizando um controlo de pestanas. The tabs would display the letters of the alphabet and the tab control’s action would be to load the data corresponding to the letter that the user clicked. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ You can assign a [choice list](properties_DataSource.md#choice-list-static-list) ### Utilizar um array texto -Você pode criar um array Text que contenha os nomes de cada página do formulário. Este código deve ser executado antes de o formulário ser apresentado ao usuário. For example, you could place the code in the object method of the tab control and execute it when the `On Load` event occurs. +Você pode criar um array Text que contenha os nomes de cada página do formulário. Este código deve ser executado antes de o formulário ser apresentado ao usuário. Por exemplo, você poderia colocar o código no método objeto do controle de guia e executá-lo quando o evento `On Load` ocorrer. ```4d ARRAY TEXT(arrPages;3) @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ Eis um exemplo de método objeto: ### Acção Goto Page -When you assign the `gotoPage` [standard action](properties_Action.md#standard-action) to a tab control, 4D will automatically display the page of the form that corresponds to the number of the tab that is selected. +Quando você atribuir a [ação padrão](properties_Action.md#standard-action) `gotoPage` para um objeto do tipo Tab, 4D irá exibir automaticamente a página do formulário que corresponde ao número da guia selecionada. -For example, if the user selects the 3rd tab, 4D will display the third page of the current form (if it exists). +Por exemplo, se o usuário selecionar a terceira aba, 4D exibirá a terceira página do formulário atual (se existir). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/text.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/text.md index 654a1d81e7316f..af02a0904ab82b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/text.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/text.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ title: Text --- -A text object allows you to display static written content (*e.g.*, instructions, titles, labels, etc.) on a form. These static text areas can become dynamic when they include dynamic references. Para mais informações, consulte [Usando referências em textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). +Um objeto de texto permite a exibição de conteúdo escrito estático*(por exemplo*, instruções, títulos, rótulos etc.) em um formulário. Estas áreas de texto estático podem se tornar dinâmicas quando incluem referências dinâmicas. Para mais informações, consulte [Usando referências em textos estáticos](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Using-references-in-static-text.300-4163725.en.html). #### JSON Exemplo @@ -25,19 +25,19 @@ A text object allows you to display static written content (*e.g.*, instructions ## Rotação -4D lets you rotate text areas in your forms using the [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation) property. +O 4D permite que você gire as áreas de texto em seus formulários usando a propriedade [Orientation](properties_Text.md#orientation). ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText.png) > A rotação do texto pode ser definida para um processo utilizando o comando de linguagem `OBJECT SET TEXT ORIENTATION`. -Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Note that the text area’s height and width properties do not depend on its orientation: +Quando um texto é rodado, pode continuar a alterar o seu tamanho ou posição, bem como todas as suas propriedades. Observe que as propriedades de largura e altura da área de texto não dependem da sua orientação: ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/staticText2.png) -- If the object is resized in direction A, its [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) is modified; -- If the object is resized in direction C, its [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) is modified; -- If the object is resized in direction B, both its [width](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) and [height](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) are modified. +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção A, sua [largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) será modificada; +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção C, sua [altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) será modificada; +- Se o objeto for redimensionado na direção B, sua [largura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#width) e [altura](properties_CoordinatesAndSizing.md#height) serão modificadas. ## Propriedades compatíveis diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index fadf9cf37d4125..e476158390dc6b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ title: Área Web --- -The Web areas can display various types of Web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, Javascript, etc. The rendering engine of the Web area depends on the execution platform of the application and the selected [rendering engine option](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. +Web areas can display various types of web content within your forms: HTML pages with static or dynamic contents, files, pictures, JavaScript, etc. As áreas web podem mostrar vários tipos de conteúdo web dentro de seus formulários: Páginas HTML com conteúdos estáticos ou dinâmicos, arquivos, imagens, Javascript, etc. O motor de renderizado da área web depende da plataforma de execução da aplicação e de [a opção motor de renderizado](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine) selecionada. É possível criar várias áreas web no mesmo formulário. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-areas-rules). @@ -46,14 +46,14 @@ O [motor de renderização web embebido de 4D](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedde For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d. HelloWorld(); ``` > JavaScript é sensível a maiúsculas e minúsculas, portanto é importante notar que o objeto tem o nome $4d (com uma letra minúscula "d"). A sintaxe das chamadas aos métodos 4D é a seguinte: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md index e2b944b5861c5f..2a65a2dcf81b2e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ORDA/privileges.md @@ -124,15 +124,15 @@ A sintaxe do ficheiro `roles.json` é a seguinte: | Nome da propriedade | | | Tipo | Obrigatório | Descrição | | ------------------- | --------------- | ------------- | -------------------------------- | ----------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | privileges | | | Coleção de objectos `privilege` | X | Lista de privilégios definidos | -| | \[].privilege | | String | | Nome do privilégio | +| | \[].privilege | | Text | | Nome do privilégio | | | \[].includes | | Coleção de strings | | Lista de nomes de privilégios incluídos | | roles | | | Coleção de objetos `role` | | Lista de roles definidos | -| | \[].role | | String | | Nome da role | +| | \[].role | | Text | | Nome da role | | | \[].privileges | | Coleção de strings | | Lista de nomes de privilégios incluídos | | permissions | | | Object | X | Lista de acções permitidas | | | allowed | | Coleção de objectos `permission` | | Lista de permissões permitidas | -| | | \[].applyTo | String | X | Nome do [recurso](#resources) alvo | -| | | \[].type | String | X | [Resource](#resources) type: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | +| | | \[].applyTo | Text | X | Nome do [recurso](#resources) alvo | +| | | \[].type | Text | X | [Resource](#resources) type: "datastore", "dataclass", "attribute", "method" | | | | \[].read | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | | | | \[].create | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | | | | \[].update | Coleção de strings | | Lista de privilégios | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md index ab2b84bfab10b0..c474fe24b8f1b4 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/Project/documentation.md @@ -166,10 +166,10 @@ _italic_ - A etiqueta de tabela é suportada: ```md -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| Parameter | Type | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------------ | -| wpArea | String |Área de escrita profissional| -| toolbar | String |Nome da barra de ferramentas | +| wpArea | Text |Write pro area| +| toolbar | Text |Toolbar name | ``` @@ -208,16 +208,18 @@ No ficheiro `WP SwitchToolbar.md`, pode escrever: - GetLogo (size) -> logo +GetLogo (size) -> logo | Parameter | Type | in/out | Description | | --------- | ------ | ------ | ----------- | -| size | Longint | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | +| size | Integer | in | Logo style selector (1 to 5) | | logo | Picture | out | Selected logo | -## Description This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter value. +## Description + +This method returns a logo of a specific size, depending on the value of the *size* parameter. 1 = tamanho mais pequeno, 5 = tamanho maior. ## Example C_PICTURE($logo) diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md index 5dfa65b01fd43d..38b7a0d7eda5d0 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$catalog.md @@ -29,11 +29,11 @@ Nesta lista apenas são mostrados os dataclasses expostos para a datastore do se Aqui está uma descrição das propriedades devolvidas para cada dataclass na datastore do seu projecto: -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass. | -| uri | String | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o |dataclass e os seus atributos. | -| dataURI | String | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass. | +| uri | Text | Um URI que lhe permite obter informações sobre o |dataclass e os seus atributos. | +| dataURI | Text | Uma URI que lhe permite visualizar os dados no dataclass. | ### Exemplo @@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ As seguintes propriedades são devolvidas para um dataclass exposto: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | -------------- | ------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | Nome da dataclass | -| collectionName | String | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | +| name | Text | Nome da dataclass | +| collectionName | Text | Nome de uma selecção de entidade no dataclass | | tableNumber | Number | Número da tabela na base de dados 4D | -| scope | String | Alcance da classe de dados (lembre que só são mostradas as classes de dados cujo **Alcance** for público) | -| dataURI | String | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | +| scope | Text | Alcance da classe de dados (lembre que só são mostradas as classes de dados cujo **Alcance** for público) | +| dataURI | Text | Um URI para os dados no dataclass | ### Atributo(s) @@ -206,16 +206,16 @@ Aqui estão as propriedades para cada atributo exposto que são devolvidas: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ---------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| name | String | o nome de atributo. | -| kind | String | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | +| name | Text | o nome de atributo. | +| kind | Text | Tipo de atributo (armazenamento ou relatedEntity). | | fieldPos | Number | Posição do campo na tabela da base de dados). | -| scope | String | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | -| indexed | String | Se algum **Index Kind** foi seleccionado, esta propriedade voltará a ser verdadeira. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| type | String | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, data, duração, imagem, long, long64, número, string, uuid ou palavra) ou a classe de dados para um atributo de relação N->1. | +| scope | Text | Âmbito do atributo (apenas aparecerão os atributos cujo âmbito seja Público). | +| indexed | Text | Se algum **Index Kind** foi seleccionado, esta propriedade voltará a ser verdadeira. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | +| type | Text | Tipo de atributo (booleano, blob, byte, data, duração, imagem, long, long64, número, string, uuid ou palavra) ou a classe de dados para um atributo de relação N->1. | | identifying | Parâmetros | Esta propriedade retorna True se o atributo for a chave primária. Caso contrário, esta propriedade não aparece. | -| path | String | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | -| foreignKey | String | foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| | -| inverseName | String | inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| | +| path | Text | Nome da relação de um atributo relatedEntity ou relateEntities. | +| foreignKey | Text | foreignKey|String |For a relatedEntity attribute, name of the related attribute.| | +| inverseName | Text | inverseName |String |Name of the opposite relation for a relatedEntity or relateEntities attribute.| | ### Chave primária diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md index 7fa72293357e8c..34d758db15c80b 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$entityset.md @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ Após criar um conjunto de entidades, o ID do conjunto de entidades é devolvido Criar outro conjunto de entidades com base em conjuntos de entidades criados anteriormente -| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | -| ---------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| $operator | String | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | -| $otherCollection | String | ID do conjunto de entidades | +| Parâmetro | Tipo | Descrição | +| ---------------- | ---- | -------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| $operator | Text | Um dos operadores lógicos a testar com o outro conjunto de entidades | +| $otherCollection | Text | ID do conjunto de entidades | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md index 803b018d2260b5..b3bd6fe695c93a 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$info.md @@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ Para cada seleção de entidades atualmente armazenada no cache do 4D Server, a | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| id | String | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | -| dataClass | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| id | Text | Um UUID que faz referência ao conjunto de entidades. | +| dataClass | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | selectionSize | Number | Número de entidades na seleção de entidades. | | sorted | Parâmetros | Devolve true se o conjunto foi ordenado (utilizando `$orderby`) ou false se não foi ordenado. | | refreshed | Date | Quando o conjunto de entidades foi criado ou utilizado a última vez. | @@ -40,8 +40,8 @@ Para cada sessão usuário, são devolvidas as seguintes informações na coleç | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| sessionID | String | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | -| userName | String | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | +| sessionID | Text | Um UUID que faz referência à sessão. | +| userName | Text | O nome do usuário que executa a sessão. | | lifeTime | Number | O tempo de vida de uma sessão usuário em segundos (3600 por predefinição). | | expiration | Date | A data e hora de expiração atuais da sessão do usuário. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md index 63ba7eeac5746e..e2ca79c9e59d8d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$querypath.md @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Na coleção de etapas, existe um objeto com as seguintes propriedades que defin | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| description | String | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | +| description | Text | Consulta executada ou "AND" quando existem várias etapas | | time | Number | Número de milissegundos necessários para executar a consulta | | recordsfounds | Number | Número de registos encontrados | | steps | Collection | Uma coleção com um objeto que define a etapa subsequente do caminho da consulta | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md index c6208e0e3f5e19..eee4e8f99b2793 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/$queryplan.md @@ -9,10 +9,10 @@ Retorna a consulta como foi passada para 4D Server (*e.g.*, `$queryplan=true`) ## Descrição $queryplan retorna o plano da consulta como foi passado para 4D Server. -| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | -| ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| item | String | Petição executada | -| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | +| Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | +| ----------- | ----- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| item | Text | Petição executada | +| subquery | Array | Se houver uma subconsulta, um objeto adicional contendo uma propriedade de item (como o anterior) | Para mais informações sobre os planos de consulta, consultar [queryPlan e queryPath](genInfo.md#querypath-and-queryplan). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md index d88f260eb02b33..c0922ca51bcfaf 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ As entidades passadas nos parâmetros são referenciadas no servidor através da | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | --------------------- | ------------------------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATACLASS | String | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | +| __DATACLASS | Text | Obrigatório - Indica a Dataclass da entidade | | __ENTITY | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma entidade | | __KEY | misto (do mesmo tipo que a chave primária) | Facultativo - Chave primária da entidade | @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ A seleção da entidade deve ter sido previamente definida utilizando [$method=e | Propriedades | Tipo | Descrição | | --------------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | | Atributos da entidade | misto | Opcional - Valores a modificar | -| __DATASET | String | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | +| __DATASET | Text | Obrigatório - entitySetID (UUID) da seleção de entidades | | __ENTITIES | Parâmetros | Obrigatório - Verdadeiro para indicar ao servidor que o parâmetro é uma seleção de entidade | Ver exemplo de[recepção de uma seleção de entidade](#receiving-an-entity-selection-as-parameter). diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md index 1f991c1ed13389..35cbb3ffc6ce4d 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/REST/dataClass.md @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Aqui está uma descrição dos dados retornados: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ------------- | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | -| __entityModel | String | Nome da dataclass. | +| __entityModel | Text | Nome da dataclass. | | __COUNT | Number | Número de entidades na classe de dados. | | __SENT | Number | Número de entidades enviadas pela petição REST. Esse número pode ser o número total de entidades se for menor que o valor definido por `$top/$limit`. | | __FIRST | Number | Número de entidade em que a seleção vai começar. Ou o valor padrão 0 ou o valor definido por `$skip`. | @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ Cada entidade contém as propriedades abaixo: | Propriedade | Tipo | Descrição | | ----------- | ------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| __KEY | String | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | +| __KEY | Text | Valor da chave primária definida para a classe de dados. | | __TIMESTAMP | Date | Registro de hora da última modificação da entidade | | __STAMP | Number | Registro interno necessário quando modificar qualquer um dos valores na entidade quando usar`$method=update`. | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md index 530c559eb4b851..ef5b66d571825e 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/configuring.md @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Contém as seguintes propriedades: | Propriedade | Tipo de valor | Descrição | | ------------ | ------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -| version | Longint | Versão do componente interno | +| version | Integer | Versão do componente interno | | dateCreation | Timestamp | Data de criação | | dateModified | Timestamp | Data da última modificação | | meta | Object | Conteúdos gratuitos, reservados ao programador 4D | diff --git a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md index 5bbe19e7158657..c4fd42467198bf 100644 --- a/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md +++ b/i18n/pt/docusaurus-plugin-content-docs/version-20/ViewPro/method-list.md @@ -5097,7 +5097,7 @@ O comando `VP SET DEFAULT STYLE` The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contains the name of the key type - "RSA", " |18 R4|Added -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md index 513b8952841b6c..ba085bea7ac467 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-19/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -711,7 +711,7 @@ where: |Not condition applied on a statement| NOT| Parenthesis are mandatory when NOT is used before a statement containing several operators| |Contains keyword| %| Keywords can be used in attributes of string or picture type| -* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection or element in the collection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. +* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection or element in the collection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. Note that, in case of type mismatch with scalar types (text, date, number...), 4D will try to convert the **value** type to the attribute data type whenever possible, for an easier handling of values coming from the Internet. For example, if the string "v20" is entered as **value** to compare with an integer attribute, it will be converted to 20. When using a constant value, the following rules must be respected: * **text** type constant can be passed with or without simple quotes (see **Using quotes** below). To query a string within a string (a "contains" query), use the wildcard symbol (@) in value to isolate the string to be searched for as shown in this example: "@Smith@". The following keywords are forbidden for text constants: true, false. * **boolean** type constants: **true** or **false** (case sensitive). diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md b/versioned_docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md index 86e6823b031e8c..4332492546af8d 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-19/Concepts/classes.md @@ -171,6 +171,13 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + Class functions are specific properties of the class. They are objects of the [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md#about-4dfunction-objects) class. In the class definition file, function declarations use the `Function` keyword, and the name of the function. The function name must be compliant with [property naming rules](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -275,6 +282,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + A class constructor function, which can accept [parameters](#parameters), can be used to define a user class. In that case, when you call the [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) function, the class constructor is called with the parameters optionally passed to the `new()` function. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/versioned_docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 940ed73b89c516..74ec6c433eb5a1 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-19/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-re For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ $4d.HelloWorld(); The syntax of calls to 4D methods is as follows: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 6b3cc2744b7b0a..0eb1dee8a91e28 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|---|----|---| |settings|Object|->|Settings to generate or load a key pair| -|result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| +|Result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contains the name of the key type - "RSA", " |18 R4|Added -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md index 8ea63dbdbe9a6c..88270a9864b50f 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ where: |Included in| IN |Gets data equal to at least one of the values in a collection or in a set of values, supports the wildcard (@)| |Contains keyword| %| Keywords can be used in attributes of string or picture type| -* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. +* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. Note that, in case of type mismatch with scalar types (text, date, number...), 4D will try to convert the **value** type to the attribute data type whenever possible, for an easier handling of values coming from the Internet. For example, if the string "v20" is entered as **value** to compare with an integer attribute, it will be converted to 20. When using a constant value, the following rules must be respected: * **text** type constant can be passed with or without simple quotes (see **Using quotes** below). To query a string within a string (a "contains" query), use the wildcard symbol (@) in value to isolate the string to be searched for as shown in this example: "@Smith@". The following keywords are forbidden for text constants: true, false. * **boolean** type constants: **true** or **false** (case sensitive). diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md index 8ca2f55ed5dc13..891c6fbcc51b4b 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() |19 R7|Added -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/HTTPRequestClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/HTTPRequestClass.md index 1a3eda21fc1c8c..c17d75f3d7c7f6 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/HTTPRequestClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/API/HTTPRequestClass.md @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ The `.url` property contains the URL o ## .wait() -**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : HTTPRequestClass +**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : 4D.HTTPRequest diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md index d745b3e7b001d2..33683386fdf966 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/Concepts/classes.md @@ -189,6 +189,12 @@ Specific 4D keywords can be used in class definitions: // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Class functions are specific properties of the class. They are objects of the [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md) class. In the class definition file, function declarations use the `Function` keyword followed by the function name. If the function is declared in a [shared class](#shared-classes), you can use the `shared` keyword so that the function could be called without [`Use...End use` structure](shared.md#useend-use). For more information, refer to the [Shared functions](#shared-functions) paragraph below. @@ -326,6 +332,13 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + A class constructor function accepts optional [parameters](#parameters) and can be used to create and initialize objects of the user class. When you call the [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) function, the class constructor is called with the parameters optionally passed to the `new()` function. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index ac61ef6400a23a..1e29d0597366da 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-re For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ $4d.HelloWorld(); The syntax of calls to 4D methods is as follows: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 731af72376bd1b..e357a77dd17c24 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R6/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ title: VP Get table theme |---|---|---|---| |vpAreaName |Text|->|4D View Pro area form object name| |tableName|Text|->|Table name| +|sheet |Integer|->|Sheet index (current sheet if omitted)| |Result|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|<-|Current table theme property values| @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ The `VP Get table theme` command -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME |---|---|---|---| |vpAreaName |Text|->|4D View Pro area form object name| |tableName|Text|->|Table name| -|options|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|->|Table theme properties to modify| +|options|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|->|Table theme properties to modify| +|sheet |Integer|->|Sheet index (current sheet if omitted)| + #### Description @@ -31,6 +33,7 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +In *sheet*, pass the index of the target sheet. If no index is specified or if you pass -1, the command applies to the current sheet. #### Example 1 diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 6b3cc2744b7b0a..0eb1dee8a91e28 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|---|----|---| |settings|Object|->|Settings to generate or load a key pair| -|result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| +|Result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contains the name of the key type - "RSA", " |18 R4|Added -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md index 03921df7d77457..1d387856fa459b 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ where: |Included in| IN |Gets data equal to at least one of the values in a collection or in a set of values, supports the wildcard (@)| |Contains keyword| %| Keywords can be used in attributes of string or picture type| -* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. +* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. Note that, in case of type mismatch with scalar types (text, date, number...), 4D will try to convert the **value** type to the attribute data type whenever possible, for an easier handling of values coming from the Internet. For example, if the string "v20" is entered as **value** to compare with an integer attribute, it will be converted to 20. When using a constant value, the following rules must be respected: * **text** type constant can be passed with or without simple quotes (see **Using quotes** below). To query a string within a string (a "contains" query), use the wildcard symbol (@) in value to isolate the string to be searched for as shown in this example: "@Smith@". The following keywords are forbidden for text constants: true, false. * **boolean** type constants: **true** or **false** (case sensitive). diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md index 8ca2f55ed5dc13..891c6fbcc51b4b 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() |19 R7|Added -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/HTTPRequestClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/HTTPRequestClass.md index a9f85158ae42a8..01013c630eaa5a 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/HTTPRequestClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/HTTPRequestClass.md @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ The `.url` property contains the URL o ## .wait() -**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : HTTPRequestClass +**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : 4D.HTTPRequest diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md similarity index 65% rename from versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md rename to versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md index 2a416123c55a64..53e5852fd4c732 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/OutGoingMessageClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/API/OutgoingMessageClass.md @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ --- -id: OutGoingMessageClass -title: OutGoingMessage +id: OutgoingMessageClass +title: OutgoingMessage --- -The `4D.OutGoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutGoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. +The `4D.OutgoingMessage` class allows you to build messages to be returned by your application functions in response to [REST requests](../REST/REST_requests.md). If the response is of type `4D.OutgoingMessage`, the REST server does not return an object but the object instance of the `OutgoingMessage` class. Typically, this class can be used in functions declared with the [`onHttpGet`](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) keyword and designed to handle HTTP GET requests. Such requests are used, for example, to implement features such as download file, generate and download picture as well as receiving any content-type via a browser. @@ -38,23 +38,23 @@ exposed onHTTPGet Function getFile() : 4D.OutgoingMessage return $result ``` -### OutGoingMessage Object +### OutgoingMessage Object -4D.OutGoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: +4D.OutgoingMessage objects provide the following properties and functions: || |---| -|[](#body)
    | -|[](#headers)
    | -|[](#setbody)
    | -|[](#setheader)
    | -|[](#setstatus)
    | -|[](#status)
    | +|[](#body)
    | +|[](#headers)
    | +|[](#setbody)
    | +|[](#setheader)
    | +|[](#setstatus)
    | +|[](#status)
    | :::note -A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. +A 4D.OutgoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. ::: @@ -62,14 +62,14 @@ A 4D.OutGoingMessage object is a [non-sharable](../Concepts/shared.md) object. - + ## .body -**body** : any +**body** : any #### Description -The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: +The `.body` property contains the outgoing message body. The following data types are supported in the `.body` property: - text - blob @@ -83,27 +83,27 @@ You can also set the `.body` property using the [`setBody()`](#setbody) function - + ## .headers -**headers** : Object +**headers** : Object #### Description -The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. +The `.headers` property contains the current headers of the outgoing message as key/value pairs. The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](#setheader) function. - + ## .setBody() -**.setBody**( *body* : any ) +**.setBody**( *body* : any ) - + |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|--- |---|------| |body|any |->|Body of the outgoing message| @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The `.headers` property is read-only. To set a header, use the [`setHeader()`](# #### Description -The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. +The `.setBody()` function sets the outgoing message *body*. The following data types are supported in the *body*: @@ -132,13 +132,13 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. - + ## .setHeader() -**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) +**.setHeader**( *key* : Text ; *value* : Text ) - + |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|--- |---|------| |key|Text|->|Header property to set| @@ -147,9 +147,9 @@ If *body* is not of a supported value type, an error is returned. #### Description -The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. +The `.setHeader()` function sets the outgoing message header *key* with the provided *value*. If both parameters are not Text values, an error is raised. -When returning a 4D.OutGoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). +When returning a 4D.OutgoingMessage object instance, 4D automatically sets some headers (e.g. `Set-Cookie` with `WASID4D=...` and `4DSID__ProjectName_=....`). :::note @@ -160,13 +160,13 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi - + ## .setStatus() -**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) +**.setStatus**( *status* : Integer ) - + |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|--- |---|------| |status|Integer|->|Status to set| @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ If you set a *value* for the "Content-Type" header *key*, make sure you call thi #### Description -The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. +The `.setStatus()` function sets the `status` property with the given *status*. If *status* is not an integer value, an error is raised. @@ -185,13 +185,13 @@ For a list of HTTP status codes, please refer the [HTTP status code list on Wiki - + ## .status -**status** : Integer +**status** : Integer #### Description -The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. +The `.status` property contains the current status of the outgoing message. This property can be set using the [`setStatus()`](setstatus) function. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md index 3e716c368996a6..f61e445431386f 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Concepts/classes.md @@ -199,6 +199,12 @@ Specific 4D keywords can be used in class definitions: // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Class functions are specific properties of the class. They are objects of the [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md) class. In the class definition file, function declarations use the `Function` keyword followed by the function name. If the function is declared in a [shared class](#shared-classes), you can use the `shared` keyword so that the function could be called without [`Use...End use` structure](shared.md#useend-use). For more information, refer to the [Shared functions](#shared-functions) paragraph below. @@ -336,6 +342,13 @@ Function getRectArea($width : Integer; $height : Integer) : Integer // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + A class constructor function accepts optional [parameters](#parameters) and can be used to create and initialize objects of the user class. When you call the [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) function, the class constructor is called with the parameters optionally passed to the `new()` function. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md index ec84bc82a193eb..932c1e4d635099 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Events/overview.md @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ title: Form Events Form events are events that can lead to the execution of the form method and/or form object method(s). Form events allow you to control the flow of your application and to write code that is executed only when a specific event occurs. -In your code, you control the events using the `FORM Event` command, that returns the triggered event. For example: +In your code, you control the events using the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command, that returns the triggered event. For example: ```4d //code of a button @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ End if ## Event object -Each event is returned as an object by the `FORM Event` command. By default, it contains the following properties: +Each event is returned as an object by the [`FORM Event`](../commands/form-event.md) command. By default, it contains the following properties: |Property|Type|Description| |---|---|---| diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md index 007e90d4cc9381..fea55717292ca5 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/properties_Object.md @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ Each active form object is associated with an object name. Each object name must >Object names are limited to a size of 255 bytes. -When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (for more information about this, refer to [Object Properties](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R5/4D/17-R5/Object-Properties.300-4128195.en.html) in the 4D Language Reference manual). +When using 4D’s language, you can refer to an active form object by its object name (see [Object (Forms) commands](../category/object-forms)). For more information about naming rules for form objects, refer to [Identifiers](Concepts/identifiers.md) section. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ However, this property has a typing function in the following specific cases: - **[Dynamic variables](#dynamic-variables)**: you can use this property to declare the type of dynamic variables. - **[List Box Columns](listbox_overview.md#list-box-columns)**: this property is used to associate a display format with the column data. The formats provided will depend on the variable type (array type list box) or the data/field type (selection and collection type list boxes). The standard 4D formats that can be used are: Alpha, Numeric, Date, Time, Picture and Boolean. The Text type does not have specific display formats. Any existing custom formats are also available. -- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `C_PICTURE(varName)` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. +- **[Picture variables](input_overview.md)**: you can use this menu to declare the variables before loading the form in interpreted mode. Specific native mechanisms govern the display of picture variables in forms. These mechanisms require greater precision when configuring variables: from now on, they must have already been declared before loading the form — i.e., even before the `On Load` form event — unlike other types of variables. To do this, you need either for the statement `var varName : Picture` to have been executed before loading the form (typically, in the method calling the `DIALOG` command), or for the variable to have been typed at the form level using the expression type property. Otherwise, the picture variable will not be displayed correctly (only in interpreted mode). #### JSON Grammar diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index ac61ef6400a23a..4290cc90694de3 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ Web areas can display various types of web content within your forms: HTML pages It is possible to create several web areas in the same form. Note, however, that the use of web areas must follow [several rules](#web-area-rules). -Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv18/4D/18/Web-Area.201-4504309.en.html) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. +Several dedicated [standard actions](#standard-actions), numerous [language commands](../category/web-area) as well as generic and specific [form events](#form-events) allow the developer to control the functioning of web areas. Specific variables can be used to exchange information between the area and the 4D environment. ## Specific properties @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-re For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` ->JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named $4d (with a lowercase "d"). +>JavaScript is case sensitive so it is important to note that the object is named **$4d** (with a lowercase "d"). The syntax of calls to 4D methods is as follows: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ These parameters can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, arr - `function(result)`: Function to pass as last argument. This "callback" function is called synchronously once the 4D method finishes executing. It receives the `result` parameter. -- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method, returned in the "$0" expression. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). You can use the `C_OBJECT` command to return the objects. +- `result`: Execution result of the 4D method. This result can be of any type supported by JavaScript (string, number, array, object). > By default, 4D works in UTF-8. When you return text containing extended characters, for example characters with accents, make sure the encoding of the page displayed in the Web area is declared as UTF-8, otherwise the characters may be rendered incorrectly. In this case, add the following line in the HTML page to declare the encoding: `` @@ -73,8 +73,8 @@ Given a 4D project method named `today` that does not receive parameters and ret 4D code of `today` method: ```4d - C_TEXT($0) - $0:=String(Current date;System date long) + #DECLARE : Text + return String(Current date;System date long) ``` In the web area, the 4D method can be called with the following syntax: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ In the web area, the 4D method can be called with the following syntax: $4d.today() ``` -The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the value of $0 to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. We want to display the date in the HTML page that is loaded by the web area. +The 4D method does not receive any parameters but it does return the result to the callback function called by 4D after the execution of the method. We want to display the date in the HTML page that is loaded by the web area. Here is the code of the HTML page: @@ -92,9 +92,9 @@ Here is the code of the HTML page: @@ -106,14 +106,15 @@ $4d.today(function(dollarZero) #### Example 2 -The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns their sum in `$0`: +The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters and returns their sum: 4D code of `calcSum` method: ```4d - C_REAL(${1}) // receives n REAL type parameters - C_REAL($0) // returns a Real - C_LONGINT($i;$n) + #DECLARE (... : Real) -> $sum : Real + // receives n Real type parameters + // and returns a Real + var $i; $n : Integer $n:=Count parameters For($i;1;$n) $0:=$0+${$i} @@ -123,16 +124,16 @@ The 4D project method `calcSum` receives parameters (`$1...$n`) and returns thei The JavaScript code run in the web area is: ```js -$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(dollarZero) +$4d.calcSum(33, 45, 75, 102.5, 7, function(theSum) { - var result = dollarZero // result is 262.5 + var result = theSum // result is 262.5 }); ``` ## Standard actions -Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. These actions can be associated with buttons or menu commands and allow quick implementation of basic web interfaces. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv17R6/4D/17-R6/Standard-actions.300-4354791.en.html). +Four specific standard actions are available for managing web areas automatically: `Open Back URL`, `Open Forward URL`, `Refresh Current URL` and `Stop Loading URL`. These actions can be associated with buttons or menu commands and allow quick implementation of basic web interfaces. These actions are described in [Standard actions](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20/4D/20.2/Standard-actions.300-6750239.en.html). ## Form events @@ -162,9 +163,9 @@ In addition, web areas support the following generic form events: When the form is executed, standard browser interface functions are available to the user in the web area, which permit interaction with other form areas: - **Edit menu commands**: When the web area has the focus, the **Edit** menu commands can be used to carry out actions such as copy, paste, select all, etc., according to the selection. -- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. +- **Context menu**: It is possible to use the standard [context menu](properties_Entry.md#context-menu) of the system with the web area. Display of the context menu can be controlled using the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. - **Drag and drop**: The user can drag and drop text, pictures and documents within the web area or between a web area and the 4D form objects, according to the 4D object properties. -For security reasons, changing the contents of a web area by means of dragging and dropping a file or URL is not allowed by default. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](https://doc.4d.com/4dv19/help/command/en/page1020.html) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. +For security reasons, changing the contents of a web area by means of dragging and dropping a file or URL is not allowed by default. In this case, the cursor displays a "forbidden" icon ![](../assets/en/FormObjects/forbidden.png). You have to use the `WA SET PREFERENCE(*;"warea";WA enable URL drop;True)` statement to display a "drop" icon and generate the [`On Window Opening Denied`](Events/onWindowOpeningDenied.md) event. In this event, you can call the [`WA OPEN URL`](../commands-legacy/wa-open-url.md) command or set the [URL variable](properties_WebArea.md#url) in response to a user drop. > Drag and drop features described above are not supported in web areas using the [macOS system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine). @@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ To display the Web inspector, you can either execute the `WA OPEN WEB INSPECTOR` > With [Windows system rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-rendering-engine), a change in this preference requires a navigation action in the area (for example, a page refresh) to be taken into account. -For more information, refer to the description of the `WA SET PREFERENCE` command. +For more information, refer to the description of the [`WA SET PREFERENCE`](../commands-legacy/wa-set-preference.md) command. When you have done the settings as described above, you then have new options such as **Inspect Element** in the context menu of the area. When you select this option, the web inspector window is displayed. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md index f2d1a4f1a416a2..f50ae89573fc96 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/Notes/updates.md @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Read [**What’s new in 4D 20 R7**](https://blog.4d.com/en-whats-new-in-4d-v20-R - New [**direct typing mode**](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing) in which you declare all variables and parameters in your code using `var` and `#DECLARE`/`Function` keywords (only mode supported in new projects). [Syntax checking feature](../Project/compiler.md#check-syntax) has been enhanced accordingly. - Support of [Session singletons](../Concepts/classes.md#singleton-classes) and new [`.isSessionSingleton`](../API/ClassClass.md#issessionsingleton) Class property. - New [`onHttpGet` function keyword](../ORDA/ordaClasses.md#onhttpget-keyword) to define singleton or ORDA functions that can be called through [HTTP REST GET requests](../REST/ClassFunctions.md#function-calls). -- New [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. +- New [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class for the REST server to return any web contents. - Qodly Studio: You can now [attach the Qodly debugger to 4D Server](../WebServer/qodly-studio.md#using-qodly-debugger-on-4d-server). - New Build Application keys for remote 4D applications to validate the server certificate authority [signatures](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateAuthoritiesCertificates.300-7425900.en.html) and/or [domain](https://doc.4d.com/4Dv20R7/4D/20-R7/CertificateDomainName.300-7425906.en.html). - 4D Language: diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md index 439ab198e67abd..929ee4744dc14c 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ORDA/ordaClasses.md @@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ $id:=$remoteDS.Schools.computeIDNumber() // Error "Unknown member method" ## onHttpGet keyword -Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class. +Use the `onHttpGet` keyword to declare functions that can be called through HTTP requests using the `GET` verb. Such functions can return any web contents, for example using the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class. The `onHttpGet` keyword is available with: @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ A function with `onHttpGet` keyword can return any value of a supported type (sa :::info -You can return a value of the [`4D.OutGoingMessage`](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. +You can return a value of the [`4D.OutgoingMessage`](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md) class type to benefit from properties and functions to set the header, the body, and the status of the answer. ::: diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md index 4cf0755968e465..70f9bae0d4c012 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/REST/ClassFunctions.md @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ $ageAverage:=$students.getAgeAverage() ### Returning a document -You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to propose a link to download the user manual for a selected product with several formats available. You write a `getUserManual()` function of the Products dataclass. You return an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d // Product dataclass @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ You can call the function using this request: ### Using an entity selection to get a list -You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutGoingMessageClass.md). +You want to send an entity selection as parameter to a singleton function using a REST GET request and return a list using an object of the [`OutgoingMessage` class](../API/OutgoingMessageClass.md). ```4d shared singleton Class constructor() diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md index a33bf2785879a7..042004d1f1015e 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands.md @@ -14,91 +14,91 @@ title: Commands A -[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md
    -[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md
    -[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md
    -[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md
    -[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md
    -[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md
    +[VP ADD FORMULA NAME](commands/vp-add-formula-name.md)
    +[VP ADD RANGE NAME](commands/vp-add-range-name.md)
    +[VP ADD SELECTION](commands/vp-add-selection.md)
    +[VP ADD SHEET](commands/vp-add-sheet.md)
    +[VP ADD SPAN](commands/vp-add-span.md)
    +[VP ADD STYLESHEET](commands/vp-add-stylesheet.md)
    [VP All](commands/vp-all.md) C -[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md
    -[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md
    -[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md
    -[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md
    -[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md
    -[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md
    -[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md
    -[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md
    +[VP Cell](commands/vp-cell.md)
    +[VP Cells](commands/vp-cells.md)
    +[VP Column](commands/vp-column.md)
    +[VP COLUMN AUTOFIT](commands/vp-column-autofit.md)
    +[VP Combine ranges](commands/vp-combine-ranges.md)
    +[VP Convert from 4D View](commands/vp-convert-from-4d-view.md)
    +[VP Convert to picture](commands/vp-convert-to-picture.md)
    +[VP Copy to object](commands/vp-copy-to-object.md)
    [VP CREATE TABLE](commands/vp-create-table.md) D -[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md
    +[VP DELETE COLUMNS](commands/vp-delete-columns.md)
    [VP DELETE ROWS](commands/vp-delete-rows.md) E -[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md
    -[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md
    +[VP EXPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-export-document.md)
    +[VP EXPORT TO BLOB](commands/vp-export-to-blob.md)
    [VP Export to object](commands/vp-export-to-object.md) F -[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md
    -[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md
    -[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md
    +[VP Find](commands/vp-find.md)
    +[VP Find table](commands/vp-find-table.md)
    +[VP FLUSH COMMANDS](commands/vp-flush-commands.md)
    [VP Font to object](commands/vp-font-to-object.md) G -[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md
    -[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md
    -[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md
    -[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md
    -[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md
    -[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md
    -[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md
    -[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md
    -[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md
    -[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md
    -[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md
    -[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md
    -[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md
    -[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md
    -[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md
    -[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md
    -[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md
    -[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md
    -[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md
    -[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md
    -[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md
    -[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md
    -[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md
    -[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md
    -[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md
    -[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md
    -[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md
    -[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md
    -[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md
    +[VP Get active cell](commands/vp-get-active-cell.md)
    +[VP Get binding path](commands/vp-get-binding-path.md)
    +[VP Get cell style](commands/vp-get-cell-style.md)
    +[VP Get column attributes](commands/vp-get-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get column count](commands/vp-get-column-count.md)
    +[VP Get current sheet](commands/vp-get-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP Get data context](commands/vp-get-data-context.md)
    +[VP Get default style](commands/vp-get-default-style.md)
    +[VP Get formula](commands/vp-get-formula.md)
    +[VP Get formula by name](commands/vp-get-formula-by-name.md)
    +[VP Get formulas](commands/vp-get-formulas.md)
    +[VP Get frozen panes](commands/vp-get-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP Get names](commands/vp-get-names.md)
    +[VP Get print info](commands/vp-get-print-info.md)
    +[VP Get row attributes](commands/vp-get-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get row count](commands/vp-get-row-count.md)
    +[VP Get selection](commands/vp-get-selection.md)
    +[VP Get sheet count](commands/vp-get-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP Get sheet index](commands/vp-get-sheet-index.md)
    +[VP Get sheet name](commands/vp-get-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP Get sheet options](commands/vp-get-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP Get show print lines](commands/vp-get-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP Get spans](commands/vp-get-spans.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheet](commands/vp-get-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP Get stylesheets](commands/vp-get-stylesheets.md)
    +[VP Get table column attributes](commands/vp-get-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP Get table column index](commands/vp-get-table-column-index.md)
    +[VP Get table dirty rows](commands/vp-get-table-dirty-rows.md)
    +[VP Get table range](commands/vp-get-table-range.md)
    +[VP Get table theme](commands/vp-get-table-theme.md)
    +[VP Get tables](commands/vp-get-tables.md)
    +[VP Get value](commands/vp-get-value.md)
    +[VP Get values](commands/vp-get-values.md)
    [VP Get workbook options](commands/vp-get-workbook-options.md) I -[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md
    -[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md
    -[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md
    -[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md
    -[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md
    +[VP IMPORT DOCUMENT](commands/vp-import-document.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM BLOB](commands/vp-import-from-blob.md)
    +[VP IMPORT FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-import-from-object.md)
    +[VP INSERT COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-columns.md)
    +[VP INSERT ROWS](commands/vp-insert-rows.md)
    +[VP INSERT TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-insert-table-columns.md)
    [VP INSERT TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-insert-table-rows.md) M @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ title: Commands N -[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md
    +[VP Name](commands/vp-name.md)
    [VP NEW DOCUMENT](commands/vp-new-document.md) O @@ -116,61 +116,61 @@ title: Commands P -[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md
    +[VP PASTE FROM OBJECT](commands/vp-paste-from-object.md)
    [VP PRINT](commands/vp-print.md) R -[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md
    -[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md
    -[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md
    -[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md
    -[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md
    -[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md
    -[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md
    -[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md
    -[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md
    -[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md
    +[VP RECOMPUTE FORMULAS](commands/vp-recompute-formulas.md)
    +[VP REMOVE NAME](commands/vp-remove-name.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SHEET](commands/vp-remove-sheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE SPAN](commands/vp-remove-span.md)
    +[VP REMOVE STYLESHEET](commands/vp-remove-stylesheet.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE](commands/vp-remove-table.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE COLUMNS](commands/vp-remove-table-columns.md)
    +[VP REMOVE TABLE ROWS](commands/vp-remove-table-rows.md)
    +[VP RESET SELECTION](commands/vp-reset-selection.md)
    +[VP RESIZE TABLE](commands/vp-resize-table.md)
    +[VP RESUME COMPUTING](commands/vp-resume-computing.md)
    +[VP Row](commands/vp-row.md)
    +[VP ROW AUTOFIT](commands/vp-row-autofit.md)
    [VP Run offscreen area](commands/vp-run-offscreen-area.md) S -[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md
    -[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md
    -[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md
    -[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md
    -[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md
    -[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md
    -[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md
    -[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md
    -[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md
    -[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md
    -[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md
    -[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md
    -[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md
    -[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md
    -[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md
    -[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md
    -[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md
    -[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md
    -[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md
    -[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md
    -[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md
    -[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md
    -[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md
    -[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md
    -[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md
    -[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md
    -[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md
    -[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md
    -[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md
    -[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md
    -[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md
    -[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md
    -[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md
    +[VP SET ACTIVE CELL](commands/vp-set-active-cell.md)
    +[VP SET ALLOWED METHODS](commands/vp-set-allowed-methods.md)
    +[VP SET BINDING PATH](commands/vp-set-binding-path.md)
    +[VP SET BOOLEAN VALUE](commands/vp-set-boolean-value.md)
    +[VP SET BORDER](commands/vp-set-border.md)
    +[VP SET CELL STYLE](commands/vp-set-cell-style.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET COLUMN COUNT](commands/vp-set-column-count.md)
    +[VP SET CURRENT SHEET](commands/vp-set-current-sheet.md)
    +[VP SET CUSTOM FUNCTIONS](commands/vp-set-custom-functions.md)
    +[VP SET DATA CONTEXT](commands/vp-set-data-context.md)
    +[VP SET DATE TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET DATE VALUE](commands/vp-set-date-value.md)
    +[VP SET DEFAULT STYLE](commands/vp-set-default-style.md)
    +[VP SET FIELD](commands/vp-set-field.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULA](commands/vp-set-formula.md)
    +[VP SET FORMULAS](commands/vp-set-formulas.md)
    +[VP SET FROZEN PANES](commands/vp-set-frozen-panes.md)
    +[VP SET NUM VALUE](commands/vp-set-num-value.md)
    +[VP SET PRINT INFO](commands/vp-set-print-info.md)
    +[VP SET ROW ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-row-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET ROW COUNT](commands/vp-set-row-count.md)
    +[VP SET SELECTION](commands/vp-set-selection.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET COUNT](commands/vp-set-sheet-count.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET NAME](commands/vp-set-sheet-name.md)
    +[VP SET SHEET OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-sheet-options.md)
    +[VP SET SHOW PRINT LINES](commands/vp-set-show-print-lines.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE COLUMN ATTRIBUTES](commands/vp-set-table-column-attributes.md)
    +[VP SET TABLE THEME](commands/vp-set-table-theme.md)
    +[VP SET TEXT VALUE](commands/vp-set-text-value.md)
    +[VP SET TIME VALUE](commands/vp-set-time-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUE](commands/vp-set-value.md)
    +[VP SET VALUES](commands/vp-set-values.md)
    +[VP SET WORKBOOK OPTIONS](commands/vp-set-workbook-options.md)
    +[VP SHOW CELL](commands/vp-show-cell.md)
    +[VP SUSPEND COMPUTING](commands/vp-suspend-computing.md)
    diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md index 731af72376bd1b..e357a77dd17c24 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/ViewPro/commands/vp-get-table-theme.md @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ title: VP Get table theme -**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme +**VP Get table theme** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text {; *sheet* : Integer } ) : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ title: VP Get table theme |---|---|---|---| |vpAreaName |Text|->|4D View Pro area form object name| |tableName|Text|->|Table name| +|sheet |Integer|->|Sheet index (current sheet if omitted)| |Result|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|<-|Current table theme property values| @@ -29,6 +30,8 @@ The `VP Get table theme` command -**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme ) +**VP SET TABLE THEME** ( *vpAreaName* : Text ; *tableName* : Text ; *options* : cs.ViewPro.TableTheme {; *sheet* : Integer } ) @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ title: VP SET TABLE THEME |---|---|---|---| |vpAreaName |Text|->|4D View Pro area form object name| |tableName|Text|->|Table name| -|options|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|->|Table theme properties to modify| +|options|[cs.ViewPro.TableTheme](../classes.md#tabletheme)|->|Table theme properties to modify| +|sheet |Integer|->|Sheet index (current sheet if omitted)| + #### Description @@ -31,6 +33,7 @@ In *vpAreaName*, pass the name of the 4D View Pro area and in *tableName*, the n In the *options* parameter, pass an object of the [`cs.ViewPro.TableTheme` class](../classes.md#tabletheme) that contains the theme properties to modify. +In *sheet*, pass the index of the target sheet. If no index is specified or if you pass -1, the command applies to the current sheet. #### Example 1 diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/compile-project.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/compile-project.md index 34d159f59eec74..e6c966c9bcda46 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/compile-project.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/compile-project.md @@ -18,9 +18,10 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs *This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + #### Description -**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, see the *Compilation page on developer.4d.com*. +**Compile project** allows you to compile the current host project or the project specified in the *projectFile* parameter. For more information on compilation, check the [Compilation page](../Project/compiler.md). By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Settings. You can override them by passing an *options* parameter. The following syntaxes are supported: @@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ By default, the command uses the compiler options defined in the Structure Setti Unlike the Compiler window, this command requires that you explicitly designate the component(s) to compile. When compiling a project with **Compile project**, you need to declare its components using the *components* property of the *options* parameter. Keep in mind that the components must already be compiled (binary components are supported). -The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the *build application* feature. +The resulting compiled code will be stored in the DerivedData or Libraries folder of the project, depending on the *targets* property of the *options* parameter. If you want to create .4dz files, you still need to manually zip the compiled project or use the [build application](../Desktop/building.md) feature. If you pass an empty collection in *targets*, **Compile project** will execute a syntax check without compiling. @@ -45,21 +46,21 @@ Compilation errors, if any, are returned as objects in the *errors* collection. The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options: -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ---------------------- | --------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| components | Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | -| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | -| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | -| generateSymbols | Boolean | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | -| generateSyntaxFile | Boolean | True to generate a *syntax file for code completion* in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | -| generateTypingMethods | Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | -| plugins | 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](https://developer.4d.com/docs/Project/architecture#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | -| targets | Collection of strings | possible values: "x86\_64\_generic", "arm64\_macOS\_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | -| typeInference | Text | "all": Type all variables, "locals": Process and interprocess are typed, "none": All variables are typed | -| warnings | Collection of objects | Defines the warnings state | -| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | -| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | -| \[\].enabled | Boolean | Warning activation state | +| **Property** | **Type**| **Description** | +| --------------| ---------- | ------------------------- | +| components | Collection | Collection of 4D.File objects to dependent components (must be already compiled) | +| defaultTypeForButtons | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| defaultTypeForNumerics | Integer | Possible value: Is real or Is longint | +| generateSymbols | Boolean | True to generate symbol information in the .symbols returned object | +| generateSyntaxFile |Boolean | True to generate a [syntax file for code completion](../settings/general.md).md#generate-syntax-file-for-code-completion-when-compiled) in the \\Resources\\en.lproj folder of the project | +| generateTypingMethods | Text | "reset" or "append" to generate typing methods. If value is "append", existing variable declarations won't be modified (compiler window behavior). If value is "reset" existing variable declarations are removed beforehand. | +| plugins | 4D.Folder object | Plug-ins folder to be used instead of the [Plugins folder of the current project](../Project/architecture.md#plugins). This property is only available with the *projectFile* syntax. | +| targets | Collection of strings | Possible values: "x86_64_generic", "arm64_macOS_lib". Pass an empty collection to execute syntax check only | +| typeInference | Text | "all": The compiler deduces the types of all variables not explicitly declared, "locals": The compiler deduces the types of local variables not explicitly declared, "none": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code (legacy mode), "direct": All variables must be explicitly declared in the code ([direct typing](../Project/compiler.md#enabling-direct-typing)). | +| warnings | Collection of objects | Defines the warnings state | +| \[\].major | Number | Warning main number, before the dot | +| \[\].minor | Number | Warning second number, after the dot | +| \[\].enabled | Boolean | Warning activation state | **Note:** When the *warnings* attribute is not defined in the *options* object, the **Compile project** command uses the default warning generation statuses defined in the settings. @@ -67,41 +68,39 @@ The *options* parameter is an object. Here are the available compilation options The object returned by **Compile project** has up to three properties: -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ------------------------------------------------------------ | --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| success | Boolean | True if the save action is successful, False otherwise. | -| **Available only in case of error or warning:** | | | -| errors | Collection of objects | collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | -| isError | Boolean | Error if True, warning otherwise | -| message | Text | Error message | -| code | Object | *code object* | -| line | Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | -| lineInFile | Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | -| **Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** | | | -| symbols | Object | | -| interprocessVariables | Object | List of all interprocess variables | -| variables | Collection | Collection of *variable objects* | -| size | Number | | -| processVariables | Object | List of all process variables | -| variables | Collection | Collection of *variable objects* | -| size | Number | | -| localVariables | Collection of objects | List of local variables per method | -| code | Object | *code object* | -| variables | Collection | Collection of *variable objects* | -| methods | Collection of objects | List of methods | -| code | Object | *code object* | -| callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | -| params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | -| threadSafe | Boolean | Indicates if this method is thread safe | - -For more information, see *Compilation tools*. +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ |--------- |---------------- | +| success | Boolean | True if the save action is successful, False otherwise. | +| errors | Collection of objects | **Available only in case of error or warning**. Collection of objects describing compilation errors or warnings | +| \[\].isError | Boolean | Error if True, warning otherwise | +| \[\].message | Text | Error message | +| \[\].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +| \[\].line | Number | Line number of error in the code. For class methods, line number in the function | +| \[\].lineInFile | Number | Line number in the file (different from "line" for class methods, and takes into account the %attributes prefix line) | +| symbols | Object |**Available only if generateSymbols option is set to True:** | +|.interprocessVariables | Object | List of all interprocess variables | +| .interprocessVariables.variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +|.interprocessVariables.size | Number | | +|.processVariables | Object | List of all process variables | +|.processVariables.variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +|.processVariables.size | Number | | +|.localVariables | Collection of objects | List of local variables per method | +|.localVariables[].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +|.localVariables[].variables | Collection | Collection of [variable objects](#variable-objects) | +|.methods | Collection of objects | List of methods | +|.methods\[\].code | Object | [code object](#code-object) | +|.methods\[\].callCount | Number | Number of times this method has been called | +|.methods\[\].params | Collection | Collection of parameter types (Value type numerical codes) | +|.methods\[\]. threadSafe | Boolean | Indicates if this method is thread safe | + +For more information, see [Compilation tools](../Project/compiler.md#compilation-tools). ###### variable objects -interprocessVariables.variables and processVariables.variables contain objects with the following structure: +`interprocessVariables.variables` and `processVariables.variables` contain objects with the following structure: -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| -------------- | -------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| -------------- | -------- | --------------- | | name | Text | Name of the variable | | type | number | Type of the variable (like Value type command) | | arrayDimension | number | For arrays only: 1 for mono dimension arrays, 2 for two-dimension arrays | @@ -109,79 +108,78 @@ interprocessVariables.variables and processVariables.variables contain objects w ###### code object -The *code* property in **methods\[ \].code** and **errors\[ \].code** is an object with the following properties: - -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| --------------------------------------------------------- | -------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| type | Text | "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formmethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*.), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or the evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document.); "class", "classFunction"| -| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | -| file | 4D.File | Method file | -| **Returned depending on the value of the type property:** | | | -| methodName | Text | Project method | -| table | Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | -| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | -| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | -| className | Text | Class name | -| functionName | Text | Class function name | -| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | - -#### Warning - -To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: - +The `code` property in `methods.code` and `errors.code` is an object with the following properties: + +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------------- | -------- | ---- | +| type | Text |
  • "projectMethod", "formObjectMethod", "formMethod", "databaseMethod", "triggerMethod", "executeOnServer" (when calling a project method with the *Execute on Server attribute*), "executeFormula" (when executing a formula via [PROCESS 4D TAGS](process-4d-tags.md) or evaluation of a formula in a 4D Write Pro document), "class", "classFunction"| +| path | Text | Method path (same format as [METHOD OPEN PATH](method-open-path.md)) | +| file | 4D.File | Method file | +|| | **Returned depending on the value of the `type` property:** | +| methodName | Text | Project method | +|table | Number | Number of the table (returned for a trigger, a table form method or a table form object method) | +| formName | Text | Form name (returned for a form method) | +| objectName | Text | Form object name (returned for an object method) | +| className | Text | Class name | +| functionName | Text | Class function name | +| databaseMethod | Number | Database method index | + +#### Examples + +To perform a syntax check only, pass an empty collection to the targets parameter: + ```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking - $status:=Compile project($options) + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection //Empty collection for syntax checking + $status:=Compile project($options) ``` -Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: - +Compile the current project using the compiler options of the Structure Settings only: + ```4d - var $status : Object - $status:=Compile project + var $status : Object + $status:=Compile project ``` -On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: - +On a Silicon Mac, compile the current project to ARM only: + ```4d - var $options;$status : Object - $options:=New object - $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") - $status:=Compile project($options) + var $status : Object + var $options:={} + $options.targets:=New collection("arm64_macOS_lib") + $status:=Compile project($options) ``` -Compile a project other than the current project: - +Compile a project other than the current project: + ```4d - var $status : Object - var $projectFile: 4D.File - $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") - $status:=Compile project($projectFile) + var $status : Object + var $projectFile: 4D.File + $projectFile:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Databases/myApp/Project/myApp.4DProject") + $status:=Compile project($projectFile) ``` -Compile a project and declare its component: - +Compile a project and declare its component: + ```4d - var $options;$status : Object - var $component : 4D.File - $options:=New object - $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") - $options.components:=New collection($component) - $status:=Compile project($options) + var $status : Object + var $component : 4D.File + var $options:={} + $component:=Folder(fk documents folder).file("Components/myComponent.4dz") + $options.components:=New collection($component) + $status:=Compile project($options) ``` -Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: - +Disable warnings 518.1 and 518.2 when compiling your project: + ```4d var $options:={} -$options.warnings:=[] -$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) +$options.warnings:=[]$options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 1; enabled: False}) $options.warnings.push({major: 518; minor: 2; enabled: False}) var $result:=Compile project($options) ``` #### See also -[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file +[BUILD APPLICATION](build-application.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md deleted file mode 100644 index 3abdf6757b4afa..00000000000000 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/form-event-code.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,845 +0,0 @@ ---- -id: form-event-code -title: Form event code -slug: /commands/form-event-code -displayed_sidebar: docs ---- - -**Form event code** : Integer - -| Parameter | Type | | Description | -| --- | --- | --- | --- | -| Function result | Integer | ← | Form event number | - - - -*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* - - -#### Compatibility - -**Form event code** was named **Form event** in previous versions of 4D. It was renamed for clarity when the [FORM Event](form-event.md) command, returning an object, was added. - -#### Description - -**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. - -4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. - -Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. - -| Constant | Type | Value | Comment | -| ------------------------ | ------- | ----- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Load | Integer | 1 | The form is about to be displayed or printed | -| On Mouse Up | Integer | 2 | (*Pictures only*) The user has just released the left mouse button in a Picture object | -| On Validate | Integer | 3 | The record data entry has been validated | -| On Clicked | Integer | 4 | A click occurred on an object | -| On Header | Integer | 5 | The form’s header area is about to be printed or displayed | -| On Printing Break | Integer | 6 | One of the form’s break areas is about to be printed | -| On Printing Footer | Integer | 7 | The form’s footer area is about to be printed | -| On Display Detail | Integer | 8 | A record is about to be displayed in a list or a row is about to be displayed in a list box. | -| On VP Ready | Integer | 9 | (*4D View Pro areas only*) The loading of the 4D View Pro area is complete | -| On Outside Call | Integer | 10 | The form received a [POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) call | -| On Activate | Integer | 11 | The form’s window becomes the frontmost window | -| On Deactivate | Integer | 12 | The form’s window ceases to be the frontmost window | -| On Double Clicked | Integer | 13 | A double click occurred on an object | -| On Losing Focus | Integer | 14 | A form object is losing the focus | -| On Getting Focus | Integer | 15 | A form object is getting the focus | -| On Drop | Integer | 16 | Data has been dropped onto an object | -| On Before Keystroke | Integer | 17 | A character is about to be entered in the object that has the focus. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) returns the object's text without this character. | -| On Menu Selected | Integer | 18 | A menu item has been chosen | -| On Plug in Area | Integer | 19 | An external object requested its object method to be executed | -| On Data Change | Integer | 20 | Object data has been modified | -| On Drag Over | Integer | 21 | Data could be dropped onto an object | -| On Close Box | Integer | 22 | The window’s close box has been clicked | -| On Printing Detail | Integer | 23 | The form’s detail area is about to be printed | -| On Unload | Integer | 24 | The form is about to be exited and released | -| On Open Detail | Integer | 25 | The detail form associated with the output form or with the listbox is about to be opened | -| On Close Detail | Integer | 26 | You left the detail form and are going back to the output form | -| On Timer | Integer | 27 | The number of ticks defined by the [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) command has passed | -| On After Keystroke | Integer | 28 | A character is about to be entered in the object that has the focus. [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) returns the object's text including this character. | -| On Resize | Integer | 29 | The form window is resized or the subform object is resized (in this case the event is generated in the form method of the subform) | -| On After Sort | Integer | 30 | (*List box only*) A standard sort has just been carried out in a list box column | -| On Selection Change | Integer | 31 | *List box & 4D View Pro*: The current selection of rows or columns is modified *Records in list*: The current record or the current selection of rows is modified in a list form or subform *Hierarchical list*: The selection in the list is modified following a click or a keystroke *Enterable field or variable*: The text selection or the position of the cursor in the area is modified following a click or a keystroke | -| On Column Moved | Integer | 32 | (*List box only*) A list box column is moved by the user via drag and drop | -| On Column Resize | Integer | 33 | (*List box and 4D View Pro*) The width of a column is modified by a user with the mouse | -| On Row Moved | Integer | 34 | (*List box only*) A list box row is moved by the user via drag and drop | -| On Mouse Enter | Integer | 35 | The mouse cursor enters the graphic area of an object | -| On Mouse Leave | Integer | 36 | The mouse cursor leaves the graphic area of an object | -| On Mouse Move | Integer | 37 | The mouse cursor moves at least one pixel OR a modifier key (Shift, Alt, Shift Lock) was pressed. If the event is checked for an object only, it is generated only when the cursor is within the graphic area of the object | -| On Alternative Click | Integer | 38 | *3D buttons*: The “arrow” area of a 3D button is clicked*List boxes*: In a column of an object array, an ellipsis button ("alternateButton" attribute) is clicked
    **Note**: Ellipsis buttons are only available for versions v15 or higher. | -| On Long Click | Integer | 39 | (*3D buttons only*) A 3D button is clicked and the mouse button remains pushed for a certain lapse of time | -| On Load Record | Integer | 40 | During entry in list, a record is loaded during modification (the user clicks on a record line and a field changes to editing mode) | -| On Before Data Entry | Integer | 41 | (*List box only*) A list box cell is about to change to editing mode | -| On Header Click | Integer | 42 | (*List box and 4D View Pro*) A click occurs in a column header | -| On Expand | Integer | 43 | (Hierarchical lists and hierarchical list boxes) An element of the hierarchical list or hierarchical list box has been expanded using a click or a keystroke | -| On Collapse | Integer | 44 | (Hierarchical lists and hierarchical list boxes) An element of the hierarchical list or hierarchical list box has been collapsed using a click or a keystroke | -| On After Edit | Integer | 45 | The contents of the enterable object that has the focus has just been modified | -| On Begin Drag Over | Integer | 46 | An object is being dragged | -| On Begin URL Loading | Integer | 47 | (*Web areas only*) A new URL is loaded in the Web area | -| On URL Resource Loading | Integer | 48 | (*Web areas only*) A new resource is loaded in the Web area | -| On End URL Loading | Integer | 49 | (*Web areas only*) All the resources of the URL have been loaded | -| On URL Loading Error | Integer | 50 | (*Web areas only*) An error occurred when the URL was loading | -| On URL Filtering | Integer | 51 | (*Web areas only*) A URL was blocked by the Web area | -| On Open External Link | Integer | 52 | (*Web areas only*) An external URL has been opened in the browser | -| On Window Opening Denied | Integer | 53 | (*Web areas only*) A pop-up window has been blocked | -| On bound variable change | Integer | 54 | The variable bound to a subform is modified. | -| On Page Change | Integer | 56 | The current page of the form is changed | -| On Footer Click | Integer | 57 | (*List boxes only*) A click occurs in the footer of a list box or a list box column | -| On Delete Action | Integer | 58 | (Hierarchical lists and List boxes) The user attempts to delete an item | -| On Scroll | Integer | 59 | The user scrolls the contents of a picture field or variable using the mouse or keyboard. | -| On Row Resize | Integer | 60 | *(4D View Pro only)* The height of a row is modified by a user with the mouse | -| On VP Range Changed | Integer | 61 | The 4D View Pro cell range has changed (e.g., a formula calculation, value removed from a cell, etc.) | - -**Note:** The events specific to output forms cannot be used with **project forms**. This includes: On Display Detail, On Open Detail, On Close Detail, On Load Record, On Header, On Printing Detail, On Printing Break, On Printing Footer. - -#### Events and Methods - -When a form event occurs, 4D performs the following actions: - -* First, it browses the objects of the form and calls the object method for any object (involved in the event) whose corresponding object event property has been selected. -* Second, it calls the form method if the corresponding form event property has been selected. - -Do not assume that the object methods, if any, will be called in a particular order. The rule of thumb is that the object methods are always called before the form method. If an object is a subform, the object methods of the subform’s list form are called, then the form method of the list form is called. 4D then continues to call the object methods of the parent form. In other words, when an object is a subform, 4D uses the same rule of thumb for the object and form methods within the subform object. - -Except for the On Load and On Unload events, if the form event property is not selected for a given event, this does not prevent calls to object methods for the objects whose same event property is selected. In other words, enabling or disabling an event at the form level has no effect on the object event properties. - -The number of objects involved in an event depends on the nature of the event: - -* On Load event - All the objects of the form (from any page) whose On Load object event property is selected will have their object method called. Then, if the On Load form event property is selected, the form will have its form method called. -* On Activate or On Resize event - No object method will be called, because this event applies to the form as a whole and not to a particular object. Consequently, if the On Activate form event property is selected, only the form will have its form method called. -* On Timer event - This event is generated only if the form method contains a previous call to the [SET TIMER](set-timer.md) command. If the On Timer form event property is selected, only the form method will receive the event, no object method will be called. -* On Drag Over event - Only the droppable object involved in the event will have its object method called if the "Droppable" event property is selected for it. The form method will not be called. -* Conversely, for the On Begin Drag Over event, the object method or form method of the object being dragged will be called (if the "Draggable" event property is selected for the it). - -**WARNING:** Unlike all other events, during a On Begin Drag Over event, the method called is executed in the context of the process of the drag and drop source object, not in that of the drag and drop destination object. For more information, see the *Drag and Drop* section. - -* If the On Mouse Enter, On Mouse Move and On Mouse Leave events have been checked for the form, they are generated for each form object. If they are checked for an object, they are generated only for that object. When there are superimposed objects, the event is generated by the first object capable of managing it that is found going in order from top level to bottom. Objects that are made invisible using the [OBJECT SET VISIBLE](object-set-visible.md) command do not generate these events. During object entry, other objects may receive these type of events depending on the position of the mouse. -Note that the On Mouse Move event is generated not only when the mouse cursor is moved but also when the user presses a modifier key such as **Shift**, **Shift Lock**, **Ctrl** or **Option** (this makes it possible to manage copy- or move-type drag-and-drop operations). -* Records in list: The sequence of calls to methods and form events in the list forms displayed via [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) and [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) and the subforms is as follows: - -| For each object in the header area: | -| ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -| Object method with On Header event Form method with On Header event For each record: For each object in the detail area: Object method with On Display Detail event Form method with On Display Detail event | -* Calling a 4D command that displays a dialog box from the On Display Detail and On Header events is not allowed and will cause a syntax error to occur. More particularly, the commands concerned are: [ALERT](alert.md), [DIALOG](dialog.md), [CONFIRM](confirm.md), [Request](request.md), [ADD RECORD](add-record.md), [MODIFY RECORD](modify-record.md), [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) and [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md). -* On Page Change: This event is only available at the form level (it is called in the form method). It is generated each time the current page of the form changes (following a call to the [FORM GOTO PAGE](form-goto-page.md) command or a standard navigation action). Note that it is generated after the page is fully loaded, i.e. once all the objects it contains are initialized (including Web areas). This event is useful for executing code that requires all objects to be initialized beforehand. You can also use it to optimize the application by executing code (for example, a search) only after a specific page of the form is displayed and not just as soon as page 1 is loaded. If the user does not go to this page, the code is not executed . - -The following table summarizes how object and form methods are called for each event type: - -| **Event** | **Object Methods** | **Form Method** | **Which Objects** | -| ------------------------ | ------------------------------------ | --------------- | ---------------------- | -| On Load | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Unload | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Validate | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Clicked | Yes (if clickable or enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Double Clicked | Yes (if clickable or enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Before Keystroke | Yes (if enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On After Keystroke | Yes (if enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On After Edit | Yes (if enterable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Getting Focus | Yes (if tabbable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Losing Focus | Yes (if tabbable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Activate | Never | Yes | None | -| On Deactivate | Never | Yes | None | -| On Outside Call | Never | Yes | None | -| On Page Change | Never | Yes | None | -| On Begin Drag Over | Yes (if draggable) (\*\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Drop | Yes (if droppable) (\*\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Drag Over | Yes (if droppable) (\*\*) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Mouse Enter | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Mouse Move | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Mouse Leave | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Mouse Up | Yes | Never | Involved object only | -| On Menu Selected | Never | Yes | None | -| On Bound variable change | Never | Yes | None | -| On Data Change | Yes (if modifiable) (\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Plug in Area | Yes | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Header | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Printing Detail | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Printing Break | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Printing Footer | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Close Box | Never | Yes | None | -| On Display Detail | Yes | Yes | All objects | -| On Open Detail | No, except for List boxes | Yes | None except List boxes | -| On Close Detail | No, except for List boxes | Yes | None except List boxes | -| On Resize | Never | Yes | None | -| On Selection Change | Yes (\*\*\*) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Load Record | Never | Yes | None | -| On Timer | Never | Yes | None | -| On Scroll | Yes | Never | Involved object only | -| On Before Data Entry | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Column Moved | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Row Moved | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Column Resize | Yes (List box and 4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Header Click | Yes (List box and 4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Footer Click | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On After Sort | Yes (List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Long Click | Yes (3D button) | Yes | Involved object only | -| On Alternative Click | Yes (3D button and List box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Expand | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Collapse | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Delete Action | Yes (Hier. list and list box) | Never | Involved object only | -| On URL Resource Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Begin URL Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On URL Loading Error | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On URL Filtering | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On End URL Loading | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Open External Link | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Window Opening Denied | Yes (Web Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On VP Ready | Yes (4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | -| On Row Resize | Yes (4D View Pro Area) | Never | Involved object only | - - -(\*) For more infomation, see the "Events, Objects and Properties" section below. -(\*\*) Refer to the "*Drag and Drop*" chapter for more information. -(\*\*\*) Only list box, hierarchical list and subform type objects support this event. - -**IMPORTANT:** Always keep in mind that, for any event, the method of a form or an object is called if the corresponding event property is selected for the form or objects. The benefit of disabling events in the Design environment (using the Property List of the Form editor) is that you can greatly reduce the number of calls to methods and therefore significantly optimize the execution speed of your forms. - -**WARNING:** The On Load and On Unload events are generated for objects if they are enabled for both the objects and the form to which the objects belong. If the events are enabled for objects only, they will not occur; these two events must also be enabled at the form level. - -#### Events, Objects and Properties - -An object method is called if the event can actually occur for the object, depending on its nature and properties. The following section details the events you will generally use to handle the various types of objects. -Keep in mind that the Property List of the Form editor only displays the events compatible with the selected object or the form. - -##### Clickable Objects - -Clickable objects are mainly handled using the mouse. They include: - -* Boolean enterable fields or variables -* Buttons, default buttons, radio buttons, check boxes, button grids -* 3D Buttons, 3D radio buttons, 3D check boxes -* Pop-up menus, hierarchical pop-up menus, picture menus -* Drop-down lists, menus/drop-down lists -* Scrollable areas, hierarchical lists, list boxes and list box columns -* Invisible buttons, highlight buttons, radio pictures -* Thermometers, rulers, dials (also known as slider objects) -* Tab controls -* Splitters. - -After the On Clicked or On Double Clicked object event property is selected for one of these objects, you can detect and handle the clicks within or on the object, using the [Form event](form-event.md "Form event") command that returns On Clicked or On Double Clicked, depending on the case. - -**Note:** Starting with 4D v14, enterable fields and variables containing text (of the text, date, time, or number type) also generate the On Clicked and On Double Clicked events. - -If both events are selected for an object, the On Clicked and then the On Double Clicked events will be generated when the user double-clicks the object. - -For all these objects, the On Clicked event occurs once the mouse button is released. However, there are several exceptions: - -* Invisible buttons - The On Clicked event occurs as soon as the click is made and does not wait for the mouse button to be released. -* Slider objects (thermometers, rulers, and dials) - If the display format indicates that the object method must be called while you are sliding the control, the On Clicked event occurs as soon as the click is made. - -In the context of an On Clicked event, you can test the number of clicks made by the user by means of the [Clickcount](clickcount.md) command. - -**Note:** Some of these objects can be activated with the keyboard. For example, once a check box gets the focus, it can be entered using the space bar. In such a case, an On Clicked event is still generated. - -**WARNING:** Combo boxes are not considered to be clickable objects. A combo box must be treated as an enterable text area whose associated drop-down list provides default values. Consequently, you handle data entry within a combo box through the On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke and On Data Change events. - -**Note**: Starting with 4D v13, pop-up menu/drop-down list and hierarchical pop-up menus can generate the On Data Change event. This allows you to detect the activation of the object when a value different from the current value is selected. - -##### Keyboard Enterable Objects - -Keyboard enterable objects are objects into which you enter data using the keyboard and for which you may filter the data entry at the lowest level by detecting On After Edit, On Before Keystroke, On After Keystroke and On Selection Change events. You can take advantage of these events using the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) command. -Keyboard enterable objects and data types include: - -* All enterable field objects of the alpha, text, date, time, number or (On After Edit only) picture type -* All enterable variables of the alpha, text, date, time, number or (On After Edit only) picture type -* Combo boxes (except On Selection Change) -* List boxes. - -**Note:** Starting with 4D v14, enterable fields and variables containing text (of the text, date, time, or number type) also generate the On Clicked and On Double Clicked events. - -**Note:** Even though they are “enterable” objects, hierarchical lists do not manage the On After Edit, On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke form events (see also the “Hierarchical lists” paragraph below). - -* On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke -**Note:** The On After Keystroke event can generally be replaced by the On After Edit event (see below). -After the On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke event properties are selected for an object, you can detect and handle the keystrokes within the object, using the Form event code command that will return On Before Keystroke and then On After Keystroke (for more information, please refer to the description of the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) command). These events are also activated by language commands that simulate a user action like [POST KEY](post-key.md). -Keep in mind that user modifications that are not carried out using the keyboard (paste, drag-drop, etc.) are not taken into account. To process these events, you must use On After Edit. -**Note:** The On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke events are not generated when using an input method. An input method (or IME, Input Method Editor) is a program or a system component that can be used to enter complex characters or symbols (for example, Japanese or Chinese) using a Western keyboard. - -* On After Edit -When it is used, this event is generated after each change made to the contents of an enterable object, regardless of the action that caused the change, i.e.: -\- Standard editing actions which modify content like paste, cut, delete or cancel; -\- Dropping a value (action similar to paste); -\- Any keyboard entry made by the user; in this case, the On After Edit event is generated after the On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke events, if they are used. -\- Any modification made using a language command that simulates a user action (i.e., [POST KEY](post-key.md)). - -Be aware that the following actions do NOT trigger this event: -\- Editing actions that do not modify the contents of the area like copy or select all; or dragging a value (action similar to copy); however, these actions do modify the location of the cursor and thus trigger the On Selection Change event. -\- Any modifications made to the contents by programming, except for the commands simulating a user action. -This event can be used to control user actions in order, for example, to prevent the pasting in of text that is too long, to block certain characters or to prevent a password field from being cut. -* On Selection Change -When it is applied to a text field or variable (enterable or not), this event is triggered each time the position of the cursor changes. This happens, for instance, as soon as the user selects text using the mouse or keyboard arrow keys, or when the user enters text. This lets you call, for example, commands such as [GET HIGHLIGHT](get-highlight.md). - -##### Modifiable Objects - -Modifiable objects have a data source whose value can be changed using the mouse or the keyboard; they are not truly considered as user interface controls handled through the On Clicked event. They include: - -* All enterable field objects (except BLOBs) -* All enterable variables (except BLOBs, pointers, and arrays) -* Combo boxes -* External objects (for which full data entry is accepted by the plug-in) -* Hierarchical lists -* List boxes and list box columns. - -These objects receive On Data Change events. After the On Data Change object event property is selected for one of these objects, you can detect and handle the change of the data source value, using the **Form event code** command that will return On Data Change. The event is generated as soon as the variable associated with the object is updated internally by 4D (i.e., in general, when the entry area of the object loses the focus). - -##### Tabbable Objects - -Tabbable objects get the focus when you use the Tab key to reach them and/or click on them. The object having the focus receives the characters (typed on the keyboard) that are not modifiers to a menu item or to an object such as a button. - -All objects are tabbable, EXCEPT the following: - -* Non-enterable fields or variables -* Button grids -* 3D buttons, 3D radio buttons, 3D check boxes -* Pop-up menus, hierarchical pop-up menus -* Menus/drop-down lists -* Picture menus -* Scrollable areas -* Invisible buttons, highlight buttons, radio picture buttons -* Graphs -* External objects (for which full data entry is accepted by the 4D plug-in) -* Tab controls -* Splitters. - -After the On Getting Focus and/or On losing Focus object event properties are selected for a tabbable object, you can detect and handle the change of focus, using the Form event code command that will return On Getting Focus or On losing Focus, depending on the case. - -##### 3D buttons - -3D buttons let you set up advanced graphic interfaces (for a description of 3D buttons, refer to the Design Reference manual). In addition to generic events, two specific events can be used to manage these buttons: - -* On Long Click: This event is generated when a 3D button receives a click and the mouse button is held for a certain length of time. In theory, the length of time for which this event is generated is equal to the maximum length of time separating a double-click, as defined in the system preferences. -This event can be generated for all styles of 3D buttons, 3D radio buttons and 3D check boxes, with the exception of “previous generation” 3D buttons (i.e. background offset style) and arrow areas of 3D buttons with a pop-up menu (see below). -This event is generally used to display pop-up menus in case of long button clicks. The On Clicked event, if enabled, is generated if the user releases the mouse button before the “long click” time limit. -* On Alternative Click: Some 3D button styles can be linked to a pop-up menu and display an arrow. Clicking on this arrow causes a selection pop-up to appear that provides a set of alternative actions in relation to the primary button action. -4D allows you to manage this type of button using the On Alternative Click event. This event is generated when the user clicks on the “arrow” (as soon as the mouse button is held down): -\- If the pop-up menu is “separated,” the event is only generated when a click occurs on the portion of the button with the arrow. -\- If the pop-up menu is “linked,” the event is generated when a click occurs on any part of the button. Please note that the On Long Click event cannot be generated with this type of button. - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict2074286.en.png) - -The following 3D button, 3D radio button and 3D check box styles accept the “With pop-up menu” property: None, Toolbar button, Bevel, Rounded bevel and Office XP. - -##### List boxes - -Several form events can be used to manage various specific features of list boxes: - -* On Before Data Entry: This event is generated just before a cell in the list box is edited (before the entry cursor is displayed). This event allows the developer, for example, to display a different text depending on whether the user is in the display or edit mode. -* On Selection Change: This event is generated each time the current selection of rows or columns of the list box is modified. This event is also generated for lists of records and hierarchical lists. -* On Column Moved: This event is generated when a column of the list box is moved by the user using drag and drop. It is not generated if the column is dragged and then dropped in its initial location. The [LISTBOX MOVED COLUMN NUMBER](listbox-moved-column-number.md) command returns the new position of the column. -* On Row Moved: This event is generated when a row of the list box is moved by the user using drag and drop. It is not generated if the row is dragged and then dropped in its initial location. -* On Column Resize: This event is generated when the width of a column in the list box is modified by a user. Starting with 4D v16, the event is triggered "live," i.e., sent continuously during the event, for as long as the list box or column concerned is being resized. This resizing is performed manually by a user, or may occur as a result of the list box and its column(s) being resized along with the form window itself (whether the form is resized manually or using the [RESIZE FORM WINDOW](resize-form-window.md) command). -**Note:** The On Column Resize event is not triggered when a "fake" column is resized (for more information on fake columns, please refer to *Resizing Options theme*). -* On Expand and On Collapse: These events are generated when a row of the hierarchical list box is expanded or collapsed. -* On Header Click: This event is generated when a click occurs on the header of a column in the list box. In this case, the [Self](self.md) command lets you find out the header of the column that was clicked. The On Clicked event is generated when a right click (Windows) or Ctrl+click (Mac OS) occurs on a column or column header. You can test the number of clicks made by the user by means of the [Clickcount](clickcount.md) command. -If the **Sortable** property was checked in the list box, you can decide whether or not to authorize a standard sort of the column by passing the value 0 or -1 in the $0 variable: -\- If $0 equals 0, a standard sort is performed. -\- If $0 equals -1, a standard sort is not performed and the header does not display the sort arrow. The developer can still generate a column sort based on customized sort criteria using the 4D array management commands. -If the **Sortable** property is not selected for the list box, the $0 variable is not used. -* On Footer Click: This event is available for a list box or list box column object. It is generated when a click occurs in the footer of a list box or a list box column. In this case, the [OBJECT Get pointer](object-get-pointer.md) command returns a pointer to the variable of the footer that is clicked. The event is generated for both left and right clicks. -You can test the number of clicks made by the user by means of the [Clickcount](clickcount.md) command. -* On After Sort: This event is generated just after a standard sort is performed (i.e. it is not generated if $0 returns -1 in the On Header Click event). This mechanism is useful for storing the directions of the last sort performed by the user. In this event, the [Self](self.md) command returns a pointer to the variable of the sorted column header. -* On Delete Action: This event is generated each time a user attempts to delete the selected item(s) by pressing a deletion key (**Delete** or **Backspace**) or selecting a menu item whose associated standard action is 'Clear' (such as the **Clear** command in the **Edit** menu). This event is only available at the level of the list box object. Note that generating the event is the only action carried out by 4D: the program does not delete any items. It is up to the developer to handle the deletion and any prior warning messages that are displayed. -* On Scroll (new in v15): This event is generated as soon as a user scrolls the rows or columns of the list box. The event is only generated when the scroll is the result of a user action: using the scroll bars and/or cursors, using the mouse wheel or the keyboard. It is not generated when scrolling is due to the execution of the [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md) command. -This event is triggered after any other user event related to the scrolling action (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). The event is only generated in the object method (not in the form method). Refer to example 15. -* On Alternative Click (new in v15): This event is generated in columns of object array type list boxes, when the user clicks on a widget ellipsis button ("alternateButton" attribute). For more information, refer to the *Using object arrays in columns* section. - -Two generic events can also be used in the context of "selection" type list boxes: - -* On Open Detail: This event is generated when a record is about to be displayed in the detail form associated with a "selection" type list box (and before this form is opened). -* On Close Detail: This event is generated when a record displayed in the detail form associated with a "selection" type list box is about to be closed (regardless of whether or not the record was modified). - -##### Hierarchical lists - -In addition to generic events, several specific events can be used to handle user actions performed on hierarchical lists: - -* On Selection Change: This event is generated every time the selection in the hierarchical list is modified after a mouse click or keystroke. -This event is also generated in list box objects and record lists. -* On Expand: This event is generated every time an element of the hierarchical list is expanded with a mouse click or keystroke. -* On Collapse: This event is generated every time an element of the hierarchical list is collapsed with a mouse click or keystroke. -* On Delete Action: This event is generated each time a user attempts to delete the selected item(s) by pressing a deletion key (**Delete** or **Backspace**) or selecting the **Delete** command from the **Edit** menu. Note that generating the event is the only action carried out by 4D: the program does not delete any items. It is up to the developer to handle the deletion and any prior warning messages that are displayed (see the example). - -These events are not mutually exclusive. They can be generated one after another for a hierarchical list: -\- Following a keystroke (in order): - -| **Event** | **Context** | -| ----------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | Element was edited | -| | On Expand/On Collapse | Opening/Closing of a sublist using the -> or <- arrow keys | -| On Selection Change | Selection of a new element | -| On Clicked | Activation of the list using keyboard | - -\- Following a mouse click (in order): - -| **Event** | **Context** | -| ------------------------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------- | -| On Data Change | Element was edited | -| On Expand/On Collapse | Opening/Closing of a sublist using the expand/collapse icons or | -| Double-click on non-editable sublist | | -| On Selection Change | Selection of a new element | -| On Clicked / On Double Clicked | Activation of the list using click or double-click | - - -##### Picture fields and variables - -* The On Scroll form event is generated as soon as a user scrolls a picture within the area (field or variable) that contains it. You can scroll the contents of a picture area when the size of the area is smaller than its contents and the display format is "**Truncated (non Centered)**". For more information about this, refer to *Picture formats*. -The event is generated when the scroll is the result of a user action: using the scroll bars and/or cursors, using the mouse wheel or the keyboard (for more information about scrolling using the keyboard, refer to *Scroll bars*). It is not generated when the object is scrolled due to the execution of the [OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION](object-set-scroll-position.md) command. This event is triggered after any other user event related to the scrolling action (On Clicked, On After Keystroke, etc.). It is generated in the object method (not in the form method). Refer to example 14. -* (New in v16) The On Mouse Up event is generated when the user has just released the left mouse button while dragging in a picture area (field or variable). This event is useful, for example, when you want the user to be able to move, resize or draw objects in a SVG area. -When the On Mouse Up event is generated, you can get the local coordinates where the mouse button was released. These coordinates are returned in the **MouseX** and **MouseY** *System Variables*. The coordinates are expressed in pixels with respect to the top left corner of the picture (0,0). -When using this event, you must also use the [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) command to handle cases where the "state manager" of the form is desynchronized, i.e. when the On Mouse Up event is not received after a click. This is the case for example when an alert dialog box is displayed above the form while the mouse button has not been released. For more information and an example of use of the On Mouse Up event, please refer to the description of the [Is waiting mouse up](is-waiting-mouse-up.md) command. - -**Note:** If the "Draggable" option is checked for the picture object, the On Mouse Up event is never generated. - -##### Subforms - -A subform container object (object included in the parent form, which contains one subform instance) supports the following events: - -* On Load and On Unload: respectively opening and closing of the subform (these events must also have been activated at the parent form level in order to be taken into account). Note that these events are generated before those of the parent form. Also note that, in accordance with the operating principles of form events, if the subform is placed on a page other than page 0 or 1, these events will only be generated when that page is displayed/closed (and not when the form is displayed/closed. -* On Validate: validation of data entry in the subform. -* On Data Change: the value of the variable of the subform object has been modified. -* On Getting Focus and On Losing Focus: subform container just got or lost the focus. These events are generated in the method of the subform object when they are checked. They are sent to the form method of the subform, which means, for example, that you can manage the display of navigation buttons in the subform according to the focus. -Note that subform objects can themselves have the focus. -* On Bound Variable Change: This specific event is generated in the context of the form method of the subform as soon as a value is assigned to the variable bound with the subform in the parent form (even if the same value is reassigned) and if the subform belongs to the current form page or to page 0\. For more information about managing subforms, please refer to the *Design Reference* manual. - -**Note:** It is possible to specify any custom event type that could be generated in a subform via the [CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) command. This command lets you call the container object method and to pass an event code to it. - -The following events are also received in the form method of the subform: - -* On Clicked and On Double Clicked \- these events generated in the subform are received first by the form method of the subform and then by the form method of the host form. -* On Resize \- this event is sent to the subform form method when the size of the subform object in the parent form has changed. - -##### Web Areas - -Seven form events are available specifically for Web areas: - -* On Begin URL Loading: This event is generated at the start of loading a new URL in the Web area. The "URL" variable associated with the Web area can be used to find out the URL being loaded. -**Note:** The URL being loaded is different from the current URL (refer to the description of the [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md) command). -* On URL Resource Loading: This event is generated each time a new resource (picture, frame, etc.) is loaded on the current Web page. -The "Progression" variable associated with the area lets you find out the current state of the loading. -* On End URL Loading: This event is generated when all the resources of the current URL have been loaded. -You can call the [WA Get current URL](wa-get-current-url.md) command in order to find out the URL that was loaded. -* On URL Loading Error: This event is generated when an error is detected during the loading of a URL. -You can call the [WA GET LAST URL ERROR](wa-get-last-url-error.md) command in order to get information about the error. -* On URL Filtering: This event is generated when the loading of a URL is blocked by the Web area because of a filter set up using the [WA SET URL FILTERS](wa-set-url-filters.md) command. -You can find out the blocked URL using the [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md) command. -* On Open External Link: This event is generated when the loading of a URL was blocked by the Web area and the URL was opened with the current system browser, because of a filter set up via the [WA SET EXTERNAL LINKS FILTERS](wa-set-external-links-filters.md) command. -You can find out the blocked URL using the [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md) command. -* On Window Opening Denied: This event is generated when the opening of a pop-up window is blocked by the Web area. 4D Web areas do not allow the opening of pop-up windows. -You can find out the blocked URL using the [WA Get last filtered URL](wa-get-last-filtered-url.md) command. - -##### 4D View Pro areas - -The following events are available for 4D View Pro areas. - -* On After Edit: This event is generated after an edit has been made in the 4D View Pro area. -* On Clicked: This event is generated when a click occurs in the viewport of 4D View Pro area (outside of headers, scrollbars or toolbar) -* On Column Resize: This event is generated when the width of a column is modified by a user. -* On Double Clicked: This event is generated when a double click occurs in the 4D View Pro area. -* On Header Click:This event is generated when a click occurs in a column or row header. -* On Row Resize: This event is generated when the height of a row is modified by a user. -* On Selection Change: This event is generated when the current selection of rows or columns is modified. -* On VP ReadyThis event is generated when the 4D View Pro area loading is complete. You need to use this event to write initialization code for the area. - -For more information about these events, please refer to the *On VP Ready form event* section. - -#### Example 1 - -This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: - -```4d -  //Method of a form - Case of -  // ... -    :(Form event code=On Validate) -       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date - End case -``` - -#### Example 2 - -In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: - -```4d -  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" -       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asBurgerSize#0) -          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) - End case -``` - -#### Example 3 - -This example shows how, in an object method, to accept and later handle a drag and drop operation for a field object that only accepts picture values. - -```4d -  //[aTable]aPicture enterable picture field object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Drag Over) -  //A drag-and-drop operation has started and the mouse is currently over the field -  //Get the information about the source object -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -  //Note that we do not need to test the source process ID number -  //for the object method executed since it is in the same process -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -  //Is the source data a picture (field, variable or array)? -       If(($vlDataType=Is picture)|($vlDataType=Picture array)) -  //If so, accept the drag. -          $0:=0 -       Else -  //If so, refuse the drag -          $0:=-1 -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Drop) -  //The source data has been dropped on the object, we therefore need to copy it -  //into the object -  //Get the information about the source object -       DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES($vpSrcObject;$vlSrcElement;$lSrcProcess) -       $vlDataType:=Type($vpSrcObject->) -       Case of -  //The source object is Picture field or variable -          :($vlDataType=Is picture) -  //Is the source object from the same process (thus from the same window and form)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //If so, just copy the source value -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject-> -             Else -  //If not, is the source object a variable? -                If(Is a variable($vpSrcObject)) -  //If so, get the value from the source process -                   GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->;$vgDraggedPict) -                   [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -                Else -  //If not, use CALL PROCESS to get the field value from the source process -                End if -             End if -  //The source object is an array of pictures -          :($vlDataType=Picture array) -  //Is the source object from the same process (thus from the same window and form)? -             If($lSrcProcess=Current process) -  //If so, just copy the source value -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement} -             Else -  //If not, get the value from the source process -                GET PROCESS VARIABLE($lSrcProcess;$vpSrcObject->{$vlSrcElement};$vgDraggedPict) -                [aTable]aPicture:=$vgDraggedPict -             End if -       End case - End case -``` - -**Note:** For other examples showing how to handle On Drag Over and On Drop events, see the examples of the *\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* command. - -#### Example 4 - -This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: - -```4d -  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Header) -  //A header area is about to be printed -       Case of -          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //Code for the first break header goes here -          :(Level=1) -  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here -          :(Level=2) -  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) -  //A record is about to be printed -  //Code for each record goes here -    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) -  //A break area is about to be printed -       Case of -          :(Level=0) -  //Code for a break level 0 goes here -          :(Level=1) -  //Code for a break level 1 goes here -  //... -       End case -    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) -       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) -  //Code for the last footer goes here -       Else -  //Code for a footer goes here -       End if - End case -``` - -#### Example 5 - -This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. - -```4d -  //A form method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" -    :(Form event code=On Unload) -       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" -    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" -    :(Form event code=On Header") -       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") -       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" -    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" -    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) -       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" -    :(Form event code=On Activate) -       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" -    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) -       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" -    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) -       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" -    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) -       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" -    Else -       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) - End case - SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) -``` - -#### Example 6 - -For examples on how to handle On Before Keystroke and On After Keystroke events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. - -#### Example 7 - -This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: - -```4d -  //asChoices scrollable area object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  //... -       asChoices:=0 -    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //An item has been clicked, do something here -  //... -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 8 - -This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: - -```4d -  //asChoices scrollable area object method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) -  // ... -       asChoices:=0 -       asChoices{0}:="0" -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) -  //A new item has been clicked, do something here -  //... -  //Save the new selected element for the next time -             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) -          End if -       Else -          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) -       If(asChoices#0) -  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here -       End if -  // ... - End case -``` - -#### Example 9 - -This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the On Getting Focus and On Losing Focus events: - -```4d -  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Load) -       var vtStatusArea : Text -       vtStatusArea:="" -    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) -       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) -       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) -          Case of -             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field -                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" -  //... -             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field -                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" -  //... -          End case -       End if -    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) -       vtStatusArea:="" -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 10 - -This example shows how to respond to a close window event with a form used for record data entry: - -```4d -  //Method for an input form - $vpFormTable:=Current form table - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Close Box) -       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) -          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") -          If(OK=1) -             ACCEPT -          Else -             CANCEL -          End if -       Else -          CANCEL -       End if -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 11 - -This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: - -```4d -  //[Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 12 - -This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: - -```4d -  //[Contacts]First Name Object method - Case of -  //... -    :(Form event code=On Data Change) -       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) -  //... - End case -``` - -#### Example 13 - -The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: - -```4d - ... //method of hierarchical list -:(Form event code=On Delete Action) - ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) - $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) - $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) -  - Case of -    :($n=0) -       ALERT("No item selected") -       OK:=0 -    :($n=1) -       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") -    :($n>1) -       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") - End case -  - If(OK=1) -    For($i;1;$n) -       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) -    End for - End if -``` - -#### Example 14 - -In this example, the On Scroll form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): - -```4d - Case of -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -  // we take the position of the left picture -       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) -  // and we apply it to the right picture -       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) - End case -``` - -Result: - -#### Example 15 - -You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: - -```4d - Case of -  -    :(Form event code=On Clicked) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle -       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -  -    :(Form event code=On Scroll) -       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) -       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) -       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it -       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box -  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers -  //but we should handle horizontal clipping -  //as well as scroll bars -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) -          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) -       Else -          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) -       End if -  - End case -``` - -As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: - -![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) - -#### See also - -*\_o\_DRAG AND DROP PROPERTIES* -[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) -[Current form table](current-form-table.md) -[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) -[FORM Event](form-event.md) -[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) -[Keystroke](keystroke.md) -[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) -[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md index 2314063c512c29..ac50f2442ea7bc 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/log-event.md @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ The optional *outputType* parameter specifies the output channel taken by the *m If you do not pass the *outputType* parameter, the value 0 (Into Windows log events) is used by default. -If you have defined the *outputType* parameter as Into Windows log events, you can attribute a level of importance to *message*, via the optional *importance* parameter which helps you to read and understand the log events. There are three levels of importance: Information, Warning, and Error. -4D provides you with the following predefined constants, placed in the “*Log Events*” category: +You can attribute a level of importance to *message*, via the optional *importance* parameter which helps you to read and understand the log events. There are three levels of importance: Information, Warning, and Error. 4D provides you with the following predefined constants: | Constant | Type | Value | | ------------------- | ------- | ----- | @@ -45,6 +44,12 @@ If you have defined the *outputType* parameter as Into Windows log events, you c If you don’t pass anything in *importance* or pass an incorrect value, the default value (0) is used. +:::note + +The *importance* parameter is only used with *outputType* `Into Windows log events`, `Into 4D diagnostic log`, and `Into system standard outputs`. + +::: + #### Example If you want to have keep track of when your database is opened under Windows, you could write the following line of code in the [On Startup database method](on-startup-database-method.md): diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md index f9afce810ea53f..07f9c2d7a77d4e 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands-legacy/system-info.md @@ -19,37 +19,38 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs The command returns the following information: -| **Property** | **Subproperty** | **Type** | **Description** | **Example** | -| ----------------- | ------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | ----------- | -| accountName | string | The name of the account for the current user. Typically used to identify an account in the directory. | "msmith" | | -| cores | number | Total number of cores. In the case of virtual machines, the total number of cores allotted to it. | 4 | | -| cpuThreads | number | Total number of threads. | 8 | | -| machineName | string | The name of the machine as set in the network parameters of the operating system. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | | -| macRosetta | boolean | True if 4D is emulated through Rosetta on macOS, False otherwise (not emulated or on Windows). | True | | -| model | string | Name of the computer model. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | | -| networkInterfaces | collection | Physical and active network addresses only | | | -| ipAddresses | collection | | | | -| ip | string | The address of the network interface | "129.186.81.80" | | -| type | string | The type of the network interface | "ipv4", "ipv6" | | -| name | string | The name of the interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | | -| type | string | The type of interface (note that "ethernet" type is provided for bluetooth interfaces). | "wifi", "ethernet" | | -| osVersion | string | The operating system version and build number(\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | | -| osLanguage | string | Language set by the current user of the system. Expressed in the standard defined by the RFC 3066\. See *Language codes* in the Design Reference manual for a complete list. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | | -| physicalMemory | number | The volume of memory storage (in kilobytes) available on the machine. | 16777216 | | -| processor | string | The name, type, and speed of the processor. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | | -| uptime | number | The total time (in seconds) since the machine was started. | 3600 | | -| userName | string | The current user on the machine. Typically used as the display name (i.e., when logging into your computer). | "Mary Smith" | | -| volumes | collection | | | | -| available | number | The remaining space that can be used. | 524288 | | -| capacity | number | The total volume (in kilobytes) possible. | 1048576 | | -| disk | object \| collection (Mac only) | | | | -| description | string | A brief summary describing the disk. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | | -| identifier | string | ID of disk(s) (UUID on Mac and physical drive on Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\\\\\.\\\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | | -| size | number | The total capacity (in kilobytes) of the disk | 104857600 | | -| interface | string | The type of interface on the machine. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | | -| fileSystem | string | The file system used by the operating system for storing and retrieving files on the hard disk. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | | -| mountPoint | string | The directory in the currently accessible file system on which an additional file system is mounted (*i.e.*, logically attached). Note that this is in POSIX format for Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | | -| name | string | only on Mac - name of the volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | | +| Property | | | Type | Description | Example | +|-------------------|-------------|-------------|---------------------------------|-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|---------------------------------------------------------------------------------| +| accountName | | | string | The name of the account for the current user. Typically used to identify an account in the directory. | "msmith" | +| cores | | | number | Total number of cores. In the case of virtual machines, the total number of cores allotted to it. | 4 | +| cpuThreads | | | number | Total number of threads. | 8 | +| machineName | | | string | The name of the machine as set in the network parameters of the operating system. | "LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG" | +| macRosetta | | | boolean | True if 4D is emulated through Rosetta on macOS, False otherwise (not emulated or on Windows). | True | +| model | | | string | Name of the computer model. | "iMac12,2", "Dell", "Acer", "VMware", etc. | +| networkInterfaces | | | collection | Physical and active network addresses only | | +| | ipAddresses | | collection | | | +| | | ip | string | The address of the network interface | "129.186.81.80" | +| | | type | string | The type of the network interface | "ipv4", "ipv6" | +| | name | | string | The name of the interface. | "Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection" | +| | type | | string | The type of interface (note that "ethernet" type is provided for bluetooth interfaces). | "wifi", "ethernet" | +| osVersion | | | string | The operating system version and build number(\*). | "Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)" | +| osLanguage | | | string | Language set by the current user of the system. Expressed in the standard defined by the RFC 3066. See Language codes in the Design Reference manual for a complete list. | "fr", "en", "ja", "de", etc. | +| physicalMemory | | | number | The volume of memory storage (in kilobytes) available on the machine. | 16777216 | +| processor | | | string | The name, type, and speed of the processor. | "Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GHz" | +| uptime | | | number | The total time (in seconds) since the machine was started. | 3600 | +| userName | | | string | The current user on the machine. Typically used as the display name (i.e., when logging into your computer). | "Mary Smith" | +| volumes | | | collection | | | +| | available | | number | The remaining space that can be used. | 524288 | +| | capacity | | number | The total volume (in kilobytes) possible. | 1048576 | +| | disk | | object \| collection (Mac only) | | | +| | | description | string | A brief summary describing the disk. | "HP LOGICAL VOLUME SCSI Disk Device" | +| | | identifier | string | ID of disk(s) (UUID on Mac and physical drive on Windows) | Mac - "87547BDD-EA75-4F48-8BFA-9A7E393EEAB0", Windows - "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0" | +| | | size | number | The total capacity (in kilobytes) of the disk | 104857600 | +| | | interface | string | The type of interface on the machine. | "USB", "network", ,"SATA", "SCSI", "cd/dvd", "PCI" | +| | fileSystem | | string | The file system used by the operating system for storing and retrieving files on the hard disk. | "NTFS", "Journaled HFS+", "GPFS", etc. | +| | mountPoint | | string | The directory in the currently accessible file system on which an additional file system is mounted (i.e., logically attached). Note that this is in POSIX format for Macs. | Mac - "/Volumes/Free HD", Windows - "C:" | +| | name | | string | only on Mac - name of the volume | "iMac-27-Program6" | + (\*) To determine only the platform being used, there are two commands available: [Is macOS](is-macos.md) and [Is Windows](is-windows.md). @@ -67,12 +68,80 @@ The following code on a Windows machine: returns an object that contains, for example, the following information: ```json -{        "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG",        "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)",        "osLanguage":"fr",        "accountName":"msmith",        "userName":"mary smith",        "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz",        "cores":4,        "cpuThreads":8,        "networkInterfaces": [                   {"type":"ethernet", "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.10.17"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001"}                      ]                   },                   {"type":"wifi", "name":"Wi-Fi",                   "ipAddresses": [                     {"type":"ipV4", "ip":"129.138.50.8"},                      {"type":"ipV6","ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001"}                      ]                   }            ],        "uptime":3600,        "model":"HP",        "macRosetta":False,        "physicalMemory":16777216,        "volumes": [          {              "mountPoint": "C:",              "capacity": 1048576,                "available": 524288,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           },          {              "mountPoint": "E:",              "capacity": 51198972,                "available": 51025280,              "fileSystem": "NTFS",              "disk": {                  "identifier": "\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0",                            "interface": "SCSI",                                "size": 157284382,                  "description": "Lecteur de disque"                       }           }                           ]} +{ + "machineName":"LAPTOP-M3BLHGSG", + "osVersion":"Windows 10 Pro 1809 (17763.1577)", + "osLanguage":"fr", + "accountName":"msmith", + "userName":"mary smith", + "processor":"Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-2600 CPU @ 3.40GH 3.39GHz", + "cores":4, + "cpuThreads":8, + "networkInterfaces":[ + { + "type":"ethernet", + "name":"Intel(R) 82574L Gigabit Network Connection", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.10.17" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"z1009:0yxw:0000:85v6:0000:0000:ut1s:8001" + } + ] + }, + { + "type":"wifi", + "name":"Wi-Fi", + "ipAddresses":[ + { + "type":"ipV4", + "ip":"129.138.50.8" + }, + { + "type":"ipV6", + "ip":"a1002:0bc8:0000:85d6:0000:0000:ef1g:7001" + } + ] + } + ], + "uptime":3600, + "model":"HP", + "macRosetta":false, + "physicalMemory":16777216, + "volumes":[ + { + "mountPoint":"C:", + "capacity":1048576, + "available":524288, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + }, + { + "mountPoint":"E:", + "capacity":51198972, + "available":51025280, + "fileSystem":"NTFS", + "disk":{ + "identifier":"\\\\.\\PHYSICALDRIVE0", + "interface":"SCSI", + "size":157284382, + "description":"Lecteur de disque" + } + } + ] +} ``` #### See also -*\_o\_Gestalt* [Application info](application-info.md) [Is macOS](is-macos.md) [Is Windows](is-windows.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md new file mode 100644 index 00000000000000..5cef0cfa1cb920 --- /dev/null +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event-code.md @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +--- +id: form-event-code +title: Form event code +slug: /commands/form-event-code +displayed_sidebar: docs +--- + +**Form event code** : Integer + +| Parameter | Type | | Description | +| --- | --- | --- | --- | +| Function result | Integer | ← | Form event number | + + + +*This command is not thread-safe, it cannot be used in preemptive code.* + + + +#### Description + +**Form event code** returns a numeric value identifying the type of form event that has just occurred. Usually, you will use **Form event code** from within a form or object method. + +4D provides predefined constants (found in the *Form Events* theme) in order to compare the values returned by the **Form event code** command. Certain events are generic (generated for any type of object) and others are specific to a particular type of object. + +For a description of events, please refer to the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section. + + +#### Example 1 + +This example shows the On Validate event being used to automatically assign (to a field) the date that the record is modified: + +```4d +  //Method of a form + Case of +  // ... +    :(Form event code=On Validate) +       [aTable]Last Modified On:=Current date + End case +``` + +#### Example 2 + +In this example, the complete handling of a drop-down list (initialization, user clicks, and object release) is encapsulated in the method of the object: + +```4d +  //asBurgerSize Drop-down list Object Method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asBurgerSize;3) +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Small" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Medium" +       asBurgerSize{1}:="Large" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asBurgerSize#0) +          ALERT("You chose a "+asBurgerSize{asBurgerSize}+" burger.") +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       CLEAR VARIABLE(asBurgerSize) + End case +``` + +#### Example 3 + +This example is a template for a form method. It shows each of the possible events that can occur when a summary report uses a form as an output form: + +```4d +  //Method of a form being used as output form for a summary report + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Header) +  //A header area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Before selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the first break header goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break header level 1 goes here +          :(Level=2) +  //Code for a break header level 2 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Detail) +  //A record is about to be printed +  //Code for each record goes here +    :(Form event code=On Printing Break) +  //A break area is about to be printed +       Case of +          :(Level=0) +  //Code for a break level 0 goes here +          :(Level=1) +  //Code for a break level 1 goes here +  //... +       End case +    :(Form event code=On Printing Footer) +       If(End selection($vpFormTable->)) +  //Code for the last footer goes here +       Else +  //Code for a footer goes here +       End if + End case +``` + +#### Example 4 + +This example shows the template of a form method that handles the events that can occur for a form displayed using the [DISPLAY SELECTION](display-selection.md) or [MODIFY SELECTION](modify-selection.md) commands. For didactic purposes, it displays the nature of the event in the title bar of the form window. + +```4d +  //A form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form is about to be displayed" +    :(Form event code=On Unload) +       $vsTheEvent:="The output form has been exited and is about to disappear from the screen" +    :(Form event code=On Display Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Displaying record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable])) +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been selected" +    :(Form event code=On Header") +       $vsTheEvent:="The header area is about to be drawn" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked") +       $vsTheEvent:="A record has been double clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Open Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="The record #"+String(Selected record number([TheTable]))+" is double-clicked" +    :(Form event code=On Close Detail) +       $vsTheEvent:="Going back to the output form" +    :(Form event code=On Activate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window has just become the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Deactivate) +       $vsTheEvent:="The form's window is no longer the frontmost window" +    :(Form event code=On Menu Selected) +       $vsTheEvent:="A menu item has been chosen" +    :(Form event code=On Outside Call) +       $vsTheEvent:="A call from another has been received" +    Else +       $vsTheEvent:="What's going on? Event #"+String(Form event) + End case + SET WINDOW TITLE($vsTheEvent) +``` + +#### Example 5 + +For examples on how to handle [`On Before Keystroke`](../Events/onBeforeKeystroke.md) and [`On After Keystroke`](../Events/onAfterKeystroke.md) events, see examples for the [Get edited text](get-edited-text.md), [Keystroke](keystroke.md) and [FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) commands. + +#### Example 6 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks in the same way in a scrollable area: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  //... +       asChoices:=0 +    :((Form event code=On Clicked)|(Form event code=On Double Clicked)) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 7 + +This example shows how to treat clicks and double clicks using a different response. Note the use of the element zero for keeping track of the selected element: + +```4d +  //asChoices scrollable area object method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       ARRAY TEXT(asChoices;...) +  // ... +       asChoices:=0 +       asChoices{0}:="0" +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +          If(asChoices#Num(asChoices)) +  //A new item has been clicked, do something here +  //... +  //Save the new selected element for the next time +             asChoices{0}:=String(asChoices) +          End if +       Else +          asChoices:=Num(asChoices{0}) +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Double Clicked) +       If(asChoices#0) +  //An item has been double clicked, do something different here +       End if +  // ... + End case +``` + +#### Example 8 + +This example shows how to maintain a status text information area from within a form method, using the [`On Getting Focus`](../Events/onGettingFocus.md) and [`On Losing Focus`](../Events/onLosingFocus.md) events: + +```4d +  //[Contacts];"Data Entry" form method + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Load) +       var vtStatusArea : Text +       vtStatusArea:="" +    :(Form event code=On Getting Focus) +       RESOLVE POINTER(Focus object;$vsVarName;$vlTableNum;$vlFieldNum) +       If(($vlTableNum#0)&($vlFieldNum#0)) +          Case of +             :($vlFieldNum=1) //Last name field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter the Last name of the Contact; it will be capitalized automatically" +  //... +             :($vlFieldNum=10) //Zip Code field +                vtStatusArea:="Enter a 5-digit zip code; it will be checked and validated automatically" +  //... +          End case +       End if +    :(Form event code=On Losing Focus) +       vtStatusArea:="" +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 9 + +This example shows how to respond to a close window event with a form used for record data entry: + +```4d +  //Method for an input form + $vpFormTable:=Current form table + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Close Box) +       If(Modified record($vpFormTable->)) +          CONFIRM("This record has been modified. Save Changes?") +          If(OK=1) +             ACCEPT +          Else +             CANCEL +          End if +       Else +          CANCEL +       End if +  //... + End case +``` + +#### Example 10 + +This example shows how to capitalize a text or alphanumeric field each time its data source value is modified: + +```4d +  //[Contacts]First Name Object method + Case of +  //... +    :(Form event code=On Data Change) +       [Contacts]First Name:=Uppercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;1;1))+Lowercase(Substring([Contacts]First Name;2)) +  //... + End case +``` + + +#### Example 11 + +The following example illustrates how to manage a deletion action in a hierarchical list: + +```4d + ... //method of hierarchical list +:(Form event code=On Delete Action) + ARRAY LONGINT($itemsArray;0) + $Ref:=Selected list items(<>HL;$itemsArray;*) + $n:=Size of array($itemsArray) +  + Case of +    :($n=0) +       ALERT("No item selected") +       OK:=0 +    :($n=1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete this item?") +    :($n>1) +       CONFIRM("Do you want to delete these items?") + End case +  + If(OK=1) +    For($i;1;$n) +       DELETE FROM LIST(<>HL;$itemsArray{$i};*) +    End for + End if +``` + +#### Example 12 + +In this example, the [`On Scroll`](../Events/onScroll.md) form event allows us to synchronize the display of two pictures in a form. The following code is added in the "satellite" object method (picture field or variable): + +```4d + Case of +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +  // we take the position of the left picture +       OBJECT GET SCROLL POSITION(*;"satellite";vPos;hPos) +  // and we apply it to the right picture +       OBJECT SET SCROLL POSITION(*;"plan";vPos;hPos;*) + End case +``` + +Result: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YIRfsW1BmHE + +#### Example 13 + +You want to draw a red rectangle around the selected cell of a list box, and you want the rectangle to move along with the list box if it is scrolled vertically by the user. In the list box object method, you can write: + +```4d + Case of +  +    :(Form event code=On Clicked) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) //initialize a red rectangle +       OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +  +    :(Form event code=On Scroll) +       LISTBOX GET CELL POSITION(*;"LB1";$col;$raw) +       LISTBOX GET CELL COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$col;$raw;$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       OBJECT GET COORDINATES(*;"LB1";$xlb1;$ylb1;$xlb2;$ylb2) +       $toAdd:=LISTBOX Get headers height(*;"LB1") //height of the header so as not to overlap it +       If($ylb1+$toAdd<$y1)&($ylb2>$y2) //if we are inside the list box +  //to keep it simple, we only handle headers +  //but we should handle horizontal clipping +  //as well as scroll bars +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";True) +          OBJECT SET COORDINATES(*;"RedRect";$x1;$y1;$x2;$y2) +       Else +          OBJECT SET VISIBLE(*;"RedRect";False) +       End if +  + End case +``` + +As a result, the red rectangle follows the scrolling of the list box: + +![](../assets/en/commands/pict1900395.en.png) + +#### See also + +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) +[CALL SUBFORM CONTAINER](call-subform-container.md) +[Current form table](current-form-table.md) +[FILTER KEYSTROKE](filter-keystroke.md) +[FORM Event](form-event.md) +[Get edited text](get-edited-text.md) +[Keystroke](keystroke.md) +[POST OUTSIDE CALL](post-outside-call.md) +[SET TIMER](set-timer.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/commands-legacy/form-event.md b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md similarity index 86% rename from docs/commands-legacy/form-event.md rename to versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md index 0c82c39969b680..b87dd0fef2c487 100644 --- a/docs/commands-legacy/form-event.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20-R7/commands/form-event.md @@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ displayed_sidebar: docs Each returned object includes the following main properties: -| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | -| ------------ | -------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- | +| **Property** | **Type** | **Description** | +| ------------ | -------- | --------------------------------- | | objectName | text | Name of the object triggering the event - Not included if the event is triggered by the form | -| code | longint | Numeric value of the form event. See [Form event code](form-event-code.md) | -| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). | +| code | integer | Numeric value of the form event. | +| description | text | Name of the form event (*e.g.* "On After Edit"). See the [**Form Events**](../Events/overview.md) section.| For example, in the case of a click on a button, the object contains the following properties: @@ -96,4 +96,5 @@ The resulting list box when rows are selected: #### See also +[Form Events](../Events/overview.md) [Form event code](form-event-code.md) \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md index 6b3cc2744b7b0a..0eb1dee8a91e28 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/CryptoKeyClass.md @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ For a comprehensive overview of this class, please refer to the [**CryptoKey: en |Parameter|Type||Description| |---|---|----|---| |settings|Object|->|Settings to generate or load a key pair| -|result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| +|Result|4D.CryptoKey|<-|Object encapsulating an encryption key pair| The `4D.CryptoKey.new()` function creates a new `4D.CryptoKey` object encapsulating an encryption key pair, based upon the *settings* object parameter. It allows to generate a new RSA or ECDSA key, or to load an existing key pair from a PEM definition. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Contains the name of the key type - "RSA", " |18 R4|Added -**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : object +**.verify**( *message* : Text ; *signature* : Text ; *options* : Object) : Object diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md index 7ef2cdaeefba60..2c91a20189d7f4 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/DataClassClass.md @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ where: |Included in| IN |Gets data equal to at least one of the values in a collection or in a set of values, supports the wildcard (@)| |Contains keyword| %| Keywords can be used in attributes of string or picture type| -* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection or element in the collection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. +* **value**: the value to compare to the current value of the property of each entity in the entity selection or element in the collection. It can be a **placeholder** (see **Using placeholders** below) or any expression matching the data type property. Note that, in case of type mismatch with scalar types (text, date, number...), 4D will try to convert the **value** type to the attribute data type whenever possible, for an easier handling of values coming from the Internet. For example, if the string "v20" is entered as **value** to compare with an integer attribute, it will be converted to 20. When using a constant value, the following rules must be respected: * **text** type constant can be passed with or without simple quotes (see **Using quotes** below). To query a string within a string (a "contains" query), use the wildcard symbol (@) in value to isolate the string to be searched for as shown in this example: "@Smith@". The following keywords are forbidden for text constants: true, false. * **boolean** type constants: **true** or **false** (case sensitive). diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md index f6bfb7b416a4d6..43ab0e4a584895 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/FileHandleClass.md @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ $s:=$fh.readText() |19 R7|Added -**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : [4D.Blob](BlobClass) +**.readBlob**( *bytes* : Real ) : 4D.Blob diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md index 34c718b58d3c0b..86d98521f63add 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20/API/HTTPRequestClass.md @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ The `.url` property contains the URL o ## .wait() -**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : HTTPRequestClass +**.wait**( { *time* : Real } ) : 4D.HTTPRequest diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md b/versioned_docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md index e429af92baed4f..d3b1c18c265856 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20/Concepts/classes.md @@ -181,6 +181,12 @@ Function ({$parameterName : type; ...}){->$parameterName : type} // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + Class functions are specific properties of the class. They are objects of the [4D.Function](API/FunctionClass.md) class. In the class definition file, function declarations use the `Function` keyword, and the name of the function. The function name must be compliant with [property naming rules](Concepts/identifiers.md#object-properties). @@ -301,6 +307,13 @@ Class Constructor({$parameterName : type; ...}) // code ``` +:::note + +There is no ending keyword for class constructor function code. The 4D language automatically detects the end of a function's code by the next `Function` keyword or the end of the class file. + +::: + + A class constructor function accepts optional [parameters](#parameters) and can be used to create and initialize objects of the user class. When you call the [`new()`](API/ClassClass.md#new) function, the class constructor is called with the parameters optionally passed to the `new()` function. diff --git a/versioned_docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md b/versioned_docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md index 148647c006d016..c2ed0c43674d71 100644 --- a/versioned_docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md +++ b/versioned_docs/version-20/FormObjects/webArea_overview.md @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The [4D embedded web rendering engine](properties_WebArea.md#use-embedded-web-re For example, to call the `HelloWorld` 4D method, you just execute the following statement: -```codeJS +```js $4d.HelloWorld(); ``` @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ $4d.HelloWorld(); The syntax of calls to 4D methods is as follows: -```codeJS +```js $4d.4DMethodName(param1,paramN,function(result){}) ``` - `param1...paramN`: You can pass as many parameters as you need to the 4D method. diff --git a/versioned_sidebars/version-20-R7-sidebars.json b/versioned_sidebars/version-20-R7-sidebars.json index a5f33187916cad..0b4d00eca7c898 100644 --- a/versioned_sidebars/version-20-R7-sidebars.json +++ b/versioned_sidebars/version-20-R7-sidebars.json @@ -651,8 +651,8 @@ "commands-legacy/contextual-click", "commands-legacy/deactivated", "commands-legacy/execute-method-in-subform", - "commands-legacy/form-event", - "commands-legacy/form-event-code", + "commands/form-event", + "commands/form-event-code", "commands-legacy/in-break", "commands-legacy/in-footer", "commands-legacy/in-header", @@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ "API/HTTPRequestClass", "API/IMAPTransporterClass", "API/MailAttachmentClass", - "API/OutGoingMessageClass", + "API/OutgoingMessageClass", "API/POP3TransporterClass", "API/SessionClass", "API/SignalClass",